Career Discovery Encyclopedia

How to go to your page
This eBook contains multiple volumes. Each volume has its own page numbering scheme,
consisting of a volume number and a page number, separated by a colon.

For example, to go to page 5 of Volume 1, type v1:5 in the page # box at the top of the
screen and click Go. To go to page 5 of Volume 2, type v2:5 in the "page #" box and
so forth.
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 1 7/16/09 9:01:18 AM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
CONIRlBUIOR, Finding a Career Thats Right for You
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
Columbia Indexing Group
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 2 7/16/09 9:01:19 AM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 1
Accountants
Audiologists
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 3 7/16/09 9:01:25 AM
Career Discovery Encyclopedia, 5eventh Edition
Copyright 2009 by Infobase Publishing
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or by any information storage or retrieval systems, without permis-
sion in writing from the publisher. For information contact:
Ferguson
An imprint of Infobase Publishing
132 West 31st Street
New York NY 10001
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Career discovery encyclopedia.7th ed.
v. cm.
Includes index.
ISBN-13: 978-0-8160-7931-5 (hardcover : alk. paper)
ISBN-10: 0-8160-7931-5 (hardcover : alk. paper)
1. Vocational guidanceDictionaries, Juvenile. I. Ferguson Publishing.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc22 2009003162
Ferguson books are available at special discounts when purchased in
bulk quantities for businesses, associations, institutions, or sales
promotions. Please call our Special Sales Department in New York at
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
You can fnd Ferguson on the World Wide Web at http://www.fergpubco.com
Text design adapted by Kerry Casey
Cover design by Alicia Post
Printed in the United States of America
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
This book is printed on acid-free paper.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 4 7/16/09 9:01:25 AM

VOLUME 1
Introduction ix
Finding a Career Thats
Right for You: A Guide to
Self-Assessment Tools 1
CAREER CLUSTER ARTICLES
Agriculture, Food, and Natural
Resources 46
Architecture and Construction 48
Arts, Audio-Video Technology,
and Communication 50
Business, Management, and
Administration 52
Education and Training 54
Finance 56
Government and Public
Administration 58
Health Science 61
Hospitality and Tourism 63
Human Services 66
Information Technology 68
Law, Public Safety, and Security 70
Manufacturing 72
Marketing, Sales, and Service 74
Science, Technology,
Engineering, and
Mathematics 77
Transportation, Distribution,
and Logistics 79
CAREER ARTICLES
Accountants 84
Acquisitions Librarians 86
Actors 88
Actuaries 90
Acupuncturists 92
Adult and Vocational
Education Teachers 94
Adult Day Care Coordinators 96
Advanced Practice Nurses 98
Advertising Account
Executives 100
Advertising Sales Workers 102
Aerobics Instructors 104
Aeronautical and Aerospace
Technicians 106
Aerospace Engineers 108
Agribusiness Technicians 110
Agricultural Engineers 112
Agricultural Scientists 114
Aircraft Mechanics 116
Airport Security Personnel 118
Airport Service Workers 120
Air Quality Engineers 122
Air Trafc Controllers 124
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 1-blues.indd 5 8/28/09 9:38:17 AM
Alcohol and Drug Abuse

Counselors 126
Allergists 128
Ambassadors 130
Amusement Park Workers 132
Anesthesiologists 134
Animal Breeders and Technicians 136
Animal Handlers 138
Animal Shelter Employees 140
Animal Trainers 142
Anthropologists 144
Antiques and Art Dealers 146
Appliance Repairers 148
Appointed and Elected Offcials 150
Aquaculturists 152
Aquarists 154
Archaeologists 156
Architects 158
Archivists 160
Aromatherapists 162
Art Directors 164
Art Gallery Workers 166
Artifcial Intelligence
(AI) Specialists 168
Artists 170
Asbestos Abatement
Technicians 172
Assessors and Appraisers 174
Astronauts 176
Astronomers 178
Astrophysicists 180
Athletic Directors 182
Athletic Trainers 184
Auctioneers 186
Audiologists 188
Glossary 190
vii
Agriculture, Food, and
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
Business, Management,
and Administration
Education and Training
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Hospitality and Tourism
Human Services
Information Technology
Law, Public Safety, and
Security
Manufacturing
Marketing, Sales, and
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
Distribution, and Logistics
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
Career Cluster lcons
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 7 7/16/09 9:01:38 AM
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 8 7/16/09 9:01:38 AM

ix
The eight-volume Career Discovery Encyclo-
pedia helps younger readers to begin learn-
ing and thinking today about their future
careers. Fully revised and in its seventh
edition, the encyclopedia contains more
information and features to help students
in the career exploration process.
Students are encouraged to think of the
act of choosing a career as a discovery pro-
cess with many facets. That process involves
exploring ones interests, talents, and per-
sonal qualities and matching them to a ca-
reer that uses them to their best advantage.
The career discovery process is a long one,
however. Students in elementary school,
middle school, or early junior high school
are really much too young to commit to a
particular job or career. They can, however,
begin to learn about the wide range of jobs
available to them. They can begin think-
ing about the education and training that
different jobs require. And they can begin
participating in some of the activities that
will help prepare them for future work.
TheCareerArticles
The Career Discovery Encyclopedia is de-
signed to assist students in this discovery
process by providing basic, easy-to-under-
stand information on more than 700 jobs.
All articles have been fully revised and up-
dated with the latest information from the
U.S. Department of Labor and other sourc-
es, and more than 40 job articles are new
to this edition.
The career articles in this revised edi-
tion of the Career Discovery Encyclopedia
contain several features that can help stu-
dents match their interests to possible ca-
reer paths. The Skills Spotlight sidebar in
each article links the careers to skills and
competencies outlined in the U.S. Depart-
ment of Labors SCANS report. The infor-
mation is provided in two sections: What
They Do and Skills They Need, which
encapsulates the responsibilities and skills,
respectively, that the job entails.
Each article also contains an icon asso-
ciated with one of the U.S. Department of
Educations 16 Career Clusters. Volume 1
contains an overview of each of the Career
Clusters and the career pathways in each.
After reading these descriptions, students
can further explore their feld of interest by
looking for the appropriate Career Cluster
Icons throughout the book.
Each two-page article is divided into
four sections that explain different aspects
lntroduction
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 9 7/16/09 9:01:39 AM
Introduction
of the job: what the work is like, what kind

of education and training are required,
what the future prospects for the job are,
and how to explore the career right now
and get more information. A list of related
articles appears on the frst page of each
article to encourage students to broaden
their discovery process and point them to-
ward other jobs in the encyclopedia that
may also be of interest to them.
The frst section of each article begins
with a heading such as What Carpenters
Do or What Nurse-Midwives Do. The
purpose of this section is to give students
an idea of what it would be like to work in
the career. This section describes typical re-
sponsibilities, job assignments, and work-
ing conditions. It explains whether the job
is done in a factory or an offce, whether
it is done indoors or outdoors, whether it
involves using tools or special equipment,
and what kind of supervision workers can
expect. Where appropriate, this section also
introduces the student to the processes,
principles, or procedures that are involved
with a particular job or career.
The second section, Education and
Training, discusses the schooling required
for employment in the job or careera
high school diploma, training at a junior
college, a college degree, or more. It also
discusses on-the-job training that students
could expect to receive after being hired
and whether or not they must complete an
apprenticeship program. This section brief-
ly describes the types of certifcation and
licensing that are available (if applicable)
and whether they are voluntary, recom-
mended, or required.
The third section, Outlook, discuss-
es the employment outlook for the ca-
reer: whether the total number of people
employed in this career will rise or decline
in the coming years and whether the jobs
in this feld will be easy or hard to fnd.
The predictions made here are based on
the overall trends in the economy, on the
size and makeup of the population, and on
other factors such as foreign competition
and new technology. Readers should keep
in mind that these predictions are educat-
ed guesses: There is no guarantee that the
future will really turn out the way it is de-
scribed here. In addition, students should
keep in mind that the employment out-
look is a general statement about an indus-
try; it does not apply to everyone. A deter-
mined and talented person may be able to
fnd a job in an industry or career with the
worst kind of outlook. Similarly, a person
without ambition and the proper training
will face diffculty in fnding a job in even
a booming industry or career feld.
For the most part, outlook information
is obtained from the U.S. Department of
Labor and is supplemented by information
taken from professional associations. Job
growth terms follow those used in the Oc-
cupational Outlook Handbook:
growth described as much faster than
the average means an increase of 36
percent or more
growth described as faster than the
average means an increase of 21 to 35
percent
growth described as about as fast as the
average means an increase of 10 to 20
percent
growth described as little or no change
or more slowly than the average means
an increase of 0 to 9 percent
decline means a decrease of 1 percent
or more
Introduction
i i
The last section, For More Informa-
tion, tells students how they can gain
more hands-on knowledge and informa-
tion about the career. Typical suggestions
include visiting places of employment,
joining clubs and organizations, taking rel-
evant courses in school, and researching in
libraries. This section ends with a list of ad-
dresses, Web sites, and phone numbers of
organizations that students can contact for
more information.
Each career article also contains a side-
bar that list school subjects that serve as
good preparation for the career, minimum
education level needed, the general salary
range for the career, and outlook.
Self-Assessment
and Other Features
The following section in this volume is
Finding a Career Thats Right for You: A
Guide to Self-Assessment Tools. Here stu-
dents can read about the different uses for
and types of career assessment tools, con-
sult and A-to-Z guide of some of the most
popular assessments (as well as contact in-
formation for the organizations that spon-
sor them), and take a sample assessment
based on the Holland Code. A list in this
section links students results to articles in
the Career Discovery Encyclopedia.
Each volume of the Career Discovery En-
cyclopedia also includes a glossary and an in-
dex. The glossary gives brief defnitions and
explanations of words that relate to educa-
tion, career training, or employment that
students may be unfamiliar with. The index
includes all the job titles mentioned in the
encyclopedia. Some of these titles correspond
to titles of articles, but others are alternative
names for jobs (such as family practice phy-
sicians for general practitioners) or the
names of specifc jobs mentioned within an
article (such as budget analysts in the ar-
ticle Financial Analysts).
Finally, at the end of Volume 8 there
are four special indexes. The Dictionary of
Occupational Titles Index lists article titles
according to the structure of the DOT. The
Guide for Occupational Exploration Index
lists article titles according to the structure
of the GOE. The National Occupational
Classifcation Index lists article titles ac-
cording to the structure of Canadas job
classifcation system. The Occupational In-
formation Network (O*NET)Standard Oc-
cupational Classifcation (SOC) Index lists
article titles according to the structure of
the O*NETSOC.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 12 7/16/09 9:01:41 AM
1
Introduction
What do you want to be when you grow
up?
Like many young people youve prob-
ably heard that question. Some people can
answer right away, but others are not so
sure. People can think that they know what
they want to do but then later change their
mind. Its hard to pick a career out of thin
air. The good news is that whether you feel
certain or confused, there are many tools
available to help you choose a career that
matches your goals, interests, and person-
ality. They are called self-assessment tests,
and they can give you confrmation or
proof that you are on the right track, or
they can point you toward jobs that you
never thought of or did not know about.
What are your dreams for the future?
These give you clues into what you might
want to do for a living. Do you dream of
being a rock star? If so, continue to pursue
your music interests, but also realize that
your dream hints at other jobs you might
enjoy such as teaching music, writing song
lyrics, or producing albums. Your dreams
are a starting point to exploring careers.
Your motivations, or what inspires you, are
what makes your dreams interesting.
Finding a career may feel like a diffcult
task, but by starting to look into various ca-
reers now, you will make the process much
easier. Exploring your career possibilities
early can help you choose electives in school
and what direction you should choose after
high school. If you choose to go to college,
your career investigations will help you pick
Finding a Career
Ihats Right for You:
A Guide to 5elf-
Assessment Iools
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 1 7/16/09 9:01:42 AM
FindingaCareerThat'sRightforYou
22
the best schools for your needs. They will
also aid you when it comes time to select
a college major and electives. If you want
to start your career right after high school,
your investigations can point you towards
many careers that offer apprenticeship pro-
grams or on-the-job training.
Choosing a career can be fun and ex-
citing! There are many options to choose
from, including some you may not have
heard of before. An early start to your career
search will give you lots of time to research
all sorts of careers. Looking through the oc-
cupations described in the Career Discovery
Encyclopedia is a good way to become fa-
miliar with different jobs. Reading through
all eight volumes, though, would be time
consuming, so it is a good idea to look at
some ways to help narrow your search.
One of the most effective methods is
to use career and self-assessment tests. As-
sessment tests are different ways of looking
at yourself to help you fnd a good career
match. They are not tests in the normal
sense. They consist of many questions,
but there are no right or wrong answers.
These tests help you learn different things
about yourself, your skills, your interests,
and your values. When you put all of these
things together, the results can point you
in a career direction that might be a good
ft for you.
Most assessment tests provide the test-
taker with a list of possibilities. Many also
provide a range of interests or felds, so that
the test-taker can then investigate these
options in more detail. The Career Discovery
Encyclopedia is a great place to start read-
ing about different careers, and after taking
an assessment test (or many tests, which is
recommended), you can fnd many of your
suggested areas or careers described here.
Read about your likely occupations in the
Career Discovery Encyclopedia to determine
if the job really interests you or sounds like
one that you would enjoy.
This introduction to career and self-as-
sessments and other testing methods will
give you an idea of the different tools you can
use to choose a career. Assessments are only
that, howevertools. No one test or method
can tell you what you should do with your
life. Only you can decide that. Even if you
use the help of a career counselor, that per-
son will serve as a guide. No one can tell you
what career you should choose.
The information provided here is a
starting point for you to develop your ca-
reer search. You will fnd tips for choosing a
career, sample exercises, and in-depth infor-
mation on a variety of career assessments.
Additional print and online resources are
also included so you can continue explor-
ing your career options. The most impor-
tant thing is to have fun. Learning about
yourself should be enjoyable and so should
be learning more about different careers.
You may fnd that your ideas about what to
be when you grow up are right on track, or
you may discover the perfect career option
in a job you never knew of before. There are
no right or wrong answers when look-
ing at career options. Do not let yourself
become stuck. Even if you make a wrong
career choice, you can always change your
mind. Most adults change careers or goals
many times throughout their working lives.
This is a process. It is not a fnal decision.
And remember you are just beginning.
Have fun!
TheFourBasicTypesofCareer
andSelf-AssessmentTools
Career assessments are useful guides, and
most have been created and developed
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 2 7/16/09 9:01:43 AM
3 3
over many years. As researchers learn more
about human behavior, people who create
assessments use this new information. Us-
ing a variety of tests is the best way to get a
big picture of who you are. You can com-
pare the results from each. Do different as-
sessments give you similar information?
Are there careers or felds that appear on all
your results? Do the results feel right?
Most career assessments explore one or
more of four key areas. These include per-
sonality, values, interests, and skills.
PER5ONALlIY IE5IlNG
Many personality-testing tools are available.
You may have taken some for fun on the In-
ternet or in magazines. They look at differ-
ent personality traits and narrow them down
into a few types. Examples of two types are
introverts and extroverts. Introverts prefer
to have a few close friends, and they enjoy
spending time alone. Extroverts are usually
very social, and they are energized by spend-
ing time with others. Extroverts often have
many friends, while introverts often have a
few, very close friends.
The idea of different personality types
goes far back in human history. Hip-
pocrates, a physician in Ancient Greece,
believed that a persons physical makeup
had an effect on personality. In the twen-
tieth century the psychologist Carl Jung
came up with the idea of introverts and ex-
troverts. These are just two examples from
the broad history of studying and trying to
understand human personalities. There are
many theories and ideas about personality
types, and so the type of personality traits
used in assessment tests can vary. Some use
more types than others. Some tests might
feel as though they describe you perfectly,
while others seem off. Thats why taking a
few different tests is a good idea, so you can
then look for the similarities among them.
Personality testing is a part of career as-
sessments based on the idea that certain per-
sonality types are drawn to certain careers.
A very outgoing person might enjoy a sales
position that involves contact with many
different people throughout the day. Some-
one who likes to spend time alone might
enjoy a research position that requires a lot
of time reading or conducting experiments.
A person with a lot of energy might prefer
a career outdoors. People who tend to act
or think in certain ways will probably en-
joy jobs that allow them to act or think
like that on a regular basis. For example, a
person who enjoys numbers and facts prob-
ably would not like a job that involves work
based on emotions, just as someone who
likes to make decisions based on emotions
would probably not enjoy crunching num-
bers and data all day long.
Personality tests are only guides. They
do not predict how a person will behave.
Also, as you get older and gain experience,
your personality can change. Experts dis-
agree on when a persons personality is
set. Some say basic personality is in place
by early childhood. Others say personality
is not fully formed until the teenage years.
Keep this in mind when you take person-
ality assessments: Some aspects of your life
may continue to affect some parts of your
personality. Examining your personality
can be a useful place to start looking into
careers, but just because a career is not
listed under your type does not mean
that you cannot succeed in that work.
VALUE5 IE5IlNG
Values are those ideas that identify what
you feel is most important in your life.
When considering a career, values can help
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 3 7/16/09 9:01:43 AM
44
you determine both the kind of work you
would like to do as well as the working
environment.
There are two kinds of values: intrinsic
and extrinsic. Intrinsic values are those con-
nected to the actual work. Do you want to
do something that helps others? Are you
concerned with how your work will affect
society? Are you focused on what kind of
contribution you want to make? These
questions have to do with intrinsic values.
Extrinsic values concern your physical
working conditions. Do you want to work
indoors or outside? Do you prefer to work
alone or in a group? Are you interested in
something that has long-term potential or
do you like a sense of adventure? Answer
these questions to identify your extrinsic
values.
Values are an important part of career
assessment testing and choosing a career
path. You will spend many hours each week
at work, and you will spend years in your ca-
reer. If you like your work, you will be much
happier in life and will probably be much
more successful. Both intrinsic and extrinsic
values are a big part of job satisfaction.
lNIERE5I IE5IlNG
Having an interest in your work is impor-
tant if you hope to be happy doing it. So,
what do you enjoy doing? How do you like
to spend your time? While you may not
fnd a career doing everything you like to
do all the time, the more interested you are
in your work, the better.
Interest tests offer a few choices of
things you might prefer doing. The test
then narrows your choices and provides a
list of your top interests. These assessment
tests assume that people are most happy in
work that they fnd interesting. That may
sound like common sense, but sometimes
people forget to look at this when picking
a job. Your interests are a great place to
start exploring careers. Your interests may
change over time, but there are probably
common things among the activities you
like to do. For example, someone who likes
crafts might be interested in knitting for a
while and scrapbooking later. Both hobbies
involve creativity and hands-on work. This
person might enjoy an art career. Someone
who likes puzzles and word games likes to
solve problems. This person might enjoy a
career as an engineer.
Career assessments usually group inter-
ests into six main types. These are realistic,
investigative, artistic, social, enterprising, and
conventional. People who have realistic in-
terests enjoy working with objects, plants,
and animals. They might enjoy spending
time outdoors. People with investigative
interests enjoy observing, learning, and
solving problems. Artistic interests include
creating and using the imagination. Social
interests involve activities that help or in-
volve other people. Those with enterprising
interests like to entertain, lead, or motivate
others. People with conventional interests
like to work with information.
Most people have a variety of interests,
but they also tend to have more interests
in one area than another. Assessments that
use interests help the user put his or her
interests in order of preference. How your
interests relate to each other can help you
choose a career path.
5KlLL IE5IlNG
Skill testing is the only testing method
where you actually perform. These tests
are meant to help you fnd a career where
you can identify what skills you have, use
your skills, or learn what skills you need to
acquire for your desired career. Remember:
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 4 7/16/09 9:01:44 AM
5 5
If you score low in a skill area, it does not
mean that you cannot work in a job that
requires those skills. Many skills can be
learned. Also, many careers require you to
continue improving your skills and learn
new ones. Very few jobs exist where you
will learn something once and then never
have to learn something new after that!
As technology advances workers in al-
most every feld must keep up with their
skills. New technology also means new
types of jobs, which means new skills. This
means ongoing education is a part of al-
most any job.
What skills do you possess? Are you
good with numbers? Do you work well
with your hands? Do you have a talent for
public speaking or a knack for computers?
Can you draw or paint well? Are you well
organized or a good athlete? Skills assess-
ments will help you answer questions like
these.
Career and self-assessment tests pro-
vide some ideas about what might be good
career choices for you and help you look at
them through different aspects of your per-
sonality. They do not identify the best job
for you. That is up to you to decide once
you have narrowed down your choices.
WhyAssessmentsHelp
IdentifyCareerOptions
Assessments help you fnd good career pos-
sibilities for a number of reasons. One is
that they are based on years of research.
Some tests have been around for many de-
cades. The tests are designed specifcally to
match certain aspects of you to a career.
Assessments test different things and then
compare each one to a career. All four main
assessment areas are important in seeking a
good career match.
Too often people take the frst job they
get. When you are in a position where you
need to work, this is understandable, but
this method does not take into consider-
ation any parts of who you are. Career ex-
ploration allows you to look at many parts
of yourself, and even if you later need to
work a different kind of job to pay the bills,
you can still reach for your career goals
because you know what they are.
Career assessments give you direction.
When you feel certain about a career or ca-
reer path, you make better decisions. If you
know your choice early on, you can choose
useful high school elective courses, make
an informed decision about going to col-
lege, and have an easier time choosing a
major. (Keep in mind, however, that many
people do not work in a job directly relat-
ed to their college major.) Having a clear
career path will also help you choose the
right college so that you get the most out
of a big investment of time and money.
You may discover that college is not
for you, and thus save years in school and
thousands of dollars before turning to oth-
er options. There are plenty of alternatives.
Many careers require specialized training
provided in technical or trade schools.
Some career paths may lead you to volun-
teer with the Peace Corps or another orga-
nization before starting a real job. Or you
may elect to enter the armed forces. Career
assessments can help make all these deci-
sions easier.
Unlike other forms of testing, career
tests are unique to you. Even if two people
who are very much alike take the same test,
they will have very different results. Think
of an assessment test like a special kind of
mirror. It will help you see things about
yourself that you do not normally notice.
Also remember that, even though the
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 5 7/16/09 9:01:44 AM
66
results are unique, you still need to decide
if what they indicate is right for you.
To get the most out of these tests it is
important to be honest. Choose each an-
swer based on your feelings. Do not try to
answer the questions the way you think
your friends would answer. Do not answer
the way you think your parents want you
to answer. Draw on your own personality
and answer the way you want to. If you do
not use the test truthfully, the results will
do you no good.
If the idea of taking a test makes you
nervous, consider using different types of
assessment tools that are less like tradi-
tional tests. Take deep breaths when taking
skills or abilities tests. Try to relax. Consider
waiting and taking the test again if you do
not like your results. At this time in your
life you are learning many new things. A
skills test you take now, for example, will
probably not have the same results as one
you take in a few years.
HowAssessmentsWork
All assessment tests have one thing in
common: They help you learn more about
yourself. The better you know yourself, the
better career choices you can make.
Assessments test your personality, in-
terests, values, and skills and then match
the results of this information to pos-
sible career choices. Many tests are based
on research of people who enjoy their
work and the reasons they enjoy it. For
example, people who work in construc-
tion enjoy building things and seeing
the results of their effort. They enjoy
working with their hands and working
with tools. People who provide health
care enjoy working with other people.
They enjoy helping others and provid-
ing a service. Researchers who develop
assessment tests take this kind of informa-
tion and make it useful to people looking
for a career.
There are two kinds of assessments.
The frst is a self-directed assessment. This
means that you complete it and review
your results. You do not need a guidance
counselor or career counselor to help, al-
though some people like to discuss their
results with one anyway to get more infor-
mation or advice. The other kind of assess-
ment requires assistance. This assessment is
completed with the help of a professional
who then reviews the results with you. This
section of the Career Discovery Encyclopedia
introduces you to both types.
Many assessments are available online.
Some are free, some have a small fee, and
some are expensive. All of them can be
useful. However, many of the free assess-
ments do not provide much information.
As a student, talk with your schools guid-
ance counselor. He or she probably has ac-
cess to assessments for free or a very low
fee. Homeschooled students can talk with
the local schools to fnd out about options.
Career counselors in your area may also
provide services for students, including as-
sessments for a lower fee. Check into all
your options before spending any money
on tests. Although some costs are listed
below with specifc assessments, prices do
change, so be sure to check the latest fee
before jumping in.
Different types of assessments test for
different things, so consider doing a few.
Try for at least one assessment in each ma-
jor area: personality, interests, values, and
skills. Doing more than one in each area
allows you to compare results. You will
likely get different feedback from differ-
ent tests. One word of warning: Be careful
not to get stuck in the assessment phase.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 6 7/16/09 9:01:45 AM
7 7
Taking tests is useful, but if you do not
move on to research careers, they do not
do you much good. If you feel stuck, talk
with a guidance counselor or career coun-
selor. They are trained in helping you move
past these problems. They can also help
you make sense of your results. If you feel
that your results are all over the place, talk
with someone who can help.
CareerAssessment
TechniquesandTools
All this talk about people being different
may make you wonder about different
tests. Fortunately, there are many to choose
from, ranging from paper-and-pencil tests
to those in electronic form to those that
use a different sort of structure altogether.
Today you can take almost any kind of as-
sessment test online. The good news is that
your options do not stop here.
For those who like to read something
on paper rather than on a screen, paper-
and-pencil tests are a good choice. Even
though technology is popular, this is still a
very familiar way to take a test. The appear-
ance will be similar to standardized tests
you have taken in school. Many answer
sheets for assessment tests are the kind
where you choose an answer and color in
the dot. Some allow you to write directly on
the test. It all depends on what you use.
Many tests have no time limit. Some
require you to fll out the answers as quick-
ly as possible. Some personality tests do
this because it leaves you no time to ana-
lyze or re-think your answer. Often your
frst response is the most accurate. Some
skills tests will have a time limit because
it results in a more accurate score. For ex-
ample, someone who is highly skilled in
complex mathematical problems will be
able to do them quickly. Someone who is
less skilled might be able to fgure out the
answer if given enough time. The purpose
of the test, however, is to weed out those
who can do it quickly. Without the time
limit, both types of test-takers would wind
up with incorrect results. The person good
at math might show an average score, and
the person weak in this area might show a
higher score. This could lead both people
toward career choices that are not truly a
good match. Of course, most people have
a good idea if they are strong in many skill
areas. Others are not as obvious. Time lim-
its and other rules help make the testing
process fair and accurate.
Scoring methods vary for paper-and-
pencil tests. Some you score yourself and
then look up your results. Others are sent
to a testing center, where your results are
fgured and reported back to you. Other
times a guidance counselor will score your
test. This may take a day or two.
Online or computer-based assessments
are similar to paper-and-pencil tests. The
difference is that you take the test using
a computer. If you are comfortable with
computers, this is a great option. If it is
hard for you to use a computer or if you
do not like reading on a screen, consider a
different option.
Some electronic tests provide results
immediately after you are fnished. This is
nice if you like to know your results right
away. Others go to a testing center for a for-
mal report. Some tests require you to take
them through a professional. For example,
if you take the complete, registered versions
of the Myers-Briggs Personality Type Indica-
tor (a personality test), a guidance or career
counselor will give you your results. (This is
true of both paper-and-pencil and electron-
ic versions.) One beneft to this is that the
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 7 7/16/09 9:01:45 AM
88
reports are very thorough. Another beneft
is that the counselor can explain any diff-
cult terms and answer your questions.
There are many free online assessments.
Some are useful and some are not. Be care-
ful before submitting personal information
or spending a lot of money online. Check
with your parents or a teacher or coun-
selor. Use your schools resources to fnd
good assessments. Your local library might
also have suggestions. Also see the list of
resources at the end of this section.
Some people dislike the idea of any
sort of traditional test. It does not mat-
ter if it is with paper and pencil or on-
line. There are assessment tools for these
people as well. People who like to hold
things in their hands or who work better
with visually oriented materials may pre-
fer card sorts. In this kind of assessment,
information is listed on a variety of cards
that resemble playing cards. The test-taker
reads the cards, and then organizes them
depending on the test. Some assessments
call for the cards to be placed in order of
most like me to least like me. Others
have them grouped into areas of interest
or personality.
If this type of test sounds good to you,
talk to your guidance counselor or librar-
ian. Many career professionals have these
kinds of tests, and you may fnd it much
easier to do your career search this way.
Your guidance counselor may have other
tools as well like career games that provide
a fun way to explore careers. You might be
surprised at the many different ways you
can search for a career.
AFewTips
As you research assessment tools, keep a
few things in mind. The frst is that you
will change over the course of your lifetime.
Your current preferences and priorities are
different from the ones you will have in a
few yearsand those will be different from
the ones you will have a few years after
that! People continually change and grow.
Your career can be a part of this process. As
you change, so will your career.
Remember that many people change
careers several times over the course of a
lifetime. What does this have to do with
assessments? Many of them are geared
toward people who are changing careers.
This can affect your results. Some assess-
ment tools assume that the user is current-
ly working and ask about your current job,
what you like about it, and what you do
not. Obviously, if you are beginning your
career search, these questions will not help
you. Look for tests specifcally geared to-
ward your stage in life.
Also know that many assessment tools
are written for adults. They may use diff-
cult words and complicated ideas. Some of
the questions can be confusing. So, again,
seek out assessments designed for students
or the new job seeker.
The results on assessment tests can also
be confusing. Some use technical terms.
Others talk about unfamiliar career ideas.
Again, this is where a guidance counselor
or career counselor can help. If you are un-
sure of what your results mean, ask for help
understanding them. Remember the goal is
for you to have a better knowledge of your-
self. If the results do not make sense to you,
then you miss out. See the references at the
end of this section for more information on
specifc assessments and other resources.
Lastly when reviewing the results of
your assessments, be sure to look at those
careers at both the top and bottom of your
results. You need to know what careers are
most likely a good match for you, but it is
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 8 7/16/09 9:01:46 AM
9 9
just as important to look at those careers
that are not a good match. If your negative
results seem accurate, then you know that
the careers listed as matches are probably
also accurate. Plus it can be very useful to
have a good idea of what you do not want
to do to eliminate options. If you feel stuck,
try using this approach and make a list of
what you know you do not want to do to
help you move forward.
OtherResources
Take advantage of all the resources available
to you. For example, guidance counselors
have experience helping students plan for
the future. This person does more than ad-
vise you about school problems. He or she
is trained to help you make the best choices
you can in other aspects of your life too.
Your schools counselor should also
have resources available for you and can
provide access to information that is hard
for you to fnd on your own. A counselor
should also have assessment tools that you
can use for free or for a very low cost. These
same assessments might cost a lot more if
you try to do them on your own. The as-
sessments available to a counselor are also
oftentimes much more in-depth than the
ones found in books and online.
As you start on a path toward your ca-
reer goals, a guidance counselor can help
you choose classes and activities to give
you an advantage for life after high school,
whether you go to college, seek vocational
training, enter the workforce, or follow an-
other path. The classes you take now can
make those transitions easier. If you do
plan to go to college, your guidance coun-
selor can help you with the application
process. Researching and choosing schools
can be overwhelming, and your choice of
college can infuence your career options.
This does not mean that you cannot follow
your dream career if you go to the wrong
college or get the wrong degree, but some
careful planning can help you reach your
dream career easier.
You will, of course, need to do a lot of
the work yourself. Your guidance counselor
serves many students. However, this does
not mean that you should skip using this
valuable resource! The earlier you meet
with a guidance counselor, the easier your
career planning process will be.
If your school does not have a coun-
selor or you feel that he or she is too busy,
you might be interested in other options.
There are other types of professionals who
can help you. Career counselors and ca-
reer coaches both assist people who want
help in choosing a career. They may own
their own business, work for a private job
placement agency or a public one, such as
the Job Service, or work for a college or
university. If you live near a local college
or university, contact them to see if they
have career planning services. Some will
work with you even though you are not
a student. They might charge a fee, but it
is likely to be lower than that charged by
counselors who work in a private practice.
Look in the phone book yellow pages as
well.
What is the difference between a career
counselor and a career coach? Its important
to know this when choosing to work with
someone. A career counselor has at least a
four-year degree in psychology, counseling,
or career counseling. Career coaches might
have a four-year degree, but it is not in
counseling. Most career coaches have some
type of certifcation in career coaching.
When considering a professional, fnd out
about their educational background and
certifcations. Just as with school guidance
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 9 7/16/09 9:01:46 AM
10 10
counselors, career coaches and counselors
have access to many assessment resources,
and they can help you understand your
results. Their fees vary depending on their
services.
No matter what type of person helps
you, remember that your career decisions
are up to you. Other people can help you
fnd tools and resources. They can help
you understand the results of assessments.
They can offer advice and guidance. What
you do with that information and the fnal
choices you make are yours.
TypesofAssessments:
AnA-to-ZGuide
This section covers some of the most com-
mon assessment tools and sample tests. It
is not a complete list. You may or may not
use or see some of these tests elsewhere.
Many ideas and terms are used in more
than one assessment, and once you are
familiar with these ideas, it will be easier
to work with various career tools. You may
hear a teacher or guidance counselor talk
about some of these ideas. After reading
this section, you can fnd information on
how to fnd a specifc tool in the resources
list following the conclusion.
BlRKNAN NEIHOD
Roger Birkman developed the Birkman
Method in 1951. It is a series of questions
designed to determine the users usual
behavior and motivations. The questions
are true/false and cover how a person views
himself or herself and others. They are
grouped to give information in fve areas.
Usual Behavior: This refers to how a
person normally behaves. It includes
how a person acts in relationships and
when doing tasks.
Underlying Needs: This is how a person
thinks that relationships and social
situations should be.
Stress Behaviors: This part of the
assessment shows a persons methods
that do not work in relationships. It also
shows how a person acts when his or her
needs are not met.
Interests: This part shows a person his
or her work interests. It is based on both
interest and expected earnings.
Organizational Focus: This is how a
person views problems and solutions as
well as the goals of a group.
Ongoing research is a big part of the
Birkman Method. As more people take
the assessment and researchers learn more
about human behavior, this information is
applied to the Birkman Method.
When taking the Birkman Method
assessment, you must contact someone
who is qualifed to go over the results.
Your schools guidance counselor may
be a consultant or may know one. If not,
he or she can help you locate one if you
wish to use this tool. This person can also
help you use the results for a specifc goal,
such as career exploration. The test can
be taken online or through a consultant,
and it takes about 30 minutes to complete.
When taken online, reports are available
immediately. There are also paper-and-
pencil versions available through a Birk-
man Method consultant.
For more information on the Birkman
method, visit Birkman International Inc. at
http://www.birkman.com. Additional in-
formation is available through Career Lab
at http://www.careerlab.com/assessment/
birkman.htm. This site also has sample
pages of a Birkman Method report that you
can review.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 10 7/16/09 9:01:47 AM
11 11
CANPBELL lNIERE5I
AND 5KlLL 5URVEY (Cl55)
David Campbell, Ph.D., created the Camp-
bell Interest and Skill Survey (CISS). It is
available through Pearson Assessments
(http://www.pearsonassessments.com).
This tool is geared toward people who are
planning to attend college because it focus-
es mostly on careers that require a college
degree. If you are sure that you want to go
to college, this might be a good test. If you
already know you want a career that does
not require a college degree, other assess-
ments are a better choice.
The Campbell assessment shows a per-
sons attraction to different careers. This as-
sessment is different from some others in
that it also measures a persons confdence
in areas related to different careers. For ex-
ample, this assessment might help some-
one determine that a career in accounting
might be a good choice. It would also help
that person understand if she or he feels
confdent about working with numbers
and doing calculations.
The assessment is based on seven ori-
entation scales:
Infuencing, which includes careers in
leadership, law, politics, public speaking,
sales, advertising, and marketing.
Organizing, which involves careers in
supervision, fnancial services, and offce
practices.
Helping, which includes careers in adult
and child development, counseling,
religious activities, and medicine.
Creating, which includes careers in
art, design, performing arts, writing,
international activities, fashion, and
culinary arts.
Analyzing, which involves mathematics
and science.
Producing, which includes careers in
mechanical crafts, woodworking, farming,
forestry, plants and gardens, and animal
care.
Adventuring, which involves careers in
athletics, physical ftness, military, law
enforcement, risk-taking, and adventure.
The test is available through many ca-
reer counselors, who can also help you un-
derstand the results. It is also online through
the Pearson Web site for a fee. The results
show you four interest areas: those to pur-
sue, those to develop, those to explore, and
those to avoid. As with many other assess-
ment tests, knowing what to avoid is just as
important as knowing what to pursue. The
results also list specifc careers for each of
the seven areas. For each of these jobs, the
report gives the users interest level and if it
is an area to pursue. Lastly, the report lists
job titles for the users three highest areas of
interest. You can then research the specifc
job titles.
For more information on the Camp-
bell Interest and Skill Summary, visit the
Advisor Team and CISS site at http://www.
keirseycampbell.com/about_ciss.html.
This site provides information about the
Campbell Interest and Skill Survey and
has links to take the assessment for a fee.
Check with your guidance counselor as
well.
Dl5C A55E55NENI
DISC assessments are based on work done
by psychologist William Moulton Marston
in 1928. The test assesses personality and
behavior. It provides you with an overview
of your preferred work style. This informa-
tion can help you determine if your style
matches a potential career choice. If there
is a difference between how you like to
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 11 7/16/09 9:01:47 AM
12 12
work and what is required in the job, you
may not enjoy the career, even if it match-
es your interests.
DISC is an acronym that stands for the
four primary areas the test covers: domi-
nance, infuence, steadiness, and conscien-
tiousness. This assessment is different from
others listed here, because DISC assess-
ments do not tell you what types of jobs
you might do well in. Instead, these assess-
ments help you determine your behavior
patterns and traits. This type of assessment
is often used by people already in the work-
force to help them improve their relation-
ships, but it may prove to be a useful tool
to help you learn more about yourself.
DISC assessments are available in pa-
per-and-pencil form and online. It may be
helpful to review your results with a ca-
reer counselor, who can help make sense
of the information and explain diffcult
words and ideas. A career counselor can
also help you see how your DISC person-
ality style might be helpful or diffcult
in different types of jobs. He or she can
then suggest careers for you to research
based on your results. For more informa-
tion about the DISC assessment, visit the
Inscape Publishing site at http://www.
discprofle.com.
ELEVAIlON5 (CARD 5ORI)
Elevations is a unique tool developed by
Helen M. Scully, a Nationally Certifed Ca-
reer Counselor. This assessment is done as a
card sort using actual paper cards or online.
It helps users identify values, skills, career
interests, and personality. This is a good
tool for people who want an assessment
but do not like to take traditional tests. It is
also good for people who are more visually
oriented or who do not like reading lots of
questions. Because it is a different type of
assessment, many career counselors and
coaches like to use the test. It offers variety
not found with other assessments.
The tool is based around four temper-
aments, developed from the work of psy-
chologists Carl Jung and David Keirsey. The
temperaments have to do with your person-
ality. The assessment provides information
in a few key areas, such as skills, interests,
personality, and work style. It also provides
information on how to research potential
careers and how to make informed choic-
es. The results also provide information on
how to deal with obstacles you may en-
counter along your career path.
Because the assessment is more com-
prehensive than many, the cost is slightly
higher than some alternatives. You can
take the assessment online, with results
available for a fee ($65.00 at the time of
writing). A hard copy of the cards can also
be purchased for those who prefer a hands-
on approach. This option is more expen-
sive and compiling the results takes more
effort, since the computer system does not
do it for you. This option is primarily cho-
sen by career counselors, who will use the
cards over and over and can interpret the
results. Your guidance counselor may have
this tool or know someone who does.
For more information on the Eleva-
tions assessment, visit the Scully Career As-
sociates Web site at http://www.elevatey-
ourcareer.com. You can order a paper copy
or take the assessment in an online format
through the site.
ENNEAGRAN IYPE lNDlCAIOR
An Enneagram assessment helps you un-
derstand your personality type. The per-
sonality types listed in the Enneagram
are quite different from other person-
ality assessments listed in this section.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 12 7/16/09 9:01:48 AM
13 13
Enneagrams helps you understand what
motivates you, or what it is about your
personality that makes you do the things
you do. It can help you understand your
emotional view of life. These tools are not
as scientifc as some of the others, but can
still be useful. There are three main types
of Enneagram assessments. They are The
Essential Enneagram Test by David Dan-
iels, the Wagner Enneagram Personality
Style Scales (WEPSS) by Jerome P. Wagner,
and the Riso-Hudson Enneagram Type
Indicator (RHETI) by Done Riso and Russ
Hudson.
Each Enneagram assessment is a bit dif-
ferent. Some take longer to complete than
others, but most can be done within an
hour. Knowing your Enneagram type can
help you understand yourself better, but
as with all assessments, do not rely only
on your Enneagram type. Consider using
this in addition to other personality as-
sessment tools. For those interested in a
different approach, Enneagram cards are
available through the Enneagram Institute.
The cost is quite high ($35.00 at the time
of writing), so check with your guidance
counselor for availability. However, this is
another option for a hands on approach
to assessment testing and may work well
for visually oriented people.
Enneagrams are based on nine differ-
ent personality types.
Reformers are rational and idealistic.
Helpers are caring and nurturing.
Motivators (also called Achievers on some
Enneagram assessments) are adaptable
and success-oriented.
Artists (also called Individualists) are
intuitive and reserved.
Thinkers (also called Investigators) are
perceptive and analytical.
Skeptics (also called Loyalists) are stable
and like security.
Generalists (also called Enthusiasts) are
enthusiastic and productive.
Leaders (also called Challengers) are
powerful and aggressive.
Peacemakers are easygoing and work well
with others.
For more information on the Riso-
Hudson Enneagram Type Indicator (RHETI),
visit 9types.com at http://www.9types.com/
rheti/homepage.actual.html, and http://
www.9types.com/homepage.actual.html.
Also visit the Enneagram Institute at http://
www.enneagraminstitute.com. All of these
sites offer information about the RHETI
assessment and sample tests. You can also
visit Enneagram Resources Inc. at http://
www.hurleydonson.com.
FOCU5
Focus is a career planning system that in-
volves assessments and job research. The
Focus system assesses your interests, skills,
values, personality, education preferences,
and what kinds of activities you enjoy. The
system can also help you plan for college
and search for schools.
The interests part of the system is
similar to the Holland Code. It looks into
both interests and the level of education
needed. It also includes work values in
this portion of the assessment. The inter-
ests included are
Technical: People with strong technical
interests are seen as realistic and practical.
They like to do things that have a useful
purpose, such as designing and testing
equipment, machines, and tools, or
constructing buildings.
Analytic Research: People with strong
analytical research interests are
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 13 7/16/09 9:01:49 AM
14 14
investigative. Many scientists ft this
category. These people enjoy researching
and fnding solutions to problems.
Artistic: People with high artistic
interests are creative. They like activities
where they can express themselves in
imaginative ways. This can include art,
writing, music, and performing.
Social: People with high social interests
are concerned about the well-being of
others. They like to interact with others.
Careers for these people including those
that help, teach, heal, or advise others.
Persuasive/Leading: Those who have a
high interest in this area like to accomplish
things. They like to do things where they
can lead, infuence, and persuade others
to reach goals.
Business Control: Those who have a high
level of interest in this area like standards
and accuracy. They like activities where
they can organize, summarize, and
evaluate information in order to make
well-informed decisions.
The education and training part of the
system uses information from the U.S. De-
partment of Labor. This part of the system
shows what types of jobs you can do with
different degrees and training programs.
Focus includes 28 general education cat-
egories. Over 800 education and training
programs are included.
The personality portion of the system
uses the work of psychologist Carl Jung
and information based on the Myers-
Briggs personality test. Specifcally, Focus
looks at
Focus of Attention and Reactions:
This shows how you like to focus your
attention.
Processing Information and How You
Look at the World: This tells you how
you like to learn about things and fnd
information.
Decision Making: This tells you how you
like to make decisions and judgments
about things.
How You Organize Your World: This
shows your preferred lifestyle and how
you like to deal with things, people, and
situations.
The leisure activities portion lets you
look at what you enjoy doing on your own
time. This part of the system is based on re-
search done by Dr. Donald E. Super. In this
part of the assessment, users rate different
activities. The responses are determined
based on the Holland RIASEC model (see
Holland Code in this section).
Finally, the skills portion of the system
uses information from the U.S. Depart-
ment of Labors O*NET National Develop-
ment Center. The skills that Focus looks at
include those listed on O*NET. The skill
areas are
Basic Skills such as mathematics,
speaking, writing, and information
handling.
Social Skills such as teaching, counseling,
coaching, instructing, and persuasion.
Complex Problem Solving Skills such
as fguring out the causes of problems,
decision-making, and innovation.
Technical Skills such as technical
design, using, installing and repairing
equipment.
Systems Skills such as computer literacy.
Resource Management Skills such as
fnancial and money management,
leading and coordinating the activities of
others, goal setting, time management,
and so forth.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 14 7/16/09 9:01:49 AM
15 15
Many career counselors use the Focus
tools. Your guidance counselor may already
use this tool. It is also available online for
a fee.
For more information about Focus,
visit the Career Dimensions Web site at
http://www.focuscareer.com. This site pro-
vides information on the Focus system; for
$39.00 (at the time of writing) you can sign
up for an account that allows you to take
their assessments. Check with your guid-
ance counselor frst, as your school may
have an account with Focus.
HOLLAND CODE (5ELF
DlRECIED 5EARCH, 5D5)
The Holland Code was developed by Dr.
John Holland. He believed that people in
the same line of work shared similar inter-
ests. The Holland Code assessment deter-
mines a persons interests. Those are then
compared to the interests of other people
and their professions. More than 12,000
occupations and many college majors are
coded in the system. The information here
is an overview of the Holland Code. Your
guidance counselor likely has more de-
tailed information. You can also do a lot
with the Holland system online at the gov-
ernments Occupational Information Net-
work (O*NET).
The Holland system uses six general
areas of interest that deal with a persons
interest in things, ideas, creativity, people,
tasks, and order. After you fnish the as-
sessment, you have a three-letter code that
ranks your frst, second, and third highest
interest areas. You can then use your code
to look for career matches using one, two,
or three letters. If you use only the frst let-
ter (your area of highest interest), you will
fnd more jobs listed. Using all three letters
narrows your search.
The six interest areas are realistic, in-
vestigative, artistic, social, enterprising,
and conventional.
Realistic
People with realistic interests like to work
with tools. They like to build and construct
things. These people enjoy seeing the re-
sults of their work. They enjoy mechani-
cal activities. Realistic people often like to
work outdoors. They like work that requires
physical strength. They like working with
things and order.
Typical industries for realistic people
include computers, food service (cater-
ing, restaurants), manufacturing, printing
(large-scale), and trades (construction, elec-
trical, plumbing, heating).
lnvestigative
People with investigative interests enjoy
math and science. They like to solve prob-
lems. These people enjoy observing and
analyzing. They like to learn. They are cu-
rious and creative. Investigative people like
to work with theories. They prefer to work
alone. They enjoy working with things and
ideas.
Typical industries for investigative peo-
ple include biotechnology, engineering, en-
vironmental, health care, and technology.
Artistic
People with artistic interests like using their
creativity and imagination. They like their
independence. They seek opportunities for
self-expression through music, writing, en-
tertainment, and art. They prefer unstruc-
tured working environments. They enjoy
working with ideas and creativity.
Typical industries for artistic people in-
clude advertising/public relations, creative
arts (music, writing, photography), graphics,
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 15 7/16/09 9:01:50 AM
16 16
journalism, media (TV, radio, theater, mov-
ies), publishing, and Web design.
5ocial
People with social interests enjoy work-
ing with others. They like to help, inform,
train, and cure others. They care about
the well-being of other people. They
have strong verbal skills. They get along
well with others and like to provide ser-
vices. The enjoy working with people and
creativity.
Typical industries for social people in-
clude business organizations, education
and childcare services, hospitality (hotels),
real estate, and sales/retail.
Enterprising
People with enterprising interests like
to work with people. They are interest-
ed in infuencing and persuading. They
also like to perform. They like to lead or
manage others to reach goals. They like
to convince others to think the way they
do. They enjoy working with people and
tasks.
Typical industries for enterprising peo-
ple include accounting, consulting, fnan-
cial services, law, and management.
Conventional
People with conventional interests like
jobs with clear duties. They enjoy working
with data. They are good at working with
details and completing tasks. They follow
directions well. They like order. People
with conventional interests value fnancial
success and status. They like working with
tasks and order.
Typical industries for conventional
people include banking, collections, gov-
ernment insurance, and personnel services
(staff).
You may already have a good idea of
where some of your interests are in the
Holland code. You might have also noticed
similarities between some interests and
personality types. For more information
on the Holland Code, visit Psychological
Assessment Resources Inc. at http://www.
self-directed-search.com. This site allows
you to take the Self Directed Search by Dr.
John L. Holland. You can take the basic as-
sessment for free, or a full, personalized re-
port is available for a fee ($9.95 at the time
of writing).
To browse careers using the Holland
Code system, go to the Occupational Infor-
mation Network (O*NET) at http://online.
onetcenter.org/find/descriptor/browse/
#cur and click on interests. Then choose
any of the interest areas. This takes you to a
screen where you can enter a full or partial
Holland code.
Note: The sample assessment provided
in the next section is based on the Holland
Code. Following the assessment, you will
see a listing of different codes and match-
ing jobs. All the jobs listed are found in the
Career Discovery Encyclopedia.
KElR5EY IENPERANENI 5ORIER
The Keirsey Temperament Sorter is a person-
ality tool that places personalities into four
main types, or temperaments. Each tem-
perament then has four main areas. These
correspond to the Jung and Myers-Briggs
personality types. The tool is based on the
work of David Keirsey, Ph.D., a clinical psy-
chologist. The assessment looks at a persons
preferences in the following areas:
Expressive (E) or Attentive (I)
Observant (S) or Introspective (N)
Tough Minded (T) or Friendly (F)
Scheduling (J) or Probing (P)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 16 7/16/09 9:01:50 AM
17 17
The four temperaments are:
Artisans: These people like jobs where
they can solve problems, respond to
crisis situations, and negotiate. They
like to identify and act on opportunities.
Within the Artisan temperament, there
are four areas. Composers tend to do well
in fne arts. Crafters work well with tools,
such as musical instruments. Performers
like to entertain others. Promoters are
people who take action. Each of these
corresponds with one of the four-letter
personality types.
Guardians: These people like jobs
that require responsibility. They like to
improve processes and create procedures.
There are four types of Guardians.
Inspectors are dependable and reliable.
They take care of groups of people, such
as in government. Protectors help others in
need. Supervisors follow and uphold rules
and order. Providers are social contributors.
They also take care of others.
Rationals: These people like jobs that
require a high level of expertise. They like
to design and understand systems. There
are four types of Rationals. Architects
fgure out the structural needs of things,
such as buildings. Masterminds are good
at planning and organizing. Inventors
create new things. Fieldmarshals are good
at leading others.
Idealists: These people like to support
and encourage others. They tend to be
enthusiastic and can boost the spirits of
others. There are four types of Idealists.
Healers want to bring peace to those
they love and to the world. Counselors
are concerned with human potential.
Champions are good at working for causes
they believe in. Teachers help others reach
their potential.
The different words used in the Kei-
rsey tool may seem a bit confusing. The
Web site provides information on each
type, as well as a list of famous people as
an example of each type. You can take this
assessment free online. You need to regis-
ter, but only basic information is required.
See http://www.keirsey.com as well as ad-
ditional information listed in the refer-
ence section.
For more information on the Keirsey
Temperament sorter, visit AdvisorTeam.
com at http://www.advisorteam.com/
temperament_sorter. You can take the as-
sessment portion for free after registering,
which only requires basic information. Af-
ter answering a series of questions, you are
presented with your temperament. The in-
formation also provides the four different
types of personalities associated with the
temperament (the four-letter Myers-Briggs
types). For a fee ($29.95 at the time of writ-
ing) you can order an in-depth personality
profle.
NYER5-BRlGG5 IYPE lNDlCAIOR
(NBIl) A55E55NENI
The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI)
Assessment is one of the oldest personal-
ity tests available. Isabel Briggs Myers and
Katherine C. Briggs developed the test. The
assessment indicates a persons tendencies
in four personality areas. These four areas
then create 16 different personality types.
These personality types are based on the
work of Carl G. Jung, a famous psychol-
ogist. When looking at the MBTI assess-
ment, users will choose between two main
areas. There are no right or wrong an-
swers. No one type is better than another.
The four areas of personality are listed
below.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 17 7/16/09 9:01:51 AM
18 18
As you look at the different types, re-
member that most people have traits that
fall into every category. Everyone is all
of these things some of the time. Also,
through different situations, people can
learn how to be more a certain way. How-
ever, most people also have a preference for
one or the other that they exhibit most of
the time. This information is a guide and a
starting point. A full assessment will give
you an in-depth profle of your type.
Extroversion (E) / lntroversion (l)
These two areas show the types of situations
where a person is most energized. People
who get a lot of energy from the outside
world are extroverted. They like to interact
with other people and enjoy groups, are
generally talkative and think out loud, and
like to work in fast-paced environments.
Introverts get their energy from their in-
ternal world. They enjoy being alone, are
generally quiet, and prefer to work in low-
energy environments.
lntuitive (N) / 5ensing (5)
These areas deal with how people process
information. Intuitive people like to look
at the big picture. This means that they
wonder how something will affect other is-
sues. Intuitives are imaginative and enjoy
abstract ideas or information that is not
based on fact. Sensing people enjoy spe-
cifc information. They like to work with
facts and real information. They tend to
be practical and realistic, and focus on the
present.
Ihinking (I) / Feeling (F)
These areas deal with how people like to
make decisions. Thinking people like to
make decisions by looking at and evaluat-
ing information. They are logical and make
their choices based on information, not
feelings. Feeling people rely on how they
feel to make a decision. They are aware of
how other people feel. They are sensitive
and enjoy interacting with other people.
1udging (1) / Perceiving (P)
The names used for this part can be mis-
leading. This part of the assessment deals
with how people evaluate things. Judging is
not meant in the negative way that people
sometimes use the word. Instead, the word
here means that this type of person likes to
plan. Judging people like to do things in
an organized, step-by-step way. They make
decisions easily and move on to the next
thing. Perceiving people are comfortable
with little organization. They do not mind
if something is open-ended or unresolved.
Perceiving people are able to go with the
fow.
From this information, the Myers-
Briggs Type Indicator generates a person-
ality type based on the four letters that
best describe a person. There are 16 types:
ENFJ, INFJ, ENFP, INFP, ENTJ, INTJ, ENTP,
INTP, ESTJ, ISTJ, ESFJ, ISFJ, ESFP, ESTP,
ISTP, and ISFP.
The MBTI assessment is a registered
trademark of Consulting Psychologists
Press Inc. (http://www.cpp.com). There is
some information on the Web site. Most
of this is geared toward career counselors,
however. There are some sites where you
can take the MBTI assessment online. The
amount of information provided with each
varies. Your best choice is to start with your
school guidance counselor.
PersonalityType.com at http://www.
personalitytype.com/quiz.asp offers a brief
overview of the MBTI types. You can deter-
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 18 7/16/09 9:01:52 AM
19 19
mine your type and see a list of careers at
no charge.
Two books that present the MBTI in-
formation in simple terms are Do What
You Are: Discover the Perfect Career for You
Through the Secrets of Personality Type by Paul
D. Tieger and Barbara Barron-Tieger (4d ed.
New York: Little, Brown, 2007) and What
Type Am I? by Renee Baron (New York: Pen-
guin, 1998). Both of these books provide
lists of specifc careers for each type.
Also see the Human Metrics site at
http://www.humanmetrics.com. This site
allows you to take a quick, free personality
assessment. The results are shown using the
four-letter Myers-Briggs personality type.
O*NEI
O*NET is the Occupational Information
Network provided by the U.S. government.
It is an online, electronic form of the Dic-
tionary of Occupational Titles (DOT). The
DOT used to be available in a print form
and available in almost any library. Now,
all that information is available free on-
line. The O*NET Web site (http://www.
onetcenter.org) provides a great deal of
information, some of which is highlight-
ed in the following subsections. (Because
much of the information on the O*NET
site can be confusing, consider seeking
the help of a guidance counselor or career
counselor.)
O*NEI Online
The part of the site most easy to use is the
O*NET Online at http://online.onetcen-
ter.org. From here, you can browse a great
deal of information on different careers
through the Find Occupations link. The
Skills Search link will let you pick and
choose from a wide range of skills. You
can then fnd occupations based on those
skills. The Crosswalk Search requires
that you know specifc job codes, one of
which (the DOT code) can be found in the
related career article in the Career Discov-
ery Encyclopedia.
O*NEI Descriptor
Another area of O*NET that is very helpful
is the O*NET Descriptor. This tool allows
you to search careers using the three-letter
code based on the Holland Code. This site
can be found at http://online.onetcenter.
org/fnd/descriptor/browse/Interests/#cur.
See the reference section for links to pilot
programs that offer free assessments on-
line that will let you determine your three-
letter code.
A related site, the Occupational Outlook
Handbook, will be very useful in your job
search. This is available at http://www.bls.
gov/oco. The handbook is a listing of many
different job titles. For each title, there is
general information about the job, what
kind of education is needed, salary infor-
mation, and the long-term outlook for the
job. This is a valuable resource that you
can use in addition to the Career Discovery
Encyclopedia.
For more information on O*NET, visit
the following Web sites. These sites provide
career exploration tools:
New York CareerZone (http://www.
nycareerzone.org): You can complete
assessments here and receive a list of
specifc occupations with links to more
information about the job.
Minnesota ISEEK (http://www.iseek.
org/sv/index.jsp): This site provides
a wide range of career exploration
information.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 19 7/16/09 9:01:52 AM
20 20
IHE PERFECI CAREER lNIERE5I
lNVENIORY
James C. Gonyea of Gonyea & Associates
Inc. developed this assessment test. He is
a career counselor who has more than 35
years of experience helping people fnd
careers.
This assessment is based on a persons
interests. The basic idea is that a person
who is interested in his or her work will
be happier doing the job and will be more
successful. The inventory looks at 21 ma-
jor career felds. Users must review a list of
252 common work activities and identify
the ones that appeal to them. They must
then rate their level of interest in each one
as strong, moderate, or weak. The results
help users recognize their interest in the 21
career felds and suggest careers that match
those interests.
The test is taken online through the Go-
nyea & Associates Web site. It takes about
30 minutes to complete, and it is free. It
is recommended as a good starting point
for career exploration or planning. It is a
good tool to quickly come up with a list
of jobs that might match ones interests.
It can also be used as a part of a broader
program offered by Gonyea & Associates,
the Internet Career Connection. This goes
into more depth and takes several hours to
complete.
For more information on Career Focus,
visit Gonyea & Associates Inc. Web site at
http://www.iccweb.com.
5IRONG lNIERE5I lNVENIORY
The Strong Interest Inventory (registered
by CCP Inc.) takes other assessments, such
as the Holland Code, further. It is widely
used by career counselors and coaches be-
cause it provides more information than
other assessments provide on their own.
This assessment examines interests using
the same six areas as the Holland Code. It
also examines other areas of job satisfac-
tion. This assessment helps you see how
you do different things. How do you deal
with other people? Do you like to work in
a group or alone? Do you like to take risks?
All these factors can help you further nar-
row your career options.
The report from this assessment gives a
lot of information. For example, it provides
information on both interest types and per-
sonality types. You then see a personalized
score for each of the types. All six areas
of the Holland Code are listed, and a graph
shows your level of interest indicated for
each type. It lists your main areas of interest
and lists career felds. It also lists a number
of specifc careers. The results also provide
clues to your personality, looking at such
areas as work style, learning environment
(how you prefer to learn), leadership style,
risk taking, and team orientation. An in-
dividualized ranking is again provided for
each area. This information is then summa-
rized into your strongest areas including
your overall theme and interest areas. A
list of your top occupations is listed as well
as your personal working style.
All of this information leads to a num-
ber of different ways to approach your
school and career selection. Depending on
the type of Strong assessment (there are
different versions for different purposes), it
will also list courses to take for each career.
The Strong Interest Inventory report can be
hard to read. It is best if you take this test
through a guidance or career counselor,
who can help you with the results. This test
is used often, but it is best done through a
professional.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 20 7/16/09 9:01:53 AM
21 21
VARK
VARK is different from other assessments
listed here. This one tells you about how
you like to learn. People use different senses
and approaches to learning. Some methods
work better for some people than others
do. For example, visual learners like to see
pictures or graphs of information. People
who learn aurally like to hear information,
such as in a school lecture or presentation
(which might also include visual tools).
Some people learn best when they are able
to read information and absorb it. They
may also prefer to rewrite information,
such as when taking notes. Kinesthetic
learners like to have a hands-on approach,
where they actually do an activity to learn
about it, such as when doing role-playing
exercises, or building a piece of machinery
to see how it works. Information presented
in a variety of ways will beneft more peo-
ple than when it is presented in only one
method.
The VARK system indicates preferenc-
es. This does not necessarily mean that it
shows your strengths in a certain learning
area, although this may also be the case.
Knowing your learning style can help you
not only in school, but also in choosing
careers that compliment your style. Addi-
tionally, many careers require some type
of ongoing education. Knowing your pre-
ferred learning style can help you make
better choices for continuing education
needs and options.
VARK is available in many languages
and used by many teachers and schools.
Your school may have information on
VARK. The VARK assessment is a short
group of 13 questions. For general infor-
mation, visit Neil Flemings site at http://
www.vark-learn.com. Here you can take
the questionnaire online. The online ques-
tionnaire provides you with basic informa-
tion about your learning style. You can pur-
chase a full report for about $28.00 (at the
time of writing). However, if your school
has information on the VARK assessment,
you may be able to get more informa-
tion this way. When you understand your
learning style, you can plan for your educa-
tion better. You can also use your learning
style to help choose jobs that involve work
similar to how you learn. You can also use
this information to practice other ways of
learning.
If you are interested in a book on VARK,
see How Do I Learn Best? A Students Guide to
Improved Learning, by Charles Bonwell and
Neil Fleming (available through the VARK
Web site).
GiveItATry!
ActivitiesToDoYourself
Before you take any career assessment
tests, consider getting started at home.
These simple exercises can give you a
launching point from which to begin
your career search. They may help you
realize some things about yourself that
you might not have thought of before, or
help you see how some of your personal
aspects, such as your hobbies, may be re-
lated to your job search. For example, if
you enjoy crafts, consider a career in a cre-
ative feld where you make things, or use
your hands, or both. Floral designers cre-
ate beautiful arrangements and use their
hands on a regular basis. They also help
brighten other peoples days!
Start by making some lists of your
own. Later, when you complete assess-
ment tests, you can compare the results to
what you wrote down beforehand. Here
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 21 7/16/09 9:01:53 AM
22 22
are some ideas for what kinds of lists you
should make.
WHAI ARE YOUR HOBBlE5?
What do you like to do in your spare time?
Chances are you have a hobby or two, such
as doing crafts, playing video games, read-
ing, or playing sports. Make a list of all your
hobbies. Then, write down those things
that are main parts of each. For example, if
you play soccer, then you
work with your teammates
are familiar with competition
spend a lot of time practicing
have good foot coordination
know the rules of the game
spend time running
spend time outdoors
All of these qualities say something
about who you are. They also relate to po-
tential jobs. Most jobs require teamwork
and knowledge of workplace rules. If you
enjoy competition, look for those jobs that
are more competitive than others, such as
sales or marketing positions. If you enjoy
physical activity and being outdoors, you
may enjoy a job in forestry or doing out-
door research. You might even put your
love of soccer and your playing skills to
work as a coach.
WHAI IYPE5 OF PLAY DlD YOU
AND DO YOU EN1OY?
Did you ever play games of going to
work? If so, your play activities could of-
fer a clue into the types of work you might
enjoy later in life. Did your games involve
a lot of imagination? Did you make your
own toys? Did you have favorite toys? Did
you more often play alone or with friends?
Think back over your favorite games.
Which ones stick out in your mind more
than others? Make lists to answer these
questions and see if they help you form
an idea of what kind of job you might
like. Keep the list handy for reference and
compare it with the results of assessment
tests.
WHAI ARE YOUR lNIERE5I5?
What are those activities that, when you
are involved with them, make you lose
track of time? Do you enjoy crafts or build-
ing things around the house? Do you tend
to get lost in a book? Maybe being outside
and exploring grabs your interest. Deter-
mining what you like to do is a big part of
career exploration. Work that is enjoyable
can be a great thing in your life. Most peo-
ple work at least 40 hours per week. That is
a lot of time! Finding work that keeps you
interested will make your work life more
rewarding.
WHAI DO YOU VALUE?
You want your career to match and support
your values. If you feel good about what
you are doing, you will enjoy your work.
The following list can help you decide
what you value most. Read each value and
its description. Give each value a rating as
shown. When you are fnished, make a list
of the values that you marked with a four.
From these, list your top fve values from
most important to least important.
1 = Not important to me
2 = Somewhat important to me
3 = Quite important to me
4 = Very important to me
Adventure: Do something that involves
risk, excitement
Attention to detail: Working with de-
tails, being accurate and correct
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 22 7/16/09 9:01:54 AM
23 23
Authority: Controlling the work of oth-
ers, being in charge
Beauty: Make things that are beautiful,
attractive
Belonging: Being a part of a group
Community: Supporting your commu-
nity, getting involved
Competition: Being able to measure
yourself against others
Consistency (schedule, duties): Hav-
ing a regular schedule and routine
Creativity: Do something artistic or
come up with new ideas
Decision-making: Being able to make
decisions, make policies
Environment: Working in clean and
pleasant surroundings
Excitement: Do something that has a lot
of excitement
Fast paced: Doing something that re-
quires speed
Friendship: Develop close relationships
with others at work
Fun: Enjoying the job, able to be playful
Helping others (personal or small
groups): Something that directly
serves others
Helping society: Making a contribution
to society, improves the world you live
in
Independence: Working with little su-
pervision, making your own decisions
Infuencing others: Being able to
change others opinions or attitudes
Knowledge/learning: Doing some-
thing where you use knowledge and
are able to continue learning
Lifestyle: A position that allows you time
to pursue other interests and hobbies
Location: Working close to home or in a
place you like
Money: Being able to pursue fnancial gain
Morals: Doing something that supports
what you think is important
Personal growth: Work that allows you
to grow as a person
Physical: Work that involves physical
activity, strength
Pressure: Working with deadlines or
where your work is judged by others
Public contact: Having regular contact
with the public
Recognition: Being noticed publicly for
what you do
Respect/status: A position where you
gain respect from others
Results: Seeing the end product of your
work
Security: Being in a job that is long-term
Social (family): Being able to spend
time at home with family
Supervision/management: Being able
to oversee the work of others
Time off: Having time away from work
to play and have fun
Variety: Having a lot of change in what
you do or where you are
Work alone: Do work or projects by
yourself with little contact with others
Work with others: Being in regular
contact with others to do your work;
teamwork
What are your top fve values? These
can help you determine if a career is a
match for your values. For example, if con-
sistency is a top value for you, then a job
as an emergency responder is probably not
a good choice. If you value public contact,
you probably would not like a job where
you worked alone most of the day.
You can search for careers based on
your values. The Occupational Information
Network Online (O*NET) is one tool to
do this (visit http://online.onetcenter.org/
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 23 7/16/09 9:01:54 AM
Finding a Career That's Right for You
24 24
fnd/descriptor/browse/Work_Values/#cur).
This tool lets you search by six main value
areas. These are achievement, indepen-
dence, recognition, relationships, sup-
port, and working conditions. Review the
descriptions on the Web site. In which
categories do your values fall?
What Do You Do Well?
A number of assessment tools exist that
test your ability to do something. These
may include tests where you alphabetize a
list of words or solve a group of mathemat-
ical problems. However, research shows
that most people have a good idea of the
sorts of things they are good at. Self-as-
sessment of this type can be very accurate.
The following list will help you determine
your skills. You can then compare this in-
formation to the skills listed in the Career
Discovery Encyclopedia career articles.
There are two types of things to look at
here: abilities and skills. Abilities are those
things about you that let you relate to the
world. They are basic aspects of who you
are. One example is being able to work well
under pressure. Another is the ability to
verbally communicate well. On the other
hand, skills are things that you can acquire
and learn through practice, formal educa-
tion, or any other learning process. You can
gain many more skills. Abilities, however,
remain about the same. You can enhance
your abilities to their fullest, but they are
likely to remain the same if you were to list
them now or in ten years.
A good understanding of your abilities
can improve your career search. Skills are
important, too, but these can be learned.
The Occupational Information Network
Online (O*NET) lists a wide range of skills
and abilities. You can look for occupa-
tions using these lists. The information
is summarized below. Make a list of your
top fve skills and your top fve abilities.
As you browse the Career Discovery Encyclo-
pedia, review the sidebar information for
similar skills. When reading the descrip-
tions, watch for abilities that are similar
to yours.
First are basic skills, such as reading,
writing, and math. These are the kinds of
skills used by most people in everyday life.
Others are more closely related to working.
Are you good at solving problems? Do you
know computers inside and out? Which
skills do you have now? Which ones do
you need to improve upon? Are there skills
listed here that you would like to learn? All
of these questions can help you in your ca-
reer search.
Basic Skills
These are the skills that help you learn new
things. Examples of basic skills include the
following.
Active learning: This allows you to
look at new information and decide
what to do with it. It helps you use the
information now and see how you can
use it in the future.
Active listening: This skill helps you
hear what other people are saying. When
you actively listen, you give the other
person your full attention. You make sure
you understand what he or she is saying.
You summarize the message. You ask
questions to make sure you understand.
Active listeners do not interrupt at the
wrong times.
Critical thinking: This skill lets you
use logic and reasoning. You do this to
see the good and bad points of different
options. You then use this information
to create solutions, conclusions, or new
ways of doing things to solve problems.
25 25
Approaches to learning: This skill lets
you choose and use different learning
methods. It allows you to learn or teach
using different approaches.
Mathematics: This skill lets you use
mathematics to solve problems.
Monitoring: This skill lets you observe
and review how you or others do things.
You then use this information to make
changes or improvements.
Reading comprehension: This skill
means you can read and understand
written information related to work.
Science: This skill allows you to use
scientifc rules and methods to solve
problems.
Speaking: This skill means you can talk
to other people in a way that they can
understand.
Writing: This skill means you can
write things in a way that other people
understand.
Complex Problem-5olving 5kills
These skills allow you to see complex prob-
lems. You can then look at other informa-
tion about the problem. This lets you make
decisions and create solutions to solve the
problem. This process is harder than basic
problem solving.
Resource Nanagement 5kills
Resources are tools that help get things
done. They may be money, objects, people,
and time. This group of skills lets you de-
cide how to use these things. Some people
are skilled in all these areas. Many are high-
ly skilled in one or two. For example, ac-
countants are people who work well with
money. They are very good at fguring out
how to use it to reach goals.
Management of fnancial resources:
These skills help people decide how to
spend money, use it to get work done, and
show how and why the money is spent.
Management of material resources:
These skills help people see how to use
things. This can include equipment,
places, or materials. They can see what
types of things are the best to get the
work done, fnd ways to get necessary
resources, and decide the best way to use
the resources.
Management of personnel resources:
These skills help people use other people
to get work done. They decide how many
people are needed to do something,
how to motivate them and give them
direction, and decide which people are
the best ones to do a certain job.
Time management: People with time
management skills decide how to use
their own time and other peoples time.
5ocial 5kills
Social skills are how well a person works
with others to complete tasks and reach
goals. There are different kinds of social
skills.
Coordination: This is how well a
person can make changes in response to
other peoples actions.
Instruction: This is the ability to teach
others how to do something.
Negotiation: This skill helps someone
solve conficts. Someone who negotiates
brings different people together and then
helps them communicate.
Persuasion: This skill helps someone
change other peoples opinions. It
also helps them change other peoples
behavior.
Service: People with this skill look for
ways that they can help others.
Social awareness: People with this
skill are aware of other peoples reactions.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 25 7/16/09 9:01:55 AM
26 26
They understand why other people react
the way they do.
5ystems 5kills
These skills deal with the relationship
between people and technology. People
skilled in this area see and understand ways
to improve this relationship. It also helps
people improve systems work. For exam-
ple, some engineers work in large factories.
Their job is to make sure that the people
working on the machines stay healthy. At
the same time, they must make sure that
all the machines work the way they are
supposed to.
Judgment and decision making:
These skills let a person look at the
costs of a system. They compare this
information to the benefts or good
outcomes of a system. They then choose
the best system to use.
Systems analysis: This is deciding how
a system should work. People look at
information and decide how changes in
the system will change the results.
Systems evaluation: This involves
looking at all parts of a system. People
who do this look at the current results of
the system. They then decide if changes
need to be made to improve the system
or to reach goals.
Iechnical 5kills
These skills include using all kinds of ma-
chines, equipment, and computers, keep-
ing technology working, and designing,
setting-up, and fxing technologies. Many
engineers work in this area.
Equipment maintenance: This skill
involves making sure that equipment
runs smoothly. People using these skills
set-up regular times to examine and fx
machines. They decide what kind of
upkeep, or maintenance, to do.
Equipment selection: This involves
deciding what kind of equipment or tools
are needed. It also involves choosing that
equipment. Sometimes it is purchased.
Other times it needs to be made to meet
specifc needs.
Installation: This skill involves
installing equipment, machines, wiring,
or programs. This process usually needs
to meet specifc rules or guidelines.
Operation and control: This involves
running and equipment or systems.
Operation monitoring: This involves
watching information on a machine to
make sure it is working properly. This can
include dials, gauges, and other signs.
Operations analysis: This skill in-
volves studying the needs of a fnal prod-
uct. This person then creates a design to
make the outcome, or product, happen.
Many factories make special equipment
to make parts. Other businesses make
special computer programs.
Programming: This skill involves
writing computer programs to meet
various needs.
Quality control analysis: This
involves testing and looking at products,
services, or processes. The person then
determines the quality of these things.
If they are below the wanted level, he
or she will often make suggestions for
improvement.
Repairing: This skill involves fxing
machines or systems using the right
kinds of tools.
Technology design: This involves
making or changing technology to meet
the needs of the user.
Troubleshooting: This involves
fnding out why a technology is not
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 26 7/16/09 9:01:56 AM
27 27
working. This person then decides what
to do about it.
ABlLlIlE5
Abilities are a persons permanent traits
that affect how he or she does things.
Different types of careers require differ-
ent abilities. While skills can be learned,
abilities cannot. If you do not possess an
ability that is required for a specifc job,
you may have a diffcult time doing that
job. If you are unsure about this area,
talk with a guidance counselor or career
counselor. He or she can help you decide
if your abilities match those needed for a
specifc career. Oftentimes, related careers
are just as satisfying, if not more so. In ad-
dition to talking to a counselor, be sure to
read the Other Articles to Read sections
in the Career Discovery Encyclopedia. These
lists point you toward other careers that
are similar to the one you are reading.
Cognitive Abilities
These abilities have to do with a persons
ability to learn and solve problems. Many
cognitive abilities are required for many
jobs. Some of the more common cognitive
abilities are listed below.
Reasoning: This lets you look at
different information and make good
decisions based on that information.
Deductive reasoning is the ability
to come up with an answer by
using a specifc rule to solve a problem.
Inductive reasoning is the ability to
come up with a conclusion based on
putting different pieces of information
together.
Category fexibility: This is the ability
to put things in different groups based
on different rules.
Idea creation: This is the ability to
come up with many ideas about
something.
Information ordering: This is the
ability to put things or do things in a
certain order. This is done by using a
specifc rule or set of rules. Putting words
in alphabetical order or listing numbers
from smallest to largest are two examples.
Mathematical reasoning: This is the
ability to choose the correct mathematical
methods or formulas to solve problems.
Memorization: This is the ability to
remember information.
Number facility: This is the ability
to use numbers correctly. This includes
adding, subtracting, multiplication, and
division.
Oral comprehension: This is the
ability to hear something and understand
the message.
Oral expression: This is the ability
to say things so other people will
understand. Many careers require this
ability, but some need it more than others
do. Teachers must be good at this.
Originality: This is the ability to come
up with new ideas to solve problems.
Selective attention: This is the ability
to focus on a task over a period without
getting distracted.
Spatial orientation: This is the ability
to know where you are or to know where
other things are in relation to you.
Time sharing: This is the ability to
move back and forth between different
activities or sources of information. It is
often called multitasking.
Visualization: This is the ability to
imagine how something will look after it
is changed.
Written comprehension: This is the
ability to read and understand written
information and ideas.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 27 7/16/09 9:01:56 AM
28 28
Written expression: This is the ability
to write things in a way that others will
understand.
Physical Abilities
These have to do with a persons body
and physical capabilities. These include
strength, endurance, fexibility, balance,
and coordination. Strength is how much
weight a person can lift or how long a
person can do activities involving muscle
strength. Endurance is how long a person
can continue to move or maintain an activ-
ity. Flexibility is a persons ability to bend,
stretch, twist, or reach. Balance is how well
a person can stay upright in unstable con-
ditions. Coordination is how well a person
can move different parts of the body to-
gether or at the same time.
Physical abilities also involve how well
a person can work with his or her hands.
A persons ability to react quickly to some-
thing or move correctly in a given situation
is also a part of this. For example, a soccer
player must be able to quickly change di-
rection to follow the ball.
5ensory Abilities
These are abilities that have to do with
vision, sound, and speech. For example,
auditory attention is a persons ability to
pay attention to something even when
there are many distracting sounds. Some
common sensory abilities are listed below.
Many people in helping professions have
strong sensory abilities.
Depth perception: This is the ability
to determine how far away an object or
person is from you.
Hearing sensitivity: This is the ability
to hear differences between pitch and
loudness of sounds. A piano tuner must
have excellent hearing sensitivity.
Peripheral vision: This is the ability to
see things or movement on either side of
you when you are looking forward.
Speech clarity: This is the ability
to speak clearly so other people can
understand you. A public speaker
obviously needs to be good at this.
Color discrimination: This is the
ability to see the differences between
colors. This includes shades of colors
and brightness. Interior decorators and
clothing designers are two examples
of people who need good color
discrimination.
SampleAssessmentTest
This is a sample list of questions. They are
similar to what you might see on an actual
assessment test. It is not a real test! In order
to get accurate results, you need to take an
actual assessment. This is provided to show
you what one looks like and let you experi-
ment with taking it. This sample is based
on information on the Holland Code. See
the For Additional Information section
to read how and where to fnd assessment
tests.
DlRECIlON5
On a separate piece of paper, write the num-
bers 1 through 36. Leave room to write a
short answer for each item. Read each job
description. Do you think you would like
doing it? Answer each one with an L for
Like, a D for Dislike, or an N for Not Sure.
When you are fnished, read the directions
to fnd your results. Remember: This is only
a sample! To fnd out your type, you need
to take a full assessment.
1. Install walls in a new home.
2. Operate a machine in a factory.
3. Study history.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 28 7/16/09 9:01:57 AM
29 29
4. Conduct scientifc experiments.
5. Act in a play.
6. Write a song.
7. Teach elementary school.
8. Help doctors treat patients.
9. Sell products in a store.
10. Start your own business.
11. Create a fling system.
12. Keep track of bank accounts.
13. Repair appliances.
14. Build a brick wall or path.
15. Develop a new medical process.
16. Treat sick animals.
17. Paint a picture of scenery.
18. Write a book.
19. Help a family in need.
20. Volunteer for a childrens organization.
21. Create and agree on business
contracts.
22. Manage a company.
23. Create a spreadsheet or table using a
computer.
24. Keep track of money owed to a
business.
25. Run a dairy farm.
26. Perform lawn and garden care.
27. Investigate crimes.
28. Study how the human body works.
29. Play an instrument.
30. Design movie sets and backgrounds.
31. Give other people massages.
32. Help children in a daycare.
33. Represent clients in a court of law.
34. Sell food and drink products to
restaurants.
35. Organize a meeting and take notes.
36. Keep track of employee fles.
5CORlNG
Each question above relates to one of the
six Holland Code types. Using the informa-
tion below, count the number of Likes
you had for each type. The numbers stand
for each question.
Realistic (R): Questions 1, 2, 13, 14, 25,
26
Investigative (I): Questions 3, 4, 15, 16,
27, 28
Artistic (A): Questions 5, 6, 17, 18, 29, 30
Social (S): Questions 7, 8, 19, 20, 31, 32
Enterprising (E): Questions 9, 10, 21, 22,
33, 34
Conventional (C): Questions 11, 12, 23,
24, 35, 36
Put your top three types in order start-
ing with the one with most number of
likes. Then list your second highest and
third highest. If you scored the same on
some, that is okay. Look at each one and
put the one that is most like you frst to
break the tie. This is a short test. A longer
test will make your types clearer.
You now have a three-letter code.
What can you do with this information?
The following information is an overview
of each type. This is followed by a list of
each three-letter code with a list of the
types of jobs often suitable for that code.
Each job listed is found in the Career Dis-
covery Encyclopedia for further exploration.
Some job classifcations are broad. You will
see that some only use one or two of the
Holland Codes. If your code begins with
that letter or letters, review those careers
as well. When exploring careers in the en-
cyclopedia, be sure to take advantage of
the sidebar on Other articles to read, as
this may provide additional suggestions.
This is particularly useful if your type lists
only a few jobs. Also, review the informa-
tion on the Holland Code in the previ-
ous section and below to determine what
types of jobs fall under the frst letter of
your code.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 29 7/16/09 9:01:57 AM
30 30
REVlEW OF IHE IYPE5
Realistic
People with realistic interests like to work
with tools. They like to build and construct
things. These people enjoy seeing the re-
sults of their work. They enjoy mechani-
cal activities. Realistic people often like to
work outdoors. They like work that requires
physical strength. They like working with
things and order.
lnvestigative
People with investigative interests enjoy
math and science. They like to solve prob-
lems. These people enjoy observing and
analyzing. They like to learn. They are curi-
ous and creative. Investigative people like
to work with theories. They prefer to work
alone. They enjoy working with things and
ideas.
Artistic
People with artistic interests like using
their creativity and imagination. They like
their independence. They seek opportu-
nities for self-expression such as through
music, writing, entertainment, and art.
They prefer unstructured working envi-
ronments. They enjoy working with ideas
and creativity.
5ocial
People with social interests enjoy working
with others. They like to help, inform, train,
and cure others. They care about the well-
being of other people. They have strong
verbal skills. They get along well with oth-
ers and like to provide services. They enjoy
working with people and creativity.
Enterprising
People with enterprising interests like to
work with people. They are interested in
infuencing and persuading. They also like
to perform. They like to lead or manage
others to reach goals. They like to convince
others to think the way they do. They en-
joy working with people and tasks.
Conventional
People with conventional interests like
jobs with clear duties. They enjoy working
with data. They are good at working with
details and completing tasks. They follow
directions well. They like order. People
with conventional interests value fnancial
success and status. They like working with
tasks and order.
1OB5 A55OClAIED
WlIH VARlOU5 CODE5
A
Artists
Dancers
Fashion Editors and Writers
Greeting Card Designers and Writers
Musicians
Music Journalists
Music Producers
Screenwriters
Songwriters
Special Effects Technicians
Speechwriters
Writers
ACI
Information Brokers
Librarians
Music Librarians
ACS
Real-Time Captioners
AE
Music Video Editors
Pop/Rock Musicians
Singers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 30 7/16/09 9:01:58 AM
31 31
AEC
Models
AER
Art Directors
Cartoonists and Animators
Comic-Book Writers
Costume Designers
Fashion Designers
Film and Television Editors
Graphic Designers
Interior Designers and Decorators
Multimedia Artists and Animators
AES
Actors
Circus Performers
Clowns
Comedians
Composers and Arrangers
Copywriters
Film and Television Directors
Film and Television Producers
Lighting Technicians
Magazine Editors
Magicians
Music Conductors and Directors
Music Video Directors and Producers
Newspaper Editors
Radio and Television Announcers
Radio and Television Program Directors
Radio Producers
Stunt Performers
Video Game Producers
AI
Diet and Fitness Writers
Grant Coordinators and Writers
Internet Content Developers
Science and Medical Writers
Technical Writers and Editor
AIE
Antiques and Art Dealers
Foreign Correspondents
News Anchors
Political Columnists and Writers
Political Reporters
Reporters
Sportswriters
AR
Cinematographers
Illustrators
Makeup Artists
ARE
Exhibit Designers
Fashion Illustrators and Photographers
Florists
Food Photographers
Furniture Designers
Industrial Designers
Merchandise Displayers
Packaging Designers
Photojournalists
Sports Photographers
Taxidermists
Toy and Game Designers
Wildlife Photographers
ARI
Architects
Book Conservators
Landscape Architects
Museum Attendants
Museum Curators
Photographers
Photo Stylists
Sports Facility Designers
ASE
Book Editors
Choreographers
Disc Jockeys
ASI
Creative Arts Therapists
English as a Second Language Teachers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 31 7/16/09 9:01:58 AM
32 32
Horticultural Therapists
Interpreters and Translators
Linguists
Music Teachers
Music Therapists
Photography Instructors
Sign Language Interpreters
C
Copy Editors
Indexers
Medical Transcriptionists
CE
Cost Estimators
Insurance Claims Representatives
Production Assistants
Tax Preparers
CEI
Accountants
Bookkeepers
Clerks
Credit Analysts
Insurance Underwriters
Management Analysts and Consultants
Title Searchers and Examiners
CER
Assessors and Appraisers
Bank Services Workers
Cashiers
Counter and Retail Clerks
Customs Offcials
Toll Collectors
CES
Clerks
Collection Workers
Court Reporters
Customer Service Representatives
Hotel and Motel Managers and Workers
Hotel Desk Clerks
Press Secretaries
Receptionists
Reservation and Ticket Agents
Resort Workers
Secretaries
Ski Resort Workers
Stenographers
CI
Actuaries
City Managers
Real Estate Developers
CIR
Computer Support Service Owners
Geographic Information Systems
Specialists
Technical Support Specialists
CR
Library Media Specialists
Mail Carriers
Medical Record Technicians
Meter Readers
Postal Clerks
Stenographers
CRE
Air Traffc Controllers
Data Entry Clerks
Logging Industry Workers
Umpires and Referees
CRI
Cartographers
Construction Inspectors
Pharmaceutical Industry Workers
Pharmacy Technicians
Quality Control Engineers and
Technicians
CRS
Fire Inspectors and Investigators
Telephone Operators
CS
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 32 7/16/09 9:01:59 AM
33 33
Library Technicians
Multimedia Sound Workers
EAS
Cosmeticians
Cosmetologists
Electrologists
Makeup Artists
Media Relations Specialists
Public Relations Specialists
Sports Publicists
EC
Fashion Coordinators
Gaming Workers
Manufacturing Supervisors
Photo Stylists
Property and Real Estate Managers
Purchasing Agents
Retail Store Managers
ECA
Medical Ethicists
ECI
College Administrators
Elder Law Attorneys
Intellectual Property Lawyers
Internet Executives
Internet Quality Assurance Specialists
Internet Transaction Specialists
Land Acquisition Professionals
Land Trust or Preserve Managers
Lawyers
Legal Nurse Consultants
ECR
Dispensing Opticians
Export-Import Specialists
Grain Merchants
Hotel Executive Housekeepers
ECS
Advertising Account Executives
Ambassadors
Appointed and Elected Offcials
Auctioneers
Bed and Breakfast Owners
Business Managers
Buyers
Campaign Workers
Caterers
Congressional Aides
Event Planners
Financial Services Brokers
Grain Merchants
Health Club Owners and Managers
Hotel and Motel Managers and
Workers
Hotel Concierges
Household Workers
Labor Union Business Agents
Legal Secretaries
Lobbyists
Music Venue Owners and Managers
Paralegals
Real Estate Agents and Brokers
Resort Workers
Restaurant Managers
Retail Business Owners
Risk Managers
Sports Equipment Managers
Sports Executives
Sports Facility Managers
Supermarket Managers and Workers
Telemarketers
Wedding/Party Planners
Zoo and Aquarium Directors
EIC
Property and Casualty Insurance Agents
and Brokers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 33 7/16/09 9:01:59 AM
34 34
EIR
Industrial Engineers and Engineering
Technicians
Packaging Engineers
EIS
Crime Analysts
Cryptographic Technicians
Deputy U.S. Marshals
FBI Agents
Secret Service Special Agents
Spies
ER
Brewers
Household Workers
Personal Chefs
ERC
Technicians
ERS
Airport Service Workers
Baggage Porters and Bellhops
Divers and Diving Technicians
Jockeys
Professional AthletesIndividual Sports
Professional AthletesTeam
Sports
Sports Coaches
Sports Scouts
Stunt Performers
ES
Executive Recruiters
Judges
Personal Shoppers
Pet Shop Workers
Retail Sales Workers
ESA
Cruise Ship Workers
Fashion Models Agents
Flight Attendants
Literary Agents
Music Agents and Scouts
Sports Agents
Tour Guides
ESC
Advertising Sales Workers
Bank Examiners
Computer Trainers
Human Services Workers
Life Insurance Agents and
Brokers
Property and Casualty Insurance
Agents and Brokers
Sales Representatives
Travel Agents
ESI
Detectives
Health Care Managers
Polygraph Examiners
Process Servers
ESR
Bartenders
Detectives
Nail Technicians
Private Investigators
IA
Campaign Workers
Congressional Aides
Foreign Service Offcers
Genealogists
Historians
Lobbyists
Political Scientists
Research Assistants
IAS
Geriatric Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 34 7/16/09 9:02:00 AM
35 35
Hypnotherapists
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
Public Opinion Researchers
Sociologists
Sports Psychologists
IC
Technicians
Information Architects
Statisticians
ICA
Archivists
ICE
Financial Analysts
Personnel Specialists
ICR
Computer Network Specialists
Computer Systems Analysts
Database Specialists
Environmental Technicians
Forensic Experts
Pharmacists
Polygraph Examiners
IE
City Planners
IEC
Demographers
Economists
Firefghters
Industrial Safety and Health Technicians
Marketing Researchers
Research Assistants
Toxicologists
IER
Air Quality Engineers
Geographic Information Systems
Specialists
IES
Allergists
Dermatologists
Dietitians and Nutritionists
General Practitioners
Obstetricians and Gynecologists
Pediatricians
Physicians
Sports Physicians
IR
Asbestos Abatement Technicians
Ceramics Engineers
Cytotechnologists
Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Energy Conservation and Use
Technicians
Geographers
Hazardous Waste Management
Technicians
Histologic Technicians
Marine Biologists
Marine Services Technicians
Medical Technologists
Metallurgical Engineers and Technicians
Meteorologists
Microbiologists
Military Workers
Nuclear Medicine Technologists
Oceanographers
Paleontologists
Plastics Engineers
Range Managers
Renewable Energy Workers
Soil Scientists
Veterinarians
Webmasters
Zoologists
IRA
Archaeologists
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 35 7/16/09 9:02:00 AM
36 36
IRC
Aeronautical and Aerospace Technicians
Aerospace Engineers
Astronauts
Astronomers
Astrophysicists
Biochemists
Biologists
Botanists
Chemists
Coal Mining Technicians
Computer and Video Game Designers
Computer Programmers
Computer Security Specialists
Conservators and Conservation
Technicians
Ecologists
Environmental Engineers
Geologists
Geophysicists
Graphics Programmers
Groundwater Professionals
Hardware Engineers
Health Physicists
Horticultural Technicians
Internet Executives
Laser Technicians
Mathematicians
Mining Engineers
Nuclear Engineers
Oceanographers
Petrologists
Physicists
Quality Assurance Testers
Software Designers
Software Engineers
Soil Conservation Technicians
Systems Setup Specialists
Video Game Testers
Webmasters
Wood Science and Technology Workers
IRS
Anesthesiologists
Aromatherapists
Cardiologists
Chiropractors
Cosmetic Surgeons
Dentists
Drug Developers
Endocrinologists
Endodontists
Epidemiologists
Genetic Counselors
Genetic Scientists
Kinesiologists
Neurologists
Oncologists
Ophthalmologists
Optometrists
Orthodontists
Osteopaths
Pathologists
Pharmacologists
Refexologists
Respiratory Therapists
Surgeons
ISA
Anthropologists
Cultural Advisers
Linguists
Paleontologists
Physician Assistants
R
Appliance Repairers
Aquarists
Cable Television Technicians
Chimney Sweeps
Furniture Manufacturing Workers
Glaziers
Ground Services Workers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 36 7/16/09 9:02:00 AM
37 37
Household Movers
Industrial Machinery Mechanics
Insulation Workers
Janitors and Cleaners
Landscapers
Line Installers and Cable Splicers
Meat Packers and Meat Cutters
Pet Groomers
Pet Sitters
Photo Lab Workers
Plumbers
Pottery and Porcelainware Industry
Workers
Road Crew Workers
Roofers
Roustabouts
Sheet Metal Workers
Sporting Goods Production Workers
Tire Technicians
Zookeepers
RA
Instrument Makers and Repairers
Musical Instrument Repairers
Music Producers
RAC
Computer-Aided Design Technicians
Desktop Publishing Specialists
Drafters
Taxidermists
RAE
Cooks, Chefs, and Bakers
Tailors and Dressmakers
RAI
Audio Recording Engineers
Broadcast Engineers
RC
Automobile Detailers
Automotive Industry Workers
Brewers
Computer and Offce Machine
Technicians
Coremakers
Diesel Mechanics
Drafters
Electric Power Workers
Electroplating Workers
Floor Covering Installers
Fluid Power Technicians
General Maintenance Mechanics
Glass Manufacturing Workers
Hazardous Waste Management
Technicians
Heating and Cooling Technicians
Heat Treaters
Iron and Steel Industry Workers
Ironworkers
Laser Technicians
Layout Workers
Leather Tanning and Finishing Workers
Lens Technicians
Locksmiths
Locomotive Engineers
Marble Setters, Tile Setters, and Terrazzo
Workers
Merchant Mariners
Microelectronics Technicians
Nuclear Reactor Operators
Ophthalmic Laboratory Technicians
Ophthalmic Medical Assistants
Optical Engineers
Packaging Machinery Technicians
Painters and Paperhangers
Papermaking Workers
Pest Control Workers
Photo Editors
Pipeftters
Plasterers
Plastics Products Manufacturing Workers
Plastics Technicians
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 37 7/16/09 9:02:01 AM
38 38
Power Plant Workers
Prepress Workers
Printing Press Operators
Recycling Coordinators
Refuse Collectors
Semiconductor Technicians
Stage Production Workers
Stationary Engineers
Stevedores
Swimming Pool Servicers
Telecommunications Technicians
Telephone Installers and Repairers
Textile Workers
Toy Industry Workers
Truck Drivers
Wastewater Treatment Plant Operators
and Technicians
Watch and Clock Repairers
Welders and Welding Technicians
Wireless Service Technicians
RCA
Automobile Collision Repairers
RCE
Amusement Park Workers
Automatic Teller Machine Servicers
Bicycle Mechanics
Cement Masons
Construction Laborers
Drywall Installer and Finishers
Fast Food Workers
Food Service Workers
Stadium Ushers and Vendors
RCI
Automobile Mechanics
Aviation Safety Inspectors
Boilermakers and Mechanics
Dry Cleaning and Laundry Workers
Electronics Service Technicians
Elevator Installers and Repairers
Farmers
Fiber Optics Technicians
Instrumentation Technicians
Molders
Surveyors and Surveying and Mapping
Technicians
RE
Taxi Drivers
REA
REC
Aquaculturists
Beekeepers
Bricklayers and Stonemasons
Carpenters
Fishers
Jewelers
Public Transportation Operators
Railroad Conductors
REI
Avionics Engineers and Technicians
Military Pilots
Pilots
RES
Animal Shelter Employees
Fire Control and Safety Inspectors
Firefghters
RI
Foresters
Forestry Experts
Forestry Technicians
Mechanical Engineering Technicians
Mechanical Engineers
Military Workers
Millwrights
Nuclear Instrumentation
Technicians
Operating Engineers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 38 7/16/09 9:02:01 AM
39 39
Orthotic and Prosthetic Technicians
Pedorthists
Petroleum Engineers and Technicians
Robotics Engineers and Technicians
RIC
Agribusiness Technicians
Agricultural Engineers
Agricultural Scientists
Aircraft Mechanics
Biomedical Equipment Technicians
Chemical Engineers
Chemical Technicians
Civil Engineers and Civil Engineering
Technicians
Cytotechnologists
Dental Laboratory Technicians
Electricians
Electromechanical Technicians
Electronics Engineering Technicians
Food Production Workers
Food Technologists
Industrial Traffc Managers
Marine Engineers
Medical Laboratory Technicians
Petroleum Refning Workers
Precision Machinists and Metalworkers
Traffc Engineers
Tree Experts
RIE
Animal Breeders and Technicians
Winemakers
RIS
Cardiovascular Technologists
Diagnostic Medical Sonographers
Dialysis Technicians
Electroneurodiagnostic Technologists
Phlebotomy Technicians
Special Procedures Technologists
Veterinary Technicians
X-ray Technologists
RS
Lifeguards and Swimming Instructors
RSC
Surgical Technologists
RSE
Bail Bondsmen
Barbers
Border Patrol Offcers
Bounty Hunters
Corrections Offcers
Firefghters
Military Workers
Police Offcers
Process Servers
SA
Nannies
SAC
Guidance Counselors
Preschool Teachers
SAE
Career Counselors
Child Life Specialists
Protestant Ministers
Rabbis
Religious Sisters and Brothers
Roman Catholic Priests
Social Workers
SAI
Adult and Vocational Education
Teachers
Elementary School Teachers
Physical Education Teachers
Secondary School Teachers
Special Education Teachers
Adult Day Care Coordinators
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 39 7/16/09 9:02:02 AM
40 40
SAR
Child Care Workers
Fitness Directors
Recreation Workers
Recreational Therapists
SC
Parole Offcers
Teacher Aides
SCE
SCR
Dental Hygienists
Medical Assistants
Optometric Technicians
SE
Tour Guides
SEA
Rehabilitation Counselors
SEC
Airport Security Personnel
Bailiffs
Bodyguards
Computer Trainers
Financial Planners
Fund-Raisers
Nursing Home Administrators
Retirement Planners
Security Consultants and Guards
Waiters
SEI
Education Directors and Museum
Teachers
Ergonomists
Health and Regulatory
Inspectors
Health Physicists
School Administrators
SER
Education Directors and Museum
Teachers
Funeral Directors
SI
Nursing Instructors
SIA
Alcohol and Drug Abuse Counselors
Cultural Advisers
Geriatric Care Managers
Geriatricians
Geriatric Psychiatrists
Grief Therapists
Health Advocates
HIV/AIDS Counselors and Case Managers
Hospice Workers
Hypnotherapists
Medical Ethicists
Social Workers
SIE
Podiatrists
SIR
Acupuncturists
Advanced Practice Nurses
Audiologists
Ayurvedic Doctors and Practitioners
Clinical Nurse Specialists
Critical Care Nurses
Emergency Nurses
Herbalists
Homeopaths
Hospice Workers
Massage Therapists
Myotherapists
Naturopaths
Neonatal Nurses
Nurse Anesthetists
Nurse-Midwives
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 40 7/16/09 9:02:02 AM
41 41
Nurses
Oriental Medicine Practitioners
Orthotists and Prosthetists
Pathologists
Pedorthists
Psychiatric Nurses
Speech-Language Pathologists
Transplant Coordinators
SR
Biofeedback Therapists
Home Health Care Aides
Household Workers
Occupational Therapy Assistants and
Aides
Physical Therapy Assistants
Psychiatric Technicians
SRE
Aerobics Instructors
Animal Handlers
Animal Trainers
Athletic Directors
Dental Assistants
Family and Consumer Scientists
Nurse Assistants
Personal Trainers
Yoga and Pilates Instructors
SRI
Athletic Trainers
Dietetic Technicians
Emergency Medical Technicians
Kinesiologists
Licensed Practical Nurses
National Park Service Employees
Naturalists
Nurse Practitioners
Occupational Therapists
Orientation and Mobility Specialists
Park Rangers
Physical Therapists
Conclusion
After doing some self-assessment activities
and taking some assessment tests, you may
have a list of job titles in front of you to
go explore in the Career Discovery Encyclo-
pedia. Some of these may excite you. Oth-
ers may not. Or, you may feel as though
you are not much further than you were
before doing some assessment work. That
is okay, too.
Your career is an ongoing process
throughout your working life. Many peo-
ples interests and skills change over time.
Sometimes people need some variety and
decide to try a different career. Sometimes
people get into a career that does not work
for them so they change.
Read the information for each job
you have targeted. But also consider sim-
ply browsing through each volume of this
encyclopedia. You may come across some
jobs that look interesting, but that are not
on your list. Remember, you make the fnal
decision about what you want to do for a
career. Assessments can help, but they do
not give you the fnal say.
There are many ways to choose a career.
Having some direction defnitely helps.
That is why people use assessments. Your
own gut reactions and feelings are also very
helpful. Maybe every test says you should
be a lawyer, but you know in your gut that
you do not want to do this. That is okay!
Pay attention to your inner feelings. Is there
something that you know you should do?
Maybe you have a skill that you know you
need to use in your work. Perhaps you feel
strongly about helping others and society,
but your results do not show this. Maybe
there is a certain type of career that you
keep thinking about and want to try.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 41 7/16/09 9:02:03 AM
Finding a Career That's Right for You
42 42
Also, remember those dreams? Many
times people will say that they are not
realistic. Sometimes this is true. Not ev-
eryone can be an astronaut and fy to the
moon. However, this does not mean you
should put your dreams aside. Look into
ways you can follow your dreams and pas-
sions. What if everyone stopped following
his or her dreams? We would not have good
books to read, medical breakthroughs, mov-
ies to watch, delicious foods, sports . . . the
list is endless.
For Additional Information
aDDitional aSSeSSment
toolS
The following assessment tools are not list-
ed in the A to Z section, but may be of
interest for further career exploration.
This site provides information on the CareerKey
assessment tool as well as a link to take the
assessment. The cost is $9.95 (at the time of
writing).
The Career Key
http://www.careerkey.org
This organization offers the Motivational
Appraisal of Personal Potential (MAPP)
assessment. You can take the assessment for
free. Other assessments are available for $8.99
(at the time of writing).
International Assessment Network
7400 Metro Blvd. Suite #350
Edina, MN 55439
(888) 311-0311
(952) 921-9368
Fax: (952) 844-9025
http://www.assessment.com
The Princeton Review site offers a wide range of
career and educational exploration information.
You can take free assessments here as well that
provides a list of sample career options.
The Princeton Review
http://www.princetonreview.com
This site offers an assessment for $19.95 (at
the time of writing) and provides additional
career and educational exploration information
with the purchase of the assessment.
Sigma Assessment Systems Inc.
Jackson Vocational Interest Survey (JVIS)
http://www.jvis.com
This is an Occupation and Skill Computer-
Assisted Researcher. This site provides assess-
ment and career exploration information.
Texas Workforce Commission/Career
Development Resources (TWC/CDR)
http://www.ioscar.org/tx
organizationS
This organization provides information to both
school counselors and the public.
American School Counselor Association
1101 King Street, Suite 625
Alexandria, VA 22314
(800) 306-4722
http://www.schoolcounselor.org
This organization consists of many different
career professionals and can help you locate
both career counselors and career coaches.
Career Management Alliance
1 Phoenix Mill Lane, Fl. 3
Peterborough, NH 03458
(603) 924-0900 ext. 617
Fax: (603) 924-4034
http://www.careermanagementalliance.com/
This organization consists of many different
career professionals and can help you locate
career coaches.
43 43
ProfessionalAssociationofRsumWriters
&CareerCoaches
1388 Brightwaters Blvd. NE
St. Petersburg, FL 33704
(800) 822-7279 (toll free)
http://www.parw.com/home.html
PRlNI RE5OURCE5
Culbreath, Alice N., and Saundra K. Neal.
Testing the Waters: A Teens Guide to Ca-
reer Exploration. Juniper, Fla.: JRC Con-
sulting, 1999.
Facts On File. Career Skills Library (series).
New York: Facts On File, 2009.
Ferguson. Career Opportunities (series). New
York: Facts on File, 20022009.
Ferguson. Ferguson Career Biographies (se-
ries). New York: Facts On File, 2000
2006.
Levine, Mel. Ready or Not, Here Life Comes.
New York: Simon and Schuster, 2006.
Reeves, Diane Lindsey et al. Career Ideas for
Teens (series). New York: Facts On File,
2005.
Tieger, Paul D., and Barbara Barron-Tieger.
Do What You Are: Discover the Perfect
Career for You Through the Secrets of Per-
sonality Type. 4d ed. New York: Little,
Brown and Company, 2007.
WEB 5lIE5
The following site provides career tools and a
wealth of career exploration information:
AmericasCareerInfoNet
http://www.acinet.org/acinet
The following site provides various career and
education exploration tools for a membership
fee. You can join for different amounts of
time and can access the tools during your
subscription period. Rates start at $39.00
for a six-month subscription (at the time of
writing).
CareerDimensionsInc.,MyCareerProfle
http://www.mycareerprofle.com
The following site provides a wide range of
career exploration information:
MinnesotaISEEK
http://www.iseek.org
New York Career Zone is a great site where you
can do assessments and receive a list of specifc
occupations with links to more information
about the job. For additional information,
contact
NewYorkStateDepartmentofLabor
Division of Research and Statistics
State Offce Building Campus
Bldg. 12, Room 490
Albany, NY 12240
(877) 226-5724
support@nycareerzone.org
http://www.nycareerzone.org
This Occupational Outlook Handbook site,
provided by the U.S. government, enables you
to search specifc careers:
U.S.BureauofLaborStatistics
Offce of Occupational Statistics and Employment
Projections
2 Massachusetts Avenue, NE, Suite 2135
Washington, DC 20212-0001
(202) 691-5700
Fax: (202) 691-5745
http://www.bls.gov/OCO
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 43 7/16/09 9:02:04 AM
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 44 7/16/09 9:02:04 AM
45
Career Clusters were developed by the
U.S. Department of Education to help
you learn how individual careers ft into
the larger picture of major industries. The
16 clusters and career pathways within
each represent distinct areas of employ-
ment. These areas call for unique sets
of skills and varying levels of education
and training. By reading about different
clusters, you can begin to get an idea of the
types of careers that might best suit your
skills and interests. Each of the 16 clusters
has an icon associated with it. The icons
appear in the career articles in the Career
Discovery Encyclopedia. Look for the icons
of the Career Clusters that interest you so
you can learn more about jobs the many
career paths in those felds.
CAREERCLUSTER
ARTICLES
e
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 45 7/16/09 9:02:05 AM
CareerClusterArticles
46
Agriculture,Food,
andNatural
Resources
Overview
The agriculture cluster is large and diverse,
with careers ranging from the farm to the
laboratory to the corporate offce. This in-
dustry is made up of the farmers who cul-
tivate the land, raise livestock, and grow
plants; the businesses that purchase, pro-
cess, distribute, and transport farm prod-
ucts and farm supplies; and the organiza-
tions that supply services to the farmer and
the consumer.
Closely related to agriculture are the
areas of natural resources and environ-
mental services. Workers in these areas
develop, maintain, and manage the nat-
ural environment. Among other things,
they monitor air quality, test for harm-
ful chemicals in water supplies, enforce
state and national laws at parks and pre-
serve lands, and dispose of harmful waste
materials.
People who work in these felds have
frm knowledge of how everyday life affects
the environment and vice versa. Whether
they are involved in the business, research,
or technical aspects of this feld, workers in
this area have a deep appreciation for the
natural environment.
There are seven career pathways in
this cluster: agribusiness systems; animal
systems; food products and processing sys-
tems; environmental service systems; natu-
ral resources systems; plant systems; and
power, structural, and technical systems.
Each pathway calls for a unique set of skills
and competencies.
AGRlBU5lNE55 5Y5IEN5
This area deals with the business side of ag-
riculture, including the marketing, fnanc-
ing, and production of agricultural prod-
ucts. Examples of careers in this area include
agribusiness technicians and buyers.
ANlNAL 5Y5IEN5
Workers in this area focus on producing the
highest quality meat, poultry, and fsh prod-
ucts. They may study an animals genetic
makeup to produce leaner meat, or they may
inspect and grade meat and poultry before it
is delivered to a supermarket. Examples of
animal systems careers include farmers and
animal breeders and technicians.
ENVlRONNENIAL 5ERVlCE
5Y5IEN5
People in this area focus on public health
issues by monitoring and fghting pollution
to ensuring the safe removal of hazardous
wastes. Some careers in this area include
air quality engineers and hazardous waste
management technicians.
FOOD PRODUCI5 AND
PROCE55lNG 5Y5IEN5
Food products and processing workers re-
search and develop new sources of food, an-
alyze food content, and store and package
food according to government regulations.
Examples of careers include food technolo-
gist, meat packers, and meat cutters.
NAIURAL RE5OURCE5 5Y5IEN5
Careers in natural resources have responsi-
bilities ranging from studying and protect-
ing the natural environment to catching
and trapping animals for human consump-
tion. Some natural resources careers include
cartographers and fshers.
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 46 7/16/09 9:02:06 AM
47
PLANI 5Y5IEN5
People in the plant systems pathway spe-
cialize in the growth and maintenance of
plants. They use this knowledge to help
others produce high quality, high yield
crops. Examples of plant systems careers
are botanists and landscapers.
POWER, 5IRUCIURAL, AND
IECHNlCAL 5Y5IEN5
People in this area apply technical and
mechanical knowledge to the feld of agri-
culture. They may repair farm machinery,
design ventilation systems for agricultural
facilities, or maintain computer databases
that are used in agricultural research. Ex-
amples of careers in this pathway include
agricultural engineers, welders, and weld-
ing technicians.
Exploring
Becoming involved in your local 4-H club
or chapter of Future Farmers of America is
a great way to gain experience in the ag-
ricultural feld. You might also volunteer
with local groups that sponsor environ-
mental programs such as Adopt-a-Highway
or Green Streets. Also, visiting a farm with
your school or family provides a great way
to see agricultural work frsthand. You may
even be able to speak with the farmer or
other farm workers to learn more about
what they do on a daily basis.
Educational requirements for careers in
this area do vary, but many of the careers
in the area require at least a bachelors de-
gree. Some careers, such as hazardous waste
management technicians and welders and
welding technicians, may offer on-the-job
training and licensing. Advanced positions
in food science or agricultural engineering
may require a Ph.D. Investigate the indi-
vidual careers articles in this book to check
on the requirements for the careers that in-
terest you.
More diverse career opportunities are
available for those with advanced degrees.
Agricultural scientists, agribusiness profes-
sionals, and equipment technicians will
see their jobs expand to involve high-tech
methods of conservation, planting, tilling,
and treating farm crops.
Farm managers and operators will need
extensive understanding of new farming
methods and equipment, as well as com-
puter-aided operations, in order to main-
tain a place in this increasingly diffcult
segment of the job market.
As is the case with most industries, the
felds of agriculture, food, and natural re-
sources are becoming increasingly global
in nature. As economies around the world
become interdependent, so do the food
supply and natural resources of various
countries. Having a background in interna-
tional business, a foreign language, or eco-
nomicsin addition to knowledge of ag-
riculture and sciencecan be particularly
valuable in this feld.
Outlook
Employment in the agricultural industry is
expected to decline through 2016, accord-
ing to the U.S. Department of Labor. Over-
production, increasing productivity, and
fewer farms have reduced opportunities in
the industry. But farmers who work with
specialty crops, organic farmers, and aqua-
culturists (fsh farmers) should experience
good job opportunities in the next decade.
Job opportunities for those involved
in food safety should be very good. Recent
outbreaks of diseases in European live-
stock have focused efforts on preventing
these problems in the United States. Ge-
netic engineering in both plant and animal
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 47 7/16/09 9:02:06 AM
48
agriculture is also a popular subject in the
agricultural community. The need for ad-
ditional research in this area should create
more jobs for animal and plant scientists
for years to come.
Because of growing concern in the
United States and around the world for the
future health and survival of the planet, the
outlook for natural resources and environ-
mental sciences careers is good. Many na-
tions now have more resources and more
interest in fnding alternatives to fossil fu-
els, protecting the ozone layer, putting a
stop to habitat and species destruction, and
developing methods for conserving water,
energy, and other resources. Growth in this
type of research should provide many job
opportunities.
Architectureand
Construction
Overview
Architecture and construction is a complex
cluster that deals with all aspects of plan-
ning, building, and maintaining a struc-
ture, whether it is a skyscraper or a high-
way. Jobs in this feld range from designing
an entire community to installing security
and fre alarms in individual buildings. In
addition to the planning and building of
structures, this feld also covers the servic-
ing of equipment that, when installed, be-
comes a vital part of the structure, such as
plumbing, heating, central air-condition-
ing, electrical wiring, lighting equipment,
elevators, and escalators. The construction
industry is one of the largest industries in
the United States.
For most of the trades involved in con-
struction, the workers do not start at the
beginning of the building process and
work until the building is complete. Work-
ers come in for the portion of the job that
involves them and then move on to other
projects. So, an electrician comes in to wire
a house and then moves on to another
construction site. He or she may have to
come back to do more electrical work, but
it is not essential to have an electrician at
a job site every day. Because workers come
and go, it is important to have a project
supervisor, or job foreman, who knows all
the phases of the work being done.
There are three pathways in the ar-
chitecture and construction feld: con-
struction, design/pre-construction, and
maintenance/operations.
CON5IRUCIlON
People in this area turn plans into real-
ity. Depending on the area in which they
work, they build, renovate, and restore
houses, offce buildings, factories, bridges,
highways, and just about any other struc-
ture. Many of the jobs in this area require
a training or apprenticeship period, and
some require a two- or four-year degree. Ex-
amples of careers in construction include
construction inspectors, construction la-
borers, landscape architects, plumbers, and
sheet metal workers.
DE5lGN/PRE-CON5IRUCIlON
People in this area take the idea for a struc-
ture and turn it into a set of detailed plans.
Once a construction project gets underway,
other workers use these plans as the basis
for their work. Most states require people
in this area to pass certain tests and obtain
a license. Careers in design/pre-construc-
tion include architects, city planners, civil
engineers, computer-aided design techni-
cians, cost estimators, and surveyors.
/
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 48 7/16/09 9:02:07 AM
49
NAlNIENANCE/OPERAIlON5
People who work in this area keep build-
ings and other structures running smooth-
ly. They ensure that a structure meets all
government codes and that it is safe and
comfortable for those who use it. Some of
the jobs in this feld overlap with those in
construction, but people in maintenance/
operations work on structures that have al-
ready been completed. Examples of careers
in this area are electricians, elevator install-
ers and repairers, foor covering installers,
heating and cooling technicians, and jani-
tors and cleaners.
Exploring
People who work in architecture and con-
struction should have solid math skills, as
these often come into play in most jobs
of this nature. People involved in design/
pre-construction especially should have
a strong grasp of visual detail. Attention
to detail is vital to all careers in this area,
as the difference of several well-placed
bolts could mean the difference between
success and catastrophe when building a
bridge or highway overpass. Thus, classes
in art, drafting, and math (especially al-
gebra, trigonometry, and geometry) will
be great preparation for this type of job.
Some careers, such as construction labor-
er, require that the worker be able to lift
heavy objects and stand on his or her feet
for many hours at a time, working in all
types of weather conditions. If that type
of career interests you, be sure to stay in
shape and build your stamina.
Although some jobs in construc-
tion may require only a high school di-
ploma, most of the jobs in this feld, es-
pecially those that involve skilled labor,
require a period of formal training or an
apprenticeship. During this time a new
employee works alongside experienced
skilled workers and learns the trade. Af-
ter a designated period of time, the new
employee generally must pass a licensing
examination in order to practice the trade
on his or her own. Many of the careers
in this feld, such as architects, engineers,
and city planners require a bachelors de-
gree or greater, and advanced certifca-
tions are also available. Read the individ-
ual career articles in this book to learn the
exact requirements for the careers that
interest you.
Outlook
The United States will be forced to make ma-
jor repairs to its highways, tunnels, bridges,
airports, and other buildings throughout
the coming years. This will create the need
for all kinds of people employed in archi-
tecture and construction work. Residential
construction should continue to grow, al-
though the demand for remodeling and re-
pair work is likely to be stronger than the
demand for new housing.
Job growth also will occur in most of
the skilled construction trades, especially
for electricians. They will be needed in
greater numbers not only to replace old
wiring in existing facilities but to keep
pace with the continuing growth in tele-
communications and computer equip-
ment now used in many new structures,
including, for example, electronically op-
erated smart buildings.
All these factors point to a steady growth
of the market for architecture and construc-
tion. Although further improvements in
construction methods and equipment will
increase the amount of work one person
can do, the volume of activity will require
substantial numbers of skilled worked in
this feld.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 49 7/16/09 9:02:07 AM
Career Cluster Articles
50
Arts, Audio-video
Technology, and
Communication
Overview
For centuries people have sought to im-
prove methods of communication.
Through means as varied as dance, writing,
and broadcasting, our basic need to com-
municate keeps us entertained, informed,
and connected to one another and the
world around us. Although the feld of arts,
audio-video technology, and communica-
tion offers career opportunities that range
from playwright to audio engineer, they
all share one thing in common: a desire to
improve our understanding of one another
through communication.
Careers in visual arts, performing arts,
and areas of journalism, broadcasting, and
flm call for strong creative talents. Work-
ers in these areas must be able to invent or
work with a concept or idea and convey it to
a wide audience in a clear and understand-
able way. On the other hand, people who
work in audio and video technology, print-
ing, and telecommunications need to have
the strong technical (math and science)
skills that keep these systems running.
There are six career pathways in this
cluster: audio-video technology and flm,
journalism and broadcasting, performing
arts, printing technology, telecommunica-
tions, and visual arts.
auDio-ViDeo teChnologY
anD Film
People in this area work with equipment
that transmits audio and video images to
people through television, flm, radio, and
other means of communication. Workers
in this area can design, install, repair, or
monitor the use of such equipment in flm
and television studios, businesses, concert
venues and stadiums, and many other set-
tings. Careers in audio-video technology
and flm include audio engineers, electron-
ics service technicians, and multimedia
sound workers.
JournaliSm anD
BroaDCaSting
Working from a story idea that they are ei-
ther assigned or come up with themselves,
journalists gather information on the topic
from various sources, check and verify all
of their facts, and write stories for print, ra-
dio, television, or online release. Broadcast
workers purchase, install, test, and oper-
ate the equipment that makes television,
radio, flm, and Web broadcasts happen.
Jobs in this category include audio record-
ing engineers, broadcast engineers, news
anchors, newspaper editors, and radio and
television program directors.
perForming artS
This category includes all of the careers that
make flms, plays, and music and dance per-
formances a reality. This includes the pro-
duction companies that plan the events,
the agents that hire talent, the performers
themselves, and the technicians that create
the lighting, makeup, and costumes that a
performance requires. Careers in this area
include actors, costume designers, music
agents and scouts, and music conductors
and directors.
printing teChnologY
Careers in this area deal with the creation
of books, magazines, and newspapers from
raw manuscript or electronic fles to printed
pages. The three main areas in this feld are
51
prepress (workers who prepare material for
printing), press (workers who monitor and
operate printing presses), and postpress/
binding (workers who check the quality of
printed products and assemble pages into
the fnal product). Careers in printing tech-
nology include desktop publishing special-
ists, graphic designers, prepress workers,
and printing press operators.
IELECONNUNlCAIlON5
Workers in this area install, monitor, and
repair the equipment that transmits audio
and video data across communication lines.
This equipment is controlled by computer
systems and is very sensitive in nature. Thus
telecommunications work requires a high
degree of technical knowledge. Careers in
this area include communications equip-
ment technicians, fber optics technicians,
and telecommunications technicians.
Vl5UAL ARI5
Careers in the visual arts fall into two
broad categories. Fine artists express their
own thoughts and emotions through a va-
riety of media and methods, such as paint-
ing, sculpture, and drawing. Commercial
artists, such as illustrators and graphic
designers, use their creative talents to
create packaging, logos, annual reports,
and other projects for corporate and in-
dividual clients. Careers in this category
include artists, cartoonists and animators,
fashion designers, interior designers and
decorators, and medical illustrators and
photographers.
Exploring
Most jobs in the arts and communications
feld require at least an associates degree,
but many (such as journalists and broad-
cast engineers) require a bachelors degree
or higher, especially for upper-level and
supervisory positions. For example, many
community colleges offer two-year asso-
ciates degree programs in printing tech-
nology that would enable you to get an
entry-level position in the feld, but com-
bining this degree with an internship and
advanced coursework in desktop design or
business management would provide more
opportunities for advancement. Although
it is possible to pursue a career in the per-
forming arts, such as acting, without an
advanced degree, most people in the feld
have some sort of formal training or a bach-
elors degree in fne arts, which can provide
increased opportunities within and outside
of the feld.
Although the jobs in this feld are var-
ied, they all require excellent communi-
cation skills and an appreciation for how
messages are received by various audiences.
If you are interested in this feld, become
involved with clubs and activities such as
your school newspaper, yearbook, drama
club, or audio-visual club. Not only will
you acquire some of the technical and per-
formance skills this feld requires, but you
will learn the value of teamwork and group
decision-making, which are also important
aspects of this feld.
Outlook
The arts and communications industry is
one of the most popular feldsand there-
fore one of the most competitive. Employ-
ment growth in the radio and television
broadcasting and newspaper industries
should be slower than the average through
2016, according to the U.S. Department
of Labor. Major broadcasters and news-
papers have consolidated in recent years
to cut costs, thereby creating fewer new
jobs. Working in a smaller market to gain
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 51 7/16/09 9:02:10 AM
52
experience is a good idea; most larger mar-
kets, such as Chicago and New York, prefer
to hire experienced workers. Employment
in the visual arts and printing industries
should be a bit better, as changes in tech-
nology will create positions for workers
with the right blend of technical and cre-
ative skill.
Business,
Management,
and
Administration
Overview
For as long as people have been exchang-
ing goods and services for payment of
some sort, business transactions have
been a part of life. All businesses can be
defned as organizations that provide cus-
tomers with the goods and services they
want. Most businesses attempt to make a
proft, that is, make more money than it
takes to run the business. Some businesses,
however, attempt only to make enough
money to cover their operating expenses.
These businesses, which are often social
service agencies, hospitals, foundations, or
advocacy groups, are called nonprofts or
not-for-profts.
The jobs in this cluster deal with all
aspects of maintaining a well-run busi-
ness, which includes developing business
plans; obtaining the necessary funds to
run the business; hiring and developing
staff; examining the competition; creating
and promoting the businesss goals, iden-
tity, and products; and tending to all of
the administrative and information needs
of the business. In large corporations,
these functions are handled by hundreds
of employees in different departments,
which may be spread out across several
geographic areas. In smaller start-up busi-
nesses and some nonproft organizations,
one or two people handle all of these re-
sponsibilities. By developing skills in sev-
eral of the job categories within this clus-
ter, opportunities for advancement and
growth are almost limitless.
The six career pathways in this cluster
are administrative and information sup-
port, business analysis, business fnancial
management and accounting, human re-
sources, management, and marketing.
ADNlNl5IRAIlVE AND
lNFORNAIlON 5UPPORI
Workers in this area are responsible for
the day-to-day administrative duties in a
business. They also ensure that informa-
tion moves throughout the business in
an effcient and timely manner. Typical
responsibilities in this category include
data entry, fling, word processing, an-
swering and redirecting telephone calls
and e-mails, and greeting and recording
the visits of guests and clients. Careers in
this feld include customer service repre-
sentatives, offce administrators, recep-
tionists, secretaries, and typists and word
processors.
BU5lNE55 ANALY5l5
People who work in this area are problem-
solvers. They analyze various types of data
and, based on their analyses, make recom-
mendations on how the business should
proceed in order to best fulfll its goals.
People in business analysis help set prices,
construct budgets, improve communica-
tion systems, and determine which con-
sumers are most likely to purchase a busi-
q
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 52 7/16/09 9:02:10 AM
53
nesss products or services, among other
things. Careers in this feld include credit
analysts, fnancial analysts, and manage-
ment analysts and consultants.
BU5lNE55 FlNANClAL
NANAGENENI AND
ACCOUNIlNG
Workers in this area create and use the ac-
counting systems that enable a business to
keep track of its profts, losses, and overall
expenses. People in this area are adept at
working with numbers and are often re-
sponsible for highly sensitive fnancial in-
formation. Careers in this feld include ac-
countants, auditors, bookkeepers, collection
workers, and fnancial services brokers.
HUNAN RE5OURCE5
Human resources professionals are re-
sponsible for the hiring and management
of employees. They interview new appli-
cants, plan and execute employee training
and development programs, manage and
administer beneft programs, mediate in
matters of workplace confict, and ensure
that a business complies with all current
labor laws. Human resources professionals
must be good communicators who enjoy
working with people. Careers in this feld
include personnel specialists, event plan-
ners, executive recruiters, and labor union
business agents.
NANAGENENI
Workers in this broad category work at the
top levels of a business. They determine
the need for and hire new employees,
monitor employee performance, evaluate
a businesss workfow, communicate with
customers and clients, and work with oth-
er departments and managers to ensure the
overall success of a business. Careers in this
feld include business managers, cost esti-
mators, and risk managers.
NARKEIlNG
Marketing professionals are excellent com-
municators. They are responsible for deliv-
ering a businesss message about its prod-
ucts and services to the right audience. To
do this, they conduct extensive research
on current market trends and competitors
strategies. Marketing professionals are re-
sponsible for a businesss internal commu-
nications, as well, ensuring that employ-
ees are up-to-date on the businesss latest
achievements and undertakings, among
other things. Careers in marketing include
buyers, marketing researchers, media rela-
tions specialists, public relations special-
ists, and telemarketers.
Exploring
To prepare for a career in business, take a
well-rounded high school course load, in-
cluding humanities, science, and business
electives. Most colleges and universities
offer a wide variety of business majors,
including business administration, mar-
keting/advertising, and human resources.
Talk with your guidance counselor about
the best way to shape your educational
experience to prepare you for a career in
business.
Most jobs in the areas of business,
management, and administration require
a four-year bachelors degree. Certain ad-
ministrative or clerk positions, such as re-
ceptionists, fle clerks, and customer ser-
vice specialists, may require a high school
diploma or two-year associates degree,
but a bachelors degree is necessary for
advancement in most businesses. A good
way to gain exposure to various aspects
of business is to seek employment during
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 53 7/16/09 9:02:11 AM
54
summer vacations and other breaks from
school. If you have good computer, com-
munication, and other basic offce skills,
apply for work through a temporary agen-
cy. This is a valuable way to gain experi-
ence in a variety of businesses and depart-
ments. This can help you determine the
business career path that will suit you best
once you graduate.
Outlook
Almost all businesses are affected by chang-
es in the economy. When the economy is
thriving, consumers have more money to
spend, which means that they buy more
products and services. When the economy
suffers a downturn, however, virtually all
businesses suffer along with it, as consum-
ers cut back on spending. During economi-
cally unsound periods, many companies
lay off or terminate employees in order to
stay afoat.
The economy is currently experienc-
ing one of these unsound periods. Most
businesses are being cautious and conser-
vative in spending, hiring, and expansion.
Technology also continues to infuence
business. On one hand, the increased use
of automation has limited the number of
workers needed in some areas, but at the
same time, new workers are needed to pur-
chase, monitor, and analyze automation
technology.
Business, management, and adminis-
tration continues to be one of the largest
and highest-paying segments of the job
market, however. Job prospects should
continue to be good for workers who stay
up-to-date on the latest developments in
their feld and constantly look for new
ways to contribute to the success of their
business.
Education
andTraining
Overview
Learning is a lifelong experience. From the
moment we are born, we begin to learn
ways to communicate with others to fulfll
basic needs for food, warmth, and atten-
tion. Through our early interactions with
our families, we begin to learn what works
(a baby will cry when it needs food), what
does not (a toddlers temper tantrums gen-
erally are not rewarded), and some basic
rules that we will use for the rest of our lives
(such as looking both ways before crossing
the street). As we mature and advance in
our education and careers, we continue to
learn about the rules, both written and un-
written, which enable us to better under-
stand and constantly improve ourselves,
our work, and our relationships to others.
The careers in this cluster all deal with the
fundamental tasks of education and train-
ing. Workers here provide instruction,
management, counseling, and support to
others.
There are three categories of jobs in this
cluster: administration and administrative
support, professional support services, and
teaching/training.
ADNlNl5IRAIlON AND
ADNlNl5IRAIlVE 5UPPORI
People who work in this area provide lead-
ership in schools and school systems, col-
leges, and universities. They develop the
policies and rules that guide those institu-
tions, and they are responsible for imple-
menting discipline when people violate
those rules. Workers in this area also de-
velop the curriculum and conduct testing
L
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 54 7/16/09 9:02:11 AM
55
and research to see where improvements or
changes in education are needed. Examples
of jobs in this pathway are college admin-
istrators, research assistants, and school
administrators.
PROFE55lONAL 5UPPORI
5ERVlCE5
The highly specialized workers in this
pathway provide testing, counseling, and
support to students, educators, and par-
ents. They may diagnose and recommend
therapy for a students learning disability,
administer a skills assessment to help a stu-
dent decide on a career path, or work with
a student to help improve speech diffcul-
ties. Examples of careers in this area include
guidance counselors, school psychologists,
and speech-language pathologists.
IEACHlNG/IRAlNlNG
This pathway, which includes the largest
number of jobs in this cluster, employs
the teachers, professors, and support staff
who provide instruction and training to
students. Jobs in this area require a strong
knowledge of a subject area, excellent com-
munication skills, and a desire to help and
work closely with students. Examples of
jobs in this area include elementary school
teachers, secondary school teachers, special
education teachers, and teacher aides.
Exploring
The education and training feld employs
some of the most highly educated workers
in the job market. Most of the careers in
the education and training cluster require
a minimum of a bachelors degree. Sup-
port staff such as teacher aides may be able
to fnd employment with a high school
diploma or associates degree, but teach-
ers must have a degree in education or in
their area of specialization, depending on
the type of school in which they work.
All 50 states require that elementary and
secondary education teachers be licensed
in order to teach. Most states also require
continuing education and recertifcation
for teachers. College and university pro-
fessors are generally not certifed teachers,
but they have advanced degrees in their
subject area. Graduate students pursuing
a masters degree or doctorate often teach
as part of their degree requirements and to
earn extra income. Positions in administra-
tion and professional support services usu-
ally require a masters degree or Ph.D.
Working in this feld requires a genu-
ine love of learning and desire to help oth-
ers. You must have strong communication
skills, initiative, and the creativity to make
lessons fresh and engaging, even though
you may teach the same material many
times over. Speak with your teachers and
counselors at school. Ask why they decided
to go into the education feld and what sort
of education and training they pursued to
reach their goals.
Outlook
The job outlook in education and training
is excellent. According to the U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor, the feld of education is ex-
pected to grow at a faster than average rate
over the next 10 years. Aside from growth
within the feld, many job openings will
arise from the need to replace workers who
retire or change occupations. Opportunities
should be especially good in schools in in-
ner cities and rural areas, and in the follow-
ing states that are predicted to have large
increases in enrollment: Alaska, California,
Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, New Mexico, and
Texas. Educators who speak two or more
languages (especially English and Spanish)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 55 7/16/09 9:02:12 AM
Career Cluster Articles
56
and those who specialize in math, science,
and vocational education will have very
good job prospects.
College and university enrollments
are expected to increase, leading to much
faster than average employment growth
for postsecondary teachers. Competition
for full-time faculty and administrator po-
sitions will remain high. Lower paid, part-
time instructors, such as visiting professors
and graduate students, are replacing ten-
ure-track faculty positions and may present
more opportunities.
The U.S. Department of Labor projects
that the number of special education teach-
ers, speech-language pathologists and au-
diologists, and counselors will grow faster
than average through 2016. This is due to
the increasing enrollment of special educa-
tion students and a continued trend of in-
cluding disabled students in general educa-
tion classrooms. Jobs for teacher aides also
will grow somewhat faster than average in
general, special education, and English-as-
a-second-language classrooms.
Finance
Overview
Finance professionals such as bank employ-
ees, commodities brokers, and insurance
claims representatives have very different
day-to-day job responsibilities, but they all
deal with the management and movement
of money in one form or another.
Although people still use banks primar-
ily as places to safely keep and manage their
money, today most automobiles, home ap-
pliances, and houses are bought through
bank consumer loans. Inventories, equip-
ment, and machinery for business and
industry are also fnanced by term loans
made through bank commercial depart-
ments. The major service areas of banking
are commercial banking, including corpo-
rate lending; consumer, or retail, banking;
and trust administration and estate plan-
ning. Business banking is the major service
function of the industry. Business bankers
are involved in making loans to businesses
and corporations. This includes provid-
ing credit assistance for such things as ac-
counts receivable fnancing, leasing, energy
fnancing, and equipment fnancing. Bank
loans to commerce and industry total hun-
dreds of billions of dollars.
Another important aspect of fnance
is securities and commodities exchanges.
Places such as The New York Stock Ex-
change provide central meeting places and
supervised auction markets where brokers
buy and sell securities, or shares of owner-
ship in companies, for their clients. Com-
modities futures exchanges are similar
to stock exchanges, except commodities
brokers trade in the future prices of goods
such as grain, cotton, or livestock instead
of companies. Futures trading provides
protection against changeable prices in the
cash markets.
The insurance industry, also part of the
fnance cluster, provides protection for cus-
tomers against fnancial loss from various
hazards. This protection is offered in the
form of insurance policies. The industry
is a massive, highly complex one that has
grown out of an ancient and very simple
principle: The more people who share a f-
nancial risk, the smaller the risk is for each.
The major types of insurance policies sold
are life insurance, health insurance, and
property and casualty insurance.
The four career pathways in the fnance
cluster are banking and related services,
business fnancial management, fnancial
s
57
and investment planning, and insurance
services.
BANKlNG AND RELAIED
5ERVlCE5
Workers in this area are employed by banks,
credit unions, and savings and loan organi-
zations that offer savings, credit, and loans
to businesses and consumers. Examples of
jobs in this pathway include bank services
workers, credit analysts, and bookkeepers.
BU5lNE55 FlNANClAL
NANAGENENI
People who work in this area design, in-
stall, and implement the fnancial and
accounting systems for businesses. This
helps businesses keep an accurate fnancial
history, manage accounts payable and re-
ceivable, and make better decisions over-
all. Examples of jobs in this pathway in-
clude accountants, auditors, and fnancial
analysts.
FlNANClAL AND
lNVE5INENI PLANNlNG
Workers in this area provide investment
and fnancial planning advice to businesses
and consumers. Clients place a great deal
of trust in these professionals to perform
constant research, stay up-to-date on mar-
ket trends, and make wise decisions for
them in their name. Examples of careers in
this pathway include commodities brokers,
fnancial planners, fnancial services bro-
kers, and tax preparers.
lN5URANCE 5ERVlCE5
The insurance industry sells policies to
people and businesses that protect them
against fnancial losses in the event of
death, natural disaster, accident, and other
occurrences. There are many kinds of posi-
tions in this feld, ranging from people who
sell policies (insurance agents and brokers)
to the people who estimate the value of
insurance policies based on mathematical
formulas (actuaries). Other careers in this
pathway include customer service repre-
sentatives, insurance claims representa-
tives, and insurance underwriters.
Exploring
Working in fnance calls for good math,
organization, and communication skills.
Most of the professionals in this feld are
numbers people and problem solvers who
also enjoy working with people. To prepare
for a career in fnance, volunteer to become
treasurer of one of your schools clubs. This
is a great way to sharpen your basic book-
keeping and organizational skills. It will
also help sharpen your sense of teamwork,
responsibility, and fairness, all of which are
critical in fnance. If you receive an allow-
ance or have a part-time job, keep a detailed
record of your spending and try to create a
basic budget for yourself. These types of re-
cord-keeping and strategizing activities are
very useful in fnancial careers.
Good computer and technology skills
are very important in fnance. As is the case
in many industries, many tasks that used
to be handled on paper have been trans-
ported to the digital realm in fnance. Be
sure to take advantage of computer classes
and clubs offered in your school, and keep
up with fnancial news on the Web.
Many careers in fnance require a bach-
elors degree in accounting, fnance, or eco-
nomics. People at the top levels of the feld
often have a masters degree in business ad-
ministration (M.B.A.). However, there are
plenty of opportunities for people with as-
sociates degrees and high school diplomas,
as well. A great way to gain experience in
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 57 7/16/09 9:02:13 AM
58
banking careers, for example, is to obtain a
part-time bank teller position while you are
in high school or college. You can also fnd
customer service and data entry positions
with fnance and insurance frms, which
will provide you with solid experience and
a better idea of the many opportunities
available within the industry.
Outlook
The U.S. Department of Labor predicts
that many parts of the fnance cluster will
grow more slowly than the average over
the next 10 years. Opportunities in fnance
are directly affected by ups and downs in
the economy. When an economic crisis
like the one that occurred in 20082009
takes place, the outlook becomes uncer-
tain. However, there will still be opportu-
nities for fnance professionals with good
experience and a keen eye towards the lat-
est social and technological developments.
Skilled fnance, investment, banking, and
insurance professionals will be in high
demand as older people plan their retire-
ments and secure their fnancial futures.
Candidates who come to the feld with sol-
id academic, technological, and real-world
experience should be able to fnd jobs for
years to come.
Government
andPublic
Administration
Overview
You probably spend much of every day
complaining about things you do not
like about school such as unfair grading
practices, broken lockers, or gum under the
desks. Although some students will just
complain, others will try to change these
troubling issues. Perhaps you are prepared
to speak to the principal, write to school
board members, or to just take a putty
knife and scrape the gum off the desk your-
self. If so, you may have the kind of leader-
ship skills necessary for a career in politics.
Though most people form opinions on po-
litical issues, some take their civic concerns
even further by devoting their lives to gov-
ernment-related careers.
For some of these careers, you must be
elected. Local, state, and federal offcials,
such as governors, state legislators, and
U.S. Congress members must campaign
and attract voters. The process of obtain-
ing offce can be a long, hard struggle.
And once elected, the term in offce may
be as short as two years, as in the House
of Representatives. The higher the of-
fce, the more time and money the can-
didate spends to campaign for the posi-
tion. Political candidates begin by getting
petitions with lists of signatures to show
that there are several hundred or, in some
cases, several thousand registered voters
interested in having them run for offce.
After announcing their candidacy, candi-
dates proceed to advertise, speak at public
and private gatherings, and meet with the
public frequently in order to keep their
names in the minds of voters. Candidates
hire many employees that help them get
to know the public (and vice-versa) and
manage the candidates busy schedule.
Some examples of these employees are
campaign managers, press representa-
tives, public relations specialists, fnancial
advisers, and fund-raisers, just to name a
few. If the candidate wins, many of these
employees often stay on to work in the
elected offcials offce.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 58 7/16/09 9:02:15 AM
59
Not all important political decisions
and campaigns revolve around Washing-
ton, D.C., however. Every state, county,
and city has its own unique concerns and
issues. And not every person involved in
local politics is an elected offcial. Hired
city managers and urban planners gauge
the needs of their cities and local com-
munities and propose changes to govern-
ment offcials. Among the responsibilities
of managers and planners are the preser-
vation of historic buildings and neigh-
borhoods, the development of affordable
housing and effcient public transporta-
tion, the building of civic centers and au-
ditoriums, and the design of new parks
and recreational areas.
The government and public adminis-
tration cluster contains seven career path-
ways: Foreign Service, governance, nation-
al security, planning, public management
and administration, regulation, and regula-
tion and taxation.
FORElGN 5ERVlCE
Foreign Service workers serve as represen-
tatives of the United States in its embas-
sies, consulates, and diplomatic missions
around the world. People in Foreign Service
positions are not elected, rather, they apply
for or are appointed to their posts. Work in
Foreign Service is divided into four areas:
administration (workers who manage U.S.
agencies abroad); consular affairs (work-
ers who provide medical, legal, and other
services to U.S. citizens traveling abroad);
economic and commercial affairs (work-
ers who study foreign economies and how
they might affect the United States); and
political affairs (workers who study the im-
pact of U.S. and foreign political changes).
Workers in this area, as in many areas of
government, are subject to extensive back-
ground screening. Jobs in Foreign Service
include ambassadors, cultural offcers, and
Foreign Service offcers.
GOVERNANCE
This pathway includes all of the offcials
who are elected and appointed to na-
tional, state, and local offces. Workers in
this area, including the president, mem-
bers of Congress, and mayors, create and
implement public policy and laws. This
pathway also includes the many support
and administrative workers who help
offcials perform their jobs. Jobs in this
area include appointed and elected off-
cials, city managers, congressional aides,
and lobbyists.
NAIlONAL 5ECURlIY
The careers in this pathway are all based in
the armed services. Our system of national
security is a complex one that demands
people with all types of skills, such as busi-
ness, medical, legal, mechanical, and many
more. A career in the army, navy, air force,
Marine Corps, Coast Guard, or National
Guard involves rigorous training and a
hefty commitment of time and energy.
But job satisfaction is often quite high in
this feld, which presents opportunities
for almost every interest. Jobs in this area
include cryptographic technicians, intelli-
gence offcers, mechanical engineers, and
military pilots.
PLANNlNG
People who work in the planning pathway
make decisions about how to best use land
and resources. They take a look at many
factors, including population, industry,
and traffc patterns, and fgure out how
to use an areas resources for the greatest
beneft and with the least harm to the en-
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 59 7/16/09 9:02:16 AM
60
vironment. They give their plans and rec-
ommendations to offcials or legislative
bodies, who then decide whether or not
to implement or refne them. Jobs in this
pathway include business managers, city
planners, and statisticians.
PUBLlC NANAGENENI
AND ADNlNl5IRAIlON
Careers in this pathway deal with the bud-
geting, management, and staffng of agen-
cies and offces that deal with public re-
sources. There are strict and complex rules
that govern this feld. Workers here must
have a frm grasp on these rules and their
own obligations to the public in their work.
Jobs in this pathway include city managers,
court clerks, and purchasing managers.
REGULAIlON
Work in the regulation pathway requires
knowledge of a certain industry or area,
such as construction, coupled with a knowl-
edge of the laws and regulation that apply
to that industry. Workers in this area make
sure that buildings are up to fre codes, that
manufacturers are not harming the envi-
ronment when they dispose of wastes, and
that airlines are adhering to the latest safe-
ty and security measures. Examples of ca-
reers in regulation include aviation safety
inspectors, bank examiners, and fre safety
inspectors.
REVENUE AND IAXAIlON
Revenue and taxation professionals work
with taxes and tax laws. They collect and
monitor taxes, perform audits, review tax
returns, and keep track of fnes for over-
due taxes. People who work in this path-
way must stay up-to-date on tax laws,
which change from year to year. Revenue
and tax professionals must be good with
money and numbers and are responsible
for a great deal of private and sensitive in-
formation. Examples of careers in the rev-
enue and taxation pathway are auditors,
tax attorneys, and employees of the Inter-
nal Revenue Service.
Exploring
Many people working in government
hold degrees in law, economics, journal-
ism, and political science. The faculties of
political science departments of colleges
and universities across the country are
also involved in politics without directly
affecting laws. They study government,
research legislation and history, publish
articles, and teach undergraduate and
graduate courses. To pursue a career in rev-
enue and taxation, a bachelors degree in
accounting, fnance, or economics is gen-
erally considered a good choice. Joining
one of the branches of the armed forces
is the standard path of entry into the na-
tional security sector. Besides providing a
valuable service to your country, you can
also take advantage of various armed forc-
es scholarships that can help you pay for
your college education.
While you are in school, take advantage
of opportunities to develop your leadership
and teamwork skills by joining clubs and
sports teams. Volunteering your time and
energy to help clean city parks, spend time
with the elderly, and working at local shel-
ters will also provide you with the commu-
nity-mindedness that is vital to a career in
government and public administration.
Outlook
Careers in politics are affected by the global
political climate. Public safety, terrorism,
the environment, global health concerns,
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 60 7/16/09 9:02:16 AM
61
and cultural diversity are major issues in the
world today. The Internet and other com-
munication technologies will continue to
change the way we think about copyrights
and ownership. Health care, taxation, edu-
cation, and human rights will always be
near the top of political agendas.
The agencies of the Foreign Service and
the number of Foreign Service offcers hired
will be affected by the closing of embassies
and consulates around the world. The rela-
tions between the United States and other
countries will determine funding for inter-
national affairs.
Although there is always the possi-
bility of staff cutbacks on local, regional,
and federal levels, job opportunities in
government and public administration
will remain strong. The government will
always require employees to accomplish
its work.
HealthScience
Overview
The health science feld has become one of
the largest of the career clusters. Approxi-
mately 14 million people were employed in
some aspect of the U.S. health care system
in 2006, according to the U.S. Department
of Labor. Health care workers are employed
as physicians, nurses, nursing aides, tech-
nicians, technologists, therapists, and in a
host of other occupations.
The health care industry continues to
develop at a rapid rate with the discover-
ies of new drugs, treatments, and cures.
Modern technologies such as comput-
ers and digital imaging are being used by
the medical community to perform tests,
compile data, diagnose illnesses, and train
professionals. Many surgeries are no longer
performed with a scalpel, but with lasers.
Disease, illness, and injury are now being
treated and cured so successfully that the
general population is living much longer
and the number of elderly is increasing.
During the past two decades, there has
been an increasing interest in alternative
medicine, which refers to such practices
as massage therapy, herbal remedies, ho-
meopathy, acupuncture, refexology, and
meditation. Although once frowned upon
by the traditional medical community,
more and more physicians and hospitals
are embracing alternative medicine and
fnding new ways to combine old and new
approaches to healing.
The structure of the health science clus-
ter is enormously varied. There are many
different jobs to choose from and many
different facilities in which to work. While
some careers, such as physicians and nurse
practitioners, require many years of study
and practice, there are many medical tech-
nician careers that offer high pay and great
opportunities with a relatively short train-
ing period (two years or less). Because of
the increasing demand for quality health
care services, medical facilities employ
technicians to perform many of the tasks
that doctors, nurses, and other profession-
als once performed.
The fve career pathways in the health
science feld are biotechnology research
and development, diagnostic services,
health informatics, support services, and
therapeutic services.
BlOIECHNOLOGY RE5EARCH
AND DEVELOPNENI
The people who work in this pathway de-
velop new treatments, technology, and
medications that improve human health.
Work in this feld is highly specialized,
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 61 7/16/09 9:02:17 AM
62
and most entry-level positions require a
masters or, in some cases, a doctoral de-
gree. Examples of careers in biotechnology
research and development are biochemists,
microbiologists, pharmacists, research as-
sistants, and toxicologists.
DlAGNO5IlC 5ERVlCE5
Careers in diagnostic services deal with the
detection, diagnosis, and treatment of dis-
eases, injuries, and other physical ailments.
People who work in this pathway spend
much of their time collecting samples from,
performing tests on, and analyzing data
about patients. They then either pass this
information on to other health care profes-
sionals or speak with the patient about the
results. Examples of careers in this pathway
include cardiovascular technologists, cyto-
technologists, and X-ray technologists.
HEALIH lNFORNAIlC5
The health informatics pathway deals with
the management of information within
health care facilities and systems. This in-
formation can range from the medical data
on patient charts to the billing systems that
medical insurance companies use. A career
in health informatics could also entail in-
stalling and maintaining the computer sys-
tems used by a medical offce or nursing
unit. Examples of careers in health infor-
matics include database specialists, medical
ethicists, medical librarians, medical record
technicians, and medical transcriptionists.
5UPPORI 5ERVlCE5
Support services include all of the careers
that maintain a clean, safe, and healing en-
vironment for patients and medical person-
nel. From cleaning and repairing medical
equipment to managing hospital cafeterias,
support service workers are the lifeblood
of any health science setting. Jobs in sup-
port services include biomedical equipment
technicians, janitors and cleaners, dietitians,
food service workers, and industrial safety
and health technicians.
IHERAPEUIlC 5ERVlCE5
This pathway is the one most commonly
associated with health science. People who
work in therapeutic services provide direct
care, including emergency care, rehabilita-
tion therapy, surgery, and counseling ser-
vices. Examples of careers in therapeutic
services include athletic trainers, dentists,
massage therapists, medical assistants, phy-
sicians, psychologists, registered nurses,
and speech-language pathologists.
EducationandExploring
To work in this feld you need a solid foun-
dation in math and science. Most careers
in this area require you to be familiar with
human anatomy and physiology, so be
sure to take these courses in high school or
college. Good written and communication
skills are also important, whether you are
counseling a patient or working through a
billing issue with an insurance company.
Course work in English, speech, and debate
will help in this regard. Since people in the
health sciences are often faced with life-
and-death decisions, a strong understand-
ing of ethics and law is also important.
There are many opportunities in health
sciences for people with a two-year associ-
ates degree. However, the key to advance-
ment in this feld is more education and
training. Physicians, for example, who are
among the highest-paid workers in the job
market, go through a minimum of eight to
10 years of additional schooling after high
school. Nurses can fnd work after complet-
ing a one- or two-year training program, but
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 62 7/16/09 9:02:18 AM
63
the four-year bachelor of science degree in
nursing (B.S.N.) is becoming the standard
for most registered nurses who wish to ad-
vance in the feld. Many workers enter the
feld as a technician and gain practical ex-
perience as they complete an advanced de-
gree. In short, there are many paths of en-
try into the health science feld. Read about
the various careers and think about which
option makes the most sense for you.
Volunteering is a great way to discover
more about the health sciences. Most hos-
pitals and nursing homes offer volunteer
programs that will allow you to spend time
with patients and residents. The health sci-
ence feld is above all a people-oriented pro-
fession, so take advantage of opportunities
to work on your speaking, listening, and
teamwork skills, as these come into play on
a daily basis in the health science feld.
Outlook
According to U.S. Department of Labor
(USDL), employment in the health science
cluster is projected to increase much faster
than the average over the next 10 years.
The USDL also says that more than half of
the 10 occupations projected to grow the
fastest are concentrated in the health sci-
ences. Medical assistants, physician assis-
tants, home health aides, medical record
and health information technicians, and
physical therapist aides and physical thera-
pist assistants are among the fastest grow-
ing careers. Most of these jobs require fewer
than four years of college.
The employment outlook for physi-
cians is expected to be about as fast as
the average. More doctors will be needed
because the population is both growing
and aging. Also, many new technological
improvements require the expertise of
greater numbers of medical specialists.
However, the need for primary care pro-
viders will be far greater than the need for
medical specialists. Job prospects will be
best in internal medicine, family practice,
geriatrics, and preventive medicine.
The employment outlook for all kinds
of nurses is very favorable. Many hospitals
do not have enough nurses; the demand
is bigger than the supply. Also, as health
care services expand, even more nurses will
be needed. Currently, there are about 2.3
million registered nurses. The U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor projects the occupation of
registered nurse to be one of the top 25 oc-
cupations with fastest growth, high pay,
and low unemployment.
One of the fastest growing job catego-
ries in the industry is home health care.
Home health care workers include nurses,
physical therapists, and consultants, as well
as lower-paid workers who cook for, clean,
bathe, and dress homebound patients, such
as the elderly and disabled.
Hospitality
andTourism
Overview
The hospitality and tourism industry pro-
vides accommodations, meals, and person-
al services for both the traveling public and
permanent residents. The range of employ-
ment opportunities in the industry is vast.
All positions, from bellhops to executive
chefs to amusement park workers, share
the same goal: serving the public.
This cluster includes not only those ca-
reers that involve public directly, but the
many behind-the-scenes careers in man-
agement, janitorial services, and technol-
ogy that ensure enjoyable experiences for
u
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 63 7/16/09 9:02:18 AM
64
the public. For example, when you stay
at a large hotel, the people you probably
interact with the most are the front desk
clerks, concierges, and baggage porters.
However, every hotel requires reservation-
ists who book peoples visits; computer
programmers who design the reservation
system and maintain the hotels computer
network; housekeeping staff that keep the
hotel clean and see to guests individual
needs; food service workers who provide
meals for the guests and staff; decorators
and designers who choose the hotels fur-
nishings and overall look; maintenance
staff who ensure that the utilities are run-
ning smoothly; and managers who over-
see the staff and ensure the hotels fnan-
cial success. All of these workers are part of
the hospitality and tourism industry, and
the main goal of all of these workers is to
make guests feel welcome.
The food and beverage industry
makes up one of the largest and most
lucrative sectors of hospitality and tour-
ism. The businesses that supply food to
customers, such as restaurants, coffee
shops, fast food chains, food outlets in
hotels, catering frms, and a host of other
establishments, have specifc methods of
preparing and serving food. Modern oper-
ating methods are becoming essential in
todays food service industry. The most
successful restaurant companies have de-
vised systems to maximize labor and cut
costs. But despite increased automation,
the need remains for personal service to
customers and skill and imagination in
the kitchen.
The hospitality and tourism cluster is
composed of four career pathways: lodging;
recreation, amusements, and attractions;
restaurant and food/beverage services; and
travel and tourism.
LODGlNG
Lodging workers are involved in the man-
agement and maintenance of hotels, mo-
tels, bed and breakfasts, hostels, or any oth-
er business that provides lodging services to
guests. Some lodging workers, such as bed
and breakfast owners, might do everything
from book reservations to prepare meals for
guests, while a desk clerk for a large hotel
chain might only check guests in and out.
All workers in this area share the common
goal of making guests experience as enjoy-
able as possible. Examples of jobs in this
area include baggage porters and bellhops,
hotel concierges, hotel and motel manag-
ers, and janitors and cleaners.
RECREAIlON, ANU5ENENI5,
AND AIIRACIlON5
Workers in this area are employed by the
many places people go for entertainment
and amusement, such as theme parks, ca-
sinos, resort spas, zoos, and historical sites.
The work in this feld is generally lively and
involves close interaction with the public.
Recreation workers can operate rides or ve-
hicles, organize events and entertainment
for guests, lead organized tours, or help
new members of a private club become fa-
miliar with its facilities. Good people skills
are an absolute must in this area. Examples
of jobs include cruise directors, gaming
workers, recreation center directors, and
ski resort workers.
RE5IAURANI AND
FOOD/BEVERAGE 5ERVlCE5
Employment in food service can mean
working for as little as one or two clients, as
in the case of personal chefs, or planning a
menu for a restaurant that serves hundreds
of customers on a weekly basis. Regardless
of whether they work in a restaurant, bar,
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 64 7/16/09 9:02:19 AM
65
cruise ship, or bakery, food service workers
must pay close attention to details and be
able to think quickly on their feet, as these
work environments are among some of the
busiest. Examples of jobs in this area in-
clude bartenders, caterers, cooks and chefs,
and waiters.
IRAVEL AND IOURl5N
People who work in this pathway promote
tourism, help people plan vacations, or
plan and organize events that help people
make the most of their travel experience.
Examples of jobs include cultural advis-
ers, travel agents, event planners, and tour
guides.
Exploring
Above all, hospitality and tourism are ser-
vice industries. The success or failure of
businesses in this area largely depends on
how the employees treat guests and cus-
tomers. One of the best ways to get a feel
for a career in hospitality and tourism is to
observe the workers you see when you dine
out, stay at a hotel, or visit any type of tour-
ist attraction. Note what kinds of responsi-
bilities these workers have and how they
combine the duties of their job with an
ability to make guests and customers feel
relaxed and welcome. Think about your
experiences in restaurants and hotels and
try to fgure out what may have made one
experience better than another. Is there a
restaurant that you and your family return
to more than any other? Chances are, the
quality of the service you receive is high on
the list.
Its also helpful to read travel guides or
visit Web sites such as http://www.tripad-
visor.com or http://www.chowhound.com
where people write their own reviews of
hotels and restaurants, respectively. This
can help you decide what aspect of the i
ndustry you might want to work in and
what people are looking for when they
dine and travel.
The hospitality and tourism cluster of-
fers many job opportunities for high school
and college students. Amusement parks,
for example, often hire students for the
busy summer months. The food service in-
dustry also hires students as cashiers, hosts,
waiters, and line cooks. These types of jobs
are a good way to gain experience in the
feld. More advanced positions may require
a bachelors degree in hotel and restaurant
management, business administration, or
a diploma from a culinary school. Having
a combination of practical experience and
formal education is the key to advancing
in this feld.
Outlook
The travel and tourism industry has experi-
enced some ups and downs in the past sev-
eral years. While the long-term prospects
for growth in the hotel industry are good,
it should be remembered that the industry
is tied directly to the amount of money
people can spend on leisure and business
activities. Therefore, any downturn in the
economy usually has a negative impact on
industry growth. Employment for workers
in the hospitality industry varies by spe-
cialty. The U.S. Department of Labor pre-
dicts faster than average growth for hotel,
motel, and resort desk clerks and gaming
workers and slower than average growth
for bookkeeping, accounting, and auditing
clerks; secretaries; waiters and waitresses;
and lodging managers.
The restaurant industry in general is
expected to grow about as fast as the aver-
age through 2016. There should be plenty
of jobs available for chefs, cooks, and other
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 65 7/16/09 9:02:19 AM
66
kitchen workers. Fast food restaurants have
been suffering from high turnover and la-
bor shortages, and it is expected that re-
cruiting and retaining employees will be
a major challenge in the next few years.
Changes in the economy will also have
an effect on eating and drinking establish-
ments. When consumers are forced to cut
spending, one of the frst expenditures
they cut is dining out. Anyone involved in
the restaurant industry must also consider
the strong competition for business and for
qualifed employees. Restaurants open and
close at a rapid pace, and turnover will con-
tinue to be high.
Human
Services
Overview
The human services cluster contains jobs
that deal with families and human needs.
Human services workers help people man-
age the many mental, emotional, and
practical demands of everyday life, such as
fnding a home, securing child care, decid-
ing on a career, or arranging funeral ser-
vices for loved ones. They also help people
deal with the unexpected, such as terminal
illness, natural disasters, or addiction and
recovery. Work in this area can also involve
physical improvements and needs, such as
helping someone achieve weight loss or
providing massage therapy for health and
relaxation. Regardless of the specifc area in
which they work, all human services share
a genuine interest in helping people.
There are fve career pathways within
the human services cluster: consumer ser-
vices, counseling and mental health ser-
vices, early childhood development and
services, family and community services,
and personal care services.
CON5UNER 5ERVlCE5
People who work in consumer services as-
sist people with decisions related to fnance,
real estate, insurance, and consumer goods.
Whether they are selling a house or helping
a customer track a missing order, consumer
services workers must be quick thinkers and
good communicators. They must be able to
understand a clients needs fully in order
to provide the right kind of assistance or
recommend the right product. Jobs in con-
sumer services are among some of the most
promising in todays job market in terms of
available positions. Examples of careers in
this area include credit analysts, customer
service representatives, fnancial planners,
and real estate agents and brokers.
COUN5ELlNG AND NENIAL
HEALIH 5ERVlCE5
Careers in this pathway involve helping in-
dividuals, couples, and families with their
problems. This work can involve helping
people fnd a job, deal with an addiction,
learn to live with HIV or AIDS, or save a
troubled marriage. Counselors in this area
may also treat people with mental illnesses.
Most of the careers in this pathway require a
fair amount of training and education, and
in most cases a masters degree is required
to work in the feld. Examples of careers in
counseling and mental health services in-
clude alcohol and drug abuse counselors,
career counselors, HIV/AIDS counselors
and case managers, and psychologists.
EARLY CHlLDHOOD
DEVELOPNENI AND 5ERVlCE5
People who work in this area teach and
care for children. These professionals work
0
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 66 7/16/09 9:02:20 AM
67
at day care centers, preschools, elementary
schools, in private homes, and for before-
and after-school programs. Although their
exact job responsibilities vary, all early
childhood development specialists are re-
sponsible for the well-being and education
of the children in their care. Examples of
careers in this area include child care work-
ers, nannies, and preschool teachers.
FANlLY AND CONNUNlIY
5ERVlCE5
Much of the work in this pathway is what
is traditionally defned as social work, that
is, providing help for those who are unable
to help themselves. Family and community
services workers help fnd shelter and work
for the homeless, assist homebound indi-
viduals, provide relief and counseling for
victims of natural disasters, and care for the
elderly, among other things. Work in this
feld is expected to be plentiful in the com-
ing years, especially in jobs that deal with
the growing elderly population. Examples
of family and community services careers
include adult day care coordinators, geriat-
ric social workers, rehabilitation counselors,
and religious sisters and brothers.
PER5ONAL CARE 5ERVlCE5
Workers in this area help people improve
their appearances by attending to their
hair, skin, or nails; by helping people plan
or execute an exercise regimen; or by pro-
viding therapeutic treatments such as mas-
sage. Also included in this pathway are
funeral directors, who help families plan
funeral services for departed loved ones
and who prepare bodies for public viewing.
Other careers in this area include cosme-
tologists, electrologists, massage therapists,
nail technicians, and personal trainers.
Exploring
Volunteering your time at a social service
center, day care, or nursing home is a great
way to gain experience in the human ser-
vices feld. Your local YMCA/YWCA, parks
department, or community center may
also offer such opportunities. This sort of
experience will help you develop the com-
munication and leadership skills that hu-
man services work requires.
Most jobs in human services require
formal training and a minimum of a high
school diploma, although many require a
bachelor or masters degree, as well. Most
types of therapists and counselors must
also be registered to practice in the states
in which they live. Most professionals in
personal care services, such as barbers, mas-
sage therapists, and nail technicians, must
also be licensed by the state after receiving
formal training. Read the individual careers
articles in this book to learn more about
the requirements for each job.
Outlook
The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) pre-
dicts opportunities for social workers will
grow faster than average through 2016.
Competition for jobs in cities will be high
due to the number of qualifed candidates,
but openings in rural areas may be easier to
obtain. The steadily increasing elderly pop-
ulation will keep demand high for human
services workers who specialize in helping
senior citizens.
Most communities recognize the impor-
tance of social services. New social problems
develop every day. Most social programs
require government funding to continue
operating, and bureaucracy and budget
cuts can make it diffcult to keep a social
service running. New initiatives in job re-
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 67 7/16/09 9:02:20 AM
68
training and welfare reform could brighten
prospects for social services workers, but
much depends on government policies.
Opportunities for private social workers
or social workers in the private sector are
expected to grow. Substance abuse is one
area identifed by the BLS that will increase
rapidly. Jobs for school social workers are
also predicted to increase.
average growth for all cosmetology and
personal care services occupations through
2016. More people than ever are turning to
spas and salons for personal improvement
and relaxation. The popularity of these ser-
vices will create many job openings over
the next 10 years.
Information
Technology
Overview
Do the following statements describe you?
Your computer is your favorite possession.
You like to program for fun. People often
come to you when they are stuck with a
computer problem and need some help.
You keep up-to-date on the latest software
and hardware by visiting computer stores
and reading computer magazines.
If that sounds like you, a career in in-
formation technology (IT) might be the
right choice for your future. The informa-
tion technology cluster contains jobs that
deal with the development, installation,
and management of computer hardware,
software, and multimedia. Hardware refers
to the computers and peripherals (such as
keyboards, external drives, speakers, and
printers) that have become a standard part
of just about every home and work envi-
ronment. Software refers to the programs
that enable users to write papers, browse
the Internet, download music, play games,
and so forth. Multimedia in this instance re-
fers to Web content.
Information technology careers can
be found in almost every industry, from
construction to medicine. Computers
have become an essential part of how
the world does business. Information t
echnology professionals ensure that an
organizations technology needs are met,
and that help is available when problems
occur.
The information technology cluster
is composed of the following four career
pathways: information support and servic-
es, interactive media, network systems, and
programming and software development.
lNFORNAIlON 5UPPORI
AND 5ERVlCE5
People who work in this pathway help or-
ganizations select the correct information
technology for their needs. They may also
install IT systems, write and update docu-
mentation about those systems, and help
people troubleshoot IT problems. Examples
of careers in information support and ser-
vices include database specialists, technical
writers and editors, and technical support
specialists.
lNIERACIlVE NEDlA
Jobs in this pathway deal with the de-
sign and creation of interactive multi-
media products and services. Interactive
media workers design and create Web
sites for business, schools, and other or-
ganizations. Many organizations use the
Internet and company intranets to share
information with employees, commu-
nicate with customers, and track orders.
Examples of jobs in this cluster include
o
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 68 7/16/09 9:02:21 AM
69
computer and video game designers,
graphic designers, multimedia sound
workers, and webmasters.
NEIWORK 5Y5IEN5
Computer networks are the lifeblood of
most organizations. Networks provide a
means for people to share information
while working on different computers in
the same building or in different locations
altogether. Jobs in this pathway deal with
the design, installation, and maintenance
of computer networks. Typical jobs in this
pathway include computer network spe-
cialists, computer systems analysts, and
telecommunications technicians.
PROGRANNlNG AND
5OFIWARE DEVELOPNENI
People who work in programming and soft-
ware development create the programs and
software packages people use for business,
education, or just for fun. Working in this
pathway, as with most other areas of the
information technology cluster, requires a
good understanding of various computer
operating systems and programming lan-
guages, as well as the needs of the audience
for whom the software is intended. Although
many programmers and developers special-
ize in one language or operating system,
having a good general knowledge of the
feld can prepare a job candidate for a wide
variety of positions. Examples of jobs in this
pathway include computer and video game
designers, computer programmers, graphics
programmers, and software designers.
Exploring
Most people who are attracted to the IT
feld already have an interest in comput-
ers. Learn as much as you can about various
computer programming languages and op-
erating systems. This can help you decide
which area of this feld appeals to you most.
For example, if you enjoy writing computer
code and working on your own, you might
think about becoming a computer program-
mer. If you are more interested in computer
animation and enjoy working with a team,
then working in software or video game de-
sign might be a better choice for you. The
most important thing is to use computers
regularly. Take any computer classes your
school offers, and keep an eye out for com-
puter camps that local organizations might
sponsor in the summer. This could be a
great way to learn more and meet others
who share your interests. Reading comput-
er and software magazines is another great
way to learn more about the feld.
Many jobs in the IT cluster require at
least a bachelors degree. There are also
many different kinds of professional cer-
tifcation programs in this feld, some of
which may be requirements for the kind of
job you want. Besides helping you advance
in the feld and earn more money, earning
professional certifcation is a way to show
that you are keeping up-to-date with the
latest advances in information technology.
Keeping up with the rapid developments in
the feld is an essential part of being an IT
professional.
Outlook
The information technology cluster is one
of the most promising in terms of avail-
able jobs. Employment for many com-
puter professionals, such as software en-
gineers, systems administrators, computer
systems analysts, and database adminis-
trators, is expected to increase much faster
than average through 2016 as technology
becomes more sophisticated and organi-
zations continue to adopt and integrate
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 69 7/16/09 9:02:21 AM
70
these technologies, making job openings
plentiful. Faster-than-average growth is
predicted for computer support specialists
and network administrators.
The expanding integration of Internet
technologies has resulted in a rising de-
mand for professionals who can develop
and support Internet, intranet, and World
Wide Web applications. Growth in these
areas is expected to create strong demand
for computer scientists, engineers, and
systems analysts who are knowledgeable
about networks, data, and communica-
tions security.
According to the U.S. Department of
Labor, employment of programmers should
grow about as fast as the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. Employment of
computer equipment operators is expected
to decline, since advances in automation
continue to increase, reducing the need for
such workers.
Law,Public
Safety,and
Security
Overview
Youve probably seen people who drive as
if there were no speed limits or stop signs.
They zoom down the road, oblivious of
others and hoping for the best. What if
there really were no traffc laws like stop-
ping at stop signs or driving slower on a
curvy road? We would live in a much more
dangerous and disorganized society if we
did not have laws.
Our legal system includes statutes
(laws) enacted by legislatures (Congress)
and decisions handed down by the courts
(judicial system). The law provides us
with guidelines and rules to live by in our
personal, social, and business activities.
When someone does not follow the laws
or a law is unclear, our legal system in-
cludes ways to settle disputes and resolve
conficts. The law in the United States is
based on democratic principles, and its
goal is to protect individual rights and
ensure a just and free society. The careers
in this cluster deal with the creation, en-
forcement, and application of these laws
and regulations.
Also included in this cluster are public
safety and security careers. Virtually every
aspect of life involves policies and regu-
lations that promote public safety. The
exterior of a house meets certain codes,
or rules, so that it will not catch on fre
easily. Even your dog must be controlled
according to regulations like leash laws.
Public safety also involves careers that
involve emergency management, such as
frefghters and rescue workers of various
types.
The law, public safety, and security
cluster contains fve career pathways: cor-
rection services, emergency and fre man-
agement services, law enforcement servic-
es, and legal services.
CORRECIlON 5ERVlCE5
Corrections workers oversee people who
have been arrested and are awaiting trial,
or who have been convicted of a crime
and are serving a sentence in a correctional
facility. Corrections workers may trans-
port inmates from one place to another,
maintain order in correctional facilities,
serve meals to prisoners, or help inmates
transition back into society during a parole
period. Examples of careers in corrections
services include corrections offcers, food
service workers, and parole offcers.
y
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 70 7/16/09 9:02:22 AM
71
ENERGENCY AND FlRE
NANAGENENI 5ERVlCE5
Emergency services workers come to the
aid of people who have fallen victim to
natural disasters, fres, and other cata-
strophic events. Most workers in this
area are trained in emergency medical
techniques, as they are often the frst to
respond to a disaster. They provide life-
saving and basic medical care to patients
until they are able to transport them to a
hospital. (Emergency medical technicians
and paramedics provide emergency care
as a routine part of their job.) Work in this
area requires a great deal of stamina and
courage, as these workers confront crisis
and danger on an almost daily basis. Ex-
emergency medical technicians, frefght-
ers, and hazardous waste management
technicians.
LAW ENFORCENENI 5ERVlCE5
Law enforcement offcers protect the lives
and properties of the individuals they serve
and enforce the local, state, and federal
laws. Law enforcement offcers responsi-
bilities vary depending on the agency for
which they work. For example, detectives
conduct criminal investigations, while traf-
fc offcers regulate motorists on streets and
highways. Other law enforcement profes-
sionals protect parks and wildlife, conduct
customs and immigrations inspections,
and or help judges maintain order in court-
rooms. Examples of careers in this area in-
clude bailiffs, customs offcials, and police
offcers.
LEGAL 5ERVlCE5
The legal services pathway contains the
lawyers who advise and represent clients,
judges who interpret the law and rule in
cases, and the many legal support profes-
sions that keep the legal system running
smoothly. For example, law librarians pro-
vide valuable research services for law stu-
dents, lawyers, and judges. Paralegals per-
form many of the duties that lawyers time
used to perform, thereby giving lawyers
time to take on more clients and cases. Law
professors work at law schools and help
students not only learn the law, but mas-
ter the legal reasoning skills this profession
requires. Other careers in this pathway in-
clude court reporters, legal secretaries, and
legal nurse consultants.
Exploring
The law, public safety, and security clus-
ters offers opportunities for people with
a variety of educational experience. Some
jobs, such as police offcers and emergency
medical technicians, require a high school
diploma followed by a formal training pro-
gram. Many careers in legal services require
a bachelors degree and a law degree, often
called the juris doctor (J.D.) degree. A law
degree requires a minimum of three years
of full-time study after college, after which
the student must pass the bar examination
in the state in which he or she wishes to
practice law.
If this feld interests you, become in-
volved in your community by volunteer-
ing. Your local YMCA or park department
is a good place to start looking for these op-
portunities. Working with the community
in various ways will give you a better under-
standing of the sort of commitment a law or
public safety career will entail, as all jobs in
this feld involve dealing with the public in
one form or another. Becoming involved in
your student government group is another
great way to learn how laws and rules are
decided and enforced in a community.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 71 7/16/09 9:02:22 AM
72
Outlook
The job outlook in this career cluster is
very good. As laws become more compli-
cated and lawsuits more prevalent, legal
services will continue to expand. Accord-
ing to the U.S. Department of Labor, em-
ployment of lawyers is expected to grow
about as fast as the average through 2016.
As the population grows and the economy
expands, many more lawyers and other le-
gal personnel will be needed to focus on
such areas as elder, health care, antitrust,
environmental, international, and intellec-
tual-property law.
Careers in emergency and protective
services are among the fastest growing in
the United States today. Increases in crime
rates, and especially increases in public
anxiety over crime, have led to demands
for heightened law enforcement efforts,
tougher sentencing laws, and dramatic in-
creases in the security services industry.
Manufacturing
Overview
The manufacturing cluster contains jobs
that involve turning raw materials into f-
nal products that are sold to buyers. Manu-
facturing work refers not only to the people
who make the products, but the many peo-
ple in management, engineering, design,
and other areas. Manufacturing workers
come up with product ideas, test products
to make sure they are assembled properly,
and manage the shipment and receipt of
manufactured goods. Manufacturing cov-
ers a wide range of industries, including
food, beverage, pharmaceuticals, iron and
steel, textiles, lumber, tobacco, automo-
biles, aerospace, and petrochemicals. In
manufacturing, there are two types of goods
produced: durable and nondurable. Dura-
ble goods have a long life span and hold
up over time. Examples of durable goods
are cars, airplanes, and washing machines.
Nondurable goods have a shorter life span
and include such products as food, cosmet-
ics, and clothing.
The manufacturing cluster contains six
career pathways: health, safety, and envi-
ronmental assurance; logistics and inven-
tory control; maintenance, installation
and repair; manufacturing production pro-
cess development; production; and quality
assurance.
HEALIH, 5AFEIY, AND
ENVlRONNENIAL A55URANCE
Workers in this area maintain the safety
of manufacturing workplaces and prod-
ucts. They conduct health and safety in-
spections, teach employees safe working
practices, and plan for removal of harmful
materials according to the latest laws and
regulations. Examples of careers in this area
include environmental engineers, health
and regulatory inspectors, and industrial
safety and health technicians.
LOGl5IlC5 AND lNVENIORY
CONIROL
Logistics refers to the planning and actual
movement of materials to and from manu-
facturing sites. Inventory control deals with
the receipt, delivery, and monitoring of raw
materials and fnished products. Logistics
and inventory control workers keep raw
materials and fnished products moving
in and out of manufacturing facilities and
ensure that all of these materials are well
accounted for. Examples of careers in this
area include industrial traffc managers, in-
ventory control specialists, quality control
_
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 72 7/16/09 9:02:23 AM
73
engineers and technicians, and shipping
and receiving clerks.
NAlNIENANCE,
lN5IALLAIlON, AND REPAlR
Most manufacturing operations involve
machinery and technical equipment. Such
machinery and equipment requires routine
maintenance, repair, and upgrades. Main-
tenance, installation, and repair workers
install and maintain manufacturing equip-
ment. They run regular tests to evaluate the
condition of the equipment, make recom-
mendations for the purchase of new equip-
ment, and troubleshoot any problems that
come up in a businesss day-to-day opera-
tions. Examples of careers in this pathway
include instrumentation technicians, mill-
wrights, systems setup specialists, and tele-
communications technicians.
NANUFACIURlNG PRODUCIlON
PROCE55 DEVELOPNENI
This is the design segment of the manufac-
turing industry. The people in this pathway
design the goods the manufacturing sector
produces and the production processes used
to produce them. To do this, they interview
potential customers and evaluate similar
products and processes to decide where they
can make improvements. They also collect
feedback from existing customers to make
sure that products are meeting their needs
and are being delivered in the most effcient
and timely way possible. Examples of ca-
reers in manufacturing production process
development include industrial designers,
industrial engineers and engineering tech-
nicians, and operations research analysts.
PRODUCIlON
Production workers assemble raw materi-
als into fnished products. They may use
machinery, computer systems, hand tools,
welding, or do the work by hand. Exam-
ples of careers in this area include automo-
tive industry workers, glass manufacturing
workers, manufacturing supervisors, and
precision machinists and metalworkers.
UALlIY A55URANCE
Like health and safety workers, quality as-
surance workers ensure that manufactur-
ing processes and products adhere to es-
tablished safety guidelines. They also test
products to make sure they are of an ac-
ceptable quality and make sure that the
manufacturing process yields goods in a
timely manner. Customer satisfaction is
foremost in quality assurance workers
minds. Examples of work in this pathway
include instrumentation technicians, qual-
ity assurance testers, and quality control
engineers and technicians.
Exploring
A great way to get a look into manufactur-
ing careers is to ask your teacher or guid-
ance counselor to arrange a feld trip to a
local factory. There you can observe the
various jobs available in a manufacturing
workplace and ask employees about their
experiences frsthand.
Jobs in manufacturing call for different
skills depending on the career pathway in
which you work. For example, working in
design or development requires creative
thinking and usually a degree in indus-
trial design or business management. Ca-
reers in manufacturing may require a high
school degree and top-notch coordina-
tion, physical agility, and decision-making
skills. Work in management may call for
an advanced degree, such as a masters in
business administration (M.B.A.) degree.
Read the various career articles related to
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 73 7/16/09 9:02:24 AM
74
manufacturing and see what type of work
might suit you best.
Outlook
Manufacturing jobs are on the decline as
factories relocate to foreign countries with
less labor and material costs. As a result, la-
bor unions have lost some of their strength
to negotiate for better contracts and wages
for manufacturing workers. Automation is
another key reason for the decrease in fac-
tory jobs. To cut labor costs, manufactur-
ers are replacing much of their labor force
with robotics-based machinery. In many
cases, these machines are more effcient
and productive than human workers. In
order to remain competitive, many compa-
nies are striving to become even more au-
tomated, which will in turn eliminate even
more jobs. However, while many assembly
line jobs will disappear, the demand for
engineers, the individuals who program,
install, and maintain the automated ma-
chinery, should be strong.
According to the U.S. Department of
Labor, employment in manufacturing will
be best in the area of pharmaceuticals. A
growing population, particularly among
the elderly, and the frequent introduction
of new drugs to the public will continue
to bolster the pharmaceutical market. Ad-
vances in medical research and treatment
of disease will also beneft this area.
Marketing,Sales,
andService
Overview
Marketing is anticipating what customers
need, and then directing goods and ser-
vicesand information about those goods
and servicesfrom producer to customer
to satisfy those needs. Marketers work with
advertising professionals to determine how
ads should look, where they should be
placed, and when the advertising should
begin. Marketing and advertising employ-
ees research and develop the look and
message of an ad. They need to be sure that
the ad appeals to the interests of the tar-
geted audience. Marketing professionals
also ensure that information about goods
and services reaches customers in a timely
fashion. Marketing campaigns may begin
months before a product is available. This
creates a desire for the product in the mar-
ketplace and gives the manufacturer a leg
up on any competitors.
Closely related to marketing is the feld
of sales. Sales jobs involve actual transac-
tions between customers and manufactur-
ers, retailers, or wholesalers. In these trans-
actions, money is exchanged for goods or
services. Manufacturers produce consumer
goods. Wholesalers buy products from man-
ufacturers and sell them to retail businesses,
which in turn sell them directly to custom-
ers. Jobs in sales are diverse. For example,
they can involve managing the sales of
goods to an entire region of the country, or
the one-on-one sales transaction that takes
place between a cashier and customer.
The marketing, sales, and service cluster
contains seven career pathways: buying and
merchandising, distribution and logistics,
e-marketing, management and entrepre-
neurship, marketing communications and
promotion, marketing information man-
agement and research, and professional
sales and marketing.
BUYlNG AND NERCHANDl5lNG
People who work in buying and merchan-
dising get products into the hands of the
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 74 7/16/09 9:02:24 AM

75
customer. They may work on the sales
foor, helping customers select products,
or they may design and assemble various
product displays that make the products
appealing and accessible to customers.
Buyers, another category of job in this
pathway, select and purchase goods from
wholesalers for a retail store or chain of
stores. Other examples of careers in this
pathway include merchandise display-
ers, retail sales workers, and retail store
managers.
Dl5IRlBUIlON AND LOGl5IlC5
Distribution and logistics deals with the
movement of raw materials and fnished
products. People who work in this area
manage the shipment of products from
manufacturers to stores. They also plan
work within manufacturing centers so that
goods are created quickly, effciently, and
in a manner that ensures quality. Because
their work affects both the quality of goods
and the time it takes to deliver them to
market, distribution and logistics workers
have a great impact on the price of con-
sumer goods. Examples of jobs in this area
include export-import specialists, indus-
trial traffc managers, and shipping and re-
ceiving clerks.
E-NARKEIlNG
E-marketers use the Internet and World
Wide Web to market goods and services.
By designing Web sites, writing copy for
e-mail ad campaigns, or processing orders
placed via the Web, these professionals
help sell goods and services to customers
all over the world, at all times of the day.
Examples of careers in e-marketing include
copywriters, graphic designers, and Inter-
net transaction specialists.
NANAGENENI AND
ENIREPRENEUR5HlP
Managers of all types direct the day-to-day
business of an organization. Entrepreneurs
are business managers who create ideas for
and set up new businesses either on their
own or with the support of fnancial back-
ers. In a marketing and sales workplace,
managers and entrepreneurs oversee and
direct all of the advertising, marketing,
sales, and public relations responsibilities.
In a small startup organization, one man-
ager/entrepreneur may be responsible for
all of these duties, while in large compa-
nies there may be several levels of manag-
ers in charge of individual departments.
Regardless of the workplace, managers and
entrepreneurs share the common traits of
motivation and strong leadership skills. Ex-
business managers, Internet executives,
and retail business owners.
NARKEIlNG CONNUNlCAIlON5
AND PRONOIlON
People in this pathway plan, create, and
execute marketing and advertising cam-
paigns. With information gained from
market research, they write, illustrate,
animate, and assemble the catalogs and
advertisements that will tell customers
about available products. They also con-
duct public relations and sales campaigns.
Examples of careers in this pathway are
art directors, advertising account execu-
tives, public relations specialists, and sales
representatives.
NARKEIlNG lNFORNAIlON
NANAGENENI AND RE5EARCH
Careers in this pathway involve research
and an understanding of people. Specif-
cally, these professionals conduct surveys,
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 75 7/16/09 9:02:25 AM
76
interviews, and market research to better
understand consumers needs and wants,
as well as openings for new products in
the marketplace. This research leads to
the development of new and improved
products. It also helps other marketing
and sales professionals channel their work
and messages to the most appropriate cus-
tomers. Examples of careers in this area
include database specialists, marketing re-
searchers, and research assistants.
PROFE55lONAL 5ALE5
AND NARKEIlNG
This pathway includes much of the busi-
nessclient interaction that characterizes
the sales and marketing feld. These pro-
fessionals communicate with customers,
ensuring that they are receiving the right
products and services, informing them of
new products and services, and channeling
customer feedback back to the producer in
an effort to improve quality. Examples of
careers in this pathway include sales rep-
resentatives, customer service representa-
tives, and telemarketers.
Exploring
Jobs in the marketing, sales, and service
cluster call for excellent communication
skills. To prepare for a career in this feld,
be sure to sharpen your speech and writing
skills while in school. Participating in de-
bate or drama clubs is a great way to learn
the importance of accurate and succinct
messages, which is critical in this feld.
People with a variety of educational
experiences can fnd work in this feld. For
example, while in high school you can gain
sales experience by working in a retail store.
The most promising career paths are open
to those with at least a bachelors degree,
generally in an area such as marketing, ad-
vertising, business management, or com-
munications. For the creative side of this
industry, a degree in graphic design, il-
lustration, English, or journalism is often
required.
Perhaps the best way to prepare for
a career in this feld while you are in
school is to be a conscientious consumer.
Pay attention to the advertisements you
see on television, in magazines, and on-
line. What catches your eye the most?
What sort of advertisement do you see
during your favorite television programs
as opposed to, say, your parents favor-
ites? Observing these difference will help
you see how marketers and advertisers
appeal to different audiences. Also, pay
attention to the types of sales tactics used
when you are shopping. How does your
experience at the supermarket (a place
where most everyone needs to shop) dif-
fer from, for example, your experience
at an electronics store (a place that sells
luxury items)?
Outlook
Advertising, marketing, and sales are ar-
eas that are closely tied to the health of
the nations economy. Since economic
conditions in the United States have un-
dergone a downturn, the U.S. Department
of Labor predicts that the advertising and
marketing industries will grow about as
fast as the average the average through
2016.
that employment for retail sales workers
is expected to increase about as fast as the
average through 2016. This is mainly due
to increased retail sales created by a grow-
ing population. However, the wholesale
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 76 7/16/09 9:02:25 AM
77
trade is predicted to grow more slowly
than the average, as many wholesale frms
will continue to merge.
Science,
Technology,
Engineering,and
Mathematics
Overview
Do you like performing experiments to
test scientifc hypotheses? Do you enjoy
the challenges of working with numbers?
Perhaps you like thinking of new and im-
proved designs for vehicles or everyday
products. If any of these or similar activi-
ties describe you, then you may have the
innate curiosity that all of the jobs in
the science, technology, engineering, and
mathematics cluster require.
Science careers include jobs in biol-
ogy, chemistry, geology, meteorology,
or any other natural, physical, or earth
science. Mathematics is the science and
study of numbers and how they relate
to each other. Engineering and technol-
ogy encompasses many areas of study,
such as aviation, environmental science,
and robotics, just to name a few. All of
these engineering felds employ unique
and sometimes similar methods of re-
search, development, and production to
reach practical solutions to problems and
questions.
Although the felds covered in this clus-
ter are varied, they all share the common
themes of research and testing hypotheses
against problems both real and theoretical.
They call for people with analytical minds
who enjoy challenges and innovation. The
jobs in this cluster are divided into two
pathways: engineering and technology and
science and math.
ENGlNEERlNG AND
IECHNOLOGY
Engineering of all types consist of three
main stages: research, development, and
project application. Engineers use the data
from research and development and apply
them to the design and production of ma-
terials, machines, methods, or to whatever
the ultimate goal is.
There are many different types of en-
gineers. Electrical engineers work with
electrical circuits and systems in small-
scale electronics and in large buildings and
cities. Civil engineers design the bridges,
highways, and dams that serve our cities.
Software engineers design the computer
programs that we use for business and rec-
reation. These are just a few examples. And
as different as the job responsibilities are
in these careers, they all deal with the ap-
plication of technical knowledge to create
solutions and innovations for real-world
situations.
Engineering technicians are an im-
portant part of this career pathway. Tech-
nicians help engineers do their jobs by
performing some of the hands-on routine
work for them. This gives engineers more
time to work on the development of new
ideas and innovations. Technicians gen-
erally have two years of formal education
and training.
Some other examples of careers in
this feld include aerospace engineers, en-
vironmental engineers, hardware engi-
neers, industrial engineers, and packaging
engineers.
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 77 7/16/09 9:02:26 AM
78
5ClENCE AND NAIH
Careers in this pathway are part of the
mathematics or natural, physical, or earth
science felds. Work in this area can mean
teaching biology to high school students
or studying mineral samples from another
planet. Scientists and mathematicians of all
types have a natural curiosity about how
the world works. In their jobs, they strive
for a better understanding of the processes
that govern the environment, our health,
and the ways in which we relate to one
another. Through research, experimenta-
tion, and the development of new theories,
medicines, and other products, they help
us all live better lives.
Because the two felds are related, sci-
entists and mathematicians work in many
of the same areas. Many ideas and develop-
ments in physics, chemistry, the biological
sciences, astronomy, and even social sci-
ences (like economics and psychology) rely
on ideas from mathematics. These scientif-
ic felds offer many careers, including such
areas as astronomy; space technology; en-
ergy and resources; earth, ocean, and space
science; electronics; industry; computer
science; medicine; communications; envi-
ronmental science; and consulting. Mathe-
maticians and physicists work as engineers,
teachers, researchers, lab technicians and
supervisors, acoustical scientists, astrono-
mers, astrophysicists, medical physicists,
and geophysicists, as well as other posi-
tions. Knowledge in math or physics opens
opportunities even for writers, lawyers, and
administrators.
Also, employment opportunities ex-
ist worldwide in government, schools,
and private organizations. For instance,
mathematicians like statisticians, op-
erations researchers, and actuaries work
in government agencies such as the De-
partment of Health and Human Services
and the Offce of Management and Bud-
get. They help gather information on
how many people are likely to get cancer
from smoking. They help the president
understand how much money our coun-
try has and owes other countries and
agencies. They even help fgure out how
tax laws can beneft certain people. Oth-
er agencies that employ mathematicians
and scientists include the Department
of Energy, the Department of Defense,
and the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration.
Other examples of careers in this path-
way include biologists, chemists, ecolo-
gists, statisticians, and zoologists.
Exploring
One of the most important parts of prepar-
ing for a career in this cluster is getting a
solid educational foundation in math and
the sciences. Be sure to take as many cours-
es in these areas as possible, as they will
provide the background you will need in
college and in the workplace.
Many of the careers in this cluster re-
quire at least a bachelors degree, and in
many cases a masters degree or doctor-
ate may be required. Exceptions may be
some technician positions. Many of these
require an associates degree or a formal
training program in addition to a high
school diploma.
Talk to your math and science teachers
about their experiences and what led them
to the feld. Also, ask your teachers about
any math and science competitions that
you can enter to help sharpen your skills.
These contests may also provide scholar-
ship money to help pay for your college
education. They can also be a great way
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 78 7/16/09 9:02:26 AM
79
to meet other students who share similar
interests.
Outlook
Although the U.S. Department of Labor
predicts growth in the sciences to be a bit
slower than the average for all industries,
many exciting opportunities await those
with the right skills and education. As the
elderly population of the United States con-
tinues to grow, the demand for scientists in
medical and pharmaceutical research will
be great. Excellent growth is predicted for
medical scientists who also have a strong
knowledge of computer engineering, as
there will be a continued need for new and
improved medical technology.
The outlook for most types of engi-
neering is favorable, with job growth pre-
dicted to be about as fast as the average.
Environmental engineers will have the
best employment possibilities, as com-
panies will need their services to meet
changing regulations and to deal with
existing hazards. Job opportunities in
mathematics will be best for those people
who combine their math knowledge with
a science or engineering discipline, or for
those who pursue education careers in
mathematics.
Job opportunities in this cluster will be
best for those who pursue advanced educa-
tion beyond the bachelors degree level.
Transportation,
Distribution,and
Logistics
Overview
The jobs in this cluster deal with the safe
and effcient movement of people and
goods from one place to another. This can
entail delivering packages via a shipment
service such as UPS or FedEx, planning the
distribution of a businesss products from
its warehouses to stores and customers, or
driving a taxi around busy city streets, en-
suring that passengers safely arrive at their
destinations.
The transportation industry includes
air, rail, road, and water travel, and its core
business are transporting passengers and
moving freight. Distribution refers primar-
ily to the management of warehouse and
other large storage centers, and the move-
ment of items in and out of the facility. Lo-
gistics refers to the planning aspect of this
line of work, that is, creating and revising
the schedules and plans that ensure the
timely delivery of passengers and goods to
their destinations.
Each branch of this career cluster em-
ploys workers in a variety of positions,
from managers who coordinate shipping
schedules to freight handlers to customer
service representatives to conductors and
even safety inspectors. Many workers are
needed just to operate and maintain the
various means of transportation, such as
drivers, pilots, mechanics, and engineers.
There are seven career pathways in
this cluster: facility and mobile equipment
maintenance; health, safety, and environ-
mental management; logistics planning
and management services; sales and ser-
vice; transportation operations; transporta-
tion systems; and warehousing and distri-
bution center operations.
FAClLlIY AND NOBlLE
EUlPNENI NAlNIENANCE
People who work in this pathway clean,
service, and repair the transportation vehi-
cles and machinery, as well as the garages,
X
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 79 7/16/09 9:02:27 AM
80
warehouses, and other buildings that house
them. Examples of careers in this pathway
include automobile mechanics, electri-
cians, industrial machinery mechanics,
and tire technicians.
HEALIH, 5AFEIY, AND
ENVlRONNENIAL
NANAGENENI
Transportation and distribution work has a
serious impact on the environment. Work-
ers in this pathway come up with ways to
protect the environment from things such
as automotive pollution and the transpor-
tation and disposal of hazardous waste.
They also ensure the safety of the vehicles
and working environments used in this line
of work. Examples of jobs in this pathway
include aviation safety inspectors, environ-
mental engineers, and health and regula-
tory inspectors.
LOGl5IlC5 PLANNlNG AND
NANAGENENI 5ERVlCE5
This pathway involves the planning and
management of how materials and people
will move from one place to another in an
effcient and timely manner. Whether they
are planning a train schedule or shipping
routes for a national trucking line, work-
ers in this feld must have a knack for de-
tails and seeing the big picture. Examples
of careers in this pathway include business
managers and industrial traffc managers.
5ALE5 AND 5ERVlCE
People in this pathway are involved in
the marketing, advertising, and sales of
transportation services to businesses and
individual customers. Work in this area
requires thorough knowledge of the com-
petition and of the customers needs.
Jobs in sales and service include customer
service representatives, marketing research-
ers, reservation and ticket agents, and sales
representatives.
IRAN5PORIAIlON OPERAIlON5
These are the people who keep things mov-
ingliterally. Workers in this area operate
the trucks, buses, planes, and trains that
move people and goods from one place to
another. They are also the ones who make
sure that the work is occurring according to
schedule. Transportation operations work-
ers include locomotive engineers, pilots,
taxi drivers, and truck drivers.
IRAN5PORIAIlON 5Y5IEN5
Workers in this area design and oversee all
aspects of public transportation systems, in-
cluding road, rail, air, and sea travel. These
workers are usually employees of state or
federal government. Examples of jobs in
this area include city planners, civil engi-
neers and civil engineering technicians,
and traffc engineers.
WAREHOU5lNG AND
Dl5IRlBUIlON CENIER
OPERAIlON5
Jobs in this pathway deal with the manage-
ment of warehouses and other centers that
ship, receive, and store goods. Besides the
scheduling of shipments and deliveries,
people in this pathway monitor invento-
ries as goods go into and out of the ware-
house. Examples of careers in this feld in-
clude business managers, industrial traffc
managers, and packaging engineers.
Exploring
If you enjoy working under strict deadlines,
as part of a team, and in areas that require
technical and mechanical skill, then a job
in this cluster might be a good choice for
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 80 7/16/09 9:02:27 AM
81
you. Transportation, distribution, and lo-
gistics offer job opportunities to people
with a wide variety of educational expe-
rience. Many transit systems and materi-
als moving companies offer jobs to people
with a high school degree after comple-
tion of a formal training program. Jobs in
logistics and planning and environmental
management may require a bachelors de-
gree in engineering, business, or another
related area. Many jobs in this feld also
require state or federal licenses that must
be renewed on a regular basis.
Although you may not be able to gain
hands-on experience in this feld with-
out a drivers license or a high school di-
ploma, there are many great Web sites
that contain information on the feld.
Two online magazinesOverdrive (http://
www.etrucker.com) and Land Line (http://
www.landlinemag.com)provide infor-
mation on the latest topics in trucking
and a list of frequently asked questions about
the feld. The U.S. Department of Education
offers a variety of internship and entry-level
job programs for college graduates inter-
ested in pursuing careers in transportation
(http://careers.dot.gov/stuopp.html). Check
with your school or public librarian to fnd
more information on the areas of the feld
that interest you.
Outlook
According to the U.S. Department of Labor,
the transportation industry will grow at an
average rate over the next 10 years. New jobs
will become available as people retire from
the feld and as the demand for consumer
goods across the country continues to rise.
The air transportation industry is expected
to grow a bit slower than the average for
all other industries, but this may pick up as
people continue to use commercial airlines
for business and personal travel. Job oppor-
tunities will be best for those people with
suffcient education and technical knowl-
edge, especially in the area of information
technology.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 81 7/16/09 9:02:28 AM
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 82 7/16/09 9:02:28 AM
CAREERARTICLES
e
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 83 7/16/09 9:02:28 AM
84
Accountants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Evaluate and manage information
Help clients and customers
Select and apply tools/technology
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Integrity/honesty
Problem solving
WhatAccountantsDo
Accountants are numbers people. They are
in charge of preparing, analyzing, and veri-
fying all of the fnancial records of an indi-
vidual, business, or other organization. For
example, accountants measure a compa-
nys revenue, which is how much money is
earned by a business over a specifc period
of time such as a month or a year. Accoun-
tants also calculate the complete costs,
called debits, which go into producing the
goods and services produced by a company
for the same defnite time period.
After the accountant completes his or
her calculations of revenues and debits for
an accounting period, the accountant pre-
pares reports for the owner or manager of
the business that will indicate whether a
proft was made for the time period mea-
sured. In addition to reviewing and pre-
paring fnancial records, accountants also
sometimes set up bookkeeping systems to
keep track of the way money is handled.
Finally, they also often use computers to
help organize fnancial records and solve
mathematical problems.
EducationandTraining
While in high school, mathematics, Eng-
lish, bookkeeping, and other business
courses are recommended courses to com-
plete if you are considering a career as an
accountant.
A college education with a major in ac-
counting is the best way to prepare to be
an accountant and obtain a higher-paying
job. Private business schools, junior col-
leges, and some technical schools also of-
fer training programs. In these programs,
students take courses in mathematics, ac-
counting methods, and computers. Many
accountants also pass a state examination
and obtain a license to practice as certifed
public accountants.
Outlook
The job outlook for skilled accountants
through the next decade is bright. The
s
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Business, Mathematics
MINIMUMEDUCATIONLEvEL
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$36,000 to $57,000 to $98,000
OUTLOOK
Faster than the average
OthEr articlES tO rEad
Actuaries
Economists
Tax Preparers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 84 7/16/09 9:02:29 AM
85
improved job outlook for accountants is
based on the growth of new businesses, re-
cent changes in fnancial and tax laws and
rules, and closer government review of the
fnancial records of businesses.
ForMoreInformation
Keeping the fnancial records of a school
club is an excellent way to explore the work
of accountants. You can also learn more
about this career by checking out books at
your local library and exploring account-
ing association Web sites.
AmericanInstituteofCertifedPublic
Accountants
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036-8701
888-777-7077
http://www.aicpa.org
EducationalFoundationforWomenin
Accounting
136 South Keowee Street
Dayton, OH 45402-2241
937-424-3391
info@efwa.org
http://www.efwa.org
InstituteofManagementAccountants
10 Paragon Drive, Suite 1
Montvale, NJ 07645-1718
800-638-4427
ima@imanet.org
http://www.imanet.org
Did You Know?
The earliest evidence of account-
ing dates back to the ancient Bab-
ylonians, around 3600 b.c.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 85 7/16/09 9:02:30 AM
86
Acquisitions
Librarians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Allocate funds and resources
Skillstheyneed
Decision-making
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatAcquisitions
LibrariansDo
Acquisitions librarians are responsible for
buying the books, magazines and journals,
DVDs, and other materials found in librar-
ies. Also called collection development li-
brarians and collection development spe-
cialists, they work in the technical services
department of libraries. Before deciding
what materials to purchase, acquisitions
librarians spend time reviewing catalogs
distributed by book publishers, take into
consideration requests from patrons about
items they would like to have in the li-
brary, and work with library directors to
determine the librarys needs. Upon com-
pleting their research, they create a list of
items to be ordered and compare the list
to books and materials the library already
owns to avoid duplication. After deciding
on what materials to buy, acquisitions li-
brarians make the purchases by placing
orders with publishers, wholesalers, and
distributors. They also maintain records
on the number of purchases made, costs,
and how library funds are being spent.
When new materials are delivered, acquisi-
tions librarians may classify the items and
prepare them for use by library patrons. In
large libraries, acquisitions librarians often
work behind the scenes and have little di-
rect contact with patrons. Acquisition li-
brarians in small libraries may also handle
other duties, including assisting the public
and repairing books and materials in the
library collection.
High school courses in English, mathemat-
ics, and business are recommended. Because
much of an acquisition librarians work is
done on computers, a strong familiarity
with computers and technology is impor-
tant. A bachelors degree is a requirement
for acceptance in a library science graduate
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
English, Mathematics, Computer
science
Masters degree
SALARYRANGE
$32,000 to $51,000 to $78,000
OUTLOOK
Slower than the average
Archivists
Childrens Librarians
Information Brokers
Librarians
Museum Curators
Music Librarians
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 86 7/16/09 9:02:32 AM
87
program so any courses your school offers
to help prepare you for college will also be
helpful.
Librarians, including acquisitions li-
brarians, must earn a masters degree in li-
brary science (MLS) to work in most pub-
lic, university, and special libraries such
as law and corporate libraries. Librarians
employed by the federal government
need an MLS or comparable education
and work experience. Though the require-
ments vary from state to state, librarians
also must be certifed to work in school
and local libraries.
Outlook
Employment of all librarians is expected
to increase slower than the average for all
occupations through 2016, according to
the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. How-
ever, about 60 percent of librarians cur-
rently employed are 45 years old or older.
As these librarians retire, new job openings
will be created. Job opportunities for librar-
ians should be best in public school librar-
ies and in nontraditional settings such as
working as information brokers for private
corporations or nonproft organizations.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about what librarians do,
volunteer in your school or local public
library or talk with your school librarian
about how he or she develops and builds
the librarys collection. The following
Web sites also can provide additional in-
formation about a career as an acquisi-
tions librarian.
AmericanLibraryAssociation
50 East Huron Street
Chicago, IL 60611-2729
800-545-2433
http://www.ala.org
AssociationforLibraryCollectionsand
TechnicalServices
800-545-2433
LibraryofCongress
101 Independence Avenue, SE
202-707-5000
http://www.loc.gov
SpecialLibrariesAssociation
331 South Patrick Street
Alexandria, VA 22314-3501
703-647-4900
http://www.sla.org
Fast Fact
There are around 118,000 li-
braries in the United States. This
number includes public librar-
ies, school libraries, and special
academic libraries.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 87 7/16/09 9:02:32 AM
88
Actors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatActorsDo
Actors perform in stage plays, movies, and
television, video, and radio productions.
They use voice, movement, and gestures
to portray different characters. Actors work
many hours before performing in front of
an audience. They must frst fnd available
parts. They read and study the parts and
then audition for the director and produc-
ers of the show. In flm and television, actors
must also do screen tests, which are scenes
recorded on flm. Once selected for a role,
actors memorize their lines and rehearse
with other cast members. Rehearsal times are
usually longer for live theater performances
than for flm and television productions. If
the production includes singing and danc-
ing, it also requires more rehearsal time.
Theater, or Stage, actors may perform
the same part many times a week for
weeks, months, and sometimes years. Film,
or Movie, actors may spend several weeks on
one production, which often takes place
on location, that is, in different parts of the
world. Television actors in a series, such as a
soap opera or a situation comedy, also may
play the same role for years, generally in
13-week cycles. For these actors, however,
their lines change from week to week and
even from day to day, and much time is
spent rehearsing new lines.
Stage actors perform an entire play, be-
ginning to end, in one performance. Televi-
sion and flm actors usually perform scenes
out of sequence. They may perform the
last scene frst, for example. They also may
have to repeat the same scene many times.
Although it is not required, a high school
and college education will be helpful to you
as an actor. Classes in English, speech, and
drama will help you build upon your com-
munication skills. While in high school,
seek out opportunities to act in school
or local community productions to gain
experience.
Large cities such as New York, Chicago,
and Los Angeles have public high schools
for the performing arts. Special dramatic
arts schools, located mainly in New York
and Los Angeles, also offer training.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
English, Theater/Dance
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$16,000 to $30,000 to $121,000
OUTLOOK
About as fast as the average
Comedians
Models
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 88 7/16/09 9:02:35 AM
89
Training beyond college is recommend-
ed, especially if you are interested in enter-
ing the theater. In addition, graduate de-
grees in the fne arts or in drama are nearly
always required should you decide to teach
dramatic arts.
Besides natural talent, you will need
determination, a good memory, a fne
speaking voice, and, if possible, the ability
to sing and dance.
Outlook
Employment in acting is expected to grow
The growth of satellite and cable television
has created a demand for more actors, espe-
cially as the cable networks produce more
of their own programs and flms. The rise
of home video has also created new act-
ing jobs, as more and more flms are made
strictly for the home video market. A rising
international demand for more movies also
will help create more employment oppor-
tunities for actors, as will the continuing
development of direct-to-Web movies, in-
teractive media, and content for cell phones
and other portable electronic devices.
Despite the growth in opportunities,
there are many more actors than there are
roles, so competition is ferce. Many ac-
tors supplement their income by working
at other jobs, such as secretaries, waiters,
or taxi drivers, for example. Most actors
work for many years before becoming well
known, and most of these do not rise above
supporting roles.
For More Information
Explore your skills in acting while in school
by participating in school or community
theater productions. Audition for acting
roles, but also work on costumes, props, or
lighting to get experience in other areas of
theater. You can also fnd biographies of ac-
tors at your library or online at entertain-
ment-oriented Web sites such as A&Es Bi-
ography (http://www.biography.com) or E!
Online (http://www.eonline.com).
Acting Workshop On-Line
http://www.redbirdstudio.com/AWOL/acting2.html
National Association of Schools of Theatre
11250 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 21
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
info@arts-accredit.org
http://nast.arts-accredit.org
Screen Actors Guild
5757 Wilshire Boulevard, 7th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90036-3600
323-954-1600
http://www.sag.org
Theatre Communications Group
520 Eighth Avenue, 24th Floor
New York, NY 10018-4156
212-609-5900
tcg@tcg.org
http://www.tcg.org
A group of actors rehearses scenes from
a play in front of their director. (Getty
Images)
90
Actuaries
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatActuariesDo
Actuaries are mathematicians who design
and plan insurance policies and retire-
ment programs for businesses. They make
mathematical calculations to help insur-
ance companies fgure out how much
money they might have to pay to the
businesses and workers they insure. They
also fgure out how much the policies
should cost.
Actuaries are hired to estimate the
number of policyholders who may have
losses and how much money the insur-
ance company will have to pay out in
claims. Actuaries then help the insurance
company set prices for policies so that it
will have enough money to pay all the
claims.
Actuaries use their knowledge of
mathematics, probability, statistics, and
principles of fnance and business in
their work. Usually they begin by collect-
ing and studying facts on births, deaths,
marriages, and employment numbers. Us-
ing this information, they make tables to
show the rates at which these events hap-
pen. For example, when they set the cost
for a homeowners earthquake insurance,
actuaries look at how often an earthquake
happens in that given area. If the policy-
holder lives in California, the insurance
is going to be more expensive than for
someone who lives in Kansas, because
California has many more earthquakes
than Kansas.
To be an actuary, you must like math
and be able to do careful, detailed work.
In high school you should take as many
mathematics classes as possible. Comput-
er science training is also important. After
high school, you will have to go to college
to earn a bachelors degree in actuarial sci-
ence, mathematics, or statistics, though
some obtain degrees in economics or busi-
ness with a concentration in math.
Certifcation is required and generally
consists of completing a series of 10 tests.
You should complete the frst two or three
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Business, Mathematics, Computer
science
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$49,000 to $86,000 to $146,000
OUTLOOK
Much faster than the average
Bookkeepers
Credit Analysts
Mathematicians
Risk Managers
Statisticians
s
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 90 7/16/09 9:02:36 AM
91
exams while still in college, since they
cover subjects taught in school. The more
advanced examinations cover aspects of
the profession itself and should be taken
after you have started working.
Outlook
Employment for actuaries is expected to
grow much faster than the average for all
occupations through 2016. Employment
opportunities should remain solid for
those who qualify because of the diffcult
testing examination system and steady de-
mand by the insurance industry over the
next decade.
In addition, actuaries will be in demand
to establish rates in several new areas of
coverage, including legal, dental, kidnap-
ping, and environmental insurance, and
greater workers compensation and medi-
cal malpractice coverage. Job opportunities
for actuaries will also grow as issues related
to health care and Medicare evolve, in-
cluding genetic testing, the impact of new
diseases, increased regulation of managed
health care companies, and a desire to con-
tain health care costs.
ForMoreInformation
If you think you are interested in becoming
an actuary, try activities that allow you to
practice strategy and problem-solving skills.
For example, you might join your schools
chess club, math club, or investment club.
Participate in other activities that teach
you leadership and management, such as
the student council.
AmericanAcademyofActuaries
1850 M Street, NW, Suite 300
202-223-8196
http://www.actuary.org
AmericanSocietyofPensionProfessionals
&Actuaries
4245 North Fairfax Drive, Suite 750
Arlington, VA 22203-1648
asppa@asppa.org
http://www.asppa.org
CasualtyActuarialSociety
703-276-3100
offce@casact.org
http://www.casact.org
Growth Field
The actuary feld is expected to
grow from 18,000 to 22,000 jobs
by 2016, a 24 percent increase.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 91 7/16/09 9:02:37 AM

92
Acupuncturists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Self-management
Problem solving
WhatAcupuncturistsDo
Acupuncturists are health care professionals
who practice a system of medicine called
acupuncture. Acupuncture originated in
China thousands of years ago. It is used to
maintain physical and mental health, pre-
vent disease, treat illness, and relieve pain.
According to the theory behind acu-
puncture, the bodys energy fows along
pathways called meridians. Each pathway is
related to a particular system and organ in
the body. Acupuncturists believe that when
the bodys energy is balanced, the person is
healthy. Sickness, pain, and emotional dis-
turbances can occur when the movement
of the bodys energy is blocked or unbal-
anced. To treat this, acupuncturists insert
very thin needles into precise points on
the patients skin. When the needles are in-
serted along the proper pathway, they help
balance the fow of the bodys energy and
relieve pain or prevent illness. Acupunc-
ture can treat asthma, high blood pressure,
headache, back pain, and other common
illnesses. It is also used for the treatment of
drug addiction.
On the frst visit, acupuncturists take
the individuals health history. They need
to know about past and present medical
problems. Then acupuncturists perform a
physical examination. They check the puls-
es in both arms and review the patients
general physical condition. Acupunctur-
ists use both the medical history and the
physical examination to determine if the
patients energy is balanced.
If the individuals energy is found to
be out of balance, acupuncturists focus on
the particular problem and decide which
points on the body they should work on.
Acupuncturists are concerned with the
patients overall health. They sometimes
suggest a change in diet or exercise. They
may also give the patient special herbs to
improve his or her health or to help the
healing process.
For a career in acupuncture, good classes
to take in high school are biology and psy-
chology. Other helpful subjects are English
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, English, Health
Masters degree
SALARYRANGE
$36,000 to $64,000 to $146,000
OUTLOOK
Aromatherapists
Chiropractors
Homeopaths
Massage Therapists
Myotherapists
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 92 7/16/09 9:02:40 AM
93
and math. Many acupuncturists are self-
employed, so computer and business skills
will also be crucial.
After high school, most future acupunc-
turists attend an acupuncture program.
Some schools offer certifcate programs
that take only a few years. Others offer
bachelors degree programs. Still others
have masters degree programs. States have
very different laws about requirements for
practicing acupuncture. It is important to
choose a school that will prepare you to
work in your state. There are also different
kinds of acupuncture. Courses at acupunc-
ture schools include science courses, acu-
puncture techniques, and Oriental medi-
cine. The schools also have clinics where
students practice acupuncture. Some states
now require a certifcate or a license to
practice acupuncture.
Outlook
Many people in this country are interested
in more natural health care. Research and
government studies show that acupuncture
is safe and effective. It is also less expensive
than conventional medical care. For these
reasons, job opportunities through 2016
are expected to increase faster than the av-
erage. There are more than 22,000 licensed
acupuncturists in the United States. Some
in the feld estimate that fgure will triple
by 2015.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career in acupunc-
ture, go to your local library to research
Oriental history, medicine, and philoso-
phy. Health food stores sometimes have
books on acupuncture and other alter-
native health practices. Talk with people
who have experienced acupuncture. Find
out what it was like and how they felt
about it.
Acupuncture.com
http://www.acupuncture.com
AmericanAssociationofAcupunctureand
OrientalMedicine
PO Box 162340
Sacramento, CA 95816-2340
916-443-4770
http://www.aaaomonline.org
CouncilofCollegesofAcupunctureand
OrientalMedicine
3909 National Drive, Suite 125
Burtonsville, MD 20866-6110
301-476-7790
executivedirector@ccaom.org
http://www.ccaom.org
Did You Know?
Acupuncture has been used for
thousands of years in China. In the
West the frst record of the prac-
tice dates to 1810, where it was
used at the Paris Medical School
to treat abdominal pain.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 93 7/16/09 9:02:41 AM
94
Adultand
vocational
Education
Teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatAdultandvocational
EducationTeachersDo
Adult and vocational education teachers teach
classes for adults and high school students.
Older students take classes to prepare for
better jobs or for advanced education. They
might take courses to improve skills they
already have or to learn new technology.
Teachers lead classes, assign reading, and
help students develop technical and aca-
demic skills.
Adult education teachers in basic pro-
grams teach students school subjects such
as English, math, and composition. In
vocational training programs, they teach
trades such as automobile repair or car-
pentry. They also work within companies,
training employees for specifc job posi-
tions. In community colleges, they teach
subjects as varied as cosmetology, com-
puter programming, foreign language,
and oil painting.
Adult and vocational education teach-
ers may teach one person at a time or a
large classroom of students. Classes may
take place in a laboratory, in a shop, or at
actual work sites. These teachers prepare
for classes the same as any other kind of
teacher. They decide what books and other
learning materials to use, prepare a daily
schedule, give lectures, and lead class dis-
cussions. They assign homework, give ex-
ams, and grade essays and presentations. In
some specialized vocations (for example,
fying), teachers must cover specifc sub-
jects and students must pass strict tests be-
fore they are qualifed for certain positions
(such as pilot).
Adult education teachers usually focus on a
specifc subject, so take high school courses
that best suit your interests. You will also
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
English, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$26,400 to $46,000 to $77,000
OUTLOOK
College Professors
English as Second Language Teachers
Guidance Counselors
Teacher Aides
L
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 94 7/16/09 9:02:41 AM
95
need to follow a college preparatory plan,
taking courses in English, math, foreign
language, history, and government. Speech
and communications courses will help you
speak in front of groups of people. Writing
skills are very important, no matter what
subject you teach, because you will be pre-
paring reports and lesson plans, and grad-
ing essays.
In most states, teachers of adult basic
education must have a bachelors degree in
education. Some states also require a teach-
ing certifcate. Vocational instructors need
to have practical experience in the skills
they are teaching. Some professions require
vocational teachers in their feld to have a
teaching license or certifcate.
Outlook
Employment opportunities in adult educa-
tion are expected to grow much faster than
the average through 2016. Teachers will be
in demand as more working people realize
the importance of continued education for
success and advancement in their careers.
In fact, many companies pay for employ-
ees to attend continued education courses
so that they will be trained in the latest
skills and technology. The biggest growth
areas should be in computer technology,
automotive mechanics, and medical tech-
nology. Major employers of adult and vo-
cational education teachers will be voca-
tional high schools, private trade schools,
community colleges, and private adult
education enterprises.
ForMoreInformation
The best way to gauge your interest in this
career is through experience. Consider vol-
unteering to tutor peers or younger stu-
dents in your school to gain experience.
You can also volunteer to assist in special
educational activities at nursing homes,
churches, or community centers. For ex-
ample, you might be able to teach senior
citizens how to use the Internet or teach a
foreign student to speak English.
AmericanAssociationforAdultand
ContinuingEducation
10111 Martin Luther King Jr. Highway, Suite 200C
Bowie, MD 20720-4233
301-459-6261
aaace10@aol.com
http://www.aaace.org
AssociationforCareerandTechnical
Education
1410 King Street
800-826-9972
acte@acteonline.org
http://www.acteonline.org
Fast Fact
In the United States, more than
20 million people take some
form of adult or vocational ed-
ucation each year.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 95 7/16/09 9:02:41 AM
96
Adult
DayCare
Coordinators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Problem solving
WhatAdultDayCare
CoordinatorsDo
Adult day care coordinators care for adults
who cannot be left alone all day. These
adults are generally elderly or disabled and
spend nights and weekends with their fam-
ily members, but they need somewhere to
stay during the weekdays. Coordinators
help clients bathe and dress, eat meals, take
medications, and participate in social activ-
ity. Their goal is to make clients as comfort-
able and happy as possible during the time
they spend at the day care center.
Adult day care coordinators work with
various staff members. A large center may
have a nurse, a physical therapist, a social
worker, a cook, and several aides. Coor-
dinators meet with staff members either
one-on-one or in group sessions to re-
view and discuss plans for the clients. In a
small center with only six or seven clients,
coordinators might perform more person-
al services for the clients.
Adult day care coordinators schedule
daily and weekly activities, including crafts,
games, exercises, and outings to shopping
centers and restaurants. They also plan
special events for birthdays and holidays.
They may schedule visits from community
or church groups for group discussions.
Overseeing meal planning and prepa-
ration is also a part of the adult day care
coordinators job. Coordinators work with
the cook and kitchen staff to plan healthy
menus and buy food.
Adult day care coordinators meet with
the family members to show them the
center and discuss how it is run. They also
gather information about the potential cli-
ent. This includes getting names and phone
numbers of doctors, gathering information
about medications and allergies, and dis-
cussing meal preferences.
Adult day care coordinators continue
to meet occasionally with family mem-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Business, Family and consumer
science
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$32,000 to $55,000 to $94,000
OUTLOOK
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 96 7/16/09 9:02:42 AM
97
bers during the course of the clients stay.
They share how the client is responding
to the day care setting. If necessary, co-
ordinators may advise the family about
Medicare or social services or refer them
to other providers.
In high school, take history, social stud-
ies, and sociology courses to prepare for a
college degree in social work or a related
program. Though there are no defnite re-
quirements for becoming an adult day care
coordinator, most coordinators have bach-
elors degrees in occupational therapy, ge-
riatrics, recreation therapy, rehabilitation
therapy, or social work.
To own a day care service, you will
likely be required by your state to have a
bachelors degree as well as some experi-
ence in elder care.
Outlook
The career outlook for adult day care co-
ordinators is expected to be excellent with
adult day care being one of the fastest-
growing human services areas.
Adult day care coordinators will be in
high demand as the senior citizen popu-
lation grows. Currently, there are 35 mil-
lion Americans over the age of 65; by 2050
there will be more than 82 million. This
rapid growth has led to the development
and increased popularity of elder care ser-
vices over the last several years.
ForMoreInformation
Check your local yellow pages to see if there
is an adult day care center in your area. If
so, you might be able to visit it and talk
with its coordinator about the job. Also,
look into volunteer opportunities with a
local social service agency or an adopt-a-
grandparent program.
AmericanAssociationofHomesand
ServicesfortheAging
2519 Connecticut Avenue, NW
202-783-2242
http://www.aahsa.org
AssociationforGerontologyinHigher
Education
1220 L Street NW, Suite 901
202-289-9806
http://www.aghe.org
CareersinAging:Considerthe
Opportunities
http://www.careersinaging.com
GerontologicalSocietyofAmerica
202-842-1275
geron@geron.org
http://www.geron.org
NationalAdultDayServicesAssociation
85 South Washington, Suite 316
Seattle, WA 98104-3412
877-745-1440
info@nadsa.org
http://www.nadsa.org
Fast Fact
There are more than 3,500 adult
day centers in the United States,
according to the National Adult
Day Services Association.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 97 7/16/09 9:02:42 AM
98
Advanced
PracticeNurses
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Decision making
WhatAdvancedPractice
NursesDo
Advanced practice nurses (APNs) are regis-
tered nurses (RNs) who have additional
training. There are four types of APNs: nurse
practitioners, certifed nurse-midwives, nurse
anesthetists, and clinical nurse specialists.
Nurse practitioners (NPs) specialize in
pediatric, adult, or family care. Nurse prac-
titioners have many duties. They conduct
physicals, diagnose and treat common ill-
nesses, and order tests and X rays. In some
states they can even prescribe prescription
drugs. NPs keep detailed reports on pa-
tients treatment plans and may send pa-
tients to physicians for further care.
Certifed nurse-midwives (CNMs) provide
care to expectant mothers and to women
with gynecological problems. They work
under the supervision of obstetricians.
CNMs teach pregnant women about proper
diet and predelivery health practices. They
monitor expectant mothers general health
to make sure that healthy babies will be
delivered. CNMs, with the help of physi-
cians, deliver babies. After delivery, they
help monitor the new mothers and instruct
them on the care of their newborns.
Nurse anesthetists (NAs) give patients
medication to relieve or eliminate pain
(anesthetics) or to help patients relax
and sleep (sedatives). They administer
an anesthetic in a shot, or they may use
gas equipment and instruct patients to
breathe in the anesthetic through a mask.
NAs work in dental offces, assisting with
oral surgeries or more minor dental repair.
They also work in hospitals. During opera-
tions, nurse anesthetists keep track of how
deeply patients are sleeping. If a patient
starts to wake up during the operation, the
nurse anesthetist may give more anesthet-
ic. NAs closely watch the breathing rates
and heartbeats of patients. During emer-
gencies, delicate surgeries, or baby deliver-
ies, NAs have to make important decisions
very quickly.
Clinical nurse specialists (CNSs) handle
many physical and mental health problems.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics
Masters degree
SALARYRANGE
$42,000 to $60,000 to $87,000
OUTLOOK
Neonatal Nurses
Nurse Anesthetists
Nurse-Midwives
Nurse Practitioners
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 98 7/16/09 9:02:46 AM
99
They use patients medical records, laborato-
ry test results, and examinations to diagnose
and treat illnesses. In addition to working di-
rectly with patients, CNSs act as consultants,
do research, and sometimes teach.
If you want to become an APN, you will
frst need to complete the high school and
undergraduate education necessary to be-
come an RN. In high school, take math
and science courses, including biology,
chemistry, and physics. English and speech
courses should not be neglected because
nurses must be able to communicate well
with patients.
After graduating from high school,
you should complete a bachelor of science
in nursing (B.S.N.) program at a college or
university. Then you will need to pursue
additional educational training to special-
ize in a particular APN area. All states and
the District of Columbia require a license
to practice nursing. To obtain a license,
graduates of approved nursing schools
must pass a national and a state exami-
nation. Nurses may be licensed by more
than one state. Again, different APNs re-
quire different education, certifcation,
and training levels.
Outlook
Experts predict a shortage of advanced
practice nurses that will continue over the
next several years. As a result, APNs with
the proper credentials and certifcation
should have no trouble fnding jobs in a
wide variety of health care facilities.
ForMoreInformation
Read books on careers in nursing, talk with
your health teachers or school nurse about
the career, or visit nursing association Web
sites to learn more information.
AmericanAcademyofNursePractitioners
PO Box 12846
Austin, TX 78711-2846
512-442-4262
admin@aanp.org
http://www.aanp.org
AmericanAssociationofNurseAnesthetists
222 South Prospect Avenue
Park Ridge, IL 60068-4001
847-692-7050
info@aana.com
http://www.aana.com
AmericanCollegeofNurse-Midwives
8403 Colesville Road, Suite 1550
Silver Spring, MD 20910-6374
240-485-1800
http://www.midwife.org
NationalAssociationofClinicalNurse
Specialists
2090 Linglestown Road, Suite 107
Harrisburg, PA 17110-9428
717-234-6799
http://www.nacns.org
NationalLeagueforNursing
61 Broadway, 33rd Floor
New York, NY 10006-2833
212-363-5555
generalinfo@nln.org
http://www.nln.org
Growth Field
Between 2006 and 2016 the number
of advanced practice nurses who
work in outpatient care is expected
to grow by around 34 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 99 7/16/09 9:02:46 AM

100
Advertising
Account
Executives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatAdvertisingAccount
ExecutivesDo
Advertising account executives coordinate
everything related to a clients advertising
campaign. They are responsible for meeting
with clients and other workers at the adver-
tising agency in order to create interesting
ads that will get peoples attention. They
act as the voice of the advertising agency,
since they are the clients main contact.
Account executives monitor the daily
progress of their clients advertising cam-
paigns. They work with an advertising
team, consisting of creative directors, art
directors, copywriters, researchers, and
production workers. Together with these
workers, account executives study clients
products or services, determine who will
buy or use them, and check out the market
to see if there are similar products or ser-
vices already available for sale.
After the account executive and the
advertising team have gathered all of this
information, they meet with a client and
make suggestions about advertising strate-
gies. Once everyone has agreed about the
general ideas for the campaign, the creative
team develops these ideas and prepares
ads to present to the client. During this
time, the account executive oversees all of
the business aspects of the client-agency
relationship.
In addition to keeping the client in-
formed about the progress of the advertis-
ing campaign, the account executive de-
termines where the ads should be placed,
such as in newspapers or magazines or on
billboards, television, radio, or the Inter-
net. In order to develop the clients adver-
tising budget and schedule, the account
executive works with media buyers. Media
buyers purchase advertising space in print-
ed publications as well as time on radio or
television stations. Finally, when the client
is satisfed with all ideas and terms of the
advertising campaign, production on the
ads can begin.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Business, English, Speech
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$38,000 to $78,000 to $146,000
OUTLOOK
Art Directors
Business Managers
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 100 7/16/09 9:02:47 AM

101
Account executives make sure that all
work is completed correctly and on time.
They also supervise the work of employees
creating the advertisements and maintain
contact with clients. The account execu-
tives most important job is to make sure
that clients are satisfed. This sometimes
requires making changes to the campaign
and redirecting the efforts of the advertis-
ing team.
Advertising account executives must be able
to communicate effectively, both orally and
in writing. Most advertising agencies require
that account executives have bachelors de-
grees in English, journalism, business ad-
ministration, fne arts, or marketing. To pre-
pare to study at the college level, you should
take classes in these subjects in high school,
as well as sociology, speech, economics,
math, and art. Courses in computer science
will be valuable as well.
Some advertising agencies hire college
graduates and then place them in special
training programs. These programs provide
new employees with an introduction to the
advertising agencys operations.
Outlook
Employment for advertising account ex-
ecutives should grow faster than the aver-
age for all occupations through 2016. If the
overall economy weakens, however, em-
ployment in the advertising industry will
be negatively affected because of a slowing
in consumer demand for new products and
services.
Employment opportunities for adver-
tising account executives will be mostly in
larger cities, such as Chicago, New York,
and Los Angeles. Competition for these
jobs will be ferce. People who have a col-
lege degree, are able to communicate well,
and have a lot of creativity will have the
best chances of getting a job.
ForMoreInformation
You can become involved with advertising
or promotion activities at your school, for
social events, sports events, political is-
sues, or fund-raising events. If your school
newspaper or yearbook has paid advertis-
ing, offer to work on the advertising sales
team.
AmericanAdvertisingFederation
1101 Vermont Avenue NW, Suite 500
800-999-2231
aaf@aaf.org
http://www.aaf.org
AmericanAssociationofAdvertising
Agencies
405 Lexington Avenue, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10174-1801
212-682-2500
http://www.aaaa.org
Three advertising account executives
discuss an advertising campaign. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 101 7/16/09 9:02:48 AM
102
Advertising
SalesWorkers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Creative thinking
WhatAdvertisingSales
WorkersDo
Advertising sales workers sell airtime for com-
mercials on radio and television and space
for ads in newspapers and magazines. They
also sell many kinds of ads on the Internet.
These sales workers can also be called me-
dia buyers or advertising sales executives.
Advertising sales workers call or visit com-
panies or advertising agencies that might
want to develop commercials or run ads.
The sales worker and the client discuss the
different lengths or sizes of advertisements
available and their costs.
Some advertising sales workers work
for national television and radio networks
and publications. Others work for local
community stations and newspapers. In
offces with a large sales staff, each sales
worker may be given a territory, or region,
in which to contact advertisers. Broadcast
advertising sales workers (who work in ra-
dio and TV) must know a lot about the
kinds of people who hear or watch their
stations programs. Similarly, those who
sell for magazines or newspapers need
to know what kinds of people read their
publications. They try to learn everything
they can about their audiences, including
information such as age, sex, income, and
shopping habits. Using this research, sales
workers can then approach the compa-
nies that want to advertise their products
to specifc groups of people. Advertising
sales workers often generate ideas for ads.
They may even write the copy for them.
After a deal is made with a client, sales
workers write up contracts that indicate
the lengths of the ads and how much they
cost. They may spend a lot of their time
renewing contracts or persuading adver-
tisers to buy more space or time.
If you want to be an advertising sales work-
er, you must have at least a high school
education. Many employers also require
a bachelors degree. Useful courses to take
at both the high school and college levels
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$22,000 to $43,000 to $93,000
OUTLOOK
Copywriters
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 102 7/16/09 9:02:48 AM

103
include communications, business, eco-
nomics, advertising, marketing, English,
psychology, and speech.
Previous work and sales experience at
a radio station, television station, newspa-
per, or magazine is also helpful. With the
growing trend of advertising on the Inter-
net, you should become familiar with com-
puters and the Web.
Outlook
The need for radio, television, and print
advertising sales workers is expected to be
greater than average through 2016. There
will be many applicants for each job open-
ing, however, so those with more experi-
ence and skill will have an advantage. Start-
ing in a small town or at a small radio or
television station or print publication can
provide workers with valuable experience
to move on to larger markets such as Los
Angeles, New York, and Chicago.
Millions of more people each year
rely on broadcast and satellite radio,
cable, satellite, and local television, and
the Internet for their entertainment and
information. All of this increased media
programming will produce more job op-
portunities for advertising sales workers
over the next decade.
ForMoreInformation
In your local community, newspapers
and other publications may hire students
to volunteer or work part time during
the summer. Your town may have a cable
television station that looks for volunteers
to operate cameras, sell advertising, or help
out with general offce work. In addition,
a variety of community-sponsored activi-
ties, such as craft fairs, holiday boutiques,
and rummage sales, may provide you with
opportunities to create and place ads and
work with the local media to get exposure
for the events.
800-999-2231
aaf@aaf.org
http://www.aaf.org
Agencies
New York, NY 10174-1801
212-682-2500
http://www.aaaa.org
AmericanMarketingAssociation
311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 5800
800-262-1150
http://www.marketingpower.com
Did You Know?
The invention of the printing press
in the 15th century allowed mer-
chants to create handbills adver-
tising their wares.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 103 7/16/09 9:02:49 AM
104
Aerobics
Instructors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Social
Self-esteem
Speaking/listening
WhatAerobicsInstructorsDo
Aerobics instructors teach aerobic dance and
aerobic step classes to the general public
and to specialized populations. Specialized
classes are aimed at groups such as the el-
derly or people with injuries or illnesses
that affect their ability to exercise. Lively
exercise routines set to music can be tai-
lored to the needs of each individual class.
The term aerobic refers to the bodys
need for oxygen during exercise. Aerobic
exercise is exercise that strengthens the
heart and cardiovascular system (heart and
lungs), compared to exercise like weight-
lifting, which builds muscle. There are
three general levels of aerobics classes: low
impact, moderate, and high intensity. In-
structors teach class members to monitor
their heart rates and, over time, to look for
signs of personal progress.
Aerobics instructors need a positive,
outgoing personality in order to motivate
people to exercise. The instructor helps
class members at various levels of ftness
to become active and more physically
ft. Aerobics instructors need to make the
class enjoyable yet challenging so that
class members will return. They also need
to be unaffected by complaints of class
members who may fnd the routines too
hard or too easy or who may not like the
musical selections. Instructors need to
realize that these complaints are not per-
sonal attacks.
If a job as an aerobics instructor interests
you, you should have at least a high school
diploma if not a bachelors degree. In high
school, take courses in physical education
and anatomy. A college major in either
sports physiology or exercise physiology
will be benefcial if you want to advance to
the position of health club director or teach
wellness programs in large businesses.
Those interested in becoming aerobics
instructors are often required to become
certifed by a professional organization,
such as the American Council on Exercise.
Aerobics instructors are also required to be
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Health, Physical education
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$16,000 to $28,000 to $59,000
OUTLOOK
Athletic Trainers
Choreographers
Dancers
Physical Therapists
Sports Coaches
L
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 104 7/16/09 9:02:49 AM
105
certifed in CPR (cardiopulmonary resusci-
tation). To keep current with new trends in
ftness and health, instructors often attend
workshops taught by advanced health care
and ftness personnel.
Outlook
Because of the countrys ever-expanding in-
terest in overall health and ftness, the em-
ployment outlook for instructors should
remain very strong. Employment opportu-
nities for aerobic instructors and other ft-
ness trainers are expected to increase much
faster than the average for all occupations
through 2016. As the population contin-
ues to age, many aerobics instructors will
be needed to work in retirement homes as
well. Many large businesses will also hire
instructors to help keep their employees
healthy and their health insurance costs
down.
ForMoreInformation
To explore the ftness industry, take as
many different types of aerobics classes
as are offered at your local health club,
YMCA/YWCA, Jewish Community Cen-
ter (JCC), park and recreation district, and
community center. See if these locations
offer any aerobics instructor workshops
designed to help prospective instructors
gain experience. Unpaid apprenticeships
are also a good way for future instructors to
gain supervised experience before teaching
classes on their own.
AmericanCollegeofSportsMedicine
PO Box 1440
Indianapolis, IN 46206-1440
317-637-9200
http://www.acsm.org
AmericanCouncilonExercise
4851 Paramount Drive
San Diego, CA 92123-1449
888-825-3636
support@aceftness.org
http://www.aceftness.org
IDEAHealthandFitnessAssociation
10455 Pacifc Center Court
contact@ideaft.com
http://www.ideaft.com
Aerobics instructors lead and motivate
their students through many different
types of exercises. (Tomasz Trojanowski/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 105 7/16/09 9:02:50 AM
106
Aeronautical
andAerospace
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Fix or repair technology
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatAeronauticaland
AerospaceTechniciansDo
Aeronautical and aerospace technicians are a
part of a large team of engineers and sci-
entists who work together to create and
maintain aircraft and spacecraft. Aero-
nautics refers specifcally to aircraft, that
is, machines that fy in the earths atmo-
sphere, such as jets and helicopters. Aero-
space refers to the science or technology
of fight, both within and outside of the
earths atmosphere. Aerospace profession-
als may work with airplanes or space ve-
hicles such as satellites and space shuttles.
Because there are many career choices
within the aeronautical and aerospace
technician feld, workers are known by
many different names. One job title is
aeronautical drafters. These workers pre-
pare drawings detailing plans used in
the manufacture of aircraft, missiles, and
parts. Aircraft mechanics make routine
repairs and inspections on the engines
and instruments of airplanes. Electronics
technicians help design and build electron-
ic systems, such as the instrument panels
in planes and radar systems.
Many aeronautical and aerospace
technicians are involved in research. They
may collect information on how a plane
should be built, fgure out how to design
a spacecraft so that it can better with-
stand the effects of gravity, and operate
test equipment such as wind tunnels to
see how the fnished vehicle will fy. To do
this, technicians must understand how
jet engines operate, how to solve com-
plex mathematical problems, and how to
design aircraft and spacecraft parts. Aero-
nautical and aerospace technicians also
take care of aircraft and spacecraft already
in use. For example, they might repair ra-
dio equipment on an airplane or install
photographic equipment in a spacecraft.
Commercial airplanes undergo a strict
schedule of maintenance. Technicians
may help set the maintenance schedule
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Mathematics, Physics
Associates degree
SALARYRANGE
$38,000 to $55,000 to $79,000
OUTLOOK
Aerospace Engineers
Aircraft Mechanic
Astronauts
Astrophysicists
Electrical and Electronic Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 106 7/16/09 9:02:50 AM
107
and may actually perform the checks and
repairs on engines, landing gear, instru-
ments, and other equipment. Technicians
are also involved with preparing charts
and illustrations so that pilots or astro-
nauts will know how to operate the com-
plex equipment.
If you want to be an aeronautical or aero-
space technician, you should work hard at
math and science classes. You will need a
good understanding of algebra and geom-
etry, as many problems that technicians
encounter will require these skills. Voca-
tional skills are also important. Many high
schools offer classes in electronics, draft-
ing, and computer programming.
Technicians are trained at technical
schools and junior colleges in two-year
programs, or at colleges and universities
offering bachelors degree programs in
aerospace technology. Students are taught
how to read blueprints and sketches and
fgure out the proper way to design and
build equipment. Classes in physics,
chemistry, and computer programming
are usually part of the course work. Some
technicians learn their skills in appren-
ticeship programs that teach tool design
and electronics.
Outlook
The aerospace industry is slowly recovering
from fnancial cutbacks. In fact, experts pre-
dict a mild shortage of qualifed aeronautical
and aerospace technicians. Average growth
is expected with companies that manufac-
ture civilian aircraft. An increase in military
aerospace projects also is expected to gener-
ate new jobs through 2016.
ForMoreInformation
Visiting an aerospace research or manu-
facturing facility is one of the best ways to
learn more about this feld. Because there
are so many such facilities connected with
the aerospace industry throughout the
United States, there is a good chance that
one may be located near you. The reference
department of a local library can help you
locate the nearest facility.
AerospaceIndustriesAssociation
1000 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 1700
703-358-1000
http://www.aia-aerospace.org
juniorEngineeringTechnicalSociety
703-548-5387
http://www.jets.org
StudentsfortheExplorationand
DevelopmentofSpace
77 Massachusetts Avenue, MIT Room W20-401
Cambridge, MA 02139-4307
mitseds-offcers@mit.edu
http://www.mit.edu/~mitseds
Did You Know?
Military interest in airplanes took
off quickly. The Wright brothers
received their frst military con-
tract in 1908.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 107 7/16/09 9:02:51 AM
108
Aerospace
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Mathematics
Creative thinking
WhatAerospaceEngineersDo
Aerospace engineers design and build air-
craft, such as commercial or military air-
planes and spacecraft. They work in teams
to design, build, and test machines that
fy within the earths atmosphere and be-
yond. Airplanes, missiles, space capsules,
and space shuttles are all different kinds of
aircraft. Aerospace engineers are also called
aeronautical engineers.
Some aerospace engineers work on
only one kind of aircraft. Others work on
only one part of a new aircraft, such as the
exterior design. Engineers develop designs
for aircraft that are very exact.
Other aerospace engineers supervise
the actual building of the aircraft. They
work in factories, showing work crews how
to put in engines or how to hook up instru-
ments. They also have to plan how long
production will take and how much it will
cost.
Some aerospace engineers test aircraft.
They examine fight performance, testing
aircraft at very high speeds, and during
complex fight patterns. Engineers may do
this work at a launching pad or follow test
fights on a computer.
If you are interested in a career in aero-
space engineering, you should study as
much math and science as possible. Phys-
ics, the science of motion, is a particularly
important subject for aerospace engineers.
Courses in English, speech, and commu-
nications will also be important because
engineers have to be able to explain de-
tailed and complicated plans clearly and
accurately. Courses in computer science
are also useful, as the industry is highly
technical.
Jobs in aerospace engineering require a
bachelors degree, and most positions also
require more specialized graduate study.
Many college programs take four years to
complete. Others take fve or six years and
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Computer science, Mathematics,
Physics
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$61,000 to $91,000 to $130,000
OUTLOOK
Aircraft Mechanics
Astronauts
Technicians
Physicists
Pilots
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 108 7/16/09 9:02:51 AM
109
offer programs that allow students to alter-
nate between going to school and working
at an engineering job.
Aerospace engineers must be licensed.
To get a license in most states, you must
graduate from an engineering program,
have four years of work experience, and
pass a state test.
Outlook
Employment of aerospace engineers is ex-
pected to increase about as fast as the av-
erage for all occupations through 2016.
While fewer people received degrees in this
feld in the past decade, that trend has re-
versed and college graduates who are famil-
iar with the newest technology will have
the best opportunities for employment.
Positions also will open as people retire or
leave the feld.
More aerospace engineers will be need-
ed to repair and add to the current air feet,
as well as to improve defense technology.
Engineers are also needed to help make
aircraft safer, designing reinforced cockpit
doors and security screening equipment
to protect pilots, crew, and commercial
passengers.
ForMoreInformation
Exciting opportunities are often available
at summer camps and academic programs
throughout the country. For example, the
University of North Dakota presents an
aerospace camp for high school juniors
and seniors that focuses on study and
career exploration including instruction
in model rocketry and fight.
Another good way to learn more about
aerospace is to join a science club sponsored
by your school or an outside organization.
One such outside organization is the Junior
Engineering Technical Society (JETS). JETS
provides its members with opportunities
to enter academic competitions, explore
career opportunities, and design model
structures.
AirForceAssociation
1501 Lee Highway
800-727-3337
service@afa.org
http://www.afa.org
AmericanInstituteofAeronauticsand
Astronautics
1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Suite 500
Reston, VA 20191-4344
703-264-7500
http://www.aiaa.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
Did You Know?
Robert Goddard developed the
frst liquid-propelled rocket in
1926.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 109 7/16/09 9:02:52 AM
110
Agribusiness
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Integrity/honesty
WhatAgribusiness
TechniciansDo
Agribusiness technicians combine their
knowledge of science, technology, and
business to help farmers and other people
in agriculture manage their businesses.
Agribusiness technicians work in three
main areas. The frst is management, assist-
ing with the day-to-day running of a farm
or related business. Agribusiness techni-
cians involved in management may be in
charge of hiring and fring workers on the
farm. They may work at credit unions and
banks and help make loans to farmers and
other agricultural business people. Or they
may work for a food company and conduct
inspections of farm products.
Agribusiness technicians also work in
sales and services. Here, technicians may
sell products or services to farmers, from
seeds, fertilizer, and machinery to crop
spraying, farm record systems, and food
and fre insurance. Technicians also work
for farmers, researching the best markets
for the farms produce.
The third area of employment for agri-
business technicians is in record keeping.
Farmers must keep records of the crops and
animals they raise, the markets they sell to,
the people they hire, the equipment they
maintain, and any other business activ-
ity. Agribusiness technicians create record-
keeping computer programs that help farm-
ers make good business decisions based on
the data gathered.
A high school diploma is an absolute ne-
cessity if you are interested in becoming an
agribusiness technician. High school cours-
es should include English, mathematics,
laboratory sciences, and if possible, courses
in agriculture and business.
After high school, you should attend
a two-year agricultural or technical col-
lege. This will provide training in the sci-
ences and basic business theory as well as
in communication and practical problem
solving.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Agriculture, Business
Associates degree
SALARYRANGE
$21,000 to $34,000 to $52,000
OUTLOOK
Aquaculturists
Farmers
Fishers
Grain Merchants
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 110 7/16/09 9:02:52 AM
111
Outlook
Agribusiness provides employment to
about 25 percent of the countrys labor
force. Employment opportunities for agri-
cultural technicians are expected to grow
about as fast as the average for all occupa-
tions through 2016.
As it becomes more important to bal-
ance greater agricultural output with the
protection and preservation of soil, water,
and ecosystems, biotechnology research
will increase the need for skilled agricul-
tural technicians.
Agribusiness technicians also may
fnd more opportunities to work abroad.
Agribusiness plays a large part in global
trade and in the U.S. governments efforts
to support farms and agricultural reforms
in other countries.
ForMoreInformation
See if your school has a local chapter of
the National FFA Organization (formerly
known as Future Farmers of America) or
a local 4-H group. Try to get summer or
part-time employment in your desired spe-
cialtyfor example, a clerical job in a farm
insurance agency or as a laborer in a feed
and grain company. Work experience on a
farm will give you insight into the business
concerns of farmers, as will industry peri-
odicals such as Farm Journal (http://www.
farmjournal.com) and Grain Journal (http://
www.grainnet.com).
4-H
7100 Connecticut Avenue
Chevy Chase, MD 20815-4934
301-961-2800
info@fourhcouncil.edu
http://www.fourhcouncil.edu
AgribusinessOnline
http://www.agribusinessonline.com
AmericanFarmBureauFederation
600 Maryland Avenue, Suite 1000W
202-406-3600
http://www.fb.org
CooperativeStateResearch,Education,
andExtensionService
USDA
1400 Independence Avenue SW, Stop 2201
202-720-4423
http://www.csrees.usda.gov
NationalFFAOrganization
National FFA Center
PO Box 68960
317-802-6060
http://www.ffa.org
An agribusiness technician operates a ride-
on water reel cranberry harvester in New
Jersey. (Keith Weller/USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 111 7/16/09 9:02:54 AM
112
Agricultural
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Create or improve systems
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatAgricultural
EngineersDo
Agricultural engineers use scientifc knowl-
edge to solve problems in farming and food
processing. They work in a variety of differ-
ent areas of agriculture, from crop produc-
tion to computer technology. They design
machinery and equipment for harvesting
crops and improved plant and animal pro-
duction. They develop plans for farm build-
ings, power stations, and water drainage
and irrigation systems. Some agricultural
engineers work on food control and soil
erosion projects. Though these engineers
work in a wide variety of areas within agri-
culture, they are all focused on using their
mechanical and scientifc knowledge to
design new systems of farming. As a result
of their work, farming has become easier,
more effcient, and more productive.
Agricultural engineers are employed
in several different settings. Many work
for companies that make and sell farming
equipment. Others work for power and
light companies as well as food processing
frms. Some agricultural engineers work for
the federal government or for state and lo-
cal governments. Those who work for the
government may go to foreign countries
to teach new soil and water conservation
techniques. At some colleges and univer-
sities, agricultural engineers teach and do
research.
A small number of agricultural engi-
neers are self-employed. Some own their
own farm equipment stores. Others charge
fees for giving advice or for doing agricul-
tural engineering projects.
While in high school, take as many math-
ematics classes as you can. Physics, chem-
istry, and earth and physical sciences
classes are also very important. Since ag-
ricultural engineers may have to present
oral or written reports and because they
have to express complex thoughts clear-
ly, courses in English and speech are also
valuable.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$45,000 to $68,000 to $101,000
OUTLOOK
Aquaculturists
Fishers
Grain Merchants
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 112 7/16/09 9:02:54 AM
113
Most agricultural engineering jobs re-
quire a bachelors degree in engineering.
Some jobs require a masters or doctorate
degree (advanced university degrees). De-
grees in agricultural engineering are offered
by colleges and universities as well as engi-
neering schools. Every state has at least one
college with agriculture science programs,
usually the state university that received
land specifcally for this purpose. In order
to teach or conduct advanced research at
a university, an agricultural engineer must
obtain a doctorate degree. Nevertheless,
staff positions on research projects can be
acquired by masters and bachelors degree
students and graduates.
Outlook
Job growth for agricultural engineers will be
Their expertise will be needed to continue
to improve farming methods, from devel-
oping new pesticides to ward off pests, to
further improving soil and water quality.
In the coming years, engineers must sup-
port and promote sustainable agriculture.
This means encouraging farmers and food
processors to manage crops, soil fertility
and erosion, and animal waste in a manner
that does as little damage to the environ-
ment as possible. Graduates with advanced
degrees will be in the best position to ob-
tain jobs as agricultural engineers.
ForMoreInformation
Getting involved in science fairs and clubs
provides good preparation for this career.
Also, see if your community hosts a chap-
ter of 4-H or the FFA. These organizations
will give you an opportunity to explore
agriculture.
4-H
301-961-2800
AmericanSocietyofAgriculturaland
BiologicalEngineers
2950 Niles Road
St. Joseph, MI 49085-8607
269-429-0300
hq@asabe.org
http://www.asabe.org
CooperativeStateResearch,Education,and
ExtensionService
USDA
202-720-4423
NationalFFAOrganization
National FFA Center
PO Box 68960
317-802-6060
http://www.ffa.org
Fast Fact
Instead of teaching the latest
innovations Tillers Internation-
al seeks to preserve historic
farming techniques, such as
ox-driving.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 113 7/16/09 9:02:54 AM
114
Agricultural
Scientists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Creative thinking
WhatAgricultural
ScientistsDo
Agricultural scientists study plants and ani-
mals in their environments. They conduct
research in laboratories or in the feld. They
use the results of their research to increase
crop yields and improve the environment.
Sometimes they plan and set up programs
to test foods, drugs, and other products.
They may be in charge of activities and
public exhibits at zoos, botanical gardens,
parks, and other locations. Some agricul-
tural scientists teach at colleges and univer-
sities or work as advisers to business frms
or the government. Others work in tech-
nical sales and service jobs for companies
that make agricultural products.
The head of a research project typically
holds a doctorate degree (Ph.D.) in agricul-
tural science. Many agricultural scientists,
wherever they work, concentrate on some
type of scientifc research, either with a
team of scientists or with an agricultural
engineer.
Agricultural scientists called agrono-
mists try to fnd the causes of large-scale
food-crop problems. They research plant
diseases, pests, and weeds and also study
soil. Their goal is to improve the nutrition,
hardiness, and taste of the crops by fnd-
ing better ways to manage disease and soil
conditions on the farm.
Scientists called horticulturists study
the genes and physical elements of plants
to fgure out ways to improve them. They
try to make fowers, vegetables, fruits, and
nuts grow faster, bigger, and more resistant
to disease by singling out better genetic
strains of the plants.
Those who specialize in improving
the way animals are housed, bred, and
fed are called animal scientists. They try
to control diseases that farm and pet ani-
mals contract. Some may study only dairy
cattle to see how their eating habits affect
their milk supply. Other scientists study
poultry (such as chickens, turkeys, and
ducks) in order to improve the quality
and quantity of their eggs and their over-
all health.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$32,000 to $58,000 to $102,000
OUTLOOK
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 114 7/16/09 9:02:55 AM
115
In high school, take courses in English,
mathematics, government, and history as
well as biology, chemistry, physics, and any
other science courses available. You should
also learn basic computer skills, including
programming.
After high school, you will have to
go to college to earn a bachelors degree,
which may be enough for some beginning
jobs. A Ph.D. is usually required for teach-
ing in a college or university, or for direct-
ing a research program. Most colleges and
universities offer agricultural science pro-
grams. While earning an advanced degree,
you will work on research projects and
write a paper, called a dissertation, on your
special area of study. You will also do feld-
work and laboratory research along with
your classroom studies.
Voluntary certifcation is offered by the
Federation of Certifying Boards in Agricul-
ture, Biology, Earth and Environmental
Sciences. To work as an agricultural engi-
neer, you will also need a license.
Outlook
Employment for agricultural scientists is ex-
pected to grow about as fast as the average
through 2016. Those with advanced degrees
and experience will have the best job oppor-
tunities. The emerging felds of biotechnolo-
gy and genetics offer good opportunities for
agricultural scientists. Scientists are actively
involved in improving both the environ-
mental impact of farming and crop yields.
Their work is helping to decontaminate soil,
protect groundwater, promote crop rotation,
and aid other efforts of conservation.
ForMoreInformation
There are many ways to explore the work
of agricultural scientists. Joining Future
Farmers of America (http://www.ffa.org)
or 4-H (http://www.fourhcouncil.edu) will
give you an opportunity to work with oth-
ers on agricultural projects, such as raising
livestock, poultry, and crops.
AmericanDairyScienceAssociation
1111 North Dunlap Avenue
Savoy, IL 61874-9604
217-356-5146
asda@assochq.org
http://www.adsa.org
AmericanSocietyofAgriculturaland
BiologicalEngineers
2950 Niles Road
St. Joseph, MI 49085-8607
269-429-0300
hq@asabe.org
http://www.asabe.org
AmericanSocietyofAgronomy
677 South Segoe Road
Madison, WI 53711-1086
608-273-8080
http://www.agronomy.org
Agricultural scientist Leonard Panella
evaluates sugar beet plants that have
been exposed to a fungal disease. (Scott
Bauer/USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 115 7/16/09 9:02:56 AM
116
Aircraft
Mechanics
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatAircraftMechanicsDo
Aircraft mechanics repair, inspect, and
maintain all kinds of aircraft and aircraft
engines. Some aircraft mechanics work
only on the engine. Others work on the air-
frame, which includes every part of the air-
craft except the engine. Aircraft mechanics
adjust instruments, inspect and repair wir-
ing systems, clean screens, grease moving
parts, and check brakes.
Mechanics who work on airplanes at
airports between fights are called line me-
chanics. Line mechanics must be able to
work on all parts of the plane. Their main
duties include making emergency repairs
and doing simple routine inspections and
maintenance. For instance, they inspect
for oil leaks, check the planes surface and
tires for damage or signs of wear, and test
the radio, radar, and lighting equipment.
Mechanics that do periodic scheduled
maintenance on airplanes are called over-
haul mechanics. They generally work at an
airlines main repair center and specialize
in either the engine or the airframe.
Overhaul mechanics that work on en-
gines do inspection, maintenance, and
repair work. They examine engines for
cracked cylinders, oil leaks, and breaks in
turbine blades. They replace or repair worn
or damaged parts, reassemble the engine,
and put it back in the plane.
Overhaul mechanics who work on air-
frames inspect the sheet-metal surfaces,
measure the tightness of control cables,
and check for rust, distortion, and cracks in
the body and wings. They repair, replace,
and assemble parts of the airframe using
welding equipment, rivet guns, and air or
electric drills.
Aircraft mechanics must be high school
graduates. Courses in mathematics, physics,
chemistry, machine shop, auto mechanics,
and electrical shop will be helpful.
Most aircraft mechanics get their train-
ing either in the military or in special air-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Computer science, Technical/Shop
Some postsecondary training
SALARYRANGE
$32,000 to $49,000 to $67,000
OUTLOOK
Aerospace Engineers
Diesel Mechanics
X
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 116 7/16/09 9:02:56 AM
117
craft mechanic schools that are approved
by the federal government. Trade schools
provide training with the necessary tools
and equipment in programs that range in
length from 24 to 30 months.
Certifcation is necessary for certain
types of aircraft mechanics and is usually
required to advance beyond entry-level
positions. Most mechanics who work on
civilian aircraft are certifed by the Federal
Aviation Administration (FAA). Airframe
mechanics are qualifed to work on the
fuselage, wings, landing gear, and other
structural parts of the aircraft. Power plant
mechanics are qualifed for work on the
engine. Mechanics may qualify for both
airframe and power plant certifcation, al-
lowing them to work on any part of the
plane. Mechanics without FAA certifca-
tion must be supervised by mechanics
that are certifed.
Outlook
Employment of aircraft mechanics is like-
ly to increase about as fast as the average
through 2016. The demand for air travel
and the numbers of aircraft created are
expected to increase due to population
growth and rising incomes.
Employment opportunities for aircraft
mechanics will open up due to fewer work-
ers entering the labor force, fewer entrants
from the military, and more retirees leav-
ing positions. But job prospects will vary
according to the type of employer. Me-
chanics who keep up with technological
advancements in electronics and other ar-
eas will be in greatest demand.
ForMoreInformation
Working with electronics kits, tinkering
with automobile engines, and assembling
model airplanes are good hobbies to ex-
plore to learn more about this job. A guided
tour of an airfeld will give you a good view
of the overall work done in the aircraft and
airline industry. You can even earn a stu-
dent pilot license at the age of 16.
AviationInformationResourcesInc.
1777 Phoenix Parkway, Building 100, Suite 105
Atlanta, GA 30349-5444
800-538-5627
http://www.jet-jobs.com
ProfessionalAviationMaintenance
Association
400 Commonwealth Drive
Warrendale, PA 15096-0001
866-865-7262
hq@pama.org
http://www.pama.org
Aircraft mechanics inspect airplanes
to make sure that they remain in
working order and safe to fy. (SF Photo/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 117 7/16/09 9:02:57 AM
118
Airport
Security
Personnel
SkillS Spotlight
What they do
Manage people
Work with a team
Exercise leadership
Skills they need
Speaking/listening
Decision making
Responsibility
What Airport Security
Personnel Do
Airport security personnel include all workers
who protect the safety of passengers and
staff in the nations airports and on-board
aircraft. One of the largest groups of per-
sonnel in this line of work is security screen-
ers. They are responsible for identifying
dangerous objects or hazardous materials
in baggage, cargo, or on traveling passen-
gers and preventing these objects and their
carriers from boarding planes. Air mar-
shals, also called security agents, are another
group of airport security workers who act
as onboard security agents, protecting pas-
sengers, pilots, and other airline staff in the
case of any emergencies while in the air.
Security directors, hired by the federal gov-
ernment, are responsible for all security
personnel within an airport. They oversee
the hiring, training, and work of baggage
and passenger screeners, air marshals, and
other security guards.
Math, computers, history, and government
courses are good preparation for airport
security jobs. Good vision, solid physical
strength and endurance, strong interper-
sonal skills, and being able to work in a
high-pressure environment are important
personal characteristics for succeeding in
airport security jobs.
In order to work in most airport secu-
rity jobs, you should have at least a high
school diploma. All security workers, from
screeners to directors, are highly trained
before starting their jobs. Screeners are
trained on how to operate and identify
dangerous objects from the X-ray ma-
chines and handheld wands. They also
must be prepared to manage potentially
dangerous individuals.
Air marshals receive training in clas-
sifed training centers across the country.
They also have previous on-the-job secu-
rity experience from serving in the military
or on a police force. Security directors must
c
SChOOL SubjECTS
English, History
MINIMuM EDuCATION LEvEL
High school diploma
SALARY RANGE
$17,000 to $28,000 to $53,000
OuTLOOK
Other Articles tO reAd
Police Offcers
y
119
have previous government law enforce-
ment or military security experience and
are trained for up to 400 hours before tak-
ing on the responsibility of managing an
entire airport security staff.
Outlook
The employment of airport security per-
sonnel will grow about as fast as the av-
erage for all occupations through 2016.
Despite better pay, security screeners still
have high turnover rates due to the high
demands involved with the job. While jobs
as air marshals and security directors will
not be as plentiful, there will always be a
critical need for qualifed and skilled indi-
viduals to protect airplanes and passengers
from security threats.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career in airport se-
curity, visit the following Web sites.
AmericanAssociationofAirportExecutives
601 Madison Street
703-824-0500
http://www.aaae.org
FederalAviationAdministration
800 Independence Avenue, SW
866-835-5322
http://www.faa.gov
TransportationSecurityAdministration
601 South 12th Street
888-289-9673
http://www.tsa.gov
Prior to boarding a fight, a passenger is
inspected by a member of the airports
security staff. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 119 7/16/09 9:02:59 AM
120
Airport
Service
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Self-management
Mathematics
WhatAirport
ServiceWorkersDo
The term airport service worker is a general
term for a wide variety of workers who are
employed in support occupations at air-
ports. Many of these workers deal directly
with the public in sales- and service-based
occupations. Others perform behind-the-
scenes maintenance and cleaning services
that keep public and private areas of air-
ports clean and operating effciently.
Airport parking attendants sell parking
tickets, collect payments, and direct cars
into the proper parking spaces. Airport
drivers operate trolley cars, trams, buses,
vans, and trains and give general assis-
tance to passengers. Some airport driv-
ers operate airfeld vehicles such as food
trucks, employee buses, fuel trucks, and
other equipment.
Skycaps, also known as baggage porters,
stand at curbside airline entrances and help
travelers load and unload baggage, answer
questions about fight schedules, and often
check in luggage.
Airport concession workers are employed
as sales clerks and customer relations pro-
fessionals at gift shops, bookstores, kiosks,
and car rental agencies.
Airport food service workers include all
workers who prepare and serve food at eat-
ing establishments in the workers. Restau-
rant and food service managers are respon-
sible for hiring airport food service workers,
ensuring the food businesses at the airport
are run effciently, and maintaining health
standards.
Airport janitors or cleaners clean and
maintain all areas of the airport, includ-
ing terminals, washrooms, security areas,
shops, restaurants, bars, waiting areas, and
offces.
Grounds managers and groundskeepers
oversee the maintenance of land and veg-
etation at airports and their surrounding
facilities.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Business, Family and consumer science,
Speech
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$11,000 to $21,000 to $100,000
OUTLOOK
Caterers
Fast Food Workers
X
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 120 7/16/09 9:02:59 AM
121
Airport information specialists an-
swer general questions and help disabled
passengers.
Most airport service positions are open to
high school students. In high school, take
courses in mathematics, business, and
computer science to prepare for work in
these careers. English and speech classes
will help you to develop your communi-
cation skills, and a foreign language will
help you to interact with foreign travelers.
After high school, airport service workers
can learn the duties and responsibilities
of their specifc position via on-the-job
training.
Other airport service workers prepare
for their careers by enrolling in postsec-
ondary training programs. Airport trades-
workers, such as carpenters, electricians,
plumbers, and building engineers, usually
learn their respective trade by participat-
ing in an apprenticeship program or at-
tending a technical or vocational educa-
tional program.
Outlook
Employment in the air transportation in-
dustry is expected to grow more slowly
than the average for all industries through
2016. As a result of reduced passenger
travel, the rising cost of jet fuel, and other
expenses to airlines in recent years, there
have been many layoffs and fight cut-
backs. Some airlines and other aviation-
related companies have consolidated or
gone bankrupt. Nevertheless, there should
be many job openings for workers in this
feld since most of these positions pay rel-
atively low salaries and require little edu-
cational preparation.
ForMoreInformation
You can ask your teacher or guidance coun-
selor to set up an informational interview
or job-shadowing day with a particular air-
port service worker.
CleaningandMaintenanceManagement
Online
13 Century Hill Drive
Latham, NY 12110-2113
518-783-1281
http://www.cmmonline.com
InternationalCouncilonHotel,Restaurant
andInstitutionalEducation
2810 North Parham Road, Suite 230
Richmond, VA 23294-4650
804-346-4800
http://www.chrie.org
NationalParkingAssociation
1112 16th Street NW, Suite 840
800-647-7275
info@npapark.org
www.npapark.org
NationalRestaurantAssociation
EducationalFoundation
175 West Jackson Boulevard, Suite 1500
800-765-2122
info@restaurant.org
http://www.nraef.org
Fast Fact
Airport service workers are em-
ployed at more than 540 com-
mercial airports in the United
States.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 121 7/16/09 9:03:00 AM
122
AirQuality
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Create and improve systems
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Creative thinking
Mathematics
WhatAir
QualityEngineersDo
Air quality engineers, also called air pollution
control engineers, develop ways to analyze
and control air pollution. Clean air is nec-
essary for healthy living and is protected
by U.S. government laws. Air quality engi-
neers help manufacturers and cities meet
those federal requirements.
Many industrial and fuel-burning pro-
cesses produce waste through exhaust or
evaporation, called emissions. This is part
of the cause of air pollution. For example,
carbon monoxide released from automo-
biles and manufacturing factories is a ma-
jor air pollutant.
Indoor air can become polluted, too.
Poor ventilation in a polluted building can
create serious health issues for those work-
ing or living in it. This problem is known
as sick building syndrome. Air qual-
ity engineers must determine the cause of
the pollution in the building and work to
eliminate and reverse its effects on the
buildings inhabitants.
Air quality engineers work in several
different kinds of jobs. Some air quality
engineers work for manufacturers. They
monitor the level of harmful pollutants
in their companys emissions. They might
evaluate and suggest changing parts of the
industrial process that cause pollution.
They also might recommend air pollution
control equipment or advise the manu-
facturer to use different raw materials or
machinery. Some engineers work as in-
dependent consultants. They advise busi-
nesses about how to operate to limit air
pollution.
Government-employed air quality en-
gineers monitor the pollution produced by
businesses in their designated region. They
investigate businesses that may be pollut-
ers and may even go to court to force busi-
nesses to comply with the law.
Air quality engineers who work for
city and state governments help monitor
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$48,000 to $56,000 to $109,000
OUTLOOK
Biologists
Chemical Engineers
Chemists
Ecologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 122 7/16/09 9:03:00 AM
123
levels of pollution coming from cars or in-
dustries. They recommend steps to take to
reduce the level of air pollution from cars
and industries.
Some air quality engineers research
the causes and effects of specifc problems
such as sick building syndrome, acid rain,
or the greenhouse effect. These are exam-
ples of indoor and outdoor air pollution
that have negative effects on the health
of humans and the physical environment.
Air quality engineers who work on these
research and development questions are
employed by public or private institutions
or by universities.
High school classes in math, biology, and
chemistry will be helpful if you are inter-
ested in becoming an air quality engineer.
You will also need a bachelors degree
in environmental or chemical engineering.
In addition, knowledge of advanced com-
puter systems is becoming more and more
important in the feld of engineering.
Outlook
Air quality management has a bright future.
Most people are understandably concerned
about the quality of the air they breathe.
As a result, much pressure is put on the
government to control polluted emissions.
Most industries will need engineers to de-
termine how they can control their own
pollutants. As manufacturing processes
develop and change, industries will need
air quality engineers to monitor their new
technologies.
Job opportunities will probably be
higher in areas of the country and cities
targeted by the government for air quality
improvement, including Los Angeles, Chi-
cago, and Denver.
ForMoreInformation
Learning about air pollution problems
such as the greenhouse effect and acid rain
will help you understand what sorts of
challenges air quality engineers face in the
years to come. You can also contact a local
branch of the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) to fnd out about air pollu-
tion control issues in your area.
AirandWasteManagementAssociation
420 Fort Duquesne Boulevard
One Gateway Center, 3rd Floor
Pittsburgh, PA 15222-1435
412-232-3444
info@awma.org
http://www.awma.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
U.S.EnvironmentalProtectionAgency
Ariel Rios Building
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW
Washington, DC 20460
202-260-2090
Growth Field
of air quality engineers is expected
to grow by around 25 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 123 7/16/09 9:03:01 AM

124
AirTraffc
Controllers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Decision making
WhatAir
TraffcControllersDo
Air traffc controllers or terminal controllers
use complex radar equipment and their
own eyesight to make sure planes on the
ground and in the air stay at safe distances
from each other. They give pilots instruc-
tions and navigation information. They
are often called the traffc cops of the skies.
Some air traffc controllers work in airport
towers. These workers watch all the air-
planes as they enter and leave the airport.
For safety precautions, usually more than
one controller watches each plane.
Ground controllers direct planes to the
correct runway when the planes are ready
to take off. Local controllers keep pilots up
to date on weather conditions and clear
planes for takeoff.
Landing airplanes is handled in the
same way. A pilot will radio controllers in
the airport tower to notify them that he
or she is ready to land. Controllers check
radar screens to make sure there are no
other planes in the same general location.
Once a runway clears, controllers give the
pilot permission to land. After the plane
has landed, ground controllers direct the
plane to the proper arrival gate.
Some air traffc controllers work at
enroute centers located throughout the
country. These enroute controllers keep track
of planes during fight. All air traffc con-
trollers have the fight plans of each of the
planes they are watching. This way, they
know where the planes are supposed to
go and can alert the pilot if the plane fies
off course or if another plane fies into its
airspace. There are strict regulations about
how close one plane can get to another,
and the air traffc controllers main duty is
to make sure that each plane has enough
space around it.
In addition to controllers, fight ser-
vice specialists work at 35 fight service
stations across the country. They provide
pilots with prefight and infight weather
information, suggested routes, and other
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Computer science, Geography
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$47,000 to $113,000 to $146,000
OUTLOOK
Aerospace Engineers
Aircraft Mechanics
Flight Attendants
Pilots
X
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 124 7/16/09 9:03:01 AM
125
information to assure fight safety. Flight
service specialists also assist pilots during
emergencies and initiate searches for miss-
ing or overdue aircraft.
Take a college prep curriculum while in high
school. Mathematics and science courses
are especially useful courses to study be-
cause they are most directly related to air
traffc control work.
Following graduation, you should com-
plete four years of college or have at least
three years of work experience to prepare
you for the demands of the job. You must
then enroll in and complete a Federal Avia-
tion Association approved education pro-
gram and pass pre-employment tests.
Trainees must pass physical and psy-
chological examinations, drug screening,
and obtain security clearance. Those who
pass this screening process train in a 12-
week program at the Federal Aviation Ad-
ministration Academy in Oklahoma City.
Controllers are tested about every six
months to make sure they are up to date
on all the correct procedures. In addition,
air traffc controllers have to pass a physi-
cal examination every year, including a
drug test.
Outlook
The government predicts about as fast as
the average employment growth for air
traffc controllers through 2016 because of
increasing air traffc and greater automa-
tion of the air traffc control system. Con-
trollers will still be needed at the airports,
although in fewer numbers. Openings in
the feld will come primarily from retiring
controllers and others who leave the job.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, visit an
air traffc control center. Try to arrange a
conversation with an air traffc controller.
Watching them work will also provide you
with a good introduction to their day-to-
day activities.
AirTraffcControlAssociation
703-299-24430
info@atca.org
http://www.atca.org
800 Independence Avenue SW
866-835-5322
http://www.faa.gov
NationalAirTraffcControllersAssociation
1325 Massachusetts Avenue NW
800-266-0895
http://www.natca.org
Stuart Smith, an air traffc controller at
Los Angeles International Airport, adjusts
runway traffc from the airports monitor
tower. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 125 7/16/09 9:03:02 AM
126
Alcoholand
DrugAbuse
Counselors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Problem solving
WhatAlcoholandDrug
AbuseCounselorsDo
Alcohol and drug abuse counselors work with
people who are dependent on or addicted
to drugs or alcohol. They also may work
with the family members of their patients.
Counselors start by looking at their
patients records and asking them ques-
tions about their drug or alcohol use. They
must determine what kinds of substances
the patient is abusing and how serious the
problem is before developing a treatment
program.
Counselors usually hold regular meet-
ings with their patients, either one-on-one
or during group sessions. In these meet-
ings, counselors help patients talk through
the reasons for their drug or alcohol abuse,
such as when and why the abuse started.
Counselors also may talk with the families
of their patients to better understand their
environment and upbringing. Throughout
these meetings, counselors write reports
and case histories to track each patients
progress.
Counselors do not prescribe medicine
or give any medical treatment. Counselors
may, however, work with doctors, nurses,
or psychologists if a patient needs medi-
cal or psychological treatment. Counselors
also may work with other support services
for their clients, such as employment agen-
cies or housing providers.
Counselors sometimes specialize in
working with certain groups of people.
Some work only with children or teenag-
ers. Others may work with business manag-
ers to help them cope with employee drug
and alcohol problems. Counselors also spe-
cialize in working with people addicted to
specifc drugs, such as cocaine, heroin, or
alcohol.
Alcohol and drug abuse counselors
work in hospitals, private or public treat-
ment centers, government agencies, pris-
ons, colleges and universities, corporate
businesses, crisis centers, and mental health
clinics. The working hours for a counselor
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Health, Psychology
SALARYRANGE
$24,000 to $36,000 to $56,000
OUTLOOK
Career Counselors
Grief Therapists
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 126 7/16/09 9:03:02 AM
127
depend upon where he or she is employed.
Some employers, such as crisis centers, may
require evening or weekend hours.
The education needed to become a coun-
selor differs from state to state and varies
depending on job specialty. Some states re-
quire that counselors have a masters degree
while others accept a bachelors degree. De-
pending on where you choose to practice,
you may be eligible for a limited number
of entry-level jobs after completing a one-
year certifcate program and a period of on-
the-job training.
However, most alcohol and drug
abuse counselors have two- or four-year
college degrees that include completion
of coursework related to substance abuse
counseling. Increasingly, many employ-
ers require a masters degree in substance
abuse counseling.
Outlook
Employment opportunities through 2016
for this type of work should increase much
faster than the average for all jobs. The
abuse of drugs and alcohol is increasing,
causing a large demand for counselors.
In addition, more employers offer assis-
tance programs that provide counseling
services for employees with alcohol and
drug abuse problems. Opportunities will
be best for those people with the most ed-
ucation and training in substance abuse
counseling.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, research
the causes and effects of substance abuse
and about different methods of coun-
seling. Contact a local hospital, mental
health clinic, or treatment center to ask if
you could talk with a counselor about the
details of his or her job. Finally, the pro-
fessional and government organizations
listed at the end of this article can provide
information on alcohol and drug abuse
counseling.
AmericanCounselingAssociation
5999 Stevenson Avenue
800-347-6647
http://www.counseling.org
NAADAC,theAssociationforAddiction
1001 North Fairfax Street, Suite 201
800-548-0497
naadac@naadac.org
http://www.naadac.org
NationalInstituteonAlcoholAbuseand
Alcoholism
5635 Fishers Lane, MSC 9304
Bethesda, MD 20892-9304
301-443-3860
http://www.niaaa.nih.gov
Growth Field
Between 2006 and 2016 the num-
ber of alcohol and drug abuse
counselors is expected to grow by
around 34 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 127 7/16/09 9:03:03 AM

128
Allergists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reasoning
Decision making
WhatAllergistsDo
Everyone gets a rash, a stuffed-up nose, or
an itch sometimes. These symptoms may
indicate an allergic reaction. People can be
allergic to certain plants, pollen, air pollu-
tion, insects, or types of food. Allergists are
doctors who study and treat allergies and
allergic reactions. They also help to diag-
nose and treat many diseases and illnesses
caused by allergies.
Some allergists specialize in the treat-
ment of asthma, an allergic breathing dis-
order that causes wheezing and coughing.
Blood or skin tests help allergists decide
what type of therapy to use to treat asthma
and various allergies. Allergists sometimes
treat asthma and allergies to natural ele-
ments such as bee stings and certain plants
using a procedure called immunotherapy.
This procedure involves injecting the pa-
tient with a prescribed amount of the sub-
stance that is thought to produce the al-
lergic reaction. After a series of these shots,
the patients immune system becomes less
sensitive to the substance.
Allergists also prescribe a variety of an-
tihistamines, which are medications that
relieve allergy symptoms of the nose, eyes,
and skin.
Allergists work in private practices, in
hospitals, or as professors in allergy and
immunology education programs. They
may work directly with patients, prescrib-
ing medication and other treatments.
Others conduct research, studying the ef-
fects of certain irritants on humans. Those
working in research often write articles for
medical journals, give lectures, and provide
information to drug companies.
If you are interested in becoming an aller-
gist, you should take as many science and
health courses as you can in high school.
In college, you should continue to study
science.
After receiving an undergraduate pre-
medical degree, you will need to enter a
medical program. Most medical schools
have departments of allergy and clinical im-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Health
Medical degree
SALARYRANGE
$48,000 to $146,000 to $200,000
OUTLOOK
Acupuncturists
Biochemists
Dermatologists
Naturopaths
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 128 7/16/09 9:03:06 AM
129
munology. After medical school, students
must complete a three-year residency in
internal medicine or pediatrics plus a mini-
mum of two years of training in an allergy
and immunology fellowship. After meet-
ing these requirements, beginning allergists
can apply for certifcation by the American
Board of Allergy and Immunology.
An allergist/immunologist must be pre-
pared to deal with the stress of caring for
sick patients; some of these patients may
have life-threatening diseases such as AIDS,
cancer, or severe asthma.
Outlook
Employment of physicians is expected to
grow faster than the average through 2016,
according to the U.S. Department of Labor.
More than 50 million Americans suffer
from some kind of allergy, fueling the de-
mand for allergists. Though some doctors
remain skeptical about the relationship
between allergy and illness, allergy/im-
munology has become a respected feld of
medicine. As this feld continues to grow,
more doctors will refer their patients to
these specialists.
ForMoreInformation
To explore this career, expose yourself to
the health care feld early. Volunteer in any
environment that allows you to be around
patient care, such as hospitals or nursing
homes. Such real-life experience will look
good on college applications and give you
a sense of what work in health care is like.
AmericanAcademyofAllergy,Asthma,and
Immunology
555 East Wells Street, Suite 1100
Milwaukee, WI 53202-3823
414-272-6071
info@aaaai.org
http://www.aaaai.org
AmericanAssociationofImmunologists
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7178
infoaai@aai.org
http://www.aai.org
AmericanBoardofAllergyand
Immunology
111 South Independence Mall East, Suite 701
Philadelphia, PA 19106-2512
215-592-9466
abai@abai.org
http://www.abai.org
AssociationofAmericanMedicalColleges
2450 N Street, NW
202-828-0400
http://www.aamc.org
Fast Fact
Anaphylaxis is a serious allergic
reaction in which breathing be-
comes restricted; if not treated
quickly, this reaction can lead
to death.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 129 7/16/09 9:03:06 AM
130
Ambassadors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Integrity/honesty
Social
WhatAmbassadorsDo
Iceland. New Zealand. Venezuela. Sweden.
Jordan. Egypt. Ambassadors to these or one
of the more than 300 other countries that
host U.S. embassies, consulates, and diplo-
matic missions coordinate the operations
of hundreds of government offcers. An
embassy is the headquarters of a U.S. diplo-
matic mission. As head of the mission, the
ambassador represents the president and
the general interests of the United States.
Ambassadors handle issues such as security,
trade, tourism, environmental protection,
human rights, and health care. They pro-
mote peace and stability between countries
and open new markets.
Ambassadors meet with government
offcials and private citizens of the host
country. They address concerns of both the
United States and the host country, such as
medical research, the development of new
technologies, or human rights. When the
host country suffers natural disasters, epi-
demics, and other problems, ambassadors
might ask the United States for fnancial
and personnel aid.
Ambassadors usually are based in the
U.S. embassy in a countrys capital city.
They also travel across the country to learn
about its cities, towns, and rural areas.
When important U.S. visitors (such as the
president, the frst lady, and the secretary
of state) arrive in the country, ambassadors
serve as hosts, introducing them to the
country and its offcials.
Ambassadors are nominated for their
positions by the president, and then they
are approved by the Senate. They hold the
post for only a few years. Career ambassa-
dors are those who are Foreign Service of-
fcers; noncareer ambassadors are those out-
side of the Foreign Service.
Many ambassadors work up through the
ranks of the U.S. Foreign Service or gain
recognition in other areas, such as academ-
ics and business. For any work that involves
international relations, you will need a
well-rounded education. English, history,
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Foreign language, Government
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$93,000 to $111,000 to $121,000
OUTLOOK
More slowly than the average
Campaign Workers
City Managers
Congressional Aides
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 130 7/16/09 9:03:09 AM
131
math, social studies, and foreign language
classes are important. Look for opportuni-
ties to travel to other countries with stu-
dent groups. Ambassadors have college de-
grees, and many have masters degrees and
doctorates in felds such as international
relations, economics, political science, and
mathematics.
All Foreign Service offcers are required
to pass written and oral examinations.
These test your understanding of govern-
ment institutions, geography, the history
of the United States, foreign policy, and
other subjects. A Foreign Service offcer
must work for many years, with a great
deal of success, to be promoted to career
ambassador, the highest rank of Foreign
Service offcer.
Ambassadors are usually already suc-
cessful in their careers before being nomi-
nated for an ambassadorship. They also
have some connection to top offcials in
the U.S. government.
Outlook
Despite previous years fnancial cutbacks,
according to the Department of State, the
U.S. international affairs budget was in-
creased in 2008 to support various initia-
tives. Drug trade, nuclear smuggling, HIV/
AIDS and other diseases, climate change,
and terrorism are some of the issues con-
fronting embassies today. Qualifed, intel-
ligent, and ambitious people will always be
needed to protect U.S. global relations.
While in school, join a foreign language
club, speech team, or politics roundtable to
get experience and share ideas with your
peers. You should also try to take advantage
of opportunities to travel, either through a
school exchange program or a work abroad
organization. The People to People Student
Ambassador Program offers summer trav-
el opportunities to students in grades six
through 12. To learn about the expenses,
destinations, and application process, visit
this Web site: http://www.studentambassa-
dors.org.
Another good Web site to explore is the
career page at the U.S. Department of State
Web site, http://careers.state.gov. There you
can learn about different career opportuni-
ties with the Foreign Service and read biog-
raphies of ambassadors around the world.
American Foreign Service Association
2101 E Street NW
800-704-2372
http://www.afsa.org
u.S. Department of State
2201 C Street NW
202-647-4000
http://www.state.gov
Ryan Crocker (r) is being sworn in as the
U.S. Ambassador to Iraq in 2007. ( Ali
Haider/ Pool/epa/Corbis)
132
Amusement
ParkWorkers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Mathematics
Responsibility
WhatAmusementPark
WorkersDo
Amusement parks employ a variety of
workers to run their parks smoothly and
effciently. Of course, the number of amuse-
ment park workers employed depends on the
size of the park, its attractions, and wheth-
er or not the park is open year-round.
Equipment maintenance and opera-
tion is one of the industrys largest de-
partments. Ride operators work the con-
trol panel of the ride. Some operators are
responsible for light maintenance of the
ride and its machinery.
Ride attendants collect fares or tickets.
They help passengers get on the rides, and
make sure passengers are safely fastened
and locked in before the ride begins.
Animal handlers and caretakers feed and
care for the animals found at many amuse-
ment parks. They help passengers mount
ponies and give children food to feed the
animals.
Game booths are big draws at an amuse-
ment park. Game attendants, also called
concessionaires, urge patrons to play, sell
tickets, maintain the games equipment,
and reward winners with prizes.
Ticket attendants sell tickets at a booth
or counter located at the entrance of the
park. Their duties include calculating the
cost of tickets sold, making change, and
processing credit card transactions.
Food concession attendants sell many
different kinds of food and drink. They are
trained on the proper way to prepare and
serve snacks, and they make cash and cred-
it card transactions.
Gift shop attendants work inside the
parks shops and at outdoor souvenir
booths.
Many singers, dancers, and musicians
are hired at the larger parks every year to
perform in parades, shows, and musical
numbers. Entertainers and artists are need-
ed to staff drawing and photo booths, for-
tune-telling tents, and other attractions.
The grounds crew is an important de-
partment no amusement park can do with-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Business, Mathematics, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$14,000 to $25,000 to $66,000
OUTLOOK
Cruise Ship Workers
Recreation Workers
Resort Workers
Ski Resort Workers
u
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 132 7/16/09 9:03:10 AM
133
out. Maintenance and cleaning workers tidy
the concession areas, washrooms, ride plat-
forms, and walkways. Security workers roam
the park during operating hours and are re-
sponsible for maintaining order. Parking at-
tendants sell parking tickets and direct cars
into the proper parking spaces.
General managers oversee operations of
all park departments and employees. De-
partment managers are responsible for the
activity of their division and the work of
their employees. They make weekly work
schedules, train new employees, and ad-
dress any complaints of the department.
In many parks, the Human Resources De-
partment is responsible for organizing
and managing any available internship
programs.
Most large amusement parks hire high
school students to work during the sum-
mer months. To prepare yourself to work
ticket booths and gift shops, take math-
ematics classes. If you want to work as a
ride operator or mechanic, then take shop
or industrial arts classes. Take speech and
theater classes while in high school if you
want to be an amusement park entertainer.
If a management level position interests
you, then study business and economics.
Training for most amusement park po-
sitions consists of about a week or two of
on-the-job training. During this period,
you will learn your job duties, the parks
rules and regulations, and grooming and
behavior guidelines.
Outlook
Employment for amusement park workers
is expected to grow faster than the average
through 2016. Growth in this area is due
to a growing public interest in more leisure
time and activity. Most job openings will
be for seasonal work. Some parks employ
people to work in year-round administra-
tive positions.
ForMoreInformation
The best way to learn more about this ca-
reer is by visiting local amusement parks.
Talk to some of the employees about their
jobs and responsibilities.
FunGuide
http://www.funguide.com
InternationalAssociationofAmusement
ParksandAttractions
1448 Duke Street
703-836-4800
training@iaapa.org
http://www.iaapa.org
NationalAmusementParkHistorical
Association
PO Box 871
Lombard, IL 60148-0871
http://www.napha.org
Did You Know?
The frst Ferris wheel was built for
the 1893 Worlds Fair in Chicago.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 133 7/16/09 9:03:11 AM
134
Anesthesiologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Select and apply tools and technology
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Decision making
Responsibility
WhatAnesthesiologistsDo
Anesthesiologists are physicians who are
trained to use special equipment, monitors,
and drugs to make sure that a patient un-
dergoing a surgical or other medical proce-
dure feels no pain and remains uninjured.
Different medical problems and kinds
of surgery require different kinds of anes-
thesia. After reviewing a patients medical
history, the anesthesiologist determines the
best form of anesthesia for the patient. In
more minor medical procedures, a regional
anesthesia, which numbs only a part of the
body, is required.
In the operating room, the patient frst
receives an anesthetic, which makes the
patient unconscious and numb to pain.
Throughout the medical procedure, the
anesthesiologist monitors the patient and
continues to administer drugs to maintain
the anesthetic. An anesthesiologist pays
close attention to the patients blood pres-
sure, breathing, heart rate, and body tem-
perature throughout surgery. It is also the
anesthesiologists responsibility to position
the patient properly so that the doctor can
perform the surgery and the patient re-
mains uninjured. In an emergency situa-
tion, an anesthesiologist is also part of the
heart and lung resuscitation team.
Anesthesiologists spend time with pa-
tients before and after surgery. When meet-
ing the patient beforehand, an anesthesiol-
ogist explains the kind of anesthesia to be
used and answers any questions. This inter-
action helps to put the patient at ease and
allows the anesthesiologist to get to know
the patient before surgery. Unlike other
doctors, anesthesiologists do not have the
opportunity to work closely for long peri-
ods of time with patients.
If you are interested in becoming an an-
esthesiologist, take courses in biology,
chemistry, psychology, and health in high
school. Classes in communication and for-
eign language are also recommended.
Prospective anesthesiologists must
earn a bachelors degree and an M.D. de-
gree and pass an examination to become
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Chemistry, Psychology
Medical degree
SALARYRANGE
$118,000 to $146,000 to $193,000
OUTLOOK
Allergists
Cardiologists
Dermatologists
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 134 7/16/09 9:03:14 AM
135
licensed to practice medicine. Then they
begin a four-year residency program. The
frst year is spent training in an area of
clinical medicine other than anesthesia.
The fnal three years of study are spent
in an accredited anesthesiology residency
program. Finally, anesthesiologists must
receive certifcation from the American
Board of Anesthesiology.
Outlook
Employment in the medical feld of anes-
thesiology will grow at a faster than the
average rate through 2016. Attracted by
technological advancements, regularity
of work, and fewer hours, many medical
students choose to enter this feld. Most
anesthesiologists fnd work immediately
after fnishing their residencies. As medical
advances allow for different treatment op-
tions, anesthesiologists will fnd more work
outside the traditional hospital setting. The
development of more outpatient medical
clinics, freestanding surgical centers, and
respiratory therapy clinics has opened up
additional employment opportunities for
anesthesiologists.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, research
the different forms and uses of anesthesia.
Use the resources at your school or local
library or seek out information on the In-
ternet. Check out other periodicals to learn
more about the medical feld in general
and the specialty of anesthesiology. An-
other way to learn more about the work of
an anesthesiologist is to ask your teachers
or your parents if they can arrange a job-
shadowing day with this medical specialist
at a medical facility.
AmericanBoardofAnesthesiology
4101 Lake Boone Trail, Suite 510
Raleigh, NC 27607-7506
919-881-2570
http://www.theaba.org
AmericanSocietyofAnesthesiologists
520 North Northwest Highway
847-825-5586
mail@asahq.org
http://www.asahq.org
An anesthesiologist uses equipment to
monitor patients vital signs. This tells
him or her how drugs are affecting the
patient. (beerkoff/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 135 7/16/09 9:03:14 AM
136
Animal
Breedersand
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
WhatAnimalBreeders
andTechniciansDo
Animal breeders and technicians help to
breed, raise, and market a variety of farm
animals. Other breeders and technicians
work with domesticated animals kept as
pets, such as songbirds, parrots, and all dog
and cat breeds. Even wildlife populations
that are kept in reserves, ranches, zoos, or
aquariums are bred with the guidance of a
breeder or technician.
Breeders work to create better, healthi-
er breeds of animals or to maintain strong
existing breeds. Artifcial-breeding techni-
cians work with the artifcial insemination
process. These technicians collect semen
from the male species of an animal and ar-
tifcially inseminate the female. Whether
the breeding is done artifcially or natu-
rally, the goals are the same. Cattle breed-
ers mate male and female cattle to produce
animals with desirable traits such as lean-
er meat. Horse and dog breeders also aim to
create more desirable animals. They work
toward breeding horses and dogs that per-
form well, run fast, or look beautiful.
Breeders of nonfarm animals usually
work with several animals within a breed
or species to produce offspring for sale.
Many work at ranches that produce a large
number of exotic animals or at stables and
kennels that run full-staff breeding opera-
tions. However, most pet breeders work out
of their homes.
Generally, breeders and technicians
who work on farms specialize in one of two
areas. Those who specialize in livestock
production work with cattle, sheep, pigs,
or horses. Those who specialize in poultry
production work with chickens, turkeys,
geese, or ducks.
Classes in mathematics, biology, chemistry,
and mechanics will prepare you for a future
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Business
SALARYRANGE
$18,000 to $27,000 to $54,000
OUTLOOK
Animal Handlers
Animal Trainers
Aquaculturists
Aquarists
Zookeepers
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 136 7/16/09 9:03:15 AM
137
career in animal breeding. Some animal
breeders and technicians learn their skills
on the job, but many colleges offer two-
year programs in animal science or animal
husbandry (the breeding and care of farm
animals). In these programs, students learn
about feeds and feeding techniques, agri-
cultural equipment, and breeding methods.
Students also study farm management and
animal health. Generally, those with experi-
ence raising animals or breeding their own
animals may not need a bachelors degree,
but an associates degree or additional train-
ing in animal breeding is recommended.
With the increasing use of technology
for breeding livestock and domesticated
nonfarm animals, a bachelors degree is be-
coming more important for success in this
feld. Masters and doctoral degrees are use-
ful for the most specialized areas of animal
breeding, such as genetic planning. Higher
degrees are required for potential teachers
in the feld, and work in animal genetic
cloning is done exclusively by profession-
als with doctoral degrees.
Outlook
Employment of breeders and technicians is
expected to grow at a slower than average
rate through 2016. Large commercial farm-
ers will continue to work toward improv-
ing their animals; as a result, breeders and
technicians will continue to fnd employ-
ment opportunities. However, because the
occupation is so small, there will be fewer
new jobs available.
ForMoreInformation
Organizations such as the 4-H Club (http://
www.fourhcouncil.edu) and the National
FFA Organization (http://www.ffa.org) of-
fer good opportunities for learning about,
visiting, and participating in farm activi-
ties. The American Kennel Club (http://
www.akc.org) sponsors clubs dedicated to
particular dog breeds. These clubs usually
have educational programs on raising and
breeding animals.
AmericanKennelClub
260 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10016
212-696-8200
http://www.akc.org
AmericanSocietyofAnimalScience
1111 North Dunlap Avenue
Savoy, IL 61874-9604
217-356-9050
asas@assochq.org
http://www.asas.org
NationalCattlemensBeefAssociation
9110 East Nichols Avenue, Suite 300
Centennial, CO 80112-3450
303-694-0350
http://www.beef.org
This horse breeder watches as one of his
animals trots through a feld. (Scott Bauer/
USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 137 7/16/09 9:03:16 AM
138
Animal
Handlers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Decision making
WhatAnimalHandlersDo
Anyone who works directly with animals,
from the caretaker of your local parks pet-
ting zoo to the activist who reintroduces
wild animals to national parks, is an animal
handler. Animal handlers care for, train, and
study animals in zoos, parks, research labo-
ratories, animal breeding facilities, rodeos,
and museums.
Some animal handlers rent out trained
dogs, iguanas, horses, cougars, cattle, and
other animals for movie productions. Zoos
and marine animal parks hire highly trained
keepers to feed, shelter, and protect some
of the most exotic animals in the world. Bi-
son, if not properly prepared for transport,
can easily be provoked to stampede, some-
times killing themselves. Animal handlers
also manage programs that bring cats and
dogs to elderly and ill patients who beneft
from being with animals.
Whether animal handlers have a job
like one of these or work for a small park
or large zoo, they are responsible for the
daily care and safety of animals. Some
handlers have special training with a par-
ticular animal or breed, but some work
with a variety of animals. They know each
animals food and exercise requirements
and make sure the animals in their care
are well-fed, well-groomed, and healthy.
They prepare food and formulas, which
may include giving medications. They
maintain proper shelters for animals by
cleaning the area, ensuring good ventila-
tion, and providing proper bedding. Ani-
mal handlers arrange for vaccinations and
look for diseases in their animals. They
sometimes have to prepare animals for
transport, so they know how to keep the
animal calm and how to use muzzles and
cages.
Working with animals on a daily basis
requires patience and calmness, since ani-
mals faced with unfamiliar situations are
easily frightened. Animal handlers must be
very knowledgeable about the needs and
habits of all the animals in their care.
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Agriculture, Biology
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$15,000 to $19,000 to $32,000
OUTLOOK
Animal Trainers
Aquarists
Pet Groomers
Pet Sitters
Zookeepers
c
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 138 7/16/09 9:03:16 AM
139
Biology, chemistry, and other high school
science courses are important for an ani-
mal-related career. Knowing about animal
nutrition, health, behavior, and biology
will help you to understand the animals
you care for and how to provide for them.
Many animal handlers do not have col-
lege degrees, but zoos often prefer to hire
people with a postsecondary education.
Many universities offer degrees in animal
sciences, zoology, and zoological scienc-
es. There are graduate degrees in zoology,
which may require courses in physiology,
animal behavior, and oceanography. Some
animal handlers have degrees in veterinary
sciences. There are also associates degree
programs available in veterinary or zoo
technology.
Outlook
Employment for animal caretakers is ex-
pected to increase faster than the aver-
age for all occupations through 2016. The
need to replace workers leaving the feld
will create many job openings as will an
increase in the companion pet population.
Opportunities for employment in zoos are
poor due to slow growth in zoo capacity
and ferce competition for the few avail-
able jobs.
There is also continuing concern for the
environment and preservation of wildlife,
so there will be jobs for animal handlers
in research. Pet care, breeding, and ani-
mal training, particularly for police work
and assistance to people with disabilities,
should provide job opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
There are many volunteer opportunities
for students who want to work with ani-
mals. Check with zoos, parks, museums,
kennels, shelters, and local chapters of
the Humane Society. These organizations
may even offer students paid part-time
positions. Many part-time jobs are also
available at pet shops, petting zoos, and
stables.
AssociationofZoosandAquariums
301-562-0777
http://www.aza.org
SantaFeCommunityCollege
3000 NW 83rd Street
Gainesville, FL 32606-6210
352-395-5602
http://www.sfcollege.edu/zoo/
Fast Fact
In the wild an elephant eats
about 500 pounds of food per
day. In the zoo each day, ele-
phants eat around 140 pounds
of grains, hay, straw, fruits and
vegetables.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 139 7/16/09 9:03:17 AM
140
AnimalShelter
Employees
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
WhatAnimalShelter
EmployeesDo
Animal shelter employees work in nonproft
organizations that protect animals and pro-
mote animal welfare. Most shelter workers
care for small domestic animals, such as
cats, dogs, and rabbits, but employees at
some shelters also work with horses, goats,
pigs, and other larger domestic animals.
Kennel attendants work most closely
with the shelter animals. In addition to
handling the animals, kennel attendants
check on their health, refer them for treat-
ment when necessary, and keep records.
Experienced attendants may be trained to
give shots or medications under the super-
vision of a veterinarian. Adoption counsel-
ors screen applicants who wish to adopt
animals from the shelter. These employees
must have good communication and judg-
ment skills.
Animal control workers respond to calls
about neglected or lost animals. They rescue
injured animals, control stray and po-
tentially dangerous animals wandering
at large, and bring lost pets to an animal
shelter where their owners can reclaim
them. They sometimes work with local
agencies, such as social services or law
enforcement, to protect both people and
animals.
Humane investigators follow up on re-
ports of animal abuse and neglect. They
interview witnesses and owners who are
accused of mistreatment. If investigators
fnd that there has been abuse or neglect,
they may call the police or take the animal
away. Humane investigators also rescue
stray or injured animals and take them to
the shelter.
Humane educators work at the shelter
and in the community, teaching about the
humane treatment of animals. They travel
to schools, clubs, and community orga-
nizations to talk about animal treatment,
rights, and other issues. They hand out
educational materials and arrange tours of
the shelter.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$15,000 to $19,000 to $32,000
OUTLOOK
Animal Handlers
Aquarists
Pet Groomers
Pet Shop Workers
Pet Sitters
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 140 7/16/09 9:03:17 AM
141
Shelter managers hire, train, and su-
pervise staff. Shelter administrators are re-
sponsible for the maintenance and overall
operation of the shelter. They raise funds,
attend community events, and recruit new
members.
You will need a high school diploma to work
as a kennel attendant or adoption counsel-
or. Classes in anatomy and biology will help
prepare you for working with animals.
Shelter managers are frequently re-
quired to have a college degree, although
experienced veterinary or shelter employ-
ees may be promoted into the position.
Shelter administrators usually need a bach-
elors degree and experience in business or
shelter management.
Outlook
Despite spay/neuter programs and the ef-
forts of shelters and veterinarians to reduce
pet-overpopulation, the problem is expected
to continue. Turnover is often high among
kennel workers due to the strenuous physi-
cal work and generally low pay. In addition,
an expected increase in the demand for pet
services such as grooming, boarding, train-
ing, and veterinary will help fuel the need for
animal care workers. As a result of all these
factors, employment of animal caretakers in
kennels and animal shelters should increase
faster than the average through 2016.
ForMoreInformation
Public libraries have excellent books that
give a detailed look into the world of ani-
mal shelters and humane societies. Contact
a local shelter to see if you can spend a day
following or working with a kennel worker,
or better yet, volunteer to work. Many shel-
ters welcome volunteers who are consider-
ing future careers involving animals.
AmericanHumaneAssociation
63 Inverness Drive East
Englewood, CO 80112-5117
303-792-9900
info@americanhumane.org
http://www.americanhumane.org
AmericanSocietyforthePreventionof
CrueltytoAnimals
424 East 92nd Street
New York, NY 10128-6804
212-876-7700
information@aspca.org
http://www.aspca.org
HumaneSocietyoftheUnitedStates
2100 L Street NW
202-452-1100
http://www.hsus.org
PetCareServicesAssociation
1702 East Pikes Peak Avenue
Colorado Springs, CO 80909-5717
877-570-7788
http://www.petcareservices.org
WorldSocietyfortheProtection
ofAnimals
89 South Street, Suite 201
Boston, MA 02111-2678
800-883-9772
wspa@wspausa.com
http://www.wspa-americas.org
Did You Know?
The American Society for the Pre-
vention of Cruelty to Animals
(ASPCA) was founded in 1866.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 141 7/16/09 9:03:18 AM
142
Animal
Trainers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatAnimalTrainersDo
Animal trainers teach animals to obey com-
mands, to compete in shows or races, or to
perform tricks for entertainment. There are
many animals that can be trained, but the
same techniques generally are used to train
all of them. Animal trainers use a program
of repetition and reward to teach animals
to behave in a certain consistent way. To
do this, they frst examine the animals
temperament, ability, and aptitude to de-
termine whether training is possible. Then
trainers decide what methods to use. They
offer rewards, such as food treats or praise,
to slowly teach the animal to obey com-
mands. Trainers feed, exercise, groom, and
take general care of the animals they train.
Animal trainers usually specialize with
one kind of animal. Dog trainers train
dogs in companion programs, for police
work, for performance in the entertain-
ment industry, or to protect private prop-
erty. Horse trainers train horses for riding
or harness, or for shows, police work, the
highly specialized feld of racehorse train-
ing, andin an experimental new useas
companion animals to humans.
One of the most important and com-
mon examples of animal training is work-
ing with a companion animal to help peo-
ple with disabilities. Companion dogs are
trained with several hundred verbal com-
mands. Dogs are now trained to help not
only those who have visual impairments,
but also people who use wheelchairs or
have hearing impairments or other physi-
cal disabilities.
There are no special educational require-
ments for jobs in animal training. While
in high school, courses in anatomy, physi-
ology, biology, and psychology will be
helpful. Understanding how the body and
mind work will help you understand the
best methods for training.
A few positions require a college degree.
Animal trainers in circuses and the enter-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Psychology
SALARYRANGE
$17,000 to $26,000 to $48,000
OUTLOOK
Animal Handlers
Pet Shop Workers
Pet Sitters
Veterinarians
Zookeepers
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 142 7/16/09 9:03:18 AM
143
tainment feld are sometimes required to
study animal psychology. Zoo and aquar-
ium animal trainers usually must have a
bachelors degree in a feld related to animal
management or animal physiology. Train-
ers of companion dogs for people with dis-
abilities prepare for their work in a three-
year course of study at special schools.
Horse race trainers must be licensed by
the state in which they work. Otherwise,
there are no special requirements for this
occupation.
Outlook
This feld is expected to grow faster than the
average through 2016. Although criticism
of animals used for purely entertainment
purposes has reduced the number used for
shows and performances, programs have
expanded for companion animals and ani-
mals used in work settings. Also, a grow-
ing number of animal owners are seeking
training help with their pets.
The terrorist attacks of September 2001
have created a strong demand for search-
and-rescue and bomb-sniffng dogs. Search-
and-rescue programs are used only as the
need arises. However, there will be strong
demand for bomb-sniffng dogs and their
trainers and handlers to ensure the safety
of airports, government buildings, corpo-
rations, amusement parks, sports facilities,
and public utilities.
In all felds, applicants must be well-
qualifed to overcome the heavy competi-
tion for available jobs.
ForMoreInformation
To explore this career further, learn as
much as you can about animals, especially
animal psychology. Volunteer to work in
animal shelters, pet-training programs, res-
cue centers, pet shops, or veterinary offces.
Also check to see if there are any volunteer
opportunities at your local zoo, aquarium,
or amusement park. If you are interested in
horses, you may fnd opportunities to vol-
unteer at local stables.
301-562-0777
http://www.aza.org
CanineCompanionsforIndependence
PO Box 446
Santa Rosa, CA 95402-0446
800-572-2275
http://www.cci.org/site/c.cdKGIRNqEmG/
b.3978475/
DeltaSociety
875 124th Avenue NE, Suite 101
Bellevue, WA 98005-2531
425-679-5500
info@deltasociety.org
http://www.deltasociety.org
Some animal trainers teach animals to
perform or to do tricks. (Hannu Liivaar/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 143 7/16/09 9:03:19 AM
144
Anthropologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Teach
Communicate Ideas
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Reasoning
WhatAnthropologistsDo
Anthropologists study humans and how civ-
ilizations have developed over hundreds
of thousands of years. They are interested
in the lifestyles and customs of groups of
people in all parts of the world.
Cultural anthropologists, also called so-
cial anthropologists, study human behavior
and culture. They look for things that will
tell them about a peoples religion, lan-
guage, politics, or art. They interview peo-
ple and observe them in their daily lives to
learn about their customs, habits, and be-
liefs. Some anthropologists learn about the
culture of a particular group of people by
studying their weapons, tools, and pottery.
Others study their language.
Physical anthropologists, also called bio-
logical anthropologists, study the physical
differences between people of past and
present human societies. They compare
human skeletal remains and the environ-
ments where they were found to trace the
origin of different races.
Urban anthropologists study the behav-
ior and customs of people who live in cities.
Ethnologists study tribal cultures of people
that live in remote regions of the world.
Most anthropologists work for colleges,
universities, or museums. They spend part
of their time teaching anthropology, geog-
raphy, or sociology. They may set up exhib-
its or catalog and store artifacts.
Some anthropologists travel a lot and
are away from home for long periods of
time. Sometimes they work in remote
areas of the world, living in unfamiliar
conditions.
You should be able to work as part of
a team as well as conduct research entirely
on your own. Because much of your ca-
reer will involve study and research, you
should have great curiosity and a desire
for knowledge. Respect for other cultures
is extremely important, as you will be in-
teracting closely with people with diverse
backgrounds.
If you are interested in anthropology, con-
centrate on classes in history, English, writ-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Geography, Foreign language, History
Masters degree
SALARYRANGE
$31,000 to $53,000 to $85,000
OUTLOOK
Archaeologists
Geographers
Geologists
Historians
Linguists
Sociologists
L
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 144 7/16/09 9:03:19 AM
145
ing, religion, and art. If you are interested
in physical anthropology, concentrate on
the biological sciences.
Some beginning jobs in anthropology
may be open to those who have bachelors
or masters degrees, but most anthropolo-
gists go on to earn a doctorate degree.
There are many graduate schools that of-
fer strong programs in anthropology and
archaeology.
Outlook
The expected growth rate for this feld
through 2016 is about as fast as the aver-
age. Most new anthropology jobs will be
nonteaching positions in consulting frms,
research institutes, and corporations. An-
thropologists will have to be creative in
fnding work outside of academia and con-
vincing employers that their training in
anthropology makes them uniquely quali-
fed for the work.
ForMoreInformation
There are many ways to explore anthropol-
ogy. Participate in boys or girls clubs that
offer exploration and camping trips. Learn
about other cultures by attending local
cultural festivals, music and dance perfor-
mances, and museums of natural history.
AmericanAnthropologicalAssociation
703-528-1902
http://www.aaanet.org
EarthwatchInstitute
Three Clock Tower Place, Suite 100
Box 75
Maynard, MA 01754-2549
800-776-0188
info@earthwatch.org
http://www.earthwatch.org
SocietyforAppliedAnthropology
PO Box 2436
Oklahoma City, OK 73101-2436
405-843-5113
info@sfaa.net
http://www.sfaa.net
Anthropologist Christian Meyer carefully
examines the remains in a tomb in Ghana.
These remains may hold clues about the
lives of prehistoric people in this region.
( Peter Endig/epa/Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 145 7/16/09 9:03:21 AM
146
Antiquesand
ArtDealers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Social
Mathematics
Self-management
WhatAntiques
andArtDealersDo
Antiques and art dealers collect, display, and
sell antiques and art. Many are self-employed
and go into business after discovering an in-
terest in collecting pieces themselves.
Furniture, art, and jewelry are examples
of antiques. Collectibles can be toys, tools,
books, clothing, or automobiles. Some
dealers specialize in items of a particular
time period or style.
Antiques and art shop owners, or pro-
prietors, greet customers and answer any
questions customers may have. They clean
the store, care for the art pieces and an-
tiques, and arrange store displays. They
make records for new inventory and price
it. Antique and art dealers also buy items.
They inspect each piece and decide on a
fair price to pay using their own expertise
and published guidebooks.
Dealers buy antiques and art at auc-
tions, shows, and rummage sales. Many
take frequent buying trips, often to differ-
ent parts of the country or overseas. Some-
times, dealers are invited to a persons
home for a private estate sale.
Antiques and art dealers can also be ap-
praisers. They examine pieces to make sure
they are authentic and not reproductions.
They check for style details, signatures, and
other markings. They evaluate an items
condition. Antique and art appraisers often
become experts in very specifc areas, such
as Depression glass, 18th-century Ameri-
can furniture, Civil War memorabilia, or
African-American art.
You can become an antique or art dealer
with a high school diploma; however, most
antique and art dealers have a four-year col-
lege degree. Many successful dealers have
become specialists in their feld through
further education. Specialists often have
advanced degrees in history, art history,
anthropology, or fne art.
English and speech classes are crucial
to improving your communication skills.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Art, Business
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$15,000 to $30,000 to $1 million+
OUTLOOK
Art Directors
Artists
Auctioneers
Conservators and Conservation Technicians
Historians
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 146 7/16/09 9:03:21 AM

147
Antique and art dealing is a people-ori-
ented business, so its crucial to be able to
communicate and work well with different
types of people and situations. If you plan
to operate your own small business, you
should develop skills in accounting, simple
bookkeeping, and marketing, so business
classes are recommended.
If you plan to open your own store
or gallery, you will need a local business
license or permit. If you wish to conduct
appraisals, you will need to take appraisal
courses that are appropriate for your an-
tique or art specialty. Certifcation is not
required to do appraisal work, but it is
highly recommended. In order to become
certifed, you frst need to complete your
additional training, submit two appraisals
for peer review, and pass a comprehensive
examination.
Outlook
Experts predict that the collectibles indus-
try should enjoy average growth in future
years. The Internet has quickly become a
popular way to buy and sell antiques and
art. Though the Web has introduced col-
lecting to many people worldwide, it has
also made it more diffcult for dealers and
businesses that sell antiques and art. This
is because customers can now bypass the
traditional settings in a dealers gallery, a
shop, a mall, or a trade show.
Though the number of antique art
pieces and collectibles is limited, new items
will become stylish as collectibles. It is un-
likely that there will ever be a shortage of
inventory worthy of an antique shop or art
gallery.
ForMoreInformation
To explore the antiques and art would fur-
ther, visit antiques stores and fea markets.
Ask salespeople questions about their job
and how they determine whether an item
is valuable as a collectors piece.
AntiqueandCollectibleAssociations
PO Box 4389
Davidson, NC 28036-4389
800-287-7127
http://www.antiqueandcollectible.com
ArtDealersAssociationofAmerica
205 Lexington Avenue, Suite 901
New York, NY 10016-6022
212-488-5550
http://www.artdealers.org
InternationalSocietyofAppraisers
230 East Ohio Street, Suite 400
312-224-2567
isa@isa-appraisers.org
http://www.isa-appraisers.org
During an exhibition of new talents, an
art dealer discusses a painting with an
interested buyer. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 147 7/16/09 9:03:22 AM
148
Appliance
Repairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatApplianceRepairersDo
Appliance repairers, also known as appli-
ance service technicians, fx refrigerators,
washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and
other electrical and gas appliances. To fx
large and heavy appliances, repairers usu-
ally drive to a house or business. Toasters
and other small items, however, are usually
brought to a repair shop where the techni-
cian has a workbench and tools. Appliance
repairers use hand tools, such as pliers and
screwdrivers, and power tools, such as elec-
tric drills.
To better understand the repair need,
the technician frst asks the customer a se-
ries of questions about what is wrong with
the appliance. Depending on the problem,
technicians look for broken connections,
listen for loud humming or grinding nois-
es, and turn gears or other moving parts to
see if they are stuck.
If the technician has the proper tools
and parts to make the repairs, he or she
does the work immediately. This may
include repairing or replacing switches,
motors, or other parts. Often, the appli-
ance repairer must wait to fx the problem
until new parts are ordered and delivered
to the shop.
Many of todays appliances use elec-
tronic or electrical components and digital
technology. As a result, technicians have to
use their knowledge of electrical systems,
electronics, and digital technology to com-
plete repairs. They may have to read wiring
diagrams or instruction manuals before do-
ing the repair work.
When a home appliance or machine
is installed, the technician shows the cus-
tomer how to operate it and points out
any potential problems. Although many
repairers fx and install all kinds of appli-
ances, many specialize in one or two types
of machines.
One way to become an appliance repair-
er is through on-the-job training. Many
companies will hire high school graduates
with some knowledge of how electrical ap-
pliances work. These young workers are
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Mathematics, Physics, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$20,000 to $34,000 to $54,000
OUTLOOK
Little or no change
Electricians
Electronic Engineering Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 148 7/16/09 9:03:23 AM
149
generally assigned to help technicians
make house calls. Other companies will
assign helpers to work in service centers,
where they learn to rebuild appliances with
used parts and work on simple repairs.
After about six months, helpers will have
enough training to do most repairs alone.
After one or two years of continued training,
helpers will be qualifed to work on all types
of machines. Workers are still encouraged
to take special courses and read manuals to
learn all the latest repair techniques.
Another way to become a technician is
to take a training program at a vocational
or technical school. These programs usual-
ly last one or two years and include hands-
on experience.
Technicians must be able to deal cour-
teously with all types of people and be
able to convince their customers that the
products they repair will continue to give
satisfactory service for some time to come.
Technicians must work effectively with
little supervision, since they often spend
their days alone, going from job to job. It is
necessary that they be accurate and careful
in their repair work, since their customers
rely on them to correct problems properly.
Outlook
Even though the number of home appli-
ances will continue to increase, the use
of electronic parts has become very com-
mon. Because appliances made with these
electronic parts are more reliable than
the older appliances, the need for repair
workers has been reduced. During the
next decade, nearly all openings for ap-
pliance repairers will come from the need
to replace those who retire or leave the
feld, and job positions will continue to
outnumber the number of people quali-
fed to fll them. Technicians with some
formal training in appliance repair and
electronics will be at an advantage in the
market.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your parents or teacher to help you set
up a meeting with an appliance repairer
so you can hear and ask questions about
his or her job. A summer position in a su-
pervised apprenticeship or even volunteer
work with an appliance company or service
center may be possible.
NationalApplianceServiceTechnician
CertifcationProgram
3608 Pershing Avenue
Fort Worth, TX 76107-4527
800-946-0201
http://www.nastec.org
ProfessionalServiceAssociation
71 Columbia Street
Cohoes, NY 12047-2939
888-777-8851
http://www.psaworld.com
Did You Know?
The popularity of home applianc-
es took off in the 1950s; this led to
a surge in the need for appliance
repairers.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 149 7/16/09 9:03:23 AM
150
Appointed
andElected
Offcials
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise Leadership
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatAppointedand
ElectedOffcialsDo
Appointed and elected offcials are selected to
lead the government. They include may-
ors, governors, supervisors, senators and
representatives, and the president and vice
president of the country. They pass laws to
keep order, set up programs to beneft peo-
ple in need, and ensure that the rights of
civilians are protected and enjoyed. Gen-
erally speaking, appointed and elected of-
fcials are problem solvers. They meet with
community leaders to fnd out the needs
of the people. Then they search for ways to
meet those needs.
At the federal level, appointed and
elected offcials such as the members of
Congress make decisions for the entire
country. Examples of such decisions in-
clude the types of weapons the country
will need for its defense, how much money
should be spent on education, and how to
protect the environment. Federal offcials
also have to make diffcult decisions, such
as breaking diplomatic relations with an-
other country or even declaring war.
At the local and state level, elected of-
fcials share many of the same concerns
of federal offcials, but focus on a smaller
region. Public transportation, welfare pro-
grams, affordable housing, and economic
development are some of the concerns of
mayors, state legislators, and governors.
For all elected offcials, the process of
obtaining offce can be a long, hard strug-
gle. Candidates frequently spend consider-
able time and money campaigning before
the election
It is a privilege to serve as an appointed
or elected offcial. It is also a very important
responsibility. They must feel strongly about
the freedom and rights of their people and
be willing to help fght to support them.
To succeed in politics, you must be able to
show people that you are the most quali-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
English, Government, History
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$0 to $40,000 to $400,000
OUTLOOK
Little or no change
City Managers
City Planners
Congressional Aides
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 150 7/16/09 9:03:25 AM
151
fed candidate for the job, and a good edu-
cation is one of the best qualifcations can-
didates can offer.
Most public offce holders are college
graduates. They often hold degrees in pub-
lic administration, political science, his-
tory, and journalism. A majority of federal
offcials hold law degrees.
It is also very important for candidates
to know about the community they want
to represent. For example, if you wish to
hold public offce in a community where
farming is the main source of income, you
need to understand agriculture and the in-
terests and concerns of farmers.
Appointed and elected offcials should
have an ability to listen to and understand
people and their concerns. Good people
skills will help you make connections, get
elected, and make things happen once in
offce. You should also enjoy argument,
debate, and oppositionyou will get a lot
of it as you attempt to get laws passed. A
good temperament in such situations will
earn you the respect of your colleagues.
Strong character and a good background
will help you to avoid the personal attacks
that occasionally accompany government
offce.
Outlook
The number of job openings in this feld
will remain fairly constant with little or no
change through 2016. Most governing bod-
ies, from city councils to the U.S. Congress,
have a fxed number of positions. These
positions become available only at election
time and when offcials retire without fn-
ishing their full terms.
ForMoreInformation
One of the best ways to better understand
politics is through study. Take as many
history and political science courses as you
can while in school. Join a debate team if
your school has one, or look for outside
organizations and opportunities that will
give you practice and guidance in public
speaking.
NationalConferenceofStateLegislatures
444 North Capitol Street NW, Suite 515
202-624-5400
http://www.ncsl.org
U.S.HouseofRepresentatives
Offce of the Honorable (Name)
202-224-3121
http://www.house.gov
U.S.Senate
Offce of Senator (Name)
United States Senate
202-224-3121
http://www.senate.gov
StateandLocalGovernmentontheNet
http://www.statelocalgov.net
R. David Paulison, former FEMA Admin-
istrator, speaks to FEMA employees at a
meeting in Washington, D.C. (FEMA)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 151 7/16/09 9:03:26 AM
152
Aquaculturists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Self-management
WhatAquaculturistsDo
Aquaculturists are also known as fsh farm-
ers. They raise fsh under controlled condi-
tions for proft. Most of these fsh are sold
for food. Aquaculturists farm in fresh water,
brackish (salty or somewhat salty) water,
seawater, fooded felds, rice paddies, and
other waters. The sizes of these farms range
from a few acres to 50 acres or more. They
may specialize in raising one type of fsh,
such as tilapia, trout, or catfsh, or shell-
fsh, such as clams, shrimps, or oysters.
Aquaculturists oversee the process
of fertilization, which involves strip-
ping eggs from the female fsh, and then
placing them in moist pans or hatchery
trays after fertilization. Aquaculturists
put these trays in incubators to spawn
the eggs. Spawning produces small fsh
called fngerlings. These small fsh are put
in rearing ponds or other waters for fur-
ther growth. Aquaculturists feed the fn-
gerlings special high-protein foods with
vitamins and minerals to help boost their
size and quality. During rearing, aquacul-
turists also check water quality and add
drugs to the water to help fght fsh dis-
eases. Once the fsh reach the appropri-
ate size, they are removed from the water,
packed up, and sold to buyers.
In shellfsh farming, special beds are
laid out near the shoreline. Shellfsh spawn,
known as spat, is sown in the beds and
may be covered with sand or broken shells.
When the tide is up and the beds are cov-
ered with water, aquaculturists may drag
nets over the area to remove crabs, starfsh,
or other predators. At low tide, aquacultur-
ists walk into the bed and collect full-grown
shellfsh for packing and sale.
Fish scientists are specialists within the
aquaculture industry. Working for fsh
farms and research institutes, they study
how to improve aquaculture methods.
These specialists include fsheries biolo-
gists, harvest management biologists, and
others. An important goal of these scien-
tists is to determine how to produce more
fsh than is possible in nature. They study
fsh, develop special feeds and drugs, and
conduct experiments to come up with the
strongest fsh varieties.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Business
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$31,000 to $54,000 to $104,000
OUTLOOK
Little or no change
Farmers
Fishers
J
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 152 7/16/09 9:03:27 AM
153
In high school, you should take biology,
chemistry, math, English, and business.
You also should become comfortable with
computers.
Workers, assistants, attendants, or
shellfsh bed workers typically have a high
school diploma and on-the-job training.
Most aquaculturists have at least a bache-
lors degree in fsheries biology. Those who
plan to manage a fsh farm may minor in
business or accounting as well. Researchers
in fsh science often have an advanced de-
gree in their specialty.
Outlook
Employment opportunities in aquaculture
are expected to remain stable with little or
no change through 2016. Overfshing has
resulted in falling ocean catches while the
public demand for consumption of sea-
food continues to increase. Consequent-
ly, aquaculture farms that raise selected
depleted aquatic species such as shrimp,
salmon, and trout should continue to of-
fer employment opportunities for quali-
fed workers.
ForMoreInformation
Your local library has books on fsh farm-
ing and marketing that can be helpful.
Reading publications such as Aquaculture
magazine (http://www.aquaculturemag.
com) can also provide information. Vol-
unteering at one of the approximately 75
federal fsh hatcheries nationwide or a state
hatchery will give you valuable experience
in aquaculture.
TheAmericanFisheriesSociety
5410 Grosvenor Lane
301-897-8616
http://www.fsheries.org
Aquaculture.com
http://www.aquaculture.com
AquacultureNetworkInformationCenter
http://aquanic.org
WorldAquacultureSociety
143 J. M. Parker Coliseum
Louisiana State University
Baton Rouge, LA 70803-0001
225-578-31437
http://www.was.org
Aquaculturist Pat Duncan checks a tank
of tilapia, a type of fsh that is growing
in popularity among fsh farmers.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 153 7/16/09 9:03:28 AM
154
Aquarists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Exercise leadership
Allocate resources
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatAquaristsDo
Aquarists work for aquariums, oceanari-
ums, and marine research institutes. Their
job duties are similar to those of zookeepers.
Aquarists feed fsh, maintain exhibits, and
conduct research. They work on breeding,
conservation, and educational programs.
Aquarists clean and take care of marine
life tanks every day. They make sure pumps
are working, check water temperatures,
clean glass, and sift sand. Some exhibits
have to be scrubbed by hand. Aquarists
also change the water and vacuum tanks
routinely. They water plants in marsh or
pond exhibits.
Food preparation and feeding are im-
portant tasks for aquarists. Some animals
eat live food, and others eat cut-up food
mixtures. Some animals need special diets
prepared and may have to be individually
fed.
Aquarists carefully observe all the ani-
mals in their care. They must understand
their normal habits (including mating,
feeding, sleeping, and moving) in order to
be able to judge when something is wrong.
Aquarists write daily reports and keep de-
tailed records of animal behavior.
Many aquarists are in charge of collect-
ing and stocking plants and animals for ex-
hibits. They may have to make several trips
a year to gather live specimens.
If you would like to be an aquarist, take as
many science classes as you can, such as bi-
ology and zoology. Learn to pay attention
to detail, as marine science involves a good
deal of careful record keeping.
Most aquariums hire aquarists who
have a college degree in biological sciences
with extra studies in marine and aquatic
science. Volunteer work is important prep-
aration for a career as an aquarist. Any ex-
perience you can get working directly with
animals or fsh will give you an advantage
over other applicants.
Aquarists must be able to dive to feed
fsh and maintain tanks and to collect new
specimens. For this you will need scuba
certifcation, with a special rescue diver
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Earth science
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$15,000 to $19,000 to $32,000
OUTLOOK
Animal Handlers
Animal Trainers
Veterinarians
Zookeepers
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 154 7/16/09 9:03:29 AM
155
classifcation. Most employers will expect
you to pass a diving physical examination
before hiring you as an aquarist.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for nonfarm
animal caretakers, including aquarists, are
expected to increase faster than the average
for all occupations through 2016. Zoos and
aquariums, marine research labs, pet and
aquarium retail stores, and state and feder-
al natural resource agencies are among the
types of companies and organizations that
hire aquarists. Many aquarists also advance
to other positions, so openings become
available as they must be replaced.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your parents to help you set up an
aquarium. Be sure to do some research be-
fore you start collecting fsh. Learn how to
maintain equipment, feed and care for the
animals, and provide a healthy environ-
ment for them.
Another way to learn more about
aquarists jobs is by visiting your local zoos
and aquariums often. Learn about the vari-
ous species of aquatic animals, and observe
how they are exhibited.
AmericanSocietyofLimnologyand
Oceanography
5400 Bosque Boulevard, Suite 680
Waco, TX 76710-4446
800-929-2756
business@aslo.org
http://www.aslo.org
301-562-0777
generalinquiry@aza.org
http://www.aza.org
NationalAquariuminBaltimore
501 East Pratt Street
Baltimore, MD 21202-3103
410-576-3800
http://aqua.org
ScrippsInstitutionofOceanography
University of California, San Diego
8602 La Jolla Shores Drive
La Jolla, CA 92037-1508
858-534-3624
scrippsnews@ucsd.edu
http://www-sio.ucsd.edu
Fast Fact
An oceanarium is a huge
aquarium tank that lets visitors
observe animals from above as
well as from the sides.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 155 7/16/09 9:03:29 AM
156
Archaeologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatArchaeologistsDo
Archaeologists study the physical evidence
of people who lived in ancient times. They
excavate, or dig up, the remains of ancient
settlements, such as tools, clay pottery,
clothing, weapons, and ornaments. They
identify and study these items to learn
more about what life was like in the past.
Prehistoric archaeologists study cul-
tures that existed prior to the period of
recorded history, while historical archae-
ologists study more recent societies. Ar-
chaeologists often travel to places where
ancient cultures once fourished. At the
excavation site, they carefully dig up any
objects, also called artifacts, or remains
of people, plants, and animals. They aim
to clean, repair, and restore the artifacts
to as close to their original condition as
possible. They study what animals, plants,
and people looked like and discover what
was eaten. In addition, archaeologists de-
termine how and where people lived and
how they survived.
Archaeologists must keep careful re-
cords. It is important to know exactly
where and in what condition each item was
found. This can be very tedious work. Usu-
ally, when an archaeology team excavates
an area, its members brush away layers of
dirt one inch at a time with paintbrushes,
toothbrushes, and soft bristles. They even
save all the sand and dirt that they have
brushed away. Another member of the
team sifts this dirt with a fne screen to
look for any tiny bone fragments or chips
of pottery.
In addition to conducting feld re-
search, archaeologists teach in colleges and
universities and work in museums.
It takes years of study and special training
to become an archaeologist. In middle and
high school, you should study foreign lan-
guages, English, writing, history, and social
studies. You should be prepared for a long
training period beyond high school. Most
of the better positions in archaeology re-
quire a doctorate, which takes about four
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Art, History
Masters degree
SALARYRANGE
$31,000 to $53,000 to $85,000
OUTLOOK
Anthropologists
College Professors
Geographers
Geologists
Historians
Linguists
Sociologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 156 7/16/09 9:03:29 AM
157
to six years of work beyond a bachelors
degree.
As a college student majoring in ar-
chaeology, you will study many subjects,
including art, architecture, classics, and
history. For graduate training, you should
select a school that has a good program in
the area in which you hope to specialize.
To succeed as an archaeologist, you
should be able to work as part of a team as
well as conduct research entirely on your
own. Because much of your career will in-
volve study and research, you should have
great curiosity and a desire for learning.
Ambition and self-motivation are also very
important.
Outlook
Experts predict that employment for ar-
chaeologists will grow at an average rate
through 2016. Most new jobs will probably
be nonteaching positions in consulting
frms, research institutes, corporations, and
federal, state, and local government agen-
cies. Archaeologists also will be needed to
monitor construction work at historical sites
to assure the sites and artifacts are properly
preserved. Numerous environmental, his-
toric, and cultural preservation laws have
created a demand for archaeologists out-
side of universities, where stiff competition
will make it harder to get jobs.
ForMoreInformation
Joining a scouting troop or other youth or-
ganizations that go exploring is a great way
to learn more about nature and get a sense
of what working outdoors at an excavation
site might be like. Another way to learn
more is by visiting a local museum to see
archaeological exhibits. Listen to lectures
and talk to museum archaeologists to fnd
out more about archaeology as a career.
ArchaeologicalResearchInstitute
PO Box 853
Bountiful, UT 84011-0853
801-292-7061
ari@xmission.com
http://www.ari-aerc.org
HeritageEducationSummerArchaeology
Institute
909-793-3922
crlesh@heritageedu.com
http://www.heritageedu.com/programs_summer.
htm
SocietyforAmericanArchaeology
900 Second Street NE, Suite 12
202-789-8200
headquarters@saa.org
http://www.saa.org
Archaeologists dig carefully as they search
for fragments of prehistoric life. (Kmitu/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 157 7/16/09 9:03:30 AM
158
Architects
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Creative thinking
Problem solving
WhatArchitectsDo
Architects plan and design buildings includ-
ing the surrounding landscape. Shopping
malls, schools, airports, offces, factories,
and homes all began as designs on an ar-
chitects drawing table. Many architects
specialize in one kind of building. Some de-
sign homes, while others design only offce
buildings, sports arenas, theaters, church-
es, or manufacturing plants. They may also
specialize in interior design or renovations
of existing buildings.
Architects begin an assignment by talk-
ing with their clients. Clients tell architects
how much they can afford to spend and
the date they would like the building com-
pleted. After fnding out what the client
needs, the architect can then make some
rough drawings. After many drafts have
been revised, architects create blueprints
that show the exact measurements of every
part of the building or area. Architects of-
ten create a realistic drawing of the interior
and exterior to show the client what the
fnished product will look like. For large
projects or public buildings, the architect
may even construct a small model of the
building. Once construction begins, archi-
tects visit the site to answer questions and
to make sure the builders are following the
plans.
Architects must be familiar with local
and state building regulations, including
plumbing, electrical, heating, and ventila-
tion codes. They have to know construc-
tion methods and engineering principles.
They must also consider the locations
climate, soil type, and other environmen-
tal conditions. They consult past building
projects to see how other architects have
solved building design problems in the
past.
To prepare for a career as an architect, you
should take classes in drafting, math, and
art (especially freehand drawing). History,
English, writing, and art history are also
important. These classes will help you de-
velop the mathematical, special visualiza-
tion, and communication skills necessary
to become a successful architect.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Art, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$40,000 to $68,000 to $113,000
OUTLOOK
Drafters
Technicians
/
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 158 7/16/09 9:03:31 AM
159
Most schools of architecture offer de-
grees through either a fve-year bachelors
program or a three- or four-year masters
program. The masters degree option al-
lows for more fexibility but takes longer to
complete. In this case, students frst earn
a liberal arts degree, then continue their
training by completing a masters program
in architecture.
Architects are required to be licensed
in the state where they work. To receive
a license, you must have an architecture
degree from a college or school of archi-
tecture, plus three years experience as an
intern. Then you must pass the Architect
Registration Examination.
Outlook
Employment in the feld of architecture is
expected to grow faster than the average
through 2016. Competition for employ-
ment will continue to be strong, particular-
ly in prestigious architectural frms. Many
openings will become available as workload
increases and established architects transfer
to other occupations or leave the feld.
The number of architects needed also
will depend on the volume of construction.
The construction industry is extremely
sensitive to trends in the overall economy.
When the economy weakens signifcantly,
there is less demand for new construction
and the job market for architects becomes
unfavorable.
ForMoreInformation
To get a sense of an architects job, try
designing and building small structures,
such as dollhouses, tree houses, and bird-
houses. You can build models of larger
structures, too. Your local arts and crafts
store may have model-building supplies,
such as scaled-down furniture, trees and
shrubs, fooring, and siding. Another fun
way to learn more about architecture is
by checking out educational architec-
ture tours in your city and anywhere you
vacation.
AmericanInstituteofArchitects
1735 New York Avenue NW
800-242-3837
infocentral@aia.org
http://www.aia.org
AmericanInstituteofArchitectureStudents
1735 New York Avenue NW
202-626-7472
mailbox@aias.org
http://www.aias.org
AssociationofCollegiateSchoolsof
Architecture
1735 New York Avenue NW, 3rd Floor
info@acsa-arch.org
http://www.acsa-arch.org
A group of architects review plans for a
new offce building during a meeting.
(Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 159 7/16/09 9:03:32 AM
160
Archivists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Decision making
Self-management
WhatArchivistsDo
Archivists analyze manuscripts, blueprints,
photographs, maps, and legal documents
and determine which items should be
saved and stored. They make records and
prepare reference aids, such as indexes, de-
scriptions, and bibliographies. These refer-
ence aids help researchers locate informa-
tion in libraries and museums.
Archivists decide if written records
should be preserved in their original form,
on microflm, or on computer fles. Very old
documents can be damaged by handling,
so these items must be copied in some way
so that researchers can still use them for
information without destroying the origi-
nals. Archivists know how to handle and
store paper and other materials so they re-
main undamaged. They also have to know
how to repair any damage already done to
old documents.
Archivists work for government agen-
cies, corporations, universities, and muse-
ums. When a customer needs information,
archivists, like librarians, must be able to
quickly locate the correct documents using
written or computerized records. They are
extremely organized and pay close atten-
tion to details. Most archival work is quiet
and solitary, but some archivists conduct
tours and teach classes and workshops on
history or document preservation.
English, history, foreign language, science,
and mathematics are important subjects to
cover in high school. If you have a special
interest in a specifc kind of archival work,
such as medical history, you should take
science courses such as anatomy, biology,
and chemistry.
Archivists usually need at least a mas-
ters degree in history or a related feld. For
some archivist jobs, you will need a second
masters degree in library and information
science. Some positions require a doctoral
degree as well. After you earn a bachelors
degree, you may work as an assistant in
a museum or library while you complete
your education.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
English, Foreign language, History
Masters degree
SALARYRANGE
$26,000 to $43,000 to $73,000
OUTLOOK
Anthropologists
Book Conservators
Historians
Museum Curators
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 160 7/16/09 9:03:34 AM
161
Outlook
Job opportunities for archivists are expected
to increase faster than the average through
2016. Jobs are expected to increase as more
corporations and private organizations es-
tablish an archival history. Archivists will
also be needed to fll positions left vacant
by retirees and archivists who leave the
occupation.
Qualifed job applicants outnumber
the archivist positions available, so there is
a high level of competition for jobs. Can-
didates with specialized training, such as
a masters degree in history and in library
science, will have better opportunities. A
doctorate in history or a related feld can
also beneft job seekers. In addition, those
with related work or volunteer experience
are in a better position to fnd full-time em-
ployment. As archival work changes with
advances in technology, individuals with
extensive knowledge of computers are like-
ly to advance more quickly than archivists
lacking those skills.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a school or public library and ask one
of the head librarians to explain how he or
she decides which materials to keep in the
collection and which to discard. Another
way to explore this career is by keeping
your own family archive. Collect letters,
birth, marriage, and death certifcates, spe-
cial awards, photographs, and any other
documents that provide facts about your
family.
AcademyofCertifedArchivists
90 State Street, Suite 1009
Albany, NY 12207-1710
518-463-8644
aca@caphill.com
http://www.certifedarchivists.org
AmericanInstituteforConservationof
HistoricandArtisticWorks
202-452-9545
info@aic-faic.org
http://aic.stanford.edu
AssociationofMovingImageArchivists
1313 North Vine Street
Hollywood, CA 90028-8107
323-463-1500
AMIA@amianet.org
http://amianet.org
SocietyofAmericanArchivists
17 North State Street, Suite 1425
312-606-0722
http://www.archivists.org
This archivist pores over papers from the
early 19th century in a regional archive.
(AP/Wide World)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 161 7/16/09 9:03:35 AM
162
Aromatherapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Creative thinking
Self-management
WhatAromatherapistsDo
Aromatherapists are health care specialists
who use essential plant oils to help people
live healthier, more satisfying lives. Essen-
tial oils, taken from a plants roots, leaves,
fowers, and branches, give off a fragrance.
Scientifc studies show that inhaling these
fragrances can have physiological and psy-
chological effects on the brain. Aromather-
apists study the oils and their unique ef-
fects on individuals. Only about 5 percent
of all types of plants are used for their es-
sential oils.
During a clients frst visit, aromathera-
pists usually take a medical history. They ask
questions about the medications the client is
taking and about the clients general health.
Aromatherapists use their knowledge of the
oils to help eliminate any medical or mental
health problems a client may have.
Aromatherapists practice three types of
aromatherapy. In cosmetic aromatherapy,
a therapist may suggest a product that con-
tains essential oils for the skin, body, and
hair to help solve minor cosmetic prob-
lems. In massage aromatherapy, a therapist
mixes a selected essential oil with a larger
amount of what is called a carrier oil to give
a healing massage. In olfactory aromather-
apy, clients inhale the fragrance of certain
essential oils in order to bring healing.
Most aromatherapists have licenses
to work in other professions. Some work
in the cosmetics industry as beauticians,
cosmetologists, and massage therapists.
Others are nurses, doctors, and alternative
care practitioners. All these professionals
use aromatherapy as a type of treatment
in their work. For example, nurses or mas-
sage therapists might use massage aroma-
therapy as a course of treatment. They
carefully choose the essential oil that will
ft the needs of their patient or client.
Aromatherapists who specialize only in
aromatherapy are usually self-employed.
They often work in clinics, offces, salons,
or spas. Some aromatherapists teach, con-
sult, blend oils for sale, or start their own
aromatherapy product lines.
Many high school subjects can help prepare
you for a career in aromatherapy. English
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Earth science, English, Health
SALARYRANGE
$19,000 to $33,000 to $62,000
OUTLOOK
Acupuncturists
Herbalists
Homeopaths
Massage Therapists
Myotherapists
Naturopaths
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 162 7/16/09 9:03:38 AM
163
and speech can help improve important
communication skills. Chemistry, business,
math, and computer skills are helpful.
Currently, there are no professional
requirements established for the feld of
aromatherapy. Though not required, col-
lege courses in botany, biology, anatomy,
and psychology will be extremely helpful
in your later work. Schools, seminars, and
correspondence courses offer advanced
training in aromatherapy. Voluntary na-
tional registration is offered through the
Aromatherapy Registration Council.
Outlook
The status of aromatherapy in European
and other countries may provide a glimpse
of the future. In Great Britain and France,
for example, more doctors have embraced
aromatherapy, and these services are cov-
ered by major health plans. If the United
States follows this lead, new opportunities
will open in this feld.
ForMoreInformation
Check out books and specialized periodi-
cals available such as Aromatherapy Journal
(http://www.naha.org/journal.htm). Visit a
health food store, spa, or medical clinic to
talk to staff members. Ask if they have in-
formation on essential oils or if they know
of aromatherapists in the area.
AllianceofInternationalAromatherapists
9956 W. Remington Place, Suite 323
Unit A-10
Littleton, CO 80128-6732
303-531-6377
info@alliance-aromatherapists.org
http://www.alliance-aromatherapists.org
AromatherapyRegistrationCouncil
5940 SW Hood Ave.
Portland, OR 97039-3719
info@aromatherapycouncil.org
http://www.aromatherapycouncil.org
InternationalFederationof
Aromatherapists
offce@ifaroma.org
http://www.ifaroma.org
NationalAssociationforHolistic
Aromatherapy
3327 West Indian Trail Road, PMB 144
Spokane, WA 99208-4762
509-325-3419
info@naha.org
http://www.naha.org
NationalCenterforComplementaryand
AlternativeMedicine
9000 Rockville Pike
888-644-6226
info@nccam.nih.gov
http://nccam.nih.gov
An aromatherapist uses lavender oils.
(John Watney/Photo Researchers Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 163 7/16/09 9:03:39 AM
164
ArtDirectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Creative thinking
Decision making
WhatArtDirectorsDo
Art directors are in charge of all images that
appear in print (newspapers, books, maga-
zines, and advertisements) and on screen
(television, movies, videos, and the Web).
Art directors work at advertising agencies,
flm studios, publishing houses, theater
companies, and other organizations that
produce or use visual elements. These vi-
suals include photographs, illustrations,
props, costumes, and sets. To create new
images, art directors hire illustrators, pho-
tographers, animators, set and costume de-
signers, or models. They might also look for
existing art to use in their projects. Some-
times they combine new and existing art to
create the needed visual effect.
Some art directors work with printed
material, such as newspapers, magazines,
and books. They are experts in arranging
the text, pictures, and other visual elements
so that the fnished product is pleasing to
the eye. They also must be knowledgeable
about color, photography, and different
kinds of lettering called typefaces.
Art directors also work on television
broadcasts, flms, commercials, and Web
sites. Depending on their specialty, they
must know about flmmaking and video
production techniques, computer graph-
ics, or animation.
Art directors also work on stage produc-
tions. These workers manage the team of
lighting, set, costume, makeup, and sound
designers.
In television commercials, the art di-
rector is involved in choosing actors, edit-
ing the flm, and selecting the music. Ev-
ery stage of the flm is reviewed by the art
director until it is ready for broadcast or
reproduction.
To prepare for this career, concentrate on
art, computer, and math classes while in
school. Most art directors have at least a
bachelors degree, usually in graphic de-
sign or fne art. A few go on to earn mas-
ters degrees. Film art directors can earn
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Art, Business, Computer science
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$40,000 to $72,000 to $144,000
OUTLOOK
Artists
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 164 7/16/09 9:03:41 AM
165
a degree in flm, directing, animation, or
cinematography.
Because of the increasing use of com-
puters in design work, it is essential to have
a thorough understanding of how comput-
er art and layout programs work. In small-
er companies, the art director may be re-
sponsible for operating this equipment. In
larger companies, a staff person, under the
direction of the art director, may use these
programs. In either case, the director must
know what can be done with the available
equipment.
Outlook
The employment of art directors should
grow at an average rate through 2016. The
extent to which art director positions are
in demand, like many other positions, de-
pends on the economy in general. When
times are tough, people and businesses
spend less, and cutbacks are made. When
the economy is healthy, employment pros-
pects for art directors will be favorable.
Manufacturers of all kinds of products
continually need advertisers to reach their
potential customers. Publishers always
want some type of illustration to enhance
their books and magazines. Creators of
flms and videos also need images in order
to produce their programs. People working
with the Internet, DVDs, and CD-ROMs
are increasingly looking for artists and
directors to enhance their Web sites, devel-
op new multimedia programs, and create
multidimensional visuals to promote their
products and services.
However, the supply of aspiring artists
is expected to exceed the number of job
openings. Those wishing to enter the feld
will encounter keen competition for sala-
ried positions as well as freelance work.
ForMoreInformation
Develop your own artistic talent by read-
ing books, practicing your drawing skills,
or taking art classes. Study paintings as well
as magazines, motion pictures, videos and
DVDs, or commercials.
800-999-2231
aaf@aaf.org
http://www.aaf.org
Agencies
New York, NY 10174-1801
212-682-2500
http://www.aaaa.org
ArtDirectorsClub
106 West 29th Street
New York, NY 10001-5301
212-643-1440
info@adcglobal.org
http://www.adcglobal.org
ArtDirectorsGuildandScenic,Titleand
GraphicArtists
11969 Ventura Boulevard, 2nd Floor
Studio City, CA 91604-2630
818-762-9995
http://www.artidrectors.org
Did You Know?
Walt Disney served as art direc-
tor for many of his early animated
Mickey Mouse cartoons.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 165 7/16/09 9:03:42 AM
166
ArtGallery
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Social
WhatArtGalleryWorkersDo
Commercial art galleries rely on a variety
of workers to acquire and maintain the art
offered for sale and to help customers. Art
gallery workers include positions such as art
gallery directors or managers, gallery assis-
tants, art sales consultants, art installation
associates, and fne arts packers. Managers
and directors are often also gallery owners.
They are responsible for the success of the
gallery by overseeing the type of art sold,
marketing and promoting exhibits, work-
ing with individual artists whose art is on
display, developing client lists, and han-
dling other business-related duties such as
hiring and paying employees and oversee-
ing gallery fnances. Gallery assistants serve
as receptionists, greeting gallery visitors
and clients. They also help managers and
directors with administrative duties. Art
installation workers make sure that as art is
received at the gallery it is properly han-
dled and displayed according to the artists
specifcations. Sales consultants work with
clients in the gallery and their homes to
help them build their art collections. Art
packers prepare art purchased by gallery cli-
ents for shipment to the clients home or
other location.
Art museums, such as the National Gal-
lery of Art in Washington, D.C., and the
Museum of Modern Art in New York, also
employ workers who are responsible for
the care and maintenance of the artwork
in their collections. Jobs include curators,
who perform duties similar to commer-
cial gallery directors. They also oversee the
museums educational programs, organize
tours of the facility, and attend meetings.
Art technicians and conservators prepare the
art for exhibit, and maintain and repair the
art; and guides and escorts greet museum
visitors and answer their questions about
the art on exhibit.
As part of your studies while in high school
take courses in business, English, speech,
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
English, Art, History
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$15,000 to $30,000 to $100,000+
OUTLOOK
Antique and Art Dealers
Archivists
Museum Attendants
Museum Curators
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 166 7/16/09 9:03:44 AM
167
and history. Classes in art are strongly rec-
ommended as well.
Some gallery workers may be hired
with only a high school diploma, but most
galleries prefer applicants with some post-
secondary training in art history, fne art or
visual art, business, and marketing. Galler-
ies also prefer to hire employees with retail
sales experience. For a position as a gallery
director or curator in an art museum, a
bachelors degree in art or a similar subject
is the minimum requirement, with many
positions requiring a masters degree.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for workers in
commercial art galleries are expected to
be strong through 2016. But fuctuations
in the economy can affect the buying and
selling of fne art, which in turn may infu-
ence job availability. Periods of prosperity
may result in an increased need for gallery
workers, while a downturn may lead to
fewer sales and a reduced need for workers.
Due to steady attendance at art museums,
employment opportunities in those facili-
ties also should be good, however competi-
tion for available positions such as curators
and technicians will be stiff.
ForMoreInformation
Visiting an art museum in your commu-
nity or touring local art galleries is a good
way to observe the workers at their jobs.
You may also arrange an informational in-
terview with the director of an art gallery.
ArtDealersAssociationofAmerica
New York, NY 10016-6022
212-488-5550
http://www.artdealers.org
InternationalAssociationforProfessional
ArtAdvisors
433 Third Street, Suite 3
Brooklyn, NY 11215-2910
718-788-1425
info@iapaa.org
http://www.iapaa.org
NationalGalleryofArt
4th and Constitution Avenue, NW
202-737-4215
http://www.nga.gov
An art gallery worker adjusts the artwork
for an exhibition for the painter Banksy at
the Andipa Gallery in London. (Associated
Press)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 167 7/16/09 9:03:45 AM
168
Artifcial
Intelligence
(AI)Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Creative thinking
Reasoning
WhatArtifcialIntelligence
(AI)SpecialistsDo
Artifcial intelligence (AI) specialists are ex-
perts who program computers to think.
Some AI specialists work in the develop-
ment of computer games as AI designers and
AI programmers. Others develop programs
for use in law enforcement, medicine, ac-
counting, and other felds. Those who work
in computer game development establish
guidelines for how the various characters
in a game will behave and respond to a
gamers actions. AI specialists who work in
law enforcement use advanced information
processing to create computer programs
that are smart and can, for example, rec-
ognize fngerprints or voices for use in se-
curity systems. In medicine, AI specialists
may develop smart systems that can use
human expertise to help medical profes-
sionals make decisions, evaluate tests, and
diagnose illnesses. AI specialists also work
in research centers for the U.S. military,
universities, and private corporations.
A career in this feld requires a strong
knowledge of computer programming,
systems analysis, and various computer
languages, so while in high school take as
many computer courses as you can. Cours-
es in English, writing, art, and psychology
also will be benefcial.
A bachelors degree in graphic art or
technical design with studies in computer
programming is required for entry-level
positions or for game developers, but most
AI specialists jobs in other felds require at
least a masters degree in computer science
or cognitive science.
Outlook
According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Sta-
tistics, employment in all computer-related
felds is expected to grow faster than the
average for all occupations through 2016,
and that includes the career of artifcial
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Mathematics, Computer science, Art
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$52,000 to $83,000 to $125,000
OUTLOOK
Actuaries
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 168 7/16/09 9:03:45 AM
169
intelligence specialists. Competition will be
intense for positions in the computer game
industry. In other felds, AI specialists with
masters degrees or doctorates will have the
best opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about artifcial intelligence
design and programming in computer
games, play different games and develop
your own levels for the games. Reading
industry publications such as AI Magazine
(http://www.aaai.org/ojs/index.php/ai
magazine/issue/archive) can also provide
information about the feld.
AssociationfortheAdvancementof
ArtifcialIntelligence
445 Burgess Drive, Suite 100
Menlo Park, CA 94025-3442
650-328-3123
info08@aaai.org
http://www.aaai.org
AssociationforComputingMachinery
Two Penn Plaza, Suite 701
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
http://www.acm.org
SpecialInterestGrouponArtifcial
Intelligence
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
http://www.sigart.org
Growth Field
ber of artifcial intelligence spe-
cialists is expected to grow by
around 20 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 169 7/16/09 9:03:46 AM

170
Artists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatArtistsDo
Visual arts are roughly divided into three
categories: commercial arts, fne arts, and
crafts. Commercial art is art used by ad-
vertising, publishing, public relations, and
other businesses to attract attention, sell
products and services, illustrate ideas, and
record events. Commercial artists include
illustrators, graphic designers, art directors,
and photographers. Most commercial art
combines pictures with text. Artists use a
variety of media to create two-dimensional
works that can be easily reproduced. Com-
puters are usually used to design pages. Art-
ists can choose type styles, scan photos and
artwork, create illustrations, and manipu-
late photos.
Fine art is art created more for per-
sonal expression than fnancial gain. Usu-
ally the art comes from the artists own
ideas rather than from an employers or
clients needs. Painters use oil, acrylic,
or watercolor paints on various surfaces,
such as paper, canvas, wood, or plaster.
Sculptors use materials such as clay, metal,
wood, stone, papier mch, and plastic
to build, carve, sandblast, cast, or mold
three-dimensional forms. Calligraphers
use ink, pencil, paper, books, wood, even
gold and silver. Printmakers make prints
from carved blocks, etched plates, and
silk screens. Ceramic artists use clay and
glazes to create sculpture, pottery, beads,
tiles, or architectural decorations. Only a
few fne artists make a living from their
art. Most earn income from other occupa-
tions while pursuing their art in their free
time. The most common way for fne art-
ists to show and sell their art is through
galleries.
The feld of visual arts also includes
crafts, sometimes called handcrafts, or arts
and crafts. Crafts refer to art objects that
usually (but not always) have a function.
Needle arts, jewelry making, basketry,
woodcarving, mosaic, some ceramics, and
bookbinding are examples of crafts. Craft-
ers sell their works through retail stores,
fairs, catalogs, the Internet, and galleries.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Art, History
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$15,000 to $48,000 to $98,000
OUTLOOK
Art Directors
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
Photo Editors
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 170 7/16/09 9:03:48 AM
171
You should take as many art courses in mid-
dle school and high school as you can. Some
high schools offer specialized art classes in
painting, sculpture, graphic design, pho-
tography, and computer graphics.
Many colleges and universities offer de-
grees in fne art, applied (commercial) art,
and art history. Those artists who study in a
college or university should also study his-
tory, English, and computer science to help
broaden their historical and cultural views,
which will add to their creative work. Most
art schools offer fne art and commercial
art programs, where you can choose to spe-
cialize in graphic design, animation, pho-
tography, or flm.
Because earning a living as a fne artist
or crafts worker is very diffcult, especially
when you are starting out, you may have to
work at another job. With the proper train-
ing and educational background, many
fne artists are able to work in art-related
positions, such as art teachers, art directors,
or graphic designers, while pursuing their
art activities independently.
Outlook
Employment for artists and related workers
is expected to grow at a faster than average
rate through 2016. The demand for illus-
trators and multimedia artists is expected
to increase as Web sites become more de-
tailed. However, because fne artists are usu-
ally self-employed, much of their success
depends on the amount and type of work
they create, their drive and determination
in selling their artwork, and the interest or
readiness of the public to appreciate and
purchase the artists works.
ForMoreInformation
Take classes in many different art mediums,
such as painting, photography, ceramics,
and computer imagery. Another good way
to expand your knowledge of art is by visit-
ing museums and galleries.
Art&DesignCareer&Employment
Department of Art and Design
Northern Michigan University
http://art.nmu.edu/department/AD_Career-Prof.
html
NationalArtEducationAssociation
1916 Association Drive
Reston, VA 20191-1590
703-860-8000
info@arteducators.org
http://www.arteducators.org
ArtNetwork
PO Box 1360
Nevada City, CA 95959-1360
530-470-0862
info@artmarketing.com
http://www.artmarketing.com
An artist works in her pottery studio.
(Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 171 7/16/09 9:03:49 AM
172
Asbestos
Abatement
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Problem solving
WhatAsbestosAbatement
TechniciansDo
Asbestos abatement technicians, also known
as asbestos removal technicians, help remove
asbestos materials from buildings. Asbestos
was once widely used in wall insulation,
paint, pipes, ceiling tiles, and other build-
ing materials because of its fre-retardant
properties. It is now known to be a hazard-
ous material.
Asbestos is removed only in cases of
serious damage because removing it is an
expensive and dangerous process. When
asbestos-containing ceiling tile or wall
panels are undamaged, trained technicians
coat them to seal them. If the materials are
damaged, technicians install a covering to
keep the fbers from being released into the
air of the room.
Asbestos must be contained or re-
moved in accordance with strict federal
and state regulations. Asbestos abatement
technicians who have been trained in a
state-approved program remove the asbes-
tos with a variety of tools, procedures, and
safety measures. They frst put in a series
of enclosures and construct scaffolds. To
protect themselves and the areas outside
the enclosure, technicians wear dispos-
able protective gear from head to toe and
breathe through special masks. Using the
wet method, technicians apply a mix-
ture of water or other wetting agent to
the asbestos to prevent particles from be-
ing released into the air. They use hand
tools, such as scrapers and guns that spray
chemicals, depending on the kind of ma-
terial being removed. Mechanical tools are
never used for fear of spreading fbers into
the air. An air monitor continuously takes
samples to ensure hazardous particles are
few and are kept within the containment
area.
Technicians then place the asbestos-
containing materials in plastic bags and
prepare them for transport to a disposal
site. Once the work has been completed,
inspectors survey and analyze the site to
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Chemistry, Technical/Shop
MINIMUMEDUCATIONALLEvEL
SALARYRANGE
$23,000 to $36,000 to $61,000
OUTLOOK
Carpenters
Drywall Installers and Finishers
Health and Regulatory Inspectors
/
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 172 7/16/09 9:03:49 AM
173
make sure it has been properly cleaned. If
samples still show signs of asbestos, techni-
cians must return to the site to remove any
remaining asbestos. If the work site is clear,
the technicians then take down the enclo-
sures and scaffolds, and the site is again
open for use.
Technicians must climb and balance
on scaffolds in order to reach the mate-
rials. Also, because of the hazardous na-
ture of the materials they handle, asbestos
abatement workers must be aware of the
health risks. Serious illness can result if
skin, eyes, mouth, nose, or lungs are ex-
posed to the loose fbers in the air. Safety
precautions cannot be taken lightlyex-
cessive exposure to asbestos can increase
your chance of lung cancer by 50 to 90
percent.
Drafting, blueprint reading, and ba-
sic arithmetic skills are helpful if you
wish to become an asbestos abatement
technician.
The employer usually pays for any
necessary training for asbestos abatement
workers. After completing an EPA-accred-
ited program, workers are certifed. This
certifcation must be updated annually in
most states.
Outlook
Overall employment of hazardous waste
removal workers will grow about as fast as
the average through 2016. Concerns about
clean air continue to lead to more safety
regulations and more strict requirements
for building owners. Asbestos-containing
materials still fll many buildings built be-
fore 1982, so contractors will need asbestos
technicians to complete the many expect-
ed removal projects.
ForMoreInformation
Contact a local union representing this
trade. It could offer information on train-
ing programs and job openings. Visit your
library or the federal Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (EPA) Web site (http://www.
epa.gov), and read about asbestos to learn
about its history, use, benefts, and envi-
ronmental and safety hazards.
InternationalAssociationofHeatandFrost
InsulatorsandAlliedWorkers
9602 Martin Luther King Jr. Highway
Lanham, MD 20706-1839
301-731-9101
http://www.insulators.org
U.S.EnvironmentalProtectionAgency
http://www.epa.gov
Fast Fact
Asbestos is a naturally occur-
ring fre-resistant fber. It was
used in building construction
until the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency (EPA) banned its
use in the 1970s.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 173 7/16/09 9:03:50 AM
174
Assessorsand
Appraisers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Decision making
Reasoning
WhatAssessorsand
AppraisersDo
Assessors and appraisers inspect and analyze
peoples possessions, making judgments
about the value of land, houses, and other
property. Assessors evaluate property to de-
termine how much tax the owner should
pay the government. Appraisers evaluate
property to determine its market value.
Market value helps people decide how
much to insure something for, whether
to buy or sell property, and the price of an
object.
Assessors work for the government and
are either elected or appointed to their po-
sitions. Appraisers are employed by private
businesses such as accounting offces, real
estate companies, art galleries, and banks.
Assessors and appraisers conduct re-
search to determine the value of real prop-
erty (land and buildings) and personal
property (art, jewelry, furniture, and oth-
er objects). Things they may investigate
include previous price, location, whether
there were any improvements made, the
value of a similar property, and whether
there are any future changes planned that
could infuence the value. After conduct-
ing a complete investigation, assessors
and appraisers usually prepare a written
report that provides evidence to support
their conclusions.
Assessors and appraisers do not de-
cide how much someone should pay for
property, but rather how much it is worth
at a specifc time. Buyers and sellers use
these estimates as guides for deciding how
much they will pay or accept for a piece
of property. Other people that need these
estimates include mortgage lenders, who
need appraisals before giving loans, and
insurance companies, who need an esti-
mate of value before they insure a piece
of property.
High school courses in English, mathemat-
ics, accounting, and computer science are
useful for this career. Though much of what
assessors and appraisers deal with is learned
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
English, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$25,000 to $46,000 to $88,000
OUTLOOK
Cost Estimators
Property and Casualty Insurance Brokers
/
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 174 7/16/09 9:03:50 AM
175
on the job, you should have a bachelors
degree to be prepared for this line of work.
Assessors and appraisers also need good
communication skills to speak with a vari-
ety of people and write reports.
Some states require that real estate as-
sessors and appraisers pass a test to become
certifed. Federal law requires that apprais-
ers have a license when they conduct some
types of appraisals. You can contact your
local real estate board to learn more about
these requirements.
Outlook
Employment of assessors and appraisers is
expected to grow faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. The govern-
ment always will need people to estimate
the value of buildings for tax purposes, and
private individuals will continue to buy
and sell property. While the future job mar-
ket is bright, a slowdown in the construc-
tion of new buildings and in the purchase
and sale of existing buildings would reduce
job opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
One simple way you can practice the meth-
ods used by assessors and appraisers is to
write your own appraisal. Choose some-
thing you are (or will be) considering in-
vesting in, such as a car, a computer, or
even the college you hope to attend. Your
analysis should include both the benefts
and the shortcomings of the investment as
well as your fnal recommendation. Is the
car overpriced? Does one particular school
offer a better value for you? By doing this,
you will begin to get a feel for the research-
ing and writing done by an assessor or
appraiser.
AmericanSocietyofAppraisers
555 Herndon Parkway, Suite 125
Herndon, VA 20170-5250
703-478-2228
asainfo@appraisers.org
http://www.appraisers.org
AppraisalFoundation
202-347-7722
info@appraisalfoundation.org
http://www.appraisalfoundation.org
AppraisalInstitute
550 West Van Buren Street, Suite 1000
312-335-4400
http://www.appraisalinstitute.org
Did You Know?
The National Association of Real
Estate Boards (NAREB) established
appraisal standards in the 1930s.
?
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 175 7/16/09 9:03:51 AM
176
Astronauts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Decision making
WhatAstronautsDo
Astronauts are trained to travel in a space-
craft. Todays astronauts fy in spacecrafts
called space shuttles. While on missions,
astronauts mainly conduct scientifc exper-
iments. These experiments help scientists
understand the physical properties of space.
Astronauts may perform experiments on
animals, plants, minerals, or even them-
selves to study the effects of weightlessness
or other conditions in space. Sometimes
they operate laboratories on board the
spacecraft to learn more about astronomy
or earth sciences. Much of the research
done is useful for medical purposes, such
as fnding cures for diseases.
Just before lift off, astronauts must go
through a checklist to be sure that they
are properly prepared for their journey.
Throughout the mission, they stay in con-
tact with experts on the ground who watch
the astronauts condition, give them any
information they need, and help them
with any problems that come up.
The crew of a space shuttle is made up
of a commander, a pilot, and two or more
other crew members. The commander is
the head of the mission. The pilot helps the
commander fy the shuttle. The pilot may
also help to fy satellites, which are small
crafts that depart the shuttle in order to or-
bit the Earth, Moon, or other planets for
observation. Other crew members, called
mission specialists, work on experiments,
launch satellites, and carry out other duties
necessary to the mission.
If a career in space interests you, plan to
attend college. In high school, take a vari-
ety of classes in mathematics and science
within a balanced college preparatory cur-
riculum. NASA requires astronauts to have
a bachelors degree in engineering, biology,
physical science, or mathematics. Some
astronauts have military backgrounds in-
stead, but they still must have knowledge
in these subjects. Science astronauts are
selected for their scientifc background
regardless of pilot experience. They often
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$61,000 to $91,000 to $130,000
OUTLOOK
Aerospace Engineers
Astronomers
Astrophysicists
Physicists
Pilots
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 176 7/16/09 9:03:51 AM
177
have doctorates in the natural sciences, en-
gineering, or medicine.
Astronauts are trained in all aspects
of space fight. They receive classroom
instruction in astronomy, physics, star
navigation, communications, computers,
rocket engines and fuels, and space medi-
cine. They also train in space fight simu-
lators, which allow astronauts to practice
procedures, train for emergencies, and
experience changes in air pressure and
temperature.
Astronauts must be U.S. citizens and
pass the NASA physical. There are no age re-
quirements, but astronauts must meet cer-
tain height and vision requirements.
Outlook
The small number of astronauts is not
likely to change for the near future. Space
exploration is an expensive venture. Great
increases in funding, which would allow
for more astronauts, are doubtful. While
the International Space System project has
generated increased public interest, the
project still requires only six astronauts at
a time aboard the station.
Much of the demand for astronauts will
depend on the success of the space station
and other programs, including a planned
exploration of Mars, and how quickly they
develop. Satellite communications busi-
ness is expected to grow as private industry
becomes more involved in producing satel-
lites for commercial use.
ForMoreInformation
An excellent way to learn more about a ca-
reer in aeronautics is by attending a space
camp. Ask a counselor or science teacher at
your school to help you learn more about
these opportunities.
The NASA Web site (http://www.nasa.
gov) has a special section for students that
includes biographies of astronauts, advice
on becoming an astronaut, and news about
current NASA projects.
johnF.KennedySpaceCenter
Kennedy Space Center
Orlando, FL 32899-0001
321-867-5000
publicinquiries@kscems.ksc.nasa.gov
http://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/home/
index.html
NationalAeronauticsandSpace
Administration
Headquarters Information Center
300 E Street SW
202-358-0000
info-center@hq.nasa.gov
An astronaut at NASA tests out a new
fight suit. (NASA)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 177 7/16/09 9:03:52 AM
178
Astronomers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reasoning
Self-management
WhatAstronomersDo
Astronomers study the universe and its ce-
lestial bodies, such as the Moon and stars.
They use telescopes, computers, and com-
plex measuring tools to fnd the exact po-
sitions of stars and planets. They calculate
the orbits of comets, asteroids, and man-
made satellites. They study how celestial
objects form and deteriorate, all the while
trying to address the much larger issue:
how the universe started.
Using special equipment, astronomers
collect and analyze information about plan-
ets and stars, such as temperature, shape,
size, brightness, and motion. Their research
helps scientists determine when to launch
a space vehicle or a satellite for space obser-
vation. Astronomers work also helps other
scientists to better understand space, the
origins of the Earth and the universe, and
the atmosphere surrounding the Earth.
Because the feld of astronomy is so
broad, astronomers usually specialize in
one area of study. Stellar astronomers study
the stars. Solar astronomers study the sun.
Planetary astronomers study conditions on
the planets. Cosmologists study the origin
and the structure of the universe. Astro-
physicists study the physical and chemical
changes that happen in the universe. Celes-
tial mechanics specialists study the motion
and position of planets and other objects
in the solar system.
Most astronomers teach at universities
or colleges. A few lecture at planetariums
and teach classes for the public. Some work
at research institutions or at observatories.
Other astronomers work for government
agencies or private industry.
Training to become an astronomer can be-
gin in middle school. You should plan to
take middle school and high school classes
in mathematics, chemistry, physics, geog-
raphy, and foreign languages (especially
French, German, and Russian). Because
astronomy is a high-technology feld, you
should try to learn as much as you can
about computers.
After high school, you will have to earn
a bachelors degree in physics, mathemat-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$44,000 to $99,000 to $146,000
OUTLOOK
Aerospace Engineers
Astronauts
Astrophysicists
Physicists
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 178 7/16/09 9:03:53 AM
179
ics, or astronomy. Once you receive your
bachelors degree, you may fnd work as an
assistant or researcher. Most astronomers
go on to earn both a masters degree and a
doctorate.
Outlook
Experts predict the employment of astron-
omers will grow about as fast as the aver-
age for all occupations through 2016. Job
openings result from the normal turnover
when workers retire or leave the feld for
other reasons. Competition for these jobs,
particularly among new people entering
the profession, will continue to be strong.
In recent years, the number of new open-
ings in this feld has not kept pace with the
number of astronomers graduating from
universities. This trend is likely to continue
for the near future.
Employment opportunities exist for
astronomers who work on defense-related
research projects. However, government
agencies, particularly the National Aero-
nautics and Space Administration (NASA),
probably will fnd their budgets reduced
in the coming years, reducing the number
of new positions created for astronomers.
Few new observatories will be constructed,
and those currently in existence are not ex-
pected to greatly increase the size of their
staffs.
The greatest growth in jobs is expected
to occur in business and industry. Compa-
nies in the aerospace feld will need more
astronomers to do research to help them
develop new equipment and technology.
ForMoreInformation
While in school, join an amateur astron-
omy club. These clubs usually have tele-
scopes and will let members of the public
view the night skies.
You could also visit a nearby plan-
etarium and ask astronomers who work
there about their jobs. The exhibits at the
planetariums will also help you learn more
about the universe.
Visit the NASA Web site at http://www.
nasa.gov for information on astronomy, in-
cluding links to other sites. Another good
site to explore is that of the American As-
sociation of Amateur Astronomers (http://
www.astromax.com).
AmericanAstronomicalSociety
2000 Florida Avenue NW, Suite 400
202-328-2010
aas@aas.org
http://www.aas.org
AmericanInstituteofPhysics
One Physics Ellipse
College Park, MD 20740-3843
301-209-3100
http://www.aip.org
AstronomicalSocietyofthePacifc
390 Ashton Avenue
San Francisco, CA 94112-1722
415-337-1100
http://www.astrosociety.org
Carl Sagan played a leading role in
the American space program since its
inception. (Science Source)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 179 7/16/09 9:03:54 AM
180
Astrophysicists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Evaluate manage information
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatAstrophysicistsDo
Astrophysics combines two felds of sci-
ence: astronomy and physics. Astrophysi-
cists use the principles of physics to study
the solar system, stars, galaxies, and the
universe. All atoms and molecules were
originally created in the cores of stars bil-
lions of years ago. Astrophysicists study
how stars are born from huge clouds of gas
and how they eventually die in giant explo-
sions called supernovae. They try to answer
basic questions such as how the universe
began and how our own solar system came
into being.
Some of the major areas of current astro-
physics research include black holes, SETI
(Search for Extra Terrestrial Intelligence),
supernovae and pulsars, and cosmology
(the study of the structure and evolution of
the universe, how it began, how it changes,
and what is its future).
Astrophysicists also conduct research
that has practical applications for the
Earths environment, economy, and sus-
tainability. For example, in the face of
dwindling worldwide energy supplies,
astrophysicists are seeking to develop and
harness a new type of nuclear energy, nu-
clear fusion, to meet the worlds increas-
ing demand for energy.
Astrophysicists use large, expensive
equipment, such as radio telescopes, spec-
trometers, telescopes, specialized comput-
ers, and other instruments to measure in-
frared radiation, ultraviolet radiation, and
radio waves. This equipment is usually
located at universities and government ob-
servatories, where most astrophysicists are
employed.
The work of astrophysicists is often
tedious, requiring multiple measurements
over long periods of time. The answer to
one question, such as the age of a specifc
star, often leads to more questions about
nearby planets and other formations. To
address these larger questions, astrophysi-
cists from all over the world work together
to come to agreements. Most astrophysi-
cists travel a great deal to collaborate with
other scientists and make observations
from other parts of the world.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$52,000 to $99,000 to $146,000
OUTLOOK
Aerospace Engineers
Astronauts
Astronomers
Physicists
n
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 180 7/16/09 9:03:54 AM
181
Astrophysicists who work for universi-
ties also teach. Many are required to have
the results of their research published in
scientifc journals.
High school classes in mathematics and
science are helpful for a career in astro-
physics. English skills are also important
because astrophysicists must write up their
results, communicate with other scientists,
and lecture on their fndings.
With a bachelors degree in physics,
astronomy, or mathematics, you may fnd
work as a research assistant. You must earn
at least a masters degree and preferably a
Ph.D. to conduct research or teach. Uni-
versities and government agencies, the pri-
mary employers of astrophysicists, require
a Ph.D. Some government agencies that
employ astrophysicists include the Nation-
al Aeronautics and Space Administration,
the U.S. Naval Observatory, and Fermilab,
a physics laboratory.
Outlook
Employment in astrophysics is expected
to grow about as fast as the average for all
other occupations through 2016. The need
for scientists, especially those employed by
the government, is affected by factors such
as budgetary cuts and political issues that
draw attention and funding away from ex-
pensive research programs.
Astrophysicists should be prepared for
a tight job market, especially in research
positions. Job prospects will be best for
those with masters degrees and Ph.D.s.
Many opportunities will be in related felds
such as applied research and development.
Job openings will have titles such as engi-
neers and computer scientists rather than
physicists and astrophysicists.
ForMoreInformation
Become involved in astronomy clubs at
your school, and also investigate astron-
omy groups in your community. Many
major cities have planetariums that offer
programs and lectures. Check with a local
university for any astronomy or physics
special events it may offer to the public.
One Physics Ellipse
301-209-3100
http://www.aip.org
AmericanAstronomicalSociety
2000 Florida Avenue NW, Suite 400
202-328-2010
aas@aas.org
http://www.aas.org
Fast Fact
The Hubble Space Telescope
will cease function after 2010.
Astrophysicists are working
on its replacement, the James
Webb Space Telescope.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 181 7/16/09 9:03:55 AM
182
Athletic
Directors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatAthleticDirectorsDo
Athletic directors coordinate and oversee
athletic programs at public and private col-
leges and universities. They manage staff;
calculate budgets; and negotiate broad-
casting and other business contracts. In
addition, they establish and manage ath-
letic department budgets and raise funds
to meet budget shortfalls. Moreover, they
ensure that their programs meet academic-
, fnancial-, and gender-related compliance
standards. Furthermore, athletic directors
handle media relations and conduct public
outreach to alumni and fans.
Athletic directors employed at small
schools may only work part time. They
spend the rest of their time teaching class-
es, chairing the physical education depart-
ment, or coaching sports. All athletic direc-
tors, whether employed by a tiny sports
program or a major, well-known program,
must have a vision for the future of their
programs. They must be able to explain
this vision to administration offcials, the
media, and fans. Finally, athletic directors
must have a wide and deep love and knowl-
edge of collegiate athletics and be dedicated
to maintaining high academic and ethical
standards of behavior at the university.
A well-rounded education is important for
anyone interested in becoming an athlet-
ic director. In high school, take account-
ing, mathematics, social studies, English,
speech, and other college preparatory
classes.
A bachelors degree in sports adminis-
tration, physical education, business man-
agement, or a related feld is the minimum
educational requirement to become and
athletic director. You will need a gradu-
ate degree in educational administration,
sports administration, or business admin-
istration to be hired by the top university
programs.
Outlook
While there will be an overall growth in
employment of higher education admin-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Business, Physical education, Speech
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$42,000 to $76,000 to $146,000
OUTLOOK
Sports Executives
Sports Publicists
q
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 182 7/16/09 9:03:55 AM
183
istrators (which include athletic directors),
the total number of athletic directors em-
ployed by colleges and universities will re-
main fairly steady. Athletic directors also
have little job security. They often lose their
jobs if their athletic program fails to meet
expectations. Some colleges and universi-
ties may cut athletic budgets, but new op-
portunities may become available as others
add new programs. Competition for these
positions, however, will be stiff.
ForMoreInformation
For information on internships, educa-
tional opportunities, job listings, and the
journal, Athletics Administration, contact
the National Association of Collegiate
Directors of Athletics. The National As-
sociation of Collegiate Women Athletics
Administrators (NACWAA) publishes in-
formation on the management of wom-
ens athletics and offers a student mem-
bership. For information on the masters
of sports administration degree, contact
Ohio Universitys Center for Sports Ad-
ministration. Ask your teacher or your
parents if they can arrange a job-shad-
owing day with a local college athletic
director.
NationalAssociationofCollegiateDirectors
ofAthletics
PO Box 16428
Cleveland, OH 44116-0428
440-892-4000
http://www.nacda.com
NationalAssociationofCollegiateWomen
AthleticsAdministrators
5018 Randall Parkway, Suite 3
Wilmington, NC 28403-2829
910-793-8244
http://www.nacwaa.org
SportsAdministrationandFacility
Management
Ohio University
School of Recreation and Sport Sciences
E148 Grover Center
Athens, OH 45701-2979
740-593-4666
sportsad@ohiou.edu
http://www.cats.ohiou.edu/sportadmin
Nebraska athletic director Bill Byrne
stands in his offce holding various balls
autographed by Nebraskas successful
coaches in Lincoln, Nebraska. (AP/Wide
World)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 183 7/16/09 9:03:56 AM
184
Athletic
Trainers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatAthleticTrainersDo
Athletic trainers help all athletes stay healthy
and avoid injuries. They work with injured
athletes to get them back into competitive
shape. The professional athletic trainer
may work with a team of physicians, phys-
ical therapists, and nutritionists to plan a
program of health maintenance for team
athletes. Their main purpose is to keep the
athletes competitive and ft. The trainers
program includes exercise, weight lifting,
relaxation and meditation, and controlled
diet.
If an athlete is injured, the trainer is
in charge of treating the injury and help-
ing the athlete recover completely. Train-
ers work with physicians and coaches to
decide if the injured athlete can continue
to compete and if so, when he or she can
go back to the sport. The trainer designs
a series of exercises that rebuild strength
without damaging or straining the injured
area.
To prevent injuries in the frst place,
athletic trainers recommend running,
stretching, weight lifting, and other pro-
grams to help athletes make their bodies
stronger. Trainers may also design workout
programs to strengthen weaker body parts,
such as ankles and elbows, to reduce the
likelihood of injury.
During competition, trainers treat mi-
nor injuries, such as cuts and bruises. They
use ice, bandages, and other minor proce-
dures to reduce swelling and help athletes
cope with pain. After events, trainers may
recommend hot baths, massage, whirlpool
treatments, or athletic wraps to aid injured
areas and speed the athletes recovery.
If you are interested in this feld, you should
pay special attention to physical education
classes and to high school subjects such
as health, anatomy, and physiology. You
should also become certifed in cardiopul-
monary resuscitation (CPR) and frst aid.
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Bachelors degree
SALARYRANGE
$23,000 to $38,000 to $60,000
OUTLOOK
Physical Therapists
Professional AthletesTeam Sports
Sports Physicians
Sports Scouts
L
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 184 7/16/09 9:03:56 AM
185
To become an athletic trainer, you will
need a bachelors degree in physical educa-
tion, physical therapy, or another area re-
lated to health care. Trainers should take
advanced courses in frst aid, anatomy, nu-
trition, and physical therapy in addition to
general courses in health and the sciences,
especially biology and chemistry.
Trainers can earn a certifcate from
the National Athletic Trainers Association
(NATA). To become certifed, trainers must
pass an examination and have at least two
years of experience working under the su-
pervision of a NATA-certifed trainer.
Outlook
Employment rates vary depending on the
level of athletics in which the trainer is in-
volved; however, it is expected opportuni-
ties will grow much faster than the average
for all occupations through 2016 with most
growth in the health care industry.
Like most careers, competition for the
more glamorous jobs is tough. Positions
with professional athletes and teams are
extremely diffcult to fnd. Those working
in them usually have years and years of
experience.
More opportunities exist for certi-
fed athletic trainers who work with high
school athletes, especially if trainers have
other skills that make them more employ-
able. For example, the athletic trainer
wishing to work with high school athletes
who also can teach biology, math, physical
education, or another school subject most
likely will fnd a position sooner than the
candidate with a background solely in ath-
letic training.
Most positions at the college and uni-
versity level now require candidates to have
a masters degree in order to be considered.
In addition to educational and professional
positions, ftness and recreation sports cen-
ters will provide increased job opportuni-
ties for athletic trainers.
ForMoreInformation
Be sure to participate in school and com-
munity sports programs to learn more
about this line of work. You can also par-
ticipate in physical ftness programs of-
fered at your YMCA/YWCA, park district,
or local gym. Try different types of train-
ing, including aerobics, weight training,
and stretching. You should also sign up
for classes in frst aid and CPR. Check with
your local American Heart Association or
Red Cross chapter for course schedules. Fi-
nally, research nutritional facts and how
diet affects both physical performance
and mental stamina.
AmericanCollegeofSportsMedicine
PO Box 1440
317-637-9200
http://www.acsm.org
NationalAthleticTrainersAssociation
2952 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, TX 75247-6916
214-637-6282
http://www.nata.org
Growth Field
ber of athletic trainers is expected
to grow by more than 30 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 185 7/16/09 9:03:57 AM

186
Auctioneers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Decision making
Self-management
WhatAuctioneersDo
Auctioneers sell goods at public sales called
auctions. They describe to the audience
each item to be sold, then suggest or ask
for a starting bid. A bid is an offer to pay a
particular price for an item. After a starting
bid has been made, the auctioneer asks for
higher bids. The bidding continues until it
is clear that no higher bids will be made on
the item. At this point, the auctioneer de-
clares the item sold to the highest bidder.
Auctioneers meet with the sellers and
examine the items to be auctioned. They
estimate the value of each item, group
them by value or type, and try to learn as
much as possible about each item so they
can answer questions buyers may have ei-
ther before or during the auction.
Auctioneers sell a wide variety of
goods. These include antiques, artwork,
household goods, cars, farm machinery,
livestock, stamps, and coins. Real estate
(buildings and land) is also sold at auctions.
Auctioneers may be self-employed or work
for auction houses, car or truck dealers, or
art galleries.
Art, mathematics, and public speaking
courses are good preparation for a career
as an auctioneer. To become an auction-
eer, you will need a high school education.
Some auctioneers learn their skills by be-
coming apprentices to experienced auc-
tioneers, while others attend training pro-
grams at auction schools.
A bachelors degree can be helpful to
some auctioneers, especially those who sell
antiques and artwork.
Approximately 27 states require auc-
tioneers to be licensed. Licensing require-
ments vary, so be sure to contact the licens-
ing board for the state in which you would
like to work for more information.
Outlook
The overall employment for auctioneers
is expected to grow as fast as the average
rate through 2016, but opportunities will
depend on the feld in which auctioneers
work. The Internet and auction sites such
as eBay will take away jobs, while experi-
enced auctioneers retiring from or leaving
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Art, Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
SALARYRANGE
$16,000 to $46,000 to $69,000
OUTLOOK
Buyers
Cashiers
Purchasing Agents
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 186 7/16/09 9:03:57 AM

187
the profession to pursue other careers will
create job openings.
Auctioneers with polished skills and a
strong delivery usually have little trouble
fnding work. For an ambitious auctioneer
who is willing to travel to various locations
and invest time to gain experience, regular
employment is possible, either as an inde-
pendent auctioneer or as a staff member of
an auction frm.
ForMoreInformation
To experience auctioneers work frsthand,
attend a local auction with an adult. Ob-
serve how the auctioneer speaks, gestures,
and handles the fow of merchandise and
bids.
AmericanSocietyofAuctioneers
4470 Chamblee Dunwoody Rd.
Atlanta, Georgia 30338
404-252-4747
NationalAuctioneersAssociation
8880 Ballentine Street
Overland Park, KS 66214-1900
913-541-8084
info@auctioneers.org
http://www.auctioneers.org
NationalAutoAuctionAssociation
5320 Spectrum Drive, Suite D
Frederick, MD 21703-7337
(301) 696-0400
http://www.naaa.com
Auctioneers manage the sale of many types of objects. Here, the auctioneer organizes
the sale of parts from the Concorde airplane. ( Guillaume Horcajuelo/epa/Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 187 7/16/09 9:04:00 AM
188
Audiologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
Social
WhatAudiologistsDo
Audiologists work with adults and children
to identify and correct hearing problems.
Most audiologists work in public school
systems, but many others teach or research
hearing problems at colleges and univer-
sities. Audiologists also work in hospitals,
clinics, and in private practices.
Audiologists perform tests to determine
whether a patient has a hearing loss. These
tests are designed to detect different types of
problems. Some people cannot hear certain
pitches, such as high or low notes. Others
have a hard time distinguishing between
types of sounds, such as the difference be-
tween the letters P and T. Some hearing
problems show up only when there is more
than one noise at a time and the different
sounds are not distinguishable.
When audiologists fnd a hearing prob-
lem, they recommend a course of action.
Treatment options include hearing aids,
visits to a specifc clinic, or meetings with
other specialists, such as psychologists, so-
cial workers, or physical therapists. An au-
diologist must also be able to recognize and
understand speech disorders. If a person
does not hear well, his or her speech also
may be affected.
Naturally, audiologists should have
strong communication skills. Note, though,
that communication skills means more
than being able to speak clearly. They must
be able to explain diagnostic test results
and treatment plans in an easily under-
stood way for a variety of clients who are
already experiencing problems. Audiolo-
gists should enjoy working with people,
both their clients and other professionals
who may be involved in the clients treat-
ment. In addition, the audiologist needs pa-
tience and compassion. A clients progress
may be slow, and the audiologist should be
supportive and encouraging during these
times.
If you are interested in becoming an au-
diologist, you should take science, educa-
tion, and health courses in high school and
college. In most states, a masters degree is
necessary for an entry-level job as an audi-
c
SCHOOLSUBjECTS
Biology, Health, Speech
Masters degree
SALARYRANGE
$38,000 to $59,000 to $95,000
OUTLOOK
Physicians
Social Workers
Speech Language Pathologists
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 188 7/16/09 9:04:03 AM
189
ologist, but a doctorate is expected to be-
come the new standard.
Your college program should include
courses in anatomy, biology, physics, and
physiology, as well as in related areas such
as linguistics (the study of language) and
phonetics (the study of spoken sounds).
Those who wish to work in public schools
need to obtain a teachers certifcate and
meet other state requirements for teaching
children with special needs.
Outlook
The outlook for audiologists shows about
as fast as the average employment growth
through 2016. The occupation is small and
few new job openings are expected to oc-
cur. Two factors will contribute to future
employment opportunities: the growing
number of senior citizens that have hear-
ing problems, and the growing awareness
that children with hearing impairments
can be treated.
Demand for audiologists depends on
economic factors, further budget cutbacks
by health care providers and third-party
payers, and legal mandates requiring ser-
vices for people with disabilities.
ForMoreInformation
Although the specialized nature of the work
makes it diffcult for you to experience the
work of audiologists frsthand, there are op-
portunities to be found. To get experience
working with patients, visit local medical
clinics and hospitals and ask if they accept
volunteers. Other ways to explore include
learning sign language or volunteering
your time in speech, language, and hearing
centers.
AmericanAuditorySociety
352 Sundial Ridge Circle
Dammeron Valley, UT 84783-5196
435-574-0062
http://www.amauditorysoc.org
AmericanSpeech-Language-Hearing
Association
2200 Research Boulevard
Rockville, MD 20850-3289
301-296-5700
actioncenter@asha.org
http://www.asha.org
NationalStudentSpeechLanguageand
HearingAssociation
2200 Research Boulevard, Suite 450
800-498-2071
nsslha@asha.org
http://www.nsslha.org
Fast Fact
The inner ear is an important
component of a persons sense
of balance. An audiologist needs
to address a patients balance
problems as well as his or her
inner-ear problem.
5
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 189 7/16/09 9:04:03 AM
190
Accredited Meets established standards for
providing good training and education. Usually
given by an independent organization of pro-
fessionals to a school or a program in a school.
Compare certifed and licensed.
Apprentice A person who is learning a
trade by working under the supervision of a
skilled worker. Often receive classroom instruc-
tion in addition to their supervised practical
experience.
Apprenticeship 1. A program for training ap-
prentices (see apprentice). 2. The period of time
that a person is working as an apprentice, usu-
ally three or four years.
Associate degree An academic rank or title
given to a person who has completed a two-
year program of study at a community college,
junior college, or similar institution.
Bachelors degree An academic rank or title
given to a person who has completed a four-
year program of study at a college or univer-
sity. Also called an undergraduate degree or
baccalaureate.
Certifed Meets established requirements for
skill, knowledge, and experience in a particu-
lar feld. Granted by organizations of profes-
sionals in their feld. Compare accredited and
licensed.
Commission A percentage of sales re venue
that is given to the salesperson as pay, either in
addition to or instead of a salary.
Community college A public two-year
college that grants an associate degree. Gradu-
ates may transfer to a four-year college or uni-
versity to complete a bachelors degree. Com-
pare junior college and technical community
college.
Curriculum All the courses available in a
school within a particular subject.
Degree An academic distinction given by a
college or university to a student who has com-
pleted a program of study.
Diploma A certifcate or document given by
a school to show that a person has completed
a course of study or has graduated from the
school.
Doctorate (Ph.D.) The highest-level academic
rank or title granted by a graduate school to a
person who has completed a two- to three-year
program of study at a university after receiving
a masters degree.
Downsizing To reduce in size or number. Of-
ten used in the business world to describe com-
pany layoffs.
E-commerce Electronic commerce. Selling
goods and/or services over the Internet.
Engineering The study of putting scientifc
and mathematical knowledge to practical use.
Typical engineering activities include planning
and managing the building of bridges, dams,
roads, chemical plants, machinery, and new in-
dustrial products.
Glossary
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 190 7/16/09 9:04:04 AM
191
Glossary
Freelancer A self-employed person who han-
dles specifc jobs under contract with compa-
nies and individuals.
Fringe beneft A monetary or service bonus
(such as health insurance) given to an employee
in addition to regular wages or salary. Other ex-
amples of fringe benefts include performance
bonuses, pension plans, paid vacations, and life
insurance.
Graduate school A school that grants masters
and doctorate degrees to people who have al-
ready obtained their bachelors degrees.
Humanities The branches of learning that are
concerned with language, the arts, literature,
philosophy, and history. Compare social sci-
ences and natural sciences.
Information technology (IT) Encompasses all
scientifc and mathematical developments that
are used to create, store, and share data such as
words, photographic images, motion pictures,
music, and other forms of information.
Intern An advanced student (usually with at
least some college training) who is employed
in a job that is intended to provide supervised
practical experience.
Internship 1. The position or job of an intern
(see intern). 2. The period of time that a person
is working as an intern.
Journeyman (or journeyworker) A person
who has completed an apprenticeship or oth-
er training period and is qualifed to work in a
skilled trade.
Junior college A two-year college that offers
courses similar to those in the frst half of a
four-year college program. Graduates usually
receive an associate degree and may transfer
to a four-year college or university to complete
a bachelors degree. Compare community
college.
Liberal arts Subjects that develop broad gen-
eral knowledge rather than specifc occupa-
tional skills. Includes philosophy, literature,
the arts, history, language, social sciences, and
natural sciences.
Licensed Formal permission from the proper
authority to carry out an activity that would be
otherwise illegal. For example, a person must be
licensed to practice medicine or to drive a car.
Compare certifed.
Life sciences The natural sciences that are
concerned with living organisms and the pro-
cesses that take place within them (see natural
sciences).
Major The academic feld in which a student
specializes and receives a college degree.
Masters degree An academic rank or title
given to a person who has completed a one- or
two-year program of study beyond the bache-
lors level.
Natural sciences All the sciences that are con-
cerned with objects and processes in nature. In-
cludes biology, chemistry, physics, astronomy,
and geology. Compare humanities and social
sciences.
Pension An amount of money paid regularly
by an employer to a former employee after he
or she retires.
Physical sciences The natural sciences that are
concerned with nonliving matter. Includes phys-
ics, chemistry, and astronomy.
Private 1. Not owned or controlled by the gov-
ernment, such as a privately held company. 2.
Intended only for a particular person or group,
such as a private road or a private club.
Public 1. Provided or operated by the gov-
ernment, such as a public library. 2. Open
and available to everyone, such as a public
meeting.
Regulatory Establishing rules and laws for
carrying out an activity. For example, a federal
regulatory agency is a government organization
that sets up required procedures for how certain
things should be done.
Scholarship A gift of money to a student to
help offset the cost of education.
Social sciences The branches of learning that
are concerned with the behavior of groups of
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 191 7/16/09 9:04:05 AM
192
Glossary
human beings. Includes economics and politi-
cal science. Compare humanities and natural
sciences.
Social studies Courses of study that deal with
how human societies work. Includes civics, ge-
ography, and history.
Starting salary Salary paid to a newly hired
employee, generally less than the amount paid
to a more experienced worker.
Technical college Offers courses in both gen-
eral and technical subjects and awards both as-
sociate degrees and bachelors degrees. Compare
technical community college.
Technical community college Offers courses
in both general and technical subjects, but only
awards associate degrees. Compare technical
college.
Technical institute Typically offers general
technical courses but does not award degrees.
Technical schools that offer a broader range
of subjects and award degrees are usually
called technical colleges or technical community
colleges.
Technical school A general term used to de-
scribe technical colleges, technical community
colleges, and technical institutes. Compare
trade school and vocational school.
Technician A worker with mechanical or sci-
entifc training who works under the supervision
of scientists, engineers, or other professionals.
Typically has two years of college-level educa-
tion after high school.
Technologist A worker with specialized me-
chanical or scientifc training who works un-
der the supervision of scientists, engineers,
or other professionals. Typically has three to
four years of college-level education after high
school.
Trade An occupation that involves working
with ones hands. Requires specialized training
and skills.
Trade school A public or private school that
offers training in one or more of the skilled
trades (see trade). Compare technical school
and vocational school.
Undergraduate A student at a college or uni-
versity who has not yet received a degree.
Undergraduate degree See bachelors degree.
Union An organization of workers in a par-
ticular industry or company. that works to gain
better wages, benefts, and working conditions
for its members. Also called a labor union or
trade union.
Vocational school A public or private school
that offers training in one or more skills or
trades. Compare technical school and trade
school.
Wage Money that is paid in return for work
completed. Generally based on the number of
hours or days worked.
CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 192 7/16/09 9:04:05 AM
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 1 7/16/09 9:42:14 AM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 2 7/16/09 9:42:14 AM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 2
Coremakers
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 3 7/16/09 9:42:17 AM
Ferguson
New York NY 10001
v. cm.
Includes index.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc222009003162
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 4 7/16/09 9:42:17 AM
VOLUNE 2
CAREER ARIlCLE5
Audio Recording Engineers 2
Automatic Teller Machine
Servicers 4
Automobile Collision Repairers 6
Automobile Detailers 8
Automobile Mechanics 10
Automotive Glass Installers and
Repairers 12
Automotive Industry Workers 14
Aviation Safety Inspectors 16
Avionics Engineers and
Technicians 18
Ayurvedic Doctors and
Practitioners 20
Baggage Porters and Bellhops 22
Bail Bondsmen 24
Bailiffs 26
Bank Examiners 28
Bank Services Workers 30
Barbers 32
Bartenders 34
Bed and Breakfast Owners 36
Beekeepers 38
Bicycle Mechanics 40
Biochemists 42
Biofeedback Therapists 44
Biologists 46
Biomedical Equipment
Technicians 48
Bodyguards 50
Boilermakers and Mechanics 52
Bomb Squad Technicians 54
Book Conservators 56
Book Editors 58
Bookkeepers 60
Border Patrol Offcers 62
Botanists 64
Bounty Hunters 66
Brewers 68
Bricklayers and Stonemasons 70
Broadcast Engineers 72
Business Managers 74
Buyers 76
Cable Television Technicians 78
Campaign Workers 80
Cardiologists 82
Cardiovascular Technologists 84
Career Counselors 86
Carpenters 88
Cartographers 90
Cartoonists and Animators 92
Cashiers 94
Caterers 96
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 5 7/16/09 9:42:18 AM
Cement Masons 98
Ceramic Engineers 100
Chemical Engineers 102
Chemical Technicians 104
Chemists 106
Child Care Workers 108
Child Life Specialists 110
Childrens Librarians 112
Chimney Sweeps 114
Chiropractors 116
Choreographers 118
Cinematographers 120
Circus Performers 122
City Managers 124
City Planners 126
Civil Engineers and Civil
Engineering Technicians 128
Clerks 130
Climatologists 132
Clinical Nurse Specialists 134
Clowns 136
Coal Mining Technicians 138
Collection Workers 140
College Administrators 142
College Professors 144
Comedians 146
Comic-Book Artists 148
Comic-Book Writers 150
Communications Equipment
Technicians 152
Composers and Arrangers 154
Computer-Aided Design
Technicians 156
Computer and Electronics Sales
Representatives 158
Computer and Offce Machine
Technicians 160
Computer and Video Game
Designers 162
Computer and Video Game Sound
Workers 164
Computer Network Specialists 166
Computer Programmers 168
Computer Security Specialists 170
Computer Support Service
Owners 172
Computer Systems Analysts 174
Computer Trainers 176
Congressional Aides 178
Conservators and Conservation
Technicians 180
Construction Inspectors 182
Construction Laborers 184
Cooks, Chefs, and Bakers 186
Copy Editors 188
Copywriters 190
Coremakers 192
Glossary 194
vii
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
and Administration
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Human Services
Security
Manufacturing
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 7 7/16/09 9:42:27 AM
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 8 7/16/09 9:42:27 AM

cAREERARTIclES
e
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 1 7/16/09 9:42:28 AM
2
Audio
Recording
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Creative thinking
Social
WhatAudioRecording
EngineersDo
Audio recording engineers operate and main-
tain sound equipment used during musical
recordings and flm, radio, and television
broadcasts. As recording technology has
advanced, the work of audio recording en-
gineers has had a larger effect on the sound
of the fnal recorded product.
When working with music, engineers
frst discuss with the musicians or pro-
ducer what style and kinds of music they
would like to create. They set up and test
microphones, recording equipment, and
amplifers. They must decide the best way
to record the musicians, either by position-
ing them in certain spots or isolating spe-
cifc instruments or vocalists into separate
soundproof rooms. Once recording begins,
engineers listen through headphones and
watch control levels to make sure music,
voices, and other sounds are blending well.
They make multiple takes, or copies, of
a song. Then they mix the best aspects of
each song together to make one perfect
version. They are also in charge of repair-
ing and maintaining the sound equipment
and controls in the studio.
Audio recording engineers who work in
television often must travel to set up and
run sound equipment used in on-the-spot
interviews, sports events, or news reports.
Most radio and television stations operate
24 hours a day, seven days a week, so engi-
neers may work long hours.
Audio recording engineers are assisted
in the studio by studio technicians, or sound
mixers. These technicians monitor the
sound quality of audio recordings. They
use much of the same sound recording
equipment and control panels to assist the
audio recording engineer.
Being a recording engineer requires
both technical skills and communication
skills. Engineers must be patient, be capa-
ble of working well with a variety of peo-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, Music
MInIMuMEDucATIOnlEvEl
SAlARyRAngE
$22,000 to $48,000 to $62,000
OuTlOOk
OthEr ArticlES tO rEAd
Disc Jockeys
Electrical and Electronic Engineers
Musicians
Music Producers
Music Video Editors
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 2 7/16/09 9:42:30 AM
3
ple, and possess the confdence to function
in a leadership position. Excellent trouble-
shooting skills are essential for an audio re-
cording engineer.
When in high school, take music courses to
learn an instrument and learn music com-
position. You should also take classes in
computer science and mathematics to pre-
pare for the technical aspects of the career.
You will need a high school diploma
and at least two years of further training at
a community college or technical school.
Those interested in becoming supervisors
will need advanced degrees. While new en-
gineers receive on-the-job training in sta-
tion procedures, they are expected to know
the basics of broadcast technology before
they are hired.
Outlook
Employment in this feld is expected to
grow much faster than the average rate
through 2016. Computer technology will
continue to make the recording process
easier, which may limit some jobs for entry-
level studio technicians. Beginning techni-
cians with proper training will have the
best employment opportunities in smaller
cities and towns.
However, as the recording process be-
comes faster, studio managers can book
more recording sessions and may need a
larger staff. Engineers with an understand-
ing of advanced technologies, such as digi-
tal recording and multimedia, will have an
edge over the competition.
ForMoreInformation
If your school has a media department,
you can learn more about audio record-
ing by learning to work with some of the
basic equipment. Another way to explore
the career is to join a music or theater club,
where you might be able to work in a sound
booth during a live production.
AudioEngineeringSociety
60 East 42nd Street, Room 2520
New York, NY 10165-2520
212-661-8528
http://www.aes.org
RecordingIndustryAssociationofAmerica
1025 F Street NW, 10th Floor
202-775-0101
http://www.riaa.com
SocietyofProfessionalAudioRecording
Services
PO Box 822463
Dallas, TX 75382-2463
800-771-7727
info@spars.com
http://www.spars.com
Did You Know?
Before recordings were made on
tape, they were cut into pieces of
warm wax. Today, most recordings
are digital.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 3 7/16/09 9:42:31 AM
4
Automatic
TellerMachine
Servicers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Integrity/honesty
WhatAutomaticTeller
MachineServicersDo
Automatic (or automated) teller machine
(ATM) servicers maintain and repair the
ATMs at banks, grocery stores, convenience
stores, gas stations, and other locations.
ATM servicers are also called ATM network
specialists, ATM feld service technicians, and
ATM technicians.
ATM servicers make sure that ATMs are
in working order and are available to the
public, often 24 hours a day, seven days a
week. Some repairs are as simple as clear-
ing paper jams or aligning cash properly,
but some repairs are more complicated and
require knowledge of electronics and com-
puter programming.
ATM servicers who work as frst line tech-
nicians replenish the money, making sure it
is positioned properly and that no sensors
are blocked. They replace receipt paper,
remove any obstructions in the machine,
and perform other routine maintenance.
They balance the machine, remove de-
posits, and deliver them to a central of-
fce. When an ATM seems to be working
improperly, technicians try to identify the
problem. They also check security equip-
ment, such as cameras and VCRs, to make
sure that it is working properly
Second line technicians are typically on
call and are paged when a repair is nec-
essary. With an understanding of particu-
lar machines, networks, and electronic
systems, they perform maintenance on
the machines and replace parts when
necessary. They also perform preventive
maintenance by testing machines. If the
dispenser (the part of the machine that
contains the money) needs to be serviced,
frst line technicians stand guard while
second line technicians make any neces-
sary adjustments.
Because ATMs need servicing not only
during the regular workday but also late at
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Technical/Shop
SAlARyRAngE
$23,000 to $37,000 to $58,000
OuTlOOk
Appliance Repairers
Computer and Offce Machine Service
Technicians
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 4 7/16/09 9:42:31 AM
5
night, on weekends, and on holidays, both
frst line and second line technicians often
work odd hours.
To become an ATM servicer, high school
computer classes are important. Knowledge
of and familiarity with computer languages
will give you an edge as ATMs become more
complex. In addition, take any electronics
or mechanics courses your school offers.
First line technicians usually get their
training on the job, but second line tech-
nicians often must have electronics ex-
perience before being hired. Some posi-
tions require an associates degree or work
experience in electronics or electronic
equipment repair. Manufacturers of ATM
machines also provide training, and em-
ployers may require that technicians have
an understanding of specifc ATMs and
data networks.
Some manufacturers, such as NCR,
Triton Systems, and Diebold, offer certif-
cation in the use of their machines. This
certifcation may be required by some em-
ployers. Some states also require that tech-
nicians driving armored trucks or carrying
guns be licensed as security guards.
Outlook
Employment of computer, automated tell-
er, and offce machine repairers will grow
slower than the average through 2016. A
decrease in new ATM installations and the
ease in which the new equipment can be
repaired will restrict the need for servicers.
ATM manufacturers are constantly ex-
ploring new technology and developing
new features. In addition to cash, ATMs
will soon be offering stamps, phone cards,
and even tickets for travel by bus, train, or
plane. Some ATMs being developed have
Internet capabilities. These machines may
require the services of more extensively
trained technicians to maintain the various
systems and hardware. Workers who com-
plete the most advanced training will be in
most demand.
ForMoreInformation
To explore your interest in this career, try to
observe or participate in any kind of com-
puter repair work. Electronics kits are avail-
able at hobby stores and online. Join your
schools computer club to learn more about
computers. A part-time job at a local com-
puter or electronics store could teach you
about electronic equipment and repair.
ATMIndustryAssociation
PO Box 452
Brookings, SD 57006-0452
888-208-1589
http://www.atmia.com
ATMmarketplace.com
13100 Eastpoint Park Boulevard
Louisville, KY 40223-3157
502-241-7545
http://www.ATMmarketplace.com
Did You Know?
Luther George Simjian invented
the automatic teller machine (ATM)
around 1960. Today there are about
1.5 million ATMs worldwide.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 5 7/16/09 9:42:32 AM
6
Automobile
collision
Repairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Integrity/honesty
Self-management
WhatAutomobile
collisionRepairersDo
Automobile collision repairers fx car bod-
ies and parts that have been damaged by
a traffc accident or through normal wear.
They use hand tools, such as hammers and
screwdrivers, and power tools, such as elec-
tric saws and drills. These tools are used
to straighten bent fenders, remove and re-
place damaged doors and other body parts,
and smooth out dents.
Automobile collision repairers usually
work under the direction of the shop su-
pervisor. The shop supervisor is also the per-
son who gives the customer an estimate of
how much the work will cost.
Body repairers do a variety of tasks,
depending on what parts of the car have
been damaged. Small dents, for instance,
are usually knocked out with a hammer or
hand prying bar. If fenders or other body
parts are badly dented, however, the body
repairer removes the part with a wrench or
torch and puts on a replacement part with
a welder. Collision repairers work to bring
an automobile back to its original condi-
tion so it will be safe to drive. To do this,
collision repairers may have to realign the
vehicles frame (the metal structure that
supports the entire vehicle) or reinstall
safety features, such as air bags that may
have deployed during an accident.
Some automobile collision repairers
specialize in an area of repair work. Auto-
motive painters apply new paint to body
parts that have been repaired after an acci-
dent or paint entire automobiles that have
worn paint jobs.
Skill in handling both hand and power
tools is essential for any automobile col-
lision repairer. Since each collision repair
job is unique and presents a different chal-
lenge, repairers often must be resourceful
in their method of repair.
To become an automobile collision repair-
er, you should have a minimum of a high
school diploma. Take automotive and shop
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
SAlARyRAngE
$21,000 to $36,000 to $60,000
OuTlOOk
Diesel Mechanics
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 6 7/16/09 9:42:32 AM
7
classes, mathematics, English, and com-
puter classes.
Most collision repairers undergo some
postsecondary training at a vocational
school or community college as well. Most
programs in collision repair are one- to
two-year programs.
Once employed, collision repairers can
become certifed. The National Institute for
Automotive Service Excellence is the main
organization that certifes automobile col-
lision repairers. To become certifed, repair-
ers must have two years of experience and
pass a written examination.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for automobile
collision repairers are expected to increase
tions through 2016. If the number of cars
being sold in the United States rises, the
number needing repairs is also expected to
increase. Students who undergo the proper
training should be able to fnd work with-
out diffculty.
Changing technology also plays a role
in the industrys outlook. New automobile
designs have body parts made of steel alloys,
aluminum, and plasticsmaterials that are
more time consuming to work with. In many
cases, such materials are more prone to dam-
age, increasing the need for body repairs.
ForMoreInformation
Working on cars as a hobby can provide you
with frsthand experience in repair work.
Another good way to learn more about the
job is through participation in organiza-
tions, such as SkillsUSA-Vocational Indus-
trial Clubs of America (VICA). VICA coor-
dinates competitions in several vocational
areas, including collision repair. VICA is rep-
resented in all 50 states. If your school does
not have a chapter, ask your guidance coun-
selor about starting one or participating in
an arrangement with another school.
AutomotiveAftermarketIndustry
Association
7101 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1300
301-654-6664
aaia@aftermarket.org
http://www.aftermarket.org
nationalAutomotiveTechniciansEducation
Foundation
101 Blue Seal Drive, Suite 101
Leesburg, VA 20175-5684
703-669-6650
http://www.natef.org
nationalInstituteforAutomotiveService
Excellence
101 Blue Seal Drive SE, Suite 101
703-669-6600
http://www.asecert.org
SkillsuSA-vIcA
PO Box 3000
703-777-8810
http://www.skillsusa.org
Fast Fact
Todays cars are made with a
wide variety of materials, in-
cluding steel, aluminum, fber-
glass, and plastic. Each of these
materials requires a different
technique when being repaired,
so automobile collision repair-
ers need to be familiar with
how each material behaves.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 7 7/16/09 9:42:33 AM
8
Automobile
Detailers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatAutomobile
DetailersDo
Automobile detailing is the careful cleaning
of the interiors and exteriors of cars, vans,
boats, and other vehicles. Automobile detail-
ers clean the cars in a commercial shop or
at the clients home.
With some training, a specially
equipped van, and a good eye for detail,
automobile detailers make old cars look
new again and keep new cars looking new.
In some cases, they do a basic wash and
vacuum, but in other cases they clean ev-
ery nook and cranny of a car, inside and
out. Detailers polish and wax the exterior
surface to clean and protect rubber, trim,
glass, and chrome. They also clean the
wheels and tires. Sometimes they sand
and buff the vehicles exterior paint. In-
side the car, they vacuum the carpet, treat
the vinyl and leather, and clean the dash-
board and vents. Detailers treat stubborn
stains on the exterior of the car, such as
road tar, tree sap, and grease. They use
specially formulated cleaners, but they
also use household items such as vinegar
(for all-purpose cleaning), cornstarch (for
grease and oil), and pencil erasers (for ink
and crayon marks).
Mobile detailers offer services to clients
at their homes or offce parking lots. Mo-
bile detailing services are often hired to
service corporate feets of vans, trucks, and
even light aircraft.
Some detailers specialize in exotic cars,
such as Porsches, Jaguars, or Lamborghinis,
preparing the cars for shows, races, and
other events. Other detailers clean any-
thing from an RV to a golf cart. Detailers
who own their own shops may offer other
services, such as painting, windshield re-
pair, dent removal, leather dyeing, and
other interior and exterior improvements.
As with any small business, automobile
detailers are entirely responsible for their
own success. They must be ambitious, disci-
plined, and self-motivated to seek out clients
and schedule their own work hours. They
must also be capable of budgeting their mon-
ey for months when business may be slow.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
SAlARyRAngE
$14,000 to $19,000 to $31,000
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 8 7/16/09 9:42:33 AM
9
If you hope to own your own detailing busi-
ness, take courses that will prepare you for
business ownership, such as math, account-
ing, and business management. Chemistry
and shop courses will give you an under-
standing of the cleansers and equipment
you will be using and also give you practice
at working with your hands.
A college degree is not required to be
a detailer, but courses in small business
management from a community college
will help you build your own successful
service. Check with a local detailing chain
or garage to see if you can be hired on a
training basis. Some companies offer de-
tailing training, such as Maaco, Ziebart, or
National Detail.
Outlook
Some auto industry experts predict that by
the year 2030 there will be a billion cars
on the streets of the world. On average,
people are spending more and more time
in their cars than ever before, increasing
the demand for automobile detailers. The
longer life spans and higher value of cars
will also increase the demand for detail-
ing professionals. Mobile detailers will es-
pecially beneft from the growing number
of higher-income families with more than
one car.
ForMoreInformation
You can learn on your own how to clean
a windshield without leaving streaks or
how to remove stains from interior carpets
and upholstery. Read books and magazines
on automobile detailing. Professional Car-
washing and Detailing Online (http://www.
carwash.com) features many articles on
the business. Offer your car washing and
waxing services to families in your neigh-
borhood to get experience and earn extra
money.
InternationalcarwashAssociation
401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2200
Tel: 888-422-8422
info@carwash.org
http://www.carwash.org
nationalDetailSystems
8595 Columbus Pike #175
Lewis Center, OH 43035
800-647-0082
info@nationaldetail.com
http://www.nationaldetail.com
Paul Eagles, an automobile detailer,
works on a classic car that will then be
auctioned. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 9 7/16/09 9:42:34 AM
10
Automobile
Mechanics
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatAutomobile
MechanicsDo
Automobile mechanics, also called automo-
bile service technicians, repair and service all
kinds of automotive vehicles, such as cars,
trucks, buses, and trailers. They fnd out
why a vehicle is not running smoothly by
running tests to look for clues that show
mechanical or electrical problems.
After locating the cause of the problem,
the auto mechanic makes the necessary re-
pairs. If a part is too badly worn or dam-
aged to be fxed, the mechanic replaces it.
Mechanics have to explain to the customer
what is wrong with the vehicle, how it will
be fxed, and the cost of labor and parts.
To keep cars and trucks from needing
repairs in the frst place, auto mechanics
also provide preventive maintenance and
tune-ups. They usually follow a checklist to
be sure they do not overlook any important
parts, such as belts, hoses, steering systems,
spark plugs, brake systems, carburetors, and
wheel bearings. Mechanics use many tools
in their daily work, from simple hand tools
to specialty and computerized tools.
Some workers specialize in only one
type of vehicle and are known as bus,
truck, motorcycle, or foreign-car mechan-
ics. Others specialize in a type of repair,
such as automatic transmissions, tune-
ups, air conditioning, brakes, radiators, or
electrical systems. Mechanics may work in
service stations, for new-car dealers, or for
department stores with automotive service
facilities. They may be employed by the
federal, state, or local government, or for
taxicab and auto leasing companies that
repair their own vehicles.
Most employers prefer to hire service tech-
nicians with at least a high school diploma.
Your high school courses should include
shop classes covering auto mechanics, elec-
tricity, or electronics. As new cars become
more computerized, mechanics will need
technical skills to keep up with changing
technology. Any classes in computer sci-
ence will be helpful.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Technical/Shop
SAlARyRAngE
$19,000 to $34,000 to $58,000
OuTlOOk
Diesel Mechanics
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 10 7/16/09 9:42:34 AM
11
Many vocational schools and com-
munity and junior colleges offer auto me-
chanics courses. In addition to training,
mechanics must complete either an ap-
prenticeship or an on-the-job training pro-
gram. On-the-job training usually consists
of three or four years of supervised work
under the guidance of experienced auto-
workers. An apprenticeship also takes about
three to four years to complete. Apprentice
programs are offered through many auto
dealers and independent repair shops. Spe-
cialized auto mechanics usually need addi-
tional training.
Mechanics can become certifed by the
National Automotive Technicians Educa-
tion Foundation. Certifcation is available
in various repair areas such as automatic
transmission, brakes, electrical systems,
and engine performance.
Outlook
Experts predict that this feld will grow
faster than the average through 2016. The
demand for automobile mechanics is far
greater than the supply in the immedi-
ate future. Positions also will be created as
skilled automobile mechanics retire. Most
new jobs for technicians will be at inde-
pendent service dealers, specialty shops,
and new car dealers. Opportunities will be
best for those who complete postsecondary
training and are Automotive Service Excel-
lence (ASE) certifed.
ForMoreInformation
Many community centers offer general auto
maintenance and mechanics workshops
where you can practice working on cars
and learn from experienced instructors. An
easier way to get hands-on experience is by
asking a parent or older sibling to teach you
how to change oil and tires, replace batter-
ies and belts, and do other minor repairs.
You should also read trade magazines.
AutomotiveServiceAssociation
PO Box 929
Bedford, TX 76095-0929
800-272-7467
asainfo@asashop.org
http://www.asashop.org
nationalAutomotiveTechniciansEducation
Foundation
101 Blue Seal Drive, Suite 101
703-669-6650
http://www.natef.org
nationalInstituteforAutomotiveService
Excellence
101 Blue Seal Drive SE, Suite 101
703-669-6600
An automobile mechanic fxes a broken
part on a customers car. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 11 7/16/09 9:42:35 AM
12
Automotive
glassInstallers
andRepairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatAutomotiveglass
InstallersandRepairersDo
Windshields and windows in vehicles can
get damaged or broken by small rocks and
debris on the road kicked up by passing
vehicles, by hailstones during storms, in
collisions, and by other everyday wear and
tear. Automotive glass installers and repairers
replace or repair vehicles damaged wind-
shields and windows. During the process
of making repairs, automotive glass in-
stallers and repairers, also known as auto-
motive glass technicians, automotive glaziers,
and windshield repair technicians, use tools
to remove the broken or damaged wind-
shield or window glass from the frame
holding it in place. Before installing the
new windshield or window, the installer
must clean the area of all dirt, debris, and
loose glass. Once repairs are complete, the
installer must replace other damaged parts
such as windshield wipers and window
moldings removed prior to replacing the
windshield or window. If the windshield
or window is to be repaired rather than re-
placed, the technician carefully cleans the
damaged glass then applies a primer and
patching materials to the scratches and
nicks.
To prepare for a career as an automotive
glass installer and repairer, while in high
school take courses in English, mathemat-
ics, and computers. Take any vocational
education or shop classes your school of-
fers as well to learn more about using a va-
riety of hand tools.
Most employers prefer to hire people
with a high school diploma or general
educational development (GED) degree.
On-the-job training is one way to learn the
job, but postsecondary education such as
the certifed auto glass repair technician
program offered by the National Glass As-
sociation is also available
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, English, Vocational
education
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$20,000 to $31,000 to $48,000
OuTlOOk
Glaziers
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 12 7/16/09 9:42:36 AM
13
Outlook
Employment opportunities for automo-
tive glass repairers and installers are ex-
pected to increase faster than the average
for all occupations through 2016. Some
positions will become available as skilled
installers retire or leave the feld for other
reasons. Prospects should be best for those
with some postsecondary training in auto
glass repair and certifcation.
ForMoreInformation
Working part time at a service station or
auto shop is one way to learn more about
the automotive repair business, includ-
ing windshield and window glass instal-
lation. Reading related trade publications
such as Glass Magazine published by the
National Glass Association, can also pro-
vide information.
AutomotiveServiceAssociation
PO Box 929
800-272-7467
http://www.asashop.org
nationalglassAssociation
8200 Greensboro Drive, Suite 302
McLean, VA 22102-3881
866-342-5642
http://www.glass.org
nationalWindshieldRepairAssociation
PO Box 569
Garrisonville, VA 22463-0569
540-720-7484
http://www.nwraassociation.org
Growth Field
ber of automotive glass installers
and repairers is expected to grow
from 24,000 to 28,000, an increase
of 20 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 13 7/16/09 9:42:36 AM

14
Automotive
Industry
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatAutomotive
IndustryWorkersDo
Automotive industry workers build automo-
biles in factories. They also build, maintain,
and operate machines and tools used to pro-
duce the parts. Auto industry workers work
in different types of factories. The largest
factories are called assembly plants, where
the automobiles are assembled from parts
shipped from factories all over the country.
There are often several thousand workers
employed at assembly plants. Smaller fac-
tories are called parts production plants. In
these factories, workers produce a specifc
part or a group of parts, such as the steering
wheel. These factories may employ a few
dozen people to several hundred. In both
types of factories, employees often work in
shifts because the plants operate 24 hours
a day.
Automotive workers work with their
hands. They spend a lot of time standing,
bending, and lifting, and they do a lot of
repetitive work. They often work in noisy
areas with heavy machinery and are re-
quired to wear safety gear, such as helmets,
goggles, earplugs, gloves, and steel-toed
shoes.
Automotive industry workers are em-
ployed in many types of jobs. Machinists
operate the machines used to make auto-
motive parts. They use tools, such as lathes,
drill presses, and milling machines. Preci-
sion metalworkers design the tools, dies, and
guiding and holding devices for machines.
Maintenance workers set up new machin-
ery and repair and maintain it. Supervisors
are experienced in production and are fa-
miliar with several machines and processes
in their department. They supervise the
production workers. Inspectors make sure
the auto parts meet specifcations and that
the metal used for the parts is high qual-
ity. Welders and cutters join metal parts by
melting and fusing them to form a perma-
nent bond.
Working in an automotive production
plant can be physically challenging. For
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Mathematics, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$16,000 to $25,000 to $39,000
OuTlOOk
Decline
Diesel Mechanics
_
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 14 7/16/09 9:42:37 AM
15
many jobs, you need the physical capa-
bility to stand for long periods, lift heavy
objects, and maneuver hand tools and ma-
chinery. Of course, some jobs in an auto-
motive production plant can be performed
by a person with a physical disability. For
example, a person who uses a wheelchair
may work well on an assembly line job that
requires only the use of his or her hands.
Most jobs in the automotive industry re-
quire only a high school diploma. How-
ever, there is often strong competition for
jobs with large automakers because they of-
fer good benefts and pay. Therefore, if you
have more training after high school, you
stand a better chance of getting hired.
Training in auto mechanics, electron-
ics, welding, or drafting is helpful. Math-
ematics, including geometry, is useful for
workers who may have to read blueprints.
Community colleges and vocational-tech-
nical institutes offer one- or two-year pro-
grams in machining, welding, and tool-
making. These programs often include
on-the-job training through internships or
apprenticeships.
Certifcation is available but not re-
quired for many of the positions in an au-
tomotive production plant.
Outlook
In general, slow job growth is expected for
the U.S. automotive industry, and employ-
ment opportunities are expected to decline
through 2016. The industry is struggling
with a steep decline due in part to dramati-
cally rising gasoline prices and economic
downturns, resulting in many layoffs and
job losses. Some jobs will become available
as aging workers retire, leaving positions to
be flled.
ForMoreInformation
Take classes or fnd hobbies that involve
working with your hands and building
things from a number of small parts. Work-
ing on cars with a parent is ideal, but you
can also learn from model-building or met-
alworking crafts.
AmericanWeldingSociety
550 LeJeune Road NW
Miami, FL 33126-5699
800-443-9353
info@aws.org
http://www.aws.org
nationalToolingandMachining
Association
9300 Livingston Road
Fort Washington, MD 20744-4914
800-248-6862
info@ntma.org
http://www.ntma.org
unitedAutoWorkers
8000 East Jefferson Avenue
Detroit, MI 48214-3963
313-926-5000
http://www.uaw.org
This automotive industry worker is
spray painting a new car in the factory.
(Maximilian Stock Ltd./Photo Researchers,
Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 15 7/16/09 9:42:38 AM
16
Aviation
Safety
Inspectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Decision making
Responsibility
WhatAviationSafety
InspectorsDo
The duties of an aviation safety inspector
generally include making sure that aircraft
are airworthy, that the facilities and equip-
ment surrounding aircraft are safe, and that
the personnel working on or fying aircraft
complete their work safely and correctly.
The specifc duties of aviation safety in-
spectors depend on the area in which they
specialize.
Aviation safety inspectors usually work
in one of three general areas: operations,
pertaining to the operation of aircraft;
manufacturing, pertaining to the manu-
facture of aircraft or related equipment;
or airworthiness, pertaining to the main-
tenance and repair of aircraft and related
equipment in order to ensure safe fight.
Aviation safety inspectors working in oper-
ations are concerned with the people oper-
ating aircraft and their training programs,
equipment, and facilities. They certify that
pilots, navigators, and fight instructors
have met competency standards and are
ft to fy. Aviation safety inspectors work-
ing in manufacturing are concerned with
the design and manufacture of aircraft, air-
craft parts, and avionics equipment. They
examine these materials to make sure they
match the necessary design specifcations.
Aviation safety inspectors working in air-
worthiness are concerned with the repair
and maintenance of aircraft, aircraft parts,
and avionics equipment. They assess the
skills of the mechanics that work on air-
craft and related parts and equipment and
certify that the work of these mechanics
meets government standards.
Most aviation safety inspectors are
employed by the federal government,
with the majority working for the Depart-
ment of Transportation, namely the Fed-
eral Aviation Administration and the Na-
tional Transportation Safety Board. Other
employers of aviation safety inspectors
include consulting frms, insurance com-
panies, and companies that specialize in
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$27,000 to $51,000 to $98,000
OuTlOOk
Aircraft Mechanics
Flight Instructors
Pilots
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 16 7/16/09 9:42:38 AM
17
aviation technology and industry. Some
inspectors are self-employed and work as
independent consultants. For many careers
in aviation safety, United States citizenship
is required, as well as the ability to pass a
background security check.
High school students interested in a career
in aviation safety should pursue a college
prep curriculum, since a college degree is
preferred for many positions in aviation
safety inspection. Mathematics and science
courses are especially useful. Coursework
in communications will also be benefcial,
since aviation safety inspectors need to ask
questions, instruct others, and give oral
and written reports of their fndings.
General and aviation-specifc experi-
ence is required to secure particular avia-
tion safety positions. A college education
can be used to substitute for some or all of
the required experience, depending upon
each position. A bachelors degree in the
felds of engineering, aeronautics, or air
transportation is especially useful.
Certifcation requirements vary accord-
ing to the type of aviation safety position
desired. All certifcates must be renewed by
their holders and kept current.
Outlook
Employment opportunities should grow
faster than the average for aviation safety
inspectors through 2016 as the federal gov-
ernment seeks to improve aviation safety
and address security threats.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your teacher or parents to organize a
job-shadowing day with an aviation safety
inspector. To learn more information about
education, training, and career issues asso-
ciated with this occupation, contact the
following organizations:
866-835-5322
http://www.faa.gov/careers
nationalTransportationSafetyboard
490 LEnfant Plaza, SW
Washington, D.C. 20594-0001
202-314-6000
http://www.ntsb.gov
universityofIllinoisInstituteofAviation
One Airport Road
Savoy, IL 61874-8817
217-244-8671
http://www.aviation.uiuc.edu
A U.S. Air Force aviation safety inspector
repairs part of a planes engine during a
routine check. (U.S. Air Force)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 17 7/16/09 9:42:39 AM
18
Avionics
Engineersand
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatAvionicsEngineers
andTechniciansDo
When pilots fy a plane, they have to navi-
gate, monitor the instruments, and com-
municate with air traffc controllers during
the fight. They rely on radios, navigation-
al equipment, autopilots, fight recorders,
and other electronic equipment to help
them fy safely. It is the job of the avionics
engineer and technician to make sure this
equipment is in top working condition.
Avionics (from the words aviation and
electronics) is the use of electronics in
the operation of aircraft, spacecraft, and
missiles. Avionics engineers and technicians
install, repair, test, and service electronic
equipment used in aircraft and spacecraft.
After installing new systems, they test
and adjust the equipment to make sure it
meets specifcations set by the manufac-
turer and the Federal Aviation Administra-
tion (FAA).
Avionics engineers conduct research
and solve problems associated with fying,
developing landing systems and other safe-
ty instruments. They may work in a shop
on individual pieces of equipment or out-
doors on large aircraft. Engineers also help
design and develop new electronic equip-
ment. They must consider fying condi-
tions, including weight limitations on the
plane, resistance to air pressure and physi-
cal shock, and other factors.
Avionics technicians inspect, test, ad-
just, and repair the electronic equipment
used in aircraft communications, naviga-
tion, and fight-control systems. Techni-
cians set and adjust the frequencies of
communications equipment and perform
checks to make sure communication with
ground workers is clear. To comply with
FAA rules, they keep detailed records of
their work and log all repairs and parts they
replace. They use equipment and tools such
as oscilloscopes, voltmeters, circuit analyz-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree (engineers)
(technicians)
SAlARyRAngE
$61,000 to $91,000 to $130,000
(engineers)
$33,000 to $48,000 to $63,000
(technicians)
OuTlOOk
Aerospace Engineers
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 18 7/16/09 9:42:39 AM
19
ers, and signal generators to test and evalu-
ate parts that need repair.
If this sounds like an interesting career to
you, be sure to have a solid background in
advanced mathematics classes. Shop class-
es in electronics are also helpful.
You will need some postsecondary
training to obtain the basic skills needed
to be an avionics technician. Engineers
will need to earn a bachelors degree. Some
community colleges and technical schools
offer one- or two-year programs in avionics
that can lead to associates degrees or certif-
icates of completion. Some of the FAA-cer-
tifed trade schools also have four-year pro-
grams in avionics or aviation technology. If
an avionics program or course is not avail-
able in your area, you should take classes in
electronics or earn an associates degree in
electronics. Some large corporations, espe-
cially those in the aerospace industry, have
their own schools and training facilities.
The U.S. armed forces also provide training
in avionics and electronics.
Outlook
Experts predict that employment for avi-
onics engineers and technicians should
grow as fast as the average for all other oc-
cupations through 2016. Commercial ap-
plications of space programs, including the
launching of privately owned satellites, are
providing new opportunities.
The airline and aerospace industries
are both closely tied to government spend-
ing, political changes, and the state of the
economy. The cancellation of one space-
craft program or a decline in airline travel
that leads to employee cutbacks may throw
a large number of avionics engineers and
technicians out of work. However, avion-
ics will always be an important and con-
stantly developing feld that will require
trained engineers and technicians. Reli-
ance on electronic technology demands
these workers expertise.
ForMoreInformation
A good way to explore this work is to
join clubs or organizations involved with
electronics.
AerospaceIndustriesAssociationof
America
http://www.aia-aerospace.org
866-835-5322
http://www2.faa.gov
generalAviationManufacturers
Association
1400 K Street NW, Suite 801
202-393-1500
http://www.gama.aero/home.php
Prior to takeoff, a group of avionics
engineers service the equipment in a
plane. (Army Corps of Engineers)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 19 7/16/09 9:42:40 AM
20
Ayurvedic
Doctorsand
Practitioners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Creative thinking
Self-management
WhatAyurvedicDoctors
andPractitionersDo
Ayurveda is a way of life based on knowl-
edge and beliefs frst written down over
5,000 years ago in India. Though Ayurvedic
medicine is ancient, it is still the most
popular form of medicine in India. It also
is becoming popular in Western countries,
partly because of its holistic nature. Ay-
urvedic doctors and practitioners do not treat
the symptoms of disease the way that most
Western doctors do. Instead, they treat the
whole patient, mind and body. The gen-
eral emphasis is shifted from what the doc-
tor and modern medicine can do to what
the patient can do. For example, instead
of prescribing drugs to address a medical
problem, an Ayurvedic practitioner may
advise a patient on which foods to eat and
which to avoid and provide tips on reduc-
ing stress.
Ayurvedic healers believe that each
person is unique, so they do not give the
same advice to every patient. The best
treatment for one patient may be the worst
treatment for another. For this reason, Ay-
urvedic practitioners learn everything they
can about their patients. Only after they
understand a persons physical and men-
tal makeup do they prescribe such things
as diets, meditation, yoga, herbs, massage,
and special treatments.
Ayurvedic practitioners and doctors
work closely with their clients, so it is essen-
tial that they be able to gain their clients
or patients trust, make them comfortable
and relaxed, and communicate effectively
enough with them to gather the informa-
tion that they need in order to treat them
effectively. It is unlikely that an uncommu-
nicative person who is uncomfortable with
people will be able to build a successful Ay-
urvedic practice. In addition, a practitioner
must be comfortable making decisions and
working alone.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry, Health
SAlARyRAngE
$19,000 to $33,000 to $100,000
OuTlOOk
Acupuncturists
Herbalists
Massage Therapists
Myotherapists
Naturopaths
Reexologists
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 20 7/16/09 9:42:43 AM
21
There are two ways to earn a living using
Ayurveda: you can become a doctor or a
practitioner. In Western countries, such as
the United States, only a licensed medical
doctor can practice medicine. Ayurvedic
doctors are medical doctors who are also
trained in Ayurveda. Other Ayurvedic ex-
perts become licensed paramedical profes-
sionals, such as nutritionists, psychologists,
massage therapists, and naturopaths. They
are called Ayurvedic practitioners.
If you want to become either a doctor
or a practitioner, take high school courses
in health, biology, anatomy, and chemistry.
To become an Ayurvedic doctor, you must
earn a bachelors degree, graduate from
medical school, and complete an internship
in a specialty such as family medicine or
internal medicine. To become a practitioner,
you will have to do whatever is necessary to
be licensed in the profession of your choice,
such as massage therapy or nutrition. Both
doctors and practitioners should take as
many courses in Ayurveda as they can fnd.
The best place to be trained is India, but you
may also study at an institution such as the
National Institute of Ayurvedic Medicine in
New York.
Outlook
Currently, the feld is growing faster than the
average for all felds. Many feel that West-
ern medicine is too clinical and impersonal.
There is a growing interest in alternative
forms of medicine that take into account
the whole body and mind of a patient.
ForMoreInformation
Research the background and core beliefs
of Ayurveda. Consider making an appoint-
ment to visit an Ayurvedic professional, ei-
ther for a medical evaluation or just to talk
about the job.
AmericanInstituteofvedicStudies
PO Box 8357
Santa Fe, NM 87504-8357
505-983-9385
vedicinst@aol.com
http://www.vedanet.com
chopracenteratlacostaResortandSpa
2013 Costa del Mar Road
Carlsbad, CA 92009-6801
888-494-1608
http://www.chopra.com
nationalInstituteofAyurvedicMedicine
584 Milltown Road
Brewster, NY 10509-5224
845-278-8700
ayurveda@niam.com
http://www.niam.com
This Ayurvedic practicioner is massaging a
womans face with an herbal cream. (Mauro
Fermariello / Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 21 7/16/09 9:42:45 AM
22
baggage
Portersand
bellhops
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Social
WhatbaggagePorters
andbellhopsDo
Baggage porters and bellhops are considered
front-of-the-house workers in the hotel
industry. At some hotels, they are called
uniformed service attendants. They are re-
sponsible for carrying guests luggage to
their room upon their arrival and carry-
ing luggage back to the lobby when guests
depart. Guests who need to store their
luggage until a fight later in the day may
ask bellhops to place their belongings in a
storage area.
Guests may have questions for bellhops
about the room services, the hotel prop-
erty, or the area surrounding the hotel. At
times, bellhops are asked to run errands or
deliver items for guests. If the hotel is par-
ticularly busy, bellhops may help in other
departments, such as the front desk, con-
cierge, or the mailroom. Bellhops do most
of their work from the bellstand, which is a
desk or podium located in the hotel lobby.
Bellhops may assist handicapped guests,
deliver ice or other supplies, provide direc-
tions to area attractions, or even drive the
hotel van.
At larger hotels, there is usually more
than one bellhop per shift. If a large group
is checking into the hotel or if a guest has
several pieces of luggage, two or more bell-
hops may be assigned to help them up to
their rooms.
In addition to hotels, baggage porters
are also employed at airports, bus termi-
nals, train stations, and just about any
place of travel.
Successful baggage porters and bell-
hops should have good character and a
friendly personality. Since bell attendants
are often among the frst hotel employees
with whom a guest interacts, its important
for them to make a good impression. An
outgoing personality and a desire to meet
people from all over the country and world
are good traits to have.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Physical education, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$14,000 to $19,000 to $37,000
OuTlOOk
Hotel Concierges
Hotel Desk Clerks
Resort Workers
u
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 22 7/16/09 9:42:45 AM
23
There are no educational requirements
for bellhops and baggage porters, though
many hotels will insist you have at least a
high school diploma or a GED equivalent.
The most important source of instruc-
tion is on-the-job training lasting up to one
month. During this time, you will learn the
correct way to handle and store baggage
and how to pick up heavy pieces safely.
The American Hotel and Lodging Edu-
cational Institute offers training and certi-
fcation classes for bellhops. Obtaining cer-
tifcation is helpful, especially if you aspire
to a bellstand management position.
Outlook
Employment for bellhops and baggage
porters is expected to grow at an average
rate through 2016. Employment in the
hospitality industry, however, is greatly
infuenced by economic conditions, na-
tional events, and international events.
During times of recession, fewer people
spend money traveling for pleasure and
businesses cut back on travel expenditures
for employees. Because of high job turn-
over, many job openings will be created
as workers leave the feld because of retire-
ment or job transfers.
There are limited job opportunities
for bellhops and baggage porters at many
motels and smaller hotels. However, larger
hotels are known for their luxurious ac-
commodations and superior guest services.
There will continue to be job openings for
bellhops at these larger hotels and resorts.
In addition, baggage porters will continue
to fnd work at train stations, bus depots,
and airports.
ForMoreInformation
A good way to learn more about this job
is to watch baggage porters at work. Try to
talk to bellhops while they are on break to
ask them about their jobs and how they
got into the feld of hospitality.
AmericanhotelandlodgingAssociation
1201 New York Avenue NW, Suite 600
202-289-3100
informationcenter@ahla.com
http://www.ahla.com
AmericanhotelandlodgingEducational
Institute
800 North Magnolia Avenue, Suite 300
800-752-4567
http://www.ei-ahla.org
Fast Fact
Large hotels may employ bell
captains, who supervise the
bellstand and give assignments
to bellhops. Bell captains are
usually former bellhops.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 23 7/16/09 9:42:45 AM
24
bailbondsmen
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatbailbondsmenDo
When someone is arrested for a crime, a
bail bondsman (also known as a bail agent
or bail bonding agent) pays the bail so that
the arrested person can go free until it is
time for the trial. The bondsman charges
a fee of 10 to 15 percent of the total cash
bond assigned by the court.
As an example, a woman might call a
bail bondsman to say that her son has been
arrested and his court date for trial is in four
months. The judge sets her sons bail at
$30,000, but she does not have that kind of
money. The mother wants the bondsmans
help in getting her son out on bail. She of-
fers to pay the bondsmans fee, which at
10 percent of the bail amount would be
$3,000, in exchange for the bondsman
paying the bail.
Before deciding to take the case, the
bondsman does research to fnd out if it is
a good risk. If the son does not show up
for his court date, the bondsman loses the
money posted for bail. Using the phone
and computers, the bonding agent gathers
more information, such as the type of crime
the son allegedly committed, any past re-
cord he may have, if he works and what his
employer says about him, and what other
ties he has to the community. After this re-
search, if the bondsman takes the case and
posts bond, and the client shows up for his
court date, the bondsman gets the posted
money back.
To help cut down the risk of someone
jumping bail, bondsmen spend a lot of time
monitoring the people for whom bail has
been posted. Some bondsmen have in their
agreements a demand that the accused per-
son call in on a regular basis to verify his or
her whereabouts. If the client fails to show
up for court, either the bondsman person-
ally goes after the client or the bondsman
hires bounty hunters (also known as bail en-
forcement agents and fugitive recovery agents)
to track down the client and bring him or
her back.
State requirements vary, but to be a bail
bondsman, you must be at least 18 or 21
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Government, Mathematics
SAlARyRAngE
$38,000 to $50,000 to $98,000
OuTlOOk
Bailiffs
Bounty Hunters
Police Offcers
Process Servers
y
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 24 7/16/09 9:42:46 AM
25
years of age, have a high school diploma or
GED, and have no felony police record.
High school courses in computers, ac-
counting, mathematics, government, so-
cial studies, and geography will help you
in this career.
College-level course work in criminal
justice and psychology and training in
law enforcement techniques are benef-
cial. Many of todays bail bondsmen have
college degrees in criminal justice, al-
though that is not a requirement. De-
pending on your states regulations, you
may need to complete a certain amount
of specifc pre-work and pre-licensing
education.
Outlook
Opportunities for bail bonding work are
growing. Professional Bail Agents of the
United States says the bail bondsman ca-
reer is a growing feld, but the use of per-
sonal recognizance bail has had a negative
impact on its growth. (When judges release
an accused person on his or her own per-
sonal recognizance, there is no need for
bail bond service; however, there is also no
guarantee that the person will show up for
court.)
ForMoreInformation
Get on the Web and search under bail
bonding to see just how many bail bonds-
men are out there; check out their Web
sites to learn what kinds of services are of-
fered. Ask your school guidance counselor
or government teacher to help you arrange
for a visit to the local police department.
You can get a tour of the facilities, learn
about arrest procedures, and talk to law
enforcement professionals. Sit in on open
court proceedings.
Americanbailcoalition
1725 Desales Street NW, Suite 800
800-375-8390
dnabic@aol.com
http://www.americanbailcoalition.com
californiabailAgentsAssociation
PO Box 4752
Carson, CA 90749-4752
310-549-3512
http://www.cbaa.com
ProfessionalbailAgentsoftheunited
States
1301 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Suite 925
202-783-4120
http://www.pbus.com
unitedStatesProfessionalbailbond
InvestigatorsAssociation
PO Box 7819
San Antonio, TX 78207-0819
877-524-0157
http://www.bountyhunt.com
Did You Know?
In the United States, the history
of bail bonding dates back to co-
lonial times. Back then, a person
charged with a crime could be
released if a member of the com-
munity vouched for him. If that
person did not show up for trial,
the person who vouched for him
would be punished instead!
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 25 7/16/09 9:42:46 AM
26
bailiffs
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatbailiffsDo
Bailiffs, also known as marshals or court
offcers, handle anything and everything
that goes on in a courtroom. The majority
of bailiffs in the United States serve in the
court system. Some bailiffs, however, own
their own service businesses. As seen on
television and in the movies, some of the
courtroom bailiffs duties are to instruct
people in the court to rise and be seated
when the judge enters, stands, and sits, and
to swear in witnesses. However, this is just
a part of their important job. Bailiffs must
keep order during trials. The security of the
judge and jury is the bailiffs frst concern,
but everyone in the courtroom is under the
bailiffs care.
Besides swearing in witnesses, the
bailiffs responsibilities include handling
articles of evidence, escorting prisoners to
and from court, and doing whatever else
the judge may ask of him or her. Paperwork
is also part of the bailiffs duties. For exam-
ple, bailiffs may have to deliver warrants
to local law enforcement offcials. They
also remind people of courtroom rules and
enforce those rules. For example, a bailiff
may tell courtroom visitors that smoking
is not allowed or that their conversation is
interrupting the proceedings. If necessary,
the bailiff may remove uncooperative per-
sons from the courtroom.
During some trials, juries are not al-
lowed to return to their homes until after
the case has been decided. In these cases,
the bailiff makes arrangements for the ju-
ries food and lodging during the trial pro-
cess. The bailiff accompanies jurors to pub-
lic places, such as restaurants, to make sure
they do not have contact with the public.
The bailiff also serves as a guard wherever
the jury is staying.
Independent bailiffs who own their own
businesses also serve legal papers, such as
a court summons. These bailiffs act as pro-
cess servers and track down individuals or
companies to serve them legal documents.
Independent bailiffs also collect property
when the buyer has failed to make sched-
uled payments. For example, a bailiff may
be sent to repossess a car. Independent bai-
liff work is usually done on an assignment
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, Government
SAlARyRAngE
$19,000 to $37,000 to $61,000
OuTlOOk
Bounty Hunters
Police Offcers
Process Servers
c
y
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 26 7/16/09 9:42:47 AM
27
basis. Over 19,000 bailiffs serve in the Unit-
ed States at the local or state level.
You can start preparing for a career as a
bailiff when you are in high school. Take
courses in political science and commu-
nications and law-related classes. If you
have the opportunity to learn emergency
skills, such as cardiopulmonary resuscita-
tion (CPR), take advantage of it, since this
career focuses on security and safety. Com-
puter classes are also important to take. In
the future, this career will rely more and
more on technology, and having knowl-
edge of how to use computers will give you
an advantage.
Most courtroom bailiffs are assigned by
sheriffs offces. Requirements for the job
are generally the same as for law enforce-
ment offcers. Many states require police
academy training for most law enforce-
ment positions. After high school, there-
fore, you may consider attending a police
academy.
Although most states do not require
specifc bailiff certifcation, certifcation as
a peace offcer or offcer of the court is of-
ten required. States vary in their certifca-
tion requirements. Check with the law en-
forcement agency or your local courthouse
to fnd out the specifc requirements for
your state.
Outlook
Employment of bailiffs is expected to grow
tions through 2016. The bailiff career is a
long established one, and bailiffs are con-
sidered indispensable in courtroom set-
tings. Because of this, bailiffs are needed
and will continue to be a major part of the
courtroom system.
ForMoreInformation
Many courts allow high school students to
volunteer in various ways. This is a good
way to learn more about courtroom pro-
ceedings. Any contact you can make with
law enforcement offcers is benefcial. Con-
tact your local police station and request a
tour of the facilities. Explain that you are
considering a law enforcement career and
ask if anyone would be willing to talk to
you about typical police work.
AmericanbarAssociation
Division for Public Education
321 North Clark Street
800-285-2221
http://www.abanet.org/publiced
nationalSheriffsAssociation
1450 Duke Street
800-424-7827
http://www.sheriffs.org
Bailiffs have many duties in the
courtroom, including fngerprinting
defendants. (Landov)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 27 7/16/09 9:42:48 AM
28
bank
Examiners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Integrity/honesty
WhatbankExaminersDo
Bank examiners investigate fnancial insti-
tutions to make sure they are fnancially
safe and sound and to enforce federal and
state laws. They arrange audits, review poli-
cies and procedures, study documents, and
interview managers and employees.
Bank examiners travel to different
banks throughout the year. The examina-
tion process can take a few weeks to sev-
eral months, depending on the size of the
bank. In small- to medium-sized banks, ex-
aminers set up temporary offces. In larger
banks, they may have permanent offces
because some banks are examined con-
stantly throughout the year.
Bank examiners are not the same as
auditors or accountants. A bank examiner
is interested in a banks operations as well
as its fnancial records. Bank examiners re-
view a banks policies to see whether they
are sound. They look at the banks records
to make sure the bank is following its own
policies. Bank examiners also observe the
banks day-to-day operations and interview
managers and employees.
Bank examiners usually work in teams
under a chief bank examiner. Each member
or group within a team studies a different
area of the banks operations. One person or
group might study the banks lending poli-
cies and procedures. Another might study
the banks asset management. Still others
examine the banks information technol-
ogy or estate management. Almost all bank
examiners are employees of federal or state
government agencies.
Once a team of examiners has thor-
oughly reviewed different areas of a banks
operations, they analyze their fndings and
prepare a report. This report is sent to the
regulatory agency for review. It is then re-
turned to the banks board of directors. A
bank must act quickly to correct any prob-
lems identifed in an examination. If a bank
fails to do so, bank examiners have the au-
thority to exact fnes. In severe cases, a bank
examiner can close banks or insist that they
merge with other, more sound banks.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$36,000 to $67,000 to $122,000
OuTlOOk
Accountants
Bookkeepers
Credit Analysts
Financial Analysts
Financial Planners
Tax Preparers
s
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 28 7/16/09 9:42:48 AM
29
Math courses, such as algebra and geom-
etry, and statistics, business, and computer
courses provide a good foundation for a ca-
reer as a bank examiner. A college degree
is required, and typical majors include ac-
counting, economics, business administra-
tion, and commercial or banking law. With
a bachelors degree, you may choose to
work immediately for a regulatory agency
or you may gain applied business experi-
ence by working for a fnancial institution.
Another possibility is to complete your
education while working at the same time
through such programs as the OCCs Bank
Examiner Cooperative Education Program
(see the Web site http://www.occ.treas.gov/
jobs/coop.htm).
To become a bank examiner, you will
need fve or more years of experience in au-
diting or examining fnancial institutions.
In addition, candidates with the best po-
tential for advancement have experience
with evaluating computer risk manage-
ment in fnancial institutions.
Bank examiners must be commissioned
(approved) to examine banks by a state or
federal regulator before they can work as
full-fedged examiners. This process typi-
cally takes fve years.
Outlook
Job growth for bank examiners should be
However, the banking industry has been
undergoing tremendous consolidation.
As more and more banks merge, fewer ex-
aminers may be needed. While there may
be fewer new positions in this job, those
who do enter the feld can expect good
job security.
ForMoreInformation
Learn about banks, the job of a bank exam-
iner, different types of accounts, and the
world of fnance by reading bank literature,
books, magazines, and newspapers and by
visiting the Web sites below.
bankAdministrationInstitute
115 South LaSalle Street, Suite 3300
888-284-4078
info@bai.org
http://www.bai.org
boardofgovernorsoftheFederalReserve
System
20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW
202-452-3000
http://www.federalreserve.gov
FederalDepositInsurancecorporation
550 17th Street NW
877-275-3342
http://www.fdic.gov
Fast Fact
Today most banks are inspected
annually by at least one banking
regulatory organization, which
will decide if that banks prac-
tices are legal and sound. These
organizations are the Federal
Reserve, the Offce of the Comp-
troller of the Currencey (OCC),
and the Federal Deposit Insur-
ance Corporation (FDIC).
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 29 7/16/09 9:42:49 AM
30
bankServices
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Mathematics
Integrity/honesty
Whatbank
ServicesWorkersDo
Bank services workers handle a variety of
different duties in banks and other fnan-
cial institutions. Bank tellers handle certain
types of customer account transactions.
These employees serve the public directly.
They accept customers deposits (money go-
ing into the bank) and give them receipts.
They also handle customers withdraw-
als (money taken out of the bank), record
transactions, and cash checks. When there
is a withdrawal, the teller must make sure
there is enough money in the customers
account to cover the transaction.
Bank clerks help to keep the vast
amounts of paperwork and the computer-
ized records in a bank in order. They keep
track of deposit slips, checks, fnancial
statements, and other records or letters
regarding accounts. Clerks record trans-
actions and fle records. They may assist
customers, answer telephone calls, and do
other general duties. New accounts clerks in-
terview new customers, open savings and
checking accounts, and explain bank ser-
vices, among other duties.
Bank offcers and managers supervise
workers and handle loans and other fnan-
cial matters at a bank. They direct employ-
ees, make assignments, and oversee day-to-
day operations. Offcers review budgets and
other fnancial records for accuracy. They
might work in accounting, public relations,
advertising, or other areas of a bank.
An important task of the bank offcer
is research. Offcers examine the current
economic conditions and the activities
of other banks in the area. This helps the
bank determine what services to offer its
customers. The offcer usually prepares dai-
ly or weekly reports covering this data for
the bank president.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
SAlARyRAngE
$17,000 to $23,000 to $31,000
(bank tellers)
$22,000 to $30,000 to $40,000
(bank new accounts clerks)
$52,000 to $95,000 to $146,000
(bank managers)
OuTlOOk
(bank tellers, bank managers)
Decline (bank new accounts clerks)
Bank Examiners
Bookkeepers
Credit Analysts
Financial Analysts
s
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 30 7/16/09 9:42:49 AM
31
Most banks prefer that bank clerks and
bank tellers have completed high school.
Take courses in bookkeeping, typing, busi-
ness, and mathematics to prepare for the
job. In addition, you will need to be able to
use computers, so be sure to take computer
science courses. Take English and a foreign
language to improve your communication
skills, which you will need when interact-
ing with customers and other workers.
Some banks are interested in hiring college
graduates (or those who have completed
at least two years of college training) who
can eventually move into managerial posi-
tions. Foreign exchange bank clerks may be
expected to know foreign languages.
Bank offcers and managers need to un-
derstand fnances, economics, and the rules
and regulations of the banking industry. To
become a bank offcer or manager, you will
need a bachelors degree in economics or
business administration.
Outlook
Job outlooks, naturally, vary by position.
Experts predict a decline in employment
of bank new accounts clerks through 2016.
The job outlook for bank tellers, clerks
other than new accounts, managers, and
offcers is brighter. Average employment
growth is expected for these positions dur-
ing this period.
ForMoreInformation
One way to learn more about banking is by
asking your parents to teach you how to
write checks and how to use a checkbook.
You may even want to ask your parents to
help you open your own bank account.
Check out these sites for more information:
Kids Money Store (http://www.kidsmon-
eystore.com) and Who Needs Money?
(http://www.socialstudiesforkids.com/ar-
ticles/economics/whoneedsmoney1.htm).
AmericanbankersAssociation
1120 Connecticut Avenue NW
800-226-5377
http://www.aba.com
AssociationforFinancialProfessionals
4520 East West Highway, Suite 750
301-907-2862
http://www.afponline.org
bankAdministrationInstitute
One North Franklin, Suite 1000
888-284-4078
info@bai.org
http://www.bai.org
A bank teller is working with customers
using the drive-up window. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 31 7/16/09 9:42:50 AM
32
barbers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Self-management
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatbarbersDo
Barbers shampoo, cut, and style hair and
shave, trim, and shape beards. Although
barbers are trained in other procedures
such as coloring and perming, most bar-
bers do not offer these services. Barbers
typically have a group of clients seeking
basic haircuts. Clients who want more in-
volved hair procedures usually go to hair-
stylists in hair salons. Barbers may also call
themselves barber-stylists, and a few may
even refer to themselves as tonsorial artists,
an old-fashioned term derived from a Latin
word meaning to shear.
The equipment barbers useclippers,
razors, shears, combs, brushes, and so
forthmust be kept in antiseptic condi-
tion. Often barbers must supply their own
equipment.
Barbers are either self-employed or
work for a small shop. Because of this, they
typically do not enjoy many benefts. They
generally must seek out individual insur-
ance policies, which can be expensive, and
they rarely receive benefts such as sick
days, paid vacations, and retirement plans.
Despite this, many barbers feel their jobs
are low-stress, secure, and enjoyable.
Barbers who operate their own shops
must handle the details of answering
phones and setting appointments, order-
ing supplies and paying bills, maintaining
equipment, and keeping records. If they
employ other barbers, they are responsible
for the hiring and performance of their
staff as well.
Barbering requires good fnger dexterity
and stamina, since barbers are required to
be on their feet most of the day (although
work environments can often be adapted
to accommodate workers with disabilities
or special needs). Barbers should also be
personally neat and well groomed because
they work in close proximity to their cus-
tomers. Tact and patience are important
characteristics, as is being a good listener.
The ability to easily carry on light conver-
sation is important as well.
To be successful, barbers must un-
derstand the importance their customers
place on their appearances and seriously
strive to provide a look that pleases their
customers.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Health
SAlARyRAngE
$15,000 to $24,000 to $40,000
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
Cosmeticians
Cosmetologists
Electrologists
Makeup Artists
0
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 32 7/16/09 9:42:51 AM
33
Barbers should have a sense of form
and style in order to determine what looks
would be most fattering for individual
customers. A barber must also recognize
when a style desired by a customer is not
suited to the customers features or hair
type in order to avoid customer dissatis-
faction. These situations require frmness
and diplomacy.
Most states require that barbers be high
school graduates. Courses in health and
business will be benefcial to you if you
want to become a barber. Also, psychology
and communications classes will be help-
ful, since a barbers success depends on his
or her ability to satisfy customers and draw
a loyal following.
After high school, you will need to
complete an established number of hours
at barber school (ranging from 1,000 to
2,000 hours, depending on the state).
This training can usually be completed in
nine to 12 months. You must then pass an
examination that includes a written test
and a practical examination to demon-
strate that the necessary skills have been
mastered.
All barbers must be licensed to practice
in the state in which they work, although
the requirements vary from state to state.
Outlook
Today there are fewer barbers in the work-
force than there were decades ago, and
a large percentage of them are self-em-
ployed. Overall, employment of barbers is
projected to experience little or no change
through 2016. This is because of increas-
ing employment of hairdressers and stylists
who cut and provide treatments such as
coloring and perming for both mens and
womens hair.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in this career, contact
a barber school and ask for an opportunity
to tour the facilities, observe classes, and
question instructors. Arrange an interview
with a local barber to obtain helpful and
informative feedback.
nationalAssociationofbarberboards
ofAmerica
2703 Pine Street
Arkadelphia, AR 71923-4205
501-682-2806
nabba@iocc.com
http://www.nationalbarberboards.com
Barbers typically cut mens hair;
hairdressers cut both womens and mens
hair. (Halina Yakushevich/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 33 7/16/09 9:42:52 AM
34
bartenders
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatbartendersDo
Bartenders mix and serve alcoholic and non-
alcoholic drinks in hotels, restaurants, cock-
tail lounges, and taverns. They take orders
from waiters or from customers. They mix
drinks by combining the right proportion of
liquor, wines, mixers, and other ingredients.
Bartenders know from memory dozens of
drink recipes. They are able to measure ac-
curately by sight in order to prepare drinks
quickly, even during the busiest periods.
They may be asked to mix drinks to suit a
customers taste, and they also serve beer,
wine, and nonalcoholic beverages.
A well-stocked bar has dozens of types
and brands of liquors and wines, as well
as beer, soft drinks, soda and tonic water,
fruits and fruit juices, and cream. Bartend-
ers maintain this inventory and order sup-
plies before they run out. They arrange bot-
tles and glassware in attractive displays and
often wash the glassware. In some of these
duties they may be assisted by bartender as-
sistants, also known as bar backs.
Bartenders collect payment on all
drinks that are not served by the waiters
of the establishment. They keep a tab of
the customers drink orders and then to-
tal the bill before the customer leaves, or
they charge for each drink served. In ei-
ther case, the bartender has to calculate
the bill quickly and accurately. Although
many cash registers automatically total the
bill, the bartender also keeps track of what
customers have ordered to help ensure the
cash register receipt is correct.
One of the more important aspects of
a bartenders job is making sure a customer
does not drive a car after consuming too
much alcohol. The bar and the bartender
who sells a customer drinks can be held le-
gally responsible if the customer is arrested
or has an accident while driving under the
infuence of alcohol. The bartender must
constantly evaluate the customers being
served in the bar and determine when a
customer has had too much alcohol.
Bartenders must be good at calculating
tabs, so high school math classes are im-
portant. If you would like to own your own
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
SAlARyRAngE
$14,000 to $17,000 to $30,000 plus tips
OuTlOOk
Brewers
Caterers
Fast Food Workers
Restaurant Managers
Winemakers
u
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 34 7/16/09 9:42:53 AM
35
bar someday, consider taking business or
accounting classes. Home economics class-
es will teach you about food and beverage
measurements and preparation. Commu-
nication is a key part of this job. The bar-
tender who can chat with customers, mak-
ing them feel at home and welcomed, and
work well as part of a team will have the
most success in this profession.
The American Bartenders Associa-
tion recommends the completion of for-
mal training to prepare for this work. You
must be old enough (usually at least 21) to
serve alcohol in order to attend bartending
school or enter a bartending program at a
vocational or technical school.
Outlook
Employment for bartenders is expected to
cupations through 2016. There is typically
a high turnover rate in this profession be-
cause many people view a bartending posi-
tion as the frst step on a career ladder that
leads them to a career in restaurant or bar
management.
ForMoreInformation
Part-time or summer jobs as waiters as-
sistants or waiters will expose you to bar-
tending work, even if you are not yet old
enough to serve alcohol. Read bartending
books and begin to memorize recipes for
popular drinks. Learning about wines and
beers will help you be able to make recom-
mendations to customers.
AmericanbartendingAssociation
http://www.americanbartendingassociation.com
Internationalcouncilonhotel,Restaurant
804-346-4800
http://chrie.org
nationalRestaurantAssociation
800-765-2122
info@restaurant.org
Bartenders who can create interesting
new drinks and who have great people
skills are always in high demand. (Evok20/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 35 7/16/09 9:42:54 AM
36
bedand
breakfast
Owners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Self-management
Whatbedand
breakfastOwnersDo
Imagine yourself living in a big, beautiful
house, among antiques and vacationers
from around the world. Many small, histor-
ic towns across the country, such as Cape
Cod, Massachusetts, and Sonoma, Califor-
nia, are full of bed and breakfasts (often
known as B & Bs). A bed and breakfast is an
inn (small hotel) of about four to 20 rooms.
The inn is usually someones home, and the
owner of the home has some of the rooms
available for rent. Bed and breakfast owners
(or B & B owners) often manage the inns
themselves, cleaning rooms, making beds,
and fxing breakfasts. They also serve as
tour guides, telling guests about places and
restaurants to visit. Guests can rent rooms
with nice views, freplaces, and doors that
open onto well-kept gardens.
Most bed and breakfasts are located
in small towns where larger hotels are not
available. Many of these small towns have
special attractions, such as historical sites
and beautiful surroundings. Some inns are
located in the hearts of large cities. They
are also found in rural areas.
B & B owners should enjoy meeting
new people. They should also be prepared
to give up some of their privacy and work
hard to accommodate their guests. For ex-
ample, they must be up long before the
guests in order to fx breakfast.
B & B owners must also manage such
business details as taking reservations, ad-
vertising, and keeping fnancial records.
They must deal with license, inspection,
and zoning requirements.
In high school, you should take home eco-
nomics courses to prepare yourself for the
demands of running an inn. These courses
will teach you how to cook for a group of
people and how to budget household f-
nances. You may also learn about interior
decorating and other ways to make a home
attractive. Business skills are also very
important, so you should take classes in
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Family and consumer science
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$27,000 to $44,000 to $83,000
OuTlOOk
Hotel Concierges
Hotel Desk Clerks
Tour Guides
c
u
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 36 7/16/09 9:42:54 AM
37
accounting and business management. A
shop class that can prepare you for home
repairs might also be helpful.
Before starting a bed and breakfast,
you should take community college
courses in hotel management. Some col-
leges also have programs in small business
ownership. You will not need any special
certifcation to run a B & B, but you will
have to follow the small business laws of
your city and state. You will have to learn
about zoning regulations, small business
licenses, health inspections, and liability
insurance.
Outlook
Though some bed and breakfasts have been
around for decades, only since the early
1980s have inns become popular vacation
spots. The Professional Association of Inn-
keepers International (PAII) estimates the
number of inns in the country to be ap-
proximately 20,000 in 2006, up from 5,000
in 1980. Tourists like inns for their low
rates and more personalized service.
Recognizing the appeal of bed and
breakfasts, some hotel chains are consider-
ing plans to capitalize on the trend with
inn-style lodging. Smaller hotels com-
posed of larger, suite-style rooms with more
personalized service may threaten the busi-
ness of some bed and breakfasts. But the
charm and historic signifcance of an old
house cannot easily be reproduced, so bed
and breakfasts are expected to maintain
their niche in the tourism industry.
ForMoreInformation
If there are B & Bs in your town, interview
the owners and spend a day or two with
them as they perform their daily duties. Ask
if you can volunteer one day, helping to
prepare breakfast or cleaning the rooms.
The Professional Association of Inn-
keepers International (PAII) provides stu-
dents with a free informational packet
about innkeeping and also puts together
an Aspiring Innkeepers Package for those
interested in the requirements of running a
bed and breakfast.
ProfessionalAssociationofInnkeepers
International
207 White Horse Pike
Haddon Heights, NJ 08035-1703
800-468-7244
info@paii.org
http://www.paii.org
Fast Fact
Cape May, New Jersey, and Eu-
reka Springs, Arkansas, each
have more than 70 bed and
breakfasts. These historic towns
share the status of American
towns that have the greatest
number of B & Bs.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 37 7/16/09 9:42:55 AM
38
beekeepers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatbeekeepersDo
Beekeepers, also known as apiarists, care for
and raise honeybees for honey as well as
to help pollinate crops. They assemble bee-
hives and other equipment, buy and sell
bees, raise queen bees, establish hives close
to pollination-dependent crops, and har-
vest and sell honey.
In the spring, beekeepers set up new
hives and repair old ones. They set up a
hive near an orchard or feld where nec-
tar will be available for the bees. Once the
hive is set up, a beekeepers primary task is
the care and feeding of the bees. The hives
must be kept healthy and clean, and they
are inspected regularly for mites and dis-
eases. The bees must also occasionally be
fed, especially during the winter months
when forage is unavailable.
Beekeepers watch out for such prob-
lems as robber bees that try to rob food
from other hives when they are unable to
fnd enough nectar to make honey. Anoth-
er problem is swarming, when about half
of the bees from a colony look for a new
place to live because their hive has become
too crowded or is no longer adequately
ventilated.
The queen bee requires special atten-
tion. In a productive hive, the queen is al-
most constantly laying eggs. If she becomes
sick or old, the beekeeper replaces her.
An angry bee gives off a scent that
alarms the rest of the hive. A beekeeper uses
smoke to mask the alarm scent and keep
the bees from swarming in anger. Beekeep-
ers wear veils and plastic helmets to protect
the head and neck from the stings of angry
bees. Some beekeepers also wear thick cloth-
ing and gloves for protection.
Harvesting honey is an important part
of the beekeepers job. When the honey is
ready for harvesting, beekeepers seal the
honeycomb with beeswax. They remove
the frames of honeycombs and take them
to an extractor, where the honey is spun
out of the honeycomb. It is fltered and
drained into a tank. The honey is stored in
fve-gallon buckets or in 55-gallon drums.
To prepare for a beekeeping career, take
high school classes in business and math-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Agriculture, Biology, Earth science
Apprenticeship
SAlARyRAngE
$17,000 to $49,000 to $80,000
OuTlOOk
Decline
Farmers
J
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 38 7/16/09 9:42:55 AM
39
ematics to learn how to manage your busi-
ness. Science classes, such as biology and
earth science, as well as agricultural stud-
ies, will help you understand aspects of
ecology, the environment, crop and animal
production, and pollination.
Many people learn to do this work
through on-the-job training while working
with an experienced beekeeper. Commu-
nity or junior colleges that offer agriculture
classes may also include instruction about
honey production and bee care. Some
states may offer apprenticeship programs
in beekeeping.
Outlook
The supply of orchard pollination services
has shifted from the United States to Mexi-
co, and it is increasingly diffcult for domes-
tic producers to compete with the prices of
imported honey. Foreign honey produc-
ers have fewer environmental regulations
to abide by, lower wages to pay, and fewer
worker benefts to provide. Thus, they are
able to charge less for their product. Due
to all these factors, there is a decline in the
demand for beekeeping services.
ForMoreInformation
Contact a local beekeeping association for
advice and guidance. Beekeeping maga-
zines, such as Bee Culture (http://www.
beeculture.com) and American Bee Journal
(http://www.dadant.com/journal) also may
provide helpful information.
AmericanbeekeepingFederation
PO Box 1337
Jesup, GA 31598-1038
912-427-4233
info@abfnet.org
http://www.abfnet.org
backyardbeekeepersAssociation
http://www.backyardbeekeepers.com
cooperativeStateResearch,Education,and
ExtensionService
202-720-4423
nationalFFAOrganization
6060 FFA Drive
PO Box 68960
317-802-6060
http://www.ffa.org
nationalhoneyboard
11409 Business Park Circle, Suite 210
Firestone, CO 80504-9203
303-776-2337
http://www.honey.com
Two beekeepers are examining a colony
of European honeybees used for cross-
pollination. (Scott Bauer/USDA ARS Photo
Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 39 7/16/09 9:42:56 AM
40
bicycle
Mechanics
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatbicycleMechanicsDo
Bicycle mechanics work on both new and
used bicycles. They do emergency repairs,
perform routine tune-ups, or repair and re-
condition used bikes so they can be sold.
Repairing bikes takes mechanical skill and
careful attention to detail. Many repairs,
such as replacing brake cables, are relative-
ly simple, while others can be very compli-
cated. There are many different brands of
bikes, both domestic and foreign, and each
has its own unique characteristics and me-
chanical problems.
Bike mechanics straighten bent frames
using a special vise and a heavy steel rod.
They adjust or replace braking mechanisms
so that the brakes force on the tires is spread
evenly. They take apart, clean, grease, and
reassemble various parts.
Fixing the gear mechanism on multi-
ple-speed bikes is another common repair
for bicycle mechanics. Gear mechanisms
vary greatly among different makes of bi-
cycles, so mechanics have to keep up with
current models and trends.
Mechanics also assemble bikes. Many
new bikes come from the manufacturer
unassembled, and mechanics working at a
bicycle dealership or shop must put them
together and make the proper adjustments
so they operate properly.
Mechanics who work in bike shops
sometimes work as salespeople, advising
customers on their bike purchases or bik-
ing accessories. In some shops, especially
those located in resort areas, bike mechan-
ics may also work as bicycle-rental clerks.
There are no special education require-
ments for bicycle mechanics, although em-
ployers usually prefer to hire high school
graduates. While in school, take techni-
cal/shop and physics classes, which will be
helpful in this job.
Bike maintenance courses are offered
at some technical and vocational schools,
as well as a few private training schools.
These schools usually award a certifcate
upon completion. Some bike manufactur-
ers offer training to mechanics employed
by the companys authorized dealers.
Generally, however, bike mechanics learn
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Physics, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$16,000 to $22,000 to $33,000
OuTlOOk
X
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 40 7/16/09 9:42:57 AM
41
informally while on the job. At least two
years of hands-on training and experience
is required to become a thoroughly skilled
mechanic. Because new makes and models
of bikes are constantly being introduced,
ongoing training may be required.
Outlook
Employment for bicycle mechanics is ex-
through 2016. Cycling continues to gain in
popularity. With personal ftness and the
preservation of the environment as two of
the nations biggest trends, the bicycling
industry should have a positive future.
Bicycle repair work is also relatively im-
mune to fuctuations in the economy. In
times of economic boom, people buy more
new bikes and mechanics are kept busy as-
sembling, selling, and servicing them. Dur-
ing economic recessions, many people take
their old bikes to mechanics for repair.
ForMoreInformation
Many people become interested in bicycle
repair because they own and maintain their
own bikes. Take general maintenance and
tune-up classes at a bike shop.
Read cycling magazines, such as Amer-
ican Bicyclist (http://www.bikeleague.org/
members/magazine.php) and Bicycling
(http://www.bicycling.com) to learn about
different brands of bikes. These magazines
often have regular features on the techni-
cal aspects of bicycles.
See if your community has a local
biking club to join to meet other biking
enthusiasts.
AdventurecyclingAssociation
150 East Pine Street
PO Box 8308
Missoula, MT 59807-8308
800-755-2453
info@adventurecycling.org
http://www.adventurecycling.org
leagueofAmericanbicyclists
202-822-1333
bikeleague@bikeleague.org
http://www.bikeleague.org
nationalbicycleDealersAssociation
3176 Pullman St. #117
Costa Mesa, CA 92626-3317
949-722-6909
info@nbda.com
http://www.nbda.com
unitedbicycleInstitute
401 Williamson Way
PO Box 128
Ashland, OR 97520-0128
541-488-1121
askus@bikeschool.com
http://www.bikeschool.com
This bicycle mechanic is fxing the bikes
chain so that its owner can get back on
the road. ( Mika/zefa/Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 41 7/16/09 9:42:58 AM
42
biochemists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatbiochemistsDo
Biochemists study the chemical makeup of
plants and animals. They try to understand
how these biological factors affect the way
living things grow and develop. They look
at how changes in the environment affect
the materials found in living cells. They
also study how and why plants and ani-
mals have certain characteristics that dis-
tinguish them from other species.
Biochemists may work in the feld of
biotechnology. These scientists design and
create new types of plants and chemicals.
They may be able to change the structural
framework of a chemical to turn it into an-
other chemical. Or they can experiment
with a plant to produce a desired chemi-
cal. Some biochemists work in the feld
of medicine, where they investigate the
causes and cures of disease. Others experi-
ment with changing the structure of living
cells to create artifcial chemicals that treat
disease and infection. Their area of study is
called biomedicine.
Some biochemists study nutrition.
They examine the effects of poor eating
habits on an individuals ability to learn
and remain healthy, for example. Biochem-
ists also work in agriculture, where they try
to discover better ways to grow and store
crops and keep them free from disease.
Biochemists work in clean, quiet,
well-lighted laboratories. They often work
alone for long periods of time on projects
that may not produce results right away.
Some biochemists try to prove scientifc
theories or make new discoveries. This is
called basic research. Others work on proj-
ects that use this basic research to solve
specifc problems. This is called applied
research. For example, a biochemist us-
ing an established theory or discovery to
create a new drug is conducting applied
research.
Although you will be specializing in bio-
chemistry, you will need to be familiar
with several scientifc disciplines, includ-
ing chemistry, physics, mathematics, and
computer science.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$43,000 to $79,000 to $136,000
OuTlOOk
Biologists
Chemical Engineers
Chemists
c
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 42 7/16/09 9:42:58 AM
43
Biochemists must earn a bachelors de-
gree with a major in biochemistry, chem-
istry, or biology. After you have obtained a
bachelors degree, you could fnd a job as a
research assistant in a drug laboratory or as a
technician or technologist in biochemistry.
To get a more advanced position in
research, you will need at least a masters
degree. For the most advanced positions, a
doctorate (Ph.D.) is necessary. To direct a
research project or teach at the university
level requires a doctorate.
Outlook
Employment for biological scientists, in-
cluding biochemists, is expected to grow
Competition, however, will be strong for
basic research positions. Those with more
education and experience will be more
likely to fnd the positions they want.
Biochemists with bachelors degrees that
have diffculty entering their chosen ca-
reer feld may fnd openings as techni-
cians or technologists or may choose to
transfer their skills to other biological sci-
ence felds.
Employment is available in health-re-
lated felds, where biochemists work to fnd
cures for such diseases as cancer, muscular
dystrophy, AIDS, and Alzheimers. Addi-
tional jobs will be created to produce drugs
and other products in the new and rapidly
expanding feld of genetic engineering.
ForMoreInformation
Read science and medical magazines to
help you learn more about recent break-
throughs in the biochemistry feld. A visit
to a local science museum is another great
way to explore this career. If you have ac-
cess to a microscope, practice using it and
make detailed notes and diagrams of what
you see.
AmericanAssociationforclinicalchemistry
800-892-1400
custserv@aacc.org
http://www.aacc.org
AmericanchemicalSociety
1155 16th Street NW
800-227-5558
help@acs.org
http://www.acs.org
AmericanInstituteofbiologicalSciences
1444 I Street NW, Suite 200
202-628-1500
http://www.aibs.org
AmericanSocietyforbiochemistryand
Molecularbiology
Education Information
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7145
asbmb@asbmb.faseb.org
http://www.asbmb.org
Biochemists often work in laboratories
to test new theories. (Alexander Raths/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 43 7/16/09 9:42:59 AM
44
biofeedback
Therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reasoning
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Whatbiofeedback
TherapistsDo
The term biofeedback was coined in 1969 to
describe laboratory procedures that trained
research subjects to alter brain activity,
blood pressure, muscle tension, heart rate,
and other body functions that are not nor-
mally under their voluntary control. Bio-
feedback therapists monitor these involun-
tary body functions and then train patients
to recognize signals from their own bodies
(such as an elevated heart rate) to improve
their health. Biofeedback therapy can be
used to deal with stress, anxiety, physical
strain, and emotional stimuli. Examples of
medical conditions that have been allevi-
ated using biofeedback include migraine
headaches, gastrointestinal concerns, and
the frequency and severity of epileptic sei-
zures, among others.
Biofeedback therapists use complicated
instruments in a way similar to how many
rely on a thermometer or a bathroom scale.
These instruments provide an immediate
and accurate idea of whats happening in
the body.
One instrument commonly used in
biofeedback picks up electrical signals from
a patients muscles and translates the sig-
nals into a form he or she can detect. The
instrument might show a fashing light or
activate a beeper each time muscles be-
come tenser. To relax muscles, the patient
must work to slow down the fashing light
or beeping noise. After several therapy ses-
sions, patients learn to associate sensations
from their muscles with actual levels of
tension. With practice, they may eventual-
ly develop a healthy habit of keeping their
muscles only as tense as is necessary for
only as long as is necessary. After successful
treatment, patients are able to repeat this
response at will, without being attached
to machinery or sensors. Other biologi-
cal functions often measured and used in
a similar way are skin temperature, heart
rate, sweat gland activity, and brain wave
activity.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Biology, Health, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$36,000 to $64,000 to $99,000
OuTlOOk
Chiropractors
Hypnotherapists
Myotherapists
Naturopaths
Osteopaths
Physical Therapists
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 44 7/16/09 9:43:02 AM
45
The practice of biofeedback therapy
involves a great deal of personal interac-
tion. Biofeedback practitioners also need
excellent communication skills and must
be careful listeners, able to pay attention
to details. A genuine empathy for patients
is important as well. Because biofeedback
is a growing but still fairly new feld,
business and management skills will be
important.
Good courses to take in high school include
health, biology, and psychology. After
graduation, you should plan to complete
the training necessary for certifcation by
the Biofeedback Certifcation Institute of
America (BCIA).
Candidates must have at least a bach-
elors degree in any one of more than 15
health care feld areas, including medicine,
dentistry, psychology, physical therapy, re-
spiratory therapy, social work, chiroprac-
tic, and speech pathology, among others.
In addition, most candidates applying to
the BCIA have obtained training beyond
a bachelors degree, such as a masters or
Ph.D. degree, and have begun a clinical
practice in that specialty.
Outlook
The use of biofeedback expanded rapidly
in the last decade, and employment op-
portunities are expected to increase about
as fast as the average for all occupations
through 2016. This is happening at a time
when more and more people are becom-
ing interested in alternative forms of med-
icine. This increased recognition means
that the outlook for those interested in
a career in biofeedback therapy is quite
good.
ForMoreInformation
You can begin exploring this feld by
contacting and interviewing biofeedback
therapists in your area to gain a more spe-
cifc understanding of their day-to-day
activities.
Outside school, you can practice a
number of forms of biofeedback. Yoga and
Zen meditation both will help you become
more attuned to your own body and its
rhythms, which is an important skill to
have as a biofeedback therapist.
AssociationforAppliedPsychophysiology
andbiofeedback
10200 West 44th Avenue, Suite 304
Wheat Ridge, CO 80033-2840
800-477-8892
aapb@resourcenter.com
http://www.aapb.org
biofeedbackcertifcationInstituteof
America
866-908-8713
info@bcia.org
http://www.bcia.org
Fast Fact
Music is now used as part of
biofeedback therapy. Instead
of fashing lights and beeps,
this style of biofeedback links
computerized versions of mu-
sical instruments to different
physiological reactions, such as
a lowered heart rate.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 45 7/16/09 9:43:02 AM
46
biologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatbiologistsDo
Biologists study how plants and animals
grow and reproduce. Sometimes called bio-
logical scientists or life scientists, they often
have other job titles because they special-
ize in one area of biology. Botanists, for
example, study different types of plants.
Zoologists study different types of animals.
Biologists study living things, while chem-
ists, physicists, and geologists study nonliv-
ing matter such as rocks and chemicals.
Biologists may do their research in the
feld or in a laboratory. Their exact job re-
sponsibilities vary depending on their area
of interest. For example, aquatic biologists
study plants and animals that live in wa-
ter. They may do much of their research
on a boat studying the water temperature,
amount of light, salt levels, and other en-
vironmental conditions in the ocean. They
also observe how fsh and other plants and
animals react to their environment.
No matter what type of research bi-
ologists do, they must keep careful records
to note all their procedures and results.
Because biologists may sometimes work
with dangerous chemicals and other ma-
terials, they must take safety precautions
and carefully follow through with their
experiments.
Some biologists work for businesses and
governmental agencies, doing work such as
inspecting foods and other products. Many
biologists write articles for scientifc jour-
nals and teach at schools or universities.
If you are thinking about a career in biol-
ogy, you should plan to take high school
courses in biology, chemistry, mathemat-
ics, physics, and a foreign language.
After high school, you will need to go
to college, where you will take more ad-
vanced courses in biology, math, chem-
istry, and physics. At this point, students
choose a specialty, such as microbiology,
bacteriology, botany, ecology, or anatomy.
Most successful biologists also have a mas-
ters degree or a doctorate in biology or a
related feld.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$33,000 to $53,000 to $85,000
OuTlOOk
Biochemists
Botanists
Chemists
Ecologists
Microbiologists
Toxicologists
Zoologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 46 7/16/09 9:43:03 AM
47
Outlook
Employment for biological scientists is ex-
pected to increase about as fast as average
for all occupations through 2016. Compe-
tition will be stiff for some positions. For
example, Ph.D.s looking for research po-
sitions will fnd strong competition for a
limited number of openings. In addition,
certain government jobs as well as govern-
ment funding for research may also be lim-
ited. A slower economy can result in the
loss of funding for biology research grants.
ForMoreInformation
You can learn about the work of biologists
at school feld trips to federal or private
laboratories and research centers. Another
way to explore is by visiting your local mu-
seums of natural history or science, aquari-
ums, and zoos. Finally, many park districts
offer classes and feld trips to help you ex-
plore plant and animal life.
AmericanInstituteofbiologicalSciences
202-628-1500
http://www.aibs.org
AmericanSocietyforMicrobiology
1752 N Street NW
202-737-3600
http://www.asm.org
biotechnologyIndustryOrganization
1201 Maryland Avenue SW, Suite 900
202-962-9200
info@bio.org
http://www.bio.org
nationalInstitutesofhealth
9000 Rockville Pike
301-496-4000
NIHinfo@od.nih.gov
http://www.nih.gov
u.S.FoodandDrugAdministration
5600 Fishers Lane
888-463-6332
http://www.fda.gov
This biologist is working with tissue
cultures in a laboratory. (Emin Kuliyev/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 47 7/16/09 9:43:04 AM
48
biomedical
Equipment
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Responsibility
WhatbiomedicalEquipment
TechniciansDo
Today, physicians work with complex, life-
saving medical equipment such as heart-
lung machines, artifcial kidney machines,
chemical analyzers, magnetic imaging de-
vices, and even artifcial hearts. Biomedical
equipment technicians inspect, maintain,
repair, and install this medical equipment.
Some technicians assist physicians by op-
erating the equipment as well, even during
surgery.
One of the most important jobs per-
formed by biomedical equipment techni-
cians is fxing broken instruments. When a
problem arises with a piece of equipment,
technicians need to discover its origin. If
the problem is complicated, technicians
will write a report about the problem for
the equipments manufacturer to help re-
solve the problem more easily and quickly.
Biomedical equipment technicians also
install and test new equipment to make sure
that it is working properly. Some complex
or very large equipment is installed by the
manufacturers technician. In these cases,
biomedical equipment technicians thor-
oughly check the equipment to see that it
was installed and operates correctly.
Regular maintenance of biomedical
equipment helps prevent breakdowns. Bio-
medical equipment technicians often take
apart and inspect pieces of equipment.
They clean and oil moving parts, and they
test circuits, meters, and gauges to see that
all are operating properly. Technicians also
keep records of equipment repairs, mainte-
nance checks, and expenses.
Some technicians work directly with
physicians, surgeons, nurses, and research-
ers. These technicians explain how certain
medical equipment works and how mi-
nor problems with the equipment can be
solved. In some cases, technicians might
assist physicians and nurses during medi-
cal procedures.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Biology, Computer science
Associates degree
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $31,000 to $66,000
OuTlOOk
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 48 7/16/09 9:43:07 AM
49
Biomedical equipment technicians
also work for medical instrument manu-
facturers. These technicians assist with the
design and construction of new medical
equipment. They also explain to hospital
workers how to operate equipment.
If you are interested in becoming a bio-
medical equipment technician, you must
graduate from high school and complete a
two-year training program. While in high
school, you should take courses in chem-
istry, biology, and physics. Courses in Eng-
lish, mathematics, shop, and drafting will
also be helpful.
After high school, you can enter a two-
year program such as medical electron-
ics technology or biomedical engineering
technology, offered by many community
colleges.
The Association for the Advancement
of Medical Instrumentation issues a certif-
cate to biomedical equipment technicians.
Many employers prefer to hire technicians
who have obtained this certifcate.
Outlook
Because of the increasing use of electronic
medical devices and other sophisticated
biomedical equipment, the demand for
skilled and trained biomedical equipment
technicians is expected to grow at a much
faster than average rate through 2016. Op-
portunities should be best for those with
knowledge of software and electronics be-
cause much of the new medical equipment
relies on computers.
ForMoreInformation
You will have diffculty gaining any direct
experience in biomedical equipment tech-
nology until you are in a training program
or working professionally. You can, how-
ever, visit school and community libraries
to seek out books written about careers in
medical technology. You can also join a
club devoted to chemistry, biology, radio
equipment, or electronics.
Perhaps the best way to learn more
about this job is to set up a visit to a local
health care facility to interview a biomedi-
cal technician. Ask the technician about
his or her educational background, what a
day on the job is like, and what new tech-
nologies are on the horizon.
AssociationfortheAdvancementof
MedicalInstrumentation
1110 North Glebe Road, Suite 220
703-525-4890
http://www.aami.org
Growth Field
ber of biomedical equipment tech-
nicians is expected to grow from
38,000 to 46,000, an increase of
22 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 49 7/16/09 9:43:07 AM

50
bodyguards
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatbodyguardsDo
Bodyguards are hired to protect their clients
from injuries or harassment. They may
work for a security company or for an in-
dividual who wants personal protection.
Their work is never dull because each situ-
ation involves new challenges. Bodyguards
must be prepared for any surprises that may
happen as they protect their clients.
Many different types of people request
bodyguard services. Rock stars and other
celebrities often want to feel secure when
they face crowds of fans. People who are
going through divorces or child custody
proceedings may feel threatened by angry
family members. Executives for large cor-
porations may feel they are the targets of
kidnappers or terrorists.
Bodyguards need to be more than just
big and tough. Many bodyguards are ex-
perts in the martial arts. Others know a
great deal about electrical and electronic
security devices. Good bodyguards should
know some elements of psychology in or-
der to predict how people will think and
to be able to react quickly in certain tense
situations.
Bodyguards often work for private se-
curity companies. Clients seeking protec-
tion contact these companies and describe
what level of security they need. Knowing
the scope of the job, the company can as-
sign a proper bodyguard.
Some wealthy people hire their own
bodyguards for their permanent staff.
Sometimes these bodyguards are in charge
of security for large estates and live on-
site. They may travel with their employers
around the world.
Corporations also hire bodyguards to
take care of the personal safety of their
executives. These guards accompany ex-
ecutives overseas to protect them from kid-
nappers. They might also be in charge of
arranging security for large international
business or trade meetings.
Some bodyguards are promoted to
personal protection and security consultants.
These professionals are hired by companies
to analyze present personal security pro-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Physical education, Psychology
SAlARyRAngE
$17,000 to $28,000 to $53,000
OuTlOOk
Bounty Hunters
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 50 7/16/09 9:43:07 AM
51
cedures and help implement any recom-
mended improvements.
Since bodyguards must be prepared for any
possibility, the more skilled and knowl-
edgeable they are in a range of areas, the
better the protection they can offer some-
one. If you are interested in becoming a
bodyguard, in high school you should take
courses in a variety of subjects, including
psychology, English, and especially physi-
cal education.
Bodyguards often begin their careers in
civilian law enforcement or the military,
where they learn skills of crowd control,
use of weapons, and emergency response.
Those wanting to become a security pro-
fessional working for a government agen-
cy, such as the U.S. Department of State,
will need to complete a bachelors degree.
Generally, bodyguards have some higher
education, although a college degree is not
always necessary.
On-the-job experience with different
types of people in stressful situations is an
integral part of the training. Depending on
the employer, new hires may also need to
complete between several weeks and sever-
al months of training covering topics such
as criminal law, use of frearms, personal
protection techniques, and frst aid.
Certifcation, while not required, will
enhance your professional image in the
eyes of potential employers. The American
Society for Industrial Security administers
the Certifed Protection Professional (CPP)
designation.
Outlook
Opportunities for bodyguards should be
strong as more people look for protection
from an increasing number of threats such
as stalkers, terrorists, and violent demon-
strators. The threat of kidnapping and ter-
rorism is always present for politicians, ce-
lebrities, business leaders, and others who
enjoy wide recognition. As more compa-
nies enter the global economy, businesses
may take their executives to more areas of
social and political unrest. As a result, com-
panies will need to increase their efforts for
protecting their employees.
ForMoreInformation
Talking to a police offcer who works part
time as a bodyguard is a good way of learn-
ing about opportunities in this feld.
AmericanSocietyforIndustrialSecurity
1625 Prince Street
703-519-6200
http://www.asisonline.org
u.S.SecretService
245 Murray Drive Building 410
202-406-6940
http://www.ustreas.gov/usss
A bodyguard (l) accompanies Rolling
Stones drummer Charlie Watts.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 51 7/16/09 9:43:09 AM
52
boilermakers
and
Mechanics
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
Whatboilermakers
andMechanicsDo
Boilermakers make and install boilers
and other kinds of equipment. The term
boiler usually refers to equipment that
heats liquids to supply steam for power.
Boilers also can be large tanks that are
used to store and heat chemicals, oil, or
other liquids. Boilermaker mechanics repair
and perform maintenance duties on this
equipment.
Generally, boiler parts are made in a
factory but are not assembled until they
are needed at a site. There are two types of
boilermakers: some work in a factory and
make the parts for a boiler, tank, or vat.
Others, called construction boilermakers, as-
semble and install the pieces on site.
Boilermakers prepare the metal plates
and tubes that are put together to make a
boiler. Using drawings and other instruc-
tions, they mark metal plates and tubes
with the measurements needed for cutting
and shaping the parts. After the parts have
been cut, ftters make sure that the size and
shape of each piece is correct and that the
pieces ft together. Sometimes this means
that boilermakers have to assemble the en-
tire boiler where they are making it, then
take it apart so that it can be assembled
again on location. If any pieces are the
wrong size, the ftters correct them before
the boiler leaves the shop.
Construction boilermakers work on site at
oil refneries, schools, factories, shipyards,
and other locations that require large boil-
ers for heat. To do their work, boilermak-
ers must be skilled in using many types of
tools and equipment. These include power
tools for cutting and bending metal plates,
welding equipment, and riveting ma-
chines. Some jobs require the use of lifting
equipment. Boilermakers also use measur-
ing devices to make sure that the parts are
aligned properly.
Boilermaker mechanics repair and ser-
vice existing boilers. This includes repair-
ing or replacing old or faulty parts and
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Apprenticeship
SAlARyRAngE
$33,000 to $51,000 to $74,000
OuTlOOk
Pipeftters
Plumbers
c
_
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 52 7/16/09 9:43:09 AM
53
cleaning and inspecting equipment. Boil-
ermakers and mechanics have to use cau-
tion on the job at all times because some
of the machinery they work with can be
dangerous.
You will need a high school diploma to
enter the boilermaking trade. Take shop
courses, especially those that include blue-
print reading, welding techniques, and
shop mathematics.
After graduating from high school, you
will need some on-the-job training before
going to work. Most boilermakers learn
their skills through a formal apprentice-
ship program. The apprenticeship, which
usually lasts about four years, provides on-
the-job training and supervised experience
as well as classroom instruction.
Outlook
Experts predict faster than average employ-
ment growth for boilermakers and me-
chanics through 2016. One reason for this
is passage of the 2005 Energy Policy Act,
which promotes conservation, higher ener-
gy effciency, and the use of cleaner energy
production technologies.
Because the number of apprenticeships
in boilermaking is limited each year and
wages are relatively good, competition for
jobs will be strong in the future. There will
also be openings for boilermakers every
year as experienced workers retire and leave
the feld. Workers who have completed ap-
prenticeships will have the best opportuni-
ties for good jobs.
ForMoreInformation
High school shop courses, such as blueprint
reading and metalworking, can give you
an idea of some of the activities of boiler-
makers. Another way to fnd out about this
job, with the help of a teacher, might be
to invite someone who works in the trade
to talk to your class. More information can
also be obtained by contacting the organi-
zations listed below.
boilermakersnationaljointApprenticeship
Program
1017 North Ninth Street
Kansas City, KS 66101-2624
913-342-2100
info@bnap.com
http://www.bnap.com
Internationalbrotherhoodofboilermakers,
IronShipbuilders,blacksmiths,Forgersand
helpers,AFl-cIO
753 State Avenue, Suite 570
Kansas City, KS 66101-2511
913-371-2640
http://www.boilermakers.org
Did You Know?
Boilers frst emerged with the
growth of steam power in the
19th century. At frst, all boilers
were made with iron. Later steel
and metal alloys came into use be-
cause they were lighter and could
withstand greater heat and pres-
sure than could iron boilers.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 53 7/16/09 9:43:09 AM
54
bombSquad
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Responsibility
WhatbombSquad
TechniciansDo
Bomb squad technicians or bomb technicians
work for local police departments, fre de-
partments, the Federal Bureau of Investiga-
tion Explosives Unit, and in the different
branches of the U.S. Armed Forces. In the
military, bomb technicians are known as
explosive ordinance disposal (EOD) specialists
or improvised explosive device (IED) special-
ists. Whether working for a civilian, gov-
ernment, or military organization, bomb
technicians are called to action when
there is a bomb threat or the possibility
of an explosive device at a site. Once on
the scene bomb technicians dressed in pro-
tective suits, inspect, remove, and destroy
any item suspected of being an explosive
device. Explosive devices include military
ordnance, explosive chemicals often found
in illegal drug labs, freworks, and suspi-
cious packages that may contain a bomb.
To ensure the publics safety, members of
the bomb squad also perform surveillance
at high-profle public events such as po-
litical conventions, the Olympics, or oth-
er gatherings that might attract terrorists
or criminals who may detonate a bomb.
Bomb squad technicians usually work as
part of a team and often are accompanied
by bomb-sniffng dogs trained to detect ex-
plosives hidden in packages, luggage, trash
containers, vehicles, and other places.
High school courses such as physical edu-
cation, English, computer science, and psy-
chology are recommended as preparation
for the frst step in a career as a bomb squad
technician: police offcer, frefghter, or FBI
agent.
Bomb squad technicians receive their
training at the OMEMS Hazardous Devices
School, a facility operated by the FBI and
the U.S. Army at the Redstone Arsenal in
Huntsville, Alabama. It is the only such
training facility in the United States. Ad-
mission into the training program is lim-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Physical education, Government,
Computer science
SAlARyRAngE
$32,000 to $54,000 to $80,000
OuTlOOk
FBI Agents
Firefghters
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 54 7/16/09 9:43:10 AM
55
ited to those working as frefghters, police
offcers, FBI agents, or other federal inves-
tigators and who are assigned to an accred-
ited bomb squad. Training includes courses
in bomb disposal, counterterrorism bomb
training, responding to suicide attacks,
large vehicle bombs, and weapons of mass
destruction.
Outlook
According to the U.S. Department of La-
bor, employment by the federal govern-
ment of protective services workers, which
includes those qualifed to train as bomb
squad technicians such as frefghters, po-
lice offcers, and detectives, is expected to
decline through 2016. The Occupational
Outlook Handbook reports that employment
of fre investigators, including bomb squad
commanders, in local governments will in-
crease at an average rate for all occupations
during the same period.
ForMoreInformation
Because the career of bomb squad techni-
cian can be extremely dangerous without
proper preparation and training, the best
way to learn more about the job is by reading
books on the subject such as Bomb Squad: A
Year Inside the Nations Most Exclusive Police
Unit by Richard Esposito and Ted Gerstein
(Hyperion, 2007). You can also read articles
about bomb technicians and their work
and training on the FBI Web site at http://
www.fbi.gov/page2/july06/jttf_bomb
tech071706.htm and http://www.fbi.gov/
page2/dec04/hds122004.htm.
FederalbureauofInvestigation
J Edgar Hoover Building
935 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
202-324-3000
http://www.fbi.gov
OMEMShazardousDevicesSchool
Redstone Arsenal
Directorate of Information Management
Huntsville, AL 35898-0001
256-876-2151
http://omems.redstone.army.mil/index.php/
about/course-catalog-about/hazardous-devices-
training
Fast Fact
Robots are quickly becoming
indispensable to bomb squads.
Robots can go into spaces that
are too small or too dangerous
for people. Of course someone
on the bomb squad needs to be
able to operate the robot, so
mechanical skills are important
to bomb squad technicians.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 55 7/16/09 9:43:10 AM
56
book
conservators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatbookconservatorsDo
Book conservators treat the bindings and
pages of books to help preserve them for
the future. They repair books that have
been damaged by misuse, accidents, pests,
or normal wear and tear.
Conservators frst examine the books,
judge how badly they are damaged, and
decide how to fx the problem. They have
to consider the books history to determine
the proper way to repair the damage.
When repairing a ripped sheet, book
conservators use acid-free glue or a special
acid-free book tape. High levels of acid in
papers and materials turn the pages yellow
and eventually cause them to fall apart. All
materials that a conservator uses are acid-
free, so they will last for many years.
If a book is falling out of its cover,
conservators may need to glue the cover
back on. If the cover is broken, they can
make a new one. Conservators measure
out the board and book cloth, cut mate-
rials to size, and glue the cloth onto the
board. They size the bookblock (the books
pages), glue the binding, and set the book
in its cover. Conservators make sure that
all materials are ftted properly before the
glue is dry.
For some rare books, a conservator may
choose to make a box to house the book
rather than repair a broken spine. For these
fragile, and often irreplaceable, books, its
better to simply stop the damage instead of
trying to repair it.
Sometimes insects can cause damage
by eating through paper, glue, and binding.
Before conservators fx the damage already
done, they take these books to profession-
als who use chemical treatments to kill any
remaining dust mites and other pests.
History, literature, art, foreign languages,
chemistry, and mathematics classes will
all help you build a strong background for
book conservation.
You will also need to have thorough
knowledge of bookbinding arts and papers.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, History
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$21,000 to $34,000 to $61,000
OuTlOOk
Anthropologists
Archivists
Book Editors
Museum Curators
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 56 7/16/09 9:43:12 AM
57
It is also strongly recommended that you
earn a bachelors degree. A degree in art, art
history, or fne arts can help you get into
a book conservation apprenticeship or in-
ternship program. After earning a bache-
lors degree, you may wish to attend library
school to earn a masters degree in library
science.
Book conservators need to be able to
think creatively and have good problem-
solving skills. Having a hands-on nature is
key as well, since book conservators spend
a majority of their time inspecting materi-
als and making repairs by hand.
Outlook
The employment of book conservators is
expected to increase faster than the aver-
age through 2016. Computers have caused
binding to become increasingly automat-
ed and technological advances are permit-
ting printing companies and binderies to
utilize binding and fnishing equipment
that allows printing machine operators
to complete bindery work that used to be
done by hand. However, these develop-
ments can increase opportunities for spe-
cialized conservators who can combine
traditional conservation efforts with new
procedures. For example, a book conser-
vator with excellent computer skills and
Web programming knowledge can work
to put rare book collections online and
make them available to people all over the
world. Many book conservators are also
now working independently as private
contractors.
ForMoreInformation
An easy and fun way to explore this work
is by trying to make a simple, hand-bound
book to use as a journal or photo album.
You can also learn about how books are
made through a little research. Study the
history of books and binding. There are
many how to bookbinding guides, such
as Book Binding Techniques and Projects, by
Josep Cambras (Hauppauge, N.Y.: Barrons
Educational Series, 2008).
AmericanInstituteforconservationof
historicandArtisticWorks
202-452-9545
info@aic-faic.org
libraryofcongressPreservation
Directorate
101 Independence Avenue SE
202-707-5213
preserve@loc.gov
http://www.loc.gov/preserv
Fast Fact
An important part of book
conservation is taking care of
newer books so that they will
not need as much restoration
in the future. Here are a few
tips: keep books out of the sun
to prevent discoloration, use
a bookmark instead of dog-
earing pages, avoid placing
books facedown so that the
binding stays intact.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 57 7/16/09 9:43:13 AM
58
bookEditors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatbookEditorsDo
Book editors prepare written material for
publication. In small publishing compa-
nies, the same editor may guide the mate-
rial through all the stages of the publishing
process. They work with typesetters, print-
ers, designers, advertising agencies, and
other members of the publishing industry.
In larger companies, editors may be more
specialized and take care of only a part of
the publishing process.
There are many different types of book
editors. Acquisitions editors fnd new writ-
ers and new projects. They are respon-
sible for developing new ideas for books
that will sell well. After a project idea has
been worked out, the editors next step is
fnding a writer who can create the book.
Sometimes the editor assigns a series of
books to one author. It is also the job of
the acquisitions editor to make sure au-
thors turn in their manuscripts on time.
Editors usually work with several authors
at a time.
Content editors take the manuscript writ-
ten by an author and polish the work into a
fnished book. They correct grammar, spell-
ing, and style and check all the facts. They
make sure the book reads well and suggest
changes to the author if it does not.
Copy editors help content editors polish
the authors writing. They review each page
and make the changes required to give the
book a good writing style.
Line editors review the text to make sure
specifc style rules are obeyed. They make
sure the same spelling is used for words
where more than one spelling is correct
(for example, grey and gray).
Fact checkers and proofreaders read the
manuscript to make sure everything is
spelled correctly and that all the facts in
the text have been checked for accuracy.
Production editors work with artists to
get the cover and pages designed. They
work with illustrators and photographers
to create artwork for the book. They also
are responsible for page layout. Finally,
production editors make sure all the parts
of the book get to the printer on time.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, English
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$27,000 to $48,000 to $91,000
OuTlOOk
Indexers
Literary Agents
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Screenwriters
Technical Writers and Editors
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 58 7/16/09 9:43:15 AM
59
If you want to be a book editor, you should
pay special attention to your English, read-
ing, social studies, and computer classes.
In high school, you should also study Eng-
lish literature, foreign languages, history,
and computers. For most editorial jobs you
need to know word processing and desktop
publishing programs.
You will need a college education for
an editorial job. Many employers prefer to
hire people who have a degree in English,
journalism, communications, history, phi-
losophy, or social sciences. Some colleges
offer special courses in book publishing or
editing.
Book editors need a sharp eye for detail
and a compulsion for accuracy. You also
need intellectual curiosity, self-motivation,
and a respect for deadlines.
Outlook
Job growth for writers and editors should be
about as fast as the average through 2016,
although competition for positions will
be strong. The growth of online publish-
ing will increase the need for editors who
are Web experts. Other areas where editors
may fnd work include advertising, public
relations, and businesses with their own
publications, such as company newsletters.
Job turnover is relatively high in publish-
ing. Editors often advance by moving to
another frm or by establishing a freelance
business. Many employers operating with a
minimal salaried staff hire freelance editors
for everything from project management to
proofreading and production.
ForMoreInformation
One of the best ways to explore the feld
of editing is to work on your school news-
paper or yearbook. Try writing, reporting,
proofreading, desktop publishing, print-
ing, or any other task related to publishing.
You could also get some experience by pub-
lishing your own book, newsletter, blog, or
journal using your home computer.
AssociationofAmericanPublishers
71 Fifth Avenue, 2nd Floor
New York, NY 10003-3004
212-255-0200
http://www.publishers.org
SmallPublishersAssociationof
northAmerica
1618 West Colorado Avenue
719-475-1726
info1@spannet.org
http://www.spannet.org
Did You Know?
As long as people have been writ-
ing, there have been editors. Be-
fore the invention of the printing
press someone had to make sure
that the people who were hand-
copying books did not introduce
errors into their work. This job was
taken seriously, since the work be-
ing copied was often the Bible.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 59 7/16/09 9:43:15 AM
60
bookkeepers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Mathematics
Reasoning
WhatbookkeepersDo
Bookkeepers keep records of the fnances of
a company. They may record these transac-
tions in an account book or on a computer.
From time to time, they prepare statements
that summarize the funds received and
paid out by the company.
Bookkeeping records are very impor-
tant to any business. They show how much
money the company has earned or lost in
a certain period of time. These records are
needed when companies submit income
tax reports to the federal government and
when they submit proft and loss reports to
company stockholders.
Bookkeepers work for a wide variety of
employers, ranging from small businesses
to large corporations. Bookkeepers may
work for factories, stores, schools, banks,
insurance companies, hotels, and railroads.
General bookkeepers usually work for small
businesses. They handle most, if not all,
of a companys bookkeeping needs. These
bookkeepers may also do other types of of-
fce work, such as fling papers and answer-
ing telephone calls.
In large businesses, an accountant may
supervise the workers in the bookkeeping
department. These workers are sometimes
called accounting clerks. They usually do
specialized tasks, such as recording items in
account books and paying out bills. Oth-
ers prepare reports, write checks, or make
payroll lists.
Employers require bookkeepers to have
at least a high school diploma and look
for people with backgrounds in business
mathematics, business writing, typing, and
computer training. You should also pay
attention to developing your English and
communication skills along with math-
ematical abilities.
Some employers prefer people who
have completed a junior college curricu-
lum or those who have attended a busi-
ness-training program. Work-study pro-
grams are also available. In these programs,
schools cooperate with businesses to offer
part-time, on-the-job training combined
with academic study. These programs often
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$20,000 to $32,000 to $48,000
OuTlOOk
Accountants
Actuaries
Collection Workers
Statisticians
s
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 60 7/16/09 9:43:16 AM
61
help students fnd immediate employment
in similar work after graduation.
Bookkeepers need strong mathemati-
cal skills. They must be organized and able
to concentrate on detailed work. The work
is often tedious, and bookkeepers should
not mind sitting for long hours behind a
desk. They should be methodical, accurate,
and orderly and enjoy working on detailed
tasks. Employers look for honest, discreet,
and trustworthy people because they are
placing their business in the bookkeepers
hands.
Outlook
The growing economy and increased fnan-
cial activities will produce a demand for
increased accounting services, and people
will be needed to do the record keeping.
As a result, employment of bookkeeping
and accounting clerks is expected to grow
tions through 2016. Some job openings
will be created as qualifed workers leave
the profession either for other jobs or to re-
tire. Bookkeepers with excellent computer
skills, certifcation, and experience will be
most in demand.
ForMoreInformation
Keep an account of your own fnanc-
es. Write down your income, including
your allowance, gifts, or money you earn
for odd jobs or babysitting. Write down
your expenses, such as money spent on
food and drink, clothing, music, and
movies.
Volunteer to be the treasurer for school
clubs. This will give you experience in bal-
ancing a budget and managing expenses
and enhance your leadership skills.
You can also use your school or local
library to fnd computer software designed
for money management. Experiment with
the program to get a sense of the computer
skills needed to work as a bookkeeper.
AssociationtoAdvancecollegiateSchools
ofbusiness
777 South Harbour Island Boulevard, Suite 750
Tampa, FL 33602-5730
813-769-6500
http://www.aacsb.edu
EducationalFoundationforWomenin
Accounting
136 South Keowee St.
Dayton, OH 45402-2241
937-424-3391
info@efwa.org
http://www.efwa.org
FinancialWomenInternational
1027 West Roselawn Avenue
Roseville, MN 55113-6406
651-487-7632
info@fwi.org
http://www.fwi.org
juniorAchievement
One Education Way
719-540-8000
newmedia@ja.org
http://www.ja.org
Did You Know?
Double-entry bookkeeping was
frst codifed by Venetian math-
ematician Luca Pacioli in 1494.This
is the standard method of book-
keeping still in use today.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 61 7/16/09 9:43:16 AM
62
borderPatrol
Offcers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Whatborder
PatrolOffcersDo
In order to protect the people of the Unit-
ed States, the government has formed laws
that specify which persons and which prod-
ucts can enter the country. However, many
attempts are made to break these laws and
cross the border illegally. Border patrol off-
cers have a mission to prevent illegal entry
into the United States at the borders and
to deport or arrest people who attempt to
enter illegally.
Border patrol offcers are federal law
enforcement offcers, a group that also in-
cludes U.S. marshals, FBI agents, and oth-
ers. They all have a duty to enforce the laws
of the U.S. government. Under U.S. law,
people from other countries who wish to
enter the country must apply to the gov-
ernment for this privilege. Those who are
visiting or wish to work or study in the
United States must obtain visas. Those who
wish to live here permanently must apply
for residency status. Border patrol offcers
are on guard to make sure that people fol-
low these rules.
Along the U.S. borders with Mexico
and Canada, border patrol offcers work
24 hours a day. To catch people sneaking
over the border, they use many different
tactics. They patrol the border in jeeps and,
in more rugged land, on horseback. Border
patrol offcers routinely fy helicopters over
areas where many people try to come into
the country. They are also posted at regular
border crossings to make sure that people
are not coming in illegally inside cars and
trucks.
When people are caught trying to cross
the border illegally, border patrol offcers
will send them back across the border. Be-
cause of their duties, border patrol offcers
need to stay up to date on many laws, espe-
cially those dealing with arrest, detention,
search and seizure, and other specialized
regulations.
In recent years, the prevention of
drug smuggling has become a major part
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Foreign language, Geography,
Government
SAlARyRAngE
$29,000 to $50,000 to $76,000
OuTlOOk
Customs Offcials
Detectives
FBI Agents
Police Offcers
c
y
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 62 7/16/09 9:43:17 AM
63
of the border patrol offcers job. Offcers
sometimes use drug-sniffng dogs to help
fnd where drugs have been hidden. Fol-
lowing the September 2001 terrorist at-
tacks, border patrol offcers must pay care-
ful attention to who is let into the United
States.
Eventually, border patrol offcers may
become inspectors who work at border
crossings, airports, and other entry points
into the United States, checking passports
and visas. They may become plain-clothes
investigators who work on large-scale proj-
ects, such as attempting to stop clusters of
people working together to try to smuggle
drugs.
To prepare for this career, you should take
courses in geography, government, history,
social studies, communications, political
science, and Spanish. Thorough knowledge
of Spanish will give you an advantage over
other job applicants.
A high school diploma or its equiva-
lent is required to become a border patrol
offcer, but a bachelors degree is preferred.
Once you have completed high school,
you are eligible to take the mandatory
entrance exam. Based on this exam score,
you are then accepted into a 16-week
training course at one of three border pa-
trol academies.
Outlook
Employment for all police offcers and de-
tectives (including border patrol offcers)
is projected to increase about as fast as
the average through 2016. There has been
growing public support for drug preven-
tion activities, including the prevention
of drug smuggling. After the terrorist at-
tacks in 2001, growing concerns over the
level of illegal immigration have created
an urgent need for more border patrol
offcers.
ForMoreInformation
The U.S. Border Patrols unoffcial Web site
(http://honorfrst.com) contains more in-
formation about employment as a border
patrol offcer.
nationalborderPatrolMuseum
4315 Transmountain Drive
El Paso, TX 79924-3753
915-719-6060
nbpm@borderpatrolmuseum.com
http://www.borderpatrolmuseum.com
u.S.customsandborderProtection
Department of Homeland Security
202-344-2050
http://www.customs.gov
Fast Fact
There are more than 8,000
miles of border between the
United States and Canada and
the United States and Mexico.
There are also water boundar-
ies in the Pacifc Ocean, the At-
lantic Ocean, and the Gulf of
Mexico.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 63 7/16/09 9:43:17 AM
64
botanists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatbotanistsDo
Botanists study plant life. They focus on cell
structure, reproduction, and how plants are
distributed on Earth. They also study how
rainfall, climate, and other conditions af-
fect plants, and other topics.
Botany is a major branch of biology.
Botanists play an important part in mod-
ern science and industry. Their work affects
agriculture, agronomy (soil and crop sci-
ence), conservation, forestry, and horticul-
ture. Botanists develop new drugs to treat
disease. They fnd more food resources for
developing countries. They also discover
solutions to environmental problems.
Botanists who specialize in agriculture
or agronomy try to develop new varieties
of crops that better resist disease. They may
also try to improve the growth of crops
such as high-yield corn. These botanists
focus on a specifc type of plant species,
such as ferns (pteridology). They also may
focus on plants that are native to a specifc
area, such as wetland or desert. Botanists
who work in private industry, such as for
a food or drug company, may focus on
developing new products. They may also
test and inspect products.
Research botanists work at research sta-
tions at colleges, universities, and botanical
gardens. Botanists who work in conserva-
tion or ecology often do their work out in
the feld. They help repair damaged ecosys-
tems or re-create lost ones. Botanists direct
pollution cleanups and restore native spe-
cies to certain areas.
There are many specialties in botany.
Ethnobotanists study how plants are used
by a particular culture or ethnic group to
treat diseases and injuries. Ecologists study
the connection between plants, animals,
and the physical environment. Forest
ecologists focus on forest species and their
habitats, such as forest wetlands. Mycolo-
gists study fungi and apply their fndings
to medicine, agriculture, and industry.
Plant cytologists use powerful microscopes
to study plant tissues. These microscopes
help them to discover why some cells be-
come malignant and cause the plant to get
sick or die. Plant geneticists study the ori-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$37,000 to $63,000 to $99,000
OuTlOOk
Biochemists
Biologists
Ecologists
Foresters
Microbiologists
Naturalists
Soil Scientists
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 64 7/16/09 9:43:18 AM
65
gin and development of inherited traits,
such as size and color.
If you are interested in a career as a bota-
nist, take classes in agriculture, biology,
chemistry, and physics in high school. It
is also a good idea to take classes in math-
ematics, English, and a foreign language
because the educational requirements to
become a professional botanist are high.
You will need at minimum a bachelors
degree to be a botanist. For research and
teaching positions, you will have to study
even longer and go on to earn a masters or
even a doctoral degree (Ph.D.). These high-
er degrees require you to specialize in one
of the many areas of botany mentioned
earlier in this article.
Outlook
Botanists can expect employment to grow
They will be needed to help meet growing
environmental, conservation, and pharma-
ceutical demands. Government employ-
ment opportunities should stay strong as
well but will depend in part on the health of
the national economy. Federal budget cuts
may endanger some projects and positions.
In general, however, botanists can expect to
be in demand in a wide variety of felds.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a botanist, take
part in science fairs and clubs. Volunteer
to work for parks, nurseries, farms, labs,
camps, forists, or landscape architects. You
may want to tour a botanical garden in
your area and talk to its staff. You will also
learn a lot by growing your own garden, in-
cluding fruits and vegetables, herbs, fow-
ers, and indoor plants. Keep a notebook to
record how each plant responds to water-
ing, fertilizing, and sunlight.
EnvironmentalcareersOrganization
1218 Third Avenue, Suite 1515
Seattle, WA 98101
206-625-1750
http://www.eco.org
nationalWildlifeFederation
11100 Wildlife Center Drive
Reston, VA 20190-5362
800-822-9919
http://www.nwf.org
Thenatureconservancy
800-628-6860
http://nature.org
StudentconservationAssociation
689 River Road
PO Box 550
Charlestown, NH 03603-0550
ask-us@thesca.org
http://www.thesca.org
A botanist examines rock grapes in their
habitat. (Scott Bauer/USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 65 7/16/09 9:43:19 AM
66
bounty
hunters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatbountyhuntersDo
Bounty hunters, sometimes called bail en-
forcement agents or fugitive recovery agents,
track down and return people who are fu-
gitives from justice. They work with bail
bondsmen and the court system.
When people are arrested, they can
sometimes get out of jail if they guarantee
they will appear in court on a certain date.
To be let out of jail, they must hand over a
large amount of money. This is called post-
ing bail. If they do appear in court as they
promised, the bail money is returned.
Most people who are arrested do not
have large sums of money. They have to
use the services of a bail bondsman, who
provides the money to the court. The per-
son pays the bondsman a fee. If the fugitive
does not show up on the court date, the
court allows 90 to 180 days for the bonds-
man to bring the person in or hire a boun-
ty hunter to track the person down. The
bounty hunter is paid only if the fugitive is
returned to court.
The bounty hunters main goal is to fnd
the fugitive as quickly and safely as possible.
Bounty hunters use research, detection,
and law enforcement skills. They interview
people and trace papers, such as credit card
receipts. They spend hours in close obser-
vation, or surveillance.
Bounty hunters can use almost any
means possible to re-arrest a fugitive. In
most states they can enter the homes of
fugitives if they believe, beyond a reason-
able doubt, that the fugitive is inside. Most
bounty hunters use weapons. They do this
to persuade a fugitive to return peacefully
and also to protect themselves. After the
fugitive is found, the bounty hunter arrests
the individual and takes the fugitive back
to jail to await trial. Some bounty hunters
fnd the fugitive and then alert the local
law offcials to make the actual arrest.
High school classes in government, his-
tory, political science, communication,
and business will help you prepare for the
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Government, History
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $42,000 to $100,000
OuTlOOk
Corrections Offcers
Detectives
FBI Agents
Parole Offcers
c
y
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 66 7/16/09 9:43:19 AM
67
legal and business side of bounty hunt-
ing. Self-defense or martial arts courses
can give you skills you might need when
capturing a fugitive. Foreign languages
may come in handy as well, depending
on the area of the country in which you
may be working.
A college education is not required to
become a bounty hunter, but you do need
training in law enforcement and criminal
justice. A college degree in criminal justice
or police academy training is helpful.
Outlook
Employment for bounty hunters is expect-
ed to grow as fast as the average for all other
occupations through 2016, although this
feld has a limited niche in the bail bond-
ing business. Competition among bail en-
forcement agents continues to advance the
feld as a profession.
Because bail bond agents and bail en-
forcement agents work in private business,
taxpayers do not have to pay anything for
the capture of these fugitives.
Given the large percentage of recover-
ies by bail bondsmen and the lack of cost
to local government, the future looks good
for this profession. Bounty hunters with
experience, advanced training, and cer-
tifcation will have the best employment
opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Contact a bail bondsman (you will fnd
them listed in the phone book) and fnd
out if they are also bounty hunters. Join
any clubs at school that focus on business,
such as Junior Achievement (http://www.
ja.org).
nationalAssociationofbailEnforcement
Agents
PO Box 129
Falls Church, VA 22040-0129
703-534-4211
http://www.nabea.org
nationalAssociationofInvestigative
Specialists
PO Box 82148
Austin, TX 78705-2148
512-719-3595
http://www.pimall.com/NAIS/dir.menu.html
nationalInstituteofbailEnforcement
PO Box 667
Spring Grove, IL 60081-0667
815-675-0260
enforcement2@yahoo.com
http://www.bounty-hunter.net
Did You Know?
In the 19th century in the United
States, fugitives would often take
off into the western territories.
This meant that bounty hunters
were often tracking lawbreakers
throughout the Old West.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 67 7/16/09 9:43:20 AM
68
brewers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatbrewersDo
Brewers oversee the production of beer,
from selecting the exact blend and kind of
favoring hops to regulating the number of
minutes the wort (liquid formed by soak-
ing mash in hot water and fermenting it)
boils. There are certain guidelines for each
style of beer, but within those guidelines
the brewer may experiment to create a tru-
ly unique favor.
There are more than 50 styles of beer,
but the four basic ingredients of all beers
are malted barley, hops, yeast, and water.
Brewers grind the malted barley in special
machines so that its husk is removed and
the kernel broken. Next they add a precise
amount of water and raise the temperature
to dissolve the natural sugars, starches, and
enzymes of the barley. To complete the
mashing process, the brewer strains out the
barley grains. The remaining sweetened
liquid, called malt extract, is now ready to
become the wort, which is concentrated,
unhopped beer. The brewer transfers the
wort from the mashing vessel to a brew-
ing kettle, where boiling hops are added.
The hopped wort is boiled, and after it has
cooled, the hop leaves or pellet residue are
removed in a process called sparging, and
the wort is now ready for its most vital in-
gredient, yeast. When the yeast is added,
the fermentation process begins.
After the desired time for the primary
fermentation, the brewer transfers the beer
to a lagering kettle, where the beer is al-
lowed to age. The fermentation continues
but at a slower pace. After the desired aging
or maturation of the beer, anywhere from
two weeks to several months, the beer is
again transferred to a storage tank, where it
is ready to be bottled.
Brewers add carbonation to their beers
either by injecting carbon dioxide into
the storage tank just before the beer is to
be bottled or kegged or by adding a prim-
ing sugar, usually dry malt extract or corn
sugar diluted in boiled water.
Some craftbrewers at microbreweries
may also help in bottling their beer. At
small breweries, brewers frequently ster-
ilize their tanks, kettles, hoses, and other
brewing equipment. Brewers who have the
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlARyRAngE
$22,000 to $36,000 to $65,000
OuTlOOk
Bartenders
Biochemists
Food Technologists
Winemakers
J
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 68 7/16/09 9:43:20 AM
69
right resources and live in the right envi-
ronment may grow, harvest, and store their
own hops.
High school classes in biology, chemistry,
and mathematics will be particularly useful
if you are interested in becoming a brewer.
Employers today prefer to hire only
brewers who have completed some kind of
formal training program in brewing scienc-
es, or who have had extensive apprentice-
ship training at another brewery. A college
degree is not required for admission to the
professional brewing programs, but you will
need to complete college course work in bi-
ological sciences (biology, biochemistry, mi-
crobiology), chemistry, physics, mathemat-
ics (precalculus), and engineering.
Outlook
America is undergoing a beer renaissance.
Major brewers such as Miller, Anheuser
Busch, and Coors have acknowledged the
craftbrewing trend by introducing their
own premium-style beers.
Although craftbrewing accounts for
only about 3.8 percent of the U.S. beer mar-
ket, it is a growing segment of the beer in-
dustry, increasing by 31.5 percent from 2005
to 2007, according to the Brewers Associa-
tion. In 2007 more than 1,400 craft brewer-
ies were in operation. There is a strong de-
mand for excellent brewers, and those with
training should have the best employment
opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Tour a microbrewery, a brewpub, or one of
the major mass-production breweries. Read
books and magazines on brewing beer. The
American Homebrewers Associations mag-
azine, Zymurgy (http://www.beertown.org/
homebrewing/zymurgy_magazine/index.
html), focuses on homebrewing issues, and
the Institute for Brewing Studies magazine
The New Brewer (http://www.beertown.org/
craftbrewing/newbrewer.html), covers top-
ics of interest to pub and microbrewers.
brewersAssociation
736 Pearl Street
Boulder, CO 80302-5006
303-447-0816
http://www.beertown.org
MasterbrewersAssociationofthe
Americas
3340 Pilot Knob Road
St. Paul, MN 55121-2097
651-454-7250
mbaa@mbaa.com
http://www.mbaa.com/
northAmericanbrewersAssociation
2845 Holly Place
Idaho Falls, ID 83402-4631
info@northamericanbrewers.org
http://www.northamericanbrewers.org/
Brewers keep a close watch on beer tanks
to make sure that the beer is brewing
properly. (Index Stock Imagery)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 69 7/16/09 9:43:21 AM
70
bricklayersand
Stonemasons
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whatbricklayers
andStonemasonsDo
Bricklayers construct walls, foors, freplac-
es, and other structures with brick, cinder,
or concrete block. Stonemasons build stone
walls and stone exteriors and foors. They
usually work on large building projects,
such as public buildings, hotels, and offce
buildings.
Before starting a job, bricklayers and
stonemasons work with blueprints (build-
ing plans drawn out on paper) to determine
where to construct a wall or other object
and how big it should be. To shape bricks
and chisel stone, bricklayers and stonema-
sons use a variety of hand tools, such as
hammers, chisels, and brushes. They may
also use electric drills and saws.
Bricklayers must know how to mix mor-
tar, which is made of cement, sand, and wa-
ter, and how to spread it so that the joints
throughout the structure will be evenly
spaced with a neat appearance. They may
have helpers who mix the mortar as well as
move materials and scaffolding around the
work site.
When laying bricks, bricklayers spread
a layer of mortar, place the brick on the
mortar bed, and then tap it into place. Care
must be taken when starting the build-
ing process. Bricklayers continually mea-
sure the bricklaying to make sure that it
is straight. They cut bricks with a hammer
and chisel to ft around windows, doors,
and other openings.
When constructing a stone wall or foor,
stonemasons set the frst level of stones in
a layer of mortar. They build a wall by alter-
nating layers of mortar and stone, and they
set a stone foor by placing stones over the
mortar surface. They use measuring devices
so that the work remains straight. To make
various shapes and sizes, masons use a spe-
cial hammer to cut each stone.
You should take classes in mathematics, me-
chanical drawing, and blueprint reading, as
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Apprenticeship
SAlARyRAngE
$26,000 to $44,000 to $70,000
OuTlOOk
Carpenters
Cement Masons
Ceramic Engineers
Workers
Plasterers
/
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 70 7/16/09 9:43:22 AM
71
well as core courses such as English and
general science. It is also a good idea to
take pre-college engineering classes if your
school offers them.
The best way to become a bricklayer or
stonemason is to complete a three-year ap-
prenticeship. An apprenticeship will allow
you to observe experienced workers and re-
ceive classroom instruction. To become an
apprentice, you need the approval of the lo-
cal apprenticeship committee, and you must
be at least 17 years old, be in good physical
condition, and have a high school diploma.
Outlook
Employment for bricklayers and stonema-
sons is predicted to rise about as fast as the
average for all occupations through 2016.
Job opportunities, however, should be excel-
lent, since many workers leave the feld each
year for less strenuous work, retirement, or
other reasons. In addition, population and
business growth will create the need for new
facilities (such as homes, hospitals, long-
term care facilities, and offces) and result
in a demand for these skilled workers. There
will probably be increased construction
of many kinds of buildings because of the
growing popularity of brick and stone, espe-
cially ornamental brickwork and stonework
on building fronts and in lobbies.
During economic downturns, bricklay-
ers and stonemasons, like other workers
in construction-related jobs, can expect to
have fewer job opportunities and perhaps
be laid off.
ForMoreInformation
To become familiar with building materials
and to observe the tasks you will perform as
a bricklayer or stonemason, visit construc-
tion sites or participate in repairs. You may
also want to join a student organization,
such as the National Association of Home
Builders Student Chapters program, where
you can learn about the industry as well as
take tours and participate in group repairs.
AssociatedgeneralcontractorsofAmerica
703-548-3118
http://www.agc.org
homebuildersInstitute
1201 15th Street NW, 6th Floor
202-371-0600
postmaster@hbi.org
http://www.hbi.org
TheMasonrySociety
3970 Broadway, Suite 201-D
303-939-9700
info@masonrysociety.org
http://www.masonrysociety.org
This bricklayer is using a level to make
sure his work is straight. (Susan Law Cain/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 71 7/16/09 9:43:23 AM
72
broadcast
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatbroadcastEngineersDo
Broadcast engineers, also called broadcast
technicians, operate the electronic equip-
ment that sends radio and television sig-
nals to the public. They are responsible for
the operation, installation, and repair of
the equipment.
While many broadcast engineers work
in the studio, others, called feld technicians,
set up and operate portable radio and tele-
vision transmitting equipment at locations
away from the main station. For example,
a radio station may broadcast several hours
of programming from a record store that is
having a grand opening, or a television sta-
tion may broadcast a news report live from
city hall.
Field technicians link microphones,
mini-cameras, and amplifers with the main
station by using telephone lines. If the lo-
cation of the broadcast is too far away for a
telephone connection, the broadcast engi-
neer will set up, test, and operate portable
microwave transmitters.
Engineers doing maintenance work
may have to climb poles and antenna tow-
ers, while those on the ground may set up
heavy equipment.
Field technicians usually travel to the
site of a broadcast in a specially equipped
van. The van carries the transmitting
equipment, microphones, cameras, light-
ing equipment, and power sources needed
for the broadcast. The van also carries any
tools or parts the technicians may need to
make minor repairs. Broadcast technicians
must be able to use electrical test meters
to make sure their equipment is operating
properly.
The broadcast engineer monitors the
transmitting equipment as the broadcast is
being sent back to the main station. Often,
a broadcast is taped and not played on the
air until later.
Broadcast engineers must have both
an aptitude for working with highly tech-
nical electronic and computer equipment
and minute attention to detail to be suc-
cessful in the feld. Broadcast engineers
should enjoy both the technical and ar-
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, Mathematics
SAlARyRAngE
$17,000 to $32,000 to $67,000
OuTlOOk
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 72 7/16/09 9:43:25 AM
73
tistic aspects of working in the radio or
television industry. They should also be
able to communicate with a wide range
of people with various levels of technical
expertise.
Take courses in mathematics, physics, the
physical sciences, and computers. After high
school, you should enter at least a two-year
program of training in a community col-
lege or technical school. Take more specifc
courses, such as electronics and radio and
television theory.
Beginners usually learn from watch-
ing experienced technicians while on the
job. You may start out at a smaller station,
where you will learn important basic skills,
and then move on to a larger station, where
this experience can help you land a job.
Outlook
Employment for broadcast engineers is ex-
for all occupations through 2016. There
will be strong competition for jobs in large
cities. Slow growth in the number of new
radio and television stations may mean
few new job openings.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in school clubs or activities
that deal with electronics, cameras, or
video equipment. Build and operate an
amateur, or ham, radio and experiment-
ing with electronic kits. Dexterity and an
understanding of home-operated broad-
casting equipment will promote success in
education and work experience. Volunteer
at a local station, experiment with elec-
tronics kits, and take tours of local televi-
sion and radio studios.
broadcastEducationAssociation
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-3935
http://www.beaweb.org
nationalAssociationofbroadcasters
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
nationalcable&Telecommunications
Association
25 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Suite 100
202-222-2300
http://www.ncta.com
SocietyofbroadcastEngineers
9102 North Meridian Street, Suite 150
317-846-9000
http://www.sbe.org
Fast Fact
The next change in television
broadcasting is the switch from
analog to digital broadcasting,
scheduled to take place on June
12, 2009. This transition will not
only improve picture and sound
quality, it will also free up the
broadcast spectrum for wireless
services as well as public safety
communications (e.g. police and
fre radio systems).
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 73 7/16/09 9:43:25 AM
74
business
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatbusinessManagersDo
Almost all companies have what is called
a management hierarchy. This means that
there is one person who is the boss of the
entire organization, and there are also peo-
ple who manage different parts of the or-
ganization. For example, a large company
will usually have a president or chief execu-
tive offcer. Different vice-presidents or of-
fcers help and support the president and
are in charge of different areas of the com-
pany. The chief fnancial offcer manages the
fnancial, or money, part of the company.
The chief operating offcer usually manages
all the day-to-day operations of the compa-
ny. The chief information offcer is in charge
of the information technology systems of
the company, such as computer networks
and Internet access.
These vice-presidents or offcers super-
vise the work of various business managers.
Managers, in turn, have people working
under them. The larger the corporation,
the more specifc each persons area of re-
sponsibility is. In a very large company,
one business manager may be in charge of
planning conferences, while another busi-
ness manager may work with personnel.
In smaller frms, the business manager
may oversee all the administrative needs of
the company. These may include person-
nel, fnancial records, mail, information
processing, data processing, ordering sup-
plies, and supervising the clerical staff.
Business managers may have to prepare
fnancial reports, oversee the fow of cash,
and develop information to measure the
stability of the company. Some business
managers develop overall plans, set goals
and deadlines, and develop procedures.
If you are interested in a career as a busi-
ness manager, you should take courses in
English, business, computer science, math-
ematics, and speech in high school. As a
business manager, you will be part of the
management team, and you should have
good communication skills and enjoy
working with numbers.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Computer science
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$27,000 to $45,000 to $73,000
OuTlOOk
Buyers
Cost Estimators
Offce Administrators
c
q
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 74 7/16/09 9:43:26 AM
75
A college degree in business administra-
tion or accounting is usually a requirement
to be hired as a business manager, and many
colleges offer specifc management courses.
Work experience is usually necessary before
a manager can supervise others.
Managers and vice presidents may spe-
cialize in certain areas of business. Sales
managers usually have worked in the sales
department, for example. Specialists have a
combination of education and training in
the area that they are promoted into.
Outlook
Overall, employment of business man-
agers and executives is expected to grow
slower than the average for all occupations
through 2016. Some job openings will be
created when current managers are pro-
moted to better positions, retire, or leave
their positions for other reasons.
Expected employment growth also var-
ies by industry. For example, employment
in the service industry, particularly business
services, should increase while at the same
time employment in some manufacturing
industries is expected to decline.
The employment opportunities for
business managers are closely tied to how
well the overall economy is doing. In times
when the economy is good, businesses pro-
duce more goods and have more employ-
ees. This creates a need for more managers.
When the economy is not doing well, busi-
nesses often lay off employees and cut back
on production, which lessens the need for
managers.
ForMoreInformation
To get a head start on a career as a busi-
ness manager, join clubs such as Junior
Achievement (http://www.ja.org), which
will introduce you to community business
leaders. Any activity that allows you to
use your leadership, organizational, and
planning skills is excellent preparation.
Job-shadowing a business manager is also
a good idea for you to see what it is like to
be in charge of others.
AmericanManagementAssociation
600 AMA Way
Saranac Lake, NY 12983-5534
877-566-9441
http://www.amanet.org
AssociationofProfessionalOffce
Managers
One Research Court, Suite 450
866-738-3966
http://www.apomonline.org
nationalManagementAssociation
2210 Arbor Boulevard
Dayton, OH 45439-1580
937-294-0421
nma@nma1.org
http://nma1.org
Fast Fact
Even after they have fnished
their schooling, business man-
agers need to keep up-to-date
on the latest business news and
developments. Important busi-
ness publications include the
Wall Street Journal, Financial
times, the Economist, Business
Week, Fast company, Fortune,
Forbes, and inc.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 75 7/16/09 9:43:26 AM
76
buyers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
WhatbuyersDo
Buyers select and purchase the merchandise
that is sold in local stores or by chains of
stores. Buyers often specialize in one kind
of merchandise, such as clothing, jewelry,
or toys. The goal of all buyers is the same:
to fnd and buy the best products at the
best price for the store or chain that em-
ploys them.
In some stores, buyers are responsible
for both buying goods and supervising the
selling of goods. In other stores, they are
involved only with buying.
All buyers must be experts in the prod-
ucts they buy. Buyers order goods months
before the store will sell them, and they
must be able to predict how many will be
sold. To do this, they must know all about
the productwhat it is used for, how well
it is made, what it looks like, and who will
buy it. Buyers must also know the best
sources for purchasing the product.
When they make purchases, buyers
need to have a clear understanding of what
type of merchandise the store owners pre-
fer. The buyer should determine whether
the store owners want to sell a large number
of lower-priced goods or a smaller number
of higher-priced goods. Buyers must clearly
understand how much proft the owners
are trying to make. This will help them de-
termine how much risk they are allowed to
take in the type and quantity of products
bought. If large quantities of goods do not
sell, the store loses money.
A successful buyer must also under-
stand what the customers are looking for.
Buyers must stay up to date about what
kinds of goods are popular, how much their
customers can afford, and at what time
the customers prefer to buy them. Buyers
need to know the sizes, colors, and other
features that will most satisfy their custom-
ers needs. Buyers often work with assis-
tant buyers, who spend much of their time
maintaining sales and inventory records.
Mergers between stores (stores com-
bining with each other) and expansion of
individual department stores into chains
of stores have created central buying po-
sitions. Central buyers order in unusually
large quantities. As a result, they have the
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$28,000 to $47,000 to $87,000
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
Cashiers
Purchasing Agents
Services Sales Representatives
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 76 7/16/09 9:43:27 AM

77
power to develop their own set of specifca-
tions for a particular item and ask manu-
facturers to bid on the right to provide it.
Goods purchased by central buyers may be
marketed under the manufacturers label
(as is normally done) or ordered with the
stores label or a chain brand name.
To meet this competition, independent
stores often work with resident buyers, who
purchase merchandise for a large number
of stores. By purchasing large quantities of
the same product, resident buyers can ob-
tain the same types of discounts enjoyed
by large chain stores and then pass along
the savings to their customers.
Most buying positions require a high school
diploma. In high school, you should take
courses in mathematics and English. In
college, take courses in business adminis-
tration, communications, marketing, re-
tailing, purchasing, and economics.
Although a college degree is not always
required to become a buyer, most compa-
nies prefer applicants who have completed
a bachelors degree program with an em-
phasis on business.
Outlook
Employment of wholesale and retail buy-
ers is projected to experience little or no
change through 2016. This is because many
businesses are merging, which results in the
blending of buying departments. Some job
openings will result from the need to hire
replacement workers for those who retire
or leave the feld.
ForMoreInformation
To get some experience in the retail feld,
getting a part-time job at a department
store will be helpful. Door-to-door sales
will also increase your knowledge of the
retail process.
AmericanPurchasingSociety
PO Box 256
Aurora, IL 60506-0256
630-859-0250
http://www.american-purchasing.com
nationalRetailFederation
325 Seventh Street NW, Suite 1000
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
Did You Know?
Large retail department stores be-
gan to emerge in the 19th centu-
ry. Owners of these stores began
to hire buyers to evaluate and co-
ordinate the larger and more spe-
cialized merchandise needed to
fll these stores.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 77 7/16/09 9:43:27 AM
78
cable
Television
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatcableTelevision
TechniciansDo
For many years after its invention, television
was beamed, or broadcast, into homes from
tall transmitter towers. Because of advances
in technology, we now have access to cable
television through satellite transmission. To-
day, many of the programs available to tele-
vision viewers are transmitted directly over
wires, or cables. Cable television technicians
inspect, maintain, and repair the antennas,
cables, and amplifying equipment used in
cable television systems.
Television cables are usually strung from
telephone poles in rural and suburban areas
and through tunnels in cities. Some cable
technicians regularly inspect these cables to
look for signs of damage or wear. This re-
quires climbing telephone poles or working
in small spaces underground. Technicians
also use blueprints and other technical
drawings to locate problems along the cable
route. When breakdowns occur, technicians
repair or replace the broken cable.
Cable television technicians also work
with amplifers that are mounted on poles.
These amplifers strengthen the signal that
runs along the cable. Cable television tech-
nicians use electronic meters and minia-
ture television sets to make sure that the
signal makes the picture come in as clearly
as possible.
Cable television technicians also listen
to customers questions and complaints that
their television picture is not coming in clear-
ly. Technicians must be able to fnd the prob-
lem and then make the necessary repairs.
Cable television technicians use a variety
of instruments and tools. For example, they
use electrical measuring instruments, such as
voltmeters, ohmmeters, and capacity meters.
They also use electricians hand tools.
If you are interested in a career as a ca-
ble television technician, take classes in
English, mathematics, and shop in high
school. Business and speech classes will
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $47,000 to $69,000
OuTlOOk
Electricians
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 78 7/16/09 9:43:29 AM
79
teach you how to deal with customers in a
professional manner.
After high school, take a one- or two-
year technical training program at a com-
munity college or a technical institute.
Classes in these programs provide hands-
on training and cover the basics of electri-
cal wiring and electronics, broadcasting
theory and practice, reading blueprints and
schematic drawing, and physics.
Professional associations, such as the
Society of Cable Telecommunications En-
gineers, offer training programs and certi-
fcation in areas such as broadband com-
munications technology.
To work as a cable television technician,
you need mechanical aptitude, physical
agility, the ability to work at heights or in
confned spaces, and the capacity to work as
part of a team. Acute vision, with no color-
perception defciency, is needed, as it is es-
sential for analyzing cable reception. In ad-
dition, it is helpful to feel at ease in using
electrical equipment and electricians tools.
You will have much public contact, so
you will need good social and communica-
tion skills.
Outlook
Employment of most types of cable tele-
vision technicians is expected to increase
through 2016. Although installation work
will remain as businesses and home cus-
tomers upgrade their telecommunications
networks, there will be a declining need for
maintenance work. Opportunities for cable
television technicians should be available
for central offce and PBX installers and
technicians familiar with current broad-
band telecommunications technology such
as VOIP (Voice Over Internet Protocol).
ForMoreInformation
Attending educational seminars held by lo-
cal cable television personnel will provide
you with valuable information and give
you a chance to talk with cable techni-
cians. You can also explore electronics or
related activities by building a shortwave
radio set or repairing radios and televisions
and by participating in science clubs that
emphasize electronics.
jones/ncTI
9697 East Mineral Avenue
Centennial, CO 80112-3408
866-575-7206
http://www.ncti.com
SocietyofcableTelecommunications
Engineers
140 Philips Road
Exton, PA 19341-1318
800-542-5040
scte@scte.org
http://www.scte.org
WomenincableandTelecommunications
14555 Avion Parkway, Suite 250
Chantilly, VA 20151-1117
703-234-9810
http://www.wict.org
Did You Know?
Home Box Offce (HBO) began of-
fering special programming to sub-
scribers in 1972. Today HBO is one
of the biggest names in the cable
television business. The channel is
known not only for showing movies,
but for sports and comedy specials
and critically acclaimed dramas such
as the Sopranos and the Wire.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 79 7/16/09 9:43:30 AM
80
campaign
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/Writing
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
WhatcampaignWorkersDo
Campaign workers help candidates for gov-
ernment offces get elected. They educate
the public about a candidates strengths
and concerns by calling voters, sending
out fiers, and advertising on TV, radio,
and the Internet. Candidates for mayor,
governor, Congress, president, and other
local, state, and federal offces must use
campaign workers and managers to handle
many of the details of an election, such as
budgets and expenses, fund-raising, and
press relations.
A good election campaign requires
much more than a good candidate. It de-
pends on the work of devoted volunteers
and an organized manager. Colorful but-
tons with catchy slogans, brochures out-
lining the candidates strengths, posters
on walls, and signs in yards all contrib-
ute to drawing the voters attention to a
candidate.
Campaign workers help develop cam-
paign tactics, such as which issues to
emphasize and how to present a candidates
political record. They prepare speeches and
press releases and arrange for the candidate
to make public appearances and meet the
voters.
Depending on the importance of the of-
fce their candidate is pursuing and wheth-
er its on the local, state, or national level,
the campaign team is composed of workers
taking on different responsibilities. Every
campaign has a manager who organizes
the other workers, including volunteers,
media and political consultants, pollsters,
and others. A campaign manager may have
to set up an offce, arranging for a phone
account, fax machine, and computers.
They hire and oversee a staff, including a
volunteer coordinator and media experts
who create radio and TV ads.
Campaign managers oversee fund-rais-
ing efforts, budgets, and expenses. Togeth-
er with consultants, they determine the
publics interests and needs by analyzing
public opinion polls and demographics.
Then they produce ads and Web pages and
arrange for media coverage that will allow
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Government
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$30,000 to $50,000 to $95,000
OuTlOOk
City Managers
Congressional Aides
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 80 7/16/09 9:43:32 AM
81
their candidate to address those needs.
Campaign managers also direct volunteers
in putting together mailers, making phone
calls, and distributing signs and fiers.
During high school, you should take gov-
ernment, history, math, computer science,
and business classes. English, speech, and
foreign language classes will help you de-
velop your oral and written communica-
tion skills.
You can volunteer on a campaign, or
even manage one, without any college
education. If you will be making calls
and stuffng envelopes, you will not need
much training other than in how to use
the campaign offce machines. However, to
manage a large campaign and to work as
a campaign director for such organizations
as the Democratic or Republican National
Committees, you need at least a bache-
lors degree, preferably in political science,
journalism, economics, history, or some
other undergraduate program that includes
course work in English composition, gov-
ernment, and math.
Outlook
The media has become extremely impor-
tant in political campaigns. Campaign
workers in the coming years will have to
have a good understanding of the use of
TV and radio in gathering voter support.
Campaign managers are also making more
use of the Internet and maintaining Web
pages to educate the public about a candi-
date. Campaign workers will be involved in
devising new methods of e-mailing voters
and attracting more people to campaign
Web sites.
ForMoreInformation
Consider volunteering at the campaign
offce of a candidate who is running for
local, state, or national offce. Good work-
ers are always needed to answer phones,
prepare mailings, or perform general cleri-
cal duties.
Democraticnationalcommittee
430 South Capitol Street SE
http://www.democrats.org
nationalcommitteeofthegreenParty
1711 18th Street NW
http://www.greenpartyus.org
Republicannationalcommittee
310 First Street SE
http://rnc.org
Fast Fact
In the 2008 presidential race
the candidates set up campaign
offces throughout the United
States. Workers in these offces
went out and canvassed door-
to-door in their local area, talk-
ing to potential voters about
their candidate and the issues.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 81 7/16/09 9:43:32 AM
82
cardiologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
What
cardiologistsDo
Cardiologists are physicians who specialize
in identifying and treating heart problems.
Cardiologists talk with, examine, and test
patients to determine if their symptoms are
signs of heart disease.
During their initial interview with a
patient, cardiologists review the patients
medical history and then perform a physi-
cal examination. This is their frst opportu-
nity to listen to the patients heart. Often,
a cardiologist can tell if there is a cardiac
problem by simply listening to the rhythm
of the heartbeat. For example, when ex-
amining a patient for a heart murmur (an
abnormal heartbeat), cardiologists are able
to tell if it is an innocent murmur, or if it
could cause problems.
If necessary, cardiologists send their
patients for specifc tests that help to di-
agnose and evaluate their symptoms. The
most common test is the electrocardiogram
(ECG or EKG). An EKG measures the electri-
cal activity produced by heart contractions
and prints out a graph for the cardiologist
to review. Many problems can be detected
through EKGs.
Cardiac catheterization is another test.
In this procedure, a small tube is inserted
through a blood vessel into or near the
heart. This is done so that pictures of the
heart can be taken. Cardiologists use the
pictures to diagnose diseases and to evalu-
ate the bodys electrical system.
Another type of test is the echocardio-
gram. During this procedure, high-pitched
sounds, which cannot be heard by the
human ear, are sent into the body. Their
echoes are plotted and create a picture of
the heart.
Cardiologists do not perform heart sur-
gery; thoracic surgeons do this. Many sur-
geons, however, consult with a cardiologist
before they perform surgery. Cardiologists
also provide information and advice to
their patients about how to prevent heart
disease by exercising and maintaining a
healthy diet.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlARyRAngE
$180,000 to $318,000 to $451,000
OuTlOOk
Anesthesiologists
Geriatricians
Neurologists
Pathologists
Physicians
Surgeons
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 82 7/16/09 9:43:35 AM
83
If you are interested in a career as a cardi-
ologist, take courses in biology, chemistry,
health, and psychology in high school.
Classes in anatomy, communications,
speech, and a foreign language will also be
helpful.
To become a cardiologist, you must
frst earn a bachelors degree from a college.
Next, you will need to earn your medical
degree and become licensed to practice
medicine. To become a cardiologist, you
must complete seven to eight more years
of additional training, including fnishing
an internship and a residency program that
focuses on cardiology.
Cardiologists must be certifed by
the American Board of Internal Medicine
(ABIM) in both internal medicine and
cardiology. To be board certifed in inter-
nal medicine, you must complete medical
school and at least three years of addition-
al training and also pass a comprehensive
exam. To be certifed in cardiology, you
must have at least three more years of train-
ing (specifcally in cardiology) and proven
clinical competence. You must also pass
another comprehensive exam.
Outlook
The employment of physicians in general is
for all occupations through 2016. The ex-
pected growth is due to continued expan-
sion of health care related industries, the
aging population, and patient demands for
care using the most up-to-date technolo-
gies, diagnostic tests, and therapies.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a local hospital, clinic, or
nursing home to become familiar with the
many aspects of a medical institution. You
will also get a feel for what its like to be
around patients and medical professionals.
Americancollegeofcardiology
2400 N Street, NW
202-375-6000
http://www.acc.org
AmericanMedicalAssociation
515 North State Street
800-621-8335
http://www.ama-assn.org
A cardiologist performs surgery on a
patient. (Alix/Photo Researchers Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 83 7/16/09 9:43:36 AM
84
cardiovascular
Technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatcardiovascular
TechnologistsDo
Cardiovascular technologists assist physi-
cians in identifying and treating problems
of the heart and blood vessels. Cardiovas-
cular technologists work in hospitals in in-
tensive-care units, cardiac-care units, emer-
gency rooms, and cancer wards. They also
may work in nonhospital settings such as
clinics, mobile medical services, or private
doctors offces.
There are many possible specialties for
cardiovascular technologists. Electrocar-
diograph (EKG) technicians operate electro-
cardiograph machines that show how a
persons heart is beating. These machines
reveal important information about the
condition of the heart, including irregu-
lar heartbeats or the presence of blocked
arteries. EKGs can be used to diagnose
heart disease, check the progress of treat-
ment, or check a patients condition after
recovery.
Holter monitor technologists fasten elec-
trodes, small devices that conduct electric
currents, to a patients chest and a small
monitor to the patients waist in order to
record the heart during activity. The moni-
tor records the heart as the patient stands,
sits, sleeps, or performs any other activity.
When the patient returns to the hospital,
the Holter monitor technician removes
the monitor and puts it in a scanner that
makes pictures and sounds of the patients
heart activity. The technician then analyz-
es the data and passes the information on
to a physician.
Stress test technologists record the hearts
activity during physical activity. In one
type of stress test, the technician hooks
up the patient to an EKG machine and at-
taches electrodes to the patients arms, legs,
and chest. The technician takes a reading
of the patients blood pressure and heart
while the patient is not moving and then
as the patient walks on a treadmill. As the
speed is increased, the technician monitors
the hearts responses.
Cardiology technologists assist surgeons
and physicians in cardiac catheterization
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Associates degree
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $45,000 to $71,000
OuTlOOk
Anesthesiologists
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 84 7/16/09 9:43:39 AM
85
(tubing) procedures. For example, they as-
sist with angiograms, where a tube is insert-
ed into a patients heart to examine blood
vessels and check for blockage. Cardiology
technologists also assist with angioplasties.
In this procedure, a tube with a balloon at
the end is inserted into an artery to clear
blockage and expand the artery.
Cardiovascular technologists and echo-
cardiographers use ultrasound equipment to
obtain and record information about the
condition of the heart. Ultrasound equip-
ment is used to direct sound waves to a
part of the body that needs to be studied.
The waves bounce back to create an image
of the body organ in question.
Cardiac monitor technicians perform
many of the same duties as EKG techni-
cians. They watch cardiac monitors to en-
sure that the patients heart is beating as it
should.
You must have a high school diploma to be
a cardiovascular technologist. Take class-
es in health and the sciences, especially
chemistry and biology. You should also
take classes in mathematics, including al-
gebra and geometry, and you must be able
to solve problems having to do with ratios,
proportions, and percentages.
You should have good reading skills
to be able to understand training manuals
and other written instructions.
In addition to a high school diploma,
some cardiovascular technologists re-
ceive on-the-job training that lasts from
six months to two years. However, many
employers now require applicants have an
associates degree, and four-year training
programs are becoming available.
Outlook
The overall employment of cardiovascular
technologists and technicians should grow
much faster than the average for all occu-
pations through 2016. Growth will occur
mainly because of an increasing number of
older people who have a higher occurrence
of heart problems. However, employment
for EKG technicians is expected to decline
during this same period because hospitals
are training other health care workers to
perform basic EKG procedures, and equip-
ment and procedures are becoming more
effcient.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a local hospital, clinic, or doctors of-
fce to observe a cardiovascular technolo-
gist at work. Talk to technicians on the job
and watch the procedures they perform, so
you will get an idea of what the job is like.
AllianceofcardiovascularProfessionals
PO Box 2007
Midlothian, VA 23112-9007
804-632-0078
http://www.acp-online.org
cardiovascularcredentialingInternational
1500 Sunday Drive, Suite 102
800-326-0268
http://cci-online.org
Growth Field
ber of cardiovascular technologists
is expected to grow from 45,000 to
57,000, an increase of 26 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 85 7/16/09 9:43:39 AM

86
career
counselors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whatcareer
counselorsDo
Career counselors, also known as employment
counselors or vocational counselors, help peo-
ple fgure out what their occupational in-
terests and skills are, and they guide people
in career decisions. First, counselors get
to know their clients and determine their
goals, abilities, and interests. Counselors
often do this by giving tests, including
achievement and aptitude tests. The results
of these tests and personal interviews with
the clients help career counselors identify
possible career choices for the clients.
Counselors suggest education and
training programs if the client needs them.
They teach job-hunting strategies, such as
responding to newspaper ads, doing In-
ternet searches, and sending out resumes
and cover letters. Counselors might teach
interview tactics. They also advise clients
on how to discuss salary and benefts with
potential employers.
Career counselors might also work with
employers to help them hire people for
specifc job openings. Counselors gather
descriptions of the particular positions that
employers need to fll, and they fnd quali-
fed candidates for employers to interview.
Some career counselors have special-
ized duties. An example of this type of
counselor is a job development specialist. Job
development specialists are career coun-
selors who work with businesses, schools,
agencies, and other organizations offering
instruction in how to make the workplace
and work experience better for people with
disabilities. These specialists may arrange
training seminars, sign language interpret-
ers, new computer software, or other de-
vices that would make interoffce commu-
nication easier.
Career counselors have enormous re-
sponsibilities because they help people
make major life decisions. They must have
thorough knowledge of education, train-
ing, employment trends, the job market,
and career resources.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Psychology, Sociology
Masters degree
SAlARyRAngE
$26,000 to $45,000 to $72,000
OuTlOOk
Guidance Counselors
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 86 7/16/09 9:43:40 AM
87
If you are interested in the career coun-
seling feld, take a wide variety of classes
in high school, such as English, history,
mathematics, and science. Psychology, so-
ciology, business, and speech courses will
help you to better understand your cli-
ents and communicate with them about
employment.
To be a career counselor you must usu-
ally have a masters degree and complete a
period of supervised counseling before you
can practice on your own. A doctoral de-
gree is generally recommended for the best
jobs. New career counselors are often con-
sidered trainees for the frst year of their
employment. They may work for schools,
colleges, or public health agencies. They
may also work in business and industry or
have their own private practices.
Many states require career counselors to
have some type of certifcation. To become
certifed by the National Board of Certifed
Counselors, you must have at least a mas-
ters degree in counseling (or a related feld,
such as psychology). In addition, you must
have experience as a supervised counselor
and a minimum of three years of full-time
independent career counseling.
Outlook
Growth in the feld of employment coun-
seling should be about as fast as the aver-
age rate for all occupations. One reason
for moderate growth is increased school
enrollments, even at the college level. This
means more students will need the services
of career counselors. In addition, laid-off
workers, those re-entering the workforce,
and those looking for second careers all
create a need for the skills of career and
employment counselors.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in becoming a career
counselor, consider working part time or as
a volunteer in a library. This type of work
can provide you with some of the basic
skills for learning about information re-
sources, cataloging, and fling. In addition,
helping schools or clubs with any media
presentations, such as video or slide shows,
will help you become familiar with the
equipment used by counselors.
AmericancounselingAssociation
800-347-6647
nationalboardforcertifedcounselors
Three Terrace Way
Greensboro, NC 27403-3660
336-547-0607
nbcc@nbcc.org
http://www.nbcc.org
nationalcareerDevelopmentAssociation
305 North Beech Circle
Broken Arrow, OK 74012-2293
http://ncda.org
Did You Know?
The Civic Service House in Boston
was the United States frst voca-
tional guidance program, open-
ing in 1901. In 1908 the Vocation-
al Bureau was established to help
young people throughout the
country choose, train, and enter
into appropriate career felds.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 87 7/16/09 9:43:40 AM
88
carpenters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatcarpentersDo
Carpenters cut, shape, and fasten together
pieces of wood, wallboard, plywood, and
insulation. Most carpenters work on con-
structing, remodeling, or repairing houses
or other buildings. Some carpenters work
indoors, some work outdoors, and some
work both indoors and outdoors. Carpen-
ters work with hand tools, such as ham-
mers, saws, measuring devices, and screw-
drivers. They also work with power tools,
such as electric saws and drills.
There are two basic kinds of carpentry
work. Rough carpentry involves construct-
ing and installing the inner structure of a
building. An example of rough carpentry is
the wooden framework of the building and
the frames inside walls. The sturdiness of the
building depends on how well this is done.
Rough carpentry also includes building tem-
porary structures needed on construction
sites, such as scaffolds. Wooden chutes used
as channels for wet concrete, and wooden
molds or forms that the concrete is poured
into to make foundations for buildings, are
also included in rough carpentry.
Finish carpentry involves building and
installing wooden foors, shelves, cabinets,
and other woodwork. Finish carpenters can
specialize in one particular structure. Stair
fabricators and cabinetmakers are two
types of carpenters with advanced artistic
skills in carpentry.
In general, as a carpenter, you will need
to have manual dexterity, good hand-eye
coordination, and a good sense of balance.
You will need to be in good physical condi-
tion, as the work involves a great deal of
physical activity.
To prepare for a career in this feld, take
classes in carpentry and woodworking as
well as other shop classes in high school.
Take advantage of all opportunities to gain
experience with mechanical drawing and
blueprint reading. Algebra, geometry, and
other mathematics courses will be helpful.
It is also a good idea to take science classes.
While a high school education is not al-
ways required for carpenters, most contrac-
tors and developers prefer that you have a
diploma or a GED.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Apprenticeship
SAlARyRAngE
$23,000 to $38,000 to $66,000
OuTlOOk
Plasterers
Roofers
c
/
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 88 7/16/09 9:43:41 AM
89
The best way to become a carpenter is
to complete a four-year apprenticeship pro-
gram after high school. Applicants to these
programs usually must be high school
graduates and at least 18 years old. During
training, you will work as an apprentice on
a variety of jobs, learning both rough and
fnish carpentry. In addition, you will re-
ceive classroom instruction about different
kinds of construction materials. You will
learn how buildings are built and also how
to use and care for tools.
Many carpenters learn their skills on
the job instead of completing an appren-
ticeship. People who become carpenters
in this way sometimes do not learn as
much, and it may take them longer to be-
come skilled carpenters, called journeyman
carpenters.
Outlook
Employment of carpenters is expected to
grow about as fast as the average for all
occupations through 2016. Construction
activity may increase in response to a de-
mand for new housing, the growth of com-
mercial and industrial businesses, and the
need to renovate and modernize existing
structures, however economic downturns
affect the construction industry and may
results in fewer jobs. Home improvements
and specialized housing structures to meet
the demands of the growing elderly popu-
lation should contribute to the demand for
carpenters.
ForMoreInformation
To gain experience in the feld of carpen-
try, contact one of the organizations listed
below to join a student chapter. Habitat for
Humanity sponsors group building projects
that you can take part in. Building sets for
your schools drama department will also
give you valuable experience.
703-548-3118
http://www.agc.org
habitatforhumanityInternational
121 Habitat Street
Americus, GA 31709-3498
800-422-4828
http://www.habitat.org
homebuildersInstitute
1201 15th Street NW, 6th Floor
800-795-7955
postmaster@hbi.org
http://www.hbi.org
nationalAssociationofhomebuilders
1201 15th Street NW
800-368-5242
http://www.nahb.com
A group of carpenters lift a stud wall into
place during the construction of a home.
(David R. Frazier/Photo Researchers Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 89 7/16/09 9:43:42 AM
90
cartographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatcartographersDo
Cartographers are mapmakers. They use
information about the worlds surface to
create maps that represent what the world
looks like. Cartographers use photographs
taken from space and survey information
collected on the ground to make these vi-
sual representations.
Cartographers study geographic mea-
surements from photographs taken from air-
planes or satellites. They also use the infor-
mation gathered by surveyors to determine
the distances between areas, the height of
mountains and other landforms, and the
precise locations of valleys, lakes, and oth-
er geographic features. Cartographers then
draw a map that shows all this informa-
tion in detail. Cartographers prepare maps
through a hand technique called scribing.
Scribing is a process in which a sharp tool
is used to cut away the surface coating of
a plastic sheet. By using this process, the
cartographer creates lines and indentations
that represent the features of the earth.
These sheets are then made into maps.
Cartographers not only make maps
from new information, they also make
maps from other maps. For example, a car-
tographer might take a large map of the
world and use it to make a map of France
or another country. To do this, the cartog-
rapher must study the symbols on the orig-
inal map (such as numbers used to repre-
sent how high mountains are) and redraw
those features in greater detail.
Cartographers are using computers
more and more to draw maps and collect
and interpret geographic information. In
addition to making maps, cartographers
also study them. A cartographer may be
asked to look at a map and help decide
where it would be best to drill for oil. Car-
tographers are also constantly reviewing
maps to make sure that they are correct
and up to date. For instance, new photo-
graphs from space might show that a large
forest has been cut down. This information
must be transferred onto the new map by a
cartographer.
If you are interested in a career as a cartog-
rapher, its a good idea to take high school
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, Geography, Computer science
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$32,000 to $50,000 to $83,000
OuTlOOk
City Planners
Geographers
Surveying and Mapping Technicians
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 90 7/16/09 9:43:44 AM
91
courses in art, geography, and mechanical
drawing and as many computer courses as
possible. Many times, cartographers will re-
ceive on-the-job training before taking on
the full responsibilities of mapmaking.
The best way to become a cartographer
is to get a college degree in engineering or
a physical science such as geography. It is
sometimes possible, however, to become
a cartographer after graduating from high
school and getting a job as a cartographers
assistant.
Cartographers should know how to
read and understand detailed photographs
or drawings and be able to use drafting tools
to draw accurate maps. They also should be
skilled in the use of computer technology
including the use of computer-mapping
software and data-merging software.
Outlook
Through 2016, employment for cartogra-
phers and other mapping scientists is ex-
pected to grow much faster than the aver-
age for all occupations due to increasing
demand for fast, accurate, and complete
geographic information. The increasing de-
mand for complex land and sea maps will
require specialized mapping skills.
Opportunities will be best for those
with excellent technical skills who are able
to work with increasingly advanced tech-
nologies such as geographic information
systems and global positioning systems.
ForMoreInformation
To gain experience in cartography, look
for a summer job or internship with a con-
struction frm or other company that pre-
pares maps. Useful career resources can also
be found at http://www.careercartography.
com.
AmericancongressonSurveyingand
Mapping
Six Montgomery Village Avenue, Suite 403
Gaithersburg, MD 20879-3557
240-632-9716
http://www.acsm.net
AmericanSocietyforPhotogrammetryand
RemoteSensing
5410 Grosvenor Lane, Suite 210
301-493-0290
asprs@asprs.org
http://www.asprs.org
cartographyandgeographicInformation
Society
Six Montgomery Village Avenue, Suite 403
240-632-99522
http://www.cartogis.org
northAmericancartographicInformation
Society
AGS Library
PO Box 399
414-229-6282
business@nacis.org
http://www.nacis.org
This cartographer is working in a
communication center near the Panama
Canal. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 91 7/16/09 9:43:45 AM
92
cartoonists
andAnimators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
Whatcartoonists
andAnimatorsDo
Cartoonists draw the illustrations for com-
ic strips, political cartoons, comic books,
magazines, greeting cards, and advertise-
ments. Animators design the cartoons you
see on television and at the movies.
Sometimes cartoons are meant to en-
tertain, as in comic strips. Other times they
are meant to send a political or social mes-
sage, as in editorial cartoons in a newspa-
per. Sometimes cartoonists tell a longer
story, as in a comic book. Still other times,
cartoonists are hired to sell a product, as in
an advertisement.
Most cartoonists have very individual
approaches to their work. Some get ideas
from their own experience, much like a
stand-up comedian does. Others get ideas
from people or events in their neighbor-
hoods and towns. Some fnd humor or sat-
ire (sarcasm) in news events that happen
around the world.
Cartoonists make sketches and rough
drafts of their ideas. These sketches eventu-
ally lead to a fnal drawing. The fnal draw-
ing is often done lightly in pencil, and then
cartoonists ink in the lines. They add let-
tering and sometimes color by hand. Some
cartoonists use computers to add shading
or color to the drawings. They use a scan-
ner to scan the drawing, then they use an
illustration software program to complete
it. Most cartoonists are freelancers, work-
ing in their own studios and setting their
own hours. They sell their cartoons to one
or more clients.
Animators design the cartoons you see
on television and at the movies. They also
create the digital effects for many flms and
commercials. Making a big animated flm
such as A Bugs Life or Tarzan requires a
team of many creative people. Each anima-
tor on the team works on one small part of
the flm. On a small production, animators
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, Computer science, History
SAlARyRAngE
$31,000 to $55,000 to $98,000
(Animators)
$17,000 to $42,000 to $84,000
(Cartoonists)
OuTlOOk
Art Directors
Artists
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 92 7/16/09 9:43:47 AM
93
may be involved in many different aspects
of the projects development.
There are many different kinds of ani-
mation. In stop-motion animation, an
object, such as a doll, is photographed,
moved slightly, and photographed again.
The process is repeated hundreds of thou-
sands of times. In computer or digital
animation, the animator creates all the
images directly on the computer screen.
Computer programs can create effects
such as shadows, refections, distortions,
and dissolves.
If you are interested in becoming a car-
toonist or animator, you should study art
in high school in addition to following a
well-rounded course of study. To comment
intelligently on contemporary life in your
cartoons, you will fnd it useful to study
political science, history, and social stud-
ies. English and communications class-
es will also help you to become a better
communicator.
Cartoonists and animators are not al-
ways required to have a college degree, but
some art training is usually expected by em-
ployers. Animators must attend art school
to learn specifc technical skills. Training in
computers in addition to art can be espe-
cially valuable.
Outlook
Employment for artists and related workers
is expected to grow much faster than the
Because so many creative and talented peo-
ple are drawn to this feld, however, com-
petition for jobs will be strong. Those with
an undergraduate or advanced degree in
art or flm will be in demand.
ForMoreInformation
Keep a sketchbook handy and practice
drawing every day. Submit some of your
cartoons to your school newspaper. Draw
posters for school or sporting events, danc-
es, or meetings.
InternationalAnimatedFilmSociety
2114 West Burbank Boulevard
Burbank, CA 91506-1232
818-842-4691
http://www.asifa-hollywood.org
nationalArtEducationAssociation
Reston, VA 20191-1590
703-860-8000
http://www.naea-reston.org
nationalcartoonistsSociety
341 North Maitland Avenue, Suite 130
Maitland, FL 32751-4761
407-647-8839
http://www.reuben.org
SocietyofIllustrators
128 East 63rd Street
New York, NY 10065-7303
212-838-2560
info@societyillustrators.org
http://www.societyillustrators.org
Growth Field
ber of cartoonists and animators is
expected to grow from 87,000 to
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 93 7/16/09 9:43:47 AM

94
cashiers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
What
cashiersDo
Cashiers collect money from customers
for a product or service. They also make
change, fll out credit card slips, and pro-
vide receipts to customers. Cashiers are
known by many different names in differ-
ent businesses. In a supermarket, for in-
stance, cashiers are called check-out clerks,
grocery clerks, or checkers. In theaters, ca-
shiers may be called ticket sellers or box-
offce cashiers. And in railroad or bus sta-
tions, cashiers may be called ticket agents.
Wherever cashiers work, they must keep
records of the amounts of money collect-
ed during their shifts so that end-of-day
totals can be tallied.
In drug stores, grocery stores, and de-
partment stores, cashiers may bag or wrap
merchandise. When time is available, ca-
shiers may put prices on merchandise,
restock shelves, or do other jobs. In some
businesses, cashiers prepare bank deposits,
sales-tax reports, and paychecks for em-
ployees. Cashiers also work in restaurants,
theaters, and hotels. They may answer
phone calls and take reservations.
Cashiers usually operate a cash register
in their work. Cash registers may be very
simple machines that add up amounts,
print them on a paper tape, and open the
cash drawer. More frequently, cashiers
work with a computer terminal that feeds
information about the transaction into a
central computer, shows a digital read-out
of prices, and provides a detailed bill for
the customer. In some cases, cashiers use
electronic devices called optical scanners.
Optical scanners read a code on the pack-
age when the cashier passes the product la-
bel over the scanner. The scanner transmits
the code to the cashiers terminal, and the
price of the item is automatically displayed
and added to the customers bill.
Some employers require that cashiers be
high school graduates; others do not. High
school courses that are most likely to help
prepare you for this work include book-
SchOOlSubjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$14,000 to $17,000 to $25,000
OuTlOOk
Decline
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 94 7/16/09 9:43:48 AM

95
keeping, speech, typing, business-machine
operations, business arithmetic, and a for-
eign language.
For some more complicated cashier jobs,
employers may prefer applicants who are
graduates of two-year community colleges
or business schools, especially those pro-
grams that include some on-the-job expe-
rience as part of their training program.
Cashiers spend most of their time work-
ing with customers, so they should have a
pleasant personality. They should also be
good at mathematics and attentive to de-
tail. Although the work is not strenuous,
cashiers usually have to be able to stand for
long periods of time.
Outlook
Employment for cashiers is expected to
decline through 2016. However, due to a
high turnover rate among cashiers, many
jobs will become available as workers leav-
ing the feld are replaced. Opportunities are
expected to be good for cashiers working in
the gaming industry as more states legalize
gambling.
Factors that could limit job growth
include the increased use of automatic
change-making machines, vending ma-
chines, self-checkout systems, and e-com-
merce (business transactions conducted
via the Internet), which could decrease the
number of cashiers needed in some busi-
ness operations. Future job opportunities
will be available to those experienced in
bookkeeping, typing, business machine
operation, and general offce skills. Many
part-time jobs should also be available,
and employers frequently hire cashiers
under the age of 25 for part- and full-time
work.
Cashiers who work in restaurants gen-
erally make less than those in other busi-
nesses do. Opportunities will be especially
good for applicants with good mathemat-
ical and language skills. Competition
will be strongest for the higher-paying
cashier jobs, such as those in department
stores.
ForMoreInformation
To get experience as a cashier, work in a
school bookstore or cafeteria. Participation
in raffes, car washes, sales drives, and oth-
er fund-raisers will also help you become
familiar with being around customers and
collecting money.
202-783-7971
http://www.nrf.com
unitedFoodandcommercialWorkers
Internationalunion
http://www.ufcw.org
This cashier and customer exchange
money for groceries. (David R. Frazier/
Photo Researchers Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 95 7/16/09 9:43:49 AM
96
caterers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
WhatcaterersDo
Caterers plan, prepare, and serve meals to
large groups of people. They help to or-
ganize parties, formal dinners, wedding
receptions, and a variety of other gather-
ings. Caterers may be involved with all
aspects of a celebration, such as planning
the menu, buying the food and drinks,
preparing the food, and supervising the
food service.
In addition to preparing food, cater-
ers must also be able to make a room look
special. They use fowers, wall hangings,
streamers, and other decorations to make
an area attractive. Caterers also set up the
tables and chairs and provide the table-
cloths, silverware, dishes, and napkins. A
large catering company may organize as
many as 50 or more events a month.
If handling a large banquet in a hotel
or other location, the caterer will usually
prepare the food at the hotel. The caterer
might also work in a customers kitchen if
the affair is going to be at the customers
home. In both of these cases, it is impor-
tant for the caterer to visit the site of the
function well before the date of the event.
This will help the caterer decide how and
where the food will be prepared. Caterers
may also prepare the food in their own
kitchens or in a mobile kitchen. In all cas-
es, frequent phone contact is often neces-
sary to coordinate events.
The caterer and customer will usually
work together within a set price range that
they have agreed on. The caterer will de-
velop a menu and atmosphere that the cus-
tomer can enjoy. Customers always want
their affairs to be special, and the caterers
ability to keep customers happy will deter-
mine his or her success.
Caterers hire all of the staff that will
work at an event. They are responsible for
making sure enough people show up to
work all the tables and assist at the bar.
If you are interested in becoming a caterer,
you should take classes in business, family
and consumer science, and health.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Health
SAlARyRAngE
$23,000 to $32,000 to $75,000
OuTlOOk
Dieticians and Nutritionists
Food Technologists
Purchasing Agents
Restaurant Managers
Waiters
u
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 96 7/16/09 9:43:49 AM
97
Many caterers have college training in
baking, cooking, or business management.
Other caterers may have picked up their
training outside of school at a restaurant
or another catering company or by serving
food or cleaning the dishes at an event. You
may also work as a chefs assistant or as an
assistant business manager for the catering
department of a hotel.
The most successful caterers enter the
industry through a formal training pro-
gram. Vocational or community colleges
often offer programs in food science, food
preparation, and catering.
Most caterers become certifed through
organizations such as the National Asso-
ciation of Catering Executives. To gain this
certifcation, you must meet certain edu-
cational requirements and pass a written
examination. To keep certifcation current,
you must complete continuing education
classes and attend seminars.
Outlook
Employment opportunities in food service
should continue to grow at an average rate
through 2016. Opportunities will be good
for individuals who handle special events,
such as weddings, bar and bat mitzvahs, and
other festive occasions, which are not as af-
fected when the economy is not doing well.
On the other hand, businesses may hold
fewer catered events, such as luncheons,
during times of recession and cutbacks.
ForMoreInformation
You can prepare for a career in catering by
cooking meals for your friends and family.
Volunteering in the kitchen of a homeless
shelter or working part time at a restaurant
will also give you catering experience. Pay
close attention at events such as parties
and wedding receptions to become familiar
with table settings, decorations, and types
of courses to prepare. Visit http://www.ca-
tersource.com for education and network-
ing information.
conveniencecaterers&Food
ManufacturersAssociation
20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 3500
312-291-7231
http://www.mobilecaterers.com/
InternationalFoodServiceExecutives
Association
500 Ryland Street, Suite 200
Reno, NV 89502-1676
800-893-5499
http://www.ifsea.com
nationalAssociationofcateringExecutives
9881 Broken Land Parkway, Suite 101
Columbia, MD 21046-3015
410-290-5410
http://www.nace.net
Caterers cook and serve food at parties
and events. (FoodPix)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 97 7/16/09 9:43:50 AM
98
cementMasons
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Decision making
Problem solving
WhatcementMasonsDo
Cement masons are skilled workers who
smooth and fnish surfaces of concrete on
construction projects. These projects range
from foors and sidewalks to highways,
dams, and airport runways. Cement ma-
sons are also known as cement fnishers or
concrete masons.
At a building site, a cement mason frst
sets up the forms that will hold the poured
concrete in place until it hardens into the
desired shape. After the forms are in place,
the mason positions steel rods or mesh in
the space where the concrete will be placed.
This strengthens the concrete after it dries.
Finally, the cement mason pours or directs
the pouring of the concrete into the forms.
The wet concrete is then spread, leveled,
and compacted.
Using a large fat-bladed tool called a
foat, cement masons smooth the surface.
On driveways, pavements, and similar proj-
ects, they fnish by brushing the concrete
to produce the desired texture. On proj-
ects that need curved edges, masons may
use tools such as curb edgers. On walls and
foors, they may remove rough or defective
spots with a chisel and hammer.
Smaller projects, such as sidewalks, pa-
tios, and driveways, are usually done by
hand. On large-scale projects such as high-
ways, power-operated foats and fnishing
machines are used. Although such large
equipment can perform many services, ce-
ment masons usually must fnish corners
and other areas that are hard to get at by
hand.
For most jobs in this feld, employers want
to hire people who are in good physical
condition and who are good with their
hands. Applicants must have completed at
least the eighth grade and understand basic
math. While a high school diploma is not
required, it will give you an advantage. To
qualify as a cement mason, you must also
complete either an apprenticeship or an
on-the-job training program.
The apprenticeship program consists
of two or three years of planned and su-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Chemistry, Mathematics,
Technical/Shop
Apprenticeship
SAlARyRAngE
$22,000 to $34,000 to $59,000
OuTlOOk
Workers
Plasterers
/
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 98 7/16/09 9:43:51 AM
99
pervised work experience, along with
classroom instruction. You will learn the
proper way to handle tools, equipment,
and materials. You will also learn blue-
print reading, applied math, estimating
procedures, building regulations, and oth-
er subjects.
On-the-job training usually requires
more time to learn the necessary skills and
knowledge than an apprenticeship does.
Trainees work under the guidance of expe-
rienced masons, often starting as cement
helpers or laborers. As you learn job skills,
you can move into higher positions.
As a cement mason, you will be in-
volved in a great amount of physical, often
strenuous work. You may be required to
show your physical ftness by, for example,
lifting a 100-pound sack of sand to your
shoulder height and carrying it 50 feet.
Outlook
Job growth for cement masons should be
tions through 2016. Additional cement
masons will be needed to construct, repair,
and renovate highways, bridges, and other
structures. In addition, these workers will be
needed to build factories, offce buildings,
hotels, shopping centers, schools, hospitals,
and other structures.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a cement mason,
practice your building skills. Try sculpture
or ceramics. Look for construction sites
where you might be able to watch cement
masons at work. If possible, build or repair
a walkway where you live. TV shows about
home construction and renovation often
show how cement masons make founda-
tions, sidewalks, and patios.
703-548-3118
info@agc.org
http://www.agc.org
InternationalMasonryInstitute
The James Brice House
42 East Street
Annapolis, MD 21401-1713
800-803-0295
http://www.imiweb.org
MasoncontractorsAssociationofAmerica
33 South Roselle Road
Schaumburg, IL 60193-1646
800-536-2225
http://www.masoncontractors.org
OperativePlasterersandcementMasons
InternationalAssociation
11720 Beltsville Drive, Suite 700
Beltsville, MD 20705-3104
301-623-1000
opcmiaintl@opcmia.org
http://www.opcmia.org
Cement masons have to take into account
the weather when mixing the cement for
a job. (Christina Richards/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 99 7/16/09 9:43:52 AM
100
ceramic
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
Whatceramic
EngineersDo
Ceramic engineers work with clay materi-
als. Any product made by heating clay
and other earth materials is called ceramic.
Glass, brick, cement, and tile are all ce-
ramic products. Ceramics are affected by
what materials are used to make the clay
and by the temperature at which they are
fred (baked). The way that they are baked
changes their ability to absorb water and
resist heat. Various coatings also change
the use of any ceramic object.
Because they can resist heat and do not
wear away, ceramic products have many
uses. For example, electricity does not melt
ceramic circuit breakers, and car exhaust
fumes cannot eat away at ceramic parts.
Some ceramic engineers do research.
They test new materials and try out new
combinations of minerals for ceramics and
glazes. They also make new products and
fgure out how to make large amounts at
one time. Ceramic research engineers have
developed products such as thin glass f-
bers for communications equipment and
the heat-resistant tile that protects space
shuttles.
Many ceramic engineers work in man-
ufacturing plants. They design the equip-
ment used to make ceramic products.
They are in charge of those who use the
equipment. Ceramic engineers may also
work with ceramic processes or materials
in another industry. For example, the steel
industry uses a special kind of heat-resis-
tant ceramic brick to make huge furnaces,
called blast furnaces. Steel plants need ce-
ramic engineers to supervise the building
and operation of these blast furnaces.
Other ceramic engineers test prod-
ucts to make sure they perform the way
they are supposed to. Some engineers sell
the products to other industries. Ceramic
engineers who work in testing or selling
travel around the country to meet with
customers, check how they are using the
products, and help with any problems.
Some ceramic engineers teach at universi-
ties and colleges.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Chemistry, Mathematics
MInIMuMEDucATIOnAllEvEl
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$46,000 to $74,000 to $112,000
OuTlOOk
Chemical Engineers
Industrial Engineers
Metallurgical Engineers
c
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 100 7/16/09 9:43:52 AM
101
In high school, you should build a strong
background in math and science. Courses
to take include biology, chemistry, mathe-
matics, physics, and communications. You
will need to know a great deal about differ-
ent materials and how they behave.
You must also be able to apply your
knowledge in practical situations. As a ce-
ramic engineer, you will write research re-
ports and direct workers in a factory, so you
must communicate well with others.
Ceramic engineering jobs require a
bachelors degree in engineering. Many
jobs in ceramic engineering also require
further, specialized study in graduate pro-
grams. To teach at the university level or to
direct most research projects, a masters or
doctorate degree is required.
Most states require an engineering de-
gree and four years of job experience. You
must also pass a state exam to be licensed.
Outlook
Employment for all materials engineers is
predicted to grow more slowly than the av-
erage through 2016. In certain areas, how-
ever, job opportunities should be good. For
example, those involved in research and
testing, health, and electronic products
will be in demand. In addition, the Nation-
al Institute of Ceramics Engineers reports
that several high-growth industries, such
as those involved in producing optical f-
ber and photonics, need ceramic engineers
to develop, manufacture, and market their
products.
ForMoreInformation
Take pottery or sculpture classes to gain
hands-on experience with clay materials.
Join a national science club such as the
Junior Engineering Technical Society. It is
also a good idea to take on an individual re-
search assignment from a science teacher.
AmericanceramicSociety
600 North Cleveland Avenue, Suite 210
Westerville, OH 43082-6921
866-721-3322
customerservice@ceramics.org
http://www.ceramics.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
nationalSocietyofProfessionalEngineers
1420 King Street
703-684-2800
http://www.nspe.org
WorcesterPolytechnicInstitute
Frontiers in Science, Mathematics, and
Engineering
100 Institute Road
Worcester, MA 01609-2280
508-831-5875
frontiers@wpi.edu
http://admissions.wpi.edu/Frontiers
Fast Fact
Ceramic tiles are not just found
in bathrooms. They are used
on the outside of spacecraft.
The heat resistant qualities of
ceramic tiles protect the space-
craft from burning up as it re-
enters the Earths atmosphere.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 101 7/16/09 9:43:53 AM
102
chemical
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reasoning
Problem solving
WhatchemicalEngineersDo
Chemical engineers make life easier by turn-
ing research laboratory inventions and
ideas into everyday reality. They work in
the chemical and petroleum industries,
where they are involved in making all
types of chemicals. Many do research at
universities and government agencies and
also work for private engineering frms.
Chemical engineers have helped create
many important products such as plastics,
detergents, synthetic rubber compounds,
and pharmaceuticals.
Chemical engineers are involved in
nearly every aspect of modern life. For ex-
ample, chemical engineers have fgured
out how to remove oxygen, the life-sus-
taining gas that makes up 21 percent of our
atmosphere, from the air. This produces a
pure 100 percent gas that is essential in the
health care, steel manufacturing, and con-
struction industries.
Another example involves glass, paper,
metals, and plastics that are recycled to save
energy and the environment. Chemical
engineers have determined how to change
these materials into valuable resources
instead of polluting the earth in garbage
dumps. Today, a large percentage of food is
prepackaged in materials made by chemi-
cal engineers so meals can be easily and
rapidly prepared by people on the go.
Many of us would not live to be senior
citizens if chemical engineers had not made
advances in medicine. Diseases that used to
be life threatening or even deadly just a few
years ago are easily cured today. Chemical
engineers were the frst to use synthetic
processes to make life-saving medicines.
Years ago, the only available clothing
was of natural origin, from cotton, lin-
en, wool, silk, or leather. Today, there are
countless types of synthetic fabrics, many
invented by chemical engineers.
If you want to become a chemical engineer,
you should take as many science and math-
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$52,000 to $82,000 to $123,000
OuTlOOk
Chemists
Technicians
Plastics Engineers
c
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 102 7/16/09 9:43:53 AM
103
ematics courses as you can in high school.
These should include biology, chemistry,
physics, algebra, geometry, calculus, and
trigonometry. Courses in English, writing,
and other humanities subjects will also be
helpful.
You must earn a bachelors degree in
chemical engineering to fnd a position
as a chemical engineer. Many college pro-
grams begin with two years of basic en-
gineering courses such as mathematics,
physics, and chemistry. As a chemical en-
gineering major, the last two years of your
college program will be devoted to specifc
engineering courses with a specialization
in chemical engineering subjects.
Some colleges offer fve- or six-year
programs that combine classroom study
with practical experience working for an
engineering frm.
To teach in a college or university and
to be promoted within an engineering frm,
a masters degree or even a doctorate may
be required.
Outlook
Employment for chemical engineers is ex-
for all occupations through 2016. Certain
areas of the feld, however, should offer
more job opportunities than others. Chem-
ical companies, for example, will need engi-
neers in research and development to work
on new chemicals and faster processes. Phar-
maceuticals, biotechnology, and electronics
are three areas that should offer job oppor-
tunities. In addition, growth will come in
service industries, such as companies that
provide research and testing services.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a chemical engi-
neer, participate in science fairs and join a
science club, such as the Junior Engineer-
ing Technical Society. Visit http://www.
chemindustry.com for links to thousands
of chemistry-related resources.
1155 16th Street, NW
800-227-5558
help@acs.org
http://www.acs.org
AmericanInstituteofchemicalEngineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5591
800-242-4363
http://www.aiche.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
SocietyofWomenEngineers
230 East Ohio Street, Suite 400
877-793-4636
hq@swe.org
http://societyofwomenengineers.swe.org
Did You Know?
The frst course in chemical engi-
neering was taught in 1888 at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy (MIT). By the turn of the 20th
century chemical engineer had
become a widely used job title.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 103 7/16/09 9:43:54 AM
104
chemical
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatchemicalTechniciansDo
There are two types of chemical technicians:
chemical laboratory technicians and labora-
tory testing technicians. Although the titles
are similar, the jobs are different.
Most chemical technicians who work
in the chemical industry are involved in
the development, testing, and manufactur-
ing of plastics, paints, detergents, synthetic
fbers, industrial chemicals, and pharma-
ceuticals. Others work in the petroleum,
aerospace, metals, electronics, automotive,
and construction industries. Some techni-
cians work in universities and government
laboratories.
Chemical technicians may work in any
of the felds of chemistry, such as analyti-
cal, biological, inorganic, organic, physical,
or any of the many branches of chemistry.
Within these subfelds, chemical techni-
cians work in research and development,
design and production, and quality con-
trol. Chemical laboratory technicians often
work with Ph.D. chemists and chemical
engineers to set up and monitor laboratory
equipment and instruments, prepare labo-
ratory setups, and record data.
Laboratory testing technicians are em-
ployed by all kinds of laboratories in in-
dustries such as electronics, aerospace, oil,
automobile, and construction companies.
They are trained to conduct tests on count-
less substances and products to see that the
products meet specifcations and perfor-
mance standards.
Technicians usually work in clean,
neat, and well-lighted places. However, if
they have to go out into the feld, they may
face hot, rainy, damp, cold, snowy, or other
unpleasant conditions. Working with poi-
sonous, fammable, or explosive materials
is sometimes part of the job, but the chem-
ical industry is now the safest industry to
work in because of strongly enforced safety
laws.
A high school diploma is required for a
career as a chemical technician. If you are
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Chemistry, Computer science,
Mathematics
Associates degree
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $41,000 to $63,000
OuTlOOk
Chemical Engineers
Chemists
Metallurgical Engineering Technicians
Quality Control Engineers and Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 104 7/16/09 9:43:54 AM
105
interested in a career as a chemical labora-
tory technician, take courses in mathemat-
ics, chemistry, physics, and computer sci-
ence in high school.
More mathematics and science may
be required if you wish to enter a two-year
chemical technology program available at
many community colleges. In these pro-
grams, you will take courses such as gener-
al and organic chemistry. There is a strong
emphasis on laboratory work and writing
detailed reports. Many employers hire only
chemical technicians who have complet-
ed a two-year training program after high
school, and some even prefer applicants
with a bachelors degree in science.
A high school diploma is necessary for
employment as a laboratory testing tech-
nician. You should take courses in science,
mathematics, and computer science. Shop
experience is also valuable in acquiring
mechanical skills.
Only a few kinds of chemical techni-
cians require a license. These include those
who work with food products and radioac-
tive materials.
Outlook
Employment for all chemical technicians
is expected to grow more slowly than the
average rate for all occupations through
2016. Growth for chemical technicians will
be reduced by a general slowdown in over-
all employment in the chemical industry.
The best employment opportunities will be
in pharmaceuticals manufacturing.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in becoming a chemi-
cal technician, start by doing experiments
on a home chemistry set. Participate in sci-
ence fairs and join science clubs, such as the
Junior Engineering Technical Society. Visit
http://www.chem4kids.com for chemistry
information and activities, or http://www.
chemindustry.com for additional chemis-
try-related resources.
service@acs.org
http://www.acs.org
AmericanInstituteofchemicalEngineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5991
800-242-4363
http://www.aiche.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
Fast Fact
Chemical technicians have been
involved in producing some of
the most important consumer
goods of the 20th and 21st cen-
turies. High octane gasoline,
antifreeze, pesticides, plastics,
and artifcial fbers and fabrics
are just a few examples of these
products.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 105 7/16/09 9:43:54 AM
106
chemists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatchemistsDo
Chemistry is the study of the physical and
chemical properties of matter. Chemists im-
prove products and create new ones, such
as drugs, synthetic plastics, and fabrics.
They also improve rocket fuels for space
travel, and they develop processes for ob-
taining light metals such as aluminum,
magnesium, and titanium.
Food chemists develop new foods and
ways to make them stay fresh longer. They
study how methods of cooking, canning,
freezing, and packaging affect the taste,
appearance, and quality of different food
products. Food chemists test samples of
meats, cereals, and dairy products to make
sure that they meet government food
standards.
Analytical chemists study the composi-
tions of substances, or what substances are
made of, and analyze them. They set stan-
dards for safe levels of chemicals in drink-
ing water and also check for pollutants in
wastewater from industrial plants.
Biological chemists, also known as bio-
chemists, study the composition and actions
of complex chemicals in living organisms.
They identify and analyze the chemical
processes related to biological functions,
such as metabolism or reproduction, and
they are often involved directly in genet-
ics studies. They are also employed in the
pharmaceutical and food industries.
The distinction between organic and
inorganic chemistry is based on carbon-hy-
drogen compounds. Ninety-nine percent of
all chemicals that occur naturally contain
carbon. Organic chemists study the chemi-
cal compounds that contain carbon and
hydrogen, while inorganic chemists study
all other substances. Physical and theoretical
chemists study the physical characteristics
of atoms and molecules and how chemical
reactions work. A physical chemist work-
ing in a nuclear power plant, for example,
may study the properties of the radioac-
tive materials involved in the production
of electricity derived from nuclear fssion
reactions. Macromolecular chemists study at-
oms and molecules and their behaviors.
Chemists known as medicinal chemists,
as the name suggests, study the structures
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$37,000 to $64,000 to $109,000
OuTlOOk
Biochemists
Biologists
Chemical Engineers
Pharmacists
Pharmacologists
Toxicologists
c
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 106 7/16/09 9:43:55 AM
107
of compounds that will be used in human
medicines, and toxicologists study the by-
products, or side effects, that are produced
by paint, petroleum, leather, and pharma-
ceutical manufacturing.
Training for a career in chemistry begins in
high school. You should take at least three
or four years of mathematics, including al-
gebra, geometry, and calculus. Youll also
need at least three years of science, includ-
ing biology, chemistry, and physics. Four
years of English classes, as well as any com-
puter classes, are also important.
Besides a high school diploma, you
will also need a bachelors degree. This is
enough education to get an entry-level job,
but higher-level jobs require more educa-
tion. To become a researcher in this indus-
try, a masters or doctoral degree (Ph.D.) is
necessary. Almost all college and university
research and teaching positions require a
doctorate degree.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment of chem-
ists will grow about as fast as the average
through 2016. The outlook is expected to
be especially good for researchers inter-
ested in working in pharmaceutical frms,
biotechnology frms, and frms producing
specialty chemicals. In addition, chemists
working for research and testing frms and
those involved in environmental research
should enjoy a strong demand.
Those wishing to teach full time at a
university or college should fnd opportu-
nities but also stiff competition. Many of
these institutions are choosing to hire peo-
ple for part-time teaching positions with-
out benefts. Nevertheless, a well-trained
chemist should fnd employment.
ForMoreInformation
A chemistry set can teach you about the
scientifc method, how to perform chemi-
cal experiments, and chemical words and
phrases. You will also learn a lot about this
feld by joining a group such as the Junior
Engineering Technical Society. To learn
more, visit http://www.jets.org. Contact
the department of chemistry at a local col-
lege or university to discuss the feld and
arrange tours of its laboratories.
AmericanAssociationforclinicalchemistry
1850 K Street, NW, Suite 625
800-892-1400
custserv@aacc.org
http://www.aacc.org
1155 16th Street NW
800-227-5558
service@acs.org
http://www.chemistry.org
chem4kids
http://www.chem4kids.com
Many chemists work in labs, where they
conduct their research. (Workbook Stock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 107 7/16/09 9:43:56 AM
108
childcare
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatchildcareWorkersDo
Child care workers work with infants, tod-
dlers, and some older children at day care
centers, preschools, or other child care fa-
cilities. While parents and guardians are at
work, child care workers watch young chil-
dren and help them develop skills through
games and activities. They make sure ba-
bies are fed, changed, and held when they
are awake. They teach toddlers how to tie
their shoes and button their coats. Child
care workers also teach children how to get
along with others.
Child care workers at larger centers may
have more structured activities. They read
to the children, guide arts and crafts proj-
ects, and teach the children songs. They
help preschoolers develop basic skills, such
as recognizing letters, numbers, and colors.
Child care workers lead children in simple
tasks, such as cleaning up after themselves,
picking up toys, and washing their hands.
A child care workers main job is to
supervise children at indoor and outdoor
play and make sure they are safe, happy,
and well taken care of. They should know
basic frst aid and be able to react quickly
in emergency situations. Child care work-
ers provide a nutritious meal in the middle
of the day and occasional snacks. They also
make sure children take naps or have quiet
times during the day.
Child care workers must follow the
wishes of parents. They provide parents
with reports on their childrens progress
and behavior, and they notify parents im-
mediately if there are any problems. It is
just as important for child care workers
to have a good relationship with the par-
ents as it is for them to get along with the
children.
If you are interested in a career as a child
care worker, you should take classes in
child development, home economics, and
other subjects that will teach you about in-
teraction with people, such as psychology
or sociology. It will also be helpful to take
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, Family and consumer science,
Psychology
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$14,000 to $18,000 to $28,000
OuTlOOk
Preschool Teachers
Teacher Aides
0
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 108 7/16/09 9:43:56 AM
109
courses in English, art, music, and theater
in high school to develop creative skills.
You will need a high school diploma
and some child care experience. Require-
ments vary among employers. Some em-
ployers prefer to hire workers who have
taken college courses in child development
or who hold bachelors degrees. Certifca-
tion is not required of child care work-
ers, but you can get voluntary certifca-
tion from some organizations, such as the
Council for Professional Recognition or the
National Child Care Association.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment for child
care workers will increase faster than the
average through 2016. Job opportunities
should be good because there is high turn-
over in this feld. This means that workers
enter and leave this profession at a fast rate,
resulting in the need for many replacement
workers. One reason for this turnover rate
is the low pay. In order to keep quality em-
ployees, child care center owners may have
to charge clients more so that they can pay
staff members higher salaries.
Jobs will also be available as more child
care centers open to meet the increased
demand for child care as more mothers
take jobs outside the home. Also, an in-
creased concern for the safety and welfare
of school-aged children during nonschool
hours will create a need for workers to staff
before- and after-school programs. Bilin-
gual child care workers will fnd more job
opportunities and better salaries.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to neighbors, relatives, and others with
small children about babysitting evenings
and weekends. Check with your library or
local reading program about tutoring chil-
dren and reading to preschoolers.
councilforProfessionalRecognition
2460 16th Street NW
800-424-4310
http://www.cdacouncil.org
nationalAssociationofchildcare
Professionals
PO Box 90723
Austin, TX 78709-0723
800-537-1118
admin@naccp.org
http://www.naccp.org
nationalchildcareAssociation
1325 G Street NW, Suite 500
800-543-7161
info@nccanet.org
http://www.nccanet.org
Child care workers need to have a playful
attitude to keep up with their young
charges. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 109 7/16/09 9:43:57 AM
110
childlife
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatchildlifeSpecialistsDo
A child life specialist helps ease the fears and
concerns of children who are hospitalized.
When children are in the hospital, they face
all sorts of new and terrifying experiences.
They may have blood tests or shots or face
painful and intrusive medical procedures.
Children may not be able to talk about
their fears and concerns. They might need
help expressing their feelings and worries.
The child life specialist helps them do this
mainly through play, art, and fun recre-
ational activities geared toward a childs
needs. The child life specialist becomes a
familiar, trusted individual who is there for
support and can be counted on to visit at
regularly scheduled times.
One of the goals of child life specialists
is to help children in the hospital under-
stand what is happening to them and why
it is happening. The child life specialist
may encourage children to use a doll and
some medical instruments to talk about
their fears, to answer their questions, and
calm their anxieties and fears about an up-
coming operation or medical procedure.
The child life specialist watches and guides
the children through these feelings to help
the children to deal with them.
Because hospitalized children can feel
as though they are missing out on fun
times while they are in the hospital, child
life specialists make a special effort to cel-
ebrate birthdays and other special occa-
sions. Regularly scheduled meeting times
are set up so that younger children, as well
as older children and teenagers, can play or
talk with others of the same age. They may
do art projects, sing songs, or share their
experiences.
The childrens parents are also given
support by meeting with the child life spe-
cialist and talking with other parents to
better understand what is happening.
With so much support needed by the
children and their families, child life spe-
cialists should be emotionally stable. The
work can be emotionally draining, especial-
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Family and consumer science,
Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$33,000 to $41,000 to $50,000
OuTlOOk
Child Care Workers
Preschool Teachers
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
Social Workers
Teacher Aides
c
0
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 110 7/16/09 9:43:58 AM
111
ly when a patient dies. Child life specialists
should have a strong support network of
family and friends to help prevent burnout.
If you are interested in becoming a child life
specialist, take child development, health,
and psychology classes in high school.
To become a child life specialist, you
must have at least a bachelors degree in
one of the following areas: child develop-
ment, psychology, education, or social
work. During your senior year of college,
an internship is usually required in which
you work in a child life center assisting and
observing child life specialists.
Voluntary certifcation as a Certifed
Child Life Specialist is available through
the Child Life Councils Child Life Certify-
ing Committee. This requires passing an
examination and fulflling education re-
quirements. Certifcation is highly recom-
mended, as some hospitals will not hire
you unless you are certifed.
Outlook
The employment outlook for child life spe-
cialists is good. The American Academy of
Pediatrics reports that most hospitals spe-
cializing in pediatric care have child life pro-
grams. Short hospital stays that may result
in a reduced need for staffng in hospitals
are being encouraged. As a result, opportu-
nities for child life specialists are increas-
ing outside of the hospital setting. Possible
employers include outpatient clinics, reha-
bilitation centers, doctors offces, hospice
programs, and other facilities that may treat
children, such as sexual assault centers and
centers for abused women and children.
Volunteer at a hospital or get a part-time
job at a day care center to get experience
with children. Babysitting will also help
you become familiar with childrens needs.
Working with children at summer camps
can also be a helpful experience.
American Academy of Pediatrics
141 Northwest Point Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007-1098
847-434-4000
http://www.aap.org
Child Life Council
11820 Parklawn Drive, Suite 240
301-881-7090
clcadmin@childlife.org
http://www.childlife.org
National Association of Childrens Hospitals
and Related Institutions
401 Wythe Street
703-684-1355
http://www.childrenshospitals.net/nachri
A child life specialist comforts an ill child
during her stay in a hospital. (Getty
Images)
112
childrens
librarians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Whatchildrens
librariansDo
Childrens libraries are departments found
within most libraries that are dedicated
specifcally to children. Childrens librar-
ians are also known as youth services librar-
ians in public libraries and library media
specialists in school libraries. These spe-
cialized librarians are responsible for the
day-to-day operations of the childrens de-
partment in the library. Among their pri-
mary duties is helping the librarys young-
est patrons fnd and use materials such as
books, DVDs, and magazines that are ap-
propriate for their age and reading level.
Childrens librarians also help children
working on school assignments fnd and
use the research materials in the librarys
collection. Other tasks include reviewing,
selecting, and ordering books and other
materials that are suitable for children of
all ages; keeping track of the collections
inventory to dispose of and replace worn-
out books, locate lost or overdue books,
and repair damaged books. In some li-
braries, the childrens librarian also is re-
sponsible for planning special activities
for children such as holiday events, sum-
mer reading programs, and story times for
preschoolers.
To begin preparing for a career as a chil-
drens librarian, while in high school take
courses in English, mathematics, history,
and computer science. A bachelors degree
is a requirement for acceptance in a library
science graduate program so taking any
college preparatory courses your school of-
fers will also be helpful.
Librarians, including childrens librar-
ians, must earn a masters degree in library
science (MLS) to work in public libraries.
Though the requirements vary from state
to state, childrens librarians also must be
certifed to work in school libraries.
Outlook
tistics, employment of all librarians, in-
cluding childrens librarians, is expected to
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, Computer science
Masters degree
SAlARyRAngE
$32,000 to $51,000 to $78,000
OuTlOOk
Librarians
Preschool Teachers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 112 7/16/09 9:44:01 AM
113
grow slower than the average for all occu-
pations through 2016. However, about 60
percent of librarians currently employed
are 45 years old or older. As these librarians
retire, new job openings will be created.
Opportunities should be best for childrens
librarians in public schools.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about what childrens librar-
ians do, volunteer in your school or local
public library, helping in the childrens
department. The following Web sites also
can provide additional information about
a career as a childrens librarian.
AmericanlibraryAssociation
800-545-2433
http://www.ala.org
AssociationforlibraryServicetochildren
50 East Huron
800-545-2433
alsc@ala.org
http://www.ala.org/ala/mgrps/divs/alsc/index.cfm
youngAdultlibraryServicesAssociation
50 East Huron
800-543-2433
yalsa@ala.org
http://www.ala.org/ala/mgrps/divs/yalsa/yalsa.cfm
This childrens librarian is showing kids
how to look up books in the library. (Lisa
F. Young/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 113 7/16/09 9:44:02 AM
114
chimney
Sweeps
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatchimneySweepsDo
Chimney sweeps, also known as sweeps and
chimney technicians, inspect chimneys, fre-
places, stoves, and vents for safety. They
clean, or sweep, the chimneys and make
repairs, which may involve masonry work
and relining.
Sweeps clean fues and remove creo-
sote, a residue that develops from wood
and smoke and glazes the bricks on the
insides of chimneys. Sometimes chemicals
are required to break down creosote. If a
homeowner has too much smoking from
the freplace, or rain and snow is getting
in through the chimney, a sweep attaches
a cap at the chimney top to prevent mois-
ture, animals, and debris from entering the
chimney. Crown repair also may be needed
to keep the rain out. Carbon monoxide
poisoning is another concern. Sweeps re-
line deteriorating chimneys to keep carbon
monoxide from seeping through into the
home. Chimney sweeps use masonry skills
to repair and replace bricks.
Sweeps also attend to the chimneys
and stoves of commercial businesses and
industrial buildings. Some sweeps even
specialize in the maintenance of the large
smokestacks of electric and gas companies,
which often involves traveling to cities all
across the country.
Today sweeps use the brushes, poles,
and ladders that have always been neces-
sary for cleaning, but they also use power
tools, such as jackhammers, cordless drills,
vacuums, hand grinders, and circular saws
with diamond-tipped blades.
Some chimney sweeps sell products, in-
cluding wood and gas stoves, cook stoves,
gas barbecues, freplace inserts, freplace glass
doors, and gas logs. Sweeps keep detailed
billing and client records and maintain rela-
tionships with clients. Another responsibil-
ity is to educate clients, homeowners, and
the community about fre safety.
High school science classes, especially
chemistry, will help you understand the
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Chemistry, Technical/Shop
Apprenticeship
SAlARyRAngE
$12,000 to $17,000 to $22,000
OuTlOOk
Fire Control and Safety Technicians
Firefghters
/
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 114 7/16/09 9:44:02 AM
115
nature of fre, the damage it can do, and
the chemical processes that happen inside
freplaces and chimneys. Business courses
will teach you how to run your own busi-
ness, if that is your goal.
The Chimney Safety Institute of Ameri-
ca (CSIA) trains sweeps and venting special-
ists and provides information to the public
about chimney safety. It offers a number
of workshops and seminars at its training
facility in Indiana, as well as across the
country. Training in such subjects as safety
codes, environmental protection require-
ments, chimney construction, and tech-
nique helps sweeps prepare for the diffcult
CSIA certifcation exam. Certifcation is not
required to work as a chimney sweep, but it
is highly recommended.
Some experienced sweeps may offer ap-
prenticeships. Many chimney sweeps have
a background as a frefghter or in other ar-
eas of fre control and prevention.
Outlook
Organizations such as the CSIA, the Na-
tional Chimney Sweep Guild (NCSG),
and the Hearth Education Foundation are
working hard to increase awareness of the
many dangers of faulty chimneys. It is ex-
pected that state and local governments
will require more rigid emissions testing,
which will lead to a demand for chimney
evaluations.
ForMoreInformation
Because of a shortage of chimney sweeps
in the country, many sweeps and sweep
organizations are anxious to recruit young
people into the business. Speak to a guild
representative about apprenticeship oppor-
tunities, or fnd one on your own by speak-
ing to the sweeps in your town. The CSIA
can also direct you to nearby educational
seminars and conferences.
chimneySafetyInstituteofAmerica
2155 Commercial Drive
Plainfeld, IN 46168-8012
317-837-5362
http://www.csia.org
nationalchimneySweepguild
2155 Commercial Drive
Plainfeld, IN 46168-8012
317-837-1500
http://www.ncsg.org
nationalFireProtectionAssociation
One Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02169-7471
617-770-3000
http://www.nfpa.org
Did You Know?
In the United Kingdom and Ire-
land, it was traditionally seen as
good luck to see a chimney sweep
on your wedding day. In German-
speaking countries, it was lucky
to see a chimney sweep on New
Years Day.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 115 7/16/09 9:44:03 AM
116
chiropractors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatchiropractorsDo
Chiropractors are trained health care work-
ers, much like physicians. Chiropractors
focus on wellness and disease prevention.
They look at patients symptoms and con-
sider nutrition, work, stress levels, exercise
habits, and posture.
Chiropractors treat people of all ages,
from children to senior citizens. Doctors
of chiropractic most frequently treat con-
ditions such as backache, disc problems,
sciatica, and whiplash. They also care for
people with headaches, respiratory prob-
lems, allergies, digestive trouble, high
blood pressure, and many other common
conditions. Some specialize in areas such as
sports medicine or nutrition. Chiropractors
do not use drugs or surgery to help their
patients feel better. If they decide that a pa-
tient does need drugs or surgery, they refer
the person to another professional.
Chiropractors look for causes of disor-
ders of the spine. Chiropractic teaches that
problems in the spinal column (backbone)
affect the nervous system and the bodys
natural defense systems. Chiropractors
believe that spine problems are the under-
lying causes of many diseases.
On a patients frst visit, chiropractors
meet with the patient and take a complete
medical history before they begin treat-
ment. Chiropractors ask questions about
the persons life to fgure out the nature
of the illness. Events in the patients past
that may seem unimportant may actually
be very important information to the chi-
ropractor. Chiropractors then do a careful
physical examination, which may include
laboratory tests and X rays.
Once they have made a diagnosis, chi-
ropractors use a variety of ways to help
make the person healthy again. The spinal
adjustment is the treatment for which chi-
ropractic is most known. During this pro-
cedure, patients usually lie on an adjust-
able table. Chiropractors use their hands to
work on the spine. They apply pressure and
use techniques of manipulation to help the
affected areas of the spine. Chiropractic
treatments must often be repeated over the
course of several visits.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Medical degree
SAlARyRAngE
$32,000 to $66,000 to $146,000
OuTlOOk
Acupuncturists
Aromatherapists
Homeopaths
Naturopaths
Osteopaths
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 116 7/16/09 9:44:06 AM
117
In addition to the spinal adjustment, chi-
ropractic physicians may use drug-free natu-
ral therapies, such as light, water, electrical
stimulation, massage, heat, ultrasound, or
biofeedback. Chiropractors also make sug-
gestions about diet, rest, and exercise.
To become a doctor of chiropractic, you
will have to study a minimum of six to
seven years after high school. Most chiro-
practic colleges require at least two years of
undergraduate study before you can enroll.
Some require a bachelors degree.
During the frst two years of most chi-
ropractic programs, you will spend most of
your time in the classroom or the labora-
tory. The last two years focus on courses in
spinal adjustments. After completing the
six- or seven-year program, you will receive
the degree of Doctor of Chiropractic.
All 50 states and the District of Co-
lumbia require chiropractors to obtain a
license to practice. Several states require
chiropractors to pass a basic science ex-
amination as well.
Outlook
Employment for doctors of chiropractic is
through 2016. Many areas have a shortage
of chiropractors, and public interest in al-
ternative health care is growing. Because
of their holistic, personal approach to
health care, chiropractors are increasingly
seen as primary physicians, especially in
rural areas.
ForMoreInformation
There are many things you can do to learn
more about this feld. Start by joining sci-
ence clubs and participating in science
fairs. You can improve your manual skills
by learning to give massages or playing
an instrument, such as the piano, guitar,
or violin. Volunteer at a hospital or nurs-
ing home to gain experience working with
those in need of medical care.
AmericanchiropracticAssociation
1701 Clarendon Boulevard
703-276-8800
http://www.acatoday.org
councilonchiropracticEducation
8049 North 85th Way
Scottsdale, AZ 85258-4321
480-443-8877
http://www.cce-usa.org
InternationalchiropractorsAssociation
703-528-5000
chiro@chiropractic.org
http://www.chiropractic.org
Growth Field
ber of chiropractors is expected to
grow from 53,000 to 60,000, an in-
crease of 14 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 117 7/16/09 9:44:06 AM

118
choreographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatchoreographersDo
Choreographers create original dance rou-
tines for dancers to perform. Choreogra-
phers have a thorough understanding of
dance and music as well as costume, light-
ing, and dramatics. Besides inventing new
dance routines, choreographers teach their
dances to performers, and sometimes they
direct and stage the presentation of their
dances.
Choreographers sometimes specialize
in one type of dance, such as ballroom, bal-
let, modern, jazz, acrobatic, or tap. Others
use a variety of styles in one dance routine.
Some choreographers create dances for
dance companies to perform as part of their
repertoire. Others choreograph routines for
operas, musical comedies, music videos,
movies, and television productions.
Choreographers usually start out as
dancers. They study dance for many years
and learn all the movements and positions
of the various types of dance. Each type of
dance has its own movement styles and a
vocabulary to describe those movements.
Most basic dance movements in American
dance come from ballet and use French
terms, such as pli, relev, and arabesque.
Tap dance has steps called fap, shuffe,
time-step, and ball-change.
Choreographers know how to use
movement and music to tell a story, create
a mood, express an idea, or celebrate move-
ment itself. Since dance is so closely related
to music, choreographers know about vari-
ous musical styles and rhythms. They often
hear a piece of music frst and then cho-
reograph a dance to it. Sometimes chore-
ographers plan the dance, then choose the
dancers and teach them movements. But
most often they work with their dancers
and change the choreography to take best
advantage of the dancers abilities. Chore-
ographers must also be fexible enough to
change their dances to ft different perfor-
mance spaces.
High school and middle school courses
such as theater/dance, music, English,
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Music, Theater/Dance
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$17,000 to $36,000 to $65,000
OuTlOOk
Actors
Circus Performers
Dancers
Musicians
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 118 7/16/09 9:44:08 AM
119
physical education, and speech will be
helpful as you prepare for a career as a cho-
reographer. Any extracurricular activities
that allow you to have a leadership role are
also recommended.
There are many colleges that offer de-
grees in dance with choreography courses,
although a college degree is not always re-
quired. Experience as a performer is usu-
ally required for teaching in professional
schools, and graduate degrees are generally
required by colleges and conservatories.
Outlook
Employment of choreographers is expected
to increase slower than the average for all
occupations through 2016, and those seek-
ing a career in choreographing will fnd the
feld highly competitive. Television, motion
pictures, and music videos will offer some
employment opportunities. Also, a growing
interest in dance for recreation or exercise
may increase the need for choreographers
and dance teachers. There are always open-
ings for newcomers because people enter
and leave this career at a fast rate.
Once you have learned some dance tech-
nique, begin to give recitals and per-
formances. Performing and rehearsing
will give you experience working with a
choreographer.
Dance Magazine
110 William Street, 23rd Floor
New York, NY 10038-3901
646-459-4800
http://www.dancemagazine.com
DanceTeacher Magazine
New York, NY 10038-3901
http://www.dance-teacher.com
Dance/USA
202-833-1717
http://www.danceusa.org
National Association of Schools of Dance
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
http://nasd.arts-accredit.org
National Dance Association
American Alliance for Health, Physical Education,
Recreation and Dance
Reston, VA 20191-1598
703-476-3400
http://www.aahperd.org/nda
A choreographer explains a new
routine to a student dancer. (Rubberball
Productions)
120
cinematographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatcinematographersDo
Cinematographers run the cameras during
the making of a flm or video. They work
closely with directors, actors, and mem-
bers of the flm crew. Cinematographers
work on feature flms, educational flms,
industrial training flms, documentaries, or
commercials.
Specifc job duties depend on the size
of the production. For a documentary with
a small crew, a cinematographer may set
up the lighting and camera equipment and
direct the movements of the actors. For a
larger production, the cinematographer
might concentrate only on running the
camera, while a team of assistants helps
out with loading and unloading flm and
setting up the equipment.
Cinematographers begin work on a
flm project by reading the script. They
discuss with the director how to flm
each scene. They decide whether to flm
from across the room or up close to the
actors. They also decide whether to use
bright lighting with lots of shadows or
more muted, even lighting. They decide
on camera angles, how the camera moves,
and how to frame each scene. Cinematog-
raphers also have a great deal of technical
knowledge about flm, which helps them
decide which cameras, flm, and flters to
use. Cinematographers are also in charge
of the flm crew.
Cinematographers work both indoors
and outdoors. They sometimes spend sev-
eral months on location away from home.
When working on smaller productions,
there may be a limited budget and a smaller
flm crew. Consequently, cinematographers
may have to load and unload flm from the
camera, set up tripods, and carry the cam-
era long distances. They participate in long
hours of rehearsal before they actually start
to flm a scene. Cinematographers play an
important part in the appearance and the
success of the fnal flm.
Art and photography courses can help
you understand the basics of lighting and
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, English, Theater/Dance
SAlARyRAngE
$21,000 to $42,000 to $78,000
OuTlOOk
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 120 7/16/09 9:44:12 AM
121
composition. When you get to high school,
take broadcast journalism or media courses
that teach camera operation and video
production.
A college degree is not always neces-
sary to fnd a position as a cinematogra-
pher. Experience is much more impor-
tant. Many cinematographers, though, get
that valuable experience during their col-
lege studies. There are many colleges and
art schools that offer programs in flm or
cinematography.
Your training should include all aspects
of camera operations and lighting. It is im-
portant to practice working on a team. You
must be able to give directions as well as
follow them.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment for cam-
era operators will grow about as fast as the
average through 2016. Many opportunities
will be available for those willing to work
outside the flm industry at places such as
advertising agencies and TV broadcasting
companies. It is predicted that other types
of programming, such as Internet broad-
casts of music videos, sports, and general
information shows, will provide job open-
ings in this feld. However, competition for
work will be ferce because so many people
are attracted to this business.
Cinematographers of the future will be
working more closely with companies that
focus on special effects. Digital technology
is used to create crowd scenes, underwater
images, and other special effects more ef-
fciently and economically. Cinematog-
raphers will have to approach a flm with
an understanding of which shots can be
produced digitally and which will require
traditional methods of flmmaking.
ForMoreInformation
Watch as many movies as you can, and
study them closely to become familiar
with the styles of different flmmakers.
If you have access to a 16 mm camera, a
camcorder, or a digital camera, you can ex-
periment with composition, lighting, and
other skills. Check with your schools me-
dia center or journalism department about
recording school events on flm.
AmericanFilmInstitute
2021 North Western Avenue
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
AmericanSocietyofcinematographers
PO Box 2230
offce@theasc.com
http://www.theasc.com
Did You Know?
The frst Academy Award for cin-
ematography was given to Charles
Rosher and Karl Struss for their
work on Sunrise (19271928). To
see all of the subsequent winners
in this category check out http://
www.oscars.org.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 121 7/16/09 9:44:12 AM
122
circus
Performers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Exercise leadership
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Self-management
Social
WhatcircusPerformersDo
Circus performers do daring and dangerous
physical acts to entertain and thrill live
audiences. Trapeze artists leap from one
trapeze to another or do somersaults in
midair. Highwire or wire walkers may walk,
ride bicycles or unicycles, or do gymnas-
tics on a wire suspended high above the
ground. Acrobats perform many types of
gymnastic routines. Animal trainers show
off the strength or abilities of animals,
such as elephants, lions, tigers, and horses.
They do this while often appearing to risk
their own lives. Aerialists perform various
athletic stunts in the air such as fips and
spins. Jugglers can keep many objects in the
air at once, even if the objects are danger-
ous ones like fery rings or knives. Clowns
perform funny routines, and most circuses
also have a circus band whose members
keep the action exciting with their upbeat
music.
Most circuses have several circus per-
formers working at the same time in differ-
ent rings. These performances are usually
introduced by an announcer, known as the
ringmaster, who calls the audiences atten-
tion to one or more of the rings. Although
circuses used to be held in outdoor tents,
known as big tops, most today are held in
large indoor arenas.
If you do not come from a circus family,
becoming a circus performer can be diff-
cult. Many acrobats, riders, and other cir-
cus performers learn their skills from more
experienced performers.
A high school or college education,
while not required, will help you manage
your business affairs and communicate
with others effectively. Athletic training
that develops coordination, strength, and
balance is necessary for almost all circus
performers. Other training includes act-
ing, music, and dance. If you are interested
in animals, training in veterinary care is
necessary. Knowledge of foreign languages
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Physical education, Theater/Dance
Apprenticeship
SAlARyRAngE
$16,000 to $30,000 to $100,000
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
Actors
Animal Trainers
Clowns
Comedians
Magicians
Musicians
Stunt Performers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 122 7/16/09 9:44:14 AM
123
will be helpful for performers who travel
overseas.
Circus performers must be physically
ft and must be able to withstand the rigors
of their act as well as the hardships of con-
stant travel.
Outlook
Traditional circuses are changing. Tents
are seldom used because they are expen-
sive and impractical. Circuses are becom-
ing more theatrical, and they often have a
special theme. They are using professional
designers, lighting, and musicians.
Specialty circuses are expanding, such
as Cirque du Soleil, Big Apple Circus, and
Circus Flora. Those who work in a resi-
dent company of a circus can become well
known and have greater job security. There
are more opportunities for circus perform-
ers outside the circus, and there is always
an interest for new, unusual, never-been-
seen acts.
The number of circus performers is
much greater than the number of job open-
ings. More and more circus acts from over-
seas, especially from Eastern Europe, Rus-
sia, and China, are competing for openings
in American circuses. In addition, the rise
of animal activism has made it challenging
to develop new acts involving animals. So
while opportunities remain good for high-
ly skilled performers, they are minimal for
those at the entry level.
ForMoreInformation
Go to every circus that comes to your area,
and talk to the performers about their work.
Gymnastics teams, drama clubs, and dance
troupes will give you performance experi-
ence and may help you decide if you have
talent for this type of work. You may wish
to join a club of jugglers, unicyclists, or an-
other specialty, or volunteer at nearby zoos
and stables if you are interested in animal
training.
circusFansofAmerica
2704 Marshall Avenue
Lorain, OH 44052-4315
http://www.circusfans.org
circusofthekids
9042 Shoal Creek Drive
Tallahassee, FL 32312-4076
866-247-2875
http://www.circusofthekids.com
Ringlingbrothersandbarnum&bailey
8607 Westwood Center Drive
Vienna, VA 22182-7506
703-448-4000
information@feldinc.com
http://www.ringling.com
Trapeze artists are circus performers who
work high above the audience. (Tatiana
Morozova/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 123 7/16/09 9:44:15 AM
124
cityManagers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatcityManagersDo
City managers direct the day-to-day opera-
tions of a city. They determine what the
city needs, such as the improvement of
air quality, better public transportation,
or new parks. They also make long-range
plans for the city as it grows larger.
One important job of a city manager
is to prepare a yearly budget for the city.
The budget outlines the amount of money
the city plans to spend on law enforce-
ment, public health, recreation, and eco-
nomic development. It also outlines other
services, such as garbage pickup and street
improvements. City managers stay aware
of the needs and interests of the members
of the community and keep everyone in-
formed of city projects and proposals.
City managers work in cities that have
a council-manager form of government. In
this system, all authoritative power is held
by an elected council. A main elected of-
fcial, usually the mayor, coordinates and
leads the council. He or she makes the de-
cisions on policies and programs, approves
them, and meets with the public and news
media to discuss the issues. City manag-
ers are appointed by the city council. They
work behind the scenes to put these pro-
grams in place. They oversee the daily op-
erations of a community according to the
policies adopted by the council.
City managers may appoint depart-
ment heads and a staff to coordinate the
various activities of the government. These
people have supervisory duties over tax
collection, public health, public buildings,
law enforcement, and all the other details
of keeping a city or town working smooth-
ly. Department heads prepare reports for
their city managers, who then distribute
them to the city council.
Government, social studies, and politi-
cal science classes will teach you about
how cities are organized and how power
is distributed. Math skills are important
for working on budgets and statistics and
preparing fnancial reports. It is also a good
idea to take English and speech classes so
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Government, Mathematics, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$45,000 to $89,000 to $146,000
OuTlOOk
Ambassadors
City Planners
Congressional Aides
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 124 7/16/09 9:44:18 AM
125
that you are able to communicate effective-
ly with the public.
To work as a city manager, you must
have a bachelors degree. A masters degree
in public administration will open even
more job opportunities. Some city manag-
ers have a masters or other advanced de-
gree in political science, urban planning,
or law.
To be eligible for city management jobs,
you usually must pass a civil service exami-
nation. New college graduates may begin
as assistants in a city managers offce. Af-
ter several years of experience, you may be-
come qualifed to be a city manager.
Outlook
Although city management is a growing
profession, the feld is still fairly small. Em-
ployment for city managers is predicted to
pations through 2016. One reason for this
is that few new governments are likely to
form and, therefore, there will be few new
job openings. Applicants with only a bach-
elors degree will have the most diffculty
fnding employment. Even an entry-level
job will often require an advanced degree.
ForMoreInformation
Become involved in student government
or serve as an offcer for a school club to get
experience with how groups are organized
and run. You may fnd it helpful to work
for the school newspaper, where you will
learn about budgets, issues at your school,
and school administration. Pay attention
to your local government, including the ac-
tivities of the mayor, city or county council
members, and other offcials.
Internationalcity/countyManagement
Association
777 North Capitol Street, NE, Suite 500
202-289-4262
membership@icma.org
http://www.icma.org
nationalAssociationofSchoolsofPublic
AffairsandAdministration
1029 Vermont Avenue, NW, Suite 1100
202-628-8965
naspaa@naspaa.org
http://www.naspaa.org
nationalleagueofcities
202-626-3000
info@nlc.org
http://www.nlc.org
Fast Fact
City managers work in munici-
palities that have a council-
manager form of local govern-
ment. This is the most common
form of local government in
the United States. Other forms
of local government include
mayor-council, town meeting,
commission, and representative
town meeting.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 125 7/16/09 9:44:18 AM
126
city
Planners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatcityPlannersDo
City planners come up with plans for mak-
ing cities as organized, productive, and at-
tractive as possible. City planners are also
called urban planners. They make sure that
the city is economically stable. City plan-
ners also make sure that there is a good
amount of cultural activity in the city. They
are concerned with the environmental fac-
tors of the city, such as water pollution and
trash disposal. City planners work closely
with city offcials and citizens.
City planners begin by getting ac-
quainted with the citys buildings and
transportation routes such as bus, subway,
and railroad lines. They become familiar
with the citys geographical features such
as hills and rivers. City planners also get to
know other important elements of the city,
including schools, parks, and airports.
City planners pay special attention to
stores and factories. They study the citys
needs for services such as water and electric
power. They study how people can travel
to and from the citys main areas of attrac-
tion. Churches, parks, housing districts,
and other parts of the city are also stud-
ied. In addition, city planners fgure out
how and where to provide shelters for the
homeless. They focus on fnding space for
drug treatment centers, low-cost housing,
and nursing homes.
Once city planners understand the
needs and goals of the city, they draw up
a plan. The plan should provide informa-
tion about the types of businesses that can
be expected, where they should be located,
and how they will beneft the city. City
planners must consider possible problems
that may result in terms of water, sewage,
and transportation. Successful city plan-
ners think about what is best for the city
and what is best for the businesses and in-
dustries the city wants to attract.
The plan that is developed will also
include ideas about how to regulate the
use of land for commercial and residential
development. If redevelopment of run-
down areas is necessary, the plan will sug-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, English, Government
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$37,000 to $58,000 to $89,000
OuTlOOk
Architects
City Managers
Congressional Aides
Traffc Engineers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 126 7/16/09 9:44:20 AM
127
gest ideas for remodeling or replacing old
buildings. City planners also determine
the cost of a specifc project and suggest
ways it might be paid for. They should
have design skills and a good understand-
ing of spatial relationships.
In high school, take classes in government
and social studies to learn about the struc-
ture of cities and counties. You will need
good communication skills to be able to
work with people in a variety of profes-
sions, so take courses in English, journal-
ism, and speech.
A bachelors degree, with a major in
urban planning, architecture, landscape
architecture, civil engineering, or public
administration, is the minimum require-
ment for a trainee job involved with city
planning. Classes in economics, demogra-
phy, and health administration will also be
helpful.
For a career in city planning, a masters
degree in city or regional planning is desir-
able. The last part of the masters program
usually includes a period of practical expe-
rience called an internship.
Outlook
Employment for urban and regional plan-
ners is expected to grow faster than the av-
erage through 2016. Communities are now
looking to professional planners to help
them meet demands that come from urban
growth and redevelopment. City planners
are also needed to help with new business
development in suburban areas, which are
quickly getting larger.
ForMoreInformation
Take advantage of leadership opportunities
at school, such as the student council, to
gain government experience. Spend time
in courthouses and libraries looking at
maps. Read about what it takes to keep old
buildings in good shape. You will also learn
a lot by attending a meeting of a local plan-
ning or zoning commission.
AmericanPlanningAssociation
122 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600
publicinfo@planning.org
http://www.planning.org
Internationalcity/countyManagement
Association
777 North Capitol Street, NE, Suite 500
202-289-4262
membership@icma.org
http://www.icma.org
City planners make sure that there is a
balance of buildings and green spaces.
(Chad McDermott/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 127 7/16/09 9:44:21 AM
128
civilEngineers
andcivil
Engineering
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatcivilEngineersandcivil
EngineeringTechniciansDo
Civil engineers design and supervise the con-
struction of a variety of structures. They
work on bridges, dams, tunnels, buildings,
highways, airstrips, water supply and sew-
age systems, and other structures. Some
civil engineers specialize in a particular cat-
egory. Some examples are structural, water
resources, construction, environmental,
and transportation. Civil engineering techni-
cians help civil engineers plan their proj-
ects and do related research. Some estimate
construction costs and specify materials to
be used, and some may even prepare draw-
ings or perform land-surveying duties.
Like all engineers, civil engineers apply
scientifc knowledge to practical, everyday
problems. In designing structures, they
often have to do a great deal of research
and testing. They may have to change a
design many times before it is considered
acceptable.
Once a design has been completed,
civil engineers supervise the building of the
structure. They purchase materials, choose
the equipment that is to be used, and assign
jobs to the work crews. Civil engineers must
consider the time and cost involved in com-
pleting each part of a project. They must
also try to solve any problems that occur.
Civil engineers and civil engineering
technicians spend a lot of their time on
construction sites. Many of these are in or
near major cities and commercial develop-
ments, while others may be in very remote
areas. Some engineers travel from place to
place to work on different projects that can
last as long as two or three years.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Associates degree (technicians)
SAlARyRAngE
$46,000 to $72,000 to $109,000
(engineers)
$25,000 to $43,000 to $65,000
(technicians)
OuTlOOk
Faster than the average (engineers)
(technicians)
City Planners
Geographic Information Specialists
Traffc Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 128 7/16/09 9:44:22 AM
129
Civil engineering jobs require a bachelors
degree in engineering. Civil engineering
technician jobs generally require an asso-
ciates degree in engineering technology.
Many schools offer these degrees as well as
masters degrees and doctorates in the feld.
While a bachelors degree is suffcient
for an entry-level engineering job, students
who wish to teach engineering or learn a
new technology will improve their chances
for promotion by getting an advanced de-
gree. Civil engineering technicians gener-
ally hold an associates or bachelors degree
from schools with accredited programs in
civil engineering technology.
Outlook
Through 2016, the employment rate for
civil engineers is expected to increase faster
than the average for all other occupations.
Growth will be fueled by a need to improve
the countrys basic infrastructure and by a
general increase in the overall population.
Employment opportunities will vary by re-
gion and may decrease during periods of
economic downturns.
Civil engineering technicians will expe-
rience an employment growth rate that is
about as fast as the average during this pe-
riod. Employment opportunities will come
from the need to maintain and repair pub-
lic works, such as highways, bridges, and
water systems.
ForMoreInformation
A summer job with a highway crew or in
construction will help you learn about the
feld. Elementary, middle, and high school
students can join a group such as the Junior
Engineering Technical Society. In addition,
these students should consider attending
a customized summer camp program such
as one sponsored by Worcester Polytechnic
Institute.
AmericanSocietyofcivilEngineers
1801 Alexander Bell Drive
Reston, VA 20191-4400
800-548-2723
http://www.asce.org
InstituteofTransportationEngineers
1099 14th Street, NW, Suite 300 West
202-289-0222
ite_staff@ite.org
http://www.ite.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
WorcesterPolytechnicInstitute
K-12 Outreach
100 Institute Road
Worcester, MA 01609-2280
508-831-6709
k12@wpi.edu
http://www.wpi.edu/Admin/K12
Did You Know?
Examples of historical feats in civil
engineering include the pyramids
of ancient Egypt and the aqueducts
of the Roman Empire. Until the 18th
century most civil engineers were
self-taught, however. Professional
schools began to form around this
time, and helped make the profes-
sion what it is today.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 129 7/16/09 9:44:22 AM
130
clerks
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Mathematics
Integrity/honesty
WhatclerksDo
Clerks are the support workers found in
offces, businesses, and stores. They per-
form a wide variety of tasks, from greet-
ing customers and seeing to their needs to
typing and fling. They also operate com-
puters, phones, cash registers, and other
machinery.
There are many types of clerks. Bill-
ing clerks keep track of a companys busi-
ness transactions. They send out bills and
check for payments received by the com-
pany. Car rental agents are clerks who act
as salespersons. When a customer needs
to rent a car, the clerk writes a rental con-
tract. Counter and retail clerks also work
directly with customers in supermarkets,
department stores, laundries, and bicycle
repair shops. Clerks work in any business
that sells goods and is open to the public.
They receive payments and answer cus-
tomer questions.
Data entry clerks work in stores, insur-
ance and manufacturing companies, hospi-
tals, schools, banks, government agencies,
and utility companies. They enter informa-
tion into a computer system, which the
computer then processes to produce such
documents as bills and mailing lists. File
clerks are responsible for keeping business
records accurate, up to date, and properly
stored, either in folders inside fle cabinets
or on computers. General offce clerks per-
form a variety of tasks to help an offce run
smoothly, including typing, fling, answer-
ing telephones, delivering messages, and
operating offce machines.
Hotel clerks are employed at hotels,
motels, and inns. They greet and register
guests, assign rooms, issue keys, and take
care of guests bills when they check out.
Railroad clerks keep track of all transactions
of a railroad company. Their duties include
selling tickets, keeping books, and record-
ing the time each train arrives or leaves a
station. Shipping and receiving clerks make
sure that their companys products are
shipped properly and that the products
they receive from other companies arrive
in good condition.
Statistical clerks collect and organize
information that businesses and govern-
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, English, Mathematics
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$14,000 to $31,000 to $48,000
OuTlOOk
Bookkeepers
Receptionists
Secretaries
q
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 130 7/16/09 9:44:23 AM
131
ments need to make smart decisions. Stock
clerks receive, sort, store, and give out sup-
plies used by businesses, industries, and
institutions. They work in stockrooms and
warehouses. Traffc agents and clerks are
concerned with processing booking, bill-
ing, claims, and other paperwork related
to the transportation of goods. Prospective
clerks should have excellent mathematical
and organizational skills, be detail orient-
ed, and be able to concentrate on repetitive
tasks for long periods of time. In addition,
they should be dependable, honest, and
trustworthy in dealing with confdential
fnancial matters.
Some businesses hire high school students
as part-time counter and retail clerks and as
stock clerks. Most other clerk jobs require
a minimum of a high school diploma.
Courses in English, business, mathematics,
typing, and bookkeeping are helpful.
Companies looking for traffc agents
prefer candidates with one or two years
of college, and many hotels prefer clerks
with a bachelors degree. As with all in-
dustries, clerks with the highest amount
of education and experience will fnd the
best positions.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment for clerks
will grow about as fast as the average for
all occupations. There will be many jobs
available due to the vastness of this feld,
along with a high turnover rate. With the
increased use of data processing equip-
ment and other types of automated offce
machinery, more and more employers are
hiring people profcient in a variety of of-
fce tasks. However, as more processes are
being done electronically, fewer people will
be needed to handle paperwork.
ForMoreInformation
If youd like to learn more about a career as
a clerk, seek a part-time or summer job in a
local offce or business, store, or car rental
agency to gain experience with fling, typ-
ing, and other general offce duties.
TheAmericanInstituteofProfessional
bookkeepers
6001 Montrose Road, Suite 500
800-622-0121
info@aipb.org
http://www.aipb.org
325 Seventh Street, NW, Suite 1100
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
Fast Fact
Clerks work in a wide variety of
environments. Many of these
positions serve as an entry into
careers. A stock clerk, for exam-
ple, might go on to be a ware-
house supervisor or a purchas-
ing agent.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 131 7/16/09 9:44:23 AM
132
climatologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Self-management
What
climatologistsDo
Climatologists are atmospheric scientists
who study the earths atmosphere. Cli-
matologists study historic weather data
and changes in the earths climate due
to global warming, droughts, and ozone
depletion. Because the weather can have
a powerful impact on other activities that
take place worldwide, the research of cli-
matologists is used by professionals in
other felds such as agriculture, forestry,
defense, and air and sea transportation.
The largest group of workers in this career
is operational meteorologists. This group
studies the earths air pressure, temper-
ature, humidity, and wind. They use
weather satellites, radar, computer simu-
lations, and mathematical calculations
to create weather forecasts, maps, and
reports. With an eye on the sky as well
as their computers, they release weather
information and warnings of impending
storms such as hurricanes or blizzards.
Some climatologists work for television
and radio stations as weather broadcasters,
keeping the public informed about the
weather.
A career as a climatologist requires a bach-
elors degree in meteorology or a related
feld. With that in mind, while in high
school take a college preparatory program.
Classes in English, mathematics, earth
science, physics, and computers are also
important.
Although a bachelors degree is ad-
equate for entry-level positions and some
jobs with the federal government in the
National Weather Service, a masters degree
or doctorate is required for most research
positions.
Outlook
The Occupational Outlook Handbook predicts
that employment opportunities for all at-
mospheric scientists, including climatolo-
gists, should be good in the coming decade
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Mathematics, Physics, Computer
science
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$37,000 to $78,000 to $123,000
OuTlOOk
Astronomers
Environmental Scientists and Hydrologists
Geoscientists
Mathematicians
Meteorologists
Physicists
c
n
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 132 7/16/09 9:44:23 AM
133
with growth expected to be about as fast
as the average for all occupations through
2016. Opportunities for weather broadcast-
ers will be limited with very few job open-
ings during this period.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career as a climatol-
ogist, read industry publications such as
the Bulletin of the American Meteorological
Society (BAMS). Volunteering as a National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administra-
tion (NOAA) weather spotter in your area
(http://www.crh.noaa.gov/gjt/?n=spotter)
can also help you become more famil-
iar with the climate and the impact of it
changes.
AmericanMeteorologicalSociety
45 Beacon Street
Boston, MA 02108-3693
617-227-2425
amsinfo@ametsoc.org
http://www.ametsoc.org
nationalOceanicandAtmospheric
Administration
1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Room 5128
202-482-6090
http://www.noaa.gov
Did You Know?
The National Weather Service we
know today was started by Presi-
dent Ulysses S. Grant in 1870.
Grant decided that this agency
would be placed under the Sec-
retary of War because military
discipline would probably secure
the greatest promptness, regu-
larity, and accuracy in its weather
observations.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 133 7/16/09 9:44:24 AM
134
clinicalnurse
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whatclinical
nurseSpecialistsDo
Clinical nurse specialists (CNSs) are one
type of advanced practice nurse (APN).
APNs are registered nurses who go on to
complete advanced clinical nurses educa-
tional requirements. Other types of APNs
are nurse practitioners (NPs), Certifed
Nurse-Midwives (CNMs), and Certifed
Registered Nurse Anesthetists (CRNAs).
APNs are required to be certifed in at least
36 states and can prescribe medications in
40 states.
CNSs work primarily in hospitals, clin-
ics, or nursing homes but may work out of
their own offces and other community-
based settings, including industry, home
health care, and health maintenance or-
ganizations. They are qualifed to handle a
wide variety of physical and mental health
problems. CNSs are primarily involved in
providing primary health care and psycho-
therapy. They often work in association
with a physician, but sometimes they work
independently.
CNSs assess and evaluate a patients
health based on symptoms, the patients
history, laboratory tests, and physical ex-
aminations. Following an assessment, they
arrive at a diagnosis of the patients prob-
lem and recommend treatments or proce-
dures to help correct the patients medical
problem. In addition to direct patient care,
CNSs may be involved in consultation,
research, education, and administration.
They may specialize in one or more areas,
such as pediatrics, mental health, prenatal
care, oncology, or gerontology. Some CNSs
who work independently or in private
practice are qualifed for reimbursement
by Medicare, Medicaid, and other federally
sponsored or private health care payers.
Anyone going into the nursing profes-
sion needs to have a caring attitude and
a strong commitment to helping peo-
ple. Emotional maturity, a well-balanced
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Masters degree
SAlARyRAngE
$42,000 to $60,000 to $87,000
OuTlOOk
Neonatal Nurses
Nurse Anesthetists
Nurse Assistants
Nurse-Midwives
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
Nursing Instructors
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 134 7/16/09 9:44:27 AM
135
personality, and excellent communication
skills are vital.
High school classes in mathematics and
science, including biology, chemistry, and
physics, are important for any nursing ca-
reer. English and speech courses will help
you communicate well with patients and
physicians.
To become a CNS, you must frst be-
come a registered nurse (RN) through one
of three kinds of training programs: asso-
ciates degree, diploma, or bachelors de-
gree. A bachelors degree in nursing is re-
quired for admission to graduate nursing
programs. A masters degree is necessary to
prepare for a nursing specialty or to teach.
The bachelors degree program takes
four (in some cases, fve) years to complete
and leads to a Bachelor of Science in Nurs-
ing (BSN) degree. After graduation, you
must pass a licensing examination to ob-
tain the RN designation. CNSs must then
earn a masters degree, and many CNSs go
on to earn a doctoral degree.
Outlook
There has been a serious shortage of RNs
in recent years, and it is expected that this
trend will continue. Although there have
been some declines in the employment of
advanced practice nurses in recent years,
the demand has far outweighed the supply.
The federal government has predicted in-
creasing shortages in the feld for the next
several years. Advanced practice nurses
with the proper credentials and certifca-
tion should have no trouble fnding posts
in a wide variety of health care facilities.
ForMoreInformation
Read books on careers in nursing and talk
with high school guidance counselors,
school nurses, and local public health nurs-
es. Visit hospitals to observe the work, and
talk with hospital personnel to learn more
about the daily activities of nursing staff.
Some hospitals have volunteer service
programs in which high school students
may work after school, on weekends, or
during vacations. There are other volunteer
work experiences available with the Red
Cross or community health services. Some
schools offer participation in Future Nurses
programs.
AmericannursesAssociation
8515 Georgia Avenue, Suite 400
301-628-5000
http://www.nursingworld.org
nationalAssociationofclinicalnurse
Specialists
2090 Linglestown Road, Suite 107
717-234-6799
nacns@nacns.org
http://www.nacns.org
nationalleaguefornursing
New York, NY 10006-2701
212-363-5555
generalinfo@nln.org
http://www.nln.org
Growth Field
ber of clinical nurse specialists who
work in outpatient care is expect-
ed to grow by around 34 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 135 7/16/09 9:44:27 AM

136
clowns
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Self-management
Social
Speaking/listening
What
clownsDo
Clowns work in circuses, in movies, on tele-
vision, and in musical plays. They also work
at birthday parties and other events, or in
fairgrounds or amusement parks. Clowns
perform comical routines often while wear-
ing unusual makeup and costumes. They
juggle, dance, ride unicycles, walk tight-
ropes, or perform other tricks and skills to
make people laugh.
Circus clowns often perform routines
to entertain audiences while other acts are
being set up. They sing songs, tell jokes, or
do acrobatic stunts. Clowns have a good
sense of timing and balance and are able to
improvise, or make things up on the spot.
Every audience is different, and clowns
change their performances according to
how the audience reacts.
There are many types of specialized
clowns. Whiteface clowns wear white make-
up and caps that make them appear to be
bald. They are the elegant clowns and are
often in charge of a routine.
Auguste clowns wear baggy clothes and
act clumsy or silly. They trip over objects
on the stage or drop things other clowns
are juggling.
Character clowns have unique routines
and usually work alone rather than with a
partner or in a large group. A popular type
of character clown is the hobo or tramp
clown, often called sad clowns. These clowns
often wear ragged clothes and appear naive
and somewhat sad. Character clowns, such
as Charlie Chaplin, have unique routines
and usually perform alone.
Mimes are silent clowns. They com-
municate with exaggerated movements
and facial expressions. Marcel Marceau
(born in 1923) is probably the most fa-
mous mime.
Clowns usually have to travel to fnd
work. For jobs with traveling circuses, they
travel for much of the year. Circus clowns
may perform in a large tent outdoors or in
a large indoor arena. Those who work at
fairs or amusement parks usually perform
outdoors, wandering the grounds, gather-
ing audiences in various locations.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$16,000 to $29,000 to $57,000
OuTlOOk
Actors
Circus Performers
Comedians
Magicians
Stunt Performers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 136 7/16/09 9:44:29 AM
137
A high school diploma is not required by
most circuses, but a diploma and a college
education help your job prospects. Em-
ployers in the flm and television industry
also prefer to hire performers who have
diplomas.
Clowns need to move well and use
their bodies to communicate with audi-
ences. Training in dance and pantomime is
helpful. Dance academies and schools for
dramatic arts offer classes in pantomime
and dance. Many high schools also have
drama or dance classes for students.
Clowns should be able to project their
voices. Any debate or public speaking clubs
can help develop this skill. Clowns need
to have good voice control as well as poise
before an audience. Participating in school
or community plays is good training. Indi-
viduals must have a good sense of humor
and enjoy working and interacting with
people.
Outlook
Since the number of circuses is limited,
clowns are fnding more opportunities out-
side the circus, especially with party and
festival businesses. In the next decade, it
is expected that the ranks of clowns will
continue to grow, while the number of full-
time jobs will remain fairly constant.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a clown, perform in
school or community plays, and take classes
in dance, acting, mime, or gymnastics.
AmericanguildofvarietyArtists
184 Fifth Avenue, 6th Floor
New York, NY 10010-5908
212-675-1003
circusWorldMuseum
550 Water Street
Baraboo, WI 53913-2578
866-693-1500
library.cwm@baraboo.com
http://circusworld.wisconsinhistory.org
clownsofAmericaInternational
PO Box C
Richeyville, PA 15358-0532
888-522-5696
http://www.coai.org
Ringlingbrothersandbarnum&bailey
8607 Westwood Center Drive
Vienna, VA 22182-7506
703-448-4000
information@feldinc.com
http://www.ringling.com
Clowns are an important part of the circus
show. (Jorge Felix Costa/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 137 7/16/09 9:44:30 AM
138
coalMining
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
Whatcoal
MiningTechniciansDo
Coal mining technicians assist other min-
ing workers in digging, preparing, and
transporting coal. They help survey, map,
and plan the mining of a coalfeld. They
drill test holes and analyze samples. Coal
mining technicians also prepare reports
on how mining for coal will affect the en-
vironment. Once a coal mine or feld is
established, the technicians manage safe
mining operations and train other workers
in safety techniques. They plan the most
economical and effcient way of removing
the coal. They also test for coal quality and
air impurities. Technicians dispose of mine
waste. They select, operate, and maintain
the special machinery used. Coal min-
ing technicians fgure out how to reclaim
strip mining areas after the coal has been
removed.
Coal mining can be hazardous work,
and coal mining technicians work under
dirty, harsh, and dangerous conditions.
Those employed at surface mines work out-
doors for long hours and are exposed to all
kinds of weather. In underground mines,
technicians work in tunnels that may be
cramped, dark, dusty, wet, and cold. All
mining jobs are physically demanding, and
they pose signifcant risks of developing
long-term health problems such as lung
cancer and emphysema.
If you are interested in becoming a coal
mining technician, you should begin pre-
paring in high school. Your studies should
include mathematics, Earth science, phys-
ics, and chemistry, as well as English, with
special attention to reading, writing, and
communication skills. Courses in comput-
ers and mechanical drawing or drafting
will also prove helpful.
After high school, enroll in one of the
20 or so schools around the country that
offer two-year coal mining technology pro-
grams. Many of these schools offer summer
intern programs that allow you to work in
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Chemistry, Earth science
SAlARyRAngE
$26,000 to $41,000 to $52,000
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
Energy Conservation and Use Technicians
Geologists
Mining Engineers
Surveying and Mapping Technicians
Surveyors
_
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 138 7/16/09 9:44:31 AM
139
actual coal mines. This will give you a clear
picture of the coal mining industry in gen-
eral and help you to choose the work area
that best fts your abilities.
Coal mining technicians are usually
hired by company recruiters before they
complete their last year of technical or vo-
cational school. After a few years of experi-
ence, you may advance to such positions
as supervisor, production superintendent,
or mine manager or possibly even go into
business for yourself as a private consultant
or contractor.
Outlook
Employment in coal mining is expected
to experience little or no change through
2016. Technological advances have in-
creased productivity but reduced the num-
ber of workers in the feld. Stricter federal
environmental regulations, such as the
1990 Clean Air Act Amendments, will limit
growth in the coal mining industry. In-
creased competition from foreign producers
will have the same effect, as will increased
use of nuclear power and renewable energy
sources such as wind and solar power.
About 75 percent of coal operations are
located in three states: Kentucky, Pennsyl-
vania, and West Virginia. Other states with
strong employment include Alabama, Il-
linois, Indiana, Wyoming, and Virginia.
Because coal is a major resource for the
production of such products as steel and
cement, employment in the mining indus-
try is strongly affected by changes in over-
all economic activity. In a recession the
demand for coal drops, and many miners
may be laid off.
ForMoreInformation
Until you are 18 years old, it will be dif-
fcult to gain much experience in the coal
mining feld. There is, however, valuable
information to be found in books and on
Web sites, including the Web site of the
American Coal Foundation (http://www.
teachcoal.org), which lists science fair ideas
and information on free coal videos.
nationalMiningAssociation
101 Constitution Avenue NW, Suite 500 East
202-463-2625
webmaster@nma.org
http://www.nma.org
Fast Fact
The coal mining industry has
long been viewed as bad for the
environment. Some coal mining
technicians work to reduce the
harm that mining does to the
land and fnd safer ways of dis-
posing the waste that digging
up coal creates.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 139 7/16/09 9:44:31 AM
140
collection
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatcollectionWorkersDo
Collection workers try to persuade people
to pay their overdue bills. They are some-
times called bill collectors, collection corre-
spondents, collection agents or simply collec-
tors. When a customer fails to pay a bill,
the collection worker is given a bad-debt
fle. This fle contains information about
the customer, the amount of the unpaid
bill, and the date of the last payment. The
collection worker then calls or writes to
the customer to fnd out why the bill has
not been paid. The worker tries to encour-
age the customer to pay all or part of the
bill. If the customer has moved and left no
forwarding address, the collector tries to
fnd him or her by checking with the post
offce, telephone company, credit bureaus,
or former neighbors of the customer. The
collector also may use online computer
databases to track down a customer.
Sometimes the customer will say that
the bill has not been paid because it is in-
correct or because the item purchased did
not work correctly. In such cases, the col-
lection worker suggests that the customer
contact the seller of the item. If the prob-
lem remains unresolved after these steps
are taken, the collector tries again to en-
courage payment by the customer.
Some customers are unable to pay
bills because of a fnancial emergency,
such as unemployment or illness. Oth-
ers have fallen into debt because they
have not managed their money properly.
In such cases, the collection worker may
arrange a new payment schedule. When
all efforts to collect a bill fail, the account
is given to a repossessor. This collection
worker takes back, or repossesses, the item
that has not been paid for and returns it
to the seller.
In small offces, collection workers
sometimes perform clerical duties. They
might read and answer mail, fle papers,
and record amounts paid. Collection work-
ers are employed by banks, fnance compa-
nies, credit unions, hospitals, department
stores, and collection agencies. They also
work for wholesale businesses and utility
companies.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, Psychology, Speech
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$21,000 to $30,000 to $45,000
OuTlOOk
Bank Service Workers
Clerks
Telemarketers
c
s
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 140 7/16/09 9:44:32 AM
141
Collection workers usually work at desks
in offces. Most of their work is done over
the telephone. Customers sometimes be-
come angry and insult the collector or the
company. Good communication and peo-
ple skills are required for this line of work.
A high school diploma is usually suffcient
for employment as a collection worker. In
high school, take courses in computer sci-
ence, speech, psychology, and English.
Collection workers are usually trained
on the job. This training typically lasts about
two months. During the training course,
workers will learn the companys strategy,
what language to use, and how to commu-
nicate with particularly diffcult customers.
They also will learn how to use the com-
panys computer and telephone systems. A
pleasant manner and voice will make com-
munication with strangers easier.
Outlook
Employment for bill collectors is predict-
ed to grow much faster than the average
through 2016. This demand is due in part
to replace workers who leave the profes-
sion because they fnd the work stressful or
because they do not make enough money.
More people, regardless of how much
money they have, are able to get credit
cards, make purchases on credit, and build
up large debts they have diffculty repay-
ing. Economic recessions also increase the
amount of personal debt that goes unpaid.
Therefore, unlike in many occupations, col-
lection workers usually fnd that their em-
ployment and workloads increase during
economic slumps. With insurance reim-
bursements not keeping up with increased
health care costs, employment opportuni-
ties for collectors are expected to be good
with hospitals and physicians offces.
ForMoreInformation
Summer employment at a collection agen-
cy or credit offce will give you the best idea
of what this type of work is like. General
telephone experience at any part-time job
will be helpful as well.
AcAInternationalTheAssociationof
creditandcollectionProfessionals
PO Box 390106
Minneapolis, MN 55439-0106
952-926-6547
aca@acainternational.org
http://www.acainternational.org
nationalAssociationofcredit
Management
8840 Columbia 100 Parkway
410-740-5560
http://www.nacm.org
Fast Fact
The Fair Debt Collection Prac-
tices Act outlines what collec-
tion workers can and cannot do.
Collection workers may not use
false names, or pretend to be
a lawyer or government repre-
sentative. They cannot threaten
people or tell them that they
will be arrested for failing to pay
a debt. There are also guidelines
about the number of calls they
may make and the times of day
such calls can be made.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 141 7/16/09 9:44:32 AM
142
college
Administrators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whatcollege
AdministratorsDo
College administrators develop and manage
services for students in colleges and univer-
sities. Administrators arrange housing and
special services for veterans, minorities,
and students with disabilities. They also
organize social, cultural, and recreational
activities. The most common administra-
tors are presidents, deans, registrars, direc-
tors of student activities, and fnancial aid
administrators, offcers, and counselors.
College presidents are the top admin-
istrators. Their duties include overseeing
academic programs, planning budgets, hir-
ing and fring faculty and other staff, and
fund-raising.
The dean of students heads the entire
student-affairs program. Associate or as-
sistant deans may be in charge of specifc
aspects of student life such as housing. Aca-
demic deans handle such issues as course of-
ferings or faculty.
Registrars prepare class schedules, make
room assignments, keep records of stu-
dents and their grades, and gather data for
government and educational agencies.
The director of student activities helps stu-
dent groups plan and arrange social, cultur-
al, and recreational events. Other student-
affairs administrators include the director of
housing, who manages room assignments
and the upkeep of dormitory buildings. Di-
rectors of religious activities coordinate the ac-
tivities of various religious groups.
Other college administrators include
college admissions counselors, who review re-
cords, interview prospective students, and
process applications for admission. Alumni
directors oversee the alumni associations of
colleges and universities. An alumni direc-
tor maintains relationships with the gradu-
ates of the college primarily for fund-rais-
ing purposes.
Financial aid administrators direct the
scholarship, grant-in-aid, and loan programs
that provide fnancial assistance to students
and help them meet the costs of tuition,
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$42,000 to $76,000 to $146,000
OuTlOOk
Adult and Vocational Education Teachers
Athletic Directors
Business Managers
College Professors
Guidance Counselors
L
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 142 7/16/09 9:44:33 AM
143
fees, books, and other living expenses. The
administrator keeps students informed of
the fnancial assistance available to them
and helps answer student and parent ques-
tions and concerns. At smaller colleges this
work might be done by a single person, the
fnancial aid offcer. At larger colleges and
universities, the fnancial aid offcer will
head a department and direct the activities
of fnancial aid counselors, who handle most
of the personal contact with students.
Foreign-student advisors work with stu-
dents from other countries and give special
help with admissions, housing, fnancial
aid, and English instruction. The student
health program director hires staff and man-
ages the health care center and its equip-
ment. Athletic directors are in charge of all
intercollegiate athletic activities. They hire
coaches, schedule sports events, and direct
publicity efforts.
To be a college administrator, you will need
to get a well-rounded education that pre-
pares you for college. It is a good idea to
take classes such as English, computer sci-
ence, history, mathematics, and govern-
ment in high school.
It will also be helpful to take classes in
foreign language and speech so that you
are an effective communicator.
For most college administration jobs,
you must have at least a bachelors degree.
For the top positions you need a masters
or doctoral degree in administration, busi-
ness, or education.
Outlook
Employment for education administrators
will grow faster than the average for all occu-
pations through 2016. Competition for these
positions will be stiff. Many faculty members
at institutions of higher learning have the
educational and experience requirements
for these jobs and are eager to advance when
positions open up. Candidates may face less
competition for positions in nonacademic
areas, such as admissions or fund-raising,
and if they are willing to relocate.
ForMoreInformation
Work in student government positions or
serve as a chair for student clubs in order
to obtain management and administrative
experience. Familiarize yourself with all the
various aspects of college life by looking at
college student handbooks and course cat-
alogs. You will learn a lot by interviewing a
college administrator or faculty member.
AmericanAssociationofuniversity
Administrators
PO Box 630101
Little Neck, NY 11363-0101
347-235-4822
http://www.aaua.org
collegeanduniversityProfessional
AssociationforhumanResources
1811 Commons Point Drive
Knoxville, TN 37932-1989
865-637-7673
http://www.cupahr.org
Did You Know?
After World War II, returning vet-
erans entered Americas colleges
and universities in great numbers.
This infux led to a growing need
for college administrators to better
organize the university system.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 143 7/16/09 9:44:33 AM
144
college
Professors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reasoning
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatcollegeProfessorsDo
College and university professors teach stu-
dents at two-year and four-year colleges and
universities. College professors have three
main responsibilities: teaching, advising,
and conducting research. Teaching is the
most important. Professors give lectures,
lead discussions, give exams, and assign
textbook readings and term papers. They
may spend fewer than 10 hours a week in
the classroom, but they spend many hours
preparing lectures and lesson plans, grad-
ing papers and exams, and preparing grade
reports. College professors also meet with
students individually outside the classroom
to guide them in the course and keep them
updated about their progress.
Some faculty members also work as
student advisers. Advisers help students
decide which courses to take, inform them
of requirements for their majors, and direct
them toward scholarships and other fnan-
cial aid. They may also help students adjust
to college life and guide them through dif-
fcult problems.
Many college professors conduct re-
search in their feld of study and publish
their results in textbooks and journals.
They attend conferences and present re-
search fndings to professors from other
universities. College professors often hire
graduate students to assist both in research
projects and in teaching.
In high school, you should concentrate on
a college preparatory program and focus
on your particular interest. Classes in Eng-
lish, computer science, history, mathemat-
ics, biology, chemistry, and speech will be
helpful. Take as many classes as you can in
the area that youd like to teach.
When you fnish your bachelors de-
gree and enter a masters program, you will
probably be required to take on some as-
sistant-teaching responsibilities.
To teach in a college or university, you
must have at least a masters degree. With a
masters degree you can become an instruc-
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, History, Speech
Masters degree
SAlARyRAngE
$28,000 to $56,000 to $113,000
OuTlOOk
Mathematicians
c
L
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 144 7/16/09 9:44:34 AM
145
tor. You will need a doctorate for a job as an
assistant professor, which is the entry-level
job title for college faculty. Faculty mem-
bers usually spend no more than six years
as assistant professors. During this time,
the college will decide whether to grant
you tenure, which is a type of job security,
and promote you to associate professor. An
associate professor may eventually be pro-
moted to full professor.
Outlook
It is predicted that college and university
professors will experience employment
growth that is much faster than the av-
erage through 2016. College enrollment
is projected to grow because an increased
number of adults are returning to col-
lege. Additionally, opportunities for col-
lege teachers will be good in areas such as
engineering, business, computer science,
and health science, which offer strong ca-
reer prospects in the world of work. How-
ever, competition for full-time, tenure-
track positions at four-year schools will
be intense.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to your teachers about their careers
and their college experiences. Volunteer
at a community center, day care center, or
summer camp to get teaching experience.
It will also be helpful to look at course cata-
logs and read about faculty members and
the courses they teach.
Professors
1133 19th Street, NW, Suite 200
202-737-5900
aaup@aaup.org
http://www.aaup.org/aaup
AmericanFederationofTeachers
555 New Jersey Avenue NW
202-879-4400
http://www.aft.org
Fast Fact
According to the American As-
sociation of University Profes-
sors, approximately 44.5 per-
cent of the nations college and
university faculty work part-
time, and 60 percent are on a
nontenure track. These profes-
sors lack job security, health
care, and earn much less than
full-time faculty.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 145 7/16/09 9:44:34 AM
146
comedians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatcomediansDo
Comedians try to make people laugh. Some
entertain audiences in nightclubs and at
concerts. Others perform in comedy shows
on television. Some comedians work be-
hind the scenes writing jokes, sketches,
and screenplays for other comedians and
actors.
Comedians who perform alone on stage
are called stand-up comedians. They enter-
tain audiences with stories, jokes, one-lin-
ers, and impressions. In comedy clubs in
large cities, comedians may do more than
one show per night. Each performance can
last anywhere from 10 minutes to more
than an hour.
Stand-up comedians travel from city to
city, entertaining different types of audi-
ences. They change their routines to appeal
to different groups of people. To arrange
out-of-town performances, comedians may
call the club owners themselves or hire a
booking agent that will take care of their
scheduling. In medium- and small-sized
cities comedians may give only one per-
formance and then drive or fy to the next
city. Stand-up comedians also entertain at
conventions, concerts, hotels, parties, and
outdoor festivals.
Some comedians perform as members
of an improvisational (improv) group, such
as Chicagos Second City, NBCs Saturday
Night Live, or ABCs Whose Line Is It Any-
way? They perform skits, dances, and mu-
sical numbers, often making up their own
dialogue on the spot.
Comedians often spend many years
paying their dues, which involves work-
ing in undesirable clubs for unappreciative,
critical audiences and for low pay. Ultimate-
ly, only a select number of these comedians
are discovered in these clubs and go on
to appear on television or in movies.
There is no way to become a comedian ex-
cept to step on a stage and perform. It takes
a great deal of work and practice to become
a good comedian. It takes many hours on
stage to know how to deliver a joke, plan
the pace of a show, and fgure out on the
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, Speech, Theater/Dance
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$16,000 to $30,000 to $121,000
OuTlOOk
Actors
Circus Performers
Clowns
Cruise Ship Workers
Writers
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 146 7/16/09 9:44:36 AM
147
spot what will make a particular audience
laugh.
There are no specifc educational re-
quirements for comedians, but certain
school subjects can be helpful. English and
composition will help you write jokes well,
and speech and drama classes will help de-
velop your performing skills.
Most good comedians have an inborn
talent and have made jokes or performed
humorous skits since childhood. Tal-
ented comedians see events in a humor-
ous light and share this perspective with
others. Above all, a comedian must have
a keen sense of timing during his or her
performance.
Outlook
As with the other performance arts careers,
there will always be more aspiring come-
dians than there are job opportunities. Re-
cently, venues such as casinos, resorts, and
theme parks have been offering new op-
portunities for comedians.
There is also a growing trend for private
companies to hire comedians to perform
at sales meetings and trade shows. Come-
dians help to increase interest in products
and create an enjoyable sales environment.
Talent agencies now increasingly book co-
medians to work at these events.
For those who choose to work as com-
edy writers or entertainment critics, the
competition for jobs should be keen, yet
there are good career opportunities. There
are a large number of comedy shows on the
national networks and on cable television,
and these should provide a good market for
skilled comedy writers.
ForMoreInformation
Before you get on stage to perform for
strangers, try performing for family and
friends. Most comedy clubs and coffee
houses have open mike nights, where you
can get on stage and try out your material
in front of a live audience. Acting in school
plays and local productions is another good
way to get experience. Observe comedians
in person or on television. You may also
fnd it helpful to visit http://www.comedi-
ansusa.com or http://www.comedy.com.
comedycentral
http://www.comedycentral.com
TheSecondcity
http://www.secondcity.com
Comedian Chris Rock performs at a
comedy festival. (Landov)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 147 7/16/09 9:44:38 AM
148
comic-book
Artists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Creative thinking
Self-management
Whatcomic-book
ArtistsDo
Comic-book artists, also known as cartoon-
ists, create drawings that help tell a story
in comic books or graphic novels. Comic-
book artists may read scripts developed
by comic book writers and create draw-
ings to illustrate the script, or they may
develop their own ideas for stories. Ideas
may come from the artists personal ex-
periences or from events happening lo-
cally or around the world. Comic-book
artists then create rough drawings of
their ideas, which eventually lead to a f-
nal draft of the drawings. Stories can be
humorous, mysteries, adventures, or fan-
tasies. They also can be told from begin-
ning to end in one issue of a comic book
or be extended over a period of time in
multiple issues. In their work comic-book
artists use pencils, pens, and often com-
puter software illustration programs to
create their drawings. Some comic-book
artists work freelance and sell their car-
toons to more than one comic-book
publisher while others work in-house for
one of the many comic book and graphic
novel publishers such as Marvel Comics
or DC Comics.
While in high school take courses in art
as well as English and communications.
Classes in history, political science, and so-
cial studies will also help you develop an
understanding of current events and en-
able you to effectively comment on them
through your drawings.
Although a college degree is not re-
quired, postsecondary training in art, com-
puters, and computer illustration software
is benefcial in helping to develop the skills
necessary to be a comic-book artist.
Outlook
tistics, employment of artists, including
comic-book artists, is projected to increase
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, English, Computer science
SAlARyRAngE
$19,000 to $42,000 to $84,000
OuTlOOk
Art Directors
Artists
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 148 7/16/09 9:44:40 AM
149
through 2016. Competition for jobs, how-
ever, will be intense and those with some
advanced training should have the best job
opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about the comic-book indus-
try and careers in this feld, visit the follow-
ing Web sites.
comicbookIndustryAlliance
858-278-0371
theboss@thecbia.com
http://www.thecbia.com
comicbookResources
7024 Melrose Avenue, Suite 100
323-306-0636
http://www.comicbookresources.com
nationalcartoonistsSociety
341 North Maitland Avenue, Suite 130
Maitland, FL 32751-4761
407-647-8839
http://www.reuben.org
Comic-book artist Sherwin Schwartzrock
is seen here working in his studio on his
ArmorQuest comic book. (Associated
Press)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 149 7/16/09 9:44:41 AM
150
comic-book
Writers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
Whatcomic-bookWritersDo
Comic-book writers are creative storytellers
who possess a strong command of lan-
guage, a good visual sense, and solid com-
munication skills. Although comic-book
writers do not have to be (and often are
not) good visual artists, they must be able
to weave engaging stories that can be ren-
dered in lively artwork and told within a
limited number of comic-book panels.
Writers may have an idea for an en-
tirely new comic book, or they may think
of stories and plots for an existing com-
ic-book series or character. Developing
strong characters is one of the essential
steps in creating a good comic-book story,
especially if the characters will be part of a
comic-book series. Before writing a specifc
plot, a comic-book writer develops an in-
depth profle and back-story for the main
character. The comic-book writer must
also plan a vivid setting of the comic book
and invent a cast of recurring supporting
characters to engage the readers interest.
A comic-book writer must also weave in-
teresting visual and narrative details into
his story to retain the interest of his or her
readers.
Comic-book writers develop their sto-
ries and plots from a range of sources.
Sometimes, comic-book writers develop
their plot and story ideas through genuine
inspiration. On other occasions, comic-
book stories originate as a result of brain-
storming sessions with comic-book edi-
tors and from ideas submitted by freelance
writers and readers. The comic-book writer
then collaborates with his or her editor to
accept, reject, and refne these ideas into
an attractive storyline.
Space is limited in comics. Conse-
quently, a writer must determine how to
best convey the story through captions,
dialogue, and illustrative action scenes. For
example, a comic-book writer must deter-
mine the number of panels to be used per
page and the proper mix of dialogue, cap-
tions, and action scenes to be depicted.
A writer presents his or her story
to an editor or artists in one of three
ways: as a storyboard, as a script, or by
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, Computer science, English
MInIMuMEDucATIOnAllEvEl
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $49,000 to $98,000
OuTlOOk
Artists
Book Editors
Illustrators
Writers
c
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 150 7/16/09 9:44:43 AM
151
writing text after the art has been cre-
ated. In a storyboard, the writer makes a
rough layout of the text and art by draw-
ing crude comic-book panels with stick
fgures or basic art and the text in its
proper place. This gives the artist a spe-
cifc idea of how the action will unfold
and how many panels the writer had in
mind. When creating a comic-book script,
a writer also does a panel-by-panel break-
down of the story and action, but uses
only words to do so.
In some instances, the comic-book
artist will draw all of the work based on
the writers original summary. This is par-
ticularly true in comics where action and
plot are emphasized over dialogue and
captions.
While in high school, build a broad edu-
cational foundation by taking courses in
English, literature, foreign languages, his-
tory, general science, social studies, and
computer science. Take art classes, as well,
as these will help you understand the artis-
tic skills and visual sense needed to create
a comic book.
Obtaining a college degree may give
you an advantage if you apply for a writing
or editorial position in the small and com-
petitive comic-book feld. Editorial work
and artwork completed for your secondary
school, college newspapers, yearbooks, or
literary magazines will make you an attrac-
tive candidate. Working for small commu-
nity newspapers or radio stations will also
improve your chances for obtaining a sala-
ried writing position.
Outlook
The employment of salaried writers is ex-
pected to increase at an average rate through
2016. The competition for salaried comic-
book writing jobs will continue to be ferce.
Consequently, aspiring comic-book writ-
ers should consider undertaking freelance
writing jobs and entry-level opportunities
as editorial assistants or interns.
For the latest news in the comic-book in-
dustry and links to comics, visit the follow-
ing Web sites.
Comic Book Industry Alliance
858-278-0371
theboss@thecbia.com
http://www.thecbia.com
Comic Book Resources
323-306-0636
http://www.comicbookresources.com
Did You Know?
The creation of Superman in 1938
ushered in what is thought of as
the Golden Age of Comic Books.
This period lasted until the 1950s.
?
152
communications
Equipment
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Self-management
Whatcommunications
EquipmentTechniciansDo
Communications equipment technicians are
employed by the broadcasting, cellular,
wireless, satellite communications, fber
optics, and two-way radio industries. The
specifc job duties vary by the industry in
which communications equipment tech-
nicians are employed, but in general they
install, repair, and perform other mainte-
nance services on electronic and computer
equipment used by the different communi-
cations industries. Communications equip-
ment technicians are also known as telecom-
munications technicians and communications
technicians. The U.S. military also trains and
employs communications equipment tech-
nologist and technicians under career titles
such as avionics technicians, communications
equipment operators and managers, radar and
sonar operators, and electronic instrument and
equipment repairers.
If you are planning a career as a com-
munications equipment technician, take
courses in computer science, mathemat-
ics, physics, and English. If your high
school offers vocational education classes
in electronics or computer technology,
take those as well.
Most employers prefer to hire com-
munications equipment technicians with
an associates degree in communications
technology and some positions require a
bachelors degree.
Outlook
Employment of telecommunications
equipment installers and repairers, a feld
that includes communications equipment
technicians, is expected to experience lit-
tle or no change through 2016, according
to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Op-
portunities should be best for those with
strong computer skills and postsecondary
training in electronics.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computers, English, Mathematics
SAlARyRAngE
$32,000 to $54,000 to $69,000
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
Broadcast Engineers
Computer and Offce Machine Technicians
c
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 152 7/16/09 9:44:44 AM
153
ForMoreInformation
To learn more, read books about the vari-
ous areas in communications that employ
equipment technicians such as Cellular
Communications Explained: From Basics
to 3G by Ian Poole (Elsevier, 2006) and
Technicians Radio Receiver Handbook: Wire-
less and Telecommunication Technology by
Joseph Carr (Elsevier, 2000). The follow-
ing Web sites also can provide informa-
tion about the career, including education
and certifcation.
communicationsWorkersofAmerica
501 Third Street NW
202-434-1100
cwaweb@cwa-union.org
http://www.cwa-union.org
InfocommInternational
11242 Waples Mill Road, Suite 200
Fairfax, VA 22030
703-273-7200
support@infocommacademy.org
http://www.infocomm.org
SocietyofcableTelecommunications
Engineers
140 Phillips Road
Exton, PA 19341-1318
800-542-5040
http://www.scte.org
Fast Fact
Fiber optic communications in-
volves sending information as
pulses of light along an opti-
cal fber. Fiber optics is used to
transmit phone, Internet and
cable television signals.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 153 7/16/09 9:44:44 AM
154
composers
andArrangers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Speaking/listening
Self-management
Whatcomposers
andArrangersDo
Composers create much of the music heard
every day on radio and television, in the-
aters and concert halls, on recordings and
in advertising, and through any other me-
dium of musical presentation. Composers
write symphonies, concertos, and operas;
scores for theater, television, and cinema;
and music for musical theater, recording
artists, and commercial advertising. They
may combine elements of classical music
with elements of popular musical styles
such as rock, jazz, reggae, folk, and others.
Composers may create compositions
out of sheer inspiration, with or without
a particular market in mind, or they may
be commissioned (contracted by an orga-
nization) to write a piece of music for a
particular purpose. Composers who write
music on their own then have the problem
of fnding someone to perform their music
in the hopes that it will be well received
and lead to further performances and pos-
sibly a recording. Commissions come from
institutions (where the composer may or
may not be a faculty member), from societ-
ies and associations, and orchestral groups,
or from flm, television, and commercial
projects.
A composer who wishes to make a liv-
ing by writing music should understand
the musical marketplace as well as pos-
sible. Specifcally, composers should mar-
ket themselves to musical performers and
producers likely to be receptive to their
style of composition. In addition, some
composers work for music publishers who
publish original musical works they feel
will be proftable to promote. Composers
also take on musical composition copying
work and musical producing and record-
ing work involving the use of sophisticated
computers.
Arrangers generally create a musical
background for a preexisting melody writ-
ten by a composer. An arranger may create
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, Music,
Theater/Dance
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$16,000 to $40,000 to $111,000
OuTlOOk
Music Conductors
Musicians
Music Producers
Music Teachers
Music Video Editors
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 154 7/16/09 9:44:46 AM
155
an introduction and a coda (ending) for a
melody as well as add countermelodies (ad-
ditional melodies) to the original melody.
Most arrangers are musicians themselves
and have an excellent knowledge of musi-
cal styles and current trends.
An orchestrator takes a piece of music,
perhaps one that already has a basic ar-
rangement, and assigns the parts to spe-
cifc instruments in the orchestra or other
ensemble.
Many composers begin composing from
a very early age and receive tutoring and
training to encourage their talent. Musical-
ly inclined students should continue their
private studies and take advantage of ev-
erything musical their high school offers.
Specially gifted students usually fnd their
way to schools or academies that specialize
in music or the arts. These students may
begin learning composition in this special
environment, and some might begin to
create original compositions.
After high school, you can continue
your education in any of numerous col-
leges and universities or special music
schools or conservatories that offer bach-
elors, masters, and doctoral degrees. Your
course of study will include composition,
orchestration, arranging, music history,
music criticism, music theory, harmony,
counterpoint, rhythm, melody, and ear
training.
Outlook
Employment of composers and arrangers is
expected to increase as fast as the average
rate for all occupations through 2016. Nev-
ertheless, competition for jobs for compos-
ers and arrangers is expected to be keen.
ForMoreInformation
Please consult the following Web sites to
learn more about musical composing and
arranging.
AmericanSocietyofcomposers,Authors
andPublishers
One Lincoln Plaza, 6th Floor
New York, NY 10023-7097
800-952-7226
http://www.ascap.com
InternationalAllianceforWomeninMusic
Department of Music
422 South 11th Street, Room 209
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Indiana, PA 15705-1070
724-357-7918
http://www.iawm.org
SongwritersguildofAmerica
209 10th Avenue South, Suite 321
Nashville, TN 37203-0743
615-742-9945
http://www.songwritersguild.com
A composer puts the fnishing touches on
a symphony. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 155 7/16/09 9:44:47 AM
156
computer-
AidedDesign
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
Whatcomputer-Aided
DesignTechniciansDo
Computer-aided design technicians, also
called CAD technicians, use computers to
design, improve, or make products and the
machines that manufacture them. CAD
usually stands for computer-aided design,
but it can also mean computer-aided draft-
ing. CAD technicians work in all parts of
the manufacturing process. They assist en-
gineers and designers, who are experts in
applying computer technology in indus-
trial design and manufacturing.
CAD technicians who help design and
develop new products have both drafting
and computer skills. They usually work at
specially designed computer workstations.
They use computer programs to change
data fles into diagrams and drawings of a
product. The video screen acts as an elec-
tronic drawing board. CAD engineers or de-
signers give CAD technicians instructions
for changes to make in diagrams and draw-
ings. They can either type the changes into
the computer or touch a stylus or light pen
on the screen.
After they make the changes, techni-
cians display the new diagrams or draw-
ings. They repeat the process until a fnal
design is approved. CAD technicians not
only work on product designs, but they
also make detailed drawings of each part to
be manufactured as well as the tools that
will assemble and join the parts.
CAD technicians work in architecture,
electronics, and the manufacturing of au-
tomobiles, aircraft, computers, machinery,
and missiles.
As a CAD technician or drafter, you will
need to think logically, have good analyti-
cal skills, and be methodical, accurate, and
detail-oriented in all your work. You should
be able to work as part of a team as well as
independently.
To be a CAD technician, you must have
at least a high school diploma. It will be
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
SAlARyRAngE
$28,000 to $40,000 to $52,000
OuTlOOk
Drafters
Graphic Designers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 156 7/16/09 9:44:49 AM
157
helpful to take classes such as mathemat-
ics, computer science, and technical/shop
in high school.
Most CAD technicians go on to com-
plete a two-year program at a technical
school. Two-year programs include courses
in basic drafting, machine drawing, archi-
tecture, civil drafting (with an emphasis on
highways), piping, electrical, electrical in-
strumentation, and plumbing. Most train-
ing programs also include courses in data
processing and computer programming,
systems, and equipment.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment for draft-
ers will grow about as fast as the average
through 2016. Many companies in the
near future will feel pressure to increase
productivity in design and manufacturing
activities, and CAD technology provides
some of the best opportunities to improve
that productivity.
Another factor that will create a de-
mand for CAD drafters and technicians is
the continued focus on safety and quality
throughout manufacturing and industrial
felds. With this focus on quality as well as
safety, companies are requiring more CAD
work for new concepts and alterations
that will create a better product. The best
opportunities will be for drafters and tech-
nicians profcient in CAD technology who
continue to learn, both in school and on
the job.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this feld while you are
still in school, join science clubs, especially
computer and electronics clubs, and par-
ticipate in science fairs. Find hobbies that
involve computers, drafting, electronics, or
mechanical equipment.
AmericanDesignDraftingAssociation
105 East Main Street
Newbern, TN 38059-1526
731-627-0802
http://www.adda.org
InstituteofElectricalandElectronics
Engineers
202-785-0017
ieeeusa@ieee.org
http://www.ieeeusa.org
SocietyofManufacturingEngineers
One SME Drive
Dearborn, MI 48121-2408
800-733-4763
service@sme.org
http://www.sme.org
Did You Know?
When affordable computer-aided
design programs became widely
available in the 1980s, this put
many pencil-and-paper drafters
out of work.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 157 7/16/09 9:44:50 AM
158
computerand
Electronics
Sales
Representatives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Social
Whatcomputerand
ElectronicsSales
RepresentativesDo
Computer and electronics sales representatives
are technology savvy sales people who sell
computers and other electronic equipment
to customers in retail stores. Sales repre-
sentatives also work for computer or elec-
tronics companies, selling specifc prod-
ucts such as computer software, hardware,
or other electronics to banks, schools, in-
surance companies, and other businesses.
In addition, computer and electronics
sales representatives may provide training
to customers or business clients in the use
of their computers or electronics as well
as installing and providing maintenance
or repairs on the systems they sell. Sales
representatives typically talk with con-
sumers or businesses to learn what their
computer or electronics needs are, they ex-
plain the different products available, and
answer customers questions. Once the
consumer or business decides on a prod-
uct, the representative completes the sale,
doing paperwork for payment or fnanc-
ing, arranging for delivery of the product
to the consumers home or business, and
setting up service contracts.
To prepare for a career in computer and
electronic sales, while in high school take
courses in computer science, business, and
mathematics. English and speech course
will help you develop good communica-
tions skills.
A college degree is not usually a require-
ment for a job as a computer or electronics
sales representative, but some postsecond-
ary training in computers or electronics is
helpful. Many companies provide training
programs to their sales staff. To stay up to
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, Computer science, Speech
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$15,000 to $20,000 to $40,000
OuTlOOk
Cashiers
Clerks
Computer Trainers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 158 7/16/09 9:44:50 AM

159
date with changes in technology, continu-
ing education courses and training semi-
nars are recommended.
Outlook
Employment opportunities are expected
to increase about as fast as the average for
all occupations through 2016 for computer
and electronic sales representatives. Oppor-
tunities should be good in retail stores that
specialize in computers or with consulting
companies that provide computer-related
services to businesses and corporations.
ForMoreInformation
Working part time in a retail store is a good
way to learn about sales and working with
customers. Teaching younger brothers and
sisters or family and friends about comput-
ers and software or other electronics will
allow you to experience what it is like to
train others in the proper use of such
products.
AssociationforcomputingMachinery
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
http://www.acm.org
ElectronicsRepresentativesAssociation
International
300 West Adams Street, Suite 617
312-527-3050
info@era.org
http://www.era.org
northAmericanRetailDealersAssociation
222 South Riverside Plaza, Suite 2160
800-621-0298
nardasvc@narda.com
http://www.narda.com
Did You Know?
The frst Apple Store opened in
Tysons Corner, Virginia, in 2001.
Apple Stores quickly became
known for their utility and de-
signseveral stores won awards
for their architecture. By the end
of 2008, there were 230 Apple
Stores open worldwide.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 159 7/16/09 9:44:50 AM
160
computer
andOffce
Machine
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Self-management
WhatcomputerandOffce
MachineTechniciansDo
Computers and offce machines are in-
credibly complex. Highly skilled electron-
ics technicians keep computers and offce
machines operating properly and effcient-
ly. Computer and offce machine technicians
service, install, adjust, operate, maintain,
and repair computers and other offce
machines.
Computer and offce machine tech-
nicians work for computer manufactur-
ers, large corporations, or repair shops.
Technicians who work for manufacturers
learn how their companys products work
and how to repair them when they break.
Sometimes, technicians are employed by
computer manufacturers at a customers
workplace, where they help plan and in-
stall new computer systems. They also
perform regular maintenance to make
sure the equipment continues to operate
properly. If the equipment breaks down,
technicians work together with the cus-
tomers to fx it.
Some technicians work in the mainte-
nance or service departments of large cor-
porations. They work with many different
types of machines, both mechanical and
electronic. Some computer and offce ma-
chine technicians work for companies or
repair shops that specialize in providing
maintenance services to computer and of-
fce machine users. When equipment breaks
down or needs regular maintenance, tech-
nicians are sent to the customers offces to
provide the necessary services.
A strong technical background and an
aptitude for learning about new technolo-
gies, good communications skills, and su-
perior manual dexterity will help you suc-
ceed in this industry.
Because computers and offce machines
are such complex electronic devices, you
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Associates degree
SAlARyRAngE
$23,000 to $37,000 to $58,000
OuTlOOk
c
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 160 7/16/09 9:44:51 AM
161
must have excellent engineering, electri-
cal, and mechanical skills. Knowledge of
computer programming is also important.
You must be able to follow written and spo-
ken instructions and be able to communi-
cate well. It is a good idea to take classes
such as computer science, English, biology,
chemistry, mathematics, and shop in high
school.
The best way to prepare for this career
is to attend a special two-year program
after high school. These programs are of-
fered by technical institutes and some
community colleges. A bachelors degree
in engineering or a related feld is another
good option.
Outlook
Employment for service technicians work-
ing with computer and offce equipment is
projected to grow slower than the average
through 2016. As corporations, the gov-
ernment, hospitals, and universities world-
wide continue to rely on computers to help
manage their daily business, the need for
skilled technicians will create some jobs.
Those working on offce equipment, such
as digital copiers, should fnd a demand
for their services to repair and maintain
increasingly sophisticated offce machines.
Job openings will also be created as people
retire or leave the profession for other rea-
sons. Opportunities are expected to be best
for those with knowledge of electronics
and computer repairs, some formal train-
ing, and experience.
ForMoreInformation
To get experience in this feld, join one of
the many computer user groups on the
Internet. Participate in school computer
or shop clubs. Once you are familiar with
the details of how computers are set up, try
building your own computer or repairing
discarded computer equipment.
New York, NY 10121-0701
212-869-7440
http://www.acm.org
ElectronicsTechniciansAssociation
International
Five Depot Street
Greencastle, IN 46135-8024
800-288-3824
http://www.eta-i.org
Instituteforcertifcationofcomputing
Professionals
2400 East Devon Avenue, Suite 281
Des Plaines, IL 60018-4610
800-843-8227
http://www.iccp.org
InternationalSocietyofcertifed
ElectronicsTechnicians
800-946-0201
http://www.iscet.org
Fast Fact
Approximately 15 percent of
computer and offce machine
technicians are self-employed.
Thirty-fve percent are em-
ployed by wholesale trade
establishments.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 161 7/16/09 9:44:51 AM
162
computerand
videogame
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Select and apply technology
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
Whatcomputerandvideo
gameDesignersDo
Computer and video game designers create the
games played on computers and televisions
and in arcades. They think up new game
ideas, including sound effects, characters,
story lines, and graphics. Some design-
ers work full time for the companies that
make the games. Others work as freelanc-
ers, making the games in their own studios
and then selling their ideas and programs
to production companies.
Each game must have a story as well as
graphics and sound that will entertain and
challenge players. A game begins with care-
ful planning and preparation. Designers
write scripts and sketch storyboards, which
are frame-by-frame drawings of the games
events. They decide how the characters and
places should look, and they make notes
on sound effects and other features.
Designers use computer programs or
write their own programs to assemble text,
art, and sound into a digital video. There
is a long process of review and trial-and-er-
ror to correct problems and smooth rough
spots. Designers usually create a basic game
and then design several levels of diffculty
for beginning to advanced players.
Designing computer games often re-
quires a whole team of workers, including
programmers, artists, musicians, writers, and
animators. Computer and video game de-
signers have a unique combination of tech-
nical skills and vivid, creative imaginations.
If you want to be a computer and video game
designer, you need to learn many different
computer skills, including programming.
Take physics, chemistry, and computer sci-
ence classes in high school. Classes in art,
literature, and music are also a good idea, as
they will help you develop your creativity.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, Computer science
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$31,000 to $55,000 to $98,000
OuTlOOk
Computer System Analysts
Graphic Designers
Software Designers
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 162 7/16/09 9:44:52 AM
163
You do not necessarily need a college
degree to be a game designer, but most
companies prefer to hire those with a bach-
elors degree. There are a few schools that
offer training programs specifcally for de-
signing computer games. The International
Game Developers Association has a list of
universities and trade schools with courses
and/or degree programs in gaming.
One major requirement for game de-
sign is that you must love to play computer
games. You also need to continually keep
up with technology, which changes fast.
Although you might not always use them,
you need to have a variety of skills, such as
writing stories, programming, and design-
ing sound effects.
You must also have vision and the abil-
ity to identify your players and anticipate
their every move in your game. You will
also have to be able to communicate well
with programmers, writers, artists, musi-
cians, electronics engineers, production
workers, and others.
Outlook
Computer and video games are a fast-grow-
ing segment of the U.S. entertainment in-
dustry. As the demand for new games, more
sophisticated games, and games to be played
on new systems grows, more and more com-
panies will hire skilled people to create and
perfect these products. Opportunities for
game designers, therefore, should be good.
ForMoreInformation
Try to design easy games, or experiment with
games that have an editor. Games such as
Klik & Play, Empire, and Doom allow you to
modify them to create new circumstances.
Write your own stories, puzzles, and games
to work on your storytelling and problem-
solving skills. Read magazines like Computer
Graphics World (http://www.cgw.com) and
Game Developer (http://www.gdmag.com).
AcademyofInteractiveArtsandSciences
23622 Calabasas Road, Suite 220
Calabasas, CA 91302-4111
818-876-0826
http://www.interactive.org
DigiPenInstituteofTechnology
5001 150th Avenue NE
Redmond, WA 98052-5170
425-558-0299
info@digipen.edu
http://www.digipen.edu
EntertainmentSoftwareAssociation
esa@theesa.com
http://www.theesa.com
InternationalgameDevelopersAssociation
19 Mantua Road
Mt. Royal, NJ 08061-1006
856-423-2990
contact@igda.org
http://www.igda.org
laboratoryforRecreationalcomputing
University of North Texas
Department of Computer Science and
Engineering
1155 Union Circle #311366
Denton, TX 76203-1366
904-565-27667
http://www.unt.edu/majors/ucsci.htm
Growth Field
ber of computer and video game
designers is expected to grow by
around 30 to 40 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 163 7/16/09 9:44:52 AM

164
computer
andvideo
gameSound
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Speaking/listening
Self-management
Whatcomputerandvideo
gameSoundWorkersDo
From the squeal of racing cars to characters
talking to music playing in the background,
the sounds of a computer or video game
enhance gamers experiences when play-
ing. Computer and video game sound work-
ers create the audio portions of computer
and video games. Also known as sound de-
signers and sound engineers, they work with
game designers to determine how the game
should look and feel, the number of levels
of play, who is the target audience, the time
period the game takes place, and where the
game will be played (for example, in an ar-
cade or on a home console). Sound workers
then review sketches of the game and con-
sult with artists and animators to be sure
the audio agrees with and compliments
the different characters personalities and
actions. Sound workers rely on sound li-
braries to fnd just the right sound effects
for a specifc game. They also may write,
play, and record their own music, use com-
puter software to create different sound
effects, or fnd and hire composers, musi-
cians, singers, and actors to record music
and different voices.
While in high school take classes in com-
puter science, mathematics, and English.
Also take music classes and learn to play
musical instruments, especially the piano.
It is becoming standard for sound de-
signers to have at least a bachelors degree
in music, sound design, or audio engineer-
ing, so college preparatory courses will also
be benefcial. Staying up to date with the
latest technologies is important as well.
Outlook
The U.S. Department of Labor expects
the employment of broadcast and sound
engineering technicians, which includes
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, Mathematics, Music
SAlARyRAngE
$15,000 to $40,000 to $121,000
OuTlOOk
Multimedia Sound Workers
Musicians
Pop/Rock Musicians
Singers
c
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 164 7/16/09 9:44:53 AM
165
computer and video game sound work-
ers, to increase about as fast as the average
through 2016. Competition for positions as
sound workers in the video and computer
game industry will be keen and those with
skills in both sound and game program-
ming will have the best opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career as a com-
puter and video game sound worker, play
games and then try to re-create the sounds
on your computer. You can also work with
friends to create your own game with
sound effects and music. Reading trade
magazines and publications such as Game
Developer (http://www.gdmag.com) and
Music4Games Newsletter (http://www.mu-
sic4games.net) can also provide informa-
tion about the industry.
AudioEngineeringSociety
New York, NY 10165-2520
212-661-8528
http://www.aes.org
gamasutra
600 Harrison Street, 5th Floor
415-947-6000
help@gamasutra.com
http://www.gamasutra.com
gameAudionetworkguild
1611-A South Melrose Drive, Suite 290
Vista, CA 92081-5471
http://www.audiogang.org
SocietyofProfessionalAudioRecording
Services
PO Box 822643
Dallas, TX 75382-2643
800-771-7727
spars@spars.com
Did You Know?
In the early 1980s video games fea-
tured sound and music that was
often little more than a series of
beeps and boops. However simple,
the themes to games such as Pac-
Man, Donkey Kong, and Space In-
vaders became iconic to to people
who played these games as kids.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 165 7/16/09 9:44:53 AM
166
computer
network
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatcomputer
networkSpecialistsDo
A computer network is a system of com-
puter hardware. It includes computers,
terminals, printers, modems, and other
equipment, which is linked together elec-
tronically. Networks allow many users to
share computer equipment and software
at the same time. Networks also allow busy
workers to share fles, view each others
schedules, and send e-mail.
Computer network specialists make sure
computer networks run properly at all
times. They install, maintain, update, and
repair network equipment and fles. They
also help train people on how to use the net-
work. Sometimes, network specialists help a
company decide which computer system to
buy, and they help change existing software
to better meet the needs of the business.
Computer network administrators manage
the network. They work with the fles and
directories on the networks central com-
puter, called the server. The server holds
important fles, including software applica-
tions, databases, and e-mail services. These
all must be updated regularly. Some net-
works have separate servers for specifc op-
erations, such as communications or print-
ing or databases.
Network security specialists focus mainly
on making sure that the computer system
is safe from tampering. Security is very im-
portant because most companies store con-
fdential information on their computers.
Network security specialists can tell when
unauthorized changes are made in the fles
and who makes them. They report these
problems and devise better ways to elimi-
nate such errors in the future. For example,
one important school database that must
be protected by security specialists involves
student grades, and only authorized work-
ers have access to these fles.
Data recovery operators set up emergency
computer sites in case the main comput-
ers experience major problems. Business
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$38,000 to $65,000 to $108,000
OuTlOOk
Computer Trainers
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 166 7/16/09 9:44:54 AM
167
emergencies, for example, can be caused by
natural catastrophes, such as power outages,
foods, and earthquakes. Data recovery op-
erators choose alternative locations for set-
up and decide which hardware and software
should be stored there. They also designate
how often fles should be backed up.
To become a computer network special-
ist, you must a have bachelors degree in
computer science or computer engineer-
ing. Many specialists also earn offcial cer-
tifcation from a commercial educational
center, and it is recommended for career
advancement. The certifcation process is
diffcult and proves to employers that you
have reached a high level of knowledge in
the feld.
Many companies require their com-
puter network administrators to keep up
to date on new technological advances by
attending classes, workshops, and seminars
throughout the year. Also, many companies
and professional associations update net-
work specialists through newsletters, other
periodicals, and online bulletin boards.
Outlook
Computer network specialist will be one of
the fastest-growing occupations through
2016, and employment is expected to grow
at a rate much faster than the average. Net-
work administrators with Internet experi-
ence are in high demand. Job opportunities
should be best for those with certifcation
and up-to-date training.
ForMoreInformation
Join computer clubs at school and com-
munity centers. Volunteer at local charities
that use computer networks in their of-
fces. Since many charities have small bud-
gets, they may offer more opportunities to
gain experience with some of the simpler
networking tasks. Experiment by creating
networks with your own computer, those
of your friends, and any printers, modems,
or fax machines.
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
acmhelp@acm.org
http://www.acm.org
IEEEcomputerSociety
202-371-0101
membership@computer.org
http://www.computer.org
networkProfessionalAssociation
1401 Hermes Lane
888-672-6726
http://www.npanet.org
This computer network specialist is
checking to see if the system upgrades
he has just added are correctly working.
(Army Corps of Engineers)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 167 7/16/09 9:44:55 AM
168
computer
Programmers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision-making
Problem solving
Whatcomputer
ProgrammersDo
Computer programmers write and code the
instructions for computers. They work for
companies that create and sell computer
hardware and software. They also work for
many kinds of businesses, from manufac-
turers of offce machines to distributors
of machinery and equipment. Computer
programmers work for banks, hospitals,
schools, and the federal government.
Programmers break down each step
of a task into a series of instructions that
the computer can understand. Then pro-
grammers translate the instructions into
a specifc computer language. COBOL and
FORTRAN are examples of two computer
languages. Next, programmers test the pro-
gram to make sure it works. They correct
any errors. This is called debugging the
program. Finally, they write the instruc-
tions for the operators who will be using
the program. Some programs can be cre-
ated in a few hours. Others may take more
than a year of work. Programmers often
work together on teams for a large project.
There are two basic kinds of com-
puter programmers: systems programmers
and applications programmers. Systems
programmers must understand and care
for an entire computer system, including
its software, its memory, and all of its re-
lated equipment, such as terminals, print-
ers, and disk drives. Systems programmers
often help applications programmers with
complicated tasks. Applications program-
mers write the programs that do particular
tasks, such as word processing, accounting,
databases, and games. They usually special-
ize in a feld such as business, engineering,
or science.
One example of a programming spe-
cialty is numerical tool programming. Nu-
merical control tool programmers, or computer
numerical control (CNC) programmers, write
programs that direct machine tools to per-
form their functions automatically. CNC
programmers must understand how vari-
ous machine tools operate and also know
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, Computer science, Mathematics
Associates degree
SAlARyRAngE
$40,000 to $68,000 to $110,000
OuTlOOk
Decline
Computer Trainers
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 168 7/16/09 9:44:55 AM
169
the properties of the metals and plastics
that are used in the process.
To prepare for a career as a computer pro-
grammer, take classes in math, science, and
computer science in high school.
Most employers prefer to hire college
graduates. There are many colleges that
offer courses and degree programs in com-
puter science. A number of two-year pro-
grams in data processing and junior-level
programming are available at junior and
community colleges. Some employers may
want their programmers to be trained in
their specifc area. For example, a computer
programmer for an engineering frm might
need an engineering degree.
Choose a feld that interests you and
then look for programming opportunities
in that feld. It can take up to a year to mas-
ter all aspects of a programming job. Op-
portunities for advancement are excellent.
Outlook
The employment rate for computer pro-
grammers is expected to decline through
2016. The consolidation of computer sys-
tems and applications, the increased abili-
ties of users to design and apply their own
programs, and the outsourcing of jobs
offshore are among the reasons for this
decline. Opportunities will be best with
computer consulting businesses.
Job applicants with the best chances
of employment will be college graduates
with knowledge of several programming
languages, especially newer ones used for
computer networking and database man-
agement. In addition, the best applicants
will have some training or experience in an
applied feld such as accounting, science,
engineering, or management. Program-
mers should stay up to date on the latest
technology to remain competitive.
ForMoreInformation
Join a computer club and fnd others who
are interested in computers and program-
ming. Start early and get some hands-on
experience operating and programming a
computer. You will fnd countless books
on programming at your local library or
bookstore.
Two Penn Plaza
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
acmhelp@acm.org
http://www.acm.org
AssociationofInformationTechnology
Professionals
800-224-9371
aitp_hq@aitp.org
http://www.aitp.org
Professionals
800-843-8227
http://www.iccp.org
Did You Know?
A computer was frst used to com-
pile the information gathered for
the 1950 United States Census.
?
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 169 7/16/09 9:44:55 AM
170
computer
Security
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whatcomputer
SecuritySpecialistsDo
Computer security specialists are responsible
for protecting a companys computer net-
work from intrusion by outsiders. These
intruders are called hackers (or crackers),
and the process of breaking into a system
is called hacking (or cracking).
Computer security specialists are some-
times known as Internet security special-
ists, Internet security administrators, In-
ternet security engineers, information
security technicians, or network security
consultants. Computer security specialists
may work as consultants, which is some-
one brought in from outside the company
to work on a project. Or, a computer secu-
rity specialist may work as an in-house em-
ployee, or someone who works full time for
that company.
When a company wants to connect its
systems to the Internet, computer security
specialists set up systems known as frewalls.
Firewalls act as barriers of protection between
the outside world of the Internet and the
inside world of the company. They do this
by limiting access, or allowing only certain
people to use the systems in the network.
In-house computer security specialists are
in charge of watching the fow of informa-
tion through the frewall. They must be able
to write code and arrange for the software
to alert the company when certain kinds of
activities occur. Specialists monitor all ac-
cess to the network and watch for anything
out of the ordinary. If they see something
strange, they investigate and sometimes
track down the user who brought about
the unusual action. Specialists may create
a new program to prevent that action from
happening again.
Computer security specialists may also
be in charge of virus protection. Viruses are
programs written to purposely harm a hard
drive and can enter a network through e-
mail attachments or infected disks. Special-
ists may create the security policies for the
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
SAlARyRAngE
$38,000 to $65,000 to $108,000
OuTlOOk
Computer Trainers
Hardware Engineers
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 170 7/16/09 9:44:56 AM
171
company and educate employees on those
policies.
Take as many computer science and pro-
gramming classes as possible in high school
to prepare for this career. Spend time in the
school computer lab, learn how computers
work, and play with the latest technologies.
Classes in business, English, mathematics,
and science will be helpful as well.
Many colleges offer computer science,
networking, and programming degrees,
which are highly recommended. Most
computer degrees also require studies in
mathematics.
Voluntary certifcation is available from
the International Webmasters Association.
It is also available from various companies
that sell Internet security software. While
not required, certifcation is a trend and is
considered an advantage.
Outlook
Employment for computer security spe-
cialists is expected to grow much faster
than the average for all other occupations
through 2016. The number of companies
with a presence on the Internet is growing
rapidly. As these companies connect their
private networks to the public Internet,
they will need to protect their confden-
tial information. Currently, the demand
for computer security specialists is greater
than the supply. This trend is expected
to continue as the number of businesses
connecting to the Internet continues to
grow.
Check out programming books from the
local library, and learn how to write simple
code. Surf the Web, and research the many
security issues facing users today. National
news magazines, newspapers, and trade
magazines are good sources of informa-
tion. Information Security magazine (http://
searchsecurity.techtarget.com) will help
you build knowledge of the latest comput-
er advancements.
CERT Coordination Center
4500 Fifth Avenue
412-268-7090
cert@cert.org
http://www.cert.org
Computer Security Institute
600 Harrison Street
csi@techweb.com
http://www.gocsi.com
ICSA Labs
1000 Bent Creek Boulevard, Suite 200
Mechanicsburg, PA 17050-1881
717-790-8100
http://www.icsa.net
International Webmasters Association
119 East Union Street, Suite F
Pasadena, CA 91103-3952
626-449-3709
http://www.iwanet.org
Fast Fact
A computer virus is a program
that can copy itself and infect
a computer without the users
knowledge. These viruses can
then be spread to other com-
puters via e-mail, fle-sharing,
and through the Internet.
5
172
computer
Support
ServiceOwners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatcomputerSupport
ServiceOwnersDo
The owners of computer support services
help businesses and individuals install and
maintain computer hardware and soft-
ware. They offer advice on what comput-
ers to purchase; they teach how to operate
computers; and they assist with computer
problems as they arise. Computer consul-
tants either work out of their homes, or
they rent offce space.
Computer support service owners take
calls from new clients, as well as clients
who regularly rely on their services. Cli-
ents may have problems with their printers
not responding to computer commands;
a computer may be locked up; they may
have problems performing the particular
functions their software is designed for.
In some cases, support service owners are
able to diagnose the problem and offer as-
sistance over the phone. But in most cases,
they are required to go to the offces and
work hands-on with the computer systems
to repair operational problems. They will
install network systems and new hardware
and software. They upgrade existing sys-
tems. Computer support service owners
also teach the computer operators how to
use the new systems, either one on one or
during group training sessions. They advise
on the purchase of hardware and software,
and can prepare backup methods.
Many computer consultants also offer
their expertise in Web design and multime-
dia for uploading a Web page, preparing a
presentation, and offering desktop publish-
ing services. They also help to create com-
puter databases. Some computer consultants
are involved in issues of programming.
In addition to technical work, the
owners of computer support services must
handle all the details of running their busi-
nesses. Maintaining connections within the
industry is also important; computer sup-
port system owners may need to call upon
the assistance of other consultants and tech-
nicians to help with some projects.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Business, Computer science,
Technical/Shop
Associates degree
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $40,000 to $69,000
OuTlOOk
Computer Trainers
q
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 172 7/16/09 9:44:57 AM
173
Computer science classes will help you
learn about operating systems and pro-
gramming. Learn about the various soft-
ware programs, like word processing and
spreadsheet programs, as well as the lan-
guages of Web page design. Take courses in
business and accounting to prepare for the
bookkeeping and administrative details of
the work. English composition and com-
munication courses can help you develop
teaching skills.
Though a degree is not required for you
to start your own computer support service,
most service owners and consultants have
at least an associates degree and specialized
supplemental training. Community colleges
and universities across the country have
programs in computer science, computer
engineering, and electrical engineering.
Outlook
The industry is expected to grow faster
than the average through 2016 as com-
puter systems become more important to
many businesses. As computer programs
become more sophisticated and are able to
perform more complex operations, consul-
tants will be needed to help clients operate
these programs.
ForMoreInformation
Get to know your own home computer
study the software and its manuals, and fa-
miliarize yourself with computer program-
ming languages. Read some of the many
magazines devoted to computers, such as
MacWorld and PC Today. Find out who ser-
vices the computers in your school, and ask
to spend some time with the technicians.
AssociationofSupportProfessionals
122 Barnard Avenue
Watertown, MA 02472-3414
617-924-3944
http://www.asponline.com
Independentcomputerconsultants
Association
11131 South Towne Square, Suite F
St. Louis, MO 63123-7817
314-892-1675
membership@icca.org
http://www.icca.org
Professionals
800-843-8227
http://www.iccp.org
A computer support service owner
examines a customers defective computer
at a recording studio. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 173 7/16/09 9:44:58 AM
174
computer
Systems
Analysts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
Whatcomputer
SystemsAnalystsDo
Computer systems analysts help banks, gov-
ernment offces, and businesses understand
their computer systems. Most offces now
use computers to store their data. They
need analysts who can design computer
systems and programs for the specifc needs
of a business, or even for the needs of just
one department in a business.
Computer systems analysts work with
both the hardware and software parts of
computer systems. Hardware includes the
large items such as the computer itself,
the monitor, and the keyboard. Software
includes the computer programs, which
are written and stored on disks. It also in-
cludes the documentation, such as manu-
als or guidebooks, which are related to the
programs. Analysts design the best mix of
hardware and software for the needs of the
company that employs them.
A computer systems analyst employed
by a large company, for example, would
frst talk to the department manager about
which areas of the business could be helped
by computer technology. The analyst can
show the manager what computer program
to use, what data to enter, and how to read
the charts or graphs that the computer
produces. The work of the analyst allows
the manager to review the data and decide
which areas of the business could be im-
proved by computer technology.
Once analysts have the computer sys-
tem set up and operating, they give advice
on equipment and programming changes.
Often, two or more people in a department
each have their own computer. They must
be able to connect with and use informa-
tion from each others computers. Analysts
must then work with all the different com-
puters in a department or a company so
the computers can connect and share in-
formation with each other. This system of
connected computers is called a network.
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$44,000 to $73,000 to $114,000
OuTlOOk
Computer Trainers
Software Specialists
c
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 174 7/16/09 9:44:59 AM
175
Take as many computer science, math-
ematics, and science classes as you can in
high school. Business, speech, and English
classes will prepare you for interacting with
clients and giving presentations.
To be a computer systems analyst, you
will need at least a bachelors degree in com-
puter science. Analysts in specialized areas
(aeronautics, for example) usually have
graduate degrees as well. Also, training in
mathematics, engineering, accounting, or
business will be helpful in some cases.
Although it is not required, systems an-
alysts can become certifed by the Institute
for Certifcation of Computer Profession-
als (http://www.iccp.org). This certifcation
may give you more job opportunities.
Outlook
It is predicted that the job of computer
systems analyst will be one of the fast-
est-growing careers through 2016, with
employment increasing much faster than
the average. Increases will be due mostly
to the growing number of businesses that
rely heavily on the use of computers.
When businesses do most of their work on
computers, their daily success depends on
how well their computer systems perform.
Businesses must also update their old sys-
tems to remain competitive in the market-
place. The need for businesses to network
their information adds to the demand for
qualifed systems analysts. The growth of
e-commerce and the Internet has also in-
creased the need for systems analysts to
develop and support these applications.
Businesses will rely increasingly on com-
puter systems analysts to make the right
purchasing decisions and to keep systems
running smoothly.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in becoming a com-
puter systems analyst, surf the Internet
regularly and read computer magazines.
You might want to try hooking up a mini-
system at home or school, including termi-
nals, printers, and modems. This activity
requires a fair amount of knowledge and
should be supervised by a professional.
AssociationofInformationTechnology
Professionals
800-224-9371
http://www.aitp.org
Independentcomputerconsultants
Association
11131 South Towne Square, Suite F
St. Louis, MO 63123-7817
314-892-1675
http://www.icca.org
Growth Field
ber of computer systems analysts is
expected to grow by 41.6 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 175 7/16/09 9:44:59 AM

176
computer
Trainers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Social
Speaking/listening
Reasoning
WhatcomputerTrainersDo
Todays employees and students need to
know how to send e-mail, how to use the
Internet, and how to use word process-
ing programs. However, many people be-
come frustrated when faced with a blank
computer screen and a thick instruction
manual. Sometimes, too, the comput-
ers and programs are too complex to be
explained fully and clearly by a manual.
Computer trainers teach people how to
use computers, software, and other new
technology.
When a business installs new hardware
and software, computer trainers work one-
on-one with the employees, or they lead
group training sessions. They may also of-
fer instruction over the Internet.
Computer trainers teach people how
to use computer programs. For example,
a companys accounting department may
need a computer trainer to teach its ac-
counting clerks how to use a spreadsheet
program, which is used to make graphs and
charts, and to calculate sums. Other com-
mon business programs include database
programs, which keep track of such things
as customer names, addresses, and phone
numbers, and word processing programs,
which are used to create documents, let-
ters, and reports. Some computer trainers
may also teach computer programming
languages such as C or Visual Basic.
Many corporations, advertisers, and in-
dividuals have set up home pages on the
Internet. A computer trainer can help them
use the language needed to design a page,
and teach them how to update the page.
Trainers teach people how to operate desk-
top publishing programs and laser printers
that allow individuals and businesses to
create interesting graphics and full-color
pages for brochures and newsletters. Some
computer trainers may also help offces set
up their own offce network linking all the
computers in an offce.
Computer trainers may be self-em-
ployed and work on a freelance basis, or
they may work for a computer training
school or computer service company.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Computer science, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$29,000 to $50,000 to $83,000
OuTlOOk
o
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 176 7/16/09 9:44:59 AM
177
Trainers should be patient and extro-
verted, have a good sense of humor, and
have a high level of energy.
To prepare for a career as a computer train-
er, take classes in business, computer sci-
ence, English, mathematics, and speech in
high school. It is also a good idea to get
a background in biology, chemistry, and
physics.
Most community colleges, universi-
ties, and vocational schools offer computer
courses. Computer service companies and
training schools also offer courses in spe-
cifc software programs. Though college
courses and training are important, it is im-
portant to have hands-on experience, too.
You can get this by working with comput-
ers on a regular basis, either at home or in
the workplace. Computer experience can
also come from working in the sales de-
partment of a computer store or software
company.
Education requirements vary at com-
puter training schools and computer ser-
vice companies. To work as a teacher in a
high school or community college, a bach-
elors degree is the minimum requirement.
Trainers should be certifed in the
products, developments, applications, en-
vironments, and databases they want to
instruct.
Outlook
The growth of employment opportunities
for computer trainers is predicted to be
through 2016. There will be a great need
for computer trainers as technology contin-
ues to develop. Further, employers are ex-
pected to spend more on staff training, and
as baby boomers retire from highly skilled
jobs, computer trainers will be needed to
teach critical skills to their replacements.
ForMoreInformation
Use your library, bookstores, and the Inter-
net to keep up with the latest software and
technology. The Internet has thousands of
sites on computers and computer training.
Teach yourself as many software programs
as you can. Teach new programs to your
parents, grandparents, or younger sisters
and brothers.
AmericanSocietyforTrainingand
Development
1640 King Street, Box 1443
703-683-8100
http://www.astd.org
InternationalAssociationofInformation
TechnologyTrainers
PMB 616
6030-M Marshalee Drive
Elkridge, MD 21075-5987
888-290-6200
http://itrain.org
During a tutorial, a computer trainer
explains shortcuts in QuarkXpress to a
new student. (Army Corps of Engineers)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 177 7/16/09 9:45:00 AM
178
congressional
Aides
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage and evaluate information
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatcongressionalAidesDo
Congressional aides help senators and repre-
sentatives do their jobs. Senators and rep-
resentatives appoint aides to serve on their
staffs as assistants, press secretaries, offce
managers, legislative correspondents, and
state or district directors.
Congressional aides play important
roles in helping senators and representa-
tives get elected and reelected. They orga-
nize fund-raising campaigns and distribute
information about the Congress members
qualifcations and opinions. Since the main
responsibility of Congress is to make fed-
eral laws, members of Congress spend six
months of each year in Washington, D.C.
There they meet from January until the
end of July. This means that they have two
offces: one in the nations capital and the
other in their home state. Congressional
aides help to make business run smoothly
in both offces.
Aides work on either a personal or com-
mittee staff. The committee staff focuses
primarily on creating and passing legisla-
tion. The personal staff deals with matters
concerning the home district or state. Some
of the duties of aides include sorting mail,
keeping fles in order, updating contact in-
formation, and answering the telephone.
Aides maintain a computer database of
constituents, who are voters from the
home state. They conduct opinion polls,
do research for pending bills, and receive
drop-in visitors. Congress members often
suggest ideas, and congressional aides react
to them and help to decide what the public
would think of them. Some aides may write
speeches and position papers that describe
how a senator or representative feels about
a certain issue.
You need to have good writing and
speaking skills to work as an aide. You
must be courteous and effcient. You need
to be able to analyze information and do
research. You must also be able to organize
the enormous amount of paperwork and
information that comes into a Congress
members offce.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Government, History, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$12,000 to $19,000 to $24,000
OuTlOOk
Little change
Ambassadors
Campaign Workers
City Managers
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 178 7/16/09 9:45:03 AM
179
To prepare for a career as a congressional
aide, take courses in U.S. government, civ-
ics, social studies, political science, and his-
tory in high school. These will provide a
good foundation for any career in govern-
ment. It will also be helpful to take courses
in business, computer science, sociology,
and speech.
Congressional aides have bachelors
degrees, usually in political science, jour-
nalism, or economics. Most committee
aides have advanced degrees in law or jour-
nalism. They attend committees with the
Congress member and meet with lobbyists
and special interest groups.
Outlook
Members of Congress will continue to hire
aides regularly. However, this is not a large
employment feld. The need for new work-
ers will be steady but limited. Additionally,
aides positions are directly linked to the
success of the Congress member for whom
they work. If their employer is voted out
of offce, aides also lose their jobs. And,
despite the long hours and often low pay,
these jobs are well respected, making com-
petition for them strong.
ForMoreInformation
Keep up with current events, and volunteer
to work on campaigns for local elections. An
extremely valuable but highly competitive
learning opportunity is to work as a page.
Pages serve members of Congress, running
messages across Capitol Hill. Visit http://
www.senate.gov or http://www.house.gov
for more information. Volunteering for
various school committees, taking an ac-
tive part in clubs, and becoming involved
in school government will give you good
experience. Subscribe to the annual publi-
cation called the Congressional Staff Direc-
tory (http://library.cqpress.com/csd/).
congressionalManagementFoundation
513 Capitol Court NE, Suite 300
202-546-0100
http://www.cmfweb.org
nationalcenterforPolicyAnalysis
South Building
202-220-3082
http://www.ncpa.org
OffceofSenator(name)
U.S. Senate
202-224-3121
http://www.senate.gov
Offceofcongressperson(name)
U.S. House of Representatives
202-224-3121
http://www.house.gov
Fast Fact
There are 100 senators and 435
representatives, all of whom
hire congressional aides. Since
this number is unlikely to
change, this feld is unlikely to
experience growth and com-
petition for jobs will always be
tight.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 179 7/16/09 9:45:03 AM
180
conservators
and
conservation
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
Whatconservatorsand
conservationTechniciansDo
Conservators and conservation technicians
examine and judge the condition of ar-
tifacts and art objects. These objects may
include natural objects, such as bones and
fossils. They also include man-made ob-
jects, such as paintings, sculpture, metal,
and paper.
Conservation workers work in muse-
ums, historical societies, or state institu-
tions. They usually specialize in a particu-
lar area of work, such as the preservation of
books and paper, photographs, paintings,
textiles, or wooden objects. Other conser-
vators specialize in archaeological or eth-
nographical (human culture) materials.
The main job of conservators is to pro-
tect and preserve items so that we can learn
from them and continue to study them.
Conservators may study a Native Ameri-
can ceremonial headdress to see its condi-
tion and stabilize its structure, for example.
They determine the best indoor climate
conditions for the artifact to be stored and
preserved. Conservators also document the
condition of the structure using written
records and photography. Conservators
tools include microscopes, cameras, and
equipment for specialized processes such as
infrared and ultra-violet photography and
X-ray processes.
Conservation technicians help conser-
vators preserve and restore artifacts and art
objects. They study descriptions and other
information about the object. They may
perform physical and chemical tests. If an
object is metal, a technician may clean it
by gently rubbing it with a cloth or by ap-
plying chemical solvents. If an object is
damaged, conservation technicians may
reassemble the broken pieces using solder
or glue. They may repaint or chemically
treat an object if the original paint is miss-
ing or faded.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Art, Chemistry, History
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$22,000 to $35,000 to $63,000
OuTlOOk
Anthropologists
Archaeologists
Archivists
Artists
Museum Curators
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 180 7/16/09 9:45:05 AM
181
To prepare for this career, take classes in
art, chemistry, and history in high school.
Classes in the social sciences will also be
helpful.
You will need at least a bachelors de-
gree to be a conservator or conservation
technician, and today most conservators
have a masters degree. First you must earn
a bachelors degree that includes classes in
science (especially chemistry), the humani-
ties (art, history, archaeology, and anthro-
pology), and studio art. Then go on to earn
a graduate degree in conservation of art
and historic works.
Outlook
Employment of archivists, curators, and
museum technicians (which includes con-
servators and technicians) will grow faster
than the average through 2016. Competi-
tion for these desirable positions, however,
will be strong.
Societys developing interest in cultural
material of all forms will help make art con-
servation a growing feld. New specialties
have emerged in response to the interest
in collections maintenance and preventive
care. This has created a mix of conserva-
tion professional titles, such as collections
care, environmental monitoring, and ex-
hibits specialists.
ForMoreInformation
Learning art and craft techniques, such as
furniture or wood refnishing, oil painting,
plastering, and embroidery, will be help-
ful. Also, read trade or technical journals to
gain a sense of the many issues addressed
by conservators.
AmericanInstituteforconservationof
202-452-9545
info@aic-faic.org
InternationalInstituteforconservationof
Six Buckingham Street
London WC2N 6BA England
iic@iiconservation.org
http://www.iiconservation.org
Fast Fact
There are a couple of things
conservators and conserva-
tion technicians do when han-
dling objects. They always wear
gloves to keep the oils from
their skin from damaging ob-
jects. They also are careful
when lifting objectsespecially
heavy onesto make sure that
they do not drop and break an
object.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 181 7/16/09 9:45:06 AM
182
construction
Inspectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Whatconstruction
InspectorsDo
Construction inspectors make sure that all
new structures are built legally, properly,
safely, and at a reasonable cost. They in-
spect structures of all kinds, including hos-
pitals, schools, housing projects, adminis-
trative buildings, bridges, highways, dams,
sewer and water systems, military installa-
tions, and others.
They visit construction sites, test for de-
fects, and take photographs. Construction
inspectors use tape measures, survey instru-
ments, metering devices, and equipment
that measure the strength of concrete. They
keep records of their work and write reports.
These reports tell whether or not the struc-
tures are stable and meet all the necessary
codes and specifcations in the contract. In
areas where there is danger of hurricanes or
earthquakes, inspectors check to make sure
extra regulations are followed.
There are seven kinds of construction
inspectors: building, electrical, elevator,
home, mechanical, plumbing, and public
works.
Building inspectors check a structure to
make sure that it is strong and stable and
that all rules have been followed. They look
at building plans, visit the work site, and
make a fnal inspection when the building
is completed.
Electrical inspectors check all the com-
ponents of a structures electrical system,
including wiring, lighting, sound and secu-
rity systems, and generators.
Elevator inspectors examine not only
elevators but also escalators, moving side-
walks in airports, amusement park rides,
and ski lifts.
Home inspectors work for people interest-
ed in buying a home. They make sure that
the roof, pipes, electrical system, and plumb-
ing are complete and will work correctly.
Mechanical inspectors inspect the me-
chanical parts of gas pipes, gas tanks, and
large kitchen appliances.
Plumbing inspectors check plumbing sys-
tems, including how water is supplied to a
structure and how waste is removed from it.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$30,000 to $48,000 to $75,000
OuTlOOk
Carpenters
Electricians
Industrial Engineers and Technicians
/
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 182 7/16/09 9:45:06 AM
183
Public works inspectors check all facilities
that are built by the government, includ-
ing water and sewer systems, highways,
bridges, dams, and streets, to make sure
they are safe.
To be a government construction inspector,
you must be a high school graduate with a
working knowledge of the materials used
in construction. It is a good idea to take
mathematics and technical/shop classes in
high school. It is helpful to take courses in
English and drafting as well.
If you study engineering or architecture
for at least two years in college, you will have
a better chance of fnding a job. Attending
community or junior college with courses
in construction technology and building
will give you an advantage as well.
Construction inspector jobs are not en-
try-level. Most inspectors receive training on
the job and have several years experience in
private industry. This experience may be ei-
ther as a construction contractor or as a car-
penter, electrician, plumber, or pipe ftter.
Certifcation and licensing are required
by some states. You should have a drivers
license and pass a civil service exam to be-
come a construction inspector.
Outlook
As the concern for public safety contin-
ues to rise, the demand for inspectors is
through 2016, even if construction activ-
ity does not increase. The level of new
construction changes with the economy.
However, maintenance and renovation
continue even when the economy is bad,
so inspectors are rarely laid off. Those who
have some college education, or are already
certifed inspectors, or have experience as
carpenters, electricians, or plumbers will
have the best job opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a construction in-
spector, offer to help parents or neighbors
with home construction projects. Visit
construction sites and interview workers to
gain practical information.
AmericanconstructionInspectors
Association
530 South Lake Avenue, Suite 431
626-797-2242
http://www.acia.com
AmericanSocietyofhomeInspectors
932 Lee Street, Suite 101
800-743-2744
http://www.ashi.com
AssociationofconstructionInspectors
21640 North 19th Avenue, Suite C-2
Phoenix, AZ 85027-2720
623-580-4646
info@aci-assoc.org
http://www.aci-assoc.org
Construction inspectors ensure that
buildings meet safety codes. (Lisa F.
Young/Shutterstock
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 183 7/16/09 9:45:07 AM
184
construction
laborers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Self-management
Whatconstruction
laborersDo
Construction laborers are part of a team
that builds homes, offces, highways,
bridges, apartment buildings, and other
structures. They load and unload bricks
and other materials, clean up rubble, and
pour and spread concrete. Construction
laborers bring tools, materials, and equip-
ment to other workers at a construction
site. They may also set up scaffolding,
which holds workers at elevated heights
as they repair or build things that cannot
be reached on foot.
The tasks of construction laborers are
physically demanding. Construction labor-
ers dig ditches and build braces to support
the sides of digging sites. They help carpen-
ters, electricians, plumbers, bricklayers, and
stonemasons by carrying their equipment
and assisting in other ways. They may hold
a ladder so a carpenter can work on a ceil-
ing, or they may stack bricks in a corner for
later use. Construction laborers may sweep
up loose stones or help connect plumbing
pipes. Sometimes they also operate heavy
machinery, such as jackhammers, cement
mixers, and front-end loaders. They may
also operate laser beam equipment to align
ditches and tunnels.
Laborers are trained in the methods,
materials, and operations used in all kinds
of construction work. They must always
follow safety procedures. They sometimes
are exposed to harmful chemicals, fumes,
and odors, or to dangerous machinery, and
they must wear special safety clothing and
helmets. This is especially true for those
who work with explosives used to blast
rocks away before construction can begin.
Although formal education is not always
necessary to become a laborer, only those
with at least a high school education are
likely to have a chance to become supervi-
sors or advanced workers (such as carpenters,
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
Mathematics, Physical education,
Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$17,000 to $27,000 to $52,000
OuTlOOk
Carpenters
Plasterers
Plumbers
Road Crew Workers
Roofers
/
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 184 7/16/09 9:45:07 AM
185
bricklayers, and stonemasons). To prepare
for a career as a construction laborer, take
classes in mathematics and physical educa-
tion in high school. Technical/shop classes
will also give you valuable knowledge.
The best way to become a construction
laborer is to apply directly to local contrac-
tors. You must be at least 18 years old, be in
good physical condition, and show a will-
ingness and ability to learn. Laborers then
receive on-the-job training.
Apprenticeship programs are avail-
able for those seeking a more structured
background in this feld. Apprenticeship
programs include two to three years of on-
the-job and classroom instruction in such
areas as site and project preparation and
maintenance; tools, equipment, and ma-
terials; safety; environmental remediation;
building construction; and heavy/highway
construction.
Outlook
This is a large feld, and laborers join and
leave construction jobs at a fast rate. For
these reasons, there will be jobs available
every year. The level of construction activ-
ity is always affected by the state of the lo-
cal economy. Regions that are prosperous
will offer better job possibilities.
Jobs for laborers may not increase
quite as quickly as they do for other con-
struction-related occupations. This is be-
cause technological developments, includ-
ing more effcient grading machinery and
mechanical lifting devices, may affect the
need for these workers somewhat. In gen-
eral, however, the outlook is good, and an
average growth rate is predicted through
2016.
ForMoreInformation
Offer to help your parents and neighbors
with projects, such as building a deck or
patio, building a home addition, putting in
a new sidewalk, or remodeling a kitchen.
Learn how to use hand and power tools.
AmericanSubcontractorsAssociation
1004 Duke Street
703-684-3450
ASAoffce@asa-hq.com
http://www.asaonline.com
703-548-3118
info@agc.org
http://www.agc.org
laborersInternationalunionofnorth
America
905 16th Street NW
202-737-8320
communications@liuna.org
http://www.liuna.org
Construction laborers use a pump to lay
cement. (Maximilian Stock Ltd./Photo
Researchers Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 185 7/16/09 9:45:08 AM
186
cooks,chefs,
andbakers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Responsibility
Whatcooks,
chefs,andbakersDo
Cooks, chefs, and bakers prepare and cook
food in restaurants, hotels, cafeterias, and
other eating establishments. They plan
menus, order food, and measure and mix
ingredients. They also cook and test the
food and arrange it on plates. Some special-
ize in a certain area, such as cutting meat,
boning fsh, fxing sauces, or making sal-
ads, soups, or desserts.
Chefs may do many of these things,
but their major job is to oversee all the ac-
tivities in the kitchen. They also create reci-
pes and train cooks. It is the responsibility
of the chef to keep track of work schedules.
Some chefs specialize in a particular cook-
ing style, such as French or Italian.
Bakers prepare cakes, pastries, cookies,
rolls, muffns, biscuits, breads, and other
treats. These are sold at bakeries, hotels,
restaurants, cafeterias, and large food-chain
stores. Although cooks and chefs sometimes
also bake, bakers specialize in preparing
only baked goods. A bakers responsibili-
ties include coordinating the baked goods
that are to appear on restaurant menus and
ordering supplies. They also create recipes,
measuring and mixing ingredients and
testing the results. Some bakers specialize
in one particular kind of baked good, such
as cakes or cookies.
Cooks and chefs may work a long week
of 48 hours or more. This usually includes
evening and weekend work because that
is when many people eat in restaurants.
Bakers who own their own businesses can
determine their own hours, but they often
must start work very early in the morn-
ing to have freshly baked goods ready for
breakfast time.
Successful chefs, cooks, and bakers
should be able to work as part of a team
and to work under pressure during rush
hours, in close quarters, and with a certain
amount of noise and confusion.
c
chOOlSubjEcTS
Family and consumer science, Health
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$15,000 to $21,000 to $30,000 (cooks)
$16,000 to $23,000 to $36,000 (bakers)
$22,000 to $37,000 to $65,000 (chefs)
OuTlOOk
Caterers
Food Technologists
Restaurant Managers
Waiters
u
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 186 7/16/09 9:45:09 AM
187
Many cooks, chefs, and bakers enter the pro-
fession through on-the-job training in res-
taurants or hotels. Although a high school
education is not always required, it is essen-
tial for those who wish to move up to better
jobs. In high school, students can prepare
for a career as a cook, chef, or baker by tak-
ing classes in family and consumer science.
The best job opportunities are avail-
able to those who graduate from a special
cooking school or culinary institute. These
schools have classes in menu planning,
food costs, purchasing, food storage, sani-
tation, health standards, and cooking and
baking techniques. Graduates may have to
serve as an apprentice or work in a support-
ing role before being hired as a head chef or
baker in a top restaurant or hotel.
Outlook
Overall, the employment of chefs, cooks,
and bakers is expected to increase about
through 2016. Some areas, such as fast
food cooks, may not see much growth in
the number of new jobs because new, ad-
vanced machines require fewer people to
operate them.
ForMoreInformation
To gain experience in this feld, practice
cooking for your family and friends. It will
also be helpful to join a student chapter of a
group such as the Hospitality Business Alli-
ance. Visit http://www.edfound.org to sign
up and read other helpful information.
AmericanbakersAssociation
1350 I Street NW, Suite 700 West
202-789-0300
info@americanbakers.org
http://www.americanbakers.org
AmericanInstituteofbaking
1213 Bakers Way
PO Box 3999
Manhattan, KS 66505-3999
800-633-5137
info@aibonline.org
http://www.aibonline.org
TheculinaryInstituteofAmerica
1946 Campus Drive
Hyde Park, NY 12538-1499
845-452-9600
http://www.ciachef.edu
This baker is preparing focaccia, a fat
bread usually topped with spices, olive
oil, meat, and cheese. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 187 7/16/09 9:45:10 AM
188
copyEditors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Reasoning
Self-management
WhatcopyEditorsDo
Copy editors read manuscripts for correct
grammatical usage and spelling. They edit
the manuscripts to conform to the pub-
lishers style, which includes such points as
capitalization, abbreviations, and the use
of numbers. They polish the writing style,
make sure the style and structure is consis-
tent throughout the manuscript, and fag
the text with questions about details that
may need elaboration or clarifcation from
the writer. Copy editors are employed by
magazine and book publishers, newspa-
pers, newsletters, corporations of all kinds,
advertising agencies, radio stations, tele-
vision stations, and Internet sites. Copy
editors read manuscripts carefully to make
sure that they are suffciently well writ-
ten, factually correct (sometimes this job is
done by a researcher or fact checker), gram-
matically correct, and appropriate in tone
and style for their intended readers.
The copy editor must be an expert in
the English language, have a keen eye for
detail, and know how to identify problems.
The editor will simply correct some kinds
of errors, but in some cases the editor may
need to ask, or query, the author about cer-
tain points.
After a copy editor fnishes editing a
manuscript, it is usually reviewed by a se-
nior copy editor and may be (but is not
always) returned to the author for review.
Once all parties agree that the manu-
script is in its fnal form, it is prepared for
production.
Copy editors in newspaper or magazine
publishing may also be required to write
headlines for articles and stories. They may
make suggestions on how a story or its cor-
responding illustrations should appear on
the page. Copy editors in book publishing
are usually required to edit entire manu-
scripts, including the table of contents,
foreword, main text, glossary, bibliography,
and index. They may also proofread galleys
(early drafts of books), proofs, and adver-
tising and marketing materials for errors.
Copy editors frequently work on tight time
deadlines, particularly in newspaper and
magazine publishing, for their employers.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$27,000 to $47,000 to $87,000
OuTlOOk
Book Editors
Copywriters
Fashion Writers and Editors
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 188 7/16/09 9:45:12 AM
189
Copy editors must be expert communica-
tors, so you should excel in English. You
must learn to write extremely well, since
you will be correcting and even rewriting
the work of others. If elective classes in
writing are available in your school, take
them. Study journalism and take commu-
nications courses.
A copy editor must have a bachelors
degree, and advanced degrees are highly
recommended for editors who are interest-
ed in moving up in the industry. Most copy
editors have degrees in English or journal-
ism, but it is not unheard of for editors to
major in one of the other liberal arts.
Many colleges offer courses and pro-
grams in book editing, magazine design,
general editing, publishing, and writing.
Outlook
Employment of all editors will increase
Competition for those jobs will remain in-
tense, since so many people want to enter
the feld. Book publishing will remain par-
ticularly competitive.
There will be increasing job opportuni-
ties for copy editors in Internet publishing
as online publishing and services continue
to grow. Advertising and public relations
will also provide employment opportuni-
ties. A fairly large number of positions
both full time and freelancebecome
available when experienced copy editors
leave the business for other felds.
ForMoreInformation
One of the best ways to explore the feld
of editing is to work on a school newspa-
per or other publication. The experience
you gain will defnitely be helpful, even if
your duties are not strictly editorial. Being
involved in writing, reporting, typeset-
ting, proofreading, printing, or any other
task will help you to understand editing
and how it relates to the entire feld of
publishing.
AmericancopyEditorsSociety
Three Healy Street
Huntington, NY 11743
http://www.copydesk.org
EditorialFreelancersAssociation
71 West 23rd Street, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10010-4102
866-929-5400
offce@the-efa.org
http://www.the-efa.org
TheSlot
http://www.theslot.com
Copy editors work busily on-screen at the
offces of a publishing company. (AP/Wide
World)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 189 7/16/09 9:45:13 AM
190
copywriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatcopywritersDo
Copywriters express, promote, and interpret
ideas and facts in written form for books,
magazines, trade journals, newspapers,
technical studies and reports, company
newsletters, radio and television broadcasts,
and advertisements. Most copywriters are
employed in the advertising industry. They
also may work for public relations frms or
in communications departments of large
companies. Their main goal is to persuade
the public to choose or favor certain goods,
services, and personalities.
Today, most national advertising and
some local advertising are prepared by ad-
vertising agencies. Copywriters and their as-
sistants write the words of advertisements,
including the written text in print ads and
the spoken words in radio and television
ads, which are also called spots.
Copywriters may have to come up with
their own idea and words for an ad, but
generally, the clients account manger and
head designer generate the idea. Once the
idea behind the ad is presented, copywrit-
ers begin gathering as much information
as possible about the client through library
research, interviews, the Internet, obser-
vation, and other methods. Once their
research has been organized, copywriters
begin working on the written components
of the ad. They may have a standard theme
or pitch to work with that has been de-
veloped in previous ads. One such exam-
ple, using what is called a tagline, is seen
in the popular milk campaigns promoting
its health benefts and other advantages
beauty, athleticism, and intelligence. (Milk:
It does a body good.)
When working on assignment, copy-
writers submit their ad drafts to their editor
or the advertising account executive for ap-
proval. Writers will probably work through
several drafts, writing and rewriting sec-
tions of the material, to develop the most
effective means of promoting the product,
service, or other client need. Copywriters
often work under tight time deadlines dur-
ing this process.
c
SchOOlSubjEcTS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlARyRAngE
$25,000 to $47,000 to $98,000
OuTlOOk
Book Editors
Copy Editors
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 190 7/16/09 9:45:13 AM

191
Copywriters may also write articles, bul-
letins, news releases, sales letters, speeches,
and other related informative and promo-
tional material.
Copywriters can be employed either as
in-house staff or as freelancers. Freelancers
must provide their own offce space and
equipment and negotiate their own con-
tracts with their employers.
While in high school, build a broad educa-
tional foundation by taking courses in Eng-
lish, literature, foreign languages, business,
computer science, and typing. You should
be confdent in your typing abilities and
comfortable with computer programs.
Competition for writing jobs frequent-
ly demands the background of a college
education. Many employers prefer that
you have a broad liberal arts background.
Other employers desire communications
or journalism training in college. A num-
ber of schools offer courses in copywriting
and other business writing.
If you have written or edited your
high school or college newspaper, year-
book, or literary magazine, you will make
a better candidate. Furthermore, it will aid
your job prospects if you have worked for
small community newspapers or radio
stations.
Outlook
The employment outlook for the advertis-
ing and public relations services industry,
as a whole, and for writers and editors, in
particular, looks moderately promising.
Overall rates of job growth in this industry
and for writers and editors, in general, are
expected to increase about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016.
Nevertheless, competition for salaried
copywriting jobs will be ferce. Copywrit-
ers who can speak and write in a foreign
language will be particularly attractive to
employers.
ForMoreInformation
Write for your school newspaper, radio sta-
tion, yearbook, or literary magazine. Seek
summer internships with your local news-
paper or radio and television stations.
800-999-2231
aaf@aaf.org
http://www.aaf.org
Agencies
New York, NY 10174-1801
212-682-2500
http://www2.aaaa.org
Copywriters for a catalog brainstorm in
preparation for the next issue. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 191 7/16/09 9:45:14 AM
192
coremakers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatcoremakersDo
In the foundry industry, coremakers prepare
cores used in making metal castings with
hollow centers, such as pipes and tubes. In
the casting process, molten metal is poured
around the core, where it solidifes. When
the core is removed, the desired cavity or
shape remains in the metal. Cores are made
in different sizes and shapes, depending on
the size and shape of the metal object to
be cast.
Coremakers begin their work by clean-
ing the core box. This is a block of wood
or metal hollowed out to the shape of the
desired core. The box is then partially flled
with sand. The sand is compacted in the
box by hand, mallet, or other tool. The core
box is then put on a machine that packs
the sand into the box even more tightly.
When the sand has been compacted as
much as possible, it is taken out of the box
and baked until it is solid. It is then ready
to be used in a metal mold.
There are several specialized jobs that
coremakers may have. Machine coremakers,
for example, make cores with machines
rather than by hand. They set up, adjust,
and operate machines that make sand
cores by forcing sand into specially shaped
hollow forms. Machine coremakers usually
work in large factories, where a large num-
ber of identical parts must be made.
A core-blower operator runs machines
that blow sand into a core box to make
a core. A core checker uses various tools to
make sure that the cores are the correct size
and shape. A core-oven tender puts cores into
the oven and raises the heat to the proper
temperature to harden and strengthen the
cores. Coreroom foundry workers assist core-
makers in various ways. They haul sand,
fasten sections of cores together, and trans-
port cores to and from the ovens.
Coremakers often face potentially dan-
gerous and hazardous conditions on the
job including irritating fumes, smoke, and
loud noise.
To prepare for a career as a coremaker, take
classes in computer science, drafting, and
machine shop in high school. A strong
SchOOlSubjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlARyRAngE
$20,000 to $30,000 to $42,000
OuTlOOk
Decline
Ironworkers
Molders
Sheet Metal Workers
c
_
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 192 7/16/09 9:45:15 AM
193
background in mathematics, especially ge-
ometry, is also essential. Aspiring coremak-
ers should learn to read blueprints and use
tools.
Most employers prefer to hire entry-
level workers with high school diplomas.
New workers usually learn the basics of co-
remaking by working closely with a skilled
coremaker in an organized program that
teaches them all phases of coremaking. In
some cases, coremakers enter an appren-
ticeship program. Contact your states Ap-
prenticeship Council or your states Offce
of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and
Labor Services for more information.
Outlook
During recent years, more and more of the
work involved in coremaking and foundry
moldmaking is being done by machines.
As work in foundries becomes increasing-
ly automated, the average worker can get
much more done. In addition, production
of some kinds of metal castings has de-
creased. Consequently, employment in the
feld is expected to decline rapidly through
2016. Besides technological advances and
automation, foreign competition is also
driving down employment growth. Despite
a projected decline, employment opportu-
nities will become available as workers in
this feld retire or leave their jobs for other
reasons.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in coremaking, you
may be able to arrange a visit to a foundry
through a teacher or school counselor. Vis-
it http://www.castmetals.com for informa-
tion about industry magazines and videos.
AmericanFoundrySociety
1695 North Penny Lane
Schaumberg, IL 60173-4555
800-537-4237
http://www.afsinc.org
FoundryEducationalFoundation
Schaumberg, IL 60173-4555
847-490-9200
info@fefoffce.org
http://www.fefnc.org
glass,Molders,Pottery,PlasticsandAllied
WorkersInternationalunion
608 East Baltimore Pike
PO Box 607
Media, PA 19063-0607
610-565-5051
gmpiu@gmpiu.org
http://www.gmpiu.org
Fast Fact
Coremaking is a fairly small in-
dustry today. About 80 percent
of foundries employ fewer
than 100 people, and there are
around 2,500 foundries in the
United States today.
5
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 193 7/16/09 9:45:15 AM
194
Glossary
experience.
baccalaureate.
licensed.
college.
school.
a masters degree.
pany layoffs.
dustrial products.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 194 7/16/09 9:45:16 AM
195
insurance.
skilled trade.
college.
natural sciences.
Compare certifed.
sciences).
lors level.
sciences.
or she retires.
meeting.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 195 7/16/09 9:45:17 AM
196
sciences.
college.
colleges.
school.
and skills.
trade union.
school.
CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 196 7/16/09 9:45:17 AM
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 1 7/16/09 10:04:17 AM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 2 7/16/09 10:04:17 AM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 3
Coroners
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 3 7/16/09 10:04:20 AM
Ferguson
New York NY 10001
v. cm.
Includes index.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc222009003162
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 4 7/16/09 10:04:20 AM
VOLUNE 3
CAREER ARIlCLE5
Coroners 2
Corrections Offcers 4
Cosmeticians 6
Cosmetic Surgeons 8
Cosmetologists 10
Cost Estimators 12
Costume Designers 14
Counter and Retail Clerks 16
Court Reporters 18
Creative Arts Therapists 20
Credit Analysts 22
Crime Analysts 24
Critical Care Nurses 26
Cruise Ship Workers 28
Cryptographic Technicians 30
Cultural Advisers 32
Customer Service
Representatives 34
Customs Offcials 36
Cytotechnologists 38
Dancers 40
Database Specialists 42
Data Entry Clerks 44
Demographers 46
Dental Assistants 48
Dental Hygienists 50
Dental Laboratory Technicians 52
Dentists 54
Deputy U.S. Marshals 56
Dermatologists 58
Desktop Publishing Specialists 60
Detectives 62
Diagnostic Medical
Sonographers 64
Dialysis Technicians 66
Diesel Mechanics 68
Diet and Fitness Writers 70
Dietetic Technicians 72
Dietitians and Nutritionists 74
Digital Agents 76
Disc Jockeys 78
Dispensing Opticians 80
District Attorneys 82
Divers and Diving Technicians 84
Drafters 86
Driving School Instructors
and Owners 88
Dry Cleaning and Laundry
Workers 90
Drywall Installers and
Finishers 92
Ecologists 94
Economists 96
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 5 7/16/09 10:04:21 AM
Ecotourism/Adventure Travel
Specialists 98
Education Directors and
Museum Teachers 100
Elder Law Attorneys 102
Electrical and Electronics
Engineers 104
Electricians 106
Electric Power Workers 108
Electrologists 110
Electromechanical Technicians 112
Electroneurodiagnostic
Technologists 114
Electronics Engineering
Technicians 116
Electroplating Workers 118
Elementary School Teachers 120
Elevator Installers and Repairers 122
Embalmers and Mortuary
Cosmetologists 124
Emergency Medical Technicians 126
Emergency Nurses 128
Endocrinologists 130
Endodontists 132
Energy Conservation and
Use Technicians 134
English as a Second
Language Teachers 136
Environmental Engineers 138
Environmental Scientists and
Hydrologists 140
Environmental Technicians 142
Epidemiologists 144
Ergonomists 146
Event Planners 148
Executive Recruiters 150
Exhibit Designers 152
Export-Import Specialists 154
Family and Consumer
Scientists 156
Farmers 158
Fashion Coordinators 160
Fashion Designers 162
Fashion Illustrators and
Photographers 164
Fashion Models Agents 166
Fashion Writers and Editors 168
Fast Food Workers 170
FBI Agents 172
Fertility Specialists 174
Fiber Optics Technicians 176
Film and Television Directors 178
Film and Television Editors 180
Film and Television Producers 182
Film and Video Librarians 184
Financial Analysts 186
Financial Planners 188
Financial Services Brokers 190
Fire Control and Safety
Technicians 192
Glossary 194
vii
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
and Administration
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Human Services
Security
Manufacturing
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 7 7/16/09 10:04:29 AM
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 8 7/16/09 10:04:29 AM

CArEErArtIClES
e
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 1 7/16/09 10:04:30 AM
2
Coroners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatCoronersDo
Coroners are public offcials, either appoint-
ed by state or local governments or elected
by voters, whose primary job responsibil-
ity is investigating human deaths within
their specifc jurisdiction. In the case of
accidental, violent, or unexplained deaths,
coroners perform preliminary examina-
tion of the body to determine an identity
of the victim and the possible cause and
time of death. Upon completion of the
preliminary examination coroners arrange
for the body or bodies to be removed from
the scene of death and transported to a
morgue or funeral home. Coroners also
direct death investigations, autopsies, and
pathological and toxicological analyses of
evidence. At the death scene they may in-
terview witnesses and collect and record
any evidence such as personal property of
the victim, medicine containers, and sui-
cide notes. Coroners also investigate natu-
ral deaths that occur outside of medical
facilities in which a physician is not pres-
ent, such as in a persons home; deaths
that occur in a hospital while the person
is undergoing surgery; and deaths that oc-
cur in a correctional facility or while the
victim is in police custody. Coroners must
complete appropriate reports and forms,
including death certifcates, to fnalize
each case. In some counties the sheriff
flls the coroners position. Other job titles
for coroners are medical examiner, forensic
pathologist, medical legal investigator, and
deputy coroner.
Educationandtraining
High school courses that can help you pre-
pare for a career as a coroner include sci-
ence, especially biology, government class-
es can provide a background in the political
process, while psychology and English will
help you understand human behavior and
improve your communication skills. Busi-
ness classes will develop your skills for the
administrative tasks involved with the job.
Depending on where you plan to pur-
sue a career as a coroner, a college degree
may not be required, but some postsec-
ondary training will be necessary. Some
jurisdictions require that coroners be
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, English, Psychology
MINIMuMEDuCAtIONlEvEl
SAlAryrANgE
$29,000 to $48,000 to $83,000
OutlOOk
Forensic Experts
Nurses
Pathologists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 2 7/16/09 10:04:33 AM
3
physicians. Medical examiners and foren-
sic pathologists are physicians trained in
death investigations.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for coroners
are expected to increase slower than the
average for all occupations through 2016,
according to the Occupational Outlook
Handbook. Because coroners are elected or
appointed, typically to four-year terms,
positions do not become available unless
the coroner in offce chooses not to run for
another term, is not reappointed, or leaves
offce for other reasons.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career as a coroner,
ask your guidance counselor or teacher to
arrange an interview or job-shadowing day
with your communitys coroner. You can
also visit one of the many state coroner
Web sites for information about the career,
training programs, job postings, and more,
such as the California Coroners Associa-
tion (http://www.coroners.org), the Wis-
consin Coroners and Medical Examiners
Association (http://www.wcmea.com), or
the Colorado Coroners Association (http://
www.coloradocoroners.org).
AmericanAcademyofForensicSciences
Pathology/BiologySection
J. Scott Denton, M.D.
McLean County Coroners Offce
104 West Front Street
Bloomington, IL 61702-2400
309-888-5210
https://www.aafs.org/content/aafs/sections/
pathology_biology.asp
InternationalAssociationofCoronersand
MedicalExaminers
1704 Pinto Lane
Las Vegas, NV 89106-4102
702-455-3210
http://www.theiacme.com
NationalAssociationofMedicalExaminers
430 Pryor Street SW
404-730-4781
http://www.thename.org
Did You Know?
The job of coroner dates back to
12th century England.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 3 7/16/09 10:04:33 AM
4
Corrections
Offcers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatCorrectionsOffcersDo
Corrections offcers guard people who have
been arrested and are waiting to go on trial.
They also guard those who have been found
guilty and ordered to do prison time. Cor-
rections offcers search prisoners and their
cells for weapons and drugs. They check
locks, bars on windows and doors, and
gates to make sure that no one has tried to
damage them in order to escape.
Prisoners must be guarded at all times,
including while they are eating, sleeping,
exercising, and working. Corrections off-
cers count prisoners from time to time to
make sure they are all present. Some off-
cers are stationed at gates and on towers to
prevent escapes. They carefully observe the
attitudes and behaviors of prison inmates
and watch for potential conficts. Correc-
tions offcers try to settle disputes before
they turn into violence. When a distur-
bance or crime occurs at a prison, offcers
are responsible for stopping it and helping
to fnd the cause.
Corrections offcers give work assign-
ments to prisoners and supervise them
while they work. They check prisoners
cells for unclean conditions and fre haz-
ards. Sometimes they may check prisoners
mail for forbidden items. If a prisoner is
injured, corrections offcers give frst aid.
When visitors come to a prison, offcers
check their identifcation before taking
them to the visiting area.
Many corrections offcers work at pris-
ons, prison camps, and reform schools run
by state governments. Others work at city
and county jails. Still others work at prisons
run by the federal government and correc-
tional facilities run by private companies.
Head corrections offcers supervise and
coordinate other corrections offcers. They
perform roll call and assign duties to the
offcers; direct the activities of groups of in-
mates; arrange the release and transfer of
prisoners in accordance with the instruc-
tions on a court order; maintain security
and investigate disturbances among the
inmates; maintain prison records and pre-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Government, History, Psychology
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$25,000 to $37,000 to $62,000
OutlOOk
Bounty Hunters
FBI Agents
Parole Offcers
Police Offcers
Polygraph Examiners
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 4 7/16/09 10:04:34 AM
5
pare reports; and review and evaluate the
performance of their subordinates.
To prepare for a career as a corrections of-
fcer, it will be helpful to take classes in
government, history, physical education,
political science, and psychology in high
school. Corrections offcers generally must
be at least 18 to 21 years old and have a
high school diploma.
Many positions in this feld also require
you to have some postsecondary education
or related work experience. Most states and
some local governments train corrections
offcers on the job. This consists of two to
six months under the supervision of experi-
enced offcers. Corrections offcers wishing
to work for the Federal Bureau of Prisons
must have a bachelors degree and at least
three years of experience in counseling or
other felds that provide assistance or su-
pervision of people. The federal govern-
ment and some states have special schools
for training corrections offcers in programs
that last from four to eight weeks.
To become a corrections offcer, many
states require you to pass physical ftness,
eyesight, and hearing tests. Some require
one or two years of experience in correc-
tions or related police work. Certifcation,
which can be obtained by passing a written
test, is required by certain states as well.
Outlook
increase faster than the average through
2016. The extremely crowded conditions
in todays prisons have created a need for
more offcers to guard the inmates more
closely and relieve tensions. A larger num-
ber of offcers will also be needed because
of the expansion or new construction of
facilities. In addition, many job openings
will come about because of a traditionally
high turnover rate in this profession.
ForMoreInformation
You can learn a lot about this profession by
getting a part-time job as a clerk or other
worker for the police department. Related
work may also be available in psychiatric
hospitals and other institutions that pro-
vide counseling and services.
AmericanCorrectionalAssociation
206 North Washington Street, Suite 200
800-222-5646
http://www.aca.org
CorrectionsConnection
159 Burgin Parkway
Quincy, MA 02169-4213
617-471-4445
http://www.corrections.com
FederalBureauofPrisons
320 First Street NW
202-307-3198
info@bop.gov
http://www.bop.gov
A corrections offcer must remain alert
and on guard at all times during his or her
shift. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 5 7/16/09 10:04:35 AM
6
Cosmeticians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatCosmeticiansDo
Cosmeticians specialize in skin care and pro-
vide an array of services. Most cosmeticians
work in beauty salons, day spas, and hotel
resorts. Cosmeticians may also be known
as estheticians or skin care specialists. They
work to improve the skins condition and
restore its functions. They offer a number
of appearance-enhancing services that deal
with the effects on the skin of pollution,
lack of exercise, poor nutrition, and stress.
Services can include facials, massages,
wraps and packs, hydrotherapy treatments,
scalp treatments, hair removal services,
color analysis, makeup services, and prod-
uct sales.
The cosmetician frst consults with the
client to determine his or her goals and
concerns. It is important that cosmeticians
are clear with their clients about what they
should expect from their treatments. This
initial consultation includes a skin analy-
sis to assess the clients water and oil lev-
els and observe whether there are black-
heads, lines, wrinkles, or other problems.
Depending on the clients skin type, the
cosmetician may perform pre-cleansing,
deep cleansing, exfoliation (the removal
of dead skin), and extraction procedures.
The application of a mask, appropriate
for the patrons skin type, may follow the
cleansing and exfoliation process, along
with neck, facial, and shoulder massages.
Foot and hand massages may be included
as well. (In most states, cosmeticians are
licensed to perform only hand, foot, and
facial massages. Full-body massages re-
quire both further training and a special
license.)
Other services cosmeticians offer in-
clude wraps, packs, and hydrotherapy treat-
ments. Often made of herbs, mud, or algae,
these treatments remove or redistribute fat
cells and retained body water in order to
create a temporarily slimmer look. Hydro-
therapy treatments cleanse the body using
seawater, fresh water, hot tubs, whirlpool
baths, and hydrotherapy tubs.
Cosmeticians also provide makeup
consultation and application services. They
help clients decide what colors and make-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$15,000 to $27,000 to $52,000
OutlOOk
Barbers
Cosmetologists
Electrologists
Makeup Artists
Massage Therapists
Nail Technicians
0
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 6 7/16/09 10:04:35 AM
7
up to use and how they should be applied
to achieve the best results.
Hair removal services, usually waxing
and tweezing, are also offered. Electrolysis
is another popular form of hair removal;
however, since a special license is required
to perform electrolysis, cosmeticians gener-
ally wax and tweeze unwanted hair from
the face, eyebrows, and other parts of the
body.
Some vocational high schools offer classes
that will prepare you for cosmetology ca-
reers. If you are not attending a vocational
high school, you should take science class-
es, such as biology, chemistry, and human
anatomy, to understand how the body
works and how chemicals react with each
other.
After high school, you should enroll
in an accredited cosmetology school. A
schools accreditation by the National Ac-
crediting Commission of Cosmetology
Arts and Sciences means that the school is
meeting educational standards set by this
national organization.
You should also be aware of the licens-
ing requirements for the state in which
you hope to work and make sure that the
school you are interested in will allow you
to meet these requirements. Cosmeticians
need to be licensed in most states, though
the processes, laws, and requirements vary
from state to state.
Outlook
As Americans become more aware of the
services provided by cosmeticians, employ-
ment of skin care specialists is projected
to increase at a much faster than average
rate through 2016. These services are be-
coming more affordable, and it is expected
that there will be an increasing demand
for skin care. The growing popularity and
affordability of day spas that offer full ser-
vices should provide job opportunities for
cosmeticians.
ForMoreInformation
Get a facial or other service provided by a
cosmetician. As a client, you will be able
to observe the work setting and experience
the procedure yourself.
AestheticsInternationalAssociation
4402 Broadway Boulevard, Suite 14
Garland, TX 75043-3400
469-429-9300
http://www.aiaprofessional.com
NationalAccreditingCommissionof
CosmetologyArtsandSciences
4401 Ford Avenue, Suite 1300
703-600-7600
http://www.naccas.org
NationalCosmetologyAssociation
401 North Michigan Avenue
866-871-0656
nca1@ncacares.org
http://www.ncacares.org
Did You Know?
During the Middle Ages, certain
orders of nuns produced and sold
beauty products to support their
convents.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 7 7/16/09 10:04:36 AM
8
Cosmetic
Surgeons
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatCosmeticSurgeonsDo
Cosmetic surgeons (also known as plastic sur-
geons or esthetic surgeons) are medical doc-
tors who specialize in surgeries to correct
disfgurement and/or improve physical ap-
pearance. Cosmetic surgery usually refers
to procedures that reshape normal struc-
tures of the body to improve the patients
appearance. Plastic surgery generally refers
to reconstructive surgeries to correct prob-
lems caused by birth defects, developmen-
tal abnormalities, trauma, injury, infection,
tumors, or disease.
Cosmetic surgeons spend about 60 per-
cent of their working hours in surgery. Ad-
ditional daily tasks include patient consul-
tation, follow-up care, hospital emergency
room work, and record keeping, among
other duties.
Today, cosmetic surgeries are no lon-
ger only for celebrities or the wealthy. The
public has become familiar with procedures
such as liposuction (removal of unwant-
ed fatty deposits), implants, and facelifts
because they are more available and afford-
able to the general population. According
to the American Society of Plastic Surgeons
(ASPS), the top fve cosmetic procedures in
2007 were liposuction, breast augmenta-
tion, eyelid surgery, breast reduction, and
tummy tucks. And as cosmetic surgery be-
comes more commonplace, an increasing
number of men are having it done. Nose re-
shaping, hair transplants, breast reduction,
liposuction, and eyelid surgery are some of
the most popular procedures among men,
according to the ASPS.
There are different settings in which
a cosmetic surgeon may work. A surgeon
may have a private practice, in which he
or she is the sole physician with his or her
own staff. Private-practice physicians per-
form surgeries either in their own clinics
or at hospitals where they have privileges.
In a group practice, a surgeon is a part of
a group of cosmetic surgeons or other re-
lated specialists who market their services
together. Group practice surgeons may also
perform surgeries in their own clinic or at
a hospital. Another common arrangement
is working in hospital departments, where
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$125,000 to $200,000 to $412,000
OutlOOk
Cosmeticians
Dermatologists
Plastic Surgeons
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 8 7/16/09 10:04:39 AM
9
the cosmetic surgeon is a member of a hos-
pitals plastic surgery department.
Preparation for a career as a physician should
begin in high school. Math and science class-
es are important, and good grades are neces-
sary to get into a good college program.
Training to become a doctor is a rig-
orous, lengthy process. You can expect to
spend 11 to 16 years in school and training
before you can practice medicine. Require-
ments include four years of undergraduate
school, four years of medical school, and
three to eight years of residency. Entry into
medical school is very competitive, and
students must show they have exceptional
academic abilities.
After graduation from medical school,
you must complete a residency. The certify-
ing board for cosmetic surgeons, the Amer-
ican Board of Cosmetic Surgery, requires
four years of residency in cosmetic surgery
procedures. All 50 states require physicians
be licensed to practice.
Outlook
Because the American population is rapidly
aging, physicians who meet the needs of
older Americans can expect to see a steady
demand for their services. Cosmetic sur-
geons who treat conditions associated
with aging and help older people main-
tain a youthful appearance can be counted
among medical specialists who will be in
strong demand by aging baby boomers.
Consequently, the demand for plastic sur-
geons is expected to grow faster than the
average through 2016.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at hospitals, nursing homes, or
clinics to get health care experience. The
National Youth Leadership Forum (http://
www.nylf.org) offers an annual 11-day fo-
rum for high school students interested
in a career in medicine. This forum gives
students an opportunity to visit medical
schools, research facilities, and hospitals
and talk to people in various stages of the
medical career path.
AmericanAcademyofCosmeticSurgery
312-981-6760
info@cosmeticsurgery.org
http://www.cosmeticsurgery.org
AmericanSocietyofPlasticSurgeonsand
thePlasticSurgeryEducationalFoundation
444 East Algonquin Road
Arlington Heights, IL 60005-4654
847-228-9900
http://www.plasticsurgery.org
AssociationofAmericanMedicalColleges
2450 N Street, NW
202-828-0400
http://www.aamc.org
NationalyouthleadershipForum
1919 Gallows Road, Suite 700
Vienna, VA 22182-4007
703-584-9240
medicine_adm@nylf.org
http://www.nylf.org
Did You Know?
Surgeons have been correcting hu-
man disfgurements since 3400 b.c.,
when Egyptian healers performed
cosmetic operations on the face,
feet, and arms.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 9 7/16/09 10:04:39 AM
10
Cosmetologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatCosmetologistsDo
Cosmetologists perform hair-care skills in-
cluding washing, cutting, coloring, and
perming. Manicures, pedicures, and skin
care treatments, or esthetics, are also done
by cosmetologists. The services of cosme-
tologists were once considered luxuries
and marks of social status. Now a wide vari-
ety of people patronize salons on a regular
basis. Cosmetology services were also once
primarily the domain of women, but today
men represent a signifcant and increasing
segment of the market.
Some cosmetologists are experts in
makeup and give facials, do makeup analy-
sis, and advise customers on what products
to use. Others, called nail technicians, spe-
cialize in manicures and pedicures. Hair-
stylists specialize in hair care, and some are
even further specialized, such as colorists.
Most cosmetologists work 40 hours a
week, although some work more. Their
working hours often include Saturdays
and evenings, when it is most convenient
for customers to come in. With the excep-
tion of nail technicians, cosmetologists
spend much of their day standing. They
are also constantly in the company of oth-
ers, so it is important that they are friend-
ly, professional, and easily able to carry on
light conversation. Cosmetologists must
also be good listeners, since satisfying
their clients is essential to their success.
As a cosmetologist, you should realize you
will need to keep up with current fashion
trends and often will be learning new pro-
cedures to create new looks. You should be
able to visualize different styles and make
suggestions to your clients about what is
best for them. Regardless of your hair-care
specialty, you should have a good sense of
color.
If you are interested in cosmetology, take
classes in art, science (especially chemistry),
health, business, and communications in
high school. Psychology and speech may
also be helpful.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, Health
SAlAryrANgE
$15,000 to $22,000 to $41,000
OutlOOk
Barbers
Cosmeticians
Electrologists
Makeup Artists
Massage Therapists
Nail Technicians
Spa Attendants
0
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 10 7/16/09 10:04:40 AM
11
Requirements for becoming a licensed
cosmetologist vary from state to state. You
must complete a certain number of under-
graduate classroom credit hours (anywhere
from 1,050 to 2,200 hours) at an accredited
cosmetology school. This usually takes from
10 to 24 months. To earn a license, you must
pass a state-administered examination. This
is a written test, and there is an oral or prac-
tical test as well. Training courses at these
schools include classes on hygiene, anato-
my, skin and scalp disease, and sanitation.
You will likely begin practical work on
mannequins and on other students. As you
become more experienced, you will begin
styling customers who come into the school
shop because it has lower prices. You may
begin work as an apprentice for a few weeks
before you actually receive your license.
Outlook
The future looks good for cosmetologists.
It is predicted that employment will grow
The fact that the population is growing
and people are spending more money
for personal grooming has had a great
impact on the feld of cosmetology.
Changes in hair fashion that occur every
few months contribute to the demand for
cosmetologists. However, competition is
strong at higher paying salons with good
reputations.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a cosmetologist,
read books with background information
about the business. Practice different styl-
ing techniques on a mannequin. Maga-
zines will keep you up to date about the
latest trends in hairstyling and how to cre-
ate them.
AmericanAssociationofCosmetology
Schools
15825 North 71st Street, Suite 100
480-281-0431
http://www.beautyschools.org
CosmetologyAdvancementFoundation
East 51st Street
New York, NY 10022-5904
212-388-2771
http://www.cosmetology.org
NationalAccreditingCouncilof
703-600-7600
NationalCosmetologyAssociation
866-871-0656
nca1@ncacares.org
A cosmetologist cuts layers into a clients
hair. (Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 11 7/16/09 10:04:41 AM
12
Cost
Estimators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Reasoning
WhatCostEstimatorsDo
Cost estimators fgure out how much it will
cost to build or make something. Builders
and manufacturers need cost estimators
when they plan a new project or a new
product. Since they may deal with budgets
in the millions of dollars, cost estimators
must have good judgment.
First, a builder shows the plans to a
cost estimator. The cost estimator looks
them over and carefully thinks about
all the things that will go into the large
building project. Cost estimators must
gather the necessary information to an-
swer all questions related to the cost of
labor, materials, equipment, and duration
of the project. Then, they put together an
estimate. If a project is very complicated,
there may be a need for several cost es-
timators to handle different parts of the
project. For example, one estimator may
work only on the cost of electrical work,
while another covers the cost of transpor-
tation. Then the chief estimator puts all
these separate reports together and forms
one complete estimate.
Estimators working for manufacturers
have to fgure out how much it will cost
to train workers to produce a new product,
determine the cost of parts and materials,
and estimate the amount of labor required
to make the product. Because a manufac-
turer will probably be making the product
for years, estimators must also predict how
fast these costs will rise. They must con-
sider what equipment is needed and how
quickly the equipment will wear out and
have to be replaced. Because estimators of-
ten have to make decisions very quickly,
they must work well under pressure.
Builders and manufacturers want cost esti-
mators to know all about their particular
business. For this reason, on-the-job train-
ing is important for any cost estimator.
Many cost estimators begin as tradespeo-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$32,000 to $55,000 to $91,000
OutlOOk
Accountants
Buyers
Carpenters
/
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 12 7/16/09 10:04:41 AM
13
ple, such as carpenters or plumbers. Here
they gain experience in fguring out how
much a given job will cost, and then they
switch to a cost estimator position.
If you are interested in a career as a cost
estimator, take courses in mathematics,
English, and speech in high school. Shop
and drafting classes will also be helpful.
Many technical schools and com-
munity colleges offer two-year programs
that specialize in manufacturing and
construction processes. Accounting and
business courses are also helpful. The fed-
eral government requires you to have a
bachelors degree in either civil engineer-
ing or mathematics. Many construction
and manufacturing employers now also
require a bachelors degree in building or
construction science, or in construction
management.
Outlook
Employment for cost estimators is expected
to increase faster than the average through
2016. As in most industries, highly trained
college graduates and those with the most
experience have the best job prospects.
Many jobs will arise from the need to
replace workers leaving the industry, ei-
ther to retire or change jobs. In addition,
growth within the residential and commer-
cial construction industry is a large cause
for much of the employment demand for
estimators.
In manufacturing, employment is pre-
dicted to remain stable. Estimators will be
in demand because employers will contin-
ue to need their services to control operat-
ing costs.
Because the work of cost estimators de-
pends entirely on manufacturing and con-
struction, the employment of cost estima-
tors is sensitive to economic fuctuations.
ForMoreInformation
One way to prepare for a career as a cost
estimator is to create budgets for events, ei-
ther at home or at school. Then, evaluate
the accuracy of the budget after the event
or project is completed. Watching the con-
struction of a building or taking a factory
tour will give you an idea of all the differ-
ent kinds of workers, materials, and equip-
ment involved.
AmericanSocietyofProfessional
Estimators
2525 Perimeter Place Drive, Suite 103
615-316-9200
info3674@aspenational.com
http://www.aspenational.com
AssociationfortheAdvancementofCost
Estimating
209 Prairie Avenue, Suite 100
Morgantown, WV 26501-5934
800-858-2678
info@aacei.org
http://www.aacei.org
SocietyofCostEstimatingandAnalysis
527 Maple Avenue East, Suite 301
Vienna, VA 22180-4753
703-938-5090
http://www.sceaonline.net
Growth Field
ber of cost estimators is expected
to grow from 221,000 to 262,000,
an increase of 19 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 13 7/16/09 10:04:42 AM

14
Costume
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatCostumeDesignersDo
Costume designers create the costumes seen
in the theater, on television, and in the
movies. They also design costumes for fg-
ure skaters, ballroom dancers, and other
performers. During the planning of a show,
costume designers read the script. They
meet with directors to decide what types
of costumes each character should wear for
each scene.
Stories that take place in the past are
called period pieces. For these shows, cos-
tume designers must have a great deal of
knowledge about what people wore during
different historical time periods in different
parts of the world. Designers do research at
libraries, museums, and universities. They
study the garments, shoes, hats, belts, bags,
and jewelry worn by men, women, and
children. They look at the colors and types
of fabric and study how garments were
made. Costume designers might use ideas
that come from looking at the fashion de-
tails of the specifc historical, modern, or
future era in which the show is set. Once
the research is fnished, designers begin to
make sketches of their costume ideas. They
try to design each outft so that it looks au-
thentic, or similar to something that would
have actually been worn in the time period
when the story occurs.
Costume designers meet with direc-
tors to get their designs approved. They
also meet with stage designers and art di-
rectors to make sure that the furniture and
backdrops do not clash with the costumes.
They meet with lighting designers to make
sure that the lighting will not change the
appearance of costume colors.
Costume designers decide whether to
rent, purchase, or sew the costumes. They
shop for clothing and accessories, fabrics,
and sewing supplies. They also supervise
assistants who do the sewing.
To become a costume designer, you will
need at least a high school diploma. To pre-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Theater/dance
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $63,000 to $122,000
OutlOOk
Artists
Fashion Designers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 14 7/16/09 10:04:44 AM
15
pare for a career in this feld, begin by tak-
ing a wide range of classes in high school.
English and literature courses will help
you read and understand scripts. History
classes are helpful for researching histori-
cal costumes and time periods. Courses
in sewing, art, designing, and draping are
also necessary. Mathematics classes will
help you master sewing patterns, and fam-
ily and consumer science classes will also
be helpful. Increasingly, employers prefer
candidates with an associates or bachelors
degree in costume design, fashion design,
or fber art. Obtaining experience working
in theater or flm is also helpful.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment for fash-
ion designers, which includes costume
designers, will increase slower than the
The health of the entertainment business
is dependent on the health of the overall
economy. Many theaters, especially small
and nonproft theaters, are cutting their
budgets or doing smaller shows that re-
quire fewer costumes.
Nevertheless, opportunities for cos-
tume designers exist. Costume designers
are able to work in an increasing number
of locations as new regional theaters and
cable and production television companies
operate throughout the United States and
Canada.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a costume de-
signer, join a school drama club, a dance
troupe, or a community theater and volun-
teer to work on costumes or props. Learn to
sew using commercial patterns, or try mak-
ing some of your original designs.
The Costumers Handbook and The Cos-
tume Designers Handbook, both by Rose-
mary Ingham and Elizabeth Covey, are
good resources for beginning or experi-
enced costume designers.
CostumeDesignersguild
11969 Ventura Boulevard, 1st Floor
Studio City, CA 91604-2630
818-752-2400
cdgia@costumedesignersguild.com
http://www.costumedesignersguild.com
CostumeSocietyofAmerica
203 Towne Centre Drive
Hillsborough, NJ 08844-4693
800-272-9447
national.offce@costumesocietyamerica.com
http://www.costumesocietyamerica.com
NationalCostumersAssociation
121 North Bosart Avenue
317-351-1940
offce@costumers.org
http://www.costumers.org
Did You Know?
Costume design has been an im-
portant part of the theater since
the early Greek tragedies were
written. Costumes for these plays
were generally character masks
paired with long robes.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 15 7/16/09 10:04:44 AM
16
Counterand
retailClerks
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
Speech
WhatCounter
andretailClerksDo
Counter and retail clerks take orders and col-
lect payments for a wide variety of busi-
nesses. They are the public representatives
of businesses that provide goods and ser-
vices. Counter and retail clerks work in
supermarkets, drugstores, convenience
stores, cleaners, computer shops, athletic
and footwear boutiques, photo-fnishing
stores, and many other types of businesses.
Many counter and retail clerks work in the
rental industry. They may work as clerks at
a car rental agency at an airport, in video
stores, or at other establishments that rent
goods or services to the consumer.
Counter and retail clerks take orders
and collect payments from the public.
They keep records of receipts using a cash
register or computer terminal. They are re-
sponsible for keeping track of the money in
their register throughout the day and mak-
ing sure that the amount is correct when
the shift is over. Clerks also bag or wrap
the customers purchases and sometimes
arrange for their delivery. Counter and re-
tail clerks are sometimes responsible for
the display and presentation of products
in their store. They may clean shelves or
sweep foors, if necessary. In supermarkets
and grocery stores, clerks stock shelves and
bag food purchases for customers.
In smaller shops with no sales staff,
or in a situation when a salesperson is
unavailable, counter and retail clerks as-
sist customers with purchases or rentals.
They may locate and demonstrate the mer-
chandise as well as answer the customers
questions.
There are many examples of the wide
variety of counter and retail clerks. Video
and DVD rental clerks greet customers,
check out tapes, and accept payment.
When the customers return their rent-
als, the clerks check the condition of the
tapes and put them back onto the shelves.
Equipment-rental clerks prepare rental forms
and quote rates to customers. They answer
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$14,000 to $20,000 to $37,000
OutlOOk
Cashiers
Clerks
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 16 7/16/09 10:04:45 AM

17
customer questions about the operation of
the equipment. They often take a deposit
to cover any accidents or possible damage.
When the customers return the equipment,
clerks check it to make certain it is in good
working order. Shoe repair shop clerks receive
shoes that need to be cleaned or repaired.
They examine the shoes, quote a price, and
give the customer a receipt.
There are no formal educational require-
ments necessary for becoming a counter
and retail clerk. In high school, take class-
es in business, mathematics, English, and
speech.
Knowledge of a foreign language may
allow you to have more job options. Most
employers like to hire high school gradu-
ates, but there are many jobs available for
those who are still in school.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment for coun-
ter and retail clerks will grow much faster
than the average through 2016. Businesses
that focus on customer service will always
want to hire friendly and responsible clerks.
Major employers should be those that pro-
vide rental products and services, such
as car rental frms, video and DVD rental
stores, and other equipment rental busi-
nesses. Many job openings will come from
the need to replace workers. Opportunities
for temporary or part-time work should
be good, especially during busy business
periods. There are many employment op-
portunities for clerks in large metropolitan
areas.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a counter and re-
tail clerk, get a part-time job in the indus-
try. Visit the National Retail Federations
Web site (http://www.nrf.com) for a list of
colleges and universities offering degrees in
retail merchandising, retail sales, and other
related subjects. Visit http://www.retail-
worker.com for news on the retail industry
and a free newsletter.
NationalretailFederation
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
unitedFood&CommercialWorkers
Internationalunion
AFL-CIO/CLC
1775 K Street NW
202-223-3111
http://www.ufcw.org
This retail clerk is assisting a customer with
a jewelry purchase. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 17 7/16/09 10:04:46 AM
18
Court
reporters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatCourt
reportersDo
Court reporters keep track of everything that
is said at hearings and trials. This informa-
tion is called testimony. Court reporters use
symbols to rapidly record this testimony.
The collection of these symbols is called
shorthand.
In a courtroom, people may speak be-
tween 250 and 300 words per minute. Court
reporters must record each word that is
spoken. A stenotype machine is used to do
this. A stenotype machine has a keyboard
with 24 keys. There is a symbol on each
key. Each symbol or combination of sym-
bols stands for a sound, word, or a phrase.
As testimony is given, the court reporter
records it by striking the proper keys. The
symbols are printed on a strip of paper and
recorded on a computer disk.
Because court reporters make the of-
fcial record of trials, they cannot miss a
word or phrase. If this happens, the court
reporter must interrupt the trial and ask
to have the words repeated. The judge
sometimes asks the court reporter to read
aloud testimony that has already been
recorded.
Court reporters use computers to help
them in their work. Computer programs
(called computer-aided transcription pro-
grams) are used to change the symbols and
words of a stenotype machine into stan-
dard English. The computer can then print
out a record of the trial. That way, the re-
porter does not have to retype it or read it
into a tape recorder.
The court reporters job does not stop
in the courtroom. The court reporter must
edit and proofread the transcript (the
printed version of the testimony) because
the computer program produces only a
rough draft of the text. After the court re-
porter edits the text, the transcript is cop-
ied, bound in a durable binder, and sent on
to the lawyers and the judge.
Most court reporters work in city,
county, state, or federal courts. Some work
for private companies, where they record
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Computer science,
Government
SAlAryrANgE
$24,000 to $46,000 to $78,000
OutlOOk
Legal Secretaries
Paralegals
Secretaries
Stenographers
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 18 7/16/09 10:04:46 AM
19
business meetings and conventions. Oth-
ers work for freelance reporting companies
that provide reporters for trials and busi-
ness meetings.
Court reporters are required to obtain a
high school diploma and complete a two-
to four-year training program in shorthand
reporting.
At this program, you will learn how
to type at least 225 words a minute on a
stenotype machine. You will also study
typing, English, law, and medical and le-
gal terms. Programs in shorthand reporting
are offered at community colleges, at busi-
ness and vocational schools, and at some
universities.
Outlook
Employment of court reporters will grow
much faster than the average for all occupa-
tions through 2016. The rising number of
criminal court cases and civil lawsuits will
cause both state and federal court systems
to expand. Court reporters can also fnd
work using their skills to produce caption-
ing for television programs, which is now
a federal requirement for all new television
programming.
ForMoreInformation
To get an idea of what a court reporter
does, attend trials at your local courts and
keep an eye on the court reporter. If you
can, watch several reporters in different
courtrooms. Observing the reporters under
different judges will help you get a per-
spective on what the average court reporter
does. Try to arrange a one-on-one meeting
with a court reporter so you can ask ques-
tions about his job.
NationalCourtreportersAssociation
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Vienna, VA 22182-3808
800-272-6272
msic@ncrahq.org
http://www.ncraonline.com
NationalverbatimreportersAssociation
207 Third Avenue
Hattiesburg, MS 39401-3868
601-582-4345
nvra@nvra.org
http://www.nvra.org
unitedStatesCourtreportersAssociation
4725 North Western Avenue, Suite 240
800-628-2730
info.uscra@gmail.com
http://www.uscra.org
Court reporters keep an accurate record of
a trials proceedings. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 19 7/16/09 10:04:47 AM
20
CreativeArts
therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatCreative
ArtstherapistsDo
Creative arts therapists, whom are a subset of
recreational therapists, help rehabilitate peo-
ple with mental, physical, and emotional
disabilities. They usually work as part of a
health care team of physicians, nurses, psy-
chiatrists, psychologists, and social workers.
Therapists work in hospitals, schools, reha-
bilitation centers, nursing homes, and shel-
ters for battered women. They also work in
substance abuse programs and correctional
facilities. Hospices, which are care centers
for terminally ill patients, employ creative
arts therapists as well. Some therapists have
their own private practices.
The goal of creative arts therapists is to
improve their patients physical, mental,
and emotional states. Before they begin any
treatment, creative arts therapists meet with
a team of other health care professionals.
Once they determine the strengths, limita-
tions, and interests of a patient, they create a
special program for him or her. Creative arts
therapists continue to meet with the other
health care workers throughout the course
of the program. They may change the pro-
gram according to the patients progress.
How these goals are reached depends on the
unique specialty of the therapist.
There are several types of creative arts
therapists. Music therapists use music lessons
and activities to improve a patients self-
confdence. Playing a musical instrument
can help a patients depression and improve
physical ability. Art therapists teach patients
to express their thoughts, feelings, and wor-
ries through sketching, drawing, painting,
or sculpting. Dance and movement therapists
teach dance exercises to help improve the
physical, mental, and emotional health
of patients. Drama therapists use role-play-
ing, puppetry, and performance to increase
self-confdence. They also use pantomime,
which is the telling of a story by the use of
expressive body or facial movements. They
also use improvisation, which is unplanned
speech or movements, to help patients ex-
press themselves. Poetry therapists and biblio-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Art, Music, Theater/dance
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$22,000 to $37,000 to $58,000
OutlOOk
Actors
Artists
Hypnotherapists
Musicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 20 7/16/09 10:04:50 AM
21
therapists teach patients to write and speak
about their experiences and feelings. This is
a powerful way to get rid of anxiety, depres-
sion, and fear.
If you are interested in becoming a creative
arts therapist, you should begin studying
the arts as early as possible. Classes in art,
art history, drama, music, and writing will
give you important background skills for
whichever arts feld interests you. English,
mathematics, science, and speech classes
are also important.
A bachelors degree is the minimum re-
quirement to become a creative arts thera-
pist. Usually a creative arts therapist earns
an undergraduate degree in art, music, or
drama and then continues in a masters
program. Many colleges and universities of-
fer degrees in specifc creative arts therapy
felds. A masters degree in education, coun-
seling, or a related feld is also acceptable.
Outlook
Overall employment for creative arts thera-
pists is expected to grow slower than the
average through 2016. Employment in hos-
pitals is expected to decline as many thera-
peutic services shift to outpatient settings
to reduce costs. Job openings in facilities
such as nursing homes, however, should
continue to increase as the elderly popula-
tion grows over the next few decades.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a hospital, clinic, nursing
home, or health care facility to learn about
what people with disabilities need. You can
also get experience by working at a sum-
mer camp for children with disabilities.
Take music, art, drama, or dance lessons of-
fered in your community.
AmericanArttherapyAssociation
11160-C1 South Lakes Drive, Suite 813
Reston, VA 20191-4327
888-290-0878
http://www.arttherapy.org
AmericanDancetherapyAssociation
10632 Little Patuxent Parkway, Suite 108
410-997-4040
info@adta.org
http://www.adta.org
AmericanMusictherapyAssociation
301-589-3300
info@musictherapy.org
http://www.musictherapy.org
NationalAssociationforDramatherapy
15 Post Side Lane
Pittsford, NY 14535-9410
585-381-5618
answers@nadt.org
http://www.nadt.org
NationalAssociationforPoetrytherapy
Center for Education, Training & Holistic
Approaches
777 East Atlantic Avenue, Suite 243
Delray Beach, FL 33483-5360
866-844-62778
http://www.poetrytherapy.org
Fast Fact
Although there have been
many types of mental and phys-
ical therapy over the past few
centuries, creative arts therapy
has only been around for about
80 years.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 21 7/16/09 10:04:51 AM
22
CreditAnalysts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatCreditAnalystsDo
Credit analysts analyze fnancial informa-
tion to evaluate the amount of risk in-
volved in lending money to businesses or
individuals. They contact banks, credit as-
sociations, and others to obtain credit in-
formation and prepare a written report of
fndings used to recommend credit limits.
Credit analysts usually concentrate on
one of two different areas. Commercial and
business analysts evaluate risks in business
loans. Consumer credit analysts evaluate per-
sonal loan risks. In both cases an analyst
studies fnancial documents, such as state-
ments of assets and liabilities submitted by
the person or company seeking the loan.
Credit analysts consult with banks and
other fnancial institutions that have had
previous fnancial relationships with the
applicant. Credit analysts prepare, analyze,
and approve loan requests and help bor-
rowers fll out applications.
The amount of work involved in a
credit check depends on the size and type
of the loan requested. Credit analysts check
fnancial statements for all sizes and types
of loans, but a larger loan requires a much
closer look at economic trends to deter-
mine if there is a market for the product
being produced and the likelihood of the
business failing.
Many credit analysts work only with
commercial loans. In studying a commer-
cial loan application, a credit analyst needs
to fnd out if the business or corporation
is well managed and fnancially secure and
if the existing economic climate is favor-
able for the operations success. He or she
examines balance sheets and operating
statements to determine the assets and li-
abilities of a company, its net sales, and
its profts or losses. A background check of
the applicant companys leading offcials is
also done to determine if they personally
have any outstanding loans.
Analyzing economic trends to deter-
mine market conditions is another respon-
sibility of credit analysts who compute
dozens of ratios to show how successful the
company is in relation to similar business-
es. Proft-and-loss statements, collection
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $55,000 to $106,000
OutlOOk
Little or no change
Accountants
Bookkeepers
Economists
Financial Analysts
s
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 22 7/16/09 10:04:51 AM
23
procedures, and other factors are analyzed.
This ratio analysis can also be used to mea-
sure how successful a particular industry is
likely to be, given existing market consid-
erations. Computer programs are used to
highlight economic trends and interpret
other important data.
The credit analyst always provides a
fndings report to bank executives, includ-
ing a complete fnancial history of the ap-
plicant and a recommendation on the loan
amount that should be advanced.
Take courses in math, economics, busi-
ness, computers, and accounting in high
school.
Credit analysts usually have at least a
bachelors degree in accounting, fnance,
or business administration. Those who
want to move up in the feld often go on to
obtain masters degrees in one of these sub-
jects. Undergraduate course work should
include business management, economics,
statistics, and accounting. Some employers
provide new hires with on-the-job training
involving both classroom work and hands-
on experience.
Outlook
Employment in this feld is projected to ex-
perience little or no change through 2016.
Despite an anticipated increase in the num-
ber of credit applications, technology will
allow these applications to be processed,
checked, and authorized by fewer workers
than in the past.
Job security for credit analysts is also
affected by the local economy and business
climate. However, loans are a major source
of income for banks, and credit offcers are
less likely to lose their jobs in an economic
downturn.
ForMoreInformation
The Credit Management Information and
Support Web site (http://www.creditwor-
thy.com) offers a newsletter and informa-
tion on credit-related topics. This site also
has links to industry Web sites.
BankAdministrationInstitute
115 South LaSalle Street, Suite 3300
888-375-5543
info@bai.org
http://www.bai.org
CreditresearchFoundation
410-740-5499
crf_info@crfonline.org
http://www.crfonline.org
NationalAssociationofCredit
Management
410-740-5560
http://www.nacm.org
Fast Fact
There are approximately 69,000
credit analysts working in the
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 23 7/16/09 10:04:52 AM
24
Crime
Analysts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reasoning
Problem solving
WhatCrimeAnalystsDo
Crime analysts try to uncover and piece
together information about crime pat-
terns, crime trends, and criminal suspects.
A crime analyst collects crime data from
many sources. Sources include police re-
ports, statewide computer databases, in-
terviews with suspects, and others. Crime
analysts also study general factors such as
population density, economic conditions
(average income and job availability),
and crime reporting practices. They then
analyze this information. Crime analysts
are constantly on the lookout for details
that may create patterns. These patterns
can help them track and predict criminal
activity.
The activities of the crime analyst can
change from day to day. One day, for ex-
ample, an analyst may meet with the police
chief to discuss a string of local car thefts.
Another day the analyst may work at the
computer, gathering statistics. Sometimes
the work includes going on ride-alongs
with street cops or visiting a crime scene.
Crime analysts also sometimes meet with
analysts from surrounding areas to ex-
change information. Occasionally, a crime
analyst may be pulled off everyday duties
to work exclusively on a task force, usu-
ally focusing on a cluster of violent crimes.
Crime analysts also monitor activities of
people who have criminal reputations, or
known offenders such as parolees.
There are three types of analysis: tac-
tical, strategic, and administrative. Tacti-
cal crime analysis provides police offcers
and detectives with fast, relevant informa-
tion. This is the type of hot information
that allows police to set up stakeouts and
may lead to the arrest of a criminal. Tacti-
cal analysis is also used to identify suspects
for certain crimes based on their criminal
records.
Strategic analysis deals with fnding
solutions to long-range problems. For ex-
ample, an analyst might perform a study to
see if the police department is making the
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Computer science, Government,
Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$29,000 to $48,000 to $76,000
OutlOOk
Detectives
FBI Agents
Forensic Experts
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 24 7/16/09 10:04:52 AM
25
best use of its staff. The analyst would then
offer suggestions for improvement.
Administrative analysis provides statis-
tical information and policy recommenda-
tions to those in charge of a police depart-
ment. This analysis may include a study on
the activity levels and current labor force
levels of police offcers.
While you are in high school, you can
prepare for a career as a crime analyst by
taking English and speech classes that will
develop your communication as well as
research skills. Math classes, such as alge-
bra, will help you in understanding statis-
tics. Basic knowledge of computers, word
processors, spreadsheets, and databases is
important.
Most agencies that hire crime analysts
require that applicants have a bachelors
degree. Many crime analysts have degrees
in criminal justice, statistics, computer sci-
ence, and sociology.
Outlook
As the job of the crime analyst becomes
increasingly well known and as analysts
work continues to contribute to positive
results for law enforcement agencies, the
need for these professionals should grow.
The emergence of community-oriented
policing is one factor that has added to the
need for crime analysts. This type of polic-
ing is intended to get police offcers out
on the streets of their communities rather
than doing paperwork at a desk. To do this,
many agencies are hiring civilians for desk
jobs, which allow more police offcers to
have a presence in their community.
ForMoreInformation
There are many ways to begin your own
training and education now. First of all,
get some exposure to the law enforcement
community by volunteering at the local
police department. You can also join a
program that offers a mini-course on law
enforcement. For journals and other in-
formation published about crime, visit the
National Institute of Justice Publications
at http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/nij/publica-
tions/welcome.htm.
AmericanAcademyofForensicSciences
410 North 21st Street
719-636-1100
http://www.aafs.org
AmericanSocietyofCriminology
1314 Kinnear Road, Suite 212
Columbus, OH 43212-1156
614-292-9207
http://www.asc41.com
InternationalAssociationofCrimeAnalysts
9218 Metcalf Avenue, Suite 364
800-609-3419
iaca@iac.net
http://www.iaca.net
InternationalAssociationoflaw
EnforcementIntelligenceAnalysts
PO Box 13857
http://www.ialeia.org/scca
Growth Field
ber of crime analysts is expected
to grow from 13,000 to 17,000, an
increase of 31 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 25 7/16/09 10:04:53 AM

26
CriticalCare
Nurses
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatCriticalCareNursesDo
Critical care nurses are specialized nurses
who provide highly skilled direct patient
care to critically ill patients who need in-
tense medical treatment because they are
at risk for life-threatening illnesses. Con-
trary to previously held beliefs that criti-
cal care nurses work only in intensive care
units (ICUs) or cardiac care units (CCUs) of
hospitals, todays critical care nurses work
in emergency departments, post-anesthe-
sia recovery units, pediatric intensive care
units, burn units, and neonatal intensive
care units of medical facilities as well as in
other units that treat critically ill patients.
Specifc job responsibilities vary ac-
cording to which department they work in,
but in most cases critical care nurses are as-
signed to only one or two patients because
critically ill patients problems are complex
and unstable, requiring constant care and
monitoring. Some hospitals require nurses
to work 12-hour shifts, so critical care nurs-
ing can be very intense and exhausting.
In many cases, critical care nurses face
situations that require them to act immedi-
ately on the patients behalf. Nurses must be
patient advocates, making sure that the pa-
tients receive the best possible care while re-
specting their wishes. Nurses must also pro-
vide support and education to the patients
and their families. Because of the seriousness
of their loved ones illness, family members
and friends may be diffcult to deal with, and
critical care nurses must display patience,
understanding, and composure during these
emotional times. They must be able to com-
municate with the family and explain medi-
cal terminology and procedures to the pa-
tient and family to help them understand
what is being done and why.
Critical care nurses have to keep up
with the latest medical technology and re-
search as well as medical treatments and
procedures. They learn to operate high-
tech machines, and they are frequently
tested on how to use and operate them.
Critical care nursing can be emotion-
ally draining but also rewarding when pa-
tients get through their medical crises.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$42,000 to $60,000 to $87,000
OutlOOk
Neonatal Nurses
Nurse Anesthetists
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 26 7/16/09 10:04:55 AM
27
Science, math, and health classes will pre-
pare you for any nursing career. Before you
can become a critical care nurse, you must
become a registered nurse. Usually nurses
have some bedside nursing experience be-
fore entering the critical care nursing feld.
However, some hospitals are developing
graduate internship and orientation pro-
grams that allow new graduates to enter
this specialty.
Registered nurses, regardless of special-
ty, must be licensed in order to practice in
all 50 states and the District of Columbia.
Critical care nursing certifcation programs
are available through the American Associ-
ation of Critical-Care Nurses. Some institu-
tions may require certifcation as a critical
care nurse.
Outlook
Employment of all registered nurses is ex-
pected to grow much faster than the average
through 2016. Nursing specialties will be in
great demand in the future, and a grow-
ing number of hospitals are experiencing a
shortage of critical care nurses. Many hospi-
tals that need critical care nurses are offer-
ing incentives such as sign-on bonuses. The
greatest demand is for critical care nurses
who specialize in a specifc area of care, such
as cardiovascular ICU, pediatric and neona-
tal ICU, and open-heart recovery units.
ForMoreInformation
Learn more about critical care nursing by
visiting nursing Web sites and reading
books and journals on careers in nurs-
ing. The American Nurse (http://www.
nursingworld.org/MainMenuCategories/
ANAMarketplace/ANAPeriodicals/TAN.
aspx) and Nurse Week (http://www.nurse-
week.com) may be available at your public
library.
AmericanAssociationofCritical-Care
Nurses
101 Columbia
Aliso Viejo, CA 92656-4109
800-899-2226
info@aacn.org
http://www.aacn.org
AmericanNursesAssociation
800-284-2378
EmergencyNursesAssociation
915 Lee Street
800-243-8362
enainfo@ena.org
http://www.ena.org
Critical care nurses work with only a few
patients at a time. These patients need
careful monitoring and round-the-clock
care. (Alix / Photo Researchers, Inc)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 27 7/16/09 10:04:57 AM
28
CruiseShip
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Social
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatCruiseShipWorkersDo
Cruise ship workers provide services to pas-
sengers on cruise ships. They assist in the
operation of the ship, serve food and drink,
and maintain cabins and public areas. Cruise
ship workers also lead activities on the ship
and provide entertainment. It takes hun-
dreds and sometimes thousands of workers
to make sure that the ship runs smoothly
and all the passengers are comfortable. The
crew is divided into six different depart-
ments. The captain, or the master of the
ship, is in charge of the entire crew.
Deck. This department is responsible for
the navigation of the ship. Workers oversee
the maintenance of the hull and deck.
Engine. This staff operates and main-
tains machinery. Together, deck and engine
staffs include offcers, carpenters, seamen,
maintenance workers, electricians, engi-
neers, repairmen, plumbers, and incinerator
operators.
Radio/broadcast department. Videogra-
phers are responsible for the maintenance
and operation of the ships broadcast
booth. This includes radio and news tele-
casts. Telephonists help passengers place
phone calls to people on shore.
Medical department. Physicians and nurs-
es treat passengers whose illnesses range
from seasickness to more serious health
problems.
Steward. This department, one of the
largest on board, is concerned with the
comfort of all passengers. The food staff in-
cludes specially trained chefs that prepare
meals. The wait staff serves guests in the for-
mal dining room and provides room service.
Bartenders mix and serve drinks at many sta-
tions throughout the ship. The housekeep-
ing staff is composed of room stewards and
cleaners, who keep cabins, public areas, and
staterooms clean and orderly.
Pursers. This large department is re-
sponsible for guest relations and services.
The chief purser is the main contact for
passengers regarding the ships policies
and procedures. Assistant pursers assist the
chief with various duties. They provide
guest services, ship information, monetary
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Foreign language, Geography, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$16,000 to $57,000 to $146,000
OutlOOk
Gaming Workers
Recreation Workers
Resort Workers
Ski Resort Workers
u
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 28 7/16/09 10:04:57 AM
29
exchange, postage, safety deposit boxes,
and other duties usually associated with
the front desk department of a hotel. The
cruise staff is headed by the cruise director.
This staff plans daily activities and enter-
tainment. The youth staff plans activities
and games specifcally designed for chil-
dren. Ships with a casino on board employ
casino workers, including game dealers,
cashiers, keno runners, and slot machine
attendants. Many entertainers and musi-
cians are hired to sing, dance, and perform
comedy skits and musical shows. Dance in-
structors teach dance classes ranging from
ballroom to country line dances.
Cruise lines require a high school diploma,
or equivalent, for most entry-level jobs.
For a job with more responsibility, such
as an offcer-level job, you will need a col-
lege degree as well as past work experience.
Many employees, especially those in the
cruise staff, have an entertainment back-
ground. Youth staff members usually have
a background in education or recreation.
Some technical positions, such as en-
gine room workers, require certifcation.
Nurses and physicians must be licensed to
practice medicine.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for cruise ship
workers are expected to be strong through
2016. The Cruise Lines International As-
sociation reported a 4 percent increase in
travelers taking cruises from 2006 to 2007
as well as the addition of 12 new cruise
ships prepared to set sail. In addition, be-
cause most people do not consider cruise
ship jobs to be long-term careers, there is a
high turnover rate in this feld.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about the work of a cruise
ship worker, interview a cruise ship worker,
if possible, or speak to people that have
gone on cruises.
CruiselinesInternationalAssociation
910 SE 17th Street, Suite 400
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316-2968
754-224-2200
info@cruising.org
http://www.cruising.org
CruiseServicesInternational
601 Dundas Street West
Box 24070
Whitby, ON L1N 8X8 Canada
950-430-0361
info@cruisedreamjob.com
http://www.cruisedreamjob.com
Cruise ship workers must attend to cruise
passengers needs. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 29 7/16/09 10:04:58 AM
30
Cryptographic
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatCryptographic
techniciansDo
Cryptographic technicians operate equip-
ment used for coding, decoding, and send-
ing secret messages. They are employed
by the government in all branches of the
military. They are also employed by gov-
ernment agencies such as the National Se-
curity Agency, the Federal Bureau of Intel-
ligence, the Department of State, and other
intelligence operations. Cryptographic
technicians work for industries that do pri-
vate business through the computer, such
as the banking industry.
In order to code and send secret mes-
sages, cryptographic technicians frst se-
lect the particular code that they should
use for the message. Then they set up their
machine to translate the message into that
code, and they type the message into the
machine. The machine converts the mes-
sage into code form in a process known as
encryption. After the message is encrypted,
the technicians send the message to a re-
ceiver via telephone lines, satellites, or oth-
er kinds of communication links.
When receiving a coded message, cryp-
tographic technicians feed the incoming
transmission into a decoding machine and
take the resulting message to its intended
receiver. If a message appears to have been
coded incorrectly, technicians may try to
straighten out the message using special
decoding procedures and equipment, or
they may request that the message be sent
again. In sending and receiving coded mes-
sages, cryptographic technicians may oper-
ate teletype machines or radio transmitters
and receivers.
The banking industry, or any other in-
dustry requiring computer security, must
prevent unauthorized access in order to
protect the accounts or data in their fles.
For instance, a message to transfer money
from one bank to another is sometimes
sent by computer. To prevent transfers
from being done by someone who is not
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$36,000 to $43,000 to $92,000
OutlOOk
Detectives
FBI Agents
Military Workers
Police Offcers
Spies
n
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 30 7/16/09 10:04:59 AM
31
authorized to do them, the banks send the
message in code.
In the U.S. Armed Forces, cryptograph-
ic technicians play an important role in
our military success. When military work-
ers are on a training mission abroad or at
war, they rely on coded messages sent by
cryptographic technicians for updates on
world events and transmission of orders
from their superiors.
In high school, you should take courses in
mathematics and English. Computer sci-
ence, foreign language, and business class-
es will also be helpful.
Cryptographic technicians must be
high school graduates, although more and
more private companies and military posi-
tions are requiring two to four years of col-
lege education. Positions with federal in-
telligence and investigative agencies, such
as the Federal Bureau of Investigation and
the Central Intelligence Agency, generally
require at least a bachelors degree and/or
several years of related experience. Pro-
spective cryptographic technicians need to
receive special training that lasts from six
months to a year. The U.S. Armed Forces
and government agencies that hire cryp-
tographic technicians will usually provide
this training.
Due to the secret nature of their work,
applicants often must undergo a thorough
character investigation, and their records
for the past 10 years are checked.
Outlook
The need for skilled cryptographic tech-
nicians should remain high as normal
U.S. intelligence operations take place
throughout the world and as the gov-
ernment works to address new terror-
ist threats. Hackers, people who illegally
break into private and public computer
systems, have become increasingly talent-
ed at getting past even the tightest secu-
rity programs. Companies will most likely
hire more cryptographic technicians to
prevent these computer break-ins.
ForMoreInformation
Enlisting in a branch of the Armed Forces
or joining the Reserve Offcers Training
Corps after high school is a good way to
start a career in cryptology. You may also
want to subscribe to the Journal of Cryptolo-
gy (http://www.iacr.org/jofc) to learn more
about this feld.
AmericanCryptogramAssociation
56 Sanders Ranch Road
Moraga, CA 94556-2806
http://www.cryptogram.org
Cryptographyresearch
575 Market Street, 11th Floor
415-397-0123
http://www.cryptography.com
InternationalAssociationforCryptographic
research
http://www.iacr.org
Did You Know?
Cryptology dates back to ancient
times. Code-writings have been
found in ancient Greek, Egyptian,
Mesopotamian, Indian, and Chi-
nese writings.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 31 7/16/09 10:04:59 AM
32
Cultural
Advisers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Social
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
WhatCultural
AdvisersDo
The world is becoming a smaller place
not in terms of actual size, but in our abil-
ity to communicate and do business with
people from far-away countries. Compa-
nies, organizations, and educational in-
stitutions in the United States need to be
able to communicate with all branches of
their organization, which may be located
in foreign countries such as Russia, Japan,
or Kenya. People in other countries may
not be comfortable speaking English, eat-
ing the types of food that Americans like
to eat, or even saying hello and goodbye
the same way. This is why businesses need
experts to help smooth over these cultural
differences.
Cultural advisers work to bridge gaps in
communication and culture. They are also
known as bilingual consultants. They are
fuent in two languages and two cultures.
Besides their bilingual skills, these advisers
are usually experts in another area. For ex-
ample, a banking and fnance expert who
speaks Japanese and has traveled to Japan
would have the necessary background to
become a cultural adviser for an American
steel company looking to do business in
Japan.
Cultural advisers help their clients learn
what they can do better when dealing with
other cultures and countries. They also
help to identify which business practices
or social rules need improvement. Cultural
advisers may work for a consulting agency
or be self-employed. Some advisers work
on judging written communication and
marketing materials. Others may offer ad-
vice on business practices.
The area that cultural advisers work in
depends on their specialty. Some special-
ties include management, fnance, bank-
ing, education, law, marketing, human re-
sources, and computer technology.
Cultural advisers travel often. Projects
may be demanding at times, and advisers
may have to work many more hours than
the typical workweek.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Foreign language, Geography, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$33,000 to $59,000 to $115,000
OutlOOk
Business Managers
Internet Executives
Purchasing Agents
q
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 32 7/16/09 10:05:00 AM
33
If you are interested in a career as a cultural
adviser, concentrate on languages and the
social sciences in high school. It is impor-
tant that you learn another language and
become familiar with the cultures of the
countries where that language is spoken.
Social sciences, such as geography, histo-
ry, and sociology, will help to give you a
broader worldview.
In college, you should continue lan-
guage and social science courses. You will
also need to take classes in an area of spe-
cialization, such as business, education, or
law. Taking business classes in college will
also help your chances of becoming an
independent adviser and business owner.
If you have the opportunity to study or
live abroad, that experience will also be
helpful.
Outlook
It is expected that the feld of cultural ad-
vising will grow faster than the average in
the next decade. More cultural advisers will
be needed as trade with other countries be-
comes easier and U.S. companies do more
business around the world. Latin America
and Asia are two promising areas for Amer-
ican businesses.
Cultural advisers will also be needed to
support and assist the increasingly diverse
population within the United States. Com-
petition is keen, however, and those with
graduate degrees and specifc expertise will
be the most successful.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in a career as a cultural
adviser, a good way to explore this feld is
to join one of your high schools foreign
language clubs. In addition to using the
foreign language, these clubs often have
activities related to the culture where the
language is spoken. Learn as much as you
can about people and life in other parts of
the world. You will also gain valuable ex-
perience through study and living abroad
programs that you can apply to even while
in high school.
AssociationofCareerFirmsInternational
204 E Street, NE
202-547-6344
acf@acfnternational.org
http://www.aocf.org
rotaryInternational
One Rotary Center
1560 Sherman Avenue, Suite LL1
Evanston, IL 60201-3698
847-866-3000
http://www.rotary.org
Did You Know?
Sacajawea, Meriwether Lewis and
William Clarks guide during their
exploration of the Louisiana Pur-
chase territory, acted as a sort of
cultural adviser as well as a guide.
She acted as an interpreter and
also explained unfamiliar cultures
and customs to the men.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 33 7/16/09 10:05:00 AM
34
Customer
Service
representatives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Social
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatCustomerService
representativesDo
Customer service representatives work with
customers to assist with problems and an-
swer questions. Customer service represen-
tatives work in many different industries to
provide front-line customer service. Most
customer service representatives work in an
offce setting, although some may work in
the feld to better meet customer needs.
Customer service representatives often
handle complaints and problems. They
should be pleasant and effcient while deal-
ing with customers, no matter how upset
the customer may be.
Many customer service representatives
answer calls that come in on toll-free tele-
phone lines. While some calls are likely
to be focused on complaints or questions,
some are simpler. Some people call to order
literature or brochures or to fnd their near-
est dealer location.
Customer service representatives work
in a variety of felds and businesses, but
they all have one thing in common: the
customer. All companies must depend on
their customers to keep them in business.
Therefore, customer service, whether han-
dled by the company itself or by another
company, is extremely important.
Some customer service representatives
do the majority of their work on the tele-
phone. Others represent companies in the
feld, where the customer actually uses the
product or service. Still other customer ser-
vice representatives may specialize in help-
ing customers over the Internet.
Some companies have customer service
representatives available 24 hours a day
and seven days a week, so a variety of shifts
are required. Not all customer service repre-
sentatives work a varied schedule, though.
Many work traditional daytime hours.
A successful customer service represen-
tative will most likely have an outgoing
personality and enjoy working with people
SChOOlSuBjECtS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$18,000 to $29,000 to $47,000
OutlOOk
Business Managers
Computer Support Service Owners
Retail Sales Persons
Secretaries
c
q
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 34 7/16/09 10:05:01 AM
35
and assisting them with their questions
and problems.
If you are interested in becoming a cus-
tomer service representative, take classes
that focus on communication and business
in high school. English and speech classes
will help with all forms of communication.
Business classes will give an overview of
the business world and how customer ser-
vice fts into that world.
A high school diploma is required for
most customer service representative posi-
tions. A college degree is not required to
become a customer service representative.
However, any postsecondary education at a
college or other training program will help
you advance in your career as a customer
service representative.
Outlook
Employment for customer service repre-
sentatives is projected to grow much faster
than the average through 2016. This is a
large feld of workers. Many replacement
workers are needed each year as represen-
tatives leave this job for other positions,
retire, or leave for other reasons. In addi-
tion, the Internet and e-commerce should
increase the demand for customer service
representatives who will be needed to help
customers navigate Web sites, answer ques-
tions over the phone, and respond to e-
mails. Opportunities will be particularly
strong for those with bilingual skills.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career as a customer
service representative, get a part-time job
that involves dealing with customers on
an everyday basis. Volunteer to answer
phones at a local business. It will also be
helpful to interview someone who works
with customers every day so you can get an
idea of what types of advantages and disad-
vantages the job has to offer.
theAssociationofSupportProfessionals
122 Barnard Avenue
617-924-3944
CustomerCareInstitute
17 Dean Overlook, NW
404-352-9291
info@customercare.com
http://www.customercare.com
helpDeskInstitute
102 South Tejon, Suite 1200
800-245-5667
support@thinkhdi.com
http://www.thinkhdi.com
InternationalCustomerServiceAssociation
24 Wernik Place
Metuchen, NJ 08840-2468
732-767-0330
http://www.icsatoday.com
This customer service representative felds
calls from customers with questions or
concerns about her companys product.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 35 7/16/09 10:05:02 AM
36
Customs
Offcials
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatCustomsOffcialsDo
Customs offcials make sure illegal merchan-
dise, known as contraband, is not smuggled
into the United States. Drugs are an exam-
ple of the contraband that these offcials
look for. Customs offcials are employed by
the federal government to enforce the laws
that limit which goods can come into the
country (imports) and which goods leave
the country (exports). Customs offcials
work at airports, seaports, and border cross-
ings at every entry and exit point of the
United States.
Customs offcials need to be observant
and crafty to search out all the possible
hiding places in luggage or clothes where
people might hide contraband. Federal law
prevents other items besides drugs from be-
ing transported across borders, including
certain plants and foods that could carry
insects and disease. Importing many spe-
cies of animals, and products made from
them, is also against the law.
At airports and seaports, customs of-
fcials check the luggage and personal
items of airline and ship passengers and
crew members. These travelers and work-
ers must tell customs offcials exactly what
goods they have with them. This procedure
is also called declaring merchandise. Cus-
toms offcials also check the goods that the
ship or airplane is carrying. They make sure
that all merchandise is declared honestly,
that taxes are paid, and that no contraband
is present. Customs offcials also determine
taxes, called duties, that people must pay
on imports and exports.
Travelers sometimes try to hide expen-
sive imports to avoid paying high duties on
them. Customs offcials need to be as alert
to these tax evaders (people trying to avoid
paying taxes) as they are to drug dealers.
At border-crossing points, customs offcials
check the baggage of travelers who come
by car or train to and from Canada and
Mexico.
The United States imports many prod-
ucts, which are then sold or used for in-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Government
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$36,000 to $60,000 to $96,000
OutlOOk
FBI Agents
Forensic Experts
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 36 7/16/09 10:05:02 AM
37
dustry. Customs offcials examine, count,
weigh, gauge, measure, and sample com-
mercial goods. They try to determine how
much goods are worth by referring to ship-
ping papers. Customs offcials then fgure
how much import tax should be paid.
To be a customs worker, you must be a U.S.
citizen and at least 21 years old. Youll need
a minimum of a high school diploma, but
a college degree is preferred.
In high school, take courses in govern-
ment, geography, social studies, English,
history, and physical education. Foreign
language classes will be helpful as well. If
youd like to become a specialist in the sci-
entifc or investigative aspects of the U.S.
Customs Service, you will need to take sci-
ence classes, such as chemistry, and com-
puter science.
Without a college degree, you must
have at least three years of general work ex-
perience involving contact with the public.
Customs inspectors, like all employees of
the federal government, must pass a physi-
cal examination and undergo a security
check. You must also pass a standardized
test called the Professional and Administra-
tive Career Examination.
Outlook
Following the terrorist acts of September
11, 2001, national attention was drawn to
the need for more security measures to be
taken at U.S. borders, in U.S. airports, and
in dealing with travelers throughout the
United States. This higher security should
result in an increased need for all law en-
forcement offcers, including customs of-
fcials. It is predicted that employment for
police and detectives, a category including
customs offcials, will grow faster than the
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this profession, talk
with people employed as customs inspec-
tors, or contact local labor union organi-
zations. The U.S. Customs Service has an
Explorer program that can give you the
opportunity to experience law-enforce-
ment activities related to Customs Service
careers.
u.S.CitizenshipandImmigrationServices
http://www.uscis.gov
u.S.CustomsandBorderProtection
1300 Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 1500 North
877-227-5511
http://www.cbp.gov
A U.S. Customs Inspector checks seaport
containers coming into the United States
as they are unloaded from a ship at the
Port of Miami. (U.S. Customs Service)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 37 7/16/09 10:05:03 AM
38
Cytotechnologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reasoning
Self-management
WhatCytotechnologistsDo
Cytotechnologists are laboratory specialists
who study cells under microscopes, search-
ing for cell abnormalities such as changes
in color, shape, or size that might indicate
the presence of disease. Cytotechnologists
may also assist physicians in the collection
of body cells from various body sites, pre-
pare slides, keep records, fle reports, and
consult with coworkers and pathologists.
Cytotechnologists primarily examine
prepared slides of body cells by viewing
them through a microscope. In any single
slide, there may be more than 100,000 cells,
so it is important that cytotechnologists
be patient, thorough, and accurate when
performing their job. They are required to
study the slides and examine cell growth
patterns, looking for abnormal patterns or
changes in a cells color, shape, or size that
might indicate the presence of disease.
While most cytotechnologists spend
the majority of their workday in the labora-
tory, some might assist doctors at patients
bedsides collecting cell samples from the
respiratory and urinary systems, as well
as the gastrointestinal tract. They might
also assist physicians with bronchoscopes
and with needle aspirations, a process that
uses very fne needles to suction cells from
many locations within the body. Once the
cells are collected, cytotechnologists may
prepare the slides for microscope examina-
tion. In some laboratories, cell preparation
is done by medical technicians known as
cytotechnicians.
Although they usually work indepen-
dently in the lab, they often share lab space
and must consult with co-workers, supervi-
sors, and pathologists regarding their fnd-
ings. Most cytotechnologists work for pri-
vate frms that are hired by physicians to
evaluate medical tests, but they may also
work for hospitals or university research
institutions.
Biology, chemistry, and other science
courses are essential if you want to become
a cytotechnologist. In addition, math, Eng-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$35,000 to $50,000 to $70,000
OutlOOk
Biologists
Chemists
Science Technicians
X-ray Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 38 7/16/09 10:05:06 AM
39
lish, and computer literacy classes are also
important.
There are two options for becoming a
cytotechnologist. The frst involves earn-
ing a bachelors degree in biology, life sci-
ences, or a related feld, and then entering
a one-year, postgraduate certifcate pro-
gram offered by an accredited hospital or
university.
The second option involves transfer-
ring into a cytotechnology program dur-
ing your junior or senior year of college.
Students on this track earn a bachelor of
science degree in cytotechnology. In both
cases, you would earn a college degree and
complete at least one year of training de-
voted to cytotechnology. The courses you
will take include chemistry, biology, busi-
ness, and math.
Cytotechnology graduates (from either
degree programs or certifcate programs)
may register for the certifcation examina-
tion given by the Board of Registry of the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists.
Most employers require that new employ-
ees be certifed.
Outlook
Employment of cytotechnologists is ex-
pected to grow faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. The job
outlook for cytotechnologists should re-
main healthy over the next decade, as the
volume of laboratory tests increases with
population growth and the development
of new types of tests.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in science clubs and competi-
tions that help you become more familiar
with microscopes and allow you to practice
slides. Ask a science teacher, counselor, or
parent to contact museums involved in re-
search to request viewing their slide collec-
tions and slide preparation process.
AmericanSocietyforCytotechnology
1500 Sunday Drive, Suite 102
800-948-3947
info@asct.com
http://www.asct.com
AmericanSocietyofClinicalPathology
33 West Monroe Street, Suite 1600
312-541-4999
http://www.ascp.org
AmericanSocietyofCytopathology
400 West Ninth Street, Suite 201
Wilmington, DE 19801-1531
302-429-8802
asc@cytopathology.org
http://www.cytopathology.org
Cytotechnologists examine cells under
microscopes to fnd signs of cancer and
other illnesses. (Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 39 7/16/09 10:05:07 AM
40
Dancers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatDancersDo
Dancers use body movements to tell a sto-
ry, express an idea or feeling, or entertain
their audiences. Professional dancers often
belong to a dance company, a group of
dancers that work together on a repertoire,
which is a collection of dances they per-
form regularly.
Most dancers study some ballet or clas-
sical dance. Classical dance training gives
dancers a good foundation for most other
types of dance. Traditionally, ballets tell
stories, although todays ballets express a
variety of themes and ideas.
Modern dance developed early in the
20th century, and it got its roots from clas-
sical ballet. Jazz dance is a form of modern
dance often seen in Broadway productions.
Tap dance combines sound and movement.
Tap dancers tap out rhythms with metal
cleats that are attached to the toes and
heels of their shoes. Other dance forms in-
clude ballroom dance, folk or ethnic dance,
and acrobatic dance.
Dancers may perform in classical bal-
lets, musical stage shows, folk dance shows,
television shows, flms, or music videos.
Because dancing jobs are not always avail-
able, many dancers work as part-time dance
instructors. Dancers who create new dance
routines are called choreographers.
Dancers begin training early and have
fairly short careers. Most professional bal-
let and modern dancers retire by age 40
because dancing becomes too physically
demanding for their bodies. They become
dance teachers, artistic directors, or chore-
ographers, or they start other careers.
The physical demands of daily practice
as well as the demands of the dance rou-
tine necessitate good health and a strong
body. A dancer must also have a feeling for
music, a sense of rhythm, and grace and
agility.
Dancers usually begin training around the
age of 10, or sometimes even as early as
age seven or eight. They may study with
private teachers or in ballet schools. Danc-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Music, Physical education,
Theater/dance
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$14,000 to $21,000 to $54,000
OutlOOk
Actors
Choreographers
Circus Performers
Musicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 40 7/16/09 10:05:09 AM
41
ers who are especially good in their early
teens may receive professional training in
a regional ballet school or a major ballet
company. By the age of 17 or 18, dancers
begin to audition for positions in profes-
sional dance companies.
If you are interested in a career as a
dancer, take theater/dance, physical educa-
tion, art, and drama classes in high school.
Many colleges and universities offer de-
grees in dance. Those who teach dance in
a college or university often are required to
have a degree. Also, since the professional
life of a dancer can be rather short, a col-
lege degree will give you better options for
a second career after retiring from dance
performance.
Outlook
Employment of dancers is expected to
grow slower than the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. Those seeking a
career in dancing will fnd that the feld
is highly competitive and uncertain. For
performers, opportunities are limited,
since there are more trained dancers than
job openings. Television has provided
additional positions for dancers, but the
number of stage and screen productions
is declining.
Although all dancers are different, the
average chorus dancer can expect a career
that lasts fve to 10 years at the most. A
dancer who can move from performing to
teaching will fnd other employment possi-
bilities in colleges, universities, and schools
of dance. It is also possible to fnd employ-
ment with civic and community groups, or
by operating a dance studio.
ForMoreInformation
To prepare for a career as a dancer, take as
many dance classes as you can. Once you
have learned some dance technique, begin
to give recitals and performances for fam-
ily and friends. Audition for school or com-
munity stage productions that have dance
numbers.
Dance Magazine
New York, NY 10038-3901
646-459-4800
http://www.dancemagazine.com
Dance/USA
http://www.danceusa.org
NationalDanceAssociation
Reston, VA 20191-1598
800-213-7193
http://www.aahperd.org/nda
Professional dancers must be very
disciplined to stay healthy and in
shape for their work as well as to learn
intricate choreography. (Sergey Petrov/
Shutterstock)
42
Database
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatDatabase
SpecialistsDo
A collection of information stored in a
computer is called a database. Database spe-
cialists work for utility companies, stores,
investment companies, insurance compa-
nies, publishing frms, telecommunications
frms, and all branches of government.
They set up and maintain databases. They
purchase computer equipment and create
computer programs that collect, analyze,
store, and send information.
Database specialists fgure out the type
of computer system that the company
needs. They meet with top-level company
offcials to discuss these needs. Together
they decide what type of hardware and
software will be required to set up a certain
type of database. Then a database design
analyst writes a proposal that states the
companys needs, the type of equipment
that will meet those needs, and how much
this equipment will cost.
Database specialists set up the com-
puter system that the company buys. Da-
tabase managers and database administra-
tors decide how to organize and store the
information in the database. They create a
computer program or a series of programs
and train employees to enter information
into computers.
Computer programs sometimes crash,
or stop working properly. Database special-
ists make sure that a backup copy of the
program and the database is available in
case a crash occurs. Specialists are also re-
sponsible for making sure that the database
is protected from people or organizations
that are not supposed to see it. A compa-
nys database contains important, and
sometimes secret, information.
Large companies may have many data-
bases. Sometimes it is necessary for these
databases to share information. Database
managers see to it that these different da-
tabases can communicate with each other,
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Mathematics
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$39,000 to $67,000 to $107,000
OutlOOk
Computer Trainers
Graphic Designers
Hardware Engineers
Software Designers
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 42 7/16/09 10:05:10 AM
43
even if they are located in different parts of
the country.
To prepare for a career as a database special-
ist, take as many computer courses as pos-
sible. In addition, you should study math-
ematics, accounting, science, English, and
communications in high school.
Youll need a minimum of an associ-
ates degree in a computer-related technol-
ogy for entry-level database positions. A
bachelors degree in computer science or
business administration is necessary for ad-
vanced positions. A masters degree in this
feld will provide you with even greater
opportunities.
Some database specialists become certi-
fed for jobs in the computer feld by pass-
ing an examination given by the Institute
for Certifcation of Computing Profession-
als (http://www.iccp.org).
Outlook
The use of computers and database systems
in almost all business settings creates a
number of opportunities for well-qualifed
database workers. Database specialists and
computer support specialists are predicted
to be among the fastest growing occupa-
tions through 2016.
Employment opportunities for database
specialists will be best in large urban areas,
since there are so many businesses and
organizations located there that need em-
ployees to work with their databases. Since
smaller communities are also rapidly devel-
oping signifcant job opportunities, skilled
workers can pick from a wide range of jobs
throughout the country. Those with the
best education and the most experience in
computer systems and personnel manage-
ment will have the best job opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
School computer clubs are a good way to
learn about computers and meet others
who are interested in the feld. There are
also training programs, such as those of-
fered at summer camps and community
centers, which teach computer literacy. Vol-
unteer to work on databases at your school,
religious institution, or local charity.
AssociationforWomeninComputing
41 Sutter Street, Suite 1006
San Francisco, California 94104-4905
415-905-4663
info@awc-hq.org
http://www.awc-hq.org
AssociationofInformationtechnology
Professionals
800-224-9371
http://www.aitp.org
Growth Field
ber of database administrators is
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 43 7/16/09 10:05:11 AM

44
DataEntry
Clerks
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatDataEntryClerksDo
Data entry clerks transfer information from
paper documents to a computer system.
The information can be processed at vari-
ous times to produce important business
documents such as sales reports, billing
invoices, mailing lists, and many other
documents.
From a source document such as a f-
nancial statement, data entry clerks type in
information in either alphabetic, numeric,
or symbolic code. The information is en-
tered using a keyboard, either the regular
typewriter-like computer keyboard or a
more customized keypad developed for a
certain industry or business. The entry ma-
chine converts the coded information into
either electronic impulses or a series of
holes in a tape that the computer can read
and process electronically. Newer, more
sophisticated computers have eliminated
the need for magnetic tapes and rely exclu-
sively on word processing or spreadsheet
data fles. Some data entry work involves
entering special instructions that tell the
computer what functions to perform and
when.
Accuracy is an essential element of all
data entry work. Data entry clerks must
consistently check their computer screens
for obvious errors and systematically refer
back to the source documents to ensure
that they entered the information correctly.
Sometimes verifer operators are employed
specifcally to perform accuracy tests of
previously processed information.
Data-coder operators examine the infor-
mation in the source material to determine
what codes and symbols should be used to
enter it into the computer. They may write
the operating instructions for the data en-
try staff and assist the system programmer
in testing and revising computer programs
designed to process data entry work.
Terminal operators also use coding sys-
tems to input information from the source
document into a series of alphabetic or nu-
meric signals that can be read by the com-
puter. After checking their work for accu-
racy, they send the data to the computer
system via telephone lines or other remote-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, Computer science, English
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$18,000 to $25,000 to $37,000
OutlOOk
Decline
Clerks
Secretaries
q
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 44 7/16/09 10:05:11 AM
45
transmission methods if they do not input
directly into the computer network.
In high school, you should take English,
typing, computer science, and other busi-
ness courses that focus on the operation of
offce machinery. A high school diploma is
usually required for data entry work.
In a growing number of cases, some
college or technical school training is de-
sirable. Most data entry clerks receive on-
the-job training pertaining specifcally to
the computer system and input procedures
used by the employer.
Most companies test prospective em-
ployees to evaluate their typing skills in
terms of both speed and accuracy. Compe-
tency in general mathematics and spelling
is frequently reviewed as well. As comput-
ers continue to change, you must always
be ready to learn new methods and tech-
niques of input.
Outlook
Because of improvements in data-process-
ing technology that enable businesses to
process greater volumes of information
with fewer workers, the U.S. Department
of Labor predicts that employment for
data entry clerks is expected to decline
through 2016. Jobs are becoming limited,
for example, because many computer sys-
tems can now send information directly
to another computer system without the
need for a data entry clerk to input the
information a second time. In addition,
the widespread use of personal comput-
ers, which permit numerous employees to
enter data directly, have also diminished
the need for skilled entry personnel. More
businesses are also contracting temporary
and staffng services instead of hiring full-
time data entry clerks.
ForMoreInformation
A visit to an offce that uses data processing
systems may provide a good opportunity to
learn more about this position. At home or
school, you can practice typing by using a
computer or typewriter or by entering data
for various club or group activities.
New York, NY 10121-0701
212-869-7440
acmhelp@acm.org
http://www.acm.org
AssociationofInformationtechnology
Professionals
800-224-9371
http://www.aitp.org
A data entry clerk busily enters
information into a database. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 45 7/16/09 10:05:12 AM
46
Demographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatDemographersDo
Demographers collect and study facts about
population. They gather information
about births, marriages, deaths, education,
and income levels. Their population stud-
ies tell what the society is actually like and
help experts predict economic and social
trends.
For example, demographers may study
birth rates of a community. They may fnd
that the population of school-age children
is growing faster than expected and that
new schools will have to be built. Or de-
mographers may collect facts about how
many of these children have been sick
with measles. These facts could be studied
to fnd out how effective the measles vac-
cine is.
Demographers work for both govern-
ment agencies and private companies. Lo-
cal, state, and federal government agencies
use demographers to help them provide
enough of the right kinds of transporta-
tion, education, police, and health services.
Private companies use demographers col-
lections of facts, or statistics, to help them
improve their products or services and
know who will buy them. For example, a
retail chain might use a demographers sta-
tistics to help decide the best location to
open a new store. Demographers may also
teach in colleges and universities or work
as consultants for private companies or
communities as a whole.
An applied statistician, a specialized type
of demographer, uses accepted theories
and known statistical formulas to collect
and analyze data in a specifc area, such as
the availability of health care in a specifed
location.
Demographers use computers to help
them gather and analyze the millions of
pieces of information they need to base
their predictions on. Demographers must
know how to read the statistics and put
them together in a meaningful way.
If you are interested in a career as a de-
mographer, you should be good at solving
logical problems and have strong skills in
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Sociology
Masters degree
SAlAryrANgE
$38,000 to $67,000 to $103,000
OutlOOk
Actuaries
Mathematicians
Research Assistants
Statisticians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 46 7/16/09 10:05:13 AM

47
mathematics, especially algebra and geom-
etry. In high school, take classes in social
studies, English, and mathematics. Famil-
iarity with computer database programs is
important.
Demographers must have a masters
degree in sociology or public health with
special studies in demography. As this feld
gets more competitive, many demogra-
phers (especially those who wish to work
for the federal government) will earn a doc-
toral degree in sociology. The most success-
ful demographers specialize in one area.
You must also keep up with advances in
the feld by continuing education through-
out your career.
Outlook
The social science feld is expected to grow
slower than the average through 2016.
There will be keen competition for jobs in
many areas. Those with the most training
and greatest amount of education, prefer-
ably a Ph.D., should fnd the best job pros-
pects. Employment opportunities should be
greatest in and around large metropolitan
areas, where many colleges, universities,
and other research facilities are located,
as well as at federal agencies. Those with
statistical training will have an advantage,
and those with advanced degrees will be
preferred by private industry.
ForMoreInformation
Exploring statistical surveys and informa-
tion from the Gallup Organization (http://
www.gallup.com) is one way to learn more
about this career. Additionally, undertak-
ing your own demographic survey of an
organization or group, such as your school
or after-school club, is a project you may
want to try.
AmericanSociologicalAssociation
202-383-9005
executive.offce@asanet.org
http://www.asanet.org
PopulationreferenceBureau
1875 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 520
800-877-9881
popref@prb.org
http://www.prb.org
u.S.CensusBureau
4600 Silver Hill Road
recruiter@census.gov
http://www.census.gov
Fast Fact
Demographic fgures are used
to apportion seats in the House
of Representatives. These sta-
tistics also help governments
develop and plan the programs
that citizens need.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 47 7/16/09 10:05:13 AM
48
Dental
Assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
WhatDental
AssistantsDo
Dental assistants help dentists examine and
treat patients. They also carry out adminis-
trative tasks that make the dentists offce
run smoothly.
Dental assistants greet patients and
take them to the examining room. They
prepare patients for examination by cov-
ering their clothing with paper or cloth
to protect it from water and stains. They
also adjust the chair and its headrest to the
proper height.
Many dental assistants take X rays of
patients teeth and develop the flm for the
dentist. During examinations and dental
procedures, dental assistants hand instru-
ments to the dentist as they are needed.
They also use suction devices to keep the
patients mouth dry. When the examina-
tion or procedure is over, dental assistants
give patients instructions for taking care of
their teeth and keeping their mouths clean
and healthy.
Dental assistants help with a variety
of other tasks, such as making plaster casts
of a patients teeth or making dentures. In
some cases, they apply medications to teeth
and gums or remove excess material after
cavities have been flled. Dental assistants
also may help dentists with any emergen-
cies that arise during dental procedures.
In addition to assisting with den-
tal procedures, many offce tasks are per-
formed by dental assistants. They keep pa-
tient records, answer telephones, schedule
appointments, prepare bills, collect pay-
ments, and issue receipts. They may also
inventory dental supplies.
Dental assistants are not the same as
dental hygienists, who are licensed to clean
and polish teeth.
If you are interested in a career as a den-
tal assistant, prepare by taking courses in
general science, biology, health, chem-
istry, and business management in high
school. Typing is also important for dental
assistants.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Business, Health
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$22,000 to $32,000 to $45,000
OutlOOk
Dental Hygienists
Medical Assistants
Nurse Assistants
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 48 7/16/09 10:05:16 AM
49
Many dental assistant positions require
little or no experience and no education
beyond high school. You will learn skills on
the job. However, some assistants receive
training after high school at a technical
institute or a community or junior college
that offers dental assisting programs.
If you attend a two-year college pro-
gram, you will receive an associates de-
gree. If you attend technical school, you
fnish after one year and earn a certifcate
or diploma. To enter these programs, can-
didates must have a high school diploma,
and some schools require that applicants
have received good grades in science, typ-
ing, and English. Aspiring dental assistants
can also receive training in the United
States military.
Outlook
Employment for dental assistants is expect-
through 2016. The average age of our pop-
ulation as a whole is rising, and people are
becoming more aware that they can keep
all their teeth and be healthy. Because of
this, more people will seek dental services
for cosmetic improvements and to keep
their teeth healthy.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career as a dental as-
sistant, observe and interview a local den-
tal assistant. It will also be helpful to get
a part-time or summer job doing clerical
work at a dentists offce.
AmericanDentalAssistantsAssociation
35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1730
312-541-1550
http://www.dentalassistant.org
AmericanDentalAssociation
211 East Chicago Avenue
312-440-2500
http://www.ada.org
AmericanDentalEducationAssociation
202-289-7201
http://www.adea.org
DentalAssistingNationalBoard
800-367-3262
danbmail@danb.org
http://www.dentalassisting.com
A dental assistant removes plaque
from a patients teeth during an exam.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 49 7/16/09 10:05:17 AM
50
Dental
hygienists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatDentalhygienistsDo
Dental hygienists are licensed to clean pa-
tients teeth and they usually work with
dentists. Their main job is to remove plaque
and other deposits from teeth, polish teeth,
and massage gums. Dental hygienists also
teach good oral health. They show patients
how to select toothbrushes and use foss.
They also teach patients about which kinds
of foods damage teeth and which habits,
such as smoking, have harmful effects on
teeth. The main goal of a dental hygienist
is to help patients prevent tooth and gum
decay and have a healthy mouth.
Hygienists who work for dentists in
private practice may do more than clean
teeth. They may take and develop X rays,
mix materials to fll cavities, assist in sur-
gery, and keep charts of patients teeth.
Hygienists may also sterilize (clean to get
rid of all bacteria) instruments. Some hy-
gienists have offce duties as well, such as
answering phone calls and scheduling ap-
pointments for patients.
Not all hygienists work for dentists.
Some work in schools, where they clean
and examine students teeth and show
them how to prevent tooth decay. They
teach children and teens how to brush
and foss teeth correctly and eat the right
foods. Hygienists also keep records of the
students teeth and tell parents about any
problems or need for more treatment.
Some dental hygienists work for lo-
cal, state, or federal public health agencies.
They clean the teeth of adults and children
in public health clinics and other public fa-
cilities, and educate patients in the proper
care of teeth.
To become a dental hygienist, you must
have a high school diploma. While in high
school it is a good idea to take classes such
as biology, business, chemistry, English,
health, and mathematics.
You must also complete two or four
years of college at an accredited dental hy-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Health
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$42,000 to $65,000 to $90,000
OutlOOk
Dental Assistants
Dentists
Endodontists
Medical Assistants
Orthodontists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 50 7/16/09 10:05:20 AM
51
giene school and pass the national board
exams for your state. There are two types
of dental hygiene programs. One is a four-
year college program offering a bachelors
degree. The other is a two-year program
leading to a dental hygiene certifcation.
Many employers now require the four-year
degree.
During your education, you will study
anatomy, physiology, chemistry, pharma-
cology, nutrition, and other sciences. You
will also learn to handle delicate instru-
ments, gain experience in the dental labo-
ratory, and practice working with patients
in clinics.
Dental hygienists, after graduation
from accredited schools, must pass state
licensing examinations, both written and
clinical.
Outlook
It is predicted that employment of dental
hygienists will grow much faster than the
average through 2016. The demand for hy-
gienists is expected to grow because young-
er generations that grew up receiving solid
dental care will keep their healthy teeth for
years longer than people have in the past.
The fact that many people have dental in-
surance available to them will make dental
work more affordable. As the population
ages, there will be a special demand for
hygienists to work with older people, espe-
cially those who live in nursing homes.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this feld, ask your
dental hygienist to show you the tools he
or she uses. Working as a dental assistant,
where you can closely observe the work of
a dental hygienist, can be a valuable step-
ping-stone for you on your path to a dental
hygienist job. This will help you to fgure
out how well you would do at this type of
work, discuss any questions with hygien-
ists, and enroll in a dental hygiene school,
where experience as a dental assistant
would certainly be helpful.
312-440-2500
http://www.ada.org
202-289-7201
http://www.adea.org
AmericanDentalhygienistsAssociation
312-440-8900
exec.offce@adha.net
http://www.adha.org
Growth Field
ber of dental hygienists is expected
to grow from 167,000 to 217,000,
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 51 7/16/09 10:05:20 AM

52
Dental
laboratory
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatDentallaboratory
techniciansDo
Although patients never actually see den-
tal laboratory technicians, these technicians
are very important to the success of many
types of dental treatments. When some-
one loses a tooth, for example, the dentist
writes a prescription for a new one. This re-
placement tooth is then made by the tech-
nician in a laboratory.
There are four main kinds of labora-
tory work that a technician can special-
ize in. Orthodontic technicians make braces
for straightening teeth by bending wires
into complicated shapes that will ft over
the crooked teeth. The braces, retainers, or
tooth bands that these technicians make
are not meant to be permanent. They will
stay in a patients mouth for a long time,
however, so they must ft well and feel
comfortable.
Dental ceramicists make real-looking
porcelain teeth. These are made to replace
missing ones or to ft over natural teeth that
may have been damaged or that are just
not attractive. Ceramicists apply porcelain
paste over a metal frame to make crowns,
bridges, and tooth coverings. Their work
involves a great deal of knowledge and
creativity, and they are usually the highest-
paid technicians.
Some dental laboratory technicians
specialize in making and repairing full and
partial dentures. Full dentures are false
teeth worn by people who have had all
their teeth removed on the upper or lower
jaw, or on both jaws. Partial dentures are
the false teeth that are placed in a jaw be-
tween natural teeth to replace a missing
tooth or teeth. Technicians make dentures
by putting ceramic teeth in a wax model
and then building up wax over it to hold
the set in place.
Crown and bridge specialists restore the
missing parts of a natural tooth that has
been broken. They do this by using plastic
and metal appliances that are permanently
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Art, Technical/Shop
SAlAryrANgE
$20,000 to $33,000 to $56,000
OutlOOk
Dental Assistants
Dental Hygienists
Dentists
Endodontists
Orthodontists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 52 7/16/09 10:05:23 AM
53
cemented to the natural tooth. Technicians
in this area must be skilled at melting and
casting metals.
Most technicians work in privately
owned labs that employ only about six or
seven people. Many large labs specialize
in one type of work, while smaller ones
tend to employ technicians who perform
a range of jobs.
In high school, classes in art (especially ce-
ramics and sculpting) and chemistry will be
helpful. All technicians must have a high
school diploma. After high school, three to
four years of on-the-job training is one way
to start in the profession.
Another option is to complete a two-
year college program in applied science.
This associates degree option is a growing
trend. Courses in such a program include
tooth construction, processing and repair-
ing dentures, and making crowns.
Outlook
Although the overall demand for den-
tal laboratory technicians is expected to
grow slower than the average through
2016, certain job opportunities will remain
favorable. Trainee positions may be readily
available, but these positions do not pay
well. Experienced technicians with estab-
lished professional reputations can start
their own laboratories to further advance
their careers.
The slowing demand for dental labora-
tory technicians is related to the success of
preventive dentistry and the widespread
use of fuoridated water across the nation.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in a career as a dental
laboratory technician, try to get a part-time
or summer job as a laboratory helper. Talk
with a dental laboratory technician, and
attend seminars and lectures. Read about
and practice ceramics, metal casting, and
molding.
312-440-2500
http://www.ada.org
NationalAssociationofDentallaboratories
325 John Knox Road, Suite L103
Tallahassee, FL 32303-4121
800-950-1150
nadl@nadl.org
http://www.nadl.org
Fast Fact
Dental implants are a new al-
ternative to dentures. The im-
plant is a post that protrudes
from the gums and is anchored
in the jaw. Prosthetic teeth are
then attached to these posts.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 53 7/16/09 10:05:23 AM
54
Dentists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatDentistsDo
Dentists help people to have healthy teeth
and gums. They clean, fll, repair, replace,
and straighten teeth. Dentists who are gen-
eral practitioners do many kinds of dental
work. They take X rays, fll cavities, clean
teeth, and pull diseased teeth. Dentists talk
to their patients about how they can pre-
vent tooth and mouth problems and give
them instructions on proper brushing,
fossing, and diet.
Dentists can treat several patients a
day for specifc problems in addition to
doing quick checks on patients who come
in to see dental hygienists for routine clean-
ing. These quick checks include a physical
exam of the teeth and mouth and a look
at X rays. If the dentist detects a problem,
he or she discusses options with the pa-
tient, who then makes one or a series of
appointments.
Dentists diagnose unique problems
that require the care of a dental specialist,
who is devoted to just one kind of den-
tal problem. Orthodontists use braces and
other devices to correct irregular growth of
teeth and jaws. Oral surgeons perform dif-
fcult tooth-pulling jobs, remove tumors,
and fx broken jaws. Periodontists treat dis-
eased gums. Prosthodontists make artifcial
teeth and dentures. Pedodontists specialize
in treating childrens dental problems. Oral
pathologists examine mouth tumors and
lesions and determine their causes. Endo-
dontists treat patients who need root canal
work.
A few dentists work for the federal gov-
ernment in hospitals or clinics, and oth-
ers teach, conduct research, or hold posi-
tions in dental schools. However, about 90
percent of dentists have their own private
practices.
Dentists who work for themselves have
to handle administrative and managerial
matters, such as leasing offce space, hir-
ing employees, running an offce, keeping
record and accounting books, and stock-
ing equipment. These dentists set their
own hours, but most of them work at least
40 hours a week, including some time on
weekends. For beginning dentists, it takes
many hours of work to help pay for the ex-
pensive equipment they need.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Chemistry, Health
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$72,000 to $138,000 to $146,000
OutlOOk
Chiropractors
Endodontists
Optometrists
Orthodontists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 54 7/16/09 10:05:26 AM
55
Science and math courses are a good prep-
aration for a career in dentistry. Good vi-
sion, good manual skills, and some artis-
tic ability are also important. To become a
dentist, you must complete three to four
years of college-level predental education.
Three out of four dentists have a bachelors
or masters degree.
Next, to be admitted to a certifed den-
tal school, you must pass the Dental Admis-
sions Test. Training at a dental school then
takes at least four years. During this time,
you will study basic sciences, including
anatomy, biochemistry, microbiology, and
physiology, as well as how to treat patients.
All 50 states and the District of Colum-
bia require dentists to be licensed. To qual-
ify for a license in most states, a candidate
must graduate from an accredited dental
school and pass written and practical ex-
aminations. Dentists who wish to enter a
specialized feld spend an additional two to
three years studying that specialty.
Outlook
Overall employment of dentists is expect-
ed to grow about as fast as the average
through 2016. New dentists will be needed
to replace dentists who retire or reduce the
number of hours they choose to work. Op-
portunities for specialists, such as cosmetic
dentists, will be very good, especially in
large metropolitan areas such as Los Ange-
les and Chicago.
ForMoreInformation
You can develop good manual dexterity
through sculpting, metalworking, or any
type of fne handwork. Volunteer in a health
care facility to get experience working
around patients and medical professionals.
312-440-2500
http://www.ada.org
202-289-7201
http://www.adea.org
A patient complaining of tooth pain has
a cavity flled by her dentist. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 55 7/16/09 10:05:28 AM
56
Deputy
u.S.Marshals
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Integrity/honesty
WhatDeputy
u.S.MarshalsDo
Deputy U.S. marshals are law enforcement
offcers who protect and enforce the deci-
sions of the U.S. judiciary system. The judi-
ciary system includes judges, the Supreme
Court, and the Department of Justice.
Deputy U.S. marshals transport feder-
al criminals to prison, sometimes in gov-
ernment-owned jets. They are on guard
in federal courtrooms and protect judges
and jury members who are involved in
important legal cases that put their lives
in possible danger. They serve subpoenas,
summonses, and other legal documents.
Marshals investigate and track down
fugitives (criminals who are running from
the law), even those who have escaped to
another country. They also try to fnd fu-
gitives in the United States who are want-
ed by foreign nations. In hunting down
fugitives, marshals often work with state
and local police departments and with
other law enforcement agencies.
The Marshals Service operates the na-
tions witness relocation program. This
program encourages witnesses to testify
in federal trials even though they feel that
their testimony would put them in danger,
such as in organized crime cases. The Mar-
shals Service provides personal protection
for the witness until he or she testifes in
court. After the trial is over, the Marshals
Service helps the witness move to a new
city and take on a new name and identity,
keeping him or her anonymous and safe
from reprisals.
U.S. marshals also operate the program
for confscating property that has been pur-
chased from the profts of certain illegal ac-
tivities such as drug dealing. The marshals
seize the houses, boats, and other property
that criminals have purchased. They hold
it and maintain it until the property is sold
or put up for auction. Hundreds of millions
of dollars in seized assets are in the custody
of the Marshals Service.
Marshals are trained to respond to
emergency situations such as riots, terrorist
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Computer science, Foreign language,
Government
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$48,000 to $75,000 to $89,000
OutlOOk
Bounty Hunters
Customs Offcials
FBI Agents
Police Offcers
Spies
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 56 7/16/09 10:05:28 AM
57
incidents, or hostage situations when fed-
eral law is violated or federal property is en-
dangered. A highly trained force of deputy
U.S. marshals called the Special Operations
Group is deployed in these situations.
Like other federal offcers, deputy U.S. mar-
shals are trained at either the Federal Law
Enforcement Training Center in Glynco,
Georgia, or the U.S. Marine Corps base in
Quantico, Virginia. They complete a three-
month training program that teaches them
about laws, proper procedures, frearm use,
and physical training.
To enter this program, you must frst
take a civil service exam. You are then in-
terviewed to see if you have what it takes to
be a good deputy marshal. You must have
a minimum of a bachelors degree, work
experience, or a combination of both. Any
law enforcement experience is also consid-
ered. Competition for these jobs is strong,
with an average of 15 applicants for every
opening.
Outlook
Changes in the Marshals Services budget,
as well as increases or decreases in the re-
sponsibilities assigned to the service, af-
fect employment opportunities. Careers
in law enforcement and security-related
felds in general are expected to grow rap-
idly in some cases, as federal and state
governments pass new tough-on-crime
legislation and the number of criminals
continues to grow. Threats of terrorist ac-
tivity have increased security particularly
in and around government offces, public
buildings, airports, post offces, and media
headquarters.
Despite the continuing need for depu-
ty U.S. marshals, competition for available
positions will remain high because of the
prestige offered by this career and the gen-
erous benefts available to many careers in
federal service.
ForMoreInformation
For more information about working as a
deputy U.S. marshal, you can write directly
to the Marshals Service. A school guidance
counselor, a college or university place-
ment offce, or a public library may also
have information. For more background,
read Frederick S. Calhouns book The Law-
men: United States Marshals and Their Depu-
ties, 17891989 (Penguin, 1991).
u.S.MarshalsService
us.marshals@usdoj.gov
http://www.usdoj.gov/marshals
During a practice drill a deputy U.S.
marshal awaits instructions from the drill
leader. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 57 7/16/09 10:05:29 AM
58
Dermatologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatDermatologistsDo
Dermatologists study, diagnose, and treat
diseases and ailments of the skin, hair, mu-
cous membranes, nails, and related tissues
or structures. They may also perform cos-
metic services, such as scar removal or hair
transplants.
The work of a dermatologist begins
with a diagnosis to determine the cause of
a disease or condition. For example, if a pa-
tient exhibits a mysterious red rash on his
or her arms and legs that does not seem to
go away, dermatologists determine what is
wrong. They will study the patients medi-
cal history, conduct a visual examination,
and sometimes take blood samples, smears
of the affected skin, microscopic scrapings,
or biopsy specimens of the skin. The der-
matologist may order cultures for fungi or
bacteria or perform tests to fnd allergies or
immunologic diseases. Skin, blood, or tis-
sue samples are sent to a laboratory for test-
ing and analysis.
Dermatologists use a variety of medi-
cines and treatments to cure their patients.
They treat some skin problems with oral
medications, such as antibiotics. Certain
types of infammations of the skin, such as
eczema and dermatitis, psoriasis, and acne,
can be treated with creams, ointments, or
other medications. Dermatologists also use
ultraviolet light and radiation therapy.
Some skin problems require surgery.
Dermatologists may use traditional surgery
that cuts away the affected area. The skin
can also be frozen (known as cryosurgery),
treated with lasers, or treated with current
(known as cauterization).
Many surgical procedures can be per-
formed on an outpatient basis in the of-
fce of the dermatologist, using local an-
esthesia. Warts, moles, scars, and boils
can all be taken care of in the offce. Hair
transplants and laser treatments for such
problems as cysts, disfguring birth de-
fects, birthmarks, and spider veins can
also usually be performed in a dermatol-
ogists offce.
There are many subspecialties in the
feld of dermatology. Dermatoimmunologists
focus on diseases of the immune system,
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$120,000 to $169,000 to $232,000
OutlOOk
Cosmeticians
Cosmetic Surgeons
Electrologists
Nurses
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 58 7/16/09 10:05:32 AM
59
such as allergies. Pediatric dermatologists
treat children with skin disorders. Occupa-
tional dermatologists treat occupational dis-
orders, such as forms of dermatitis caused
by biological or chemical irritants.
Dermatologists must frst earn a bachelors
degree, take the Medical College Admis-
sion Test, and apply to a medical school.
After acceptance, you must complete four
years of study and training to earn a degree
of Doctor of Medicine.
After medical school, physicians must
pass a standard examination given by the
National Board of Medical Examiners.
Then they begin their residency to learn
their specialty. Only about half of those
who apply to residency programs are ac-
cepted, and the feld of dermatology is es-
pecially competitive. The American Board
of Dermatology, an organization that cer-
tifes dermatologists, requires four years of
residency training, three of which must be
training in dermatology.
Outlook
The health care industry is thriving, and
employment opportunities for physicians
are expected to grow faster than the aver-
age through 2016. The feld of dermatol-
ogy is expected to expand for a number of
reasons. New technologies, medicines, and
treatments continue to be developed at a
rapid pace.
Another factor in the growth of this
industry is that the population is grow-
ing and aging, requiring more skin-related
health care in advancing years. Demand
for dermatologists has increased as people
have become aware of the effects of radia-
tion exposure from the sun and of air pol-
lutants on skin.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about a career as a derma-
tologist, you may plan to tour medical
settings such as hospitals, clinics, nursing
homes, and health care facilities. Volunteer
to work in a health care environment to get
practical experience. Join science clubs that
might give you an opportunity to work on
biology or anatomy projects.
AmericanAcademyofDermatology
PO Box 4014
866-503-7546
http://www.aad.org
AmericanBoardofDermatology
Henry Ford Health System
One Ford Place
313-874-1088
abderm@hfhs.org
http://www.abderm.org
800-621-8335
Did You Know?
The specialty of dermatology got
its start in mid-19th century Vien-
na, Austria, when Dr. Ferdinand
von Hebra founded a division
of dermatology at the Univer-
sity of Vienna. There, he discov-
ered treatments for many skin
conditions.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 59 7/16/09 10:05:33 AM
60
Desktop
Publishing
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatDesktop
PublishingSpecialistsDo
Have you ever made fyers to advertise a
music recital? Or designed programs for
a school play? Then you have probably
worked with computers, desktop publish-
ing software, scanners, and printers. Desk-
top publishing specialists do this type of work
for a living. They create reports, brochures,
books, magazines, newsletters, advertise-
ments, business cards, and other docu-
ments. They work with fles others have
created, or they compose original text and
graphics for their clients. A desktop pub-
lishing specialist is someone with artistic
talent, proofreading skills, and a great deal
of computer knowledge.
Desktop publishing specialists are hired
by individuals, small business owners,
and large companies to create a wide vari-
ety of designs for printed documents and
Web pages. They use text provided by the
employer and arrange it in a pleasing man-
ner on the page or computer screen. They
choose typefaces, sizes, and type styles,
such as bold or italic, to emphasize certain
words and phrases. They arrange column
widths and check for proper spacing be-
tween letters, words, and columns.
Desktop publishing specialists cre-
ate interesting graphics or use graphics or
photographs supplied by the employer.
They use software programs to adjust the
artwork size, color, and sharpness, if nec-
essary, and arrange it on the page to best
explain, illustrate, or complement the text.
They choose colors for text, artwork, and
other graphic elements, such as lines, box-
es, and borders.
Proofreading is an important part of
this job. Desktop publishing specialists
read the text of the document, checking
for errors and typing errors. They examine
the document for print quality and resolve
any problems with resolution and color.
They work closely with clients, graphic de-
signers, printers, and copywriters to make
sure they create the documents according
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
SAlAryrANgE
$21,000 to $36,000 to $57,000
OutlOOk
Little or no change
Graphic Designers
Information Brokers
Webmasters
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 60 7/16/09 10:05:35 AM
61
to specifcations. After the document has
been completed and approved, the desktop
publishing specialist prepares it for posting
on the Internet.
Desktop publishing specialists need both
computer and artistic skills. Computer
classes that teach graphics and page layout
programs are most benefcial. Art and pho-
tography classes will teach you about color,
composition, and design. English classes
will help you with the editing and proof-
reading aspects of the job.
A college degree is not required, but
many desktop publishing specialists have
at least a bachelors degree. Some commu-
nity and technical colleges offer courses in
desktop publishing and graphic design. A
growing number of schools offer programs
in technical and visual communications,
which may include classes in desktop pub-
lishing, layout and design, and computer
graphics. Four-year colleges also offer
courses in technical communications and
graphic design.
Outlook
The demand for desktop publishing spe-
cialists is expected to experience little or no
change through 2016. Increased availabil-
ity of easy-to-use desktop publishing soft-
ware and more employees learning desk-
top publishing skills as part of their jobs is
reducing the need for desktop publishing
specialists. In addition, companies are in-
creasingly preparing materials for publica-
tion on Web pages rather than for print,
further reducing the demand.
ForMoreInformation
Become familiar with various graphic de-
sign and page layout programs. If you sub-
scribe to an Internet service, take advantage
of any free Web space available to you and
design your own home page. Join comput-
er clubs, and volunteer to produce newslet-
ters and fyers for your school or church.
Experience with the school paper and year-
book will help you learn about page layout,
typesetting, word processing, and how to
meet deadlines.
PrintingIndustriesofAmerica
200 Deer Run Road
Sewickley, PA 15143-2600
800-910-4283
http://www.printing.org
SocietyfortechnicalCommunication
901 North Stuart Street, Suite 904
703-522-4114
stc@stc.org
http://www.stc.org
Fast Fact
Many desktop publishers invest
in a home offce. Here are a
few things a desktop publisher
needs in a home offce: comput-
er (with CD-ROM and Internet
access), laser printer, scanner,
layout and illustration software
(such as Adobe InDesign and
Adobe Illustrator), word pro-
cessing and spreadsheet soft-
ware (such as Microsoft Offce).
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 61 7/16/09 10:05:35 AM
62
Detectives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Exercise leadership
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Decision making
Self-management
WhatDetectivesDo
Detectives are plainclothes police offcers
who investigate crimes already committed
and try to prevent crimes that are expected
to occur. They observe people and events
and collect information from various
sources. The majority of detectives spend
three to fve years as uniformed police of-
fcers before being promoted to a detective
position. Police detectives work on cases
involving murder, arson, fraud, assault,
and property crimes. Some specialize in
one area, such as fngerprinting or hand-
writing analysis. Police detectives may be
assigned as many as two or three cases a
day, and having 30 cases to handle at one
time is not unusual.
Police detectives have several ways of
gathering information and evidence on
crimes and suspects. For example, they
contact and interview victims and witness-
es, familiarize themselves with the scene
of the crime and places where a suspect
may spend time, and conduct surveillance
operations. Detectives sometimes have in-
formers who provide important leads. Also
helpful are existing police fles on other
crimes, on known criminals, and on people
suspected of criminal activity. If suffcient
evidence has been collected, the police de-
tective arrests the suspect, sometimes with
the help of uniformed police offcers.
Once a suspect is in custody, po-
lice detectives conduct an interrogation.
Questioning the suspect may reveal new
evidence and help determine whether the
suspect was involved in other unsolved
crimes. Before fnishing the case, the detec-
tive prepares a detailed written report. De-
tectives are sometimes required to present
evidence at the trial of the suspect.
Good detectives are very observant and
can remember faces, names, and anything
unusual about a suspected criminal, such
as a peculiar way of dressing or speaking.
Detectives often work in teams, but they
also must be able to work independently
and without constant supervision.
Narcotic squad detectives try to appre-
hend those who deal illegal drugs. They
know how to recognize and test narcotics,
c
y
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Government, History
SAlAryrANgE
$37,000 to $60,000 to $96,000
OutlOOk
Crime Analysts
FBI Agents
Forensic Experts
Police Offcers
Spies
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 62 7/16/09 10:05:36 AM
63
keep a trail of evidence, and seal it. They
know self-defense, how to use a search
warrant, and how to seize property. They
sometimes have to infltrate a suspected
drug operation by pretending to be inter-
ested buyers themselves. This is called a
sting operation, and it can be very danger-
ous, especially if the detectives true iden-
tity is revealed to the dealer.
To become a detective you need a high
school diploma and preferably at least two
years of college. Many police departments
encourage candidates to attend special po-
lice academies or universities with courses
in law enforcement.
You must be at least 21 years old and
pass rigorous physical exams, including
tests of strength and agility as well as vi-
sion. Your background will be investigated
to make sure you have not committed any
crimes. Once you have joined the police
force, basic training is provided. After you
have demonstrated solid capabilities as a
police offcer, you can be considered for
promotion to a detective position.
Outlook
Employment for police detectives is expect-
ed to increase about as fast as the average
through 2016. Job openings for narcotics
squad detectives are expected to continue
attracting a large number of applicants.
Detectives who work as private inves-
tigators are also expected to have excellent
employment opportunities. The use of pri-
vate investigators by insurance frms, res-
taurants, hotels, and other businesses is on
the rise. An area of particular growth is the
investigation of the various forms of com-
puter fraud.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in becoming a detec-
tive, talk with your local police depart-
ment, a private investigation school, or a
college or university that offers police sci-
ence, criminal justice, or law enforcement
courses.
InternationalAssociationofChiefs
ofPolice
515 North Washington Street
703-836-6767
http://www.theiacp.org
NationalAssociationof
InvestigativeSpecialists
PO Box 82148
Austin, TX 78708-2148
512-719-3595
http://www.pimall.com/NAIS/dir.menu
Did You Know?
The Pinkerton National Detective
Agency was a private investigative
frm begun by Allan Pinkerton in
the 1850s. Pinkerton agents were
known for their ability to capture
train robbers, kidnappers, and forg-
ers. Later, however, the agency was
infamously used by businessmen to
discourage the formation of unions
and to break up strikes in the coal,
iron, and railroad industries.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 63 7/16/09 10:05:36 AM
64
Diagnostic
Medical
Sonographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
Social
WhatDiagnostic
MedicalSonographersDo
Diagnostic medical sonographers, or sonog-
raphers, use electronic instruments that
record high-frequency sound waves to
produce images of internal organs in the
human body. These sound waves are simi-
lar to sonar, which is used to locate objects
beneath the water.
Sonographers work on the orders of
a physician. They set up the ultrasound
equipment for each exam. They describe
the imaging process to the patient as they
position the patients body correctly for
the procedure. It is important to be able to
put people at ease and be kind and com-
passionate while maintaining a profession-
al attitude. Patients often are very old or
young, or fearful about the sonogram, and
they need to be reassured and comforted
before the procedure begins.
When the patient is properly posi-
tioned, the sonographer applies a type of
gel to the skin over the organ that will be
examined. This gel improves the ability
to see the image. The sonographer then
moves the transducer, a device that directs
sound waves, slowly over the area to be im-
aged and monitors the sound wave display
screen to ensure that a quality ultrasonic
image is being produced. The diagnostic
data are recorded on computer disk, mag-
netic tape, strip printout, flm, or video-
tape. When the procedure is complete,
the sonographer prepares the recorded
images and makes notes for the attending
physician about what occurred during the
exam.
Other duties of sonographers include
maintaining patient records, monitoring
and adjusting sonographic equipment
for accuracy, and, after considerable ex-
perience, serving as supervisors, prepar-
ing work schedules, and evaluating future
equipment purchases.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$41,000 to $57,000 to $78,000
OutlOOk
Electroneurodiagnostic Technicians
Medical Assistants
X-ray Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 64 7/16/09 10:05:39 AM
65
Middle and high school students should
focus on the sciences, including chemistry,
anatomy and physiology, and physics, and
also mathematics, speech, and technical
writing classes.
Sonographers receive their training
from teaching hospitals, colleges and uni-
versities, technical schools, or the armed
forces. Most sonographers enter the feld
after completing an associates degree, but
certifcate programs and four-year bache-
lors degree programs are also available.
After completing their degrees, sonog-
raphers may register with the American
Registry of Diagnostic Medical Sonogra-
phers and become certifed, which is op-
tional but frequently required by employ-
ers. Other licensing requirements may exist
at the state level but vary greatly.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for diagnos-
tic medical sonographers are projected
to increase faster than the average for all
occupations through 2016. The use of di-
agnostic medical sonography, like many
other imaging felds, will continue to grow
because of its safe, nonradioactive imaging
and its success in detecting life-threatening
diseases and in analyzing previously non-
imageable internal organs.
Sonography will play an increasing role
in the felds of obstetrics/gynecology and
cardiology. Furthermore, the aging popula-
tion will create high demand for qualifed
technologists to operate diagnostic ma-
chinery. Demand for qualifed diagnostic
medical sonographers exceeds the current
supply in some areas of the country, espe-
cially rural communities, small towns, and
some retirement areas.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a hospital, clinic, nursing home, or
other health care facility to view the equip-
ment and facilities used and to watch pro-
fessionals at work. Your guidance counselor
or science teacher may be able to arrange a
presentation by a sonographer.
AmericanregistryofDiagnostic
MedicalSonographers
51 Monroe Street
Plaza East One
800-541-9754
http://www.ardms.org
CommissiononAccreditationofAllied
healthEducationPrograms
1361 Park Street
Clearwater, FL 33756-6039
727-210-2350
mail@caahep.org
http://www.caahep.org
SocietyofDiagnosticMedicalSonography
2745 Dallas Parkway, Suite 350
Plano, TX 75093-8730
800-229-9506
http://www.sdms.org
A diagnostic medical sonographer
operates ultrasound equipment, in this
case showing a mother-to-be an image of
her fetus. (Photo Disc)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 65 7/16/09 10:05:40 AM
66
Dialysis
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatDialysistechniciansDo
Dialysis technicians, also called nephrology
technicians or renal dialysis technicians, set
up and operate hemodialysis (artifcial kid-
ney) machines for patients whose kidneys
have failed. Dialysis technicians also main-
tain and repair equipment as well as edu-
cate patients and their families about di-
alysis. All dialysis technicians work under
the supervision of physicians or registered
nurses.
Healthy kidneys remove toxic wastes
from our blood in the form of urine.
Chronic renal failure is a condition in
which the kidneys cease to perform this
task. Many people, especially diabetics or
people who suffer from undetected high
blood pressure, develop this condition.
These patients require hemodialysis to stay
alive. In hemodialysis the patients blood
is circulated through the dialysis machine,
which takes over for the kidneys by flter-
ing out impurities, wastes, and excess fuids
from the blood. The cleaned blood is then
returned to the patients body.
Dialysis technicians most often work in
a hospital or special dialysis center. Some
technicians travel to patients homes.
Technicians prepare the patient for dialy-
sis, monitor the procedure, and respond
to any emergencies that occur during the
treatment. Before dialysis, the technician
measures the patients vital signs (includ-
ing weight, pulse, blood pressure, and
temperature) and obtains blood samples
and specimens as required. The technician
then inserts tubes into a vein or a catheter,
through which blood is exchanged be-
tween the patient and the artifcial kidney
machine.
The dialysis process usually takes about
three hours. During this time, technicians
keep a close watch on the patients and the
machines. They must be attentive, precise,
and alert. They measure and adjust blood-
fow rates as well as check and recheck the
patients vital signs. All of this information
is carefully recorded in a log. In addition,
technicians must respond to any alarms
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$23,000 to $37,000 to $61,000
OutlOOk
Medical Assistants
X-ray Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 66 7/16/09 10:05:42 AM
67
that occur during the procedure and make
appropriate adjustments on the dialysis
machine.
To become a dialysis technician, you need
at least a high school diploma or the equiv-
alent. Previous experience caring for the
seriously ill, such as volunteering in a hos-
pital, is highly recommended.
There are only a few two-year dialysis
preparatory programs available in techni-
cal schools and junior colleges. Most tech-
nicians learn their skills through on-the-
job training.
Outlook
There should continue to be a need for
dialysis technicians in the future as the
number of people with kidney disease and
failure increases. Those with kidney failure
must have either dialysis or a kidney trans-
plant in order to live. The steadily increas-
ing number of patients in need will mean
a continued strong demand for dialysis
technicians.
Technicians make up the largest pro-
portion of the dialysis team, since they can
care for only a limited number of patients
at a time. There is also a high turnover rate
in the feld of dialysis technicians, creat-
ing many new job openings, and there is a
shortage of trained dialysis technicians in
most localities.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteering in a hospital, nursing home,
dialysis center, or other patient-care facil-
ity can give you experience in caring for
patients. Most hospitals have volunteer
programs that are open to high school stu-
dents. If you have a family member, neigh-
bor, or friend who is on dialysis, ask if you
can come along to observe. Most dialysis
patients appreciate having visitors.
AmericanNephrologyNursesAssociation
East Holly Avenue, Box 56
Pitman, NJ 08071-0056
888-600-2662
anna@ajj.com
http://www.annanurse.org
NationalAssociationofNephrology
technicians/technologists
PO Box 2307
Dayton, OH 45401-2307
937-586-3705
http://www.nant.biz
NationalkidneyFoundation
30 East 33rd Street
New York, NY 10016-5337
800-622-9010
http://www.kidney.org
Did You Know?
Hemodialysis machines were frst
developed in the 1940s. Before the
invention of this machine, people
with chronic renal failure (CRF)
would die because their kidneys
could not remove toxic products
from their blood.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 67 7/16/09 10:05:43 AM
68
Diesel
Mechanics
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatDieselMechanicsDo
Diesel mechanics work on the diesel en-
gines that power buses, ships, automobiles,
trucks, locomotives, construction machin-
ery, and farm and highway equipment.
Their work can be divided into three ba-
sic categories: maintenance, repair, and
rebuilding.
Maintenance work involves the day-to-
day servicing that keeps the engine running
smoothly. This includes checking oil levels,
the brake system, steering mechanisms,
and wheel bearings; cleaning air and oil
flters; removing and checking the various
parts of the fuel system; and inspecting the
water cooling system.
Despite regular maintenance checks,
parts of the engine can wear out or break.
When this happens, the mechanic removes,
replaces, and adjusts the defective part.
To rebuild an engine a diesel mechanic
must take it completely apart. This is usu-
ally scheduled at regular intervals, such as
every 18 months or 100,000 miles.
Mechanics use a variety of instruments
to check each part and then either repair,
adjust, or replace it as needed. Diesel me-
chanics use specialty instruments to make
precision measurements and diagnostics
of each engine component. Micrometers
and various gauges test for engine wear.
Ohmmeters, ammeters, and voltmeters
test electrical components. Dynamom-
eters and oscilloscopes test overall engine
operations.
The work of diesel mechanics varies
according to the kind of machine they are
working on. Most diesel mechanics work on
the engines of heavy trucks, such as those
used in hauling freight over long distances.
All mechanics know the principles of die-
sel engines and are prepared to do exact-
ing, often strenuous work to keep engines
in good working order. They usually work
indoors and are exposed to dirt and grease.
Diesel mechanics work with heavy tools
such as welding and fame-cutting equip-
ment, power wrenches, lathes, and grind-
ing machines. Shops must comply with
strict safety procedures to help employees
avoid accidents.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
SAlAryrANgE
$25,000 to $39,000 to $57,000
OutlOOk
X
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 68 7/16/09 10:05:43 AM
69
Entry-level diesel mechanics need a high
school diploma, a Class A drivers license,
and they must complete some formal
training. Training can vary from on-the-
job or apprenticeship training to formal
classroom work in a technical or voca-
tional school that offers courses in diesel
equipment.
Because of the time and money it takes
to train an apprentice, most employers
today prefer to hire only those who have
some postsecondary training. Many diesel
mechanics begin their training by working
on gasoline engines. Many gain experience
working on cars as a weekend or part-time
job when they are in high school. Some
frms, particularly those that manufac-
ture diesel engines, offer their own formal
training programs, which can last from six
months to four years.
Outlook
Employment for diesel mechanics is ex-
through 2016. Most jobs for diesel me-
chanics will be with trucking companies
that hire mechanics to maintain and re-
pair their feets. Construction companies
are also expected to require an increase in
diesel mechanics to maintain their heavy
machinery, such as cranes, earthmovers,
and other diesel-powered equipment.
ForMoreInformation
Many community centers offer general
auto maintenance workshops where you
can get practice working on cars and learn
from instructors. Trade magazines such as
Land Line (http://www.landlinemag.com)
and Overdrive (http://www.overdriveonline.
com) are an excellent source for learning
whats new in the trucking industry and
can be found at libraries and some larger
bookstores.
AutomotiveAftermarketIndustry
Association
7101 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1300
301-654-6664
aaia@aftermarket.org
http://www.aftermarket.org
I-CArCollisionrepairtraining
5125 Trillium Boulevard
Hoffman Estates, IL 60192-3600
800-422-7872
http://www.i-car.com
NationalInstituteforAutomotive
ServiceExcellence
101 Blue Seal Drive, SE, Suite 101
703-669-6600
The vehicles that diesel mechanics work
on tend to be large machines such
as buses and construction machinery.
(Aurora/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 69 7/16/09 10:05:44 AM
70
Dietand
FitnessWriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatDietand
FitnessWritersDo
Diet and ftness writers express, edit, pro-
mote, and interpret ideas and facts about
nutrition and exercise in written form for
books, magazines, Web sites, trade jour-
nals, newspapers, technical studies and re-
ports, and company newsletters. The word
diet actually refers to the food one eats
regularly, not a restrictive eating plan. Diet
and ftness writers analyze healthy diets,
frequently high in protein and low in satu-
rated fats, and evaluate poor diets, often
characterized as high in sugar and saturat-
ed fats.
These writers may report on their own
experiences, or they may write about the
diet or sports activities of others. Some diet
and ftness writers create articles or full
books on new dieting methods or exercise
forms to persuade the public to adopt that
dieting or ftness trend.
They may write health and ftness ar-
ticles for books, magazines, and journals.
They also contribute to scientifc research
and technical reports. Many writers pro-
mote popular diets or ftness fads. They
may write advertisement copy or contrib-
ute to health and ftness segments for radio
and television broadcasts.
Diet and ftness writers can be em-
ployed either as in-house staff or as free-
lancers. Pay varies according to experience
and position, but freelancers must provide
their own offce space, health insurance,
and equipment such as computers and fax
machines.
Many diet and ftness writers also work
as personal trainers, dietitians, or nutrition-
ists, or in other related careers.
While in high school, build a broad educa-
tional foundation by taking courses in Eng-
lish, literature, health, science, computer
science, and typing.
Competition for writing jobs in the diet
and ftness arena is very strong. A college
education may not be required, but it helps
to establish your skills as a writer. If you
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Health, Physical education
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$27,000 to $51,000 to $100,000
OutlOOk
Copy Editors
Copywriters
Sportswriters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 70 7/16/09 10:05:46 AM
71
want to be hired full time as a diet or ft-
ness writer, employers may prefer that you
have a background in nutrition or sports
ftness as well as course work in English or
journalism. Some highly technical journals
or scientifc research publications require
their writers to have a masters degree.
In addition to formal course work,
most employers look for practical writing
experience. Experience with high school
and college newspapers, yearbooks, and
literary magazines will make you a better
candidate. In addition, experience or in-
ternships with a small community newspa-
per, radio station, or local television station
is also valuable.
Outlook
The employment of all writers is expected
to increase at a rate about as fast as the av-
erage for all occupations through 2016, ac-
cording to the U.S. Department of Labor.
The demand for writers by newspapers,
periodicals, book publishers, and nonproft
organizations is expected to increase. The
growth of online publishing will also de-
mand many talented writers; those with
computer skills will have an advantage as
a result.
People entering this feld should realize
that the competition for jobs is extremely
keen, especially for writers beginning their
careers. Ultimately, many aspiring writers,
including diet and ftness writers, turn to
other occupations when they fnd that ap-
plicants far outnumber the job openings
available.
ForMoreInformation
You can test your interest and skills in the
writing feld by serving as a reporter or
writer on school newspapers, yearbooks,
and literary magazines. You should also ex-
plore the feld of ftness and nutrition by
participating in sports and taking part in
health clinics or workshops.
AmericanCouncilonExercise
888-825-3636
AmericanDieteticAssociation
800-877-1600
http://www.eatright.org
AssociationforEducationinjournalism
andMassCommunication
234 Outlet Pointe Boulevard
Columbia SC 29210-5667
803-798-0271
http://www.aejmc.org
Bellydancing is one of the newest trends
to hit the exercise circuit. This diet and
ftness writer samples a class before
writing on this growing trend. (AP/Wide
World)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 71 7/16/09 10:05:47 AM
72
Dietetic
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatDietetictechniciansDo
Dietetic technicians work in two areas: food-
service management and nutritional care
of individuals (also called clinical nutri-
tion). They usually work as members of
a team under the direction of a dietitian.
Most technicians work for hospitals and
nursing homes. Others work for health
agencies such as public health departments
or neighborhood health centers.
Technicians who work in food-service
management perform a variety of tasks.
They work in the kitchen overseeing the
actual food preparation, or they supervise
dietetic aides who serve food to patients in
the cafeteria and in their hospital rooms.
Technicians also manage the work and
time schedules of other food-service em-
ployees. In addition, they train employ-
ees and evaluate their work. Technicians
sometimes develop recipes as well as diet
plans for patients. They also help patients
select their menus. Some have the duties of
keeping track of food items on hand, order-
ing supplies, and supervising food storage.
Technicians must be able to give full atten-
tion to the details of their own job while
coordinating the work of other employees.
Technicians involved in clinical nutri-
tion work under the supervision of a dieti-
tian. They interview patients about their
eating habits and the foods they prefer. This
information is given to the dietitian along
with reports on each patients progress. Pa-
tients histories reveal any need for changes
in their diets, in which case the technician
also teaches patients and their families about
good nutrition. Technicians also keep in
touch with patients after they leave the hos-
pital to see if they are staying on their diets.
Some dietetic technicians work in com-
munity programs. They teach families how
to buy and prepare healthful foods, or they
work with patients who have special diet
needs, such as the elderly. Some techni-
cians work in programs that provide meals
for the needy.
Dietetic technicians also work for
schools, colleges, and industrial food-
service companies. Some work in research
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$17,000 to $25,000 to $39,000
OutlOOk
Family and Consumer Scientists
Food Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 72 7/16/09 10:05:50 AM
73
kitchens under the supervision of a dieti-
tian. These technicians keep track of sup-
plies, weigh and package food items, in-
spect equipment, and keep records.
Dietetic technicians must have a high school
diploma and complete a two-year program
approved by the American Dietetic Associa-
tion that leads to an associates degree.
Such programs combine classroom
work with on-the-job experience. Subjects
studied include food science, menu plan-
ning, sanitation and safety, and diseases re-
lated to poor nutrition. You also learn how
to purchase, store, prepare, and serve food.
Voluntary certifcation is offered by the
American Dietetic Association. You must
complete an approved education program
and take an examination to earn the Di-
etetic Technician, Registered designation.
Outlook
Employment for dietetic technicians is
expected to grow faster than the aver-
age through 2016. Most Americans place
great importance on nutrition and health,
and more nutritional health services will
be used in future years. The population is
growing, and the percentage of older peo-
ple, who need the most health services, is
increasing even faster.
Another reason for the positive out-
look for technicians is that health care or-
ganizations now realize the advantages of
hiring them for a variety of jobs. Many of
the tasks dietitians used to perform can be
done well by dietetic technicians, at lower
cost to employers, leaving dietitians to do
specialized work.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer and part-time jobs may be avail-
able in the food-service department of a hos-
pital or other health care organization near
you. Also consider volunteering for commu-
nity programs, such as food pantries or food
service for the homeless, or for organizations
that prepare and deliver meals to the elderly
and homebound such as Meals on Wheels.
800-877-1600
education@eatright.org
AmericanSocietyforNutrition
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7050
http://www.nutrition.org
CenterforNutritionPolicyandPromotion
3101 Park Center Drive, 10th Floor
703-305-7600
http://www.usda.gov/cnpp
InternationalandAmericanAssociationsof
ClinicalNutritionists
15280 Addison Road, Suite 130
Addison, TX 75001-4551
972-407-9089
iaacnddc@clinicalnutrition.com
http://www.iaacn.org
Did You Know?
The concept of dietetics is not
new. Guidelines about food have
existed throughout human histo-
ry, often in the form of religious
beliefs or folk traditions.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 73 7/16/09 10:05:50 AM
74
Dietitiansand
Nutritionists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatDietitiansand
NutritionistsDo
Dietitians and nutritionists advise people on
eating habits and plan diets that will im-
prove or maintain their health. They work
for themselves or for institutions such as
hospitals, schools, restaurants, and hotels.
Registered dietitians (RDs) have completed
strict training and testing requirements
designed by the American Dietetic Asso-
ciation. Nutritionists include people with
various levels of training and skills. Regula-
tions covering the use of this title vary from
state to state. Certifed clinical nutritionists
(CCNs) have the same core educational
and internship backgrounds as RDs. Yet,
they are specialists who have completed
some postgraduate education that focuses
on the biochemical and physiological as-
pects of nutrition science.
Clinical dietitians plan and supervise the
preparation of diets designed for patients,
and they work for hospitals and retirement
homes. In many cases, patients cannot eat
certain foods for medical reasons, such as
diabetes or liver failure, and dietitians see
that these patients receive nourishing meals.
They work closely with doctors, who advise
them regarding their patients health and
the foods that the patients cannot eat.
Community dietitians usually work for
clinics, government health programs, so-
cial service agencies, or similar organiza-
tions. They counsel individuals or advise
the members of certain groups about nu-
tritional problems, proper eating, and sen-
sible grocery shopping.
Management dietitians work for large fa-
cilities such as hospitals, prisons, and caf-
eterias located in businesses. They hire and
supervise staff; prepare budgets; purchase
equipment, food, and other supplies; en-
force food sanitary and safety regulations;
and maintain records and reports.
Consultant dietitians often have their
own private practice and contract with
clients such as health care facilities, sports
teams, wellness programs, and other busi-
nesses to provide nutrition-based advice re-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$32,000 to $49,000 to $71,000
OutlOOk
Food Technologists
Herbalists
Naturopaths
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 74 7/16/09 10:05:53 AM
75
garding healthy diets, menu development,
and budget planning and development.
Although most nutritionists do some
kind of teaching in the course of their work,
teaching nutritionists specialize in educa-
tion. They usually work for hospitals, and
they may teach full time or part time.
CCNs typically work in private practice
as part of a group of health care profession-
als, or for a doctor in private practice. They
work with clients to correct imbalances in
the clients biochemistry and improve their
physiological function.
Most nutritionists have at least two years of
college-level training in nutrition, food ser-
vice, or another related subject.
To become a registered dietitian, you
must have a bachelors degree, complete
a practice program that takes six to 12
months, and pass an examination. Af-
ter that, you must complete continuing-
education courses so that you can stay
registered.
To be eligible for many positions in in-
stitutions, you must be an RD, a CCN, or a
registered dietetic technician. If you want
to teach or do research, you will need one
or more advanced degrees.
Outlook
Employment of dietitians and nutrition-
ists is expected to grow about as fast as the
Dietitians working in hospitals, nursing
care facilities, and state government may
experience slower growth. Many hospitals,
nursing care facilities, and state govern-
ments are expected to hire contractors to
handle food-service operations.
ForMoreInformation
Learn healthy ways to cook and bake. Plan
and prepare meals for your family. Do your
own grocery shopping, and learn to pick
out the best produce, meats, fsh, and other
ingredients. Take cooking classes offered in
your community.
800-877-1600
AmericanSocietyforNutrition
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7050
http://www.nutrition.org
CenterforNutritionPolicyandPromotion
3101 Park Center Drive, 10th Floor
703-305-7600
http://www.usda.gov/cnpp
During a meeting with a client, a
nutritionist discusses healthy meal options.
(Scott Bauer/USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 75 7/16/09 10:05:54 AM
76
DigitalAgents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Decision-making
Social
WhatDigital
AgentsDo
The work of a digital agent is similar to that
of other talent agents who represent artists,
performers, writers, or athletes, but digital
agents represent clients whose expertise is
technology. Digital agents focus on market-
ing their clients to companies or organiza-
tions in search of skilled, high-tech profes-
sionals. Their clients may be independent
contractors who want to work on a project-
by-project basis or they may be looking for
full-time, permanent positions. Much of
a digital agents work involves interview-
ing prospective clients to determine what
their skills are, what type of work they are
interested in (for example, Web design or
strategic planning for e-commerce), their
education background, and previous work
experience. Digital agents also meet with
representatives from companies or orga-
nizations in search of employees to meet
their high-tech needs. Digital agents nego-
tiate contracts, collect fees or commissions,
and handle other related paperwork.
Most digital agents have at least a bache-
lors degree, so college preparatory courses
are recommended. Also take as many com-
puter classes as possible as well as English,
speech, and business classes.
A bachelors degree in a computer-re-
lated feld or a liberal arts degree with an
emphasis on technology can be key in
helping you fnd a job in this career.
Outlook
As the demand for Web content contin-
ues to grow, the demand for those skilled
in developing the content will also grow,
increasing the employment outlook for
digital agents to match high-tech skilled
people with companies. The entertainment
industry, specifcally the online video area,
should provide strong growth in employ-
ment opportunities for those prepared to
negotiate deals and place high-tech tal-
ent with television and movie companies.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Computer science, Business, English
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$40,000 to $70,000 to $100,000
OutlOOk
Business Managers
Career Counselors
Executive Recruiters
Literary Agents
Sports Agents
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 76 7/16/09 10:05:56 AM
77
Employment opportunities will be best for
digital agents with at least a bachelors de-
gree and up-to-date skills in computer and
Internet technology.
ForMoreInformation
Join your schools computer club or a com-
munity computer users group to stay cur-
rent with changes in technology. Try de-
signing your own Web site and spend time
on the Internet studying the designs of
different Web sites and e-commerce sites.
A part-time job at a computer store can
give you an opportunity to meet a vari-
ety of people in the industry. Working for
a temporary staffng agency can provide
some background in human resources and
job placement services.
AmericanSocietyforInformationScience
andtechnology
1320 Fenwick Lane, Suite 510
301-495-0900
asis@asis.org
http://www.asis.org
hrCertifcationInstitute
Society for Human Resource Management
1800 Duke Street
703-548-3440
info@hrci.org
http://www.hrci.org
Fast Fact
The job of digital agent is a
relatively new oneit has only
existed since the emergence of
the Internet as a growth feld.
The job of a digital agent, how-
ever, is similar to that of other
types of agents: to match their
clients talents with an appro-
priate job.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 77 7/16/09 10:05:57 AM
78
Discjockeys
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Self-esteem
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatDiscjockeysDo
Disc jockeys, or DJs, play recorded music
on the radio or during parties, dances,
and special occasions. On the radio, they
also announce the time, the weather fore-
cast, and important news. Sometimes DJs
interview guests and make public service
announcements.
Unlike radio and television newscast-
ers, disc jockeys most often do not have to
read from a written script. Their comments
are usually spontaneous, except when they
read scripted commercials. They play musi-
cal selections, fading them out when neces-
sary to make room for commercials, news,
time and traffc checks, or weather reports.
Because most radio shows are live
broadcasts and anything may happen
while they are on the air, disc jockeys must
react calmly under stress and know how
to handle unexpected circumstances. The
best disc jockeys have pleasant, soothing
voices and a talent for keeping listeners
entertained.
Often, disc jockeys have irregular
hours, and most of them work alone. Some
have to report for work at a very early
hour in the morning or work late into
the night because so many radio stations
broadcast 24 hours per day. Despite their
challenging schedules, disc jockeys work
can be exciting. Some DJs who stay with
a station for a long time become famous
local personalities. After they have be-
come well known, they might be invited
to participate in civic activities and char-
ity events.
Because disc jockeys play the music
their listeners like and talk about the things
their listeners want to talk about, they are
always aware of pleasing their audience. If
listeners switch stations, ratings go down,
and disc jockeys can lose their jobs.
Some disc jockeys work at parties and
other special events on a part-time basis.
There is no formal education required of a
disc jockey. However, many large stations
prefer to hire people who have had some
college education. Some schools train stu-
dents for broadcasting, but such training
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Speech
SAlAryrANgE
$15,000 to $26,000 to $70,000
OutlOOk
Decline
Actors
Broadcast Engineers
Radio Producers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 78 7/16/09 10:05:59 AM
79
will not necessarily improve ones chances
of fnding a job at a radio station.
If you are interested in becoming a disc
jockey and advancing to other broadcast-
ing positions, you should attend a school
that will train you to become an announc-
er. Alternatively, you can apply for any job
at a radio station and try to work your way
up until you are given an on-air position.
Outlook
Employment of announcers is expected to
decline through 2016, so competition for
jobs will be great in an already competitive
feld.
While small stations will still hire be-
ginners, on-air experience will be increas-
ingly important. Another area where job
seekers can push ahead of the competition
is in specialization. Knowledge of specifc
areas such as business, consumer, and
health news may be advantageous.
Radio station mergers and changes in
the industry can affect employment. If a
radio station has to make cuts due to the
economy, it is most likely to do so in a be-
hind-the-scenes area, which means that
the disc jockeys may have to take on ad-
ditional duties.
ForMoreInformation
Take advantage of any opportunity you get
to speak or perform before an audience.
Volunteer or audition for emcee duties
at special events at your school, church,
or community center. Join a debate team
or forensics club to work on your speak-
ing skills. Volunteer for organizations that
make recordings for the visually impaired.
You will provide a valuable service while be-
ing able to practice cold-reading on tape.
BroadcastEducationAssociation
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-3935
NationalAssociationofBroadcast
Employeesandtechnicians
http://nabetcwa.org
NationalAssociationofBroadcasters
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
radio-televisionNewsDirectors
AssociationandFoundation
4121 Plank Road # 512
Fredericksburg, VA 22407-4888
202-659-6510
http://www.rtnda.org
Disc jockeys follow programming
guidelines to balance the amounts of
music, news, and commercials during their
shows. (Stepanov/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 79 7/16/09 10:06:00 AM
80
Dispensing
Opticians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatDispensing
OpticiansDo
Dispensing opticians measure and ft clients
with prescription eyeglasses, contact lenses,
other low-vision aids, and sometimes artif-
cial eyes. They help clients select appropri-
ate eyeglass frames and order all necessary
ophthalmic laboratory work.
Dispensing opticians may work in the
optical department of a large department
store or in a small store that sells only eye-
wear. Some dispensing opticians work for
ophthalmologists or optometrists who sell
glasses to their patients.
Dispensing opticians help customers
select frames for their glasses. They consid-
er the customers work and activities, facial
characteristics, comfort, and the thickness
of the corrective lenses. After the frames are
chosen, the optician measures the distance
between the customers pupils and deter-
mines exactly where the lenses should be
placed in relation to the pupils of the eyes.
The dispensing optician then prepares
work orders for the ophthalmic laboratory.
Opticians record lens prescriptions, lens
size, and the style and color of the frames.
They send the orders to the laboratory,
where technicians grind the lenses and in-
sert them into the frames. Sometimes the
laboratory is located right on the premises,
and sometimes the prescription must be
sent to an outside laboratory.
When the glasses are ready, dispensing
opticians make sure the prescription is cor-
rect and that the glasses ft the customer
properly. They use small hand tools to ad-
just the frames so the lenses are positioned
correctly and the frames are comfortable.
Some dispensing opticians ft contact
lenses as well as glasses. They measure
the curve of the customers eye and then
give these measurements and the doctors
prescription to an optics technician, who
makes the lenses. Dispensing opticians also
teach customers how to wear and care for
the lenses.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Business, Mathematics
SAlAryrANgE
$20,000 to $31,000 to $49,000
OutlOOk
Ophthalmologists
Optical Engineers
Optometric Technicians
Optometrists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 80 7/16/09 10:06:03 AM
81
To become a dispensing optician, you must
frst earn a high school diploma. Math-
ematics, health, and mechanical drawing
classes are helpful. Many dispensing opti-
cians learn on the job as apprentices, and
some companies that sell glasses offer ap-
prenticeship programs that last two to four
years. However, more employers prefer to
hire those who have graduated from two-
year college programs.
Community colleges and trade schools
offer two-year optician programs that teach
the science of optics and the techniques of
making lenses as well as business and com-
munications. Dispensing opticians need
special training to ft contact lenses. This
training is usually offered by contact lens
manufacturers.
In some states, dispensing opticians
must have a license to ft glasses. To earn the
license, you must usually pass an oral and
a written exam. Dispensing opticians must
have good hand-eye coordination and the
ability to work well with customers.
Outlook
The demand for dispensing opticians will
grow about as fast as the average through
2016. One reason for this steady growth is
an increase in the number of people who
need corrective eyeglasses. More than
60 percent of the people in the United
States now wear prescription glasses or
contact lenses. Dispensing opticians and
others involved with eye care continue to
develop ways of making corrective lenses
more comfortable, attractive, and easy to
wear.
ForMoreInformation
Visit optical shops in your area. During slow
periods, opticians may be willing to talk to
you about their jobs. Ask if you can tour a
laboratory to see how glasses are made.
AmericanBoardofOpticianry/National
ContactlensExaminers
6506 Loisdale Road, Suite 209
Springfeld, VA 22150-1815
703-719-5800
http://www.abo-ncle.org
CommissiononOpticianryAccreditation
PO Box 142
Florence, IN 47020-0142
703-468-0566
ellen@coaccreditation.com
http://www.coaccreditation.com
NationalAcademyofOpticianry
8401 Corporate Drive, Suite 605
Landover, MD 20785-2289
800-229-4828
info@nao.org
http://www.nao.org
OpticiansAssociationofAmerica
4064 E. Fir Hill Drive
Lakeland, TN 38002-9463
901-388-2423
oaa@oaa.org
http://www.oaa.org
Did You Know?
The Chinese are believed to have
developed the frst eyeglasses,
around 500 b.c.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 81 7/16/09 10:06:03 AM
82
District
Attorneys
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatDistrict
AttorneysDo
District attorneys (DAs) are lawyers who pros-
ecute cases for city, county, state, or federal
governments. They also are known as pros-
ecutors, county prosecutors, assistant district
attorneys, or assistant U.S. attorneys. District
attorneys spend much of their time in court-
rooms trying to prove that criminal defen-
dants are guilty of committing the crimes
with which they are charged, whether fel-
onies or misdemeanors. To develop their
cases and prepare for trials, they collect and
analyze evidence; interview witnesses; and
review decisions, policies, and regulations
that are relevant to specifc cases being tried.
Research is usually conducted in law librar-
ies. DAs may present evidence to grand ju-
ries to determine if an accused person will be
indicted and sent to trial or released. They
also prepare pretrial motions and briefs, at-
tend hearings and conferences, and devel-
op strategies for their cases, either alone or
working with a team of prosecutors.
A bachelors degree then additional college
studies to earn a law degree is required to be
a district attorney, so while in high school
take college preparatory courses. Classes
in English, speech, history, computer sci-
ence, and government are recommended
as well.
Skills in research, writing, critical think-
ing, and logic are all important to those
planning a career in law. You also will be
required to pass the bar exam in the state
where you plan to practice.
Outlook
The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics ex-
pects the employment of all lawyers to
occupations through 2016. Opportuni-
ties for district attorneys should become
available as DAs holding positions retire
or leave the profession for other reasons.
Employment opportunities should be
best with city or county district attorney
offces.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Speech, History, Foreign
language
Law degree
SAlAryrANgE
$48,000 to $66,000 to $100,000
OutlOOk
Elder Law Attorneys
Judges
Lawyers
Paralegals
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 82 7/16/09 10:06:03 AM
83
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, contact
your city or county district attorneys offce
to see if they sponsor an education pro-
gram in which you can participate. You can
also contact your local court clerk and see
if a trial is taking place that you can attend
to observe the proceedings. Volunteering
or fnding part-time employment in a local
law offce is another way to learn about the
legal profession, in general.
AmericanBarAssociation
312-988-5000
http://www.abanet.org
NationalCollegeofDistrictAttorneys
University of South Carolina
1600 Hampton Street, Suite 414
Columbia, SC 29208-3400
http://www.ndaa.org/ncda
NationalDistrictAttorneysAssociation
44 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 110
703-836-3195
http://www.ndaa.org
u.S.Departmentofjustice
U.S. Attorneys Offce of Legal Education
1620 Pendleton Street
803-705-5100
http://www.usdoj.gov/usao
Deputy district attorney Dave Clifton questions an expert witness in a Reno, Nevada,
murder trial. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 83 7/16/09 10:06:05 AM
84
Diversand
Diving
Technicians
SkillS Spotlight
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatDiversand
DivingTechniciansDo
Divers and diving technicians, also referred
to as commercial divers, are experts who use
scuba gear (an oxygen tank and breathing
apparatus) to perform underwater work.
They inspect, repair, remove, and install
underwater equipment and structures.
They work on underwater research proj-
ects, building and maintaining oil wells
and other submerged structures.
Most divers work for commercial div-
ing contractors who take on a wide vari-
ety of jobs, including building underwater
foundations for bridges, placing offshore
oil well piping, and fxing damaged ships,
barges, or permanent structures located in
the water.
Divers and diving technicians must not
only be skilled at diving but also must be
able to do a variety of tasks both underwa-
ter and aboard a sailing vessel. They may
have to repair a hole in a ship while it is in
the water or search for missing equipment
at sea. Many divers and diving technicians
work on research projects investigating life
in the lakes and oceans. They may take
underwater photographs or make flms or
videotapes. Some work on salvage projects,
such as exploring and retrieving items from
wrecked ships at sea. Others help with un-
derwater military projects.
Divers must be able to use hand tools,
such as hammers, wrenches, and metal-
cutting equipment while deep underwa-
ter, and they must use air compressors and
breathing-gas storage tanks. They carry
communications equipment that allows
them to receive instructions from workers
on the boat and to receive alerts to any de-
veloping problems.
They often work in teams and must al-
ways be aware of what is going on around
them and how much oxygen remains in
their tanks. Some divers and diving tech-
nicians are recreation specialists who teach
c
SchOOlSUbjecTS
MINIMUMeDUcATIONlevel
SAlAryrANge
$29,000 to $42,000 to $92,000
OUTlOOk
Marine Biologists
Merchant Mariners
Oceanographers
Photographers
J
85
scuba diving lessons or coordinate diving
programs for resorts or cruise ships.
The best way to prepare for a diving career
is to complete a two-year training program.
To enter a diving program, you must have
a high school diploma, with mathematics
and science skills, and good health. You
must be an excellent swimmer and have
the coordination to perform complicated
tasks underwater.
The two-year program has classes in
diving techniques and the skills needed to
work underwater. Programs for recreation
specialists also include training in business
and communication.
Certifcation is required for recreation
specialists. Certifcation for commercial div-
ers is not required but is available through
the Association of Commercial Divers
International.
Outlook
The world is increasingly turning to the
sea to supply mineral resources, new and
additional sources of food and medicine,
transportation, and national defense. This
growth in marine activity has resulted in a
continuing demand for qualifed divers and
diving technicians. Employment growth
for divers and diving technicians is pro-
jected to grow faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. Entry-level
positions can be low paying and mostly on
dry land. Nevertheless, with a few years of
experience, gradually spending more time
in the water and learning skills on the job,
divers usually are rewarded in terms of both
pay and job satisfaction.
ForMoreInformation
Join the swim team, or take swimming les-
sons. Hobbies such as boating, fshing, and
water skiing allow you to spend time in and
on the water. You can begin diving train-
ing before high school. Between the ages
of 12 and 15 you can earn a Junior Open
Water Diver certifcation, which allows you
to dive in the company of a certifed adult.
When you turn 15, you can upgrade your
certifcation to Open Water Diver.
AssociationofCommercialDiving
Educators
c/o Santa Barbara City College
721 Cliff Drive
Santa Barbara, CA 93109-2312
805-965-0581
info@acde.us
http://www.acde.us
NationalAssociationofunderwater
Instructors
PO Box 89789
Tampa, FL 33689-0413
800-553-6284
http://naui.org
A diver is surrounded by Sergeant Major
fsh in the Red Sea, Egypt. (Jeff Rotoman/
Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 85 7/16/09 10:06:07 AM
86
Drafters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatDraftersDo
Drafters are technical artists who prepare
clear, complete, and accurate drawings and
plans for engineering, construction, and
manufacturing purposes. The drawings are
based on rough sketches and calculations
of engineers, architects, and industrial
designers. The accuracy of drawings and
plans depends on the drafters knowledge
of machinery, engineering practices, math-
ematics, building materials, and the physi-
cal sciences.
For example, an architect might pre-
pare a rough sketch of an offce building.
The sketch shows what the building will
look like and includes the measurements
of its size. Before the building can be con-
structed, extremely detailed drawings of
every part of the building must be made.
These drawings, called blueprints or lay-
outs, are created by drafters.
Senior drafters, sometimes called chief
drafters, use the ideas of architects and en-
gineers to make design layouts. Detailers
make complete drawings from these de-
sign layouts. Complete drawings usually
include the dimensions of the object or
structure and the type of material to be
used in constructing it. Checkers carefully
examine drawings to look for mistakes.
Tracers correct any mistakes found by
the checkers and then trace the fnished
drawings onto transparent cloth, paper, or
plastic flm. This makes the drawings easy
to reproduce.
Drafters often specialize in a certain
type of drawing or in a certain feld. Archi-
tectural drafters do all-around drafting, such
as plans for building sites or layouts of of-
fces or factories. Civil drafters help with
accurate mapmaking used in major con-
struction or engineering projects such as
highways. Pipeline drafters make diagrams
used in the design and layout of oil and gas
felds, refneries, and chemical plants.
For many years, drafters traditionally
worked at large, tilted drawing tables, with
a variety of drawing instruments, including
protractors, compasses, triangles, squares,
drawing pens, and pencils. Today, draft-
ers more often use sophisticated design
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Art, Mathematics
SAlAryrANgE
$28,000 to $43,000 to $65,000
OutlOOk
Architects
Cartographers
_
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 86 7/16/09 10:06:08 AM
87
software for computer-aided design (also
called computer-aided design and drafting,
or CAD).
Drafters must have good hand-eye
coordination for the fne detail work in-
volved in drafting. They also must have a
good sense of spatial perception (the ability
to visualize objects in two or three dimen-
sions) and formal perception (the ability to
compare and discriminate between shapes,
lines, forms, and shadings).
Mathematics and science courses are im-
portant preparation for drafting careers.
Mechanical drawing classes and wood,
metal, or electric shop are also helpful.
Most beginning drafters must take classes
after high school to get a job.
Two-year drafting programs are offered
by community colleges and vocational
schools. These programs include courses in
science, mathematics, drawing, sketching,
and drafting techniques. More employers
now look for graduates of four-year pro-
grams at technical institutes. Certifcation
of your skills, offered by the American De-
sign Drafting Association, the trade asso-
ciation for drafters, is also helpful.
Outlook
Employment for drafters is expected to
2016. Increasing use of CAD technol-
ogy will limit the demand for less-skilled
drafters, but industrial growth and more
complex designs of new products and
manufacturing processes will increase the
demand for drafting services. Opportuni-
ties will be best for well-educated drafters.
ForMoreInformation
Take up hobbies and leisure time activities
that require the preparation of drawings
or use of blueprints, such as woodwork-
ing, building models, and repairing and
remodeling projects. When your family
purchases an item that you put together
yourself, study the assembly instructions
and drawings.
AmericanDesignDraftingAssociation
Newbern, TN 38059-1526
731-627-0802
http://www.adda.org
InternationalFederationofProfessional
andtechnicalEngineers
501 Third Street, NW, Suite 701
202-239-4800
http://www.ifpte.org
Did You Know?
In his book Gomtrie descriptive,
French mathematician Gaspard
Monge (17461818) developed
concepts of descriptive geometry
that led to the establishment of
drafting as a profession.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 87 7/16/09 10:06:08 AM
88
Driving
School
Instructors
andOwners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reasoning
Responsibility
WhatDrivingSchool
InstructorsandOwnersDo
Driving school instructors and owners teach
people or groups of people in classroom
settings the skills and information they
need to be safe drivers. Instruction usu-
ally includes the proper handling of ve-
hicles in emergency situations, driving
techniques, and the operation of vehicles.
Driving instructors prepare students to
take and pass the necessary exams to earn
a drivers permit or license by teaching
state driving laws. Tools driving instruc-
tors use may include audio-visual aids and
driving simulators. In addition, they may
take students out in vehicles for hands-on,
on-the-road driving practice. Some driv-
ing instructors may work as teachers in
high schools that offer drivers education
classes. In this situation, they may teach
other courses such as English or science
in addition to drivers education classes.
Other driving instructors work for com-
mercial driving schools, teaching adults
and older teens. Some driving instructors
own and operate their own commercial
driving school.
All driving instructors must have a high
school diploma and be at least 21 years old.
Those planning to teach drivers education
in a high school will be required to have
at least a bachelors degree. While in high
school, take college preparatory courses as
well as classes in English, business, com-
munications, and speech.
An associates degree in driver education
is offered at some community colleges. It is
also possible to receive on-the-job training
through a commercial driving school. Most
states require driving school instructors to
be licensed or certifed to teach. Driving
instructors planning to open their own
school should have advanced training in
business and safety education.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, English
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$30,000 to $49,000 to $78,000
OutlOOk
Franchise Owners
L
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 88 7/16/09 10:06:08 AM
89
Outlook
The employment of driving school in-
structors is expected to increase about as
fast as the average. Opportunities for those
teaching drivers education in public high
schools along with other teaching duties
also will be good, although some high
schools have scaled back or eliminated
drivers education programs. Commercial
driving instruction schools are increasing
in numbers and should offer the best em-
ployment opportunities for instructors.
ForMoreInformation
If your school offers a course in drivers ed-
ucation, arrange to meet with the teacher
to observe and ask questions about what
the job is like. You also may contact a lo-
cal commercial driving school to request
an information interview with the owner
or one of the instructors.
AmericanDriverandtraffcSafety
EducationAssociation
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, R & P Building
Indiana, PA 15705-0001
724-357-4051
http://www.adtsea.iup.edu
AssociationforDriverrehabilitation
Specialists
2425 North Center Street, Suite 369
Hickory, NC 28601-1320
877-529-1830
http://www.driver-ed.org
DriversEd.com
PO Box 209
Oakland, CA 94604-0209
888-651-2886
http://www.driversed.com
DrivingSchoolAssociationoftheAmericas
3090 East Gause Boulevard, Suite 425
Slidell, LA 70461-4155
800-270-3722
http://www.thedsaa.org
Fast Fact
There are some driving schools
that teach specialized driving
skills. In addition to schools
that teach people how to drive
trucks, buses, and other large
vehicles, you can fnd classes
where you can learn about
race-car driving, and in snowy
or mountainous areas you can
also fnd classes to improve your
inclement-weather driving skill.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 89 7/16/09 10:06:09 AM
90
DryCleaning
andlaundry
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatDryCleaningand
laundryWorkersDo
Dry cleaning and laundry workers dry clean,
wash, dry, and press clothing, linens, cur-
tains, rugs, and other articles made from
natural and synthetic fbers. This work is
done for individuals, families, industries,
hospitals, schools, and other institutions.
In smaller laundries and dry cleaning
plants, one worker may perform several
different tasks. In larger plants, a worker
usually performs only one job in the clean-
ing process.
Some laundry may be picked up from
homes and businesses by sales route drivers.
These drivers also return the laundry after
it has been cleaned. Some people bring
their laundry to dry cleaning stores. Here,
sales clerks take the items from customers,
add up the cleaning costs, and fll out claim
tickets or receipts for the customers to bring
back when they pick up their items. Clerks
also inspect the articles for rips and stains,
mark the items to identify the customer to
whom they belong, and bundle them for
cleaning.
In the cleaning plant, markers put tags
on articles so they are not lost. Then they
send the items to rooms where they are ei-
ther dry cleaned or laundered. If the articles
are to be dry cleaned, classifers sort them
according to the treatment they need. If
the items are to be laundered, sorters weigh
the items and put individual customers ar-
ticles into net bags to keep them together.
Laundry spotters brush stains with
chemicals or other cleaners until the stains
disappear. Plants that clean rugs may em-
ploy rug measurers to record the size of the
rugs so they can be stretched back to their
original size after cleaning.
When articles are to be cleaned, laun-
dry laborers and loaders take the laundry to
the washing machines. Washing machine
operators then wash the articles. When the
washing cycle is complete, operators load
the laundry into extractors, which remove
about 50 percent of the water from washed
laundry. The damp laundry is then put on
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$14,000 to $18,000 to $27,000
OutlOOk
Household Workers
Textile Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 90 7/16/09 10:06:09 AM
91
a conveyor belt that takes it to dryers, con-
ditioners, and other machines.
Dry cleaners operate the machines that
use chemicals to clean items. Hand dry
cleaners clean delicate items that need indi-
vidual attention by hand.
When items are dry or semi-dry, press-
ers or fnishers operate machines that use
heat or steam to press the items. Flatwork
fnishers feed linens into automatic press-
ing machines. Puff ironers press portions of
garments that cannot be ironed with a fat
press by pulling them over heated, metal
forms.
Most dry cleaning and laundry workers
learn their skills on the job. Usually, the
only educational requirement is a high
school diploma or its equivalent. However,
courses in sewing, textiles, and clothing
construction are useful.
In addition, chemistry, shop, and com-
puter classes can be benefcial. Some large
dry cleaning and laundry plants offer for-
mal training programs for new employees.
Another way to learn dry cleaning and
laundry skills is through training and semi-
nars provided by trade associations.
Outlook
Despite declining employment trends in
the textile and apparel industries, employ-
ment of laundry and dry cleaning workers
is projected to grow about as fast as the
The large number of dry cleaning estab-
lishments in the country and the need for
laundry workers in hotels, hospitals, and
nursing homes will continue to create job
opportunities. Automation advances will
cut the number of unskilled and semiskilled
workers needed, and most openings will
be for skilled workers, drivers, and manag-
ers. In the dry cleaning industry, there are
many opportunities for workers who can
perform pressing and spotting procedures.
ForMoreInformation
To fnd out more about laundry and dry
cleaning work, visit a plant or institution
and talk with owners and workers. Librar-
ies are also a good source of information
about this industry.
CleanersOnline
http://www.cleanersonline.com
DrycleaningandlaundryInstitute
14700 Sweitzer Lane
Laurel, MD 20707-5903
800-638-2627
techline@if.org
http://www.if.org
NeighborhoodCleanersAssociation
International
New York, NY 10001-5271
800-888-1622
http://www.nca-i.com
Many of todays dry cleaners have
switched to using eco-friendly chemicals
in their work. These dry cleaners often
advertise themselves as green cleaners.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 91 7/16/09 10:06:10 AM
92
Drywall
Installersand
Finishers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatDrywallInstallers
andFinishersDo
Drywall panels consist of a thin layer of
plaster between two sheets of heavy pa-
per. The panels are used in place of wet
plaster to make the inside walls and ceil-
ings of houses and other buildings. Drywall
installers measure the areas to be covered
and then mark the panels and cut them.
They use a keyhole saw to cut openings for
electrical outlets, vents, and plumbing fx-
tures. Next, they ft the pieces of drywall
into place and use glue to attach them to
the wooden framework. Then they nail or
screw them down. Installers usually need
a helper to assist with the larger, heavier,
more awkward pieces of drywall.
Large ceiling panels may have to be
raised with a special lift. After the drywall is
in place, installers usually attach the metal
frames, also called beading, on the edges of
the walls and the edges cut for windows,
doorways, and vents.
Drywall fnishers, also called tapers, seal
and hide the joints where drywall pan-
els come together and prepare the walls
for painting or wallpapering. They mix a
quick-drying sealing compound and spread
the paste into and over the joints with a
special trowel or spatula. While the paste
is still wet, the fnishers press paper tape
over the joint and press it down. When
the sealer is dry, they spread a cementing
material over the tape. They blend this
material into the wall to hide the joint.
Sometimes fnishers have to apply second
or third coats of sealer to smooth out all
the rough areas on the walls. Any cracks
or holes and nail and screw heads in the
walls or ceiling are flled with sealer.
With a fnal sanding of the patched ar-
eas, the walls and ceiling are ready to be
painted or papered. Some fnishers apply
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
SAlAryrANgE
$23,000 to $36,000 to $61,000
(Installers)
$25,000 to $42,000 to $67,000
(Finishers)
OutlOOk
Carpenters
Cement Masons
Plasterers
/
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 92 7/16/09 10:06:11 AM
93
textured surfaces to walls and ceilings us-
ing trowels, brushes, rollers, or spray guns.
Most drywall installers and fnishers
work for painting, decorating, and drywall
contractors. Some installers and fnishers
operate their own contracting businesses.
Others work for general contractors.
Most employers prefer to hire applicants
with a high school diploma. Drywall install-
ers and fnishers are trained on the job.
Both installers and fnishers also learn
to estimate job costs. Another way to learn
this trade is through apprenticeship pro-
grams. Such programs combine classroom
study with on-the-job training.
Outlook
Job growth for drywall installers and fnish-
ers should be faster than the average through
2016. Increases in new construction and
remodeling and high turnover in this feld
mean replacement workers are needed ev-
ery year. In addition, drywall will continue
to be used in many kinds of building con-
struction, creating a demand for workers.
Jobs will be more plentiful in metropol-
itan areas where contractors have enough
business to hire full-time drywall workers.
Like other construction trades workers, dry-
wall installers and fnishers may go through
periods of unemployment or part-time em-
ployment when the local economy is in a
downturn and construction activity slows.
ForMoreInformation
It may be possible for you to visit a job
site and observe installers and fnishers at
work. There are several home improvement
and construction television programs that
occasionally show the drywall installation
process. Check your library for videos and
books on the subject.
ArizonaCarpentersApprenticeshipand
trainingCommittee
4547 West McDowell, Suite 5
602-272-6547
http://www.azcarpenters.com
AssociatedBuildersandContractors
4250 North Fairfax Drive, 9th Floor
703-812-2000
gotquestions@abc.org
http://www.abc.org
AssociationoftheWallandCeiling
Industry
513 West Broad Street, Suite 210
703-538-1600
http://www.awci.org
Drywall installers carefully measure their
materials to make sure that they ft into
the space where they are installed. (Lisa F.
Young/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 93 7/16/09 10:06:12 AM
94
Ecologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatEcologistsDo
Ecologists study relationships among organ-
isms (plants and animals) and their envi-
ronment, including rainfall, temperature,
altitude, soil and water conditions, and
pollutants. Some ecologists study an entire
ecosystem, or community of plants and
animals in a given habitat, such as a forest,
tundra, savanna (grassland), or rain forest.
There are many complex and delicate
interrelationships within an ecosystem.
For example, green plants use the en-
ergy of sunlight to make carbohydrates,
fats, and proteins; some animals eat these
plants and acquire part of the energy of
the carbohydrates, fats, and proteins; oth-
er animals eat these animals and acquire a
smaller part of that energy. Cycles of pho-
tosynthesis, respiration, and nitrogen fx-
ation continuously recycle the chemicals
of life needed to support the ecosystem.
Anything that disrupts these cycles, such
as drought, fre, or air or water pollution,
can disrupt the delicate workings of the
entire ecosystem.
One primary concern of ecologists is
pollution and the restoration of ecosystems
that are destroyed or severely damaged
because of pollution, overuse of land, or
other disruptions. There are many other
subspecialties within the feld of ecology.
Environmental planning involves study-
ing and reporting the impact of an action,
such as construction, on the environment.
Resource management ecologists determine
what resources already exist and fnd ways
to use them wisely. Forest ecologists research
how changes in the environment affect for-
ests. They study the conditions that cause
a certain type of tree to grow abundantly,
including its light and soil requirements
and its resistance to insects and disease.
Hydrogeologists are ecologists who study
the waters on or below the surface of the
earth. Geochemists study the chemistry of
the earth, including the effects of pollution
on that chemistry.
Ecologists conduct studies on plants
and animals both in their natural setting
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$35,000 to $56,000 to $95,000
OutlOOk
Biologists
Botanists
Chemists
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 94 7/16/09 10:06:12 AM
95
and in the laboratory. They use electron
microscopes, electronic instruments, com-
puters, and other equipment in their re-
search. Some work is done with dangerous
organisms or toxic substances in the labo-
ratory. Fieldwork may include living in re-
mote areas under primitive conditions and
may involve strenuous physical activity.
Earth science, biology, chemistry, English,
math, and computer science classes are im-
portant preparation for a career in ecology.
You need at least a bachelors of science
degree to become an ecologist. This degree
will qualify you for nonresearch jobs, such
as testing or inspection. For jobs in applied
research or management, a masters degree
is usually necessary. In addition, a masters
degree is required for advancement to ad-
ministrative positions. For positions in col-
lege teaching or independent research, a
doctoral degree is required.
The Ecological Society of America offers
professional certifcation at three levels:
Associate Ecologist, Ecologist, and Senior
Ecologist. A candidates certifcation level
will depend on his or her level of education
and professional experience.
Outlook
Environmental jobs are expected to increase
much faster than the average through 2016.
Growth will be due in part to increased
pressure on the environment by population
growth and by the need for compliance
with environmental laws and regulations.
Opportunities for all environmental scien-
tists are predicted to be best with private
consulting frms. There will also be a need
to replace workers in the feld who advance
to management positions, change careers,
or retire. Ecologists with advanced degrees
will fnd better job opportunities than those
with only bachelors degrees.
ForMoreInformation
Parks and nature preserves usually offer
workshops in local plant and animal life
and ecosystems. They may also offer oppor-
tunities to volunteer, especially for cleaning
and maintaining trails and public access ar-
eas. Regularly visit nearby ponds, forests, or
parks to observe and collect data on ecosys-
tems. Science teachers and local park service
or arboretum workers can offer guidance.
EcologicalSocietyofAmerica
202-833-8773
esahq@esa.org
http://esa.org
NationalWildlifeFederation
Reston, VA 20190-5362
800-822-9919
http://www.nwf.org
StudentConservationAssociation
689 River Road
PO Box 550
603-543-1700
askus@thesca.org
Fast Fact
Ecology as a feld of study began
to grow in the 1970s, as people
became more concerned about
the effects of industrialization
on the world around them.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 95 7/16/09 10:06:13 AM
96
Economists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatEconomistsDo
Everyone makes decisions on how to spend
money, but economists do this on a grand
scale. They work with companies and the
government to help plan various programs
and projects. Economists research how
people spend their money and what goods
and services are being produced.
Many economists work for businesses
to help plan what products to make or
services to offer and how much to charge.
An economist may study such factors as
how many potential customers there are
in a certain area, how much they pay for a
product or service, and which other com-
panies are selling the product or service.
Economists also study statistics showing
how much a product costs to make and
where the manufacturer should invest its
profts. Economists analyze these factors
and then report their fndings to manage-
ment offcials, who use this information in
future planning.
Economists collect and analyze the ap-
propriate statistics and examine how vari-
ous numbers are related. For example, an
economist may fnd that salaries are going
up and use that information to explain, in
part, why prices are also increasing.
Preparing reports is another important
part of economists duties. They prepare
tables and charts and write their fndings
in clear, direct language.
Economists usually specialize in a spe-
cifc branch of their feld. Macroeconomists
look at larger issues than those who work
for private companies. Their conclusions
may affect governmental policy. A labor
or demographic economist may investigate
salaries paid to workers across the coun-
try and how many people are employed
nationwide. They use this information to
determine and report various economic
trends. International economists study how
many local goods are sold to foreign coun-
tries and how many foreign goods are
bought here. They study statistics to make
sure that their government is benefting
from its exchange of goods with other na-
tions. Financial economists study credit,
money, and other statistics and trends to
help develop public policy. Industrial or or-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, Economics, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$44,000 to $80,000 to $141,000
OutlOOk
Accountants
Bank Examiners
Financial Analysts
Financial Planners
L
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 96 7/16/09 10:06:13 AM
97
ganizational economists study the way busi-
nesses are organized and suggest ways to
use profts or other assets.
Courses in mathematics, English, and
writing, and any available classes in eco-
nomics or other social sciences, are most
helpful. Computers are important in all
types of statistical work, so make sure to
take computer classes, particularly those
that teach spreadsheet and database
programs.
A bachelors degree with a major in
economics or business administration is
the minimum requirement for an entry-
level position such as research assistant. A
masters degree, or even a Ph.D., is more
commonly required for most positions as
an economist. More than 90 percent of all
economists have advanced degrees.
Outlook
Employment for economists is expected to
cupations through 2016. As employment
of economists by the federal government
slows, economists will fnd the best oppor-
tunities in private industry, especially in
management and technical and scientifc
consulting. In the academic arena, econo-
mists with masters and doctoral degrees
will face strong competition for desirable
teaching jobs.
ForMoreInformation
Learn about business and economic trends
by reading business publications, such as
newspaper business sections and business
news magazines. Participate in investment,
economics, or political science clubs at
your school. Serving as treasurer for a club
can teach you about record keeping and
money management.
AmericanEconomicAssociation
2014 Broadway, Suite 305
615-322-2595
aeainfo@vanderbilt.edu
http://www.aeaweb.org
CouncilforEconomicEducation
122 E 42nd Street, Suite 2600
New York, NY 10168-0002
800-338-1192
info@ncee.net
http://www.councilforeconed.org
NationalAssociationforBusiness
Economics
202-463-6223
nabe@nabe.com
http://www.nabe.com
Fast Fact
Ideas about economics are con-
stantly changing. Here are a
few books that have shaped
this feld: the Wealth of Nations
(Adam Smith, 1776), the Gener-
al theory of Employment, inter-
est, and Money (John Maynard
Keynes, 1936), the constitution
of liberty (Friedrich A. Hayek,
1960), capitalism and Freedom
(Milton Friedman, 1962), and
the return of depression Eco-
nomics and the crisis of 2008
(Paul Krugman, 2008).
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 97 7/16/09 10:06:14 AM
98
Ecotourism/
Adventure
travel
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatEcotourism/Adventure
travelSpecialistsDo
Ecotourism/adventure travel specialists plan
and/or lead tours of unusual, remote, or
exotic places. Mountain biking and hik-
ing, whitewater rafting, and rock climbing
are just a few of the activities favored by
adventurous, physically ft travelers. While
sunbathing in the Bahamas is the ideal va-
cation to some, climbing Mount Everest
is the dream trip to others, and adventure
travel specialists can help them get there.
Their responsibilities can include mapping
out the daily routes and trip itineraries, co-
ordinating with other adventure specialists,
making reservations at locations, as well as
leading groups throughout the tours.
Ecotourism specialists focus on trips
that are environmentally friendly. Their
trips usually focus on educating people
about the natural areas they are visiting,
such as the Amazon jungle or the Gala-
pagos Islands. They aim to help continue
conserving these environments.
Ecotourism/adventure travel specialists
may work independently or for adventure
travel and ecotour companies. Depending
on the job, some specialists may be respon-
sible for arranging travel, such as fight or
train reservations, as well as ordering sup-
plies, arranging lodging and food, and pro-
moting and selling tour packages.
Specialists who also guide the trips
teach travelers about the regions they are
visiting by sharing facts, anecdotes, and lo-
cal stories. They help travelers with their
equipment, and assess travelers physical
abilities and guide them accordingly, al-
ways prepared to handle injuries, danger-
ous areas, and emergencies. They also take
weather conditions and cultural climates
into account when planning the activities
for the day.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Geography, Social studies
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$125$360 per day
OutlOOk
Ecologists
Fitness Directors
Foresters
Professional Athletes Extreme Sports
Recreation Workers
Ski Resort Workers
Tour Guides
Travel Agents
u
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 98 7/16/09 10:06:14 AM
99
In high school, classes in geography, social
studies, and history will provide a solid
foundation for your work as an ecotour-
ism/adventure travel specialist.
Although a bachelors degree is not re-
quired, many adventure travel companies
prefer to hire college graduates. Take classes
in anthropology, biology, as well as health
and recreation. Business administration
classes will be useful if you aim to run your
own adventure travel business one day.
Physical activity is a key component of
this feld, so be sure to take classes or join
clubs in your interest areas, such as hiking,
rock climbing, or photographing wildlife.
If you plan on leading underwater adven-
tures, you will need to be trained and li-
censed in scuba diving. Also, all ecotour-
ism/adventure travel specialists must be
trained in emergency frst aid and CPR.
Outlook
Employment of travel guides is expected
occupations through 2016, according to
the U.S. Department of Labor. In times of
recession, people watch their money more
closely and travel less. When the economy
stabilizes, people feel more confdent about
their budgets, and they are more likely to
travel.
ForMoreInformation
Learn more about this feld by reading
magazines such as Outside (http://outside.
away.com/index.html) and National Geo-
graphics Adventure (http://adventure.na-
tionalgeographic.com). You can also fnd
out how guides work by joining a group
such as the Appalachian Mountain Club or
Sierra Club.
AdventuretraveltradeAssociation
601 Union Street, 42nd Floor
Seattle, WA 98101-2327
360-805-3131
http://adventuretravel.biz
AppalachianMountainClub
5 Joy Street
Boston, MA 02108-1403
617-523-0636
http://www.outdoors.org
theInternationalEcotourismSociety
1301 Clifton Street, NW, Suite 200
202-506-5033
http://www.ecotourism.org
SierraClub
85 Second Street, 2nd Floor
415-977-5500
http://www.sierraclub.org
Adventure travel specialists may take
tourists on a snorkeling trip to see the
tropical ocean life. (frantisekhojdysz/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 99 7/16/09 10:06:15 AM
100
Education
Directors
andMuseum
teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatEducationDirectorsand
MuseumteachersDo
Museums and zoos are places where people
go to observe exhibits with animals, art,
historic objects, and collectibles. Education
directors and museum teachers help these
visitors learn more about what they have
come to see.
Many museums and zoos focus on
helping children understand more about
the exhibits. In museums, children often
are allowed to handle artifacts or play with
objects. In zoos, children may be able to
pet animals. Education directors develop
special projects to help children learn more
from this type of hands-on experience.
Education directors plan, develop, and
administer educational programs. These
include tours, lectures, classes, workshops,
and performances that focus on the history,
use, design, and materials of artifacts or the
behavior and habitat of animals.
In large museums, an education direc-
tor may supervise a staff of museum teach-
ers and advise them in leading workshops
and classes. Directors help fnd ways for
museum teachers to present informa-
tion using materials, such as egg shells
or skeletons, and instruments, such as
microscopes.
In addition to museum staff members,
education directors may hire speakers from
local colleges or universities to lead tours
or discussion groups for special exhibits.
Directors work with these speakers to de-
termine the content of a particular lecture,
class, or series of lectures. They prepare
course outlines and other teaching aids.
Education directors and museum
teachers also work with exhibit designers to
create displays, perhaps showing the de-
velopment of a moth into a butterfy or
displaying plants that animals would fnd
in their natural environment. They work
with graphic designers to produce signs, il-
lustrations, and brochures that reveal more
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$15,000 to $26,000 to $80,000
OutlOOk
Archivists
Historians
Librarians
Museum Curators
Naturalists
L
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 100 7/16/09 10:06:16 AM
101
about an exhibit. Signs in a gorilla exhibit,
for instance, may include a map of Africa
to show where gorillas live.
Most education directors at museums
work in art, history, or science, but other
museums have a special interest, such as
woodcarvings or circuses.
Courses in creative writing, literature, his-
tory of world civilizations, American his-
tory, the sciences, foreign languages, art,
and speech will prepare you for tasks such
as interpreting collections, writing letters
to school principals, designing curriculum
materials, developing multicultural educa-
tion, and lecturing to public audiences.
Education directors and museum teach-
ers must have at least a bachelors degree. A
liberal arts degree is common, but a degree
in one of the sciences is also acceptable.
Outlook
The employment outlook for education di-
rectors and museum teachers is expected to
increase much faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. Museums in
the United States have seen the number of
visitors remain steady and many museums
have been experiencing fnancial stability,
leading to expansion projects. However,
competition will be keen for the limited
number of positions available. Those with
advanced degrees and knowledge of a for-
eign language will have an edge over other
qualifed applicants.
ForMoreInformation
Most zoos and museums have student
volunteers. You may be able to help with
elementary school tours, organize fles or
audiovisual materials, or assist a lecturer in
a class. Books such as Careers in Museums:
A Variety of Vocations (The American Asso-
ciation of Museums, 1994) and Introduction
to Museum Work (AltaMira Press, 1997) also
provide information about the educational
programs at various museums.
AmericanAssociationforStateand
localhistory
1717 Church Street
615-320-3203
membership@aaslh.org
http://www.aaslh.org
AmericanAssociationofMuseums
1575 Eye Street, NW, Suite 400
202-289-1818
http://www.aam-us.org
AmericanPublicgardensAssociation
100 West 10th Street, Suite 614
302-655-7100
http://www.publicgardens.org
Fast Fact
Education directors and muse-
um teachers face unique chal-
lenges in their jobs. Museum
classes often include a broad
range of people of different
ages and educational back-
grounds. Also, unlike a typical
class a museum class will not be
tested on the material, so these
teachers need to be especially
engaging to their audience!
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 101 7/16/09 10:06:16 AM
102
Elderlaw
Attorneys
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatElderlawAttorneysDo
Elder law attorneys are lawyers who special-
ize in providing legal services for the elder-
ly and, in some cases, people with disabili-
ties. Unlike other lawyers who deal with
one feld of law, such as tax lawyers, elder
law attorneys often deal with several felds
of law when providing services to their cli-
ents. Some of the most common elder law
issues include guardianship or conservator-
ship, public benefts (Medicaid, Medicare,
and Social Security), probate and estate
planning, health and long-term care plan-
ning, and elder abuse cases.
Elder law attorneys deal with all of the
legal needs of their clients. They may help
one client with estate planning. They may
counsel another client about planning for
mental incapacity and compose an alterna-
tive decision-making document that will
allow another family member, for exam-
ple, to make decisions about that clients
health care. They may assist another cli-
ent in planning for possible long-term care
needs, including nursing home care. Locat-
ing the appropriate type of care, coordinat-
ing private and public resources to fnance
the cost of care, and working to ensure the
clients right to quality care are all part of
the elder law practice.
Elder law lawyers must know the laws
position on a variety of issues. These is-
sues include the following: health and
long-term care planning, surrogate deci-
sion-making (that is, when the client has
appointed someone, most likely a relative,
to make fnancial or other decisions when
the client is unable to), obtaining public
benefts (including Medicaid, Medicare,
and Social Security). In addition, elder law
attorneys must be capable of handling
matters related to managing diminished
capacity (such as when the client can no
longer think clearly), and the conservation
and administration of the older persons es-
tate (including wills, trusts, and probate).
Finally, elder law attorneys must be able to
recognize cases of abuse, neglect, and ex-
ploitation of an older client.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Economics, Government
Masters degree
SAlAryrANgE
$52,000 to $106,000 to $146,000
OutlOOk
Financial Planners
Health Advocates
Judges
Lawyers
Paralegals
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 102 7/16/09 10:06:17 AM
103
To become a lawyer you will need to earn a
college degree and a law degree. Take a col-
lege preparatory program in high school.
To enter any law school approved by
the American Bar Association, you must
satisfactorily complete at least three, and
usually four, years of college work and
pass the Law School Admissions Test. Most
full-time law degree programs take three
years to complete. Upon completing law
school, students usually receive the juris
doctor (J.D.) degree or bachelor of laws
(L.L.B.) degree.
To obtain a law license, lawyers must
be admitted to the bar association of the
state in which they will practice.
The National Elder Law Foundation
offers certifcation to attorneys who have
met specifc practicing and continuing le-
gal education requirements in the feld of
elder law.
Outlook
The demand for all lawyers is expected
to grow as fast as the average through
2016. Lawyers who specialize in elder law
will have the advantage of a rapidly grow-
ing elderly population, increasingly com-
plex laws, and unprecedented health care
issues.
A record number of law school gradu-
ates has created strong competition for
jobs, and new attorneys, even those with
an eye toward elder law specialization, will
initially face stiff competition for jobs.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about the legal profession in
general, sit in on some trials at your local or
state courthouse. You can go to law-related
Web sites to learn more about legal termi-
nology, current court cases, and the feld of
law in general. Volunteer to work with the
elderly to learn about their specifc needs,
concerns, and opinions.
800-285-2221
aksaba@abanet.org
NationalAcademyofElderlaw
Attorneys,Inc.
1577 Spring Hill Road, Suite 220
Vienna, VA 22182-2223
703-942-5711
http://www.naela.org
NationalElderlawFoundation
6336 North Oracle Road, Suite 326, #136
Tucson, AZ 85704-5457
520-881-1076
http://www.nelf.org
Did You Know?
The earliest known law is the Code
of Hammurabi, developed about
1800 b.c. by the ruler of the Sume-
rians, who lived in todays Iraq.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 103 7/16/09 10:06:17 AM
104
Electricaland
Electronics
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatElectricaland
ElectronicsEngineersDo
For electrical equipment to operate prop-
erly, it needs to be designed and built by
experts who understand wiring and other
construction requirements. Electrical and
electronics engineers design new products,
test equipment, and solve operating prob-
lems. They also estimate the time and
money it will take to build a new product
and make sure budgets are met.
Electrical and electronics engineers
work on all types of projects in a wide va-
riety of felds, including acoustics, speech,
and signal processing; electromagnetic
compatibility; geoscience and remote sens-
ing; lasers and electro-optics; robotics;
ultrasonics, ferroelectrics, and frequency
control; and automotive technology.
Some electrical engineers focus on
high-power generation of electricity and
how it is transmitted for use in lighting
homes and powering factories. They design
and maintain communications equipment
that transmits data via wire and airwaves.
Some engineers work on the design and
construction of power plants. Other electri-
cal and electronics engineers are involved
in the design, manufacture, and mainte-
nance of industrial machinery that must be
precisely timed and calibrated to operate
in conjunction with other machines. Some
engineers build the electric motors used in
airplanes, cars, and other vehicles.
There are electronics engineers who
specialize in broadcasting equipment at
radio and television stations and others
who work with smaller-scale applications,
such as computers, appliances, televisions,
stereos, security systems, and medical
equipment.
All electrical and electronics engineers
draw blueprints to show how a piece of
equipment should be constructed and how
it operates. They complete more detailed
drawings that show how wiring should be
connected. Engineers build prototypes, or
samples, to test the accuracy of their plans.
They write reports on all their fndings and
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Physics
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$51,000 to $80,000 to $125,000
OutlOOk
Aerospace Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 104 7/16/09 10:06:18 AM
105
make changes when necessary. When fnal
plans have been drawn, engineers super-
vise the production of parts and equip-
ment and test it again to make sure it works
properly.
Electrical and electronics engineers need a
solid background in mathematics and sci-
ence and an understanding of how mathe-
matical and scientifc concepts can be used
to solve technical problems. They must be
skillful in making clear sketches of unfn-
ished equipment and have the ability to
explain in understandable language how
complex equipment operates.
In order to become an electrical and
electronics engineer, you must earn a bach-
elors degree in electrical engineering, elec-
tronics engineering, or computer engineer-
ing. A degree in mathematics or science is
sometimes acceptable if you also have ex-
tensive course work in engineering.
Many electrical and electronics engi-
neers have masters degrees or Ph.D.s. Engi-
neers who plan to teach in colleges or do re-
search usually are required to have a Ph.D.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for electrical
and electronics engineers are projected to
grow slower than the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. However, the in-
creased use of electronic components in
automobiles and increases in computer and
telecommunications production require
a high number of skilled engineers. There
is a growing need for upgrading existing
aircraft and weapons systems, which will
create a demand for electrical and electron-
ics engineers. The development of electri-
cal and electronic goods for the consumer
market is also continuing to grow.
ForMoreInformation
Join a science club at your school. Consider
joining the Junior Engineering Technical
Society, which provides hands-on activities
and opportunities to explore scientifc top-
ics in depth. Try building a radio or a com-
puter central processing unit.
Engineers
1828 L Street, NW, Suite 1202
202-785-0017
ieeeusa@ieee.org
http://www.ieee.org
juniorEngineeringtechnicalSocietyInc.
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
MichigantechnologicaluniversitySummer
youthProgram
Youth Programs Offce
1400 Townsend Drive
Houghton, MI 49931-1295
888-773-2655
http://youthprograms.mtu.edu
Electronics engineers work on complex
machines and devices. Here, a man works
on electronic components that are part of
the space shuttle discovery. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 105 7/16/09 10:06:19 AM
106
Electricians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatElectriciansDo
Electricians install and repair the wiring
and electrical equipment that supplies
light, heat, refrigeration, air conditioning,
telecommunications, and other electri-
cally powered services. Electricians work
on constructing new buildings, on remod-
eling old ones, and on making electrical
repairs in homes, offces, factories, and
other businesses.
Electricians usually specialize in either
construction or maintenance. Most con-
struction electricians are employed by con-
tractors or builders. Some work for large
employers that need construction electri-
cians fairly constantly, such as large indus-
trial plants or state highway departments.
In installing wiring, construction elec-
tricians follow blueprints and specifca-
tions, or they prepare sketches showing
the intended location of wiring and equip-
ment. They bend conduit (metal pipe or
tubing that holds wiring) so that it will
ft snugly on the walls, foors, or beams to
which it will be attached. They pull insu-
lated wires or cables through the conduit.
Electricians strip insulation from wires,
splice and solder wires together, and tape
or cap the ends. They attach cables and
wiring to the incoming electrical service
and to various fxtures and machines that
use electricity. They install switches, circuit
breakers, relays, transformers, grounding
leads, signal devices, and other electrical
components. Finally, they test the circuit
to be sure that it is grounded, that the con-
nections are properly made, and that the
circuits are not overloaded.
Maintenance electricians carry out peri-
odic inspections to fnd and fx problems
before they occur. They check the reli-
ability of motors, electronic controls, and
telephone wiring. They make whatever
repairs are necessary and change defec-
tive fuses, switches, circuit breakers, and
wiring. Maintenance electricians work in
manufacturing industries, such as those
that produce automobiles, aircraft, ships,
steel, chemicals, and industrial machinery.
Some work for hospitals, municipalities,
housing complexes, or shopping centers to
do maintenance, repair, and sometimes in-
stallation work.
c
/
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrANgE
$27,000 to $45,000 to $76,000
OutlOOk
Appliance Repairers
Elevator Installers and Repairers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 106 7/16/09 10:06:19 AM
107
A high school education is the frst step to-
ward a career in this feld. Most electricians
agree that the best way to learn the trade is
through an apprenticeship program.
Apprenticeship participants generally
must be between 18 and 24 years old, and
tests to determine an applicants aptitude
for the trade may be given. Most appren-
ticeship programs involve four years of on-
the-job training in which participants work
for several electrical contractors engaged in
different types of work.
Electronics specialists receive certifca-
tion training and testing through the In-
ternational Society of Certifed Electronic
Technicians. Some states and municipali-
ties require that electricians be licensed.
Outlook
Employment of electricians is expected to
2016. This growth will result from an over-
all increase in residential and commercial
construction and the increasing use of
electrical and electronic devices and equip-
ment, especially computer, telecommuni-
cations, and data-processing equipment.
Electricians will be needed to upgrade old
wiring and to install and maintain more
extensive wiring systems as more people
and businesses are choosing to rehab old
buildings rather than construct new ones.
ForMoreInformation
Hobbies such as repairing radios, building
electronics kits, or working with model
electric trains can help develop useful skills
you will need as an electrician. Join a sci-
ence club that allows you to work on proj-
ects related to electricity.
IndependentElectricalContractors
800-456-4324
info@ieci.org
http://www.ieci.org
InternationalBrotherhoodofElectrical
Workers
900 Seventh Street, NW
202-833-7000
http://www.ibew.org
InternationalSocietyofCertifedElectronic
technicians
800-946-0201
info@iscet.org
NationalElectricalContractorsAssociation
Three Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 1100
301-657-3110
http://www.necanet.org
These electricians are repairing a breaker
panel. (Lisa F. Young/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 107 7/16/09 10:06:20 AM
108
ElectricPower
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Select and apply tools technology
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Decision making
Self-management
WhatElectric
PowerWorkersDo
Electric power workers make sure electricity
is available whenever it is needed. Without
electric power workers to guide and man-
age the fow of electricity, power would
never reach our homes, businesses, facto-
ries, and hospitals. Electric power workers
are employed in plants fueled by coal, oil,
natural gas, and nuclear power.
There are several kinds of electric pow-
er workers. Load dispatchers give orders,
usually over the phone, about how much
electricity should be produced and where
it should be released. By reading meters
and recorders, load dispatchers know at
any time how much power is fowing and
where. If lines are down or need repair,
load dispatchers arrange for their removal
and service. Load dispatchers keep careful
records of all normal and emergency situ-
ations that occur on their shifts, and they
inform the proper authorities when lines
or equipment need attention.
A substation operator controls the fow of
electricity by fipping switches at the con-
trol board at one of the power companys
substations. Substation operators monitor
and record the boards readings and then
give the data, such as the amount of elec-
tricity distributed and used, to operators at
the main generating plant. These operators
then connect or break the fow by pulling
levers that control circuit breakers.
Line installers put up the power lines,
which consist of poles, cables, and other
equipment that conduct electricity from
the power plant to where it will be used.
Ground helpers aid the line installers
in digging the holes and then raising the
poles. They also help string cables from
pole to pole or from pole to building.
Trouble shooters are line workers who
service transmission lines that are not
working properly. Because they deal with
energized lines (lines that have electricity
in them), they must take extra precautions
to avoid burns or electric shock.
Cable splicers do work similar to that
of line installers, but with cables. Under-
ground cables are used where raising a pole
c
n
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Physics, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$43,000 to $63,000 to $84,000
OutlOOk
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 108 7/16/09 10:06:20 AM
109
on a street corner is too diffcult. Cable
splicers work in tunnels or on cables buried
in yards, under streets, or through build-
ings and spend most of their time in main-
tenance and repair work.
Most electric power workers are at least high
school graduates who learn the trade either
through on-the-job training or through an
apprenticeship program. To be prepared for
either type of training, class work should
include mathematics, physics, and shop.
An apprenticeship program includes
classes in such things as blueprint reading,
electrical theory, transmission theory, elec-
trical codes, and job safety practices.
Load dispatchers and substation opera-
tors need a background that includes good
training in sciences and mathematics as well
as years of job experience with the compa-
ny. College-level courses are desirable.
Outlook
Employment for electric power workers is
expected to grow slower than the average
for all occupations through 2016. Tech-
nological improvements have made some
equipment more effcient and reliable, and
the use of automatic controls is reducing
the need for people to monitor and regu-
late transmission and distribution systems.
The growth in wireless communications
will also restrict job increases and further
limit opportunities. However, new employ-
ees will be needed to replace older workers
who retire or leave the profession for other
reasons.
ForMoreInformation
Physics and drafting courses are important
for careers in electric power. Some power
plants have visitors centers where the pub-
lic is allowed to observe some of the plant
operations and to learn how electricity is
generated and distributed to consumers.
EdisonElectricInstitute
202-508-5000
http://www.eei.org
InternationalBrotherhoodofElectrical
Workers
202-833-7000
http://www.ibew.org
u.S.DepartmentofEnergy
800-342-5363
http://www.energy.gov
This electric power worker is repairing
a power line. (Stephen Rudolph/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 109 7/16/09 10:06:21 AM
110
Electrologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Social
WhatElectrologistsDo
Electrologists are skin care specialists who
remove unwanted hair from the skin of cli-
ents. They use an electric probe that, with
repeated use, ultimately kills the hair root
and prevents hair from growing back.
Electrologists usually begin their work
with a personal interview with the client
to understand what the clients wishes and
expectations are. The electrologist explains
in detail the process, the possible side ef-
fects, the estimated length of sessions, the
duration of treatment, and the cost. Elec-
trologists also suggest alternate methods of
hair removal that may be more cost effec-
tive or appropriate for a clients needs.
Before beginning a session, electrolo-
gists make sure that the treatment area
and instruments are sterile. The frst step
in the treatment is the cleansing of the
area of skin that will be treated with rub-
bing alcohol or an antiseptic. After the
skin is properly cleansed, the electrologist
uses a round-tipped probe to penetrate
the hair follicle and the papilla, which
is the organ beneath the hair root. The
electrologist sets the proper amount and
duration of the electrical current in ad-
vance and presses on a foor pedal to dis-
tribute the current through the probe. Af-
ter the current is delivered, the hair can
be lifted out with a pair of tweezers. Good
visual acuity and fne motor abilities are
essential.
Electrologists determine an appropri-
ate schedule of treatments for each client.
Weekly appointments may last 15, 30, 45,
or even 60 minutes. The length of the in-
dividual appointments depends on both
the amount of hair to be removed and the
thickness and depth of the hair. Very coarse
hair may take longer to treat, whereas fne
hair may be permanently removed in only
a few sessions.
If a patient is very sensitive to the treat-
ments, the electrologist may set up shorter
appointments or schedule more time be-
tween sessions. Some electrologists use a
gold needle on sensitive clients to minimize
adverse reactions, which can include itch-
ing, bumps, redness, and pustules. Most of
these reactions can be treated with topical
ointments and proper skin care.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Health
SAlAryrANgE
$15,000 to $27,000 to $52,000
OutlOOk
Barbers
Cosmeticians
Cosmetologists
Makeup Artists
0
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 110 7/16/09 10:06:22 AM
111
A neat and professional appearance is
important, so electrologists often wear uni-
forms or lab coats.
If you are interested in a career in electrol-
ogy, take classes in science, anatomy and
physiology, and health. Classes in commu-
nications, psychology, and business are also
helpful. Good people skills are necessary.
With a high school diploma or equiva-
lency certifcate you may enroll in a trade
school or professional school that offers
electrolysis training. In these programs,
you study microbiology, dermatology, neu-
rology, electricity, and proper sanitation
and sterilization procedures. In addition
to classroom study you get practical expe-
rience under supervision. You will spend
many hours learning the purpose and func-
tion of different types of equipment.
Most states require that electrologists
be licensed. Licensing examinations are of-
fered through the state health department.
Licensing requirements vary from state
to state.
Outlook
Employment for those in the cosmetol-
ogy feld, which includes skin care special-
ists such as electrologists, is expected to
increase faster than the average through
2016. Many salons, day spas, professional
offces, hospitals, and clinics are offering
cutting-edge technologies and services to
maintain a competitive edge, which will
create more jobs for electrologists.
ForMoreInformation
To fnd out more about the feld of electrol-
ogy, contact local trade schools for infor-
mation. Some two-year colleges that offer
course work in medical technician careers
may be able to supply you with literature
on programs and training in electrology.
Cosmetology schools may also prove help-
ful in fnding out about electrology.
AmericanElectrologyAssociation
infoaea@electrology.com
http://www.electrology.com
Internationalguildofhairremoval
Specialists
1918 Bethel Road
800-830-3247
SocietyforClinicalandMedicalhair
removal
2810 Crossroads Drive, Suite 3800
608-443-2470
homeoffce@scmhr.org
http://www.scmhr.org
Fast Fact
Humans, like all mammals, have
hair. Certain things can cause
people to grow excessive hair,
such as hormone imbalances,
tumors, medications, stress, and
pregnancy.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 111 7/16/09 10:06:22 AM
112
Electro-
mechanical
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatElectromechanical
techniciansDo
Electromechanical technicians build, test,
adjust, and repair such electromechanical
devices as manufacturing equipment, en-
vironmental control systems, elevator con-
trols, missile controls, and computer tape
and disc drivers. An electromechanical de-
vice is one in which electronic sensors acti-
vate a mechanical operation.
Electromechanical technicians work on
many different types of electromechanical
devices. Technicians who work on product
development and manufacturing think of
new ways to use existing electromechani-
cal equipment and try to create new types
of electromechanical devices. Product de-
velopment technicians help engineers and
scientists conduct laboratory studies and do
research on assembly and manufacturing
techniques. They might assist in preparing
a prototype of a new device by following
blueprints and mechanical drawings.
Operating, testing, and adjusting elec-
tromechanical equipment is also an impor-
tant responsibility of electromechanical
technicians. For example, robot welders in
automobile manufacturing plants are elec-
tromechanical devices. Technicians must
constantly check and adjust robot welders
so that they perform their work fawless-
ly. Otherwise, the cars coming off the as-
sembly line will not be structurally sound.
Technicians make sketches and rough lay-
outs, record data, make computations, ana-
lyze results, and write reports on the test-
ing and adjustments they complete.
Electromechanical technicians main-
tain and repair electromechanical devices
that operate industrial machinery at man-
ufacturing plants. Some technicians may
work on environmental control systems,
such as the systems that maintain the
proper temperatures and humidity levels
in an art museum. Other electromechani-
cal technicians work on missile guidance
systems, energy technology, medical equip-
ment, and a large number of other felds.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $47,000 to $70,000
OutlOOk
_
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 112 7/16/09 10:06:23 AM
113
The types of electromechanical devices
technicians work on depend on their skills,
level of education, and experience.
To become an electromechanical techni-
cian, take as many mathematics and sci-
ence courses as possible. Geometry, alge-
bra, physics, and other lab sciences are all
good choices. Also take shop classes that
focus on electricity or electronics, drafting,
and blueprint reading. English classes that
stress speech and composition skills are
also important.
Many colleges and technical institutes
have training programs in electromechani-
cal technology. These programs usually take
two years to complete. They often include
such courses as electricity and electronics,
physics, technical graphics, digital com-
puter fundamentals, English composition,
and psychology and human relations.
Some companies require new employ-
ees to attend special training programs
that take up to a year to complete. These
programs teach employees the specifcs
of the equipment that a company uses or
manufactures.
Outlook
Overall employment of electromechanical
technicians is expected to increase slower
than the average through 2016. There is
increasing demand for more sophisticated
electrical and electronic products, which
will create some jobs for electromechanical
technicians. However, competition from
foreign design and manufacturing compa-
nies will lead to limited employment op-
portunities in the United States.
ForMoreInformation
Join a science club at your school and work
on electronics and electromechanical proj-
ects. Hobbies like automobile repair, model
making, and electronic kit assembling can
be helpful. Become familiar with hand and
power tools and how to work with metals
and plastics.
Engineers
202-785-0017
ieeeusa@ieee.org
http://www.ieee.org
juniorEngineeringtechnicalSociety
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
Fast Fact
All electronic systems are made
up of the same basic compo-
nents. When these components
are hooked together they create
a circuit. Until the 1960s, most
circuits were built by hand with
wires linking the components.
The invention of a circuit board
a copper foil-coated plastic with
holes for the components and
track to connect themallowed
for machine-assembled circuits.
This innovation helped to lower
the cost of electronic devices.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 113 7/16/09 10:06:23 AM
114
Electroneuro-
diagnostic
technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatElectroneurodiagnostic
technologistsDo
Electroneurodiagnostic technologists, some-
times called END technologists or EEG tech-
nologists, usually work in hospitals. They
run tests that measure brain damage and
heart activity. An electroencephalogram, or
EEG, is a test that measures brain waves.
When brain waves stop, the patient is con-
sidered clinically dead. By recording brain
waves and electrical activity in various parts
of the body, EEG technologists provide in-
formation that helps doctors diagnose and
treat patients. The information gathered is
used by physicians (usually neurologists) to
diagnose and determine the effects of cer-
tain diseases and injuries, including brain
tumors, cerebral vascular strokes, Alzheim-
ers disease, epilepsy, some metabolic disor-
ders, and brain injuries caused by accidents
or infectious diseases.
First, the technologist asks about the
patients medical history to record any im-
portant information and help the patient
feel comfortable with the testing process.
Technologists prepare the patient for test-
ing by applying electrodes to certain areas
on the head.
Once prepared, patients are tested
and the impulses of their brain or electri-
cal activity are received and amplifed by
a machine. Tracings of electric activity are
recorded on a moving sheet of paper or on
optical disks. Technologists note any ir-
regularities that occur due to pre-existing
injuries or diseases in the patients. They
do not interpret the test results but ensure
that the results are accurate and the data
complete. Then they determine which sec-
tions should be brought to the doctors at-
tention. Technologists give results to doc-
tors, who use them in diagnosing diseases
and injuries.
The role of electroneurodiagnostic
technologists varies. They sometimes have
to handle emergencies that occur during
testing. Some technologists perform spe-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Physics
SAlAryrANgE
$23,000 to $37,000 to $61,000
OutlOOk
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 114 7/16/09 10:06:26 AM
115
cialized procedures including sleep studies,
evoked potential testing, during which the
brain is tested with specifc stimuli, or am-
bulatory testing, during which the patient
is tested over a 24-hour period by a small
recording device on the patients side. In
addition, EEG technologists have record-
keeping and administrative duties. They
are responsible for the maintenance of the
equipment.
EEG technologists must have a high school
diploma. Classes in mathematics and sci-
ence, especially physics and chemistry, are
useful. Classes in computer science are a
necessity for technical professions, due
to the large amounts of information that
must be recorded and accessed.
EEG technologists usually are required
to complete a training program. There are
two types of postsecondary school train-
ing: on-the-job training and formal class-
room training. Training programs usually
last from one to two years, offering either a
certifcate or associates degree upon com-
pletion. Courses are offered by hospitals,
medical centers, and community or techni-
cal colleges.
Outlook
Employment of electroneurodiagnostic
technologists is expected to grow faster
than the average through 2016 because
of a growing and aging population that is
increasing the demand for diagnostic mea-
suring technology. Employment growth
for END technologists in the area of poly-
somnography (to evaluate sleep and sleep
disorders), long-term monitoring for epi-
lepsy, and intraoperative monitoring will
be particularly strong.
ForMoreInformation
nursing home to learn more about working
in the health care feld. Join a science or
computer club to work on electronics proj-
ects, or research different kinds of medical
imaging.
AmericanAssociationofSleep
technologists
One Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 920
Westchester, IL 60154-5767
708-492-0796
aast@aastweb.org
http://www.aastweb.org
AmericanBoardofregistrationof
ElectroencephalographicandEvoked
Potentialtechnologists
1904 Croydon Drive
Springfeld, IL 62703-5223
217-553-3758
http://www.abret.org
AmericanSocietyofElectroneurodiagnostic
technologists
6501 East Commerce Avenue, Suite 120
Kansas City, MO 64120-2176
816-931-1120
info@aset.org
http://www.aset.org
Did You Know?
In 1875 Richard Caton became
the frst person to detect the cur-
rents that the brain emits. The pic-
tures of this brain activity became
known as electroencephalograms.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 115 7/16/09 10:06:27 AM
116
Electronics
Engineering
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatElectronicsEngineering
techniciansDo
Electronics engineering technicians create,
assemble, install, operate, maintain, and
repair electronic devices such as radios,
televisions, computers, stereos, VCRs, DVD
players, and pocket calculators. Some tech-
nicians work directly with scientists and
engineers in product development. They
build, test, and modify experimental elec-
tronics products. As part of their work,
they use hand tools and small machine
tools. They make complex electronic parts
and components and use advanced instru-
ments to check the results of their work.
Sometimes they make suggestions to im-
prove the performance or design of an elec-
tronic device.
An important part of a technicians job
is testing a new product before it is ready
to be sold. Before testing new parts and
systems, technicians frst study the wir-
ing diagrams and technical manuals that
accompany the products they are testing.
They learn various tests from the manuals
or through special instructions they receive
from engineers or other supervisors.
Technicians usually begin their tests
by connecting the part or unit to a special
testing piece of electronic equipment such
as a signal generator, frequency meter, or
spectrum analyzer. The technician reads di-
als on the testing device that indicate elec-
tronic characteristics such as the amount of
voltage that is going through the unit. The
technician then compares the results with
the correct level specifed in manuals. In
this way, the technician can locate a prob-
lem such as a short circuit or a defective
component. Then he or she can replace the
wiring or component or send instructions
about how to fx it to a repair or produc-
tion department.
Technicians who work on product de-
velopment may also become involved in
estimating how much it will cost to manu-
facture an electronic device. This allows the
sales department to determine how much
to charge the consumer.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Physics
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $52,000 to $76,000
OutlOOk
n
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 116 7/16/09 10:06:27 AM
117
Electronics technicians may also help
manufacture electronics products, write
instruction manuals, and test programs.
They solve production problems, make
up production schedules, and collabo-
rate with, supervise, and train production
employees.
To prepare for a career as an electronics
engineering technician, you should take
at least two years of mathematics, includ-
ing geometry and algebra in high school.
You also should take physics, chemistry,
computer science, and English. An intro-
ductory electronics course, shop courses,
and courses in mechanical drawing are
also useful.
After high school, you should enroll
in a two-year training program offered by
These programs include courses in physics,
technical mathematics, applied electron-
ics, and circuit analysis. Some companies,
such as utility companies, offer on-the-job
training programs to high school graduates
with good science backgrounds.
Some electronics jobs require certi-
fcation. Technicians working on radio
transmission equipment require a license
from the Federal Communications Com-
mission. Other technicians earn voluntary
certifcation to demonstrate a certain level
of competency.
Outlook
The employment of electronics engineer-
ing technicians is expected to grow slower
than the average through 2016 because
of increasing automation and the shift of
these jobs to countries with lower labor
costs. As manufacturers strive to improve
productivity and precision, automated ma-
chinery progressively will be used to un-
dertake work more economically and more
effciently.
ForMoreInformation
Join electronics or radio clubs in school.
You may want to practice assembling elec-
tronic equipment with one of the commer-
cial kits available to gain some experience
in this type of work.
ElectronicstechniciansAssociation
International
Five Depot Street
800-288-3824
eta@eta-i.org
Engineers
202-785-0017
ieeeusa@ieee.org
http://www.ieee.org
juniorEngineeringtechnicalSociety
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
Did You Know?
Italian scientist Alessandro Volta in-
vented the electric battery in 1800.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 117 7/16/09 10:06:27 AM
118
Electroplating
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatElectroplating
WorkersDo
When an object is electroplated it is cov-
ered by a layer of gold, silver, brass, or oth-
er metal. Electroplating gives objects such
as car bumpers or electronics parts a hard,
protective surface.
Electroplating workers study a products
specifcations and decide which parts need
plating, what type of plating to use, and
how thickly the metal should be applied.
Workers then mix the plating solution.
They mathematically calculate proportions
for solutions that are often caustic and
dangerous. Because of the dangers, elec-
troplaters must work carefully to be sure
their calculations are accurate. The platers
prepare the object for the plating process
by putting it through various cleaning and
rinsing baths. They may have to measure,
mark, and mask off (with lacquer, rubber,
or tape) parts of the object that are to be
left unplated.
Next, workers place the object in tanks
in order for the plating to reach the right
thickness. The metal adheres to the ob-
ject through an electrical process that is
controlled by the plater. When the object
is rinsed and dried, the plater looks for
problems and checks the thickness of the
metal.
Sometimes workers are designated ac-
cording to the specifc type of electroplat-
ing equipment they operate. For example,
barrel platers operate a mesh barrel that is
flled with objects to be plated; production
platers operate automatic plating equip-
ment; and electroformers prepare objects
for plating that do not conduct electricity,
such as baby shoes or books.
The exact nature of electroplating
workers jobs depends on the size of the
shop in which they work. In a large shop,
chemists or chemical engineers may make
the major decisions. In a small shop, how-
ever, the electroplating worker is often re-
sponsible for the whole process, including
ordering chemicals, preparing solutions,
plating the products, and inspecting them
upon completion.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Chemistry, Mathematics, Technical/
Shop
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$18,000 to $28,000 to $44,000
OutlOOk
Decline
Jewelers
_
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 118 7/16/09 10:06:28 AM
119
If you are interested in becoming an elec-
troplater, classes in mathematics, chemis-
try, physics, electrical shop, metal shop,
and blueprint reading will be helpful. Elec-
troplating is best learned through a one- or
two-year technical program at a commu-
nity college or vocational school.
Plating processes have become more
complex in recent years and require more
precision. Employers usually prefer to hire
students who have had specialized training
and technical education. Many electroplat-
ers, however, start out as helpers with little
prior training and learn the trade by work-
ing with skilled platers.
Outlook
The number of jobs in the electroplating
industry is expected to decline through
2016. Although there is expected to be a
greater number of electroplated items pro-
duced, automation will reduce the number
of workers needed. The demand for plastic
products has increased, and plastics have
replaced metals in many consumer goods
in recent years. There is also increasing
competition from foreign manufacturers
in the metals and plastics industries.
Nonetheless, every year job openings
will occur for new positions and to replace
workers who transfer to other occupations.
Students who have completed a techni-
cal program in electroplating have the
best opportunities to fnd entry-level posi-
tions. Workers who can operate a variety
of machines and who know the properties
of metals and plastics will have better em-
ployment opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in metalworking hobbies to
learn about the basic properties of metals.
Ask a school counselor or teacher to ar-
range a tour of an electroplating facility.
NationalAssociationforSurfaceFinishing
202-457-8404
http://www.nasf.org
An electroplating technician examines
objects that have been electroplated
with the metal chromium. (Jesse / Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 119 7/16/09 10:06:29 AM
120
Elementary
School
teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatElementary
SchoolteachersDo
Elementary school teachers plan lessons,
teach a variety of subjects, and keep re-
cords of academic performance, behavior,
and attendance for each student. Elemen-
tary school is usually defned as kindergar-
ten through the sixth grade.
Elementary school teachers instruct
approximately 20 to 30 students in the
same grade. Teachers of the early grades
teach basic skills in reading, writing,
counting, and telling time. With older
students, they lead lessons in history, ge-
ography, math, reading, and writing. In
some elementary schools, there are spe-
cial teachers for art, music, and physical
education. Teachers use a variety of aids
to instruct students, including computers
and the Internet, textbooks, workbooks,
magazines, newspapers, maps, charts, and
posters. They sometimes use arts and crafts
projects, music, science experiments, con-
tests, and role-playing.
Some elementary school teachers work
in multi-age classrooms, where students in
a small age range are taught together. Oth-
ers teach in bilingual classrooms, where
students are instructed in two languages
throughout the day. Many teachers have
one or more students with disabilities in
their classrooms as well.
In addition to teaching, teachers have
the challenge of maintaining order in the
classroom, handling disciplinary problems,
and resolving conficts. They give instruc-
tion in social skills along with general school
subjects. They serve as disciplinarians, es-
tablishing and enforcing rules of conduct to
help students learn right from wrong.
Teachers spend a lot of time outside
of the classroom planning classes; grading
papers, tests, and homework assignments;
preparing student reports; ordering books
and supplies; preparing and making copies
of printed materials for students; talking to
parents; and meeting with other teachers,
the principal, and school administrators.
c
L
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $47,000 to $75,000
OutlOOk
English as Second Language Teachers
Guidance Counselors
Preschool Teachers
Teacher Aides
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 120 7/16/09 10:06:30 AM
121
They may have to meet with school psy-
chologists and social workers to help stu-
dents with learning diffculties and behav-
ioral or physical problems.
Elementary school teachers may have
to plan duties and schedules for teachers
aides and student teachers as well as evalu-
ate their performance.
Most teachers are contracted to work 10
months out of the year, with a two-month
vacation during the summer.
To be an elementary school teacher you
need a well-rounded education with cours-
es in English, math, science, history, and
government.
All school teachers must be college
graduates and must be certifed by the state
in which they want to teach. Part of their
education includes several weeks as a stu-
dent teacher, participating in an actual el-
ementary school classroom under the guid-
ance of a certifed teacher. College programs
in education lead to state certifcation.
Some states may require prospective
teachers to take additional certifcation
tests upon graduating from an education
program. Students who earn a bachelors
degree in another feld can take addition-
al education courses to fulfll certifcation
requirements.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for elemen-
tary school teachers are expected to grow
through 2016. The demand for teachers
varies widely depending on geographic
area. Inner-city schools often suffer a
shortage of teachers. More opportunities
exist for teachers who specialize in a sub-
ject in which it is harder to attract quali-
fed teachers, such as mathematics, sci-
ence, or foreign languages.
ForMoreInformation
Look for leadership opportunities that in-
volve working with children, such as being
a camp counselor, a leader of a scout troop,
or an assistant in a public park or commu-
nity center. Look for opportunities to tutor
younger students or coach childrens ath-
letic teams. Teach a younger sibling to read
and do simple arithmetic.
AmericanFederationofteachers
555 New Jersey Avenue, NW
202-879-4400
http://www.aft.org
NationalEducationAssociation
202-833-4000
http://www.nea.org
This elementary school teacher paints
with a group of students during an art
lesson. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 121 7/16/09 10:06:31 AM
122
Elevator
Installersand
repairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatElevatorInstallers
andrepairersDo
Elevator installers and repairers, also called
elevator constructors or mechanics, assem-
ble and install elevators, escalators, and
dumbwaiters. Todays elevators are usu-
ally electronically controlled. They typi-
cally have computerized controls called
microprocessors, which are programmed
to determine how many people are us-
ing the elevator at any given time and to
send elevators up and down when and
where they are needed. Because of these
sophisticated devices, elevator installers
have a strong mechanical ability and a
thorough understanding of electronics
and hydraulics.
Elevator installers begin a job by frst
studying the blueprints of the elevators
planned location in a building to deter-
mine where everything is going to ft. The
next step is to direct a crew in installing the
guide rails of the car along the walls of the
elevator shaft. To set up the elevators elec-
trical system, electrical conduit is run along
the shafts walls from one foor to the next,
and then plastic-covered electrical wire is
threaded through it. After installing all the
electrical components on each foor and in
the control panel, installers assemble the
steel frame of the elevator car at the bot-
tom of the shaft and connect the platform,
walls, and door.
In elevators operated by cable, mechan-
ics install an electrically powered spool
that winds a heavy steel cable connecting
the car to a counterweight. When the car
moves up, the counterweight moves down,
and vice versa. Other elevators function on
a hydraulic pumping system, which has a
cylinder that pushes the car up from un-
derneath instead of a cable that pulls it
up from above. New technology also is
becoming available to run elevators using
magnetic felds. Regardless of the type of
elevator being installed, the entire system
has to be checked, adjusted, and tested be-
fore it can be used by the public.
c
/
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrANgE
$39,000 to $68,000 to $94,000
OutlOOk
Electricians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 122 7/16/09 10:06:31 AM
123
Elevator mechanics also install escala-
tors. To do this, they put in the steel frame-
work, the electrically powered stairs, and
the large track on which the stairs rotate.
Then they attach the motors and electrical
wiring. Increasingly, installers are working
on APMs, or automated people-movers, the
moving sidewalks often seen at airports.
Elevator repairers inspect and adjust
elevators that are already installed. They
fx doors that come off their tracks and re-
place electrical motors, hydraulic pumps,
and control panels. They check all cables
for wear.
Elevator installers and repairers use
a variety of tools and machinery, includ-
ing hand tools, power tools, welding ma-
chines, cutting torches, rigging equipment,
and testing meters and gauges.
Elevator installers and repairers complete a
six-month, on-the-job training program at
an elevator factory.
After completing the apprenticeship
program, trainees work for 60 days on pro-
bation, and after six more months they be-
come helpers. Helpers become fully quali-
fed journeyman installers within fve years
of combined classroom and practical on-site
study and after passing an examination.
Trainees also must take classes in elec-
tricity and electronics, if they have not
already studied these subjects. Even expe-
rienced installers continue to receive train-
ing from their employers to keep up with
new technological developments.
Outlook
Employment growth for elevator install-
ers and repairers is expected to be about as
fast as the average through 2016, although
many factors will infuence this growth
rate. This occupation is small in terms of
numbers of installers, and job turnover in
this feld is relatively low because of high
wages.
ForMoreInformation
Courses in machine shop and blueprint
reading are good preparation for this career.
Any experience in construction is helpful.
InternationalunionofElevator
Constructors
7154 Columbia Gateway Drive
410-953-6150
contact@iuec.org
http://www.iuec.org
NationalAssociationofElevator
Contractors
1298 Wellbrook Circle, Suite A
Conyers, GA 30012-8031
800-900-6232
info@naec.org
http://www.naec.org
NationalElevatorIndustryEducational
Program
11 Larsen Way
Attleboro Falls, MA 02763-1068
800-228-8220
http://www.neiep.org
Fast Fact
The fastest elevators in the
world are in Taipei, Taiwan.
These elevators operate at
3,314 feet per minute. Thats
about 38 miles per hour!
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 123 7/16/09 10:06:31 AM
124
Embalmers
andMortuary
Cosmetologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatEmbalmersand
MortuaryCosmetologistsDo
Embalmers and mortuary cosmetologists pre-
pare deceased people for funeral services.
Embalmers remove fuids and organs, and
use chemicals to prevent decomposition
and temporarily preserve the body so that
it can be viewed in funeral homes. Mor-
tuary cosmetologists style hair, face, and
nails, using styling products and makeup,
to make the person appear as close as pos-
sible to the way he or she did in life.
Embalmers and mortuary cosmetolo-
gists meet with family members before be-
ginning their work to learn what the family
would like to have done. People are griev-
ing the loss of their loved one and this is
usually a highly emotional time for them.
Embalmers and mortuary cosmetologists
offer support and guidance, as well as a f-
nal service to the deceased person.
Depending on the cause of the per-
sons death, embalmers and mortuary
cosmetologists may either have an easy
or challenging task in preparing the body.
For instance, a fatal car accident or a long
illness can alter a persons appearance dra-
matically and may require many hours
of styling, whereas a person who died
naturally, such as from old age, may re-
quire very little makeup. Families often
provide a photograph that cosmetologists
can work from, which can help them un-
derstand how to style the hair and know
the type of makeup and colors to choose.
Working on a person who is in a horizon-
tal rather than vertical position can also
be especially challenging.
High school classes in art as well as in
the sciences, such as biology, chemistry,
and physics, provide a useful background
for embalming and cosmetology work.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Art, Biology, Psychology
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$18,465 to $45,576 to $84,278
OutlOOk
Artists
Barbers
Cosmetic Surgeons
Cosmeticians
Cosmetologists
Funeral Directors
Makeup Artists
0
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 124 7/16/09 10:06:32 AM
125
English, speech, and psychology classes
help in understanding and dealing with
people who are experiencing a range of
emotions.
Mortuary cosmetologists attend cos-
metology school, completing between
1,000 to 1,500 hours of training generally
within one year. Classes will include correc-
tive makeup, skin care, hair styling, mani-
curing and pedicuring. Students practice
these skills on mannequins and observe
demonstrations.
Cosmetology students are required to
be at least 16 years old and have a high
school or general equivalency diploma.
While there is no specifc licensure for mor-
tuary cosmetologists, all 50 states require
cosmetologists to be licensed.
Students who wish to further their edu-
cation in mortuary science can attend mor-
tuary schools and colleges. (See listings at
http://www.mortuaryschools.com.)
Outlook
The U.S. Department of Labor predicts that
employment of funeral directors will be
tions through 2016. Embalmers and mor-
tuary cosmetologists will have equally sol-
id employment opportunities. As the baby
boomer population ages, more services for
the elderly will be needed. Also, embalm-
ers and mortuary cosmetologists who mar-
ket their services well and develop a solid
reputation in the industry will have better
employment opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Contact funeral homes in your area and
see if you can speak with an embalmer or
mortuary cosmetologist to fnd out more
about their work. Read makeup and style
magazines to learn more about products
and colors.
theAmericanBoardofFuneralService
Education
3432 Ashland Avenue, Suite U
St. Joseph, MO 64506-1333
816-233-3747
http://www.abfse.org
NationalAccreditingCommissionof
703-600-7600
National-InterstateCouncilofStateBoards
ofCosmetology,Inc.
7622 Briarwood Circle
Little Rock, AR 72205-4811
http://www.nictesting.org
Fast Fact
Modern embalming methods
date to the Civil War, when sol-
diers bodies were prepared be-
fore they were shipped home
for burial.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 125 7/16/09 10:06:32 AM
126
Emergency
Medical
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatEmergencyMedical
techniciansDo
Emergency medical technicians, or EMTs, drive
in ambulances or fy in helicopters to the
scene of accidents or emergencies to care
for ill or injured people. They try to rap-
idly identify the nature of the emergency,
stabilize the patients condition, and start
proper medical procedures at the scene.
EMTs often work in two-person teams.
They are able to get to an emergency scene
in any part of their geographic area quickly
and safely. They are familiar with the roads
and any special conditions affecting the
choice of route, such as traffc, weather-re-
lated problems, and road construction.
EMTs are often the frst qualifed per-
sonnel to arrive on the scene of an acci-
dent or emergency, so they must make the
initial evaluation of the medical problem.
They look for medical identifcation em-
blems and other clues that indicate aller-
gies, diabetes, epilepsy, or other conditions
that may affect decisions about emergency
treatment. EMTs might ask bystanders or
family members for more information.
Once they have evaluated the situation,
EMTs administer emergency treatment in
accordance with specifc instructions re-
ceived over the radio from a physician. For
example, they may have to open breath-
ing passages, perform cardiac resuscitation,
treat shock, or restrain emotionally dis-
turbed patients.
People who must be transported to the
hospital are put on stretchers or backboards,
lifted into the ambulance, and secured for
the ride. The receiving hospitals emergen-
cy department is informed by radio of the
number of persons being transported and
the details of the medical problems. Dur-
ing the ride, EMTs continue to monitor the
patients and administer care as directed by
the medical professional with whom they
are maintaining radio contact.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Health
SAlAryrANgE
$18,000 to $28,000 to $47,000
OutlOOk
Firefghters
Medical Assistants
Nurse Assistants
Nurses
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 126 7/16/09 10:06:35 AM
127
Once at the hospital, EMTs help the
staff bring the patients into the emergency
department and may assist with the frst
steps of in-hospital care. They supply what-
ever information they can, verbally and in
writing, for hospital records.
To enter training to be an EMT you must be
a high school graduate, be at least 18 years
old, and have a drivers license. Many hos-
pitals, colleges, and police and fre depart-
ments offer the basic EMT training course.
The federal government requires that all
EMTs pass this basic training course, which
teaches you how to deal with common
medical emergencies.
The National Registry of Emergency
Medical Technicians (NREMT) sets stan-
dards for EMTs across the country. All
EMTs who meet these standards are listed,
or registered, with the NREMT. To be listed
on this registry, you must fnish the basic
training program, have six months work
experience, and pass both a written and a
practical test proving you can handle med-
ical emergencies.
All states require EMTs to earn state cer-
tifcation by passing a state exam or passing
the basic NREMT registration requirements.
Outlook
Overall, employment of EMTs is expected
to grow faster than the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. However, the out-
look for paid EMTs depends partly on the
community in which they work. In larger
communities, the employment outlook
should remain favorable, as volunteer ser-
vices are being phased out and replaced by
well-equipped emergency services operated
by salaried EMTs. Smaller communities may
not be able to support the level of emergen-
cy medical services that they would other-
wise like to, and the employment prospects
for EMTs may remain limited.
ForMoreInformation
Any health care experience is valuable for
exploring this career, such as part-time,
summer, or volunteer work in a hospital,
clinic, or nursing home. You may also be
able to take a frst-aid class or training in
cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
NationalAssociationofEmergencyMedical
technicians
PO Box 1400
Clinton, MS 39060-1400
601-924-7744
info@naemt.org
http://www.naemt.org
NationalregistryofEmergencyMedical
technicians
Rocco V. Morando Building
6610 Busch Boulevard
PO Box 29233
614-888-4484
http://www.nremt.org
Emergency medical technicians must rush
to the scene of a car accident to take
care of injured motorists. (Nathan Combs/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 127 7/16/09 10:06:36 AM
128
Emergency
Nurses
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatEmergencyNursesDo
Emergency nurses, also called trauma nurses,
provide highly skilled direct patient care to
those who need emergency treatment for
an illness or injury. Emergency nurses in-
corporate all the specialties of nursing.
The main responsibility of emergency
nurses is to provide highly skilled emer-
gency medical care for patients. Although
emergency nursing is its own nursing spe-
cialty, it incorporates almost every other
nursing specialty in the profession. Emer-
gency nurses deal with pregnant women,
newborn babies, patients with cancer, chil-
dren, accident victims, AIDS patients, pa-
tients with Alzheimers, the elderly, cardiac
arrest patients, and psychologically dis-
turbed and violent people.
When a patient enters the emergency
facility, the nurses must frst assess the pa-
tient and determine the severity of the ill-
ness or injury. This includes a quick pre-
liminary diagnosis and assessment of the
patients overall condition. They talk to the
patient and family. They also record vital
signs and observe the patients symptoms
or check for injuries that may not be read-
ily visible.
Emergency nurses must prioritize their
patients needs, especially if it is a triage
situation, such as a disaster or accident in-
volving a number of injured people. They
must be able to stabilize the patient; pre-
pare the patient for emergency testing,
laboratory procedures, or surgery; and per-
form resuscitation, if necessary. In many
instances, the nurse will have to perform
initial treatment and use high-tech medi-
cal equipment until a doctor can see the
patient.
In addition, they must be a good team
player, working with other medical, ad-
ministrative, and law enforcement person-
nel in what can become a very tense and
emotional situation.
Often emergency nurses must be pa-
tient advocates, meaning that they must
help the patient receive the best possible
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$42,000 to $60,000 to $87,000
OutlOOk
Nurse Anesthetists
Nurse Assistants
Nurse Practitioners
Nurse-Midwives
Nurses
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 128 7/16/09 10:06:39 AM
129
care and respect the patients wishes re-
garding treatment. Nurses must be in touch
with the family during the emergency cri-
sis and help them deal with their emotions
and fears.
Emergency nurses must also act as edu-
cators. This may include showing patients
how to care for their wounds or injuries or
recommending lifestyle changes, if neces-
sary, to adapt to their conditions or plans
of treatment.
Emergency nurses must frst become regis-
tered nurses by completing one of the three
kinds of postsecondary educational pro-
grams and passing the licensing examina-
tion. Entry-level requirements to become
an emergency nurse depend on the state,
the institution, its size, who it serves, and
the availability of nurses in that specialty
and geographical region.
Usually nurses must have some nurs-
ing experience before entering the emer-
gency-nursing feld. Some institutions may
require certifcation as an emergency room
nurse.
Administrative and supervisory posi-
tions in the nursing feld go to nurses who
have earned at least the bachelors of sci-
ence degree in nursing and several years of
experience in the feld.
Outlook
Job opportunities for all registered nurses,
including emergency nurses, are expect-
through 2016. This growth will be driven
by technological advances in patient care,
which allow a greater number of patients
to be treated. Furthermore, as millions
of uninsured Americans continue to use
hospital emergency rooms as the primary
health care treatment facility, the demand
for additional emergency nurses becomes
very high. In addition, thousands of job
openings are expected to occur because ex-
perienced older nurses are leaving the occu-
pation. Finally, the demand for emergency
nurses in nursing homes is expected to rise
rapidly to meet the increases in the number
of elderly in long-term care facilities.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a local hospital or nursing
home to interact with patients and to talk
to nursing professionals on the job. Ob-
serve registered nurses at work and ask how
they got started in nursing.
AmericanAssociationofColleges
ofNursing
One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 530
202-463-6930
http://www.aacn.nche.edu
EmergencyNursesAssociation
915 Lee Street
800-900-9659
enainfo@ena.org
http://www.ena.org
An emergency nurse assists a doctor
removing shards of metal from a womans
leg during Hurricane Wilma. (FEMA)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 129 7/16/09 10:06:40 AM
130
endocrinologists
SkillS Spotlight
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatendocrinologistsDo
Endocrinologists are medical doctors who
specialize in the treatment of disorders of
the endocrine system. The endocrine sys-
tem is a network of glands in the body that
secrete hormones into the bloodstream.
Among other things, hormones control
growth, reproduction, metabolism, and
blood sugar levels. Although endocrinolo-
gists may be nurses, physiologists, research
scientists, and educators (to name just a
few), this article will focus on endocrinolo-
gists as a physician specialty.
When the body has trouble control-
ling hormone levels, an individual can suf-
fer from a variety of problems, including
thyroid disease, infertility, cholesterol dis-
orders, glandular cancers, and diabetes, to
name just a few.
Endocrinologists are trained to help
patients maintain the natural balance of
hormones in their bodies. After diagnos-
ing a patient, an endocrinologist might
prescribe a hormone supplement or other
medication; recommend changes to a pa-
tients diet, exercise, or other habits; or re-
fer the patient to specialists for other types
of medical treatments, including surgery.
Most endocrinologists are internists, obste-
tricians/gynecologists, or pediatricians who
have completed a residency and fellowship
in endocrinology. Pediatric endocrinologists
treat disorders in growth and sexual devel-
opment, as well as diseases such as diabetes
and hypo- and hyperthyroidism. Pediatric
endocrinologists work with patients rang-
ing in age from infancy to adolescence.
Reproductive endocrinologists treat patients
dealing with conditions such as infertility,
impotence, and problems related to men-
struation and menopause. Some other ar-
eas of endocrinology specialization are dia-
betes, hypertension, weight disorders, and
certain types of glandular cancers.
Endocrinology is a laboratory-oriented
medical specialty, meaning that the diag-
nosis and treatment of endocrine disorders
is heavily dependent on laboratory testing
and expert analysis of laboratory results.
Endocrinologists must also be able to dis-
tinguish disease from human variation. For
c
SchOOlSUbjecTS
Biology, Health
MINIMUMeDUcATIONlevel
Medical degree
SAlAryrANge
$120,000 to $170,000 to $222,000
OUTlOOk
Biologists
Genetic Scientists
Nurses
Pediatricians
Physicians
131
example, an endocrinologist may have to
determine whether a child of below-aver-
age height is suffering from a hormonal
imbalance.
As with other types of physicians, en-
docrinologists work is built around patient
care. Endocrine disorders are often lifelong
conditions, so endocrinologists form long-
standing relationships with many patients
as they manage their treatment.
You can prepare for a career in endocrinol-
ogy by taking courses in laboratory sciences
such as biology, chemistry, and physics.
Courses in algebra, trigonometry, geom-
etry, and computer science will also be cru-
cial for future laboratory work. Courses in
English will foster good communication
skills.
Endocrinologists must complete a
bachelors degree, usually in biology,
chemistry, or a premedical program. They
then must earn a medical (M.D. or D.O.)
degree, which requires four years of medi-
cal school. Then, endocrinologists must
complete a minimum of four years in a
specialized residency program at a teach-
ing hospital.
After completing a residency in inter-
nal medicine, obstetrics and gynecology,
or pediatrics, a specialist in endocrinology
must pursue a specialized internship or fel-
lowship in the feld, usually lasting an ad-
ditional three to four years.
Outlook
The employment of physicians in almost
all felds is expected to grow faster than the
Endocrinologists are more frequently be-
coming the primary care physicians of pa-
tients with lifelong disorders such as dia-
betes and thyroid conditions. Since many
of these conditions are on the rise because
of an aging population and other soci-
etal trends, endocrinologists should be in
strong demand in the coming decade.
ForMoreInformation
Ask a parent or teacher to arrange a job-
shadowing day with an endocrinologist or
medical scientist who works in a hospital,
a medical research facility, or a physicians
offce. Examine the following Web sites to
learn more about medical education and
the responsibilities of endocrinologists.
AmericanAssociationofClinical
Endocrinologists
245 Riverside Avenue, Suite 200
Jacksonville, FL 32202-4933
904-353-7878
http://www.aace.com
800-621-8335
This endocrinologist performs a liver
analysis and a hemochromatosis
screening using an atomic absorption
spectrophotometer. (GARO/Photo
Researchers Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 131 7/16/09 10:06:43 AM
132
Endodontists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatEndodontistsDo
Endodontists are dentists who specialize in
diagnosing and treating diseases of the den-
tal pulp, which consists of nerves, blood
vessels, and other cells inside the tooths
root. The primary treatment they provide
is the root canal. This treatment involves
removal of the pulp from within the root
canal, followed by flling of the root canal.
Often, endodontic treatment is the only
way to save a tooth that would otherwise
have to be pulled.
Endodontists take X rays of affected
teeth to determine what is causing the
pain. They also conduct tests that show if
the tooth pulp is still vital, or alive, by
evaluating the tooths response to temper-
ature changes, electrical stimulation, and
tapping.
When performing a root canal, the en-
dodontist anesthetizes the tooth area and
drills a hole in the tooth to gain access to
the pulp chamber. Using small instruments
called fles, the endodontist cleans and
shapes the root canal, removing the pulpal
tissue. After the canal has been disinfected,
it is obturated, or flled, with substances
such as gutta-percha (a tough plastic sub-
stance). Obturation is usually performed at
a later appointment. The obturated tooth
is then ftted with a crown.
In some cases, endodontic surgery is re-
quired. The endodontist cuts through the
gum surgically to expose the diseased root
and surrounding bone. A portion of the
root may be removed surgically.
While dentists frequently perform rou-
tine root canal treatment, endodontists are
better equipped to handle more complex
cases, such as those involving extra tooth
roots, oddly shaped root canals, or calcif-
cation. An endodontic specialist may also
be the best professional to treat patients
who have serious medical conditions and
need root canal treatment. Endodontists
also treat patients with dental injuries such
as oral trauma, cracked or broken teeth,
teeth that have been twisted in the socket,
and teeth that have been knocked out.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Chemistry, Health
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$43,000 to $105,000 to $146,000
OutlOOk
Dental Assistants
Dental Hygienists
Dentists
Orthodontists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 132 7/16/09 10:06:46 AM
133
Biology, chemistry, and health classes are
good preparation for any career in dentistry.
To enter dental school, you need college
course work in the sciences, a bachelors
degree, and a good score on the Dental Ad-
missions Test.
After completing four years of dental
school, dentists who want to specialize in
endodontics attend a two- to three-year
graduate training program.
Before entering practice, dentists must
pass a licensing examination. In 17 states,
endodontists must obtain a separate spe-
cialty license. Qualifed candidates may
also seek certifcation by the American
Board of Endodontics.
Endodontists, more than most dentists,
must have superb hand-eye coordination
and the ability to do fnely detailed work.
Outlook
Employment in dentistry is expected to
occupations through 2016. Most jobs will
arise from the need to replace endodontists
who retire or leave the occupation. As long
as people place a priority on retaining their
teeth, endodontists services will continue
to be in demand. The longer life spans of
Americans and increasing rates of tooth re-
tention mean that there will be more teeth
that require treatment in the future. The
emergency nature of many endodontic
cases also keeps the demand steady.
Endodontists have to keep up with
new tools and technology, such as digital
radiography, nickel-titanium fles, and op-
erating microscopes that allow them to see
better inside the tiny root canal.
ForMoreInformation
You can develop good manual dexterity
through sculpting or metalworking or any
hobby that requires the use of fne hand
and power tools. Consider volunteering in
any medical environment to get experience
in a health care setting.
AmericanAssociationofEndodontists
211 East Chicago Avenue, Suite 1100
800-872-3636
info@aae.org
http://www.aae.org
312-440-2500
http://www.ada.org
Did You Know?
Endodontic procedures have been
performed for more than 2,000
years. A skull dating back to the
second century b.c. was found in
Israel that contained a tooth with
bronze wire inside it; this wire
is believed to have been used to
treat an infected tooth.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 133 7/16/09 10:06:47 AM
134
Energy
Conservation
anduse
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage and evaluate information
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatEnergyConservation
andusetechniciansDo
Energy conservation and use technicians study
how machines in factories, stores, and of-
fces use energy and develop ways to use
that energy more effectively. Working un-
der the supervision of engineers or other
professionals, they conduct research, per-
form tests, and repair or replace machines
as necessary. Technicians work in a wide va-
riety of locations, including nuclear power
plants, research laboratories, and construc-
tion companies.
There are four areas in which energy
conservation technicians work: energy
research and development, energy produc-
tion, energy use, and energy conservation.
Those in research and development often
work for the military or another govern-
ment agency, designing, building, and
operating new laboratory experiments for a
physicist, chemist, or engineer. Technicians
in energy production often work for power
plants, developing and operating systems
for converting fuel as effciently as possible
into electricity.
In the feld of energy use, a technician
might be hired to make heavy industrial
equipment work more effciently. In addi-
tion, a technician involved in energy con-
servation might study how a building such
as a hotel could use energy more effciently.
Technicians also read blueprints and other
sketches to decide if an improved design
might increase energy effciency.
In all these categories, technicians per-
form tests and measurements on equip-
ment. After running tests and measure-
ments, the technician usually prepares a
report and discusses the results with man-
agement offcials. Then, technicians may
make recommendations, but managers
make any fnal decisions about what ac-
tions should be taken. A manager or super-
vising engineer might ask the technician
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$22,000 to $38,000 to $70,000
OutlOOk
Appliance Repairers
Technicians
Industrial Machine Mechanics
Power Plant Workers
n
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 134 7/16/09 10:06:47 AM
135
to run further tests and present additional
fndings. After a fnal decision is made,
technicians team up with other workers
to see that any necessary corrections are
made.
The best way to enter this career is to
complete a two-year training program at
The program might be called energy con-
servation and use technology, or it may be
called electric power maintenance, general
engineering technology, or something sim-
ilar. To be accepted into such a program,
you should be a high school graduate with
course work in mathematics, physics, and
chemistry. Other helpful courses are ecol-
ogy, computers, and mechanical or archi-
tectural drafting.
Energy conservation and use techni-
cians should have a solid background in
how machines operate, be able to read
blueprints and sketches, and be able to
follow instructions from supervisors. You
also need to be good at mathematics and
study the physical sciences. The ability to
describe problems in technical language for
engineers and in clearer terms for people
outside the profession is also a necessity.
Outlook
Since energy use constitutes a major ex-
pense for industry, commerce, govern-
ment, institutions, and private citizens,
the demand for energy conservation tech-
nicians is likely to remain strong. However,
employment is infuenced by local and na-
tional economic conditions.
ForMoreInformation
Utility companies exist in almost every
city. Energy specialists also work for large
hospitals, offce buildings, hotels, univer-
sities, and manufacturing plants. Contact
these employers of energy technicians to
learn about opportunities for volunteer,
part-time, or summer work.
AmericanPetroleumInstitute
1220 L Street, NW
202-682-8000
http://www.api.org
AssociationofEnergyEngineers
4025 Pleasantdale Road, Suite 420
770-447-5083
http://www.aeecenter.org
NationalInstituteforCertifcationin
Engineeringtechnologies
1420 King Street
888-476-4238
http://www.nicet.org
This energy conservation engineer inspects
a turbine at a geothermal power plant
in California. (Theodore Clutter / Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 135 7/16/09 10:06:48 AM
136
Englishas
aSecond
language
teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatEnglishasaSecond
languageteachersDo
English as a Second Language (ESL) teachers
specialize in teaching people of all ages the
English language. Their students are immi-
grants, refugees, children of foreign-born
parents, and children who may be living in
a home where English is not spoken as the
primary language.
ESL teachers teach English usage, pro-
nunciation, and grammar to help their stu-
dents develop reading, writing, and speak-
ing skills. They use classroom methods,
which may include games, videos, comput-
ers, feld trips, and role-playing, and other
activities to teach conversation skills, tele-
phone skills, the art of listening, and the
idioms of the English language. Like other
teachers, ESL teachers in public schools
prepare lesson plans and exams, keep
student records, and fulfll other assign-
ments as required by the school system.
Many ESL teachers teach adults in basic
education programs offered at community
colleges, vocational schools, community
centers, libraries, churches, and immigrant-
assistance centers. Teaching adults requires
skills that are different from those required
to teach young people. Frequently, adults
are not comfortable being back in a learn-
ing environment, so teachers may have to
help them develop study habits and regain
their confdence in the classroom. In addi-
tion, many adult students have jobs and
may have families to care for, so teachers
must be aware of the other commitments
students might have and be able to adjust
their teaching methods and expectations.
ESL instructors might be hired by a
company to provide instruction to its work-
ers as a part of the companys employee
training or employee assistance programs,
or simply as a courtesy to its workers.
Many communities have a strong net-
working system that involves churches,
schools, health providers, resettlement
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Foreign language, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $54,000 to $100,000
OutlOOk
Cultural Advisers
L
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 136 7/16/09 10:06:49 AM
137
programs, and other groups. ESL instruc-
tors may get involved with these groups
and make visits to the students homes to
meet their families. They sometimes work
with translators to communicate with the
families and students. Some school sys-
tems and community programs also use
translators to help the families communi-
cate with medical providers, social work-
ers, and government offcials.
If you plan to teach in public school, you
must earn a bachelors degree and a teach-
ing certifcate. Teaching certifcate require-
ments vary by state, and 23 states require
that teachers placed in ESL classrooms
must be certifed in ESL.
There are a few college programs that
offer a major in ESL education. Most
schools offer a major in education with a
concentration in ESL as a subject area.
ESL teachers of adult students do not
need an education degree or a license.
There are a variety of training programs
available for ESL teachers of adults.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for English
language teachers are expected to increase
pations though 2016. Jobs will be avail-
able in the school system, community and
social service agencies, and community
colleges.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to help with any assistance, re-
location, or referral programs that your
community or church might have for im-
migrants or refugees.
CenterforAppliedlinguistics,English
languagelearners
202-362-0700
info@cal.org
http://www.cal.org/topics/ell/index.html
NationalEducationAssociation
202-833-4000
http://www.nea.org
teachersofEnglishtoSpeakersofOther
languages,Inc.
700 South Washington Street, Suite 200
888-547-3369
info@tesol.org
http://www.tesol.org
An ESL teacher listens as one of her
students reads a presentation aloud.
(Laurence Migdale/Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 137 7/16/09 10:06:50 AM
138
Environmental
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatEnvironmental
EngineersDo
Environmental engineers play an important
role in helping control waste created by
people in industries and municipalities.
Waste includes wastewater, solid waste
(garbage), hazardous waste (like radioactive
waste), and air pollution.
Environmental engineers plan sewage
systems, design manufacturing plant emis-
sions systems, or develop plans for landfll
sites. Scientists help decide how to break
down the waste, but engineers fgure out
how the system will work, where the pipes
will go, how the waste will fow through
the system, and what equipment to use.
Environmental engineers work in the
environmental departments of private in-
dustrial companies, for the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), or for engineer-
ing consulting frms.
Environmental engineers who work for
a private industrial company help make
sure the company complies with environ-
mental laws. They inspect current systems
to make sure they are up to code, or they
design new waste systems for the company.
For example, engineers might plan a sys-
tem to move wastewater from the manu-
facturing process area to a treatment area,
and then to a discharge site (a place where
the treated wastewater can be pumped
out). They write reports explaining the de-
sign. They also might fle forms with the
government to prove that the company is
complying with the laws.
Environmental engineers working
for the EPA might not actually design the
waste treatment systems themselves, but
they know how such systems are designed
and built. If there is a pollution problem in
their area, they need to fgure out if a waste
control system is causing the problem and
what might have gone wrong. They have
the authority to enforce government reg-
ulations and issue citations to offending
companies.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$44,000 to $72,000 to $109,000
OutlOOk
Ecologists
Hazardous Waste Management Technicians
Soil Scientists
n
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 138 7/16/09 10:06:50 AM
139
Environmental engineers working
for engineering consulting frms work on
many different types of problems. Consult-
ing frms are independent companies that
help others comply with environmental
laws. Applying engineering expertise, they
design and build waste control systems for
their clients. They also deal with the EPA
on behalf of their clients, flling out the
necessary forms and checking to see what
requirements must be met.
To become an environmental engineer,
a college degree is necessary. Another op-
tion is to earn a degree in another type of
engineering, such as civil, industrial, or
mechanical engineering, with additional
courses in environmental engineering.
It is a good idea to take advantage of
any worksite experience or internships of-
fered through your college. If your work
as an engineer affects public health, safe-
ty, or property, you must register with
the state in which you are employed.
You must have a degree from an accred-
ited engineering program. A few years af-
ter you have started your career, you also
must pass an exam covering engineering
practice.
Outlook
Employment growth for environmental
engineers will be much faster than average
through 2016. Engineers will be needed to
clean up existing hazards and help compa-
nies comply with government regulations.
The shift toward prevention of problems
and protecting public health should create
job opportunities as well.
ForMoreInformation
Join the local chapter of a nonproft envi-
ronmental organization, where you can
learn about the particular waste problems
in your area. Participate in local campaigns
to locate environmental problems and
solve them.
AmericanAcademyofEnvironmental
Engineers
130 Holiday Court, Suite 100
410-266-3311
info@aaee.net
http://www.aaee.net
EnvironmentalCareersOrganization
286 Congress Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA 02210-1038
http://www.eco.org
juniorEngineeringtechnicalSociety,Inc.
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
NationalAssociationofEnvironmental
Professionals
100 North 20th Street, 4th Floor
215-564-3484
naep@fernely.com
http://www.naep.org
Growth Field
ber of environmental engineers is
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 139 7/16/09 10:06:51 AM

140
Environmental
Scientistsand
hydrologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatEnvironmental
ScientistsandhydrologistsDo
Environmental scientists and hydrologists
study the environment and fnd ways to
make sure that our world is clean and safe
for people and wildlife. They study under-
ground and surface waters, air, soil, and
food to identify hazards, rid pollution, and
improve and increase environmental re-
sources. They aim to protect the environ-
ment, and use their knowledge to design
and monitor waste disposal sites, preserve
water supplies, and reclaim contaminated
land and water to meet federal environ-
mental regulations.
Hydrologists study bodies of wa-
ter. They analyze the quantity, distribu-
tion, circulation, and physical properties
of either underground water or surface
water. Precipitation is another area they
cover; they examine its form and inten-
sity, its rate of infltration into the soil, its
movement through the Earth, and its re-
turn to the ocean and atmosphere.
Environmental scientists and hydrolo-
gists are well versed in environmental laws
and regulations, particularly in relation to
groundwater contamination and food con-
trol. They write reports and papers about
their research, the risks they deem possible
in construction projects and in the envi-
ronment, and possible solutions. They also
write technical proposals and make presen-
tations to regulators and managers. They
work either at large frms, such as engineer-
ing companies, or at small organizations
with just a few employees. Businesses and
government often hire environmental sci-
entists and hydrologists to help them solve
environmental problems they face during
projects.
Take classes in biology, earth science, chem-
istry, physics, geology, and mathematics.
Familiarity with global positioning systems
(GPS) and computer modeling is also use-
c
n
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry, Geology,
Mathematics
Masters degree
SAlAryrANgE
$35,600 to $58,380 to $99,320
OutlOOk
Biologists
Geophysicists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 140 7/16/09 10:06:51 AM
141
ful. Many environmental scientists and hy-
drologists work with international compa-
nies and may travel overseas, so knowing
another language or two will be helpful as
well.
Some entry-level environmental scien-
tist and hydrologist positions may require
the minimum of a bachelors degree in
earth science, but most positions mandate
a masters degree. A doctoral degree is need-
ed for research and college teaching jobs.
Outlook
Employment of environmental scientists
and hydrologists is expected to grow much
through 2016, according to the U.S. De-
partment of Labor. Most opportunities will
be through private-sector consulting frms.
The need to comply with environmental
laws and regulations, especially those re-
lated to groundwater contamination, clean
air and food control will also increase the
need for scientists who specialize in this
feld. Population growth will also contrib-
ute to the growing need to test for and reg-
ulate pollution.
ForMoreInformation
Learn whats new in environmental science
by visiting http://www.sciencedaily.com/
news. Talk to your science teachers and ask
them where you can learn more about this
feld. See if they can invite an environmen-
tal scientist or hydrologist to come to your
class to discuss their work.
AmericangeologicalInstitute
4220 King Street
703-379-2480
http://www.agiweb.org
AmericanInstituteofhydrology
http://www.aihydrology.org
Did You Know?
Public outcry for preserving the
environment led to the passing of
pollution control laws. These laws
sought to regulate the amount of
pollution that companies could
make and to fne companies that
violated the acts guidelines.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 141 7/16/09 10:06:51 AM
142
Environmental
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatEnvironmental
techniciansDo
Environmental technicians, also known as
pollution control technicians, obtain samples
and conduct tests to collect data on envi-
ronmental conditions. Their research is
used by engineers, scientists, and others
who help clean up, monitor, control, and
prevent pollution.
Environmental technicians usually
specialize in water pollution, air pollution,
or soil pollution. Water pollution technicians
monitor both industrial and residential dis-
charge, such as from wastewater treatment
plants. They collect samples from lakes,
streams, rivers, groundwater (the water
under the earth), industrial or municipal
wastewater, or other sources. They bring
samples to labs, where they perform chem-
ical and other tests. If the samples contain
harmful substances, remedial (cleanup)
actions will need to be taken. These tech-
nicians also perform feld tests, such as
checking the pH, oxygen, and nitrate level
of surface waters. Some technicians special-
ize in groundwater, ocean water, or other
types of natural waters. Estuarine resource
technicians, for example, specialize in coast-
al waters where fresh water and salt water
come together. These waters support a wide
variety of plant and animal life that are
vulnerable to destructive pollution from
adjoining industries, cities and towns, and
other sources.
Air pollution technicians collect and test
air samples (for example, from chimneys
of industrial manufacturing plants), record
data on atmospheric conditions (such as
determining levels of airborne substances
from auto or industrial emissions), and
supply data to scientists and engineers for
further testing and analysis. In labs, air
pollution technicians help test air samples
or re-create contaminants. They may use
atomic absorption spectrophotometers,
fame photometers, gas chromatographs,
and other instruments for analyzing sam-
ples. In the feld, air pollution technicians
use rooftop sampling devices or operate
mobile monitoring units or stationary
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$25,000 to $39,000 to $64,000
OutlOOk
City Planners
Ecologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 142 7/16/09 10:06:52 AM
143
trailers equipped with automatic testing
systems. Technicians set up and maintain
the sampling devices, replenish the chem-
icals used in tests, replace worn parts, cali-
brate instruments, and record results.
Soil or land pollution technicians collect
soil, silt, or mud samples and check them
for contamination. Soil can become con-
taminated when polluted water seeps into
the earth, such as when liquid waste leaks
from a landfll or other source into sur-
rounding ground.
Noise pollution technicians use rooftop
devices and mobile units to take readings
and collect data on noise levels of factories,
highways, airports, and other locations in
order to determine noise exposure levels
for workers or the public. Some test noise
levels of construction equipment, chain
saws, snow blowers, lawn mowers, or other
equipment.
For some technician positions, you need
at least a high school degree and employer
training. As environmental work becomes
more technical and complex, more posi-
tions require an associates degree.
Many community colleges have pro-
grams for environmental technicians, such
as environmental engineering technolo-
gies, pollution control technologies, con-
servation, and ecology.
Outlook
Demand for environmental technicians
is expected to increase much faster than
the average through 2016. Environmen-
tal technicians will be needed to regulate
waste products; collect air, water, and soil
samples for measuring levels of pollutants;
monitor compliance with environmental
regulations; and clean up contaminated
sites.
ForMoreInformation
Visit your library and read technical and
general-interest publications on environ-
mental science. School science clubs, lo-
cal community groups, and naturalist
clubs may give you some experience. Most
schools have recycling programs in which
you can participate.
AirandWasteManagementAssociation
420 Fort Duquesne Boulevard
One Gateway Center, 3rd Floor
412-232-3444
info@awma.org
http://www.awma.org
EnvironmentalProtectionAgency
Ariel Rios Building
202-272-0167
http://www.epa.gov
NationalgroundWaterAssociation
601 Dempsey Road
800-551-7379
ngwa@ngwa.org
http://www.ngwa.org
Growth Field
ber of environmental technicians is
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 143 7/16/09 10:06:52 AM

144
Epidemiologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatEpidemiologistsDo
Epidemiologists are medical scientists who
study the cause, spread, and control of
diseases that affect groups of people or
communities.
Epidemiologists use research, statistical
analysis, feld investigations, and laborato-
ry techniques to try to fgure out the cause
of a disease, how it spreads, and how to
prevent and control it. They measure the
location and frequency of an outbreak of
a disease. Then, they analyze this statisti-
cal information in relation to the charac-
teristics of populations and environments.
Many epidemiologists work on developing
new ways or refning old ways of measur-
ing and evaluating incidence of disease.
Epidemiologists work is important
to the medical community and to public
health offcials, who use their information
to determine public health policies. Epide-
miologists often develop and recommend
public health policies themselves, using
the research they have collected.
The complex feld of epidemiology is
separated into two groups: research and
clinical. Research epidemiologists focus on
studying methods to eliminate or control
infectious diseases. Some work on diseases
that infect the entire body such as AIDS,
while others focus on diseases of the brain,
lungs, or digestive tract.
Clinical epidemiologists are also known
as infection control offcials. They primarily
work in hospitals to keep the medical staff
informed of and provide solutions for con-
tainment of infectious disease outbreaks.
Other clinical epidemiologists work in out-
patient settings, focusing on the treatment
and control of communicable diseases such
as chickenpox, hepatitis, and infuenza.
Each state has its own head epidemi-
ologist, who is usually part of the states
public health service. These state epidemi-
ologists work closely with the U.S. Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
in Atlanta to report certain diseases in their
populations to the CDC on a regular basis.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Biology, Health
Masters degree
SAlAryrANgE
$40,000 to $60,000 to $93,000
OutlOOk
Allergists
Microbiologists
Oncologists
Physicians
Toxicologists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 144 7/16/09 10:06:55 AM
145
High school classes in biology, health, Eng-
lish, physics, and math (including statis-
tics) are recommended. Social studies and
geography also are relevant.
A four-year bachelors of science degree
is the minimum requirement to enter an
epidemiology program in graduate school.
Many graduate programs are designed for
people who already have a medical degree.
Cornell University, for example, requires
an M.D. or an R.N. degree plus three years
of work experience for entrance into its
epidemiology program.
Not every graduate school focuses on
the same thing. Johns Hopkins University
has programs of study in chronic disease ep-
idemiology, clinical epidemiology, genetics,
infectious diseases, and occupational and
environmental epidemiology. Case Western
Reserve offers a program in genetic epidemi-
ology, while Emory University offers a pro-
gram in quantitative epidemiology.
Outlook
Job prospects for epidemiologists are ex-
pected to increase much faster than the
average through 2016 because there will
always be a need to understand, control,
and prevent the spread of disease. There is
particular promise in the growing feld of
environmental epidemiology.
Developments in technology, such as
genetic recombination and imaging, are
changing the feld of epidemiology. The
use of new information systems will make
global communication more comprehen-
sive and effcient between nations.
ForMoreInformation
Join science clubs and enter science fairs
with projects that focus on biology and
chemistry. Volunteer at a health facility to
get exposure to medical procedures.
AssociationforProfessionalsinInfection
ControlandEpidemiology
202-789-1890
http://www.apic.org
CentersforDiseaseControlandPrevention
1600 Clifton Road, NE
800-232-4636
cdcinfo@cdc.gov
http://www.cdc.gov
EpidemicIntelligenceService,Centersfor
DiseaseControlandPrevention
1600 Clifton Road, NE
800-232-4636
cdcinfo@cdc.gov
http://www.cdc.gov/eis
InfectiousDiseasesSocietyofAmerica
703-299-0200
http://www.idsociety.org
Growth Field
ber of epidemiologists is expected
increase of 14 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 145 7/16/09 10:06:56 AM

146
Ergonomists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatErgonomistsDo
Ergonomists, also known as occupational
health and safety specialists, study the work-
place to fnd out how the work environ-
ment affects the activities of employees.
They research how noise, temperature, and
lighting affect workers. They study ma-
chines and equipment to make sure they
are safe, effcient, and comfortable for the
user. Ergonomists educate workers to de-
crease the number of work-related illness-
es and injuries. They also help employers
to achieve higher levels of productivity.
According to ergonomic principles,
workers should be able to complete a task
in several different and safe manners; they
should be using the largest appropriate
muscle groups; and their joints should be
at approximately the middle of their range
of movement.
Some ergonomists work on design-
ing new machines and equipment. They
do physiological research on how certain
types of work-related injuries, such as car-
pal tunnel syndrome, occur. They study
mathematics and physics, in conjunction
with the human form, in order to gain a
better understanding of how people can
avoid performing unsafe and repetitive
motions that lead to injury.
Other ergonomists study workplaces
and analyze the needs of particular em-
ployees in specifc work situations. Their
clients may be as varied as secretaries,
factory workers, and travel agents who
suffer from specifc physical problems as-
sociated with their workplaces. These er-
gonomists may study assembly-line pro-
cedures and suggest changes to reduce
monotony and make it easier for workers
to load or unload materials. They may
also investigate lighting and room tem-
perature, which might infuence work-
ers behavior and productivity. In an of-
fce setting, an ergonomist is likely to
make suggestions about keyboard place-
ment and monitor height to help avoid
injuries. Rearrangement of furniture is
often one of the easiest ways to make a
workplace safer and more comfortable.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Health, Mathematics, Physical
education
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$36,000 to $60,000 to $90,000
OutlOOk
Chiropractors
Kinesiologists
Physical Therapists
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 146 7/16/09 10:06:59 AM
147
After analyzing data and observing
workers, ergonomists submit a written
report of their fndings and make recom-
mendations to company representatives
for changes in the workplace designed to
improve the health, safety, comfort, and
productivity of a companys employees.
To be an ergonomist, you need a strong
background in mathematics, physical sci-
ences, English, psychology, and statistics.
Courses in the life and physical sciences
biology, anatomy, health, and physicsare
also helpful, as are classes in research meth-
ods, writing, speech, mathematics, and
computer science.
Most ergonomists have a bachelors of
science degree in a behavioral science (such
as psychology or sociology), social science,
computer science, or industrial engineer-
ing. Course work includes classes in statis-
tics, computer applications, and the health
sciences as well as research techniques. The
majority of ergonomists also have a mas-
ters degree, which is required for most jobs
in this feld. A doctoral degree is helpful for
those who want to teach or work at high
levels of management.
Outlook
The employment outlook for ergonomists
is good, with growth projected to be about
through 2016. The public has a better
understanding of and appreciation for
ergonomy today, and as numerous work
environments have become more com-
plex because of technology advances, er-
gonomists have found a steady demand
for their services. Businesses will continue
to use ergonomy to reduce worker injury,
raise levels of production, and increase
profts.
ForMoreInformation
Observe your activities and the toll they
take on specifc parts of your body. Think
of the causes of physical problems and dif-
ferent ways you can change your behavior
and movements to prevent them.
BoardofCertifcationinProfessional
Ergonomics
PO Box 2811
Bellingham, WA 98227-2811
888-856-4685
bcpehq@bcpe.org
http://www.bcpe.org
humanFactorsandErgonomicsSociety
PO Box 1369
Santa Monica, CA 90406-1369
310-394-1811
info@hfes.org
http://www.hfes.org
Fast Fact
Ergonomics began to develop
as a feld of study about 100
years ago as it became clear
that changes in machine design
and work environment could
promote a safer and more pro-
ductive workplace.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 147 7/16/09 10:06:59 AM
148
Event
Planners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatEventPlannersDo
Event planners oversee all the arrange-
ments that are necessary for meetings and
special events. They may be called meet-
ing, corporate, or convention planners, or
conference coordinators. They may also be
referred to as meeting managers or special
event coordinators.
Event planners have a variety of du-
ties that differ, depending on the frms
they work for and the events that are being
planned. Some event planners are responsi-
ble for small in-house meetings, and others
are in charge of large conventions or trade
shows that are taking place in another area
of the country or the world. If a meeting
is held in-house, the planner may have to
reserve the meeting room; notify attendees
of the time, date, and place of the meeting;
arrange for refreshments; establish a room
layout; print agendas or programs; and ar-
range for audio-visual equipment.
Planners who organize meetings or
events at outside facilities negotiate and
contract for meeting rooms, hotel accom-
modations, air and ground transportation,
and food and refreshments. They may
also have to schedule speakers, discussion
panels, or workshop leaders; publicize the
event; hire outside staff; and organize regis-
tration procedures.
Planners involved with conventions
and trade shows arrange for the transpor-
tation of the display booth to the conven-
tion site, oversee its setup, arrange for the
transportation and lodging of key people
attending the event, and assist with the
marketing and registration. They also
might reserve meeting rooms and a block
of guest rooms at a number of nearby hotels
for trade show participants and attendees.
Managers and planners need to be aware of
legal aspects of trade show set-ups such as
fre code regulations, foor plans, and space
limitations and make sure they are within
these guidelines.
Some event planners cater to individu-
als, groups, or associations and help plan
events such as open houses, reunions, an-
niversaries, and other special occasions.
Party planners are either self-employed or
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, English, Foreign language
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$27,000 to $44,000 to $75,000
OutlOOk
Business Managers
Travel Agents
0
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 148 7/16/09 10:07:00 AM
149
employed by individuals, families, or small
companies to help plan parties for special
occasions. Party planners may help plan
celebrations for weddings, birthdays, chris-
tenings, bar or bat mitzvahs, anniversaries,
retirements, or other events.
Event planners often work erratic hours
and long days prior to the event. Travel is
often required and the job may include
working or traveling nights and on the
weekends.
If you are interested in a career as an event
planner, take courses in business, English,
foreign languages, and speech. Most event
planners must have a high school diploma
and at least a bachelors degree.
Some colleges offer degrees in meet-
ing planning, but degrees in English, com-
munications, marketing, public relations,
sales, or travel would also be a good ft.
Outlook
Job opportunities for event planners are
rate for all occupations through 2016. Job
openings will be created as event planners
retire or change to other professions.
ForMoreInformation
Organize and plan a large family event,
such as a birthday, anniversary, graduation,
or retirement celebration. You will have to
fnd a location, hire catering or assign fam-
ily members to bring specifc food items,
send invitations, purchase and arrange
decorations, and organize entertainment,
all according to what your budget allows.
InternationalAssociationofExhibitions
andEvents
12700 Park Central Drive, Suite 308
Dallas, TX 75251-1500
972-458-8002
news@iaee.com
http://www.iaee.com
MeetingProfessionalsInternational
3030 Lyndon B. Johnson Freeway, Suite 1700
Dallas, TX 75234-2759
972-702-3000
http://www.mpiweb.org
ProfessionalConventionManagement
Association
2301 South Lake Shore Drive, Suite 1001
312-423-7262
http://www.pcma.org
Event planners help people to organize
parties that have elements such as venue
rental, catering, and music. (Comstock
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 149 7/16/09 10:07:01 AM
150
Executive
recruiters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatExecutive
recruitersDo
Executive recruiters are hired by businesses to
place qualifed workers in hard-to-fll em-
ployment positions. Though many larger
companies have in-house human resource
departments, they often turn to executive
recruiters to handle the responsibilities of
locating, researching, and interviewing the
best candidates for the job.
There are two kinds of executive search
frms: retained or contingent. Retained re-
cruiters work with upper-level management
positions. They are contracted by a com-
pany to fll a particular executive position.
Retained recruiters are paid on a fat fee ba-
sis, or for a percentage of the candidates
frst years salary and bonus.
Contingency recruiters fll junior- to mid-
level executive positions that pay less than
$75,000. Many times, companies will no-
tify several frms to fll one position. Con-
tingency recruiters are paid only if their
candidate is hired for the job, usually a per-
centage of the candidates frst years salary
package.
The job of recruiters, whether retained
or contingent, begins once the search frm
is notifed of the job opening and is asked
to fnd the best possible candidate. The re-
cruiter frst evaluates the needs and struc-
ture of the client or the company. A draft of
the job description is made, detailing the
title, job description, responsibilities, and
salary and benefts package. Once the cli-
ent approves a written contract, the search
begins. Recruiters research candidates by
networking with their contacts in the in-
dustry. Recruiters also keep informed of
industry developments by reading trade
papers and magazines as well as national
newspapers. Recruiters also receive resumes
from people looking to change employ-
ment, which they keep on fle for future
reference.
Recruiters then contact prospective
candidates, usually by telephone. Can-
didates who are interested and qualifed
are screened further, and references are
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$27,000 to $44,000 to $85,000
OutlOOk
Career Counselors
q
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 150 7/16/09 10:07:01 AM
151
checked fully. Recruiters conduct per-
sonal interviews with the most promising
candidates.
A search for the perfect executive is a
lengthy process. Most searches take any-
where from one month to a year or more.
Once the position is flled, recruiters con-
duct one or more follow-ups to make sure
the employees transition into the compa-
ny is smooth.
Recruiters come from a variety of educa-
tional backgrounds, including communi-
cations, marketing, and business admin-
istration. Many recruiters move into the
industry after successful careers in business,
health care, banking, or publishing.
A common starting point for recruiters
is a position with a contingency frm. Re-
sponsibilities may be limited at frst, but a
successful and consistent work experience
could lead to bigger accounts, more place-
ments, higher commissions, a staff posi-
tion with a retainer search frm, or starting
a company of your own.
Outlook
There is a bright future for executive search
frms. Employment opportunities for re-
cruiters are expected to grow faster than the
Potential clients include large international
corporations, universities, the government,
and smaller businesses. Smaller operations
are aware that having a solid executive or
administrator may make the difference
between turning a proft and not being in
business at all.
ForMoreInformation
Working either part time or as a volunteer
in a library can help you learn research
skills that are important in recruiting work.
Become familiar with business publica-
tions, such as the Wall Street Journal, the
New York Times, Business Week, Fortune, and
others available at your library. Your guid-
ance counselor can advise you on ways to
research careers and qualifcations.
theAssociationofExecutive
SearchConsultants
12 East 41st Street, 17th Floor
New York, NY 10017-6276
212-398-9556
aesc@aesc.org
http://www.aesc.org
kennedyInformation
One Phoenix Mill Lane, 3rd Floor
Peterborough, NH 03458-1467
800-531-0007
bookstore@kennedyinfo.com
http://www.kennedyinfo.com
NationalAssociationof
Executiverecruiters
847-885-1453
naerinfo@naer.org
http://www.naer.org
Growth Field
ber of executive recruiters is expect-
ed to grow by about 18 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 151 7/16/09 10:07:01 AM

152
Exhibit
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
WhatExhibitDesignersDo
Exhibit designers plan, develop, and produce
displays for exhibitions at museums and
cultural institutions. Designers work with
museum educators, curators, and conser-
vators to create educational exhibits that
focus on portions of the museums collec-
tion while maintaining safe environmental
conditions for the objects on display. Ex-
hibit designers prepare both temporary and
permanent exhibitions for a broad range of
museum audiences.
Exhibit designers play a key role in
helping museums and similar institutions
achieve their educational goals. Museums
are responsible for providing public access
and information about their collections
to visitors and scholars. They accomplish
their mission by presenting exhibits that
display objects and present related infor-
mation. Because museum visits are inter-
active experiences, exhibit designers must
provide the visiting public with interesting
exhibitions that contain visual, auditory,
emotional, and intellectual components.
After a decision has been made to con-
struct a new exhibit and a budget has been
set, exhibit designers meet regularly with
a team of curators, educators, and conser-
vators throughout the exhibit planning
stages. They consider the objects to be dis-
played; the context in which they should
be displayed; signage and labeling; explan-
atory text, charts, graphs, photographs,
and maps; lighting; auditory components;
interactive components; and visitor traffc
patterns. For some objects, exhibit design-
ers need to consider lighting and tempera-
ture controls so the items are not damaged
while being displayed.
Planning, designing, and producing a
new exhibit is costly as well as challenging.
Exhibit designers must work creatively dur-
ing the planning and design stages while
remaining fexible in their ideas. During
exhibit installation, designers work closely
with the production team, which consists
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, History
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$25,000 to $43,000 to $75,000
OutlOOk
Artists
Carpenters
Education Directors and Museum Teachers
Museum Attendants
Museum Curators
L
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 152 7/16/09 10:07:02 AM
153
of other artists, designers, technicians, com-
puter experts, electricians, and carpenters.
Exhibit designers have additional re-
sponsibilities that include extensive re-
search on exhibit topics and investigating
new exhibit styles and materials. Some de-
signers also attend conventions of profes-
sional associations to network with other
designers and share ideas about new ap-
proaches to exhibit design and innovative
display techniques.
If you are interested in a career as an exhi-
bition designer, you will need a broad edu-
cational background. Take courses in Eng-
lish, history, the sciences, art, and foreign
language.
Because exhibit plans must be drawn to
scale and the measurements must be pre-
cise, math courses are essential. Math skills
are also necessary for developing good
budgeting skills. Computer skills are also
important, as many designers use comput-
er-aided drafting when planning exhibits.
Computer technology is also used in ex-
hibits in order to present information or
make them interactive.
Most museums expect exhibit design-
ers to hold a bachelors degree. Those who
desire a position as a director or manager
in a museums design department should
consider earning an advanced degree. A de-
gree in museology along with experience
in carpentry, building, sculpture, or set de-
sign is the best preparation. Some exhibit
designers hold degrees in fne art, archaeol-
ogy, anthropology, or liberal arts.
Outlook
The employment rate of all set and exhibit
designers will grow faster than the average
through 2016, but there is strong compe-
tition for museum jobs, which will go to
those with many years of experience. Many
museums are challenged with budget diff-
culties, and often choose to contract with
independent exhibition and design com-
panies when there is the need to install a
new exhibit instead of retaining a staff of
in-house designers.
ForMoreInformation
Visit museums and cultural centers in your
area and observe the design of the exhib-
its. Designing stage sets for the school dra-
ma club or local theater company is good
experience.
AmericanAssociationofMuseums
1575 Eye Street, NW, Suite 400
202-289-1818
NewEnglandMuseumAssociation
22 Mill Street, Suite 409
Arlington, MA 02476-4744
781 641-0013
http://www.nemanet.org
Did You Know?
Charles Willson Peale opened the
frst American museum of natural
history in 1801. He performed all
aspects of organizing this museum,
including designing its exhibits.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 153 7/16/09 10:07:02 AM
154
Export-Import
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatExport-Import
SpecialistsDo
Export-import specialists handle the business
arrangements for exporting and importing
goods to and from foreign countries. They
work out trade agreements with foreign
traders and supervise the delivery of the
goods. Export-import specialists work for
both the government and private indus-
try. There are many kinds of export-import
specialists. All specialists must understand
international law and be aware of export-
import regulations, such as duty fees, but
specifc responsibilities vary according to
the specialty.
Export managers direct foreign sales ac-
tivities, including negotiating sales and dis-
tribution contracts and arranging payment
for exported goods. They handle details in-
volved in transporting goods, including li-
censing agreements, customs declarations,
and packing and shipping. They supervise
clerical staff in preparing foreign correspon-
dence and other foreign language material,
such as sales literature and bid requests.
Customs brokers are intermediaries be-
tween importers and the customs service.
They prepare entry papers for goods arriv-
ing from abroad. They fle appropriate doc-
uments to allow delivery of foreign goods
and to assess import duties and taxes. Cus-
toms brokers counsel importers on U.S.
rules and regulations, work out any last-
minute problems, and arrange for storage
of goods in warehouses, if necessary.
Import-export agents are independent
contractors who usually work for several
clients. They manage activities of import-
export frms and coordinate settlements
between foreign and domestic buyers and
sellers. They plan delivery of goods and su-
pervise workers in the shipping and receiv-
ing departments. Agents oversee the assess-
ment of import and export taxes and the
granting of entry permits.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, Foreign language,
Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $57,000 to $100,000
OutlOOk
Antique and Art Dealers
Business Managers
Buyers
Customs Offcials
Economists
Purchasing Agents
q
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 154 7/16/09 10:07:03 AM
155
Freight forwarders are agents for exporters
in moving cargo to overseas destinations.
They are familiar with the import rules and
regulations of foreign countries, methods of
shipping, U.S. government export regula-
tions, special packaging or handling restric-
tions, hazardous materials rules, and the
documents connected with foreign trade.
Freight forwarders advise clients on freight
costs, port charges, consular fees, cost of
special documentation, and insurance costs.
Forwarders fnd the most appropriate servic-
es so that products are moved by the most
timely and cost-effective methods.
Export-import specialists are usually col-
lege graduates. The most useful degrees are
in business management, political science,
economics, or foreign language. College
courses in international trade, marketing,
and business are helpful.
A masters degree in business admin-
istration with a specialty in international
trade can lead to better job opportunities.
Knowing one or more foreign languages
is also an advantage. Export-import spe-
cialists fnd entry-level jobs with the U.S.
Customs Service, seaports and airports, and
private companies.
Outlook
Opportunities in the export-import feld
should grow much faster than the average
rate through 2016. Employment stability
in this feld is largely dependent on gen-
eral economic conditions, and job pros-
pects will vary from industry to industry
and frm to frm. For example, it may be
harder to fnd work as a textile wholesaler
representing a U.S. frm than as a computer
wholesaler.
ForMoreInformation
Part-time or summer employment in a re-
tail establishment is helpful training for a
merchandising career. Read business pub-
lications and trade papers to learn all you
can about the U.S. trade balance, trade pol-
icies, and export and import levels of major
goods, such as automobiles.
AmericanAssociationofExporters
andImporters
202-857-8009
hq@aaei.org
http://www.aaei.org
InternationaltradeAdministration
U.S. Department of Commerce
1401 Constitution Avenue, NW
http://www.ita.doc.gov
Fast Fact
According to the International
Trade Administration, the coun-
tries the United States trades
with the most are Canada,
Mexico, Japan, China, United
Kingdom, Germany, South Ko-
rea, Netherlands, France, and
Taiwan.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 155 7/16/09 10:07:03 AM
156
Familyand
Consumer
Scientists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatFamilyand
ConsumerScientistsDo
Family and consumer scientists are concerned
with the well-being of the home and fam-
ily. They work in education, dietetics, re-
search, social welfare, extension services,
and business. Whatever the job, family
and consumer scientists rely on their un-
derstanding of food and nutrition, child
development, household management,
and the many other elements involved in
day-to-day living.
Family and consumer scientists who
work as teachers in junior and senior high
schools teach courses such as nutrition,
clothing, child development, family rela-
tions, and home management. Teachers at
the college level prepare students for careers
in home economics. They also conduct re-
search and write articles and textbooks.
Extension-service family and consum-
er scientists are part of an educational sys-
tem supported by government agencies to
educate and advise families, both rural and
urban, on family life, nutrition, child care,
and other aspects of homemaking. These
scientists offer help and advice over the
phone and may travel to various commu-
nities to give presentations and assistance.
Health and welfare agencies hire family
and consumer scientists to work with so-
cial workers, nurses, and physicians. They
consult with low-income families who
need help with fnancial management con-
cerns. They develop community programs
in health and nutrition, money manage-
ment, and child care.
The business world offers many oppor-
tunities to family and consumer scientists.
Some work for manufacturers, where they
test and improve products and recipes and
prepare booklets on uses of products. They
plan educational programs and materials.
work in media and advertising agencies
write about food, fashion, home decor,
budgets, and home management. Those
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$28,000 to $61,000 to $122,000
OutlOOk
Child Care Workers
Food Technologists
Nannies
L
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 156 7/16/09 10:07:04 AM
157
who work for retail stores help custom-
ers choose furniture and other household
items and work in advertising, buying, and
merchandising.
Some family and consumer scientists
specialize in dietetics. They work in hospi-
tals, hotels, restaurants, or schools. They plan
meals, order food and supervise its prepara-
tion, handle budgets, and plan special diets.
work as researchers create products and de-
velop procedures that make life better for
families. Researchers work for colleges and
universities, government and private agen-
cies, and private companies.
Family and consumer scientists must have
at least a bachelors degree in family and
consumer science or home economics.
Many colleges and universities offer
these degrees, as well as specialization in
subjects such as education, child develop-
ment, foods and nutrition, dietetics, insti-
tution management, textiles and clothing,
family economics and home management,
household equipment and furnishings, and
applied art. Those who conduct research
and teach college usually need a masters
degree or a doctorate.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for family and
consumer scientists are expected to grow
through 2016. The demand for family and
consumer scientists will be highest for spe-
cialists in marketing, merchandising, fam-
ily and consumer resource management,
food service and institutional manage-
ment, food science and human nutrition,
and environment and shelter.
ForMoreInformation
Your community 4-H club may offer oppor-
tunities in community service, arts, con-
sumer and family sciences, environmental
education, and healthy lifestyle education.
AmericanAssociationofFamilyand
ConsumerSciences
400 North Columbus Street, Suite 202
703-706-4600
staff@aafcs.org
http://www.aafcs.org
National4-hCouncil
301-961-2800
This family and consumer science teacher
checks on a rack of iced cinnamon buns
that were baked in the classrooms oven.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 157 7/16/09 10:07:05 AM
158
Farmers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatFarmersDo
Farmers grow crops such as peanuts, corn,
wheat, cotton, fruits, or vegetables. They
also raise pigs, sheep, poultry, cows, and
other animals for meat, dairy products,
and other animal products.
Today, family farms are disappearing.
They are being replaced by large farms run
by agricultural corporations that employ
farm operators and managers to direct all
of the activities on farms. Farm operators
may own or rent the land. Farm managers
are hired to oversee different farms opera-
tions. The owner of a large crop farm may
hire a manager to oversee general planning,
another manager to handle planting and
harvesting, and a third manager to handle
marketing or storing the crops.
There are many different types of
farmers. Diversifed crops farmers grow dif-
ferent combinations of fruits, grains, and
vegetables. General farmers raise livestock
as well as crops. Cash grain farmers grow
barley, corn, rice, soybeans, and wheat.
Aquaculture farmers raise fsh and shellfsh
in various water settings such as ponds
or foating net pens. Horticultural farmers
raise fruits, vegetables, fowers, and or-
namental plants. Other farmers include
feld crops farmers, who raise alfalfa, cot-
ton, hops, peanuts, mint, sugarcane, and
tobacco; animal breeders; fur farmers; live-
stock ranchers; dairy farmers; poultry farm-
ers; beekeepers; reptile farmers; and even
worm growers.
Farmers need good soil and a lot of
water for their crops and animals. They
need to know how to bring water to their
plants (irrigation) and add rich nutrients
to the soil (fertilizer). They also need to
know how to keep their animals and crops
healthy. This involves controlling insects,
diseases, and pollution that will damage or
destroy crops or livestock. It also involves
providing proper care such as clean, warm
shelters, proper food, and special breeding
programs.
Crop farmers use large farm equipment
to turn the soil, plant seeds, gather crops,
and store them. Dairy farmers maintain
equipment for milking and processing and
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$21,000 to $33,000 to $80,000
OutlOOk
Decline
Animal Builders and Technicians
Aquaculturists
Beekeepers
Fishers
J
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 158 7/16/09 10:07:05 AM
159
storing dairy products. As a result, farmers
need to know how to run and repair many
types of machines. Besides working with
the soil, crops, animals, and farm machin-
ery, farmers also have to keep extensive re-
cords of their income, expenses, and pro-
duction schedules. They are knowledgeable
about the markets for their products and
are skilled at buying and selling.
Future farmers can beneft from courses in
mathematics and science, especially biol-
ogy, chemistry, earth science, and botany.
Accounting, bookkeeping, business, and
computer courses are also very helpful.
quirements for farmers, but every success-
ful farmer must have knowledge of the
principles of soil preparation and cultiva-
tion, disease control, and machinery main-
tenance as well as a mastery of business
practices and bookkeeping.
State land-grant universities offer agri-
cultural programs that award bachelors de-
grees as well as shorter programs in specifc
areas. Some universities offer advanced
studies in horticulture, animal science,
agronomy, and agricultural economics.
Outlook
Employment of farmers and ranchers is ex-
pected to decline through 2016. Every year
can be different for farmers, as production,
expansion, and markets are affected by
weather, exports, and other factors.
Large corporate farms are fast replac-
ing small farms. Some small-scale farmers,
however, have found opportunities in or-
ganic food production, farmers markets,
and similar market niches that require di-
rect personal contact with their customers.
ForMoreInformation
Organizations such as the National FFA
Organization (http://www.ffa.org) and 4-H
(http://www.fourhcouncil.edu) offer good
opportunities for learning about, visiting,
and participating in farming activities.
AmericanFarmBureauFederation
600 Maryland Avenue, SW, Suite 1000W
202 406-3600
http://www.fb.org
NationalCouncilofFarmerCooperatives
50 F Street NW, Suite 900
202-626-8700
http://www.ncfc.org
u.S.DepartmentofAgriculture
202-720-2791
http://www.usda.gov
This farmer is checking on his durum
wheat crop to see if it is ready for harvest.
(Lorraine Swanson/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 159 7/16/09 10:07:07 AM
160
Fashion
Coordinators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Mathematics
WhatFashion
CoordinatorsDo
Fashion coordinators produce fashion shows
and plan other ways to promote clothing
companies and designers. They are em-
ployed by design frms, retail corporations,
and apparel centers, and some work in the
entertainment industry.
Fashion coordinators employed by re-
tail stores, design frms, or shopping centers
may produce a monthly fashion show or as
many as 50 shows a year. There are different
types of fashion shows. Vendor or designer
shows arrive at the coordinators offce al-
most pre-packaged. The outfts are already
accessorized and are boxed in the order the
clothes should be shown. Commentary and
backdrops also are supplied by the vendor or
designer. To prepare for a vendor show, fash-
ion coordinators only have to book models
and set up a stage. Vendor shows typically
take only a few days to produce.
Trend shows are owned by the retailer
and are produced by the fashion coordina-
tor and his or her staff. Coordinators put
outfts and accessories together, choose
the choreography and staging, and most
importantly, decide on the theme or fea-
tured fashion trend. Trend shows are usu-
ally produced two or three times a year,
and they take a few weeks or a month to
produce.
There are several steps to producing a
show. First, a budget for the show is set.
Then models are selected. Coordinators of-
ten use modeling agents to fnd the best men,
women, or children for the show. Stylists are
hired to give the models and their clothes
a fnished look. Hairdressers, makeup artists,
and dressers prepare the models before the
show and during outft changes. Production
workers fnd the right music and lighting.
The fashion coordinator and assistants also
are responsible for the promotion and ex-
ecution of a fashion show.
Fashion coordinators promote their
stores fashion lines through promotional
agreements with on-air television personali-
ties and lending the appropriate clothing to
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, English
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$40,000 to $60,000 to $100,000
OutlOOk
Cosmetologists
Costume Designers
Event Planners
Fashion Designers
Jewelers
Makeup Artists
Models
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 160 7/16/09 10:07:09 AM
161
television stations, newspapers, and fashion
magazines for special fashion shoots.
High school classes that will prepare you for
this career include family and consumer sci-
ence, art, art history, illustration, photogra-
phy, and business. Some schools, such as the
High School of Fashion Industries in New
York City, offer fashion-related courses such
as fashion design, illustration, fashion mer-
chandising, and art and art history along
with the more traditional academic classes.
A college education is not required for
every fashion job, but a bachelors degree
in fashion design and merchandising, mar-
keting, or other business-related courses
will give you an edge. Computer skills are
also important. An internship in the fash-
ion industry is recommended, preferably
with a company you hope to work for after
graduation.
Outlook
Employment in this career should be good,
growing about as fast as the average for all
occupations through 2016. Most jobs in the
United States will be available in densely
populated areas, especially New York City,
Chicago, Los Angeles, and Miami.
As fashion trends change, so will the
way runway shows are presented. Themes
refect the taste of the fashion consum-
erfashy styles translate to loud, heavily
choreographed shows; understated cloth-
ing may call for softer presentations. One
style of show has no spoken commentary.
Instead, messages in words and images
are shown on the backdrop. Some shows
are now being produced on the Internet.
These new and varied types of shows
should provide employment opportuni-
ties for the creative fashion coordinator.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteering at local fashion shows, wheth-
er helping models with outft changes, set-
ting up chairs, or passing out brochures,
will give you valuable experience. Produce
a fashion show in your high school, using
fellow classmates as models and clothing
and accessories borrowed from the local
mall.
FashiongroupInternational,Inc.
Eight West 40th Street, 7th Floor
New York, NY 10018-2276
212-302-5511
http://www.fgi.org
FashionInstituteoftechnology
Seventh Avenue at 27th Street
New York, NY 10001-5992
212-217-7999
http://www.ftnyc.edu
NationalAssociationofSchoolsofArt
andDesign
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
http://nasad.arts-accredit.org
Fast Fact
Depending on whether a fash-
ion coordinator is employed by
a department store chain, a de-
sign frm, or a shopping center,
he or she can be responsible for
putting on as few as a dozen
or more than 50 fashion shows
per year.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 161 7/16/09 10:07:09 AM
162
Fashion
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Self-esteem
WhatFashionDesignersDo
Fashion designers design coats, dresses, suits,
and other clothing. They may design both
outer and inner garments or hats, purses,
shoes, gloves, costume jewelry, scarves, or
beachwear, or they may specialize in certain
types of clothing such as bridal gowns or
sportswear. There are only a few top haute-
couture designers who produce one-of-a-
kind designs for high-fashion houses. Nev-
ertheless, there are thousands of designers
who work in the American garment industry
creating fashions for mass production and
sale to millions of Americans. They work for
textile, apparel, and pattern manufacturers;
fashion salons; high-fashion department
stores; and specialty shops. Some design
costumes in the theater and flm industries.
In developing a new design or alter-
ing an existing one, designers frst deter-
mine the customers needs. After a sketch
has been prepared, the designer shapes the
pattern pieces that make the garment. The
pieces are drawn to actual size on paper and
then cut out of a fabric, usually muslin. The
fabric pieces are sewn together and ftted
on a model. The designer modifes pattern
pieces, and then a sample garment is made
of chosen fabrics. This sample is shown to
buyers, and orders are taken for quantities
of a single garment or for a full line of cloth-
ing in a variety of sizes and colors.
In some companies, designers are in-
volved in all aspects of the production of
the line, from the original idea to completed
garments. Other designers supervise work-
rooms, while some work right along with
workroom supervisors to solve problems.
Fashion designers often create 50 to 150
designs for each seasons showings. They
work on spring and summer designs during
the fall and winter months and on fall and
winter clothing during summer months.
Designers spend time visiting textile
manufacturing and sales establishments to
learn of the latest fabrics and their uses and
capabilities. They browse through stores to
see what fashion items are most popular.
They meet with marketing and production
workers, salespeople, and clients to discov-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Art, Family and consumer science
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $63,000 to $122,000
OutlOOk
Costume Designers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 162 7/16/09 10:07:11 AM
163
er what people are wearing and to discuss
ideas and styles.
If you are interested in fashion design, take
courses in art, sewing, and computer-aided
design (CAD). CAD is increasingly being
used by designers to draw designs, make
patterns, create prototypes, and reduce de-
sign production time and cost.
The best way to become a fashion de-
signer is to complete a two- or three-year
program in design from a fashion school.
Some colleges offer a four-year degree in
fne arts with a major in fashion design.
Employers look for designers who have
studied mathematics, business, design,
sketching, art history, costume history, lit-
erature, pattern making, clothing construc-
tion, and textiles.
Outlook
Employment of designers is expected to
2016. Designers make up less than 1 per-
cent of the total number of garment in-
dustry workers and relatively few jobs be-
come available due to designers leaving
for other careers. Even so, good designers
will always be needed, although not in
great numbers. Competition will be keen
for available positions.
ForMoreInformation
Learn to sew well enough to create your
own clothing designs. Offer to sew cloth-
ing for friends and family members. Visit
fabric stores to learn about fabrics, trims,
patterns, and accessories. Attend fashion
shows, visit art galleries, and read fashion
magazines, such as Womens Wear Daily
(http://www.wwd.com).
CustomtailorsandDesignersAssociation
42732 Ridgeway Drive
Broadlands, VA 20148-4558
888-248-2832
info@ctda.com
http://www.ctda.com
New York, NY 10001-5992
212-217-7999
http://www.ftnyc.edu/
andDesign
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
Fashion designers create clothes at all
levels from haute couture to mass-market
styles. (Pixland)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 163 7/16/09 10:07:13 AM
164
Fashion
Illustratorsand
Photographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatFashionIllustrators
andPhotographersDo
Fashion illustrators and photographers work
in a glamorized, intense environment. The
focus of their art is styles of clothing. They
work for advertising agencies, the news me-
dia, catalog houses, and fashion magazines.
Photographers tools include cameras,
flm, flters, lenses, tripods, and lighting
equipment. Those who develop their own
flm have darkroom facilities. Fashion pho-
tographers sometimes choose locations for
shoots, such as beaches or train stations, or
they may construct studio sets. They work
with a team of people, including design-
ers, editors, models, photo stylists, hair
stylists, and makeup artists to create shots
that make the clothes and the models look
good. Catalog shots tend to be straightfor-
ward, showing as much detail in the cloth-
ing as possible. Photographs for fashion
magazines and advertisements are often
more creative, conveying a particular mood
and lifestyle.
Fashion illustrators also work with cre-
ative teams. Their tools are pencils, pastels,
charcoals, paints, palettes, papers, drawing
boards, as well as computers. Illustrators
often become known for a particular medi-
um or a special style. As with photographs,
illustrations must be accurate in detail and
attractive enough to entice customers to
buy the clothing shown.
Fashion photographers and illustrators
are often freelancers. They fnd business by
showing their portfolios and working for
several clients. Freelancers operate small
businesses. They secure clients, and handle
accounting, tax payments, and other aspects
of running a business. The fashion world is
fast-paced and competitive. The hours can
be long and the pressure intense to produce
good work under tight deadlines. Photog-
raphers and illustrators may have to face
rejection of their work when they are start-
ing out until they can earn a reputation and
develop a style that is in demand.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Art, Business
SAlAryrANgE
$16,000 to $35,000 to $84,000
OutlOOk
Artists
Fashion Designers
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
Photo Stylists
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 164 7/16/09 10:07:15 AM
165
There are no formal education require-
ments for fashion illustrators or photogra-
phers. Many high schools offer photogra-
phy classes, and most offer art courses. For
both photographers and illustrators, the
best education is practice.
As your skills improve, you will begin to
build a portfolio of your work, or a collec-
tion of your best sketches or photos. Some
vocational or fashion schools offer classes
in fashion illustration, where you learn art
techniques as well as how to assemble and
present your portfolio. Photography pro-
grams are widely available from the asso-
ciates to the bachelors degree level. Pho-
tographers can apprentice with established
photographers.
Outlook
Employment for visual artists and photog-
raphers is expected to grow about as fast
as the average through 2016. For photogra-
phers and illustrators working specifcally
in fashion, employment will likely depend
on the economic health of magazines,
newspapers, advertising frms, fashion
houses, and other fashion-related business-
es. In addition, the rise of e-zines and retail
Web sites will create a need for illustrators
and photographers.
ForMoreInformation
Take drawing and photography classes of-
fered by your school or a community cen-
ter. Join a school photography or art club
to meet others who share your interests.
Join the staff of the school yearbook, news-
paper, or literary magazine. Keep up with
fashion trends and styles by reading fash-
ion magazines and catalogs.
New York, NY 10001-5992
212-217-7999
SavannahCollegeofArtandDesign
PO Box 3146
Savannah, GA 31402-3146
800-869-7223
info@scad.edu
http://www.scad.edu
SocietyofIllustrators
New York, NY 10065-7303
212-838-2560
Did You Know?
A French painter named Louis Da-
guerre became the frst photogra-
pher in 1839, when he perfected
the process of using silver-iodide
coated plates and mercury vapor
to create pictures. These pictures
became known as daguerreotypes.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 165 7/16/09 10:07:15 AM
166
Fashion
ModelsAgents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Self-management
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatFashion
ModelsAgentsDo
Fashion models agents act as the link
bringing together fashion models and their
clients. They match models to jobs accord-
ing to a particular look the client desires.
Agents arrange for promising models to
work with professional photographers,
stylists, and other fashion consultants in
order to enhance the models appearance
and develop their style. Agents promote
their models to potential clients.
An agents job may begin when a client
contacts the agency with a possible job as-
signment. The client, for example, a retail
store or an advertising agency, usually will
have a specifc look in mind for the mod-
el. The look may include such aspects as the
models hair color, age group, body type, or
ethnicity. The agent may then send a group
of models to the client for an audition.
Many times an agent is also responsible
for arranging a photo shoot for the model
as well as transportation if the assignment
is out of town. The agency is responsible
for billing the client and making certain
the model is paid for his or her work. In re-
turn, the agency earns a commission from
the model, which is typically 15 to 20 per-
cent of the models total earnings, as well
as a commission from the client, which is
usually about 20 percent. Due to the short-
lived careers of most models, agents now
wisely provide them with fnancial plan-
ning and advice.
Agents often help newer models pre-
pare their portfolio, which provides a list
of a models previous assignments and tear
sheets (examples of their work torn out
of magazines or other publications).
While agents maintain good working
relationships with established clients, they
also look for new clients and more assign-
ment possibilities. Agents attend modeling
shows and conventions to scout for young
people, interview and assess their model-
ing potential, and sign these promising
new talents to modeling contracts.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, English
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,000 to $66,000 to $146,000
OutlOOk
Fashion Designers
Fashion Editors and Writers
Models
Sports Agents
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 166 7/16/09 10:07:17 AM
167
If you are interested in pursuing this career,
you should concentrate on classes such as
family and consumer science, art, business,
mathematics, English, and speech. Some
high schools offer curriculum targeted to
fashion, which may include classes in de-
sign, illustration, and sewing.
A bachelors degree is generally re-
quired to work as an agent, but much of
the training is learned while on the job. In
essence, a model is a commodity you are
trying to sell; so naturally, any sales expe-
rience you have is good. On-the-job train-
ing, including working as an assistant,
learning to do bookings, keeping track of
schedules, and meeting with clients will
be useful. In this business, your contacts
are extremely important.
Outlook
Employment in this feld should grow about
as fast as the average through 2016. Since
most clients prefer to work with modeling
agencies, very few models succeed without
the support of an agency. New York City
will continue to be the hub of modeling
in the United States, and many large agen-
cies will stay headquartered there. Some
agents also represent parts modelsthose
that model specifc body parts. The most
popular parts models specialize in model-
ing legs, feet, or hands.
Competition for jobs will most likely
be stiff since many people view the fashion
industry as glamorous and high paying. In
truth, many careers in this feld are short-
lived, the result of trends and looks falling
out of favor.
ForMoreInformation
You can hone your sales and marketing
abilities by getting a part-time or season-
al job at any retail store. Attend a model
convention or search. You will be able to
observe the process potential models go
through as well as see agents at work.
New York, NY 10001-5992
212-217-7999
theInsidersguidetoSupermodelsand
Modeling
http://www.supermodelguide.com
Models.com
http://models.com
Fashion models agents work to place
their clients on go-sees and to land them
appearances or parts in commercials,
fashion shows, and print ads. (Associated
Press/The Morning Call)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 167 7/16/09 10:07:19 AM
168
Fashion
Writersand
Editors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatFashionWriters
andEditorsDo
Fashion writers express, promote, and in-
terpret fashion ideas and facts in written
form. Fashion editors perform a wide range
of functions. However, their primary re-
sponsibility is to ensure that text provided
by fashion writers is suitable in content,
format, and style for the intended audi-
ences. Fashion writers and editors are typi-
cally employed by newspaper, magazine,
and book publishers; radio and television
stations; and online publications. Some
fashion writers and editors are also em-
ployed by fashion houses and advertising
agencies.
Fashion writers, also known as fash-
ion reporters, correspondents, or authors, ex-
press their ideas about fashion in words for
books, magazines, newspapers, advertise-
ments, radio, television, and the Internet.
These writing jobs require a combination
of creativity and hard work.
Good fashion writers gather as much
information as possible about their subject
and then carefully check the accuracy of
their sources. This can involve extensive li-
brary research, interviews, and long hours
of observation and personal experience.
Generally, their writing will be reviewed,
corrected, and revised by their editors and
by themselves many times before a fnal
copy is ready for publication.
Fashion editors work with fashion writ-
ers on the staffs of newspapers, magazines,
publishing houses, radio or television sta-
tions, and corporations of all kinds. Editors
must make sure that all text to be printed
is well written, factually correct (some-
times this job is done by a researcher or fact
checker), and grammatically correct. Other
editors, including managing editors, editors
in chief, and editorial directors, have mana-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, Family and consumer science,
Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$27,000 to $48,000 to $91,000
OutlOOk
Little or no change
Copy Editors
Copywriters
Fashion Designers
Magazine Editors
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 168 7/16/09 10:07:21 AM
169
gerial responsibilities and work with heads
of other departments, such as marketing,
sales, and production.
Fashion writers and editors must learn to
write well, so it is important to take Eng-
lish, journalism, and communications
courses in high school. To gain a better per-
spective on fashion and design, take classes
in family and consumer science, including
sewing and design.
Since much of the fashion industry is
based overseas, taking classes in a foreign
language, such as French, will also be ben-
efcial. In addition, computer and word
processing courses will help you learn how
to type quickly and accurately.
A college education is usually necessary
if you want to become a writer or editor.
Fashion writers and editors must be knowl-
edgeable about their subject, so classesor
even degreesin fashion design and mar-
keting are also strongly recommended.
Outlook
Employment opportunities in writing and
editing are expected to experience little or
no change through 2016, according to the
U.S. Department of Labor. However, be-
cause of the narrow scope of fashion writ-
ing and editing, competition for jobs will
be very intense.
ForMoreInformation
To improve your writing skills, read as much
as you can. Fiction, nonfction, poetry, and
essays will introduce you to many different
forms of writing. You can also work as a re-
porter, writer, or editor on school newspa-
pers, yearbooks, and literary magazines.
FashiongroupInternationalInc.
Eight West 40th Street, 7th Floor
New York, NY 10018-2276
212-302-5511
http://www.fgi.org
MagazinePublishersofAmerica
810 Seventh Avenue, 24th Floor
New York, NY 10019-5818
212-872-3700
mpa@magazine.org
http://www.magazine.org
andDesign
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
During Fashion Week, a fashion editor
critiques an evening gown as the model
walks down the runway. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 169 7/16/09 10:07:22 AM
170
FastFood
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatFastFood
WorkersDo
Fast food workers are employed by ham-
burger joints, coffee shops, hot dog stands,
delicatessens, and other places that prom-
ise a quick bite to eat. These workers grill
meats, prepare french fries, make sand-
wiches and salads, keep condiment con-
tainers flled, and provide hot and cold
beverages. They take and fll customers
orders, run the cash register, and keep
the restaurant clean. Most fast food res-
taurants are open seven days a week, and
some operate 24 hours a day. To service a
fast-moving community, fast food workers
are required to keep a restaurant effcient,
tidy, and comfortable.
Most fast food restaurants employ peo-
ple who can do a variety of tasks. They use
many different machines and appliances,
including fryers, grills, soft-serve ice cream
machines, blenders, coffee machines, and
soda fountains. They use kitchen tools,
such as knives, graters, tongs, and measur-
ing spoons and cups.
Fast food workers who are part of the
kitchen staff may begin as assistants to the
trained cooks. These assistants may help
set up supplies, refll condiment contain-
ers, or do prep work such as slicing meats
or vegetables. These assistants also may be
responsible for general cleanup duties in
the kitchen area. Kitchen staff employees
who cook are responsible for preparing all
food to meet the companys standards.
The cashier in a fast food restaurant is
responsible for taking the customers or-
ders, entering orders into the computer or
cash register, taking payment, and return-
ing proper change. In some fast food estab-
lishments, the cashier may fll the custom-
ers orders and serve them to customers on
trays or in carryout containers. It is often
the cashiers duty to greet customers, wel-
coming them to the restaurant in a friendly
and courteous way. Since these employees
are responsible for interacting with cus-
tomers, they are required to keep their im-
mediate workstations clean and neat.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$13,000 to $16,000 to $22,000
OutlOOk
Restaurant Managers
u
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 170 7/16/09 10:07:22 AM
171
Some fast food workers take and deliv-
er orders from the drive-thru window us-
ing an intercom system. They also handle
money and make change. Although they
must work quickly and may have a long
line of customers, fast food workers always
need to remain friendly and courteous.
Some fast food chains offer workers
the chance to work full time and advance
into management positions. As workers
gain more experience, they may be given
more responsibilities, such as arranging
work schedules, supervising and train-
ing other employees, opening and closing
the restaurant, and interviewing potential
employees.
Most fast food workers work part time
or temporarily, since fast food restaurants
provide good employment opportunities
for students, parents of small children,
people who are changing jobs or need a
second job, the elderly, and people with
disabilities.
ments for fast food workers. When hiring,
managers look for applicants with a neat
appearance, a courteous and friendly man-
ner, and a desire to work hard.
Employees receive training on the job.
Skills learned in a fast food environment
are easily transferable to jobs in other types
of restaurants or retail stores.
Outlook
In response to the fast-paced lifestyle of
Americans, job opportunities for all types
of food and beverage workers are expected
to be plentiful, with employment growth
for fast food workers expected to be faster
than the average through 2016. There is
extremely high turnover among fast food
workers, so most openings will result from
a need to replace workers who have moved
on. Entry-level jobs are not diffcult to
fnd.
ForMoreInformation
Develop your cooking skills. Look for op-
portunities to work in the school cafeteria,
or volunteer at a community soup kitchen.
Hosting or working at a registration desk
for school events will give you experience
in customer service.
NationalrestaurantAssociation
202-331-5900
http://www.restaurant.org
NationalrestaurantAssociation
800-765-2122
info@restaurant.org
Did You Know?
In 1930, Colonel Sanders opened
his frst fried chicken restaurant
in Kentucky. As the taste for his
recipe spread, the chain known as
Kentucky Fried Chicken (now KFC)
was born.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 171 7/16/09 10:07:23 AM
172
FBIAgents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Problem-solving
Speaking/listening
WhatFBIAgentsDo
The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)
is a government agency that trains spe-
cial agents or investigators to report on
people who are suspected of crimes against
the United States. They track down crimi-
nals who have broken federal laws. These
crimes include bank robbery, kidnapping,
interstate transportation of stolen prop-
erty, mail fraud, theft, spying against the
United States (espionage), and destroying
U.S. property (sabotage).
FBI agents usually work alone, unless
there is potential danger or the case de-
mands two or more people. Assignments
are top secret and often dangerous, and
discussed only among other authorized bu-
reau members. Agents may not talk about
their work with family or friends.
The bureau and its agents work closely
with national and international law en-
forcement agencies. Agents wear ordinary
clothes so they will not bring attention to
themselves, but carry some form of identi-
fcation to prove they are acting on behalf
of the U.S. government. Those involved in
dangerous work carry guns for protection.
Agents may need to travel for extend-
ed periods or live in various cities. Special
agents may be assigned to one of 56 feld
offces, FBI headquarters in Washington,
D.C., or to resident agencies, which re-
port to feld offces. Agents may interview
people to gather information, spend time
searching various types of records, and ob-
serve people, especially those suspected of
criminal intentions or acts. FBI agents take
part in arrests and may participate in or lead
raids of various kinds. Sometimes, they are
summoned to testify in court cases regard-
ing their investigations and fndings.
Agents send their reports and evidence
to the criminal laboratory at FBI headquar-
ters. There they are fled in various depart-
ments, such as fngerprinting, frearms,
documents, or photography. This infor-
mation is then readily available to United
States law enforcement agencies for use in
their cases.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Accounting, Foreign language,
Government
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$48,000 to $75,000 to $105,000
OutlOOk
Crime Analysts
Detectives
Police Offcers
Spies
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 172 7/16/09 10:07:23 AM
173
To become an FBI agent, you must be a citi-
zen of the United States, at least 23 years
old, have a valid drivers license, be avail-
able for assignment anywhere in the bu-
reaus jurisdiction (including Puerto Rico),
and be in excellent physical condition. You
must pass a color-vision test, a hearing test,
a physical ftness exam, and a background
check.
At least one of the following qualif-
cations is necessary: a law-school degree;
fuency in a foreign language; or a bach-
elors degree with a major in accounting,
engineering, or computer science. If your
major is not specialized, you need either
three years of full-time work experience
following college or a graduate degree and
two years of work experience. In addition,
applicants must pass a series of oral and
written examinations that test knowledge
of law and accounting and ability to inves-
tigate crimes.
New agents undergo an extensive 18-
week training program at the FBI Academy
at Quantico, Virginia. After training, agents
work a one-year probationary period under
the supervision of a senior agent. If they
are found ft after a year, they are hired
permanently.
Outlook
As of June 2008, approximately 12,737 spe-
cial agents worked for the FBI. Most job va-
cancies will arise as agents retire, advance,
or resign. Turnover is low, as most agents
remain with the FBI throughout their
working lives.
Recent increases in organized crime,
white-collar crime, and terrorist threats on
American soil have led the FBI to increase
the number of agents. Despite increased
recruitment, though, hiring of agents will
remain somewhat limited, and competi-
tion for openings will continue to be ex-
tremely high.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your librarian to help you fnd books
and other resources on the FBI and crime
fghting. Visit the FBI Kids & Youth Edu-
cational Page at http://www.fbi.gov/kids/
6th12th/6th12th.htm.
FederalBureauofInvestigation
202-324-3000
http://www.fbi.gov
Did You Know?
The FBI was founded in 1908 as
the investigative branch of the
U.S. Department of Justice.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 173 7/16/09 10:07:24 AM
174
Fertility
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatFertility
SpecialistsDo
Fertility specialists, or reproductive endocri-
nologists, are doctors who are trained spe-
cifcally in the area of reproduction and
infertility. When couples are unsuccessful
in conceiving a child, they meet with a fer-
tility specialist to fnd out what the prob-
lem is and how best to solve it. For couples
under 35 years old, they seek a specialist
after attempting unsuccessfully for one
year; for those over 35, the timeframe is six
months.
Fertility specialists will discuss all as-
pects of the couples health history to
gain a better understanding of where the
issue may be. For the frst meeting to be
productive, couples should bring medical
records and a detailed summary of their
family health history. Fertility specialists
will want to know the womans menstrual
history, including the typical timeframe
that her periods last and if she has ever had
any irregular periods. The couple will also
be asked about past pregnancies, type of
birth control used, surgical history, and if
the woman or man has ever had a sexually
transmitted infection. Any of these could
be a factor in why the couple has not been
able to have a child.
Fertility specialists conduct physical
exams on each patient. They give pelvic
and breast exams to women, and take
cervical mucus samples, to check for ab-
normalities. For the men, they check the
prostate, penis, and scrotum, and conduct
semen analysis to evaluate the quality
of the sperm. Once all the results are in,
fertility specialists schedule a follow-up
meeting to discuss the fndings and rec-
ommend next steps.
Coursework in biology, chemistry, math-
ematics, physics, English, and psychology
is a solid foundation for work as a fertility
specialist. After receiving a bachelors de-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$186,512 to $317,525 to $458,930
OutlOOk
Health Educators
Neonatal Nurses
Nurse-Midwives
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 174 7/16/09 10:07:26 AM
175
gree, students attend four years of medical
school.
Following medical school, students
usually intern for a year and then become
residents at a hospital, which may last from
two to six years.
All U.S. states license students who
graduate from an accredited medical school,
pass a licensing examination, and com-
plete one to seven years of graduate medi-
cal school. Physicians can receive board
certifcation in a specialty after completing
up to seven years in residency training.
Outlook
The employment prospects for physi-
cians and scientifc researchers are good.
Compared to all occupations, the U.S.
Department of Labor predicts average
job growth for scientifc researchers and
faster-than-average growth for physicians
through 2016. Fertility specialists will
fnd opportunities in group medical prac-
tices, clinics, and health networks. With
years of experience, they can also enter
solo practice.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to your science teachers to fnd out
more about this feld.
AssociationofAmericanMedicalcolleges
Section for Student Services
2450 N Street, NW
http://www.aamc.org/students
Fertility Today Magazine
PO Box 117
Laurel, MD 20725-0117
410-715-6559
http://www.fertilitytoday.org
Did You know?
The frst baby born via in vitro
fertilization was born on July 25,
1978.
?
176
FiberOptics
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatFiber
OpticstechniciansDo
Fiber optics technicians prepare, install, and
test fber optics transmission systems. These
systems are composed of fber optic cables
and allow data to be sent between comput-
ers, phones, and faxes. Technicians who
work for telecommunications companies
install lines for local area networks, which
serve small areas of linked computers, such
as in an offce.
A telecommunications company con-
tracts with other companies to create com-
munications systems. A salesman evaluates
the customers need and then orders the
materials for the installation. Fiber optics
technicians take these materials to the job
site. First, they walk through the area where
the fber optic cables are to be installed.
They look at detailed plans for the cable
installation and the building. They evalu-
ate and discuss procedures with the client.
Newer buildings are readily equipped for
installation, but in older buildings, it may
be more diffcult to install cables behind
ceiling tiles and in the walls. Technicians
may have to climb ladders or work beneath
foorboards.
After technicians prepare an area for
cable, they run the cable from the comput-
ers mainframe to individual workstations.
Technicians may have to fuse fbers togeth-
er. This procedure requires steady hands
and good eyesight. They clean the fber
and cut it with a special diamond-headed
cleaver. After both ends are prepared, tech-
nicians place them into a fusion splicer. At
the press of a button, the splicer fuses the
two fbers together.
When workstations have been con-
nected, technicians test the cable using
power meters and other devices by running
a laser through it. The testing equipment
measures the amount of time it takes for
the laser to pass through and indicates any
signal loss or faults in the fber link.
Some fber optics technicians work as
assemblers, spending most of their time
sitting at a bench. Some work out in the
feld installing or repairing fber beneath
the ground.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
SAlAryrANgE
$25,000 to $47,000 to $69,000
OutlOOk
_
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 176 7/16/09 10:07:27 AM
177
Shop classes will give you experience work-
ing with hand and power tools. Math and
physics courses are helpful as well.
A college degree is not required, but
it can give you an edge when looking for
work as a fber optics technician. A num-
ber of community colleges across the
country offer programs in fber optics tech-
nology or broadband networks technol-
ogy. These programs offer such courses as
cable construction, fber optic installation
techniques, single-mode and multimode
systems, and wavelength and bandwidth.
They also may include lab and certifcation
components. Some schools may also offer
short-term training programs.
Certifcation may be available from lo-
cal community colleges and training pro-
grams, as well as from professional organiza-
tions such as The Fiber Optic Association.
Outlook
Digital transmissions is now the norm for
telecommunications, and in June 2009 all
television transmissions will be converted
to digital. Not only do modern offces re-
quire data communications systems, but
cable companies are also investing in fber
optics to offer digital TV and cable as well
as quality phone service. Also, the cost of
fber is dropping, which means more com-
panies will invest in fber optics.
Despite these changes, fber optic lines
are expected to be more reliable than old-
er transmission methods, resulting in a
reduced need for workers. Therefore, em-
ployment opportunities for telecommuni-
cations line installers and repairers, includ-
ing fber optics technicians, are projected
to grow slower than the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016.
ForMoreInformation
There are a great many sources of informa-
tion about developments in fber optics and
the telecommunications industry, includ-
ing City of Light: The Story of Fiber Optics by
Jeff Hecht (Oxford University Press, 1999),
which tells the history of fber optics.
theFiberOpticAssociation
1119 South Mission Road, Suite 355
Fallbrook, CA 92028-3225
760-451-3655
info@thefoa.org
http://www.thefoa.org
OpticalSocietyofAmerica
2010 Massachusetts Avenue, NW
202-223-8130
info@osa.org
http://www.osa.org
Fast Fact
Fiber optics technology is the
least expensive and most de-
pendable method for high-
speed and/or long distance
communication.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 177 7/16/09 10:07:28 AM
178
Filmand
television
Directors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatFilmand
televisionDirectorsDo
Most positions in the flm industry are free-
lance jobs, which means workers are hired
for the duration of a project. Film and televi-
sion directors coordinate the production of
a flm or show and are involved in every
stage, from hiring actors to editing the f-
nal flm.
Directors are in charge of the creative
and technical aspects of a production.
They review scripts and develop budgets
and production schedules, including time
for researching, flming, and editing.
Directors give directions to many peo-
ple, such as costume designers, set design-
ers, art directors, composers, and choreog-
raphers. During rehearsals and flming, they
plan the action carefully, telling actors how
to move and interpret scripts, helping them
give their best performances. Directors also
monitor the flming crew. They direct sets
and lights, and decide on the sequence and
angles of camera shots. Filming of a movie
or show is completed out of order, so direc-
tors have to visualize how everything will
ft together at the end. Once flming is fn-
ished, directors supervise flm editing and
the addition of sound and special effects.
Film and television directors work in
many different forms, including feature
flms, television commercials, documenta-
ries, animated flms, music videos, and in-
structional videos. Most directors specialize
in one type of flm or show.
Some television directors work on reg-
ular shows, such as soap operas, sporting
events, news programs, talk shows, and
game shows. They work at a console with
a row of television monitors, which display
whats going on in different parts of the
studio. Directors then choose which cam-
era shots to broadcast.
Studying literature and composition expos-
es you to diverse storytelling techniques.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$29,000 to $61,000 to $146,000
OutlOOk
Art Directors
Cinematographers
Screenwriters
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 178 7/16/09 10:07:30 AM
179
Theater classes provide the opportunity to
work with actors, and photography and
flm courses teach visual composition.
Movie or television directors do not need
specifc educational backgrounds, but the
most successful ones have a combination
of talent and experience as well as good
business and management skills.
A great way to begin a career as a direc-
tor is to build a reputation in the indus-
try, starting at a small television station,
community theater, or flm production
studio. Many directors have experience as
actors or in some other capacity within the
industry.
The Directors Guild of America and the
Alliance of Motion Picture and Television
Producers co-sponsor an Assistant Direc-
tors Training Program to individuals with
a bachelors degree, associates degree, or
two years of experience in movie or tele-
vision production. Many colleges and flm
schools also offer courses in flm, stage di-
recting, acting, set design, and production.
Outlook
Employment for motion picture and tele-
vision directors is expected to grow about
as fast as the average through 2016. Global
demand for flms and television program-
ming made in the United States is grow-
ing, and demand for home video and DVD
rentals is strong. Further fueling job growth
is the increasing demand for interactive
media, direct-to-Web movies, and content
produced for cell phones and other mobile
media. Competition for these jobs is ex-
treme, however.
ForMoreInformation
Watch flms and study them. Many DVDs
now include behind-the-scenes footage,
including directors comments, alternate
endings, and cut scenes, which will teach
you much about the directing process. Read
trade publications, such as Hollywood Re-
porter (http://www.hollywoodreporter.com)
and Variety (http://www.variety.com).
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
BroadcastEducationAssociation
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-3935
DirectorsguildofAmerica
7920 Sunset Boulevard
310-289-2000
http://www.dga.org
Film director Martin Scorcese won the
Academy Award for Best Director for the
departed. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 179 7/16/09 10:07:31 AM
180
Filmand
television
Editors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
WhatFilmand
televisionEditorsDo
Film and television editors perform an im-
portant role in the creation of flms, videos,
and television commercials. They use spe-
cial equipment to alter an unedited movie
or videotape and arrange the material to
create effective flms. They work with pro-
ducers and directors from the earliest phas-
es of flming and production. Producers ex-
plain the objectives and larger scope, and
directors discuss story lines, scenes, and
camera angles, all of which helps editors
understand how to approach their work.
Once flming is complete, flm and
television editors choose the segments to
be used. Sometimes scenes have several
takes, so editors select segments with the
best flm or video quality, dramatic value,
or other criteria. Editors refer to scripts and
directors notes when making their choic-
es. They time the flm or video segments
to specifed lengths and reassemble them
in a sequence that makes the most sense
and has the greatest impact. Editors and di-
rectors review the reassembled material on
a video monitor, and editors make further
adjustments until all are satisfed.
Editing a feature flm or documentary
can take six to nine months. Editing mu-
sic videos and television commercials takes
less time.
Film editors are using nonlinear pro-
cesses more often, in which the flm is trans-
ferred to a digital format. A computer data-
base tracks individual frames and stores the
scenes as information folders on computer
hard drives. Editors can quickly access scenes
and frames with the click of a mouse.
Sound editors work on flm and television
soundtracks. They keep libraries of sounds
for various projects, including natural
sounds such as thunder or raindrops, animal
noises, or musical interludes. Some sound
editors specialize in music, and others work
with sound effects. They may use unusual
objects, machines, or computer-generated
noisemakers to create desired sounds.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Art, English
SAlAryrANgE
$22,710 to $53,580 to $110,720+
OutlOOk
Broadcast Engineers
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 180 7/16/09 10:07:33 AM
181
Training to be a flm or television editor
takes many years. The best educational
background is in the liberal arts. Some
studios require flm or television editors
to have bachelors degrees, with majors
in English, journalism, theater, or flm.
Some community and two-year colleges
offer flm study programs with courses in
flm and video editing. Universities with
broadcast journalism departments also of-
fer flm and video editing courses and may
have contacts at local television stations.
The American Film Institute offers listings
of colleges with flm courses, and graduate
flm schools.
An apprenticeship is an excellent way
to gain exposure to the business. By work-
ing closely with an editor, an apprentice
can learn television or flm operations and
specifc flm-editing techniques.
Outlook
Employment of flm and television editors
is expected to grow about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016. The growth of cable
television and an increase in the number of
independent flm studios will increase the
demand for editors, but competition will
remain keen.
The digital revolution greatly affects
the editing process. Editors will work much
more closely with special effects experts
on projects. Digital technology may allow
some prospective editors more direct routes
into the industry, but the majority of edi-
tors will have to follow traditional routes,
obtaining years of experience.
ForMoreInformation
Join a flm or video club at your school or
community center. Watch different flms
and television shows. Experiment with one
of the many digital flm-editing systems
available for home computers. Feed your
own digital video into your computers,
then edit the material and add your own
special effects and titles.
AmericanCinemaEditors
100 Universal City Plaza
Verna Fields Building 2282, Room 190
Universal City, CA 91608-1002
http://www.ace-flmeditors.org
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
theNationalAcademyoftelevisionArts
andSciences
New York, NY 10019-2211
212-586-8424
http://www.emmyonline.org
Film and video editors work closely with
directors to help them put together a
cohesive project. (Index Stock Imagery)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 181 7/16/09 10:07:34 AM
182
Filmand
television
Producers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatFilmand
televisionProducersDo
Film and television producers organize and
secure fnancial backing for flms and tele-
vision shows. A producers job begins with
the selection of a movie idea from a script
or other material. Some flms are made
from original screenplays, and others are
adapted from books. If a book is selected,
the producer frst purchases the rights from
the author or publishing company and
hires a writer to transform the book into a
screenplay.
After selecting a project, the producer
fnds a director, technical crew, and lead
actors for the flm. These essential people,
along with the script and screenwriter, are
referred to as the package, and it is this
package that the producer tries to sell to an
investor to raise the necessary funds to f-
nance the flm.
There are three common sources for f-
nancing a flm: major studios, production
companies, and individual investors. Ma-
jor studios are the largest source of money
and fnance most of the big-budget flms.
Producers of documentary flms approach
individual donors; foundations; art agen-
cies of federal, state, and local govern-
ments; and even family members and
churches.
Producers can spend a great deal of
time raising money from individual inves-
tors. They raise funds by telephone as well
as in conferences, at business lunches, and
even at cocktail parties.
After raising the money, the producer
takes the basic plan of the package and
tries to work it into a developed project.
The script may be rewritten several times,
a full cast of actors is hired, salaries are
negotiated, and the flming location is
chosen.
During the production phase, the pro-
ducer tries to keep the project on schedule
and the spending within the established
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Business, English
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$28,980 to $61,090 to $96,670+
OutlOOk
Cinematographers
Fund-Raisers
Music Producers
q
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 182 7/16/09 10:07:34 AM
183
budget. Other production tasks include
reviewing dailies, which are prints of the
days flming. The producer is responsible
for resolving all problems, including per-
sonal conficts among employees. If the
flm is successfully completed, the produc-
er monitors its distribution and may par-
ticipate in publicity and advertising.
To accomplish the many varied tasks of
the position, producers hire a number of
subordinates, such as associate producers,
sometimes called co-producers, line pro-
ducers, and production assistants. Job titles
vary from project to project.
English composition and speech courses
will help you develop writing and com-
munication skills. Business and economics
courses can prepare you for the fnancial
responsibilities of a producers job.
Many producers have taken formal
courses at a college or a university or have
attended special flm programs. This is
helpful, but experience is the best qualif-
cation. Most producers work their way into
the position from other flm-related jobs,
such as production, acting, editing, and di-
recting. It is important to have contacts in
the industry and with potential investors.
Outlook
Employment for producers is expected to
grow as fast as the average through 2016.
Opportunities may increase with the expan-
sion of cable and satellite television, news
programs, video and DVD rentals, and an
increased overseas demand for American-
made flms, but competition for jobs will
be strong. Live theater and entertainment
will also provide job openings.
ForMoreInformation
Join a flm or video club. Experience with
theater productions can be useful, especially
in a fund-raising capacity. Volunteer to work
on committees that organize, raise funds
for, produce, and publicize special events
at your school. Community cable stations
may hire volunteers or offer internships.
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
theNationalAcademyoftelevisionArts
andSciences
New York, NY 10019
212-586-8424
http://www.emmyonline.org
ProducersguildofAmericaInc.
8530 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 450
Beverly Hills, CA 90211-3122
310-358-9020
info@producersguild.org
http://www.producersguild.org
Did You Know?
The frst woman to become a mov-
ie producer was Alice Guy, who
started the Solax Company in New
York City in 1910.
?
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 183 7/16/09 10:07:35 AM
184
Filmandvideo
librarians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatFilmand
videolibrariansDo
Film and video librarians, or media librarians,
are responsible for their librarys collection
of flms and videos. Public, government,
corporate, special, and school libraries em-
ploy flm and video librarians to maintain
their media collections. Librarians may
also work for flm societies, motion picture
studios, and media centers.
The job is similar to that of reference
librarians, although the focus is on media
rather than on books. Materials that the li-
brary acquires need to be organized, record-
ed in the librarys database, and prepped
for the public. Film and video librarians
catalog flms and videos into the librarys
database according to the title, subject
matter, actors, and directors. They protect
flms and videos that are to be circulated by
placing them in plastic coverings and cases,
labeling them with the librarys name and
address, and applying a barcode and card
for checkout. They also make sure that the
media collection is appropriate for the li-
brary and the clientele. For instance, librar-
ians who work for medical libraries will be
interested in flms and videos on diseases,
treatments, and health-care issues. Where-
as librarians who work for a womens stud-
ies department will be aiming for flms and
videos on the womens rights movement,
famous suffragists (women who advocated
for the right to vote), and other women-
related subjects.
Film and video librarians also archive
and preserve existing media material.
These materials are usually old and/or
unique. For example, a flm or video may
be the only one in existence. To preserve
and protect them, most libraries restrict
access to them. Instead, they may hold
special on-site screenings during the year
so that the public can view and enjoy
them. Depending on the librarians level
and experience, he or she may also be re-
sponsible for buying and maintaining au-
diovisual equipment, and hiring, training,
and overseeing staff.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
English, History, Computer science,
Film
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,960 to $50,970 to $77,930
OutlOOk
Librarians
Library Assistants
Library Technicians
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 184 7/16/09 10:07:37 AM
185
In high school, a variety of classes will
help prepare you for this career, including
English, history, science, foreign languag-
es, art, computer science, flm, and math-
ematics. Film and video librarians often
give lectures and speak in front of groups,
so writing and speech classes will help you
hone your communication skills. Business
classes will also provide a solid foundation
for this career.
Most flm and video librarians have a
bachelors degree in liberal arts and/or flm
experience. Many libraries require flm and
video librarians to have a masters degree in
library science (MLS) or in information sys-
tems (MIS) from a program accredited by
the American Library Association.
Outlook
Employment of librarians is expected to
pations through 2016, according to the U.S.
Department of Labor. Government budget
constraints will limit construction of new
libraries, thus creating fewer job openings.
Film and video librarians will fnd better
opportunities for work in nontraditional
settings, such as in private corporations,
nonproft organizations, and consulting
frms.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your school librarian, or the librarian
in the public library near you, about the
feld. See if they can schedule a flm and
video librarian to come to your school to
speak about his or her work.
AmericanlibraryAssociation
800-546-2433
library@ala.org
http://www.ala.org
NationalAssociationofMediaand
technologyCenters
PO Box 9844
Cedar Rapids, IA 52409-0005
319-654-0608
http://www.namtc.org
SpeciallibrariesAssociation
703-647-4900
http://www.sla.org
Fast Fact
The introduction of home video
in the 1970s created a demand
for flm and video librarians.
5
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 185 7/16/09 10:07:37 AM
186
Financial
Analysts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Help customers and clients
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Reading/writing
WhatFinancial
AnalystsDo
Financial analysts study the fnancial situa-
tions of companies and recommend ways
for these companies to manage, spend, and
invest their money. They work for banks,
brokerage frms, government agencies, mu-
tual funds, and insurance and investment
companies.
Financial analysts are sometimes called
investment analysts or security analysts. Their
analysis begins with an examination of the
companys fnancial history and objectives,
income and expenditures, risk tolerance,
and current investments. Once they under-
stand the employers or clients fnancial
standing and investment goals, fnancial
analysts research other companies that the
employer or client may want to invest in.
They investigate each companys history,
past and potential earnings, and products.
Based on their fndings, fnancial analysts
may recommend that their employer or cli-
ent buy stock in these companies.
Financial analysts also research compa-
nies that their employer or client already
invests in, to determine whether stocks
should be held, sold, or if more stock
should be purchased.
Financial analysts compile various re-
ports on their employer or client and on
investment opportunities, such as proft-
and-loss statements and quarterly outlook
statements. They help develop budgets,
analyze and oversee cash fow, and perform
cost-beneft analyses. They conduct risk
analyses to determine what the employer
or client can risk at a given time. They also
ensure that their employer or client meets
tax or regulatory requirements.
Many specialties fall under the job title
of fnancial analyst. Budget analysts look at a
companys operating costs or its individual
departments, and prepare budget reports.
Credit analysts examine credit records to
determine the potential risk in extending
credit or lending money. Investment ana-
lysts evaluate investment data so they can
make suitable investment recommenda-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$42,280 to $70,400 to $137,210
OutlOOk
Accountants
Bank Examiners
Credit Analysts
Financial Planners
Risk Managers
s
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 186 7/16/09 10:07:38 AM
187
tions. Mergers and acquisitions analysts con-
duct research and make recommendations
relating to company mergers and acquisi-
tions. Risk analysts focus on evaluating the
risks of investments. Security analysts study
securities, such as stocks and bonds. Tax
analysts prepare, fle, and examine federal,
state, and local tax payments and returns
for their employer or client.
Math, accounting, business, and computer
classes are important. Most employers re-
quire fnancial analysts to hold a bachelors
degree in accounting, business administra-
tion, fnance, or statistics. Other possible
majors include communications, interna-
tional business, and public administration.
Financial analysts continue to take
courses to keep up with changes in the
fnancial world, including international
trade, state and federal laws and regula-
tions, and computer technology.
Financial analysts can earn the Char-
tered Financial Analyst (CFA) charter from
the Association for Investment Manage-
ment and Research. Many employers ex-
pect job seekers to be CFA charterholders.
Outlook
Employment of fnancial analysts is ex-
age through 2016. Many workers will be
retiring within the next 10 years and will
need fnancial analysts to help them with
their plans.
Economic conditions and the stock
market have a direct effect on the employ-
ment outlook for fnancial analysts. When
the economy is doing well, companies are
more likely to make investments and will
need fnancial analysts. When the econo-
my is down, companies are less likely to
make investments, and there will be less
need for fnancial analysts.
ForMoreInformation
Read publications such as Barrons (http://
www.barrons.com), The Wall Street Journal
(http://www.wsj.com), Forbes (http://www.
forbes.com), Business Week (http://www.
businessweek.com), Fortune (http://www.
fortune.com), and Financial Times (http://
www.ft.com). Volunteer to handle the
bookkeeping for a school club, or help bal-
ance the family checking account.
CFAInstitute
PO Box 3668
560 Ray C. Hunt Drive
Charlottesville, VA 22903-2981
http://www.cfainstitute.org
u.S.SecuritiesandExchangeCommission
OffceofInvestorEducationandAssistance
100 F Street, NE
202-942-8088
help@sec.gov
http://www.sec.gov
A fnancial analyst reviews paperwork on
a clients fnancial standing. (U.S. Census
Bureau)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 187 7/16/09 10:07:39 AM
188
Financial
Planners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatFinancial
PlannersDo
Financial planners advise their clients on
many aspects of fnance. Although they
seem to be knowledgeable about many ar-
eas, fnancial planners do not work alone.
They meet with their clients other advis-
ers, such as attorneys, accountants, trust
offcers, and investment bankers. After
meeting with the clients and their advisers,
fnancial planners analyze the data they
have received and write a report detailing
the clients fnancial objectives, current
income, investments, risk tolerance, ex-
penses, tax returns, insurance coverage, re-
tirement programs, estate plans, and other
important information. The fnancial plan
is a set of recommendations and strategies
for clients to use or ignore, and fnancial
planners must be ready to answer diffcult
questions about the plans they map out.
Financial planners monitor and review
plans periodically and make adjustments
when necessary to ensure that each plan
continues to meet the clients individual
needs.
People need fnancial planners for dif-
ferent things. Some might want life insur-
ance, college savings plans, or estate plan-
ning. Sometimes these needs are triggered
by changes in peoples lives, such as retire-
ment, death of a spouse, disability, mar-
riage, birth of children, or job changes.
Financial planners devote a lot of time to
investment planning, retirement planning,
tax planning, estate planning, and risk
management. All of these areas require dif-
ferent types of fnancial knowledge. Plan-
ners are extremely knowledgeable about
asset management, employee benefts, es-
tate planning, insurance, investments, and
retirement.
Planners tailor their advice to their cli-
ents particular needs, resources, and priori-
ties. Many people think they cannot afford
or do not need a comprehensive fnancial
plan. Financial planners must have a cer-
tain amount of expertise in sales to build
their client base. Good interpersonal skills
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$32,340 to $66,590 to $130,130+
OutlOOk
Accountants
Business Managers
Financial Analysts
Tax Preparers
s
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 188 7/16/09 10:07:39 AM
189
are important for establishing solid client-
planner relationships.
Financial planners develop their client
lists by telephone solicitation, giving fnan-
cial planning seminars to the general pub-
lic or specifc organizations, and network-
ing with social and professional contacts.
Referrals from satisfed customers also help
business growth.
Financial planners need a bachelors de-
gree in business or science. A business ad-
ministration degree with a specialization
in fnancial planning or a liberal arts de-
gree with courses in accounting, business
administration, economics, fnance, mar-
keting, counseling, and public speaking is
recommended.
Certifcation is available from the Certi-
fed Financial Planner Board of Standards.
Outlook
Employment of fnancial planners is ex-
pected to grow rapidly through 2016. There
will be increasing demand for help with
retirement-related investments and estate
planning. Individual saving and invest-
ing for retirement are expected to become
more important as many companies reduce
pension benefts and offer investment ben-
efts for which the employee is responsible
rather than the company.
Due to the highly competitive nature
of fnancial planning, many newcomers
leave the feld because they are not able to
establish a suffcient clientele. Once estab-
lished, however, planners can enjoy high
earnings and steady work.
ForMoreInformation
Learn the terms and concepts used in the
investment industry. There are hundreds
of Internet sites where you can learn about
fnancial planning. Your school or com-
munity center may have an investment
club you can join. You might also ask your
parents to include you in their investment
planning for your college tuition.
CertifedFinancialPlannerBoard
ofStandards,Inc.
800-487-1497
mail@CFPBoard.org
http://www.cfp.net
CFAInstitute
560 Ray C. Hunt Drive
Charlottesville, VA 22903-2981
http://www.cfainstitute.org
NationalAssociationofPersonal
FinancialAdvisors
3250 North Arlington Heights Road, Suite 109
Arlington Heights, IL 60004-1563
847-483-5400
info@napfa.org
http://www.napfa.org
Growth Field
ber of fnancial planners is expected
to grow from 176,000 to 248,000,
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 189 7/16/09 10:07:40 AM

190
Financial
Services
Brokers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
WhatFinancial
ServicesBrokersDo
Financial services brokers represent individu-
als and organizations in the buying and
selling of stocks, bonds, and other fnan-
cial products. When people buy stock, or
shares, in a company, they actually own
part of the company. Company managers
use the money from the sale of stock to
try to make the company more proftable.
When the price of a stock goes up, stock
owners may decide to sell their shares to
make a proft. If they sell when the price
has gone down, they have to take a loss.
The price at any given time depends on the
demand for the stock.
Financial services brokers may also be
called securities sales representatives, regis-
tered representatives, account executives, or
stockbrokers. They perform a variety of du-
ties, including opening accounts for new
customers. They gather certain information
from customers, which is required before
customers can buy and sell stocks through
a stockbrokers company. The broker acts as
the customers representative, sending in-
formation to the foor of a stock exchange
according to the customers wishes to buy
or sell stock.
Brokers explain the meaning of stock
market terms and trading practices to cus-
tomers and assess the customers investment
goals. The customer may want a short- or
long-term investment. A short-term invest-
ment is usually one in which the customer
has the potential to make a quick fnancial
proft but also risks losing his or her initial
investment. A long-term investment usu-
ally shows steady, slow growth. Using this
information, the broker creates an individ-
ualized fnancial portfolio.
Financial services brokers give infor-
mation to customers about the outlook
on companies. They may advise custom-
ers about when to buy or sell stocks. They
have to keep accurate records of all stock
sales and purchases made on behalf of
customers.
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,170 to $68,500 to $145,600+
OutlOOk
Accountants
Business Managers
Financial Analysts
Financial Planners
Tax Preparers
s
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 190 7/16/09 10:07:40 AM
191
Financial services brokers work for
brokerage houses around the country and
throughout the world. An important part
of a brokers job is fnding customers and
building a client base. Beginning brokers
spend much of their time searching for
customers, relying heavily on telephone
solicitation. They may also fnd custom-
ers through business and social contacts,
or they might be given a list of likely pros-
pects from their brokerage frm.
educationandTraining
Most brokerage houses require their em-
ployees to have college degrees. Some prefer
brokers with degrees in business manage-
ment, economics, or fnance. Employees
are given on-the-job training at most bro-
kerage houses.
Almost all states require fnancial ser-
vices brokers to be licensed. They are some-
times given written tests. Financial services
brokers also have to register as representa-
tives of their company. This registration re-
quires brokers to obey the rules of the stock
exchange they deal with or the rules of the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. To
become a registered representative, fnan-
cial services brokers must also pass a test.
Outlook
Job opportunities for fnancial services bro-
kers are expected to grow much faster than
the average through 2016 because of con-
tinued interest in the stock market. Many
people now invest using Internet resources,
and even people with limited income can
invest through investment clubs, mutual
funds, and monthly payment plans.
Demand for fnancial services brokers
fuctuates with the economy. Turnover
among beginners is high because they have
a hard time fnding enough clients. Because
of potentially high earnings, competition
in this business is very intense.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a local investment offce, the New
York Stock Exchange, or one of the com-
modities exchanges located in other major
cities to see how transactions are handled.
Join an investment club at your school or
community center.
FinancialIndustryregulatoryAuthority
1735 K Street
http://www.fnra.org
SecuritiesIndustryandFinancialMarkets
Association
120 Broadway, 35th Floor
New York, NY 10271-0080
212-313-1200
http://www.sifma.org
Traders work on the foor of the stock
exchange. (U.S. Census Bureau)
192
FireControl
andSafety
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reasoning
Responsibility
WhatFireControland
SafetytechniciansDo
Fire control and safety technicians are trained
to recognize fre hazards and to prevent
and control fres in homes and businesses.
They work for local fre departments or for
fre insurance companies, industrial orga-
nizations, government agencies, businesses
that deal with fre protection equipment,
and consulting services. Only a small num-
ber of frefghters are fully qualifed fre
control and safety technicians.
Fire control and safety technicians who
work in the insurance industry examine
water supply and sprinkler facilities and
make recommendations for fre protec-
tion and safety measures in specifc build-
ings. They set insurance rates, help investi-
gate the causes of fres, and determine the
amount of personal injury or property loss
caused by fre.
Fire control and safety technicians in
industry help plan and install prevention,
warning, and extinguishing systems and
regularly inspect fre-fghting equipment
such as extinguishers, hoses and hydrants,
fre doors, automatic alarms, and sprin-
kler systems. They also point out danger-
ous conditions and work to improve them.
They give fre safety lectures and teach em-
ployees what to do in case of a fre or other
emergency.
Fire safety technicians in hotels and res-
taurants help prevent fres that commonly
start in kitchens, laundries, and bedrooms.
Government agencies also employ fre
experts to inspect government buildings,
property, and storage, or develop systems
for reducing fre hazards. They arrange for
installations of alarm systems and fre-pro-
tection devices, formulate fre prevention
plans, and assemble fre-fghting units
within government agencies.
Companies that manufacture fre-pro-
tection devices and alarm systems employ
technicians to explain technical functions
to customers and to give advice on instal-
c
SChOOlSuBjECtS
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$31,170 to $50,830 to $79,190+
OutlOOk
Firefghters
y
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 192 7/16/09 10:07:41 AM
193
lation and use. They help correctly place
smoke detectors and other fre prevention
or extinguishing devices, and they service
fre-protection devices after installation.
Some fre control and safety technicians
are involved in public education, through
schools, businesses, and service clubs and
organizations.
One way to become a fre control and safe-
ty technician is to join a local fre depart-
ment as an untrained frefghter. If you are
between 18 and 35 years old, in excellent
physical shape, and have very good eye-
sight and hearing, you may be selected to
train as a frefghter.
Fire control and safety technicians in
business, industry, and government service
must have a high school diploma and com-
plete a two-year course in fre technology
at a vocational school or community col-
lege. These programs include coursework
in physics, fre-fghting tactics and strat-
egy, fre-protection equipment and alarm
systems, fundamentals of fre suppression,
introductory fre technology, chemistry
(especially combustion and chemistry of
materials), mathematics, and communica-
tion skills.
Outlook
Technical careers in fre prevention and
control are predicted to grow about as fast
as the average. Technicians will fnd more
opportunities in industry, as industries are
learning that its more affordable to hire fre
protection specialists than it is to replace
buildings destroyed by fre. The publics
growing concern for safety and protection
will also increase demand for specialists.
Skilled and ambitious fre safety techni-
cians will also be needed to monitor new
fre-prevention and control techniques and
technology.
ForMoreInformation
Take lifesaving and frst-aid courses. Vol-
unteer with the government park and
forest service and learn about fre preven-
tion, control, and detection. Ask a teacher
or guidance counselor to arrange an in-
terview with a frefghter and a tour of a
frehouse. Volunteer for fre safety duties at
your school, and learn how to operate fre
extinguishers and test smoke alarms.
NationalFireAcademy
16825 South Seton Avenue
Emmitsburg, MD 21727-8920
301-447-1000
http://www.usfa.dhs.gov/nfa
NationalFireProtectionAssociation
Quincy, MA 02169-7471
617-770-3000
http://www.nfpa.org
SocietyofFireProtectionEngineers
7315 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 620E
301-718-2910
http://www.sfpe.org
A fre control and safety technician leads a
demonstration of how to extinguish a fre
in a corporate offce. (FEMA)
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 193 7/16/09 10:07:42 AM
194
Glossary
experience.
baccalaureate.
licensed.
college.
school.
a masters degree.
pany layoffs.
dustrial products.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 194 7/16/09 10:07:43 AM
195
insurance.
skilled trade.
college.
natural sciences.
Compare certifed.
sciences).
lors level.
sciences.
or she retires.
meeting.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 195 7/16/09 10:07:44 AM
196
sciences.
college.
colleges.
school.
and skills.
trade union.
school.
CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 196 7/16/09 10:07:44 AM
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 1 7/16/09 10:16:09 AM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 2 7/16/09 10:16:09 AM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 4
Firefghters
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 3 7/16/09 10:16:12 AM
Ferguson
New York NY 10001
Career discovery encyclopedia. 7th ed.
v. cm.
Includes index.
ISBN-10: 0-8160-7931-5 (hardcover : alk. paper) 1. Vocational guidance
Dictionaries, Juvenile. I. Ferguson Publishing.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc22
2009003162
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 4 7/16/09 10:16:12 AM
VOLUNE 4
CAREER ARIlCLE5
Firefghters 2
Fire Inspectors and Investigators 4
Fish and Game Wardens 6
Fishers 8
Fitness Directors 10
Flight Attendants 12
Flight Instructors 14
Floor Covering Installers 16
Florists 18
Fluid Power Technicians 20
Food Photographers 22
Food Production Workers 24
Food Service Workers 26
Food Technologists 28
Food Writers and Editors 30
Foreign Correspondents 32
Foreign Service Offcers 34
Forensic Accountants
and Auditors 36
Forensic Experts 38
Foresters 40
Forestry Technicians 42
Franchise Owners 44
Fund-Raisers 46
Funeral Directors 48
Furniture Designers 50
Furniture Manufacturing Workers 52
Gaming Workers 54
Gastroenterologists 56
Genealogists 58
General Maintenance Mechanics 60
General Practitioners 62
Genetic Counselors 64
Genetic Scientists 66
Geographers 68
Geographic Information
Systems Specialists 70
Geologists 72
Geophysicists 74
Geoscientists 76
Geriatric Care Managers 78
Geriatricians 80
Geriatric Psychiatrists 82
Geriatric Social Workers 84
Glass Manufacturing Workers 86
Glaziers 88
Grain Merchants 90
Grant Coordinators and
Writers 92
Graphic Designers 94
Graphics Programmers 96
Greeting Card Designers
and Writers 98
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 5 7/16/09 10:16:13 AM
Grief Therapists 100

Grounds Services Workers 102
Groundwater Professionals 104
Guidance Counselors 106
Hardware Engineers 108
Hazardous Waste
Management Technicians 110
Health Advocates 112
Health and Regulatory
Inspectors 114
Health Care Managers 116
Health Club Owners
and Managers 118
Health Educators 120
Health Physicists 122
Heating and Cooling
Technicians 124
Heat Treaters 126
Herbalists 128
Histologic Technicians 130
Historians 132
HIV/AIDS Counselors
and Case Managers 134
Home Health Care Aides 136
Homeopaths 138
Horticultural Technicians 140
Horticultural Therapists 142
Hospice Workers 144
Hotel and Motel Managers
and Workers 146
Hotel Concierges 148
Hotel Desk Clerks 150
Hotel Executive Housekeepers 152
Household Movers 154
Household Workers 156
Human Services Workers 158
Hypnotherapists 160
Illustrators 162
Indexers 164
Industrial Designers 166
Industrial Engineers and
Engineering Technicians 168
Industrial Machinery Mechanics 170
Industrial Safety and Health
Technicians 172
Industrial Traffc Managers 174
Information Architects 176
Information Brokers 178
Instrumentation Technicians 180
Instrument Makers and
Repairers 182
Insulation Workers 184
Insurance Claims Representatives 186
Insurance Underwriters 188
Intellectual Property Lawyers 190
Interior Designers and
Decorators 192
Glossary 194
vii
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
and Administration
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Human Services
Security
Manufacturing
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 7 7/16/09 10:16:20 AM
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 8 7/16/09 10:16:20 AM

careerarticleS
e
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 1 7/16/09 10:16:21 AM
2
Firefghters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatFirefghtersDo
Firefghters protect peoples lives and proper-
ty from the hazards of fre and other emer-
gencies. They put out fres, rescue people
from burning buildings and accident sites,
and carry out safety inspections to prevent
fres and unsafe conditions. Most frefght-
ers are also trained to provide emergency
medical assistance.
Emergency situations require speedy,
but organized, action. Firefghters are as-
signed specifc duties beforehand and know
exactly what to do when the alarm sounds.
Their tasks may be to fnd and rescue peo-
ple, raise ladders, connect hoses to water
hydrants, or break down doors or windows
so that others can enter the area with water
hoses. Commanding offcers, such as fre
captains, battalion chiefs, or the fre chief,
coordinate and supervise these activities.
After a fre has been extinguished, spe-
cially trained frefghters called arson in-
vestigators try to fnd the cause of the fre.
They may determine that a fre was set de-
liberately, gather the evidence that proves
this and provides clues as to who set the
fre, arrest the suspected arsonist, and tes-
tify in court.
Firefghters often answer calls request-
ing emergency medical care, such as help
in giving artifcial respiration to drowning
victims or aid to heart attack victims. They
sometimes provide emergency medical
treatment after natural disasters, such as
earthquakes and tornadoes, as well as man-
made disasters, such as oil spills and other
hazardous chemical incidents, or rescuing
victims of bombings.
Between alarm calls, frefghters keep
the fre-fghting equipment in good shape.
They polish and lubricate mechanical
equipment, dry and stretch hoses into
shape, and repair their protective gear.
They hold practice drills to improve their
fre-fghting procedures.
Firefghters often work long shifts,
spending many hours at a time in the
station. They are prepared to answer an
alarm call at any moment. In many smaller
towns, frefghters may be employed on a
part-time basis or serve as volunteers. This
means that they are on alarm call from
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry
MiniMuMeDucationlevel
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$21,000 to $43,070 to $67,829
outlook
y
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 2 7/16/09 10:16:21 AM
3
their homes, and sometimes they have to
leave during a family meal or in the middle
of the night.
educationandtraining
In most towns and cities, frefghters must
have a high school education. Some cit-
ies require associates or bachelors degrees.
Applicants usually must pass written tests
and meet certain requirements for height,
weight, physical ftness, stamina, and vision.
Firefghters must be at least 18 years old.
Many junior and community colleges of-
fer two-year postsecondary school fre tech-
nology programs. These programs include
courses in physics and hydraulics as they
apply to pump and nozzle pressure, funda-
mentals of chemistry, and communications.
Beginning frefghters receive several
weeks of intensive training, either on the
job or through formal fre department
training schools. This training covers fun-
damentals of city laws and ordinances, fre
prevention, frst aid, and the use and care
of equipment.
outlook
Employment of frefghters is expected to
2016. The feld is extremely competitive,
and the number of people interested in
becoming frefghters will be greater than
the number of available positions in most
areas.
Most new jobs will be created as small
communities grow and add career frefght-
ers to their volunteer staffs. There are also
growing numbers of call frefghters, who
are paid only when they respond to fres.
Some local governments are expected to
contract for fre-fghting services with pri-
vate companies.
ForMoreinformation
To learn more, take frst aid and cardio-
pulmonary resuscitation courses offered
by the American Red Cross, or a commu-
nity organization. You can also volunteer
for any fre-prevention activities offered at
your school.
internationalassociationofFireFighters
1750 New York Avenue, NW, Suite 300
202-737-8484
http://www.iaff.org
nationalFireProtectionassociation
Quincy, MA 02169-7471
617-770-3000
http://www.nfpa.org
Firefghters continue to train throughout
their careers to ensure that they know the
most up-to-date frefghting and safety
practices. This picture shows a fre chief
undergoing training at a New York state
convention. (J. DiPierro/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 3 7/16/09 10:16:22 AM
4
Fireinspectors
and
investigators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatFireinspectors
andinvestigatorsDo
Most fre departments are responsible for
fre prevention activities. Fire inspectors in-
spect buildings and their storage contents
for trash, rubbish, chemicals, and other
materials that can ignite easily. They look
for worn-out or exposed wiring and elec-
trical code violations. Fire inspectors also
examine a facilitys fre protection equip-
ment, such as sprinkler systems, alarms,
and fre extinguishers, to make sure all sys-
tems are functioning properly. While in-
specting buildings, they may recommend
better placement or use of fre-safety equip-
ment. They provide information regarding
the storage of fammable materials, electri-
cal hazards, and other common causes of
fres.
Fire inspectors pay close attention to
public buildings, such as hospitals, schools,
nursing homes, theaters, restaurants, and
hotels, which they inspect regularly. They
also review evacuation plans and moni-
tor fre drills to make sure the plans are
effective.
Inspectors review plans for new build-
ings to make sure they incorporate fre
suppression and alarm systems that are ad-
equate and conform to government safety
codes.
Inspectors maintain a variety of reports
and records related to fre inspections,
code requirements, permits, and training.
They also instruct employers, civic groups,
schoolchildren, and others on extinguish-
ing small fres, escaping burning buildings,
operating fre extinguishers, and establish-
ing evacuation plans.
Fire investigators, or fre marshals, try to
fnd the causes of fres. Once fres are ex-
tinguished, investigators determine the
fuel and heat sources that cause the fres.
They determine whether the fre was arson,
meaning deliberately set, or accidental. If
the fres are of suspicious origin or caused
death or injury, investigators look for more
evidence of arson. Fire investigators inter-
rogate witnesses, obtain statements and
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Salaryrange
$31,000 to $50,000 to $79,000+
outlook
Firefghters
Park Rangers
y
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 4 7/16/09 10:16:23 AM
5
other documentation, and preserve and ex-
amine evidence. They tour fre scenes and
prepare comprehensive reports of investi-
gative procedures.
Fire investigators submit reports to a
district attorney, testify in court, or, if they
have police authority, arrest suspected ar-
sonists. Investigators also gather informa-
tion from accidental fres to determine
where and how the fre started and how it
spread.
There are two ways to become a fre in-
spector. Some fre departments have poli-
cies that only those who have served as
frefghters can work in the fre prevention
bureau. Other departments want people
who are trained primarily for fre preven-
tion. Either way, if you want to join the
fre department, you should take a two-
or four-year college program in fre ser-
vice, fre protection, and fre-protection
systems and equipment. Specialized fre
prevention classes required for inspectors,
such as hazardous materials and processes,
fammable liquids, and high-piled stock,
are offered by colleges or the state fre
marshals offce.
Fire investigators must have knowledge
of fre science, chemistry, engineering, and
investigative techniques. A law enforce-
ment background is also helpful.
outlook
The outlook for fre inspectors is about
the same as for frefghters. Employment
should grow about as fast as the average
for all occupations through 2016. Fire in-
vestigators have a slightly better employ-
ment outlook than fre inspectors, since,
unfortunately, there will always be fres to
investigate. This feld is constantly being
advanced by new technology and remains
one of the most interesting aspects of the
fre service.
ForMoreinformation
Become familiar with fre safety and science
by visiting the fre safety and education sec-
tion of the U.S. Fire Administration Web
site, http://www.usfa.dhs.gov/citizens. Also
visit the U.S. Fire Administrations main
Web page at http://www.usfa.dhs.gov.
internationalassociationofarson
investigators
2151 Priest Bridge Drive, Suite 25
Crofton, MD 21114-2466
410-451-3473
http://www.frearson.com
nationalFireacademy
16825 South Seton Avenue
Emmitsburg, MD 21727-8920
http://www.usfa.dhs.gov/nfa
nationalFireProtectionassociation
Quincy, MA 02169-7471
617-770-3000
http://www.nfpa.org
Fire inspector Brian Halvorson examines
the aftermath of a fre in Coeur dAlene,
Idaho. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 5 7/16/09 10:16:24 AM
6
Fishandgame
Wardens
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatFishand
gameWardensDo
Pollution and environmental issues have
made the need for fsh and game wardens
even greater. In the past, their job was main-
ly to protect wildlife, but their work has
grown more complex to meet the demands
of the changing world. In addition to sav-
ing and conserving animals, fsh and game
wardens provide advice to federal agencies,
industry, and foreign governments; they
manage offces and feld stations; and they
may also educate the public, write reports
and papers, and enforce federal wildlife
laws. They must be able to work with ani-
mals as well as with people.
Jobs that have developed in the fsh and
game warden feld include wildlife inspec-
tors, special agents, and refuge rangers/man-
agers. Wildlife inspectors examine shipping
containers, animals, and plants at points of
entry into the United States. Special agents
work closely with wildlife inspectors on
law enforcement investigations. They con-
duct surveillance and undercover work,
make arrests, and prepare cases for court.
Refuge rangers/managers work at national
refuges across the United States, protecting
and conserving migratory and native ani-
mals, and educating the public about wild-
life and habitats.
As forests continue to be cleared, riv-
ers dammed, and swamps drained, wildlife
and plant habitats continue to be dimin-
ished, harmed, or destroyed. Animals that
live in these habitats, especially those ani-
mals on the verge of extinction, need to be
protected, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service is the main agency that oversees
this mission. It manages the 93-million-
acre national Wildlife Refuge System, and
operates hatcheries, resource offces, and
ecological services feld stations. Many fsh
and game wardens work for the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, as well as the National
Park Service.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Earth science, English
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$30,400 to $47,830 to $81,790
outlook
Biologists
Botanists
Environmental Scientists and Hydrologists
National Park Service Employees
Police Offcers
Zoologists
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 6 7/16/09 10:16:24 AM
7
In high school, take classes in biology, ge-
ography, mathematics, and social studies.
fsh and game wardens often work outside
in various environments and weather con-
ditions, so be sure to take plenty of physical
ftness classes also to build your strength
and stamina.
A bachelors degree or three years of
work-related experience is required to se-
cure a job as a fsh and game warden. For
positions of higher responsibility, or those
that are more specialized (e.g., biology-re-
lated), advanced education or training may
be mandatory, such as a masters or doc-
toral degree.
Some positions offer on-the-job train-
ing. For instance, special agents receive 18
weeks of formal training in criminal in-
vestigative and wildlife law enforcement
techniques at the Federal Law Enforcement
Training Center in Georgia. Special agents
entering the feld must be between 21 and
37 years old, and willing to travel and relo-
cate if the job calls for it.
outlook
The outlook for employment in the biologi-
cal sciences overall is positive, with average
growth expected through 2016. More ef-
forts will be made to conserve animals and
habitats, and fsh and game wardens will be
needed to make sure animals and their en-
vironments are protected and that wildlife
laws are being obeyed. Demand will con-
tinue especially for those that specialize in
zoology, botany, and marine biology.
ForMoreinformation
A great way to learn more about this feld
is by volunteering at a fsh or wildlife fa-
cility. You can also stay tuned to the latest
news in wildlife and conservation efforts
by joining such organizations as the World
Wildlife Fund (http://www.worldwildlife.
org) and the Wildlife Conservation Society
(http://www.wcs.org).
u.S.FishandWildlifeService
U.S. Department of the Interior
1849 C Street, NW
http://www.fws.gov
u.S.nationalParkService
1849 C Street, NW
http://www.nps.gov
Fish and game wardens enforce laws
about which fsh can be caught. This is
intended to protect species from being
overfshed. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 7 7/16/09 10:16:26 AM
8
Fishers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatFishersDo
Fishers catch fsh and other sea life and sell
it to restaurants, fsh markets, and other
businesses. Fishers are grouped according
to the equipment they use, the fsh they
catch, and where they catch the fsh.
Fishers may work alone in small boats
or with crews of as many as 25 people in a
group of boats called a feet. They can re-
main at sea for several days or for months
at a time. Most commercial fshing is done
in distant ocean waters. Only a small per-
centage of fsh are caught in rivers, streams,
ponds, or lakes, or harvested from fsh
farms.
Net fshers catch fsh with nets. They
are the largest group of fshers and catch
most of the worlds supply of fsh. They
mainly use three types of nets: seines,
trawls, and gill nets. Fishing crews use
seines to catch schools of herring, mack-
erel, sardines, tuna, and other fsh that
swim near the surface. Trawls are funnel-
shaped nets used to catch shrimp, cod,
scallops, and other shellfsh on or near
the ocean foor. Fishers use sonar before
they drop these nets to fnd the greatest
number of fsh. Only a small number of
fshers use the gill net, which acts like
a wall, entangling fsh such as salmon,
sharks, and herring.
Line fshers catch fsh with poles, hooks,
and lines. They work alone or in crews, lay-
ing out lines and attaching hooks, bait, and
other equipment, depending on the type
of fsh they plan to catch. They then lower
these lines into the water. To haul catches
on board they use reels, winches, or their
bare hands.
Pot fshers trap crab, lobster, and eel in
cages containing bait. Some chase turtles
and certain kinds of fsh into net traps.
They fsh near the shore or in inland wa-
ters off small boats. Pot fshers lower the
cages into the water, pulling them in when
the fsh is trapped, and dumping the catch
onto the deck.
Some fshers focus on recreation, op-
erating fshing vessels for sport fshing, so-
cializing, and relaxation.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$15,280 to $27,250 to $45,480
outlook
Decline
Aquaculturists
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 8 7/16/09 10:16:26 AM
9
Fishers learn their trade on the job. Some
high schools, colleges, and technical
schools offer courses in handling boats,
fshing equipment, navigation, and me-
teorology. Postsecondary schools provide
information on electronic navigation and
communications equipment and fshing
gear. Operators of large commercial fshing
vehicles must complete a Coast Guardap-
proved training course.
Captains and frst mates on large fsh-
ing vessels of at least 200 gross tons must
be licensed. Captains of charter sport fsh-
ing boats must also be licensed, regardless
of the size of the vessel.
outlook
The fshing industry has experienced hard
times in the past few decades, and em-
ployment for fshers is expected to decline
through 2016. The industry is affected
by environmental law, ship maintenance
costs, improvements in electronic and
other fshing gear (which has limited the
expansion in crew size), and the increasing
use of foating processors, which process
catches on-board, further limiting employ-
ment opportunities. However, new technol-
ogy also helps the industry: super-chilled
refrigerator hulls help keep fsh fresh for
higher selling prices, and color monitors
help fshers see nets and fsh while still un-
der water.
Pollution and excessive fshing have
decreased the fsh stock, particularly in
the North Atlantic and Pacifc Northwest.
Some states have limited the number of
fshing permits to allow regrowth of fsh
and shellfsh populations.
ForMoreinformation
If you live on the coast, fnd work on a
small fshing boat or at a fshing port. Con-
tact a state department of fsh and game to
learn more about the local fshing industry.
Working at a fsh market can acquaint you
with different kinds of fsh and consumer
demand for seafood.
nationalMarineFisheriesService
NOAA Fisheries Headquarters
1315 East West Highway
301-713-3000
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov
nationaloceanicandatmospheric
administration
1401 Constitution Avenue, NW
Room 5128
202-482-6090
http://www.noaa.gov
Commercial fshers use nets and traps
to capture fsh, which are then sold at
markets. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 9 7/16/09 10:16:27 AM
10
Fitness
Directors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Social
WhatFitnessDirectorsDo
Fitness directors organize and schedule exer-
cise classes and programs for health clubs,
resorts, cruise lines, corporations, and other
institutions. They work with other ftness
professionals, such as personal trainers,
nutritionists, and health care personnel, to
deliver the best services for the individuals
who use the ftness facility. Fitness directors
must balance the needs of their staff with
the needs of the paying customers. They
accomplish this task by listening and re-
sponding to feedback from staff and clients
regarding program changes or additions,
instructor criticisms, and any other com-
ments concerning programs, staff, and the
facility.
Fitness directors are a crucial part of
sports and health facilities. They hire and
manage exercise instructors and personal
trainers for their facility. In addition, they
coordinate the schedules of exercise in-
structors and personal trainers. They also
make sure that their institution offers a
wide variety of options to keep different
customers content. For example, a ftness
director who works at an elder assisted liv-
ing or nursing home must plan and direct
classes that appeal to the varying abilities
of an older population. Similarly, a ftness
director who works on a cruise ship must
balance the scheduling and programming
desires of parents and children.
Directors must also be observant about
health and safety issues in their facilities.
For example, ftness directors ensure that
equipment and rooms are clean, exercise
machines are operating correctly, and the
temperature of rooms is comfortable.
Fitness directors must have excellent
organizational and leadership skills to plan
activities, manage staff, and respond effec-
tively to customer suggestions, complaints,
and desires.
If you are interested in working in a health
and ftness facility, take science and physi-
cal education classes and get involved in
sports activities. It is also important to take
home economics classes, which include les-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Health, Physical education
Salaryrange
$15,550 to $27,680 to $58,990
outlook
Athletic Directors
Athletic Trainers
Yoga and Pilates Instructors
q
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 10 7/16/09 10:16:28 AM
11
sons in diet and nutrition. Business courses
can help you prepare for the management
aspect of the job.
Fitness directors should have a back-
ground in exercise science to be able to
serve their clients and understand the needs
of their ftness facility. Associate and bach-
elors degree programs in health education,
exercise and sports science, ftness program
management, and athletic training are of-
fered in colleges all over the country and
highly recommended in order to obtain a
director position.
Certifcation in ftness or exercise sci-
ence is also highly recommended and often
required to work in a management-level
position at a ftness facility. Some employ-
ers also require that their ftness staff mem-
bers be certifed in cardiopulmonary resus-
citation (CPR).
outlook
Employment of all ftness workers, includ-
ing ftness directors, is expected to increase
much faster than the average through
2016. This is largely due to the rapidly
growing interest of Americans to engage in
personal training, aerobics instruction, and
other ftness activities designed to main-
tain a healthy lifestyle and a ft physique.
Employers are also increasingly promoting
exercise to improve the good health and
productivity of their workers.
Job opportunities for ftness directors
should be widely available at health clubs,
gyms, corporate ftness centers, day care
centers, nursing homes, resorts, and cruise
lines. Previous experience as a personal
trainer, aerobics instructor, or physical
therapist is often quite helpful.
ForMoreinformation
If your school offers exercise classes or
some other after-school ftness program,
sign up and note what you like and dis-
like about instructor methods or the en-
vironment. If there is an affordable gym
or health club in your community, take a
tour and even a sample class or two. While
at the facility, talk to an instructor, man-
ager, or trainer about his or her job and
work environment and learn how he or
she got started in the industry.
aerobicsandFitnessassociation
ofamerica
15250 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 200
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403-3297
877-968-7263
http://www.afaa.com
americancouncilonexercise
888-825-3636
support@aceftness.org
MedicalFitnessassociation
PO Box 73103
804-897-5701
info@medicalftness.org
http://www.medicalftness.org
Growth Field
ber of ftness directors is expected
to grow by about 27 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 11 7/16/09 10:16:28 AM

12
Flight
attendants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatFlightattendantsDo
Flight attendants provide a variety of servic-
es to make airplane passengers comfortable
during fights. They may serve on fights
traveling several hundred miles within the
United States or on international fights
traveling thousands of miles around the
world.
Before takeoff, fight attendants attend
a briefng session with the rest of the fight
crew. They carefully check fight supplies,
life jackets, oxygen masks, and other pas-
senger safety equipment. They make sure
passenger cabins are neat and furnished
with pillows and blankets. They also check
the plane galley, to see that food and bever-
ages are on board and that all is secure for
takeoff.
Attendants welcome the passengers and
check their tickets as they board the plane.
They show passengers where to store their
belongings and direct them to their seats.
They often give special attention to elderly
or disabled passengers and people traveling
with small children.
Before takeoff, a fight attendant speaks
to the passengers, usually over a loudspeak-
er. He or she introduces the crew and fight
attendants, and discusses the weather, alti-
tude, and safety information. As required
by federal law, fight attendants demon-
strate the use of lifesaving equipment and
safety procedures.
From takeoff to landing, fight atten-
dants routinely check to make sure passen-
gers are wearing their safety belts properly
and have their seats in an upright position.
They may distribute reading materials to
passengers and answer questions regarding
fight schedules or the geographic terrain
over which the plane is passing. They ob-
serve passengers during the fight to ensure
their comfort, assisting anyone who be-
comes ill or nervous.
Attendants may serve prepared meals
or refreshments. They are also responsible
for flling out passenger reports and issuing
boarding passes. Attendants on interna-
tional fights may provide customs and air-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Psychology, Speech
Salaryrange
$28,800 to $61,120 to $102,660+
outlook
Cruise Ship Workers
Hotel Concierges
Resort Workers Travel Agents
X
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 12 7/16/09 10:16:29 AM
13
port information and sometimes translate
fight information or passenger instruc-
tions into a foreign language.
Airlines in the United States require fight
attendants to be U.S. citizens, and have per-
manent resident status or valid work visas.
Applicants must be at least 18 to 21 years
old, although some airlines have higher
minimum age requirements. There are
height and weight requirements as well.
Many airlines prefer fight attendants
to have college degrees, although it is not
a requirement. All potential attendants at-
tend training programs offered by airlines
or private schools to learn about company
operations and schedules, fight regulations
and duties, frst aid, grooming, emergency
operations and evacuation procedures,
fight terminology, and public relations.
Flight attendants receive additional emer-
gency and passenger procedures training
each year. Trainees for international fights
are instructed on customs and visa regula-
tions, as well as procedures to follow in the
event of terrorist attacks. New attendants
serve a six-month probationary period.
outlook
Employment opportunities for fight at-
tendants will grow about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016. The fight attendant
feld is highly competitive and turnover is
not as high as it once was. Job applicants
with two years of college and prior cus-
tomer relations experience will have an
advantage.
ForMoreinformation
Airline companies and private training
schools have brochures describing the
fight attendant feld. A customer service
job, such as in food service, hospitality, or
retail sales, is a good introduction to the
kind of work fight attendants do.
airtransportassociationofamericainc.
1301 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 1100
202-626-4000
ata@airlines.org
http://www.airlines.org
associationofFlightattendants-cWa
501 Third Street, NW
202-434-1300
http://www.afanet.org
u.S.Departmentoftransportation
Federalaviationadministration
866-835-5322
http://www.faa.gov
Flight attendants serve passengers food
and drinks as well as inform them of
airplane safety procedures. (altrendo
images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 13 7/16/09 10:16:30 AM
14
Flight
instructors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatFlightinstructorsDo
Flight instructors are pilots who use their
experience, knowledge, joy of fying, and
ability to explain complex subjects to teach
students how to fy aircraft. Flight instruc-
tors give classroom as well as hands-on
fying instruction to their students. Top-
ics covered include aerodynamics, naviga-
tion, instrument reading, aircraft control
techniques, and federal aviation regula-
tions. They may teach at fight schools,
for airlines, in the military, in a university,
or work as self-employed instructors. Al-
though fight instructors fy with students,
it is the instructor who is ultimately re-
sponsible for making sure all appropriate
prefight, in-fight, and postlanding proce-
dures are followed.
Instructors must know current fed-
eral aviation regulations so that they can
teach correct rules to their students. Flight
instructors should also be up to date on
the latest teaching technologies available.
Computer-based programs and fight simu-
lators, for example, are often used in fight
instruction, and instructors should be able
to make use of these resources.
Taking students on training fights is
another important part of a fight instruc-
tors work. Flight instructors also teach stu-
dents how to maintain a fight logbook.
Each student must record information
about the fights he or she makes, such as
what was done on the fight, how long the
fight took, and the fights distance. In ad-
dition, instructors need to keep their own
teachers logbook with information on
each student.
In order to get the student pilot certif-
cate, the student must pass a test given by
the fight instructor. After a student passes
this test, the instructor continues to work
with students until the students complete
all their training and get their FAA (Federal
Aeronautics Association) pilots certifcate
or license.
Flight instructors are only allowed to
teach the categories for which they are al-
ready certifed. Consequently, instructors
are often students themselves, learning to
c
SchoolSubjectS
Salaryrange
$72,424 to $87,550 to $106,200
outlook
Aircraft Mechanics
Flight Attendants
Pilots
L
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 14 7/16/09 10:16:30 AM
15
operate different aircraft and getting vari-
ous certifcations.
Chemistry, physics, algebra, geometry,
computer science, and other advanced sci-
ence and math classes are important to take
in high school and college. To help you
develop your teaching skills, take English,
psychology, or communications classes.
Although the FAA does not require
fight instructors to have a particular de-
gree, a college education is highly rec-
ommended. You may want to attend a
university with a specialized aviation pro-
gram, such as the Institute of Aviation at
the University of Illinois ChampaignUr-
bana. If you prefer, though, you can take
a broader course of study at any college,
join the military to obtain fight training,
obtain private lessons, or enroll in a fight
school.
To become a fight instructor, you will
need to get FAA fight-instructor certif-
cation. To do this, you must have a com-
mercial pilots certifcation for the kind
of aircraft (single engine, multi-engine,
instrument, and so on) that matches the
fight instructor rating (designation) you
want to have.
outlook
The U.S. Department of Labor estimates
that job growth for all types of pilots, in-
cluding fight instructors, will be at an
average rate through 2016. However, the
growth rate depends a great deal on both
the pilots specifc occupation and the
overall condition of the economy. Addi-
tionally, instructors who are working will
be more likely to keep those jobs than to
move into other positions and make way
for new fight instructors.
ForMoreinformation
You can explore aspects of this feld while
you are still in middle school. Begin by
reading aviation magazines as well as
studying materials covering topics such as
aviation weather, aeronautical knowledge,
and weight and balance. You can also be-
gin developing radio skills by learning to
use a ham radio.
eaaairacademy
3000 Poberezny Road
Oshkosh, WI 54902-8939
800-JOIN-EAA
http://www.eaa.org
800 Independence Avenue, SW, Room 810
866-835-5322
http://www.faa.gov
nationalassociationofFlightinstructors
EAA Aviation Center
PO Box 3086
Oshkosh, WI 54903-3086
920-426-6801
naf@eaa.org
http://www.nafnet.org
A fight instructor (l) shows a student
how to operate the control panel of an
airplane. (Creatas Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 15 7/16/09 10:16:31 AM
16
Floorcovering
installers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatFloor
coveringinstallersDo
Floor covering installers lay down carpets,
tiles, and other foor covering material.
They work in almost every kind of con-
struction project. Installers either replace
or repair worn foor coverings in public
buildings or private homes, or they install
foors in new buildings.
Some installers specialize in laying
tiles and vinyl sheets or carpets, while oth-
ers work with all types of surfaces. Before
laying the covering, installers inspect the
foor to determine its condition. The foor
must be dry, smooth, and free of loose dust
or dirt. The installer may sweep, sand, or
scrape dirt from the foor and fll cracks
with a fller material.
When the layout is clear, installers
measure and cut the covering to create
proper-sized sections. They also cut and lay
foundation materials, such as felt, on the
sub-foor. With chalk lines and dividers, in-
stallers place guidelines on the foundation
material. They trowel on adhesive cement
and lay the foor covering in place, follow-
ing the guidelines. Installers are especially
careful to align the pieces if there is any
pattern in the fooring. They also pay atten-
tion to ftting pieces into odd-shaped areas
around door openings, pipes, and posts.
They use a roller to smooth the covering
into place, ensuring good adhesion.
Carpet layers measure foors and plan
the layout, allowing for foot-traffc patterns
and placing seams where they will be least
noticed. Carpet is stretched and fastened
into place and then nailed to strips along
the border of the foor or directly to the
foor itself. Carpet layers may sew seams
with a curved needle and special thread or
use a heat-activated adhesive tape and an
electric heating tool.
Installers work with ordinary hand
tools, such as mallets, staple guns, pry bars,
trowels, knives, shears, hammers, drills,
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$20,550 to $36,040 to $68,120+
outlook
Carpenters
Workers
Plasterers
/
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 16 7/16/09 10:16:31 AM
17
and tape measures, and a variety of special
tools, such as stretching devices and foor
rollers.
Floor covering installers must be able to
read blueprints and sketches and follow
instructions carefully. They must be good
at working with all types of construc-
tion materials (wood, plywood, and ce-
ment) and using the proper methods for
fastening carpets, tile, or vinyl to these
surfaces. Installers need to be skilled in
using hand tools, power tools, and mea-
suring devices.
The best way to become a foor cover-
ing installer is to learn the skills on the job
as a helper to an experienced installer or
through a formal apprenticeship program,
which includes on-the-job training as well
as classroom instruction.
Helpers begin with simple tasks, such
as stretching newly installed carpet, and
they gradually take on more diffcult as-
signments, such as measuring, cutting, and
ftting material. A high school diploma is
preferred, though not always necessary.
outlook
Employment of foor covering installers is
expected to grow more slowly than the av-
erage rate through 2016. However, tile and
marble setters should have the best em-
ployment opportunities. Most job oppor-
tunities will open as a result of experienced
workers leaving the feld or retiring.
Even during economic downturns,
when new construction levels drop, jobs
for installers should remain steady because
of the ongoing need to renovate existing
buildings.
ForMoreinformation
Take part in a home improvement proj-
ect, such as installing vinyl foor tiles or
laying carpet. Any type of construction
project will help you learn about reading
plans, measuring, cutting different mate-
rials, applying adhesives, and using hand
tools.
thecarpetandruginstitute
PO Box 2048
Dalton, GA 30722-2048
706-278-3176
http://www.carpet-rug.com
Flooringcontractorsassociation
7439 Millwood Drive
West Bloomfeld, MI 48322-1234
248-661-5015
keo@fcica.com
http://www.fcica.com
WorldFloorcoveringassociation
2211 East Howell Avenue
Anaheim, CA 92806-6009
800-624-6880
http://www.wfca.org
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 17 7/16/09 10:16:32 AM
18
Florists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
WhatFloristsDo
Florists work with decorative fowers and
plants. Some forists work in greenhouses
or on farms, overseeing fowers and plants
that will be sold to fower shops.
Many fowers and plants are delicate
and need special care. Florists know what
kind of care to give each type of fower
or plant. They make sure that the plants
they grow receive proper water, food, and
light. They decide when to plant or trans-
plant fower crops and when to cut or har-
vest them. They cut and bundle fowers or
plants so that they can be sold to fower
shops.
Another type of forist is a foral design-
er. Floral designers usually work in fower
shops or in foral departments of grocery
stores, or they may work independently.
Floral designers cut and arrange live, dried,
or artifcial fowers and plants. They may
make bouquets, wreaths, corsages, center-
pieces, or terrariums.
Floral designers usually work from a writ-
ten order. Orders include the price of the ar-
rangement and the date, time, and place of
delivery. Sometimes the orders include the
types or colors of fowers to use, and some-
times the forist makes those decisions.
To choose fowers for an arrangement,
forists look for colors and shapes that
work well together. They also think about
which kinds of fowers or plants will work
best for the arrangement they are creating.
Some fowers are more expensive than
others, so forists must always consider
the price of an arrangement when choos-
ing materials for it.
Along with live fowers, designers may
use silk fowers or foliage, fresh fruit and
twigs, or incorporate decorative items such
as candles and stuffed animals in their ar-
rangements. They use foam, wire, wooden
or plastic picks, shears, a forists knife,
tape, and a variety of containers. Tech-
niques such as wiring fower stems or shad-
ing the tips of blooms with paint or glitter
are often used to give foral arrangements a
fnished look.
Many foral designers specialize in wed-
dings and other large-scale special events
that take months of planning. Such events
c
SchoolSubjectS
Agriculture, Art, Business
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$15,680 to $22,540 to $34,930+
outlook
Botanists
Landscapers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 18 7/16/09 10:16:32 AM

19
require forists to design arrangements;
order fowers and supplies; and produce,
deliver, and place decorations. These may
include altar or church decorations, bou-
quets, corsages, boutonnieres, and table
centerpieces. Since fowers must be freshly
cut to last during an event, foral designers
work long and frenzied hours just before
the special day.
Many forists learn their skills by working
as assistants or apprentices to experienced
designers. Most designers today, however,
complete a foral design certifcate or de-
gree program.
The American Floral Art School, a state-
approved and licensed vocational school in
Chicago, offers certifcates in modern foral
design. Many universities also offer degrees
in foriculture and horticulture, and com-
munity colleges and independent schools
offer certifcation in foral design.
outlook
Employment of foral designers is expect-
ed to grow about as fast as the average
for all other occupations through 2016.
Even small towns have at least one fower
shop. Grocery stores now have full-ser-
vice foral departments, and there are even
international foral wire services, such as
Amlings, FTD, and Telefora. Floral experts
who are able to create exciting and original
designs will be in high demand. Certifed
designers may have an edge for the best
jobs.
ForMoreinformation
Community centers, arts and crafts stores,
gardening centers, and vocational schools
may offer workshops in foral design.
Study books on fowers and plants to learn
about fower varieties, growing seasons
and conditions, harvesting, and foral de-
sign techniques.
americaninstituteofFloralDesigners
720 Light Street
410-752-3318
http://www.aifd.org
rittnersSchoolofFloralDesign
345 Marlborough Street
Boston, MA 02115-1713
617-267-3824
http://www.foralschool.com
SocietyofamericanFlorists
1601 Duke Street
703-836-8700
http://www.safnow.org
Florists create attractive arrangements for
a variety of occasions. (Wiktor Bubniak/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 19 7/16/09 10:16:33 AM
20
FluidPower
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatFluid
PowertechniciansDo
Fluid power technicians work with machines
powered by the pressure of a liquid or gas
in a closed container. Many machines need
some kind of fuid power system to oper-
ate. These fuid-powered machines are used
in manufacturing, agriculture, and defense
and in such everyday devices as automatic
doors, machines for infating tires, brakes,
steering, and transmissions of vehicles.
There are two types of fuid power sys-
tems. Hydraulic machines use water, oil,
or another liquid in a closed system to
transmit energy. For example, a hydraulic
jack, which is used to lift heavy loads, is
a cylinder with a piston ftted inside it.
When a liquid is pumped into the bottom
of the cylinder, the piston is forced up-
ward, lifting the weight on the jack. To
lower the weight, the liquid is released
through a valve, returning the pressure to
normal.
Pneumatic machines use another type of
fuid power system. Pressure from air or gas
in a closed system activates these machines.
Pavement-breaking jackhammers and com-
pressed-air paint sprayers are common ex-
amples of pneumatic machines.
Fluid power systems are a part of most
machines used in industry, so technicians
work in many different environments.
Most often, they work in factories where
fuid-power systems are used in manufac-
turing. For example, they maintain and
service pneumatic machines that bolt prod-
ucts together on an assembly line.
Fluid power technicians generally work
under the supervision of engineers or an
engineering team. They use hand tools,
electronic testing devices, blueprints, tech-
nical manuals, and computer printouts to
assemble, repair, and test the fuid power
equipment.
Some technicians work in laboratories
on research and development teams that are
looking for better ways to use fuid power
systems. Other technicians work for compa-
nies that make and sell fuid power equip-
ment to industrial plants. These technicians
c
SchoolSubjectS
Salaryrange
$27,200 to $41,450 to $61,660+
outlook
Aircraft Mechanics
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 20 7/16/09 10:16:34 AM
21
travel from one plant to another, providing
customers with specialized information and
assistance. Some technicians repair and
maintain fuid power components of heavy
equipment used in construction, farming,
or mining. Because fuid power technology
is important to airplane controls, landing
gear, and brakes, many technicians are em-
ployed in the aircraft industry.
Courses in computer science and math-
ematics, especially geometry and alge-
bra, are helpful in this feld. Physical sci-
ence, as well as shop and English, are also
recommended.
Most employers prefer to hire fuid
power technicians who have at least two
years of postsecondary training in pro-
grams offered by community colleges and
technical institutes. Very few of those
programs, however, include fuid power
technology. Training in a related feld, such
as mechanical or electrical technology, is
often acceptable.
outlook
Many different industries use fuid pow-
er, so the need for technicians is growing
rapidly. Currently, there are not enough
technicians to meet the demand. Electro-
hydraulic and electropneumatic technolo-
gies have opened up new markets, such as
active suspensions on automobiles, and
reestablished older markets, such as robot-
ics. Therefore, the fuid power industry is
expected to continue growing, and the out-
look for technicians should remain strong
through 2016.
ForMoreinformation
Your school or public library has books
that explain fuid power. Take classes in
machine shop, physics, or electronics of-
fered at your school, community center, or
vocational school. Join a science club that
might give you the opportunity to work on
machines, such as robots.
FluidPowereducationalFoundation
PO Box 1420
Cherry Hill, NJ 08034-0054
http://www.fpef.org
internationalFluidPowerSociety
PO Box 1420
800-308-6005
info@ifps.org
http://www.ifps.org
nationalFluidPowerassociation
3333 North Mayfair Road, Suite 211
414-778-3344
nfpa@nfpa.com
http://www.nfpa.com
Fast Fact
According to the National Fluid
Power Association, the typical
fuid power system features the
following: hydraulic pump or
air compressor; cylinder or mo-
tor; valves; flters, lubricators,
couplings, and fttings; sealing
devices; accumulators and res-
ervoirs; pressure switches, fow
meters, gauges, sensors, trans-
ducers, and other monitoring
technology.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 21 7/16/09 10:16:34 AM
22
Food
Photographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Self-management
WhatFoodPhotographersDo
Food photographers work hard to make their
viewers crave a dish without the help of
the foods appealing presence, taste, aro-
ma, and texture. They create and capture
these beautiful and enticing images of
food for magazines, cookbooks, and res-
taurant promotional materials. They work
with food stylists to make the food look
as appetizing and aesthetically beautiful
as possible.
Food photographers must set up shoots
with clients and decide on the look of the
shot. Once a date is set, the photographer
has to make sure all the props are ordered
and that he or she has enough help for the
shoot. The photographer or the client may
hire food stylists, camera assistants, and
prop movers to aid in the shoot.
A lot of extra care and time has to go
into the preparation and styling of the
food. While the food stylist designs the
food and places it on the proper plate, plat-
ter, or other background, the food photog-
rapher selects and organizes the cameras,
lighting, and props of the shoot. Sometimes
food stand-ins are utilized and chemical
treatments are applied to foods to preserve
a fresh and appealing look.
Once the shot is fully set up and the
client is happy with the look, the photo
subject, called the hero dish, is brought
in, and pictures are taken quickly to make
sure the food remains looking fresh and
appealing.
Many food photographers work as
freelancers, contracting work out to oth-
ers. Those who do this usually spend the
majority of the time not shooting flm, but
running all aspects of their business.
Art, cooking, math, chemistry, and other
science classes will help familiarize you with
different foods, assist in the development of
a better eye for detail, and provide you
with knowledge about the technical aspects
of food preparation and photography. You
c
SchoolSubjectS
Salaryrange
$15,540 to $26,170 to $56,640
outlook
Photo Editors
Photographers
Photojournalists
Photo Stylists
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 22 7/16/09 10:16:36 AM
23
should also be sure to take computer sci-
ence classes and explore software that can
store and manipulate images, such as Adobe
PhotoShop and Illustrator.
Professional postsecondary training
programs will help you get the experience
and skills necessary to land a job or attract
clients. A culinary degree program that pro-
vides a background knowledge of photog-
raphy will ensure that you know how to
prepare foods and are familiar with their
different chemical properties. Those who
choose to enter photography programs will
be well versed in the technical side of pho-
tography and may even be able to take some
specialty classes in food photography.
outlook
Employment of all photographers will in-
crease about as fast as the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. Job prospects for
food photographers depend heavily on the
overall health of the food and entertain-
ment industries. Though many companies
have reduced their advertising budgets,
they still have to employ professionals to
capture images of their food for print and
Web advertising. Most restaurants, no mat-
ter how successful, will need to display their
food in menus or ads to attract diners.
It is important to note, however, that
though there will always be jobs for food
photographers, the feld is incredibly
competitive. Only those with the right
blend of technical and business skills will
be able to fnd enough work to shoot pic-
tures full time.
ForMoreinformation
While in school, be sure to get involved in
clubs that will help you explore your inter-
ests and skills in cooking and photography.
If you have a camera and some flm,
take test shots of kitchen and food items,
paying attention to how different lighting
and props affect the result of the picture.
americanSocietyofMediaPhotographers
150 North Second Street
215-451-2767
http://www.asmp.org
culinaryinstituteofamerica
1946 Campus Drive
Hyde Park, NY 12538-1499
845-452-9600
careers@culinary.edu
http://www.ciachef.edu
ProfessionalPhotographersofamerica
229 Peachtree Street, NE, Suite 2200
404-522-8600
http://www.ppa.com
Food photographers set up photo
shoots for advertisers, magazines, and
cookbooks. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 23 7/16/09 10:16:37 AM
24
Food
Production
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatFood
ProductionWorkersDo
Food production workers are responsible for
the steps involved in manufacturing mass-
produced foods, such as baked goods, can-
dy, dairy products, canned goods, bever-
ages, and pasta.
Bakery workers produce bread, cakes,
biscuits, pies, pastries, crackers, and other
baked goods in commercial, institution-
al, and industrial bakeries. Batchmakers
are employed in manufacturing settings
to tend equipment that mixes, blends,
and cooks, and bakers work in such plac-
es as grocery stores, specialty shops, and
manufacturing.
Beverage industry workers manufacture
and bottle or package soft drinks, includ-
ing carbonated beverages, coffee, tea, juic-
es, and more recently, mineral and spring
waters, also called designer waters.
Canning and preserving industry workers
monitor equipment and perform routine
tasks to can, preserve, and quick-freeze such
foods as vegetables, fruits, frozen dinners,
jams, jellies, preserves, pickles, and soups.
They also process and preserve seafood, in-
cluding shrimp, oysters, crabs, clams, and
fsh.
Confectionery industry workers manufac-
ture and package sweets, including bon-
bons, hard and soft candy, stuffed dates,
popcorn balls, and many other types of
confections.
Dairy products workers set up, oper-
ate, and tend continuous-fow or vat-type
equipment to process milk, cream, butter,
cheese, ice cream, and other dairy products,
following specifed methods and formulas.
Meat packing workers slaughter, clean,
cut, process, and package the meat from
cattle, hogs, sheep, and poultry. They also
process animal parts for by-products such as
margarine, lard, animal feed, and non-food
products, such as fertilizer, hides, and soap.
Food production workers also work in
kitchens of large institutions, such as
c
SchoolSubjectS
Mathematics
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$15,180 to $22,030 to $35,380
outlook
Little or no change
Food Technologists
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 24 7/16/09 10:16:38 AM
25
hospitals and schools. They prepare large
quantities of foods that will be served caf-
eteria style or on trays to patients.
Tending ovens and other equipment
can be very hot. Some industrial food ma-
chines are noisy, and certain positions may
require heavy lifting. In some large baker-
ies, workers are needed for evening and
night shifts, or they may have to begin
work very early in the morning.
Food production workers must ensure
that food items are processed in a com-
pletely sanitary manner up to company
and government standards. Accuracy is
required in measuring and mixing ingredi-
ents and in following instructions. Manual
dexterity and physical strength are also
useful in many food productions jobs.
A high school diploma is usually required
for food production workers. Classes in
chemistry, biology, and machine shop
might be helpful, although specifc produc-
tion skills can be learned only on the job.
For some food production jobs, such
as bakery workers, it takes many years to
become an expert. A good way to become
a skilled baker is to enroll as a bakers ap-
prentice. An apprenticeship lasts three to
four years and includes classroom instruc-
tion and on-the-job training.
Many food production careers are
available for laboratory, engineering, and
supervisory workers. These positions often
require a bachelors or masters degree.
outlook
The food industry is the largest single in-
dustry in the United States and throughout
the world. There will always be a need for
people to process food products. However,
the use of automated equipment and com-
puter technology throughout the food-pro-
cessing industry means that fewer people
will be needed to process, preserve, and can
foods by hand.
ForMoreinformation
Take cooking classes, and practice cooking
for and serving your family. Volunteer for
food preparation jobs at community cen-
ters, shelters, and social service agencies
that serve meals to the needy.
groceryManufacturersassociation
1350 I Street, NW, Suite 300
202-639-5900
http://www.gmaonline.org
instituteofFoodtechnologists
525 West Van Buren, Suite 1000
312-782-8424
http://www.ift.org
Food production workers help to maintain
the quality and uniformity of factory-
produced goods. (Lester Lefkowitz)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 25 7/16/09 10:16:39 AM
26
FoodService
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatFood
ServiceWorkersDo
Food service workers keep kitchens and dishes
clean and help cooks prepare food. Waiters,
servers, and lunchroom or coffee shop coun-
ter attendants take customers orders, serve
food and beverages, calculate bills, and col-
lect money. Between serving customers,
they clear and clean tables and counters,
replenish supplies, and set up table service
for future customers.
Some food service workers assist with
food preparation. They gather the food
and utensils and set up the pots and pans
and other cooking equipment. They wash
fruits and vegetables and chop ingredients
for salads, sandwiches, or vegetable dishes.
They mix ingredients, make coffee and tea,
cook french fries, and do other tasks ac-
cording to the cooks instructions.
Counter attendants also do some simple
cooking tasks, such as making sandwiches,
salads, and cold drinks and preparing ice
cream dishes. They take and fll customers
orders, and take payment at a cash register.
They also may have to help clean kitchen
equipment, sweep and mop foors, and car-
ry out trash.
Waiters in full-service restaurants seat
customers, present menus, suggest choices
from the menu, and inform the customers
of special preparations and seasonings of
food. They take care of special requests and
check each order to make sure it is correct
before bringing it to the table.
Dining room attendants, also known as
waiters assistants, buspersons, or bussers,
clear and reset tables, carry soiled dishes
to the dishwashing area, carry in trays of
food, and clean up spilled food and broken
dishes. In some restaurants, these atten-
dants also serve water, bread, and butter to
customers. They fll salt and pepper shak-
ers, clean coffeepots, and do other tasks.
Other food service workers scrape
plates and load dishes into a dishwasher or
wash them by hand. They clean the kitch-
en worktables, stoves, pots and pans, and
c
SchoolSubjectS
Mathematics
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$13,120 to $15,850 to $28,180+
(plus tips)
outlook
Bartenders
Fast Food Workers
Restaurant Managers
u
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 26 7/16/09 10:16:39 AM
27
other equipment. They sweep and mop the
kitchen foor and throw away garbage.
Food service workers do not need any spe-
cial education or training for an entry-level
position. Training takes place on the job,
so it is not always necessary to fnish high
school. However, classes in home econom-
ics, cooking, mathematics, and science are
helpful. Food servers with experience can
fnd better positions and higher tips at fne
dining establishments. Some vocational
schools offer special training courses for
waiters.
If you are interested in owning or man-
aging a restaurant, a high school diploma
and additional schooling at a two- or four-
year college of hotel or restaurant manage-
ment is recommended.
outlook
Food service careers offer fexible schedules
for both skilled and unskilled people. They
are ideal for students, parents of small chil-
dren, seniors, people with disabilities, and
people who are between jobs.
Employment of food service workers
is expected to be about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016. Many job openings
will come from the need to replace workers
who have left the feld. Turnover is high
because of the low pay, the long hours,
and the large number of students and oth-
ers who do this work on a temporary basis
before moving on to other occupations.
Competition will be ferce for positions at
popular restaurants and gourmet establish-
ments, where more money and higher tips
can be earned.
ForMoreinformation
Take cooking classes, and practice cooking
for and serving your family. Volunteer for
food service jobs with community centers,
shelters, and social service agencies that
serve meals to the needy.
Other helpful experience includes
working as a store clerk, cashier, or custom-
er service worker.
internationalcouncilonhotel,restaurant
andinstitutionaleducation
804-346-4800
http://chrie.org
nationalrestaurantassociation
educationalFoundation
800-765-2122
info@restaurant.org
Food service workers at a food and
nutrition service center prepare meals for
local schools. (Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 27 7/16/09 10:16:40 AM
28
Food
technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatFood
technologistsDo
Food technologists study the ways that foods
are processed, preserved, and packaged.
They research ways to improve the favor,
appearance, nutritional value, and conve-
nience of food products. They also perform
tests to make sure that products meet qual-
ity standards.
Food technologists usually specialize in
one phase of the food industry. Food tech-
nologists in basic research study the physi-
cal and chemical composition of foods and
observe the changes that take place during
storage or processing. They learn which
factors affect the favor, appearance, or
texture of foods. Other technologists cre-
ate new food products and develop new
processing methods. They may also work
with existing foods to make them more nu-
tritious and favorful and to improve their
color and texture.
Biotechnology is a rapidly growing area
of food technology. Food technologists in
this area work with plant breeding, gene
splicing, microbial fermentation, and plant
cell tissue cultures to produce enhanced
raw products for processing.
Food technologists conduct chemi-
cal tests on products to be sure they meet
government and food industry standards.
They also determine the nutritive content
(amounts of sugar, starch, protein, fat, vi-
tamins, and minerals) in the product so
that this information may be printed on
the labels.
Some food technologists work in qual-
ity-control laboratories, where they con-
centrate on ensuring that foods in every
stage of processing meet industry and gov-
ernment standards. They check to see that
raw ingredients are fresh and suitable for
processing. They also test bacteria levels in
foods after processing.
In processing plants, food technolo-
gists make sure that proper temperature
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$32,090 to $57,870 to $101,970
outlook
Biochemists
Brewers
Chemists
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 28 7/16/09 10:16:41 AM
29
and humidity levels are maintained in stor-
age areas, wastes are disposed of properly,
and other sanitary regulations are observed
throughout the plant.
Some food technologists test new prod-
ucts in test kitchens or develop new pro-
cessing methods in laboratory pilot plants.
Others devise new methods for packaging
and storing foods. They consult with pro-
cessing engineers, favor experts, and pack-
aging and marketing specialists.
Food technologists work in laborato-
ries, offces, and test kitchens and on pro-
duction lines at food processing plants,
food ingredient plants, and food manufac-
turing plants. Most are employed in pri-
vate industry, but some work for govern-
ment agencies, such as the Environmental
Protection Agency, the Food and Drug Ad-
ministration, and the U.S. Department of
Agriculture.
Food technologists need at least a bachelors
degree in food technology, food science, or
food engineering. Some technologists hold
degrees in chemistry, biology, engineering,
agriculture, or business. Management or
research and teaching positions usually re-
quire masters degrees and doctorates.
Undergraduate programs in food tech-
nology usually include courses in physics,
biochemistry, mathematics, biology, the
social sciences, humanities, and business
administration, as well as coursework in
food preservation, processing, sanitation,
and marketing.
outlook
Employment of food technologists is ex-
for all professions through 2016. The de-
mand for food technologists will increase
because of the publics heightened aware-
ness of diet and food safety.
ForMoreinformation
Tour local food processing plants to see how
food is produced and packaged on a large
scale. Develop your interests in cooking,
and experiment with inventing your own
recipes. Chemistry is an important part of
food technology, so participate in science
clubs that allow you to explore chemical
processes.
instituteofFoodtechnologists
525 West Van Buren, Suite 1000
312-782-8424
info@ift.org
http://www.ift.org
u.S.Departmentofagriculture
http://www.usda.gov
u.S.FoodandDrugadministration
5600 Fishers Lane
888-463-6332
http://www.fda.gov
Did You Know?
One of the earliest methods of
food preservation is drying. Grains,
fruits, and vegetables could be
dried in the sun; meats could be
dried by smoking them over a fre.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 29 7/16/09 10:16:41 AM
30
FoodWriters
andeditors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatFoodWriters
andeditorsDo
Food writers write about anything that has to
do with food. They write books, magazine
articles for print as well as for the Internet;
they may also write columns and recipes
for newspapers and even for the radio and
television. Food editors review food writ-
ers writing and edit according to the style
of the publication its to appear in. They
check spelling, grammar, punctuation, and
fact check details such as measurements in
recipes, names of foods and regions, peo-
ples names, etc.
Food writers and editors have a vari-
ety of work backgrounds, e.g., they may
be chefs, cooks, restaurant owners, food
retail managers, or simply writers and
editors, but they have one thing in com-
mon: they love food. Being a foodie
(passionate about food) is key to enjoying
and thriving in this work. Those who are
experienced in preparing food might turn
their skills to cookbook writing. Cookbook
writers share recipes they have created or
those that have been handed down to
them through their family. Food writers
might write about regional foods, such as
Southern, Cajun, Soul, and Southwestern,
or ethnic foods, such as Chinese, Indian,
Italian, Japanese, and Thai. They may focus
on vegetarian menus or vegan diets. Oth-
ers may enjoy the role of restaurant critic,
where the mission is to dine at restaurants
without the staff knowing who you are,
and take notes on the positives and nega-
tives of the food, atmosphere, and service
so that you can share your opinion with
readers.
Food writers may come up with their
own ideas for articles and books, and then
pitch them to publications. Food editors
will review these pitches and decide wheth-
er their readers will be interested. If they ac-
cept the piece, they will share publication
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Home economics, Computers
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$27,360 to $48,320 to $91,390 (Editors)
$26,530 to $50,660 to $99,910
(Writers)
outlook
Food Photographers
Reporters
Restaurant Managers
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 30 7/16/09 10:16:43 AM
31
style rules and submission guidelines, and
negotiate rates and contract terms. Food
editors will also assign articles to food writ-
ers who are on staff or freelancers
Food writers and editors need to know
food, and they must have strong commu-
nication and computer skills. While in high
school, take classes in English, journalism,
creative writing, general science, home
economics (cooking classes, if your school
offers these), and computers. Foreign lan-
guages may also be useful, such as Spanish
and French.
A bachelors degree is required for most
food writing and editing jobs. Some publi-
cations may require a B.A. in Communica-
tions or Journalism, while others may pre-
fer culinary coursework. Students can take
cooking classes at community colleges and
local culinary schools.
In high school and college develop
a body of writing work. Writing for your
school newspaper and Web site, as well as
yearbooks and literary magazines, will help
you improve your interviewing and writing
techniques. You will also be able to build a
portfolio of published pieces, or clips.
outlook
Employment of writers and editors is ex-
for all occupations through 2016, accord-
ing to the U.S. Department of Labor. More
opportunity is expected with Web-based
publications, as more people are choos-
ing to get their information from the
Internet.
ForMoreinformation
Find out whats hot in the food world
by reading magazines such as Bon Appe-
tit (http://www.bonappetit.com), Cooks
Illustrated (http://www.cooksillustrated.
com), and Gourmet (http://www.gourmet.
com). Look for restaurant reviews in your
local newspapers and in magazines to get
an idea of what critics focus on when they
visit restaurants. Join a writers and editors
association to keep up with whats going
on in the feld.
americancopyeditorsSociety
7 Avenida Vista Grande, Suite B7 #467
Santa Fe, NM 87508-9198
415-704-4884
http://www.copydesk.org
associationofFoodjournalists
http://www.afjonline.com
internationalassociationofculinary
Professionals
1100 Johnson Ferry Road, Suite 300
Atlanta, GA 30341
http://www.iacp.com
internationalFood,Wineandtravel
Writersassociation
1142 South Diamond Bar Boulevard, #177
Diamond Bar, CA 91765-2203
877-439-8929
http://www.ifwtwa.org
Did You Know?
Recipes have been found recorded
on clay tablets dating back more
than 3,800 years. One of the old-
est surviving cookbooks, de re co-
quinaria, dates back to frst centu-
ry Rome.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 31 7/16/09 10:16:44 AM
32
Foreign
correspondents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
WhatForeign
correspondentsDo
Foreign correspondents report on news from
countries outside of where their newspa-
pers, radio or television networks, or wire
services are located. Foreign correspon-
dents sometimes work for a particular
newspaper or television station, but since
todays media are more interested in local
and national news, they usually rely on re-
ports from news wire services for interna-
tional news coverage rather than sending
their own reporters to the scene. Only the
biggest newspapers and television networks
employ foreign correspondents. These re-
porters are usually stationed in a particular
city and cover a wide territory.
Foreign news can range from politi-
cal unrest, wars, coups, and refugee situa-
tions to cultural events, social issues, and
fnancial issues. Foreign correspondents
cover a number of topics, such as politics,
health, sports, consumer affairs, business,
or religion, and they may cover more than
one country. Foreign correspondents are
usually solely responsible for producing
a story, and often they have little or no
support staff to help them. And like other
news reporters, foreign correspondents
work under deadline pressures.
Much of a foreign correspondents
time is spent researching stories, inves-
tigating leads, setting up appointments,
making travel arrangements, making on-
site observations, and interviewing local
people or those involved in events. After
interviewing sources or flming events,
correspondents write the stories and trans-
mit them to their newspaper, broadcast
station, or wire service using the Internet,
e-mail, satellite telephones, and fax ma-
chines. Foreign correspondents often take
their own photographs, shoot video, and
edit the audio.
Foreign correspondents are drawn to
conficts of all kinds, especially wars. They
may choose to go to the front lines of a
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Foreign language
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$18,000 to $31,000 to $68,000
outlook
Book Editors
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 32 7/16/09 10:16:46 AM
33
battle to get an accurate picture of whats
happening. They may also be able to get the
story from a safer position. Sometimes they
face weapons trained directly on them. Liv-
ing conditions can be rough or primitive,
sometimes with no running water. It can
be isolating work, moving around to vari-
ous locations in a place where the language
and customs are unfamiliar or dangerous.
To be a foreign correspondent, in ad-
dition to a defnite love of adventure, you
need curiosity about how other people
live, diplomacy when interviewing people,
courage to sometimes confront people on
uncomfortable topics, ability to communi-
cate well, and the discipline to sometimes
act as your own boss.
Courses that prepare you for a journalism
career, such as English and creative writ-
ing, are a solid background for foreign cor-
respondent work. You should also study
languages, social studies, political science,
history, and geography.
A bachelors degree is required to be a
foreign correspondent. A major in journal-
ism is helpful, but classes in political sci-
ence or literature may also be benefcial.
Economics and foreign language majors
are also good candidates for this career.
outlook
Although employment at newspapers,
radio stations, and television stations in
general is expected to continue to decline,
the number of foreign correspondent jobs
has leveled off. Employment is expected to
be slower than the average through 2016,
with increases occurring when major con-
ficts or wars arise.
Factors that keep the number of for-
eign correspondents low are the high cost
of maintaining a foreign news bureau and
the relative lack of interest Americans show
in world news. Despite these factors, the
number of correspondents is not expected
to decrease.
ForMoreinformation
Join your school newspaper staff. Watch
international news reports on television or
the radio. Some public and cable stations
have shows devoted entirely to interna-
tional news.
americanSocietyofjournalists
andauthors
New York, NY 10036-5601
http://www.asja.org
associationforeducationinjournalism
andMasscommunication
SocietyofProfessionaljournalists
Eugene S. Pulliam National Journalism Center
3909 North Meridian Street
http://www.spj.org
Jim Clancy (l), a foreign correspondent
for CNN, reports on the 2008 election in
Zimbabwe. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 33 7/16/09 10:16:47 AM
34
ForeignService
offcers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatForeign
ServiceoffcersDo
Foreign Service offcers represent the govern-
ment and the people of the United States
in foreign countries and international or-
ganizations. They promote and protect
the United States political, economic, and
commercial interests overseas. They ob-
serve and analyze conditions and develop-
ments in foreign countries and report to
the State Department and other agencies.
The work of Foreign Service offcers
is divided into four areas: administration,
consular affairs, economic and commercial
affairs, and political affairs.
Administrative offcers work in embas-
sies and manage the daily offce opera-
tions, including planning budgets and hir-
ing workers. They purchase and manage
government property, sign contracts for of-
fce space and housing, and make shipping
and travel arrangements. Personnel offcers
deal with assignments, promotions, and
personnel relations affecting American and
local workers.
Consular offcers provide medical, legal,
and travel assistance to U.S. citizens travel-
ing abroad in cases of accidents or emer-
gencies. They help people without money
return home, help locate lost relatives, ad-
vise Americans in foreign jails, and issue
visas to foreign nationals who want to en-
ter the United States. They issue passports,
register births and deaths and other infor-
mation, serve as notaries public, and take
testimony needed by U.S. courts.
Economic offcers study the structure of a
countrys economy and how the countrys
trends, trade patterns, and methods of set-
ting prices might impact the United States.
They carry out marketing and promotion
campaigns to encourage foreign countries
to do business with the United States.
Political offcers are alert to local po-
litical developments and reactions to U.S.
policy. They maintain close contact with
foreign leaders, predict changes in atti-
tudes and leadership that may affect the
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Foreign language, Government
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$41,376 to $46,283 to $57,118+
outlook
Ambassadors
Congressional Aides
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 34 7/16/09 10:16:49 AM
35
United States, and report their observations
and suggestions for U.S. policy changes to
Washington.
The U.S. Information Service assigns
information offcers and cultural offcers
to serve diplomatic missions in foreign
countries. Information offcers prepare and
distribute information to help other coun-
tries understand the United States and its
policies. Cultural offcers promote an un-
derstanding of American culture and tra-
ditions through educational and cultural
exchanges between the countries, exhibits,
lectures, performing arts events, libraries,
book translations, English teaching pro-
grams, and youth groups.
The Foreign Service is open to any United
States citizen between the ages of 21 and
59 who passes the written, oral, and physi-
cal examinations. You must have at least a
bachelors degree to apply, and suffcient
knowledge of foreign and domestic affairs
to complete the exam. Most Foreign Ser-
vice offcers have graduate degrees. All of-
fcers must be well informed on U.S. history,
government, economics, culture, literature,
and business administration. Course work
in history, international relations, political
science, economics, law, English literature,
and foreign languages is benefcial to this
feld.
The Foreign Service has internship op-
portunities available to college students in
their junior and senior years, and to gradu-
ate students. It also offers a Foreign Affairs
Fellowship Program, which provides fund-
ing to students preparing academically to
enter the Foreign Service.
outlook
The Foreign Service feld is extremely com-
petitive and involves extensive testing.
The U.S. Department of State has nearly
265 posts abroad staffed by Foreign Ser-
vice offcers.
ForMoreinformation
Join your schools foreign language club.
Look for opportunities to visit other coun-
tries, such as student exchange programs or
the People to People Student Ambassador
Program, which offers summer travel op-
portunities to students in grades 6 through
12, http://www.peopletopeople.com.
americanForeignServiceassociation
2101 E Street, NW
800-704-2372
http://www.afsa.org
u.S.DepartmentofState
HR/REE/REC
2401 E Street, NW, Suite 518 H
http://careers.state.gov
Fast Fact
Todays Foreign Service offcers
deal with a wide range of inter-
national policy issues, includ-
ing environmental protection,
drug traffcking, and the fght
against AIDS.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 35 7/16/09 10:16:50 AM
36
Forensic
accountants
andauditors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatForensicaccountants
andauditorsDo
Forensic accountants and auditors analyze f-
nancial records and taxes. Like traditional
accountants, they monitor business proce-
dures and management. Unlike traditional
accountants, they also help clients prepare
for trials. They are also known as investiga-
tive accountants, investigative auditors, or
certifed fraud examiners.
In an investigation, forensic accoun-
tants begin by reviewing relevant fnancial
and business documents and interviewing
the people involved. They then calculate
the losses caused by any fnancial viola-
tions or errors. They prepare a detailed re-
port explaining their fndings and conclu-
sions for use in trials.
Forensic accountants sometimes help
attorneys prepare questions for depositions,
pretrial hearings in which attorneys from
both sides interview one anothers witnesses
to gain information about the case. Forensic
accountants may also testify in trials as ex-
pert witnesses regarding the nature of the
violation, a persons or companys guilt or
innocence, and the amount of the result-
ing damages. As expert witnesses, forensic
accountants must present information in
a clear and organized manner. They must
be able to explain complicated accounting
concepts in a way that can be understood
by people who are not in the feld.
Forensic accountants investigate a wide
variety of situations. Insurance companies
hire forensic accountants to evaluate claims
they suspect may be infated or fraudulent.
If an insured company fles a claim for a
business interruption loss, for example, the
insurance company may hire a forensic ac-
countant to make sure the companys loss
was as great as the company claims. Insur-
ance companies also hire forensic accoun-
tants to assess claimants loss of income
due to accidents or disability, or property
loss to fre, food, or theft.
Forensic accountants investigate mal-
practice claims against accountants or au-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$35,570 to $57,060 to $98,220+
outlook
Accountants
Actuaries
Bank Examiners
Credit Analysts
Financial Analysts
s
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 36 7/16/09 10:16:50 AM
37
ditors; determine whether a companys
employees are taking kickbacks from ven-
dors or customers; detect insider trading;
calculate losses due to breach of contract,
patent infringement, and fraud; and de-
termine the value of the personal assets,
liabilities, pensions, and business hold-
ings of individuals involved in a divorce
settlement.
If you are interested in becoming a forensic
accountant, take as many math and com-
puter classes as possible. Bookkeeping and
English classes will develop your research
and writing skills.
You need at least a bachelors degree in
accounting or in business administration
with a minor in accounting. After college,
you need to become a Certifed Public Ac-
countant (CPA), which in most states re-
quires completion of 150 credit hours, or
the equivalent of a masters degree, in an
accounting program of study. Then you
must pass a rigorous state examination.
After gaining professional experience, you
can specialize in forensic accounting.
outlook
The feld of accounting should grow faster
than the average through 2016. Forensic
accounting is expected to be one of the
hot growth areas for CPAs. One reason for
this may be that the job is becoming well
known due to publicity surrounding the
accounting failures of large companies, and
the investigations of their collapses. The
feld of forensic accounting will continue
to grow with the increase in business merg-
ers, acquisitions, and failures, and as the
insurance industry expands and becomes
more complex.
ForMoreinformation
Join your school math team, or volunteer
as a math tutor at your school or a local
learning center. Volunteer to serve as trea-
surer for any other clubs or organizations
you belong to. This will give you the op-
portunity to be responsible for an organi-
zations fnancial records.
americaninstituteofcertifedPublic
accountants
220 Leigh Farm Road
Durham, NC 27707-8110
888-777-7077
associationofcertifedFraudexaminers
The Gregor Building
716 West Avenue
Austin, TX 78701-2727
800-245-3321
membershipservices@acfe.com
http://www.acfe.com
nationalassociationofForensic
accountants
6451 North Federal Highway, Suite 121
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308-1487
800-523-3680
mail@nafanet.com
http://www.nafanet.com
Growth Field
ber of forensic accountants and
auditors is expected to grow by
about 18 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 37 7/16/09 10:16:50 AM

38
Forensic
experts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatForensic
expertsDo
Forensic experts, also called criminalists, ex-
amine physical evidence of crimes. They use
spectroscopes, microscopes, gas chromato-
graphs, infrared and ultraviolet light, micro-
photography, and other lab measuring and
testing equipment to analyze fbers, fabric,
dust, soils, paint chips, glass fragments,
fre accelerants, paper and ink, and other
substances in order to identify their com-
position and origin. They analyze poisons,
drugs, and other substances found in bodies
by examining tissue samples, stomach con-
tents, and blood samples. They analyze and
classify blood, blood alcohol, semen, hair,
fngernails, teeth, human and animal bones
and tissue, and other biological specimens.
Using samples of the genetic material DNA,
they can match a person with a sample of
body tissue. They study documents to de-
termine whether they are forged or genuine.
They also examine the physical properties
of frearms, bullets, and explosives.
At the scene of a crime, forensic experts
collect and label evidence. They search for
spent bullets or bits of an exploded bomb
and other objects scattered by an explo-
sion. They look for footprints, fngerprints,
and tire tracks, which must be recorded or
preserved by plaster casting before they are
wiped out. Forensic experts take notes and
photographs to preserve the arrangement
of objects, bodies, and debris.
Fingerprint classifers catalog and com-
pare fngerprints of suspected criminals
with records to determine if the people
who left the fngerprints at the scene of
a crime were involved in previous crimes.
They often try to match the fngerprints of
unknown corpses with fngerprint records
to establish their identity. Identifcation tech-
nicians handle fngerprint records and also
work with police reports and eyewitness
information about crimes and accidents.
Forensic pathologists perform autopsies to
determine the cause of death. Forensic psy-
chiatrists conduct psychiatric evaluations
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$36,740 to $61,140 to $108,280+
outlook
Accountants
Actuaries
Bank Examiners
Credit Analysts
Financial Analysts
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 38 7/16/09 10:16:51 AM
39
of accused criminals and are often called
to testify on whether the accused is men-
tally ft to stand trial. Molecular biologists
and geneticists analyze and review forensic
and paternity samples. Forensic toxicologists
detect and identify the presence of poisons
or drugs in a victims body. Forensic odon-
tologists use dental records and evidence to
identify crime victims and to investigate
bite marks. Forensic anthropologists examine
and identify bones and skeletal remains.
Courses in computers, mathematics, the
physical sciences, photography, and English
are good preparation for a career in foren-
sics. For some experts, such as identifcation
technicians, the minimum requirement is a
high school diploma. On-the-job training is
then provided. If you are interested in one
of the more technical felds, you will need
a bachelors, masters, or even a doctoral
degree.
outlook
The number of forensic experts employed
in the United States is expected to grow
There are only a few thousand forensic ex-
perts in the country. Population increases,
a rising crime rate, and the greater empha-
sis on scientifc methodology in crime in-
vestigation will likely increase the need for
trained experts.
ForMoreinformation
Your library has many books about forensic
science and crime investigation. Read both
fction and nonfction crime mysteries, and
note how crime solvers collect and study
evidence. Participating in science clubs will
help you become familiar with using micro-
scopes and improve your observation skills.
americanacademyofForensicSciences
410 North 21st Street
719-636-1100
http://www.aafs.org
Federalbureauofinvestigation
J. Edgar Hoover Building
http://www.fbi.gov
SocietyofForensictoxicologistsinc.
One MacDonald Center
1 North MacDonald Street, Suite 15
Mesa, AZ 85201
888-866-7638
http://www.soft-tox.org
Forensic experts examine crime scenes to
investigate a crime and determine how
it took place. (Nancy Catherine Walker /
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 39 7/16/09 10:16:52 AM
40
Foresters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatForestersDo
Foresters protect and manage forests. They
map locations and estimate amounts
of resources such as timber, game shel-
ter, food, snow, and water. Foresters also
identify areas that need treatment, which
may include planting trees or pruning,
controlling diseases or insects, or scatter-
ing seeds. Some foresters lay out logging
roads or roads to lakes and campgrounds.
They select and mark trees to be cut and
check on the cutting and removal of the
logs and pulpwood. They make the plans
for building campgrounds and shelters, su-
pervise crews, and inspect the work after it
is done.
Foresters are in charge of the lookouts,
patrols, and pilots who watch for fres. They
also lead fre-fghting crews. Some foresters
oversee the operation of recreational ar-
eas, collect fees, issue permits, give talks to
groups of campers, locate lost hikers, and
rescue climbers and skiers.
Foresters know a great deal about the
forest resources. They also know how to
explain technical information to people to
secure their cooperation. Foresters are of-
ten asked to speak before various groups,
from elementary school classes to service
clubs and meetings of scientifc societies.
Foresters use a number of tools to mea-
sure trees, such as clinometers, diameter
tapes, increment borers, and bark gauges.
Photogrammetry, remote sensing (aerial
photographs taken from airplanes and sat-
ellites), and global information systems
(GIS) data are often used for mapping
large forest areas and detecting widespread
trends of forest and land use. Hand-held
computers, Global Positioning Systems
(GPS), and Internet-based applications are
also used extensively.
Some foresters are specialists in wood
technology or pulp and paper technology.
They work in the laboratories and facto-
ries of sawmills, plywood and hardboard
plants, pulp and paper mills, wood-preserv-
ing plants, and furniture factories.
Other specialties in forestry include
forest engineers, who design and construct
c
SchoolSubjectS
Earth science, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$34,590 to $52,440 to $76,740+
outlook
Biologists
Ecologists
Park Rangers
Range Managers
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 40 7/16/09 10:16:53 AM
41
roads, bridges, dams, and buildings in for-
est areas. These construction projects aid
in the movement of logs and pulpwood
out of the forest. Forest ecologists conduct
research to determine how forests are af-
fected by changes in environmental condi-
tions, such as light, soil, climate, altitude,
and animals.
Coursework in mathematics (algebra, ge-
ometry, and statistics) and science (biology,
chemistry, and physics) is required for en-
try to college forestry programs.
Foresters must have a bachelors de-
gree from a four-year school of forestry.
Some foresters have masters degrees.
Most schools of forestry are part of state
universities.
A few states require foresters to be li-
censed or registered. The Society of Ameri-
can Foresters offers voluntary certifcation.
outlook
Employment of foresters is expected to
2016. Job prospects will be slightly better
for soil scientists and other conservation-
ists than for foresters. Tight budgets have
led to cutbacks in federal programs, and
federal land management agencies, such
as the Forest Service, have given less at-
tention to timber programs and focused
more on wildlife, recreation, and sustain-
ing ecosystems. Forester positions will
open as foresters retire or move on to oth-
er opportunities.
Foresters may have better chances of
fnding work on privately owned land in
the Southeast. Landowners will continue
to need consulting foresters, as will private
industries such as paper companies, saw-
mills, and pulpwood mills.
ForMoreinformation
Visit forest preserves and get involved in
any workshops or volunteer opportunities
they may offer. In some parts of the coun-
try, local chapters of the Society of Ameri-
can Foresters invite students to some of
their meetings and feld trips.
americanForests
PO Box 2000
202-737-1944
http://www.americanforests.org
SocietyofamericanForesters
5400 Grosvenor Lane
866-897-8720
safweb@safnet.org
http://www.safnet.org
uSDaForestService
800-832-1355
http://fs.usda.gov/recovery
These foresters are preparing to cut down
a tree in Mendocino, California. (Dirk
Anschutz/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 41 7/16/09 10:16:54 AM
42
Forestry
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatForestrytechniciansDo
Forestry technicians are part of a forest man-
agement team. Most are employed in for-
est-land management and administration.
They may be involved in timber production,
recreation, wildlife forage, water regulation,
preservation for scientifc studies and spe-
cial uses, or a combination of these areas.
The day-to-day work of most forestry
technicians includes general activities for
managing and harvesting a forest. Many
forestry technicians perform these activi-
ties under the supervision of professional
foresters. Technicians plant trees to replace
those that have been cut down, harvested,
or lost to disease or fre. They tend and care
for maturing trees by thinning them to ob-
tain the best growth, spraying them with
pesticides when necessary, and protecting
them from fre or other damage. They peri-
odically measure or scale trees to determine
the amount of lumber they will produce.
Harvesting and marketing the trees in-
volves planning and building access roads
for logging machinery and trucks. Forestry
technicians also measure trees and mark
them for cutting down. These trees then
are sold to sawmills and paper mills. After
harvesting is complete, technicians work
on reconditioning the land, and the plant-
ing and growing cycle begins again.
Forestry technicians employed by the
federal government usually work as assis-
tants to professional foresters in research
connected with watershed management,
timber management, wildlife manage-
ment, forest genetics, fre control, disease
and insect control, recreational develop-
ment, and other matters.
Some forestry technicians are employed
by private industry, where they cruise tim-
ber (measure the volume of standing trees
to determine their lumber content), survey
logging roads, prepare maps and charts, and
mark trees for cutting or thinning.
Some forestry technicians are involved
in controlling and managing forest fres.
Their responsibilities include being in
charge of the fre control supplies, serving
SchoolSubjectS
Salaryrange
$23,460 to $33,520 to $51,040
outlook
Little or no change
Biologists
Botanists
Foresters
Park Rangers
Range Managers
c
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 42 7/16/09 10:16:54 AM
43
as fre-crew leaders during a fre, or investi-
gating the causes of fres.
Classes in mathematics, physics, chemis-
try, and biology will prepare you for a ca-
reer in forestry. To be a forestry technician,
you must earn a high school diploma and
complete a two-year program in forestry
at a community college or technical insti-
tute. Forest technology programs include
courses in mathematics, botany, engineer-
ing, and technical forestry. These programs
combine classroom study time with work
in the laboratory and in the forest.
In some states, forestry technicians
need to be licensed to perform certain du-
ties. For example, those working with pes-
ticides or chemicals must be trained and li-
censed in their use. Technicians who make
surveys of land for legal public property re-
cords are also required to hold a license.
outlook
Little or no change in employment of
forestry technicians is expected through
2016. Competition for jobs will be strong,
so technicians with good preparation in
forestry technology and machinery man-
agement will have an advantage over less
prepared applicants.
The increased awareness of protect-
ing the environment will continue the
demand for conservation and forestry
workers, especially in state and local gov-
ernments. In addition, new uses for wood
and wood products are continually being
found. Forestry technicians who special-
ize in land management and the various
aspects of logging and sawmill work will
play a valuable role in assuring the supply
of timber and pulp.
ForMoreinformation
Visit parks, forest preserves, or public land
areas. Attend any educational programs
they offer, and ask about volunteer oppor-
tunities in planting and caring for trees or
maintaining paths and public areas.
americanForests
PO Box 2000
202-737-1944
info@amfor.org
http://www.americanforests.org
nationalWildlifeFederation
Reston, VA 20190-5362
800-822-9919
http://www.nwf.org
5400 Grosvenor Lane
866-897-8720
safweb@safnet.org
A tree surgeon is a forestry technician
who works to keep trees healthy and free
of pests. (Alistair Scott/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 43 7/16/09 10:16:55 AM
44
Franchise
owners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatFranchise
ownersDo
You may not know this but your local Mc-
Donalds, Dunkin Donuts, and Subway
are owned and managed by franchise own-
ers. Companies such as these that offer the
same products and services across the coun-
try offer contracts to people to own and
run a franchise, meaning one of their retail
establishments. After paying an initial fee
and agreeing to pay a certain percentage
to the company, franchise owners can use
the companys name, logo, and guidance.
People can own franchises not only in fast
food restaurants, but also in businesses
that offer such things as computer services,
lawn care, real estate, exercise classes and
gyms, auto services, and even hair and nail
salons.
Franchise owners are responsible for
operating the businesses they own. It is
very similar to owning their own business,
but the risk is reduced because they already
have the security of the companys good
reputation, and people know the product
and seek it out. Franchise owners respon-
sibilities will vary depending on the size
and type of business. Some, in fact, may
also own more than one franchise. Those
who own larger franchises may be able to
hire managers and staff members to assist
them. Those running smaller operations
may have to do more, if not all, of the work
themselves, which means long hours and
long workweeks.
Franchise owners purchase equipment
and rent the business space. Administrative
tasks are a big part of this job, including
keeping records, creating budgets, and pre-
paring reports for the franchiser. Owners
hire (and fre) employees, schedule work
hours, prepare payroll, and keep track of
inventory. They also help promote the
business using the franchise companys ad-
vertising and marketing methods.
Business, math, economics, and account-
ing classes will provide you with core skills
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, English, Math
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$0 to $30,000 to $100,000+
outlook
Business Managers
Fast Food Workers
Restaurant Managers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 44 7/16/09 10:16:56 AM

45
needed to operate a franchise. English
classes will help you hone your commu-
nications skills, which will come in handy
when you are interviewing with franchis-
ers and also eventually interacting with
your staff and clientele.
There is no single educational path to
take to become a franchise owner. Many
owners have bachelors degrees, and some
have advanced degrees in business and/or
business management. Having previous ex-
perience in the service area of the franchise
is also benefcial.
Some franchisers train and certify their
owners. While many franchisers may not
require certifcation, volunteering to receive
it on your own shows franchisers your level
of education and commitment to the feld.
The Institute of Certifed Franchise Execu-
tives offers the certifed franchise executive
certifcation.
outlook
The employment outlook for franchise
owners depends on the economy. In times
of recession, businesses that are already
established usually fare better than those
that are just starting up. Depending on the
brand, however, franchise owners should
experience average employment opportu-
nities in the coming years.
The International Franchise Associa-
tion also gives encouraging facts about this
feld, stating that franchised businesses gen-
erated more jobs between 2001 and 2005
than several of the nations major econom-
ic sectors. In 2005, American franchises
operated nearly 1 million establishments,
provided 11 million jobs, and contributed
over $278 billion in payroll.
ForMoreinformation
Read the business section of your local
newspaper to learn more about franchise
companies. You might even want to ask an
employee at your local fast food restaurant
if the franchise owner is onsite. See if you
can schedule a time to talk with him or her
about the job, and be sure to bring a list of
questions with you to the interview.
americanassociationofFranchisees
andDealers
PO Box 81887
619-209-3775
http://www.aafd.org
Federaltradecommission
202-326-2222
http://www.ftc.gov
Franchisehelp
101 Executive Boulevard, 2nd Floor
Elmsford, NY 10523
800-401-1446
http://www.franchisehelp.com
Did You Know?
McDonalds jumped on the fran-
chising bandwagon in the 1950s,
which helped the fast-food chain
spread across the United States
and around the world. Today this
business model is common among
fast-food restaurants.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 45 7/16/09 10:16:56 AM
46
Fund-raisers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
WhatFund-raisersDo
Fund-raisers plan and organize programs
to raise money for charitable causes. There
are three general categories of fund-raisers.
The frst group consists of staff members
of health centers, cultural institutions, so-
cial service agencies, community groups,
or other nonproft organizations. Work-
ing within the organization, they plan
fund-raising activities for that institution.
For example, fund-raisers working for col-
leges may contact large corporations for
contributions to help build a new library.
Full-time fund-raisers for charities and
nonproft organizations may coordinate
several fund drives at the same time, bal-
ancing their efforts between long-range
endowment funds and special projects.
The American Cancer Society, for instance,
holds many charity events every year, in-
cluding phone drives, marathons, year-
round magazine and television advertis-
ing, and special appeals to large individual
donors. Every nonproft organization has
its own unique goals and fnancial needs;
therefore, fund-raisers have to tailor their
efforts to the characteristics of the charity
or organization involved.
Fund-raisers may also work for fund-
raising consulting frms. These fund-raisers
advise nonproft organizations about the
best ways to raise money and to manage
the money they receive. A hospital that
wishes to raise money to build a new physi-
cal therapy facility, for instance, might use
the services of a consulting frm.
The third group of fund-raisers works
for companies that arrange fund-raising
events for organizations wishing to raise
money. Such a company may specialize in
presenting telethons, carnivals, concerts,
theater parties, or banquets. The money
that is raised goes partly to the charitable
organization and partly to the fund-raising
company.
Depending on the type of fund-rais-
ing event, fund-raisers are responsible for
planning; budgeting; organizing and train-
ing volunteers; making arrangements for
publicity and press coverage; researching
and contacting possible large contributors,
such as corporations, philanthropic foun-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$29,580 to $49,800 to $94,620+
outlook
q
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 46 7/16/09 10:16:57 AM
47
dations, and wealthy individuals; and hir-
ing advertisers to create and produce print
and television ads.
To pursue a career in fund-raising, you need
a well-rounded education, including courses
in English, creative writing, speech, math-
ematics, business, history, foreign language,
bookkeeping, and computer training.
Most fund-raisers have college degrees,
but there is no one course of study that
is required. College courses that may pro-
vide a good background for a fund-raiser
are psychology, public relations, business
administration, sociology, journalism, and
social work. Most fund-raisers need a good
working knowledge of mathematics and
economics. Bookkeeping, accounting, and
basic computer skills are also useful.
outlook
Job prospects for fund-raisers will be good
through the next decade. Federal funding
of nonproft organizations continues to
decrease, so these groups will have to raise
money themselves. They are discovering
that hiring full-time fund-raisers is a smart
investment. Private fund-raising counsel-
ing frms have also reported a need for
skilled employees.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer to help with fund-raising ac-
tivities at churches, social agencies, health
charities, schools, and community organi-
zations. You may be able to participate in a
variety of tasks, from making phone calls,
to registering participants in events, to
creating posters. Work on your persuasive
speaking and writing skills.
associationofFundraisingProfessionals
703-684-0410
http://www.nsfre.org
certifedFundraisingexecutive
international
4900 Seminary Road, Suite 670
703-820-5555
info@cfre.org
http://www.cfre.org
givinginstitute
4700 West Lake Avenue
Glenview, IL 60025-1468
800-462-2372
info@givinginstitute.org
http://www.givinginstitute.org
Fast Fact
It might seem odd that people
can earn a living organizing
charity and fund drives, but
fund-raising is one of the 10
largest industries in the United
States.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 47 7/16/09 10:16:57 AM
48
Funeral
Directors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
WhatFuneral
DirectorsDo
Funeral directors are also called morticians
or undertakers. They help families of people
who have died by arranging funeral ser-
vices and burials. They also supervise the
people who prepare bodies for burial.
Funeral directors are responsible for
the details of the burial ceremony. The law
mandates some of their tasks, including
following sanitary procedures while pre-
paring the body and completing the nec-
essary paperwork. Other tasks are accord-
ing to custom and practice and the wishes
of the family, such as writing the obituary
and planning the visitation.
First, funeral directors arrange for the
body to be taken to the funeral home. They
help the family choose the casket and the
type of funeral service to be held. They sup-
ply the newspapers with an obituary notice
and call appropriate clergy if there is to be a
religious service. They direct the placement
of the casket and foral displays in the view-
ing parlor or chapel.
If a service is held in the funeral home,
funeral directors arrange seating for guests
and hire an organist or provide recorded
music. After the service, funeral directors
and their assistants place the casket in the
hearse and organize the procession of cars
to the cemetery, where they have made ar-
rangements for the burial.
An important aspect of their job is deal-
ing with the grieving family members and
friends of the deceased, so funeral directors
must be very sympathetic and helpful and
may sometimes have to act as caregivers or
counselors.
Embalmers use chemical solutions to
preserve and improve the appearance of
the body. Most embalmers are employed
by funeral homes. When a body is brought
to a funeral home, the embalmer washes
and dries it thoroughly, drains the blood
entirely, and replaces it with embalming
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Business, Psychology
Salaryrange
$28,890 to $50,370 to $92,610+
outlook
Grief Therapists
Psychologists
Rabbis
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 48 7/16/09 10:16:57 AM
49
fuid. The embalmer may repair injured
parts of the body and improve the facial
appearance, using clay, cotton, and cos-
metics. When the embalming process is
complete, the body is dressed in clothes
provided by the family.
To prepare for this career, high school stu-
dents should take as many basic science
courses as possible, especially in biology and
chemistry. Psychology classes are also help-
ful in dealing with families and friends of
the deceased. Schools of mortuary science
usually offer courses in anatomy, embalm-
ing practices, funeral customs, psychology,
accounting, and public health laws. Some
universities offer four-year programs in fu-
neral service.
Most states require funeral service prac-
titioners to complete a course in mortuary
science and a one- to three-year apprentice-
ship. Trainees must be high school gradu-
ates. Most schools of mortuary science have
arrangements with local funeral homes that
provide opportunities to complete an ap-
prenticeship during the last year of studies.
All states require funeral directors and
embalmers to be licensed. Some states issue
one license for both professions.
outlook
Employment of funeral directors is ex-
pected to be about as fast as the average
through 2016. Funeral directors will have
more work as the population expands and
grows older. Embalmers will experience an
employment decline, however, because fu-
neral directors, trained and licensed as em-
balmers, can handle their tasks.
ForMoreinformation
Ask your high school guidance counselor
for information on mortuary science, or
check your library for useful literature.
Local funeral homes are the most direct
sources of information. Arrange a visit with
a funeral director and embalming staff to
learn about the nature of the work.
americanboardofFuneralService
education
3432 Ashland Avenue, Suite U
St. Joseph, MO 64506-1333
http://www.abfse.org
associationforDeatheducationand
counseling
111 Deer Lake Road, Suite 100
Deerfeld, IL 60015-5647
847-509-0403
http://www.adec.org
nationalFuneralDirectorsassociation
13625 Bishops Drive
Brookfeld, WI 53005-6660
800-228-6332
nfda@nfda.org
http://www.nfda.org
Fast Fact
funeral homes in the United
States today.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 49 7/16/09 10:16:58 AM
50
Furniture
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatFurnitureDesignersDo
Furniture designers develop concepts, or
ideas, for building chairs, tables, shelves,
couches, beds, chests, and cabinets. They
may work for a company that manufac-
tures furniture, or they may work for a large
design frm that is contracted by furniture
manufacturers.
Furniture designers use a variety of
skills and disciplines, including history, art,
mathematics, drafting, ergonomics, interior
design, and carpentry. Furniture designers
come up with ideas for individual pieces or
entire lines of furniture. They usually start
with a graphic drawing or rough sketches of
the piece of furniture, and then they build
a small model out of wood or foam core to
view the piece in three-dimensional space.
Once the model is completed and refned,
a prototype is built to the correct size using
the actual materials that will be used. After
the prototype is approved, it goes into pro-
duction, which could involve one carpenter
for a custom-designed piece or a huge fac-
tory that mass-produces a variety of pieces.
Furniture designers create technical
drawings, usually using CAD (computer-
aided design/drafting) software to illustrate
their ideas. Designers consider the intend-
ed function of the piece, its form, its style,
and its environment. The furniture may be
a reproduction of, or infuenced by, an ear-
lier piece, or it may be a completely origi-
nal design. They think about possible ma-
terials, such as plastics, wood, metal alloys,
leather, fabrics, or cane. They also have to
consider the cost of materials and produc-
tion, the manufacturing process, and the
manufacturing time.
Furniture designers translate clients
or employers specifcations into working
models. They then explain the materials,
shapes, patterns, and construction details
to builders and manufacturers. Furniture
production is a complex process that usu-
ally involves engineers, carpenters, assem-
blers, fnishers, accountants, salespeople,
marketers, and shippers.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Mathematics, Technical/Shop
Salaryrange
$31,400 to $56,550 to $95,620
outlook
Artists
Carpenters
Drafters
Graphic Designers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 50 7/16/09 10:17:00 AM
51
Art and shop classes are fundamental to
your training as a furniture designer. Take
drawing, sculpture, drafting, woodwork-
ing, and metalworking. Mathematics
courses, including algebra and geometry,
are important.
Colleges such as the Rhode Island
School of Design and the Savannah Col-
lege of Art and Design have furniture de-
sign programs at both the undergraduate
and graduate levels. Many colleges have
industrial design programs that allow you
to concentrate on furniture design. Most
education programs help you assemble a
portfolio of work and include an intern-
ship segment, in which faculty will help
you fnd a working position with a profes-
sional for one or more semesters.
outlook
Employment for commercial and industrial
designers is expected to grow about as fast as
the average for all professions through 2016.
Demand for furniture designers should re-
main strong because a growing number of
consumers are purchasing furniture that is
not just functional but also stylish.
ForMoreinformation
Try designing a chair, bookcase, CD rack,
or table. Make rough sketches and a scale
model. If you have the materials available,
build your design. You may wish to ask for
help from a parent or teacher. Study furni-
ture designs in showrooms, books, maga-
zines, and catalogs. Visit local companies
that manufacture and/or design furniture.
americanSocietyofFurnitureDesigners
144 Woodland Drive
New London, NC 28127-7632
910-576-1273
info@asfd.com
http://www.asfd.com
chicagoFurnitureDesignersassociation
1217 West Monroe Street
info@cfdainfo.org
http://www.cfdainfo.org
rhodeislandSchoolofDesign
Two College Street
Providence, RI 02903-2108
401-454-6100
http://www.risd.edu
SavannahcollegeofartandDesign
PO Box 2072
800-869-7223
info@scad.edu
http://www.scad.edu
This furniture designer is carving on a
wooden chair. (Thinkstock Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 51 7/16/09 10:17:01 AM
52
Furniture
Manufacturing
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatFurniture
ManufacturingWorkersDo
Furniture manufacturing workers make chairs,
sofas, tables, beds, dressers, desks, and other
furnishings. They assemble separate pieces
of wood to form a fnished item. They may
sand the furniture to make it smooth and
stain or paint it to enhance its beauty or
help it last longer.
The process starts with woodworkers,
who cut and shape pieces of wood using
power saws and other machines and then
use hand tools to trim and sand. Hand carv-
ers carve designs into pieces of wood with
chisels, mallets, and other instruments.
After all pieces of wood have been
cut, shaped, sanded, and carved, assem-
blers put them together using screws,
nails, glue, and other materials. Furniture
fnishers apply coatings to wood. They be-
gin by looking at unfnished pieces and
fxing any problems they see on the sur-
face. Then they brush or spray coats of
stain, varnish, or paint on the piece. Once
the fnal coating is dry, fnishers polish the
piece and attach hinges, drawer pulls, or
other hardware.
Furniture upholsterers stuff couches and
chairs. They put stuffng made of foam rub-
ber and other materials over the springs,
cover the stuffng with burlap, cut the new
upholstery fabric into the proper shape,
and tack it into place. They also repair and
remodel older furniture by removing the
old upholstery, fxing the furniture frames,
replacing springs and webbing, and then
attaching new upholstery fabric.
Precision furniture workers, such as
cabinetmakers, complete all the steps neces-
sary to make cabinets from start to fnish.
They use blueprints and detailed drawings
to determine how to shape and assemble
cabinets. The frst step is to measure and
mark the materials to be cut. Next, cabi-
netmakers set up and operate power saws
and other woodworking machines to cut
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$16,110 to $23,400 to $40,410+
outlook
Artists
Carpenters
Drafters
Furniture Designers
Graphic Designers
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 52 7/16/09 10:17:02 AM
53
and shape the material from large pieces of
raw wood. Then they measure and trim all
parts, assemble them, and apply fnishes to
achieve the desired products.
A high school diploma is not essential for
furniture manufacturing jobs, but many
employers prefer workers who have gradu-
ated from high school. If this feld interests
you, take courses in woodworking, shop,
drafting, and blueprint reading. Math
classes, including algebra and geometry,
computer applications, physical science,
and English are also important.
Many vocational schools, community
colleges, adult education programs, and
technical institutes offer furniture making
and upholstery programs. In addition to or
instead of formal education, most furniture
workers learn their jobs through appren-
ticeships and on-the-job training.
outlook
Job prospects for woodworkers are expected
to grow slower than the average through
2016, and a decline in employment of up-
holsterers is also predicted.
Skilled workers will have the most ad-
vantage, especially those who are familiar
and have experience with computer-con-
trolled machine tool operation.
ForMoreinformation
Take up hobbies such as whittling, wood-
working, or furniture refnishing. Wood
shop courses at school or a local commu-
nity college can give you an idea of some
of the skills and knowledge required of fur-
niture manufacturing workers.
Read magazines such as Interiors &
Sources (http://www.designet.com), Furni-
ture Design & Manufacturing (http://fdm-
mag.com), and Furniture World Magazine
(http://furninfo.com).
americanhomeFurnishingsalliance
317 West High Avenue, 10th Floor
High Point, NC 27260-4950
336-884-5000
http://www.ahfa.us
theFurnitureSociety
111 Grovewood Road
Asheville, NC 28804-2858
828-255-1949
http://www.furnituresociety.org
nationalhomeFurnishingsassociation
3910 Tinsley Drive, Suite 101
High Point, NC 27265-3610
800-888-9590
http://www.nhfa.org
This furniture manufacturing worker
is spray painting furniture parts along
an assembly line. (Thor Jorgen Udvang/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 53 7/16/09 10:17:03 AM
54
gaming
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Social
WhatgamingWorkersDo
Gaming, or gambling, involves all the
games that people play for money or some
other prize. State lotteries and bingo games
are forms of gambling, as is horse racing.
All games played at casinos, such as slot
machines, roulette, dice games, and card
games, such as black jack, poker, and bac-
carat, are popular forms of gambling.
Gaming workers do a variety of things.
Cashiers make change and sell tokens to
people playing the slot machines. Employ-
ees such as bingo callers, roulette dealers, and
stick handlers manage bingo games and
roulette wheels or deal card and dice games
such as blackjack, baccarat, poker, and
craps. Cage cashiers are more experienced
workers who manage the casinos bank,
keeping careful records of all the money
that the casino takes in and pays out. Oth-
er game attendants include keno runners,
who pick up keno tickets, money, and bet
orders from patrons who are in the lounge
or playing at another gaming table and de-
liver these to the keno writer. Supervisors,
foor bosses, and pit bosses oversee staff and
games, and managers and casino hosts take
care of the business of running the entire
casino.
No matter what their specifc tasks,
gaming workers must enjoy working with
the public. They must be adept at handling
money and be familiar with state gambling
regulations. They must also know how to
handle people who may be overly excited
by winning or overly disappointed at los-
ing. Finally, gaming workers must be able
to concentrate on their jobs in crowded,
noisy conditions and have the energy to
work shifts that often include evenings,
nights, weekends, and holidays.
Many casinos prefer to hire workers with
high school diplomas or the equivalent,
although overall the best education, par-
ticularly for entry-level jobs, is on-the-job
training. Prospective workers must speak
English and be reliable, motivated, and
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$17,370 to $23,510 to $33,750
outlook
Bartenders
Cashiers
Recreation Workers
Resort Workers
u
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 54 7/16/09 10:17:03 AM
55
have a felony-free record. Good mathemat-
ical skills for making change or calculating
odds are important. Most casinos test po-
tential employees with a standard math-
ematics exam. Additionally, entry-level
workers must be licensed by a regulatory
agency, such as a State casino control board
or commission.
Those people who wish to be dealers
must attend dealer school, where cours-
es run four to eight weeks. Many casinos
now offer dealer training and certifcation
for their most promising employees at no
charge. People interested in managing a ca-
sino should take some college courses, with
a degree in hotel administration or man-
agement being most advantageous.
Even workers with minimal training
can work their way up once they are in a
casino. As with any other job, however,
workers with the best education, leader-
ship abilities, work record, and communi-
cation skills will be promoted the fastest.
outlook
Employment of gambling workers is expect-
ed to grow about as fast as the average for
all occupations through 2016. Gambling
is an ever-popular form of entertainment,
and, like all entertainment, it is subject to
the economy. Formerly, the vast majority
of jobs were located in the casinos of Las
Vegas and Reno in Nevada and Atlantic
City in New Jersey. Legalized gambling, of-
ten aboard riverboat casinos, is now found
in many states. Casinos located on Native
American reservations have come into their
own and are responsible for a good part of
the industrys revenues.
ForMoreinformation
All gaming employees must be at least 21
years old, so industry work experience for
students will be limited to gift shops and
casino restaurants. Working as a numbers
caller in a school or church-sponsored bin-
go game is one of the few ways you can ex-
perience gaming work frsthand. A librar-
ian or school counselor can suggest reading
material on the history and nature of gam-
ing occupations.
americangamingassociation
202-552-2675
http://www.americangaming.org
nativeamericangamblingassociation
224 Second Street, SE
202-546-7711
http://www.indiangaming.org
Card dealers need to learn to shuffe cards
quickly in order to keep the game moving
at a good pace. (Thinkstock Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 55 7/16/09 10:17:04 AM
56
gastroenterologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
What
gastroenterologistsDo
Gastroenterologists are doctors who spe-
cialize in gastrointestinal (digestive) tract
conditions and disorders. Their focus is on
the esophagus, stomach, small and large
intestines (colon), pancreas, and liver. Gas-
troenterology is a subspecialty of internal
medicine, and so gastroenterologists are
also known as internists.
Primary physicians usually refer pa-
tients to gastroenterologists when they are
having trouble with swallowing, or experi-
encing heartburn, chest pain not caused by
heart disease, ulcers, digestion and elimi-
nation problems, and symptoms occurring
post-surgery.
Gastroenterologists may practice gen-
eral medicine as well, performing routine
physical exams and laboratory studies,
and providing gastroenterology treatment
when needed. They do not perform sur-
gery, but they conduct procedures such
as liver biopsies and endoscopic examina-
tions of the esophagus, stomach, and small
and large bowel. An endoscope is a spe-
cial, fexible medical instrument that uses
fber optics and powerful lens systems so
that doctors can see inside the body. Endo-
scopes help them detect such abnormali-
ties as abscesses, polyps, tumors, (liver) cir-
rhosis, gallbladder stones, cancers, ulcers,
and other diseases and conditions. They
treat patients with such gastrointestinal
disorders as Crohns Disease, colitis, and
pancreatitis.
Take high school coursework in biology,
physics, mathematics, chemistry, and Eng-
lish. Four years of undergraduate school is
required to apply for medical school. Many
students also have advanced degrees.
After undergraduate school, students
attend four years of medical school, where
they take classes ranging from anatomy,
biochemistry, and pharmacology, to psy-
chology, medical ethics, and laws govern-
ing medicine. Competition is ferce for
acceptance to medical schools. Applicants
must submit transcripts, Medical Col-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Physics, Mathematics
Medical degree
Salaryrange
$186,512 to $317,525 to $458,930
outlook
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 56 7/16/09 10:17:07 AM
57
lege Admission Test scores, and letters of
recommendation.
After graduating from medical school,
they then complete three to eight years of
internship and residency.
outlook
Employment opportunities look positive
for gastroenterologists. The U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor predicts faster-than-average
employment growth for physicians and
surgeons. Health care-related industries
are continuing to expand. And the grow-
ing and aging population will mean greater
need for doctors and specialists. Job growth
will also come from the need to replace gas-
troenterologists who retire from the feld.
ForMoreinformation
Ask your family members if they know a
gastroenterologist whom you can inter-
view. You can also get the inside scoop on
the feld by visiting the American Gastro-
enterological Associations Web site, http://
www.gastro.org.
americancollegeofgastroenterology
PO Box 342260
301-263-9000
http://www.gi.org
americanMedicalassociation
associationofamericanMedicalcolleges
Section for Student Services
2450 N Street, NW
http://www.aamc.org/students
Gastroenterologist John L. Newman
holds a capsule containing a camera.
This camera will allow him to look inside
patients intestines. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 57 7/16/09 10:17:08 AM
58
genealogists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatgenealogistsDo
Genealogists examine historical and legal
documents to fnd out when and where
people were born, married, lived, and died.
They research medical histories, adoption
records, and military records. They work
for lawyers, writers, flmmakers, or private
clients.
Today, genealogy is both a skilled pro-
fession and a hobby with many useful
applications. Before a person can inherit
rights to land and property or be eligible
for certain college scholarships, it is some-
times necessary to prove the lines of family
descent. Membership in certain societies
sometimes depends on a proper and proven
family history. Most people, however, trace
their genealogies because of curiosity about
their ancestors or for the sake of informa-
tion and enjoyment. In fact, genealogy has
become the third most popular hobby in
the United States, behind coin and stamp
collecting.
Genealogy is like historical detective
work. The genealogist hunts for missing
facts through research and deduction.
Sometimes tracing a family history can be
fairly straightforward. At other times, the
path can be flled with incomplete records,
dead ends, and conficting information.
Genealogists often begin their research
in the public library. They search for names
and dates in telephone directories, census
records, military service records, newspa-
per clippings, letter fles, diaries, and other
sources. County courthouses store a wealth
of important data, including records of
births, marriages, divorces, deaths, wills,
tax records, and property deeds.
If you are interested in becoming a gene-
alogist, history, English, and geography
classes are important. Knowledge of for-
eign languages can also be valuable. You
should develop research and library skills.
Computer skills are also important because
many libraries and archives now have com-
puterized catalogs and research systems.
There are no formal requirements for
becoming a genealogist. Many genealogists
c
SchoolSubjectS
History, Journalism
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$24,560 to $50,790 to $93,930
outlook
Anthropologists
Archivists
Historians
Librarians
L
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 58 7/16/09 10:17:08 AM
59
are self-taught or have learned the trade
from established genealogists. However, a
college degree in genealogy, anthropology,
history, English, or journalism can be an
advantage.
Becoming certifed, while not a re-
quirement, is helpful. Customers often
ask for any professional certifcations
that testify to a persons qualifcations
and show that their work is of good qual-
ity. The Board for Certifcation of Gene-
alogists offers fve different certifcations:
Certifed Genealogical Records Specialist,
Certifed Lineage Specialist, Certifed Ge-
nealogist, Certifed Genealogical Lecturer,
and Certifed Genealogical Instructor. The
Association of Professional Genealogists
also has a credential program with similar
requirements.
outlook
Despite resurgence in popularity, geneal-
ogy holds limited prospects for growth.
There is little genealogical work outside
of the government, and most genealogi-
cal work is by people researching their
own families. People consult genealogists
about how to get started. Individuals also
hire genealogists to help them research in-
formation in other parts of the country or
the world.
Lawyers and people with legal claims
employ genealogists to determine a per-
sons right to a legacy, title, or family
name. Societies whose members are re-
quired to prove a certain heritage, such as
the Daughters of the American Revolution,
employ genealogists to verify the ances-
tral claims made by prospective members.
Medical researchers are also beginning to
trace family histories of people with cer-
tain diseases, genetic weaknesses, and oth-
er hereditary problems in hopes of fnding
a cure. Though much growth in the indus-
try is unlikely, these needs should ensure
that the employment of genealogists stays
near its current level.
ForMoreinformation
To get some practice in the feld of geneal-
ogy, trace your own family history. Inter-
view your grandparents, aunts and uncles,
and other relatives to gather facts. Write
down places and dates of birth, marriages,
and deaths. You may also fnd it helpful to
visit http://www.myhistory.org.
associationofProfessionalgenealogists
PO Box 350998
Westminster, CO 80035-0998
303-465-6980
http://www.apgen.org
boardforcertifcationofgenealogists
PO Box 14291
http://www.bcgcertifcation.org
Did You Know?
In primitive tribal groups, young
boys were taught to memorize
and recite their lineage, so that
information about their families
would be passed on.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 59 7/16/09 10:17:09 AM
60
general
Maintenance
Mechanics
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatgeneralMaintenance
MechanicsDo
General maintenance mechanics do most
jobs required to maintain a building or its
equipment. They may replace defective
electrical outlets, install water lines, repair
roofs, patch drywall, clean and maintain
machinery, paint walls, or perform minor
repairs on appliances or other equipment.
When a problem arises, maintenance
mechanics check catalogs, blueprints, and
repair manuals for information. They may
order supplies and replacement parts. Gen-
eral maintenance mechanics install new
parts to replace worn or broken ones. They
use hand and power tools such as wrench-
es, drills, hammers, and screwdrivers. They
may also use electronic test devices and
other special equipment.
One of the most important duties of
general maintenance mechanics is rou-
tine preventive maintenance. They regu-
larly inspect equipment and repair any
problem before it causes damage or break-
down. This may include inspecting belts,
checking fuid levels, or replacing flters.
Mechanics must keep records of the re-
pair and maintenance work they do, of-
ten because of insurance or government
regulations.
General maintenance mechanics work
in almost every industry. Employers of
general maintenance mechanics include
schools, hotels, hospitals, factories, stores,
real estate companies, gas and electric com-
panies, and government agencies.
Employers prefer to hire general mainte-
nance mechanics with high school diplo-
mas. To prepare for this feld, take courses in
metal and electrical shop, mechanical draw-
ing, applied mathematics, and English.
General maintenance mechanics usual-
ly learn their skills while they are working.
They start as helpers to experienced work-
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$19,590 to $32,570 to $51,940
outlook
Carpenters
Electricians
X
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 60 7/16/09 10:17:09 AM
61
ers and begin by doing simple tasks. They
gradually handle more complicated jobs,
such as fguring out what is wrong with a
piece of machinery and how to fx it. Be-
coming fully qualifed for a mechanics job
usually requires several years of on-the-job
training and some classroom instruction.
There are some certifcation and train-
ing programs at trade or vocational schools
in which maintenance mechanics can earn
the designation of systems maintenance
technician.
outlook
General maintenance mechanics are expect-
ed to fnd many job opportunities through
2016. Employment will be about as fast as
the average for all occupations because of
high turnover and the steady need to main-
tain apartment and offce buildings, facto-
ries, hotels, and schools. Many openings will
arise as experienced mechanics transfer to
other occupations or leave the labor force.
General maintenance mechanics who
work for manufacturing companies may
be subject to layoffs during bad econom-
ic times, when their employers are under
pressure to cut costs. Most mechanics,
however, are not usually as vulnerable to
layoffs related to economic conditions.
ForMoreinformation
To prepare for a career as a general main-
tenance mechanic, try your hand at fxing
things around the house. Do not try any ma-
jor repairs, since you are still in the learning
curve, but if your family is going to throw
away an old clock, for example, you might
take it apart and see how all its parts ft to-
gether. (Do not try to reassemble and use
any electrical device without supervision.)
A summer or part-time job as a mainte-
nance helper in a factory, apartment com-
plex, or similar setting is an excellent way
to learn if this work suits you. You might
also try talking with maintenance mechan-
ics to get a fuller, more complete picture of
their responsibilities.
associatedgeneralcontractors
ofamerica
703-548-3118
info@agc.org
http://www.agc.org
boMainternational
202-408-2662
info@boma.org
http://www.boma.org
boMiinstitute
One Park Place, Suite 475
800-235-2664
service@bomi.org
http://www.bomi-edu.org
Mechanicalcontractorsassociation
ofamerica
1385 Piccard Drive
301-869-5800
http://www.mcaa.org
Fast Fact
Todays general maintenance
mechanics are jacks-of-all-
trades. They have a variety of
construction, plumbing, ma-
chining, and electrical skills.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 61 7/16/09 10:17:10 AM
62
general
Practitioners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatgeneral
PractitionersDo
General practitioners (GPs) are primary care
physicians and may sometimes be referred
to as family practice physicians. They are
usually the frst health care professionals
their patients consult for a problem. GPs
diagnose and treat any illness or injury that
does not require the service of a specialist.
They frequently serve as family doctors,
treating all the members of a family.
The GP sees patients ranging from new-
borns to the elderly. Unlike a specialist, the
general practitioner treats the whole patient,
not just a specifc illness. The GP may give
the patient diet and lifestyle advice as well
as methods for preventing disease or injury.
Some GPs may also provide prenatal care
and deliver babies. GPs treat patients with a
wide variety of ailments and order diagnos-
tic tests and procedures if necessary. If a pa-
tient comes in with an illness that requires
special medical treatment, that patient is of-
ten referred to an appropriate specialist.
Usually about 70 percent of a general
practitioners workday is spent seeing pa-
tients in an offce. General practitioners
also treat patients in hospitals and consult
with other medical personnel, patients,
and family members. They also perform
limited surgery. In some small offces, the
GP also oversees the fnances and person-
nel. Many GPs must be on call to treat pa-
tients after regular offce hours. They can
expect to work 48 to 58 hours a week.
Take classes in biology, chemistry, and
other college preparatory courses in high
school. After high school, you must earn
a four-year college degree before entering
medical school.
Once you earn the M.D. degree, you
must fulfll a one- to three-year hospital
residency requirement in which you are ac-
tively involved in patient treatment as part
of a hospital medical team. At the end of an
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Health
Masters degree
Salaryrange
$45,260 to $110,510 to $145,600+
outlook
Osteopaths
Pediatricians
Physicians
Sports Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 62 7/16/09 10:17:13 AM
63
accredited residency program, physicians
must pass certifcation examinations.
In order to become licensed as a GP,
you must graduate from an accredited
medical school, complete at least one year
of postgraduate training, and pass a licens-
ing exam. Licensing examinations are giv-
en through the board of medical examiners
in each state.
To be successful in this work, you
should be committed to helping people and
be compassionate and understanding. You
should have good communication skills to
communicate with other staff members,
patients, and their families and be able to
inspire their confdence and trust. In addi-
tion, you should have the stamina to work
long and irregular hours.
outlook
Employment of physicians is expected to
grow about faster than the average for all
occupations through 2016. The steadily
growing and aging population means more
people will need health care services.
Job prospects are especially good for
primary care physicians because more and
more insurance companies are using plans
requiring insurance holders to see a general
practitioner frst in order to get a referral
to a specialist. Rural and low-income areas
will also offer more opportunities, as most
physicians prefer to practice in urban areas.
General practitioners who work in cities,
though, tend to earn higher salaries than
those in small towns and communities.
ForMoreinformation
One of the best introductions to a career in
health care is to volunteer at a local hospi-
tal, clinic, or nursing home. Through this
experience, you will get a feel for what
its like to work around other health care
professionals and patients and see what in-
terests you. Read about the profession, talk
with a high school counselor, and inter-
view those working in the feld to explore
your interests.
americanacademyofFamilyPhysicians
PO Box 11210
Shawnee Mission, KS 66207-1210
800-274-2237
http://www.aafp.org
800-621-8335
associationofamericanMedicalcolleges
2450 N Street, NW
202-828-0400
http://www.aamc.org
A general practitioner (r) gives her patient
a checkup and discusses her prescriptions
with her. (Avava/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 63 7/16/09 10:17:13 AM
64
genetic
counselors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
Whatgenetic
counselorsDo
Genetic counselors are health care profes-
sionals who work with individuals who
may be at risk for inherited diseases or who
have family members with birth defects or
genetic disorders. They explain technical
information about inherited health disor-
ders in language that the average person
can understand, including testing or treat-
ment options for these disorders and the
risks associated with each option. They
also help patients deal with the emotional
and psychological diffculties of having an
inherited disorder or disease.
People turn to genetic counselors for
many reasons. Counselors often advise ex-
pectant mothers over the age of 35 to get
screened for birth complications and de-
fects, such as Down syndrome. Parents who
have a child with an inherited disorder, or
whose families have a history of an inher-
ited disorder, may want information about
the probability of having another child
with that disorder. People whose families
have a history of inherited disease, muscu-
lar dystrophy, or cancer, may want to know
whether they have the genes that give rise
to these diseases. Members of specifc geo-
graphic or ethnic groups in which a genetic
disorder is common may also want to de-
termine what their risk is for developing
the disorder.
Genetic counselors usually begin by
asking the patient to gather as much spe-
cifc information about the past two gen-
erations of his or her family as possible.
The counselor studies physicians records,
photographs, and anecdotal information.
He or she explains the risks associated with
genetic counseling and testing. For exam-
ple, some genetic testing presents physical
risks, such as the risk of miscarriage (one
in 200) associated with amniocentesis, a
procedure in which a physician withdraws
a small amount of amniotic fuid from a
pregnant womans womb to test for chro-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Masters degree
Salaryrange
$36,730 to $64,200 to $124,480
outlook
Biochemists
Biologists
Genetic Scientists
Medical Ethicists
Physicians
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 64 7/16/09 10:17:16 AM
65
mosome abnormalities. Other tests pres-
ent emotional and psychological risks. If a
patient discovers, for instance, that he or
she has inherited the genes for a disease,
how will he or she cope with knowing that
this disease will develop at a later time?
What if a patient wants to obtain genetic
information about his or her family, but
other siblings refuse to participate? Genetic
counselors prepare patients for these situ-
ations and support their patients in their
decisions.
High school classes in biology, physiology,
chemistry, statistics, sociology, and psy-
chology will help prepare you for college.
Genetic counselors typically have a bach-
elors degree in biologic science, social sci-
ence, or a related feld.
A masters degree is required, with spe-
cialization in genetic counseling. Graduate
school studies in genetic counseling usual-
ly include classes in client-centered coun-
seling, issues in clinical genetics, medical
genetics, biochemistry, human anatomy
and physiology, and clinical medicine. All
programs require feld experience in clini-
cal settings.
The American Board of Genetic Coun-
seling offers certifcation for genetic coun-
selors with graduate degrees in genetic
counseling and clinical experience.
outlook
This feld is expected to grow faster than
the average through 2016. Scientifc devel-
opments in understanding adult genetic
disorders and in reproductive technologies
have created new opportunities for treat-
ment and testing. As a result, there will be
an increased need for counselors who can
help patients understand their options and
the associated risks.
ForMoreinformation
Participate in science clubs and science fairs
to gain laboratory work, research, docu-
mentation, and controlled experiment ex-
perience. Read books and magazines, and
visit Web sites to learn more about genetic
analysis.
americanboardofgeneticcounseling
PO Box 14216
Lenexa, KS 66285-4126
913-895-4617
info@abgc.net
http://www.abgc.net
theamericanSocietyofhumangenetics
9650 Rockville Pike
http://www.ashg.org
geneticsonline
http://www.genetics.org
nationalSocietyofgeneticcounselors
nsgc@nsgc.org
http://www.nsgc.org
Growth Field
ber of genetic counselors is expect-
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 65 7/16/09 10:17:17 AM

66
genetic
Scientists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatgenetic
ScientistsDo
Genetic scientists, or geneticists, study hered-
ity in plants and animals, including hu-
mans. Geneticists conduct research on how
characteristics are passed from one genera-
tion to the next through the genes present
in each cell of an organism.
The goal of genetic scientists is to un-
derstand and cure genetic diseases, advise
families who are at risk of having children
with genetic defects, and breed new crops
and livestock. Most geneticists work in a
laboratory. Besides having excellent math-
ematical and analytical skills, genetic scien-
tists also must develop writing and teach-
ing techniques.
Research geneticists try to identify genes
that affect human behavior. Many hold
faculty positions at academic institutions
or join the staffs of research institutes or
biotechnology companies.
Genetic counselors work as a part of a
health care team, giving information and
support to families of children with birth
defects or genetic disorders. They also help
people who have genetic conditions.
Clinical geneticists are doctors who
study genetic disorders and birth defects
in patients, arrange for the proper treat-
ment, and help the patients cope with
the disorder.
Molecular geneticists study DNA, the
blueprint for protein molecules in cells.
Their work is used by law enforcement to
perform DNA fngerprinting.
Genetic engineers experiment with alter-
ing, splicing, and rearranging genes. This
research has resulted in medical break-
throughs as well as agricultural triumphs.
Population geneticists examine the
breeding methods of farm animals and
crops. They look at mutations that occur
spontaneously or are introduced purposely
to produce a marketable result.
Gene therapists hope to be able to treat
disease and illness in the future by chang-
ing the genetic makeup of patients cells.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$36,730 to $64,200 to $124,800
outlook
Biochemists
Biologists
Biomedical Engineers
Chemists
Genetic Counselors
Physicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 66 7/16/09 10:17:17 AM
67
Gene therapy is a new and extremely ex-
perimental area of genetic science.
If you are interested in becoming a genetic
scientist, study math, chemistry, biology,
and physics in high school. English, writ-
ing, and computer courses will also be help-
ful for developing communication skills.
In college, you should major in biol-
ogy, genetics, or another physical science.
At public and private universities, colleges,
and medical schools, genetic scientists al-
most always hold doctoral degrees and
teach undergraduate and graduate courses
in addition to doing research. Clinical ge-
neticists usually earn an M.D. degree.
Certifcation is available through both
the American Board of Medical Genetics and
the American Board of Genetic Counseling.
outlook
Faster-than-average job growth is pre-
dicted for the feld of biological science
through 2016. Interest in genetic research
has exploded in the past decade, with
breakthrough discoveries bringing great-
er attention to the exciting possibilities
of fnding genetic causes and cures for
diseases.
It is estimated that every human dis-
ease that is caused by a single gene defect
will be curable by genetic intervention
during the lifetime of students currently
in high school. As the need to understand
human and animal biology and genetics
and the fght to wipe out disease contin-
ue, demand for scientists will continue to
increase. The world of criminal investiga-
tion is increasingly using genetics to win
cases, drawing on genetic test results to
identify culprits from a drop of blood.
ForMoreinformation
To prepare for a career in genetics, study
science and math, and experiment with
an at-home chemistry kit. Ask a science
teacher to contact biology and genetics
departments of nearby colleges and uni-
versities and arrange feld trips or visits by
speakers.
americanboardofgeneticcounseling
PO Box 14216
Lenexa, KS 66285-4216
913-895-4617
info@abgc.net
http://www.abgc.net
americanboardofMedicalgenetics
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7315
abmg@abmg.org
http://www.abmg.org
This genetic scientist is mapping the
genes of a plant. His research may lead
to improvements in certain crops, such as
corn. (Science Source)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 67 7/16/09 10:17:18 AM
68
geographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatgeographersDo
Geographers study the earths surface. They
focus on features such as mountains and
rivers, but they also study plant and ani-
mal life, the climate, and the economic
and political forces that affect regions of
the world.
Most geographers work at colleges
or universities or for government agen-
cies in jobs that involve teaching or re-
search. Other geographers work for map
companies, textbook or encyclopedia
publishers, or travel agencies. Real estate
developers, manufacturing companies,
market research organizations, utilities
and telecommunications frms, and envi-
ronmental consulting frms also employ
geographers.
Geographers who do research usu-
ally study a particular characteristic of
a region, such as its soil, plants, surface
features, climate, water, or mineral re-
sources. They may also study the political
organization, transportation systems, or
business activities of the region. Geogra-
phers often spend much of their time in
the region they are studying. They collect
statistics, analyze aerial photographs, and
organize other kinds of information about
the region.
Most geographers specialize in a
branch of geography. Cartographers de-
sign and draw maps and collect the in-
formation necessary for the maps. Eco-
nomic geographers analyze the geographic
distribution of economic activities, such
as manufacturing, mining, farming, and
communications. Regional geographers
study all of the geographic aspects of a
particular area, such as a river basin, an is-
land, a nation, or even a continent. Urban
geographers study problems having to do
with the geography of cities. They assist in
planning and developing urban and sub-
urban projects, such as housing develop-
ments, traffc control systems, shopping
centers, and parking areas. They advise
businesses and industries about factory
locations and related issues. Political geog-
raphers study natural resources, national
c
SchoolSubjectS
Earth science, Geography, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$40,330 to $65,690 to $97,120
outlook
Archaeologists
Cartographers
City Planners
Geologists
Meteorologists
Technicians
L
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 68 7/16/09 10:17:19 AM
69
boundaries, and physical features of the
land as they relate to local, state, nation-
al, and international affairs. Physical geog-
raphers study the physical characteristics
of a region, such as mountains, valleys,
oceans, or climate.
Course work in geography, earth science,
sociology, computer science, English, his-
tory, and mathematics is a good founda-
tion for this feld.
Most geographers need to have a bach-
elors degree in geography. A masters de-
gree or doctorate is usually required for
teaching and research jobs.
undergraduate programs in geography
and also have courses leading to a masters
degree or doctorate. While majoring in ge-
ography you will take courses in weather
and climate, meteorology, and cartogra-
phy, as well as political, urban, and re-
gional geography. Training in geographic
information systems (GIS) technology is
also important.
outlook
Geography is a very small profession. With
the increased emphasis on planning and
research in U.S. business and government,
however, the number of geographers in
business has doubled in recent years. Em-
ployment opportunities for social scientists
are expected to grow about as fast as the
average through 2016. Geographers will be
needed to analyze or select sites for com-
mercial construction, such as new shop-
ping centers, supermarkets, and industrial
parks.
ForMoreinformation
There are increasing opportunities to gain
experience through college internship pro-
grams and feld experiences. Some summer
and part-time employment opportunities
are available in business or industrial frms.
Useful information can also be found on
the National Geographic Societys Web site at
http://www.nationalgeographic.com.
americangeographicalSociety
120 Wall Street, Suite 100
New York, NY 10005-3904
212-422-5456
AGS@amergeog.org
http://www.amergeog.org
associationofamericangeographers
1710 16th Street NW
202-234-1450
http://www.aag.org
SocietyofWomangeographers
415 East Capitol Street, SE
202-546-9228
http://www.iswg.org
Did You Know?
Greek philosopher Aristotle sug-
gested that the Earth was spheri-
cal in the fourth century b.c.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 69 7/16/09 10:17:19 AM
70
geographic
information
Systems
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
Whatgeographicinformation
SystemsSpecialistsDo
Geographic information systems (GIS) is a
computer feld that combines geographic
information with the analysis of statisti-
cal data. GIS uses digital computer tech-
nology to connect mapmaking techniques
with massive databases. These databases
might include census information or the
infrastructure of a city or the progress of
a disease. The hardware used to work with
GIS technology ranges from personal com-
puters to large computer processors. Geo-
graphic information systems specialists, or
GIS specialists, work in a variety of felds,
such as business, health, utilities, and real
estate.
There are many ways geographic in-
formation systems technology is used. For
example, city offcials can use GIS tech-
nology to map the outbreak of an illness.
GIS can help determine where the major-
ity of the cases are occurring and the de-
mographics of the victims, such as their
ages, educational levels, or other data.
Another use for GIS technology is in
environmental planning and natural re-
source management. What if planners
needed to create a long-range develop-
ment plan for a fast-growing region? They
can use GIS technology to map out the
regions natural features, including cur-
rent land and water use, as well as the
distribution of housing, recreational ar-
eas, industry, and other existing devel-
opment. They can also use it to map out
ownership patterns and demographics of
current residents. GIS may be used to test
proposed growth patterns for the area, in-
cluding planning how to protect the cur-
rent environment and predicting future
scenarios.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Earth science, Geography
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$32,380 to $40,970 to $83,020
outlook
Cartographers
Geographers
Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 70 7/16/09 10:17:20 AM
71
If you are interested in this feld, you should
have a love of computers and a bachelors
degree. You will need a strong background
in science, mathematics, and especially
computer science, so take as many of these
classes as you can in high school. In addi-
tion, history classes will teach you about
different countries and their relationships
to each other.
Most people study GIS as part of an-
other degree program, such as engineer-
ing or geography. Degrees in planning or
computer science are also common. A few
community colleges offer a two-year asso-
ciates degree in GIS, which helps secure
entry-level work. Four-year colleges and
universities recently have developed their
own specifc programs in GIS training. It is
becoming common for GIS professionals
to obtain a postgraduate degree. GIS spe-
cialists must be profcient with GIS soft-
ware. They must also be familiar with the
Global Positioning System (GPS), a satel-
lite system that collects information about
precise positions.
outlook
Experts predict employment growth in
the areas of surveying and mapping to be
pations through 2016. The outlook for GIS
specialists in environmental work is good,
particularly because of new technological
developments in the feld. GIS maps, draw-
ings, animations, and other cartographic
images allow scientists and researchers to
view geographic information in new ways.
Variations can be tracked over time and
possible future changes can be projected
and rendered visually. Environmental
planning will be the main use of GIS tech-
nology, and federal and local government
agencies will continue to be the primary
employers of geographic information sys-
tems specialists.
ForMoreinformation
If possible, visit a business that uses GIS
and ask questions. You might try contact-
ing a local college or local environmental
agency for contact names of users in the
area. You can also learn about all aspects of
this feld by visiting http://www.gis.com.
nationalcenterforgeographic
informationandanalysis
State University of New York at Buffalo
Wilkeson Quad Room 301
Buffalo, NY 14261-0023
716-645-2545
http://www.geog.buffalo.edu/ncgia
urbanandregionalinformationSystems
association
1460 Renaissance Drive, Suite 305
847-824-6300
info@urisa.org
http://www.urisa.org
A geographic information systems
specialist discusses a map of coastal
Mississippi with engineers in the wake of
Hurricane Katrina. (FEMA)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 71 7/16/09 10:17:21 AM
72
geologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatgeologistsDo
Geologists study the earth. They are inter-
ested in how it was formed, what it is made
of, and how it is slowly changing. Gener-
ally, geologists spend three to six months
of the year making maps of certain areas
and drilling deep holes in the earth to ob-
tain these rock samples. They study rock
samples, plants, and animal fossils in their
laboratories under controlled temperatures
and pressures. Finally, geologists organize
the information they have gathered and
write reports. These reports may be used
to locate groundwater, oil, minerals, and
other natural resources.
Many geologists specialize in a particu-
lar study of the earth. For example, those
who study the oceans are called marine ge-
ologists. Those who try to locate natural gas
and oil deposits are called petroleum geolo-
gists. Paleontologists study the earths rock
formations to determine the age of the
earth.
Geologists work can be physically de-
manding. They travel often and spend a lot
of time in remote and rugged areas. In ad-
dition, they spend long hours working in
the laboratory and preparing reports.
Most geologists work for private busi-
nesses. More than half of them work for oil
and gas companies in the feld of explora-
tion. The federal government hires geolo-
gists to work in the Department of the Inte-
rior (the U.S. Geological Survey, the Bureau
of Mines, or the Bureau of Reclamation)
and in the Departments of Defense, Agri-
culture, and Commerce. Geologists also
work for state agencies, research organiza-
tions, universities, and museums.
Prepare for this feld by taking computer
science, history, English, and geography
classes. Science and math classes, particu-
larly earth science, chemistry, physics, al-
gebra, trigonometry, and statistics classes,
will also give you a good foundation.
A bachelors degree, usually in the phys-
ical and earth sciences, is the minimum
educational requirement in this feld. Many
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$39,740 to $72,660 to $139,950+
outlook
Biochemists
Geographers
Geophysicists
Mining Engineers
Petrologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 72 7/16/09 10:17:21 AM
73
geologists have masters degrees, particular-
ly those who teach, explore, and conduct
research. Doctorate degrees are required to
teach at the university level or to head a de-
partment in a commercial business.
outlook
Employment of geologists is expected to
occupations through 2016. The rising need
for energy, environmental protection, and
responsible land and water management
will spur employment demand. In addition
to the oil and gas industries, geologists will
be able to fnd jobs in environmental pro-
tection and restoration. Government agen-
cies may have fewer jobs available because
of budget cutbacks. Increased awareness of
the importance of ecosystem restoration,
however, will increase the need for envi-
ronmental scientists.
It is important to know that the employ-
ment of geologists is often affected by oil
and gas prices. When prices are high, com-
panies look for alternative energy resources
and rely on geoscientists to research and
locate alternatives. Demand for oil and gas
has been strong and has helped stabilize, to
some extent, the petroleum industry. With
improved technology and greater demand
for energy resources, job opportunities are
expected to be good, especially for those
with a masters degree and those familiar
with computer modeling and Global Posi-
tioning System (GPS) technology.
Geologists who are able to speak a for-
eign language and who are willing to work
overseas will also have strong employment
prospects.
ForMoreinformation
To become familiar with geologists and
geological work, join clubs or organizations
concerned with such things as rock collect-
ing. Amateur geological groups and local
museums offer opportunities for you to
gain exposure to the feld of geology. You
may also fnd it helpful to visit the Nation-
al Association of State Boards of Geologys
Web site at http://www.asbog.org.
americangeologicalinstitute
4220 King Street
703-379-2480
americaninstituteofProfessional
geologists
1400 West 122nd Avenue, Suite 250
Westminster, CO 80234-3499
303-412-6205
aipg@aipg.org
http://www.aipg.org
thegeologicalSocietyofamerica
PO Box 9140
888-443-4472
gsaservice@geosociety.org
http://www.geosociety.org
Geologist Greg Fekete is examining
minerals in rocks found in the Yukon
Territory, Canada. (Stephen J. Krasemann /
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 73 7/16/09 10:17:22 AM
74
geophysicists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatgeophysicistsDo
Geophysicists study the physical structure of
the earth, including land surfaces, under-
ground areas, and bodies of water. They use
their knowledge to predict earthquakes,
discover oil, and fnd places to build power
plants. Their duties may include feldwork,
laboratory research, or college teaching.
Geophysics combines the sciences of
geology and physics. Geophysicists usu-
ally specialize in one area of geophysics.
For example, seismologists study earth-
quakes. Hydrologists study the movement
and distribution of water. Meteorologists
study weather patterns. Applied geophysi-
cists use data gathered from the air and
ground, as well as computers, to analyze
the earths crust. They look for oil and
mineral deposits and try to fnd sites for
the safe disposal of hazardous wastes. Field
geophysicists work outdoors in all kinds of
weather. They often travel and work in
isolated areas. All geophysicists use the
scientifc principles of geology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and engineering.
Many of their instruments, such as the
seismograph, take precise measurements
of the earths physical characteristics, such
as its electric, magnetic, and gravitational
felds.
Geophysicists often study environmen-
tal issues. They may investigate whether an
explosion designed to expose rich mineral
deposits might also lead to an earthquake.
They might examine the quality of under-
ground water and determine how it affects
a citys drinking supply.
A solid background in mathematics and the
physical and earth sciences is recommend-
ed in order to become a geophysicist. In
high school, take four years of mathematics
and courses in earth science, physics, and
chemistry. Classes in mechanical drawing,
history, and English are also benefcial.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Earth science, Physics
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$41,020 to $75,800 to $144,450
outlook
Chemical Engineers
Chemists
Geologists
Mining Engineers
Paleontologists
Petrologists
Physicists
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 74 7/16/09 10:17:23 AM
75
The best way to become a geophysicist
is to get a bachelors degree in geophys-
ics or geology. A degree in physics, math-
ematics, or chemistry might be suffcient,
with geology course work. A masters
degree or doctorate in geology or geophys-
ics is required for research or college teach-
ing positions.
To work for the federal government,
geophysicists must pass a civil service ex-
amination and be able to meet other speci-
fed requirements. In addition, many states
require geoscientists who offer up their
services directly to the public to obtain a
license from the states licensing board.
Those interested in this type of work
must have a strong aptitude in mathemat-
ics and science, particularly the physical
and earth sciences, and an interest in ob-
serving nature, performing experiments,
and studying the physical environment.
Because geophysicists frequently spend
time outdoors, it helps to enjoy outdoor
activities such as hiking and camping.
outlook
Employment of geophysicists is expected to
grow much faster than the average through
2016. Those with masters degrees will
have excellent employment opportunities.
The total number of graduates with degrees
in the geophysical sciences is expected to
remain small, however, which may eventu-
ally result in fewer employment possibili-
ties in college teaching.
The petroleum industry, the largest
employer of geophysicists, has increased its
exploration activities, and more geophysi-
cists will be needed to locate fuel and min-
eral deposits.
The federal government will need more
geophysicists to study water conservation
and food control and to assist in space sci-
ence projects. The growing need to fnd
new sources of energy will undoubtedly
make the work of geophysicists more im-
portant and more challenging in the next
century.
ForMoreinformation
Explore various aspects of this feld by tak-
ing earth and physical science courses. You
can also read books on electricity, rocks and
minerals, metals and metallurgy, the uni-
verse and space, and weather and climate.
Develop hobbies that deal with radio, elec-
tronics, rock collecting, or map collecting.
The Society of Exploration Geophysicists
offers a fun and informative Web site for
students at http://students.seg.org.
4220 King Street
703-379-2480
Societyofexplorationgeophysicists
PO Box 702740
Tulsa, OK 74170-2740
918-497-5500
http://www.seg.org
Growth Field
ber of geophysicists is expected to
grow by about 25 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 75 7/16/09 10:17:23 AM

76
geoscientists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatgeoscientistsDo
Geoscientists use sophisticated instruments
to study the Earths composition to learn
more about the geologic past and present,
and prepare for the future. They help search
for clean groundwater supplies, and other
resources such as metals and petroleum.
Many also help clean up the environment.
Geoscientists usually work in one of
two felds: geology or geophysics. Geolo-
gists focus specifcally on the Earths his-
tory. Their analysis of plant and animal
fossils helps them understand how the
environment has evolved. There are many
kinds of geologists, including economic
geologists, who study mineral deposits in
search of geologic materials; engineering ge-
ologists, who work on environmental and
civil engineering projects; glaciologists,
who study ice sheets and glaciers; volca-
nologists, who, as you may have guessed,
study volcanoes.
Geophysicists study the Earths surface
as well as its internal composition, ground
and surface waters, oceans, the atmosphere,
and magnetic, electrical, and gravitational
forces. Among them are geomagnetists, who
develop theories about the Earths origin
based on magnetic feld measurements;
and seismologists, who study earthquakes to
better understand the Earths structure.
Geoscientists have an array of job
tasks. They collect, examine, measure, an-
alyze, and classify rock, water, soil, min-
eral, and fossil samples. They study and
write reports, and create graphs, charts,
diagrams, and maps to share with the sci-
entifc community as well as with employ-
ers, clients, and the public. They advise
about environmental issues in relation to
building, roadway, and dam construction.
Geoscientists also consult with clients on
waste management and disposal, mitigat-
ing future natural disasters, and oil and
natural gas exploration.
In high school, take classes in biology,
chemistry, earth science, geology, math-
ematics, physics, and computers. English
c
SchoolSubjectS
Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics,
Physics
Masters degree
Salaryrange
$41,020 to $75,800 to $144,450+
outlook
Environmental Scientists and Engineers
Geologists
Geophysicists
Soil Scientists
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 76 7/16/09 10:17:24 AM
77
and writing classes will give you the com-
munications skills you will need to research
and write reports, which is another impor-
tant part of the geoscientists work.
For entry-level positions, an undergrad-
uate degree may suffce. Most geoscientists,
however, have a masters degree in geology
or earth science. College-level coursework
usually includes mineralogy, petrology,
paleontology, stratigraphy, and structural
geology.
Some states requires geoscientists who
provide their services directly to the public
to be licensed by the state licensing board.
outlook
employment growth for geoscientists to
be much faster than the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. Because of the
increased need for energy, environmental
protection, and responsible land and water
management, companies will rely more on
geoscientists for research and advice. High-
way building and other infrastructure proj-
ects, as well as oil and gas exploration and
production, will also be on the rise, gener-
ating more work for geoscientists.
ForMoreinformation
Learn more about the environment by read-
ing magazines such as National Geographic
(http://www.nationalgeographic.com) and
Natural History (http://www.naturalhistor-
ymag.com). See if your science teacher can
schedule a geoscientist to visit your class-
room to discuss his or her work.
americanassociationofPetroleum
geologists
PO Box 979
Tulsa, OK 74101-0979
http://www.aapg.org
4220 King Street
americaninstituteofhydrology
300 Village Green Circle, Suite #201
Smyrna, GA 30080-3476
http://www.aihydro.org
Growth Field
ber of geoscientists is expected to
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 77 7/16/09 10:17:24 AM

78
geriatriccare
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whatgeriatric
careManagersDo
Geriatric care managers coordinate many
aspects of caring for the elderly. They per-
form tasks similar to those done by social
workers, counselors, advocates, and family
members. Care managers recommend ser-
vices based upon each clients means and
needs. They help control expenses for their
clients and help ensure that the elderly per-
son remains as independent as possible.
Many times families on tight budgets
have simple needs in mind when they con-
tact a care manager. They might call on a
geriatric care manager to help an elderly
member get the house painted or take a pet
to the veterinarian. Such help allows the
older person to remain at home for as long
as possible, which can be a fnancial advan-
tage as well as a lifestyle preference.
Care managers are sometimes called
upon when a family is faced with a crisis
involving an elderly family member, such
as a sudden illness or death of a spouse.
The care manager may have to work in a
complicated situation in which the family
feels that the elderly person needs help,
but the elderly person feels everything is
fne and doesnt want assistance.
Many geriatric care managers are hired
by members of the sandwich generation,
adults who are struggling both to raise
their children and to take care of their ag-
ing parents. In these circumstances, geriat-
ric care managers can make a big difference
in quality of life for the elderly person and
the other family members.
Geriatric care managers make sure
their clients take their medications and get
to doctors appointments. They also help
research residential or nursing-home fa-
cilities, arrange for home health care, and
provide other family members with written
reports on how the client is doing. An im-
portant task is helping to simplify and ex-
plain options to clients and assisting them
and their families in making informed deci-
sions about their health management.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Health, Psychology
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$41,000 to $67,000 to $117,000
outlook
Geriatricians
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 78 7/16/09 10:17:27 AM
79
In high school, take college preparatory
courses, including classes in health, biol-
ogy, chemistry, psychology, and sociol-
ogy. Geriatric care managers usually have a
minimum of a bachelors degree in a feld
such as nursing, psychology, gerontology,
or social work. They usually start out work-
ing in one of these general felds and focus
their work on elder care. Their work experi-
ence exposes them to issues that face senior
citizens and expands their list of contacts
in the geriatric care feld. Some geriatric
care management service companies offer
internships, which is another way to get ex-
perience with the elderly. Many care man-
agers also have masters degrees.
The National Academy of Certifed
Care Managers offers a certifcation pro-
gram for the designation Care Manager,
Certifed (CMC). There are no licensing re-
quirements for geriatric care managers, but
geriatric care managers who work as nurs-
es, social workers, or psychologists require
licenses.
outlook
Geriatric care management is a fairly new
profession, but it is expected that job op-
portunities in the feld of geriatric care
management will be excellent, especially
for those with advanced education. As peo-
ple live longer lives and families become
geographically separated, and as health in-
surance has become more complicated, the
need for geriatric care managers will grow
dramatically.
ForMoreinformation
Spend time with elderly members of your
family and neighborhood. Volunteer at a
community geriatric program, a nursing
home, or an extended-care facility. Work-
ing with the elderly can be very rewarding,
and you will have the opportunity to talk
directly with many older people.
nationalacademyofcertifed
careManagers
PO Box 669
244 Upton Road
Colchester, CT 06415-0669
800-962-2260
http://www.naccm.net
nationalassociationofProfessional
geriatriccareManagers
1604 North Country Club Road
Tucson, AZ 85716-3102
520-881-8008
http://www.caremanager.org
thenationalcouncilonaging
300 D Street, SW, Suite 801
info@ncoa.org
http://www.ncoa.org
This patient is being assisted by a geriatric
care manager. Geriatric care managers
help elderly patients. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 79 7/16/09 10:17:28 AM
80
geriatricians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatgeriatriciansDo
Geriatricians are physicians who specialize
in the prevention, diagnosis, treatment,
and rehabilitation of disorders common
to old age. The term geriatrics refers to the
clinical aspects of aging and the overall
health care of older people. It is an area of
medicine that focuses on health and dis-
ease in old age and is a growing medical
specialty.
Geriatricians spend their time with pa-
tients recording medical histories and lis-
tening to comments or symptoms. They
run a number of diagnostic tests and evalu-
ations, including physical examinations.
Geriatricians see patients in clinics, long-
term care facilities, or hospitals. Each set-
ting requires a unique type of patient care.
Geriatricians work with other physicians to
diagnose and treat multiple problems and
to provide the best possible care for each
patient. They must complete forms, sign
releases, write prescriptions, and meet the
requirements of Medicare and private in-
surance companies.
Geriatricians not only work with other
medical staff, but also with family members
and community services. They often work
with the patients family in order to get
an accurate diagnosis, proper care, and
follow-up treatment. If the patient is liv-
ing alone, the geriatrician might need the
support of a social worker, home health
care aide, neighbor, or relative to make
sure that proper medication is given and
that the patient is monitored accurately.
If there is no cure for the patients condi-
tion, the geriatrician must create a plan to
help the patient cope with the condition.
If you are interested in becoming a geriatri-
cian, you should take biology, chemistry,
and other college preparatory courses in
high school. Following high school, you
must earn a four-year college degree before
entering medical school.
After earning your M.D. degree and
becoming licensed to practice medicine,
you must complete a residency in geri-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
Salaryrange
$124,201 to $165,300 to $213,697+
outlook
Osteopaths
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 80 7/16/09 10:17:31 AM
81
atrics. Residency is a period of advanced
and specialized training at a hospital. This
is followed by formal training through one
of over 150 geriatrics fellowship programs
in the United States and Canada. The
length of formal geriatrics training will be
linked to your career goals in clinical care,
teaching, or research and can vary from 12
months to four years.
outlook
Job growth for all physicians is expected to
be faster than the average through 2016.
The outlook should be even better for those
working in geriatric medicine. In 2003,
nearly 36 million Americans were aged 65
or older. This number is expected to in-
crease to 72 million by 2030. As the large
generation of baby boomers ages, more
physicians will be needed to treat their spe-
cifc needs. Since there is only a relatively
small number of incoming specialists each
year, this feld will continue to offer numer-
ous employment opportunities. Employ-
ment for geriatricians should remain faster
than the average for some time to come. In
addition, older people tend to require more
medical services than younger people, so the
geriatrician career feld is full of promise.
ForMoreinformation
One of the best ways to become familiar
with careers in health care is to volunteer
at a local hospital, clinic, or nursing home.
This will give you a feel for what its like to
work around other health care profession-
als and patients as well as allow you to see if
you work well with the elderly. Check with
local agencies for seniors to see if there are
any outreach programs you can join.
alzheimersassociation
225 North Michigan Avenue, Floor 17
800-272-3900
info@alz.org
http://www.alz.org
americanassociationforgeriatric
Psychiatry
7910 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 1050
301-654-7850
main@aagponline.org
http://www.aagpgpa.org
americanFederationforagingresearch
55 West 39th Street, 16th Floor
New York, NY 10018-3803
888-582-2327
info@afar.org
http://www.afar.org
A geriatrician checks a patients blood
pressure during a checkup. (Will & Deni
McIntyre/Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 81 7/16/09 10:17:32 AM
82
geriatric
Psychiatrists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatgeriatric
PsychiatristsDo
Geriatric psychiatrists are physicians who
attend to elderly patients mental, emo-
tional, and behavioral symptoms. They
treat older patients who may suffer from
dementia or depression or have other
mental illnesses.
Geriatric psychiatrists employ differ-
ent methods to help their patients in their
daily lives. Part of the geriatric psychia-
trists complex work is to determine whats
normal, whats not, and the best course of
action. They may prescribe medicine, in-
cluding tranquilizers, antipsychotics, and
antidepressants, to help patients improve.
The medication may also be combined
with another therapeutic approach, such
as talk therapy, or occupational therapy,
where the patient learns skills to take care
of him/herself. In addition, geriatric psy-
chiatrists may assist nursing home staff
and other caregivers in developing indi-
vidualized treatment programs and ap-
proaches designed to bring improvement
to patients.
Because geriatric psychiatrists are medi-
cal doctors, they typically begin their patient
evaluations with a range of medical tests,
including physical and neurological evalu-
ations, laboratory tests, and X rays. These
tests will often reveal physical causes for
problems. The psychiatrist can then refer
the patient to a specialist for physical care.
Geriatric psychiatrists must be knowledge-
able about potential drug interaction prob-
lems, as elderly patients often take a variety
of medications for physical problems, such
as arthritis or diabetes.
Geriatric psychiatrists may work part
of the time in skilled nursing facilities, and
other times in private offces or in assisted
living facilities or senior day care centers.
They also handle various types of paper-
work, documenting and updating patients
records, and dealing with health insurance
companies such as Medicare, Medicaid,
and HMOs.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Medical degree
Salaryrange
$124,201 to $165,300 to $213,697
outlook
Geriatricians
Psychiatrists
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 82 7/16/09 10:17:34 AM
83
A well-rounded high school curriculum,
including science, math, sociology, psy-
chology, and history classes, is a good start
for this type of work. Geriatric psychiatrists
must have medical school degrees and have
completed supervised clinical work. Scores
from the Medical College Admission Test
are required for admission by most medi-
cal schools. To learn more about medical
school admission requirements, consult
the Association of American Medical Col-
leges annual publication Medical School
Admission Requirements.
Medical school graduates must com-
plete a residency, where they work the frst
year in several specialties. They then spend
the next three years focusing on the area of
psychiatry that most interests them.
Certifcation by the American Board
of Psychiatry and Neurology (ABPN) can
enhance a geriatric psychiatrists career.
To become an ABPN-certifed psychiatrist,
you must pass a written and oral test. Many
states also require geriatric psychiatrists to
pass a licensing test in order to practice
medicine. Because these requirements vary,
you will need to check with your states li-
censing board for specifc information.
outlook
Medical, industrial, and technological
breakthroughs have helped people to live
longer lives. In the 20th century, the av-
erage life expectancy increased from 50 to
more than 75 years. This increase means
we have a growing elderly population, and
this population will need care.
Many elderly people who live in nurs-
ing homes have some form of mental ill-
ness and need help. The growing number of
senior citizens in the United States and the
increased awareness of Alzheimers disease,
dementia, and other mental diseases of the
elderly means there will be great need for ge-
riatric psychiatrists. There will also be a rise
in need for research in geriatric psychiatry
as well as a need for educators in the feld.
ForMoreinformation
Learn more about working with the elderly
by volunteering at a nursing home or se-
nior day care facility. Read articles from the
American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, the
offcial publication of the American Asso-
ciation for Geriatric Psychiatry, http://ajgp.
psychiatryonline.org.
americanassociationforgeriatric
Psychiatry
301-654-7850
main@aagponline.org
http://www.aagpgpa.org
nationalinstituteonaging
Building 31, Room 5C27
31 Center Drive, MSC 2292
301-496-1752
http://www.nih.gov/nia
An elderly man seeks the counsel of a
geriatric psychiatrist. (Antonia Reeve/
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 83 7/16/09 10:17:35 AM
84
geriatric
Social
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whatgeriatric
SocialWorkersDo
Geriatric social workers help elderly people
make arrangements for food service, hous-
ing, transportation, medical assistance,
and other services. A geriatric social work-
er interviews elderly clients to determine
what they need, and then arranges for
services from different agencies. Geriatric
social workers stay in contact with clients
to determine whether the services suit the
clients needs. Clients contact their social
worker when they have problems or ques-
tions. Geriatric social workers work in hos-
pitals and nursing homes or they may be
self-employed.
Most communities offer a wide variety
of services for the elderly, such as special
living communities and Meals on Wheels.
Home health agencies offer nurses and
aides who visit the elderly in their homes
and help them with their housework and
medical needs.
Geriatric social workers offer both indi-
vidual and family counseling services. They
help clients with personal or emotional
problems by listening and offering advice.
They also counsel the members of clients
families and advise them how to deal with
their parents or grandparents aging or ill-
ness. Many geriatric social workers careful-
ly examine their clients living conditions
and family relations.
An important aspect of geriatric social
work is advocacy, or active support. When
elderly persons are taken advantage of, or
abused and neglected, a social worker may
step in to protect and advise them of their
legal rights.
To become a geriatric social worker, take
high school classes in health, social sci-
ence, home economics, and mathematics.
Volunteer in nursing homes and retirement
c
SchoolSubjectS
Psychology, Sociology
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$26,380 to $45,800 to $71,940
outlook
Social Workers
Sociologists
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 84 7/16/09 10:17:36 AM
85
communities to get experience in working
with the elderly and to understand their
special problems and needs.
You will need to earn a bachelors de-
gree in social work or a related area. Most
supervisory and administrative positions
require at least a masters degree in social
work. Social work programs require two
years of study after you get your bachelors
degree.
Licensing of social workers is required
by all states. You must have social work
experience and pass an exam to become
licensed.
outlook
The feld of social work is expected to grow
faster than the average through 2016. Those
specializing in geriatric social work will be
in great demand for several reasons. More
than 15 million people in the United States
will be over the age of 85 by the middle of
this century. As more and more people get
older and live longer, more geriatric social
workers will be needed to create programs
and provide services for this group.
In 1987, Congress passed the Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act to improve nurs-
ing home care. This act requires that large
nursing care facilities employ full-time
social workers. As the government becomes
more involved in providing better care for
the elderly, the geriatric social worker will
see more full-time job opportunities in
nursing homes and hospitals.
ForMoreinformation
The best way to explore this feld is to vol-
unteer or get a summer or part-time job at a
nursing home, senior care center, or other
related institution. By enrolling in a social
work program in college, you may have
the opportunity to help a faculty member
with a research project that deals with the
elderly.
theamericangeriatricsSociety
350 Fifth Avenue, Suite 801
New York, NY 10118-0110
212-308-1414
info@americangeriatrics.org
http://www.americangeriatrics.org
associationforgerontology
inhighereducation
1220 L Street
202-289-9806
http://www.aghe.org
thegerontologicalSocietyofamerica
202-842-1275
geron@geron.org
http://www.geron.org
nationalassociationofSocialWorkers
750 First Street, NE, Suite 700
202-408-8600
http://www.naswdc.org
Growth Field
ber of geriatric social workers is
expected to grow by about 18
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 85 7/16/09 10:17:36 AM

86
glass
Manufacturing
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Responsibility
Whatglass
Glass manufacturing workers work in fac-
tories that make glass and glass products,
such as fat glass for windows and pressed
glass for dishes. There are four steps in
glassmaking. First, the raw materials are
melted, and then the hot glass is formed
into the desired shape. Next, the formed
piece is cooled. Finally, the piece is fnished
by polishing, edging, engraving, or deco-
rating. Each step may involve workers who
are experts at one particular job or who are
qualifed to perform the whole range of
glass manufacturing tasks.
Mixers weigh the raw ingredients (sand,
soda ash, limestone, or lead oxide) for glass
and mix them together. Once mixed, the
materials are placed in a container called
a hopper, which feeds them into a furnace
where they are melted. After the glass is
melted, the processes differ according to
the type of product being manufactured.
Much of the glass made in factories is
fat, or sheet, glass. Sheet glass is used in
windows, mirrors, and car windshields. The
workers who operate sheet glass are called
drawing-kiln workers. Other glass makers
specialize in formed glass objects, such as
bottles and china, which are either blown
or pressed into molds. Some glass is hand-
blown, as it has been for centuries, but
most is machine-blown by forming-machine
workers. Machine tenders and glass grinders
cut, polish and grind glassware. Decorators
trace designs and then paint or etch right
on the glass. Painted glass often undergoes
a reheating process so that the paint will
stick to the surface.
High school shop, mathematics, and ap-
plied sciences courses are benefcial to
this feld. Workers who operate machines
or tend the furnaces that melt glass some-
times need high school classes in subjects
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$21,670 to $35,230 to $63,950
outlook
Ceramics Engineers
Glaziers
Workers
Plastics Technician
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 86 7/16/09 10:17:37 AM
87
such as applied physics and chemistry.
Glassblowers and designers/decorators, on
the other hand, need training in art. Many
employers prefer to hire employees with
high school diplomas or GEDs (general
equivalency diplomas). The amount of ed-
ucation and training you need to become
a glass manufacturing worker varies. Many
workers start as inexperienced beginners
and learn skills on the job and through ap-
prenticeship programs.
Certifcation may also help in secur-
ing employment as a glass manufacturing
worker. The National Glass Association of-
fers certifcation programs for auto glass
technicians and auto glass installers.
Unions such as the Glass, Molders, Pot-
tery, Plastics and Allied Workers Interna-
tional Union, and the American Flint Glass
Workers Union represent any glass manu-
facturing workers.
outlook
Glass is so common in our lives that as
long as we continue to use it in its many
forms, workers in glass manufacturing
will be needed. It is diffcult to determine
the job growth, however. Much of the en-
vironment in the glass industry depends
on other industries that use glass, such
as automobiles, spacecraft, and electron-
ics. There are two markets for which new
developments may be more important:
switchable glass (in which the ability of
the glass to be seen through is changed
by electronic and other means) and glass
used in energy conservation.
ForMoreinformation
Community art centers and adult education
programs frequently offer classes in glass-
blowing, molding, and stained-glass con-
struction. The Corning Museum of Glass
at the Corning Glass Center is an excellent
place to visit. The museum has 45,000 glass
objects, from 3,500 years ago to the pres-
ent; its library is the main research center
for students of glass.
thecorningMuseumofglass
Education Department
One Museum Way
Corning, NY 14830-2253
800-732-6845
info@cmog.org
http://www.cmog.org
glass,Molders,Pottery,Plastics
andalliedWorkersinternationalunion
PO Box 607
Media, PA 19063-0607
610-565-5051
gmpiu@ gmpiu.org
nationalglassassociation
8200 Greensboro Drive, Suite 302
McLean, VA 22102-3881
866-342-5642
certifcation@glass.org
http://www.glass.org
One way of creating glass objects is by
glass blowing. Here, a man uses a long
tube to blow air into and shape a piece of
molten glass. (Stock Connection)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 87 7/16/09 10:17:38 AM
88
glaziers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Responsibility
What
glaziersDo
Glaziers install window glass, mirrors, struc-
tural glass, storefronts, walls, doors, and
ceilings. They also install skylights, tables,
showcases, automobile windows, shower
doors, and tub enclosures. In most cases,
glass is precut in a shop or factory and
comes to the work site mounted in a frame.
Because glass is heavy and easily breakable,
glaziers may need to use a hoist or a crane
to move larger pieces into position. The
glass is held with suction cups and gently
guided into place.
When it is in place, glaziers often put
the glass on a bed of putty or another
kind of cement inside a metal or wooden
frame. They secure the glass with metal
clips, metal or wooden molding, bolts, or
other devices. They may put a rubber gas-
ket around the outside edges to clamp the
glass in place and make a moisture-proof
seal. Glaziers sometimes pack a putty-like
glazing compound into the joints at the
edges of the glass in the molding that
surrounds the open space. They trim off
the excess compound with a glazing knife
for a neat appearance.
Sometimes glaziers cut glass at a work
site to make sure its the correct size.
They put uncut glass on a rack or cutting
table, measure it, and mark the cutting
line. Glaziers use a cutting tool such as a
small, sharp wheel of hard metal, which
cuts the glass when rolled frmly over the
surface. After making a cut, they break off
the excess by hand or with a notched tool.
Glaziers may work for construction
companies, glass suppliers, or glazing con-
tractors. Some work in factories, where they
assemble windows or other glass products.
They may work outside at a building site
or indoors. Often they work on platforms
at great heights, and sometimes they may
drive a truck that carries the glass and tools
to the job.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship
Salaryrange
$21,670 to $35,230 to $63,950
outlook
Workers
/
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 88 7/16/09 10:17:38 AM
89
Most employers prefer to hire glaziers who
are high school graduates. Take mathemat-
ics and shop classes while in high school.
To become a glazier, you must com-
plete either an apprenticeship or an on-
the-job training program. Apprenticeships
last between three and four years and in-
clude shop training as well as classroom
study. Glaziers who learn their skills on the
job usually begin as helpers to experienced
workers and gradually learn to do more
diffcult tasks. Their training lasts four or
more years.
outlook
Due to growth in residential and nonresi-
dential construction, employment in this
feld is expected to increase about as fast
2016. Glass will most likely continue to be
popular for both its good looks and its prac-
tical advantages. Further improvements in
glass and glass products may continue to
make glass more desirable as a construction
material.
Nonetheless, the opportunities avail-
able to glaziers are not always plentiful.
They should expect to go through periods
of unemployment, and they must plan
for these times. During economic down-
turns, construction activity is slowed sig-
nifcantly, and jobs for construction craft-
workers become scarce. Also, construction
jobs are almost always of limited length,
so workers may be unemployed between
projects.
ForMoreinformation
Hobbies that use a variety of hand tools
and require attention to detail offer good
experience. Working with stained glass to
make decorative objects such as window-
panes, lampshades, and ornaments is an
excellent hobby to take up to become fa-
miliar with this feld. Try to get a part-time
or summer job as a helper at a construction
site or in a glass shop.
constructionemployersassociation
950 Keynote Circle, Suite 10
Brooklyn Heights, OH 44131-1802
216-398-9860
http://www.ceacisp.org
internationalunionofPaintersandallied
trades,aFl-cio,clc
1750 New York Avenue, NW
202-637-0700
http://www.iupat.org
Did You Know?
Louis Comfort Tiffany (1848-1933)
began his career as a painter be-
fore he began making his famous
stained glass creations.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 89 7/16/09 10:17:38 AM
90
grain
Merchants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Integrity/honesty
Problem solving
Whatgrain
MerchantsDo
Grain merchants take the grain grown by
farmers and deliver it to the public. They
are necessary because people need grain
year-round, but farmers can harvest only
when the grain is ripe. Grain merchants
buy, store, inspect, process, and transport
the raw grain, ensuring that there is always
enough to meet the publics needs, regard-
less of shortages and surpluses.
Grain merchants may work indepen-
dently, but many work for grain corpora-
tions or farmer-owned cooperatives. In
either case, there are two major specialists
who perform different functions in this
occupation.
Grain buyers evaluate and buy grain
for resale and milling. They select the
type of grains to order based on current
demand and future considerations. They
arrange for transportation and storage
of the grain and also identify possible
resale markets. Grain buyers may buy and
store grain directly from the farmer, or
they may work in a large terminal elevator
in such grain centers as Chicago, Minne-
apolis, or Kansas City. Terminal elevator
buyers get their grain from county eleva-
tors rather than directly from the farmer.
Other buyers work for food processors,
selecting the right type of grain for their
products.
Grain managers work at terminal eleva-
tors or other holding facilities. They inspect
grain that comes to the holding terminal
and calculate its market value. They may
also send samples to federal grain inspec-
tion agencies for a government standard-
ized analysis. As managers of local or coun-
ty grain elevators, they keep daily records
on the kinds and grades of grain received,
prices paid, amounts purchased, and the
amount in storage. They also supervise
grain elevator workers.
Those working in this feld must learn
all they can about the grain market, such
as weather, crop size and quality, trans-
portation and storage costs, government
regulations and policies, and supply and
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$24,660 to $39,780 to $56,640
outlook
Little or no change
Farmers
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 90 7/16/09 10:17:39 AM
91
demandwhatever might affect grain and
grain prices.
Take classes in agriculture, business,
mathematics, and science. Many grain
merchants have undergraduate or gradu-
ate degrees in agriculture, economics, or
business management. Associate degree
programs are also available and can open
many doors.
Many students start out by getting sum-
mer jobs at a grain elevator, or they work
as clerks or runners in a brokerage or grain
merchant frm. Others work for state and
federal government agencies, where they
may make inspections, see that regulations
are met, and grant warehouse and broker
licenses.
outlook
The employment of purchasing agents and
buyers of farm products is expected to show
little or no change through 2016. It is often
diffcult to predict how successful this in-
dustry will be each year because changes in
the weather, economy, and government af-
fect growth in this feld.
The populations of small agricul-
tural communities are decreasing rapidly
in some parts of the country, and many
farms are consolidating. Although many
grain elevators are closing as farmers look
for more stable sources of income, grain
is still in great demand around the world.
Agribusiness professionals, consultants,
and the U.S. government are all involved
in increasing this demand by searching
for new, effcient uses for grain. Scientifc
advances will also aid in grain storage and
processing.
ForMoreinformation
Familiarize yourself with this industry by
visiting a county or terminal elevator. You
may also fnd it helpful to arrange a visit to
a commodities exchange or a meeting with
a grain broker. Joining the Future Farmers
of America will teach you about current ag-
ricultural issues.
grainelevatorandProcessingSociety
4248 Park Glen Road
952-928-4640
info@geaps.com
http://www.geaps.com
nationalFutureFarmersofamerica
organization
National FFA Center
PO Box 68960
6060 FFA Drive
317-802-6060
http://www.ffa.org
unitedStatesDepartmentofagriculture
http://www.usda.gov
Fast Fact
Grain Journal, Milling Journal,
and Seed today are a few of
the industry magazines that
grain merchants read to keep
up on the business.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 91 7/16/09 10:17:39 AM
92
grant
coordinators
andWriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Reasoning
Whatgrantcoordinators
andWritersDo
Schools, social service agencies, and other
nonproft organizations try to fnd outside
sources for money, known as grants, to run
their operations. Grant coordinators man-
age the development of grant-funded pro-
grams for these organizations. They make
sure that nonproft organizations present
themselves in the best possible way while
applying for fnancial grants from the gov-
ernment or private foundations.
The grant proposal is a document in
which a nonproft organization lists its
reasons for wanting outside funding. The
grant coordinator makes sure the goals and
objectives of the nonproft organization
are stated clearly in the proposal. The grant
writer is hired by the nonproft organiza-
tion to write the proposal. The proposal
must describe the grant-funded programs
and explain how the money will be spent.
The grant writer must also describe both
the short-term and long-term goals of the
organization so that an outsider can under-
stand them.
The grant writer must write differ-
ent proposals for different kinds of fund-
ing. For example, an organization might
need money for general operations or it
might need funds for a specific program
or project.
Simply writing a strong proposal is not
enough. The proposal must be sent to ap-
propriate funding sources. Grant coordina-
tors take a leading role in deciding which
government agency or private foundation
to approach about funding a particular
project. If a nonproft organization is try-
ing to fund scientifc research, for example,
the grant coordinator might fnd founda-
tions or agencies that have already fund-
ed similar projects. The grant coordinator
must pay special attention to the require-
ments of the funding agency. If the grant
application must be in by a certain date,
for example, it is the coordinators respon-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$26,530 to $50,660 to $99,910
outlook
Business Managers
Fund-Raisers
Lobbyists
Writers
q
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 92 7/16/09 10:17:40 AM
93
sibility to make sure the application is in
on time.
If a grant application is accepted, the
grant coordinator meets with representa-
tives of the funding agency to determine
how the money will be distributed. The
grant writer must often write follow-up
reports to inform the funding agency how
the money has been spent.
Classes in English, journalism, and creative
writing, as well as history, are a good way
to develop written communication skills.
Course work in mathematics is also helpful
in dealing with fnancial documents.
Most grant coordinators have college
degrees, which are often in any number
of areas, including liberal arts or business.
Many colleges and universities offer classes
in grant writing. And professional associa-
tions also offer proposal writing and grant
coordination workshops, which teach stu-
dents how to research funding organiza-
tions and prepare proposals.
outlook
The outlook for grant coordinators and
writers is stable. Reports say that corporate
giving is leveling off, partly due to an un-
certain economy. Hundreds of agencies are
applying for the same grants, and the grant
coordinator or writer can make the differ-
ence between the organization that gets
the funding and the one that does not. A
grant coordinator who has a proven track
record in coordinating grant proposals and
obtaining grants, as well as one who has
written successful proposals, will have the
best chances of fnding work.
ForMoreinformation
Many fund-raising organizations have
helpful publications for the potential grant
coordinator. The Grantsmanship Center
Magazine and the guide, Program Planning
and Proposal Writing, are good resources for
grant writers and coordinators.
associationofFundraising
Professionals
703-684-0410
http://www.afpnet.org
givinginstitute
800-462-2372
info@givinginstitute.org
http://www.givinginstitute.org
thegrantsmanshipcenter
PO Box 17220
213-482-9860
http://www.tgci.com
Did You Know?
The frst recorded government
research grant was given to the
inventor Samuel Morse in 1842.
Morse invented the telegraph and
the code system used to send tele-
graph messages.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 93 7/16/09 10:17:40 AM
94
graphic
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whatgraphic
DesignersDo
Graphic designers plan how to arrange art-
work and lettering for books, magazines,
television programs, advertisements, prod-
uct packaging, and Web sites.
Graphic designers receive materials
for their assignments from editors, writ-
ers, illustrators, photographers, and others.
Graphic designers have to consider the au-
dience and the medium, whether it is print,
computer, or flm. They decide on a central
point of focus, such as the title of a maga-
zine article or the name of a product on a
package. They size the lettering and choose
the fonts and colors. Graphic designers
also choose and size the artwork, whether
it is an illustration, photograph, or logo.
Designers for already existing magazines,
newspapers, and other periodicals usually
have to follow a regular format that makes
every issue look consistent. Some graphic
designers create logos for companies or
draw charts and graphs.
Graphic design is a process. When de-
signing a cover for a book, designers may
create rough designs for clients to review. A
client might choose one of the designs im-
mediately or ask a designer to change the
type size, color, or other elements. Design-
ers rework their pieces until their clients
are satisfed. Then they prepare fnal pieces
for print, computer, or flm.
Each medium is different. Graphic
designers in flm and television design
the credits and other text that appears on
screen. They also work on animated graph-
ics, maps, and charts. In product packag-
ing, designers must be able to visualize a
three-dimensional object that will be print-
ed from a fat piece of artwork. Web sites
require a different arrangement of type and
pictures than magazine pages. Graphic de-
signers usually specialize in one of these
media.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Art history, Computer science
Salaryrange
$25,090 to $41,280 to $72,230
outlook
Art Directors
Artists
Book Editors
Photographers
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 94 7/16/09 10:17:42 AM
95
Graphic designers are employed by
such companies as design studios, advertis-
ing frms, publishing companies, printers,
television studios, manufacturing frms,
and retail stores. Many work indepen-
dently as freelancers. All designers today
do their work on computers, using illustra-
tion, photo manipulation, scanning, and
page layout software.
Course work in math, art, journalism, and
computer science is a good foundation for
a career in this feld. Most employers prefer
to hire people with formal art education.
The best preparation after high school
is a four-year art school program that leads
to a bachelor of fne arts degree. Many art
schools offer degree programs in graphic
design or advertising design. Some graphic
designers receive their training at vocation-
al schools that teach the required technical
skills for entry-level jobs. Since computer
skills are now all-important in this feld,
formal education or hands-on experience
in computer graphics is recommended.
outlook
Employment of designers overall is expect-
ed to grow about as fast as the average for
all occupations through 2016. Graphic de-
signers will fnd increasing employment op-
portunities in the coming years. Companies
that have Web sites and e-newsletters will
need graphic designers to create appealing
graphics and layouts. In addition, compa-
nies that produce video entertainment will
also need highly skilled and knowledgeable
graphic designers
ForMoreinformation
Participate in activities such as building
sets for plays, setting up exhibits, plan-
ning seasonal and holiday displays, and
preparing programs and other printed ma-
terials. Learn different software programs
for page layout and illustration by work-
ing on the layout of your school newspa-
per or yearbook.
americaninstituteofgraphicarts
164 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10010-5901
212-807-1990
http://www.aiga.org
nationalassociationofSchoolsofart
andDesign
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
http://www.arts-accredit.org
SocietyofPublicationDesigners
27 Union Square West, Suite 207
New York, NY 10003-3305
212-223-3332
mail@spd.org
http://www.spd.org
Fast Fact
Graphic design programs are
constantly being updated, and
new programs are introduced
every year. Its important for
graphic designers to keep up
with these innovations, as well
as to stay abreast of new trends
in design.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 95 7/16/09 10:17:43 AM
96
graphics
Programmers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatgraphics
ProgrammersDo
In order to perform properly, a computer
must be told what to do, how to do it, and
when to do it. These sets of instructions are
called computer programs. Programmers
design software that allows the computer
to perform many different tasks. Graphics
programmers write software programs that
enable the computer to produce designs
and illustrations. Programmers use special
computer languages, such as COBOL, Java,
and C++, to write their programs.
Graphics programmers write the codes
that produce two- and three-dimensional
illustrations with color, lighting, shading,
animation, and special effects. They also
write codes for morphing, which is when an
images shape is transformed by a comput-
er program. Graphics programmers create
new programs for medical imaging devic-
es, geological research, and virtual testing
systems for aircrafts, cars, and spacecraft.
They also create special effects and anima-
tion for Hollywood productions.
Graphics programmers frst review and
learn what the fnal graphics should look
like. For example, a medical school might
want a computer program that shows vari-
ous views of different parts of the body. The
program might show the skeletal system,
muscles, organs, and vascular system. Each
part of the body might need to be viewed
from the front, side, and back, as well as in
a cross section.
Graphics programmers create a fow-
chart to show the order in which a com-
puter will process information to produce
each view of each body part. They write
code in a computer language that tells the
computer mathematically how to draw
the graphics. Graphics programming is a
long process. Once the initial program is
completed, it goes through testing, code
rewriting, and debugging until it is ready
to be used.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$39,500 to $68,080 to $109,720
outlook
Decline
Graphic Designers
Software Designers
o
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 96 7/16/09 10:17:43 AM
97
To become a graphics programmer, you
must earn a college degree in computer
science. In high school, take courses in com-
puter science, English, mathematics, sci-
ence, and foreign languages. Art or graphic
design courses will help you develop a good
sense of composition, proportion, perspec-
tive, and other elements of art.
In college, take a general computer
science program. Courses should include
computer graphics but not be limited to
graphics only. While it may not be re-
quired, a graduate degree may help boost
employment opportunities.
outlook
The demand for computer specialists
should be strong for the next decade, but
the employment for programmers is slower
than other areas of computer science. Tech-
nological developments have made it easi-
er to write basic code, eliminating some of
the need for programmers to do this work.
Sophisticated software has allowed more
people to design, write, and implement
more of their own programs. As a result,
some programming functions have been
transferred to other types of workers. In ad-
dition, programmers will continue to face
competition from international program-
ming businesses, where work can be con-
tracted at lower costs.
The specialty of graphics program-
ming should still have a promising future,
though. As more applications for computer
graphics are explored and businesses fnd
ways to use graphics in their everyday op-
erations, graphics programmers will be in
demand.
ForMoreinformation
Work on your school newspaper or year-
book to get experience with graphics and
illustration programs. Join a computer
club, especially one that has other mem-
bers interested in programming. Start
learning programming languages, such as
COBOL, Java, and C++.
computerhistoryMuseum
1401 North Shoreline Boulevard
Mountain View, CA 94043-3861
650-810-1010
http://www.computerhistory.org
ieeecomputerSociety
c/o IEEE USA
202-371-0101
Specialinterestgroupon
computergraphics
associationforcomputingMachinery
New York, NY 10036-8901
800-342-6626
http://www.siggraph.org
Fast Fact
Graphics programmers need to
know many computer languag-
es. Just a few of these are BASIC,
COBOL, C, C++, SQL, and Java.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 97 7/16/09 10:17:44 AM
98
greetingcard
Designersand
Writers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatgreetingcard
DesignersandWritersDo
Greeting card designers create illustrations or
photographs for cards, posters, calendars,
stationery, mugs, and other items gener-
ally sold in card shops. Greeting card writers
compose the expressions, poems, and jokes
that accompany the images.
The contemporary greeting card in-
dustry provides a note for practically ev-
ery expression. Hallmark and American
Greetings are the biggest companies in the
business, offering cards for major holidays
and life events as well as blank cards in
which you write your own personal mes-
sage. Smaller card companies often carve
out their own individual niches, like C-ya,
which features relationship-closure cards,
and IntroKnocks, which focuses on busi-
ness occasions and events.
Some greeting card companies use
the talents of full-time staff writers and
designers, and others use freelancers to sub-
mit visual and written ideas. In addition to
printed greeting cards, some companies
create e-mail greetings, or e-cards, and
some companies produce other products,
such as mugs, posters, pillows, calendars,
balloons, party decorations, gift-wrap, but-
tons, invitations, and promotional items.
Most staff writers and designers work
on projects assigned to them by managers,
although they often participate in making
decisions about new products. Freelance
greeting card writers and designers come
up with their own ideas and then submit
them to companies for consideration. Art-
ists submit prints, color copies, duplicate
transparencies, or electronic fles of their
artwork. Writers submit their ideas on in-
dex cards or on computer disk.
Some individuals work as both artists
and writers and design their own line of
greeting cards. They usually focus on one
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$25,090 to $41,280 to $72,230
outlook
Artists
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
Literary Agents
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 98 7/16/09 10:17:46 AM
99
particular artistic style and may even pro-
duce cards by hand. Handmade cards com-
mand higher prices and are in demand by
customers who want to send a completely
unique greeting. These individuals some-
times market their products themselves to
stationery and specialty stores, or they may
contract with an established greeting card
company to sell their goods.
Art and writing classes will help you devel-
op the skills you need for a career in greet-
ing card design.
A college degree is not necessary for
this career, although card companies may
look for people with a background in Eng-
lish, creative writing, graphic design, or
commercial arts. The most important tool
for landing a job is an impressive portfo-
lio that shows your skills. Freelancers also
need solid portfolios of published or print-
ed works they have designed or written.
outlook
According to the Greeting Card Associa-
tion, the greeting card industrys retail sales
are increasing steadily. From designing
animated e-mail messages to greeting card
CD-ROM programs, greeting card writers
and designers will fnd more and more out-
lets for their work. Advances in Web tech-
nology should also aid the card designer in
posting his or her ideas and images online
to invite companies to browse, download,
and purchase ideas.
ForMoreinformation
Try writing and designing your own greet-
ing cards. Work on different artistic ideas
and moods, from serious to humorous.
There are many software programs that will
help you create attractive cards, stationery,
and newsletters. Your family and friends
will appreciate receiving handmade cards.
greetingcardassociation
202-393-1778
info@greetingcard.org
http://www.greetingcard.org
hallmarkcardsinc.
P.O. Box 419034
Mail Drop 216
800-425-5627
http://www.hallmark.com
WritersDigestbooks
1507 Dana Avenue
Cincinnati, OH 45207-2193
http://www.writersdigest.com
Two greeting card designers review
artwork for inclusion in a new line of
holiday cards. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 99 7/16/09 10:17:47 AM
100
grief
therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
Whatgrief
therapistsDo
Grief therapists, or bereavement counselors,
provide help to people who are mourning
the death of a family member or loved one.
They help people of all ages deal with their
loss and any feelings of anger, guilt, sorrow,
or depression they might have. Some grief
therapists are in private or group practice
as counselors and offer grief therapy servic-
es as part of their total practice. Counseling
may be done on a one-to-one basis, with a
small group or as part of a support group.
Hospitals, funeral homes, hospice
agencies, nursing homes, and cancer and
AIDS treatment facilities employ grief ther-
apists on a full-time, part-time, or contract
basis. Therapists provide support and help
patients, family members, and friends deal
with the situations they are experiencing.
Grief therapists are often called upon
when communities or facilities have suf-
fered numerous tragic deaths as the result
of natural disasters, violence, or accidents.
They help people deal as a group with the
tragedy that has occurred and usually pro-
vide individual counseling for persons who
feel they may need it. In recent times, they
have been called upon when violence has
hit schools, when weather-related tragedies
have taken their toll on communities or
neighborhoods, and when air disasters or
terrorist actions have taken lives. Some fu-
neral homes use grief therapists as part of
their after-care program to provide support
to survivors.
To learn how to deal with groups of peo-
ple from all cultural backgrounds, courses
in sociology, psychology, and religion are
helpful. Communication is a key part of
the grief therapists job, so speech, foreign
languages, communications, and English
courses are also vital.
A bachelors degree and a masters de-
gree are required for a career in counseling.
To become certifed, therapists must have
c
SchoolSubjectS
Masters degree
Salaryrange
$22,540 to $38,680 to $62,180
outlook
Hospice Workers
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 100 7/16/09 10:17:47 AM
101
work experience, pass a test, and provide
references and recommendations. Some
states require therapists to have a license to
practice grief therapy counseling. There may
also be continuing education requirements
for licensure and certifcation renewals.
outlook
Employment opportunities in the coun-
seling feld are expected to grow much
through 2016. Demand should be strongest
for counselors concentrating on rehabilita-
tion and on mental health, which includes
grief therapy.
A career in grief therapy holds great
promise. Our changing and aging society
creates a need for grief counseling. As baby
boomers age and experience the deaths of
their parents, friends, and families, they
are seeking out bereavement counselors to
help them adjust and deal with their feel-
ings. Counseling has become a socially ac-
cepted tool to help people deal with diff-
cult or painful situations.
As young people witness acts of vio-
lence and experience the untimely deaths
of friends, they too seek an understand-
ing that grief counselors can help provide.
Car accidents and AIDS- and drug-related
deaths can also create feelings of guilt and
depression that counselors can help people
work through. Unfortunately, there will
continue to be natural disasters such as
tornadoes, foods, avalanches, and earth-
quakes that kill large numbers of people.
Survivors will seek out counseling, either
in groups or individually.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteering for organizations such as
the Red Cross or with your local hospital,
nursing home, or hospice care center will
give you experience dealing with the sick,
troubled, or grieving. Participating in high
school clubs or other groups that organize
volunteer projects to beneft homeless peo-
ple, victims of AIDS, or battered spouses
can also give you valuable experience.
americancounselingassociation
800-347-6647
membership@counseling.org
associationforDeatheducationand
counseling
847-509-0403
http://www.adec.org
Grief therapists provide counseling to help
their patients deal with the loss of a loved
one. (Jim Varney / Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 101 7/16/09 10:17:48 AM
102
ground
Services
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
Whatground
ServicesWorkersDo
Ground service workers play a signifcant role
in the aviation process. For every airplane
that takes off, a team as big as 50 people
made sure all the details were in place
while it was on the ground. Ground service
workers ensure the safety, security, and
comfort of passengers, oversee the load-
ing and unloading of cargo and baggage,
and prepare aircraft for fight. Their level
of organization determines how smoothly
the fight process will be for passengers and
fight crew.
There are many different types of
ground service workers. Air freight agents
oversee the shipment of air freight. They
receive shipments and supervise the load-
ing and unloading of freight. Ramp service
workers are responsible for keeping the
exterior of the aircraft in top shape. They
wash and polish the plane, and perform
other necessary cleaning tasks. Ramp agents
prepare for arriving aircraft by readying
the wheel locks, belt loaders (for baggage
unloading), and other machinery used for
landing and takeoff.
Linepersons meet the arriving aircraft
and guide it to an appropriate parking area.
They secure the aircraft, check for fuid
leaks or changes in tire pressure, and of-
ten serve as a greeter to passengers. Drivers
transport supplies, equipment, and people
throughout the airport. Cabin service work-
ers clean the inside of the airplane and the
cockpit in between fights.
Baggage and air cargo handlers load and
unload baggage, airmail, and air express
and air cargo shipments for passengers.
Baggage service agents assist passengers with
delayed, lost, or damaged luggage. Aircraft
fuelers, along with drivers, transport the
aviation fuel to the waiting aircraft, and fll
the aircrafts tank.
Food service workers prepare and pack
the meals that are served during fights.
Operations agents ensure that the fight pro-
cess runs smoothly for both passengers and
c
SchoolSubjectS
Mathematics, Physical education,
Technical/Shop
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$12,701 to $28,311 to $39,173
outlook
Flight Attendants
Pilots
X
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 102 7/16/09 10:17:49 AM
103
employees. They keep track of the number
of passengers and pieces of luggage. Opera-
tions agents communicate information to
and from pilots, ground crews, and aircraft
fuelers.
Computer science, mathematics, and shop
classes are a good basis for this type of
work. Many of the positions require physi-
cal strength, so physical education classes
are also benefcial. If you are interested
in becoming an air freight or operations
agent, be sure to take as many business,
mathematics, accounting, and computer
classes as possible. If you like preparing
food, classes in family and consumer sci-
ence and health will give you a better idea
of this kind of work.
Although most ground services jobs re-
quire only a high school, many airlines like
job applicants to have some general post-
secondary education.
outlook
Employment in the air transportation in-
dustry is expected to grow about as fast as
the average through 2016. Opportunities
are expected to be better with regional air-
lines and low-cost carriers, which are grow-
ing faster than the major airlines. Ground
service workers will also have the greatest
employment opportunities because of high
turnover.
ForMoreinformation
One of the best ways to learn about a career
in ground services is to talk with a worker
in the feld. Ask your teacher or guidance
counselor to set up an information inter-
view with a ground services worker. Learn
more about the industry by reading trade
magazines, such as Air Transport World and
Business & Commercial Aviation.
airtransportassociationofamericainc.
202-626-4000
ata@airlines.org
internationalassociationofMachinistsand
aerospaceWorkers
9000 Machinists Place
Upper Marlboro, MD 20772-2687
301-967-4500
http://www.iamaw.org
866-835-5322
http://www.faa.gov
This grounds services worker loads
baggage onto a plane. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 103 7/16/09 10:17:50 AM
104
groundwater
Professionals
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatgroundwater
ProfessionalsDo
In addition to above-the-ground water, such
as lakes, streams, rivers, ponds, canals, and
oceans, there is water beneath the ground,
known as groundwater. This includes un-
derground streams and aquifers, which
are layers of water-bearing rock or sand.
Groundwater professionals are involved in
monitoring groundwater quality, mapping
groundwater supplies, and fnding ways to
clean up contaminated groundwater. They
also fnd new sources of quality groundwa-
ter, bring it to the surface, and make sure
that it is managed properly.
Groundwater professionals include all
scientists and other workers concerned
with groundwater. For example, some ge-
ologists help a local water district locate a
new source of groundwater. Civil engineers
design the wells and pumps needed to get
the water to the surface, and hydrogeologists
and chemists test the water to make sure it
is safe to drink. Groundwater profession-
als use the scientifc principles of geology,
chemistry, mathematics, engineering, and
physics in their work.
Some groundwater professionals gather
information on the quality of water to en-
sure that it is safe to use. They test water
samples for signs of pollution. They must
be aware of chemicals or garbage that
could drain into the water supply from a
waste disposal site or other location. Oth-
ers spend time in the feld testing water
and conducting other research. They work
outdoors in all types of weather and travel
from site to site.
Groundwater professionals have solid
backgrounds in mathematics and science,
particularly the physical and earth sci-
ences. Curiosity, the ability to solve com-
plex problems, and good communication
skills are benefcial. A complete under-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$35,630 to $58,380 to $99,320+
outlook
Biochemists
Chemists
Geologists
Geophysicists
Soil Scientists
Technicians
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 104 7/16/09 10:17:50 AM
105
standing of the many governmental rules
and regulations concerning groundwater
is essential.
A bachelors degree is required, and
many professionals have masters or doc-
toral degrees. Geology, civil engineering,
and chemistry are common undergraduate
majors in this feld. Engineering, geology,
hydrogeology (the science of groundwater
supplies), hydrology (the study of water
and its properties), geophysics, petroleum
geology, mining, engineering, or other re-
lated degrees are also useful.
The American Institute of Hydrology
or the National Groundwater Association
offers certifcation programs to groundwa-
ter professionals, to further enhance their
careers.
outlook
Employment of environmental scientists
and geoscientists overall is expected to
occupations through 2016. Environmental
scientists and hydrologists will fnd more
opportunities with private-sector consult-
ing frms. Population growth will increase
demands on environmental and water
resources, thus increasing the need for
groundwater professionals.
Research is needed to develop new
ways to treat contaminated groundwater, to
prevent spills or leaks, and to develop sys-
tems that will make the most of ground-
water supplies. All of this means work
for groundwater professionals in the near
future.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteering for a nonproft environmen-
tal organization will help you gain expe-
rience in this feld. To see groundwater
professionals in action, visit a landfll, con-
sulting frm, government agency, or local
water district.
4220 King Street
703-379-2480
americaninstituteofhydrology
300 Village Green Circle
Smyrna, GA 30080-3476
770-384-1634
http://www.aihydrology.org
nationalgroundWaterassociation
601 Dempsey Road
800-551-7379
ngwa@ngwa.org
http://www.ngwa.org
Growth Field
ber of groundwater professionals
is expected to grow by about 22
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 105 7/16/09 10:17:51 AM

106
guidance
counselors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Help clients or customers
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatguidance
counselorsDo
Guidance counselors help students choose
their classes and teachers and develop bet-
ter study habits. They provide information
and advice to students who are trying to se-
lect colleges and training programs. Guid-
ance counselors supply necessary school
records, write letters of recommendation,
and guide students through the applica-
tion process for admission and for fnancial
aid. Guidance counselors work mainly in
junior high and high schools.
Guidance counselors also help students
who are having educational, social, or per-
sonal problems. Sometimes, suggestions
and encouragement are all that students
need. If a problem is serious, a counselor
may refer the student to a social-welfare
agency, child guidance clinic, health de-
partment, or other service agency.
Guidance counselors collect and or-
ganize reading materials for students on
topics such as occupations, personal and
social matters (for example, peer pres-
sure and self-esteem), and educational
opportunities beyond high school. They
meet individually with students to discuss
whatever issues students face. They also
hold group guidance meetings with stu-
dents, and organize special days devoted
to career exploration and college recruit-
ment, inviting representatives of various
occupations and colleges to the school to
talk to students.
Guidance counselors help new stu-
dents learn about the school and adjust
to their new environment. They adminis-
ter and grade standardized tests and meet
with parents, school psychologists, social
workers, and other teachers to discuss in-
dividual students and school guidance
programs.
All guidance programs are unique and
tailored to the needs of each school. Guid-
ance counselors consult with other faculty
and staff members to assure a totally effec-
tive school program.
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Psychology
Masters degree
Salaryrange
$28,430 to $49,450 to $79,150+
outlook
Career Counselors
College Professors
Social Workers
L
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 106 7/16/09 10:17:51 AM
107
To prepare for a career as a guidance coun-
selor, take social studies, English, language
arts, mathematics, psychology, and speech
classes in high school.
A bachelors degree is required in this
feld. It is a good idea to major in educa-
tion so that you will have the course work
necessary for certifcation. Many guidance
counselors hold masters degrees. To be ac-
cepted into a graduate program, a bache-
lors degree and possibly a teaching certif-
cate and a few years of teaching experience
are required.
All states require guidance counselors
to have state school counseling certifcates.
Certifcation requirements will vary by
state.
outlook
Employment of educational, vocational,
and school counselors is expected to grow
about as fast as the average rate for all
other occupations through 2016. Though
violence in schools has been decreasing,
some students are afraid to go to school.
The federal government has called for
more counselors in schools to help address
issues of violence and other dangers, such
as drug use. The government, along with
counseling professionals, is also working
to remove the stigma of mental illness
and to encourage more children and fam-
ilies to seek help from school counselors.
To keep schools safe, guidance counselors
may be more actively involved in creating
and maintaining discipline policies.
Technology will continue to assist
counselors in their jobs. With Internet
access in libraries, counselors can easily
direct students to specifc career informa-
tion, scholarship applications, and college
Web sites. School counselors may also of-
fer guidance online. Students who prefer
to remain unidentifed can request infor-
mation and advice from their counselors
through e-mail and other online services.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer to assist in your counselors of-
fce, and help with career days and other
events and programs. Familiarize yourself
with college information guidance coun-
selors might suggest by visiting such Web
sites as http://www.PrincetonReview.com
and http://www. Collegebound.net.
800-347-6647
americanSchoolcounselorassociation
800-306-4722
http://www.schoolcounselor.org
Guidance counselors talk to students to
help them work through problems they
may be having at home or at school.
(Workbook Stock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 107 7/16/09 10:17:52 AM
108
hardware
engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whathardware
engineersDo
Computer hardware engineers work with the
insides of a computer, including mother-
boards, memory chips, CPUs, hard drives,
foppy drives, and CD-ROM and DVD
drives. They also work with removable
storage, video cards, sound cards, network
cards, and modems. They improve, repair,
and change parts to keep up with the de-
mand for faster and stronger computers
and better software programs.
Some hardware engineers specialize in
the design of computers or microprocessors.
Others specialize in designing and organiz-
ing information systems for business and
the government. They may also work with
peripheral devices, such as printers, scan-
ners, keyboards, speakers, and monitors.
The frst step for most hardware proj-
ects is to describe the new device and
its function. Will it be a tiny electronic
component such as a transistor? Will it be
part of a huge industrial robot? Or will it
be a microprocessor or other specialized
board? Once they defne the function, en-
gineers design the actual component and
make plans for its assembly.
Engineers need to consider the devices
overall effectiveness and reliability, its cost,
and its safety. Once the device is made, it is
tested and evaluated, several times if nec-
essary. Sometimes hardware engineers also
design the machinery that will manufac-
ture the device.
Technology such as computer-aided de-
sign (CAD) helps engineers create three-di-
mensional designs that are easily manipulat-
ed by a computer. Hardware engineers also
use different network systems such as local
area networks (LAN) and wide area networks
(WAN), among others. Specifc programming
languages suited to the companies needs are
also used. Many engineers work as part of a
team of specialists who use science, math,
and electronics to improve existing technol-
ogy or create new solutions.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$55,880 to $91,860 to $138,600
outlook
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 108 7/16/09 10:17:53 AM
109
You can get a head start on your computer
career by taking computer, electronics, and
programming classes in high school. Math-
ematics and physics classes are also impor-
tant. Speech and writing classes will help
you develop communication skills.
You will need at least a bachelors de-
gree in computer engineering or electrical
engineering. College studies might include
such computer science courses as computer
architecture, systems design, chip design,
microprocessor design, and network archi-
tecture, in addition to a heavy concentration
of math and science classes. Employment in
research laboratories or academic institu-
tions might require a masters or Ph.D.
Some employers require their employ-
ees to gain specifc certifcations. While
not always required, certifcation is consid-
ered by many to be a measure of industry
knowledge, and it is helpful when you are
negotiating for a higher salary.
outlook
Employment in computer engineering is
through 2016. Computer manufacturing
will continue to grow, but competition
from foreign manufacturers will mean
fewer jobs for hardware engineers in the
United States. Skilled engineers with solid
educational backgrounds and work expe-
rience will have greater odds of fnding
work.
Opportunities will be best in consult-
ing and in embedded systems, a technol-
ogy that uses computers to control other
devices such as appliances or cell phones.
ForMoreinformation
Join a computer club with others who are
interested in hardware. Get a mentor to
teach you about hardware components. Use
old computer parts to reconstruct new com-
puters or fx those that need repair.
accreditationboardforengineering
andtechnology
111 Market Place, Suite 1050
410-347-7700
http://www.abet.org
ieeecomputerSociety
c/o IEEE USA
202-371-0101
instituteofelectricaland
electronicsengineers
Corporate Offce
3 Park Avenue, 17th Floor
New York, NY 10016-5997
212-419-7900
http://www.ieee.org
Fast Fact
According to the U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor, the top em-
ployment sectors for hardware
engineers are: semiconduc-
tor and electronic component
manufacturing, computer and
peripheral equipment manu-
facturing, computer systems
design, architectural and engi-
neering services, and electronic
instrument manufacturing.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 109 7/16/09 10:17:53 AM
110
hazardous
Waste
Management
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhathazardousWaste
ManagementtechniciansDo
Hazardous materials are defned by the Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency as those harm-
ful to the environment or to health. It takes
many different professionals to clean up
hazardous waste sites, including scientists,
engineers, specialists, technicians, and oth-
ers. Hazardous waste management technicians
are part of this team that identifes waste
sites and remedies, or cleans up, waste.
Technicians take water or soil samples
to test for the presence of hazardous ma-
terials that have leaked, spilled, or been
dumped into the environment. Because
management of hazardous waste is highly
regulated, there is a substantial amount
of record keeping and paperwork that
hazardous waste management specialists
maintain. The cleanup of a contaminated
site, for example, may take several months
or even years.
Some hazardous waste technicians may
be specially trained in emergency response
procedures. Hazardous waste emergencies
may occur when a chemical plant has a
leak or an explosion, or when a semi-trailer
or train carrying a hazardous substance is
involved in an accident. Hazardous waste
technicians are among the frst people sent
to sites that pose immediate health risks to
the general public.
Hazardous waste management techni-
cians help identify and clean up sites that
have already been contaminated and do
not pose an immediate danger. One of the
frst duties of a technician on a site is to ob-
serve the environment. Can the effects of
the hazardous material be seen? What type
of material is it? The technicians perform
an exact analysis of the soil or groundwa-
ter that might be contaminated. They take
samples in the feld and perform laboratory
tests. They may have to take samples many
times. Technicians give their data to special-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$25,090 to $39,370 to $63,670
outlook
City Managers
and Technicians
y
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 110 7/16/09 10:17:54 AM
111
ists in hazardous waste management, who
plan how to clean up the site.
Hazardous waste management techni-
cians who work for the government often
perform general surveys of past and on-
going projects and make recommenda-
tions for the regulation of new hazardous
wastes. Other technicians work in pollu-
tion control and risk assessment for private
companies. They help hazardous waste-
producing frms limit their waste output,
follow federal regulations, decrease the
likelihood of emergency situations, and
even modify their processes to eliminate
hazardous waste altogether.
High school science courses such as chem-
istry, biology, and geology, as well as com-
puters, mathematics, speech, and commu-
nications, are helpful in this feld.
A high school diploma is the minimum
educational requirement. For most hazard-
ous waste jobs, postsecondary training is
required because of new safety consider-
ations and new treatment technologies.
Many specialists enter this feld with
two-year associates or bachelors degrees in
engineering or in environmental resource
management. Areas of expertise such as
hydrology or subsurface hydrology may re-
quire a masters or doctoral degree.
outlook
It is predicted that employment of environ-
mental science and protection technicians
will grow much faster than the average
through 2016. As environmental monitor-
ing, management, and regulatory compli-
ance increase, more hazardous waste tech-
nicians will be needed.Whereas the current
emphasis is on waste removal processes, fu-
ture job markets will revolve around waste
prevention.
ForMoreinformation
There are numerous magazines published
on hazardous waste management. The Jour-
nal of Environmental Quality offers informa-
tion online at http://jeq.scijournals.org.
centerforhealth,environmentandjustice
PO Box 6806
chej@chej.org
http://www.chej.org
instituteofhazardousMaterials
Management
11900 Parklawn Drive, Suite 450
ihmminfo@ihmm.org
http://www.ihmm.org
nationalenvironmentalhealthassociation
720 South Colorado Boulevard, Suite 1000-N
Denver, CO 80246
303-756-9090
staff@neha.org
http://www.neha.org
Hazardous waste management workers
remove toxic substances and make sure
that whatever cannot be disposed of is
stored properly. (Index Stock Imagery)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 111 7/16/09 10:17:55 AM
112
health
advocates
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
Whathealth
advocatesDo
Health advocates, also known as patient rep-
resentatives and patient advocates, work with
patients to resolve issues ranging from get-
ting insurance coverage to dealing with com-
plaints about the medical staff to explaining
a doctors treatment plan. In addition to
patients, health advocates work with physi-
cians, hospitals, health maintenance organi-
zations, insurance companies, and govern-
ment agencies. Advocates work on staff at
hospitals, nonproft groups, and other health
facilities, such as nursing homes. They also
may work as independent contractors.
Because the world of health care has be-
come so complex in recent years, its diffcult
for even the most informed patients to make
sure they are getting the best care available.
Health advocates work for patients, using
their health care expertise to promote the
interests of patients everywhere from the
doctors offce to the Senate foor.
Many clients come to health advocates
when they have been denied insurance
coverage for a specifc treatment, and the
advocate tries to fnd a way to reverse the
decision. Most insurance problems arise
from simple errors, but sometimes insur-
ance companies decide that crucial treat-
ments are unnecessary or nonstandard,
and advocates must be persistent. They use
problem-solving skills and their medical
and health administration expertise to de-
vise new negotiation strategies.
Many patients come to health advo-
cates signifcantly weakened by disease or
injury. Even patients who have educated
themselves about their condition some-
times fnd themselves too emotionally in-
volved to think clearly about fnancial or
legal details. Advocates provide both the
physical stamina and the emotional dis-
tance that these patients may lack.
Some hospitals, specialty practices, and
managed-care organizations now hire pa-
tient representatives to handle patients
complaints. Patient representatives em-
ployed by hospitals, doctors groups, or
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Health
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$25,340 to $42,920 to $76,260
outlook
Medical Ethicists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 112 7/16/09 10:17:55 AM
113
large corporations still work for improved
health care for patients, but they must also
balance their employers interests with
those of patients. For these advocates, du-
ties may be more like those of customer
service positions designed to receive and
resolve consumer complaints.
Many health care advocates work for
nonproft organizations and the growing
number of private frms that specialize in
patient advocacy. These advocates do not
have the same responsibility to consider
the fnancial needs of the doctors and in-
surance companies.
Some health advocates have less patient
contact and are more involved in improv-
ing legislation or medical standards. They
work for government agencies, community
organizations, and schools.
Health advocates need an extensive base of
knowledge that covers medical, fnancial,
emotional, and legal areas. High school
courses that are especially useful include
business, mathematics, biology, health,
and chemistry. Advocates also need strong
oral and written communication skills, and
learning a foreign language, such as Span-
ish, will also be useful.
There are no standard educational re-
quirements for health advocates. However,
most employers require advocates to have
at least a bachelors degree, preferably in
health administration, pre-med, biology, or
nursing. Helpful courses include communi-
cations, management, confict resolution,
and medical terminology. Some schools
also offer classes in patient representation.
Schools are beginning to offer specialized
programs of study. Sarah Lawrence Col-
lege, for example, offers a masters degree
in health advocacy.
outlook
Employment in the health services industry
will increase as the population ages and new
medical technologies evolve. This growth is
likely to contribute to health advocacy em-
ployment as the number of elderly patients
increases and the feld of health services be-
comes larger and more complex.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer at a community social service
organization or a religious group that
helps the elderly, the ill, or people with
disabilities.
healthadvocacyProgram
Sarah Lawrence College
1 Mead Way
Bronxville, NY 10708-5999
914-337-0700
http://www.slc.edu
Societyforhealthcareconsumeradvocacy
1 North Franklin, 31N
312-422-3700
http://www.shca-aha.org
Did You Know?
One big change that health ad-
vocates helped to bring about
was the Patients Bill of Rights.
This 1973 bill acknowledged that
patients had the right to respect-
ful, quality treatment from health
care professionals.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 113 7/16/09 10:17:56 AM
114
healthand
regulatory
inspectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whathealthand
regulatoryinspectorsDo
In the United States, the government passes
laws to protect the health and safety of the
public. Health and regulatory inspectors en-
force those laws. They work for the federal,
state, and local governments, and have dif-
ferent titles depending on the type of work
they do.
Food and drug inspectors inspect and
monitor companies that produce, store,
handle, and market food, drugs, and cos-
metics. They use scales, thermometers,
chemical testing kits, ultraviolet lights, and
cameras. They look for evidence to deter-
mine whether a product is harmful to the
publics health or does not meet other stan-
dards for safety.
Agricultural inspectors make sure that
the public receives reliable and safe fruits,
vegetables, grains, and dairy products.
They check domestic products and prod-
ucts shipped from foreign countries. Some
of these inspectors check aircraft, ships,
and railway cars to make sure that no ille-
gal products enter the United States.
Environmental health inspectors enforce
standards of cleanliness in food process-
ing plants, restaurants, hospitals, and oth-
er industries. They make sure that food is
safe, garbage is disposed of properly, and
water and air quality meet government
standards.
Customs inspectors enforce the laws that
regulate imports and exports. They inspect
contents, known as cargo, coming into and
leaving the United States. They determine
if the cargo is legal and how much tax, if
any, must be paid on it. Customs inspec-
tors also check the baggage of people enter-
ing and leaving the country to make sure
that all required taxes have been paid and
that nothing is being smuggled (carried il-
legally) in the baggage.
Occupational safety and health inspectors
are responsible for the safety and health
of employees in the workplace. They in-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$25,280 to $44,020 to $71,640
outlook
Customs Offcials
y
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 114 7/16/09 10:17:56 AM
115
spect machinery, working conditions, and
equipment to make sure that proper safety
precautions are used. They monitor noise
and air pollution, chemical exposure, and
hazardous waste.
Courses in biology, health, chemistry, ag-
riculture, and earth sciences are recom-
mended for this type of work.
A bachelors degree is required. The
specifc degree and training qualifcations
vary for each position and inspection area.
For federal positions, a civil service exami-
nation is usually required. Education and
experience in the specifc feld are usually
necessary.
Health and regulatory inspectors are
highly trained professionals who must have
excellent knowledge of federal, state, and
local laws. Some inspectors have to pass
written examinations relating to the type of
inspections they will perform.
outlook
The employment outlook for health and
regulatory inspectors depends on the growth
of the industries or businesses they work in.
Employment of compliance offcers and of
occupational health and safety inspectors
is expected to grow about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016. Little or no change in
employment growth is predicted for agri-
cultural inspectors, as governments at all
levels are not expected to hire many new
inspectors and regulators.
Some employment growth may occur
at local levels, especially in the regulation
of water pollution and solid and hazardous
waste disposal. In private industry some
job growth may occur due to increased en-
forcement of government regulations.
ForMoreinformation
To learn more about careers in this feld, in-
terview an inspector who examines the food
and procedures at your local grocery store,
restaurant, or school cafeteria. Visit the En-
vironmental Protection Agencys Student
Center at http://www.epa.gov/students.
environmentalProtectionagency
202-272-0167
http://www.epa.gov
occupationalSafetyandhealth
administration
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue
800-321-6742
http://www.osha.gov
u.S.Departmentofhealthandhuman
Services
877-696-6775
http://www.hhs.gov
Health inspectors make sure that
restaurant kitchens follow rules for safety
and cleanliness. (David R. Frazier / Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 115 7/16/09 10:17:57 AM
116
healthcare
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whathealth
careManagersDo
Health care managers direct the operation of
health care organizations. They may man-
age hospitals, nursing homes, medical group
practices, long-term care facilities, rehabili-
tation clinics, and health maintenance orga-
nizations. They are responsible for the build-
ing, equipment, services, staff, budgets, and
relations with other organizations.
Health care managers organize and
manage a wide variety of activities. They
hire and supervise employees, calculate
budgets, set fees to be charged to patients,
and establish billing methods. They buy
supplies and equipment and set up ways
to maintain the building and equipment.
They make sure there are mail, phone, and
laundry services for patients and staff. They
also make sure that their facility meets cer-
tain standards. Together with the medical
staff and department heads, they develop
training programs for staff.
Health care managers work closely
with their facilitys board of directors to
develop plans and policies. They may also
carry out large projects, such as fund-raising
campaigns, that help the facility update its
services.
Managers may organize training pro-
grams for nurses, interns, and others in
cooperation with the medical staff and
department heads. They also represent the
medical facility at community or profes-
sional meetings.
While in high school, take classes in math-
ematics, computer science, health, biol-
ogy, chemistry, and social studies. In col-
lege, take a wide range of courses, such as
social sciences, economics, and business
administration.
Most employers prefer to hire health
care managers with a graduate degree in
health services administration. Some medi-
cal facilities hire managers who are physi-
cians or registered nurses or have training
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Business
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$46,860 to $76,990 to $132,580
outlook
Business Managers
Health Advocates
Nurses
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 116 7/16/09 10:18:00 AM
117
in law or business along with health care
experience. A few facilities require that
their chief executives be physicians, while
others look for people with formal train-
ing in law or general business administra-
tion as well as solid work experience in the
health care feld.
Certifcation can help advance health
care managers careers. Those with bache-
lors or masters degrees can earn the certi-
fed title of Registered Health Information
Administrator from the American Health
Information Management Association.
All states require nursing home adminis-
trators to be licensed. Because requirements
vary from state to state, you should contact
the state licensing body for licensure re-
quirements. Continuing education is now a
condition of licensure in most states.
outlook
Employment opportunities in health care
will be excellent through 2016 as the in-
dustry continues to diversify and deal with
the problems of fnancing health care for
everyone. It is predicted that employment
will grow at a rate faster than the average.
Physicians offces, home health care ser-
vices, and outpatient care centers will offer
the most opportunities.
Not all areas of health care will grow
at the same rate, however. Rising costs
continue to impact and alter health care sys-
tems. The number of hospitals is declining
as separate companies are set up to provide
services such as ambulatory surgery, alco-
hol and drug rehabilitation, or home health
care. While hospitals themselves may offer
fewer jobs, many new openings are expect-
ed to be available in other health care set-
tings. Employment will grow the fastest in
residential care facilities and practitioners
offces and clinics.
ForMoreinformation
Health care managers need to be leaders
and talented speakers. Join debate and
speech clubs to develop these skills. Try
setting up an appointment to interview
a professional in your area of interest.
Remember to bring a list of questions to
the meeting. When you are a little older,
you can volunteer to work in a hospital or
nursing home.
americancollegeofhealthcare
administrators
12100 Sunset Hills Road, Suite 130
Reston, VA 20190-3233
888-882-2422
http://www.achca.org
americanhealthinformationManagement
association
233 North Michigan Avenue, 21st Floor
312-233-1100
info@ahima.org
http://www.ahima.org
associationofuniversityPrograms
inhealthadministration
2000 North 14th Street, Suite 780
703-894-0940
http://www.aupha.org
Growth Field
of health care managers is expected
to grow by about 16 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 117 7/16/09 10:18:01 AM

118
healthclub
ownersand
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whathealthclubowners
andManagersDo
Health club owners and managers are re-
sponsible for the overall success of a ftness
facility. Club owners buy, sell, and lease
facilities, oversee top management, and
play a role in the hiring and fring of staff.
Club managers handle the daily operations
of the club, such as hiring, training, and
scheduling staff members, planning ftness
programming, checking exercise equip-
ment, and ensuring the safety and cleanli-
ness of the club.
Health club managers coordinate club
events and services. They plan exercise
programs, hire trainers and class instruc-
tors, supervise facility redesign and con-
struction, and oversee the custodial staff.
Depending on the size of the health club,
managers may have different job titles and
specialized duties, such as ftness directors or
membership managers. They may also over-
see the fnances of the club.
Many health club owners expand their
business beyond one location. To choose
a new site, owners must analyze their f-
nances and ensure that there is enough
local support for a new club. Owners also
must be aware of the areas zoning laws
or other federal, state, and local regula-
tions concerning the construction of new
buildings.
In general, health club owners and
managers spend most of their time in the
offce or somewhere within the health
club itself, supervising the day-to-day
management. Club owners determine the
organizational structure of the facility
and set personnel staffng requirements.
As staffng needs arise, the club manager
addresses them with the owner, who then
sets the education, experience, and perfor-
mance standards for each position. Large
clubs usually have separate personnel di-
rectors handling the hiring of employees,
whereas in smaller clubs, managers inter-
view and oversee the staff.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, English
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$49,413 to $76,382 to $104,547
outlook
Business Managers
Fitness Directors
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 118 7/16/09 10:18:01 AM
119
High school courses that will give you a
general background for work in health
club ownership or management include
business, health, mathematics, physical
education, and computer science. Speech
and writing classes will help you hone your
communication skills.
A bachelors degree is generally required
to own or manage a health club. Manag-
ing a school club or other organization
will give you an introduction to oversee-
ing budgets and the work of others. Many
owners and managers hold a masters de-
gree in business administration or sports
facility management.
Most club owners require that higher-
level managers have a minimum of fve
years of experience in the feld or industry.
This may include experience in other man-
ager positions or in related ftness careers.
Many managers end up in their manage-
ment positions after frst working as one of
the clubs staff members, such as an aero-
bics instructor or personal trainer.
Certifcation ensures that a health club
facility meets certain standards and regula-
tions. The International Facility Manage-
ment Association offers the designation of
certifed facility manager (CFM). The Inter-
national Association of Assembly Managers
also offers the certifcation designation of
certifed facilities executive (CFE).
outlook
The U.S. Department of Labor predicts much
faster than average growth for the ftness
industry through 2016. Because a growing
number of people realize the importance of
daily exercise for their general health and
well-being, health clubs should continue to
enjoy growth and popularity in the com-
ing years. As the number of health clubs in-
creases, so too will the demand for qualifed
individuals who are able to run them.
ForMoreinformation
Participate in your schools sports clubs and
volunteer to help your sports instructors
and coaches. Learn more about the feld by
visiting health clubs near you and speaking
with owners and managers.
americancouncilonexercise
858-279-8227
iDeahealthandFitnessassociation
800-999-4332, ext. 7
contact@ideaft.com
internationalFacilityManagement
association
1 East Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100
Houston, TX 77046-0194
713-623-4362
ifma@ifma.org
http://www.ifma.org
Potential gym members speak with a
health club owner about membership
policies and the clubs facilities. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 119 7/16/09 10:18:02 AM
120
health
educators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whathealth
educatorsDo
Health educators educate people about
healthy living and disease prevention.
They may work one-on-one with individ-
ual adults. They may work at clinics and
hospitals, with public-health departments,
and with private organizations. Health ed-
ucators may also teach students in public
schools, colleges, and universities. They
help people and young adults understand
how their behaviors and lifestyle choices
can impact their health, and how to mod-
ify those behaviors to remedy health prob-
lems and achieve wellness.
Health educators who work in schools
put together lectures and discussions on
topics such as personal health, safety, and
nutrition. Depending on the schools pro-
gram and the needs of students, they may
also focus on such topics as drug and other
substance abuse, sexuality, and emotional
health. Health educators help students
become aware of illnesses, diseases, symp-
toms, prevention, and treatment options.
In medical settings, patients with health
conditions or diseases need to understand
the diagnoses and treatment. Health edu-
cators meet with them and their families
to educate them about surgeries, lifestyle
changes, and other resources to help im-
prove their health. They may also refer
them to outside resources, such as support
groups, home health agencies, and social
services.
Non-proft organizations and other
companies hire health educators to re-
search and write reports or make presen-
tations on specifc diseases, illnesses, or
certain health issues. Private companies
may also hire health educators to conduct
workshops and other programs on health
and wellness for employees. They may also
conduct health screenings.
Take classes in health education, biology,
and psychology. Strong communication
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Health education, Psychology
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$25,340 to $42,920 to $76,260
outlook
College Professors
Health Advocates
Psychologists
Social Workers
L
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 120 7/16/09 10:18:02 AM
121
skills will help in teaching students and ad-
vising patients, so be sure to take English
classes. Knowledge of a foreign language
is also useful in the health education feld,
such as Spanish and French.
A bachelors degree in health education
is the minimum requirement for entry-lev-
el health educator positions. Students can
further their education, and employment
prospects, by getting a Master of Arts, Mas-
ter of Science, Master of Education, or a
Master of Public Health degree.
Some employers may require health
educators to be Certifed Health Education
Specialists. This is a credential that the Na-
tional Commission of Health Education
Credentialing, Inc., offers to those who
already have a degree in health education
and who pass the certifcation exam.
outlook
Health educators will have excellent em-
ployment opportunities in the coming
years. The U.S. Department of Labor pre-
dicts much faster than average growth in
this feld through 2016. The rising cost
in health care will mean greater interest
in living healthier and taking preventive
measures to improve wellness. Insurance
companies, employers, and governments
will be keen to hire health educators as
a means to help reduce health insurance
and health care costs. Health educators
may, however, see fewer work opportuni-
ties in secondary schools, due to budget
costs.
ForMoreinformation
If you have a health education teacher in
your school, ask how he or she became
interested in this work. You can also get
an overview of the public health educa-
tion feld and career options by reading
the book Public Health: Career Choices That
Make a Difference, by Bernard J. Turnock
(Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2006).
americanassociationforhealtheducation
Reston, VA 20191-1598
http://www.aahperd.org/aahe
SocietyforPublichealtheducation
http://www.sophe.org
Growth Field
ber of health educators is expect-
ed to grow from 62,000 to 78,000,
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 121 7/16/09 10:18:03 AM

122
health
Physicists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Reasoning
WhathealthPhysicistsDo
Health physicists are radiation safety pro-
fessionals. They aim to protect workers,
the public, and the environment from
the possible hazards of ionizing radiation
while at the same time developing benef-
cial uses for it. Ionizing radiation is used
in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases,
in scientifc research, and in generating
electrical power. Exposure to excessive
amounts can be hazardous to all living or-
ganisms, and there are potential hazards
if it is misused. Caution must be exercised
whenever dealing with nuclear reactors,
particle accelerators, X-ray machines, ra-
diation therapy, and nuclear weapons as
well as during the manufacture and dis-
posal of radioactive materials.
Health physicists measure and calcu-
late how much radiation workers are ex-
posed to in different settings. They try to
reduce doses of exposure through the use
of shielding, more effcient work practices,
substitution or reduction of sources, and
use of automation and remote handling
tools. They conduct radiological surveys
and measure radiation felds in the work-
place and the environment, and doses
received by workers. Health physicists de-
velop procedures for federal and state regu-
lations and guidelines for the safe use of
radioactive materials, and train workers in
following these procedures correctly. They
also help prepare for and respond to emer-
gencies involving a loss of control of radio-
active materials.
Power reactor health physicists work at
reactor sites, overseeing everything having
to do with radiation protection.
Medical health physicists work in facili-
ties where radiation sources are used in the
treatment or diagnosis of disease.
Regulatory enforcement health physicists
develop and enforce the rules and regula-
tions concerning radioactive materials.
Occupational safety health physicists
work with private companies to ensure
that safety procedures are in place and
followed.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Chemistry, Physics
Salaryrange
$51,870 to $96,850 to $123,610
Doctoral degree
outlook
Nuclear Engineers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 122 7/16/09 10:18:06 AM
123
Environmental health physicists work on
protecting the environment and the pub-
lic from exposure to man-made or natural
radioactivity.
Science courses, including biology, chemis-
try, and physics, and mathematics are im-
portant in preparing for this career.
For most positions, a doctoral degree
is required. Individuals with a bachelors
degree in health physics may qualify for
research positions with private businesses,
or non-research jobs in the federal govern-
ment. Masters degree holders may be able
to fnd positions in manufacturing, applied
research, and development.
Physicists usually start out in research
positions, working closely with, and learn-
ing valuable skills from, senior scientists.
outlook
Employment for physicists is expected to
be about as fast as the average for all occu-
pations through 2016. The public demand
for safe and healthy work environments, as
well as the increasing importance of emer-
gency preparedness, will create more need
for health physicists. Job openings will
also arise from the need to replace workers
retiring from the feld.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer at a hospital or other medical
facility to get exposure to the health care
feld and perhaps even to learn about the
use of radiation therapy in medical treat-
ments. A limited number of internships are
available to high school students as assis-
tants to researchers.
americanacademyofhealthPhysics
1313 Dolley Madison Boulevard, Suite 402
McLean, VA 22101-3926
703-790-1745, ext. 25
http://www.hps1.org/aahp
americannuclearSociety
555 North Kensington Avenue
LaGrange Park, IL 60526-5335
800-323-3044
http://www.newans.org
healthPhysicsSociety
McLean, VA 22101-3926
703-790-1745
http://www.hps.org
nationalcouncilonradiationProtection
andMeasurements
301-657-2652
http://www.ncrponline.org
Did You Know?
The frst hospital in America was
the Pennsylvania Hospital, estab-
lished by Benjamin Franklin and
Dr. Thomas Bond in 1751.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 123 7/16/09 10:18:06 AM
124
heating
andcooling
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Reasoning
Whatheatingand
coolingtechniciansDo
Heating and cooling technicians install, re-
pair, and service the machinery that heats
and cools houses and other buildings. Since
each heating and cooling system involves
more than one machine, technicians must
understand every part, including the ducts
and pipes that distribute the air throughout
a building. Some technicians are trained in
all aspects of the feld, but many specialize
in a certain area. Technicians work in facto-
ries, supermarkets, hotels, and stores, and
at new construction sites.
Heating and cooling technicians may
also be referred to as HVACR technicians,
because they work with heating, ventila-
tion, air-conditioning, and refrigeration
systems.
Technicians read and follow blueprints
to assemble and install air-conditioning,
refrigeration, and heating systems and
equipment. Structure sizes and climate-
control specifcations vary, so technicians
have to pay close attention to all of the
details within the blueprint. They use alge-
bra and geometry to calculate the sizes and
shapes of duct-work.
As a fnal step in assembly and instal-
lation, technicians run tests on equipment
to ensure that it functions properly. They
adjust thermostats, reseal piping, and re-
place parts as needed.
Some heating and cooling technicians
work for companies that manufacture air-
conditioning, heating, and refrigeration
equipment. Here they may test or help
design new equipment. Other technicians
work for companies that sell, install, and
repair the equipment. These technicians
help customers select equipment that best
suits their needs.
To become a heating and cooling techni-
cian, you must earn a high school diploma.
Some high school courses that will help
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$24,240 to $38,360 to $61,390
outlook
Appliance Repairers
Electricians
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 124 7/16/09 10:18:07 AM
125
prepare you for this career are English,
computer science, physics, algebra, and
geometry. Courses in mechanical drawing,
blueprint reading, and metal shop are also
helpful.
Most employers prefer to hire techni-
cians who have completed a two-year train-
ing program in heating and cooling at a vo-
cational or technical school. This training
program includes courses such as advanced
algebra, trigonometry, electricity, engineer-
ing, physics, and technical writing. Many
heating and cooling technicians learn the
job by assisting experienced technicians.
(A high school diploma is a prerequisite for
such apprenticeships.)
Most heating and cooling technicians
do not need a special license or certifcate.
A certifcate is required, however, for tech-
nicians who handle potentially danger-
ous refrigerant materials such as Freon. In
some parts of the country, there may be
local requirements for certifcation.
outlook
Employment in the heating and cooling
feld is expected to increase about as fast
2016. Some openings will be generated be-
cause of a demand for new climate-control
systems for residences and industrial and
commercial users.
Technicians who are involved in main-
tenance and repair are not as affected by
the economy as workers in some other
jobs. Whereas in bad economic times a
consumer may postpone building a new
house or installing a new air-conditioning
system, hospitals, restaurants, technical
industries, and public buildings will still
require skilled technicians to maintain
their climate-control systems. Technicians
who are skilled in more than one aspect of
the feld will have greater job fexibility.
ForMoreinformation
Arrange feld trips to companies that manu-
facture or repair this equipment. Visiting a
technical school that offers air-conditioning,
refrigeration, and heating classes also can be
very helpful. To learn more about this indus-
try, visit http://www.coolcareers.org.
americanSocietyofheating,refrigerating
andair-conditioningengineers,inc.
1791 Tullie Circle, NE
800-527-4723
ashrae@ashrae.org
http://www.ashrae.org
Plumbing-heating-coolingcontractors
association
PO Box 6808
180 South Washington Street
Falls Church, VA 22040
800-533-7694
naphcc@naphcc.org
http://www.phccweb.org
Heating and cooling technicians
sometimes have to climb up on a
buildings roof to access the parts of the
heater or air conditioner that need to be
fxed. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 125 7/16/09 10:18:07 AM
126
heattreaters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Responsibility
WhatheattreatersDo
Heat treaters work with metals to make
them harder, stronger, and more fexible.
To do this, they heat the metals, cool them,
and treat them with chemicals. Heat treat-
ers work in plants that manufacture a vari-
ety of metal products such as automobile
parts, construction materials, hand tools,
or jewelry.
Heating, or annealing, metal softens
it, refnes its grain, and removes internal
stress points. This process may require a
furnace as hot as 2,450 degrees Fahren-
heit. Heat-treating plants now use com-
puterized ovens and timing devices for
heating metals. Cooling a metal is called
quenching. A metal may be quenched by
putting it in a liquid or by cooling it in the
air. Reheating, or tempering, a metal after
it has cooled makes the metal tough and
fexible.
Experienced heat treaters decide how
to heat and cool an object based on their
knowledge of metals, heating and cooling
processes, and the desired qualities of the
end product and for how long. They are
also responsible for operating the furnace
and quenching equipment.
Many workers specialize in one phase
of heat treating. Annealers control furnaces
and load metals for heating. Temperers re-
heat and requench metals. Induction-ma-
chine operators use an electrical process to
treat metals. Flame-hardening-machine set-
ters set up fame-hardening machines to
bring a metal to the proper hardness.
Heat treaters work with heavy and
heated materials and sometimes suffer
burns and bruises. Improved machinery,
however, has reduced the dangers caused
by heat, fumes, and smoke.
Most heat treaters are required to have a
high school diploma. To prepare for a ca-
reer as a heat treater, you should take high
school courses such as machine shop, com-
puters, mathematics, chemistry, drafting,
and English.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship
Salaryrange
$19,860 to $32,750 to $61,320
outlook
Decline
Coremakers
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 126 7/16/09 10:18:08 AM
127
Many heat-treating employers have
apprenticeship programs, which usually
last four years and include both classroom
work and on-the-job training. Apprentices
begin by observing and assisting experi-
enced heat treaters. They study printed
materials on metals and machinery opera-
tion. Apprentices are given more diffcult
tasks as they gain experience. Classroom
instruction covers such topics as math-
ematics, mechanical drawing, trade tech-
nology, physics, elements of metallurgy,
fundamentals of ferrous metallurgy, elec-
troplating and metal fnishing, metallurgy
of welding and joining, stainless steels,
chemistry of iron and steel, stress and
strain of materials, applied mechanics,
and physical metallurgy.
outlook
The job outlook for workers in this feld
will always depend on the market for man-
ufactured metal products, which in turn
depends on the strength of the economy.
It is predicted that employment for most
machine setters, operators, and tenders
will decline through 2016. Factors that
will affect the job market for heat treaters
include increased automation, which will
replace lower-skilled workers in particular,
and foreign competition, which is cutting
into the domestic metal-product industry.
Competition for heat-treating positions
will be keen. Skilled heat treaters will have
the greatest chance of flling any open po-
sitions if they have good, working knowl-
edge of the properties of metals and can
operate a variety of machines.
ForMoreinformation
One of the best ways to learn about the
heat-treating feld is to visit a frm that
engages in commercial heat treating or a
manufacturing plant with a heat-treating
department. Another way to learn about
the feld is to study heat-treating tech-
niques in shop classes.
glassMolders,Pottery,Plasticsandallied
Workersinternationalunion
PO Box 607
Media, PA 19063-0607
610-565-5051
gmpiu@gmpiu.org
Metaltreatinginstitute
1550 Roberts Drive
Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250-3222
904-249-0448
http://www.metaltreat.com
nationaltoolingandMachining
association
800-248-6862
info@ntma.org
http://www.ntma.org
Fast Fact
The following publications are
helpful reads to people in the
heat-treating industry: Ad-
vanced Materials and Process-
es, heat treating Progress, and
industrial heating.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 127 7/16/09 10:18:08 AM
128
herbalists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatherbalistsDo
Herbalists practice healing through the use
of herbs. Herbs are plants or plant parts
that include roots, bark, leaves, fowers, or
berries.
Professional herbalists work in a variety
of places. Some are independent health care
providers. Others own or work in health
food stores. A few grow or harvest herbs.
Some manufacture or sell herbal products.
Herbalists who want to work as health
care professionals have two choices for
training. They can be trained in Oriental
medicine or in naturopathy.
Oriental medicine practitioners, or Chi-
nese herbalists, practice herbal science ac-
cording to the philosophy and principles
of Oriental medicine. The goal of Oriental
medicine is to help people balance their vi-
tal energy. The Chinese named that energy
qi (pronounced chee).
Chinese herbalists ask many questions
about their patients life and health. They
try to understand everything about the
patients body, mind, and spirit. Based on
this information, herbalists decide what is
out of balance in the patients vital energy
(qi). Finally, they select the proper herbs to
restore balance to the qi.
Naturopaths, or naturopathic physicians,
study a system of health care called naturop-
athy, which uses more natural approaches to
health and healing. Herbal medicine is one
approach they use. Like Chinese herbalists,
naturopaths take into account all of the pa-
tients characteristics and symptoms. If they
decide to use an herbal remedy, they may
create a mixture of either Chinese herbs or
Western herbs. They develop herbal formu-
las to specifcally treat a patients symptoms
and complaints.
If you are interested in a career as an herb-
alist, take classes in botany, ecology, or
horticulture in high school to learn about
plants and how they grow. Psychology and
English classes will help you build good
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$32,530 to $65,890 to $97,880+
outlook
Acupuncturists
Aromatherapists
Homeopaths
Naturopaths
Osteopaths
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 128 7/16/09 10:18:11 AM
129
If you choose the Chinese approach
to herbalism, you will study six to eight
years after high school. Oriental medi-
cine schools teach Chinese herbology. As
an undergraduate, you will study science,
nursing, or pre-med. Then you will take a
four-year masters level program in Orien-
tal medicine.
Becoming a naturopathic physician
requires eight years of study after high
school. First, you complete a pre-med un-
dergraduate program that includes cours-
es in herbal sciences, chemistry, and other
basic medical sciences. The naturopathic
doctoral degree is a four-year program
that includes courses in botanical medi-
cine and other basic medical sciences.
In addition to course instruction, there
is extensive clinical training. When you
fnish, you will have a Doctor of Naturo-
pathic Medicine degree (N.D. or N.M.D.).
Certifcation and licensing for herbalists
is required by certain states.
outlook
With the American publics rapidly increas-
ing interest in alternative health care and
natural health remedies, herbalists will be
in demand in the early 21st century. In
addition, the rising costs of mainstream
health care and prescriptions in the United
States have induced people to explore na-
turopathy as a less-expensive way to treat
their ailments. Mainstream magazines and
newspapers, television, and the Internet
are full of articles and advertisements tell-
ing of the virtues and successes of herbal
therapies.
ForMoreinformation
Go to health food stores and Chinese herb
shops, and look through the books and
periodicals they offer. Look at the vari-
ous products being sold. Read the lists of
ingredients to get an idea of the types of
plants being used and what they are meant
to treat. Talk to the people who run the
shops, because chances are they are prob-
ably herbalists. Join a local horticulture
society, plant a garden, or grow plants in
containers or a window garden.
americanherbalistsguild
141 Nob Hill Road
Cheshire, CT 06410-1710
203-272-6731
ahgoffce@earthlink.net
http://www.americanherbalistsguild.com
americanherbalProductsassociation
8630 Fenton Street, Suite 918
301-588-1171
ahpa@ahpa.org
http://www.ahpa.org
herbresearchFoundation
4140 15th Street
303-449-2265
http://www.herbs.org
Herbalists use combinations of herbs
and other plants to treat their patients.
(Botanica)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 129 7/16/09 10:18:12 AM
130
histologic
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Whathistologic
techniciansDo
Histologic technicians perform basic labora-
tory procedures to prepare tissue specimens
for microscopic examination. They process
specimens to prevent deterioration and cut
them using special laboratory equipment.
They stain specimens with special dyes
and mount the tissues on slides. Histologic
technicians work closely with pathologists
and other medical personnel to detect dis-
ease and illness. They also perform quality
control tests and keep accurate records of
their work.
After a tissue sample is taken from a pa-
tient, the frst step is to prepare it for study.
This is known as fxation and is done by
a pathologist or scientist. The specimen is
examined, described, trimmed to the right
size, and placed in fuids to preserve it.
When the fxed specimen arrives at
the histology lab, the technician removes
the water and replaces it with melted
wax. This wax moves into the tissue and
provides support for the delicate cellular
structure as it cools and hardens. Then
the technician places small pieces of wax-
soaked tissue in larger blocks of wax, a step
called embedding, which prevents the tis-
sue from collapsing during the next step
of the process.
The technician then mounts the speci-
men on a microtome, which is a scientifc
instrument with a very sharp blade. The
microtome cuts thin slices of tissue, often
only one cell thick. The technician cuts
many sections of tissue, usually one after
another so they form a ribbon, which is
placed in warm water until it fattens out.
Then the prepared sections are laid on mi-
croscope slides.
Next the technician stains each tissue
specimen by adding chemicals and places
a coverslip over the sample to protect it.
Different stains highlight different tissue
structures or abnormalities in the cells,
which aids in the diagnoses and study of
diseases.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Health
Salaryrange
$22,670 to $34,270 to $52,190
outlook
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 130 7/16/09 10:18:15 AM
131
A second, quicker technique is used to
prepare samples and make diagnoses while
the patient is still in the operating room.
In these cases, tissue specimens are frozen
instead of embedded in wax.
Biology, chemistry, and other science cours-
es are important to take in high school if
you wish to enter a histotechnology pro-
gram after graduation. Mathematics and
computer science courses, as well as classes
in speech and English, are also important.
A college degree or formal training
through an institution such as a hospital
is preferred by employers and is becoming
more generally recommended.
Accredited institutions offer one- and
two-year certifcate programs that include
classroom studies along with clinical and
laboratory experience. Other histologic
technicians earn an associates degree from
an accredited college or university and par-
ticipate in supervised, hands-on experience
in clinical settings. Certifcation is not re-
quired for entry-level histologic techni-
cians. Some states, however, require that
technicians be licensed.
outlook
Employment for clinical laboratory work-
ers is expected to grow faster than the
As the population grows, the need for labo-
ratory tests will rise. Advances in technol-
ogy will have both positive and negative
effects on employment in this career. The
development of new tests and procedures
is expected to increase opportunities, but
at the same time many tests are being sim-
plifed so that health care professionals and
patients can perform them themselves.
ForMoreinformation
Visit hospitals and clinics to observe and in-
terview professionals in this feld. Reading
publications such as the American Journal of
Clinical Pathology will help you to become
more familiar with this industry as well.
americanSocietyforclinicalPathology
800-267-2727, option 2
http://www.ascp.org
nationalaccreditingagencyforclinical
laboratorySciences
5600 North River Road, Suite 720
Rosemont, IL 60018-5119
773-714-8880
info@naacls.org
http://www.naacls.org
nationalSocietyforhistotechnology
10320 Little Patuxent Parkway, Suite 804
443-535-4060
histo@nsh.org
http://www.nsh.org
Growth Field
ber of histologic technicians is
expected to grow by about 15
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 131 7/16/09 10:18:16 AM

132
historians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhathistoriansDo
Historians study manuscripts, artifacts, and
other objects of earlier periods to learn
about past civilizations. They write about
their fndings and teach others so that we
can have a better understanding about how
the events and infuences of the past have
helped to shape our world today. Many his-
torians are college professors. Others work
in museums, libraries, historical societies,
and for the government.
Historians usually specialize in a spe-
cifc country, ethnic group, time period,
or social movement. They may special-
ize in China, World War II, Indian tribes
of the Great Plains, or the Civil Rights
movement, for example. Some historians
study historical trends and theories. They
might, for instance, research how and why
revolutions and wars happen, or how the
development of religions affects political
systems.
Historians spend most of their time
conducting research and teaching. Their
research might involve visiting libraries,
museums, and archives to collect and read
various books, letters, and documents. It
may also involve interviewing people or
inspecting buildings and artifacts, such as
tools, clothing, art, religious objects, and
furniture. Historians analyze these objects
and draw conclusions about the people
who used them. Some historians focus on
preserving found objects. They often work
in museums or cultural centers.
Historians must also be excellent writ-
ers. They document their discoveries and
ideas about what happened in the past.
Because history is an ongoing process, it is
important to keep accurate records.
If you are interested in a career in this
feld, concentrate on history, social studies,
government, sociology, journalism, for-
eign language, and English classes in high
school. These classes will prepare you for
college and help you develop writing and
c
SchoolSubjectS
History, Journalism, Sociology
Doctoral degree
Salaryrange
$24,560 to $50,790 to $93,930
outlook
Anthropologists
Archaeologists
Archivists
College Professors
Librarians
L
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 132 7/16/09 10:18:16 AM
133
For entry-level historian jobs, whether
in teaching, museum, or historical society
work, you need at least a masters degree in
history. A doctorate is often required to be
a college or university professor. Many high
schools still require only a bachelors degree
for teaching, but some graduate study will
most likely create better opportunities.
You should enjoy reading, writing, and
researching. Not only will you spend many
years studying in school, but your whole
career will be based on communicating
your thoughts and ideas. People skills are
important because you will be dealing di-
rectly with people on a daily basis. You
should feel comfortable in a role of author-
ity and possess self-confdence.
outlook
The overall employment of social scientists,
including historians, is expected to grow
tions through 2016. Specialists in archival
work may fnd an expanding job market,
particularly in policy or research. Competi-
tion for college faculty positions is so keen
that many historians with doctorates have
to accept part-time positions or fnd work
in other occupations. Historians holding
only masters degrees will also face much
competition. Some history majors will be
able to work as trainees in administrative
and management positions in government
agencies, nonproft foundations, and civic
organizations.
ForMoreinformation
Talk to your history teacher about working
on a project, such as tracing the genealogy
of your family, researching the history of
your neighborhood, or analyzing the devel-
opment of a favorite sports team. You may
fnd it helpful to read publications such
as the Journal of American History, which is
published by the Organization of American
Historians. Visit local museums, libraries,
and historical societies.
americananthropologicalassociation
703-528-1902
http://www.aaanet.org
americanhistoricalassociation
400 A Street, SE
202-544-2422
info@historians.org
http://www.historians.org
organizationofamericanhistorians
112 North Bryan Street
PO Box 5457
Bloomington, IN 47408-5457
812-855-7311
http://www.oah.org
Fast Fact
the concord review is a quar-
terly history journal which
publishes essays by high-school
students. To learn about how
to submit an essay and to read
samples of student essays,
check out http://www.tcr.org.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 133 7/16/09 10:18:16 AM
134
hiv/aiDS
counselors
andcase
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reasoning
Social
Speaking/listening
Whathiv/aiDScounselors
andcaseManagersDo
HIV/AIDS counselors and case managers work
with patients, families, and friends of pa-
tients who are infected with HIV (human
immunodefciency virus) or have devel-
oped AIDS (acquired immune defciency
syndrome). They answer questions about
the disease and help patients fnd treat-
ment from doctors, nurses, social workers,
and agencies.
Counselors and case managers work in
hospitals, churches, HIV testing centers,
public health clinics, mental health clinics,
family planning clinics, and drug treatment
facilities. Counselors who work at testing
centers help clients who have tested posi-
tive for HIV. They explain test results and
answer questions, and they educate clients
about how to avoid spreading the virus to
other people.
Many people who have been diagnosed
with AIDS or HIV are depressed and angry.
In addition to being physically ill, they wor-
ry about what will happen to their families
and friends during their sickness. They also
may face discrimination and insensitivity.
Counselors conduct group therapy meet-
ings to help patients deal with problems.
Some counselors teach the public about
the disease and how to keep from acquir-
ing or spreading it. These counselors may
talk to students in schools or to groups of
people who are at risk for being infected
with HIV. They also help develop work-
shops and public-education campaigns to
make people more aware of AIDS.
Case managers, unlike counselors, fol-
low patients through the various stages of
their illness, helping them coordinate and
manage the resources necessary to deal
with it. In some instances, case managers
may not begin working with a client until
that client has developed AIDS. Through
c
SchoolSubjectS
Health, Psychology, Sociology
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$22,900 to $36,000 to $61,960+
outlook
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 134 7/16/09 10:18:17 AM
135
letters, phone calls, and contacts with a
network of available service providers, case
managers help their clients get access to
the agencies or organizations that offer the
assistance they need.
If you would like to pursue a career as an
HIV/AIDS counselor or case manager, high
school courses in biology, health, and chem-
istry will prove helpful. Courses in sociology
and psychology are also important.
Although specifc educational require-
ments for HIV/AIDS counselors and case
managers vary, most employers require a
bachelors degree in mental health, coun-
seling, or social work. Some employers may
require their employees to have a masters
degree. In order to stay current on AIDS-re-
lated issues, most counselors regularly attend
seminars or monthly training sessions.
Most states require some form of cre-
dentialing for HIV/AIDS counselors and
case managers. Requirements vary, so you
will need to check with your states licens-
ing board for specifc information.
outlook
Employment trends for HIV/AIDS counsel-
ors and case managers will likely depend
on how much money the government
gives to AIDS-related programs. Govern-
ment funding for health programs often
varies, and resistance from some special
interest groups or policymakers may nega-
tively infuence spending on AIDS research
and programs. Nevertheless, employment
growth for all social workers is predicted
to grow much faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. The contin-
ued spread of HIV, the increased number
of people living longer with HIV than in
previous years, and the new complications
(medical, fnancial, and even social) that
are brought on by new treatments will in-
crease demand for these professionals.
ForMoreinformation
Contact hospitals, HIV testing centers, or
AIDS service organizations for more infor-
mation. To further explore this career, you
may be able to fnd a volunteer position
in a social service agency, health clinic, or
hospital.
hiv/aiDSbureau
u.S.Departmentofhealthand
humanServices
Health Resources and Services Administration
Offce of Communications
5600 Fishers Lane
http://www.hab.hrsa.gov
nationalaiDSFund
729 15th Street, NW, 9th Floor
202-408-4848
http://www.aidsfund.org
Fast Fact
The Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (CDC) estimates
that more than 1 million Amer-
icans are living with HIV and
that at least 40,000 new infec-
tions occur every year.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 135 7/16/09 10:18:17 AM
136
homehealth
careaides
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
Whathomehealth
careaidesDo
Home health care aides care for people who
live at home but are unable to care for
themselves. Home health care aides usually
assist the elderly or people with disabilities.
They also work with children who have
parents with disabilities and people who
are sick and need help for a short period
of time.
Aides help with such day-to-day tasks
as laundry, shopping, and cooking. Their
assistance allows many people to stay at
home instead of having to stay in a nurs-
ing home or other health care facility.
Job duties vary depending on the clients
needs. For example, a home health care
aide may help a client out of bed and
into a wheelchair, or change the clothes
of patients who cannot do it by them-
selves. Aides often bathe clients, help with
household chores, and prepare meals. For
clients who have suffered an injury or are
ill, aides may help with exercises, check
vital signs (pulse, blood pressure, and
temperature), or assist with medications.
Aides also give bedridden people massages
to keep their muscles strong. A physician
or registered nurse assigns and directs all
of these tasks.
Home health care aides also provide
emotional support. The aide may be the
only person a client sees for long periods
of time. The aide may cheer the person
up by playing card games or perhaps by
listening and giving advice on personal
problems.
classes in home economics, health, and
family and consumer science in high
school. Psychology and child development
classes will also be helpful.
Most employers in this feld prefer to
hire those with a high school diploma and
some experience working with the sick
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$15,410 to $20,010 to $28,010+
outlook
Massage Therapists
Medical Assistants
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 136 7/16/09 10:18:20 AM
137
or elderly. Many agencies provide several
weeks of training to teach new aides how
to bathe and care for patients and how to
do basic housekeeping tasks. Cooking and
nutrition courses are often included in
these programs.
Home health care aides do not have to
pass any tests or be licensed to work. How-
ever, if Medicare pays for the health ser-
vices to a client, individuals need special
training programs and must be certifed.
The National Association for Home Care
offers certifcation for home care and hos-
pice executives.
outlook
It is predicted that employment of home
health aides will grow much faster than
the average through 2016. As government
and private agencies develop more pro-
grams to assist those who are dependent,
the need for home health care aides will
continue to grow.
The number of people 70 years of
age and older is expected to increase sub-
stantially, and many of these people will
require at least some home care. Rising
health care costs are causing many insur-
ance companies to consider alternatives
to hospital treatment. As a result, many
insurance providers now cover home care
services. In addition, hospitals and nurs-
ing homes are trying to balance the de-
mand for their services and their limita-
tions in staff and physical facilities. The
availability of home health care aides can
allow institutions such as hospitals and
nursing homes to offer quality care to
more people.
ForMoreinformation
Contact local agencies and programs that
provide home care services, and request in-
formation on their employment guidelines
or training programs. Help a parent or older
sister or brother care for an elderly relative
or neighbor. You can do this by offering to
play cards or other games, helping with the
laundry, or cooking a meal. Many commu-
nities have adopt-a-grandparent programs
for children and teens.
elderWeb
1305 Chadwick Drive
Normal, IL 61761-1920
309-451-3319
ksb@elderweb.com
http://www.elderweb.com
nationalassociationforhomecare
228 7th Street SE
202-547-7424
membership@nahc.org
http://www.nahc.org
Home health care aides visit patients in
their homes and help them with their day-
to-day care. (Dean Mitchell/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 137 7/16/09 10:18:21 AM
138
homeopaths
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhathomeopathsDo
Homeopaths are health care professionals
who practice homeopathy, which is a com-
plete system of natural medicine. Some of
its remedies are simple enough to be used
by people who are not medically trained.
Samuel Hahnemann, a German physician,
developed this system of medicine nearly
200 years ago.
Homeopathic medicine aims to main-
tain good health. Homeopaths believe that
being healthy means being balanced men-
tally, emotionally, and physically. They
believe that people can become ill if their
lives are not balanced.
When a person is sick, homeopaths do
not just treat the symptoms. Instead, they
look for the underlying cause of the illness.
They will not just try to stop a cough. They
look for the reason for the cough. What
is out of balance in the persons life that
causes a cough?
Homeopaths use very small amounts of
natural remedies. They look for a remedy
that will stimulate the patients natural de-
fenses and immune system so the body can
heal itself. Homeopathy can treat both acute
and chronic ailments. It is effective in many
cases where conventional medicine is not.
When homeopaths frst meet with
clients, they learn about their eating and
sleeping habits, health symptoms, and
much more. They need to know a lot about
a person to fnd the right remedy. Some-
times homeopaths fnd the right remedy
on the frst visit, and the patient notices
results immediately. Other times, homeo-
paths need more time to look for the right
remedy. On each visit, homeopaths look
for improvement.
Homeopaths are usually self-employed.
Most of them have licenses in health care
professions. Some are acupuncturists, chiro-
practors, doctors, nurses, or naturopaths.
Classes in English, speech, business, and
computer science are benefcial to this
type of work. Classes in biology and chem-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry, English
Salaryrange
$32,530 to $65,890 to $97,880+
outlook
Acupuncturists
Aromatherapists
Chiropractors
Herbalists
Massage Therapists
Naturopaths
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 138 7/16/09 10:18:24 AM
139
istry are important for the medical side of
homeopathy.
Most homeopaths in the United States
are licensed in some other feld of health
care. In college, students study nutri-
tion, biology, pre-med, and nursing. Af-
ter college, many future homeopaths go
to medical school. Some medical schools
and naturopathic colleges offer courses in
homeopathy.
There is a growing interest in homeop-
athy among physicians. Homeopaths are
working toward making homeopathy part
of the schedule of courses offered at con-
ventional medical schools. Another path
toward a career in homeopathy is to earn a
doctorate in naturopathic medicine.
outlook
The feld of homeopathy is growing rap-
idly along with the national interest in
alternative health care. Homeopathy can
be combined with a variety of health care
professions. Many practitioners include it
among other healing approaches they use.
However, many homeopaths believe that
it is best to specialize in homeopathy. The
amount of experience and the complex-
ity of the knowledge required to become
a good practitioner make homeopathy a
lifelong education.
The World Health Organization, the
medical branch of the United Nations,
cited homeopathy as one of the systems of
traditional medicine that should be used
worldwide with conventional medicine
in order to provide adequate global health
care in the next century. The feld of home-
opathy is growing faster than the average
for all occupations.
ForMoreinformation
The National Center for Homeopathy of-
fers summer programs that focus on a va-
riety of homeopathic topics to individuals
of all skill levels. Learn about career oppor-
tunities in the industry by visiting the Web
site, http://www.homeopathic.com.
councilforhomeopathiccertifcation
PMB 187
16915 SE 272nd Street, Suite 100
Covington, WA 98042-3381
866-242-3399
http://www.homeopathicdirectory.com
nationalcenterforcomplementary
andalternativeMedicine
9000 Rockville Pike
888-644-6226
info@nccam.nih.gov
nationalcenterforhomeopathy
703-548-7790
http://homeopathic.org
Growth Field
ber of homeopaths is expected to
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 139 7/16/09 10:18:24 AM

140
horticultural
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
Whathorticultural
techniciansDo
Horticultural technicians grow, arrange, sell,
inspect, and care for fowers, shrubs, hedg-
es, trees, and similar plants. Most of these
technicians specialize in either foriculture
(dealing with fowers) or nursery operation
(dealing with bushes, hedges, and shrubs).
Some are involved with both, since the
two types of work are closely related. Both
involve raising and selling plants. Techni-
cians in both felds must be able to deter-
mine correct soil conditions for different
plants. They must also know how to choose
the proper rooting material and fertilizer.
Technicians may work as horticultural-
specialty growers. These workers grow prod-
ucts and crops such as fowers, ornamental
(decorative) plants, bulbs, sod, and veg-
etables in felds, greenhouses, or growing
sheds. Growers plan growing schedules
and determine the specifc types and num-
bers of plants to grow. They plant seeds,
transplant seedlings, inspect crops for in-
sects and disease, and prune plants. Plant
propagators reproduce plants using a variety
of methods, including planting seeds and
taking cuttings of leaves and stems.
Technicians also work as horticultural
inspectors for state or federal government
agencies. They inspect plants, especially
those that may be taken across state lines
or those that are about to come into the
country, to make sure that they are healthy
and free of bugs.
If you are interested in a career as a horticul-
tural technician, take classes in agriculture,
biology, and Earth science in high school.
Courses in horticulture, algebra, geometry,
English, and botany are also helpful.
Employers usually prefer to hire horti-
cultural technicians who have an associates
degree in applied science. Some two-year
colleges and institutes offer these degrees.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Salaryrange
$15,930 to $25,890 to $42,120+
outlook
Little or no change
Farmers
Soil Scientists
Tree Experts
J
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 140 7/16/09 10:18:25 AM
141
However, those with a good high school
background and practical experience can
qualify for many entry-level jobs.
Though there are no national certifca-
tion standards, many states require certi-
fcation for workers who apply pesticides.
Other states require landscape contractors
to obtain a license.
outlook
Overall employment of agricultural work-
ers is expected to show little or no change
through 2016. High turnover in the busi-
ness continually provides openings. Many
horticultural technicians work only part
time, so employers are often looking to fll
vacant positions. Because wages for begin-
ning workers are low, employers have dif-
fculty attracting enough workers.
The continued development and re-
development of urban areas, such as the
construction of commercial and industrial
buildings, shopping malls, homes, high-
ways, and parks, contributes to the steady
demand for horticultural technicians.
An increased interest in lawn care and
the environment also has created a de-
mand for skilled workers. There is growing
public awareness of the benefts of lawn
care, such as safer yards for children to play
in, more attractive surroundings for family
relaxation and entertaining, and increased
home value. To care for their property while
conserving leisure time, it is predicted that
homeowners will continue to use profes-
sional lawn care services. Also, as the popu-
lation of elderly people grows, the need for
skilled technicians to maintain their lawns
will increase.
ForMoreinformation
If youve spent a summer mowing lawns
for your family or neighbors or kept up a
garden in the backyard, then you already
have valuable horticulture experience. To
learn more about this career, join garden
clubs, visit local fower shops, and attend
botanical shows. Some professional horti-
culture associations may also offer work-
shops that are worth taking.
americanPublicgardensassociation
302-655-7100
http://www.publicgardens.org
ProfessionalgroundsManagementSociety
720 Light Street
410-223-2861
pgms@assnhqtrs.com
http://www.pgms.org
Professionallandcarenetwork
800-395-2522
http://www.landcarenetwork.org
Fast Fact
Although many bugs harm
plants, there are bugs that eat
these pests. These pest-eaters
include ladybugs, praying man-
tises, lacewings, and hover fies.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 141 7/16/09 10:18:25 AM
142
horticultural
therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whathorticultural
therapistsDo
Horticultural therapists combine their love
of plants and nature with their desire to
help people improve their lives. They use
gardening, plant care, and other aspects of
nature as therapy tools to help their clients
improve social skills, be physically active,
and feel secure, responsible, and needed.
Horticultural therapists clients can in-
clude nursing home residents, psychiatric
patients, prison inmates, at-risk youth, and
people with mental or developmental dis-
abilities. Therapists often work as part of
a health care team that includes doctors,
physical therapists, nurses, social workers,
and others.
Horticultural therapists spend most of
their time working directly with clients.
To determine which projects will suit their
clients, horticultural therapists frst assess
each clients mental and physical state.
They review medical records and consult
with the health care team about a treat-
ment plan.
Therapists and clients may work in
greenhouses, outdoor garden areas on
hospital grounds, classroom-type set-
tings, or community botanical gardens,
to name a few locations. Depending on
the work area, a client may be asked to
put soil in cups to plant seeds, water a
garden, or help make something from the
gardens products, such as tea or dried
fower arrangements. In some cases, the
gardens produce and plants are sold to
help pay for expenses, such as the pur-
chase of new seeds and plants. In this
way, clients may be involved in business
goals and continue to develop their sense
of accomplishment.
Horticultural therapists try to establish
a place where clients can feel safe and use-
ful. They allow clients to work at their own
pace, give praise for accomplishments, en-
courage clients to talk to each other to de-
crease feelings of loneliness, and make sure
that the atmosphere stays positive.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Agriculture, Psychology
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$21,700 to $58,030 to $94,170+
outlook
Botanists
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 142 7/16/09 10:18:28 AM
143
In addition to working with clients,
horticultural therapists who are part of a
health care team attend meetings to report
on a clients progress and discuss a con-
tinuing treatment plan. Horticultural ther-
apists must keep their own records about
clients, projects that have been complet-
ed, and expenses. They spend consider-
able time creating new projects for clients
and tailoring activities to meet the needs
of each client.
High school science classes in biology,
chemistry, and earth science provide a
basic understanding of growth processes.
Botany or agriculture classes are benefcial.
Sociology and psychology classes help stu-
dents learn more about different groups of
people and how to relate to them.
A bachelors degree is the minimum re-
quirement to become a horticultural thera-
pist. A number of colleges offer degrees in
horticultural therapy or horticulture de-
grees with a concentration in horticultural
therapy, including Kansas State University,
Rutgers University, Virginia Polytechnic In-
stitute & State University, and Texas A&M
University. The American Horticultural
Therapy Association (AHTA) provides a
listing of schools offering these programs
on its Web site. Facilities such as botanic
gardens may offer certifcate programs, but
these programs are much smaller in scope
than horticulture degree programs. The
AHTA offers voluntary certifcation.
outlook
The outlook for horticultural therapists
is good. It is predicted that occupational
therapists overall will have much faster
than average growth for all occupations
through 2016. As horticultural therapy
gains recognition from both professionals
and the public, the demand for it is likely
to increase.
ForMoreinformation
Join gardening groups and read about gar-
dening on Web sites such as The Garden
Club of America site (http://www.gcameri-
ca.org). Volunteer, paid part-time, or sum-
mer work at a nursing home, hospital, as-
sisted-care facility, or even a day care center
will give you valuable experience working
with people.
americanhorticulturaltherapyassociation
201 East Main Street, Suite 1405
Lexington, KY 40507-2004
800-634-1603
http://www.ahta.org
nationalgardeningassociation
1100 Dorset Street
South Burlington, VT 05403
802-863-5251
http://www.garden.org
Fast Fact
Horticultural therapy can help
a wide range of people. This
type of therapy is good for
nursing home residents, hos-
pice patients, and people who
are recovering from an injury
or illness.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 143 7/16/09 10:18:29 AM
144
hospice
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Self-management
Whathospice
WorkersDo
Hospice is a special kind of care for patients
in the last stage of a terminal (deadly) ill-
ness. Hospice workers include a wide variety
of specially trained health care profession-
als. They help these patients live comfort-
ably in their last days or weeks of life.
Traditional medicine focuses on treat-
ing and healing patients. Hospice programs
try to improve dying patients lives when
treatments no longer work. Some hospice
patients improve and leave the program to
return to medical treatment.
Hospice programs are found in hos-
pitals, in private care facilities, and in the
homes of patients. Hospice workers help
patients with terminal illnesses, such as
cancer, AIDS, Alzheimers, or Parkinsons.
Patients have a range of health conditions.
Some are unable to get out of bed, while
others can still take care of themselves.
Hospice medical directors are physicians
who oversee the medical program and ad-
vise the hospice care staff.
Registered nurses visit patients regularly
to monitor their emotional and physi-
cal symptoms. Nurse assistants and home
health care aides help the family with the
personal care of the patient. They bathe
and groom patients and change their bed
linens.
Physical therapists, occupational thera-
pists, and speech therapists help patients
with daily living tasks that have become
challenging to perform. They may help
patients to walk, dress, or feed themselves,
or help those who have lost their ability to
speak.
Social workers help patients and fami-
lies emotionally. They may be good listen-
ers who try to relieve any fears or worries
that patients or families may have. Chap-
lains provide religious support to patients
and families. Grief therapists help the fam-
ily after the patient has died. Their servic-
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$16,850 to $42,020 to $87,310+
outlook
Grief Therapists
Nurses
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 144 7/16/09 10:18:31 AM
145
es are usually available for up to one year
after the family member has passed away.
courses in biology, chemistry, psychology,
sociology, and speech in high school.
The educational requirements for hos-
pice workers vary greatly. Nurse assistants
and home health care aides need very lit-
tle training after high school. Physicians,
though, need six to nine years of education
after they have earned a bachelors degree.
There are only a few colleges and universi-
ties that offer specialized hospice degrees.
Many hospitals offer medical training in
hospice care to physicians, nurses, and
other professionals.
Certifcation and licensing require-
ments vary for different positions in this
feld. Hospice workers are usually licensed
by their states department of health and
certifed by Medicare and Medicaid.
outlook
Hospice participation has grown at a dra-
matic rate, especially among those in-
volved with Medicare. According to the
National Association for Home Care, from
1984 to January 2008, the total number of
Medicare-certifed hospices rose from 31 to
3,257. The National Hospice and Palliative
Care Organization cites that recent growth
in the hospice industry has been seen in
small free-standing hospice programs. As
the population ages and health care costs
rise, more hospice programs and hospice
workers will be needed. In addition, ac-
cording to the Hospice Association of
America, families and medical profession-
als are choosing hospice care because of its
holistic, patient-family, in-home-centered
philosophy.
ForMoreinformation
If you are interested in pursuing a career
as a hospice worker, consider volunteering
at a hospice center, hospital, or nursing
home. This will give you an insight into
the hospice environment and its career
possibilities.
hospiceassociationofamerica
228 Seventh Street, SE
202-546-4759
http://www.nahc.org/haa
nationalassociationforhomecare
andhospice
228 Seventh Street, SE
202-547-7424
membership@nahc.org
http://www.nahc.org
nationalhospiceandPalliativecare
organization
703-837-1500
nhpco_info@nhpco.org
http://www.nhpco.org
A hospice worker brings a therapy dog to
visit a patient. (Dennis Sabo/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 145 7/16/09 10:18:32 AM
146
hoteland
Motel
Managersand
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhathotelandMotel
ManagersandWorkersDo
Hotel and motel managers provide rooms,
food, entertainment, and other services for
travelers and guests. They oversee all hotel
and motel activities, including supervision
of workers and provision of guest services.
Hotel workers, whether back-of-the-
house or front-of-the-house, are respon-
sible for the service and the care of the
guests. They affect the enjoyment of their
customers stay in the hotel or motel and
are therefore concerned with the success of
the business.
In small hotels, the manager may also
be the owner, and therefore be completely
responsible for the business. Managers re-
sponsibilities include operating the front
desk, greeting the guests, assigning rooms,
overseeing staff, and providing all other
services. In a bed and breakfast, where
breakfast is provided with the stay, the ho-
tel manager may live in the hotel in sepa-
rate family quarters.
Large hotels usually are owned and
operated by partnerships or corporations.
They divide the duties of running the hotel
among several managers.
Front offce managers greet the guests,
take reservations for rooms, and handle
customer requests and complaints. Food
service managers oversee the planning,
purchasing, preparing, and serving of
food by waiters in the hotel restaurants
and coffee shops. Housekeeping managers
or executive housekeepers are responsible
for supervising the housekeepers, who pro-
vide room cleaning and laundry services.
Other managers may be responsible for
recreational facilities, such as swimming
pools or rental halls.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Associates degree
Salaryrange
$26,880 to $44,240 to $83,240
outlook
Caterers
Clerks
Hotel Concierges
Hotel Desk Clerks
Travel Agents
u
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 146 7/16/09 10:18:33 AM
147
Take courses in business, mathematics, Eng-
lish, and speech in high school. A second
language, especially Spanish, French, or
Japanese, will be very helpful to you in the
future.
Different positions in the hotel and
motel industry require different training
and preparation. Most customer-contact
positions in a hotel or motel require a high
school diploma or equivalency certifcate.
More sophisticated jobs may require some
college training or vocational school train-
ing. If you have your sights set on a man-
agement-level position, a bachelors or mas-
ters degree in business, hotel, or hospitality
management will help with your goal.
Most hotel employers place a great deal
of importance on experience. They prefer
to hire managers who have worked in oth-
er hotel positions.
outlook
Overall, employment in hotels and motels
is predicted to grow about as fast as the
Steady business travel and domestic and
foreign tourism will increase need for hotel
and motel managers and workers.
Many factors infuence the employ-
ment of managers and workers, however,
including hotel consolidations that cause
layoffs for excess workers, and the increas-
ing number of budget hotels and motels
with fewer extras, such as a restaurant or
room service. Events in certain geographic
locations, such as terrorism and political
unrest, also impact travelers and hotel and
motel workers.
Additionally, the travel and hospital-
ity industry is very sensitive to economic
developments. When the economy is
weak, people travel less often for business
or pleasure.
ForMoreinformation
You can test your interest in this career
frsthand by visiting a local hotel or mo-
tel and spending a day at the front desk.
It will also be helpful to set up a personal
interview with a general manager to ask
questions and see what a typical day in this
position is like.
americanhotelandlodgingassociation
202-289-3100
eiinfo@ahla.com
http://www.ahla.com
educationalinstituteoftheamericanhotel
&lodgingassociation
Orlando, FL 32803
800-752-4567-3261
internationalcouncilonhotel,restaurant
Richmond, VA 23294
804-346-4800
http://chrie.org
Fast Fact
Approximately 1 in 8 Americans
is employed either directly or
indirectly in the hospitality and
travel industries.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 147 7/16/09 10:18:33 AM
148
hotel
concierges
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Social
Whathotel
conciergesDo
The term concierge is derived from the
Latin term conservus, meaning fellow
slave. Today, hotel concierges are the most
visible and active ambassadors of hotel hos-
pitality. Their basic duty is to provide hotel
guests with directions to city attractions,
recommendations for tours or restaurants,
or help in dealing with car rentals and air-
line reservations. Concierges take care of
such tasks as obtaining out-of-town news-
papers, arranging for dry cleaning services,
or reserving show tickets. Some concierge
departments of larger hotels offer VIP ser-
vices such as welcome baskets of fruit and
penthouse receptions.
At times, concierges are challenged with
more diffcult tasks. Concierges sometimes
plan large dinners, receptions, and cocktail
parties on short notice. Other complicated
requests may include planning complete
vacation itineraries, renting airplanes or
helicopters, getting box seats to a sold-out
sporting event, or even flling a room with
fowers. Concierges are trained to use their
resources and contacts to serve guests in
whatever manner possible. They do, how-
ever, draw the line with requests that are
unlawful or unkind.
Concierges are most commonly em-
ployed at hotels. However, many upscale
department stores offer concierge services
for their customers. Experienced concierges
may decide to open their own businesses.
Personal concierges are assistants for those
who are too busy to organize their homes
or run errands.
Classes such as speech and English help
improve communication skills. Learning a
second language, such as French, Japanese,
or Spanish, is also benefcial. Successful
concierges have diverse educational and
employment backgrounds. While a col-
lege degree is not always necessary, a well-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$14,480 to $18,950 to $27,890+
outlook
Cruise Ship Workers
Hotel Desk Clerks
Resort Workers
Tour Guides
Travel Agents
u
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 148 7/16/09 10:18:34 AM
149
rounded education, such as a liberal arts
degree, can be extremely helpful.
Many concierges belong to the Les
Clefs dOr organization, which provides
training, networking, and work support op-
portunities. Certifcation is recommended.
The American Hotel and Lodging Associa-
tion and the International Concierge Insti-
tute provide certifcation.
Specifcs of this position are learned
on the job. Most new hires are not allowed
to sit at the concierge desk without proper
training and work experience. They start
as assistants or are assigned to less visible
concierge services. Additional training can
take the form of such perks as visiting new
restaurants and sights of interest.
outlook
Employment of hotel, motel, and resort
workers is expected to grow faster than the
Savvy travelers realize the concierge service
is free and available for their convenience,
and are making full use of it. Hotel general
managers know that a concierge department
can provide the ultimate in guest services. It
is that type of service that makes a hotel a
true luxury hotel. Even many smaller hotels,
especially those that cater to business travel-
ers, are now providing concierge service.
The hotel industry is affected by the
state of the economy. When people and
companies have more money, leisure and
business travel increases. Because concierg-
es provide a valuable public relations ser-
vice for their hotels, their jobs should be
secure. The best hotels will look for con-
cierges with experience, membership in an
organization such as Les Clefs dOr, and
connections with people in local restau-
rants, transportation companies, and spe-
cial events organizations.
ForMoreinformation
Spend some time familiarizing yourself
with restaurants and attractions near the
hotel that youd like to work at. Interview
and observe a hotel concierge to fnd out if
this career is right for you.
202-289-3100
http://www.ahla.com
lesclefsdoruSa
68 Laurie Avenue
Boston, MA 02132-2329
617-469-KEYS
info@lcdusa.org
http://www.lcdusa.org
A hotel concierge felds calls and
questions from guests. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 149 7/16/09 10:18:35 AM
150
hotelDesk
clerks
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whathotel
DeskclerksDo
Hotel desk clerks work at the front desk and
are responsible for performing a variety of
services for hotel guests, such as registra-
tion, room assignments, and providing
general information. The front desk worker
gives guests their frst impression of the ho-
tel. The main duties of desk clerks are to
process reservations, register guests, serve
as primary guest liaison, and process guest
departures.
Reservation clerks handle guest reserva-
tions, most often over the phone. They
determine if the requested date is avail-
able, quote rates, record advance deposits
or prepayments, confrm room reserva-
tions, and describe policies and services
to guests. When there are problems with
reservations, reservation clerks may have
to retrieve hotel records or change or can-
cel the reservation. Reservation clerks also
must analyze guests special needs during
their stay at the hotel and refer them to the
proper department.
To register guests, desk clerks obtain
and verify the required registration infor-
mation, such as the guests name, address,
and length of stay. A credit card number is
usually required as a deposit or guarantee.
Once the paperwork is done, room keys or
key cards are issued, and guests are directed
to their rooms.
Desk clerks often act as a liaison be-
tween the hotel and the guest. Clerks ar-
range for such services as laundry and va-
let, wake-up calls, and delivery of mail or
messages. They also provide general infor-
mation regarding the hotel or surrounding
community. Their most important task,
however, is to quickly address requests and
complaints or to redirect the guest to the
proper department.
Desk clerks handle checkouts either in
person or electronically. After verifying and
explaining all room charges, the desk clerk
can settle the guests account and fnalize
payment.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Speech
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$14,480 to $18,950 to $27,980
outlook
Bartenders
Travel Agents
u
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 150 7/16/09 10:18:35 AM
151
Front offce workers are responsible for
keeping the hotels information systems up
to date. Depending on the type or size of
the hotel, desk clerks may also be respon-
sible for working the switchboard, book-
keeping, house banks and petty cash, daily
bank deposits, and recoding key cards. In
addition, they must keep the front desk
area clean and presentable.
Hotel desk clerks need skills in human re-
lations, business or marketing, computers,
and math. A college degree is not required,
although a well-rounded education is help-
ful. A number of institutions offer hospitality
programs and hotel management degrees.
Internships are a good way to earn
work experience and course credit. Check
with your high school career center for a
listing of available hospitality internships
and schools, or contact the Educational In-
stitute of the American Hotel and Lodging
Association.
Certifcation is not a requirement, but
certifcation programs may improve job
performance and advancement potential.
outlook
Employment of hotel desk clerks is expect-
ed to grow faster than the average through
2016. Resort and lodging construction is
on the rise, and budget and extended-stay
hotels are expanding. As long as people
need to travel for business and pleasure,
desk clerks will be needed to work the
front desk and to sell the rooms. Jobs will
be most plentiful with hotels located in
busy urban areas and near major tourist
attractions.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer to work at school special events,
perhaps at the door as a receptionist or
greeter or in an information booth. Any
high school experience in the hospitality
industry is helpful, including waiting ta-
bles and housekeeping.
202-289-3100
http://www.ahla.com
andlodgingassociation
800-752-4567
internationalcouncilonhotel,restaurant,
804-346-4800
http://chrie.org
Fast Fact
The states of Montana, South
Dakota, Alaska, and Wyoming
employ the most hotel, motel,
and resort desk clerks.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 151 7/16/09 10:18:36 AM
152
hotel
executive
housekeepers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whathotel
executivehousekeepersDo
Hotel executive housekeepers ensure the
cleanliness of a hotel. They supervise, co-
ordinate, and direct the activities of the
housekeeping department. They also de-
termine the cleaning needs of different
areas in the hotel, including the lobby,
sleeping rooms, restaurants, and pools,
and they schedule cleaning crews to take
care of each area.
Executive housekeepers conduct regu-
lar inspections to make sure safety stan-
dards and departmental policies are being
met. They hire and train the cleaning staff
as well as recommend promotions, trans-
fers, and, if necessary, dismissals. They are
also responsible for keeping inventory of
cleaning supplies and equipment as well as
hotel linens, towels, and soaps. They deal
directly with vendors to learn about the
latest in cleaning solutions, equipment,
and techniques. The cleaning of uniforms
worn by the hotel staff, in addition to
all hotel laundry, is among the executive
housekeepers responsibilities. Some execu-
tive housekeepers help decorate the hotel.
Some also direct the setup for conventions
and banquets.
Although executive housekeepers may
share in some of the cleaning duties, in
larger hotels their role is mostly admin-
istrative. They prepare reports concern-
ing room occupancy, department budget
expenses, and employee work records for
payroll. Some extremely busy hotels may
hire assistant executive housekeepers or assis-
tant directors to share in the administrative
duties of keeping house.
Shift supervisors are directly responsible
for the housekeeping employees and the
work done on their particular shift. Floor
managers and inspectors supervise the team
of room attendants assigned to a particular
foor. A status worker handles any special re-
quests a guest makes while at the hotel.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Chemistry
Associates degree
Salaryrange
$16,240 to $27,080 to $52,840
outlook
As fast as the average
Cruise Ship Workers
Hotel Concierges
Hotel Desk Clerks
u
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 152 7/16/09 10:18:36 AM
153
The cleaning staff also keeps the lobby
neat and orderly. They empty trashcans
and ashtrays, gather glasses from the lobby
tables, dust furniture, clean mirrors, and
vacuum carpets and rugs. Hotel restaurants
are also cleaned and maintained through-
out the day. Pools and health clubs must be
cleaned and sanitized. Room attendants are
responsible for care of the guest rooms. They
tidy sleeping rooms and bathrooms, change
bed linens, replace towels, and replenish
soaps, shampoos, and lotions as well as at-
tend to any special requests for cribs, iron-
ing boards, or extra supplies. They also stock
and keep records of the mini-bar.
To reach an executive level in housekeep-
ing, business subjects, general science,
and communications classes are neces-
sary. Some executive housekeepers begin
as room attendants and work their way up
through the ranks. In todays competitive
market, it is increasingly important to have
an associates or bachelors degree in hotel
management. Emphasize course work in
business administration, accounting, bud-
geting, and economics. Classes in interior
design and purchasing are helpful.
Certifcation is not required, but it is
available through the International Execu-
tive Housekeepers Association and other
organizations.
outlook
Employment of maids and housekeeping
cleaners is expected to grow as fast as the
A signifcant number of full-service hotels
are expected to be built, which should gen-
erate job openings in this feld. High turn-
over and retirements will also account for
many of the job openings.
ForMoreinformation
Earn extra money and gain valuable expe-
rience by offering housecleaning services
to your family, neighbors, and friends. Vol-
unteer to do loads of laundry and clean the
house for a family member or friend who
is elderly or ill and unable to perform basic
housekeeping tasks.
202-289-3180
http://www.ahla.com
andlodgingassociation
800-752-4567
internationalexecutivehousekeepers
association
1001 Eastwind Drive, Suite 301
800-200-6342
http://www.ieha.org
Fast Fact
Executive housekeeper is usual-
ly a managerial position within
the hotel. Executives must be
comfortable keeping track of
supplies and vendor informa-
tion on the computer as well as
be comfortable managing the
housekeeping staff.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 153 7/16/09 10:18:37 AM
154
household
Movers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whathousehold
MoversDo
Household movers help individuals and
families move from one house or apart-
ment to another, and businesses move to
new offces. Household movers pack, load,
and transport couches, beds, tables, dish-
es, desks, fling cabinets, machinery, and
many other items. Although loading and
unloading furniture and equipment is their
main responsibility, household movers do
much more. They may be responsible for
planning and preparing for the move.
During a typical move, the head mover
will frst review the items to be relocated.
The movers then take an inventory (count)
of all the items. This is important in case
any items are lost or misplaced during the
move. During this inventory, the movers
make a note of any existing damage to the
furniture or equipment to avoid arguments
about damage during the move. After ex-
amining the items to be moved, the head
mover then determines in what order they
should be loaded into the moving van or
truck. The vehicle must be loaded proper-
ly so that its weight is evenly distributed
and heavier items do not crush the lighter
ones.
Movers wrap and box whatever items
the customer has not already packed. On
each box, the movers write a list of its con-
tents and the room or foor where the box
is to be placed at the new destination. This
list and location marker will make it easier
for the customer when the move has been
completed and it is time to unpack.
Movers use dollies, hoists, and hand
trucks to load items safely and properly.
Proper loading will make it less likely
that anything will be damaged during the
move.
In larger moves, each mover has his or
her own responsibilities. Generally, the van
or truck driver is the leader of the moving
crew. Drivers supervise the packing and the
loading. They drive to the new location and
then supervise the unloading. In addition,
drivers may also be responsible for inspect-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Mathematics, Physical education
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$23,380 to $36,220 to $54,570
outlook
Refuse Collectors
Stevedores
Truck Drivers
X
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 154 7/16/09 10:18:37 AM
155
ing the vehicles before and after the move
and for making minor mechanical repairs.
The driver may also be responsible for col-
lecting the moving fee from the customer.
Employers prefer to hire movers who are
high school graduates. Movers must have
good oral and written communication skills
and must be able to do basic math. In high
school, you should take courses in English,
speech, technical/shop, and mathematics.
It is important that movers be physically
strong enough to lift and carry heavy ob-
jects, so physical education courses are also
helpful.
Some furniture movers also drive trailer
trucks, so training in handling these large
vehicles is important. Some states require a
special drivers license to operate trucks.
While not necessary, many movers be-
come certifed through the American Mov-
ing and Storage Association.
outlook
On average, people in the United States
move about once every fve to seven
years. This pattern is likely to continue,
suggesting that the overall demand for
movers will continue to be strong. How-
ever, there may be periods when fewer
movers are needed. During economic
downturns, people may avoid spending
money by postponing moves or by do-
ing part or all of the moving themselves.
Employment opportunities will probably
be strongest in large metropolitan areas
simply because there are more people in
these locations.
ForMoreinformation
Spend some time observing and inter-
viewing a worker for a professional mov-
ing company. This will allow you to gain
a better understanding of the advantages
and disadvantages that this career has to
offer.
americanMovingandStorageassociation
1611 Duke Street
703-683-7410
info@moving.org
http://www.promover.org
internationalbrotherhoodofteamsters
Offce of the General President
25 Louisiana Avenue, NW
http://www.teamster.org
Household movers help people move their
belongings to a new home. (Christina
Richards/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 155 7/16/09 10:18:38 AM
156
household
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
Self-management
Whathousehold
WorkersDo
Household workers include workers who
cook, clean, take care of the yard, or do a
combination of all these jobs. These work-
ers have various job titles, depending on
the duties for which they are responsible.
Housekeepers manage a home that may
have a large staff of workers. Housekeepers
make sure groceries are ordered and clean-
ing supplies are on hand. They keep track
of expenses and usually are responsible for
hiring and fring other staff members.
Day workers are usually hired by the
day or for half a day. They may come to
the house every day, once a week, or even
less frequently. These workers make beds,
clean, dust, and vacuum. They may also
buy and cook food, wash and iron clothes,
or do other requested jobs.
Cooks are in charge of preparing food
for meals. They plan menus, prepare food,
and serve meals, and they might do spe-
cial jobs such as making preserves or fancy
desserts.
Caretakers help keep the home in good
condition, both inside and out. They do the
heavy work, such as tending the furnace,
caring for the yard, and painting fences.
Butlers are like housekeepers in that
they manage the household staff and coor-
dinate its activities. In a very formal house-
hold, they might also do such things as re-
ceive and announce guests and answer the
phone.
As the name suggests, companions live
with people who do not want to live alone
or who are not able to live by themselves.
They see to their employers various needs
and often look after social and business
affairs.
Take courses in business, home econom-
ics, and family and consumer science in
high school. Biology, horticulture, English,
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$13,930 to $18,350 to $28,210+
outlook
Caterers
Nannies
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 156 7/16/09 10:18:38 AM
157
speech, child development, and mathemat-
ics classes are also important.
A high school diploma is the mini-
mum educational requirement for house-
hold workers. Manual skill and physical
endurance are important qualities to have
because these jobs often require standing
for long periods of time and may involve
strenuous activity. Specialized knowledge,
such as a cooks understanding of basic nu-
trition rules or a caretakers knowledge of
the proper use and maintenance of tools, is
important as well.
A number of schools across the coun-
try offer specifc training for positions
such as butler, household manager, and
nanny. For many jobs you will not need
this additional training. Those who gradu-
ate from postsecondary training programs
may receive certifcation from their pro-
gram. Such certifcations include Certifed
Household Manager (CHM) and Certifed
Professional Nanny (CPN). Like the train-
ing programs themselves, these certifca-
tions are voluntary.
outlook
Employment of household workers is ex-
pected to grow faster than the average
through 2016. It is more common now
for both parents to work outside the home
and need help running their households.
Demand for companions and personal at-
tendants is also expected to rise due to the
projected rapid growth of the elderly popu-
lation. Not many fock to this feld, however,
because the work is physically demanding,
with low salaries and limited advancement
potential. Economic conditions also affect
employment of household workers. Dur-
ing recessions, household workers will fnd
fewer employment opportunities.
ForMoreinformation
Information about job opportunities for
household workers is available from pri-
vate employment agencies and state em-
ployment service offces. You can get
experience around your own house or
neighborhood by cleaning, doing laundry,
and mowing lawns. Experience with child-
care and miscellaneous repair work is also
helpful.
ProfessionalDomesticServices
&institute
2000 Carriage Road
Powell, OH 43065-6237
740-881-3358
http://www.professionaldomestics.com
Starkeyinternationalinstitutefor
householdManagementinc.
1350 Logan Street
Denver, CO 80203-2309
800-888-4904
http://www.starkeyintl.com
Household workers take on important
responsibilities for busy employers. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 157 7/16/09 10:18:39 AM
158
human
Services
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
Whathuman
ServicesWorkersDo
Human services workers provide counsel-
ing and support to people who need help.
They may help a drug abuser stop taking
drugs or help a single mother take care
of her children. Human services workers
work under the direction of social work-
ers, psychologists, and other professional
staff members in community centers, hos-
pitals, government agencies, and other
locations.
The responsibilities of human services
workers vary a great deal because of the
wide range of support services offered by
the government and other organizations.
A main portion of their work often in-
volves working directly with clients. They
interview clients to determine their needs
and inform them of available communi-
ty assistance programs. In many cases, a
human services worker will work along
with a professional social worker in provid-
ing these services. In all cases, professional
staff members closely supervise workers,
determining their assignments, and sug-
gesting activities or programs that would
be most helpful to clients.
It is often the responsibility of the hu-
man services worker to determine if cli-
ents are eligible for fnancial help from the
government or a social service agency. The
worker needs to examine fnancial docu-
ments such as tax returns and rent receipts
to decide whether a client is eligible for
food stamps, Medicaid, or other welfare
programs. The social service agency might
also distribute food packages to those found
fnancially eligible by the human services
worker.
Take speech and English classes in high
school to improve your communica-
tion skills. Mathematics, political science,
c
SchoolSubjectS
Health, Sociology
Salaryrange
$26,380 to $45,800 to $71,940
outlook
Career Counselors
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 158 7/16/09 10:18:40 AM
159
psychology, and sociology are also impor-
tant courses.
Although it is sometimes possible
to fnd work with only a high school di-
ploma, most employers prefer to hire hu-
man services workers with at least some
college training. Certifcate programs and
associates degrees in human services or
mental health are offered at community
and junior colleges, vocational-technical
institutes, and other postsecondary in-
stitutions. It is also possible to pursue a
bachelors degree in human services. Indi-
viduals with a four-year degree in human
services, social work, or a related feld will
usually get the jobs with the most respon-
sibilities and highest pay.
outlook
Employment for human services workers
will grow faster than the average through
2016. The best opportunities will be in
job-training programs, residential care fa-
cilities, and private social service agencies,
which include such services as adult day
care and meal delivery programs. Correc-
tional facilities are also expected to employ
many more human services workers. There
are a number of high-paying jobs available
in this area because counseling inmates
and offenders can be challenging and not
many people are drawn to this feld.
New ideas in treating disabled or men-
tally ill people also infuence employment
growth in group homes and residential
care facilities. Public concern for the home-
lessmany of whom are former mental
patientsas well as for troubled teenag-
ers, and those with substance abuse prob-
lems, is likely to bring about new commu-
nity-based programs and group residences.
State and local governments are expected
to remain major employers as the burden
of providing social services such as welfare,
child support, and nutrition programs is
shifted from the federal government to the
state and local level.
ForMoreinformation
To get an idea of the requirements of hu-
man service, you can volunteer your time
to a local human services agency or insti-
tution. Church organizations also involve
young people in volunteer work, as do the
Red Cross, the Boy Scouts, and the Girl
Scouts.
800-347-6647
nationalorganizationforhumanServices
6240 Old Highway 5, Suite B-5, #214
Woodstock, GA 30188-7808
770-924-8899
http://www.nationalhumanservices.org
u.S.Departmentofhealthandhuman
Services
877-696-6775
http://www.hhs.gov
Growth Field
ber of human services workers
is expected to grow by about 34
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 159 7/16/09 10:18:40 AM

160
hypnotherapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhathypnotherapistsDo
You are getting very sleepy. When I snap
my fngers, you will begin yodeling. Is
this what you think of when you hear the
word hypnotism? Actually, magic shows
are not the only places for hypnosis. Many
doctors and other professionals use hyp-
nosis to help their patients quit a bad hab-
it, start a good habit, or reduce pain and
speed healing.
Hypnotherapists hypnotize patients to
help them overcome a problem. To do
this, hypnotherapists do not cast a spell,
control a mind, or do anything magical.
Instead, they use hypnosis to help people
tap the power of their own minds to better
themselves.
A hypnotherapist begins a therapy ses-
sion by discussing what the clients want
to do, such as quit smoking, lose their fear
of heights, or deal with migraines better.
Next, the hypnotherapist checks to see how
open to suggestion a patient is and which
hypnosis techniques will work the best.
Under hypnosis, a patient concentrates on
the hypnotherapists voice. If the therapist
suggests something that the patient wants
to accept, such as, You want to eat broc-
coli, the patients mind will be highly re-
sponsive to the suggestion and accept it.
Hypnosis is also used in medical set-
tings and even in emergency situations.
Many emergency medical technicians and
paramedics are learning hypnosis. These
workers may use hypnosis to help people
under their care slow down the fow of
blood, control breathing, and reduce pain
and anxiety through positive suggestions.
Hypnosis has been used to treat depres-
sion, schizophrenia, sleep disorders, an-
orexia, panic, neuroses, asthma, allergies,
heart disease, headaches, arthritis, dental
procedures, and more. Some professionals
are even testing its use with cancer.
If you are planning to make hypnotherapy
your career, take college preparatory courses
in high school. Health, biology, anatomy,
and chemistry will teach you about the
c
SchoolSubjectS
Salaryrange
$26,380 to $45,800 to $71,940+
outlook
Biofeedback Therapists
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 160 7/16/09 10:18:41 AM
161
mind-body connection that is key to
hypnotherapy.
Many schools across the country offer
training in hypnosis, but it will be a key
factor in your future success to attend a re-
spected and accredited program. Look for a
school or program that has been accredited
by a professional organization such as the
American Council of Hypnotist Examiners
(ACHE) and approved by the states depart-
ment of education.
While most states do not license hypno-
therapists, legislation for licensure is being
considered in many states. Many associa-
tions such as the ACHE offer certifcation.
outlook
People have become more actively in-
volved in maintaining their own health.
This involvement is a key aspect of be-
havioral medicine, and it is an important
trend in the publics acceptance of hypno-
sis techniques.
The best opportunities in hypnother-
apy are for those who add hypnosis skills
to other medical or therapeutic skills, such
as dentistry or psychology. People trained
only in hypnotherapy generally have a
more diffcult path. Working for them-
selves, they need to advertise their services
and develop a client base. It takes time to
build up a business to the point where it
can support you. Competition may also be
tough, and hypnotherapists with limited
training often drop out of the feld.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer at a local hospital, hospice, or
other extended care facility that employs
hypnotherapists as part of its treatment
program. You may be allowed to sit in
on a hypnotherapy session or talk to pa-
tients to see what progress they make with
hypnotism. Make an appointment to see
a hypnotherapist yourself to get a feel for
the feld.
americanassociationofProfessional
hypnotherapists
16055 SW Walker Road, Suite 405
Beaverton, OR 97006-4942
503-593-7106
http://www.aaph.org
americancouncilofhypnotistexaminers
700 South Central Avenue
Glendale, CA 91204-2011
818-242-1159
hypnotismla@earthlink.net
http://www.hypnotistexaminers.org
nationalguildofhypnotists
PO Box 308
Merrimack, NH 03054-0308
603-429-9438
ngh@ngh.net
http://www.ngh.net
Did You Know?
The frst recorded instance of hyp-
nosis in modern times occurred in
the 1700s, when Austrian physi-
cian Franz Mesmer touted a treat-
ment in which he induced trance-
like states in his patients. This is the
origin of the word mesmerized.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 161 7/16/09 10:18:41 AM
162
illustrators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatillustratorsDo
Illustrators create artwork with a variety of
media, including pencil, pen and ink, pas-
tels, and paints (oil, acrylic, or watercolor).
They also use airbrush, collage, and com-
puter programs to create artwork. Illustra-
tions decorate, describe, inform, instruct,
and draw attention. Illustrations appear in
books, magazines, newspapers, signs, and
billboards. They also appear on packag-
ing (everything from milk cartons to com-
pact discs), Web sites, computer programs,
greeting cards, calendars, stationery, and
direct mail.
Illustrators often work as part of a cre-
ative team that can include graphic design-
ers, photographers, and calligraphers, artists
who specialize in lettering. Most illustra-
tors are self-employed, but some work in
advertising agencies, design frms, com-
mercial art frms, or printing and publish-
ing companies. They are also employed in
motion picture and television industries,
retail stores, catalog companies, and public
relations frms.
Some illustrators specialize. Medical il-
lustrators, for example, make drawings,
paintings, and three-dimensional models
of medical procedures and specimens. Their
work appears in textbooks, advertisements,
medical journals, videotapes, and flms. It
may also be used at medical conventions,
in public exhibits, and as teaching aids in
classrooms and laboratories.
Fashion illustrators work for advertis-
ing agencies, newspapers, catalog houses,
and fashion magazines. They attend fash-
ion shows and work closely with fashion
designers to make sure clothing colors and
styles are represented accurately.
Most illustrators become known for their
particular style and medium (paint, ink, pas-
tel, pencil, or collage, to name a few).
Take art classes and learn computer illus-
tration programs. Talent is perhaps more
important to an illustrators success than
education or training. Education, however,
will teach you about new techniques and
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$18,650 to $42,070 to 83,820+
outlook
Art Directors
Artists
Graphic Designers
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 162 7/16/09 10:18:43 AM
163
media and help you build your portfolio.
Whether you plan to work full time or free-
lance, you will need a portfolio that con-
tains samples of your best work, as well as
published or printed pieces.
A high school diploma and prefer-
ably an associates degree in commercial
art or fne art are recommended for this
feld. A college degree is benefcial. Most
medical illustrators have masters de-
grees from graduate programs in medical
illustration.
Illustrators need to continue their edu-
cation and training while pursuing their
careers. They must keep up with the latest
innovations in design techniques, comput-
er software, and presentation technology.
outlook
Employment of visual artists is expected to
grow faster than the average for all occu-
pations through 2016. Illustrators will fnd
more opportunities in work geared for the
Internet, as well as in the motion picture
and video industries.
The outlook for medical illustrators
is promising. There are few graduate pro-
grams in medical illustration and small
graduation classes, so medical illustrators
will fnd great demand for their skills. The
feld of medicine and science in general is
always growing, and medical illustrators
will be needed to depict new techniques,
procedures, and discoveries.
Growth of advertising and public re-
lations agencies will provide new jobs for
illustrators. The popularity of American
fashion in other parts of the world will also
create a demand for fashion illustrators
to provide the artwork needed to sell to a
global market.
ForMoreinformation
Take art classes that help you experiment
with different media. Keep a sketch diary
and draw in it every day. Artistic talent is
important, but it will not get you very far
if you do not practice and work at your art.
Submit artwork to your school newspaper,
yearbook, or literary publication, or join
an art club at your school or community
center. Make posters for school and com-
munity events.
associationofMedicalillustrators
810 East 10th Street
Lawrence, KS 66044-3018
866-393-4264
hg@ami.org
http://www.ami.org
Societyofillustrators
New York, NY 10065-7303
212-838-2560
Illustrator Michael Stadther shares his
book Secrets of the Alchemist dar with a
group of ffth-grade students in California.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 163 7/16/09 10:18:45 AM
164
indexers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatindexersDo
An index is a list of words and phrases, usu-
ally organized alphabetically. It helps peo-
ple fnd information in a text. The people
who create these types of lists are indexers.
An index must include references to all
the important information in a text. An in-
dexer must be able to recognize this infor-
mation and include it in the index under
entry headings. Choosing helpful head-
ings can be the most challenging part of
an indexers job. The best indexers start by
asking themselves where the reader would
look for certain information. Usually the
indexer will include references under the
key term from the text and under more
general, but related, headings. References
to George Washington, for instance, might
be listed under Washington, George, but
also under Presidents, Revolutionary War,
and United States History.
There are several types of indexers.
Some work with single volumes to compile
back-of-book indexes. School social studies
textbooks usually contain good examples
of this sort of index. Other indexers create
the indexes for multi-volume sets of books,
such as encyclopedias. Because these indexes
contain references to several volumes, they
sometimes fll an entire volume themselves.
Still other indexers develop the indexes for
magazines and newspapers. These indexes
are published at regular times throughout
the year. They are extremely helpful to re-
searchers who otherwise might have to
search through every issue of a magazine to
fnd a single reference.
Before personal computers were wide-
ly used, indexers did their work manually.
They kept track of entry headings and
page numbers on alphabetically arranged
index cards. Some indexers still work this
way, but today, there are many comput-
er programs that make the indexers job
easier.
Some indexers are full-time employees
at publishing companies. Others work as
freelance employees.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$27,360 to $48,230 to $91,390+
outlook
Book Editors
Librarians
Library Technicians
Linguists
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Research Assistants
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 164 7/16/09 10:18:47 AM
165
Indexing can be an extremely solitary
profession. Indexers should enjoy intellec-
tual challenges and have a passion for co-
herent structure. To be successful, indexers
must also have great patience for detail.
classes in English, computer science, his-
tory, and social science in high school.
Since indexers must be well read and
knowledgeable about a wide range of aca-
demic disciplines, a liberal arts degree is
highly recommended. A bachelors degree
with a major in English or library science
is required for many indexing positions.
Many indexers have one or more advanced
degrees as well. Professional training is not
required but can be extremely helpful.
Todays indexers must be computer lit-
erate to be competitive. Manual prepara-
tion of indexes is a dying art because of the
widespread availability of computer pro-
grams designed to automate the mechanics
of indexing. This trend toward computer-
assisted indexing will continue as more
and more information is created and stored
in electronic format.
outlook
Employment of editors and writers over-
all is expected to grow about as fast as the
Indexers who are well versed in computer
programs will have more work opportuni-
ties, as publishers will tend toward com-
puter-assisted indexing. Computers are
not likely to replace human indexers, who
have thought-processing abilities, any-
time soon. Publishers of reference mate-
rial, newspapers, and scholarly works will
continue to value competent indexers. In
addition, as information replaces manu-
facturing as the worlds most valuable
industry, new opportunities for indexers
should become available.
ForMoreinformation
Visit libraries and read books and index-
es of all kinds. The American Society of
Indexers publishes several helpful pam-
phlets on getting started in the indexing
profession.
americanSocietyforindexing
303-463-2887
info@asindexing.org
http://www.asindexing.org
editorialFreelancersassociation
71 West 23rd Street, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10010-4181
212-929-5400
info@the-efa.org
Did You Know?
One of the frst books to use a
consistent form of alphabetic in-
dexing was Denis Diderots Ency-
clopedie in 1751.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 165 7/16/09 10:18:47 AM
166
industrial
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatindustrial
DesignersDo
Industrial designers are an important part of
the manufacturing process. They create de-
signs for new products and redesign exist-
ing products to make them more attractive,
more effcient, and easier to use. Many in-
dustrial designers specialize in a particular
kind of product, such as home appliances,
cars, or furniture. Some are self-employed,
but most work for a design frm or in the
design department of a manufacturing
company.
Industrial designers work as part of a
development team, trying to come up with
ways to make products more appealing to
buyers. Designers make many drawings for
new products. Some designers create sketch-
es by hand, but most use computer-aided
design (CAD) and computer-aided industri-
al design (CAID) software to create sketches.
Once a preliminary design is selected, de-
signers calculate the measurements of each
part, identify specifc components, select
necessary materials, and choose colors and
other visual elements. A detailed design is
then submitted to engineers and other de-
sign team members for review.
In some cases, a model or prototype
may be built. Engineers test the model for
performance, strength, durability, and
other factors to ensure that it performs as
planned and meets all safety and industrial
standards. If any part of a product fails to
meet test standards, the design is sent back
to the industrial designer for revisions.
An industrial designer may design
packages for products, layouts for stores, or
even the insides of trucks.
If you think you would like to be an indus-
trial designer, take as many art and com-
puter classes as you can in high school. In
particular, classes in computer-aided design
and graphics will be very helpful.
In order to become an industrial de-
signer, you will need to complete an indus-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Computer science, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$31,400 to $56,550 to $95,620
outlook
Architects
Art Directors
Drafters
Graphic Designers
Packaging Engineers
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 166 7/16/09 10:18:48 AM
167
trial design course of study. A number of
technical schools, art schools, and colleges
offer degree programs in industrial design.
Some programs take four years to complete,
but most take fve. Some of the programs
stress the artistic aspects of industrial de-
sign, while others stress the engineering
aspects.
Certain courses are common to every
design school. All students study two-di-
mensional design (drawing and designing
on a fat surface) and three-dimensional
design (designing solid objects). Students
also take advanced CAD and graphics
courses. Because most designs are created
using computers, students have to be com-
fortable with many different computer
programs.
After completing an industrial design
program, you can apply directly to com-
panies that hire industrial designers. In a
job interview, an employer will ask to see
a portfolio, which is a collection of your
drawings and designs. This will give the
employer an idea of your style and creative
abilities.
outlook
Employment of industrial designers is ex-
pected to grow about as fast as the aver-
age through 2016. Rising demand for safe,
quality products as well as designs of new
products for the global marketplace will
create more job opportunities in this feld.
Competition will be ferce, however.
Many companies will continue to out-
source signifcant amounts of their work,
which can make it hard to fnd entry-level
positions. In addition, industrial design
work is closely tied into the economy, with
more opportunities available during times
of prosperity.
ForMoreinformation
Pursue hobbies such as sculpting, ceram-
ics, woodworking, and sketching to de-
velop creative and artistic abilities. Reading
publications about industrial design, such
as Design News (http://www.designnews.
com), can also be very benefcial.
industrialDesignersSocietyofamerica
45195 Business Court, Suite 250
Dulles, VA 20166-6717
703-707-6000
http://www.idsa.org
nationalassociationofSchoolsofart
andDesign
Reston, VA 20190-5248
http://nasad.arts-accredit.org/index.jsp
This industrial designer specializes in the
design of cars. On his computer screen
is a prototype of a futuristic car. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 167 7/16/09 10:18:49 AM
168
industrial
engineersand
engineering
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatindustrialengineersand
engineeringtechniciansDo
Industrial engineers develop systems that
blend materials, equipment, information,
and workers into the overall production
process. In a manufacturing company,
their job is to fnd the most effcient and
effective ways to make products. At a hos-
pital or bank, they advise on job standards
and how to control costs by streamlining
procedures.
Industrial engineering technicians assist
engineers in their duties. Their tasks de-
pend on where they work and the size and
products of the company. Usually, they
collect information on how tasks are per-
formed, make charts of workfow, and help
come up with ideas on how to trim costs
and improve procedures.
One of the main responsibilities of in-
dustrial engineers is to design the layout of
industrial plants and factories. They choose
the manufacturing processes and proce-
dures to use as well as the tools, machines,
and other equipment best suited for the
production process.
Some industrial engineering techni-
cians are responsible for inventory control,
or making sure raw materials are always
available. Others work on budgets, gather-
ing facts and fgures. Industrial engineering
technicians who work in production control
check schedules and monitor the amount
and quality of materials in the plant.
Industrial engineering jobs are often
considered stepping-stones to management
positions, even in other felds. Engineers
may be promoted to executive manage-
ment jobs while technicians may become
department supervisors or trainers.
Classes in algebra, geometry, calculus, trig-
onometry, chemistry, physics, computer
science, mechanical drawing, and English
c
SchoolSubjectS
Computer science, Physics
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$31,130 to $47,490 to $79,020+
outlook
Operating Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 168 7/16/09 10:18:49 AM
169
are benefcial to the industrial engineer
and engineering technician felds.
Most engineering jobs require a bach-
elors degree in engineering, while techni-
cians are generally graduates of two-year
industrial technology programs. In a typi-
cal four-year engineering program, the frst
two years are spent studying basic science
courses, computer science, social sciences,
and the humanities. The last two years
focus on engineering, advanced mathe-
matics, and science courses. A number of
schools offer fve-year programs leading to
a masters degree.
Certifcation, while not required, can
give industrial engineers and engineering
technicians a competitive advantage when
it comes to hiring and promotions.
outlook
Employment of industrial engineers and
engineering technicians is expected to grow
As products become more challenging to
produce, competitive pressures will force
companies to improve and update manu-
facturing facilities and product designs. Op-
portunities will be best for individuals who
have up-to-date skills.
The employment outlook varies with
area of specialization and industry. For ex-
ample, changing and increasing numbers
of environmental and safety regulations
may lead companies to revise some of their
procedures and practices, and new tech-
nicians may be needed to assist in these
changeovers.
ForMoreinformation
Join a science or engineering club to gain
an idea of what an industrial engineer
does. Your school counselor or teacher may
be able to set up a presentation by an ex-
perienced industrial engineer or industrial
engineering technician.
instituteofelectricalandelectronics
engineers
Corporate Offce
3 Park Avenue, 17th Floor
New York, NY 10016-5997
212-419-7900
http://www.ieee.org
instituteofindustrialengineers
3577 Parkway Lane, Suite 200
Norcross, GA 30092-2874
800-494-0460
http://www.iienet.org
juniorengineeringtechnicalSociety
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
These industrial engineers are adjusting
a rotor shaft inside a turbine at a
power station. (P.G. Bowater / Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 169 7/16/09 10:18:50 AM
170
industrial
Machinery
Mechanics
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatindustrial
MachineryMechanicsDo
When machinery breaks down in a facto-
ry, it can stop a huge project, cause people
to miss work, and cost thousands of dol-
lars in lost profts. Industrial machinery me-
chanics try to prevent these breakdowns,
and when breakdowns do occur, they try
to make the necessary repairs as quickly as
possible.
Industrial machinery mechanics spend
much of their time making sure machines
are operating properly. They keep machine
parts well oiled and greased. Mechanics
use these inspections as a way of spotting
minor problems and repairing them before
they become more serious. For example,
if mechanics hear a machine making a
strange noise, they may check to fnd out
whether a belt needs replacing or should
be tightened. By repairing the belt before it
snaps, mechanics help the company avoid
a costly breakdown.
Sometimes machines have computer-
ized systems that can determine the cause
of a problem or highlight a trouble spot be-
fore it causes a breakdown. Mechanics in-
spect these systems as part of their regular
maintenance checks.
When breakdowns do occur, mechan-
ics may partially or completely take apart
a machine to make the repairs. They often
follow blueprints or engineering specifca-
tions to locate the problem. Machinery
mechanics may work with electronics spe-
cialists or other people when correcting
problems that call for expertise in a special
area. Once they locate the problem, me-
chanics order replacement parts from cat-
alogs. If a part cannot be easily replaced,
mechanics make the part themselves, us-
ing milling machines, lathes, and other
equipment. After replacing the broken
part and repairing the machine, the me-
chanic reassembles the machine and tests
it to make sure it works properly again.
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$27,650 to $42,350 to $64,030+
outlook
Aircraft Mechanics
Millwrights
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 170 7/16/09 10:18:51 AM
171
Employers prefer to hire high school grad-
uates, but opportunities do exist for those
without a diploma and with some kind of
related training. In high school, prepare to
become a machinery mechanic by taking
shop courses as well as mechanical draw-
ing, mathematics, computer science, and
electronics classes.
A four-year apprenticeship is the best
way to enter this feld. Apprentices learn
from experienced mechanics how to in-
spect, clean, and repair machines, as well
as blueprint reading, welding, shop math-
ematics, use of tools, and other subjects.
Another way to become a mechanic is
by taking courses offered at vocational and
technical schools. Programs that offer ma-
chine shop courses or training in electron-
ics and numerical control machine tools
give students the necessary background for
this type of work.
outlook
Employment for industrial machinery me-
chanics is predicted to grow about as fast
as the average through 2016. As factories
become more automated, more mechanics
will be needed to maintain and repair the
equipment. Job openings will also come
from the replacement of transferring or re-
tiring workers.
Certain industries are susceptible to eco-
nomic factors and reduce production activi-
ties in slow periods. During these periods,
companies may lay off workers or reduce
hours. Mechanics are less likely to be laid off
than other workers, as machines need to be
maintained regardless of production levels.
Employment opportunities are generally
better, however, at companies experiencing
growth or stable levels of production.
ForMoreinformation
One way to explore whether you would like
doing this job is to watch someone repair a
car, VCR, or other appliance. Perhaps you
have an older relative or friend who makes
repairs and would be willing to talk to you
and let you watch some repair work. Or, you
might try building a model car or airplane.
internationalunion,unitedautomobile,
aerospace,andagriculturalimplement
Workersofamerica
313-926-5000
http://www.uaw.org
nationaltoolingandMachining
association
800-248-6862
info@ntma.org
http://www.ntma.org
PrecisionMachinedProductsassociation
6700 West Snowville Road
Brecksville, OH 44141-3672
440-526-0300
http://www.pmpa.org
Industrial machinery mechanics have
specialized knowledge of the machines
that are used in factories. (Hugo DeWolf/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 171 7/16/09 10:18:52 AM
172
industrial
Safetyand
health
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatindustrialSafety
andhealthtechniciansDo
Industrial safety and health technicians try to
prevent worker accidents and work-related
sickness. They usually work as members of
a safety team by teaching safety practices
to employees and their supervisors. To do
this, they may give lectures, perform dem-
onstrations, and use audiovisual aids. When
new employees are hired, technicians may
take them on a tour of the areas where they
will work. They explain safety rules, pro-
tection systems, safety signs, warnings, and
job hazards. They also explain work rules
regarding such items as safety shoes, cloth-
ing, glasses, and hard hats.
Technicians check for health hazards
in the workplace, such as dust, fumes, gas-
es, noise, vibration, temperature, and un-
guarded machinery. They also check fre-
protection systems, walking and work-
ing surfaces, and utilities. These workers
inspect safety equipment and arrange for
necessary repairs. They keep inspection re-
cords on this equipment. They pass on any
safety suggestions to their supervisors.
In addition, technicians make sure that
operating, maintenance, and emergency
instructions are up-to-date. They investi-
gate or help to investigate worker accidents
and injuries. They review safety reports
made by outside inspectors or by workers or
managers. They may also organize actions
taken to correct dangers in the workplace.
Technicians may suggest ways to improve
worker health and safety. This may involve
reading safety reports and attending indus-
trial safety and health meetings.
Technicians work for a variety of em-
ployers, which may include manufacturing
industries and businesses, construction or
drilling companies, and transportation and
mining companies. They also work for most
other industrial or commercial employers.
Other employers include medical, educa-
tional, and scientifc institutions. Some
technicians work as teachers at colleges or
c
SchoolSubjectS
Health, Technical/Shop
Associates degree
Salaryrange
$25,280 to $44,020 to $71,640
outlook
Ergonomists
Risk Managers
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 172 7/16/09 10:18:52 AM
173
technical schools. Others work for federal,
state, and local government agencies, or for
insurance and safety-consulting companies.
Mathematics, algebra, chemistry, and tech-
nical shop courses are excellent prepara-
tion for this feld. English, speech, and me-
chanical drawing are also recommended.
Many technical and community colleges
offer two-year programs in industrial safety
and health. Subjects studied in the frst year
may include fre protection, advanced frst
aid, safety and health rules, power sources
and hazards, noise control, preventive main-
tenance, and accident investigation, among
other courses. In the second year, students
may study industrial chemical hazards, di-
saster preparedness, sanitation and public
health, radiation safety, handling and stor-
age of materials, prevention of drug abuse,
and other course offerings.
Several organizations offer certifcation
in this feld. Certifcation is voluntary, but
recommended, as it commonly leads to pay
raises and better advancement potential in
this industry.
outlook
Employment for industrial safety and
health technicians is expected to grow
The level of government regulation and
enforcement regarding safety and health
affects the overall demand.
Insurance and workers compensation
costs have risen since the 80s, and are a f-
nancial concern for employers. Technicians
who specialize in loss prevention, specif-
cally construction safety and ergonomics,
should have good opportunities for work.
ForMoreinformation
Safety publications, such as Safety+Health
Magazine and the Occupational Safety and
Health Act Bulletin, also provide informa-
tion about occupational safety.
americanboardofindustrialhygiene
6015 West St. Joseph, Suite 102
Lansing, MI 48917-3980
517-321-2638
abih@abih.org
http://www.abih.org
americanSocietyofSafetyengineers
1800 East Oakton Street
847-699-2929
customerservice@asse.org
http://www.asse.org
occupationalSafetyandhealth
administration
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue
800-321-OSHA (6742)
http://www.osha.gov
This industrial safety technician inspects
the tools in a metal shop. (Lisa F. Young/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 173 7/16/09 10:18:53 AM
174
industrial
traffc
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatindustrial
traffcManagersDo
Industrial traffc managers are in charge of
transporting the goods that their compa-
nies produce, as well as distributing goods
within their own companies. These goods
may include raw products such as grains,
fruits, or livestock; manufactured goods
such as tractors or safety pins; or piped liq-
uids such as crude oil.
Traffc managers have to consider
the type and quantity of the items to be
shipped. Is the item liquid, bulky, light,
heavy, or fragile? Does it catch fre easily, or
would it release dangerous fumes if it were
accidentally spilled? Managers design or se-
lect the containers in which the goods will
be shipped. Sometimes they are responsible
for the actual packing of goods.
Industrial traffc managers must fnd
the quickest, most economical way of
shipping the goods. This could be by
highway, rail, air, water, or pipeline. Man-
agers approve bills, trace lost shipments,
lease port or terminal facilities, or clear
international goods through customs.
They manage the shipping and receiv-
ing clerks who work under them and also
work closely with senior company off-
cials to develop and establish transporta-
tion policies for the entire company. Be-
cause of the thousands of federal, state,
and local regulations governing transpor-
tation, traffc managers must be familiar
with the legal matters that concern their
companys shipping.
Independent industrial traffc managers,
or logistics experts, contract their services
to one or more companies. They arrange
for the storage and inventory control of
parts or fnished products and arrange
for them to be transported among manu-
facturers or between manufacturers and
consumers.
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$17,390 to $26,990 to $41,950
outlook
Business Managers
Cost Estimators
Customs Offcials
Packaging Engineers
Postal Clerks
Purchasing Agents
X
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 174 7/16/09 10:18:54 AM
175
classes in economics, mathematics, com-
puter science, business, and science in
high school. Many people interested in
becoming traffc managers begin in the
shipping room or general traffc offces of
large plants. Those with more education
will probably spend less time at entry-level
jobs.
Industrial traffc managers must have
at least a high school diploma, and there
are many jobs for people with this level of
education. It is also becoming strongly rec-
ommended that aspiring managers have at
least some postsecondary education.
More and more companies have start-
ed requiring one to two years of college
education for entry into this feld. Many
community and junior colleges offer traf-
fc and transportation curricula to prepare
students for employment as traffc agents
and clerks. Some institutions combine
course work with on-the-job experience
in programs that lead to an associates de-
gree or a certifcate of completion. Some
commercial law training will help pro-
spective industrial traffc managers cope
with complex rates, regulations, routes,
and schedules.
outlook
Large and medium-sized companies are
increasingly using computers to store and
retrieve records. Computerized conveyor
systems, robotics, and trucks, as well as
scanners, are increasing productivity and
eliminating the need for large numbers of
workers. As a result, employment of indus-
trial traffc managers is expected to grow
through 2016, according to the U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor. The good news, however, is
that traffc management can never be com-
pletely computerized. Managers will still be
needed to arrange and oversee shipments
before they go out and when they arrive.
ForMoreinformation
Several Web sites offer helpful information,
such as http://www.freightworld.com and
http://www.logisticsworld.com. You can
also observe and possibly interview work-
ers at local transportation or moving com-
panies to learn more about this career.
americanSocietyoftransportation
andlogistics,inc.
PO Box 3363
Warrenton, VA 20188-1963
202-580-7270
info@astl.org
http://www.astl.org
nationalretailFederation
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
Fast Fact
A typical day on the job as a
traffc manager involves many
tasks, including traffc manage-
ment, warehousing, inventory
control, and customer service.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 175 7/16/09 10:18:54 AM
176
information
architects
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whatinformation
architectsDo
Information architects design and organize
electronic navigation structures to help
people fnd the best route to the informa-
tion they need. They are employed by Web
design companies, software design compa-
nies, banks, public relations agencies, and
insurance companies. The main responsi-
bility of an information architect is to cre-
ate an organized bridge between the search-
er and the information being sought.
Information architects provide consult-
ing to businesses interested in creating or
improving the structure of their Web sites.
They also arrange databases and organize
networks that are available only to em-
ployees (called intranets). Architects design
personal directories for companies depart-
ments, branches, and headquarters.
Before the redesign or building pro-
cess, the information architect must fnd
out important background information
about the site. The architect determines
who visits and why, which companies will
compete with the site, and the sites overall
purpose or goal. Information architects use
these details to create a balanced and ef-
fcient site that pleases both the users and
the business itself.
After gathering information, the in-
formation architect fnds the most logical
and appropriate way to present it. The in-
formation must be organized so that it can
be easily found, even if a user is complete-
ly unfamiliar with the topic. The archi-
tect establishes guidelines for the content,
structure, and visual design of the site.
Architects may do some of the building
themselves, but most often they assign the
guidelines to programmers, writers, and
artists, and supervise their work. The ar-
chitect instructs these workers to keep the
users needs and the clients preferences in
mind.
The pattern of architecture that is used
for Web sites is similar to the layout of a
library, where magazines are placed in one
c
SchoolSubjectS
Computer science, English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$37,600 to $71,510 to $108,140+
outlook
Archivists
Information Brokers
Librarians
Research Assistants
o
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 176 7/16/09 10:18:54 AM
177
section and books are organized by book
type (for example, nonfction books are all
together). This organization minimizes the
time that users spend browsing.
Information architects do not con-
centrate on the content of just one page.
They have a clear concept of how the
overall content of the site will work to-
gether. They are similar to librarians be-
cause they help people fnd information
quickly. They do nearly all of their work
on computers, and work closely with Web
designers, database engineers, and com-
puter programmers.
In high school, take computer science,
English, journalism, and history courses.
Business and speech courses will also be
helpful, as information architects interact
with a variety of people and are often in
management positions.
Many information architects begin
their careers in Web programming or Web
design, which requires at least a bachelors
degree in computer science or a related
feld. A degree in library and information
science, as well as courses in software de-
sign can help you enter this feld. Some po-
sitions may require a masters degree.
outlook
Employment of information architects is
expected to grow much faster than the av-
erage for all occupations through 2016. Ac-
cording to the U.S. Department of Labor,
computer systems design is projected to be
one of the fastest growing industries in the
United States. As more and more business-
es depend on the Internet as a major source
for information gathering and advertising,
information architects will be needed to
build Web sites and networks that can be
easily accessed.
ForMoreinformation
Journalism classes and working on the
high school newspaper will provide hands-
on experience in information retrieval
and writing. It will also be helpful to read
publications such as Digital Web magazine
(http://www.digital-web.com).
americanSocietyforinformationScience
andtechnology
301-495-0900
asis@asis.org
http://www.asis.org
associationofindependentinformation
Professionals
8550 United Plaza Boulevard, Suite 1001
225-408-4400
offce@aiip.org
http://www.aiip.org
Societyfortechnicalcommunication
703-522-4114
stc@stc.org
http://www.stc.org
Growth Field
of information architects is expect-
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 177 7/16/09 10:18:55 AM

178
information
brokers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reasoning
Whatinformation
brokersDo
Information brokers, sometimes called online
researchers or independent information profes-
sionals, gather information from online da-
tabases and services. They research market-
ing surveys, newspaper articles, business and
government statistics, abstracts, and other
sources of information and prepare reports
and presentations based on their research.
Information brokers primarily use the
Internet and online databases, such as Dia-
log and LexisNexis, to search for informa-
tion. They also make extensive use of li-
braries, historical archives, and other print
sources. Personal interviews also may be
necessary.
Many research projects are marketing-
based. For example, if a fruit distribution
company wants to make fgs as popular as
apples and oranges, it might hire consul-
tants and researchers to fnd some basic
information about fg consumption. How
many people have ever eaten a fg? What
articles about fgs have been published in
national magazines? What are the recent
annual sales of fgs and fg-based treats?
What popular recipes include fgs?
The legal profession hires information
brokers to search cases, statutes, and other
sources of law; update law library collec-
tions; and locate data to support cases, such
as fnding expert witnesses or researching
the history of the development of a defec-
tive product that caused personal injury.
The health care industry uses information
brokers to gather information on drugs,
treatments, devices, illnesses, or clinical tri-
als. An information broker who specializes
in public records researches personal re-
cords (such as birth, death, marriage, adop-
tion, and criminal records), corporations,
and property ownership. Other industries
that rely on information brokers include
banking and fnance, government and
public policy, and science and technology.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$33,310 to $60,300 to $113,390+
outlook
Archivists
Librarians
Library Technicians
Research Assistants
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 178 7/16/09 10:18:57 AM
179
Specifc examples of projects assigned
to information brokers include research on
the market for independent living facilities
for senior citizens, the impact of large gro-
cery chains on independent grocery stores,
and what rental car companies do with cars
after they are past their prime.
Take computer classes that teach word and
data processing programs, presentation pro-
grams, and how to use Internet search en-
gines. Any class offered by your high school
or public library on information retrieval
will familiarize prospective information
brokers with database searches. English and
composition courses help teach clear writ-
ing and information organizing skills.
A solid educational background for this
feld is a bachelors degree from a good lib-
eral arts school, then a masters degree in ei-
ther a subject specialty or in library and in-
formation science. Developing expertise in
a particular subject is excellent preparation
for a specialty in information brokering.
Because of the rapidly changing tech-
nology, researchers need to keep up-to-date
by attending seminars and taking courses
through such organizations as the Special
Libraries Association.
outlook
Information professionals will continue to
fnd a great deal of work as employment
growth is expected to be faster than the
average through 2016. They will face com-
petition for jobs, however, because increas-
ing numbers of new information science
graduates are entering the feld every year.
There will be continuing demand for infor-
mation brokers in marketing, competitive
intelligence, legal research, and science
and technology.
ForMoreinformation
If you have searched the Internet for infor-
mation for a research paper, you already
have an idea of what online research is like.
Ask the reference librarians of your school
and public libraries for help in introducing
you to the various library tools available.
Ask a teacher to assign you a research proj-
ect, not for a grade but just for fun, to help
you practice your skills.
americanlibraryassociation
50 East Huron
800-545-2433
library@ala.org
http://www.ala.org
associationofindependentinformation
Professionals
8550 United Plaza Boulevard, Suite 1001
225-408-4400
info@aiip.org
http://www.aiip.org
Speciallibrariesassociation
703-647-4900
sla@sla.org
http://www.sla.org
Did You Know?
The keepers of an ancient Egyp-
tian library from the third century
b.c. could be thought of as early in-
formation brokers. These workers
jobs were to copy, revise, and fle
books in that librarys collection.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 179 7/16/09 10:18:58 AM
180
instrumentation
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatinstrumentation
techniciansDo
Instrumentation technicians install, repair, in-
spect, and maintain many types of complex
instruments. Some technicians work in re-
search laboratories, where they help to de-
sign, build, and test new instruments such
as those aboard a space shuttle. Others work
in industries such as pharmaceuticals, pulp
and paper, power, food processing, automo-
tive, metals, and air and water pollution.
Technicians work with three categories
of instruments. One category is pneumatic,
which uses air pressure. These include tem-
perature and fow transmitters and receiv-
ers. Another type is hydraulic instruments,
which operate by resistance to water or to
pressure transmitted by liquids. The last
type includes electronic or electrical sens-
ing devices, such as recorders or telemeter-
ing systems.
Technicians may hold a variety of dif-
ferent positions. Mechanical-instrumentation
technicians, for example, check equipment
before operation and make any necessary
adjustments. Instrumentation repair techni-
cians look for the causes of breakdowns
in instruments and then repair those in-
struments. Troubleshooting instrumentation
technicians also diagnose malfunctions and
may test and adjust instruments. Typically,
troubleshooters handle more complicated
problems than repair technicians do.
Instrumentation design technicians help
to design instruments. They may make
mock-ups of and test new instruments, or-
der parts, and make sketches and electronic
diagrams.
To prepare for a career in this feld, take as
many mathematics courses as possible in
high school, including algebra and geom-
etry. Also, physics, chemistry, and other
science courses, especially those with lab-
oratory work, are highly recommended.
English and communications courses are
important so that you will be prepared to
write test reports and give evaluations.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Associates degree
Salaryrange
$28,610 to $47,410 to $69,880+
outlook
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 180 7/16/09 10:18:58 AM
181
Completion of a two-year technical
program or equivalent work experience is
required for entry-level positions. Equiva-
lent work experience can be gained in an
electronics or manufacturing frm or from
any job that requires working with me-
chanical or electrical equipment.
Technical programs include instrumen-
tation technology, electronics, and biomed-
ical and nuclear technology. Students must
master subjects such as electronic circuitry,
computer science, and electrical theory.
outlook
Employment opportunities for most instru-
mentation technicians will grow about as
fast as the average through 2016. Oppor-
tunities will be best for graduates of post-
secondary technical training programs. As
technology becomes more sophisticated,
employers will continue to look for tech-
nicians who are skilled in new technology
and require a minimum of additional job
training.
Most developments in automated
manufacturing techniques, including com-
puter-controlled machinery, rely heavily
on instrumentation devices. The emerging
felds of air and water pollution control are
other areas of growth, with scientists and
technicians using instruments to measure
toxic substances in the air and water.
ForMoreinformation
Try building small electronic equipment by
yourself or with an older relative or friend.
Some communities and schools have clubs
for people interested in electronics. You
may be able to fnd one that teaches basic
skills in construction and repair. Visit an
industrial laboratory, instrument shop, re-
search laboratory, or power installation.
associationfortheadvancementof
Medicalinstrumentation
800-332-2264
http://www.aami.org
instituteofelectricalandelectronics
engineersinc.
202-785-0017
http://www.ieee.org
instrumentation,Systems,and
automationSociety
67 Alexander Drive
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709
919-549-8411
info@isa.org
http://www.isa.org
An instrumentation technician checks the
performance of equipment. (Scott Bauer/
USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 181 7/16/09 10:18:59 AM
182
instrument
Makersand
repairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatinstrument
MakersandrepairersDo
Instrument makers make, modify, and adjust
scientifc instruments. These instruments
provide measurements of temperature,
electricity, liquid fow, and other physical
forces that are diffcult to see or hear. The
instruments are used to regulate heat, mea-
sure distance, control industrial processes,
or even allow scientists to measure forces
inside the earth to forecast earthquakes.
Instrument makers work with electrical
and mechanical engineers, computer ex-
perts, and other scientists to develop ideas
and designs into experimental models and
laboratory equipment. They work with
people who will use the instrument when
it is completed. For instance, instrument
makers may work with a physician while
developing a medical testing device and a
geologist when developing machinery to
measure earthquakes.
Some instrument makers also repair
instruments, but in most cases, specially
trained instrument repairers complete the
repairs. These repairers inspect, test, and
repair instruments in a wide variety of in-
dustries. Those who work in the automo-
tive industry adjust and calibrate speed-
ometers, odometers, and other gauges. In
utility companies, instrument repairers
work on gas and watt-hour meters. Others
who work for appliance manufacturers fx
the controls that make refrigerators cold or
ovens and furnaces hot.
To prepare for a career in this industry, take
high school courses in algebra, geometry,
trigonometry, mechanical drawing, Eng-
lish, science, and shop. In addition, techni-
cal training in electronics is helpful.
Completing an apprentice program is
one way to become an instrument maker
or repairer. These programs last between
four and fve years. Apprentices will have
on-the-job training in the use of machine
tools and measuring instruments as well as
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$28,610 to $47,410 to $69,880+
outlook
Aircraft Mechanics
Instrumentation Technicians
_
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 182 7/16/09 10:19:00 AM
183
classroom instruction in technical subjects
such as mathematics and physics.
Another way to become an instrument
maker is to complete a two-year program in
electrical, mechanical, or instrument tech-
nology through a community college or
technical school. Students study electron-
ics, mathematics, and other related sub-
jects. Technical training is also available in
the armed services.
Depending on the individuals spe-
cialty, there may be certifcation options
available. Though voluntary, certifcation
does show a commitment to the feld and
a solid educational background. There are
no licensing requirements for instrument
makers and repairers.
outlook
The employment outlook for instrument
makers and repairers will vary somewhat
based on levels of education and experi-
ence. As instruments become more com-
plex, workers who have the strongest edu-
cational backgrounds will have the best
opportunities. Overall, the feld is expected
to grow slower than the average for all occu-
pations through 2016, according to the De-
partment of Labor. Employment of repair-
ers of watches, cameras, and photographic
equipment is predicted to decline. However,
medical equipment repairers will have ex-
cellent job opportunities because of the in-
creasing demand for medical services. The
biomedical research, telecommunications,
energy conservation, and pollution con-
trol felds should show an increased need
for instrument makers and repairers. Job
openings will also result from the need to
replace workers who retire or leave for other
positions.
ForMoreinformation
To learn more about this career, visit a
machine shop or laboratory where instru-
ment makers and repairers work. Perhaps a
teacher will be able to arrange such a visit
or request that an instrument repairer visit
your class to give a career talk. Also, hob-
bies such as building model airplanes or
cars will give you the opportunity to work
with your hands, follow directions, and fg-
ure out mechanical drawings.
etainternational
5 Depot Street
800-288-3824
eta@eta-i.org
http://eta-i.org
internationalSocietyofcertifed
electronicstechnicians
800-946-0201
info@iscet.org
theinstrumentation,Systems,and
automationSociety
67 Alexander Drive
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-2309
919-549-8288
http://www.isa.org
Fast Fact
Although most felds of instru-
ment repair are stagnating or
declining, the feld of medical
instrument repair is robust, and
is expected to grow by about
20 percent between 2006 and
2016.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 183 7/16/09 10:19:00 AM
184
insulation
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whatinsulation
WorkersDo
Insulation workers install building materials
called insulation, which keeps hot or cold
air in or out of a space. Offce buildings,
homes, trucks, steam pipes, ships, attics,
and boiler rooms all need insulation to stay
at the proper temperature and to ensure
proper heating and cooling.
When insulating a wall, workers may
spray foam insulation onto crisscrossed
wires called wire mesh. The foam sticks
to the mesh and stays in place. Blown-in,
loose-fll insulation includes loose fbers or
fber pellets that are blown into building
cavities or attics using special pneumatic
equipment. In some buildings, insulation
workers staple batts or rolls of fexible insu-
lation made from mineral fbers to parts of
a building frame. Rigid insulation is made
from fbrous materials or plastic foams and
is pressed or extruded into board-like forms
and molded pipe-coverings. Such boards
may be faced with a refective foil that re-
duces heat fow when next to an air space.
Refective insulation systems, made from
aluminum foils with a variety of backings,
are usually located between roof rafters,
foor joists, or wall studs.
In major renovations or before the
destruction of an old building, insulation
workers must remove asbestos, an old type
of insulation that has been discovered to
cause cancer. Workers must follow special
asbestos removal rules and practices. They
must seal the area, then use special vacuum
cleaners, air flters, and hand tools to re-
move the asbestos. Workers must also wear
protective suits and respirators and take a
shower that decontaminates them when
their work is done.
Insulation contractors usually prefer to hire
individuals who have earned their high
school diplomas. To prepare for this feld,
take as many math and technical or shop
courses as possible.
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
Salaryrange
$19,650 to $31,280 to $67,610+
outlook
Asbestos Abatement Technicians
Carpenters
/
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 184 7/16/09 10:19:01 AM
185
Most insulation workers learn their
trade while on the job. It usually takes
about two years to learn professional insu-
lation skills. Some people enter four-year
apprenticeship programs that combine
classroom instruction and practical in-
sulation work. Local insulators and local
branches of the International Association
of Heat and Frost Insulators and Allied
Workers, a labor union to which many in-
sulation workers belong, usually offer ap-
prenticeship programs.
Insulation workers who deal with asbes-
tos need to be licensed. The Environmental
Protection Agency offers mandatory certif-
cation for insulation workers who remove
and handle asbestos.
outlook
Employment in this feld is predicted to in-
crease about as fast as the average for all
occupations through 2016. Demand for in-
sulation workers will be brought about by
continuing concerns about the effcient use
of energy to heat and cool buildings. An
increase in construction and renovations
in residential, industrial, and commercial
buildings will also spur demand for work-
ers in this feld.
Construction projects usually last for
short periods of time and are often sea-
sonal or cyclical. As a result, insulation
workers in the construction industry may
experience periods of unemployment be-
tween projects and must fnd other sources
of income. Those who work in industrial
plants generally have more stable employ-
ment, since maintenance and repair must
be done continuously.
ForMoreinformation
To learn more about this career, contact a
local insulation contractor. If possible, ob-
serve him or her on the job and ask ques-
tions so that you can gain a clearer under-
standing of what the job is like.
insulationcontractorsassociationof
america
1321 Duke Street, Suite 303
703-739-0356
icaa2008@insulat.org
http://www.insulate.org
internationalassociationofheatandFrost
insulatorsandalliedWorkers
9602 M. L. King Jr. Highway
Lanham, MD 20706-6210
301-731-9101
http://www.insulators.org
nationalinsulationassociation
703-683-6422
http://www.insulation.org
This insulation worker is installing
insulation panels onto a houses
foundation. (Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 185 7/16/09 10:19:01 AM
186
insuranceclaims
representatives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
Whatinsurance
claimsrepresentativesDo
People buy insurance to protect themselves
against loss. People insure their homes, au-
tomobiles, personal property, health, and
even their lives. When people suffer losses
such as a stolen car or a serious health prob-
lem, they contact their insurance claims rep-
resentatives. These representatives, who are
also called claims adjusters, investigate the
loss. They determine what the insurance
companys responsibilities are and then set-
tle with the person who suffered the loss.
Claims clerks work at the insurance
companys offces, checking insurance
forms for completeness and accuracy.
When a claim is fled, they check the pol-
icy to see what type of coverage the insur-
ance company has provided. If the claim is
simplea dental exam, for example, that
is covered under a dental policythe clerk
settles the claim by issuing a check to the
policyholder.
Claims adjusters may perform the same
duties as a claims clerk. In addition, claims
adjusters investigate the claim to deter-
mine how much damage has occurred.
Most claims adjusters specialize in one type
of insurance, such as fre insurance, marine
(boat) insurance, or automobile insurance.
In life and health insurance compa-
nies, claims examiners perform all the func-
tions of claims adjusters. Examiners review
settled claims to make sure the settlements
and payments adhere to company proce-
dures and policies. They report on any ir-
regularities. In cases involving litigation,
they confer with attorneys. Where large
claims are involved, a senior examiner fre-
quently handles the case.
business, computer science, and mathe-
matics classes in high school.
Insurance companies prefer to hire col-
lege graduates as claims representatives.
Exceptions are sometimes made for people
with special experience. For example, an
auto repair specialist (who does not neces-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$33,010 to $53,560 to $81,160+
outlook
Actuaries
Life Insurance Agents and Brokers
and Brokers
s
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 186 7/16/09 10:19:02 AM
187
sarily have a college degree) would prob-
ably make an excellent auto adjuster. No
particular college major is preferred, al-
though certain majors might be helpful in
specifc insurance industries. For instance,
an engineering degree would be valuable
for adjusting industrial claims.
Some insurance companies ask their
claims adjusters to attend special educa-
tional programs. The Insurance Institute of
America offers a series of courses in claims
adjusting, with the reward of a professional
designation after passing a comprehensive
examination. The Life Offce Management
Association offers a program in life and
health claims examining.
Most states require licensing of claims
representatives. The requirements for licens-
ing vary and may include age restrictions,
state residency, education in such classes as
loss adjusting or insurance, character refer-
ences, and written examinations.
outlook
Employment of insurance claims representa-
tives is expected to grow about as fast as the
Most of the new jobs will be created as a
result of increased insurance sales, resulting
in a larger number of insurance claims. Jobs
will also come from growth in the popula-
tion, economics, trends in insurance settle-
ment procedures, and opportunities arising
from employees who change jobs or retire.
Claims representatives who specialize
in property and casualty insurance, health
insurance, and product and pollution li-
ability insurance will be in demand. Insur-
ance claims representatives will always be
in demand, since their work requires sig-
nifcant interpersonal contact and does not
lend itself to automation.
ForMoreinformation
General information about claims represen-
tative careers is available from many insur-
ance companies. Ask your parents, teach-
ers, or a guidance counselor to arrange a
tour of an insurance company or to set up
an informational interview with someone
who works in the feld.
insuranceinstituteofamerica
720 Providence Road, Suite 100
Malvern, PA 19355-3433
800-644-2101
customersupport@cpcuiia.org
http://www.aicpcu.org
lifeoffceManagementassociation
2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Suite 600
770-951-1770
http://www.loma.org
nationalassociationofPublicinsurance
adjusters
21165 Whitfeld Place, #105
Potomac Falls, VA 20165-7280
703-433-9217
info@napia.com
http://www.napia.com
Did You Know?
The insurance feld began in the
1600s at Lloyds Coffeehouse in Lon-
don as a means to share the risks of
commercial shipping voyages; the
insurance market exists to this day
as Lloyds of London. Over the cen-
turies the insurance industry has
expanded to include life, health,
property, and car insurance.
?
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 187 7/16/09 10:19:02 AM
188
insurance
underwriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reasoning
Responsibility
Whatinsurance
underwritersDo
Insurance underwriters decide whether an
insurance company should insure some-
one and also determine how much money
to charge for insurance.
People buy insurance to protect them-
selves against serious accidents or losses.
For example, a family might buy fre in-
surance to protect themselves in case their
house is destroyed in a fre. The family pays
the insurance company a certain amount
of money per month or per year, which
is called a premium. Then, if the house
does burn down, the insurance company
is responsible for helping the family buy
a new one. In other words, the insurance
company will cover the risk of fre for that
family.
It is the underwriters job to make sure
that an insurance company does not take
bad risks. For example, if someone wants
fre insurance on a building with bad wir-
ing or an unsafe furnace, the underwriter
may decide that the risk of fre is too great.
The underwriter can either refuse to insure
the building, agree to insure it after repairs
are made, or charge a higher premium for
coverage.
Insurance underwriters work in offces,
receiving applications from people who
want insurance for all kinds of things. Life
insurance will pay a specifed person if the
insured person dies. Disability insurance
will pay insured workers who have acci-
dents or illnesses that prevent them from
working. Property insurance covers dam-
age or loss of almost any kind of property,
including houses, jewelry, cars, airplanes,
or paintings.
Underwriters must consider the infor-
mation in each application carefully. They
have to analyze what kinds of risks are in-
volved. They then study statistics on how
likely these risks are to occur. Insurance
companies depend on the good judgment
of underwriters to keep them in business
and ensure profts.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salaryrange
$33,550 to $54,530 to $95,740+
outlook
Risk Managers
s
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 188 7/16/09 10:19:03 AM
189
To prepare for a career as an insurance un-
derwriter, take mathematics, business, and
speech classes in high school. Computer
science courses will also be helpful.
Most insurance companies look for col-
lege graduates to fll underwriting jobs. A
bachelors degree in any major is accept-
able, but a degree in business administra-
tion or fnance may be particularly helpful.
Also, accounting and business law classes
help round out educational backgrounds
for this feld. Most underwriters keep up
with new developments in the feld by tak-
ing part-time classes.
Underwriters who work to earn certi-
fed, or designated, titles show commit-
ment to their profession and increase their
possibilities for advancement. Several des-
ignations are available to underwriters.
Requirements for certifcation vary and
can take from two to fve years of course
work.
outlook
Employment of underwriters is expected to
grow about slower than the average for all
occupations through 2016. Economic and
population growth will account for the in-
creased need for insurance.
There will always be a need for under-
writers. New businesses will seek protection
for new plants and equipment, insurance
for workers compensation, and product
liability coverage. The publics growing
security consciousness and the rising im-
portance of employee benefts will result
in more opportunities in this feld. And,
fnally, the increasing number of Ameri-
cans over the age of 65 who use long-term
health care and pension benefts will create
a demand for underwriters.
ForMoreinformation
Try to visit insurance companies to talk
with underwriters and other insurance em-
ployees. Many insurance organizations will
send basic information on underwriting
jobs to interested people.
americaninsuranceassociation
2101 L Street, Suite 400
202-828-7100
info@aiadc.org
http://www.aiadc.org
americaninstituteforcharteredProperty
casualtyunderwritersandinsurance
instituteofamerica
800-644-2101
customersupport@cpcuiia.org
Fast Fact
ment of Labor, the insurance in-
dustry employs about 2.3 million
people in the United States.
5
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 189 7/16/09 10:19:03 AM
190
intellectual
Property
lawyers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatintellectual
PropertylawyersDo
Intellectual property (IP) lawyers help protect
their clients inventions and discoveries,
or intellectual properties. They may focus
on protecting work their clients have au-
thored, such as music or computer pro-
grams, through patents; or protecting brand
names and symbols, associated with their
clients businesses, through trademarks. IP
attorneys may also work with companies
to protect their trade secrets. They help
protect new ideas and creations such as In-
ternet sites and scientifc discoveries.
One of the IP lawyers main tasks is to
counsel clients. They help people under-
stand whether the intellectual property can
be patented, trademarked, or copyrighted.
They advise them about the best way to
protect their property. IP lawyers also draft
legal documents, such as patent applica-
tions and licensing agreements, and they
create licenses and other required docu-
mentation for patent and trademarks.
Intellectual property lawyers also rep-
resent their clients at administrative bodies
and courts. They advocate for their clients,
defending and protecting their clients
rights. Also, if their client is accused of vio-
lating someone elses intellectual property
rights, the IP lawyer defends their client.
IP lawyers may help their clients choose
an Internet domain name or a trademark.
They are often called upon to review adver-
tising copy, press releases, and other off-
cial documents to ensure that there are no
intellectual property problems.
IP lawyers work with a wide variety
of clients, from individual inventors or
authors to the highest managers of large
corporations. IP lawyers who work for cor-
porations are usually in-house counsels
concerned with decisions affecting the use
of intellectual property within the com-
pany. IP lawyers at universities assist scien-
tists and researchers by identifying prod-
ucts and inventions that have potential in
the marketplace.
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Government, Speech
Masters degree
Salaryrange
$52,280 to $106,120 to $145,500+
outlook
Judges
Lawyers
Paralegals
y
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 190 7/16/09 10:19:03 AM
191
A background in science, education, or lit-
erature is a solid foundation for this feld.
Course work in accounting, business, com-
puters, English, government, science, and
technical writing is also helpful.
A bachelors degree followed by a law
school degree is required. Most areas of in-
tellectual property law do not require spe-
cialized undergraduate degrees. Patent law,
however, usually requires a degree in engi-
neering, physics, or science.
Law school graduates must pass the bar
exam in the state they plan to practice. Pat-
ent attorneys who practice patent law be-
fore the United States Patent Offce must
obtain additional certifcation.
outlook
Employment of lawyers overall is expected
to be about as fast as the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. The intellectual
property feld, however, is promising be-
cause it is still relatively new, and the de-
mand for IP professionals does not show
signs of slowing. As the computer industry
grows and the Internet continues to evolve,
more IP lawyers will be needed to protect
and defend intellectual properties. Compe-
tition for jobs will remain ferce, though,
so IP lawyers with solid academic records
and degrees from well-known schools will
have the best chances to secure positions
at law frms.
ForMoreinformation
Seek summer jobs and internships with
law offces where you live. Ask a teacher for
help in setting up a tour of a local law of-
fce. If you have another interest that you
hope to combine with law, try to get some
hands-on experience in that area as well. If
science interests you, join the science club
at your school, or start an inventors club
with your classmates to come up with new
ideas and products.
americanbarassociation
800-285-2221
americanintellectualPropertylaw
association
241 18th Street, Suite 700
703-415-0780
aipla@aipla.org
http://www.aipla.org
nationalassociationofPatent
Practitioners
3356 Station Court
Lawrenceville, GA 30044-5674
800-216-9588
http://www.napp.org
Prior to the start of a trial, two intellectual
property lawyers consult with each other.
(Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 191 7/16/09 10:19:05 AM
192
interior
Designersand
Decorators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatinteriorDesigners
andDecoratorsDo
Interior designers and decorators plan and de-
sign the rooms of houses, offces, hotels, res-
taurants, factories, theaters, stores, and other
buildings. They help their customers select
equipment and fxtures. They plan the ar-
rangement of furniture, draperies, foor cov-
erings, and help choose wallpaper, paint, and
other decorations. They coordinate an entire
decorating project from beginning to end.
Interior designers begin by deciding how
the space will be used. Is it living or working
space? How many people will occupy the
space? What are the traffc patterns? They
also think about what their customers want
as well as how much these customers can
spend. Interior designers often work closely
with architects, painters, carpenters, carpet
layers, drapery hangers, and foor covering
specialists. Designers must be familiar with
building and zoning laws that affect the
project on which they are working.
Once designers have seen the space
that they will be decorating, they make
sketches or models of their plans. They es-
timate how much the materials and the
work will cost and present their fndings
to their clients. If the clients approve the
plans, the designers buy materials, such as
drapery and upholstery fabrics, furniture,
paint, and wallpaper. Then they work with
various craft specialists to make sure that
the plans are carried out.
Some interior designers and decora-
tors specialize in a specifc area of interior
design, such as furniture, carpeting, or art-
work. Others specialize in particular envi-
ronments, such as offces, hospitals, hous-
es, or restaurants. Still others specialize in
restoring old buildings.
Course work in history, art history, archi-
tectural drawing and drafting, fne arts, and
home economics is helpful in this feld.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Business
Associates degree
Salaryrange
$25,920 to $43,970 to $81,800+
outlook
Architects
Furniture Designers
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 192 7/16/09 10:19:07 AM
193
Most interior designers earn a two- or
three-year certifcate or diploma from an
interior design school or a degree from a
college or university. Most architectural
frms, department stores, and design frms
accept only professionally trained people,
even for entry-level positions.
Some designers earn certifcation from
the National Council of Interior Design. To
become certifed, six years of a combina-
tion of formal education and work experi-
ence is required.
outlook
Employment opportunities for interior de-
signers are expected to be faster than the
The job outlook is heavily dependent on
the economy, however, because interior de-
sign is considered a luxury.
Clients in all market areas are devel-
oping an appreciation for the value of in-
terior design work as well as an increased
respect for the designers expertise. Home
improvement television shows have also
raised interest in residential design services.
In addition, businesses, mindful of their
employees health and general welfare, will
rely more heavily on designers to create in-
terior atmospheres that will improve worker
performance.
Interior designers and decorators who
are technologically savvy will defnitely have
an edge in an ever-competitive job market.
Currently, there is a great need for in-
dustrial interior designers in housing devel-
opments, hospital complexes, hotels, and
other large building projects. In addition,
as construction of houses increases, there
will be many projects available for residen-
tial designers.
ForMoreinformation
Ask your parents if you can redecorate
your own room or help with other deco-
rating projects at home. Read decorating
magazines, such as House Beautiful or Ar-
chitectural Digest. Visit fabric stores and
look at fabrics in the upholstery and drap-
ery departments. Try to fnd colors, pat-
terns, and textures that might work well
together.
americanSocietyofinteriorDesigners
608 Massachusetts Avenue, NE
202-546-3480
asid@asid.org
http://www.asid.org
internationalinteriorDesignassociation
222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 567
888-799-4432
iidahq@iida.org
http://www.iida.com
With her clients taste in mind, this interior
designer reviews tile samples to be used in
retiling a kitchen foor. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 193 7/16/09 10:19:08 AM
194
Glossary
experience.
baccalaureate.
licensed.
college.
school.
a masters degree.
pany layoffs.
dustrial products.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 194 7/16/09 10:19:08 AM
195
insurance.
skilled trade.
college.
natural sciences.
Compare certifed.
sciences).
lors level.
sciences.
or she retires.
meeting.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 195 7/16/09 10:19:09 AM
196
sciences.
college.
colleges.
school.
and skills.
trade union.
school.
CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 196 7/16/09 10:19:10 AM
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 1 7/16/09 12:53:09 PM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 2 7/16/09 12:53:09 PM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 5
International Relief Workers
Music Video Editors
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 3 7/16/09 12:53:12 PM
Ferguson
New York NY 10001
v. cm.
Includes index.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc22
2009003162
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 4 7/16/09 12:53:13 PM
VOLUNE 5
CAREER ARIlCLE5
International Relief Workers 2
Internet Content Developers 4
Internet Executives 6
Internet Producers, Journalists,
and Bloggers 8
Internet Quality Assurance
Specialists 10
Internet Transaction Specialists 12
Interpreters and Translators 14
Iron and Steel Industry Workers 16
Ironworkers 18
Janitors and Cleaners 20
Jewelers 22
Jockeys 24
Judges 26
Kinesiologists 28
Labor Union Business Agents 30
Land Acquisition Professionals 32
Landscape Architects 34
Landscapers 36
Land Trust or Preserve
Managers 38
Laser Technicians 40
Lawyers 42
Layout Workers 44
Leather Tanning and Finishing
Workers 46
Legal Nurse Consultants 48
Legal Secretaries 50
Lens Technicians 52
Librarians 54
Library Assistants 56
Library Media Specialists 58
Library Technicians 60
Licensed Practical Nurses 62
Lifeguards and Swimming
Instructors 64
Life Insurance Agents and Brokers 66
Lighting Technicians 68
Line Installers and Cable Splicers 70
Linguists 72
Literary Agents 74
Lobbyists 76
Locksmiths 78
Locomotive Engineers 80
Logging Industry Workers 82
Magazine Editors 84
Magicians 86
Mail Carriers 88
Makeup Artists 90
Management Analysts and
Consultants 92
Manufacturing Supervisors 94
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 5 7/16/09 12:53:14 PM
Marble Setters, Tile Setters, and

Terrazzo Workers 96
Marine Biologists 98
Marine Engineers 100
Marine Services Technicians 102
Marketing Researchers 104
Marriage and Family Counselors 106
Massage Therapists 108
Mathematicians 110
Meat Packers and Meat Cutters 112
Mechanical Engineering
Technicians 114
Mechanical Engineers 116
Media Relations Specialists 118
Medical and Health Services
Managers 120
Medical Assistants 122
Medical Ethicists 124
Medical Laboratory Technicians 126
Medical Record Technicians 128
Medical Technologists 130
Medical Transcriptionists 132
Merchandise Displayers 134
Merchant Mariners 136
Metallurgical Engineers and
Technicians 138
Meteorologists 140
Meter Readers 142
Microbiologists 144
Microelectronics Technicians 146
Military Pilots 148
Military Workers 150
Millwrights 152
Mining Engineers 154
Models 156
Molders 158
Motivational Speakers 160
Multimedia Artists and
Animators 162
Multimedia Sound Workers 164
Museum Attendants 166
Museum Curators 168
Music Agents and Scouts 170
Musical Instrument Repairers 172
Music Conductors and
Directors 174
Musicians 176
Music Journalists 178
Music Librarians 180
Music Producers 182
Music Teachers 184
Music Therapists 186
Music Venue Owners and
Managers 188
Music Video Directors and
Producers 190
Music Video Editors 192
Glossary 194
vii
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
and Administration
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Human Services
Security
Manufacturing
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 7 7/16/09 12:53:22 PM
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 8 7/16/09 12:53:22 PM

caReeRaRtIcleS
e
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 1 7/16/09 12:53:23 PM
2
International
Relief
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatInternational
ReliefWorkersDo
When disaster strikes an area of the
world, whether through an act of nature
(e.g., foods, fres, earthquakes) or man-
kind (e.g., war), international relief workers
may be called upon to help people in the
aftermath.
Basic needs for survival are usually lack-
ing or severely compromised following cat-
astrophic events. If the environment suf-
fers serious destruction and the death toll
is high, countries ask for outside help. De-
pending on the situation and the country,
international relief organizations such as
AmeriCares, The American Red Cross, and
the Peace Corps will deploy supplies and
workers to these areas to help the people
recover. International relief workers work
all over the world, either for short-term
assignments that may last only a few weeks
or months, or longer assignments that can
span years. They are in such places as the
war-torn areas of the Congo and Darfur; in
Myanmar, helping to prevent the spread
of malaria; and in Haiti, helping people re-
build after Hurricane Ike.
Some workers may arrive immedi-
ately after an event has occurred to help
with search and rescue. Others may hand
out water and food, or help clear debris.
People with engineering and construction
experience help rebuild structures such
as bridges and dams. Those with medi-
cal training treat injured and ill people,
and perform physical exams and health
screenings. International relief workers
have a range of backgrounds and are ei-
ther volunteers or have made this work
their career and are paid professionals.
Relief organizations usually match vol-
unteers to jobs based on their interests
and work experience levels. For example,
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Foreign language, Social
studies
MInIMuMeDucatIonlevel
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$0 to $6,075/three months to $33,443+
outlook
Grief Therapists
Health Educators
Nonproft Directors
Nurses
Physicians
Psychologists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 2 7/16/09 12:53:24 PM
3
doctors can volunteer their services to
Doctors Without Borders. Some inter-
national relief workers may also provide
administrative services, such as comput-
er and database work, to help aid in the
countrys infrastructure recovery.
Coursework in English, social studies, his-
tory, political science, and psychology will
provide a well-rounded foundation for this
work. You will need strong communica-
tion skills so that you can clearly under-
stand the people you are helping as well as
those on your team. Knowledge of another
language will also serve you well.
Many international relief workers
have a bachelors and/or masters degree
in social work, human services, gerontol-
ogy, health education, or in the social or
behavioral sciences. International relief
workers who are doctors have medical de-
grees, and those who teach have a masters
in education.
outlook
faster-than-average job growth in civic,
advocacy, and grant-making organiza-
tions through 2016. While science has im-
proved methods for detecting and prevent-
ing some natural disasters, other disasters
will continue to strike without warning,
thus creating need for immediate as well as
long-term outside help. As long as man-
kind continues to wage war, international
relief workers will be needed to help survi-
vors regain their health and return to some
semblance of normal life.
ForMoreInformation
The Peace Corps offers general informa-
tion sessions around the country. Visit
http://www.peacecorps.org, click on Local
Events, and key in your zip code to fnd a
meeting in your city. You may also want to
read the book Another Day in Paradise: In-
ternational Humanitarian Workers Tell Their
Stories, edited by Carol Bergman (Orbis
Books, 2003).
theFoundationcenter
79 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10003-3076
212-620-4230
http://foundationcenter.org
IndependentSector
202-467-6100
http://www.independentsector.org
Fast Fact
International volunteering can
be a fulflling way to make a
difference in the world and you
can adapt many of your skills
and interests to ft the many
needs that relief organizations
seek to meet.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 3 7/16/09 12:53:24 PM
4
Internet
content
Developers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatInternetcontent
DevelopersDo
Internet content developers, sometimes called
Web developers or Web designers, create In-
ternet sites for small businesses, large cor-
porations, and Internet consulting frms.
Content developers design Web sites
and may write the code that runs and
navigates them. Internet developers know
Internet programming languages such
as Perl, Visual BASIC, CGI, Java, ActiveX,
C++, and HTML. Developers also know the
latest graphic fle formats and other Web
production tools.
Content developers work with compa-
nies to decide content, presentation, and
goals of their Web sites. Some companies
use the Internet simply to describe their
identity, while others sell merchandise or
information, present news and commen-
tary, provide entertainment, or offer a fo-
rum for exchange of ideas.
Web developers consider the users of
the Web site. They try to design original
features that will attract attention and be
easy to navigate. A Web site can include
hundreds of elements, such as text, pho-
tographs, artwork, video clips, audio clips,
message boards, order forms, and more.
Part of the content development pro-
cess involves designing a general layout for
the site and all its connected pages. Text is
written and edited, and artwork and pho-
tos are scanned. All the elements are then
converted into the proper code so that they
can be placed on the server.
Perhaps the trickiest part of the job is
effectively integrating the needs of the or-
ganization with the needs of the customer.
The organization might want the content
to be visually entertaining, but the targeted
customer might not have the modem speed
needed to view graphical pages and might
prefer to see just the facts. The developer
must fnd a happy medium and deliver the
information in a practical yet interesting
manner.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$37,600 to $71,510 to $108,140+
outlook
Graphic Designers
Webmasters
o
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 4 7/16/09 12:53:25 PM
5
Computer science, science, and mathe-
matics classes provide a good foundation
in computer basics and problem-solving
skills. English and speech classes help im-
prove communication skills.
A bachelors degree in computer sci-
ence or computer programming is re-
quired. Some developers earn degrees in
noncomputer areas such as marketing,
graphic design, or information systems.
Regardless of the degree, developers need
thorough knowledge of computers, com-
puter networks, and Internet programming
languages. Further training and hands-on
experience is available through internships
or entry-level positions. One year of expe-
rience working on a site is a great help to-
ward landing a job in the feld.
Certifcation is not required but can be
benefcial. Certifcation is available from
various vendors of development software
applications.
outlook
The content development feld is expect-
through 2016. As more companies look to
go worldwide, they need employees who
have the ability and expertise to create the
sites to bring their products, services, and
corporate images to the Internet.
Certifcation and graduate degrees
should become increasingly important in
this career in coming years. Postsecondary
training in Internet technology is growing,
including graduate degrees in information
design, informatics, interactive arts, hu-
man-computer interaction, and communi-
cation design. Universities that now offer
strong programs in computer science, writ-
ing, and design will be developing liberal
arts programs in information architecture.
Jobs will be plentiful for anyone with this
specialized training.
ForMoreInformation
Read national news magazines, newspa-
pers, and trade magazines, or surf the Web
for information about Internet careers. Get
involved with your schools Web site by
helping to plan and create content. If your
school does not yet have a Web site, talk
to your computer teachers about creating
one, or create your own site at home.
IeeecomputerSociety
c/o IEEE USA
202-371-0101
membership@computer.org
InternationalWebmastersassociation
626-449-3709
Internet content developers often work
together in large, open offces. (Dean
Mitchell/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 5 7/16/09 12:53:25 PM
6
Internet
executives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Manage people
WhatInternet
executivesDo
Internet executives plan, organize, direct,
and coordinate the operations of busi-
nesses that engage in commerce over the
Internet. These businesses may operate
exclusively online, or they may be tradi-
tional businesses that also have an online
presence. All of the executive positions de-
scribed here involve fguring out how to
use the Internet to enhance the capabilities
and proftability of businesses.
Like executives in traditional companies,
Internet executives have a wide range of ti-
tles and responsibilities. Presidents, chairmen,
and chief executive offcers are leaders of com-
panies. They plan business objectives and
develop policies to coordinate operations
between divisions and departments. They
review activity reports and fnancial state-
ments to determine progress and revise op-
erations as needed. They also make funding
decisions for new and existing programs.
Chief operating offcers (COOs) at compa-
nies with an Internet presence are responsi-
ble for day-to-day operations. They aim to
increase their number of clients, improve
sales, and develop company policies. Some
COOs head departments, such as market-
ing, engineering, or sales.
Some companies have an executive vice
president (EVP) who directs and coordi-
nates the activities of one or more depart-
ments. In large organizations, EVPs may
oversee the activities of the marketing
department. In small organizations, EVPs
may oversee a number of departments,
such as marketing, sales promotion, pur-
chasing, fnance, personnel training, in-
dustrial relations, administrative services,
data processing, property management,
transportation, and legal services. EVPs
also help the CEO formulate and adminis-
ter the organizations policies and develop
its long-range goals.
Dot-coms and other companies with a
presence on the Internet may also have a
chief fnancial offcer or CFO. The CFO is re-
sponsible for fnancial management tasks,
such as budgeting, capital expenditure
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$64,530 to $97,960 to $145,600+
outlook
Webmasters
q
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 6 7/16/09 12:53:26 PM
7
planning, cash fow, and various fnancial
reviews and reports.
Chief information offcers, or CIOs, are re-
sponsible for all aspects of their companys
information technology. They determine
how information technology can best be
used to meet company goals. This may in-
clude researching, purchasing, and oversee-
ing set-up and use of technology systems,
such as Intranet, Internet, and computer
networks.
Many Internet executives have bachelors
degrees in computer science, business ad-
ministration, or a liberal arts feld such as
economics or communications. In high
school, take classes in science, history, gov-
ernment, and computer science.
Chief fnancial offcers often have ac-
counting degrees; chief information off-
cers often have computer science degrees;
and directors of research and develop-
ment often have some type of engineering
or science degree. All Internet executives
are expected to have experience with the
Internet technology that applies to their
feld.
Graduate and professional degrees are
common among executives. Many execu-
tives in administrative, marketing, fnan-
cial, and manufacturing activities have a
masters degree in business administration.
Executives in highly technical manufac-
turing and research activities often have a
masters degree or doctorate in a technical
or scientifc discipline.
outlook
Employment of Internet executives is ex-
age for all occupations through 2016 as In-
ternet businesses continue to expand and
new companies are formed. There will be
a high demand for candidates with strong
managerial skills and a solid understanding
of computer and Internet technology.
ForMoreInformation
Surf the Web to visit sites of businesses and
organizations and fnd out what services
they offer. Improve your computer skills by
joining a users group, setting up your own
Web page, and taking computer classes at
a local community center or tech school.
Joining Junior Achievement is an excellent
way to get involved with local businesses
and learn about how they work.
626-449-3709
juniorachievement
One Education Way
719-540-8000
http://www.ja.org
Google CEO Eric Schmidt is shown
here giving a presentation at Google
headquarters in Mountain View,
California. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 7 7/16/09 12:53:27 PM
8
Internet
Producers,
journalists,
andbloggers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatInternetProducers,
journalists,andbloggersDo
Internet producers, journalists, and bloggers
create content for the Internet. They work
as freelancers or part-time or full-time em-
ployees for online publications, profession-
al associations, businesses with Web sites,
or the government.
Internet producers are responsible for
maintaining as well as contributing con-
tent to the Web site. They work closely
with the companys webmaster, marketing
team, and others to create a plan for the
site that drives traffc, meaning that the
content keeps readers coming back. They
make sure the Web site is regularly up to
date, which is especially important if the
company is a news organization. They also
write articles, select images, and upload
content through various Web publishing
systems. Internet producers keep up with
Web publishing software and suggest im-
provements to sites, as needed.
Internet journalists research and write ar-
ticles for the Web. They may write for news
organizations such as The Wall Street Jour-
nal Online (http://www.wsj.com) or CNN.
com (http://www.cnn.com), e-zines (on-
line magazines) like Salon (http://www.sa-
lon.com) and Slate (http://www.slate.com),
among many others. Internet journalists
come up with ideas for stories, research the
topics, secure interviews with sources, and
then write the pieces. They often include
additional resources for readers, such as hy-
perlinks to other Web sites, highlighted key
words, lists, and pop-up boxes or windows.
They research the publications that they
think the articles will suit, and then pitch
their ideas to the appropriate editors.
A blog is actually a Web log in which
writers, known as bloggers, write personal
c
SchoolSubjectS
Computers, English, History,
Journalism
MInIMuMeDucatIonallevel
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$26,530 to $50,660 to $99,910
outlook
Internet Executives
Political Reporters
Reporters
Webmasters
Writers and Editors
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 8 7/16/09 12:53:29 PM
9
online journals either about random topics
or specifc subjects. They post their com-
mentaries regularly to Web sites, and may
include interviews, photos, artwork and
sketches, video clips, as well as hyperlinks
to other Internet resources, and more. They
may attend events like concerts, movie
premieres, or fashion shows, write their re-
views, and include photos of other people
who attended. Bloggers who write for com-
panies usually have to follow company
guidelines and style rules in their writing.
They write about employees, company and
industry news, and may cover company
meetings, town halls, and parties.
Take classes in English, history, and comput-
ers. If your school offers journalism classes,
be sure to take them so you can start honing
your reporting and writing skills.
A bachelors degree in English, jour-
nalism, communications, or new design is
required by many publishers. Experience
in and knowledge of the subject area you
write about is also a big plus. While not re-
quired, many Internet journalists have ad-
vanced degrees in journalism and/or in the
subject area they cover.
Because technology is constantly
changing and improving, Internet produc-
ers in particular will have to keep up by
regularly taking courses in and reading the
latest news about Web publishing systems.
outlook
employment of writers and editors will be
tions through 2016. Internet producers,
journalists, and bloggers, however, will fnd
more opportunities for work as demand
grows for Web-based publications. More and
more businesses and organizations are cre-
ating and developing Web sites to promote
their products and inform and educate the
public about their services and staff. They
will need professional writers and producers
with Internet experience to organize, cre-
ate, and maintain Web content that attracts
readers and keeps them coming back.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer for your school newspaper and
magazine. If your school has a Web site,
volunteer to contribute content and help
keep the information fresh. You might even
want to join a writing group through your
school, local library, or community center,
to meet other writers and learn more about
different writing styles and topics.
highSchooljournalism
ASNE High School Journalism Initiative
11690B Sunrise Valley Drive
Reston, VA 20191-1409
http://www.highschooljournalism.org
onlinenewsassociation
PO Box 2022
Radio City Station
New York, NY 10101-2022
646-290-7900
http://www.onlinenewsassociation.org
Fast Fact
Many book writers use blog-
ging as a writing exercise or
publicity tool. Likewise, some
bloggers have been able to de-
velop their blogs into a book.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 9 7/16/09 12:53:29 PM
10
Internet
Quality
assurance
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatInternetQuality
assuranceSpecialistsDo
Internet quality assurance specialists make
sure software, applications, and Internet
access are user friendly and deliver what
is promised. These specialists test, correct,
and retest the software, applications, and
Web sites. They work for stores, banks,
schools, businesses, or any organizations
that depend on the Internet.
Internet quality assurance specialists
test software, Web-based applications, or
e-commerce applications before they are
released to the public. Quality assurance
specialists help analyze the technical spec-
ifcations for a Web site before the site is
built. They identify weak areas or limita-
tions of the sites specifcations and devel-
op a testing strategy. They meet regularly
with the Web site development staff.
The staff uses technological testing
tools that automate the process. Careful re-
cords are kept so that the specialist knows
which icons and keystrokes have been en-
tered and in what order.
The specialists write detailed reports
based on their fndings and analysis and
give these reports to the site developers.
Once the developers have made a change to
correct or improve the product, the testing
is repeated. As part of the testing process,
quality assurance specialists try to break or
crash a companys new Web site before the
companys customers ever see it. This tech-
nique can reveal other potential problems
that need to be fxed.
The fnal testing for a new Web site
comes right before the site goes live. By this
point the site has been fully developed and
has undergone installation, meaning the
site has been placed on the server where the
public can access it. Before the installation
is complete, the quality assurance specialist
puts the site through a fnal test to make
sure that all the problems identifed earlier
were fxed and that the installation process
itself has not created new problems.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$40,100 to $68,220 to $105,980
outlook
Internet Executives
o
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 10 7/16/09 12:53:30 PM
11
Computer courses are crucial, especially
those that focus on computer graphics, the
Internet, or programming. Math classes
will develop analytical and problem-solv-
ing skills.
Most companies prefer to hire can-
didates with four-year degrees. Although
a computer-related degree is desirable,
many people also enter this feld with a
broad-based liberal arts background and
have majors in felds such as economics,
history, or even languages, along with
computer knowledge. Most quality assur-
ance specialists begin as lower-level asso-
ciates and obtain much of their training
on the job.
outlook
Employment for Internet quality assurance
specialists is expected to increase much
faster than the average through 2016 as
more companies make e-commerce a vital
part of their businesses. Many companies
are paying more attention to the quality of
their Internet sites, so the feld should re-
main open to talented newcomers over the
next several years.
Advances in Internet technology will
contribute to the high-tech employment
growth. Not only can more go wrong as
sites increase in complexity, but also the
potential problems become much more
serious for the corporations as well as cus-
tomers. As the stakes in e-commerce rise,
the peace of mind provided by quality as-
surance should be in higher demand.
ForMoreInformation
Join a computer users group or club in your
community or school. If your school has
a Web site, volunteer to help manage and
update it. Read computer magazines and
journals regularly to keep up to date with
new technologies.
americanSocietyforQuality
600 North Plankinton Avenue
800-248-1946
http://www.asq.org
626-449-3709
QualityassuranceInstitute
Windsor at Metro Center
2101 Park Center Drive, Suite 200
407-363-1111
http://www.qaiworldwide.org
Did You Know?
As e-commerce began to grow in
the 1990s, the need for Internet
quality assurance specialists grew.
Their work at planning and test-
ing Web sites ensured that sites
worked well and helped make
consumers feel comfortable with
a new way to shop.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 11 7/16/09 12:53:30 PM
12
Internet
transaction
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatInternet
transactionSpecialistsDo
Internet transaction specialists design, de-
velop, and implement Internet transac-
tion software or systems. This software or
system is the technology that allows a cus-
tomer to buy an item online by giving his
or her credit card number.
Every business engaged in e-commerce
must use some type of Internet transac-
tion software, which allows customers to
transfer funds between banks, pay bills
online, and buy and sell stocks. This pro-
cess is also referred to as electronic funds
transfer. Transaction software and systems
also allow businesses to get credit card ap-
proval for a customers purchase, receive
payments, and make money transfers. As
e-commerce has become more and more
popular, the need for Internet transaction
specialists has grown.
One of the major responsibilities of a
transaction specialist is to ensure the se-
curity of a system. Because these transac-
tions involve money and because they take
place over the Internet, the possibility exists
for online robbery or cybercrime. Custom-
ers need to feel sure that their credit card
numbers will not be stolen or their bank ac-
counts emptied by hackers breaking into the
system. Transaction specialists constantly
work to improve protocols for secure fnan-
cial transactions.
Specialists also improve software and
systems so that transactions are speedier
and less complicated, allowing banks,
credit card companies, and stores to ex-
change fnancial data more rapidly and
directly.
On a daily basis, transaction special-
ists oversee the mechanical applications of
the software and Web site, provide techni-
cal support, and resolve customer service
issues. They meet with management to
discuss changes or additions to services
the company wants to offer its custom-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$52,090 to $83,130 to $125,260+
outlook
Internet Executives
q
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 12 7/16/09 12:53:31 PM
13
ers and then determine what type of pro-
gramming is needed. Transaction special-
ists may work with other programmers to
build the software and system. They must
be good communicators and have the abil-
ity to handle tight deadline pressures.
Some companies have large enough e-
commerce needs that they have their own
in-house transaction specialists. Smaller
companies may hire a frm specializing in
e-commerce systems to perform this ser-
vice. A transaction specialist who works for
one of these frms may work on projects for
a variety of clients.
Course work in algebra, geometry, and cal-
culus will hone analytical and problem-solv-
ing skills. English classes will help develop
communication, research, and writing skills.
Computer training is also crucial.
Most companies require transaction spe-
cialists to have college degrees, preferably in
computer science, computer engineering,
mathematics, or business. Work experience
in programming gained through an intern-
ship or co-op program is benefcial.
Certifcation, while not required, is
available in programming languages, soft-
ware, and network administration.
outlook
Employment of computer software engi-
neers overall is expected to grow much
through 2016. The future of transaction
specialists will be closely tied to the future
of e-commerce itself. Businesses and gov-
ernment will continue to invest heavily
in cyber-security software to protect their
electronic networks and infrastructure
from hackers. Specialists who keep cur-
rent with technology and are willing to
learn and adapt will be in high demand.
The potential advantages of secure online
transactions, especially faster and more
accurate business-to-business communi-
cations, should continue to fuel the de-
velopment of this technology for years to
come.
ForMoreInformation
Get hands-on experience working with
computers. Read books and experiment
with Web development tools. Join your
high school computer club. Keep up with
the latest news by reading computer maga-
zines and journals.
ceRt
SoftwareengineeringInstitute
Carnegie Mellon University
4500 Fifth Avenue
412-268-7090
cert@cert.org
http://www.cert.org
computerSecurityInstitute
600 Harrison Street
San Francisco, CA 94107
415- 947-6320
http://www.gocsi.com
Fast Fact
On a typical day, around 70 million
Americans log onto the Internet.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 13 7/16/09 12:53:31 PM
14
Interpreters
andtranslators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatInterpreters
andtranslatorsDo
Interpreters listen to people who are speak-
ing in one language and repeat exactly
what they say in another language. In-
terpreters work for such organizations
as the United Nations, where people
who speak many different languages need
to understand one another. Interpreters
also translate speeches at international
conferences.
Some interpreters must translate the
words of the speaker as soon as they hear
them. This is called simultaneous interpre-
tation. Simultaneous interpreters often work
in glass-enclosed booths. They listen to the
speaker on headphones and translate the
speakers words into a microphone. The
interpreter has to think quickly and con-
centrate in order to translate the speakers
words exactly.
Interpreters work for the government
in foreign embassies. They also work for
banks and businesses that have branches
in foreign countries. Interpreters may be
employed as escorts for groups traveling
in foreign countries. These escorts follow
their groups and translate at meetings, in
restaurants, or in any other place where in-
terpreting is needed.
Escort interpreters do not usually use si-
multaneous interpretation. They listen to
a speaker, and while the speaker pauses
and waits, the interpreter translates what
has just been said. This slower method,
in which the speaker and interpreter take
turns, is called consecutive interpretation.
Translators work with written materi-
als, such as novels, reports, and legal docu-
ments. Translators work for the government
and for publishers, law offces, newspapers,
and foundations like the Red Cross. They
usually look up words and terms in special-
ized dictionaries.
Interpreters and translators must know at
least two languages very well. They also need
to know a great deal about the geography,
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$21,500 to $37,490 to $67,070+
outlook
Cultural Advisers
Linguists
Reporters
0
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 14 7/16/09 12:53:32 PM
15
culture, and history of the countries where
those languages are spoken.
High school courses in English writing
and comprehension, and foreign languages
are especially helpful for those who want to
become interpreters or translators. Classes
in history, geography, and political science,
as well as typing and word processing are
benefcial.
Most interpreters and translators have
a college education. Scientifc and pro-
fessional interpreters are best qualifed
if they have graduate degrees. Hundreds
of colleges and universities in the United
States offer degrees in languages. In addi-
tion, educational institutions now provide
programs and degrees in interpreting and
translating.
While certifcation is not required, it
can help boost interpreters and transla-
tors employment options. Organizations
such as the American Translators Associa-
tion offer certifcation programs.
outlook
Employment opportunities for interpreters
and translators are expected to grow much
broadening of international ties and the
increasing number of foreign-language
speakers in the United States will create
greater demand.
As immigration continues to increase,
interpreters and translators will be needed
to help people function in an English-speak-
ing society. Growth in leisure and business
travel overseas will also create a need for
interpreters to lead tours and bridge lan-
guage and cultural gaps.
While no more than a few thousand in-
terpreters and translators are employed in
the largest markets (the federal government
and international organizations), other job
options exist. The medical feld provides a
variety of jobs, translating such products
as pharmaceutical inserts, research papers,
and medical reports for insurance compa-
nies. Opportunities exist in law, trade and
business, health care, tourism, recreation,
and the government.
ForMoreInformation
Look for books or CD-ROMs that teach
other languages or take language classes at
school or in your community. Join a school
language club, such as a French Club.
americantranslatorsassociation
225 Reinekers Lane, Suite 590
703-683-6100
ata@atanet.org
http://www.atanet.org
georgetownuniversityDepartment
oflinguistics
ICC 479
37th and O Streets NW
Washington, D.C. 20057-1051
202-687-5956
lxgradprog@georgetown.edu
http://www1.georgetown.edu/departments/
linguistics
Growth Field
ber of interpreters and translators
is expected to grow from 41,000
to 51,000, an increase of about
24 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 15 7/16/09 12:53:32 PM

16
Ironand
SteelIndustry
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Responsibility
WhatIronandSteel
IndustryWorkersDo
Iron and steel industry workers are employed
in a wide variety of jobs in the manufactur-
ing of iron and steel. They melt, mold, and
form iron ore and other materials to make
the iron and steel used in countless prod-
ucts from nails to building girders.
Steelmaking begins with the produc-
tion of its raw materials, such as iron ore,
coal, and limestone. At the steel mill, ore
is melted to remove impurities. Most mol-
ten iron is used to make steel. The molten
iron is then mixed with other molten met-
als, such as chromium and manganese.
The mixture is poured into a mold and
cooled. The block of steel that is formed
is called an ingot. Ingots are later reheated
and pounded, rolled, or squeezed into steel
products such as sheet metal, pipes, tubes,
and wires.
Iron and steel industry workers take
part in all stages of this process. Stove ten-
ders are responsible for keeping the blast
furnaces hot. Blast furnace helpers and blast
furnace keepers drill holes in furnaces to let
the molten iron out and plug up the holes
after the iron has been released. Mold work-
ers remove the ingots from the molds.
Mill rollers and rolling attendants oper-
ate the machines that roll the ingots. Most
steel goes through further processing to
make it into sheet metal, pipe, or wire.
Workers who run the machines that roll,
cut, or shape the steel are known as hot mill
tin rollers, roller-leveler operators, draw-bench
operators, and tube drawers.
Other workers involved with making
iron and steel include inspectors, who check
the products, bricklayers, who line the fur-
nace with brick and tile, and hoist operators,
who run the machines that lift materials to
be fed into the furnace.
Most iron and steel workers learn their skills
on the job or through apprenticeship pro-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$24,180 to $42,130 to $74,670
outlook
Ironworkers
Molders
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 16 7/16/09 12:53:33 PM
17
grams. Employers prefer to hire workers
who are high school graduates. Useful high
school courses include general mathematics,
shop, English, composition, and drawing.
Apprenticeship programs are open to
workers who are at least 18 years old. The
programs last four to fve years and teach
skills through classroom lectures and on-
the-job training. Some employers also will
pay for workers to take courses in subjects
they can use on the job, such as chemistry,
management, or metallurgy.
Most of the jobs in this industry are
physically demanding, and workers need
to be in good health and have strength and
endurance.
outlook
Employment of iron and steel industry
workers is expected to grow about as fast
2016. The rise in opportunities will be due
to growth in industrial and commercial
construction, as well as the need to main-
tain and replace older buildings, factories,
highways, and bridges. Jobs will also be-
come available as workers retire or move
on to other positions.
ForMoreInformation
One of the best ways to learn about the iron
and steel industry is to visit a mill or steel
plant. If this is not possible, you may be
able to invite a union or industry represen-
tative to your school to speak with students
about careers in the industry. Reading trade
publications, such as Iron and Steelmaker, is
also a good way to become more familiar
with the industry and current trends.
americanIronandSteelInstitute
202-452-7100
http://www.steel.org
associationforIronandSteeltechnology
186 Thorn Hill Road
724-776-6040
http://www.iss.org
unitedSteelworkers
Five Gateway Center
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
412-562-2400
http://www.usw.org
Here, a steel industry worker is welding
together pieces of metal. (Lester
Lefkowitz/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 17 7/16/09 12:53:34 PM
18
Ironworkers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Self-management
WhatIronworkersDo
Ironworkers make, assemble, and install
structural and reinforcing metal products
used in buildings and bridges. They also
work with metal to create steel walls and
iron stairways. They assemble large metal
tanks that hold chemicals, water, or oil.
There are several specialties within
the ironwork trade. Structural ironwork-
ers specialize in putting up and putting
together the metal beams, columns, and
frames that form what is called the skele-
ton of a building. They work together as a
team to raise up these heavy metal parts,
place them in position, and join them
together. Welding, riveting, and bolting
are the usual ways of joining metal, and
structural ironworkers must be good at all
three. Besides large buildings, these skilled
workers help build bridges and metal stor-
age tanks.
Other ironworkers specialize as riggers
and machine movers. They set up the equip-
ment that hoists steel beams. After decid-
ing the best way for the steel part to be
moved, they attach it to the proper lifting
machines.
Reinforcing metalworkers position the
steel rods or steel mesh around which con-
crete is poured for columns, arches, domes,
walls, and foors.
Ornamental ironworkers put together
metal stairways, doors, and cabinets. They
build safes for banks and install iron fences,
gates, and lampposts.
Take high school courses in shop, me-
chanical drawing, blueprint reading, and
mathematics.
A standard route in becoming an iron-
worker is to complete an apprenticeship
program, which can last three years and
combines on-the-job training with class-
room instruction. Apprentices learn to do
ornamental iron and steel work, steel rein-
forcing, structural-steel work, and welding.
Each year the apprentice also takes classes
in welding, blueprint reading, use of tools,
and other construction-industry skills. Less
commonly, some local steel erection and
reinforcing contractors may hire people
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$23,010 to $37,890 to $71,300
outlook
Sheet Metal Workers
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 18 7/16/09 12:53:35 PM
19
for helper positions and train them on-site.
Apprenticeships are preferred, since they
include classroom training and allow work-
ers to learn a lot in a short period of time.
Ironworkers need to be agile, able to
climb, stoop, crouch, reach, and kneel.
They must be in good physical condition,
have good eyesight, including depth per-
ception, good coordination and balance,
and perhaps most important for ironwork-
ers on skyscrapers, they should not be
afraid of heights. In many jobs, they need
strength enough to lift very heavy weights
and stamina to keep active for much of the
workday.
outlook
Employment for ironworkers should grow
tions through 2016. This increase will be re-
lated to a growing demand for industrial and
commercial buildings as well as the need to
rehabilitate and maintain older structures,
such as highways, bridges, and manufactur-
ing and power plants. In addition, many job
openings will become available each year
when experienced workers transfer to other
jobs or leave the workforce.
As in most construction trades, iron-
workers can expect job opportunities to
vary with economic conditions. When the
overall economy is in a downturn, construc-
tion activity usually falls and these workers
may face long periods between construc-
tion projects. They may have to relocate to
fnd steadier employment. More jobs are
available during the spring and summer,
when construction usually picks up.
ForMoreInformation
Take a feld trip to a construction site and
watch ironworkers in action. See how their
work coordinates with that of other con-
struction workers. Ask your teachers or fam-
ily members if they know any ironworkers
and see if you can meet them to learn more
about the job.
associatedgeneralcontractorsofamerica
703-548-3118
info@agc.org
http://www.agc.org
IronWorkersInternational
202-383-4800
http://www.ironworkers.org
unitedSteelworkers
Five Gateway Center
415-562-2400
http://www.usw.org
These ironworkers are putting a beam in
place for a new building. (Dwight Smith/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 19 7/16/09 12:53:35 PM
20
janitorsand
cleaners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Whatjanitors
andcleanersDo
Janitors and cleaners keep apartments,
schools, offces, and other types of build-
ings clean and in good working order.
They empty garbage cans, clean foors,
mow lawns, fx leaky pipes, and do many
other tasks. Some janitors may concen-
trate on cleaning duties. Others do the
many jobs needed to keep a building in
good condition.
Janitors and cleaners, sometimes called
building custodians or sanitary engineers,
have various responsibilities. Although
they do the same tasks over and over
again, their daily routine varies depending
on the cleaning or maintenance problems
that arise. One day the furnace might need
repairing, and the next day someone may
need help with a broken doorknob. Jani-
tors do not solve every problem, but if they
cannot help, they usually know the right
person to contact for help.
Janitors and cleaners must be familiar
with the different equipment and clean-
ing materials needed to keep a building in
good shape. They use mops, brooms, and
vacuum cleaners to keep foors clean and
special cleaning solutions on furniture and
other objects. Janitors must also know how
to exterminate pests.
Janitors work both indoors and out-
doors. They may use power mowers to cut
grass and large snow-removal machines
to plow snow. They may rake leaves and
shovel snow, trim bushes, and perform
other tasks around the outside of the
building.
Janitors work with hand tools, such as
hammers, screwdrivers, and wrenches, and
with power tools, such as electric saws and
drills. Because buildings often are cleaned
while no one is there, cleaners may work at
night or on weekends. Many others, such
as school custodians, have important re-
sponsibilities during the day.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$14,820 to $20,800 to $34,280+
outlook
Groundsmanagers and Groundskeepers
Household Workers
Pest Control Workers
Refuse Collectors
u
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 20 7/16/09 12:53:36 PM
21
A high school diploma is a good founda-
tion for this feld. To become a janitor or
cleaner, basic arithmetic skills and the
ability to work well with ones hands are
benefcial. High school courses in techni-
cal subjects, such as shop, will prove use-
ful, as will chemistry and science. Janitors
and cleaners interact with residents and
building workers, so pleasant personalities
and the ability to follow instructions are
necessary.
Most janitors and cleaners learn
their trade through on-the-job training.
Trainees spend a number of weeks doing
simple tasks and observing experienced
janitors. As they gain experience, trainees
take on more complicated tasks until they
can care for and maintain a building on
their own.
Voluntary certifcation is available from
the International Executive Housekeepers
Association.
outlook
Employment for this occupation is expect-
2016. Employment opportunities will be
plentiful as the number of offce buildings,
apartments, schools, hotels, hospitals, and
factories increases. The janitorial feld is an
easy one to enter, since little training or edu-
cation is required. Relatively high turnover
is expected. The need to replace existing
janitors and cleaners leaving the workforce
for retirement or other reasons will create
many full- and part-time jobs, which will
be located mostly in busy urban areas. Busi-
nesses providing janitorial and cleaning
services on a contract basis are expected to
be among the fastest-growing employers of
these workers. Also, as the population ages,
older people will need to hire cleaners for
their homes, and residential care facilities
for the elderly will need cleaners as well.
ForMoreInformation
A familiarity with cleaning tools and mate-
rials, which can be gained through main-
taining your own home, should prove
helpful. Speak with a janitor at your school
or apartment building to fnd out more
about the job.
cleaningandMaintenance
Managementonline
13 Century Hill Drive
Latham, NY 12110-2113
518-783-1281
http://www.cmmonline.com
Internationalexecutivehousekeepers
associationInc.
1001 Eastwind Drive, Suite 301
800-200-6342
excel@ieha.org
http://www.ieha.org
Janitors are responsible for mopping and
cleaning buildings. (Thinkstock Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 21 7/16/09 12:53:37 PM
22
jewelers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatjewelersDo
Jewelers design and make rings, necklaces,
earrings, and bracelets. They use metals
such as gold, silver, and platinum, and a
variety of precious and semiprecious gems,
such as diamonds, emeralds, and rubies.
Some specialize in cutting and shaping
gemstones, and others specialize in setting
the gems. Most jewelers also make repairs,
resize rings, reset stones, and refashion old
jewelry.
Jewelers work at a tool bench, with
easy access to a wide variety of electric and
hand tools. Most tools are small for de-
tailed, precise work. Jewelers wear goggles
and take other precautions to take care of
their hands and to keep from breathing
harmful chemicals.
Most jewelers specialize in creating or
making certain kinds of jewelry or in a par-
ticular operation. Silversmiths design, as-
semble, decorate, or repair silver articles.
Jewelry engravers carve printing, identifca-
tions, or decorations on jewelry. Watchmak-
ers repair, clean, and adjust mechanisms of
watches and clocks.
Some jewelers work for manufactur-
ing plants, designing the models and tools
needed to mass-produce costume jewelry.
Others work in jewelry stores owned by a
professional who is not a jeweler, and still
others own and manage their own shops.
These independent jewelers often sell fne
merchandise, such as silverware, china,
and glassware, in addition to selling and
repairing jewelry and watches.
Jewelers must have at least a high school
education. To prepare for a career in this
industry, take courses in art, design, chem-
istry, mathematics, and metalwork.
Many trade schools and community
colleges offer programs in jewelry making
and repair. Classes cover basic jewelry-mak-
ing skills, use of tools, stone polishing, and
gem identifcation. Many jewelers learn
through informal on-the-job training or by
completing a two-year apprenticeship pro-
gram with an experienced jeweler or in a
jewelry manufacturing plant. Most appren-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Mathematics, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$18,270 to $31,200 to $53,920+
outlook
Little or no change
Artists
Costume Designers
Fashion Designers
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 22 7/16/09 12:53:37 PM
23
tices must pass written, oral, and practical
tests at the end of the program.
Certifcation is not always required, but
it is available in several areas through the
trade organization Jewelers of America.
outlook
Employment of jewelers is expected to
show little or no change through 2016.
Consumers are now purchasing jewelry
from mass marketers, discount stores,
catalogs, television shopping shows, and
the Internet as well as from traditional re-
tail stores. This may result in some stores
closing or in limited opportunities for
employment in those stores that remain
open. However, jewelers and jewelry re-
pairers will continue to be needed to re-
place those workers who leave the work-
force or move to new positions within it.
Since jewelry sales are increasing at rates
that exceed the number of new jewelers
entering the profession, employers are
fnding it diffcult to fnd employees with
master-level skills.
The number of workers in manufac-
turing plants is declining because of in-
creased automation, but opportunities in
retail should remain steady. Many people
still prefer to see and try jewelry on before
buying it. Skilled jewelers will be needed
for sizing, cleaning, and repair work. Also,
jewelers will be needed for customization
of heirloom jewelry.
ForMoreInformation
Hobbies such as model making, metal-
working, and sculpture will help you be-
come familiar with metals, adhesives, and
the tools jewelers use. Visit museums, fne
jewelry stores, art fairs, and craft shows to
see collections of jewelry. Most art stores
carry some jewelry-making supplies. You
can learn some basic techniques on your
own, such as stringing beads and attach-
ing fndings like necklace clasps or earring
wires.
gemologicalInstituteofamerica
5345 Armada Drive
Carlsbad, CA 92008-7215
800-421-7250
http://www.gia.edu
jewelersofamerica
52 Vanderbilt Avenue, 19th Floor
New York, NY 10017-3808
800-223-0673
info@jewelers.org
http://www.jewelers.org
ManufacturingjewelersandSilversmiths
ofamerica
45 Royal Little Drive
Providence, RI 02904-1439
800-444-6572
info@mjsa.com
http://www.mjsa.com
Jewelers must be cautious when they
work with drilling tools, heat torches, and
cleaning agents, all of which can cause
serious injury. (Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 23 7/16/09 12:53:38 PM
24
jockeys
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatjockeysDo
Jockeys are athletes who train and ride thor-
oughbred horses in competitions. In quar-
ter horse and obstacle racing, jockeys guide
the horses while sitting in a saddle. In har-
ness racing, jockeys sit in special carts, us-
ing the reins to steer their horse to victory.
It takes years of practice, hard work,
and racing experience for a jockey to learn
how to move and control a horse during a
race. Jockeys work with the horses owner,
trainer, groom, and exerciser to prepare the
horse for competition. They aim to increase
the horses racing strengths and try to cor-
rect any of its weaknesses. Special drills or
exercises help build the horses stamina and
develop a fnal kick or burst of speed that
will help the horse near the end of a race.
Jockeys and trainers also run the horses
through practice races of different lengths
and routes.
Being in top physical shape gives jock-
eys an edge over their competitors. Weight
is important because the lighter the rider,
the faster the horse can run. Most jockeys
weigh 125 pounds or less. They must be
physically and mentally strong in order to
control their powerful, spirited horses.
On race day, each jockey wears a cap,
breeches, boots, and a colorful silk blouse in
the special colors of the horses owner. Be-
fore each race the jockeys are weighed with
their saddles so track offcials can be certain
each horse is carrying its assigned weight.
Jockeys mount their horses and a bugle calls
them to begin moving in a single-fle line
toward the starting gate, or post. The race
begins when the jockeys and horses are
in position in their individual stalls at the
starting gate. The offcial presses a button
that rings a bell and opens the gate, and the
horses bolt out. During the race, jockeys use
quick refexes and knowledge of pacing to
make split-second decisions such as moving
and passing. Most horses have a particular
style of racing, some being better at the be-
ginning of a race, others at the fnish. It is
up to jockeys to use their horses strengths
to win (frst place), place (second place), or
show (third place) in the race.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Agriculture, Biology, Physical education
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$32,458 to $49,524 to $69,486+
outlook
Decline
Animal Handlers
Animal Trainers
Pet Groomers
u
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 24 7/16/09 12:53:39 PM
25
A high school diploma is helpful in this
feld. Courses in physical education, busi-
ness, agriculture, and biology courses are
useful.
Jockeys can be as young as 16 years old.
They must be small, and their height (usu-
ally around fve feet tall) should be in pro-
portion to their weight. Jockeys must be
master horse riders, experience gained only
with years of riding practice. They must be
able to cope with a nervous, frightened, or
high-spirited horse. They also need to be
able to read the track through a driving
rain or on a dry and dusty day.
outlook
Horse events have come to rival other
sports as a recreational pursuit. Fewer gam-
bling dollars are available, though, because
horse racing has to compete with other
forms of legalized gambling such as lotter-
ies, casino gambling, sports betting, and
riverboat gambling.
Fewer jobs will be available in the horse
industry in coming years, since the indus-
try has been on the decline since the mid-
1980s. A recession, revised tax laws, and
competition with other sports and forms
of gambling have taken dollars away from
the industry.
ForMoreInformation
Get comfortable with horses. Volunteer
at a stable or take riding lessons. Some
stables need part-time help, depending on
the season and location. Many larger fa-
cilities offer positions for cleaning stalls,
feeding and grooming horses, and main-
taining stables.
americanyouthhorsecouncil
6660 #D-451 Delmonico
800-TRY-AYHC
info@ayhc.com
http://www.ayhc.com
thejockeyclub
821 Corporate Drive
859-224-2700
http://www.jockeyclub.com
Jockeys must be short and light so that the
horses they run with can move quickly and
win races. (Racheal Grazias/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 25 7/16/09 12:53:40 PM
26
judges
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatjudgesDo
Judges preside over courts, handle disputes,
and advise lawyers, juries, and people in-
volved in lawsuits. They are elected by citi-
zens or appointed by government offcials
to serve in federal, state, county, and city
courts. Judges in the federal courts are ap-
pointed for life and can be removed only
in the event of serious misconduct. In the
United States, judges of high courts are
called justices.
All judges start out as lawyers. They
may have practiced law as criminal law-
yers, corporate lawyers, district attorneys,
or tax attorneys. Or they may have taught
law courses at colleges or universities.
A trial judge presides over trials or hear-
ings and decides all questions concerning
the law. This includes rules that govern
what evidence will be used in court. After
the evidence has been heard and the law-
yers for both sides have stated their cases to
the jury, the judge tells the jury what laws
apply to the case. In cases where there is
no jury, the judge determines the guilt or
innocence of the defendant.
Some judges, called appellate judges,
hear cases that question the accuracy of
decisions made by trial judges on matters
of law. When a lawyer and his client make
an appeal, they go to the appellate judge.
Sometimes an appellate judge may reverse
a decision made by a lower court.
Supreme court judges or justices have the
most authority concerning laws in the
United States. They make decisions in cas-
es having to do with possible violations of
the U.S. Constitution. After this court has
reached a decision, all other courts in the
United States must follow the decision in
similar cases.
Classes in government, history, social stud-
ies, economics, English, and speech will
be most helpful. A bachelors degree is re-
quired and can be in such liberal arts felds
as history, political science, or English.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Government, Speech
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$31,100 to $107,230 to $140,680+
outlook
Bail Bondsmen
Bailiffs
Court Reporters
Lawyers
Paralegals
Police Offcers
Process Servers
y
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 26 7/16/09 12:53:40 PM
27
Three more years at an approved law
school is the next step. Law school train-
ing includes courses in contract, criminal,
and property law. Second- and third-year
courses are devoted to classes in specifc
areas of interest. Law students read and
study thousands of cases. They graduate
with a juris doctor (J.D.) or bachelor of
laws (LL.B.) degree.
To practice law, individuals must pass
a state bar examination. After admission
to the bar, lawyers are fully qualifed to
practice in that state. Most young law-
yers usually assist an experienced lawyer
for several years before working on their
own. After practicing law for many years
and establishing a name for themselves,
some may be appointed to judgeships or
decide to run for a judgeship in a local
election.
Judges must stay tuned into current law
practices by taking continuing education
courses while they are in their positions.
outlook
Employment of judges is expected to grow
slower than the average through 2016.
Judges who retire, however, will need to be
replaced. There may be an increase in judg-
es in cities with large population growth.
Additionally, competition for jobs may de-
crease a bit because some judges will seek
out positions in the private sector, where
compensation is higher.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, sit in on tri-
als at your local or state courthouse. Focus
on the judge and the lawyer and take note
of what they do. Speak with your guidance
counselor or political science teacher about
starting or joining a shadowing program so
that you can see what a judges typical day
is like.
800-285-2221
askaba@abanet.org
associationofamericanlawSchools
aals@aals.org
http://www.aals.org
Judges must have experience as a
lawyer before taking the bench. (Junial
Enterprises/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 27 7/16/09 12:53:41 PM
28
kinesiologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatkinesiologistsDo
Kinesiologists, also called kinesiotherapists,
plan exercise programs to help their pa-
tients develop or maintain physical endur-
ance, strength, mobility, and coordination.
Many of their clients have disabilities or
are recovering from injuries or illnesses.
Kinesiology is based on the belief that
each muscle in the body relates to a specifc
meridian, or energy pathway, in the body.
The profession builds on Chinese medicine,
acupressure, and massage to bring the body
into balance. The goal is to relieve pain and
soothe tension in the mind and body.
Kinesiologists work with many types of
people, including children or adults with
physical disabilities, elderly patients, psy-
chiatric patients, or people with develop-
mental disabilities. Some may have had
heart attacks, strokes, or spinal injuries.
Kinesiologists also work with people who
were involved in automobile accidents,
have birth defects, or have sports injuries.
The work is often physically demand-
ing. Kinesiologists work with weights,
pulleys, bikes, and rowing machines. They
teach patients exercises and also may teach
members of their patients families how to
help them exercise. When patients are very
weak or cannot move well, therapists may
help them exercise by lifting them or mov-
ing their arms and legs.
Kinesiologists write reports on their
clients progress to provide necessary in-
formation for other members of the medi-
cal team. Kinesiologists focus on the inter-
connection of all these systems, which is
a different approach from that of physical
therapists. In some cases, kinesiologists re-
fer a patient to another specialist for more
treatment.
To prepare for a career as a kinesiologist,
take science classes in anatomy, chemistry,
biology, mathematics, and physics.
In order to practice kinesiology, you will
need a bachelors degree from a four-year
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$42,330 to $63,790 to $94,170+
outlook
Chiropractors
Ergonomists
Massage Therapists
Physical Therapists
Refexologists
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 28 7/16/09 12:53:45 PM
29
approved program at an accredited school.
Some kinesiologists major in physical edu-
cation, exercise science, or health science
and specialize in kinesiology. However, a
growing number of schools are now offer-
ing undergraduate degrees in kinesiology.
Although certifcation is not always
required in this feld, it is highly recom-
mended. Certifcation is offered through
the American Kinesiotherapy Association
and many other organizations.
outlook
Employment for kinesiologists and kine-
siotherapists is expected to grow much
demand for their services will be due to the
growing emphasis on services for disabled
people and patients with specifc disorders
and the growing number of older adults.
Some medical workers also handle patients
with chronic pain by using the physical
rehabilitation and retraining at the base
of kinesiology. Plus, kinesiology is certain
to grow as a profession as more is learned
about the feld.
As health costs rise, the importance of
outpatient care is expected to increase as
well. Many insurance companies prefer to
pay for home health care or outpatient care
instead of lengthy, expensive (and often un-
necessary) hospital stays. Part-time workers
in the feld will also see increased opportu-
nities. In addition, openings will occur as
many of the early kinesiotherapists reach
retirement age and others change jobs or
leave for other reasons.
ForMoreInformation
Team sports such as volleyball or track
will help you learn about the abilities and
limitations of the body. Plan and follow a
regular exercise program. Study anatomy
to learn about muscles, bones, joints, and
tendons. Web sites, such as Kinesiology.net
(http://www.kinesiology.net), can provide
helpful information about this career.
americanacademyofkinesiologyand
Physicaleducation
PO Box 5076
Champaign, IL 61820-2200
800-747-4457
kims@aakpe.org
http://www.aakpe.org
americankinesiotherapyassociation
118 College Drive, #5142
800-296-2582
info@akta.org
http://www.akta.org
commissiononaccreditationofallied
healtheducationPrograms
1361 Park Street
727-210-2350
mail@caahep.org
Growth Field
ber of kinesiologists is expected to
grow about 27 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 29 7/16/09 12:53:45 PM

30
laborunion
business
agents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
Whatlaborunion
businessagentsDo
Labor unions are composed of groups of
workers or craftspeople who join together
for their mutual beneft. By working to-
gether, union members often are able to
secure higher wages, shorter hours, and
better working conditions.
There are two basic types of unions.
The craft union has members who are all
skilled in a certain craft, such as carpentry
or electrical work. The industrial union has
members who all work in the same indus-
try, such as steel manufacturing or automo-
bile production.
Labor union business agents are elected
by the members of the union. The agents
bargain with employers for the wages, ben-
efts, and working conditions that union
members want. Agents must understand
the industry or craft well enough to know
what the employer can realistically offer.
Agents must convince workers and em-
ployers to compromise, which is a task that
calls for intelligence, patience, and persua-
siveness. If negotiations fail, the agent may
have to help organize a strike, which can
hurt both workers and employers.
Business agents have many other re-
sponsibilities. They work with union mem-
bers to resolve problems that arise on the
job, make sure the terms of the unions
contract are carried out by employers,
handle public relations for the union, and
recruit new members. They also fnd jobs
for members who are out of work, and con-
duct union meetings.
Besides having leadership qualities
and negotiating abilities, agents must have
thorough, frsthand experience in their
unions trade or industry.
You can prepare for this career by taking
classes in economics, English, mathemat-
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$43,990 to $88,700 to $145,600
outlook
Business Managers
Career Counselors
q
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 30 7/16/09 12:53:46 PM
31
ics, psychology, and speech in high school.
It will also be helpful to take technical
courses, such as shop and electronics.
Most labor union business agents have
at least a high school diploma as well as
further college course work in labor and
industrial relations, psychology, collective
bargaining, labor law, and occupational
safety and health. A bachelors degree in
any of these felds is not always required,
but it can be very valuable.
Almost all agents frst work for a num-
ber of years in their respective industries,
working their way up the ranks of union
leadership from the inside.
outlook
The success of labor union business agents
depends to a great extent on the strength
and growth prospects of their particular
unions as well as of their industries in gen-
eral. The best opportunities for employ-
ment and advancement exist in those in-
dustries that are expected to grow in years
to come.
In recent years, there has been a strong
shift in the U.S. economy away from man-
ufacturing toward service industries. Such
service industries include insurance, bank-
ing, legal services, health care, accounting,
retailing, data processing, and education.
The growth of these industries will provide
the greatest opportunities for unionization
and union business agents through 2016.
Unions already exist for public workers,
such as teachers, police offcers, and fre-
fghters. Other opportunities for business
agent employment will arise in health
care, representing workers such as physi-
cians, nurses, medical assistants, techni-
cians, and custodians.
ForMoreInformation
To gain leadership experience, get involved
with the student council, debate society,
and other clubs that offer the opportunity
to run for offce. In addition, speaking with
working business agents can help you learn
more about the feld and provide you with
insight into the daily responsibilities of
union leadership.
americanFederationoflaborand
congressofIndustrialorganizations
815 16th Street, NW
http://www.afcio.org
Internationalunion,unitedautomobile,
aerospaceandagriculturalImplement
Workersofamerica
313-926-5000
http://www.uaw.org
Did You Know?
The American Federation of La-
bor (AFL) was formed in 1886. This
union was able to negotiate higher
wages, shorter hours, workers com-
pensation, and child labor laws.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 31 7/16/09 12:53:46 PM
32
land
acquisition
Professionals
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whatland
acquisitionProfessionalsDo
Land trusts are private nonproft groups
formed to acquire, or get, lands and man-
age them for the publics beneft. Land ac-
quisition professionals handle the transac-
tions needed to acquire the land or rights
to the land.
Trustees of Reservations, the frst U.S.
land trust, was formed in Boston in 1891.
Concerned about development of lands
around the city, this group bought some
land and opened it to the public. Today,
there are over 1,660 trusts nationwide,
ranging from small, one-person trusts to
large state trusts to national organizations
that help out the smaller trusts.
Land acquisitions may be someones
entire job or just one of many duties. An
executive director for a small land trust, for
example, may do everything from acquir-
ing the land to managing it on a day-to-
day basis. Larger, well-funded trusts and
national organizations may employ several
people who work solely on acquisitions.
There are many reasons for choosing
sites to save. The trust may want to stop
overly heavy grazing, farming, or recre-
ation on the land. It may want to keep
open lands from being bought by a devel-
oper. It may want the rights to a pond or
lake to clean it up and bring back native
wildlife. Some trusts specialize in fnding,
buying, and managing lands with rare or
endangered species.
After choosing the site, the acquisitions
professional contacts the sites owner and
attempts to negotiate a sale or donation.
There are certain tax advantages for donat-
ing the land. Most trusts are nonproft or-
ganizations, and donations to them are tax
deductible. If the owner leaves the land to
the trust in his or her will, this, too, can
bring tax advantages.
If the owner will not donate, the acqui-
sitions professional tries to persuade him
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Earth science
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$20,800 to $43,670 to $97,890+
outlook
Lawyers
J
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 32 7/16/09 12:53:46 PM
33
or her to sell. The trust needs to go through
a legal process to offcially obtain the rights
to the land. The process is similar to buying
a house or other real estate.
business, economics, and English courses
in high school. It is also a good idea to take
as many science courses as you can, such as
biology and Earth science.
Negotiating skills are more important
to the acquisitions professional than any
specifc schooling or work background.
Communication skills are also important.
Land trusts employ people from differ-
ent types of educational backgrounds, from
scientists to accountants. Real estate back-
grounds may be useful for people wanting
to focus on acquisitions work. Most acqui-
sitions professionals are trained on the job.
Land acquisitions professionals have bach-
elors degrees in a wide variety of felds, in-
cluding law, city planning, journalism, and
real estate.
outlook
Employment of land acquisition profes-
sionals is expected to grow faster than the
The outlook for land trust work currently is
brighter than that for federal land and wa-
ter conservation jobs. Land trusts are going
strong right now, and the entire land and
water conservation segment, of which land
trust and preserve management is a part, is
growing at a rate of 1 to 5 percent per year.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, read pub-
lications such as the Land Trust Alliances
book Starting a Land Trust. You can also try
contacting the large national land trust or-
ganizations for career information as well
as the names of local groups with which
you can get involved.
landtrustalliance
202-638-4725
info@lta.org
http://www.lta.org
thenatureconservancy
800-628-6860
http://www.nature.org
theStudentconservationassociation
PO Box 550
689 River Road
603-543-1700
This land acquisition professional
examines a survey of a piece of property
to be transformed into a luxury home
subdivision. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 33 7/16/09 12:53:48 PM
34
landscape
architects
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatlandscape
architectsDo
Landscape architects plan and design outdoor
areas, such as housing communities, busi-
ness centers, parks or gardens, recreation
areas, highways, cemeteries, and shopping
centers. They may also be involved in a
number of different types of projects, in-
cluding the design of scenic roads, housing
projects, college or high school campuses,
country clubs, or golf courses. They suggest
the best ways to use the land while caring
for the environment.
Landscape architects begin a project by
discussing with their client the purpose of
the project, structures needed, and funds
available. Landscape architects study a job
site and observe its features, such as the
slope of the land, the water supply, the
buildings, the shrubbery, and the plants,
trees, and open spaces. Then, to gain a bet-
ter understanding of the entire job, land-
scape architects talk with the engineers,
architects, city offcials, and real estate
agents who are involved in the project.
After making drawings of the site,
landscape architects seek approval of their
plans from their clients. Once the project
is approved, landscape architects develop
a list of the materials to be used and out-
line how such things as driveways, walk-
ways, bridges, or steps will be constructed.
Some landscape architects remain on the
job to supervise the work until the project
is completed.
To prepare for a career as a landscape archi-
tect, take high school classes in agriculture,
art, biology, chemistry, earth science, Eng-
lish, and mathematics.
A bachelors or masters degree in land-
scape architecture is required. Four-year
programs are offered at most colleges and
universities. Courses will include landscape
design, landscape construction, plants, ar-
chitecture, and mechanical and freehand
c
SchoolSubjectS
Agriculture, Earth science
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$36,250 to $57,580 to $94,700+
outlook
Architects
City Planners
Drafters
Landscapers
Sports Facility Designers
J
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 34 7/16/09 12:53:48 PM
35
drawing as well as the natural sciences,
civil engineering, English, social sciences,
and mathematics.
In most states, if you intend to start
your own business as a landscape archi-
tect, you will be required to take an exam
that tests your knowledge of the environ-
ment and your design and business skills.
To become fully licensed, you also must
have a degree related to the feld and one
to four years of work experience under
the supervision of a licensed landscape
architect.
outlook
The employment of landscape architects is
for all occupations through 2016. Several
factors account for this increase, includ-
ing a boom in the construction industry,
the need to refurbish existing sites, and the
increase in city and environmental plan-
ning and historic preservation. In addition,
many job openings are expected to result
from the need to replace experienced work-
ers who leave the feld.
The need for landscape architecture
depends to a great extent on the construc-
tion industry. In the event of an economic
downturn, when real estate transactions
and the construction business are expected
to drop off, opportunities for landscape ar-
chitects will also dwindle.
Opportunities will be greatest for work-
ers who develop strong technical skills. The
growing use of technology such as com-
puter-aided design will not diminish the
demand for landscape architects. New and
improved techniques will be used to create
better designs more effciently rather than
reduce the number of workers needed to do
the job.
ForMoreInformation
To gain a better sense of this feld, help
with yard work, and read all you can about
different types of trees, grasses, and fow-
ers. Arrange to talk with someone in the
job. Ask questions about the type of work
done daily and the advantages and disad-
vantages. Ask for referrals to landscape ar-
chitecture programs.
americanSocietyoflandscapearchitects
636 Eye Street, NW
202-898-2444
http://www.asla.org
counciloflandscapearchitectural
Registrationboards
3949 Pender Drive, NW, Suite 120
Fairfax, VA 22030-6088
571-432-0332
info@clarb.org
http://www.clarb.org
A landscape architect presents his design
for the World Trade Center Memorial.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 35 7/16/09 12:53:49 PM
36
landscapers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatlandscapersDo
Landscapers care for lawns, gardens, and
parks. They also maintain the grounds of
golf courses, shopping centers, apartment
buildings, schools, sports playing felds,
cemeteries, offce buildings, and many oth-
er locations.
Landscapers plant trees, shrubs, fow-
ers, and lawns. When planting, they may
follow a plan created by a landscape archi-
tect or designer or they may draw the plan
themselves. Landscapers apply fertilizers,
spray insect and weed killers, water lawns
and plants, put down mulch, mow grass,
and trim shrubs and trees.
Some landscapes include features such
as underground watering systems, fences,
paths, walls, driveways, patios, decks, and
fountains. Landscapers may install these
features and care for them.
Self-employed landscapers, or land-
scape contractors, work on a contract basis
for schools, businesses, homeowners, gov-
ernment agencies, and others.
Groundskeepers are employed by orga-
nizations to take care of their grounds.
Grounds managers or grounds superin-
tendents direct the work of the other
employees.
Workers who specialize in caring for
lawns are called lawn service specialists. They
own their own companies or work for lawn
service companies.
Pest management scouts survey land-
scapes and nurseries regularly to locate
potential pest problems including insects,
diseases, and weeds before they become
hard to control in an effective, safe man-
ner. Scouts may specialize in the treatment
of a particular type of infestation, such as
gypsy moths or boll weevils.
All managerial personnel closely su-
pervise their workers to ensure that they
adhere to environmental regulations as
specifed by the Environmental Protection
Agency and other local and national gov-
ernment agencies.
A high school diploma is necessary for
most jobs. High school courses in biol-
ogy, science, mathematics, and chemistry
provide a useful foundation for this work.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Agriculture, Biology, Chemistry
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$15,970 to $22,240 to $35,420+
outlook
Foresters
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 36 7/16/09 12:53:50 PM
37
English, horticulture, and botany courses
are also helpful.
Some college training is necessary for
positions with supervisory or specialized
responsibilities. Some workers train at
two-year colleges or vocational or techni-
cal schools. Still others earn a bachelors
degree in horticulture (plant science) at a
four-year college or university.
Licensing and certifcation require-
ments differ by state and vary according to
specifc job responsibilities.
outlook
Employment for this feld is expected to
grow faster than the average for all occupa-
tions through 2016. Landscapers and their
services will be in strong demand due to
increased construction of buildings, shop-
ping malls, homes, and other structures.
Upkeep and renovation of existing land-
scapes will create jobs as well. There is also
a high degree of turnover in this feld as
many workers transfer to better-paying oc-
cupations or retire.
In order to have more leisure time, peo-
ple are beginning to hire others on a con-
tract basis for lawn care and maintenance.
The popularity of home gardening will
create jobs with local nurseries and garden
centers. Jobs should be available with gov-
ernment agencies as well as in the private
sector.
Non-seasonal work will be more preva-
lent in states such as California, Arizona,
and Florida, where mild climates allow
for landscaping and lawn maintenance
year-round.
ForMoreInformation
Part-time work at a golf course, lawn-
service company, greenhouse, botanical
garden, or other similar enterprise is an
excellent way to learn about this feld.
There are numerous opportunities mow-
ing lawns, growing fowers, and tending
gardens. You can also join garden clubs,
visit local fower shops, and attend bo-
tanical shows.
americannurseryandlandscape
association
202-789-2900
http://www.anla.org
americanSocietyforhorticulturalScience
113 South West Street, Suite 200
703-836-4606
http://www.ashs.org
Professionallandcarenetwork
800-395-2522
http://www.landcarenetwork.org
Landscapers design the layout for lawns,
gardens, and parks. Here, a landscaper is
planting a rhododendron bush. (Christina
Richards/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 37 7/16/09 12:53:51 PM
38
landtrust
orPreserve
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
Whatlandtrustor
PreserveManagersDo
Land trusts, which are owned by private or-
ganizations, and preserves, or government-
owned lands, are protected from being
developed, polluted, mined, too heavily
farmed, or otherwise damaged. Hundreds
of millions of acres of land and water are
protected in land trusts or preserves.
Preserve managers work for the federal
government, which owns more than 700
million acres, or about one-third of the
United States. This government-owned
area includes forests, wilderness areas,
wildlife refuges, scenic rivers, and oth-
er sites. Most of this land is managed by
agencies such as the National Park Service,
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and For-
est Service. State and local governments
also may own and manage preserve lands.
The federal government employs about
75 percent of all people working in land
and water conservation.
Land trust managers work for private,
nonproft land trusts. Land trusts have be-
come an important way for citizens who are
concerned about the environment to take
action. For example, in the 1970s, a land
trust saved miles of San Francisco coastline
from development. Land trusts get land
by buying it, accepting it as a donation,
or purchasing the development rights to
it. There are over 1,660 land trusts in the
United States today. Land trusts can be so
small that one person might manage every-
thing. A few land trusts have a large, paid
staff of 30 or more, and many are staffed by
volunteers.
Land trust and preserve managers plan
for recreational use of land and water. They
take inventory of plant and animal species
and protect wildlife habitats. They clean up
pollution and restore damaged ecosystems.
They manage forests, prairies, rangelands,
and wetlands using techniques such as
c
SchoolSubjectS
Masters degree
SalaRyRange
$20,800 to $43,670 to $97,890+
outlook
Business Managers
Ecologists
Farmers
Naturalists
Range Managers
J
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 38 7/16/09 12:53:51 PM
39
controlled burnings and grazing by bison
or cattle.
A background in biology, chemistry, and
physics is important for land trust or pre-
serve managers. High school classes in
computer science, business, and English
will also help prepare for a career in this
feld.
A bachelors degree in a natural sci-
ence, such as zoology, biology, or botany,
is recommended. Degrees in conservation
biology, which focus on the conservation
of specifc plant and animal communities,
are also becoming a popular choice in this
feld. A masters or doctoral degree in a spe-
cialty is also a good idea, especially for gov-
ernment positions.
Land trusts need people who are good
in business to run the trusts, raise funds,
negotiate deals, and handle tax matters.
The large land trust organizations also
need lawyers, public relations specialists,
and others.
outlook
Employment of land trust and preserve
managers is expected to increase faster than
the average for all occupations through
2016. Right now, the best opportunities
appear to be with private land trusts and
national land trust organizations as op-
posed to the federal agencies. With little
exception, none of the federal agencies is
expected to see big growth over the next
few years. On the other hand, following
the slight slowdowns of the early and late
1990s, the private land trusts are growing.
Land trusts are the fastest-growing area of
the conservation movement today, accord-
ing to the Land Trust Alliance.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about land trust or preserve
managers, contact nonproft land trusts or
federal agencies for information about cur-
rent projects. Ask your librarian for help
fnding books on prairie, wetland, ripar-
ian (river bank), and wildlife conservation.
Check out the degree programs at local
universities and conduct an informational
interview with a professional in this feld.
landtrustalliance
202-638-4725
info@lta.org
http://www.lta.org
thenatureconservancy
800-628-6860
http://www.nature.org
thetrustforPublicland
116 New Montgomery Street, 4th Floor
415-495-4014
info@tpl.org
http://www.tpl.org
Did You Know?
Theodore Roosevelt was an infu-
ential fgure in early conservation
efforts. He established the Nation-
al Forest Service in 1905.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 39 7/16/09 12:53:52 PM
40
laser
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatlaser
techniciansDo
A laser is an intense, narrow beam of light
that contains a great deal of power. Lasers
are used successfully in medical surgery,
communications, manufacturing, and a
host of other scientifc and engineering
projects. Laser technicians assemble, operate,
test, maintain, and repair laser systems.
There are two types of systems. Semi-
conductor laser systems are the most com-
pact and reliable. Gas-type lasers are larger
and more expensive. Technicians who work
with semiconductor systems are usually in-
volved with computer and telephone sys-
tems. They test, install, and maintain these
systems, and work with engineers to design
and improve them.
Laser technicians who work with gas-
type systems usually assist scientists, engi-
neers, or doctors. These systems are used
mostly in robotics, manufacturing, and
medical procedures.
Most technicians are employed in one
of fve felds: materials processing, commu-
nications, military, medical, and research.
They perform a wide variety of tasks, de-
pending on where they work. Some repair
lasers and instruct companies on their use,
while others work on very specifc applica-
tions, such as optical surgery or welding
parts.
Technicians need to understand not
only how lasers operate generally, but also
how their power is applied to the specifc
task that they are working on. Lasers that
are used to track satellites operate very dif-
ferently than lasers used in eye surgery. Of-
ten, technicians operate the laser systems
and therefore must be familiar with the
many different functions lasers perform.
There are some possible hazards in ar-
eas where lasers are used. Power supplies are
high voltage and can be dangerous. Also,
the laser beam itself can cause injury, so
technicians must wear specially designed
c
SchoolSubjectS
Physics
Associates degree
SalaRyRange
$31,310 to $52,140 to $75,910+
outlook
Fiber Optic Technicians
Technicians
Physicists
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 40 7/16/09 12:53:52 PM
41
goggles for protection. The instruments
that laser technicians handle are very valu-
able. Mistakes that damage lasers or errors
in applying lasers can be very expensive to
repair, so technicians must work carefully.
Experienced and highly successful laser
technicians may decide to become con-
sultants or specialists for individual frms,
where they will work closely with clients,
conduct studies and surveys, and propose
changes and solutions to problems.
Take high school courses in computer sci-
ence, mathematics, and physics. Courses in
English and basic electronics also provide a
good foundation for laser technology.
Most technicians enter the feld after
completing a two-year program at a voca-
tional, technical, or community college.
These programs involve hands-on experi-
ence with many different types of laser
systems and course work in laser opera-
tions, electronics, mathematics, and other
subjects.
outlook
Employment opportunities for laser tech-
nicians are expected to be about as fast as
2016. Rapid changes in technology and
continued growth in the industry will lead
to an increase in the number of technicians
employed.
Fiber optics is a fast-growing feld. Op-
tical fber is replacing wire cables in com-
munication lines and in many electronic
products. This trend is expected to contin-
ue, so the demand for technicians in the f-
ber optics feld should be especially strong.
Growth is also expected to be strong in
production, defense, medicine, construc-
tion, and entertainment.
ForMoreInformation
Periodicals such as the Journal of Laser Ap-
plications (http://scitation.aip.org/jla/) and
Laser Focus World (http://www.laserfocus-
world.com/index.html) may offer valuable
insight into the feld. Lasers are used in so
many places that it should be fairly easy to
fnd a local laser technician, operator, or
engineer who can share knowledge about
his or her job.
laserInstituteofamerica
13501 Ingenuity Drive, Suite 128
407-380-1553
http://www.laserinstitute.org
lasersandelectro-opticsSociety
445 Hoes Lane
Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331
http://www.i-leos.org
Fast Fact
laser is an acronym for light
amplifcation by stimulated
emission of radiation. A laser
converts electrical power into a
beam of optical or light power.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 41 7/16/09 12:53:53 PM
42
lawyers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatlawyersDo
Lawyers, or attorneys, advise people on
what they can and cannot do under the
law. They may explain a persons legal and
constitutional rights, defend a person in
court, or help a business operate within the
requirements of the law.
The people that lawyers help are called
clients. Clients are either individuals or a
group, such as a company, or a number of
people who come together because they
have all been injured or wronged.
Among the many things lawyers han-
dle for their clients are tax matters, buying
and selling stock and real estate, drawing
up wills, managing business partnerships,
and creating divorce agreements. Lawyers
usually specialize in one area, such as tax
law, real estate law, copyright law, or crimi-
nal law.
Tax attorneys deal with cases involv-
ing income, property, or business taxes.
Those who handle problems with property
ownership and sale are known as real estate
lawyers.
Maritime lawyers specialize in laws regu-
lating ships and navigation.
Probate lawyers specialize in planning
and settling estates.
Bankruptcy attorneys assist in protecting
their clients from people they owe money
to by helping them reorganize their fnanc-
es and setting up debt repayment sched-
ules. Corporation lawyers advise corpora-
tions on their legal rights, obligations, or
privileges.
Those who specialize in criminal cases,
such as theft or murder, are criminal lawyers.
District attorneys, also known as prosecuting
attorneys, represent the city, county, state, or
federal government in court proceedings.
Once they are licensed to practice law,
lawyers are legally qualifed to practice any
one or more of these and many other spe-
cialties. Some general practitioners han-
dle both criminal and civil matters of all
sorts. Bar examiners test the qualifcations
of applicants. Other lawyers become law
professors, judges, politicians, or business
people.
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Government
Masters degree
SalaRyRange
$52,680 to $106,120 to $145,600+
outlook
Bail Bondsmen
Bailiffs
Court Reporters
Elder Law Attorneys
Judges
Legal Secretaries
Paralegals
y
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 42 7/16/09 12:53:53 PM
43
Take high school classes in government,
political science, speech, computer science,
history, and English.
A bachelors degree in liberal arts fol-
lowed by three years of law school is re-
quired. Students must take and pass the
Law School Admission Test. Law school
graduates receive either the degree of juris
doctor or bachelor of laws.
All states also require law school grad-
uates to take and pass a written exam to
be admitted to the bar, or be allowed to
practice law there. Most beginning lawyers
then train with experienced lawyers or the
government for a few years before going
out on their own. They might also join an
established law frm, or become partners
with another lawyer for a period of time.
Because the law is constantly changing,
lawyers usually continue studying through-
out their careers.
outlook
Employment for lawyers is expected to
2016. Record numbers of law school gradu-
ates have created strong competition for
jobs, even though the number of graduates
has begun to level off. Increased numbers
of legal cases involving health care, envi-
ronmental, intellectual property, interna-
tional law, elder law, and sexual harass-
ment issues, among others, will create a
steady demand for lawyers. However, stiff
competition has and will continue to urge
lawyers to look elsewhere for jobs, in ad-
ministrative, managerial, and business po-
sitions, where legal training is useful.
ForMoreInformation
Speak with lawyers and try to arrange to
observe them working in a local court-
room. Joining the speech or debate team
will help you practice speaking in front of
crowds and teach you how to form logical
arguments.
312-988-5522
askaba@abanet.org
associationofamericanlawSchools
1201 Connecticut Avenue NW, Suite 800
202-296-8851
aals@aals.org
http://www.aals.org
Federalbarassociation
1220 North Fillmore Street, Suite 444
571-481-9100
fba@fedbar.org
http://www.fedbar.org
During a trial, a lawyer discusses a piece of
evidence with the jury. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 43 7/16/09 12:53:54 PM
44
layout
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Whatlayout
WorkersDo
A layout worker is a highly skilled special-
ist who marks metal castings, forgings, or
metal stock to indicate where and how
much machining is needed. Machining is
the manufacturing process by which met-
al is formed into a desired shape and size.
Power-driven machines are used to cut,
shave, grind, or drill metal. Then, the sepa-
rate pieces of metal can be assembled into
complete products. Before workers can be-
gin this machining process, however, the
metal must be marked with directions for
exactly how it is to be shaped. This impor-
tant preliminary job is the task of the lay-
out worker.
Layout workers must understand how
a variety of machine tools work in order to
perform their jobs well. They must be fa-
miliar with the order in which machining
operations are done, and they need to be
familiar with the qualities of many metals,
including aluminum, steel, and cast iron.
They must be able to give clear directions
so that the work can be done correctly
without wasting metal.
Layout workers do much of their work
independently. They study blueprints, and
then use a variety of tools to mark machin-
ing points on the metal. For example, a
scriber is used to mark lines on the metals
surface, and a center punch is used to mark
the centers on the ends of metal pieces. A
key seat or box rule is used to draw lines
on curved surfaces. Layout workers use di-
viders for transferring and comparing dis-
tances, and L- or T-squares for fguring out
right angles.
After they mark the metal, layout
workers use tools called calipers and mi-
crometers to make certain that their mea-
surements are correct. They must do very
accurate work. In some cases, the markings
must be within 1/1,000th of an inch. If the
metal is not machined properly, it cannot
be used in the airplane, car, or product that
is being built, and both the layout workers
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship, High school
diploma
SalaRyRange
$27,650 to $42,340 to $64,030+
outlook
Heat Treaters
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 44 7/16/09 12:53:55 PM
45
and the machinists must start over. For this
reason, good math and measuring skills are
important for layout workers, as are good
eyesight and hand-eye coordination.
A high school or vocational school diploma
is required in this feld. Take high school
courses in mathematics, drafting, blueprint
reading, metal shop, and physics.
Layout workers are usually promoted
to their jobs from the position of machin-
ist. Machinists must complete apprentice-
ships or on-the-job training programs. In
addition, layout workers need training in
computer-aided manufacturing and nu-
merical control machining.
outlook
Employment of layout workers, along with
most other machining workers, is expected
occupations through 2016. Most job open-
ings will occur as a result of workers leaving
the feld. The use of automation and tech-
nological developments in this feld, such
as numerically controlled machine tools,
has increased productivity while decreas-
ing the workforce. In recent years, howev-
er, employers have reported some diffculty
attracting young workers with the neces-
sary skills to machining occupations. If this
trend continues, employment possibilities
will exist for skilled candidates.
ForMoreInformation
To learn what a layout worker does, you
might suggest to a teacher that a guest
speaker who is familiar with the machin-
ing trades address your class. Also, when
you are in high school, you may be able
to work part time as a general laborer in
a machine shop to observe machinists and
layout workers in action.
aerospaceandagriculturalImplement
Workersofamerica
313-926-5000
http://www.uaw.org
nationaltooling&Machiningassociation
800-248-6862
info@ntma.org
http://www.ntma.org
PrecisionMachinedProductsassociation
6700 Snowville Road
440-526-0300
http://www.pmpa.org
Fast Fact
The precision metalforming in-
dustry manufactures more than
150,000 different products. A few
of these are car bodies, motors,
bulldozers, doorknobs, tweezers,
and musical instruments.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 45 7/16/09 12:53:55 PM
46
leather
tanningand
Finishing
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Whatleathertanning
andFinishingWorkersDo
Ancient people used animal skins in many
different ways. They made clothes for
guarding against the weather, drums for
communicating with one another, and ca-
noes for traveling down rivers and across
lakes. Today, although we have many other
materials to use for clothing, communica-
tions, and transportation, we still value
leather for its beauty and strength.
Leather tanning and fnishing workers
produce leather by curing, shaving, treat-
ing, and fnishing the skins of many differ-
ent kinds of animals, including sheep, deer,
pigs, and cows. The animal skins arrive at
the tannery in bundles from slaughterhous-
es, where they have been cured (prepared
or altered) with salt to prevent their decay.
Inspectors at the tannery check them to en-
sure that their quality is high. Then, other
workers place the skins in large drums to
wash out the curing salts. The skins then
are scraped so that no fesh or hair remains.
When the skins are completely cleaned,
they are ready for tanning.
In the tanning process, the hides are
preserved and turned into leather by leath-
er tanning and fnishing workers. The skins
often need to soak for two weeks or more
in solutions of tannin, a chemical extracted
from certain trees and other plants. Tannin
helps keep the leather from decomposing.
Tanning also can be done with certain min-
erals or synthetic chemical agents, which
takes much less time.
After leathers are tanned, they are cut,
colored, and sprayed. The spraying makes
them resistant to scuffs and stains. After they
are sprayed, the leathers are waterproofed
and glazed. After the leathers are given a f-
nal check, they again are packed in bundles
and sold to companies that will make them
into leather products, such as shoes, purses,
wallets, clothing, and furniture.
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$15,950 to $23,880 to $41,110+
outlook
Decline
Artists
Costume Designers
Textile Workers
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 46 7/16/09 12:53:55 PM
47
Working conditions in the leather mak-
ing industry can vary. Some work is clean,
dry, and may be performed while sitting
down. Other jobs, however, involve lift-
ing objects such as soaked hides, which are
heavy and smell bad. These workers and
many others involved in the tanning pro-
cess must wear boots and clothing that will
protect them against messy or dangerous
chemicals.
A high school diploma is benefcial, al-
though most workers learn their skills on
the job. High school courses in chemis-
try, mathematics, and family and con-
sumer science are useful. Technical/shop
and art classes are also helpful in orient-
ing students to tools and leather-making
processes.
Most leather tanning and fnishing
workers belong to a union. Contact a lo-
cal union offce to fnd out more about
employment in the area where you wish to
work.
outlook
Suppliers of leather and leather goods from
most developing countries have substan-
tial cost advantage over U.S. producers
because they pay much lower wages. U.S.
imports of leather and leather goods have
increased, leading to tannery closures and
movement of tanneries to the developing
countries. Leather production, however,
has remained fairly steady, and technically
skilled workers should be able to secure
jobs, though they will compete for fewer
positions.
Employment of leather workers gener-
ally is expected to decline through 2016,
primarily because of the growing number
of imported shoes and leather goods that
have displaced domestic production.
ForMoreInformation
Contact the local offces of leather workers
unions to receive information or speak to
people working in the industry. Read trade
publications such as Leather Magazine Inter-
national (http://www.leathermag.com) to
learn more about the industry. If you live
near a tannery, arrange a tour of the plant
to observe leather processes frsthand.
americanleatherchemistsassociation
1314 50th Street, Suite 103
Lubbock, TX 79412-2940
806-744-1798
alca@leatherchemists.org
http://www.leatherchemists.org
leathernet
http://www.leathernet.com
This leather worker is putting the fnishing
touches on a crocodile handbag. (AFP/
Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 47 7/16/09 12:53:57 PM
48
legalnurse
consultants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatlegal
nurseconsultantsDo
Legal nurse consultants are members of a le-
gal team that deals with medical malprac-
tice, personal injury, and product liability
lawsuits as well as other medically related
legal cases. Some consultants work inde-
pendently, but many are employed by law
frms, insurance companies, corporations,
government agencies, or hospitals.
Legal nurse consultants are trained
nurses who have a thorough understand-
ing of medical issues and trends. They of-
fer their clinical experience, knowledge of
health care standards, and medical resourc-
es to lawyers, and act as liaisons between
the legal and health care communities.
They testify in both plaintiff and defense
capacities in legal proceedings.
When working on a case, legal nurse
consultants conduct interviews with clients
who believe they have a legal claim against
a medical facility or doctor or nurse, or who
have been injured in an accident. They pre-
pare timelines of medical events and com-
pare them to allegations. They inform and
advise attorneys about medical facts and is-
sues related to the case. Legal nurse consul-
tants also assist with depositions and trials,
and they may help prepare exhibits.
In many cases, nurse consultants have
to research past medical cases and treat-
ments. They often advise attorneys regard-
ing medical facts, treatments, and other
medical issues that are relevant to a case.
Legal nurse consultants obtain and orga-
nize medical records, summarize medical
literature, and locate and procure evidence.
They interpret medical language and de-
sign presentations specifcally for a partic-
ular attorney, client, or jury. In addition,
prior nursing experience has helped them
build a network of contacts and resources
that enables them to identify, interview,
and retain expert witnesses.
Independent legal nurse consultants
must also be responsible for getting their
work done within a strict deadline. They
often work under contract and must pro-
duce the records, information, and reports
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology
SalaRyRange
$42,020 to $60,010 to $87,310+
outlook
Lawyers
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 48 7/16/09 12:53:59 PM
49
within a specifed time frame. They often
are hired to act as a liaison among attor-
neys, physicians, and clients.
Nurse practitioners who specialize in a
specifc nursing feld such as legal nurse
consulting must frst become registered
nurses. All legal nurse consultants must
have clinical nursing experience. Especial-
ly important is experience in critical care
areas, such as hospital emergency rooms,
intensive care units, and obstetrics, since
these are the areas that are most likely to
be involved in litigation.
Clinical nursing experience is neces-
sary for keeping up with changes in the
medical feld as well as making professional
contacts. Legal education is not required,
although many legal nurse consultants
acquire knowledge of the legal system by
consulting with attorneys, taking classes,
and attending seminars and conferences.
Many independent legal nurse consultants
also practice nursing simultaneously.
Certifcation as a legal nurse consultant
is voluntary and is available through the
American Legal Nurse Consultant Certif-
cation Board.
outlook
The employment of registered nurses is
expected to grow much faster than the
Nursing specialties will continue to be in
high demand, particularly because of the
growing elderly population and the need
for long-term care.
The outlook for legal nurse consultants
is excellent. It is an up-and-coming profes-
sion and, as a result, more educational and
networking opportunities are now avail-
able in relation to this feld.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a hospital, clinic, or nursing
home to get experience in a health care
setting. You may be able to fnd volunteer
work with the Red Cross or community
health services. Some schools offer partici-
pation in Future Nurses programs.
americanassociationoflegalnurse
consultants
877-402-2562
http://www.aalnc.org
americannursesassociation
800-274-4262
Fast Fact
The American Association of Le-
gal Nurse Consultants (AALNC)
was founded in 1989 to serve
the professional needs of legal
nurse consultants. It has about
3,400 members.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 49 7/16/09 12:54:00 PM
50
legal
Secretaries
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatlegalSecretariesDo
Legal secretaries, also known as litigation
secretaries or trial secretaries, handle all the
duties of a general secretary plus all the
specifc responsibilities that come with
working for a lawyer. Although every law
offce or frm may vary in the duties it re-
quires of the legal secretary position, in
general most legal secretaries manage the
information that comes in and goes out of
the law offce. Legal secretaries may type
letters and legal documents, such as sub-
poenas, appeals, and motions. They han-
dle incoming and outgoing mail. Legal
secretaries also maintain a detailed fling
system and deliver legal documents to the
court. Besides these duties, legal secretar-
ies spend much of their time making ap-
pointments with clients and dealing with
client questions.
Legal secretaries are also called upon to
conduct legal research for the cases. They
may research and write legal briefs on a
topic or case that is relevant to the lawyers
current cases. Legal secretaries spend many
hours researching cases in law libraries,
public libraries, and on the Internet. Part
of this work includes reading legal jour-
nals and magazines in search of laws and
courtroom decisions that may affect the
clientele.
Legal secretaries are also record keepers.
They help lawyers fnd information such
as employment, medical, and criminal re-
cords. They keep records from all previous
clients and court cases for future use. Legal
secretaries must also track and use various
forms, such as trial request, client applica-
tion, and accident report forms.
Legal secretaries must be comfortable
with various technologies. Their day may
include working on a personal computer,
using a fax machine to send and receive
forms, and doing research on the Internet
to fnd information that may be helpful to
the cases their law frm is working on.
Concentrate on developing written and
verbal skills by taking high school classes
SchoolSubjectS
English, Government, Journalism
SalaRyRange
$24,380 to $38,810 to $60,800+
outlook
Judges
Lawyers
Paralegals
Secretaries
c
y
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 50 7/16/09 12:54:00 PM
51
in English, computer science, and speech.
Government and political science classes
offer a good foundation in this feld as
well.
Most legal secretaries get their train-
ing through established one- or two-year
legal secretary programs after high school.
These programs are available at most busi-
ness, vocational, and junior colleges. You
could also obtain a four-year degree to
get a more well-rounded education. The
National Association of Legal Secretaries
also offers a basic legal secretary training
course.
Certifcation is not required but may
increase employment options. After com-
pleting training, individuals can take an
exam to receive the Accredited Legal Secre-
tary designation from the National Associ-
ation of Legal Secretaries. A legal secretary
with three years of experience can become
certifed as a Professional Legal Secretary.
outlook
The employment of secretaries overall is
legal services industry as a whole is grow-
ing, which will create job opportunities for
legal secretaries. With growth in areas such
as intellectual property, lawyers will need
assistance with their caseloads. Qualifed
legal secretaries will fnd greater job oppor-
tunities, particularly in larger metropolitan
areas.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your political science or government
teacher to take your class on a feld trip to
a law library. You may also want to contact
a local law frm and ask the legal secretary
there if you can conduct an informational
interview.
legalSecretariesInternationalInc.
2302 Fannin Street, Suite 500
http://www.legalsecretaries.org
nationalassociationforlegalSecretaries
8159 East 41st Street
Tulsa, OK 74145-3313
918-582-5188
info@nals.org
http://www.nals.org
Fast Fact
Accredited legal secretaries are
able to maintain offce records
and schedules and must under-
stand legal terms and issues.
Professional legal secretaries
can take on greater responsi-
bilities than accredited legal
secretaries and may conduct
law research and prepare legal
documents.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 51 7/16/09 12:54:01 PM
52
lens
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Fix or repair systems
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
WhatlenstechniciansDo
Lens technicians make prescription eyeglass-
es and contact lenses. There are two ma-
jor aspects of ophthalmic laboratory work:
lens grinding and lens fnishing.
The work of the lens grinder begins with
a standard-size lens blank. When a pre-
scription for glasses is sent in by an optom-
etrist, the lens grinder frst reads the mea-
surements describing how the glass should
be ground and then marks these specifca-
tions onto a piece of glass. The glass is then
placed in a grinder. Lens grinders then
measure the lens with precision instru-
ments, such as lensometers and objective
lens analyzers, to ensure that they have
ground it correctly.
Lens fnishers make and cut the lenses.
They shape, smooth, and bevel (slant at a
slight angle) the edges. They assemble lens
and frame parts into fnished glasses, using
special tools such as glass drills. They then
use precision instruments to detect and
correct any imperfections in the fnished
product.
Precision-lens polishers operate the ma-
chines that polish the lenses. They mount
the lenses into holders and apply abra-
sives. Eyeglass-lens cutters set up and oper-
ate bench-mounted cutting machines that
cut eyeglass lenses to specifed shapes and
sizes. Precision-lens centerers and edgers
operate grinders to edge and bevel lenses
according to work orders. Using truing and
edge-grinding machines, they center lenses
precisely using beams of light and other
techniques. Lens mounters place prescrip-
tion lenses into metal or plastic frames.
They inspect the lenses for faws such as
chips, pits, and scratches, and remove the
faws with a grinding wheel. They also add
ornaments such as nose pads and temple
pieces.
Contact lens manufacturing workers
are skilled technicians who produce both
hard and soft lenses. These workers place a
hard plastic contact lens blank in a holder
on a precision lathe. They set the gauges on
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$17,590 to $26,550 to $42,970+
outlook
Optical Engineers
Optometrists
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 52 7/16/09 12:54:01 PM
53
the lathe to match the prescription. Then
they cut the inside and outside surfaces of
the lens.
A high school diploma is required. Take
classes in English, algebra, geometry, phys-
ics, mechanical drawing, and shop.
On-the-job training is the next benef-
cial step after high school. Most individu-
als work under the direction of experienced
technicians for one to three years.
In the states requiring licensing, tech-
nicians must meet certain educational
and training standards and pass a written
examination.
outlook
Employment of lens technicians is expected
to grow about as fast as the average through
2016. Rising demand for corrective lenses
and faster service in delivering fnished
eyeglasses will help employment prospects.
The population growth, particularly in the
elderly segment (who generally require the
most vision care), will also increase the de-
mand for qualifed technicians.
Technological innovations in ophthal-
mic laboratories will impact employment,
however. Lens grinding and polishing ma-
chines are becoming increasingly sophisti-
cated and often are computer-aided. While
this increases technicians productivity,
it also erases some tasks previously done
manually.
Most new job opportunities will be in
retail stores that make prescription glasses
on their own premises rather than at large
outside ophthalmic laboratories.
ForMoreInformation
Visit the shops and laboratories where lens
technicians work. Part-time or summer em-
ployment in an ophthalmic laboratory or a
retail optical shop in any kind of position
(even as a messenger or stock clerk) may
provide an opportunity to observe frst-
hand the skills needed in this feld.
americanacademyofophthalmology
PO Box 7424
415-561-8500
http://www.aao.org
commissiononopticianryaccreditation
PO Box 142
703-458-0566
jointcommissiononalliedhealth
Personnelinophthalmology
2025 Woodlane Drive
St. Paul, MN 55125-2998
800-284-3937
jcahpo@jcahpo.org
http://www.jcahpo.org
Did You Know?
In 1887, Adolf Fick was the frst
person to successfully ft contact
lenses, which were made from
blown glass. These lenses could
only be worn for short periods of
time because they were heavy and
uncomfortable.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 53 7/16/09 12:54:01 PM
54
librarians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
What
librariansDo
Librarians are responsible for the books,
magazines, newspapers, audiovisual mate-
rials, and other sources of information that
are found in libraries. They purchase these
materials, organize them, and lend them
out. They also answer questions about the
collections in the library and help people
fnd the information they need.
There are many different types of li-
braries: college and university librar-
ies, public libraries, school library media
centers, and libraries containing rare or
unique collections.
Public librarians often specialize in cer-
tain areas. Library directors are in charge
of all the public libraries in a particular
system. They supervise the chief librarians
who run each of the branch libraries or the
individual departments in large branch li-
braries. In large branch libraries, the chief
librarians supervise those who head such
departments as acquisitions, cataloging,
and reference.
Acquisitions librarians buy books and
other materials for the library. Catalog
librarians organize materials by subject
matter. They give each item a classifca-
tion number and prepare the cards or
computer records that will help users
fnd items. Reference librarians help read-
ers fnd information in encyclopedias, al-
manacs, online computer databases, and
other sources. Childrens librarians help
children select materials they would en-
joy. They show children how to use the
library, and organize special events such
as story hours. Bookmobile librarians bring
library services to rural and hard-to-reach
places.
Librarians who work in school library
media centers also teach classes in library
use. They help students with their assign-
ments and select materials that teachers
can use in the classroom. Some librarians
work in special libraries, such as medical li-
braries, or in research libraries serving the
science, business, engineering, and legal
communities.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Masters degree
SalaRyRange
$31,960 to $50,970 to $77,930+
outlook
Archivists
Book Conservators
Library Technicians
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 54 7/16/09 12:54:04 PM
55
High school course work in history, English,
computer science, journalism, and foreign
languages help in honing research skills.
A bachelors degree, usually in the liber-
al arts, is required, as is a masters degree in
library science or library and information
science. A doctoral degree in library science
or in a specialized subject area is required
for higher administrative positions.
Some states also require librarians to
pass a comprehensive assessment, and
most states have developed certifcation
standards for local public libraries. Also of
note, most states require school library me-
dia specialists, who work in grade school
and high school libraries, to have a teach-
ers certifcate in addition to a masters de-
gree in library science.
outlook
The employment of trained librarians is
through 2016. Public libraries will face es-
calating materials costs, tighter budgets,
and increased circulation while having to
rely more heavily on volunteers, part-time
employees, and support staff.
Job opportunities will arise due to librarians
retiring and leaving the feld. Employment
opportunities will be best in nontraditional
library settings, such as information bro-
kers, private corporations, and consulting
frms. The outlook is good for those skilled
in developing computerized library systems
as well as for those with a strong command
of foreign languages.
Employment opportunities will also
arise for librarians with a background in
information science and library automa-
tion. The rapidly expanding feld of infor-
mation management has created a demand
for qualifed people to set up and maintain
information systems. Many companies
are also establishing in-house reference
libraries.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to your school or community librarian
about what goes on behind the scenes. Try
to work as an assistant in the school library
or media center.
800-545-2433
http://www.ala.org
americanSocietyforInformationScience
andtechnology
301-495-0900
asis@asis.org
http://www.asis.org
703-647-4900
sla@sla.org
http://www.sla.org
A librarian assists a patron in locating a
particular book via an online card catalog.
(Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 55 7/16/09 12:54:04 PM
56
library
assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatlibrary
assistantsDo
When you borrow a book from the library,
its usually a library assistant who takes
your library card, scans it, and then stamps
your book with the return date. Library as-
sistants also help organize books, periodi-
cals, videotapes, CDs, and other materials.
They assist librarians and library techni-
cians with many aspects of running and
maintaining libraries in schools, colleges,
and universities; public and private organi-
zations; hospitals and large medical groups;
state, county and municipal governments;
and the military.
Also sometimes known as library media
assistants, library aides, or circulation assis-
tants, library assistants inspect all returned
materials for damage and record the return
date into the librarys database. They review
patrons records to make sure the informa-
tion is accurate before notices of overdue
materials or late fees are sent out. They
help patrons locate materials and assist
them with searches on the Internet. They
also help newcomers get their library cards,
and feld questions before referring people
to the librarian. Some library assistants are
trained as Braille-and-talking-books clerks
to help visually impaired visitors locate
large-type or Braille volumes and books on
tape.
Library assistants organize returned
books and other items and return them
to their appropriate shelves, fles, or stor-
age areas. If a page or book cover has been
torn, they fx it with tape or paste, or re-
bind the cover, before fling the item. De-
pending on the library, library assistants
may be involved in creating displays and
helping to decorate the library for different
events and seasons. Some may even drive
the bookmobile to different sites and help
the librarian feld questions and check out
books to bookmobile patrons.
A high school diploma is usually required to
be a library assistant. Take computer classes
so that you are comfortable with different
c
SchoolSubjectS
Computers, English, History
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$14,890 to $22,270 to $35,950
outlook
Acquisitions Librarians
Librarians
Library Technicians
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 56 7/16/09 12:54:07 PM
57
software and database programs. Strong
communication skills are essential because
you will be working closely with library
staff as well as library patrons. Coursework
in English, history, social studies, foreign
languages, and mathematics will give you
a strong foundation for this type of work.
outlook
Library assistants will have average em-
ployment opportunities through 2016, ac-
cording to the U.S. Department of Labor.
While library services are expected to slow
down because of cutbacks by local govern-
ments and academic institutions, library
assistants may have better odds of fnding
work because they have lower salaries than
librarians. Schools and libraries that scale
back on librarians will rely more on library
assistants to accomplish more of the work.
Because of the low pay, there is high turn-
over in this job as people move on to jobs
with better pay. More library assistants will
be needed to replace those who leave or
retire.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your school librarian about library as-
sistant work. You may even want to volun-
teer a few hours of your time to help out, to
get a taste of the job responsibilities. Visit
your local public library and see if theres a
library assistant you can meet with to dis-
cuss his or her job. Be sure to bring a list of
questions with you.
councilonlibrary/Mediatechnicians
University of California, Riverside
Science Library/Technical Services
Riverside, CA 92517-5900
http://colt.ucr.edu
800-545-2433
http://www.ala.org
Did You Know?
In 1850, The Public Libraries Act
stated that cities with populations
exceeding 10,000 were allowed to
levy taxes to support a local public
library.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 57 7/16/09 12:54:07 PM
58
libraryMedia
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatlibrary
MediaSpecialistsDo
Most school libraries use more resources
than printed books and magazines to help
students learn. Because so much informa-
tion is now available on CD-ROMs, elec-
tronic encyclopedias, videos, laser discs,
and the Internet, schools must use com-
puters, compact disc players, videotape
machines, flmstrip projectors, and other
equipment to access that information. Li-
brary media specialists help students and
other teachers use print and nonprint re-
sources and equipment to fnd the infor-
mation they need.
Library media specialists teach students
or groups how to fnd information on the
Internet or how to use a CD-ROM. They
also share this information with other
teachers. Specialists might suggest special
media projects to teachers and students
and order cameras, slides, and other sup-
plies for them.
In elementary schools, library me-
dia specialists provide activities geared to
the educational needs of young students.
They plan story hours and puppet shows
designed to encourage reading. They also
conduct classes in how to run equipment
such as slide and overhead projectors, and
they might demonstrate an activity such as
setting up a home page on the Internet.
Library media specialists are respon-
sible for choosing new sources of informa-
tion as well as the equipment needed to
access that information. To select the mate-
rials best suited for their school, they read
product descriptions, talk to salespeople,
and inspect products. They must be famil-
iar with new technologies. Once the mate-
rials arrive, they organize the library media
center so that information can be found
easily.
Library media specialists also care for
materials. They check audiovisual aids in
and out of the media center, inspect items
for damage, and make repairs or hire quali-
fed repair people.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$31,960 to $50,970 to $77,930+
outlook
Archivists
Book Conservators
Information Brokers
Librarians
Library Technicians
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 58 7/16/09 12:54:09 PM
59
Take classes in English, science, foreign lan-
guages, history, geography, and mathemat-
ics. Additional study in communications,
journalism, graphic arts, and computer sci-
ence also provides a solid background in
this feld.
A bachelors degree in liberal arts, edu-
cational media, or instructional technolo-
gy is recommended. The American Library
Association recommends that entry-level
library media specialist positions require a
masters degree in library and information
science.
Additionally, most states require library
media specialists to be certifed in educa-
tion and in library media in order to work
in public schools. Specialists must take the
college courses and examinations neces-
sary to receive teacher certifcation.
outlook
Employment of librarians is expected to
pations through 2016. Government budget
constraints and the publics increased use
of electronic resources will limit the growth
of libraries. As more people become adept
at searching for information on their own,
fewer librarians and library media special-
ists will be needed to assist them.
Library media specialists will fnd more
opportunities in nontraditional jobs, such
as for information brokers, private corpo-
rations, nonproft organizations, and con-
sulting frms. These alternative settings will
allow experienced specialists to use media
materials to train workers and to spread
their messages to the public.
ForMoreInformation
While in school, take part in a class in
which a library media specialist teaches
you how to use a CD-ROM to locate infor-
mation in an encyclopedia. See also if you
can work in the library media center, utiliz-
ing the various print or audiovisual sources
to complete a school project.
americanassociationofSchool
librarians
c/o American Library Association
800-545-2433
http://www.ala.org/aasl
associationforeducational
communicationsandtechnology
1800 North Stonelake Drive, Suite 2
877-677-2328
http://www.aect.org
Fast Fact
Some graduates of master of
library science (MLS) programs
choose careers in nonlibrary
settings. According to the De-
partment of Labor, the top non-
library careers for MLS-holders
are editors, chief information
offcers, database administra-
tors, information brokers, and
online content managers.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 59 7/16/09 12:54:10 PM
60
library
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Select tools and technology
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatlibrary
techniciansDo
Library technicians aid librarians or some-
times work on their own to help people
use the information stored in a library.
Many different kinds of libraries employ
technicians, including school library me-
dia centers, university libraries, public li-
braries, and special libraries such as law or
business libraries. Their work depends on
the size and type of library. For instance, a
technician working in a large public library
might handle only one task, such as pro-
cessing order forms for new books. A tech-
nician working in a small rural or special
library might be the senior staff member,
in charge of running the library and super-
vising other employees within the library.
Library employees usually work in one
of two areas, which is with library users or
behind the scenes maintaining the library.
Library technicians work in both areas.
They answer questions about the library
and its services, describe how the books
and other materials are arranged on the
shelves, and help people use the catalog-
ing system, audiovisual equipment, micro-
flm or microfche machines, or computers.
They may also work at the circulation desk,
checking books in and out for patrons.
When working behind the scenes, li-
brary technicians help order books, register
books for cataloging, organize and main-
tain the collections of magazines and other
periodicals, and use computer databases to
gather information from other libraries.
They might design posters, book displays,
and bulletin boards to inform library users
about special events and library services.
They may also be responsible for maintain-
ing and repairing audiovisual equipment or
for overseeing stack workers who put books
back in the correct places on the shelves.
Technicians who work in administra-
tive services help with the management of
the library. They might help prepare bud-
gets, coordinate the efforts of different de-
partments within the library, write policy
and procedures, and work to develop the
librarys collection.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Associates degree
SalaRyRange
$16,430 to $27,680 to $44,350+
outlook
Archivists
Book Conservators
Librarians
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 60 7/16/09 12:54:12 PM
61
Many libraries require library technicians
to have associates degrees from two-year
training programs. The typical program
includes courses in the basic purpose and
function of libraries, as well as courses in
processing materials, ordering books and
magazines, providing user services, and
using the Internet. Such a program also
includes a year of liberal arts courses.
Smaller libraries, especially those in ru-
ral areas, may hire library technicians with
only a high school education. Useful high
school courses for future library technicians
include English language and literature,
foreign languages, and math. You should
also defnitely take computer courses if
available at your school. These classes will
help you learn about how to deal with the
materials and the patrons in the library.
outlook
Employment for library technicians will
2016. Because electronic information sys-
tems have simplifed some tasks, demand
for library technicians, as opposed to li-
brarians, will increase. Job openings will
also result from technicians leaving the
feld and retiring, as well as from libraries
looking to stretch their budgets. Since a
library technician earns less than a librar-
ian, a library may fnd it more economical
to hire technicians. The continued growth
of special libraries in medical, business,
and law organizations will lead to growing
opportunities for technicians who develop
specialized skills and who have advanced
degrees.
ForMoreInformation
Speak with your school or community li-
brarians and library technicians to learn
more about this feld. Ask if you can vol-
unteer in the school library. A visit to a
large or specialized library is also extremely
helpful.
800-545-2433
http://www.ala.org
associationforeducational
communicationsandtechnology
1800 North Stonelake Drive, Suite 2
877-677-2328
http://www.aect.org
703-647-4900
sla@sla.org
http://www.sla.org
Fast Fact
According to the American Li-
brary Association, the fve larg-
est libraries in the United States
are the Library of Congress
(Washington, D.C.), Harvard
University (Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts), Boston Public Library
(Boston, Massachusetts), Yale
University (New Haven, Con-
necticut), and Chicago Public
Library (Chicago, Illinois).
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 61 7/16/09 12:54:13 PM
62
licensed
Practical
nurses
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Whatlicensed
PracticalnursesDo
Licensed practical nurses (LPNs) work under
the supervision of a registered nurse or a
physician. They perform many general du-
ties of nursing such as giving prescribed
drugs and medical treatments to patients,
taking a patients temperature and blood
pressure, preparing patients for medical
examination and surgery, and performing
routine laboratory tests. LPNs help with
therapy and rehabilitation sessions. They
also may participate in the planning, prac-
tice, and evaluation of a patients nursing
care.
An LPNs primary duty is to ensure that
patients are clean and comfortable, and
that their physical and emotional needs are
met. LPNs sometimes assist patients with
daily hygiene such as bathing, brushing
teeth, dressing, and getting in and out of
bed. They also provide emotional comfort
by talking with patients.
The LPNs who work in nursing homes
or senior assisted-living facilities have duties
similar to those of nurses employed by hos-
pitals. They provide bedside care to aging
patients, administer medications, develop
care plans, and supervise nurse assistants.
Those working in doctors offces and clin-
ics sometimes perform clerical duties such
as keeping patients records, maintaining
fles and paperwork, answering phones,
and tending the appointment book. Home
health LPNs, in addition to their nursing
duties, may sometimes prepare and serve
meals to their patients.
Stamina, both physical and mental, is
a must for this occupation. Licensed practi-
cal nurses must be on their feet for most of
their shift-providing patient care, dispens-
ing medication, or assisting other health
care personnel. Patience and a caring,
nurturing attitude are valuable qualities,
as well as the ability to follow orders from
physicians and other nurses.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry
SalaRyRange
$27,370 to $37,940 to $52,160+
outlook
Nurse Practitioners
Nurse-Midwives
Nurses
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 62 7/16/09 12:54:16 PM
63
A high school diploma is highly recom-
mended, particularly for advancement op-
portunities. To prepare for a career as an
LPN, study biology, chemistry, physics, and
other sciences while in high school. English
and mathematics courses are also helpful.
Those interested in a career as an LPN
usually enroll in a practical nursing pro-
gram after high school, which includes
classroom study and clinical practice.
All states require graduates of state-ap-
proved practical nursing programs to be
licensed, known as the NCLEX-PN (Na-
tional Council Licensure Examination-
Practical Nursing). Contact the National
Council of State Boards of Nursing for
more information.
outlook
Employment for licensed practical nurses
is expected to grow faster than the average
for all occupations through 2016. A grow-
ing elderly population requiring long-term
health care is the primary reason.
Traditionally, hospitals have provided
the most job opportunities for LPNs. How-
ever, this source will only provide a moder-
ate number of openings in the future. Inpa-
tient population is not expected to increase
signifcantly. Also, in many hospitals, cer-
tifed nursing attendants are increasingly
taking over many of the duties of LPNs.
Faster than average employment
growth is predicted for LPNs in nursing
homes and home health care agencies.
ForMoreInformation
Speak with your school nurse or a local
public health nurse. Volunteer at a hospi-
tal, community health center, or even the
local Red Cross chapter.
americanassociationofcollegesof
nursing
202-463-6930
nationalcouncilofStateboardsofnursing
111 East Wacker Drive, Suite 2900
Chicago, IL 60601
312-525-3600
info@ncsbn.org
http://www.ncsbn.org
nationalFederationoflicensedPractical
nursesInc.
605 Poole Drive
Garner, NC 27529
919-779-0046
http://www.nfpn.org
Licensed practical nurses perform tasks
such as checking patients blood pressure.
(Rob Marmion/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 63 7/16/09 12:54:17 PM
64
lifeguards
and
Swimming
Instructors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatlifeguardsand
SwimmingInstructorsDo
Lifeguards and swimming instructors watch
over and teach swimmers at public and pri-
vate pools, beaches, health clubs, summer
camps, private resorts, and public parks.
Lifeguards enforce local laws and the
particular regulations of their facility, and
provide assistance to swimmers in need.
One of their greatest responsibilities is pre-
venting injuries and fatal accidents in or
around water. Instructors hold group or in-
dividual swimming lessons. Most of their
students are children, though instructors
teach swimmers of all ages. Lifeguards and
instructors are trained professionals in the
techniques of water rescue, cardiopulmo-
nary resuscitation (CPR), and frst aid.
Lifeguards patrol beaches, lakes, swim-
ming pools, and other water areas, to en-
sure safety of the patrons and management
of the facility. They monitor water activi-
ties to make sure all swimmers are safe. If
swimmers go too far from shore or leave the
designated swimming zone, the lifeguard is
responsible for signaling the swimmer back
to safer waters. In some cases, the lifeguard
must physically bring the swimmer back.
Lifeguards who are posted at lakes and
ocean beaches must be on the watch for
strong currents, changing weather condi-
tions, and dangerous animals, such as jel-
lyfsh or sharks.
Many lifeguards also work as swim-
ming instructors. They teach at public
pools, private swim clubs, and schools.
Generally teaching children or young
adults, instructors show students how to
swim using different strokes and breathing
techniques. They also may teach students
how to rescue or resuscitate swimmers dur-
ing emergencies.
Most facilities require lifeguards and in-
structors to have a high school diploma or
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$14,980 to $21,220 to $36,730+
outlook
Recreation Workers
Ski Resort Workers
Sports Coaches
L
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 64 7/16/09 12:54:18 PM
65
a GED equivalent. High school classes in
physical education (especially swimming)
and health are helpful for this career.
A college degree is required to hold pool
or beach management positions. Consider
degrees in health, recreation, or business.
All lifeguards and instructors must be
certifed to work. Depending on their skill
level, lifeguards must pass a training pro-
gram, from basic lifeguard training to head
lifeguard to aquatic professional. Instruc-
tors also must obtain certifcation to prove
their teaching and swimming skills. The
American Red Cross offers the designation
water safety instructor to individuals 16
years of age or older.
outlook
Employment of general recreation work-
ers is expected to grow about as fast as the
The outlook for lifeguards and instruc-
tors is mixed. Public interest in health
and physical ftness is increasing steadily.
Also, water amusement parks, a collection
of swimming pools, wave pools and water
slides, are gaining in popularity. Combined
with lakes, beaches, private and public
swimming pools, not to mention pools lo-
cated within high schools and universities,
the opportunity for employment is plenti-
ful. However, most lifeguard and instructor
positions are part-time, or seasonal, main-
ly during the summer months. There are
some swimming facilities open year-round,
though these jobs are rare. Many students
take lifeguard or instructor positions to
supplement their income until they fn-
ish school. Those who desire to have a
full-time career as a lifeguard or instructor
should seek the best training available, and
consider a college education, as well as ad-
vanced training in swimming and lifesav-
ing procedures and techniques.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in a junior lifeguard program,
such as the one offered by the United Life-
saving Association to students ages 9 to 17.
Talk to lifeguards and instructors at your
local pool or beach. Ask them how they got
their jobs and learned their swimming and
guarding techniques. Read trade publica-
tions such as American Lifeguard Magazine.
americanRedcross
2025 E Street, NW
202-303-4498
http://www.redcross.org
unitedStateslifesavingassociation
http://www.usla.org
uSoceanSafetyInc.
http://www.usos.com
Lifeguards must remain focused and pay
close attention to swimmers in the water,
on the beach, and poolside. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 65 7/16/09 12:54:19 PM
66
lifeInsurance
agentsand
brokers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatlifeInsurance
agentsandbrokersDo
Life insurance agents sell policies that pro-
vide various types of insurance to new
or regular customers. They also help cus-
tomers set up retirement plans. Insurance
agents work directly for one or more insur-
ance companies and sell only policies of-
fered by those companies. Insurance bro-
kers are self-employed and represent the
insurance buyer. Brokers sell life insurance
from one of several companies based on
the needs of the client.
The work of the insurance agent or bro-
ker can be divided into fve different areas:
identifying customers, explaining services,
developing insurance plans, making the
sale, and following up with clients.
Main sources of potential customers are
the agents friends and business acquain-
tances. To be successful, though, agents
must depend on more than just these peo-
ple. Some agents obtain names by following
newspaper reports to learn of newcomers to
the community, births of children, or busi-
ness promotions. Other agents specialize in
selling to doctors, farmers, or other special
groups. Many agents make telephone calls
to potential buyers and use mass mailings
to contact prospective insurance buyers.
Agents usually travel to the prospects
home or place of business for the sales in-
terview. It may be diffcult to meet with
prospective customers because they may
have already been approached by other in-
surance agents or they may not be interest-
ed in buying insurance at that time. During
the sales meeting, agents must explain how
their services will meet the clients specifc
needs. Agents must be able to describe the
insurance coverage and answer questions
in clear, non-technical language that the
customer can understand.
If customers want to buy insurance,
agents write a policy that the customer
later signs. Agents keep in contact with
clients on a fairly regular basis to fnd out
c
SchoolSubjectS
SalaRyRange
$25,230 to $44,110 to $113,190+
outlook
Actuaries
and Brokers
s
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 66 7/16/09 12:54:19 PM
67
if anything in their lives has changed that
may require new insurance coverage.
High school course work in English, psy-
chology, business law, and mathematics is
particularly helpful. Most insurance com-
panies require that agents and brokers be
at least 21 years old.
Today, most insurance companies and
agencies prefer to hire college graduates.
Majoring in economics or business will
likely provide employment opportunities.
All agents and brokers must be licensed
by the state in which they practice. For full
professional status, many companies rec-
ommend that their agents become char-
tered life underwriters and/or chartered
fnancial consultants. To earn these des-
ignations, individuals must successfully
complete at least three years of work in the
feld and course work offered through The
American College.
outlook
Employment growth for insurance agents
and brokers will be about as fast as the aver-
age through 2016. Most job openings will
result from the need to replace workers who
are retiring or leaving the position. Multilin-
gual agents and brokers will also fnd greater
opportunities for work, as they can serve a
wider ranger of clients. Also, those who are
most versed in the technical and legal as-
pects of insurance will be in demand.
A number of factors will affect job
growth in this feld. For example, some life
insurance business has been taken over by
multi-line insurance agents who handle
every type of insurance, thus reducing the
need for those specializing in selling life in-
surance. Department stores and other busi-
nesses outside the traditional insurance in-
dustry have begun to offer insurance. Also,
customer service representatives are in-
creasingly assuming some sales functions,
such as expanding accounts and occasion-
ally generating new accounts. In addition,
the life insurance industry has come under
increasing competition from fnancial in-
stitutions that offer retirement investment
plans such as mutual funds.
ForMoreinformation
To learn more about this feld, set up an
informational interview with an insurance
agent or broker. You may also fnd it helpful
to spend some time at an insurance agency
observing and asking questions.
theamericancollege
270 South Bryn Mawr Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010-2196
888-263-7265
http://www.theamericancollege.edu
IndependentInsuranceagentsandbrokers
ofamerica
127 South Peyton Street
800-221-7917
http://www.independentagent.com
Fast Fact
According to the Insurance In-
formation Institute, the top fve
insurance groups by revenue
are MetLife, Prudential Finan-
cial, New York Life Insurance,
TIAA-CREF, and Massachusetts
Mutual Life Insurance.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 67 7/16/09 12:54:20 PM
68
lighting
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
Whatlighting
techniciansDo
Whenever a television show is taped or
flmed, the location must be well lit to
be flmed or taped properly. Lighting tech-
nicians set up and control the lighting
equipment for television and movie pro-
ductions. These technicians are sometimes
known as assistant chief set electricians or
lights operators.
When a television show is being
planned, lighting technicians talk with the
director of the show to fnd out what types
of lighting and special lighting effects will
be used. Lighting technicians then arrange
the equipment they will need to produce
the required lighting effects. For example,
if the script calls for sunshine to be stream-
ing in through a window, technicians set
up lights to produce this effect. Other ef-
fects they may be asked to produce include
lighting the fash from an explosion or the
soft glow of a room lit with old-fashioned
oil lamps.
If the television program is a weekly se-
ries that is always flmed or taped on the
same set, the lights will already be in posi-
tion. Otherwise, the lights will have to be
set up. If the production is small, the tech-
nicians will set up the lights themselves.
At large television stations, assistants set
up the lights following the lighting techni-
cians instructions.
During the broadcast, lighting techni-
cians work in a control room and follow a
special script. The script tells them which
lighting effects are needed at what times
during the broadcast. As the show is taped,
the lighting technicians watch the broad-
cast on television monitors in the control
room. This allows them to see their work
and to make any necessary adjustments.
Lighting technicians who work for the
movie industry usually work with much
larger groups of lights. The conditions
under which they workoutdoors or at
nightare especially challenging. Live
concerts and live theater productions often
require lighting technicians.
c
SchoolSubjectS
SalaRyRange
$27,330 to $44,780 to $76,000+
outlook
Broadcast Engineers
Electricians
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 68 7/16/09 12:54:22 PM
69
In high school, learn as much as pos-
sible about electronics, television produc-
tion, and working with cameras. Courses
in physics and math are also important.
Good communication skills are essential
for working with the various people on the
television or movie set.
After high school, seek out community
colleges and technical schools that offer
programs in electronics and broadcast tech-
nology. To rise to a technical management
position, consider earning a college degree
in electrical or electronics engineering.
outlook
As long as the movie and television in-
dustries continue to grow, opportunities
will remain available for people who wish
to become lighting technicians. With the
expansion of the cable market, lighting
technicians may fnd work in more than
one area. However, persistence and hard
work are required in order to secure a
good job in flm or television, particularly
because the competition for jobs is keen
in this industry.
The increasing use of visual effects and
computer-generated imagery will impact
the work of lighting technicians. Through
computer programs, flmmakers and edi-
tors can adjust lighting themselves. How-
ever, live-action shots are still integral to
the flmmaking process and will remain so
for some time. Getting the initial shots of a
flm requires sophisticated lighting equip-
ment and trained technicians.
ForMoreInformation
Gain valuable experience by working on
the lighting for a school stage production,
building a radio from a kit, or getting a
summer job in an appliance or TV repair
shop. See if your shop or vocational teach-
ers can arrange a presentation by a quali-
fed lighting technician.
americanFilmInstitute
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
InternationalallianceoftheatricalStage
employees,MovingPicturetechnicians,
artistsandalliedcrafts
New York, NY 10018-3308
212-730-1770
http://www.iatse-intl.org
These lighting technicians are setting up
the spotlights for the 2008 Democratic
National Convention in Denver, Colorado.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 69 7/16/09 12:54:23 PM
70
lineInstallers
andcable
Splicers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatlineInstallers
andcableSplicersDo
Millions of miles of telephone wires and
cables are strung across the United States
and the entire world. Tall poles or towers
support some of these wires. Other wires
are buried underground, particularly those
that serve large, busy urban areas. And
some are laid across the foors of lakes and
oceans. Line installers and cable splicers con-
struct, maintain, and repair this vast net-
work of wires and cables.
When new telephone lines are be-
ing constructed, line installers erect the
poles or towers that will carry the wires.
They may dig the trenches needed to po-
sition the underground tubes that will
carry the wires. If an underground tube is
already in place, installers have to dig to
fnd the opening into which the wires
and cables will be fed. Then they install
the necessary wires, cables, and electrical
conductors.
Line installers repair and maintain ex-
isting telephone lines. When wires or ca-
bles break, or poles are knocked down, line
installers make emergency repairs. They
also perform routine inspections, making
necessary repairs or changes.
Cable splicers take over when line in-
stallers are done. They join wires and ca-
bles together by stripping the insulation
from individual wires on one cable and
then matching those wires to those on an-
other cable. As they match the wires, they
join or splice them to the other, then seal
them with new, protective insulation.
New technology has led to job special-
ization for line installers and cable splic-
ers. Some telephone lines are constructed
with fber optic cables instead of wires.
Fiber optic cables are made of strands
of thin, fexible glass that carry mes-
sages with beams of light. Special fber
optic cable splicers work with this new
technology.
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$25,140 to $47,220 to $68,570+
outlook
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 70 7/16/09 12:54:25 PM
71
Most telephone companies prefer to hire
inexperienced high school or vocational
school graduates as line installers and cable
splicers, and train them on the job. Classes
in math, physics, and electrical and elec-
tronics shop are helpful. Excellent physical
condition is essential, because the job re-
quires much lifting, digging, and climbing.
Not being afraid of heights is also a plus.
Telephone companies usually give pre-
employment aptitude tests to potential line
installers as well as physical examinations
to potential workers. New employees start
out as helpers who are given both class-
room instruction and on-the-job training.
Direct training and experience in tele-
phone work may be gained in the armed
forces, and those who have received such
training are frequently given preference for
job openings.
Certifcation is not required but dem-
onstrates a certain level of technical train-
ing and performance ability. The Society of
Cable Telecommunications Engineers of-
fers various certifcation programs. Unions
represent many workers and for some jobs,
union membership may be required.
outlook
Employment growth for line installers and
cable splicers will be slower than the aver-
age through 2016, though the trend will
vary among industries. Employment will
be slower for those working specifcally for
telecommunications companies, and faster
for those working for electric power com-
panies. There tends to be a low rate of em-
ployee turnover, but new employees will be
needed to replace those who retire or leave
the feld.
ForMoreInformation
Test your ability and interest in this feld
through courses in mathematics, electrical
applications, and machine shop. Hobbies
that involve knowledge of and experience
with electricity also provide valuable prac-
tical experience.
communicationsWorkersofamerica
202-434-1100
Internationalbrotherhoodofelectrical
Workers
202-833-7000
http://www.ibew.org
Societyofcabletelecommunications
engineers
140 Philips Road
Exton, PA 19341-1318
800-542-5040
scte@scte.org
http://www.scte.org
Did You Know?
Cable in the Classroom, a program
founded in 1989, provides cable
connections to more than 81,000
schools across the United States.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 71 7/16/09 12:54:26 PM
72
linguists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatlinguistsDo
Linguists study the sounds, words, phrases,
and sentences that make up languages.
They also study how history and culture
affect languages.
Linguists trace how languages and lan-
guage families develop, where words come
from, and how words get invented. They
study languages that are spoken today as
well as dead languages, such as Latin,
which are no longer spoken. Some linguists
focus on the way modern languages change
and are infuenced by cultural trends. Oth-
ers, who specialize in the physical aspects
of language, study how the lips, teeth, and
tongue work to produce sounds. Their work
can help people who have speaking prob-
lems or those who are trying to learn a lan-
guage. Others study sign language and how
gestures are used to communicate thoughts
and ideas.
A linguist may specialize in one of many
different areas. Philologists compare ancient
and modern languages to learn about the
origin and growth of language groups or
families. For example, French, Spanish, and
Italian are in the family called Romance
languages. These languages evolved from
their parent language, Latin. Etymolo-
gists study the history and development
of words. Special purpose linguists study the
languages for communicating in specifc
areas, such as science, medicine, religion,
or computers.
Some linguists work for publishing
companies or for the federal government.
They may work as interpreters or transla-
tors. Most linguists work in colleges or uni-
versities, where they teach classes and work
on research projects.
Linguistic research can cover a variety
of subjects and can require travel, too. For
example, linguists who study the language
of ancient Egypt study writings found in-
side the pyramids. Those who study the
languages of small, isolated groups of peo-
ple often have to travel to the places where
these people live.
Learn one or more foreign languages, and
take classes in history, psychology, soci-
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Foreign language, Speech
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$36,740 to $61,140 to $108,280+
outlook
Anthropologists
Book Editors
Cultural Advisers
L
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 72 7/16/09 12:54:26 PM
73
ology, and other social sciences in high
school. English and speech classes are also
necessary.
Most employers require a bachelors
degree in linguistics, English, or a foreign
language, although some will accept de-
grees in history, science, mathematics,
or engineering. University professors need
a doctoral degree and are usually involved
in research projects in addition to teaching.
outlook
Employment for linguists has improved
over the past decade, but it is still not good.
There are more qualifed linguists than
there are jobs for them, and most open-
ings will occur as other linguists retire or
leave the feld. Professors in colleges and
universities will have faster than average
employment opportunities through 2016,
but the feld of linguistics is not a high-
growth feld.
As private companies expand and busi-
ness becomes more international in scope,
knowledge of foreign languages and cul-
tures may be benefcial to linguists who
develop additional business skills. Those
people who do not limit themselves to
strictly linguistic work and instead market
their skills in other areas where they can
be useful should be able to carve out their
own employment niche.
The private sector offers more employ-
ment opportunities for linguists. Comput-
ers and the Internet have created opportu-
nities for linguists in developing computer
languages and software that are more like
human language. Some Internet compa-
nies are enticing linguistics students away
from universities before they even fnish
their degrees with offers of high-paying
positions.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to people who speak other languages,
and visit foreign countries if you have the
chance. Do research before your trip to
learn at least enough of the language to ask
directions, shop in stores, or order food in
restaurants. Join a language club and attend
multicultural festivals and other events.
linguisticSocietyofamerica
202-835-1714
http://www.lsadc.org
Modernlanguageassociationofamerica
New York, NY 10004-1789
646-576-5132
membership@mla.org
http://www.mla.org
Dr. Emma Lawrence (r) is working with
linguist Jordan Lachler to preserve Haida,
a native Alaskan language that fewer
than 100 people speak. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 73 7/16/09 12:54:27 PM
74
literary
agents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
Whatliterary
agentsDo
Literary agents work for writers. They try
to sell writers works to publishers and flm
and television producers. Clients of literary
agents might include new or established
authors, or actors, athletes, musicians, and
others who want to be authors. To give
their clients more time to write and revise
their work, agents sometimes manage writ-
ers business affairs, including bookkeeping
and preparing tax forms. Literary agents
are also called authors agents and writers
representatives.
Literary agents begin by reading and
evaluating writers manuscripts. Then they
decide whether to represent those writers.
Agents might suggest revisions to improve
the manuscripts and make them more
marketable. They contact editors, publish-
ers, and producers and try to sell their cli-
ents work to them. Editors and producers
may also make certain suggestions about
manuscripts, and the agent gives this infor-
mation to the client.
After selling a clients manuscript, the
literary agent negotiates a contract, working
out pay rates and deadlines. They also may
create publicity and schedule public appear-
ances, depending on the nature of the writ-
ten work and the authors popularity.
Literary agents must spend a great deal
of time and effort on their work. They care-
fully read manuscripts. They establish and
maintain good business relationships with
publishers and producers. They study the
literary and dramatic markets. Most liter-
ary agents often have to work evenings and
weekends to meet with clients and poten-
tial buyers.
Most agents are based in Los Angeles or
New York because of the many publishing
companies and flm and television studios
in those cities. Experienced literary agents
may travel around the country or even
around the world to meet with clients and
with buyers.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, English, Theater/Dance
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$29,580 to $49,800 to $94,620+
outlook
Book Editors
Screenwriters
Sports Agents
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 74 7/16/09 12:54:29 PM
75
Because continued success depends
on the ability to maintain good relation-
ships with clients and potential employers
for their clients, literary agents must have
good people skills. They must be able to in-
teract tactfully and amicably with a wide
variety of people, from demanding clients
to busy editors.
Take high school courses in English (litera-
ture and composition), theater, and dance.
Business and speech courses will also be
helpful.
There are no formal or specifc require-
ments for becoming a literary agent. A col-
lege degree, however, is a plus. In college,
it is helpful to take classes in the liberal
arts, performing arts, and business admin-
istration. Communications courses will
also help you interact with clients and
buyers.
Agents must know and understand the
markets to which they are representing
their clients, such as publishing and movie
and television production companies, and
be able to judge which market is the best.
They must know how to work with peo-
ple in negotiating fair contracts, and they
must be sincere in promoting their clients
works.
outlook
Employment of agents overall is expected
cupations through 2016. Agents work in an
extremely competitive feld, however, and
most who attempt to start their own busi-
ness fail within one year. Most job open-
ings within agencies are the result of turn-
over, rather than the development of new
positions. There are many candidates for
few positions. Agents who have excellent
connections in the feld and strong busi-
ness and networking skills have the advan-
tage in the job hunt.
ForMoreInformation
Learn about current trends in book publish-
ing and the kinds of books that particular
publishing houses issue. Read magazines
such as Publishers Weekly. Part-time or vol-
unteer work at bookstores and libraries will
help you become familiar with books and
publishers.
associationofauthors
Representatives,Inc.
676A Ninth Avenue, #312
New York, NY 10036-3602
212-840-5777
http://www.aar-online.org
PublishersWeekly
http://www.publishersweekly.com
Growth Field
ber of literary agents is expected
to grow about 14 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 75 7/16/09 12:54:30 PM

76
lobbyists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatlobbyistsDo
Lobbyists try to persuade legislators and
other public offce holders to support the
interests of their clients. Clients, for ex-
ample, may have concerns about wildlife
conservation, recycling, or the regulation
of industries. Most trade associations, labor
unions, and corporations rely on the skills
of reliable, trustworthy lobbyists to speak
for their interests in Washington, D.C.
To persuade legislators, lobbyists use
pamphlets, studies, news releases, or oth-
er printed information. They give news
conferences and plan lectures and other
events to promote their issues. They meet
individually with legislators. Lobbyists also
contact other individuals or groups that
may beneft from the laws they hope to
get passed. They encourage the public to
contact their representatives and senators
and ask them to support legislation. Some-
times, lobbyists form a coalition (union)
with other lobbyists to strengthen their
position on a specifc issue. Lobbyists also
may contact regulatory agencies and testify
at public hearings to enlist support for their
clients interests.
Some lobbyists are employed as for-
hire lobbyists, who represent clients for
an amount of time that is specifed in a
contract. Others work as staff members
of a company, industry, or organization.
Most lobbyists who represent corpora-
tions (such as pharmaceutical companies
and insurance companies) and public sec-
tor interests (such as trade associations
and labor unions) are based in Washing-
ton, D.C. For-hire lobbyists may be based
either in Washington, D.C., or in their
home state.
Lobbyists must submit reports on the
money they collect and spend during lob-
bying activities.
Take classes in speech and communica-
tions. Political science and journalism
classes are also helpful.
Lobbyists have undergraduate degrees
in political science, journalism, or public
c
SchoolSubjectS
Government, Journalism, Speech
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$44,870 to $86,470 to $121,500+
outlook
Campaign Workers
Congressional Aides
Lawyers
Press Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 76 7/16/09 12:54:32 PM
77
relations. They often hold graduate degrees
in law or political science, as well. Most lob-
byists enter the career after earning a great
deal of experience in another government
career, such as with Congress as a legisla-
tive aide, or as a press secretary.
Lobbyists do not need a license or cer-
tifcation, but are required to register. All
lobbyists working on the federal level are
required to register with the Secretary of
the Senate and the Clerk of the House.
They are also required to register with the
states in which they lobby.
outlook
The number of special interest groups in
the United States continues to grow, and
as long as they plead their causes before
state and federal governments, lobbyists
will be needed. However, lobbying cut-
backs often occur in corporations. Because
lobbying does not directly earn a proft
for a business, the government relations
department is often the frst in a compa-
ny to receive budget cuts. The American
League of Lobbyists anticipates that the
career will remain stable over the next few
years.
The methods of advocacy will con-
tinue to be affected by the Internet and
other new communication technology.
Lobbyists and organizations use Web
pages to inform the public of policy is-
sues. These Web pages often include ways
to immediately send e-mail messages to
state and federal legislators. Constituents
(the citizens that elected representatives
serve) may have the choice of composing
their own messages or sending messages
already composed. With this method, a
member of Congress can easily determine
the feelings of the constituents based on
the amount of e-mail received.
ForMoreInformation
Serve on the student council or work on
student election campaigns. Write for your
school newspaper. Take part in fund-rais-
ing drives, especially the planning and co-
ordination phases. Join the debate team or
work for the school radio station to help
you learn communication and research
skills.
americanleagueoflobbyists
PO Box 30005
703-960-3011
alldc.org@erols.com
http://www.alldc.org
Jon Dogget (c), a lobbyist for the
National Corn Growers Association
(NCGA), meets with a member of the
NCGA (l) and Guatemalan ambassador
Guillermo Castillo during a conference
in Washington, D.C. (Congressional
Quarterly/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 77 7/16/09 12:54:33 PM
78
locksmiths
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatlocksmithsDo
Locksmiths install, repair, and replace all
types of locks. They also work with alarm
systems and other security devices. Some
locksmiths own their own shops and han-
dle all aspects of running the business.
Most locksmiths work for a locksmith
shop and usually work 40 hours a week.
They may install and repair home and car
locks. For some customers, they may install
a simple lock, and for others, a computer-
ized, electronic security system. Sometimes
they repair portable items, such as padlocks
or luggage locks, in the shop. At other times
they travel to customers homes, stores, or
offces. Traveling to customers sites may
require a lot of driving and working in a
mobile shop.
Locksmiths work requires standing,
kneeling, bending, and some lifting. Every
job presents different problems because
the locksmith is constantly working with
different kinds of locks. Some jobs involve
working alone, others in busy settings.
Locksmiths may have to work outdoors on
heavy gates or indoors in vaults or strong
rooms.
Some large organizations with many
buildings to maintain, such as school
systems, manufacturing plants, or mili-
tary bases, employ their own locksmiths
to make sure their security systems work
properly or to change all the locks peri-
odically. Many of these large institutions
have changed from manually operated
locks to more modern security systems
that require knowledge of electronics
to install and service. Locksmiths work-
ing for large institutions usually work 40
hours a week.
Locksmiths also help people who are
locked out of cars or houses. They make
new keys for people who have lost their
keys. If the combination lock to a safe is
broken, the locksmith may be able to open
it by turning the dial while listening care-
fully to the mechanical works. If this does
not work, the locksmith drills into the safe
to open it. Customers rely heavily on the
honesty of the locksmith, because many
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$31,512 to $39,771 to $48,319+
outlook
Instrument Makers
and Repairers
Security Consultants
and Guards
/
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 78 7/16/09 12:54:33 PM
79
of the jobs involve the security of persons
or valuables.
A high school diploma is not required for a
job as a locksmith, although it is preferred.
High school machine shop classes will
teach how to use hand tools and read me-
chanical diagrams. Computer science and
mathematics classes will also be helpful.
Locksmiths may learn the job by work-
ing under the supervision of a master lock-
smith as an apprentice. Another means of
learning the trade is to take special courses
at vocational or trade schools or commu-
nity colleges. Some people learn their skills
by taking a correspondence course and
then fnding a locksmith who will agree to
give them on-the-job training.
outlook
employment in this feld will be much fast-
er than the average through 2016.
Population growth and an expanding
public awareness of the need for preventive
measures against home, business, and auto
burglary continue to create needs for secu-
rity devices and their maintenance. Also,
many individuals and frms are replacing
older lock and alarm systems with the latest
developments in computerized equipment.
Consequently, opportunities will be best
for those workers who are able to install
and service electronic security systems.
ForMoreInformation
Read The Complete Book of Locks and Lock-
smithing by Bill Phillips (McGraw-Hill,
2005) or other books about the trade.
High school machine shop classes will
provide you with a degree of experience
in using a variety of hand tools, some of
which may be used in the trade.
accreditingcommissionofcareerSchools
andcollegesoftechnology
703-247-4212
info@accsct.org
http://www.accsct.org
associatedlocksmithsofamerica
3500 Easy Street
Dallas, TX 75247-6416
800-532-2562
membership@aloa.org
http://www.aloa.org
Did You Know?
The oldest known lock and key
device dates to about 4,000 years
ago; it was found in the ruins of
the Khorsabad palace in todays
Iraq.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 79 7/16/09 12:54:34 PM
80
locomotive
engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatlocomotive
engineersDo
Locomotive engineers are responsible for the
safe and effcient operation of locomotives.
They may operate passenger trains or run
freight trains that carry coal, lumber, and
other products.
Before beginning a trip, engineers re-
view their orders, noting the trains desti-
nation and scheduled stops along the way.
They check the time they are expected to
arrive at various stops. For cargo-carrying
trains, engineers must know where the
cargo will be unloaded and if any addi-
tional cargo will be loaded along the route.
Engineers also inspect the trains fuel sup-
ply, water supply, and communications
equipment to be sure the train is operating
properly.
Once a train is running, engineers con-
trol the speed and watch the track in case
a signal marker or obstruction on the track
requires some action. During the trip, they
use controls, such as the throttle lever that
regulates the engines speed, the reverse le-
ver, and brake valves.
Engineers are in frequent contact with
the conductor during a trip to make sure
things run smoothly. At the end of the
trip, engineers check on the condition of
the locomotive, make minor adjustments
if needed, and report any major repairs to
the repair shop.
Yard engineers work in switchyards,
where cars are hitched together to make
trains. Yard engineers operate locomotives
when they are being moved after a trip, be-
ing prepared for a new trip, or being loaded
or unloaded.
At the beginning of their careers, engi-
neers are placed on the extra board. Extra
board engineers work only when the rail-
road needs substitutes for regular workers.
They often have to work many years in this
capacity before they accumulate enough
seniority to get a regular assignment.
Work conditions vary depending upon
the job. The yard engineer generally works
a standard 40-hour week in one location.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$37,490 to $58,650 to $92,550+
outlook
Diesel Mechanics
Railroad Conductors
Truck Drivers
X
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 80 7/16/09 12:54:34 PM
81
The road engineer, while on the extra
board, may work irregular hours and be on
call seven days a week.
Passenger or freight lines employ loco-
motive engineers. Locomotive engineers
who work for freight lines may work in a
rural or an urban area and travel more ex-
tensively than the shorter, daily commuter
routes that passenger locomotive engineers
travel.
A high school diploma is required. A strong
math background is necessary for any en-
gineering job. Take shop classes, as well
as courses in mechanics, electronics, and
computer science.
Locomotive engineers must be in good
physical condition with excellent eyesight
and good hearing, and they must pass
physical examinations and drug-screening
tests on a regular basis. Engineers must be
21 years old and complete locomotive en-
gineer training.
Most locomotive engineers start out as
brakeworkers or conductors, where they
work and train for engineer positions in
railroad-sponsored training certifcation
programs. Several community colleges also
offer associates degree programs in railroad
operation.
outlook
Employment of all other railroad trans-
portation workers is predicted to show
little or no change through 2016, but lo-
comotive engineer are expected to have
better opportunities for work because
they are essential to a trains operation.
Passenger rail service is expected to grow
to keep pace with the growing population.
Also, demand for railroad freight service is
expected to increase as the economy ex-
pands. Still, most openings will arise from
the need to replace workers who retire and
leave the occupation.
ForMoreInformation
Hobby shows are still held in many places
throughout the country and most hobby-
ists will be glad to speak with you about
railroads and their history. You may also
learn more about the job by arranging an
interview with an engineer or by visiting a
work site.
associationofamericanRailroads
50 F Street, NW
202-639-2100
http://www.aar.org
brotherhoodoflocomotiveengineers
andtrainmen
1370 Ontario Street, Mezzanine
216-241-2630
execstaff@ble.org
http://www.ble.org
This locomotive engineer checks the trains
gears while it is stopped at a station.
(Alistair Scott/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 81 7/16/09 12:54:35 PM
82
logging
Industry
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Self-management
Whatlogging
IndustryWorkersDo
Logging industry workers cut down trees, saw
them into logs, and transport them to fac-
tories where they are made into lumber,
paper, and other wood products. Logging
workers have to perform a variety of differ-
ent jobs.
Cruisers survey the forest to determine
where to begin cutting. Usually, they base
their decision on how many trees are ready
to be cut down and sold as timber. Forest-
ers or forest engineers decide which are the
safest places to chop down (fell) the trees,
where to build the roads for moving the
logs, and how to store the cut timber.
Those who cut down the trees with
chainsaws and axes are called fallers. Buck-
ers cut limbs off trunks and saw the trunks
into pieces. Usually, buckers and fallers
follow the orders of felling-bucking super-
visors or logging supervisors.
Logging markers indicate the lengths
into which logs should be cut. Log-chipper
operators run the machines that convert
logs into wood chips, which are used to
make pulp, paper, and fuel.
Many workers are involved in moving
the logs to landings where they are loaded
onto trains or trucks and transported to
markets. Among these are hook tenders, rig-
ging slingers, choke setters, riggers, hoisting en-
gineers, chasers, and logging tractor operators.
Each is responsible for a specifc job.
Loggers must work in all kinds of
weather. Often, their work is dangerous
and uncomfortable, yet few would give up
the freedom of working outdoors.
A high school diploma is usually enough
education to obtain a job as a logging
worker. However, those with more knowl-
edge of machinery, electronics, and math-
ematics will have better employment
c
SchoolSubjectS
Agriculture, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$19,340 to $32,290 to $44,920
outlook
Decline
Foresters
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 82 7/16/09 12:54:36 PM
83
opportunities. Take classes in agriculture,
mathematics, and shop.
Most logging workers learn their trade
on the job. A few, however, may have re-
ceived some preparation in high school,
or may have taken college courses in for-
estry and logging. Some vocational and
technical schools offer courses in general
forestry, wildlife conservation, and forest
harvesting, which will provide a helpful
background. Large logging companies and
trade associations offer special training
programs, particularly on the operation
of logging equipment. State forestry or
logging associations often provide train-
ing sessions for fallers, whose job duties
require more skill and expertise than most
other logging work.
Log graders and scalers are required to
be certifed, by meeting certain training re-
quirements and passing an on-site feld in-
spection. Most states do not require other
types of loggers to be certifed.
outlook
Employment for logging and timber cut-
ting workers is expected to decline through
2016. Although demand for wood products
is expected to increase, improvements in
machinery and other technology will make
it possible to increase production within the
industry without hiring new workers. Addi-
tionally, increasing mechanization should
limit employment opportunities for fallers,
buckers, and choke setters. Workers in less
labor-intensive positions, such as logging
tractor and log handling equipment opera-
tors, should have better prospects.
Some openings will arise as workers
retire or change jobs. Competition will be
keen, however, and workers with mechani-
cal skills will have the best chances.
ForMoreInformation
Those who are interested in logging indus-
try jobs and live in the Northwest, North-
east, South, or Great Lakes states should
easily fnd opportunities to visit logging
sites and talk with workers. Most other re-
gions of the country have smaller logging
operations. These may be listed in the Yel-
low Pages. In high school, summer or part-
time jobs with logging companies may be
possible.
ForestResourcesassociationInc.
600 Jefferson Plaza, Suite 350
301-838-9385
http://www.apulpa.org
5400 Grosvenor Lane
safweb@safnet.org
This logger is cutting down a large fr tree.
(Bob Hosea/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 83 7/16/09 12:54:37 PM
84
Magazine
editors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Reading/writing
WhatMagazineeditorsDo
Magazine editors plan the contents of a
magazine. They assign topics to writers
and supervise the articles through publica-
tion. Some editors write editorials to mold
and stimulate public opinion. Editors often
write, but more often they rewrite or revise
the work of others. Magazine editors have
the authority to hire and fre writers. They
also negotiate contracts and plan budgets.
At small magazines, a single editor may
produce the entire magazine alone. At
large publications, a senior or executive edi-
tor supervises the work of associate editors
who are in charge of specifc areas, such as
sports, fashion, or politics. For example, a
fashion magazine may have a beauty editor,
features editor, short story editor, and fashion
editor. Each editor is responsible for obtain-
ing, proofng, rewriting, and sometimes
writing articles. Managing editors coordi-
nate copy fow and supervise production
of pages for each issue.
Production editors handle the layout of
feature articles and art. They prepare the
magazine for printing. Magazines also
employ researchers, sometimes called fact
checkers, to make sure the facts in an article
are correct.
Magazine editors often have assistants
in entry-level positions with titles such as
assistant editor or copy editor. These assistants
check manuscripts for grammar, punctua-
tion, and spelling. They add or rearrange
sentences to make the meaning clear, and
they take out incorrect information. They
also may write headlines or arrange the
way a page is laid out in the magazine.
Take plenty of English and creative writ-
ing classes in high school. History, govern-
ment, and political science courses will also
be helpful.
A college degree is required for a career
as a magazine editor. Some employers look
for a broad liberal arts background, but
most prefer to hire people with degrees in
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$27,360 to $48,320 to $91,390
outlook
Art Directors
Book Editors
Newspaper Editors
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 84 7/16/09 12:54:39 PM
85
communications, journalism, or English.
A degree or class work in the specifc sub-
ject of a special-interest magazine (such as
chemistry for a chemistry magazine) is also
helpful.
Most magazine editors do not begin
their careers as editors, but rise through
the ranks. They work as writers or copy
editors, then as assistant editors, before
they become editors. It is helpful to have
writing experience, because so much of
an editors job is supervising the work of
writers.
Outlook
Employment of editors overall is expected
occupations through 2016. Magazines are
launched every day of the year, although
many fail. While the Internet, government
affairs, and consumer marketing have an
impact on magazine publishing, the future
is secure because businesses will continue
to need magazines for advertisements.
A recent trend in magazine publishing
is the focus on a special interest. There is
increasing opportunity for employment
at special interest, trade, and association
magazines for those whose backgrounds
complement a magazines specialty. Inter-
net publishing will provide increasing job
opportunities as more businesses develop
online publications. Magazine editing is
keenly competitive, however, and as with
any career, the applicant with the most ed-
ucation and experience has a better chance
of getting the job.
Work on your schools newspaper, year-
book, or literary magazine, or start your
own. Publish stories, poems, and articles
written by your classmates and hand out
issues to students and parents. Write in
a daily journal about anything that you
fnd interesting, and practice writing
short stories, poetry, or essays. Make it a
habit to read all kinds of magazines and
newspapers.
Editorial Freelancers Association
71 West 23rd Street, Suite 1910
New York, NY 10010-4181
info@the-efa.org
Magazine Publishers of America
New York, NY 10019-5873
212-872-3700
mpa@magazine.org
http://www.magazine.org
Allure editor in chief, Linda Wells, poses
with Sarah Michelle Gellar at a party
thrown by the magazine. (AP Photo/Chris
Polk)
86
Magicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatMagiciansDo
Magicians are masters of illusion. They use
a combination of complicated moves and
persuasive comments to make audiences
believe they can pull a rabbit out of a hat,
make objects appear and disappear, and
make people foat in mid-air.
Magicians use tricks and a variety of
props, such as illusion boxes, cards, or
coins. They often use volunteers from the
audience. For example, they might secretly
remove a volunteers watch and make it re-
appear in someone elses pocket. Or, they
may use a wooden box or other prop to ap-
pear to cut a trained assistant in half with a
saw. Each magician has a unique style and
many specialize in one type of magic, such
as card tricks or escape art.
There are two basic elements to a ma-
gicians performance. The frst element is
the technique, the actual mechanics of
performing illusions or tricks. Magicians
practice each movement many times until
they can do the trick perfectly. As for the
magicians presentation, the illusions must
be exciting and entertaining to keep the
audiences attention. Magicians are masters
at directing an audiences attention to cer-
tain areas and away from others with fashy
movements and verbal distractions.
Magicians usually work indoors in
front of audiences. They may perform for
large theater crowds or for small birthday
parties. They often work alone, but they
sometimes use one or two assistants.
It takes a high degree of skill to perform
illusions. The more skilled and experienced
the magician, the more intricate the magic.
Some tricks can be relatively simple, such
as pulling a certain card out of a deck of
cards, but most tricks require great skill and
can even be somewhat dangerous. Sword
swallowing, for example, takes much prac-
tice (and courage!) to stretch the throat
muscles.
Magicians are skilled entertainers. It can
take years of practice to become an accom-
plished magician, but it is often possible
c
SchoolSubjectS
Speech, Theater/Dance
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$8.89/hour to $17/hour to $33+/hour
outlook
Actors
Circus Performers
Clowns
Comedians
Stunt Performers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 86 7/16/09 12:54:42 PM
87
to learn some basic tricks in just a short
time. People generally do not take col-
lege or high school courses to learn magic
tricks, although courses in acting or public
speaking can improve performance skills.
Good business skills are also important,
as magicians usually handle their own
fnances.
Newcomers study with professional
magicians by working as their assistants.
Because most magicians work part time,
they may have college degrees in unrelat-
ed felds, such as business, law, or politi-
cal science. Other magicians have degrees
in more related felds, such as drama or
speech communications.
outlook
Magic is a performance art, and like oth-
er performance artists, magicians face
an uncertain employment picture. If the
economy is strong, there will be a greater
demand for magicians because people will
have more disposable income to spend on
entertainment. If the economy is weaker,
magicians will have greater diffculty fnd-
ing work. In short, there will continue to
be employment, though these opportuni-
ties will often be for part-time assignments.
Because magicians must compete with a
growing number of entertainment options,
growth in this feld is likely to remain
Jobs in the business arena should continue
through the next decade and create some
well-paying opportunities for those with
the skills and versatility to entertain busi-
ness people.
ForMoreInformation
Learn simple magic tricks on your own by
reading books and visiting Web sites. Visit
a magic shop to explore the different kinds
of props and tools magicians use. Magic
shops may also have bulletin boards with
postings of club meetings or workshops in
your area. Perform the tricks you learn for
your family and friends.
InternationalbrotherhoodofMagicians
13 Point West Boulevard
St. Charles, MO 63301-4431
636-724-2400
offce@magician.org
http://www.magician.org
SocietyofamericanMagicians
PO Box 2900
Pahrump, NV 89041-2900
http://www.magicsam.com
Fast Fact
Other terms for magic include
legerdemain, prestidigitation,
and sleight of hand.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 87 7/16/09 12:54:43 PM
88
Mailcarriers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatMailcarriersDo
Mail carriers deliver and collect mail on
specifc routes to which they are assigned.
Residential carriers deliver the mail on foot
to people in cities and suburbs. Rural carri-
ers drive along their routes to reach people
in country areas, where houses are farther
apart. Mail carriers also collect mail from
mailboxes.
Most mail carriers begin their work-
days early in the morning. In urban and
suburban areas, mail carriers report to a
post offce and arrange the mail they will
deliver. Sometimes they sort mail into
bundles for the different sections of the
route they serve. Trucks carry the bundles
to storage boxes, called mail depositories,
along the route. In this way, the mail car-
rier can deliver all the mail on his or her
route without having to carry it all at the
same time.
Many mail carriers drive small trucks
and store the bundles of mail in the back of
the vehicle. Some residential carriers who
walk their routes use push carts. Others use
large leather bags carried over the shoul-
der, which limits their loads to 35 pounds
of mail.
On rural routes, deliveries usually are
made from motor vehicles. Carriers make
deliveries to mailboxes along the road,
and they also pick up outgoing mail from
them. Rural carriers also may sell stamps
and money orders, and they may accept
parcel-post packages and mail that is to
be sent insured or registered. These carri-
ers may cover routes of 100 miles or more
each day.
Parcel carriers usually drive trucks and
deliver package mail that is too heavy to be
handled by the carrier who works a route
on foot.
ments for mail carriers. However, having
a high school diploma can be benefcial
in fnding positions. Because communi-
cation is important between carriers and
residents, classes in English, writing, and
speech will be helpful. Geography, busi-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Geography, Physical education
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$34,990 to $44,500 to $51,620
outlook
Decline
Clerks
Postal Clerks
Truck Drivers
X
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 88 7/16/09 12:54:43 PM
89
ness, and mathematics courses are also
important.
Civil service examinations are given
to applicants who want to be eligible for
U.S. mail carrier positions and who are
at least 18 years old. They must be U.S.
citizens and or granted permanent-alien
resident status in the United States, and
males must have registered with the Se-
lective Service. The written examination
is composed of three parts, the longest of
which is a test of general intelligence, in-
cluding questions on arithmetic, spelling,
vocabulary, and reading comprehension.
The applicant also has to pass another test
section that includes reading accuracy.
The third section tests the applicants abil-
ity to follow instructions when deciding
on a mailing scheme or routing mail. Ap-
plicants may also need to pass a road test
to demonstrate their ability to handle ve-
hicles of the type and size that carriers are
required to drive.
outlook
A decline in employment growth is pro-
jected for all United States Postal Service
(USPS) workers through 2016, primarily
because of the increased competition from
other delivery services, including e-mail.
Along with a decrease in mail volume will
be an increase in the number of addresses
to which mail must be delivered. However,
automation advances in mail sorting will
reduce the amount of time carriers spend
sorting, which will allow them more time
to handle longer routes. Another trend that
is expected to increase productivity and
slow employment growth is the wider use
of more centralized mail delivery, such as
cluster boxes, to cut down on the number
of door-to-door deliveries.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to your mail carrier or another postal
service employee about what its like being
a mail carrier. Ask your teacher or guidance
counselor to arrange a visit to a post offce
or a presentation by an experienced mail
carrier.
americanPostalWorkersunion,aFl-cIo
1300 L Street, NW
202-842-4200
http://www.apwu.org
nationalassociationoflettercarriers,
aFl-cIo
100 Indiana Avenue, NW
202-393-4695
nalcinf@nalc.org
http://www.nalc.org
u.S.PostalService
http://www.usps.com/employment
Mail carriers deliver mail to peoples
homes. Here, a mail carrier delivers
packages during the holiday rush, when
many people send gifts to one another.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 89 7/16/09 12:54:44 PM
90
Makeup
artists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatMakeupartistsDo
Makeup artists design and apply makeup
for stage and screen actors. They read
scripts and meet with directors, produc-
ers, and technicians. They create special
effects ranging from scars and prosthetics
to radio-controlled mechanical body parts.
Sometimes makeup artists apply clean
(natural-looking) makeup to eliminate or
apply wrinkles, tattoos, or scars. When
they design makeup, makeup artists must
consider the age of the characters, the set-
ting and period of the flm or play, and the
lighting effects that will be used. Historical
productions require considerable research
to design hair, makeup, and fashion styles
of a particular era. Makeup artists also may
work on hair, but in many states locally li-
censed cosmetologists must be brought in
for hair cutting, coloring, and perms.
Once the actors have been made up,
makeup artists play an important role dur-
ing production as well. They watch the
monitors constantly during flming to
make sure the makeup is just right. They re-
apply or adjust the actors makeup as need-
ed throughout flming or between scenes.
They help the actors remove the makeup at
the end of the day. Makeup artists must be
able to spot any makeup problems before a
scene is flmed.
Most makeup artists are self-employed
and work on a freelance basis. When they
are not working on a flm, they might work
for television or video projects, commer-
cials, and industrial flms to supplement
their flm work. Makeup artists for the the-
ater may be employed full-time by a the-
ater, or they may be freelancers. Makeup
artists also work for photographers who do
fashion photography.
Most makeup artists have bachelors or mas-
ters degrees in theater, art history, photog-
raphy, fashion, or a related subject. Take art
classes, as well as art history, photography,
painting, drawing, anatomy, sculpting,
computer science, and even chemistry. Par-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Theater/Dance
SalaRyRange
$15,920 to $35,250 to $75,820
outlook
Actors
Barbers
Cosmetologists
Nail Technicians
Photo Stylists
0
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 90 7/16/09 12:54:45 PM
91
ticipate in school drama productions and
assist with makeup whenever possible.
Cosmetology licenses or certifcates
from special makeup schools are not re-
quired, but may help, especially when
starting out. Most budding makeup art-
ists gain valuable experience by assist-
ing experienced, established makeup art-
ists. There are also some highly regarded
schools for makeup artists, such as the Joe
Blasco Makeup Schools in California and
Florida.
outlook
Employment of makeup artists is expect-
ed to grow faster than the average for all
occupations through 2016. Makeup art-
ists will fnd more opportunities resulting
from new channels created by digital TV,
and particularly because of the focus on
makeovers. Makeup effects artists will fnd
challenging and well-paying work as the
flm industry pushes the envelope on spe-
cial effects. These makeup artists will use
computers more and more, as digital de-
sign becomes an important tool in creat-
ing flm effects.
Funding for theaters is always limit-
ed and may be reduced during economic
downturns or when productions are un-
popular. During these times many theaters
may be unable to hire the cast and crew
needed for new productions. There has
been a revived interest in Broadway, how-
ever, due to highly successful musicals like
Rent, Wicked, and The Lion King. This inter-
est could result in better business for travel-
ing productions, as well as regional theaters
across the country.
There will be a continuing need for
makeup artists in still photography to
prepare models for catalog and magazine
shoots.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at local theaters. Small com-
munity theaters will pay little or nothing,
but they may allow you the best chance to
explore makeup artistry. Volunteer to do
makeup for school productions. Make sure
to take pictures of your work.
InternationalallianceoftheatricalStage
employees
New York, NY 10018-3348
212-730-1770
joeblascoMakeuptrainingandcosmetics
http://www.joeblasco.com
Prior to the start of a fashion show, a
makeup artist lines a models eyes in kohl
eyeliner. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 91 7/16/09 12:54:45 PM
92
Management
analystsand
consultants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatManagement
analystsandconsultantsDo
Management analysts and consultants are
problem solvers hired by companies to help
increase productivity, cut costs, or solve
other concerns. They collect and evaluate
information (such as how many workers a
company has and how much the company
spends on equipment), make suggestions
on how a company can change its opera-
tions, and then help the company make
those changes.
Analysts and consultants are hired
when a company either does not have a
large enough staff to undertake a project
or does not have someone with certain
specialized knowledge. Often a company
wants an outside opinion about their prob-
lems. For example, if a company wants to
buy several computers, it must frst fgure
out which kind to buy. Such a major deci-
sion should not be made without the advice
of a computer expert. If no one on staff has
this specialized knowledge, the company
may choose to hire a consultant who is an
expert in computer systems.
The frst task of a consultant is to un-
derstand the problem to be solved. In the
above example, the consultant would frst
schedule a meeting with company offcials
to discuss the specifcs about the comput-
ers. The consultant needs to fnd out how
many computers the company needs, what
it wants the computers to do, and how
much money it is able to spend. The con-
sultant then evaluates the many comput-
ers on the market and determines which
system best fts the companys needs and
budget.
After coming to a decision, the con-
sultant prepares a report and discusses the
fndings with company executives. If the
company offcials agree with the consul-
tants opinion, the consultant helps the
company set up the computer system and
teaches employees and managers how to
use the computers.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Computer science, Speech
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$40,860 to $71,150 to $131,870
outlook
Business Managers
Cultural Advisors
Economists
q
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 92 7/16/09 12:54:46 PM
93
high school courses in business, comput-
er science, and mathematics. English and
speech classes are also benefcial in build-
ing communications skills that are neces-
sary for all management positions.
Many felds of study provide suitable
background for this career, including com-
puter and information sciences, engineer-
ing, business and management, education,
communications, marketing and distribu-
tion, and architecture and environmental
design. Many consultants also have a mas-
ters degree in business administration or
a related feld and several years of experi-
ence in their chosen feld. Many are former
managers at private companies who have
decided to change careers.
outlook
Employment of management analysts is
expected to grow much faster than the
Industry and government agencies are ex-
pected to rely more and more on the exper-
tise of these professionals to improve and
streamline the performance of their organi-
zations. Many job openings will result from
the need to replace workers who transfer to
other felds or leave the labor force.
Competition for management consult-
ing jobs will be strong. The challenging na-
ture of this job, coupled with high salary
potential, attracts many. A graduate degree,
experience and expertise in the industry,
as well as a knack for public relations are
needed to stay competitive.
ForMoreInformation
Check the reference departments of your
school or local library for valuable research
tools such as encyclopedias of business
consultants and whos who of business
consultants. These books should list man-
agement analysis and consulting frms
across the country.
americanInstituteofcertifedPublic
accountants
220 Leigh Farm Road
Durham, NC 27707-8110
888-777-7077
americanManagementassociation
1601 Broadway
New York, NY 10019-7434
877-566-0441
associationofManagementconsulting
Firms
New York, NY 10017-6573
212-551-7887
info@amcf.org
http://www.amcf.org
Growth Field
ber of management consultants is
827,000, an increase of about 22
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 93 7/16/09 12:54:46 PM

94
Manufacturing
Supervisors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatManufacturing
SupervisorsDo
Manufacturing supervisors oversee manufac-
turing workers in factories. They monitor
employees and working conditions. They
ensure that work is being done correctly
and on time. Supervisors maintain their
employees work schedules, train new work-
ers, and issue warnings to employees who
do not fulfll their duties properly or who
violate established rules. They also make
sure safety regulations and other rules and
procedures are followed. Manufacturing su-
pervisors may be employed in small-scale
operations, such as custom-built furniture
plants, or in large industrial factories, such
as auto or steel plants.
Manufacturing supervisors hire and fre
workers, and they make sure that all work-
ers in their area are doing their jobs accord-
ing to company standards and procedures.
Manufacturing supervisors themselves have
to take orders from company management.
An important part of their job is to act as
a link between the factory workers and the
company managers who are in charge of
production. When necessary, supervisors
tell workers about company policies and
plans, and they inform managers about
progress, problems, and delays on the fac-
tory foor. If labor unions are involved,
they may meet with union representatives
to discuss problems or grievances.
Most supervisors work on the manu-
facturing or factory foor. They may be on
their feet most of the time and work near
loud and hazardous machines. Supervisors
may begin their day early so that they ar-
rive before their workers, and they may
stay later than their workers.
Manufacturing supervisors are responsi-
ble for the quantity and quality of the work
that is done. They keep production and em-
ployee records and plan job activities. They
inspect the manufactured products during
and after the production process.
Another important part of the job of
manufacturing supervisors is training new
employees and training current employees
in new procedures.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$44,000 to $73,000 to $123,000
outlook
Decline
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 94 7/16/09 12:54:47 PM
95
Manufacturing supervisors deal with
many people on a highly personal level in
this profession. They direct, guide, and dis-
cipline others, so strong leadership quali-
ties are important characteristics for them
to have.
Take high school courses in business, math,
and science. Computer science courses will
also be useful, since much of a supervisors
paperwork is done on word processing and
spreadsheet programs.
A bachelors degree in business ad-
ministration or industrial relations is the
minimum educational requirement for
this feld. Many supervisors obtain gradu-
ate degrees to increase their marketability
to employers and further expand their
knowledge. As manufacturing processes
have become more complex, advanced
degrees in business administration, en-
gineering, or industrial management are
more and more common among those in
higher-level positions.
outlook
To some extent, the future of the manufac-
turing supervisor job depends on the indi-
vidual industry, whether it be automobiles
or food products. In manufacturing as a
whole, employment of supervisors is ex-
pected to decline through 2016. Corporate
downsizing and the use of computers for
tasks such as creating production schedules
and budget plans also require fewer super-
visors than before. However, there will be
a need to replace managers who retire or
change jobs. Job candidates with higher
levels of education and related work expe-
rience will fare the best in landing a super-
visory position.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your schools guidance counselor for
advice on setting up a tour of a local pro-
duction factory or plant. You might be
able to talk to workers about their jobs
or at least see the environment in which
they work.
americanManagementassociation
1601 Broadway
New York, NY 10019-7434
212-586-8100
nationalassociationofManufacturers
202-637-3000
manufacturing@nam.org
http://www.nam.org
Fast Fact
The role of management super-
visor grew out of the need to
keep track of the work quality
of workers along an assembly
line.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 95 7/16/09 12:54:47 PM
96
MarbleSetters,
tileSetters,
andterrazzo
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatMarbleSetters,
tileSetters,andterrazzo
WorkersDo
Marble, granite, and tiling have been used
in the building trades for thousands of
years. Many ancient temples were con-
structed of marble and granite and deco-
rated with marble statues and beautifully
colored tiles. Today, marble setters, tile set-
ters, and terrazzo workers cover interior and
exterior walls, foors, and other surfaces
with marble, tile, and terrazzo.
These construction workers follow in-
structions from architects, builders, or ho-
meowners. The materials they usemar-
ble, tiles, terrazzo mixture, grout, mortar,
and cementare delivered to the job site
ready to be applied. In some cases, workers
have to trim a piece of marble or cut tile
to ft a particular space. Marble setters and
tile setters are skilled at customizing such
materials.
When setting marble, the workers frst
set out the pieces of marble to make sure
that enough material has been delivered
and that everything fts properly. They then
apply a special plaster to the marble and set
the pieces in place. Grout, a sealing com-
pound, is applied to the joints between the
marble pieces. Finally, excess plaster and
grout is polished away.
Tile setters use mortar (a mixture of ce-
ment, sand, water, and other substances)
or tile cement to apply tiles to horizontal
or vertical surfaces. Some tiles are large
about a foot square or largerand some are
quite smallperhaps only an inch square.
Smaller tiles often come in strips, attached
to special backing material so that they do
not have to be set individually.
Terrazzo workers create terrazzo by frst
laying a level base of concrete. On top of
this base they pour a layer of concrete that
has been mixed with marble or granite
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Technical/Shop
High school diploma, Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$21,890 to $38,720 to $64,210
outlook
Artists
Cement Masons
Ceramics Engineers
Plasterers
/
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 96 7/16/09 12:54:48 PM
97
chips. These chips are usually brightly col-
ored and may form a pattern or special hue.
The wet concrete is rolled and leveled. In a
few days, after both layers of concrete have
hardened, workers use special grinding and
polishing machines to fnish the foor.
A high school diploma is required in this
feld. Helpful courses include art, blueprint
reading, math, and shop.
After high school, the next step is an
apprenticeship to a marble setter, tile set-
ter, or terrazzo worker through either a
union or an individual building contractor.
Apprenticeship programs are usually three
years and consist of a combination of class-
outlook
Employment opportunities for tile and mar-
ble setters are expected to grow faster than
2016. Growth will result from more con-
struction of shopping malls, hospitals,
schools, restaurants, and other structures
where tile is used extensively. Tiles made of
glass, slate, mosaic, and other nontradition-
al materials are also growing in popularity,
particularly in more expensive homes.
Marble setters, tile setters, and terrazzo
workers will fnd better employment op-
portunities in more populated urban and
suburban areas where more buildings are
being constructed and remodeled. Workers
may fnd that work is steadier in climates
that allow year-round construction.
ForMoreInformation
Find an interesting construction site and
watch workers and apprentices on their
jobs. Try making a mosaic. Mosaics are con-
structed with many of the same processes
as tile setting and terrazzo work, although
on a much smaller scale.
Internationalunionofbricklayersand
alliedcraftworkers
620 F Street, NW
202-783-3788
askbac@bacweb.org
http://www.bacweb.org
thenationalterrazzoandMosaic
associationInc.
201 North Maple Street, Suite 208
Purcellville, VA 20132-6102
800-323-9736
info@ntma.com
http://www.ntma.com
Growth Field
ber of marble setters, tile setters,
and terrazzo workers is expected
increase of about 15 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 97 7/16/09 12:54:48 PM

98
Marine
biologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatMarinebiologistsDo
Marine biologists study the plants and ani-
mals that live in oceans. They learn about
the tens of thousands of different species
that live in salt water.
Marine biologists study plants and
animals in their natural environment by
collecting samples from the sea. When
diving, they wear wetsuits to keep warm
and use scuba gear to help them breathe.
They may carry a tool, called a slurp gun,
which can suck a fsh into a specimen bag
without hurting it. While under water,
biologists watch for dangerous fsh and
take great care not to damage the natural
environment.
Marine biologists also gather speci-
mens from tidal pools along the shore.
They keep the specimens in a special por-
table aquarium tank on the ship and later
study the specimens in their laboratories.
They might check the amount of oxygen in
a sea turtles blood stream to learn how the
turtles can stay underwater for so long. Or
they might measure the blood chemistry of
an arctic fsh to discover how it can survive
frigid temperatures.
Marine biologists study changing con-
ditions of the ocean, such as temperature
or chemicals that have polluted the wa-
ter, to try to see how those changes affect
the plants and animals that live there. If
certain species become extinct or are no
longer safe to eat, the worlds food supply
grows smaller.
Marine biologists also help to improve
and manage sport and commercial fsh-
ing. They discovered that humans are de-
stroying the worlds coral reefs. They have
also charted the migration of whales and
counted the decreasing numbers of cer-
tain species. They have seen dolphins be-
ing caught by accident in tuna fshermens
nets. By sharing their discoveries through
written reports and research papers, ma-
rine biologists sometimes make important
changes in behavior that will help the
world.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$34,500 to $55,100 to $89,690
outlook
Biologists
Botanists
Oceanographers
Zoo and Aquarium Directors and Curators
Zoologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 98 7/16/09 12:54:49 PM
99
Course work in math and science is re-
quired in this feld. Take biology, botany,
and chemistry classes.
Most marine biologists have a masters
or a doctoral degree. In college, take gen-
eral science and math courses such as bi-
ology, botany, and chemistry, physics, and
computer science, as well as more specifc
courses such as oceanography and animal
physiology.
For diving, organizations like the Pro-
fessional Association of Diving Instructors
provide basic certifcation. It is also critical
that divers learn cardiopulmonary resusci-
tation and frst aid. Additionally, marine
biologists must be licensed to handle haz-
ardous materials such as formaldehyde and
strong acids.
outlook
Employment of marine biologists will be
about as fast as the average for all occu-
pations through 2016. There are current-
ly more marine biologists than there are
paying positions. Changes in the Earths
environment, such as global warming and
increased levels of heavy metals in the
global water cycle, will most likely prompt
more research and result in slightly more
jobs in different sub-felds.
Greater need for smart management
of the worlds fsheries and research by
pharmaceutical companies into deriving
medicines from marine organisms should
increase demand for marine biologists.
Cultivation of marine food alternatives
such as seaweeds and plankton may also
increase the demand for marine biologists
in the near future.
ForMoreInformation
Visit your local aquarium to learn about
marine life and about the life of a marine
biologist. You can begin diving training
while in high school. Between the ages of
10 and 14 you can earn a Junior Open Wa-
ter Diver certifcation. When you turn 15
you can upgrade your certifcation to Open
Water Diver.
americanInstituteofbiologicalSciences
202-628-1500
http://www.aibs.org
ProfessionalassociationofDiving
Instructors
30151 Tomas Street
Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688-2125
800-729-7234
http://www.padi.com
ScrippsInstitutionofoceanography
University of California, San Diego
8602 La Jolla Shores Drive
La Jolla, CA 92037-1508
http://www-sio.ucsd.edu
This marine biologist is collecting samples
of sponges among coastal mangrove trees.
(Alexia Rosenfeld/Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 99 7/16/09 12:54:50 PM
100
Marine
engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatMarineengineersDo
Ships and other vessels are designed for
many different uses. Some carry oil or nat-
ural gas, while others carry vehicles such
as cars and trucks. Still others cruise warm
waters with hundreds of vacationers on
board. Depending on its purpose, a ship
may be powered by diesel, steam, gas, or
nuclear power.
Marine engineers design and build the
engines that power ships and other vessels.
They work closely with naval architects
who plan the frames and hulls. Together,
they try to produce lighter ships that use
less fuel and need less upkeep.
The machinery and equipment on
ships include power plants, navigation
equipment, radio and radar gear, and fre
control and electric power systems, as well
as systems for heating, air-conditioning,
refrigeration, and the removal of salt from
seawater.
Once construction of the ship is fn-
ished, marine engineers sail on the vessel to
test equipment and correct any problems.
Marine engineers also test equipment, re-
pair ships, and design equipment used on
docks and in marine structures. Some ma-
rine engineers plan offshore platforms for
oil drilling.
On merchant marine vessels, marine
engineers operate, maintain, and repair
propulsion engines, boilers, generators,
pumps, and other machinery on the ship.
These vessels usually have four engineer-
ing offcers: a chief engineer and three as-
sistant engineers. The assistants stand peri-
odic watches to oversee the safe operation
of engines and machinery.
Marine engineers work for a variety of
employers, such as private shipbuilders and
naval architecture and marine engineering
design frms. They also work for the vari-
ous branches and agencies of the federal
government.
Study math, including geometry, trigo-
nometry, and calculus. Physics and chem-
istry classes are recommended, as well as
c
SchoolSubjectS
Physics
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$47,920 to $76,200 to $114,490
outlook
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Technicians
Merchant Mariners
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 100 7/16/09 12:54:50 PM
101
courses in computer-aided design and me-
chanical drawing.
To design engines and machinery, ma-
rine engineers need at least a bachelors
degree in engineering. A masters degree
or even a doctorate may be required for
some jobs, particularly those in teaching,
research, and management.
Marine engineers must be licensed
to work on a merchant marine vessel. To
qualify for an engineering offcers license,
engineers must graduate from the U.S.
Merchant Marine Academy or one of the
six state academies and pass a written ex-
amination. The academies offer a four-year
academic program leading to a bachelor of
science degree, a license issued by the U.S.
Coast Guard, and a commission in the U.S.
Naval, Merchant Marine, or Coast Guard
Reserve.
outlook
Employment of marine engineers is ex-
pected to be about as fast as the average for
all occupations through 2016. Competi-
tion for marine engineering jobs has been
challenging, but varies per sector. Military
and commercial shipbuilding has been re-
duced in recent years, but more and more
shipyards are building cruise ships, excur-
sion/dinner boats, emergency and drug
interdiction craft, petroleum barges, and
various double-hull vessels to meet the re-
quirements of the Oil Pollution Act.
Smaller crews can now operate many of
the newly designed ships. Employment in
deep-sea shipping has declined sharply be-
cause U.S.-staffed ships carry a smaller pro-
portion of international cargo. However,
the number of vessels on the Great Lakes
and on rivers and canals in the United
States that carry bulk products, such as coal
and grain, has increased and is expected to
grow over the next several years.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your teacher to invite a marine engi-
neer to talk to your class or group, and see
if you can tour a shipyard or visit a Coast
Guard ship when it is open to the public.
americanSocietyofnavalengineers
1452 Duke Street
703-836-6727
asnehq@navalengineers.org
http://www.navalengineers.org
nationalMarineelectronicsassociation
7 Riggs Avenue
Severna Park, MD 21146-3819
410-975-9425
info@nmea.org
http://www.nmea.org
SocietyofnavalarchitectsandMarine
engineers
601 Pavonia Avenue
Jersey City, NJ 07306-2922
800-798-2100
http://www.sname.org
Did You Know?
An iceberg is blamed for the sink-
ing of the titanic, but that isnt
the whole story. The steel from
which the ship was made cracked
like glass because of the cold wa-
ter, rather than denting as it had
been designed to do.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 101 7/16/09 12:54:50 PM
102
Marine
Services
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatMarineServices
techniciansDo
Marine services technicians inspect, maintain,
and repair marine vessels, from small boats
to yachts. They test and repair boat en-
gines, transmissions, and propellers. Tech-
nicians also test and repair masts, rigging,
and sails, as well as navigational equip-
ment and steering gear. They repair or re-
place defective parts and make new parts
to meet special needs. Technicians inspect
and replace internal cabinets, refrigeration
systems, electrical systems and equipment,
sanitation facilities, hardware, and trim.
Marine services technicians with spe-
cialized skills may have more specifc job
titles. Motorboat mechanics work on in-
board, outboard, and inboard/outboard
engines. They perform routine mainte-
nance tasks such as lubrication, cleaning,
and adjusting parts. They use specialized
equipment, such as engine analyzers, am-
meters, voltmeters, and compression gaug-
es, to diagnose engine problems. Motor-
boat workers install and repair electronics,
sanitation, and air-conditioning systems.
Marine electronics technicians work
with vessels electronic safety and navi-
gational equipment, such as radar, depth
sounders, autopilots, and compass systems.
They install, repair, and calibrate equip-
ment and perform routine maintenance
procedures such as checking, cleaning, re-
pairing, and replacing parts.
Some technicians work on vessel hulls
only. Hulls are usually made of wood or f-
berglass. The hulls of most pleasure boats
are built with fberglass. Technicians re-
inforce damaged areas of the hull, grind
damaged pieces with a sander, or cut them
away with a jigsaw and replace them us-
ing fberglass cloth with resin. They fnish
the repaired sections by sanding, painting
them with a gel-coat substance, and buff-
ing them.
c
SchoolSubjectS
SalaRyRange
$21,430 to $34,210 to $52,510+
outlook
Aircraft Mechanics
Diesel Mechanics
Marine Engineers
X
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 102 7/16/09 12:54:51 PM
103
Take mathematics classes and shop classes
in metals, woodwork, and electronics while
in high school. These classes will give you
experience completing detailed and precise
work.
Many marine services technicians learn
their trade on the job. They start out as gen-
eral boatyard workers, doing such jobs as
cleaning boat bottoms. Other technicians
get more formal training at vocational or
technical schools learning skills like engine
repair and fberglass work. Some schools,
such as Cape Fear Community College in
North Carolina, have associates degree pro-
grams for marine technicians. Other insti-
tutions, such as the American Boat Builders
and Repairers Association, offer skills train-
ing in less formal courses and seminars.
Marine services technicians who test
and repair radio transmitting equipment
must have a general radiotelephone op-
erator license from the Federal Commu-
nications Commission. Certifcation for
electronics technicians is voluntary and is
offered by the National Marine Electronics
Association.
outlook
Employment opportunities for small en-
gine mechanics, including marine services
technicians, are expected to grow about as
fast as the average through 2016. As boat
design and construction become more com-
plicated, the outlook will be best for well-
trained technicians. Most marine craft pur-
chases are made by the over-40 age group,
which is expected to increase over the next
decade. The growth of this population seg-
ment should help expand the market for
motorboats and increase the demand for
qualifed mechanics.
ForMoreInformation
Read trade magazines such as Boating In-
dustry (http://boating-industry.com), Pro-
fessional Boatbuilder (http://www.proboat.
com), and Marine Mechanics (http://www.
marinemechanics.com). If friends, neigh-
bors, or relatives have boats, offer to help
with repairs, or work on an automobile en-
gine if you do not have access to a boat.
americanboatbuilders&Repairers
association
50 Water Street
Warren, Rhode Island 02885-3034
401-247-0318
http://www.abbra.org
capeFearcommunitycollege
411 North Front Street
Wilmington, NC 28401-3993
910-362-7000
http://cfcc.edu
nationalMarineelectronicsassociation
7 Riggs Avenue
Severna Park, MD 21146-3819
410-975-9425
info@nmea.org
http://www.nmea.org
Fast Fact
Fiberglass is a common materi-
al used in boat hulls today. This
material was invented in 1938
by Russell Games Slayter.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 103 7/16/09 12:54:51 PM
104
Marketing
Researchers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatMarketing
ResearchersDo
When companies want to market a new
product or improve an existing one, they
often rely on market research to guide
them. Market research is the process of col-
lecting data about consumers, the market-
place, and the competition. Marketing re-
searchers collect, analyze, and interpret this
information.
Marketing researchers conduct several
different types of research. Sometimes they
investigate company products and ser-
vices. They study existing products to see
how they might be improved. They also
examine experimental products to fgure
out how consumers might react to them
or how these products might fare against
their competition.
Marketing researchers also investigate
sales methods and policies. Sales fgures are
collected and studied. The researchers try
to fnd out where a product is selling well
and who is buying it. They also try to de-
termine the effectiveness of advertising for
particular products or services by looking
at sales fgures for them.
Finally, marketing researchers study
consumer demands and opinions. They
explore the types of products consumers
really want or why they prefer one brand
rather than another.
There are four basic marketing research
jobs. Some researchers work with statistics.
They develop questionnaires and compile
and analyze the results. Other researchers
are project supervisors, who plan research
studies and work with others to carry them
out. The supervisor is also responsible for
writing reports that contain the results of
the studies. Tabulators and coders are the
marketing researchers who examine ques-
tionnaires when they come into the com-
panys offces. They count the answers, and
write reports on the results. Field interview-
ers are researchers who interview consum-
ers about their preferences, opinions, likes,
and dislikes.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$33,310 to $60,300 to $113,390
outlook
Economists
Statisticians
Telemarketers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 104 7/16/09 12:54:52 PM

105
Take courses in English and social stud-
ies in high school. Because statistics play
an important role in market research, take
as many mathematics courses as possible.
Other helpful classes are marketing, busi-
ness, speech, journalism, psychology, and
sociology. Computer science courses are
especially useful, because marketing re-
search involves a lot of calculating and
analysis that is easily done by computers.
In college, pursue a degree in econom-
ics, math, marketing, statistics, or business
administration. Most employers require
marketing researchers to hold at least a
bachelors degree. Many companies in the
private sector prefer workers with masters
degrees.
Market researchers who want to dem-
onstrate their expertise and enhance their
employment opportunities can obtain cer-
tifcation through the Marketing Research
Association (http://www.mra-net.org).
outlook
Job growth for marketing research ana-
lysts is predicted to be faster than the av-
erage through 2016. Increasing competi-
tion among producers of consumer goods
and services and industrial products,
combined with a growing awareness of
the value of marketing research data, will
contribute to opportunities in the feld.
Also, there is increasing need for market
and survey researchers to analyze foreign
markets and competition because of the
globalization of the marketplace. Those
with graduate degrees will fnd the best
employment opportunities in marketing
research frms, fnancial services organi-
zations, health care institutions, adver-
tising frms, manufacturing frms pro-
ducing consumer goods, and insurance
companies.
ForMoreInformation
Experiments in science, problems in stu-
dent government, committee work, and
other school activities provide exposure to
situations similar to those encountered by
marketing research analysts. You can also
learn more about this feld by conducting
an informational interview with a market-
ing researcher.
americanadvertisingFederation
800-888-2231
aaf@aaf.org
http://www.aaf.org
americanassociationofadvertising
agencies
New York, NY 10174-1801
212-682-2500
http://www.aaaa.org
americanMarketingassociation
800-262-1150
info@ama.org
Growth Field
ber of marketing researchers is
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 105 7/16/09 12:54:52 PM

106
Marriage
andFamily
counselors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatMarriageand
FamilycounselorsDo
Marriage and family counselors help indi-
viduals, couples, and families cope with
relationship diffculties and mental disor-
ders. Sometimes issues get too large for the
family to handle, and it takes a trained,
objective professional to help modify peo-
ples perceptions and behaviors, and assist
them in communicating better with each
other.
Among the many issues marriage and
family counselors treat are alcoholism
and drug abuse; mental illnesses such as
anorexia/bulimia, schizophrenia, and
depression; sexual abuse and perpetra-
tion; and juvenile offenders and family
members in the criminal justice system.
Through conversations with family mem-
bers, separately and together, counselors
learn what the core problem is and help
the family identify steps they can take to
resolve the problem. They will discuss the
familys basic structure: roles, rules, and
goals. They will then zero in on when a
shift occurred and explore what has hap-
pened since. Families are intertwined, so
even if its only one individual who is
experiencing a problem, the family may
have had an impact on this problem and
may also have an impact on its resolu-
tion. As a result, the most immediate fam-
ily members will often participate in the
counseling sessions.
Marriage and family counselors also
give referrals to psychiatric resources, as
needed. Some may be more involved in
research and writing about the feld, and
others may teach courses on interpersonal
relationships and counseling. Marriage and
family counselors work in a variety of en-
vironments: schools and universities; com-
munity mental health centers; courts and
prisons; at companies with employee as-
sistance programs; social service agencies;
or in private practices. They may work in-
dependently or in collaboration with other
health care professionals such as family
doctors.
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Psychology
Masters degree
SalaRyRange
$26,080 to $43,600 to $68,240
outlook
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
0
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 106 7/16/09 12:54:53 PM
107
Strong communication skills are crucial in
this work. Coursework in English, foreign
languages, communications, and psychol-
ogy is a good basis for this feld.
Educational requirements will vary by
state and by occupational specialty. An un-
dergraduate degree in psychology, social
work, or a related feld of study may suf-
fce for some employers. However, most
marriage and family counselors have, at
minimum, a masters degree in marriage
and family therapy. While pursuing a
masters degree, students must complete a
period of supervised clinical experience in
counseling.
After securing a masters degree, coun-
selors can pursue a doctoral degree, with
advanced instruction in marriage and fam-
ily therapy research, theory construction,
and supervision.
Licensure and certifcation require-
ments will be state-dependent also. Some
states may require that after graduating
from an accredited program, followed by
two years of supervised clinical experience,
counselors take a state-licensing exam con-
ducted by The Association of Marriage and
Family Therapy Regulatory Boards.
outlook
The U.S. Department of labor forecasts ex-
cellent job opportunities for marriage and
family counselors in the years to come.
Employment opportunities in this feld
will grow much faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. More people
are recognizing that marriage and fam-
ily therapy is a valid feld that helps ease
stress and benefts relationships. Accord-
ing to the American Association for Mar-
riage and Family Therapy, marriage and
family therapys prominence in the mental
health feld has increased due to its brief,
solution-focused treatment, its family-
centered approach, and its demonstrated
effectiveness.
ForMoreInformation
Read Psychology Today (http://www.psy-
chologytoday.com) to learn more about
current psychology topics, theories, and
solutions.
americanassociationforMarriageand
Familytherapy
112 South Alfred Street
703-838-9808
http://www.aamft.org
800-347-6647
Growth Field
ber of marriage and family coun-
selors is expected to grow from
about 30 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 107 7/16/09 12:54:53 PM

108
Massage
therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatMassagetherapistsDo
Massage therapists belong to the grow-
ing number of holistic health profession-
als who believe that good health involves
more than just treating symptoms and tak-
ing pills. They believe that the body must
be treated as a whole organism, and each
part of the body is affected by the health of
the other parts.
Massage therapists apply pressure with
their hands, feet, arms, or elbows to their
clients to relax their clients muscles, re-
lease tension and stress, and improve joint
mobility.
There are many types of massage thera-
py. In addition to general toning massages,
there are also massages that are geared to
aid specifc problems such as lower back
pain and wrenched shoulders. Two of the
most widely known types of massage ther-
apy are Shiatsu and Rolfng.
Shiatsu is an offshoot of the ancient
Oriental healing art of acupuncture, where
the practitioner pierces the body with fne
needles along certain pathways on the body
to rebalance the clients energy feld. Also
known as acupressure, shiatsu uses massage
or pressure to achieve the same effect.
Rolfng is a massage technique used for
realigning the body. Practitioners believe
that illness and pain are caused when any
part of the body is not in its proper posi-
tion. Through a combination of exercise
and manipulation, practitioners restore the
body to its proper state of health.
Most massage therapists work in pri-
vate practice, but many work in health
clubs, training spas, chiropractic clinics,
and beauty salons.
Take courses in health and physical educa-
tion in high school. Fundamental science
courses, such as chemistry, anatomy, and
biology, will also be helpful. These classes
will give you a basic understanding of the
human body and prepare you for the health
c
SchoolSubjectS
SalaRyRange
$16,000 to $34,870 to $70,840+
outlook
Acupuncturists
Aromatherapists
Chiropractors
Myotherapists
Naturopaths
Osteopaths
Physical Therapists
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 108 7/16/09 12:54:56 PM
109
and anatomy classes you will take while
completing your postsecondary education.
Prospective massage therapists must
complete over 600 hours of training, which
includes courses in body mechanics and
structure, anatomy, sports massage, and
deep tissue massage. Accredited schools of
massage therapy usually offer these pro-
grams. Massage therapists can specialize in
particular disciplines, such as infant mas-
sage or rehabilitative massage.
Many states regulate the practice of
massage therapy, requiring licensure, certi-
fcation, or registration. Requirements for
licensing, certifcation, registration, and lo-
cal ordinances will vary.
outlook
Employment of massage therapists is ex-
all occupations through 2016. The grow-
ing acceptance of massage therapy as an
important health care discipline has led to
the creation of additional jobs for massage
therapists in many sectors.
The increasing popularity of profes-
sional sports has given massage therapists
new opportunities to work as key members
of a teams staff. Their growing presence in
sports has made massage therapy more vis-
ible to the public, spreading the awareness
of the physical benefts of massage.
Massages are not just for athletes. More
people than ever before are getting massag-
es, not just for medical reasons, but simply
to relax and reduce stress.
The corporate world also offers oppor-
tunities for massage therapists. Many em-
ployers eager to hold on to good employees
offer perks such as workplace massages. As
a result, many massage therapists are work-
ing as mobile business consultants.
ForMoreInformation
Book an appointment with a massage
therapist; this will allow you to experi-
ence frsthand the work involved. You can
then arrange to talk with the therapist at
length about your interest in the feld.
This may help you to decide if this is the
career for you.
americanMassagetherapyassociation
500 Davis Street, Suite 900
847-864-0123
info@amtamassage.org
http://www.amtamassage.org
nationalcertifcationboardfor
therapeuticMassageandbodywork
1901 South Meyers Road, Suite 240
Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181-5243
800-296-0664
info@ncbtmb.org
http://www.ncbtmb.org
This massage therapist is giving her client
a hot-stone massage. (Alfred Wekelo/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 109 7/16/09 12:54:57 PM
110
Mathematicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reasoning
WhatMathematiciansDo
Mathematicians solve problems in higher
mathematics, including algebra, geometry,
number theory, and logic. Theoretical math-
ematicians develop new thoughts and ideas
in mathematics. Applied mathematicians try
to use these theories in practical ways.
Theoretical mathematicians usually
teach in colleges and universities. They
also work in the research departments of
businesses or in government. Their theories
are used in engineering, computer science,
nuclear energy, space exploration, sociol-
ogy, psychology, and education.
Applied mathematicians use math-
ematical theories through modeling and
computational techniques to solve prac-
tical problems. They work in business,
industry, or government. They solve
problems ranging from the stability of
rockets to the effects of new drugs. Finan-
cial analysts are applied mathematicians
who make predictions about what sorts
of investments will be proftable. Com-
puter-applications engineers are applied
mathematicians who solve scientifc and
engineering problems.
Though mathematicians work in a wide
variety of felds, they all share specifc traits
and interests. First, they must enjoy math-
ematics and the challenge of solving prob-
lems. They must work logically, patiently,
and imaginatively on these problems. Ap-
plied mathematicians must also under-
stand the basic concepts of the business or
profession in which they work, whether it
is engineering, economics, or sociology.
To prepare for a career as a mathematician,
concentrate on math classes while in high
school. Sign up for all math classes that are
offered. These courses will include alge-
bra, geometry, trigonometry, and calculus.
English composition and computer science
classes are also important.
With the exception of secondary school
teaching and working for the federal gov-
ernment, the educational requirement
for this profession is a doctoral degree in
c
SchoolSubjectS
Doctoral degree
SalaRyRange
$51,240 to $90,870 to $133,790+
outlook
Actuaries
Optical Engineers
Physicists
Statisticians
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 110 7/16/09 12:54:58 PM
111
mathematics. A doctorate is necessary for
most research and development positions
as well as for college-level teaching. Some
government and teaching jobs require only
a bachelors or masters degree.
Individuals who are interested in teach-
ing math in public elementary or high
schools must be licensed. Private school
teachers, however, do not need to be li-
censed. Requirements will vary from state
to state, although all states require math
teachers to have at least a bachelors degree
and have fnished an approved teacher-
training program.
outlook
Overall employment of mathematicians is
expected to grow about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016, and competition for
jobs will be ferce. However, it is expected
that there will be more positions avail-
able in applied mathematics (and related
areas such as computer programming, op-
erations research, and engineering design)
than in theoretical research. Also, math-
ematicians will fnd employment opportu-
nities in fnancial analysis. Those who have
a background in another feld in addition
to mathematics will have greater chances
of securing work.
Mathematicians with advanced degrees
will fnd greater employment opportuni-
ties in industry and government. Holders
of bachelors or masters degrees in math-
ematics who also meet state certifcation
requirements can fnd jobs as high school
mathematics teachers. For mathematicians
with a masters degree but no doctorate,
jobs may be harder to fnd. Strong compe-
tition will exist for jobs in theoretical re-
search. More openings should be available
in applied areas, such as computer science
and data processing.
ForMoreInformation
Join your schools math club, and ask your
math teacher about competitions you can
enter. Competing can be challenging and
fun, and some competitions may also of-
fer college scholarships as awards. For ex-
ample, MATHCOUNTS is a national math
coaching and competition program for
middle school students.
associationforWomeninMathematics
11240 Waples Mill Road, Suite 200
Fairfax, Virginia 22030-6078
703-934-0163
awm@awm-math.org
http://www.awm-math.org
MathcountSFoundation
1420 King Street
703-684-2828
info@mathcounts.org
http://mathcounts.org
SocietyforIndustrialandapplied
Mathematics
215-382-9800
service@siam.org
http://www.siam.org
Did You Know?
Grace Hopper (19061992) was a
mathematician who coined the
term computer bug after she re-
moved a moth from the Harvard
Mark I computer on which she was
working.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 111 7/16/09 12:54:58 PM
112
MeatPackers
andMeat
cutters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatMeatPackers
andMeatcuttersDo
Meat packing workers kill cattle, hogs, sheep,
and poultry using methods that do not
cause pain to the animals. They cut, pro-
cess, and package the meat and other ani-
mal parts. They also prepare meat by-prod-
ucts such as shortening, wool, soap, and
fertilizers.
There are many different jobs within
the meat packing industry. Workers who
slaughter (kill) and clean the various kinds
of animals include stunners, shacklers, shav-
ers, skinners, poultry dressers, and hide trim-
mers. Offal separators separate the parts of
the animal that can be eaten from the parts
that cannot. Some animal parts are sold to
drug companies and made into medicines.
Casing cleaners and casing split-
ters prepare intestines to be made into
sausage casings, surgical thread, or violin
strings. Butchers use knives, cleavers, and
saws to cut the meat into portions. Meat
boners and poultry boners remove bones
before the meat is packaged. Meat that is
not sold fresh must be preserved. Workers
who preserve meats are picklers, dry curers,
smoked-meat preparers, and smokers. Making
sausage, bologna, and wieners requires the
skills of such workers as sausage-meat trim-
mers, meat grinders, seasoning mixers, stuffers,
and linkers. Other meat packing workers in-
clude turkey-roll makers, pork-cutlet makers,
and ham-rolling-machine operators.
Meat cutters, often called butchers, cut
large pieces of meat into smaller pieces for
sale to customers. They grind up meat to
prepare hamburger and use steak knives
and saws to cut meat into steaks, chops, or
flets. Meat cutters work for meatpacking
plants that send meat to supermarkets and
other food businesses across the country.
They also work for meat markets, super-
markets, and restaurants that prepare the
meat for individual customers.
high school courses in agriculture, biology,
c
SchoolSubjectS
Agriculture, Biology, Technical/Shop
Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$15,780 to $21,050 to $29,270+
outlook
J
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 112 7/16/09 12:54:59 PM
113
and technical/shop. Chemistry, health,
and family and consumer science courses
will also be helpful.
Most meat packing workers and meat
cutters learn their skills on the job. Usually
employers hire high school graduates, but
for some jobs they may hire workers who
have as little as an eighth-grade education.
Workers who want to move up to higher-
level jobs can take home-study courses
from the American Meat Institute Center
for Continuing Education. These courses
introduce students to the business and
technology of meat packing.
Growing concern about the safety of
meats has led employers to offer extensive
training in food safety to employees. All
meat packing workers follow the guidelines
established by Hazard Analysis and Critical
Control Points (HAACP), a food safety pro-
duction system designed by the U.S. Food
and Drug Administration to prevent food
safety problems.
outlook
Employment growth of lower skilled meat,
poultry, and fsh cutterswho work pri-
marily in meat packing, poultry, and fsh
processing plantsis expected to increase
tions through 2016.
Increased automation of many meat-
packing and processing activities is ex-
pected to reduce the need for production
workers. Workers displaced by machines
are usually moved to other jobs in the
plant, so entering the industry as an un-
skilled worker has become more diffcult.
Because turnover among these workers is
fairly high, however, jobs are available
for some entry-level workers. As these
workers become more skilled, it may be
easier for them to fnd work at different
plants. The increased competition for posi-
tions, however, has clearly given an edge to
high school graduates.
ForMoreInformation
Read trade journals such as Meat and Poul-
try and Meat Business Magazine to learn
more about the meat packing industry. Em-
ployees at local meat packing plants may
also be willing to speak with you about this
type of work.
americanassociationofMeatProcessors
PO Box 269
Elizabethtown, PA 17022-0269
717-367-1168
info@aamp.com
http://www.aamp.com
americanMeatInstitute
1150 Connecticut Avenue, NW, 12th foor
202-587-4200
http://www.meatami.org
Fast Fact
Each year, the average American
consumes 234 pounds of meat,
poultry, and fsh.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 113 7/16/09 12:54:59 PM
114
Mechanical
engineering
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Problem solving
WhatMechanical
engineeringtechniciansDo
Mechanical engineering technicians work un-
der the direction of engineers or scientists
to design, build, maintain, and modify
many kinds of machines and tools. If they
work in product manufacturing, techni-
cians might review drawings, analyze de-
sign plans to determine costs, assemble
new or modifed devices, test completed
assemblies, analyze test results, and write
reports.
Mechanical engineering technicians
work in a wide range of industries and in a
variety of jobs within each industry. In re-
search and development, for instance, engi-
neering technicians assist engineers in the
design of anything from a ballpoint pen to
the space shuttle. In a manufacturing envi-
ronment, technicians make detailed draw-
ings of every screw, nut, bolt, and gear for a
new automobile engine. They estimate the
cost and the operational qualities of each
part, taking into account stress, strain, and
vibration. By performing these tasks, they
free engineers to accomplish other research
assignments.
Another common task for mechanical
engineering technicians is testing. For prod-
ucts such as engines and motors, technicians
set up prototypes of the equipment and run
performance tests. Some tests require one
procedure to be done repeatedly, while oth-
ers require that equipment be run over long
periods of time to observe any changes in
operation. Technicians collect and compile
necessary data from the testing procedures
and prepare reports for engineers.
Some technicians estimate production
costs, including how much it will cost to
buy materials, pay workers, and rent or
own factory space. Mechanical techni-
cians may help design the way the plant
is equipped and laid out. With experience
and some additional training, mechanical
engineering technicians may go on to pro-
gram and operate computers, design new
c
SchoolSubjectS
Associates degree
SalaRyRange
$30,960 to $47,280 to $72,130+
outlook
Biomedical Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 114 7/16/09 12:55:00 PM
115
tools, and write the manuals that accom-
pany the manufactured products.
The two most important subjects for future
mechanical engineering technicians to
study in high school are mathematics and
physics. Computer science, English, and
shop classes are also valuable.
An associates degree or two-year me-
chanical technician program is a solid
foundation for an entry-level position in
this feld. Most programs accredited by the
Accreditation Board for Engineering and
Technology offer one year of basic course
work with a chance to specialize in the sec-
ond year. Some technician programs, such
as tool design, require a formal, two- to
four-year apprenticeship with both class-
Technicians with more education may be-
come mechanical engineers.
Many mechanical engineering techni-
cians choose to become certifed by the
National Institute for Certifcation in En-
gineering Technologies. Mechanical engi-
neering technicians are encouraged to be-
come affliated with professional groups,
such as the American Society of Certifed
Engineering Technicians.
outlook
Job opportunities for mechanical engineer-
ing technicians are expected to grow about
as fast as the average for all other occupa-
tions through 2016. The employment of
technicians is directly infuenced by the
state of the economy as well as the industry
and specialization. Growth is also expected
to be limited by foreign competition in de-
sign services and manufacturing.
ForMoreInformation
Field trips to industrial laboratories, drafting
studios, or manufacturing facilities can offer
overall views of this type of work. Hobbies
such as automobile repair, model making,
and electronic kit assembling can also be
helpful.
accreditationboardforengineering
andtechnology
410-347-7700
http://www.abet.org
americanSocietyofcertifedengineering
technicians
PO Box 1536
Brandon, MS 39043-1536
601-824-8991
http://www.ascet.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
Did You Know?
One of the biggest leaps in me-
chanical engineering took place
during the late 18th century dur-
ing the Industrial Revolution. Eli
Whitney is credited with popular-
izing the concept of using inter-
changeable parts to create identi-
cal products, rather than creating
each product uniquely.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 115 7/16/09 12:55:00 PM
116
Mechanical
engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatMechanical
engineersDo
Mechanical engineers plan and design tools,
engines, machines, and other mechani-
cal systems that produce, transmit, or use
power. Areas they may work in include de-
sign, instrumentation, testing, robotics, or
transportation.
Mechanical engineering is the broad-
est of all engineering disciplines. Some
engineers, called design engineers, con-
ceive, design, and develop new motors
and machines. Other engineers specialize
in testing and are responsible for making
sure that products meet specifcations.
They work together with design engineers
until the product does meet the required
standards.
Manufacturing engineers come up with
the best methods for making products.
They select the correct equipment, design
the layout of the factory foor, and calcu-
late the costs of labor and machines. Main-
tenance and operations engineers make sure
that complex mechanical systems, such as
the systems in nuclear power plants, oper-
ate correctly.
Within their profession, mechanical
engineers have their own specialties. Energy
specialists work with power production ma-
chines to supply clean and effcient energy
to people and industries. Application engi-
neers specialize in computer-aided design
and manufacturing systems, while process
engineers work with utility companies to re-
duce air pollution.
Most mechanical engineers work in-
doors in offces, research laboratories, or
the production departments of factories.
Sometimes their work takes them onto fac-
tory foors or to construction sites.
high school courses including mathematics
(especially algebra and geometry), physics,
and chemistry. Computer-aided design and
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$45,560 to $72,300 to $108,740+
outlook
Aerospace Engineers
Technicians
Nuclear Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 116 7/16/09 12:55:01 PM
117
mechanical drawing also are recommend-
ed. Effective communication is an impor-
tant skill, so English, speech, and other
communication courses are important.
After high school, enroll in a college
engineering program that is accredited
by the Accreditation Board for Engineer-
ing and Technology. A bachelors degree
in engineering is essential. Depending on
the college or university, these programs
take from four to six years to complete.
Many engineers choose to continue their
education by earning a masters or doc-
toral degree, which may be necessary for
some positions in research, teaching, and
administration.
Engineers whose work may affect the
life, health, or safety of the public must be
registered according to regulations in all 50
states and the District of Columbia.
outlook
Employment of mechanical engineers is
for all occupations through 2016. Mechan-
ical engineers may fnd more opportunities
in emerging technology felds, such as bio-
technology, materials science, and nano-
technology. It should also be noted that
increases in defense spending, particularly
in relation to anti-terrorism programs and
products, may create improved employ-
ment opportunities for engineers within
the federal government.
ForMoreInformation
One of the best ways to learn about me-
chanical engineering is to speak with a me-
chanical engineer. Ask your teachers and
guidance counselors if they can arrange for
a mechanical engineer to visit your class
and give an informational talk. It might
also be helpful to tour an industrial plant
or visit a local museum specializing in sci-
ence and industry.
accreditationboardforengineeringand
technology
111 Market Place, Suite 1050-7116
Baltimore, MD 21202
410-347-7700
http://www.abet.org
americanSocietyofMechanicalengineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
800-843-2763
infocentral@asme.org
http://www.asme.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
Did You Know?
The feld of mechanical engineer-
ing expanded in the 20th cen-
tury as mass production required
mechanical engineers to design
machines for factories.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 117 7/16/09 12:55:01 PM
118
Media
Relations
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatMediaRelations
SpecialistsDo
Media relations specialists work to establish
a positive image in the media for the com-
pany, organization, or person that hires
them. They are familiar with the workings
of the various media worlds, such as tele-
vision, radio, and print journalism. They
are the liaison, or representative, between
the person, company, or group they rep-
resent and the media, including newspa-
per, magazine, and broadcast news editors
and reporters. Media relations specialists
maintain this relationship by writing and
submitting (pitching) press releases and ar-
ticles to various media. They also handle
information requests from the media and
oversee press conferences, interviews, press
tours, and other promotions.
Media relations specialists plan photo
and editorial opportunities for use in the
media. They develop editorial ideas to ft
special promotions, or develop news and
feature releases to pitch to the media. To
improve interest in their product, they
may gather favorable reviews from outside
sources and submit them to the media.
They may also position the organization
they work for as an expert source. Media
specialists also gather and analyze media
coverage of the organization or individual
they represent. This allows them to gauge
the publics perception of the company or
individual and work to improve any nega-
tive areas of opinion.
Media specialists must have a relation-
ship with reporters and editors. A good
media specialist knows that journalists and
editors dislike press releases that are pre-
sented to them merely from a public rela-
tions angle. Editors and reporters want to
feel as if they, too, are profting from their
relationship with the media specialist. This
is why communication and relationship-
building skills are so essential in this feld.
Major newspapers and wire services get
thousands of press releases a day. The ex-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$29,580 to $49,800 to $94,620+
outlook
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 118 7/16/09 12:55:01 PM

119
perienced media relations specialist knows
when something is actually newsworthy
and is able to present it in a concise, easy-
to-read, yet lively, manner.
Successful public relations specialists enjoy
writing and public speaking. While in high
school, take classes in English, journalism,
and speech. Computer science, business,
history, and social studies courses will also
be useful.
A bachelors degree in communications,
journalism, or public relations is required
to work in this feld. A masters degree will
be helpful and can provide an advantage
in the hunt for employment. Many col-
lege programs require or encourage their
students to complete internships in public
relations, either during the school year or
the summer. These internships often pro-
vide valuable hands-on experience.
Certifed media relations specialist may
also fnd more employment opportunities.
The Universal Accreditation Board and the
International Association of Business Com-
municators offers accreditation programs to
professionals in the communications feld.
outlook
It is predicted that employment for public
relations specialists will grow faster than
2016. Competition among corporations
continues to grow, as does the competition
for funding between nonproft organiza-
tions. In addition, individuals in the public
eye, such as politicians and sports fgures,
continue to want expert advice on shaping
their images. Thus, public relations will re-
main among the fastest-growing felds, and
media relations as a component of public
relations will continue to grow.
Competition for media relations posi-
tions will be stiff because, as with public
relations, so many job seekers are enticed
by the perceived glamour and appeal of the
feld. Those with journalism backgrounds
will have an advantage.
ForMoreInformation
During your high school years, get involved
with the school newspaper, yearbook, or
literary magazine. Try working with these
publications advertising departments or
sections, either selling advertising space or
promoting the publication to the student
body.
Internationalassociationofbusiness
communicators
601 Montgomery Street, Suite 1900
800-776-4222
service_centre@iabc.com
http://www.iabc.com
PublicRelationsSocietyofamerica
33 Maiden Lane, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10038-5150
212-460-1400
membership@prsa.org
http://www.prsa.org
A media relations specialist listens during
a press conference. (U.S. Census Bureau)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 119 7/16/09 12:55:02 PM
120
Medical
andhealth
Services
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Decision making
Responsibility
WhatMedicalandhealth
ServicesManagersDo
Medical and health services managers oversee
the management of an offce or facility and
its operations. They have many responsi-
bilities and duties.
Medical and health services managers
are in charge of making sure that the or-
ganization runs smoothly. They plan, orga-
nize, coordinate, direct, and supervise the
delivery of health care services.
Depending on the size of the opera-
tion, medical and health services managers
may be in charge of the entire operation
or one department of it. They may be re-
sponsible for certain clinical areas such as
nursing, surgery, therapy, and medical re-
cords. Managers may handle areas such as
marketing, fnance, housekeeping, human
resources, public relations, and informa-
tion management. In larger organizations,
they may have assistant mangers to help
handle day-to-day decisions. Managers
are expected to supervise assistants and to
meet with them regularly to discuss prob-
lems, situations, and activities.
work with the offce or health care admin-
istrator to develop long-term plans for the
organization. They assess the need for ad-
ditional services, equipment, or personnel,
or larger facilities. When working on these
projects, managers may help develop ways
to make them fnancially viable.
Managers also work with the adminis-
trator to make sure that the organization
complies with all government regulations.
This may entail working with groups that
scrutinize the organizations performance,
such as consumer groups, government
agencies, insurance companies, and third-
party payers.
This is a job with a great deal of respon-
sibility. Working hours are rarely nine to
fve, and some managers may be on call at
specifed times.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Business, Chemistry,
Computer science
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$45,050 to $73,340 to $127,830
outlook
Business Managers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 120 7/16/09 12:55:05 PM
121
A masters degree in hospital administra-
tion, public health, or health administra-
tion is the standard credential for medical
and health services managers. For some
entry-level positions, a bachelors degree
in health administration, liberal arts, social
sciences or business administration will be
adequate.
must be knowledgeable in management
principles and practices. In lieu of formal
education, some managers with on-the-job
experience may be hired by physicians of-
fces and some other medical facilities.
Nursing care facility administrators are
required in all states and the District of Co-
lumbia to have a bachelors degree, pass a
licensing examination, complete a state-
approved training program, and pursue
continuing education. In some states, as-
sisted living facilities administrators must
be licensed. A license is not required in
other areas of medical and health services
management.
The American Health Information
Management Association offers certifca-
tion as a registered health information ad-
ministrator to managers who have a bach-
elors degree or postbaccalaureate from an
approved program and who pass a qualify-
ing exam.
outlook
The number of positions in the medial
and health services management feld is
expected to grow faster than average. Job
opportunities should be strong for appli-
cants with solid business management
skills coupled with experience in the
health care feld.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work in a hospital, nurs-
ing home, or community health clinic to
get experience working with patients and
medical professionals.
americancollegeofhealthcare
administrators
Reston, VA 20190-3221
703-739-7900
http://achca.org
americanhealthInformationManagement
association
233 North Michigan Avenue, 21st Floor
312-233-1100
info@ahima.org
MedicalgroupManagementassociation
104 Inverness Terrace East
Englewood, CO 80112-5306
877-275-6462
service@mgma.com
http://www.mgma.org
Growth Field
ber of medical and health servic-
es managers is expected to grow
from 262,000 to 305,000, an in-
crease of about 16 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 121 7/16/09 12:55:06 PM

122
Medical
assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatMedical
assistantsDo
Physicians usually see patients in private
medical offces, medical clinics, or hospi-
tals. Doctors hire assistants to help them
with offce and medical tasks. Medical as-
sistants keep medical records, help examine
and treat patients, and maintain order in a
medical offce.
Some medical assistants perform most-
ly clinical, or medical, duties. They check
and record a patients pulse, height, weight,
temperature, and blood pressure. They also
ask patients questions about their medical
histories and their reasons for coming to
see the doctor.
As the doctor examines a patient, the
assistant provides medical instruments, pre-
pares the patient for an X ray, draws blood,
prepares dressings (ointments or gauzes),
or obtains specimens for tests. Medical as-
sistants give injections or instruct patients
about their diet or medications.
Medical assistants also perform a va-
riety of administrative tasks. They answer
telephones, make appointments for doctor
visits, and greet patients when they arrive.
Assistants also type patient histories and
surgical reports and keep fles up to date
by organizing X rays, medical reports, and
test results. Assistants may be responsible
for maintaining fnancial records. They
prepare and send bills to patients, record
payments, and handle patients medical
insurance forms.
Some medical assistants make sure
that all necessary medical and offce sup-
plies are on hand, including any drugs and
medication the doctor needs for patients.
As items run low, the medical assistant or-
ders new supplies, either from a catalog or
from a representative of a drug or medical
supply company.
A high school diploma is required to be-
come a medical assistant. High school
courses in the sciences, especially biology
c
SchoolSubjectS
SalaRyRange
$19,850 to $27,430 to $38,490+
outlook
Dental Assistants
Nurse Assistants
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 122 7/16/09 12:55:08 PM
123
and chemistry, are helpful. Other useful
courses include mathematics, typing, book-
keeping, and computer science.
After high school, enroll in a trade
school, community college, or university
that offers training for medical assistants.
Review curricula and verify accreditation
before registering. Many of these programs
offer hands-on experience in laboratory
techniques, frst-aid procedures, and the
use of medical equipment.
Voluntary certifcation is available
from certain professional organizations,
such as the American Association of Medi-
cal Assistants. Some states require medical
assistants to pass a test or take a course be-
fore they can perform certain tasks such as
taking X rays.
outlook
Employment growth for medical assistants
will be much faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. Most open-
ings will occur when workers leave their
jobs, but many will be the result of a pre-
dicted surge in the number of physicians
offces, clinics, and other outpatient care
facilities. The growing number of elderly
Americans who need medical treatment
is also a factor for this increased demand
for health services. In addition, new and
more complex paperwork for medical in-
surance, malpractice insurance, govern-
ment programs, and other purposes will
increase the need for assistants in medical
offces.
Experienced and formally trained med-
ical assistants will have the best employ-
ment opportunities. Strong word-process-
ing skills, knowledge of various computer
and database programs, and formal certif-
cation are all defnite advantages.
ForMoreInformation
The next time you are in your doctors of-
fce, speak to one of the medical assistants.
This is an excellent way to learn more about
the feld. Volunteering at hospitals, nurs-
ing homes, or clinics will give you valuable
experience and help you get a feel for the
work involved in a medical environment.
accreditingbureauofhealth
educationSchools
7777 Leesburg Pike, Suite 730
703-917-9503
info@abhes.org
http://www.abhes.org
americanassociationofMedicalassistants
312-899-1500
http://www.aama-ntl.org
americanMedicaltechnologists
10700 West Higgins Road, Suite 150
847-823-5169
http://www.amt1.com
Growth Field
ber of medical assistants is ex-
pected to grow from 417,000 to
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 123 7/16/09 12:55:09 PM

124
Medical
ethicists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatMedical
ethicistsDo
Medical ethicists are consultants, teachers,
researchers, and policymakers in the feld
of medical ethics, the branch of philosophy
that addresses the moral issues involved in
medical practice and research.
There are many moral issues involved
in the practice of medicine, including abor-
tion, euthanasia (doctor-assisted suicide for
terminally ill patients), privacy and com-
mercial use of genetic information and
other issues in genetics research, patients
rights to refuse treatment, research on hu-
man subjects, and the use of experimental
medications and procedures.
Most medical ethicists are involved in
some combination of teaching and research
in an academic setting, such as a medical
school, a seminary, or the department of
philosophy and religion at a college or uni-
versity. Students come from a wide range
of programs, including law, medicine,
nursing, social work, and religion. In addi-
tion to teaching, some medical ethicists act
as ethical consultants for local health care
institutions. Others are employed as re-
searchers and policy developers by federal,
state, and private agencies.
Medical ethicists who work for hospitals
and other health care facilities work closely
with patients and hospital staff members.
Some patients have simple requests, such
as creating living wills. Other requests are
more complex, involving a patients refusal
of treatment or disagreements between doc-
tors and family members about treatment
options. Medical ethicists are most often
requested by the intensive care unit or in
connection with organ transplants, prema-
ture births, and diffcult pregnancies.
Medical ethicists often serve on hos-
pital and university committees that dis-
cuss such matters as possible conficts of
interest. For example, are researchers who
are being funded by private industry ma-
nipulating their data to produce the results
their sponsors want to see? Other impor-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Psychology
Masters degree
SalaRyRange
$28,000 to $65,000 to $146,000+
outlook
Health Advocates
Lawyers
Pharmacologists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 124 7/16/09 12:55:11 PM
125
tant parts of a medical ethicists job are re-
search, writing, and participation in profes-
sional organizations.
Take classes in science, math, history, lit-
erature, and languages. Good communica-
tion skills are also important, so speech and
English classes are also recommended.
Students with many different college
majors enter the feld of medical ethics.
Most medical ethicists obtain a bachelors
degree in law, medicine, philosophy, reli-
gion, or sociology before starting graduate
work in ethics. Medical ethicists often earn
a Ph.D. from a department of religion or
philosophy with a concentration in medi-
cal ethics. Supervised clinical training is an
important part of the graduate program.
outlook
Medical ethics has been a growing industry
for the last 10 years, and this trend should
continue. Competition for jobs is ferce,
though.
Medical ethics jobs in the government
sector will provide opportunities outside
the academic setting. Government staff
positions include working with congres-
sional health committees, state and legisla-
tive health subcommittees, and executive
branch policy-related committees.
Institutional review boards (IRBs) also
provide jobs for medical ethicists. IRBs ap-
prove biomedical and behavioral research
protocols for clinical trials, help hospitals
and universities consider the rights of pa-
tients, and guard against scientifc miscon-
duct, such as may occur when commercial
entities sponsor research.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteering at a hospital or other health
care facility will expose you to the kinds
of issues that arise in medical settings. You
might be able to interview the chair of a
hospital ethics committee or other people
who are involved in the feld.
americanSocietyforbioethicsand
humanities
4700 West Lake Street
info@asbh.org
http://www.asbh.org
Departmentofbioethics
National Institutes of Health
10 Center Drive, Building 10, Room 1C118
310-496-2429
bioethics@nih.gov
http://www.bioethics.nih.gov
PublicResponsibilityinMedicineand
Research
126 Brookline Avenue, Suite 202
Boston, MA 02215-3920
617-423-4112
http://www.primr.org
Fast Fact
The Patient Self-Determination
Act, which took effect in 1991,
requires that hospitals, hospic-
es, and nursing homes inform
competent patients that they
have the right to accept or re-
ject treatments.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 125 7/16/09 12:55:12 PM
126
Medical
laboratory
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatMedicallaboratory
techniciansDo
Medical laboratory technicians perform labo-
ratory tests. These tests are an important
way for physicians and patients to detect,
diagnose, and treat disease. Tests can deter-
mine the level of medication in the blood
to see whether a patient is taking the prop-
er dosage and whether the body is respond-
ing to the treatment.
Medical laboratory technicians are
specialized lab technologists who prepare
specimens and analyze the chemicals and
hormones found in body fuids (blood,
urine, spinal fuid, and gastric juices). The
technicians exact duties depend on the
test being performed. If the test is automat-
ed, the technician is responsible for cali-
brating (setting), loading specimens into,
and monitoring the instruments to make
sure all goes correctly. After the results are
ready, the technician verifes their accuracy
and sends them out or reports them to the
attending physician. A test that is more in-
volved, such as identifying cell types in leu-
kemia, requires very different procedures,
including special stains and chromosome
studies.
Because of their advanced education
and training, medical laboratory techni-
cians handle more sophisticated equip-
ment and testing. They may be responsible
for ordering, purchasing, maintaining, and
repairing the specialized equipment and in-
struments required for the laboratory tests.
They design new laboratory procedures
and establish or continue training and su-
pervision of other employees in laboratory
procedures and skills.
Medical laboratory technicians work
most often in hospitals, clinics, and com-
mercial laboratories. They also work for
pharmaceutical companies developing new
products.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry
SalaRyRange
$22,670 to $34,270 to $52,190+
outlook
Biochemists
Biologists
Chemical Engineers
Chemists
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 126 7/16/09 12:55:15 PM
127
high school courses in chemistry, biol-
ogy, mathematics, English, and com-
puter science. An associates degree or
the completion of a one- or two-year train-
ing program from an accredited school is
important.
Most states require medical laboratory
technicians to be licensed or registered. In
addition, most employers require certifca-
tion by such organizations as the Ameri-
can Medical Technologists and the Na-
tional Credentialing Agency for Laboratory
Personnel.
outlook
Employment growth for medical labo-
ratory technicians will be about as fast as
the average through 2016. With the grow-
ing population, more laboratory tests will
be required. Competition for jobs, how-
ever, may be strong. One reason for this
increased competition is the overall na-
tional effort to control health care costs.
Hospitals, where most medical laboratory
technicians are employed, will seek to con-
trol costs in part by cutting down on the
amount of laboratory testing they do and,
consequently, the number of workers they
require.
The development of laboratory-testing
equipment that is easier to use will also im-
pact employment in this feld. Certain types
of testing that once had to be done in hos-
pitals or commercial laboratories can now
be done in physicians offces. Medical labo-
ratory technicians will fnd more employ-
ment opportunities in medical and diagnos-
tic laboratories, physicians offces, and in
other ambulatory health care services.
ForMoreinformation
Arrange a visit to a hospital, blood bank, or
commercial medical laboratory to see tech-
nicians at work. Set up an informational
interview with a technician to learn more
about their jobs.
accreditingbureauofhealtheducation
Schools
7777 Leesburg Pike, Suite 314N
703-917-9503
info@abhes.org
http://www.abhes.org
americanassociationforclinicalchemistry
800-892-1400
http://www.aacc.org
800-621-8335
Did You Know?
Anton van Leeuwenhoek is con-
sidered to be the father of micro-
biology in part for his work in de-
veloping the microscope.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 127 7/16/09 12:55:15 PM
128
Medical
Record
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatMedicalRecord
techniciansDo
All hospitals, clinics, and physicians offc-
es keep detailed records on patients. These
records tell what injuries or illnesses pa-
tients have been treated for and how well
theyve responded to treatment. Medical re-
cord technicians are in charge of putting to-
gether, organizing, and storing the medical
records for all the patients who are treated
in a hospital, clinic, or physicians offce.
Technicians use fling systems to keep track
of this information.
Medical records are very complicated.
All records show the patients medical his-
tory, the results of physical examinations,
and notes on any hospital stays. They list
medications that have been prescribed
and any side effects the patient experi-
enced. Doctors, insurance companies, re-
searchers, and others use this information
later. For example, someone may need to
see records of all babies born in the hos-
pital in the past fve years. Medical record
technicians make sure this information
is easy to fnd and well indexed. They
might also create reports using certain in-
formation from a large number of patient
records.
All the information in the records is
coded using a standard coding system.
This system gives numbers to every dis-
ease, condition, and procedure. Using a
code manual, medical record technicians
enter this information into the fling sys-
tem. Because health care professionals
all use the same code system, caregivers
across the country can easily review a
patients medical records. Most medical
facilities use computers to index medical
records.
Most medical record technicians work
in hospitals. Some work in nursing homes,
clinics, and doctors offces. Others work
for insurance companies or public health
departments.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, English
Associates degree
SalaRyRange
$19,690 to $29,290 to $47,440
outlook
Archivists
Indexers
Librarians
Medical Assistants
Research Assistants
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 128 7/16/09 12:55:18 PM
129
High school classes in English, computer
science, and biology provide a solid back-
ground for a career in this feld. Courses
in mathematics will also be useful because
statistical skills are important in some job
functions.
Most employers prefer to hire medical
record technicians who have completed a
two-year college degree program. Individu-
als can also become technicians by taking a
home study course offered by the American
Health Information Management Associa-
tion along with 30 credit hours in related
courses at a college or university.
Medical record technicians who have
completed an accredited training program
are eligible to take a national qualifying
examination to earn the credential of Reg-
istered Health Information Technician
(RHIT). Technicians who specialize in cod-
ing can become certifed, although it is not
required.
outlook
Employment for medical record techni-
cians is expected to grow faster than the
The demand for well-trained medical re-
cord technicians will be strong. This expec-
tation is related to the health care needs of
a population that is both growing and ag-
ing and the trend toward more technologi-
cally sophisticated medicine and greater
use of diagnostic procedures. Technicians
with strong coding skills will be in high de-
mand. Because of the fear of medical mal-
practice lawsuits, doctors and other health
care providers are documenting their diag-
noses and treatments in greater detail. Also,
because of the high cost of health care, in-
surance companies, government agencies,
and courts are examining medical records
with a more critical eye.
ForMoreInformation
You can learn valuable record keeping skills
by volunteering to be the secretary or trea-
surer of any clubs you belong to. When you
get to high school, you may be able to fnd
summer, part-time, or volunteer work in a
hospital or other health care facility.
americanhealthInformationManagement
association
233 North Michigan Avenue, Floor 21
312-233-1100
info@ahima.org
commissiononaccreditationofallied
healtheducationPrograms
1361 Park Street
727-210-2350
mail@caahep.org
A medical record technician locates
a patients information. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 129 7/16/09 12:55:19 PM
130
Medical
technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatMedical
technologistsDo
Medical technologists do laboratory tests to
help physicians fnd, diagnose, and treat
diseases. A pathologist, a medical doctor
who specializes in fnding the causes and
characteristics of diseases, usually super-
vises medical technologists.
Technologists stain and mount slides
with cell or tissue samples and examine
them under a microscope. This allows them
to see disease or damage to the cells or tissue.
Medical technologists perform blood counts
and skin tests. They do blood tests, including
tests to determine blood types. They main-
tain blood supplies to be used for transfu-
sions. Technologists also use microscopes to
examine body fuids and tissue samples for
bacteria, viruses, or other organisms. They
test samples of blood and urine to fnd out if
drugs, chemicals, or poisons are present.
Technologists prepare samples of tissue
and bone for pathologists to examine. The
samples are preserved in a variety of ways,
including freezing. Many times an abnor-
mal growth is sent to a laboratory while a
patient is in surgery. The technologist tests
the growth to see if it is cancerous. The
test results help the surgeon decide how
to proceed with the operation. Technolo-
gists also help pathologists determine the
cause of death and preserve organs for later
examination. Some medical technologists
do research on new drugs. Others help to
improve laboratory-testing methods.
Most medical technologists work in
hospitals. Others work in laboratories,
clinics, public health agencies, physicians
offces, drug companies, and research
institutions.
High school courses in mathematics, biol-
ogy, chemistry, physics, and computer sci-
ence are important for a career in medical
technology. Get a well-rounded education
by taking humanities classes, including
English, which will help develop research
and report-writing skills.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$35,460 to $51,720 to $72,040
outlook
Biologists
Pathologists
Pharmacologists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 130 7/16/09 12:55:22 PM
131
jobs. To earn this degree, students must
complete three years of college studies and
a 12-month professional phase that is spe-
cialized for medical technologists.
Technologists may be certifed by vari-
ous organizations, such as the American
Society for Clinical Pathology and Ameri-
can Medical Technologists. Certifcation is
highly recommended for those who wish to
advance in this feld, and some employers
will not hire technologists who have not
earned certifcation. Certain states require
technologists to be licensed or registered.
outlook
Employment growth for clinical laboratory
workers is expected to be faster than the
Scientists have made great progress in un-
derstanding the human genetic code. This
new understanding has led to, and should
continue to lead to, the development of
numerous new diagnostic tests to be per-
formed in laboratories. This should help
to increase the demand for more medical
technologists. Because of a general short-
age in hospital staffs, there will also be a
number of openings for new medical tech-
nologists wishing to work in hospital labs.
Job opportunities should also be available
at laboratories not located in hospitals.
Factors that will impact growth in this
feld include the unwillingness of insur-
ance companies to pay for expensive lab
tests and the development of tests that pa-
tients can administer on their own, both of
which translate into less work for lab tech-
nologists. Overall, however, this remains a
feld with a good employment outlook.
ForMoreInformation
Learn how to use a microscope and how to
prepare samples on slides for viewing un-
der the microscope. Work on science proj-
ects and experiments that involve lab work
and chemistry, and become familiar with
lab equipment and procedures.
americanMedicaltechnologists
847-623-5169
http://www.amt1.com
americanSocietyforclinical
laboratoryScience
6701 Democracy Boulevard, Suite 300
301-657-2768
ascls@ascls.org
http://www.ascls.org
americanSocietyforclinicalPathology
312-541-4999
http://www.ascp.org
A medical technologist examines cells
beneath a microscope. (Will and Denu
McIntyre/Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 131 7/16/09 12:55:23 PM
132
Medical
transcriptionists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatMedical
transcriptionistsDo
Medical transcriptionists are also called medi-
cal transcribers, medical stenographers, or
medical language specialists. They transcribe,
or type, an oral report recorded by a doctor
or another health care professional. They
work for primary care physicians as well
as specialists in cardiology, immunology,
oncology, podiatry, radiology, and urology.
The medical transcriptionist usually types
up the report while listening to the record-
ing through a transcriber machines head-
set, using a foot pedal to stop or rewind the
recording as necessary. Some doctors dic-
tate over the telephone, and others use the
Internet.
The oral report contains informa-
tion gathered during a patients offce ap-
pointment or hospital visit and covers the
patients medical history and treatment.
Doctors dictate details about patient con-
sultations, physical examinations, lab tests,
X rays, medical tests, psychiatric evalua-
tions, patient diagnosis and prognosis, sur-
gical procedures, a patients hospital stay
and discharge, autopsies, and other details.
Doctors often use abbreviations while dic-
tating, so the medical transcriptionist must
recognize them and type out the full term.
Accuracy is extremely important be-
cause the report becomes a permanent part
of a patients medical record and is referred
to by the same doctor or other members
of the patients health care team when de-
termining future medical treatment. Dates
and the spelling of medications, procedures,
diseases, medical instruments and supplies,
and laboratory values must be correct.
Medical transcriptionists review the
typed report and make corrections to gram-
mar, punctuation, and spelling. They read
it to be sure it is clear, consistent, and com-
plete and does not contain any errors. Since
speech is often more casual than written
communication, medical transcriptionists
are expected to edit the report for clarity
and make grammar corrections.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, English
SalaRyRange
$22,160 to $31,250 to $44,070
outlook
Clerks
Court Reporters
Medical Assistants
Stenographers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 132 7/16/09 12:55:26 PM
133
If what the doctor says on the tape is un-
clear, a medical transcriptionist must deter-
mine the appropriate word or words based
on the context. They never guess when it
comes to medications, conditions, medical
history, and treatments. They contact the
doctor if they are uncertain or they leave a
blank in the report. The doctor next reviews
the report and either signs it if it is acceptable
or returns it to the transcriptionist for cor-
rection. Once approved, the report is placed
in the patients permanent medical fle.
Focus on becoming a better speller, and
build your typing speed and accuracy. Greek
or Latin classes will be of help, since much
medical terminology is based on Greek or
Latin roots, prefxes, and suffxes. Biology
and health classes are also benefcial.
Some colleges and vocational schools
have medical transcription programs, and
medical transcription can also be learned
through correspondence courses. The
American Association for Medical Tran-
scription (AAMT) recommends that medi-
cal transcriptionists complete a two-year
program offering an associates degree.
Certifcation can also help medical
transcriptionists advance in their felds.
Transcriptionists can obtain certifcation
through the Association for Healthcare
Documentation Integrity.
outlook
Employment growth for medical transcrip-
tionists is expected to be faster than the av-
erage through 2016. The growing and ag-
ing population will contribute to the rising
need for transcriptionists. And although
Internet and voice-recognition technology
is likely to affect jobs for medical transcrip-
tionists, there will continue to be a need
for medical transcriptionists. Electronically
created documents also have to be proof-
read and checked for accuracy, and the
continuing increase in numbers of medical
tests and procedures will create a demand
for transcriptionists.
ForMoreInformation
Visit your library, and look at medical dic-
tionaries and the Physicians Desk Refer-
ence to familiarize yourself with terminol-
ogy. Look for issues of the Journal of the
American Association for Medical Transcrip-
tion. Volunteer at a local hospital or clinic.
Ask to be assigned to clerical or secretarial
work that might expose you to medical re-
cord keeping.
americanassociationforMedical
transcription
100 Sycamore Avenue
Modesto, CA 95354-0550
800-982-2182
aamt@aamt.org
http://www.aamt.org
associationforhealthcareDocumentation
Integrity
4230 Kiernan Avenue, Suite 130
Modesto, CA 95356-9322
800-982-2182
ahdi@ahdionline.org
http://www.ahdionline.org
Growth Field
ber of medical transcriptionists is
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 133 7/16/09 12:55:26 PM

134
Merchandise
Displayers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
WhatMerchandise
DisplayersDo
Merchandise displayers design and build dis-
plays for windows, showcases, and foors
of stores. They are sometimes called dis-
play workers, showcase trimmers, and window
dressers. Store displays must be artistic and
attractive so that customers will want to
buy the products.
Some merchandise displayers work in
self-service stores. Because there are no
salespeople, displays are very important in
attracting the customer to buy products.
In large retail stores, there may be a large
staff of display specialists. Merchandise
displayers also prepare product displays
for trade shows, exhibitions, conventions,
or festivals. They build installations such
as booths and exhibits. They also install
carpeting, drapes, and other decorations,
including fags, banners, and lights, and ar-
range the furniture and other accessories.
Displayers frst develop an idea or
theme that will highlight the merchan-
dise and attract customers. Display workers
use hammers, saws, spray guns, and other
hand tools to build displays. They may use
carpeting, wallpaper, and special lighting.
They build and paint the backdrops and
gather all the props theyll need. They ar-
range the mannequins and the merchan-
dise and hang printed materials, such as
signs, descriptions of the merchandise, and
price tags.
Sometimes display workers work in
teams where each worker has a specialty,
such as sign making, window painting, or
carpentry.
Among the personal qualifcations
needed by display workers are creative
ability, manual dexterity, and mechanical
aptitude. Display workers need physical
strength to carry equipment and climb lad-
ders, and agility to work in close quarters
without upsetting props.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$15,150 to $26,200 to $50,960
outlook
Buyers
Exhibit Designers
Purchasing Agents
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 134 7/16/09 12:55:27 PM

135
Take high school classes in art, technical/
shop, and theater/dance. Woodworking,
mechanical drawing, and merchandising
classes are also useful. A high school diplo-
ma is the minimum requirement to work
as a merchandise displayer.
Some employers require college courses
in art, interior decorating, fashion design,
advertising, or related subjects. Art insti-
tutes, fashion merchandising schools, and
some junior colleges offer courses in mer-
chandise display.
Many merchandise displayers receive
their training on the job. They may start as
sales clerks and learn while assisting win-
dow dressers or display workers. Gradually
they are permitted to build simple props
and work up to constructing more diffcult
displays.
outlook
Employment of display workers is expected
occupations through 2016. Growth in this
profession is expected due to an expanding
retail sector and the increasing popularity
of visual merchandising. Most openings
will occur as older, experienced workers re-
tire or leave the occupation.
The status of the economy directly im-
pacts retail sales, because people are less
likely to spend money when the economy
is in bad shape. This can result in occa-
sional layoffs or hiring freezes for display
workers.
Ambitious and talented display work-
ers have many possible career avenues,
though. The importance of visual mer-
chandising is being recognized more and
more as retail establishments compete for
consumer dollars. Some display workers
can advance to display director or even to
positions in store planning. The skills of
visual marketing workers are also now in
demand in many other types of establish-
ments, such as restaurants, stores, and en-
tertainment centers.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your teachers if you can help design
and arrange bulletin boards, posters, or
displays for special events, such as parents
night and fund-raisers. Participate in groups
that are in charge of decorations or public-
ity for school dances and parties. Join your
school or community drama group to work
on sets, props, and costumes.
americanSocietyofInteriorDesigners
608 Massachusetts Avenue NE
202-546-3480
http://www.asid.org
associationforRetailenvironments
4651 Sheridan Street, Suite 470
Hollywood, FL 33021-3437
954-893-7300
http://www.retailenvironments.org
Fast Fact
Simon Doonan became well-
known for his creative displays
for the Barneys department
store in New York City. He has
also become well known as a
fashion critic.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 135 7/16/09 12:55:27 PM
136
Merchant
Mariners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatMerchant
MarinersDo
Merchant mariners manage and operate
ships that carry cargo and passengers on
the worlds oceans and seas. Crew members
work in three departments: deck, engine,
and steward. The deck crew handles naviga-
tion and cargo operations. The engine crew
oversees the machinery that propels the
ship. The steward crew is in charge of meals
and living quarters.
The captain, or master, commands the
entire ship and its crew. Captains navigate
the ship and are responsible for the safety
of the ship, the passengers, the crew, and
the cargo. The chief mate is the captains
frst assistant, and plans the cargo, helps
with navigation and keeps the ship in or-
der. The second mate oversees the naviga-
tion equipment and charts. The third mate
makes sure the lifeboats, fre-fghting equip-
ment, and signaling equipment are in good
condition.
Radio offcers operate and repair the ra-
dio and other electronic communications
devices such as depth fnders and radar.
They receive and record all weather reports
and ships position reports.
Able seamen get the gear ready for cargo
loading or unloading and stand watch as
lookouts. They also steer the vessel by han-
dling its wheel under the direction of the
offcer on watch. The offcer is usually the
quartermaster on noncommercial ships.
Ordinary seamen clean the ship. The chief
engineer, with three assistants, operates the
engine room and makes all machinery re-
pairs. Other workers perform specifc jobs
in the engine and boiler rooms.
Chief stewards, chief cooks, and their as-
sistants prepare the food and take care of
the living quarters on board the ship.
Take high school courses in mathemat-
ics, physics, computer science, and
technical/shop.
The best way to train for many mer-
chant marine occupations is to attend the
c
SchoolSubjectS
SalaRyRange
$19,500 to $32,570 to $50,480+
outlook
Marine Engineers
Marine Services Technicians
Stevedores
X
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 136 7/16/09 12:55:28 PM
137
U.S. Merchant Marine Academy in Kings
Point, New York, or one of the state acad-
emies in California, Maine, Massachusetts,
Michigan, New York, or Texas. At these
academies, students can take either the
nautical science or marine engineering pro-
gram, learning the skills needed for various
jobs on board a ship. Graduates receive a
bachelors degree and a license as either
third offcer or as third assistant engineer.
Advancement to more challenging po-
sitions is possible after gaining work expe-
rience. To become deck, engine, or radio
offcers, merchant mariners must have a
license issued by the U.S. Coast Guard.
outlook
Employment growth for water transpor-
tation occupations will be faster than the
The demand for licensed and non-licensed
personnel has been on the rise, especially
in and around major port cities.
Merchant marine personnel will face
challenges fnding work, though mainly be-
cause of foreign competition and changes
in federal policy. Another factor affecting
employment growth is the increase in use
of computerized monitoring systems in
navigation, engine control, watchkeeping,
ship management, and cargo handling.
Smaller crews can operate ships with more
automated equipment.
However, merchant mariners can
work as seamen on U.S.-fagged or foreign-
fagged vessels, tugboats, and other water-
craft, or they can take civilian jobs with
the U.S. Navy or Coast Guard. Some fnd
land-based jobs with shipping companies,
marine insurance companies, manufactur-
ers of boilers or related machinery, or other
related jobs.
ForMoreInformation
Take up boating. Learn how to operate dif-
ferent boats in various weather conditions.
Become familiar with being out on the wa-
ter, navigation, and safety procedures. Visit
the merchant marine museum at the U.S.
Merchant Marine Academy in Kings Point,
New York.
Maritimeadministration
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE
800-996-2723
pao.marad@dot.gov
http://www.marad.dot.gov
u.S.MerchantMarineacademy
300 Steamboat Road
Kings Point, NY 11024-1634
866-546-4778
http://www.usmma.edu
Merchant Marines attend the U.S.
Merchant Marine Academy in Kings Point,
New York. Here are new marines on their
graduation day from the academy. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 137 7/16/09 12:55:29 PM
138
Metallurgical
engineersand
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatMetallurgicalengineers
andtechniciansDo
In the mining industry, after ore is removed
from the earth, metal is removed from the
ore. The metal is then sent to a process-
ing plant, where it is refned in furnaces to
make it purer. It is then shaped into rolls,
slabs, or tubes. Within both the mining
and metals industries, metallurgical engi-
neers and technicians play important roles.
Metallurgical engineers develop new
types of metal alloys and adapt existing
materials to new uses. Metallurgical tech-
nicians perform tests on metals, study the
results, and write reports. They work with
metallurgical engineers and materials sci-
entists in studying the properties of met-
als and producing higher-quality metals.
Extractive metallurgists, also known as
chemical metallurgists, are involved with
the processes used to separate metals from
ores. They supervise refning in commercial
mining operations. They also are involved
with reclaiming materials from refning
wastes for recycling. Because minerals are
becoming depleted in the environment, ex-
tractive metallurgical engineers constantly
are searching for ways to take metals from
low-grade ores and to recycle metals that
are considered scrap metal.
Physical metallurgists study the nature,
physical properties, and structure of met-
als and the ways to process them into fnal
products. These engineers begin their job
after metals have been extracted and re-
fned. At that point, most metals are not
yet useful, so they must be improved by
being blended with other metals and non-
metals to produce alloys. Physical metal-
lurgists also develop new applications for
metals.
Process or mechanical metallurgists melt,
cast, and mechanically process metals to
produce the forms that will be sold for au-
tomotive parts, satellite components, and
coins.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Chemistry, Physics
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$44,690 to $74,330 to $127,620
outlook
Chemical Engineers
Mining Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 138 7/16/09 12:55:29 PM
139
Some metallurgical technicians are
members of scientifc research teams, help-
ing to develop new alloys or combinations
of metals. They may also help to devise
new tests to fnd out how well a certain
metal resists heat.
Metallographers study and photograph
metals under a microscope. Spectrographic
technicians study metals to fnd out their
chemical content. Heat-treatment techni-
cians supervise furnace operations.
Take courses in mathematics and physical
sciences such as chemistry and physics,
and computer science. Prospective techni-
cians should take classes in shop and me-
chanical drawing.
A bachelors degree in materials or met-
allurgical engineering is required to become
a metallurgical engineer.
Although it is possible to become a
metallurgical technician with a high school
diploma, completion of a two-year metal-
lurgical or materials science technology
program is strongly recommended.
outlook
Employment growth for metallurgical en-
gineers is expected to be about as fast as the
average through 2016. Engineers should
fnd suffcient job openings because of the
low number of new graduates relative to
other engineering disciplines.
Metallurgical engineers will increasing-
ly work with companies that are develop-
ing new methods of processing low-grade
ores, meaning those that have not yet been
tapped because they are not as proftable as
higher grades. As the worlds ore deposits
become further depleted, engineers will be
needed to locate new sites and devise new
alloy combinations.
ForMoreInformation
Participating in Junior Engineering Tech-
nical Society programs and trying hobbies
such as metalwork are ways to explore
your interest in metallurgical careers. Visit
Web sites such as the American Society
for Engineering Education (http://www.
asee.org) to learn more about engineering
careers.
juniorengineeringtechnicalSociety,Inc.
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
SocietyforMining,Metallurgy,
andexploration
8307 Shaffer Parkway
800-763-3132
cs@smenet.org
http://www.smenet.org
Fast Fact
The Association for Women in
the Metal Industries (AWMI)
was formed in 1981 as a way for
women in the industry to net-
work and share expertise. The
organization is now open to
both men and women. It is on-
line at http://www.awmi.com.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 139 7/16/09 12:55:29 PM
140
Meteorologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatMeteorologistsDo
Meteorologists study weather conditions
to forecast changes in the weather. They
gather information daily, and sometimes
hourly, from weather satellites above the
earth. They use this information about the
atmosphere to make charts and maps that
show regional and local temperatures,
rainfall, winds, pressure areas, and cloud
coverage.
Most meteorologists specialize in one
specifc area. The largest group of specialists
is called weather forecasters. Many of them
work at radio and television studios. They
forecast short- and long-range weather dur-
ing news shows.
To make their predictions, weather
forecasters get weather information from
many sources. In addition to weather satel-
lites and weather radar, information is also
sent from remote sensors and observers in
many parts of the world. Meteorologists use
advanced computer models of the worlds
atmosphere to help with their long-range,
short-range, and local-area forecasts.
Some meteorologists, called climatolo-
gists, study past weather conditions of a
region over a long period of time. They try
to predict future weather patterns for the
region.
Other meteorologists study only air cur-
rents, pollution, radiation, or hurricanes.
And some do not forecast at all. They teach
in colleges and universities.
The lives and work of many people
depend on how meteorologists report
weather information. Airline pilots, ship
captains, farmers, and everyday citizens
all rely on the careful and detailed work of
meteorologists.
Dynamic meteorologists study the
physical laws related to air currents. Physi-
cal meteorologists study the physical na-
ture of the atmosphere including its chem-
ical composition and electrical, acoustical,
and optical properties. They aid in studies
of environmental problems such as air pol-
lution, global warming, and ozone deple-
tion. Industrial meteorologists work in a
variety of private industries, focusing their
c
SchoolSubjectS
Geography, Physics
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$37,030 to $78,390 to $123,230
outlook
Astronomers
Ecologists
Mathematicians
Naturalists
Physicists
Pilots
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 140 7/16/09 12:55:30 PM
141
expertise on such problems as smoke con-
trol and air pollution.
Meteorologists must be able to work
well under pressure in order to meet dead-
lines and plot severe weather systems. They
must be able to communicate complex the-
ories and events, orally and in writing, in a
clear, calm manner.
In high school, take as many classes as pos-
sible in physical sciences. Mechanical draw-
ing is another good class to take. Speech
and English classes will also be important
in broadcast work in meteorology.
All meteorologists need at least a bache-
lors degree. Many of the best jobs, though,
require a masters or a doctoral degree. The
best research jobs and nearly all educa-
tion positions in colleges and universities
are usually awarded to meteorologists who
have advanced graduate training.
The American Meteorological Society
provides certifcation for Consulting Me-
teorologists and awards a seal of approval
to recognize competence in radio and tele-
vision weather forecasting.
outlook
Employment growth for meteorologists
should be about as fast as the average
through 2016. The National Weather Ser-
vice (NWS) has hired all the meteorologists
it needs to staff its recently upgraded weath-
er forecasting stations. The agency has no
plans to increase the number of weather
stations or the number of meteorologists
in existing stations for many years.
Opportunities for atmospheric sci-
entists in private industry, however, are
expected to be better than in the federal
government over the next decade. De-
mands should continue to grow for private
weather consulting frms to provide more
detailed weather analysis for industries af-
fected by the climate.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more, visit The Weather Channel
Web site (http://www.weather.com) for in-
formation on travel, weather, and health
conditions (such as allergies).
americanMeteorologicalSociety
45 Beacon Street
Boston, MA 02108-3693
617-227-2425
amsinfo@ametsoc.org
http://www.ametsoc.org
nationaloceanographicandatmospheric
administration
U.S. Department of Commerce
1401Constitution Avenue, NW, Room 6217
202-482-6090
noaa-outreach@noaa.gov
http://www.noaa.gov
nationalWeatherassociation
228 West Millbrook Road
Raleigh, North Carolina 27609-4304
919-845-1546
http://www.nwas.org
Meteorologist Michelle Mainelli tracks a
hurricane on her computer at the National
Hurricane Center in Miami, Florida. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 141 7/16/09 12:55:31 PM
142
MeterReaders
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatMeter
ReadersDo
Meter readers work for utility companies
and check the level of gas, water, steam, or
electricity used by customers. They go from
building to building and read meters that
measure the usage level. They then record
the usage level in a route book and give the
information to the utility company, which
uses it to bill customers (both homes and
businesses) for the amount of energy they
have used. Meter readers are also respon-
sible for checking the meters and connec-
tion lines for damage and turning on and
shutting off utility service.
Meter readers spend a lot of time in
neighborhoods as they read meters. These
meters are normally located near the back
of a building or sometimes in the building
itself (usually in the basement). The meters
have a series of numbers or dials that show
how much energy the residents used within
a certain period of time. Meter readers may
need to use a fashlight to see the dial, and
may use a pencil or a hand-held computer
to record the amount of power used.
Because meter readers are often the
only utility company workers to come into
regular contact with customers, they keep
an eye out for any readings that may be
unusually high or low. Readings that are
much higher than normal may be a sign
of a gas leak, while very low readings may
mean that a connection is bad. If there are
any problems with the meter or connect-
ing cables, meter readers note this informa-
tion and report it to the service department
for repairs.
Chief meter readers supervise and di-
rect meter readers in the performance of
their jobs. They review the reports of the
meter readers, noting any discrepancies
from normal usage. They also oversee the
disconnection or reconnection of util-
ity service and investigate any customer
complaints.
Meter readers may also move into posi-
tions such as feld collectors, feld service rep-
resentatives, or feld investigators. While they
do some meter reading, these workers are
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$19,490 to $31,810 to $51,680
outlook
Decline
y
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 142 7/16/09 12:55:31 PM
143
mainly responsible for starting and stop-
ping service, collecting on accounts, and
following up on customer complaints.
A solid background in mathematics is help-
ful in this feld. In addition to math cours-
es, take English, business, computer sci-
ence, and technical/shop courses in high
school.
Most utility companies provide meter
readers with on-the-job training. New em-
ployees spend several weeks working with
experienced meter readers. Once properly
trained in reading meters and handling
customers, individuals are given their own
route within a specifc neighborhood.
Most utility companies prefer to hire
high school graduates, and some college
course work may be helpful in fnding a
job as a meter reader. Many utility compa-
nies encourage their employees to take ad-
ditional courses at local technical schools
to further their careers.
outlook
Job opportunities for meter readers will de-
cline through 2016 because of the increas-
ing use of automated meter reading (AMR)
systems that permit utility companies to
take readings from a remote location. The
AMR systems require only a small crew of
meter readers to take the remote readings,
signifcantly increasing meter reading eff-
ciency. Because of the success of this tech-
nology, the meter reading profession may
decline rapidly.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, set up an
informational interview with a meter read-
er and see if it is possible to observe a pro-
fessional at work.
americanPublicPowerassociation
202-467-2900
http://www.appanet.org
edisonelectricInstitute
202-508-5000
http://www.eei.org
utilityWorkersunionofamerica
815 16th Street, NW
202-974-8200
http://www.uwua.net
Did You Know?
Thomas Edison invented the frst
practical incandescent light bulb
in 1879. He established the frst
electrical power plant in New York
City two years later.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 143 7/16/09 12:55:32 PM
144
Microbiologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatMicrobiologistsDo
Microbiologists are scientists who study bac-
teria, viruses, molds, algae, yeasts, and other
organisms of microscopic size. They study
the form, structure, and physiology of these
microorganisms. They also study the organ-
isms metabolism, how they reproduce, their
effects on other living things, such as hu-
mans, animals, and plants, and the physical
and chemical changes they cause in our en-
vironment. Microbiologists work primarily
in laboratories at universities, government
and private research facilities, and medical
institutions, such as hospitals.
Medical microbiologists work to diagnose,
treat, and prevent disease. They use blood
and tissue samples from patients and try to
fnd the microbes that cause illness (patho-
gens). After identifying microbes that cause
diseases, medical microbiologists test them
for resistance to antibiotics.
Clinical microbiologists are also involved
in research to diagnose and prevent dis-
ease. Microbiologists research has helped
to prevent the spread of many diseases, in-
cluding typhoid fever, infuenza, measles,
polio, whooping cough, and smallpox. To-
day, microbiologists are trying to fnd cures
for such diseases as AIDS, cancer, cystic f-
brosis, and Alzheimers disease.
Many microbiologists are employed
in the food industry, either in research
or quality control. They work to identify
pathogens in restaurant kitchens or pro-
cessed food that cause salmonella food
poisoning. Microbiologists have identifed
many microorganisms useful to humans
that have been used in the production
of food, such as cheese, bread, and tofu.
Other microorganisms have been used to
preserve food and tenderize meat. Flavors,
colors, and added vitamins are all made
from microbes. Microbiologists use genetic
engineering to improve the shelf life, color,
odor, and favor of food.
Microbiologists also work in industry,
making sure manufactured goods are safe,
or in the pharmaceutical industry, work-
ing to develop new drugs. Pharmaceutical
companies hire microbiologists to develop
c
SchoolSubjectS
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$37,180 to $60,680 to $104,390
outlook
Biochemists
Biologists
Botanists
Genetic Scientists
Physicians
Physicists
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 144 7/16/09 12:55:32 PM
145
new antibiotics. Microbiologists also evalu-
ate new drugs, test cosmetics and toiletries,
or develop new products such as biological
washing detergents. Some microbiologists
are employed by water companies or en-
vironmental agencies to test the quality of
water before it is distributed.
Take courses in biology, chemistry, math-
ematics, English, and computer science
while in high school.
A bachelors degree is required for non-
research jobs, and a masters degree is bene-
fcial in securing jobs in applied research or
product development. Most research jobs
require doctoral degrees.
outlook
Job growth for biological and medical scien-
tists will be about as fast as the average for
all occupations through 2016. Those who
work with government agencies may face
stiff competition for research positions if
budget tightening continues because there
will be less money available for new grants
or for renewing old grants. AIDS, Alzheim-
ers disease, and cancer research will likely
increase, though, and offer more employ-
ment opportunities to microbiologists.
Other areas of research that will be in
need of skilled microbiologists include anti-
infectives, biotechnology, molecular diag-
nostics, mycology, and vaccines. Bioflm
research is a relatively new and growing
area of microbiology. This type of research
concerns bacteria that band together and
attach to a surface, where they grow. Also,
greater interest in cleaning up and preserv-
ing the environment will lead to more job
opportunities for microbiologists.
ForMoreInformation
Get involved in a science club or a science
fair in your school or community. To get an
idea of what microbiology is all about, try
some of the American Society for Microbiol-
ogys assorted microbiology-related experi-
ments at http://www.microbeworld.org.
americanSocietyforMicrobiology
1752 N Street NW
202-737-3600
http://www.asm.org
InternationalSocietyfor
Microbialecology
C/A NIOO KNAW CTE
Boterhoeksestraat 48
PO Box 40
6666 ZG Heteren
The Netherlands
offce@isme-microbes.org
http://www.isme-microbes.org
SocietyforIndustrialMicrobiology
3929 Old Lee Highway, Suite 92A
703-691-3357
info@simhq.org
http://www.simhq.org
Microbiologist Jocelyn Almadilla studies
tissue taken from a sugar cane plant
to learn more about this plant species
biological makeup. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 145 7/16/09 12:55:33 PM
146
Microelectronics
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatMicroelectronics
techniciansDo
Microelectronics technicians work in research
laboratories helping develop and construct
custom-designed microchips. Microchips,
often called simply chips, are tiny but
extremely complex electronic devices that
control the operations of many kinds of
communications equipment, consumer
products, industrial controls, aerospace
guidance systems, and medical electron-
ics. The process of manufacturing chips is
called fabrication.
Microelectronics technicians usually
work from a schematic prepared by an en-
gineer. The schematic contains a list of the
parts needed to construct the component
and the layout that the technician will
follow. The technician gathers the parts
and prepares the materials to be used.
Following the schematic, the technician
constructs the component and then uses
a variety of sophisticated, highly sensi-
tive equipment to test the components
performance.
If the component does not work, mi-
croelectronics technicians troubleshoot the
design, trying to fnd where the component
has failed, and replacing parts when needed.
Test results are reported to the engineering
staff, and the technician may help evaluate
the results and prepare reports.
After the testing period, microelectron-
ics technicians often assist in the technical
writing of the components specifcations.
These specifcations are used for integrat-
ing the component into new or redesigned
products or for developing a process for the
components large-scale manufacture.
Some microelectronics technicians
specialize in the fabrication and testing
of semiconductors and integrated circuits.
These technicians are usually called semi-
conductor development technicians. They are
involved in the development of prototype
chips, following the direction of engineer-
ing staff, and they perform the various
steps required for making and testing new
integrated circuits.
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Mathematics, Physics
Associates degree
SalaRyRange
$28,830 to $47,110 to $67,170
outlook
Semiconductor Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 146 7/16/09 12:55:34 PM
147
Classes in algebra, geometry, chemistry, and
physics will prepare you for a postsecondary
educational program or apprenticeship. In-
dustrial classes, such as metalworking, wood
shop, auto shop, and machine shop, and
similar courses in plastics, electronics, and
construction techniques are helpful.
Some postsecondary school or train-
ing is required to enter this feld. Two-year
training programs in electronics are offered
at community colleges or vocational train-
ing facilities. There are also three- and four-
year apprenticeship programs.
Certifcation is not mandatory in most
areas of electronics (although technicians
working with radio-transmitting devices
are required to be licensed by the Federal
Communications Commission), but vol-
untary certifcation may prove useful. The
International Society of Certifed Electron-
ics Technicians offers certifcation testing
to technicians with four years of experi-
ence or education, as well as associate-level
testing of basic electronics for beginning
technicians.
outlook
Job growth in the electronics industry is
expected to be slower than the average
through 2016 due to increasing competi-
tion within the industry and outsourcing
to foreign countries. The service industries
will likely provide the most opportunities
for employment.
The increasing reliability and durabil-
ity of electronic technology will have some
effect on the need for technicians. Simi-
larly, increasing imports of microelectron-
ics products, components, and technology
may represent a decrease in production in
this country, which will in turn decrease
the numbers of microelectronics techni-
cians needed here.
ForMoreInformation
Join science, computer, or electronics clubs.
Work on electronics projects at home. You
can fnd many resources for electronics ex-
periments and projects in your school or
local library or on the Internet. You may
also want to join a student chapter of the
organizations listed below.
electronicstechniciansassociation
International
5 Depot Street
800-238-3824
eta@eta-i.org
InternationalSocietyofcertifed
electronicstechnicians
800-946-0201, ext. 19
info@iscet.org
These microelectronics technicians are
working in a clean room while building
microchips. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 147 7/16/09 12:55:34 PM
148
MilitaryPilots
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatMilitary
PilotsDo
Military pilots fy various types of specialized
aircraft to transport troops and equipment
and to execute combat missions. Military
aircraft make up of one of the worlds larg-
est feets of specialized airplanes.
The U.S. Armed Forces are composed
of fve separate military services: the Army,
Air Force, Marines, Navy, and Coast Guard
(which is now part of the U.S. Department
of Homeland Security). Pilots within these
branches train, organize, and equip the
nations air services to support the national
and international policies of the govern-
ment. Those who choose to join the armed
forces dedicate their lives to protecting
their fellow Americans.
Military pilots operate many different
jet and propeller planes. Aircraft range
from combat airplanes and helicopters,
to supersonic fghters and bombers. In
addition to actually fying aircraft, mili-
tary pilots also develop fight plans, check
weather reports, oversee their crew, and
perform system operation checks to test
the proper functioning of instrumenta-
tion, controls, and electronic and me-
chanical systems on the fight deck. They
coordinate takeoffs and landings with air-
plane dispatchers and air traffc control-
lers. They may also transport equipment
and personnel, take reconnaissance pho-
tographs, spot and observe enemy posi-
tions, and patrol areas to carry out fight
missions. After landing, military pilots
must follow afterlanding and shutdown
checklist procedures, and inform mainte-
nance crews of any discrepancies or other
problems noted during the fight. They
must also present fight reports to their
commanding offcers.
Military aviation specialties include
fight navigators or radar technicians, who
use radio, radar, and other equipment to
help military pilots determine aircraft posi-
tion and determine its route of travel, and
fight instructors, who teach fight students
how to fy via classroom training and in-
fight instruction.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Physics
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$56,540 to $85,340 to $145,600+
outlook
Flight Instructors
Military Workers
Pilots
X
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 148 7/16/09 12:55:35 PM
149
A four-year college degree is usually re-
quired to become a military pilot. Courses
in engineering, meteorology, computer sci-
ence, aviation law, business management,
and military science are especially helpful.
Physical education courses are also impor-
tant, as physical health and endurance will
constantly be challenged. Military pilots
must have 20/20 vision with or without
glasses, good hearing, normal heart rate
and blood pressure, and no physical handi-
caps that could hinder performance.
Military pilots enter the feld through
one of several paths. They may attend
a service academy, such as the U.S. Air
Force Academy or the U.S. Military Acad-
emy. Upon graduation, they are required
to spend a minimum of fve years on ac-
tive duty. They may also attend a four-year
school with a Reserve Offcers Training
Corps (ROTC) program.
Each branch of the Armed Services has
specifc training requirements for its mili-
tary pilots, which include fight simula-
tion, classroom training, and basic fight
instruction.
outlook
The outlook for military workers, includ-
ing military pilots, is expected to be ex-
cellent through 2016, according to the
U.S. Department of Labor. In recent years
some branches, such as the navy, have
fallen short of meeting their recruitment
goals, and opportunities in these branches
are even more plentiful than the average.
While political and economic conditions
will have an infuence on the militarys du-
ties and employment outlook, it is a fact
that the country will always need military
pilots, both for defense and to protect its
interests and citizens around the world.
ForMoreInformation
Take a tour of a military base or an aircraft
carrier. Talk with family and friends who
have served in the Armed Forces to get ad-
vice and information. To get a real feel for
what its like to be a military pilot, check out
one of several air combat schools that exist
throughout the country, such as Air Com-
bat USA, http://www.aircombatusa.com.
unitedStatesairForce
http://www.airforce.com/index_fr.htm
unitedStatesarmy
http://www.goarmy.com/job/warrant
unitedStatesMarinecorps
http://www.marines.com/offcer_programs
unitedStatesnavy
http://www.navy.com/offcer/aviation
unitedStatescoastguardand
coastguardReserve
http://www.gocoastguard.com/offcerindex.html
This military pilot fies in a helicopter
during an exercise. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 149 7/16/09 12:55:36 PM
150
Military
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Mathematics
WhatMilitary
WorkersDo
The United States armed forces are made
up of the Army, the Navy, the Coast
Guard, the Air Force, and the Marines. The
Army operates on land, the Navy at sea,
the Coast Guard within U.S. waters, and
the Air Force in the air. The Marine Corps
is a part of the Navy and participates in
ship-to-shore operations.
The main purpose of the armed forces
is to defend the nation in times of confict.
However, only about 15 percent of those
who work in the military are trained for
combat. The rest of the members of the
armed forces perform other important
work to keep the nations military operat-
ing smoothly.
Most members of the armed forces
live and work at military bases located
in the United States and other countries
around the world. On military bases,
there are jobs for clerks, cooks, mechanics,
electronics experts, technicians, doctors,
dentists, scientists, and computer special-
ists. The military branches employ their
own police force and intelligence and
communications experts. More unusual
jobs are also available. For instance, the
Marine Corps offers a special program for
applicants with musical talent to train
participants to play in corps bands. In
general, an enlistee is assigned a job based
on his or her wishes and qualifcations as
well as the needs of the service.
United States citizens between 17 and 35
years of age may apply to the armed forc-
es. Applicants must have a birth certifcate
and a Social Security card. The military
prefers enlistees, also called recruits, to
have at least a high school diploma. Some
branches require a college degree. Offcers
need a bachelors or advanced degree. Re-
cruits must pass several physical and medi-
cal tests.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Mathematics
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$14,436 to $54,888 to $163,908
outlook
Merchant Mariners
Musicians
Physicians
Pilots
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 150 7/16/09 12:55:36 PM
151
Once accepted, the next step is basic
training, which includes six to 11 weeks of
courses in military life and protocol, as well
as physical training. When basic training
is completed, recruits are assigned to work
that matches their skills. Following basic
training, most recruits take 10 to 20 weeks
of technical training to prepare for their as-
signed jobs. Enlisted personnel sign a con-
tract, which commits them to eight years of
service. Depending on the branch, recruits
may spend between two and six years on
active duty and the remaining amount of
the eight years in reserves.
outlook
Career opportunities in the military ser-
vices are widespread. Today each service
branch is aiming to function on a steady
state. This means every year each branch
needs enough recruits to replace those
leaving the service. While political and
economic conditions will have an infu-
ence on the militarys duties and employ-
ment outlook, the country will always
need the armed forces, both for defense
and to protect its interests and citizens
around the world.
In the coming years, the primary bar-
rier to obtaining a position in the services
will not be a lack of available jobs but rath-
er the increasingly high education stan-
dards that new recruits must meet. As jobs
become more complex and integrated with
new technologies, those with solid educa-
tional backgrounds, including at least some
college training, will have the best chances
for entering the services.
ForMoreInformation
Consider any family members or family
friends who have served in the military a
valuable resource. Ask them about their ex-
periences. Attend events that are open to
the public, such as air shows, where you
may also have the opportunity to talk to
those in the service, and visit the Web sites
of each branch.
unitedStatesairForceRecruitingService
800-423-USAF
http://www.airforce.com
unitedStatesarmyRecruitingcommand
800-USA-ARMY
http://www.goarmy.com
unitedStatescoastguardRecruiting
800-GET-USCG
http://www.uscg.mil
unitedStatesMarinecorpsRecruiting
command
800-MARINES
http://www.marines.com
unitedStatesnavyRecruitingcommand
800-USA-NAVY
http://www.navy.com
Military workers are privy to classifed
information and must be discreet. (Army
Corps of Engineers)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 151 7/16/09 12:55:37 PM
152
Millwrights
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatMillwrightsDo
Millwrights move and install heavy indus-
trial machinery and other equipment.
They also dismantle, operate, repair, and
lubricate this machinery.
Millwrights must be able to use hand
and power tools, such as hoists, cranes,
electric drills, and welding equipment.
They need to be able to read blueprints to
determine where machinery will be placed.
If a foundation is required to support the
machinery, they must construct it. They
must also read schematic diagrams, which
show where any electrical connections are
to be placed.
Accuracy is very important, so mill-
wrights have to be skilled in using measuring
instruments such as micrometers, calipers,
plumb bobs, and levels. Because installa-
tion and removal of heavy machinery can
be complicated, millwrights must be able to
perform a variety of tasks. They may have to
chisel out an area of a concrete wall, work
high above the ground, or bolt machinery
to the foor of cramped, hot places.
In older shops and plants, millwrights
may update and improve the production
process by disassembling, moving, and
reinstalling machinery. In small factories,
millwrights rarely replace or relocate ma-
chinery, but in larger facilities they may
move and reassemble machinery each time
a new production run begins.
In larger plants, millwrights usually are
responsible for only certain activities once
the equipment has been installed. They
may specialize in repairs or preventive
maintenance procedures, such as oiling
and lubricating the machinery. Sometimes
they work with pipeftters and industrial
machinery mechanics to keep a production
line in operating condition.
The increased use of automation in
some industries means that millwrights
must install and maintain more sophisti-
cated machines. Millwrights often work
closely with computer experts or electri-
cians to install these machines because
they require special knowledge and care.
Some millwrights work for equipment
manufacturers and oversee the instal-
lation and startup of equipment. Other
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$28,940 to $35,990 to $74,270
outlook
Carpenters
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 152 7/16/09 12:55:38 PM
153
millwrights work for customers specializ-
ing in assembling and dismantling heavy
machinery.
Millwrights work in every state but
are concentrated in highly industrial ar-
eas. Most are employed in industries that
manufacture durable goods, such as auto-
mobiles, steel, and metal products. Others
work in plants that manufacture paper,
chemicals, knit goods, and other items, or
with utility or construction companies.
Most employers prefer to hire workers with
a high school diploma or equivalency. Take
courses in science, mathematics, and shop
to gain a technical and mechanical foun-
dation. Any class with an emphasis on
mechanical reasoning, such as mechanical
drawing, blueprint reading, hydraulics, and
machine shop, is of particular value.
Most millwrights become qualifed by
entering an apprenticeship program, which
combines on-the-job training with class-
room instruction. Prospective millwrights
who do not attend a formal training pro-
gram usually attend a vocational school or
community college before training infor-
mally on the job.
outlook
Employment growth for millwrights is ex-
pected to be slower than the average for all
occupations through 2016. New automa-
tion, limited growth in industrial construc-
tion, and the use of lower-paid workers for
installation and maintenance of machinery
are contributing to this slow growth.
However, the growing use of machin-
ery in the economy should improve oppor-
tunities for skilled millwrights. Those with
machining, welding, or mechanical work
experience will have greater odds of fnd-
ing work. Many openings will also arise
each year as experienced workers transfer
to other jobs or retire.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a factory that employs millwrights and
see if you can speak with one to learn more
about the job frst-hand. Local unions that
represent millwrights can also be a good
source of information. Ask your teacher
to invite a representative to speak to your
class.
associatedgeneralcontractorsofamerica
703-548-3118
info@agc.org
http://agc.org
aerospace,andagriculturalImplement
Workersofamerica
313-926-5000
http://www.uaw.org
Fast Fact
The mill in millwright refers
to the origins of the trade in
building four mills and other
watermills and windmills.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 153 7/16/09 12:55:38 PM
154
Mining
engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Reading/writing
WhatMiningengineersDo
Mining engineers fnd out where there are
mineral deposits in the earth and think of
ways to mine or remove them. The depos-
its may be metals, such as iron or copper,
or nonmetallic minerals, such as limestone
or coal. Mining engineers examine samples
of mineral deposits from a certain location.
They then decide whether the minerals
can be mined at a reasonable cost. They
determine the mining method that should
be used. Some minerals, for instance, are
mined from the earths surface, and others
are mined underground. Surface mines are
large, open pits. For underground mines,
mining engineers plan and design the
mineshafts and tunnels and decide how the
minerals will be brought to the surface. The
engineers then supervise all mining opera-
tions and are responsible for the safety of
the miners.
Mining engineers are involved in de-
sign, research, and consulting work in
offces or laboratories. Those who work at
mining sites often live near the site while
the mining is going on. Some mining engi-
neers may supervise mining operations in
a foreign country.
Mining engineers also work for frms
that sell mining supplies and equipment.
Experienced mining engineers teach in
colleges and universities and serve as in-
dependent consultants to industry and
government.
To be admitted to an engineering degree
program, a strong background in math,
chemistry, physics, and college preparatory
courses is recommended. Course work in
foreign languages also is helpful because
many engineers work overseas.
A bachelors degree in engineering is
required for a position in this feld. Many
mining research positions also require a
masters degree or a doctorate degree. The
best engineering programs are accredited
by the Accreditation Board for Engineer-
ing and Technology. The last two years
of a bachelors program are devoted to
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$44,690 to $74,330 to $127,620
outlook
Chemical Engineers
Geologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 154 7/16/09 12:55:39 PM
155
advanced engineering, math, and science.
While many engineering programs take
four years to complete, some take fve or
six years.
Every state requires engineers to be cer-
tifed, registered, or licensed. The require-
ments for certifcation vary by state.
outlook
Employment of mining engineers is ex-
for all occupations through 2016. Strong
growth in demand for minerals and in-
creased use of mining engineers in the oil
and gas extraction industry is expected to
generate more opportunities for work.
The employment rate for mining en-
gineers in the United States also depends
on the price of coal and metals from other
countries. A certain number of mining en-
gineers, however, will always be needed.
As mineral deposits are depleted, engineers
will have to devise ways of mining less-
accessible low-grade ores to meet the de-
mand for new alloys and new uses for min-
erals and metals.
Job openings will also result from the
need to replace those who transfer to spe-
cialized jobs within the feld or to other oc-
cupations. Graduates of mining engineer-
ing programs may fnd more opportunities
in other parts of the world than in the
United States if they are willing to travel or
live abroad.
ForMoreInformation
To learn about the profession of mining en-
gineering, you may fnd it helpful to talk
with science teachers and guidance coun-
selors and with people employed in the
minerals industry. Visiting the Web sites of
trade organizations will also be helpful.
theMinerals,Metals&MaterialsSociety
TMS Education Department
184 Thorn Hill Road
724-776-9000
membership@tms.org
http://www.tms.org
nationalMiningassociation
101 Constitution Avenue NW, Suite 500 East
202-463-2600
webmaster@nma.org
http://www.nma.org
SocietyforMining,Metallurgyand
exploration
Career Information Department
8307 Shaffer Parkway
800-763-3132
sme@smenet.org
http://www.smenet.org
This mining engineer is monitoring an ore-
grinding machine at a gold mine. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 155 7/16/09 12:55:40 PM
156
Models
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Self-esteem
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatModelsDo
Many people know about glamorous fash-
ion models who wear expensive clothing
and have their pictures taken all over the
world. But people of all ages and back-
grounds also work in this feld. They act
in television commercials, pose for pho-
tographers and artists, appear in fashion
shows, and help sell products in stores
and at conventions.
Models work in a variety of settings,
exhibiting clothes and other products.
Although the work may appear to be fun
and exciting, it is demanding and diff-
cult. Many fashion models pose for photo-
graphs or illustrations used in advertising
brochures and sales catalogs. One photo-
graph may be taken in a studio under hot
lights with the model wearing a heavy fur
coat. Another may be taken outdoors in
cold weather with the model wearing only
a bathing suit. One job may last an hour,
while another may require an entire day.
Fashion models may travel to other states
or to foreign countries to be photographed
in exotic or unusual settings.
In large stores, models are employed to
promote the sale of various products. The
store may have a regularly scheduled fash-
ion show during lunch hour. At other times,
models may walk throughout the store
showing clothing or other apparel and talk-
ing with customers about the garments.
Models often are hired to demonstrate
new products at annual trade shows and
conventions. Models also wear new designs
at fashion shows. They walk down a run-
way modeling the newest clothing designs
for consumers and store buyers.
There are signifcant differences in
the requirements necessary for each type
of model. The major requirement for the
fashion model is, of course, physical ap-
pearance. Although most people think
of all models as being young and slen-
der, that is not necessarily the case. No
set standard exists for a models physical
description because many different body
types are needed.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Theater/Dance
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$16,220 to $22,530 to $36,550
outlook
Actors
Artists
Costume Designers
Fashion Designers
Graphic Designers
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 156 7/16/09 12:55:40 PM

157
Specialty models must possess particu-
lar features that are photogenic, such as
hands, feet, legs, hair, lips, or ears that will
help sell specifc products.
There are no standard educational require-
ments for models. Most employers of pho-
tographic models prefer at least a high
school education. Courses such as sewing,
art, home economics, and photography are
helpful.
There is no best way to become a mod-
el. Physical appearance and the ability to
present clothing or products in an inter-
esting manner, as well as to remain calm
under the pressures of a modeling session,
are most important. Many models attend
modeling schools to learn the skills and
techniques of the business. Others take
courses in dancing or physical ftness to
improve their health and learn to move
more gracefully.
To fnd work, a model must have a good
collection of photographs in a variety of
clothing and situations. Models send these
portfolios to agencies as a way of showing
potential employers their qualifcations.
outlook
Employment growth for models will be
about as fast as the average through 2016,
but job competition will be ferce because
this career is attractive to so many people.
The number of fashion models seeking jobs
is far greater than the number of openings.
A greater number of openings exist for art-
ists models. Part-time work is easier to fnd
than full-time work. Models will fnd more
work with trade shows, and in department
stores and retail shops doing in-store pro-
motions. The number of models working
should increase as the economy becomes
more global. Models from the United
States are in demand around the world.
Most openings will occur as models quit or
retire.
ForMoreInformation
Contact agencies for information, and
read books and articles about modeling.
Check for schools and agencies with the
local Better Business Bureau or Chamber
of Commerce and speak with experienced
models.
InternationalModelingandtalent
association
http://www.imta.com
Models.com
http://models.com
This fashion model is posing in a designer
outft for a magazine photo spread. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 157 7/16/09 12:55:41 PM
158
Molders
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatMoldersDo
Car engines, metal tools, and other metal
objects often are made by casting, a process
of shaping an object by pouring molten
metal into a mold and letting it harden.
More than a dozen types of metal molding
and casting processes exist, but the tradi-
tional and most commonly used method is
sand casting.
Molders, also called sand molders, are
foundry workers who prepare the molds
used in sand casting. They pack and ram
a specially prepared sand mixture around
a pattern of an object in a molding box,
called a fask. Flasks usually are made of
two parts, which are separated to allow re-
moval of the pattern without damaging the
mold cavity. After the pattern is removed,
molten metal is poured into the empty area
within the mold. The sand holds the liquid
metal in the desired size and shape until it
cools and hardens.
Machines that pack the sand automati-
cally make most of todays existing molds.
Molders must control the pressure that the
machine applies to the sand so that the
mold is the correct shape. Molders must
also cut pouring channels for the molten
metal.
A few foundries still make molds by
hand. Molders use hand and power tools
to pack the sand in the fask. Molds for
small castings, such as jewelry, are usually
made on a workbench by bench molders,
while those for large, bulky castings, such
as engine blocks, are made on the foundry
foor by foor molders. Some molders make
many different kinds of molds; others, with
less skill and experience, may make only a
few simple types.
Take high school classes in mechanics,
drafting, computer science, and mathemat-
ics. Shop courses that teach the use of hand
tools and introductory machining meth-
ods are helpful, as are English and speech
classes.
Apprenticeships or on-the-job train-
ing programs are good ways to enter the
feld. Apprentices should be high school
graduates and have some previous job ex-
perience. The training programs combine
c
SchoolSubjectS
Apprenticeship
SalaRyRange
$17,480 to $26,430 to $41,070
outlook
Little or no change
Cement Masons
Coremakers
_
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 158 7/16/09 12:55:42 PM
159
classroom instruction with working with
experienced molders.
outlook
Little or no change in employment for
molders is expected through 2016. Mold-
ers are skilled artisans who are gradually
being replaced by technicians who can set
up and maintain automated mold-making
machinery. Those entering this feld are
mainly replacing workers who are retir-
ing or leaving the feld for other positions.
Competition for available openings can
be intense, as positions are more likely to
be flled by experienced workers who are
already in the industry. There is likely to
be more employment growth in plastics
molding, core making, and casting ma-
chine operation.
The amount of work available for those
who enter this occupation may fuctu-
ate greatly from year to year because the
market for certain foundry products is af-
fected by changes in the economy. In addi-
tion, many manufacturers are using more
sophisticated computer systems to track
production (the number of parts made) and
inventories (the number of unsold parts).
When inventories start to grow to certain
levels, manufacturers may slow production
down. During such times, foundry work-
ers may be laid off or scheduled to work
shorter weeks.
ForMoreInformation
If you enjoy hobbies such as building mod-
els or creating sculptures, you might con-
sider becoming a molder. See if your teach-
er or school counselor can arrange a visit to
a foundry for a group of students. Consider
reading Modern Casting, a monthly publica-
tion that presents issues on current tech-
nology, a calendar of industry events, and
other related news.
americanFoundrySociety
800-537-4237
http://www.afsinc.org
FoundryeducationalFoundation
847-490-9200
info@fefoffce.org
http://www.fefoffce.org
Did You Know?
The origins of molding can be
traced back thousands of years.
Molds were used to make jewelry,
sculpture, and cookware.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 159 7/16/09 12:55:42 PM
160
Motivational
Speakers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-esteem
Speaking/listening
WhatMotivational
SpeakersDo
Motivational speakers give inspirational
and informative speeches to groups of
people. Businesses, professional associa-
tions, schools, resorts, and communities
hire motivational speakers to speak on
a variety of topics. Speakers tailor their
messages to their audience, whether it is
a class of high school students or a group
of business executives.
Motivational speakers may talk about
achieving athletic success, communicating
with others, negotiating with a boss, han-
dling relationships, and more. Many speak-
ers talk about how they overcame an obsta-
cle and how others can do the same. They
speak to young students, single parents,
business professionals, school administra-
tors, or any other group looking for advice
and motivation.
Speakers prepare for the talk weeks or
even months in advance. They are clear
about who their target audience is, the age
range, and the issues the group faces. They
research and write their material and re-
hearse their delivery. They may also create
visual presentations, including graphics, to
accompany their talk.
On the day of their speech, motivation-
al speakers arrive at the location of their
talk early to make sure that everything is
in place. Some speakers like to use micro-
phones, while others are able to project
their voice without using one. Some like
to walk down aisles and be among people
while they are speaking. The room and ma-
terials need to be set up according to the
motivational speakers needs to make sure
the speech goes smoothly.
Speaking in public is something many
people do not like doing. But motivational
speakers have to speak in front of audienc-
es large and small on a regular basis. They
have to sound confdent, knowledgeable,
and compassionate with their listeners.
They must make any performance fears that
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Speech
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$100/speech to $3,000/speech to
$7,500+/speech
outlook
Actors
Speechwriters
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 160 7/16/09 12:55:44 PM
161
they have work for themadding energy
to their speech instead of nervousness.
requirement to be a motivational speaker.
Course work in English, speech, drama,
foreign language, and computers is useful.
A communications degree, though not
required, is benefcial. Degree majors will
vary depending upon the area of specializa-
tion in motivational speaking.
To increase their credibility and mar-
keting appeal, many motivational speak-
ers seek certifcation. The National Speak-
ers Association offers the certifed speaking
professional (CSP) designation to profes-
sional speakers with many years of experi-
ence making money from speeches.
outlook
Membership in the National Speakers As-
sociation has increased the last decade,
indicating growth in the speaking profes-
sion. However, the job market for motiva-
tional speakers depends on their specialty
and targeted audiences. Those who speak
at schools are affected by budget cuts that
can make the hiring of professional speak-
ers a fnancial impossibility. Those who
speak to professional associations, on
the other hand, are seeing growth in the
number of job opportunities available.
Because of the nature of the job, mo-
tivational speakers will always fnd oppor-
tunities to impart their wisdom. However,
like other self-employed workers, its the
speakers resourcefulness and marketabil-
ity that will determine his or her success.
ForMoreInformation
Take advantage of public speaking opportu-
nities while in school. Participate in school
plays or join the speech or debate team
to gain experience and skills performing
in front of an audience. Read magazines
such as Professional Speaker to learn about
hot topics and developments within the
profession.
americanSpeakersbureaucorporation
10151 University Boulevard, #197
407-826-4248
info@speakersbureau.com
http://www.speakersbureau.com
nationalSpeakersassociation
1500 South Priest Drive
Tempe, AZ 85281-6203
480-968-2552
http://www.nsaspeaker.org
During a seminar, this motivational
speaker gives a presentation on success in
the workplace. (FEMA)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 161 7/16/09 12:55:45 PM
162
Multimedia
artistsand
animators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatMultimediaartists
andanimatorsDo
Multimedia artists and animators use their
computer skills as well as their artistic abili-
ties to produce games that entertain, test,
and teach players. They work as part of a
team that develops a concept for a game,
the game rules, the various levels of play,
and the game story from beginning to end.
Game artists and animators work on
the creation of games, which can fall into
such categories as action/adventure, simu-
lation, and education. Games are played
in a variety of environments, such as on
personal computers, in arcades, over the
Internet, and on consoles at home. Addi-
tionally, games are typically created to ap-
peal to a certain audience based on their
age group and gender. As they do their
work, artists and animators must always
keep these factors in mind to ensure that
the look they produce will meet the games
requirements.
Game designers consider the intended
audience, the type of equipment on which
the game will be played, and the number of
players involved. They collaborate to come
up with a workable game idea, game rules,
and levels of play. Conceptual artists create
storyboards, which sketch out elements of
the game, such as characters and action,
and set a visual tone that the fnal product
should have.
Character artists, also called character
builders, create the characters in a game.
Background artists, sometimes known as
environmental modelers or modelers, create
the games settings. For example, they may
need to create realistic city scenes with var-
ious buildings, parking ramps, and streets
for different levels of play in the game.
Texture artists add detail to all the games
artwork so that the surface of each element
appears as it should. They make a brick wall
in a background look rough and brick-like,
a character in the rain look wet, or a trea-
sure of jewels sparkle and shine. They work
fairly closely with the background artists to
c
SchoolSubjectS
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$30,620 to $54,550 to $98,050+
outlook
Artists
Graphic Designers
o
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 162 7/16/09 12:55:45 PM
163
ensure that the textures they create match
what those artists had envisioned.
Animators are responsible for giving
movement to the games characters. They
must have an understanding of human
anatomy and often model game characters
movements on actual human or animal
movement.
Take art, graphic design, and computer
classes in high school. Math classes, such
as algebra and geometry, will also be help-
ful. Biology classes are also useful in edu-
cating about the anatomy and physics of
motion.
Many animators and artists have de-
grees in fne arts, graphic arts, or indus-
trial design, but it is possible to enter the
feld with a degree in other areas, such as
architecture or computer science. Classes
in drawing, sculpture, painting, and col-
or theory will teach many of the basics.
Course work in game art software, such as
3D Studio Max, as well as other software,
like Photoshop and even computer-pro-
gramming, is also highly recommended.
outlook
Employment for all artists, including multi-
media artists and animators, will grow fast-
er than the average through 2016. Those
within the industry see a bright future as
the demand for games continues to grow
steadily and technologies make new kinds
of games possible. Competition for jobs
should be strong since many creative and
technically savvy people want to be part of
this business.
ForMoreInformation
Practice drawing characters and landscapes
by copying images from games that you
know or by creating your own characters
and settings. Read trade publications such
as Game Developer and Animation World.
Check out local museums and community
colleges for art and computer courses.
animationWorldnetwork
6525 Sunset Boulevard, Garden Suite 10
323-606-4200
info@awn.com
http://www.awn.com
InternationalgameDevelopersassociation
19 Mantua Road
Mount Royal, New Jersey 08061-1006
856-423-2990
info@igda.org
http://www.igda.org
This artist is animating a new game. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 163 7/16/09 12:55:46 PM
164
Multimedia
Sound
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatMultimedia
SoundWorkersDo
Multimedia sound workers are responsible
for creating the audio aspects of computer
and video games. Their work is essential to
a games success, adding to a games inten-
sity and dimension and enhancing gamers
playing experiences.
Sound designers, or sound engineers, are
responsible for all of the sound used in a
computer or video game. They create the
squealing noise of a race cars tires, the
squish of a character walking through mud,
and the zap from an aliens weapon. They
are also responsible for any talking, sing-
ing, or yelling, and they also create or fnd
recordings for all of the music to be used in
the game.
The sound designers usually consult frst
with game designers to fnd out what look
and feel the game designers want. The sound
designers may look at concept sketches and
ask the game designers questions, such as
how many levels of play there will be and
who the intended audience is. The answers
will give sound designers a framework for
their work. For example, if the game will be
played in an arcade, the designer will know
to make sounds louder and simpler than for
a game played on a console at home.
Sound designers frequently work with
artists and animators. Sound designers
must make sure the characters voices com-
pliment their looks as well as match up
with the artists and animators visions of
their personalities. For example, the sound
designer needs to know if a large, bear-like
character should have a deep, slow-speak-
ing, friendly voice or squeaky, fast-speak-
ing, unpleasant voice. Voices also need to
match up with the characters actions.
Sound designers also work with game
programmers to ensure that the fnal sound
produced is what was desired.
Composers are sound specialists who fo-
cus on creating the music for a game. Mu-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Computer science, Music
SalaRyRange
$45,000 to $57,500 to $130,000+
outlook
Musicians
Music Producers
Music Video Editors
Songwriters
o
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 164 7/16/09 12:55:47 PM
165
sicians perform, compose, conduct, and ar-
range music for computer and video games.
They may work alone or as part of a group
to create music. Some composers and mu-
sicians may also have additional duties as
sound designers or sound effects designers.
Take computer science and math, includ-
ing algebra and geometry, as well as histo-
ry, English, and other college prep classes.
Take as many music classes as possible and
learn how to play one or more musical in-
struments, especially the piano, synthesiz-
er, and keyboard.
A bachelors degree in music, sound de-
sign, or audio engineering is recommend-
ed. Typical programs focus on computer
and music studies, including music history,
music theory, composition, sound design,
and audio engineering. Courses are also
taught covering voice and the major mu-
sical instruments. Most schools now cover
computer techniques as applied to music
as well.
outlook
Employment of multimedia workers is ex-
all occupations through 2016. Competi-
tion for jobs in the game industry is keen,
however. Sound workers still make up a
very small portion of professionals in the
game industry, although the use of sound
in computer and video games is growing
in importance. Sound workers who have
a combined knowledge of sound design
and composition and/or musical abilities
will have very good employment prospects
over the next decade. Those with expertise
in both sound and game programming will
fnd the best opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Start experimenting with sounds and ef-
fects on your computer at home. Listen
to current games and try to recreate their
sounds. Read online publications such as
Game Developer (http://www.gdmag.com).
Check out http://www.audiogang.org, the
site for the Game Audio Network Guild,
which offers student membership. And
read the online publication, Breaking In:
Preparing For Your Career in Games, available
at http://www.igda.org/breakingin.
audioengineeringSociety
New York, NY 10165-2520
212-661-8528
http://www.aes.org
nationalassociationofSchoolsofMusic
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
http://nasm.arts-accredit.org
A sound worker enhances the bass on
sound effects to be used in a new video
game. (Landov)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 165 7/16/09 12:55:48 PM
166
Museum
attendants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatMuseum
attendantsDo
Museum attendants protect museum collec-
tions and help museum visitors. They are
sometimes called museum guards because
they protect the exhibits from harm. They
inform visitors of museum rules and regu-
lations. Sometimes this means preventing
patrons from touching a display or warn-
ing children not to run through the halls.
If an exhibit is popular and draws a large
crowd, museum attendants keep everyone
orderly.
In some museums, the attendants may
have to check the thermostats and climate
controls. A priceless document or work of
art can be as easily destroyed by humid
conditions as it can by careless hands. At-
tendants report any damage or needed re-
pairs to the museum curator.
Museum attendants are the main
source of information for museum visitors.
They know about the exhibits as well as the
museum itself. Attendants answer ques-
tions from people of all ages and cultural
backgrounds.
In art museums, attendants may de-
liver informative talks about a particu-
lar historical period or artists as they ac-
company visitors through the exhibits,
or they may be primarily concerned with
the security of the collections. In natural
history museums, attendants describe the
biological and evolutionary context of the
specimens, how they were acquired by the
museum, and the methods of preservation
and mounting. In childrens museums and
space and technology museums, atten-
dants are likely to be involved in hands-
on, interactive activities throughout the
working day. In folk museums or histori-
cal reconstructions, attendants may wear
period clothing or demonstrate the use of
antiquarian articles or older technologies
such as spinning or milling, or they may
prepare and serve food in a historically au-
thentic manner.
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Sociology
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$15,880 to $22,570 to $37,850
outlook
Library Technicians
Receptionists
Tour Guides
L
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 166 7/16/09 12:55:48 PM
167
A high school diploma is required for mu-
seum attendants. Employers are more like-
ly to hire those with a college education
or experience working in a museum. High
school courses in art, biology, anthropol-
ogy, archaeology, sociology, English, and
history are recommended. Math and com-
puter courses are also benefcial because
most museums are installing interactive
computer displays in exhibit areas.
Attendants typically undergo a period
of in-service training immediately after
being hired, during which they receive in-
struction in the content of the exhibits, the
history of the museum, and the specifc du-
ties they are expected to perform. Content
instruction is repeated whenever a new
exhibit opens or the attendant is shifted
to a different area of the museum. Many
colleges offer courses in museum studies,
which are valuable in the competitive feld
of museum work.
outlook
Employment of museum attendants is ex-
all occupations through 2016. Two con-
ficting factors are expected to shape the
employment picture for museum atten-
dants in the upcoming years. The frst is an
increasing awareness of the global environ-
ment and an emphasis on intercultural un-
derstanding, meaning a greater interest in
museums. The second factor is the slowing
of the nations economy and institutions
caution in initiating new job positions.
Museum attendants who are highly skilled,
knowledgeable, and articulate will have the
advantage in the job hunt.
ForMoreInformation
Because museum attendants interact with
groups of visitors, activities such as lead-
ing organized clubs or groups, scouting
groups, or travel societies will help you
decide whether you would enjoy being a
museum attendant. Participate in museum
programs, such as feld trips, photogra-
phy clubs, study groups, and behind-the-
scenes tours. Talk to your local museum
offcials about any volunteer opportunities
available.
americanassociationofMuseums
1575 Eye Street NW, Suite 400
202-289-1818
americanhistoricalassociation
400 A Street, SE
202-544-2422
info@historians.org
http://www.historians.org
Fast Fact
The term museum comes from
the ancient Greek word mean-
ing a place sacred to the Mus-
es. Muses were Greek spirits
said to embody the arts and in-
spire the creative process.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 167 7/16/09 12:55:49 PM
168
Museum
curators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatMuseumcuratorsDo
Museum curators take care of all the objects
in a museums collection, including items
in storage as well as those on display. They
also search for new items for the museum
to purchase, trade, or receive as donations.
Curators make sure that the items are prop-
erly cataloged so that they can be found
easily. Keeping records is an important part
of the curators job.
Museum curators maintain collections
by repairing and restoring damaged pieces
as well as making sure that objects stay in
good condition. Delicate items must be
kept out of direct sunlight or stored where
the humidity is not too high. Some cura-
tors are specialists in one area, such as
paintings, textiles, or ceramics.
Museum curators decide which items
are displayed and sometimes help with
ideas for exhibit designs. They work with
museum teachers to research and gather
information for museum publications,
such as booklets, maps, charts, and the la-
bels that describe the exhibits.
Curators are sometimes involved in
fund-raising. They organize events and so-
licit donations to make money to purchase
new items for the museum. Curators to-
day must also be up-to-date with the latest
computer technology for cataloging large
collections and making information avail-
able to researchers over the Internet.
Curators may also spend time in the
feld or as visiting scholars at other muse-
ums as a means of continuing research re-
lated to the home institutions collections.
Fieldwork is usually supported by grants
from external sources. As specialists in their
disciplines, curators may teach classes in
local schools and universities, sometimes
serving as academic advisors to doctoral
degree candidates whose research is based
on museum holdings.
English, business, and foreign language
classes are important in this feld. High
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Business
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$26,100 to $46,000 to $80,420+
outlook
Anthropologists
Archaeologists
Archivists
Historians
Zoo and Aquarium Directors and Curators
L
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 168 7/16/09 12:55:49 PM
169
school history, science, and speech classes
will also be helpful.
A bachelors degree is the minimum
educational requirement to become a
museum curator. Most curators have doc-
torates in their area of specialty, such as
art history, Renaissance history, or Latin
American culture. Some assistant curators
have masters degrees. Many colleges and
universities offer courses in museum stud-
ies (museology).
All curators must have a good working
knowledge of the art, objects, and cultures
represented in their collections. The best
and most valued training is museum expe-
rience as a volunteer or another lower-level
museum job.
outlook
Employment growth for museum curators
is expected to be faster than the average
through 2016. Competition for positions
will be ferce. New graduates may have to
start as interns, volunteers, assistants, or
research associates before fnding full-time
curator positions. Turnover is very low in
museum work, so museum workers may
have to stay in lower-level positions for
some years before advancing. The best op-
portunities are in art, history, and technol-
ogy museums.
Curators must be able to develop suc-
cessful public programs based on the study
of collections and integrate themselves
frmly into programs of joint research
with area institutions (other museums or
universities) or national institutions, ide-
ally programs of some duration and sup-
ported by external funding. Museums are
affected by economic conditions and by
the availability of grants and other chari-
table funding.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in clubs that involve fund-rais-
ing activities. Becoming the president of
one of these clubs can give you valuable
experience in supervising and leadership.
Sign up for any programs your local muse-
um may offer, such as feld trips or tours.
americanassociationofMuseums
1575 Eye Street NW, Suite 400
202-289-1818
associationofartMuseumDirectors
120 East 56th Street, Suite 520
New York, NY 10022-3673
212-754-8084
http://www.aamd.org
Museum curator Svetlana Amelekhina
wears rubber gloves as she carefully puts
the fnishing touches on a display of
Imperial Russian clothing at the Victoria
and Albert Museum in London, England.
(AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 169 7/16/09 12:55:50 PM
170
Musicagents
andScouts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Integrity/honesty
Speaking/listening
WhatMusicagents
andScoutsDo
An agent is a salesperson who sells artistic
talent. Music agents act as the representa-
tives for musical performers such as musi-
cians, singers, orchestras, bands, and other
musical groups, promoting their talent and
managing legal contractual business. Mu-
sic scouts search for musical talent at clubs,
concert halls, and other music venues.
Music agents fnd clients in several
ways. Those employed by an agency might
be assigned a client by the agency. Some
agents also work as talent scouts and ac-
tively search for new clients. Or the clients
themselves might approach agents and
request their representation. Music agents
listen to recordings of the band or singers
music, visit clubs and other music venues
to observe talent frsthand to choose musi-
cal acts they would like to represent.
When an agent agrees to represent a cli-
ent, both sign a contract that specifes the
extent of representation, the time period,
payment, and other legal considerations.
Agents carefully choose assignments
that will further their clients careers. An
agent might represent a musician who
wants to graduate from smaller musical
clubs to large outdoor venues such as sta-
diums. Agents look for opportunities to
place their artists in these settings, perhaps
by having them perform as an opening act
for a stadium tour for a major headliner
such as the Rolling Stones, Britney Spears,
or Shania Twain. If the artists perform well
and are positively received, they may be
asked to headline a stadium tour at a later
date.
Agents work closely with the potential
employers of their clients. They keep in
touch with music venue owners, record-
ing industry executives, and other industry
professionals to see if any of their clients
can meet their needs. They set up meet-
ings, interviews, and auditions. When an
employer agrees to hire a client, the agent
helps negotiate a contract that outlines
salary, benefts, promotional appearances,
and other fees, rights, and obligations.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Music
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$26,000 to $55,000 to $146,000
outlook
Business Managers
Musicians
Sports Agents
Sports Scouts
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 170 7/16/09 12:55:52 PM
171
Agents must look out for the best interests
of their clients and at the same time satisfy
employers in order to establish long-lasting
relationships.
Take courses in business, mathematics,
accounting, English, and speech. Music
classes of all types help familiarize students
with musical styles.
A bachelors degree is strongly recom-
mended. Advanced degrees in law and
business are becoming increasingly preva-
lent; law and business training are useful
because agents are responsible for writing
contracts according to legal regulations. In
some cases an agent may obtain this train-
ing on the job.
Many states require music agents to be
licensed. For specifc requirements, contact
offcials in the state you are interested in
working.
outlook
Employment in the music and entertain-
ment feld is expected to grow about as fast
2016. Competition for jobs will be ferce,
however. This is a very diffcult career to
break into, and most successful music
agents spend years building their experi-
ence and client list in smaller markets be-
fore they enjoy some success.
ForMoreInformation
Read publications such as Billboard, Variety,
or Radio & Records. Listen to current musi-
cal acts to get a sense of the established and
up-and-coming talents. If you live in Los
Angeles, New York, or Nashville, you may
be able to volunteer or intern at an agency.
If you live outside these cities, check the
Yellow Pages or search the Internet for list-
ings of local agencies.
InternationalcreativeManagement
10250 Constellation Boulevard
http://www.icmtalent.com
northamericanPerformingartsManagers
andagents
459 Columbus Avenue, Suite 133
New York, NY 10024-5129
info@napama.org
http://www.napama.org
WilliamMorrisagency
One William Morris Place
Beverly Hills, CA 90212-4261
310-859-4000
http://www.wma.com
A hopeful musician auditions for music
scouts at a regional competition.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 171 7/16/09 12:55:53 PM
172
Musical
Instrument
Repairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatMusical
InstrumentRepairersDo
Musical instrument repairers tune instru-
ments and make other repairs as needed.
Most repairers specialize in fxing one type
of instrument. Many repairers make regu-
lar inspections of pianos, organs, or other
instruments to keep them from getting out
of tune or developing other problems.
When a piano or other large instru-
ment gets out of tune or develops other
problems, repairers make house calls. Re-
pairs can include adjusting a string to
the proper pitch or replacing the wooden
sounding board that amplifes the sound of
the strings. Repairers use screwdrivers, pli-
ers, and other hand tools as well as special
restringing tools.
Musical instrument repairers who work
on guitars, violins, and other small string
instruments play the instrument to listen
for particular problems and adjust strings
or make other repairs. Repairers may have
to take the instrument apart to fnd a prob-
lem or make a repair using hand tools,
such as screwdrivers and pliers, to remove
cracked or broken sections. They often use
a variety of glues and varnishes.
Wind-instrument repairers work on clari-
nets, oboes, bassoons, saxophones, and
futes. Common repairs include fxing or
replacing the moving parts of the instru-
ment, cutting new padding or corks to re-
place worn pieces, replacing springs, and
fxing or replacing cracked sections.
Repairing brass instruments such as
trumpets and French horns requires skill in
metal working and plating. To fx dents, the
repairer works the dent out with hammers
and more delicate tools and seals splits in
the metal with solder. If one of the valves
of the brass instrument is leaking, the re-
pairer may replate it and build up layers of
metal to fll the gaps.
Percussion tuners and repairers work on
drums, bells, congas, timbales, cymbals,
and castanets. They may stretch new skins
c
SchoolSubjectS
Music, Technical/Shop
SalaRyRange
$17,930 to $32,030 to $54,020+
outlook
Jewelers
Musicians
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 172 7/16/09 12:55:55 PM
173
over the instrument, replace broken or
missing parts, or seal cracks in the wood.
Take classes in music history, music theory,
chorus, and band. Learning to read music,
developing an ear for scales, and under-
standing tones and pitches will provide an
excellent background for this work.
Entry to the music instrument repairer
feld is usually through extensive appren-
ticeship or formal education from techni-
cal or vocational schools. Apprenticeships
can be diffcult to fnd. Contacting instru-
ment repair shops to request a position as a
trainee may be the best step.
Many vocational schools offer courses
or full-time programs in repair and mainte-
nance work. Students must get additional
training with an experienced musical in-
strument repairer before starting out on
their own.
outlook
Job opportunities for musical instrument
repairers and tuners are expected to grow
slower than the average for all occupa-
tions through 2016. This is a small, special-
ized feld, and replacement needs will be
the source of most jobs. Because training
positions and school programs are rela-
tively diffcult to fnd, those with thorough
training and education will have the ad-
vantage in fnding work.
ForMoreInformation
Take music lessons or classes to develop
your musical ear. Learn about a variety of
instruments. Study physics to learn about
the mechanics of sound. Shop classes and
art classes can teach you woodworking and
metalworking skills. Hobbies such as jew-
elry making and model building can help
you learn to handle fne tools and small
parts.
americanguildoforganists/theamerican
organistMagazine
475 Riverside Drive, Suite 1260
New York, NY 10115-0055
212-870-2310
info@agohq.org
http://www.agohq.org
electronicstechniciansassociation
5 Depot Street
800-288-3824
eta@eta-i.org
http://eta-i.org
nationalassociationofProfessionalband
InstrumentRepairtechnicians,Inc.
PO Box 51
2026 Eagle Road
Normal, IL 61761-0051
309-452-4257
napbirt@napbirt.org
http://www.napbirt.org
Did You Know?
The earliest version of the violin
appeared in Europe around 1510.
By the 18th century the Stradivari
family in Italy became famous as
master violin makers.
?
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 173 7/16/09 12:55:55 PM
174
Music
conductors
andDirectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatMusicconductors
andDirectorsDo
Orchestras, operas, choirs, and bands are
groups of musicians who make music to-
gether. Music conductors and directors are the
men and women who direct the musicians
as they play.
Music conductors and directors have
many responsibilities. Their most impor-
tant task is to decide how a piece of mu-
sic should be played and then to teach
the musicians in the orchestra to play the
piece that way. In other words, the conduc-
tor helps the orchestra or choir interpret a
piece of music.
Conductors and directors also help mu-
sical groups to play as a unit. A symphony
orchestra may have 50 to 80 musicians
who play a variety of instruments. Each
group of instruments, such as violins or
French horns, has a slightly different musi-
cal line to play. Without a strong director it
would be diffcult for all these musicians to
produce a pleasing sound. The director sets
the beat, decides when the music should be
played louder or softer, and indicates which
instruments should play at what times.
Conductors work with many different
types of musical groups. They may lead
symphony orchestras, or direct orchestras
that play during operas, plays, or ballets.
Conductors also lead marching bands, jazz
bands, and dance bands.
Conductors must have the complete
respect of the musicians they lead. The
great conductors have a personal charisma
that awes both musician and listener alike.
Conductors are unique in the modern mu-
sical world in that they make no sound
themselves yet control the sounds that
others make.
To be a conductor or director, formal train-
ing in at least one musical instrument
is required. Knowledge of music theory,
analysis, composition, notation, and sight-
c
SchoolSubjectS
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$16,110 to $40,150 to $111,490+
outlook
Musicians
Music Producers
Music Teachers
Singers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 174 7/16/09 12:55:57 PM
175
reading is important. The ability to control
the timing, rhythm, and structure of a mu-
sical piece is also critical.
Most conductors and directors study
music throughout their whole lives. There
are conducting programs at some conser-
vatories (special music schools) and uni-
versities. Some schools offer courses in mu-
sic and music appreciation. Many schools
have student bands and orchestras. Serious
music students usually attend conservato-
ries and study with private teachers.
outlook
Employment of music conductors and di-
rectors is expected to be about as fast as the
The operating cost for an orchestra contin-
ues to grow every year, and music organi-
zations are in constant budget-trimming
modes. Additionally, the overall number of
orchestras in the United States has grown
only slightly in the last two decades. The
number of orchestras in academia declined
slightly, while community, youth, and
city orchestras for the most part increased
slightly in number. The slight growth pat-
tern of orchestra groups will not nearly ac-
commodate the number of people trying
to become conductors. The competition
for music conductor and director jobs, al-
ready tight, will become even tighter in the
upcoming years. Only the most talented
people moving into the feld will be able to
fnd full-time jobs.
ForMoreInformation
Attend as many musical presentations as
you cansymphonies, operas, musical
theaterand study the conductors and di-
rectors. Note their baton techniques and
their arm and body movements. Try to de-
termine how the orchestra and audience
respond to the gesturing of the conductors.
Read books and biographies that give de-
tailed information about conductors and
their work, such as Handbook of Conducting
by Herman Scherchen (Oxford University
Press, 1990), and The Grammar of Conduct-
ing by Max Rudolf (Wadsworth Publishing
Company, 1995).
americanguildofMusicalartists
New York, NY 10018-3308
212-265-3687
AGMA@musicalartists.org
http://www.musicalartists.org
leagueofamericanorchestras
New York, NY 10023-7905
212-262-5161
http://www.symphony.org
conductorsguild
5300 Glenside Drive, Suite 2207
804-553-1378
guild@conductorsguild.org
http://www.conductorsguild.org
Conductor Gustavo Dudamel leads his
youth orchestra at Carnegie Hall in New
York City. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 175 7/16/09 12:55:58 PM
176
Musicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatMusiciansDo
Musicians perform, teach, write, arrange,
and direct music. Instrumental musicians
play one or more musical instruments,
usually in a group. They play in jazz bands,
country and western bands, symphony or-
chestras, dance bands, pop or rock bands,
or other groups.
Classical musicians perform in orches-
tra concerts, opera and dance performanc-
es, and theater orchestras. The most tal-
ented may work as soloists with orchestras.
Some accompany singers, choirs, and solo
musicians on the piano during rehearsals
and performances. Classical musicians also
perform in churches or accompany church
choirs.
Musicians in jazz, blues, country, and
pop or rock groups play in bars, nightclubs,
festivals, and concert halls. They may per-
form music for recordings, television, vid-
eos, and movie soundtracks. Musicians
who play popular music almost always
use rhythm instruments, such as piano,
bass, drums, and guitar, in their groups.
They also add melody, harmony, and spe-
cial effects with all kinds of other acoustic
and electronic instruments, such as brass,
woodwinds, and synthesizers. Some instru-
ments are unique to one type of music. For
example, country and western music often
features the slide guitar, banjo, and fddle.
Blues musicians often play harmonica.
However, talented musicians can play any
type of music on their instruments. Some
musicians, especially classical musicians,
concentrate on playing one instrument.
Others play several instruments, although
they often have one instrument that they
specialize in.
A music degree is not required for most
jobs in instrumental music. However,
courses in music, mathematics, and social
science are helpful. Participation in band
or choir is useful. Community groups also
offer training and performance in music,
c
SchoolSubjectS
English, Music
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$7/hour to $20/hour to $58+/hour
outlook
Music Producers
Music Teachers
Pop/Rock Musicians
Singers
Songwriters
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 176 7/16/09 12:56:00 PM
177
dance, singing, and theater, which provide
performance experience.
Instrumental musicians begin devel-
oping their musical skills at an early age.
From then on, long hours of practice and
study are necessary. Most musicians train
with an experienced musician. Musicians
learn technique as well as music theory,
including rhythm, melody, harmony, and
notation.
Musicians usually belong to a profes-
sional organization such as the American
Federation of Musicians. These organiza-
tions are unions that set standard fees for
performances and offer benefts to mem-
bers, such as health insurance.
outlook
Employment growth for musicians should
be about as fast as the average through
2016. Competition is expected to stay
ferce, though, as there are more musicians
than there are jobs to fll.
The demand for musicians will be
greatest in theaters, bands, and restau-
rants as the public continues to spend
more money on recreational activities.
The outlook is favorable in churches and
other religious organizations. Growing ca-
ble television networks and new television
programs will likely cause an increase in
employment for musicians. The number of
record companies has grown dramatically
over the last decade, particularly among
small, independent houses. Digital record-
ing technology has also made it easier and
less expensive for musicians to produce
and distribute their own recordings. How-
ever, few musicians will earn substantial
incomes from these efforts. Popular mu-
sicians may receive many short-term en-
gagements in nightclubs, restaurants, and
theaters, but these engagements offer little
job stability.
ForMoreInformation
If you are taking private lessons, ask your
teacher to arrange a recital so you can
get performance experience. Churches,
schools, and community groups provide
opportunities for singers, instrumentalists,
and directors to perform and learn. Sum-
mer music camps also give you a chance
to perform with others, gain experience on
stage, and see if you have what it takes to
become a professional musician.
americanFederationofMusicians
New York, NY 10036-5501
212-869-1330
http://www.afm.org
New York, NY 10018-3308
212-265-3687
Fast Fact
Louis Armstrong (19011971)
was a jazz trumpeter, singer, and
bandleader who recorded more
than 1,500 songs in his career.
5
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 177 7/16/09 12:56:01 PM
178
Music
journalists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatMusicjournalistsDo
Music journalists report on the latest mu-
sic releases and public performances of all
types of music. Their work appears in print
and online newspapers and magazines, or
is used in radio or television broadcasts.
Music journalists research artists or
bands, watch or listen to them perform,
and then write a review or story. Music
journalists also write for wire services,
and radio and television broadcasts. They
may write for general news periodicals
that have entertainment sections or for
specialty music magazines, such as Rolling
Stone. Some music journalists also write
columns for newspaper or magazine pub-
lication or commentary for radio or televi-
sion broadcast.
Music journalists conduct their research
by attending musical shows or listening to
compact discs or music in other formats. If
they are reviewing a live performance, they
have to take notes of the concerts venue,
crowd, atmosphere, and other factors that
will make their review more interesting
and thorough.
Though some music writers may sim-
ply report objectively on music news,
most write criticism. Their opinions on
performances or recordings must be fair
and honest. To do this, music journalists
compare the performance or album release
with previous works of the artist or band in
question and compare it with other similar
music artists. For example, if a journalist is
reviewing a young pop stars latest CD, he
or she would not compare it to work of a
classical orchestra, but perhaps might hold
it up to work of rock stars from previous
eras, such as the Beatles, Elvis Presley, or
the Rolling Stones.
Music journalists also write personal
articles about artists and bands. These sto-
ries may originate as an assignment from
a music editor or as the result of a lead or
news tip. They interview the artist or band
and also talk to people involved in the pro-
duction or organization of a music show or
c
SchoolSubjectS
Journalism, Music
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$26,530 to $50,660 to $99,910
outlook
Musicians
Pop/Rock Musicians
Reporters
Singers
Songwriters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 178 7/16/09 12:56:03 PM
179
recording. During interviews, journalists
generally take notes or use a tape recorder
to collect information and write the story
once back in their offce or on their laptops
if they are on the road.
Take high school courses in English, jour-
nalism, music history, band, communi-
cations, typing, and computer science.
Speech courses will help hone interviewing
skills, and college prep courses, such as for-
eign language, history, math, and science
are also useful.
A bachelors degree is required, and
a graduate degree will give an advantage
when applying for positions. Many music
writers have backgrounds in general jour-
nalism or music. They may major in mu-
sic theory, criticism, or performance and
develop their writing skills by minoring
in journalism or simply through reporting
experience.
outlook
Employment of reporters overall is ex-
pected to grow about as fast as the aver-
age through 2016. Competition for jobs is
ferce because many people are attracted to
the feld of journalism.
The demand for music journalists will
be higher in large cities such as New York,
Chicago, or Seattle because of their large
and busy music scenes. Journalists new to
the feld might fnd better luck starting at
smaller community newspapers and other
publications. Magazines and online pub-
lications will also provide good employ-
ment opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your teacher or guidance counsel-
or to invite a music reporter or editor
to your class to speak about the career.
You can also gain valuable experience
by working on your school newspaper.
And visit music magazine Web sites such
as Billboard (http://www.billboard.com),
Rolling Stone (http//www.rollingstone.
com), and Spin (http://www.spin.com).
associationforeducationinjournalism
803-798-0271
Menc:thenationalassociation
forMusiceducation
1806 Robert Fulton Drive
Reston, VA 20191-4348
800-336-3768
http://www.menc.org
At a music industry showcase, a music
journalist interviews an up-and-coming
performer. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 179 7/16/09 12:56:04 PM
180
Music
librarians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatMusiclibrariansDo
Music librarians perform many of the same
duties as traditional librarians, but special-
ize in managing materials related to mu-
sic. They arrange, catalog, and maintain
music library collections and help patrons
fnd materials and use resources effective-
ly. They also create catalogs, indexes, bro-
chures, exhibits, Web sites, and bibliogra-
phies to educate users about the librarys
resources; supervise the purchase and
maintenance of equipment; hire and su-
pervise staff; set and implement budgets;
and select and acquire music, videotapes,
records, cassettes, DVDs, compact discs,
books, manuscripts, and other materials
for the library.
Specialized duties for music librarians
vary based on their employer and their
skill set. A music librarian employed by a
college, university, or conservatory may ac-
quire the music needed by student musical
groups, while a librarian who is employed
by music publishers may help edit musical
publications. Music librarians employed by
radio and television stations catalog and
oversee music-related materials that are
used solely by employees of these organi-
zations. They research and recommend
music selections for programs, pull and re-
fle musical selections for on-air shifts, and
maintain relationships with record compa-
nies and distributors.
Some music librarians may arrange spe-
cial music-related courses, presentations, or
performances at their libraries. They may
also compile lists of books, periodicals, ar-
ticles, and audiovisual materials on music,
or they may teach others how to do this.
Music librarians at large libraries may
specialize in one particular task. Music cata-
logers are librarians who specialize in the
cataloging and classifcation of music-re-
lated materials such as scores and sound
recordings, software, audiovisual materi-
als, and books. Music bibliographers create
detailed lists of music-related materials for
use by library patrons.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Computer science, Foreign language,
Music
Masters degree
SalaRyRange
$31,960 to $50,970 to $77,930
outlook
Librarians
Library Technicians
Musicians
Music Journalists
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 180 7/16/09 12:56:06 PM
181
Some music librarians teach music or
library science-related courses at colleges
and universities. Others write reviews of
books and music for print and online
publications.
Focus on classes in music, English, speech,
history, and foreign languages. Learning
how to use a computer and conduct basic
research in a library is essential.
A bachelors and masters degree is re-
quired to become a librarian. Many music
librarians have undergraduate degrees in a
music-related feld. A Master of Library Sci-
ence or Library and Information Science
must be acquired from a school accredited
by the American Library Association.
A doctorate may be required for work
in research libraries, university libraries,
or special collections. A doctorate is com-
monly required for the top administrative
posts of these types of libraries, as well as
for faculty positions in graduate schools of
library science.
outlook
Employment for librarians overall is ex-
pected to grow slower than the average for
all occupations through 2016. Government
budget constraints and the publics increas-
ing use of electronic resources will limit
employment in this feld. Most jobs will
arise due to retirement. The feld of musical
librarianship is small, however, and there
is little turnover in the best positions. Mu-
sic librarians with advanced education and
training will have the best employment
prospects. It is also predicted that librarians
will fnd better opportunities with private
corporations, nonproft organizations, and
consulting frms.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to your schools librarian to fnd out
what goes on behind the scenes. Join or
start your own library club. See if you can
work as an assistant in the school library
media center or fnd part-time work in
a local public library. Contact the Music
Library Association or the American Li-
brary Association to inquire about student
memberships.
800-545-2433
library@ala.org
http://www.ala.org
americanMusicologicalSociety
6010 College Station
Brunswick, ME 04011-8451
207-798-4243
ams@ams-net.org
http://www.ams-net.org
Musiclibraryassociation
8551 Research Way, Suite 180
Middleton, WI 53562-3567
608-836-5825
mla@areditions.com
http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org
A music librarian plays audio samples
for two elementary school students.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 181 7/16/09 12:56:07 PM
182
Music
Producers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatMusic
ProducersDo
Music producers are responsible for the
overall production of commercially re-
corded music. Producers work with musi-
cal artists and audio recording engineers
to assure that everything runs smoothly
during a recording session. They special-
ize in a certain type of music, such as rock
and roll, rap, jazz, classical, or country.
Producers work either independently or
for a record company.
Music producers are always seeking
out new projects and artists to record.
When they fnd a new artist or musical
group, they offer a contract, which may
involve the musicians agent, lawyers, and
managers. After the talent has signed the
contract, producers prepare a budget that
covers all the production expenses. They
consult with the group on which songs to
record and suggest ways to improve them.
They then set up rehearsal schedules, and
arrange for rehearsal studios and the audio
recording engineers, who will control the
quality of the recording.
Producers monitor and control the
technical aspects of the recording session,
such as microphone placement, sound
quality and levels, and anything else that
infuences the fnal recorded product. Af-
ter the recording session, producers edit
the multi-track recording into a two-track
stereo master, or mix. Mixing involves
determining where each recorded track
will be placed in the stereo sound spec-
trum to produce the best effect. During
the mixing process, other musical instru-
ments can be added, such as vocal or in-
strumental background, echo, and other
sound effects.
Once they are satisfed with the mix,
producers make a master recording from
which CDs, tapes, and records can be made.
Rock, rap, or country producers may also
help executives decide which song has the
best chance at being a hit with listening
audiences.
c
SchoolSubjectS
SalaRyRange
$16,110 to $40,150 to $111,490
outlook
Broadcast Engineers
Musicians
Pop/Rock Musicians
q
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 182 7/16/09 12:56:08 PM
183
Take courses in music and band to learn
about instruments, voice, and music the-
ory. Learn about as many music genres as
possible, including classical, country, op-
era, pop/rock, and jazz. Classes in media,
broadcast journalism, and theater may pro-
vide sound engineering experience.
Employers prefer to hire producers
with musical background and some level
of formal training in audio engineering,
communications, or business. Get a copy
of New Ears, an educational handbook for
audio careers by Mark Drews (New Ear
Productions, 1993). This book provides a
comprehensive list of educational oppor-
tunities in the United States and abroad.
A more formal education can be obtained
through trade school programs. Universi-
ties also offer two- to four-year programs in
music engineering.
outlook
Employment of music producers is expect-
ed to be about as fast as the average for all
occupations through 2016. The recording
industry is in a continual state of change.
New technology, new music, new markets,
and new ways of doing business are con-
stantly redefning the way the music pro-
ducers perform their jobs. Computer tech-
nology is simplifying the recording and
mixing process while opening new outlets
for creativity. Employment for music pro-
ducers is very competitive. Although some
independent-label bands choose to produce
themselves, the experience and know-how
of a successful producer is a standard for
major-label productions.
ForMoreInformation
Join a music group to get a sense of the
collaborative process of putting songs to-
gether. Your school may have equipment
available for recording performances, and
your schools music teacher or media de-
partment director may be able to assist you
with a recording project.
theRecordingacademy
3030 Olympic Boulevard
Santa Monica, CA 90404-5013
310-392-3777
losangeles@grammy.com
http://www.grammy.com
RecordingIndustryassociationofamerica
1025 F Street, NW, 10th Floor
202-775-0101
http://www.riaa.com
SocietyofProfessionalaudioRecording
Services
PO Box 822643
Dallas, TX 75382-2643
800-771-7727
spars@spars.com
Music producer Kevin Shirley (l) is helping
an artist record his album during a
recording session. (WireImage/Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 183 7/16/09 12:56:09 PM
184
Music
teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatMusicteachersDo
Music teachers teach people how to sing,
play musical instruments, and appreciate
and enjoy music. They teach private les-
sons and classes. They may work at home
or in a studio, school, college, or conser-
vatory. Many music teachers are also per-
forming musicians.
Music teachers help students learn to
read music, develop their voices, breathe
correctly, and hold and play their instru-
ments properly. As their students master
the techniques of their art, teachers guide
them through more and more diffcult
pieces of music. Music teachers often orga-
nize recitals or concerts that feature their
students. These recitals allow family and
friends to hear how well the students are
progressing and help students gain valu-
able performing experience.
Private music teachers may teach chil-
dren who are just beginning to play or sing,
teens who hope to make music their career,
or adults who are interested in music les-
sons for their own enjoyment.
Music teachers in elementary and sec-
ondary schools often offer group and pri-
vate lessons. They direct in-school glee
clubs, concert choirs, marching bands, or
orchestras. College and university music
teachers are also frequently performers or
composers. They divide their time between
group and individual instruction and may
teach several music subjects, such as mu-
sic appreciation and music history, theory,
and pedagogy (the teaching of music).
Take voice lessons or learn to play an instru-
ment. Participation in music classes, choral
groups, bands, and orchestras is also good
preparation for a music education career.
Like all musicians, music teachers spend
years mastering their instruments or devel-
oping their voices. Private teachers need no
formal training or licenses, but most have
spent years studying with an experienced
musician, either in a school or conserva-
tory or through private lessons.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Theater/Dance
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$18,530 to $34,580 to $66,470
outlook
Music Producers
Musicians
L
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 184 7/16/09 12:56:09 PM
185
Teachers in elementary schools and
high schools must have at least a bache-
lors degree in music education as well as
a state-issued teaching license. There are
many conservatories, universities, and col-
leges that offer bachelors degrees in mu-
sic education to qualify students for state
certifcates.
To teach music in colleges and schools
of music or in conservatories, a graduate
degree in music is usually required. Many
teachers at this level also have doctorate
degrees. However, very talented and well-
known performers or composers are some-
times hired without any formal graduate
training, but only a few people reach that
level of fame.
outlook
Career opportunities in teaching music are
expected to grow at an average rate in el-
ementary schools and in colleges and uni-
versities but at a slower rate in secondary
schools. Private teachers may fare better
as the Department of Labor predicts much
faster growth in employment of self-en-
richment teachers through 2016.
Although increasing numbers of col-
leges and universities are offering music
programs, enrollments in schools at all
levels have been depressed and are not
expected to increase immediately in the
next century. Some public schools facing
severe budget problems have eliminated
music programs altogether, making com-
petition for jobs at that level even keener.
In addition, private music teachers are fac-
ing greater competition from instrumen-
tal musicians who must turn to teaching
because of the oversupply of musicians
seeking playing jobs.
ForMoreInformation
Sing in your school or church choir. Join a
band or orchestra. Get as much experience
as you can playing, singing, and perform-
ing. Read all you can about music theory,
music history, famous musicians, and per-
formance. Talk to your music teachers
about what they like and do not like about
teaching music.
New York, NY 10018-3308
212-265-3687
Musicteachersnationalassociation
441 Vine Street, Suite 3100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-3004
888-512-5278
http://www.mtna.org
thenationalassociationforMusic
education
1806 Robert Fulton Drive
Reston, VA 20191-4348
800-366-3768
http://www.menc.org
This piano teacher is helping her young
student learn to read and play music.
(Noam Armonn/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 185 7/16/09 12:56:10 PM
186
Music
Therapists
SKILLS SPOTLIGHT
What they do
Teach
Skills they need
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
What Music Therapists Do
Music therapists treat and rehabilitate peo-
ple with mental, physical, and emotional
disabilities. They use the creative process
of music in their therapy sessions to deter-
mine the underlying causes of problems
and to help patients achieve therapeutic
goals. The specifc objectives of the thera-
peutic activities vary according to the
needs of the patient and the setting of the
therapy program.
Music therapists work with all age
groups in individual, group, or family ses-
sions. They use musical lessons and activi-
ties to improve a patients self-confdence
and self-awareness, to relieve states of de-
pression, and to improve physical dexter-
ity. For example, a music therapist treating
a patient with Alzheimers disease might
play songs from the patients past to stimu-
late long- and short-term memories, soothe
agitation, and increase a sense of reality.
A music therapist treating patients with
physical disabilities may have the patients
play a keyboard or xylophone to improve
their dexterity or have them walk to a mu-
sical selection to improve their balance and
gait. Music therapists also treat people with
mental health needs, learning and devel-
opmental disabilities, physical disabilities,
brain injuries, conditions related to ag-
ing, alcohol and drug abuse problems, and
acute and chronic pain.
Before therapists begin treatment, they
meet with a team of health care profession-
als. After determining the strengths, limita-
tions, and interests of their client, they cre-
ate a program to promote positive change
and growth. The music therapist continues
to confer with the other health care work-
ers as the program progresses and adjusts
the program according to the clients re-
sponse to the therapy.
Some music therapists may also edit or
write publications about music or creative
arts therapy, teach music therapy education
courses at colleges and universities, work
as professional musicians, or specialize in
c
SCHOOL SUBJECTS
Music, Psychology
MINIMUM EDUCATION LEVEL
Bachelors degree
SALARY RANGE
$21,700 to $36,940 to $58,030
OUTLOOK
OTHER ARTICLES TO READ
Creative Arts Therapist
Musicians
187
other creative arts therapy careers such as
art, dance, or drama therapy.
Music therapists must have a bachelors de-
gree. While in high school, take classes in
music, musical instruments, musical theo-
ry, drama, English, psychology, and com-
munications. A graduate degree is needed
to advance in the feld.
Bachelors degree holders are eligible to
sit for a certifcation examination offered
by the Certifcation Board for Music Thera-
pists. Therapists who successfully complete
this examination may use the designation,
music therapist-board certifed. Music ther-
apists are required to renew this certifca-
tion every fve years by completing con-
tinuing education credits or by retaking
the certifcation exam.
Many music therapists hold additional
licenses in other felds, such as social work,
education, mental health, or marriage and
family therapy. In some states, music ther-
apists need to be licensed depending on
their place of work.
outlook
Employment of music therapists should
2016. Job openings in facilities such as
nursing homes should continue to in-
crease as the elderly population grows over
the next few decades. Advances in medical
technology and the recent practice of early
discharge from hospitals should also create
new opportunities in managed care facili-
ties, chronic pain clinics, cancer care facili-
ties, and hospices.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your teacher or guidance counselor to
arrange for a music therapist to visit your
class and speak about his or her work.
Look for part-time or summer jobs, or vol-
unteer at a hospital, clinic, nursing home,
summer camp, or health care facility. You
might also consider becoming a student
member of the American Music Therapy
Association.
americanMusictherapyassociation
301-589-3300
info@musictherapy.org
http://www.musictherapy.org
certifcationboardforMusictherapists
506 East Lancaster Avenue, Suite 102
Downingtown, PA 19335-2776
800-765-2268
info@cbmt.org
http://www.cbmt.org
MusictherapyWorld
Institute for Music Therapy
Faculty for Medicine
University Witten/Herdecke
Alfred-Herrhausen-Str.50
58448 Witten, Germany
http://www.musictherapyworld.net
This music therapist sings and strums
guitar to comfort a terminally ill patient.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 187 7/16/09 12:56:14 PM
188
Musicvenue
ownersand
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Problem solving
WhatMusicvenue
ownersandManagersDo
Music venue owners and managers are re-
sponsible for the overall success of a music
venue. They book music acts, oversee em-
ployees, and play a role in the hiring and
fring of staff. While owners have the fnal
say in the clubs business decisions, manag-
ers handle the daily operations of the ven-
ue, such as hiring, training, and scheduling
staff members, planning music program-
ming, checking music and bar equipment,
and ensuring the safety and cleanliness of
the club.
Music venue managers, like other facil-
ity managers, coordinate the events that
occur in the club with the services and peo-
ple who make those events possible. This
involves booking bands, hiring and fring
workers when needed, and overseeing elec-
trical workers, sound technicians, bar staff,
security guards, and other employees that
keep the club running. Depending on the
size of the music venue, managers may
have different job titles and specialized du-
ties, such as sound manager or restaurant
and bar manager.
Larger music venues may contract work
to outside vendors, such as security, food
and drink services, or electrical work. It is
the responsibility of the music venue man-
ager to hire such contractors and oversee
their work. They also make sure that the
music venue, its workers, and the servic-
es offered are in accordance with federal,
state, and local regulations.
Music venue owners must be sure they
have the proper fnances to open a club and
keep it running. This may require months,
if not years, of research and long-term f-
nancial planning. They also make sure
their venue meets customers needs and is
competitive when compared to other ven-
ues. Owners may visit other music venues
to investigate designs, organization, and
music schedules.
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Music
Bachelors degree
SalaRyRange
$36,120 to $67,020 to $133,910
outlook
Business Managers
Musicians
Music Journalists
Music Producers
q
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 188 7/16/09 12:56:15 PM
189
Take high school courses in music busi-
ness, mathematics, and computer science.
Speech and writing classes will help hone
A bachelors degree is required to enter
the feld of music facility management. In
many instances, a masters degree in facil-
ity management or business is preferred.
Some schools offer degrees in music in-
dustry or facility management. However,
any degree that emphasizes strong busi-
ness and fnance skills will be useful. Visit
the Web site of The College Music Society
(http://www.music.org) for information on
educational paths.
Certifcation in facility management is
not mandatory but is becoming a distin-
guishing credential among the managers
of the largest, most proftable venues. The
International Facility Management Asso-
ciation (IFMA) and The International Asso-
ciation of Assembly Managers (IAAM) offer
certifcation.
outlook
Employment of music venue owners and
managers depends largely on the state of
the economy. During slow periods of eco-
nomic growth, people are less likely to
spend money on concerts and other en-
tertainment options, and clubs hire fewer
workers to reduce costs. However, this
might affect the large venues (with higher
ticket and concession prices) more than
the small clubs.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to help coordinate school plays,
band or choral performances, or any other
production. Part-time or summer jobs as
stagehands, ushers, or other positions are
available at theaters, outdoor music festi-
vals, and other venues. Professional orga-
nizations within the feld also sponsor op-
portunities to learn on-the-job. The IAAM
offers internships to qualifed students.
Internationalassociationofassembly
Managers
635 Fritz Drive, Suite 100
Coppell, TX 75019-4442
972-906-7441
http://www.iaam.org
InternationalFacilityManagement
association
1 East Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100
713-623-4362
ifma@ifma.org
http://www.ifma.org
thecollegeMusicSociety
312 East Pine Street
Missoula, MT 59802-4624
406-721-9616
cms@music.org
http://www.music.org
The manager of a concert hall such as this
must make serious decisions about the
personnel, safety, and pricing of tickets
prior to a performance. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 189 7/16/09 12:56:16 PM
190
Musicvideo
Directorsand
Producers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatMusicvideo
DirectorsandProducersDo
Music video directors and producers often
work together as a team to create music
videos for record companies and other em-
ployers. Directors are concerned with the
look, feel, and sound of the video. Produc-
ers focus on business-related issues, such as
electricity and catering, and logistics. They
are involved in pre-production (before the
shoot), production (during the shoot), and
postproduction (after the shoot).
To be considered for jobs, music video
directors and producers present a bid (a
written estimate of how much money they
will need to shoot and complete the video)
and a treatment to music recording execu-
tives, most often a video commissioner or
marketing director. A treatment is a written
overview of what a director plans to do in
the music video. Directors and producers
meet with music video editors to discuss
the objectives of the video and the best
way to present the artists image.
Record industry executives review the
treatment and suggest revisions based on
the projects budget and stylistic concerns.
The director and producer then submit a
revised treatment that is eventually ap-
proved. Once a treatment is accepted, the
director and producer begin work on the
music.
Music video directors interpret the sto-
ries presented in scripts and coordinate
the flming. The director creates a shoot-
ing script and storyboards as a guide to as-
sist in making the video. Music video di-
rectors audition, select, and rehearse the
talent, oversee set designs and costumes,
and decide where scenes should be shot,
and which backgrounds and special effects
should be used. Music video producers may
handle some of these tasks so that directors
can focus on the more artistic aspects of
the production.
Music video directors may work with
directors of photography, or cinematogra-
c
SchoolSubjectS
Business, Computer science, Music
High school diploma
SalaRyRange
$28,980 to $61,090 to $145,600
outlook
Musicians
Music Video Editors
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 190 7/16/09 12:56:18 PM
191
phers, who organize and implement the ac-
tual camera work. After all the scenes have
been shot, postproduction begins. The di-
rector and producer work with picture and
sound editors to create the fnal product.
The music video editor assembles shots ac-
cording to the wishes of the director and
producer and his or her own artistic sen-
sibility, synchronizing flm with voice and
sound tracks produced by the sound editor
and music editor.
When the music video is complete, the
director and producer submit it to their
employer for fnal review and approval.
A high school diploma will be benefcial,
particularly for entry to flm school. Take
courses in music, English (especially writ-
ing), art, theater, history, computer science,
economics, business, and flm.
A college degree is not required but can
provide a well-rounded education. Film
school offers an education in fundamen-
tal directing skills by working with student
productions. Many producers earn college
degrees. Formal study of business, flm,
television, music, communications, the-
ater, writing, English literature, or art at the
college level is helpful.
outlook
Employment for directors and producers is
expected to grow about as fast as the average
for all occupations through 2016. Though
opportunities will increase with the expan-
sion of cable and satellite television and an
increased overseas demand for American-
made music videos and flms, competition
is extreme and turnover is high.
ForMoreInformation
Study commercials, television shows, and
flms that incorporate musical elements
to see what makes them interesting. Read
trade journals such as Variety (http://www.
variety.com), Rolling Stone (http://www.roll-
ingstone.com), and Blender (http://www.
blender.com).
americanFilmInstitute(aFI)
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
broadcasteducationassociation
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-3935
MusicvideoProductionassociation
201 North Occidental Street
213-387-1590
info@mvpa.com
http://www.mvpa.com
During part of a music video shoot, a
director asks for a touch-up of an artists
makeup. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 191 7/16/09 12:56:19 PM
192
Musicvideo
editors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatMusic
videoeditorsDo
Music video editors perform an essential role
in the music industry. They take an uned-
ited draft of flm or videotape and use spe-
cialized equipment to improve the draft
until it is ready for viewing. They create the
most effective product possible that refects
the intentions of the featured music artist
or of the artists record label.
Music video editors work closely with
video producers and directors throughout
an entire project. They assist in the earliest
phase, called pre-production, and during
the production phase, when actual flm-
ing occurs. Their skills are in the greatest
demand during post-production, when pri-
mary flming is completed and the bulk of
the editing begins.
During pre-production, video editors
learn from producers and directors about
the objectives of the music video. If the
video is for a young pop star, for example,
the editor should be familiar with the art-
ists music and image. They may discuss
settings, scenes, costumes, effects, and
camera angles before flming begins.
Editors frst take flm that has been de-
veloped in labs and transfer it to videotape.
They use digital editing systems to convert
flm footage to a digital format. The sys-
tem has a database that tracks individual
frames and puts all the scenes together in
a folder of information. This information
is stored on a hard drive and can instantly
be brought up on screen, allowing a video
editor to access scenes and frames with the
click of a mouse.
Music video editors usually make the
fnal decisions about which video seg-
ments will stay in, which will be cut, or
which may need to be redone. They ar-
range the segments in an order that creates
the most effective fnished product. Some
editors specialize in certain aspects of the
music video. Sound editors may have train-
ing in music theory or performance and
focus on the audio element of the music
c
SchoolSubjectS
Art, Computer science, Music
SalaRyRange
$24,270 to $47,870 to $113,580
outlook
Musicians
Music Producers
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 192 7/16/09 12:56:21 PM
193
video. Special effects editors are concerned
more with the look of the video and are
responsible for effects such as hand-drawn
and computer animation and other stylis-
tic footage.
Take English, speech, theater, and writing
classes. Art, photography, computer, and
flm classes are recommended. Find listings
of high schools with flm courses and other
resources at the American Film Institutes
Web site: http://www.af.edu.
A degree in English, journalism, the-
ater, or flm is preferred. Many colleges of-
fer courses in the study of flm history, and
some teach flm and video editing. Uni-
versities with broadcast journalism depart-
ments offer courses in video editing and
usually have contacts at local television
stations.
Many editors learn valuable skills
through apprenticeships at flm studios
or production companies. Music video
editors must be experts at using technol-
ogy and software. Avid, Final Cut Pro, and
other digital editing systems offer training
and certifcation programs. Becoming cer-
tifed, while not required, is a good way for
editors to increase their marketability and
build their skills.
outlook
employment for editors will grow about
as fast as the average through 2016. The
growth in popularity of cable music chan-
nels will translate into greater demand for
video editors. Competition will be keen for
jobs, though, because many people are at-
tracted to this feld.
ForMoreInformation
Keep up with music trends and new art-
ists. Be familiar with all different kinds
of flm and television projects, including
documentaries, short flms, feature flms,
TV shows, and commercials. Large televi-
sion stations and music production com-
panies occasionally have volunteers or
student interns.
americanFilmInstitute(aFI)
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
MusicvideoProductionassociation
201 North Occidental Street
213-387-1590
info@mvpa.com
http://www.mvpa.com
After receiving the footage for a music
video, this editor busily works to tailor
it to ft the directors vision. (Associated
Press)
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 193 7/16/09 12:56:22 PM
194
Glossary
experience.
baccalaureate.
licensed.
college.
school.
a masters degree.
pany layoffs.
dustrial products.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 194 7/16/09 12:56:23 PM
195
insurance.
skilled trade.
college.
natural sciences.
Compare certifed.
sciences).
lors level.
sciences.
or she retires.
meeting.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 195 7/16/09 12:56:23 PM
196
sciences.
college.
colleges.
school.
and skills.
trade union.
school.
CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 196 7/16/09 12:56:24 PM
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 1 7/16/09 1:02:04 PM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 2 7/16/09 1:02:05 PM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 6
Myotherapists
Polygraph Examiners
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 3 7/16/09 1:02:07 PM
Ferguson
New York NY 10001
v. cm.
Includes index.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc22
2009003162
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 4 7/16/09 1:02:07 PM
VOLUNE 6
CAREER ARIlCLE5
Myotherapists 2
Nail Technicians 4
Nannies 6
National Park Service Employees 8
Naturalists 10
Naturopaths 12
Neonatal Nurses 14
Neurologists 16
Neurosurgeons 18
News Anchors 20
Newspaper Editors 22
Nonproft Directors 24
Nuclear Engineers 26
Nuclear Instrumentation
Technicians 28
Nuclear Medicine Technologists 30
Nuclear Reactor Operators 32
Nurse Anesthetists 34
Nurse Assistants 36
Nurse-Midwives 38
Nurse Practitioners 40
Nurses 42
Nursing Home Administrators 44
Nursing Instructors 46
Obstetricians and Gynecologists 48
Occupational Therapists 50
Occupational Therapy Assistants
and Aides 52
Oceanographers 54
Offce Administrators 56
Offce Clerks 58
Oncologists 60
Operating Engineers 62
Ophthalmic Laboratory
Technicians 64
Ophthalmic Medical Assistants 66
Ophthalmologists 68
Optical Engineers 70
Optometrists 72
Oriental Medicine Practitioners 74
Orientation and Mobility
Specialists 76
Orthodontists 78
Orthotic and Prosthetic
Technicians 80
Orthotists and Prosthetists 82
Osteopaths 84
Packaging Designers 86
Packaging Engineers 88
Packaging Machinery Technicians 90
Painters and Paperhangers 92
Paleontologists 94
Papermaking Workers 96
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 5 7/16/09 1:02:08 PM
Paralegals 98
ParkRangers 100
ParoleOffcers 102
PastryChefsandCandyMakers 104
Pathologists 106
Pediatricians 108
Pedorthists 110
PersonalChefs 112
PersonalShoppers 114
PersonalTrainers 116
PersonnelSpecialists 118
PestControlWorkers 120
PetGroomers 122
PetroleumEngineersand
Technicians 124
PetroleumRefningWorkers 126
Petrologists 128
PetShopWorkers 130
PetSitters 132
PharmaceuticalIndustryWorkers 134
Pharmacists 136
Pharmacologists 138
PharmacyTechnicians 140
PhlebotomyTechnicians 142
PhotoEditors 144
Photographers 146
PhotographyInstructors 148
Photojournalists 150
PhotoLabWorkers 152
PhotoStylists 154
PhysicalEducationTeachers 156
PhysicalTherapists 158
PhysicalTherapyAssistants 160
PhysicianAssistants 162
Physicians 164
Physicists 166
Pilots 168
Pipeftters 170
Plasterers 172
PlasticsEngineers 174
PlasticsProductsManufacturing
Workers 176
PlasticsTechnicians 178
Plumbers 180
Podiatrists 182
PoliceOffcers 184
PoliticalColumnistsandWriters 186
PoliticalReporters 188
PoliticalScientists 190
PolygraphExaminers 192
Glossary 194
vii
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
and Administration
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Human Services
Security
Manufacturing
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 7 7/16/09 1:02:16 PM
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 8 7/16/09 1:02:16 PM

cArEErArTIclES
e
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 1 7/16/09 1:02:17 PM
2
Myotherapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatMyotherapistsDo
Myotherapy is a form of massage. Myothera-
pists apply pressure to trigger points (sore
areas that cause pain) using their fngers,
knuckles, and elbows. Their aim is to re-
lieve muscle pain and spasms, and improve
overall circulation.
Myotherapy has been effective for al-
leviating pain caused by arthritis, bursitis,
scoliosis, sciatica, and even pain associated
with lupus, AIDS, and muscular dystrophy.
Medical physicians, osteopaths, chiroprac-
tors, or acupuncturists may refer clients
to myotherapy treatment. Clients usually
have already undergone a series of medical
tests to make sure pain is not structural in
origin.
When myotherapists frst meet with a
client, they take a thorough history to de-
termine whether the pain might be the re-
sult of an old injury or accident or perhaps
the result of the patients background and
lifestyle. Chronic pain can be caused by oc-
cupations, diseases, past accidents, surger-
ies, or participation in sports. The Kraus-
Weber Minimum Muscular Fitness Test for
Key Posture Muscles is one procedure that
myotherapists use to assess clients. It is
divided into six tests for different muscle
masses, and it gauges the fexibility and
strength of a persons muscles.
Myotherapists mark down the sourc-
es of a patients pain on a trigger point
pain chart and grade the pains intensi-
ty on a scale of one (mild) to 10 (almost
unbearable).
They then use their fngers, knuckles,
or elbows to apply pressure to the clients
trigger points. The location of a trigger
point determines the amount and length
of pressure applied; on the average, seven
seconds for most body areas and four to
fve seconds for the face and head. Tools
such as the crook (a metal rod shaped like a
shepherds hook) and the bodo (a wooden
dowel) are used to give the myotherapist
greater extension and also to help fght
fatigue. They use small bodos to work the
hands and feet, while larger bodos are help-
ful in working larger muscle masses such as
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
MINIMuMEDucATIONlEvEl
SAlAryrANgE
$16,000 to $34,870 to $70,840
OuTlOOk
Chiropractors
Ergonomists
Kinesiologists
Massage Therapists
Physical Therapists
Reexologists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 2 7/16/09 1:02:20 PM
3
the quadriceps and gluteus. As muscles re-
lax, the spasms stop and the pain is eased.
Following the trigger-point work, myo-
therapists exercise clients to help muscles
remain loose, strong, and lengthened.
These exercises also help improve coordi-
nation, strength, and posture.
Take anatomy and physiology classes to
understand how the human body works.
Physical ftness classes and dance classes
are helpful in developing a strong and fex-
ible body.
The Bonnie Prudden Myotherapy
School is considered the best program
available, although there are other schools
offering classes in myotherapy. Students
complete 1,300 hours of study, which
makes them eligible to take the certifca-
tion exam.
Certifcation is also available from oth-
er massage therapy schools, usually requir-
ing completion of a series of workshops or
seminars. In some states, budding myother-
apists must also become licensed massage
therapists before practicing myotherapy.
Outlook
Employment of myotherapists is expected
cupations through 2016. The feld of myo-
therapy is new and growing. People are
more interested in alternative health treat-
ments, and there is a growing acceptance
of myotherapy from the public and the
medical feld. Many physicians, especially
those specializing in neurology and rheu-
matology, are referring patients for myo-
therapy treatments. A large percent of the
population experiences some sort of pain,
most commonly back pain and headaches.
ForMoreInformation
Consider going to several different massage
therapists who offer different types of mas-
sage. Look for books on massage instruc-
tion at a library or bookstore. Videos that
demonstrate massage techniques are avail-
able as well. Volunteering at a hospice,
nursing home, or shelter will also give you
experience in caring for others.
BonniePruddenMyotherapy,Inc.
PO Box 65240
Tucson, AZ 85728-5240
800-221-4634
info@bonnieprudden.com
http://www.bonnieprudden.com
InternationalMyotherapyAssociation
info@myotherapy.org
http://www.myotherapy.org
Growth Field
ber of myotherapists is expected
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 3 7/16/09 1:02:20 PM

4
Nail
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatNail
TechniciansDo
Nail technicians provide a variety of servic-
es for clients hands and feet. They clean,
shape, and polish fngernails and toenails.
They groom cuticles and apply lotion to
hands and/or feet. They apply a variety of
artifcial nails and may create nail art,
decorating nails with stencils, glitter, and
ornaments.
Nail technicians work at a table across
from their clients. They use a variety of
small implements in their work, such as
nail sticks and fles, cuticle instruments,
tweezers, and emery boards. Standard
manicure procedure involves removing old
polish, shaping nails, softening and trim-
ming cuticles and applying cuticle cream,
cleansing and drying hands and nails, ap-
plying polish and top coat, and applying
hand lotion. Nail technicians must take
care to use only new or sanitized instru-
ments to prevent the spread of disease,
since a variety of funguses and infections
can be spread through equipment that has
not been properly sanitized.
A mans manicure is a more conserva-
tive procedure than a womans; the process
is similar, but most men prefer to have a
dry polish or to have their nails buffed.
Pedicures have become a popular and
important salon service, especially when
fashion and weather dictate open-toed
shoe styles. The procedure for a pedicure is
much like that of a manicure, with the set-
up involving a low stool for the technician
and an ottoman for the clients feet.
Nearly all states require that nail techni-
cians be high school graduates, although
a few states require only an eighth- or
10th-grade education. Courses in anatomy,
health, business, English, and communi-
cations at the high school level are help-
ful. Art classes, such as painting, drawing,
or sculpting, allow students to work with
their hands and develop a sense of color
and design.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Art, Business, Health
SAlAryrANgE
$15,050 to $19,960 to $32,240
OuTlOOk
Barbers
Cosmeticians
Makeup Artists
Pet Groomers
0
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 4 7/16/09 1:02:20 PM
5
Requirements for becoming a licensed
nail technician vary from state to state, but
most courses require between 100 and 500
clock hours of training. Some states have
schools specifcally for nail technician
training. In other states, the course work
must be completed within the context of
a generalized cosmetology program. Pro-
grams cover a broad range of subjects, in-
cluding bacteriology, sanitation, diseases
and disorders of the nail, anatomy, aroma-
therapy, refexology, state law, and people
skills. Course work also includes client ex-
perience on live models.
Once they have completed the required
course work, students must pass an exami-
nation that usually includes a written test
and a practical examination in order to re-
ceive a license.
Outlook
Employment growth for nail technicians
should be about as fast as the average for
all occupations through 2016. The multi-
billion dollar nail business has been grow-
ing rapidly for years. Nail salons and day
spas offering nail services continue to crop
up everywhere, and nail technicians rep-
resent the fastest-growing segment of the
various specialized service providers in the
beauty industry. Large cities generally pro-
vide the bulk of job opportunities for nail
technicians.
ForMoreInformation
Call a cosmetology or nail school and ask
for an opportunity to tour the facilities,
observe classes, and question instructors.
Make an appointment with a nail tech-
nician for a manicure or pedicure so you
can see what the work is like. A part-time
job in a beauty salon may also help you
determine your interest in various aspects
of the beauty industry. Check out Beauty
Techs Web site at http://www.beautytech.
com/nailtech.
NAIlSMagazine
3520 Challenger Street
Torrance, CA 90503-1640
310-533-2400
http://www.nailsmag.com
NationalAccreditingcommissionof
cosmetologyArtsandSciences
703-600-7600
NationalcosmetologyAssociation
401 North Michigan Avenue, 22nd Floor
866-871-0656
nca1@ncacares.org
A nail technician preps a clients nails
with nail strengthener before painting.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 5 7/16/09 1:02:22 PM
6
Nannies
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatNanniesDo
Nannies take care of children in their
homes, allowing parents to work without
having to leave children at a day care cen-
ter or at someone elses house. Sometimes
nannies also live in the home, too.
In general, nannies tend to all of the
childrens needs. They plan, cook, and serve
at least two meals (breakfast and lunch).
They teach table manners. If infants are in
their care, they prepare formula and steril-
ize bottles. As a rule, nannies should not be
expected to cook or clean for the parents.
Nannies help the children dress each
day. They keep the childrens clothes clean
and neat and help them select their outfts.
They supervise bath time for both toddlers
and infants. They take care of sick children
and give them medicine.
One of the most important duties nan-
nies must perform is planning a playtime
for each day. They decide on games and
other activities and also read, sing, rock,
cuddle, and take care of the childrens emo-
tional needs. They may play in the home or
take children to parks, playgrounds, zoos,
and libraries. Unfortunately, nannies are
often expected to do things that they were
not hired to do, such as cleaning, ironing,
or taking care of pets.
Take high school courses in child develop-
ment, home economics, and family and
consumer science. Psychology and com-
munications courses will also be helpful.
There are several schools that offer
specialized nanny training usually lasting
between 12 and 16 weeks. These programs
are typically accredited by individual state
agencies. Two- and four-year programs are
available at many colleges and include
courses on early childhood education,
child growth and development, and child
care.
There are many nanny schools across
the country, and most admit only high
school graduates. Along with a high school
diploma, nanny schools expect a statement
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Psychology
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$13,930 to $18,350 to $28,210
OuTlOOk
Child-care Workers
Household Workers
Preschool Teachers
Teacher Aides
0
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 6 7/16/09 1:02:22 PM
7
of good health from a physician, school
transcripts, and a drivers license. When
hiring a nanny, many parents prefer to hire
someone who has graduated from one of
these schools.
Local community colleges and pub-
lic or private schools also offer programs
in this feld. Areas of study include child
growth and development, nutrition, infant
care, health, safety, and frst aid.
Certifcation is not required but can be
extremely benefcial in securing work. Hav-
ing the title of certifed professional nanny
shows potential employers the nannys
commitment to the work as well as the
level of training.
Outlook
Employment growth for all child-care work-
ers is expected to grow faster than the av-
erage through 2016. Job opportunities for
nannies should be particularly good. The
continuing trend of both parents working
outside the home ensures that nannies will
remain in demand. Even if many of these
parents switch to part-time jobs, there will
still be a need for qualifed child-care pro-
viders. Presently, the demand for nannies
outweighs the supply, and graduating nan-
nies may fnd themselves faced with sev-
eral job offers. In addition, the long hours
and low pay make for a high turnover rate
in this feld, and replacement workers are
always needed. It may be years before the
gap between the number of positions open
and the availability of nannies diminishes.
ForMoreInformation
Babysitting is an excellent way to gain
child-care experience. As a babysitter, you
will often care for children without any su-
pervision, thereby learning child manage-
ment and personal responsibility. Volun-
teer, or work part time at a day-care center,
nursery, or elementary school.
goAuPair
151 East 6100 South, Suite 200
Murray, UT 84107-7489
888-287-2471
inforequest@goaupair.com
http://www.goaupair.com
InternationalNannyAssociation
PO Box 1299
Hyannis, MA 02601-1299
888-878-1477
http://www.nanny.org
Growth Field
ber of nannies is expected to grow
about 18 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 7 7/16/09 1:02:22 PM

8
National
ParkService
Employees
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatNationalPark
ServiceEmployeesDo
National Park Service (NPS) employees have a
wide variety of backgrounds and capabili-
ties and fll a number of different positions.
They include law enforcement rangers, inter-
preters, resource managers, historians, archae-
ologists, clerical assistants, maintenance work-
ers, and scientists. They are all dedicated to
the mission of the NPS: conserving the nat-
ural and cultural resources of Americas na-
tional parks for the enjoyment, education,
and inspiration of the present and future
generations.
Our countrys National Park System
spans the country, with just about every
state and several territories being home to
at least one unit of the NPS. The NPS em-
ploys thousands of workers, each of whom
performs an essential function within the
system. Here are just a few examples:
Maintenance workers remove litter and
keep the parks clean and beautiful. They
also groom hiking trails, repair potholes,
and restore historic buildings. Scientists,
historians, and archaeologists help us bet-
ter understand the ecosystems within our
parks by studying cultural artifacts found
within the parks.
Park rangers enforce the rules, protect
the park resources, and interpret the re-
sources to the public. Enforcement rangers
patrol the parks, helping visitors have safe,
enjoyable experiences in the wilderness.
They are responsible for visitor protection,
resource protection, law enforcement, and
overseeing special park uses, such as com-
mercial flming. Interpretive rangers edu-
cate the public about the history and value
of the parks resources by giving presenta-
tions, leading guided tours and hikes, and
answering questions.
Park police offcers protect lives. They
may be assigned to areas in New York City
or San Francisco, and may be detailed to
any part of the National Park System on a
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$34,590 to $52,440 to $76,740
OuTlOOk
Foresters
Forestry Experts
Park Rangers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 8 7/16/09 1:02:25 PM
9
temporary basis. The uniformed guard force
protects federal property and buildings.
A number of positions are available in
the design and construction areas. Also,
persons with backgrounds in archaeology
and history, and to a lesser degree, sociolo-
gy, geography, and anthropology, conduct
programs concerned with the National Park
Systems cultural resources. Land acquisi-
tion professionals and similar employees
work with analysts and administrators in
the Washington offce and in some parks
and regional offces.
Take science, history, psychology, educa-
tion, sociology, and physical education
courses to help develop communication
skills.
A bachelors degree is recommended.
Any individual who hopes to serve as a
scientist, historian, or archaeologist within
the parks must have a college degree, with
a major in the relevant discipline. Those
who plan to become rangers should place
particular emphasis on science courses.
Outlook
The National Park Service is a very small
government agency. While job opportuni-
ties are limited and not highly lucrative,
individuals who love outdoor work and
nature are still attracted to the feld. As a re-
sult, competition for jobs is high and turn-
over is low. Students who are interested in
working for the NPS should not be discour-
aged, though. The National Park Service is
always looking for dedicated people who
are willing to work their way up.
ForMoreInformation
Get involved in the Volunteers-in-Parks
(VIP) program. Park volunteers help park
employees by welcoming visitors, main-
taining trails, building fences, picking up
litter, and more. Visit http://www.nps.
gov/volunteer.
If you do not live near a national park,
contact the Student Conservation Associa-
tion (SCA), to learn about volunteer oppor-
tunities and resources.
NationalParksconservationAssociation
800-628-7275
npca@npca.org
http://www.npca.org
689 River Road
PO Box 550
Charlestown, NC 03603-0550
603-543-1700
NationalParkService
1849 C Street NW
202-208-6843
http://www.nps.gov
In the Florida Everglades, a National
Park Service employee places an alligator
back into the water after providing it
veterinary care. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 9 7/16/09 1:02:25 PM
10
Naturalists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatNaturalistsDo
Naturalists study the natural world in or-
der to learn the best way to preserve the
earth and its living creatures (humans, an-
imals, and plants). They teach the public
about the environment and show people
what they can do about such hazards as
pollution.
Naturalists may work in wildlife muse-
ums, private nature centers, or large zoos.
Some naturalists work for parks, most of
which are operated by state or federal gov-
ernments. Naturalists also can work as
nature resource managers, wildlife conser-
vationists, ecologists, and environmental
educators for many different employers.
Depending on where they work, natu-
ralists may protect and conserve wildlife or
particular types of land, such as prairies or
wetlands. Other naturalists research and
carry out plans to restore lands that have
been damaged by erosion, fre, or develop-
ment. Some naturalists recreate wildlife
habitats and nature trails. They plant trees,
for example, or they label existing plants.
Fish and wildlife wardens help regulate
populations of fsh, hunted animals, and
protected animals. They control hunt-
ing and fshing and make sure species are
thriving but not overpopulating their ter-
ritories. Wildlife managers, range manag-
ers, and conservationists also maintain the
plant and animal life in a certain area. They
work in parks or on ranges that have both
domestic livestock and wild animals. They
test soil and water for nutrients and pol-
lution. They also count plant and animal
populations each season.
Naturalists also work indoors. They
raise funds for projects, write reports, keep
detailed records, and write articles, bro-
chures, and newsletters to educate the pub-
lic about their work. They might campaign
for support for protection of an endangered
species by holding meetings and hearings.
They also give tours and nature walks, and
teach classes.
Take high school courses in Earth science,
biology, and chemistry. Botany courses and
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$36,700 to $63,340 to $98,570
OuTlOOk
Biologists
Ecologists
Park Rangers
J
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 10 7/16/09 1:02:26 PM
11
clubs are helpful, since they provide direct
experience monitoring plant growth and
health.
A bachelors degree in environmental,
physical, or natural sciences is required.
Common college majors are biology, forest-
ry, wildlife management, natural resource
and park management, natural resources,
botany, zoology, chemistry, natural history,
and environmental science.
A masters degree is becoming impor-
tant, and many naturalists have a masters
degree in education. A masters degree in
natural science or natural resources is the
minimum requirement for supervisory
or administrative roles in many agencies.
Some positions require either a doctorate
or several years of experience in the feld.
For positions in agencies with internation-
al sites, work abroad is necessary and can
be obtained through volunteer positions
such as those with the Peace Corps or in
paid positions assisting in site administra-
tion and management.
Outlook
Employment of naturalists is expected to be
While a growing public concern about en-
vironmental issues may cause an increased
demand for naturalists, this trend could be
offset by government cutbacks in funding
for nature programs.
Reduced government spending on ed-
ucation may indirectly affect the demand
for naturalists, as school districts would
have less money to spend on outdoor edu-
cation and recreation. Despite the limited
number of available positions, the number
of well-qualifed applicants is expected to
remain high.
ForMoreInformation
Visit your local nature centers and park
preserves often. Attend any classes or spe-
cial lectures they offer. There may be op-
portunities to volunteer to help clean up
sites, plant trees, or maintain pathways and
trails. Hiking, birdwatching, and photogra-
phy are good hobbies for future naturalists.
Get to know your local wildlife. Your librar-
ian will be able to help you fnd books that
identify local fora and fauna.
EarthwatchInstitute
3 Clock Tower Place, Suite 100
PO Box 75
Maynard, MA 01754-2549
800-776-0188
info@earthwatch.org
http://www.earthwatch.org
EnvironmentalcareersOrganization
30 Winter Street, 6th Floor
Boston, MA 02108-4720
617-426-4375
answer@eco.org
http://www.eco.org
Naturalists study plants and animals. Here,
a naturalist takes a water sample. (Peter
Baxter/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 11 7/16/09 1:02:27 PM
12
Naturopaths
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatNaturopathsDo
When people have an injury or illness, their
family doctor may prescribe drugs or even
perform surgery. Naturopathic physicians, or
naturopaths, avoid these treatments. Natu-
ropaths believe in the bodys self-healing
processes. They believe that many diseases
can be prevented with proper diet and alter-
native methods of treatment. They encour-
age natural childbirth, methods of Oriental
medicine, and the use of herbs. Following
are some of the ways naturopaths treat
their patients:
Nutrition. Naturopathic physicians fo-
cus on the relationship between diet and
disease. They try to help patients improve
their eating habits. They also prescribe spe-
cial diets in the treatment of a specifc ill-
ness or disease.
Counseling. Sometimes patients illness-
es may have to do with their emotions or
daily habits. A naturopathic physician tries
to help patients make the changes in their
lives that will improve their health.
Acupuncture. The Chinese have prac-
ticed acupuncture for centuries. Acupunc-
ture involves inserting needles into the
skin in specifc places on the body to treat
illness or pain. Naturopathic physicians
may perform this treatment or recommend
an acupuncturist to the patient.
Hydrotherapy. With this treatment, a
patients body, or part of a patients body, is
immersed in water. This helps in the move-
ment of the body for exercise, the relief of
pain, and the healing of wounds.
To prepare for a career in naturopathy, take
high school courses in biology, chemistry,
health, and English. Business, mathemat-
ics, speech, and computer science courses
will also provide good preparation for run-
ning your own business.
After completing an undergraduate pre-
med program, students enter a four-year
naturopathic program. Upon completion of
the program, they receive the Doctor of Na-
turopathic Medicine degree. Undergraduate
courses should be those of a typical pre-med
curriculum, including biology, inorganic
chemistry, and organic chemistry. Courses
in nutrition and psychology are also impor-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Business, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$32,530 to $65,890 to $145,600
OuTlOOk
Acupuncturists
Aromatherapists
Chiropractors
Homeopaths
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 12 7/16/09 1:02:30 PM
13
tant. Find a naturopathic medical school
thats accredited and offers the Doctor of
Naturopathic Medicine degree. According
to The American Association of Naturopath-
ic Physicians, there are only four accredited
naturopathic medical schools in the United
States and Canada, and only 15 states, the
District of Columbia, and the U.S. territories
of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
offer licensing in naturopathic medicine.
Outlook
While the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics
does not provide specifc information on
the employment outlook for naturopathic
physicians, it does project overall employ-
ment growth of most health care occupa-
tions to be faster than the average through
2016.
As public interest in alternative health
care grows, many health-conscious indi-
viduals are attracted to naturopathy because
of its natural, holistic, preventive approach.
Additionally, the average life span is increas-
ing and the number of older people is also
increasing. Another sign that the future is
bright for naturopaths is the growing number
of insurance policies that provide coverage
for alternative health care services. Coverage
still varies according to the insurer, but in
states where naturopaths are licensed, more
companies are paying for their services.
All these factors should help employ-
ment of naturopathic physicians to grow
at a rate faster than the average in the 21st
century. While the demand for naturopa-
thy is increasing, college enrollments are
also growing.
ForMoreInformation
The best way to fnd out about this work
is by speaking directly with a naturopath.
You can also visit the National Center for
Complementary and Alternative Medi-
cines Web site (http://nccam.nih.gov) to
learn about naturopathy and other alterna-
tive medicines.
AmericanAssociationofNaturopathic
Physicians
4435 Wisconsin Ave NW, Suite 403
866-538-2267
member.services@naturopathic.org
http://www.naturopathic.org
AmericanNaturopathicMedical
Association
PO Box 96273
702-897-7053
http://www.anma.com
councilonNaturopathicMedicalEducation
PO Box 178
Great Barrington, MA 01230-0178
413-528-8877
staff@cnme.org
http://www.cnme.org
Fast Fact
According to the Physicians Oath
of the American Association
of Naturopathic Physicians, the
principles of naturopathic medi-
cine are: do no harm, act in coop-
eration with the healing power
of nature, address the funda-
mental causes of disease, heal
the whole person through indi-
vidualized treatment, and teach
the principles of healthy living
and preventative medicine.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 13 7/16/09 1:02:30 PM
14
Neonatal
Nurses
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
What
NeonatalNursesDo
Neonatal nurses care for newborn babies in
hospitals. Some neonatal nurses work in de-
livery rooms. When a baby is born, they are
responsible for cleaning the baby, visually
assessing it, and drawing blood by prick-
ing the newborns heel. This blood sample
is sent to a laboratory, where a number of
tests are performed as required by the state.
These assessments help the staff and doctor
determine if the baby is healthy or needs
additional testing, a special diet, or inten-
sive care.
Babies who are born without complica-
tions are usually placed in a Level I nursery
(a healthy baby nursery) or in the mothers
room with her. If a hospital does not have
a Level I nursery, neonatal or general staff
nurses help the new mothers care for their
newborns in their hospital rooms.
A Level II nursery is for babies who
have been born prematurely or who may
have an illness, disease, or birth defect.
These babies are also cared for by neonatal
nurses or staff nurses with more advanced
training in caring for newborns. These ba-
bies may need oxygen, intravenous thera-
pies, special feedings, or, because of under-
development, they may simply need more
time to mature.
Specialized neonatal nurses or nurses
with advanced degrees care for babies
placed in the Level III neonatal intensive
care units. These units admit all babies
who cannot be treated in either of the
other two nurseries. These at-risk babies
require high-tech care such as ventilators,
incubators, or surgery. Level III units are
generally found in larger hospitals or may
be part of a childrens hospital. If a baby
is born at a facility that does not have a
Level III unit, neonatal nurses stabilize
the infant until a neonatal transport team
arrives to transfer the baby to the larger
hospital.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$42,020 to $60,010 to $87,310
OuTlOOk
Nurse Assistants
Nurse-Midwives
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 14 7/16/09 1:02:33 PM
15
Take classes in mathematics, as well as in
biology, chemistry, and physics. English
and speech courses will also help with com-
munications skills.
Neonatal nurses must be registered
nurses (RNs). There is no special program
for neonatal nursing in basic RN educa-
tion, but some nursing programs have an
elective course in neonatal nursing.
There are three basic registered nurse
training programs to choose: associates
degree, diploma, and bachelors degree.
Graduates of the four-year program receive
the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree.
The Associate Degree in Nursing is awarded
after completion of a two-year study pro-
gram, usually offered in a junior or com-
munity college. Hospitals and independent
schools offer the diploma program, which
usually lasts three years. Nurses who wish
to focus on caring for premature babies or
sick newborns attend graduate school to
become neonatal nurse practitioners or
clinical nurse specialists.
All states and the District of Colum-
bia require a license to practice nursing.
To obtain a license, graduates of approved
nursing schools must pass a national
examination.
Outlook
Employment growth for all registered nurs-
es is expected to be much faster than the
average through 2016. Nursing specialties
should be in great demand. The outlook for
neonatal nurses is very good, especially for
those with masters degrees or higher. Al-
though hospitals will have slower growth in
employment over the next few years, jobs
will arise from the need to replace nurses
who move on to other jobs or retire.
ForMoreInformation
Read books on careers in nursing. Volun-
teer in a hospital or clinic to get experience
in a health care setting. Volunteer at a com-
munity center that offers pregnancy and
neonatal counseling services.
AmericanAssociationofcolleges
ofNursing
202-463-6930
AmericanAssociationofcritical-care
Nurses
101 Columbia
800-899-2226
info@aacn.org
http://www.aacn.org
NationalAssociationofNeonatalNurses
800-451-3795
info@nann.org
http://www.nann.org
Did You Know?
The specialized form of neonatal
nursing developed in the 1960s,
after advancements in medical
care made it possible to better
treat premature babies.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 15 7/16/09 1:02:34 PM
16
Neurologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatNeurologistsDo
Neurologists are physician specialists who di-
agnose and treat patients with diseases and
disorders that affect the brain, spinal cord,
peripheral nerves, muscles, and autonomic
nervous system as well as the supporting
structures and blood supply to these areas.
A neurologist conducts and evaluates spe-
cifc tests relating to the analysis of the cen-
tral or peripheral nervous system.
In addition to treating such neurologi-
cal disorders as epilepsy, neuritis, brain and
spinal cord tumors, multiple sclerosis, Par-
kinsons disease, and stroke, neurologists
treat muscle disorders and pain, especially
headache. Neurologists also treat illnesses,
injuries, or diseases that can affect the ner-
vous system, such as diabetes, hyperten-
sion, and cancers.
Primary care physicians sometimes
refer patients to neurologists. The neu-
rologist conducts neurological examina-
tions and evaluates the patients mental,
emotional, and behavioral problems to as-
sess whether the conditions are treatable.
The exam includes an interview with the
patient and vision, balance, and strength
tests. The neurologist may order a mag-
netic resonance imaging (MRI) or comput-
erized axial tomography (CAT) scan of the
patients brain or other affected body part.
After gathering information, the neurolo-
gist discusses the fndings with the primary
care doctor and makes a diagnosis. Treat-
ment plans are then made.
A neurologist is often the principal
physician for people with such illnesses
as Parkinsons disease, epilepsy, or mul-
tiple sclerosis. Because these are chronic
and sometimes progressive conditions, the
neurologist monitors the development of
the illness and works to treat the patients
symptoms, which may include muscle
spasms, seizures, or loss of coordination.
The neurologist prescribes medications,
physical therapy, and periodic testing to
check the patients progress.
Neurologists also work with psychia-
trists, psychologists, and other mental
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$142,706 to $207,110 to $273,292
OuTlOOk
Anesthesiologists
Cardiologists
Osteopaths
Physicians
Sports Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 16 7/16/09 1:02:36 PM
17
health professionals because a patients
social condition and emotional issues are
closely tied to neurological health. Patients
with dementia, for example, often also suf-
fer from depression.
Take courses in biology, chemistry, physics,
mathematics, and English in high school. A
bachelors degree is required. Some colleges
offer premedical courses; but a good general
education, with as many science courses as
possible and a major in biology or chemis-
try, is considered adequate preparation.
A four-year medical school program is
the next step. Upon receiving a medical de-
gree, graduates must pass an examination
administered by their states board of medi-
cal examiners in order to become licensed
to practice medicine.
Adult neurologists must frst complete
an internship (with a minimum of eight
months in internal medicine) and a three-
year residency in neurology. Child neu-
rologists may either complete two years
of a pediatrics residency or a one-year resi-
dency in internal medicine and one year in
pediatrics. The residency programs pro-
vide supervised neurology experience in
both hospital and ambulatory (outpatient)
settings.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for physicians
in general should grow faster than the
average through 2016. There will be in-
creased demand for neurological services
from the growing senior population. Older
people are often affected by neurological
problems, including a wide variety of de-
mentias. Medical research is expected to
provide better treatments for neurological
diseases, such as Alzheimers disease, Lou
Gehrigs disease, multiple sclerosis, and
Parkinsons disease.
ForMoreInformation
nursing home to get experience working
around other health care professionals and
patients. Take frst-aid and CPR training.
AmericanAcademyofNeurology
1080 Montreal Avenue
St. Paul, MN 55116-2386
800-879-1960
http://www.aan.com
AmericanBoardofPsychiatryand
NeurologyInc.
2150 East Lake Cook Road, Suite 900
Buffalo Grove, IL 60089-1875
847-229-6500
http://www.abpn.com
AmericanNeurologicalAssociation
5841 Cedar Lake Road, Suite 204
952-545-6284
http://www.aneuroa.org
Fast Fact
More than 50 million Americans
have some form of neurologi-
cal disorder. This number in-
cludes people who suffer from
Parkinsons disease, Alzheimers
disease, traumatic brain or spi-
nal cord injuries, and migraine
headaches.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 17 7/16/09 1:02:37 PM
18
Neurosurgeons
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Decision making
Responsibility
WhatNeurosurgeonsDo
Neurosurgeons specialize in treating patients
with central, peripheral nervous system,
and spinal column diseases who may ben-
eft from surgical intervention.
Like many physicians and other types
of surgeons, neurosurgeons work irregu-
lar hours, many putting in more than 60
hours a week.
There are two types of physicians: doc-
tors of medicine (M.D.s) and doctors of
osteopathic medicine (D.O.s). Surgeons, a
specialized group of physicians, focus on
correcting injuries, diseases, and deformi-
ties through operations. Using a variety
of instruments, and with patients under
anesthesia, surgeons repair physical defor-
mities, mend injured bones and tissues,
or perform corrective surgeries on people
with incapacitating diseases or disorders.
Neurosurgeons perform operations to fx
problems with the brain and nervous sys-
tem. Like other physicians and surgeons,
neurosurgeons also examine patients, per-
form diagnostic tests, and discuss preven-
tive health care plans with patients.
Neurosurgeons treat people who suffer
from challenging disorders such as strokes,
brain tumors, epilepsy, pain and trauma.
They also work with people who are af-
ficted with debilitating disorders such as
Parkinsons and Alzheimers diseases.
Neurosurgeons are highly educated
and skillfully trained at performing delicate
medical procedures. One mistake by them
can ruin a persons life. One the other hand,
a successfully operation can result in the re-
moval of a brain tumor, stopping bleeding
in the brain, or eliminating pain and suffer-
ing. Todays neurosurgeons face daunting
tasks with the aid of novel, safer medical
techniques, such as radiosurgery and en-
dovascular surgery, and new and emerging
technologies, such as computer imaging.
To prepare for a career as a neurosurgeon,
you should study biology, chemistry, health,
and mathematics in high school. Courses
that develop good communication skills
are also important, as neurosurgeons spend
time explaining diagnoses and treatment
procedures to patients. Top grades in high
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
English, Mathematics, Science
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$128,410 to $168,860 to $198,680
OuTlOOk
Cardiologists
Cosmetic Surgeons
Osteopaths
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 18 7/16/09 1:02:40 PM
19
school and college are important consider-
ations for acceptance into medical school.
Education and training requirements
for neurosurgeons are among the most rig-
orous of any occupation. This feld of study
requires a commitment of four years of un-
dergraduate school, four years of medical
school, and three to eight years of intern-
ship and residency.
Acceptance to medical school is highly
competitive and the course of study is ex-
tremely demanding. The frst two years are
spent in laboratories and classrooms, with
focus on anatomy, biochemistry, physiolo-
gy, pharmacology, psychology, microbiolo-
gy, pathology, medical ethics, and medical
law. The next two years are spent working
under the supervision of experienced doc-
tors usually in a hospital or clinical setting.
Rotations in specialized areas provide stu-
dents with experience in diagnosing and
treating patient illnesses.
Almost all M.D.s enter residency train-
ing after medical school. At this stage they
receive paid on-the-job training in a spe-
cialty area. Before beginning a residency
program, most D.O.s work a 12-month ro-
tating internship after medical school. The
internship may last two to six years.
Physicians must be licensed. Require-
ment for licensure include graduating from
an accredited medical school, passing a
licensing examination, and completing
medical school. Following residency, neu-
rosurgeons may seek certifcation in their
specialty through the American Board of
Neurological Surgery.
Outlook
Employment for physicians and surgeons
is expected to grow faster than the average.
Job prospects should be especially good for
neurosurgeons, especially in low-income
and rural areas where there is a need for
medical practitioners.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at local hospitals or clinics to
gain practical experience.
AmericanAcademyofNeurologicaland
OrthopedicSurgeons
10 Cascade Creek Lane
800-766-3427
aanos@aanos.org
AmericanAssociationofNeurological
Surgeons
5550 Meadowbrook Drive
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008
847-378.0500
info@aans.org
http://www.aans.org
AmericanBoardofNeurologicalSurgery
6550 Fannin Street, Suite 2139
713-441-6015
abns@tmhs.org
http://www.abns.org
Neurosurgeon Benjamin Carson (c)
explains how he and his team separated
twins who had been joined at the head.
(AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 19 7/16/09 1:02:41 PM
20
NewsAnchors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatNewsAnchorsDo
News anchors analyze and broadcast news
for radio and television stations. They
help select, write, and present the news
and may specialize in a particular area. In-
terviewing guests, making public service
announcements, and conducting panel
discussions may also be part of the news
anchors work.
News anchors report the facts and some-
times provide editorial commentary. They
write their own scripts or rely on the sta-
tions writing team to write the script, which
they read over the TelePrompTer. Research is
important to each news story and the news
anchors should be well informed about the
stories they cover and those they introduce.
News anchors also report the news, produce
special segments, and conduct on-the-air
interviews and panel discussions. At small
stations, they may keep the program log,
run the transmitter, and cue the changeover
to network broadcasting.
Radio and television news anchors
work in very different atmospheres. On
radio, the main announcers or anchor-
people are also the disc jockeys. They play
recorded music, announce the news, pro-
vide informal commentary, and serve as a
bridge between the music and the listener.
At most stations, the radio announcers also
read advertising information or provide
the voices for the advertising spots.
For television news anchors, research,
writing, and presenting the news is only
part of the job. Wardrobe, makeup, and
presentation are major components of a
television anchors job. Some radio or tele-
vision news anchors specialize in certain as-
pects of the news such as health, econom-
ics, politics, community affairs, or sports.
The Internet and the World Wide Web
are changing the job of news anchors in
radio and television. Many radio and tele-
vision stations have their own Web sites
where listeners and viewers can keep up-
dated on current stories, e-mail comments
and suggestions, and even interact with
the anchors and reporters. Also, the World
Wide Web has become another resource for
anchors as they research their stories.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
English, Journalism, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$22,480 to $49,060 to $145,600
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
Broadcast Engineers
Newspaper Editors
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 20 7/16/09 1:02:43 PM
21
In high school, take courses in litera-
ture, communication, journalism, his-
tory, government, economics, and foreign
language.
Today, most news anchors have earned
at least a bachelors degree in journal-
ism, English, political science, sociol-
ogy, economics, telecommunications, or
communications.
Internships and part-time work at
newspapers and other news organizations
can provide solid, practical experience
as well as an advantage in the job hunt.
Knowledge of news photography is also
useful, particularly in securing entry-level
positions.
Aspiring radio and television news an-
chors must have a mastery of the English
languageboth written and spoken. Train-
ing in diction, including correct grammar
usage, pronunciation, and minimal region-
al dialect, is extremely important.
Outlook
that employment for announcers (includ-
ing news anchors) will show little or no
change through 2016. Openings will re-
sult mainly from those who leave the in-
dustry or the labor force. The trend among
networks and radio and TV stations is to-
ward specialization. News anchors who
specialize in such areas as business, sports,
weather, consumer, and health news
should have an advantage over other job
applicants.
ForMoreInformation
Get a summer job at a radio or television
station. Although you will probably not
have the opportunity to broadcast, you
may be able to judge whether or not this
feld appeals to you. Join the speech or de-
bate team to build strong speaking skills.
AccreditingcouncilonEducationin
journalismandMasscommunications
University of Kansas
William Allen White School of Journalism and
Mass Communications
1435 Jayhawk Boulevard
Lawrence, KS 66045-7575
http://www2.ku.edu/~acejmc/STUDENT/
PROGLIST.SHTML
NationalAssociationofBroadcast
EmployeesandTechnicians(NABET-cWA)
202-434-1254
http://nabetcwa.org
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
Prior to the live taping of a nightly
newscast, two news anchors consult their
notes and scripts. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 21 7/16/09 1:02:44 PM
22
Newspaper
Editors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Reading/writing
WhatNewspaper
EditorsDo
Newspapers are an important way to com-
municate what happens in the world
from small cities or towns to all the way
around the world. A local paper may cover
different news items than a paper from an-
other city and present stories from differ-
ent points of view. Newspaper editors decide
on the types of articles reporters will write.
The working pace is often very hectic at
daily newspapers.
The newspaper staff might have many
editors or just a few, depending on the size
of the paper. The size of the paper often
depends on the size of the city where the
paper is published. The editor in chief or the
managing editor directs the overall opera-
tion of the paper. He or she selects articles,
assigns them to reporters, and identifes
their beats, meaning the special locations
or subjects the reporters will cover.
Wire editors, or story editors, take news
stories sent from large news agencies and
choose which items to print in their own
papers. Wire services provide stories from
faraway places to smaller papers.
The papers own reporters turn in their
stories to their department editors, includ-
ing business editors, sports editors, and en-
tertainment editors. Department editors are
skilled writers as well as experts on their
sections subject matter.
Department editors pass their approved
articles on to the news editors and page de-
signers, or paginators, who arrange the
articles and determine the layout of each
page. News editors place the major news
stories in the front of the paper with big-
ger headlines. Less-important articles are
placed farther from the front page. News
editors give the articles to the copy desk,
where copy editors check the text for com-
pleteness, spelling, grammar, and correct
newspaper style. Copy editors often write
the headlines, which are important for
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$27,360 to $48,320 to $91,390
OuTlOOk
Book Editors
Magazine Editors
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 22 7/16/09 1:02:46 PM
23
getting the readers attention. Production
editors work closely with the people who
place the advertisements to work out space
for ads, news, features, and photographs.
Newspaper editors depend heavily on
computers. Generally, a reporter types the
story directly onto the computer network,
providing editors with immediate access.
Take high school courses in history, Eng-
lish, literature, journalism, social science,
and computer science.
A bachelors degree is required for a po-
sition in this feld, and a masters degree is
usually helpful. Courses in economics and
political science are recommended. When
newspapers hire editors, they look closely at
extracurricular activities, especially intern-
ships, school newspaper work, freelance
writing and editing, and part-time newspa-
per work. Computer skills and knowledge
of printing are helpful.
Outlook
Employment for editors and writers will be
Opportunities will be better on small daily
and weekly newspapers, where the pay is
lower. Web-based publications will also
offer more opportunities for work. Some
publications hire freelance editors to sup-
port reduced full-time staffs. And as experi-
enced editors leave the workforce or move
to other felds, job openings will occur.
ForMoreInformation
Work on a school newspaper, or start an-
other publication. Publish stories, poems,
and reports about school events written by
your classmates. Hand out the newspaper
to students and parents. Keep a journal and
write something every day. Practice writ-
ing short stories, poetry, and essays. Being
well read is the sign of a good journalist.
Make a habit of reading all kinds of maga-
zines and newspapers, including national
newspapers.
AmericanSocietyofNewspaperEditors
11690B Sunrise Valley Drive
Reston, VA 20191-1409
703-453-1122
asne@asne.org
http://www.asne.org
NationalNewspaperPublishersAssociation
202-588-8764
http://www.nnpa.org
SocietyofProfessionaljournalists
3909 North Meridian Street
317-927-8000
http://spj.org
Fast Fact
According to the American So-
ciety of Newspapaer Editors,
minorities make up 13.87 per-
cent of newsroom profession-
als. This is far less than their
representation in the general
population (31.7 percent).
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 23 7/16/09 1:02:47 PM
24
Nonproft
Directors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Decision making
WhatNonproftDirectorsDo
Nonproft directors are responsible for leading
day-to-day operations to enable agencies to
achieve their goals and objectives. Whether
the organization specializes in health care,
services for the aging, or environmental
awareness, the director spearheads the agen-
cys mission. The directors duties encom-
pass business and administrative areas such
as hiring and managing staff, fund-raising,
budgeting, public relations, and even work-
ing directly with the clientele served.
The position of director of a nonproft
provides a diversity of responsibilities in-
cluding advocacy, grantwriting, and fund-
raising. Those seeking a career as a director
of a nonproft who have a background in
business coupled with social work should
fare well.
Nowadays it takes an extremely high
level of professional sophistication to keep
nonproft agencies afoat, and directing
these organizations is a very challenging
and complex task. Just a few years ago, the
biggest prerequisite to those in this feld
was lots of compassion. While concern is
still a necessary quality to have, business
and administrative knowledge and experi-
ence are just as important. A director of a
nonproft organization may be in charge
of managing staff, overseeing the budget,
spearheading fund-raising efforts, and han-
dling public relations issues.
Directors of nonprofts must be knowl-
edgeable in the areas of advocacy and grant-
making and have effective communication
skills. And, in todays climate of fnancial
uncertainty, nonproft directors must have
fund-raising expertise to engage other civic
organizations and the public for ongoing
monetary support of their agencys pro-
grams and activities.
In any nonproft organization, even
as the top individual in the structure, the
nature of the directors work likely will be
determined largely by a board of directors.
This board, plus the size and nature of the
organization, will defne the directors spe-
cifc duties to a large extent.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Government, Psychology, Sociology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$41,894 to $76,770 to $149,427
OuTlOOk
Faster than average
Business Managers
Fund-Raisers
Social Workers
q
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 24 7/16/09 1:02:47 PM
25
If you are interested in working in the non-
proft sector, you should concentrate on
humanities and social science courses such
as English, history, government, sociology,
and psychology. Communication skills are
critical for nonproft directors, so in addi-
tion to English, take public speaking cours-
es. In addition, the ability to speak a foreign
language, particularly Spanish, will be a big
plus in many organization environments.
Business courses will be especially useful in
preparing you for a directorhip position.
The type and size of the nonproft will
determine the educational requirements of
its directors. At minimum, the director will
need a bachelors degree. The degree can
be in any one of numerous areas with the
more popular being in education, health
care, or social work. Another approach is
to enter the profession with an accounting
or fnance degree with some management
study.
Directors of large nonprofts usu-
ally have graduate degrees, often in busi-
ness, public administration, or nonproft
management.
The certifed nonproft accounting pro-
fessional designation, sponsored by member
frms of the Not-for-Proft Services Associa-
tion, is recommended for anyone charged
with fnancial management responsibilities.
Certifcation is contingent upon comple-
tion of specifc training courses, passing an
examination at the end of each training
course, and having at least 18 months f-
nancial experience in a nonproft.
Outlook
The number of positions in the nonproft
sector, including those charged with direct-
ing the organizations, is expected to grow
faster than average through 2016. Many
openings will occur from employment
growth and turnover.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer with a specifc agency or for a
special cause. Volunteer opportunities are
usually available through schools, commu-
nity groups, and religious organizations.
AmericanSocietyofAssociateExecutives
1575 I Street NW
888-950-2723
http://www.asaenet.org
TheFoundationcenter
79 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10003-3076
212-620-4230
http://fdncenter.org
IndependentSector
1602 L Street, NW
202-467-6100
info@independentsector.org
http://www.independentsector.org
Not-for-ProftServicesAssociation
624 Grassmere Park Drive, Suite 15
800-231-2524
info@nonproftcpas.com
www.nonproftcpas.com
Fast Fact
In the United States approxi-
mately 12.5 million people are
employed by nonproft organi-
zations.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 25 7/16/09 1:02:48 PM
26
Nuclear
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatNuclear
EngineersDo
Nuclear engineers are involved in various
aspects of the generation, use, and main-
tenance of nuclear energy and the safe dis-
posal of its waste. Their contributions affect
consumer and industrial power supplies,
medical technology, the food industry, and
other industries.
Most nuclear engineers work in the
power industry. Some engineers research,
develop, design, manufacture, and install
parts used in nuclear reactors, such as
core supports, refectors, thermal shields,
biological shields, instrumentation, and
safety and control systems. Some engi-
neers are responsible for maintaining
power plants, making sure they operate
effciently and according to strict safe-
ty standards. Nuclear energy activities
in the United States are closely super-
vised and regulated by government and
independent agencies, especially the Nu-
clear Regulatory Commission.
Many nuclear engineers work directly
with public utility companies. Tasks might
include supervising construction and op-
eration, analyzing safety, managing fuel,
assessing environmental impact, training
personnel, managing the plant, storing
spent fuel, managing waste, and analyzing
economic factors.
The food industry also benefts from
the work of nuclear engineers. Nuclear en-
ergy is used for pasteurization and steriliza-
tion, insect and pest control, and fertilizer
production. Nuclear engineers also conduct
genetic research to improve food items and
their resistance to harmful elements.
Nuclear engineers in the medical feld
design and construct equipment for diag-
nosing and treating illnesses and disease.
They perform research on radioisotopes,
which are produced by nuclear reactions.
Radioisotopes are used in heart pacemak-
ers, in X-ray equipment, and for sterilizing
medical instruments.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$66,460 to $94,420 to $132,690
OuTlOOk
Health Physicists
Nuclear Instrumentation Technicians
Physicists
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 26 7/16/09 1:02:48 PM
27
A college education is the minimum re-
quirement to enter this feld. Most jobs in
nuclear engineering require at least a mas-
ters degree, and a doctorate is expected for
most research and teaching positions in
private business and universities.
To prepare for this feld, enroll in a col-
lege preparatory program. Helpful courses
include mathematics (especially algebra
and geometry), physics, and chemistry.
Earth science and biology are also im-
portant. Engineers must also know how
to communicate effectively, so English,
speech, and other communications courses
are important. Three to four years of for-
eign language are recommended, particu-
larly German or French, since they are fre-
quently used in published scientifc papers.
Metal or electrical shop and mechanical
drawing courses are also useful. Enroll in a
recognized engineering school, one that is
accredited by the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology.
A professional engineer license is usu-
ally required before obtaining employment
on public projects. Registration guidelines
differ for each state.
Outlook
Employment growth for nuclear engineers
is expected to grow about as fast as the
Good opportunities for nuclear engineers
should exist because the number of nuclear
engineering graduates is likely to be in bal-
ance with the number of job openings.
The public concern over the safety of
nuclear power and the costs involved have
contributed to the slowdown in employ-
ment of nuclear engineers. No new com-
mercial nuclear power plants are currently
under construction in the United States,
but nuclear engineers will be needed to op-
erate existing plants and work in defense-
related areas and develop nuclear medical
technology.
ForMoreInformation
Join science clubs such as the Junior En-
gineering Technical Society, which has a
chapter in almost every state. Science clubs
provide the opportunity to work with oth-
ers, design-engineering projects, and par-
ticipate in career exploration.
AmericanNuclearSociety
708-352-6611
http://www.ans.org
703-548-5387
info@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
In a control room at a nuclear power
plant, an engineer checks to make sure all
is running smoothly. (Sam Ogden/Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 27 7/16/09 1:02:49 PM
28
Nuclear
Instrumentation
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatNuclearInstrumentation
TechniciansDo
Nuclear power plants use nuclear energy to
produce electricity. Because nuclear energy
can be extremely dangerous if it is not used
properly, nuclear power plants must be op-
erated according to strict safety standards.
Everything that happens in a nuclear power
plant is monitored and regulated by sensi-
tive instruments, meters, gauges, and other
devices. Nuclear instrumentation technicians
design, install, inspect, test, adjust, and re-
pair these devices.
Nuclear instrumentation technicians
usually work in nuclear power plants, but
some fnd employment at non-nuclear pow-
er stations. Nuclear engineers supervise the
technicians. Technicians are responsible
for the day-to-day care of the plants elec-
tric, electronic, mechanical, and pneumat-
ic instruments. Remote control devices are
often used to move radioactive materials
that are too dangerous for gloved hands.
As part of this care, technicians con-
stantly check instruments to make sure
they are working properly. Improperly
working instruments could give false read-
ings that might lead to serious trouble. In
addition to checking instruments, techni-
cians also maintain them. They disassem-
ble, decontaminate, clean, and reassemble
instruments. When routine maintenance
activities uncover problems, technicians
work to solve the problems or replace the
defective parts.
Some technicians help engineers design
new instruments. Because they work with
the instruments on a day-to-day basis, tech-
nicians soon learn which ones are the most
reliable, which can be improved, and which
break down most often. This knowledge en-
ables technicians to suggest design changes
that will make the instruments more eff-
cient. When new instruments are produced,
technicians often help install them.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$28,610 to $47,410 to $69,880
OuTlOOk
Health Physicists
Nuclear Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 28 7/16/09 1:02:50 PM
29
To be a nuclear instrumentation techni-
cian, a strong mechanical and science
background is required. Nuclear instru-
mentation technicians must thoroughly
understand the equipment and instru-
ments they work with because these in-
struments monitor and regulate a poten-
tially dangerous energy source. Two years
of mathematics in high school, includ-
ing algebra, are a good foundation for
nuclear technician work. Physical science
courses, preferably physics, are important.
Computer courses, blueprint reading, and
mechanical and electrical shop are also
helpful.
Many employers prefer to hire techni-
cians with an associate degree or at least
two years of specialized training. After
high school, enroll in a two-year technical
school or community college that offers
a program in nuclear instrumentation,
nuclear technology, or instrumentation
technology. Once hired, technicians who
are new to the feld will also undergo ex-
tensive on-the-job training as well as peri-
odic retraining throughout their careers.
Outlook
Employment of nuclear instrumentation
technicians is expected to grow about as
fast as the average through 2016. No new
nuclear plants are currently under con-
struction. This may change as a result of
decreasing U.S. fossil fuel resources and
the increasing energy prices consumers
are forced to pay. Because of these factors,
some government offcials are calling for
construction of new nuclear energy plants
and the re-licensing of existing plants to
provide inexpensive energy.
ForMoreInformation
Join a club such as the Junior Engineering
Technical Society (http://www.jets.org),
which has a chapter in almost every state.
Science clubs provide the opportunity to
work with other people, design projects
and participate in career exploration.
708-352-6611
http://www.ans.org
NuclearEnergyInstitute
202-739-8000
webmaster@nei.org
http://www.nei.org
u.S.Nuclearregulatorycommission
Offce of Public Affairs
800-368-5642
opa@nrc.gov
http://www.nrc.gov
Did You Know?
In 1942, physicist Enrico Fermi and
his colleagues produced the frst
self-sustained nuclear chain reac-
tion in the frst nuclear reactor
ever built.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 29 7/16/09 1:02:50 PM
30
Nuclear
Medicine
Technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Responsibility
WhatNuclearMedicine
TechnologistsDo
Nuclear medicine technologists prepare and
administer radioactive chemicals, called
radiopharmaceuticals. These chemicals are
used to diagnose and treat various diseases
and disorders. Patients either swallow or
are injected with the drug compound. The
technologist then uses a special gamma
camera to trace and image the drug inside
the patients body. The images are viewed
on a computer screen and enable the phy-
sician to make accurate diagnoses.
Nuclear medicine imaging procedures
can be used to tell if a patients cancer has
spread or if a patient has suffered bone loss
from osteoporosis. Imaging also can be
used for therapeutic reasons, such as de-
stroying abnormal tissue. In some cases, a
radioactive substance is given to terminally
ill patients to ease their pain. Technologists
also take whole skeletal images to detect tu-
mors, infections, and fractures. In addition,
nuclear medicine technologists perform
laboratory tests called radioassays, which
involve testing patients blood or urine to
detect and measure hormone levels or the
amount of certain body chemicals in their
system. Technologists always work under
the supervision of physicians who special-
ize in nuclear medicine.
Nuclear medicine technologists also
perform more routine, but very impor-
tant, tasks, such as keeping records on
procedures performed and checking and
calibrating all of the diagnostic equipment.
Technologists must keep accurate records
to track the amount of radioactive material
that patients may have been exposed to in
testing.
Technologists must take extensive
safety precautions because of the potential
danger in working with radioactive materi-
als. While on the job, they wear shielded
gloves and use shielded syringes to limit
their exposure to radiation. They also wear
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Computer science
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$47,370 to $64,670 to $84,980
OuTlOOk
X-ray Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 30 7/16/09 1:02:53 PM
31
badges that measure radiation amounts
while they are in radiation areas.
Nuclear medicine technologists work
as part of a health care team and need
good people skills. Most nuclear medicine
technologists work in hospitals, but others
work in health clinics, research facilities,
and laboratories.
Courses that will help prepare for a career
as a nuclear medicine technologist include
biology, chemistry, physics, computer sci-
ence, mathematics, and health. Any class
in which there is laboratory work also will
be useful.
An associates degree or a certifcate
from a vocational school is required. A
bachelors degree may improve chances
of employment. Students train to become
a nuclear technician at community col-
leges, hospitals, and technical schools.
Course work includes radiation biology
and protection, radioactivity and instru-
mentation, physiology, and nuclear medi-
cine therapy.
Applicants already involved in the
health care feld, such as radiologic tech-
nologists, sonographers, or nurses, may be
able to take a one-year program to become
nuclear medicine technologists.
Licensing for nuclear medicine tech-
nologists is now required in many states.
Certifcation or registration is also available
through the Nuclear Medicine Technology
Certifcation Board and the American Reg-
istry of Radiologic Technologists.
Outlook
Employment growth for nuclear medicine
technologists should be faster than the
average through 2016. Advances in medi-
cal diagnostic procedures could lead to in-
creased use of nuclear medicine technology
in the diagnosis and treatment of more dis-
eases, including cancer and heart disease.
Most new job opportunities are expected to
be in areas with large hospitals. Also, tech-
nologists with training in other diagnostic
methods such as radiologic technology or
diagnostic medical sonography will have
better chances of securing work.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteering at a hospital, clinic, or nurs-
ing home provides good experience work-
ing with patients and medical profession-
als. Use library and Internet resources to
begin studying anatomy on your own. Talk
to a practicing nuclear medicine technolo-
gist to learn more about this career.
Americanregistryofradiologic
Technologists
1255 Northland Drive
St. Paul, MN 55120-1155
651-687-0048
http://www.arrt.org
AmericanSocietyofradiologic
Technologists
15000 Central Avenue, SE
Albuquerque, NM 87123-3909
800-444-2778
customerinfo@asrt.org
http://www.asrt.org
Growth Field
ber of nuclear medicine technolo-
gists is expected to grow from
about 15 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 31 7/16/09 1:02:53 PM

32
Nuclear
reactor
Operators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatNuclear
reactorOperatorsDo
Nuclear reactor operators are employees
in nuclear power plants. In these plants,
powerful machinery is used to split atoms.
When these tiny particles of matter split,
they release a tremendous amount of heat.
This heat is used to create steam from wa-
ter, and the steam then drives turbines, or
engines, that produce electricity.
The nuclear reactor operator holds the
most critical job in the plant, ensuring safe-
ty and uninterrupted operation. Nuclear re-
actor operators work in the station control
room, monitoring meters and gauges. They
interpret instruments that record the per-
formance of every valve, pump, compres-
sor, switch, and water treatment system
in the reactor unit. When necessary, they
make adjustments to fssion rate, pressure,
water temperature, and the fow rate of the
various pieces of equipment to ensure safe
and suffcient operation.
During each 24-hour period, operators
make rounds four times. They review the
units control board and write down instru-
ment parameters. Each hour, a computer
generates a reading indicating the amount
of power the unit is generating.
Nuclear reactor operators also run pe-
riodic tests, including pressure readings,
fow readings, and vibration analyses on
each piece of equipment. They perform
logic testing on the electrical components
to check the built-in safeguards.
Every 12 to 18 months, the nuclear
reactor operator refuels the reactor unit, a
procedure called an outage. During the re-
fueling, the turbine is brought offine, or
shut down. After it cools and depressurizes,
the unit is opened, and repairs, testing, and
preventive maintenance are performed.
Depleted nuclear fuel is exchanged for new
fuel. The unit is then re-pressurized, reheat-
ed, and brought back on line, or restarted.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$53,730 to $70,410 to $94,190
OuTlOOk
Little or no change
Health Physicists
Nuclear Engineers
Physicists
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 32 7/16/09 1:02:54 PM
33
Nuclear reactor operators also super-
vise technicians and teach them how to
read and adjust instruments that control
the plants equipment. Operators teach
radiation safety procedures, which are ex-
tremely important. Accidents at nuclear
power plants can release dangerous radia-
tion into the surrounding area, causing ill-
ness or even death.
A diploma from a two-year nuclear technol-
ogy program at a college or technical insti-
tute is required. These programs combine
classroom study and on-the-job training.
Technicians continue training and
learning while on the job. It can take sev-
eral years until a nuclear reactor operator
technician has the skills, knowledge, and
experience to become a nuclear reactor
operator.
Nuclear reactor operators are required
to be licensed, based on examinations giv-
en by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Employers conduct intensive screening
tests on job applicants, including identity
checks, FBI fngerprint checks, drug and al-
cohol tests, psychological tests, and credit
checks.
Outlook
Little or no change in employment is ex-
pected for all power plant operators through
2016. U.S. fossil fuel resources are decreas-
ing, and energy prices are increasing. Some
government offcials are calling for con-
struction of new nuclear energy plants
and the re-licensing of existing plants as a
means for providing inexpensive energy.
However, no new nuclear plants are cur-
rently under construction.
ForMoreInformation
Guidance counselors and advisers at com-
munity or technical colleges are good
sources of information about a career as
a nuclear reactor operator. Librarians can
help you fnd introductory literature on
nuclear reactors. Nuclear power plants
have limited visiting policies. Some utility
companies with nuclear power plants have
visitors centers, where tours are scheduled
at specifed hours.
708-352-6611
http://www.ans.org
NuclearEnergyInstitute
202-739-8000
http://www.nei.org
Fast Fact
Nuclear power accounts for ap-
proximately 20 percent of the
United Statess total electricity
generation, according to the
Nuclear Energy Institute.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 33 7/16/09 1:02:54 PM
34
Nurse
Anesthetists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatNurseAnesthetistsDo
Nurse anesthetists, also known as certifed
registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs), are reg-
istered nurses with advanced training in
anesthesiology. They administer, supervise,
and monitor anesthesia-related care for pa-
tients undergoing surgical procedures.
According to the American Association
of Nurse Anesthetists, CRNAs provide over
30 million anesthetics per year in the Unit-
ed States to patients undergoing surgery or
other medical procedures. Nurse anesthe-
tists work in hospitals, same-day surgery
and outpatient centers, as well as in den-
tists and podiatrists offces.
Nurse anesthetists are important mem-
bers of health care teams. Before surgery,
a nurse anesthetist takes the patients his-
tory, evaluates his or her anesthesia needs,
and forms a plan for the best possible man-
agement of the case, usually in consulta-
tion with an anesthesiologist. The nurse
anesthetist explains the planned proce-
dures to the patient and answers questions
the patient might have. Then he or she ad-
ministers an intravenous (IV) sedative to
relax the patient. For general anesthesia,
the nurse anesthetist administers a com-
bination of drugs that keep the patient in
a controlled state of unconsciousness, so
the patient feels no pain and is relaxed.
Some general anesthetics are administered
by inhalation through a mask and tube,
and others are administered intravenous-
ly. Because the muscular relaxants prevent
patients from breathing on their own, the
nurse anesthetist has to provide artifcial
respiration through a tube inserted into
the windpipe.
Throughout the surgery, the nurse anes-
thetist monitors the patients vital signs by
watching the video and digital displays. He
or she also maintains the patients blood,
water, and salt levels and continually re-
adjusts the fow of anesthetics and other
medications.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Masters degree
SAlAryrANgE
$124,146 to $142,762 to $161,786
OuTlOOk
Neonatal Nurses
Nurse Assistants
Nurse-Midwives
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 34 7/16/09 1:02:57 PM
35
After surgery, nurse anesthetists moni-
tor the patients return to consciousness
and watch for complications. They must be
skilled in the use of airways, ventilators, IVs,
blood- and fuid-replacement techniques,
and postoperative pain management.
Take courses such as biology, chemistry,
and mathematics, as well as English and
speech in high school.
the bachelors degree program required to
become a registered nurse. Upon comple-
tion of four (in some cases, fve) years of
study, graduates receive a bachelor of sci-
ence in nursing degree.
After a bachelors degree has been
earned, the next step is at least one year
of acute-care nursing experience before be-
coming a nurse anesthetist. Programs last
24 to 36 months, and graduates receive a
masters degree; some programs lead to a
post-masters certifcate or a doctorate.
All registered nurses must be licensed
to practice in the United States. Nurse
anesthetists are required to pass a national
certifcation exam given by the Council on
Certifcation of Nurse Anesthetists. CRNAs
must be recertifed every two years, which
includes earning 40 continuing education
credits, according to the criteria established
by the Council on Recertifcation of Nurse
Anesthetists.
Outlook
Employment growth for all registered nurs-
es is expected to be much faster than the
average through 2016. There is currently
a shortage of CRNAs, and they are in de-
mand because they are an alternative to
hiring high-priced anesthesiologists. Nurse
anesthetists with higher education and
advanced training will have even greater
chances of securing work.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work in a health care setting,
such as a hospital, clinic, nursing home,
or community health center. Read books
about nursing and visit nursing associa-
tion Web sites to learn more about the
feld.
AmericanAssociationofNurseAnesthetists
222 South Prospect Avenue
847-692-7050
info@aana.com
http://www.aana.com
800-274-4262
AmericanSocietyofPeriAnesthesiaNurses
877-737-9696
aspan@aspan.org
http://www.aspan.org
Growth Field
ber of nurse anesthetists is expect-
ed to grow about 23 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 35 7/16/09 1:02:57 PM

36
Nurse
Assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatNurse
AssistantsDo
Nurse assistants, also called nurse aides, or-
derlies, or hospital attendants, take care of
the personal needs of patients. They work
in hospitals, nursing homes, mental health
facilities, and drug and alcohol rehabilita-
tion centers. Their duties vary according to
the place they work and the kinds of pa-
tients they care for. In general, they help
move patients, assist in their exercise and
nutrition needs, and oversee their personal
hygiene. Registered nurses supervise nurse
assistants.
Nurse assistants answer patients mes-
sage bells. They serve and feed meals; make
beds; help patients to dress, undress, and
bathe; take temperatures; bring and emp-
ty bedpans; help patients get out of bed
and walk; and take them places in wheel-
chairs or on stretchers. Nurse assistants in
nursing homes and long-term health care
facilities usually have much more contact
with the patients than other members of
the staff, and they often develop positive
ongoing relationships with the people un-
der their care.
Nurse assistants must sometimes work
with disturbed, confused, anxious, or even
violent patients. These experiences can be
emotionally exhausting for the assistants,
who must always act professionally and
maintain a calm, patient, and sympathetic
manner.
To succeed in this line of work, nurse
assistants must genuinely care about the
patients in their care. They must show a
genuine understanding and compassion
for the ill, the disabled, and the elderly.
Because of the rigorous mental and physi-
cal demands placed on you, good physical
and emotional health and good work hab-
its are required. The job can be emotion-
ally demanding, requiring patience and
stability. Nurse assistants must be able to
work as part of a team and also be able to
take orders and follow through on their
responsibilities.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$16,850 to $23,160 to $32,270
OuTlOOk
Hospice Workers
Massage Therapists
Medical Assistants
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 36 7/16/09 1:03:00 PM
37
Most employers prefer to hire nurse as-
sistants who have a high school diploma.
Some high schools work with local hospi-
tals or nursing homes to offer health care
courses.
Most nursing homes and hospitals of-
fer on-the-job training, which can last any-
where from two weeks to three months. In
addition, there are training courses avail-
able at community colleges and vocational
schools that teach basic nursing skills and
prepare individuals for the state certifca-
tion exam. Nurse assistants must be certi-
fed to work in a nursing home. Certifca-
tion requirements will also vary by state.
Outlook
This occupation is expected to experience
faster-than-average job growth through
2016, so there will continue to be many job
opportunities for nurse assistants. Because
of the physical and emotional demands of
the job and because of the lack of advance-
ment opportunities, there is a high em-
ployee turnover rate. Additional opportu-
nities may be available as different types of
care facilities are developed and as facilities
try to curb operating costs.
More nurse assistants will also be re-
quired as government and private agencies
develop more programs to assist people
with disabilities, dependent people, and
the increasing aging population.
ForMoreInformation
A good way to explore this work is by of-
fering to care for a sick grandparent or
neighbor. You can help them run errands,
do laundry, or prepare meals. Visit your
local library to learn more about frst aid,
nutrition, exercise, and massageeach
is important to know about as a possible
future nurse assistant. Volunteering in a
hospital is also an excellent way to learn
frsthand about this type of work.
ofNursing
202-463-6930
Silver Spring, MD 20910
800-274-4262
NationalNetworkofcareerNursing
Assistants
3577 Easton Road
Norton, OH 44203-5661
330-825-9342
http://www.cna-network.org
A nurse assistant listens as a patient
describes his symptoms. (FEMA)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 37 7/16/09 1:03:01 PM
38
Nurse-
Midwives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatNurse-MidwivesDo
Nurse-midwives are registered nurses who
help with family planning, pregnancy,
and childbirth. They also provide everyday
health care for women. Nurse-midwives
work in hospitals or with physicians in pri-
vate practice. They also work in birth cen-
ters or well-woman care centers, in wom-
ens clinics, and even in clients homes.
Nurse-midwives examine pregnant
women and monitor the growth and de-
velopment of the unborn baby, or fetus. A
nurse-midwife is usually responsible for all
phases of a normal pregnancy. This includes
helping the mother with various concerns
before the baby is born, assisting during
labor, and providing care after the baby
is born. A nurse-midwife always keeps in
close contact with a physician, who can be
called upon if something goes wrong dur-
ing pregnancy or childbirth. Many nurse-
midwives provide all aspects of womens
health care, including regular gynecologi-
cal exams and well-woman care.
An important part of a nurse-midwifes
work is making sure that the patient is edu-
cated. Nurse-midwives teach their patients
about proper nutrition and ftness for
healthy pregnancies. They teach different
techniques for labor and delivery. Nurse-
midwives also teach their patients about
breast-feeding, parenting, and other areas
concerning the health of mother and child
after the baby is born.
Some nurse-midwives also record pa-
tient information, fle documents and pa-
tient charts, or do research to fnd out why
a woman is having a particular problem.
Nurse-midwives consult with physicians
and other medical workers.
Nurse-midwifery is a feld dominated
by women. The majority of certifed nurse-
midwives in the United States are female.
Women have traditionally helped each
other through pregnancy and delivery. Just
as women who became doctors 100 years
ago had to overcome many barriers, men
considering a career as a midwife should be
prepared for hurdles of their own.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$42,020 to $60,010 to $87,310
OuTlOOk
Homeopaths
Naturopaths
Nurses
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 38 7/16/09 1:03:04 PM
39
In high school, take college preparatory
courses with a focus on science classes, such
as anatomy, biology, and chemistry. Classes
in health, psychology, sociology, as well as
foreign languages are recommended.
All nurse-midwives begin their careers
as registered nurses. Registered nurses
must have a bachelors degree in nursing
or a two-year associates degree program in
nursing.
Licensed registered nurses can then ap-
ply for admission into an accredited certif-
cate program in nurse-midwifery. The cer-
tifcate program takes nine to 12 months
of study, or 16 to 24 months for a masters
degree.
Those who pass a certifcation test by
the American College of Nurse-Midwives
may use the title Certifed Nurse-Midwife
(CNM).
Outlook
Employment growth for all registered
nurses will be much faster than the aver-
age for all occupations through 2016, and
this should be especially true for specialists
such as nurse-midwives.
Natural childbearing techniques have
become more popular among women.
Studies indicate natural childbirth is more
healthful for mother and child than doc-
tor-assisted childbirth. Additionally, the
care provided by nurse-midwives costs sub-
stantially less than the care provided by ob-
stetricians and gynecologists. If midwifery
continues to be so affordable, more insur-
ers and health maintenance organizations
will probably direct patients to nurse-mid-
wives for care.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a local hospital or clinic to meet and
speak with a nurse-midwife. You might
also want to visit and volunteer your emo-
tional support to laboring mothers-to-be.
The Journal of Midwifery and Womens Health
(http://www.jmwh.org), published by the
American College of Nurse-Midwives, is a
helpful resource for information about this
career.
AmericancollegeofNurse-Midwives
240-485-1800
http://www.midwife.org
AmericanMidwiferycertifcation
BoardInc.
849 International Drive, Suite 205
Linthicum, MD 21090-2228
410-694-9424
http://www.accmidwife.org
MidwivesAllianceofNorthAmerica
611 Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 1700
888-923-6262
info@mana.org
http://www.mana.org
Midwife Zoe Dorgan measures her
patients stomach to help monitor the
progress of her patients pregnancy. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 39 7/16/09 1:03:05 PM
40
Nurse
Practitioners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatNursePractitionersDo
Nurse practitioners are one of four kinds of
advanced practice nurses (APNs). APNs are
registered nurses who have advanced train-
ing and education. This training enables
them to carry out many of the responsibili-
ties traditionally handled by physicians.
Some nurse practitioners specialize in a
certain feld, such as pediatrics, oncology,
critical care, or primary care.
A nurse practitioners responsibili-
ties depend on the work setting and area
of specialization. They may work closely
with a physician at a hospital, health cen-
ter, or private practice offce. Sometimes, as
in the case of rural health care providers,
they may have only weekly telephone con-
tact with a physician. Nurse practitioners
do not function entirely independently of
physicians, although the degree of consul-
tation required varies from state to state. In
most states, a nurse practitioner can write
certain prescriptions, but a physicians
signature is often required to validate the
prescription.
Family nurse practitioners are often
based in local health clinics. They provide
primary care to people of all ages, assessing,
diagnosing, and treating common illnesses
and injuries. Their interactions with pa-
tients have a strong emphasis on teaching
and counseling for health maintenance.
Nurse practitioners in other specialties
perform similar tasks, although they may
work with different age groups or with peo-
ple in schools or institutional settings. Sim-
ilar to physicians, nurse practitioners select
a feld of specialization. A pediatric nurse
practitioner provides primary health care for
infants through adolescents. Gerontological
nurse practitioners are often based in nursing
homes and work with older adults. School
nurse practitioners work in school settings
and provide primary health care for stu-
dents. Occupational health nurse practitioners
focus on employment-related health prob-
lems and injuries. Psychiatric nurse practitio-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Masters degree
SAlAryrANgE
$42,020 to $60,010 to $87,310
OuTlOOk
Nurse Anesthetists
Nurse Assistants
Nurse-Midwives
Nurses
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 40 7/16/09 1:03:08 PM
41
ners work with people who have mental or
emotional problems. Womens health care
nurse practitioners provide primary care for
women from adolescence through old age
and may provide services from contracep-
tion to hormone replacement therapy.
Take classes in biology, chemistry, psychol-
ogy, English, and other college preparatory
courses in high school.
Nurse practitioners must frst become
registered nurses. Admission to nurse prac-
titioner programs is very competitive. A
masters degree is usually required to be-
come a nurse practitioner. Programs last
one to two years and provide advanced
study in diagnostic skills, health assess-
ment, pharmacology, clinical manage-
ment, and research skills. Registered nurses
must be licensed. State requirements for
licensing and registration vary.
Not all states require nurse practitioners
to be nationally certifed; however, certif-
cation is strongly recommended by those
in the profession. Certifcation in a variety
of specialties is offered by such organiza-
tions as the American Nurses Association,
the American Academy of Nurse Practi-
tioners, and the Pediatric Nursing Certif-
cation Board. Exact requirements vary ac-
cording to the certifying group.
Outlook
The job outlook for this career is excellent.
The nurse practitioner is increasingly being
recognized as a provider of the high-qual-
ity yet cost-effective medical care that the
nations health care system needs. More
people are recognizing the importance of
preventive health care, which is one of
the nurse practitioners greatest strengths.
There should be an especially strong de-
mand for nurse practitioners that specialize
in caring for the elderly as the U.S. popula-
tion ages.
ForMoreInformation
Your schools career guidance counselor
can give you advice on nursing programs
and may even help you fnd contacts in the
medical feld. Visit a local hospital to see if
you can volunteer. Hands-on experience is
the number one way to explore a career in
health care.
AmericanAcademyofNursePractitioners
PO Box 12846
Austin, TX 78711-2846
512-442-4262
admin@aanp.org
http://www.aanp.org
AmericanAssociationofcollegesof
Nursing
202-463-6930
800-274-4262
Did You Know?
Nurse practitioners frst appeared
on the scene after World War II,
partially in response to the short-
age of doctors in many areas.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 41 7/16/09 1:03:08 PM
42
Nurses
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatNursesDo
Nurses care for people who are sick, in-
jured, or mentally ill. Most nurses become
registered nurses, or RNs. They have a wide
variety of duties. They comfort and as-
sist patients, give treatments and medica-
tion, record patients progress, and prepare
equipment. Depending on their training,
nurses also assist physicians and surgeons
in medical procedures and supervise or
teach other nursing staff. Nurses can spe-
cialize in many different areas.
General duty nurses work as part of a
health care team. The team determines
a patients condition and decides on a
health care plan. Nurses take patients
blood pressure, temperature, and pulse.
They give medications. They note the
patients condition and symptoms. They
change dressings, get patients ready for
surgery, and complete any other duties
that require skill and an understanding of
patient needs.
Surgical nurses assist surgeons during
operations. Maternity nurses help in the de-
livery room and take care of newborns in
the nursery. They teach mothers how to
feed and care for their babies. Private duty
nurses work in hospitals and in patients
homes, under the supervision of physi-
cians. Patients or their families employ
private nurses. Occupational health nurses
work in plants or factories, administering
frst aid in emergencies. They also offer pre-
ventive and educational nursing services.
School nurses supervise the student clinic,
treat minor ailments and injuries, and give
general health advice. Hospice nurses work
with the terminally ill. They may treat pa-
tients in hospitals or hospice facilities but
often travel to patients homes to offer
treatment.
Licensed practical nurses (LPNs), some-
times called licensed vocational nurses, per-
form the basic duties of nursing, includ-
ing general patient care, the giving of
medication, and clerical duties. They work
under the supervision of RNs and physi-
cians. Advanced practice nurses are nurses
who have received training beyond the RN
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$42,020 to $60,010 to $87,310
OuTlOOk
Nurse Assistants
Nurse Practitioners
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 42 7/16/09 1:03:11 PM
43
level and include nurse-midwives, clinical
nurse specialists, nurse anesthetists, and nurse
practitioners.
High school classes in biology, health,
mathematics, and social science will pro-
vide a good background for nursing.
LPNs usually complete a one-year edu-
cational program after high school. Three
training programs are available. The as-
sociates degree option is a two-year pro-
gram offered at community or junior col-
leges. The nursing diploma requires three
years of training at a hospital or a nursing
school. Bachelors degree programs consist
of four or fve years of training at a college
or university. A bachelors degree in nurs-
ing is needed for most supervisory and ad-
ministrative positions, for jobs in public
health agencies, and for admission to grad-
uate nursing programs. A masters degree is
usually necessary to prepare for a nursing
specialty or to teach. A doctoral degree is
required for specialized work, such as nurs-
ing research.
All states require nurses to pass an ex-
amination to be licensed. Graduation from
an approved school of practical nursing is
required before taking this examination.
Outlook
Employment for nurses is expected to grow
pations through 2016. The Department of
Labor predicts that in the coming years,
more new jobs will be created for regis-
tered nurses than any other occupation.
Job growth can be attributed to advances
in technology, the growing elderly popula-
tion who will need care, and nurses retiring
and leaving the feld.
ForMoreInformation
You can learn more about nursing by talk-
ing to your school nurse or local public
health nurse about their jobs. Visit your lo-
cal hospital or community health center or
even a Red Cross chapter. Volunteer a few
hours on weekends to get a better sense of
the nursing environment.
Nursing
202-463-6930
Nurses must remain attentive to patient
needs at all times, even when a patient is
unresponsive. (Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 43 7/16/09 1:03:12 PM
44
Nursinghome
Administrators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatNursing
homeAdministratorsDo
Nursing home administrators manage nurs-
ing homes. Their work varies, including
keeping track of fnancial accounts, mak-
ing sure the facility is up to code, and greet-
ing residents at social events. They super-
vise nursing home managers, who head
different departments of a facility, such
as housekeeping, dietary, and human re-
sources. Administrators work closely with
the medical director and nursing staff to
make sure the residents get proper medical
treatment. They also represent the nursing
home during interactions with residents
families, government agencies, and the
community.
Administrators work at different types
of nursing homes. Skilled nursing facilities
provide 24-hour nursing care, meals, and
living space to residents. Intermediate-care
facilities provide meals and shelter and
may also provide regular medical care, al-
though not on a 24-hour basis. Residential
care facilities, or assisted living facilities,
provide meals and living space but only
limited medical care.
Not-for-proft nursing homes are run
by voluntary organizations, such as frater-
nal or religious groups. Individuals, part-
nerships, or corporations run proprietary
facilities for proft. Government-run facili-
ties include veterans homes and state-run
nursing homes.
Administrators oversee every depart-
ment in the nursing home, from dietary
to medical records. They interview and
hire department managers, and they also
monitor how staff members are trained
and supervised. Administrators work with
the medical director and nursing director
to plan medical policies and procedures
that will ensure the best health care for all
the residents. They work with the activities
director in planning recreational events,
holiday parties, and other year-round en-
tertainment for the residents.
Administrators deal with government
agencies that monitor health care. Nurs-
ing facilities must meet strict guidelines
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Business, Sociology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$46,860 to $76,990 to $132,580
OuTlOOk
Geriatricians
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 44 7/16/09 1:03:13 PM
45
before becoming Medicare and/or Medic-
aid certifed by the federal agency Centers
for Medicare and Medicaid Services. In ad-
dition, every nursing home facility under-
goes an annual inspection by the states
health department. The administrator an-
swers for any discrepancies or violations
found.
Nursing home administrators must
have a keen sense for business and enjoy
managing people, budgets, and resources.
They must also have a special interest in
helping people, especially the elderly. Ad-
ministrators need to be aware of the emo-
tional and physical challenges their resi-
dents face and be able to fgure out ways
to make their facilities accommodating.
Managing a nursing home is very similar
to managing a business. Classes such as
accounting, business management, and
computer science will help prepare for the
business side of this job. Science, health,
sociology, psychology, and social studies
classes are also important.
Most nursing home administrators
have a degree in health administration,
business, human resources, or another re-
lated feld. A few states do allow licensing
for administrators who hold an associates
degree and have a certain amount of expe-
rience. A bachelors degree is recommend-
ed, though.
Professional certifcation is available
from the American College of Health Care
Administrators. All nursing home adminis-
trators must be licensed.
Outlook
Employment growth for health service
managers is expected to be faster than
the average through 2016. Nursing homes
and other residential facilities will provide
many employment opportunities, partic-
ularly because of the growing number of
seniors requiring care. As the number of
people requiring round-the-clock medi-
cal attention increases, so will the need
for more nursing home facilities and
administrators.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a nursing home or assisted
living residence. You can help conduct ac-
tivities such as bingo and arts and crafts,
plan holiday celebrations, read aloud to
the sight impaired, or simply keep lonely
seniors company.
AmericanAssociationofhomesand
ServicesfortheAging
2519 Connecticut Avenue, NW
202-783-2242
info@aahsa.org
http://www.aahsa.org
Americancollegeofhealthcare
Administrators
Reston, VA 20190-3221
202-536-5120
education@achca.org
http://www.achca.org
Fast Fact
By 2020, nearly 12 million Amer-
icans will require long-term
care; 60 percent of Americans
who reach age 65 will need
long-term care before the end
of their life.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 45 7/16/09 1:03:13 PM
46
Nursing
Instructors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatNursing
InstructorsDo
Nursing instructors teach in colleges, uni-
versities, or nursing schools. They teach in
classrooms and in hospital settings. Some
nursing instructors specialize in specifc
subjects, such as chemistry or anatomy,
or in a nursing specialty, such as pediatric
nursing.
Many health care facilities partner with
area nursing programs so the students can
practice what they are learning under the
supervision of nursing staff and instruc-
tors. For example, students may spend
time in a hospital environment learning
pediatrics and surgical care, or in a nursing
home learning how to care for elderly or
disabled people. Students evaluate patients
and learn how to chart information and
statistics.
Among the subjects nursing instruc-
tors teach are biology, chemistry, algebra,
anatomy and physiology, microbiology,
pharmacology, sociology, psychology, nu-
trition, physical assessment techniques,
and nursing theory and practice. Nurs-
ing instructors spend a lot of time outside
the classroom and clinical setting prepar-
ing lessons and activities. They work with
head nurses to determine the students pa-
tient assignments. They review patients
charts so they are well informed about
patients current conditions prior to the
student nurses appearing for their clinical
instruction. Nursing instructors also have
the usual teaching responsibilities, such as
course planning, paper grading, and test
preparation.
Nursing instructors who are professors
at universities and colleges often are ex-
pected to be involved with the community.
They may speak to community groups or
consult with businesses, and they are en-
couraged to be active in professional as-
sociations and on academic committees.
Many larger institutions expect professors
to do research and be published in nursing
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$42,020 to $60,010 to $87,310
OuTlOOk
Neonatal Nurses
Nurse Anesthetists
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
L
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 46 7/16/09 1:03:14 PM
47
or medical journals. Nursing instructors of-
ten continue to work in the nursing feld
while they are teaching, which helps them
maintain current hands-on experience.
Classes in health and the sciences are a good
foundation for a medical career. Nursing
instructors begin as registered nurses them-
selves, so take classes that will prepare for a
nursing program. Students may choose ei-
ther a two- or three-year associates degree
program or a four-year bachelors degree
program in nursing.
Nursing instructors also need consider-
able clinical nursing experience before con-
sidering teaching. Most universities and col-
leges require that their full-time professors
have doctoral degrees, but many schools
hire nurses with masters degrees for part-
time and temporary teaching positions.
In order to practice as a registered
nurse, individuals must become licensed in
the state in which they plan to work.
Outlook
Employment growth for registered nurses
will be much faster than the average for all
occupations through 2016. Nurses who spe-
cialize will be in especially great demand,
which will also create an increased demand
for nursing instructors. Retirement will also
account for job opportunities in this feld.
According to the American Association of
Colleges of Nursing, a large percentage of
nursing school deans and directors are ex-
pected to retire over the next decade. Their
replacements will be drawn mostly from
the instructors already on staff, and this
should also add to a shortage of and need
for nursing teachers.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a hospital or nursing clinic to observe
the roles and duties of nurses. Volunteer to
work in a hospital, nursing home, or clinic
after school, on weekends, or during sum-
mer vacation. First aid and CPR classes will
teach you basic procedures. Contact your
local hospital, community center, or Amer-
ican Red Cross chapter for class schedules.
ofNursing
202-463-6930
Professors
1133 Nineteenth Street, NW, Suite 200
202-737-5900
http://www.aaup.org
800-274-4262
Did You Know?
The frst school of nursing in the
United States opened in 1873 in
Boston, Massachusetts.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 47 7/16/09 1:03:14 PM
48
Obstetricians
and
gynecologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatObstetricians
andgynecologistsDo
Obstetricians are physicians who treat wom-
en before and during their pregnancy and
after the child is born. Gynecologists are
physicians who treat diseases and disorders
of the female reproductive system. Prevent-
ing problems and testing make up a large
part of obstetricians and gynecologists
practices. Because the skills and training
for these positions overlap, these two jobs
are generally practiced together. These doc-
tors are often referred to as ob-gyns.
Ob-gyns commonly treat such disor-
ders as infections, pain, infertility, and
cancer. Treatment may include medicine,
therapy, and, if necessary, surgery.
When a test indicates that a patient is
pregnant, the ob-gyn sets up regular ap-
pointments with the patient throughout
her pregnancy. These visits make up an
important part of any womans care before
she gives birth. The ob-gyn helps the pa-
tient learn about her pregnancy, nutrition
and diet, and activities that could harm her
and the baby during the pregnancy. In ad-
dition, the doctor examines the patient to
make sure that the pregnancy is progress-
ing normally. Later in the pregnancy, the
patient visits the ob-gyn more often to de-
termine a birthing plan. When it is time,
the ob-gyn delivers the baby and cares for
the mother and child after the delivery.
Communication skills are essential
in this feld, as most of an ob-gyns time
is spent talking to patients and listening
to their problems before deciding how to
treat them. An ob-gyn must be able to put
an anxious or worried patient at ease while
answering medical questions.
Obstetricians and gynecologists study and
train for many years before they are allowed
to practice medicine. In high school, take
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$160,714 to $239,247 to $329,261
OuTlOOk
Neurologists
Nurse-Midwives
Nurses
Pediatricians
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 48 7/16/09 1:03:17 PM
49
college preparatory courses, including Eng-
lish, foreign language, social studies, math-
ematics, biology, chemistry, and physics. A
college degree is necessary in order to be
admitted to medical school. Students will
have the best chance of being admitted to
medical school if they have taken many
science and mathematics courses and ma-
jor in a feld related to medicine.
To become an ob-gyn, prospective doc-
tors must frst earn a medical degree and
become licensed to practice medicine. They
must complete a minimum of four years in
a resident-training program in obstetrics
and gynecology.
of Obstetrics and Gynecology (ABOG) is
highly recommended. In the last months
of residency, students take the written ex-
amination given by the ABOG. Candidates
for certifcation take the fnal oral exami-
nation after two or more years of practice.
Outlook
The general population is aging. As people
get older, their health-care needs increase
dramatically. Experts predict that the em-
ployment growth for all doctors in almost
all felds is expected to be faster than the
The demand for ob-gyns has not
changed over the years. The specialty is
shifting, however, from a male-dominated
career to a female-dominated feld; of the
medical students planning to enter obstet-
rics and gynecology, over 65 percent are
now women.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer work at your local hospital or
clinic may put you in contact with ob-
gyns who can help you learn more about
the medical specialty. You might also vol-
unteer to visit and offer emotional support
to laboring mothers-to-be at a hospital or
freestanding birth center.
Contact professional organizations to
research the feld further. These associations
often host Web sites with information on
new issues in obstetrics and gynecology.
AmericanBoardofObstetricsand
gynecology
2915 Vine Street
Dallas, TX 75204-1045
214-871-1619
info@abog.org
http://www.abog.org
AmericancollegeofObstetriciansand
gynecologists
409 12th Street, SW
PO Box 96920
202-638-5577
http://www.acog.org
This obstetrician is checking on his
patients fetus using an ultrasound
machine. (Zsolt Nyulaszi/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 49 7/16/09 1:03:18 PM
50
Occupational
Therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatOccupational
TherapistsDo
Occupational therapists help physically and
mentally disabled people overcome their
disabilities through a variety of activities.
Occupational therapists help injured or
sick people gain skills that will lead to a
more independent lifestyle.
Many of the skills that occupational
therapists help their clients develop are
needed in day-to-day life. Occupational
therapists work with people of all ages and
with all types of injuries, illnesses, physi-
cal problems, or mental problems. Thera-
pists use different treatments depending
on the type of disability being treated. For
example, someone with a muscle problem
would be helped with exercises to strength-
en the injured or damaged muscles, while
someone with a certain fear would be en-
couraged to overcome the fear in gradual,
measured stages.
Before suggesting treatment, an occu-
pational therapist meets with physicians,
nurses, and other health care profession-
als involved with the patient to develop
a course of treatment. The therapist also
meets with the patient to learn what types
of activities the patient might enjoy. For
example, if a man or woman with a hand
injury enjoys knitting, the therapist may
try to use knitting as one of the exercises to
aid in healing.
One special type of occupational thera-
pist is a rehabilitation counselor, who helps
people with disabilities fnd employment.
Sometimes people who have been hurt in
accidents are not able to return to their
jobs. Other people may have disabilities
that make it diffcult for them to fnd a job.
These counselors help their clients deal
with these types of problems. They work
with physicians, therapists, and psycholo-
gists to help with peoples physical and
mental problems. They also work with vo-
cational training programs to teach people
skills for new jobs and help employers to
better place disabled people in new jobs.
Occupational therapists need to be cre-
ative in developing treatment programs to
meet the individual needs of their patients.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$42,330 to $63,790 to $94,170
OuTlOOk
Chiropractors
Occupational Therapy Assistants and Aides
Physical Therapists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 50 7/16/09 1:03:21 PM
51
They should feel comfortable and be sen-
sitive when discussing problems and treat-
ment with patients.
A masters degree is required to become an
occupational therapist. High school classes
in biology, physics, chemistry, mathemat-
ics, social sciences, health, and art will pro-
vide a good foundation. Important college
classes for this position include occupation-
al theory and practice, biology, anatomy,
and psychology. A six- to nine-month pro-
gram of on-the-job training working with
disabled patients at a hospital or clinic also
is required.
Upon receiving a masters degree, occu-
pational therapists must then be licensed,
as required by all states, Puerto Rico, Guam,
and the District of Columbia. Applicants
must graduate from an accredited educa-
tional program and pass a national certif-
cation exam.
Outlook
Opportunities for occupational therapists
are expected to be highly favorable through
2016, and job growth will be much faster
than the average for all other careers. Jobs
will arise because of the increasing num-
ber of middle-aged and elderly people who
require therapeutic services. Demand is
also increasing because of growing public
interest in and government support for
people with disabilities and occupational
therapy programs aimed at helping these
individuals.
As the health care industry continues
to be restructured, there should be many
more opportunities for occupational thera-
pists in nontraditional settings. This factor
and proposed changes in the laws should
create opportunities for therapists who
want to enter private practice. Home health
care may experience the greatest growth in
the next decade.
ForMoreInformation
While in high school, arrange to meet and
interview an occupational therapist. Visit
the facility where he or she works to gain
an understanding of the types of equip-
ment and skills used. Many hospitals and
occupational therapy facilities and depart-
ments also have volunteer opportunities,
which can give you a strong insight into
this career.
AmericanOccupationalTherapy
Association,Inc.
4720 Montgomery Lane
PO Box 31220
800-377-8555
http://www.aota.org
NationalBoardforcertifcation
inOccupationalTherapy,Inc.
12 South Summit Avenue, Suite 100
301-990-7979
http://www.nbcot.org
An occupational therapist (r) is
working with a wounded veteran at a
rehabilitation center in San Antonio,
Texas. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 51 7/16/09 1:03:22 PM
52
Occupational
Therapy
Assistantsand
Aides
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
WhatOccupationalTherapy
AssistantsandAidesDo
Occupational therapy helps provide reha-
bilitation services to persons with mental,
physical, emotional, or developmental dis-
abilities. It differs from physical therapy
because it focuses not only on physical re-
habilitation but also on psychological well
being. Occupational therapy emphasizes
improvement of the activities of daily liv-
ing, including such functions as personal
hygiene, dressing, eating, and cooking.
Occupational therapy assistants (OTAs),
under the supervision of a therapist, im-
plement patient care plans and activities.
OTAs help patients improve mobility and
productivity using a variety of activities
and exercises. They use techniques and
equipment to help patients perform tasks
most people take for granted. For example,
OTAs might teach a patient to use a reach-
er, a long-handled device that pinches and
grabs small items. It helps patients pick up
keys from the foor or a book from a shelf.
OTAs may have patients mix ingredients for
a cake or fip a grilled cheese sandwich us-
ing a special spatula. Fun activities such as
dancing, playing cards, or throwing a ball
help improve mobility and give patients a
sense of self-esteem.
Therapists evaluate an activity, mini-
mize the number of steps, and streamline
movement so the patient will be less fa-
tigued. Assistants help therapists in this
evaluation, change care plans as needed,
make therapy appointments, and complete
paperwork.
Occupational therapy aides have less pa-
tient contact. They are responsible for ma-
terials and equipment used during therapy.
They assemble and clean equipment and
make certain the therapists and assistants
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Health, Psychology
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$27,870 to $45,050 to $62,290
(occupational therapy assistants)
$18,150 to $26,080 to $45,670
(occupational therapy aides)
OuTlOOk
Physical Therapists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 52 7/16/09 1:03:25 PM
53
have what they need for a patients thera-
py session. Therapy aides duties are more
clericalthey answer telephones, schedule
appointments, order supplies and equip-
ment, and complete insurance forms and
other paperwork.
Occupational therapy assistants and
aides must be able to take directions. OTAs
and aides must be patient, responsible, and
organized.
Most occupational therapy aides receive
on-the-job training, while occupational
therapy assistants require further education
after high school. Both positions require a
high school diploma. Prepare for these ca-
reers by taking classes in biology, health,
and social sciences.
Occupational therapy assistants must
earn either an associates degree or a cer-
tifcate from an OTA program accredited by
the Accreditation Council for Occupation-
al Therapy Education. A full listing of pro-
grams and contact information is available
on the American Occupational Therapy As-
sociations Web site (http://www.aota.org).
Aides do not require certifcation or
licensing. Occupational therapy assistants
must pass the certifying test of the Nation-
al Board for Certifcation in Occupational
Therapy. Licensure requirements for assis-
tants vary by state.
Outlook
Employment of occupational therapy assis-
tants and aides is expected to grow much
faster than the average through 2016. Op-
portunities will stem from the increasing
number of elderly people who will need
occupational therapy services.
ForMoreInformation
Visit a local hospitals occupational therapy
department to learn about this feld. Volun-
teer to work in a hospital, nursing home,
or clinic to get experience in a health care
setting. Also, the AOTA and other related
organizations may provide career informa-
tion. School guidance and job centers, and
the library, are good information sources.
AmericanOccupationalTherapy
Association,Inc.
4720 Montgomery Lane
PO Box 31220
800-377-8555
http://www.aota.org
NationalBoardforcertifcationin
OccupationalTherapy,Inc.
12 South Summit Avenue, Suite 100
301-990-7979
http://www.nbcot.org
Growth Field
ber of occupational therapy as-
sistants and aides is expected to
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 53 7/16/09 1:03:25 PM

54
Oceanographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatOceanographersDo
Oceanographers study the oceans, perform-
ing experiments and gathering informa-
tion about the water, plant and animal
life, and the ocean foor. They study the
motion of waves, currents, and tides. They
also look at water temperature, chemical
makeup of the ocean water, oil deposits on
the ocean foor, and pollution levels at dif-
ferent depths of the oceans.
Oceanographers use several inventions
specially designed for long- and short-term
underwater observation. They use deep-sea
equipment, such as submarines and obser-
vation tanks. Underwater devices called
bathyspheres allow an oceanographer to
stay underwater for several hours or even
days. For short observations or to explore
areas such as underwater caves, scientists
use deep-sea and scuba diving gear that
straps onto the body to supply them with
oxygen.
Oceanographers do most of their work
out on the water. Then they spend months
or years in offces, laboratories, or libraries
examining data. Oceanographers use infor-
mation such as water temperature changes
between the surface and the lower depths
to predict droughts and monsoon rains.
Oceanographers who study ocean plants
and animals are called biological oceanogra-
phers or marine biologists. They collect in-
formation on the behavior and activities of
the wildlife in a specifc area of the ocean
water. Physical oceanographers study ocean
temperature and the atmosphere above the
water. Geological oceanographers study the
ocean foor, monitoring the area and ex-
amining minerals found there. Geochemical
oceanographers study the chemical makeup
of ocean water and the ocean foor. They
are called in after oil spills to check the lev-
el of damage to the water.
Take college preparatory courses while in
high school. Science courses, including ge-
ology, biology, and chemistry, and math
classes, such as algebra, trigonometry, and
statistics, are especially important.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$36,700 to $63,340 to $98,570
OuTlOOk
Biologists
Ecologists
Geologists
Marine Biologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 54 7/16/09 1:03:26 PM
55
A bachelors degree in chemistry, biol-
ogy, geology, or physics is required. Most
research or teaching positions require
a masters degree or doctoral degree in
oceanography.
Outlook
Employment growth for oceanographers is
expected to be about as fast as the average
through 2016. Although the feld of marine
science is growing, researchers specializing
in the popular feld of biological oceanog-
raphy, or marine biology, will face compe-
tition for available positions and research
funding over the next few years. However,
funding for graduate students and profes-
sional positions is expected to increase
during the coming decade in the areas of
global climate change, environmental re-
search and management, fsheries science,
and marine biomedical research programs.
The Oceanography Society states the
growing interest in understanding and pro-
tecting the environment will create new
jobs. Careers related to fsheries resources,
including basic research in biology and
chemistry as well as mariculture (mean-
ing cultivation of the sea, such as harvest-
ing sea weed) and sea ranching, will also
increase. Because the oceans hold vast re-
sources of commercially valuable minerals,
employment opportunities will come from
pharmaceutical and biotechnology compa-
nies and others interested in mining these
substances for potential miracle drugs
and other commercial uses.
ForMoreInformation
If you live near coastal regions, it will be
easier to become familiar with oceans and
ocean life. Read all you can about rocks,
minerals, or aquatic life. If you live or trav-
el near an oceanography research center,
such as Woods Hole Oceanographic Institu-
tion on Cape Cod in Massachusetts, spend
some time studying its exhibits.
If you do not live near water, try to fnd
summer camps or programs that make trips
to coastal areas. Learn all you can about the
geology, atmosphere, and plant and animal
life of the area where you live, regardless of
whether water is present.
Americangeophysicalunion
2000 Florida Avenue, NW
800-966-2481
service@agu.org
http://www.agu.org
OceanographySociety
PO Box 1931
301-251-7708
info@tos.org
http://www.tos.org
Fast Fact
Ocean depth on Earth aver-
ages 2.3 miles. The greatest
known depth of any ocean is
in the Challenger Deep of the
Mariana Trench in the Pacifc
Ocean, which is about 250 miles
southwest of Guam. Here, the
depth is estimated to be about
6.8 miles!
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 55 7/16/09 1:03:26 PM
56
Offce
Administrators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Manage time
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Decision making
Responsibility
WhatOffce
AdministratorsDo
The work activities in an offce are coordi-
nated and directed by offce administrators.
These workers supervise administrative as-
sistants, clerks, secretaries, and other work-
ers, ensuring that the offce runs smoothly
and effciently. Their primary responsibil-
ity is to run the offce. Offce administra-
tors plan and direct departmental and in-
dividual tasks and activities to maintain
workfow and business output.
Depending on the size and nature of
the offce, the administrator usually de-
termines the operations personnel needs.
The offce administrator interviews pro-
spective candidates for employment open-
ings. The administrator works with other
key employees to make hiring decisions.
In addition, they train new workers on of-
fce equipment and explain company pro-
cedures to be certain the organizations
administrative duties are being performed
properly and effciently.
The offce administrator is responsible
for ensuring that offce policies and, in some
situations, union rules are followed and that
individual performance standards are being
met. The administrator plays a key role in
recommending promotions, salary increas-
es, and sometimes job terminations.
Excellent communication and inter-
personal skills are central to this position.
These administrators must be able to speak
and write effectively to ensure that offce
personnel are aware of what the organiza-
tion anticipates from them as well as how
they are to meet those expectations. Ad-
ministrations must also be able to motivate
staff and exhibit objectivity when dealing
with confict in the workplace.
While a high school diploma is necessary to
be an offce administrator, a college degree
will be looked upon favorably by employers.
Business-related subjects, including typing,
bookkeeping and computer software pro-
grams, as well as courses in English, mathe-
matics, communications, and sociology are
extremely helpful in this career.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
English, Mathematics, Sociology
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$26,530 to $43,510 to $71,340
OuTlOOk
Business Managers
Legal Secretaries
Offce Clerks
Secretaries
q
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 56 7/16/09 1:03:27 PM
57
An associates degree is considered ad-
equate for an offce administrator, but those
holding a bachelors degree in business
management will be at a great advantage in
a competitive job market. Bachelors degrees
in business administration and offce man-
agement are offered nationwide and online
by numerous colleges and universities. In
addition, some postsecondary degree pro-
grams focus on a specifc industry, such as le-
gal, medical, or health care administration.
To help train administrators, many
community colleges, vocational schools,
and professional associations provide
courses, seminars, and workshops in busi-
ness administration. For example, the
American Management Association spon-
sors more than 170 seminars in 20 subject
areas, including interpersonal skills, super-
visory skills, and human resources.
Voluntary certifcation for offce admin-
istrators is offered by the International Asso-
ciation of Administrative Professionals. Of-
fce administrators can earn the designation
of certifed professional secretary or certifed
administrative professional by meeting cer-
tain educational and work experience re-
quirements and passing an examination.
Outlook
Offce administrator positions are expect-
ed to grow more slowly than the average
due to increased use of offce automation
technology, specifcally computers, in the
workplace.
This reduction will result in stiffer
competition for those seeking supervisory
careers because the number of positions
available will be far less than those apply-
ing for them. Job openings for offce ad-
ministrators will occur in industries experi-
encing growth and where replacements are
needed for those leaving the occupation.
ForMoreInformation
To gain valuable offce skills, learn to type
and work on increasing your speed and ac-
curacy. Volunteer to handle secretarial du-
ties, such as typing, fling, and answering
the phone at a community center, church/
temple, or nonproft organization.
1601 Broadway
New York, NY 10019-7434
212-586-8100
customerservice@amanet.org
AssociationofProfessionalOffce
Managers
1 Research Court, Suite 450
Rockville, MD20850-6252
866-738-3966
http://www.apomonline.org
InternationalAssociationofAdministrative
Professionals
PO Box 20404
816-891-6600
http://www.iaap-hq.org
Growth Field
The job of offce administrator has
grown with the growth of technol-
ogy. Where once an administrator
was mostly responsible for ensur-
ing productivity, todays offce
administrator coordinates many
departments using the latest com-
puter software.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 57 7/16/09 1:03:27 PM

58
Offceclerks
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatOffce
clerksDo
While offce clerks are usually entry-level
workers on the lowest rung of the organi-
zational ladder, they are the ground-level
employees whose work output ensures that
the companys operations run smoothly.
The jobs performed by offce clerks vary by
skill level and experience and by the type
of organization in which they work. Their
duties can change daily and they must be
able to multitask to meet the ebb and fow
of the offces demands.
Offce clerks must be adept at key-
boarding and fling, and be able to oper-
ate typical offce equipment, such as com-
puters, calculators, photocopiers, facsimile
machines, scanners, and telephones. They
must be profcient at proofreading their
own as well as the work of others. They
must be tactful and professional in answer-
ing phones, dispensing information, and
taking and delivering messages.
The duties assigned to offce clerks
differ by the type of organization. For in-
stance, a clerk in a law offce may not per-
form the same tasks as one in a health care
environment. In most settings, the offce
clerk is responsible for sorting and deliv-
ering mail, answering phones, and order-
ing offce supplies. In a specialized offce,
such as a law frm, the clerk may also be
responsible for scheduling appointments,
maintaining client fles, and preparing le-
gal documents.
The offce clerks experience will dic-
tate the level of duties expected. Skilled
clerks use more sophisticated computer
software or oversee the work of other
clerks, whereas inexperienced workers
open and distribute mail, make photo-
copies, stuff envelopes, and run errands.
Good communication skills and strong
interpersonal and analytical abilities will
help in advancing to higher offce and ad-
ministrative positions.
In high school take as many business
courses as possible to become familiar with
offce terminology, procedures, and ma-
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
English, Mathematics, Psychology
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$14,850 to $23,710 to $37,600
OuTlOOk
Clerks
Legal Secretaries
Receptionists
Secretaries
c
q
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 58 7/16/09 1:03:28 PM
59
chines, and to build and hone your offce
skills. Courses in business mathematics,
computers, and English will increase your
effectiveness in an offce setting. Psychol-
ogy courses will help you learn more about
human nature and communication.
Most employers seek offce clerks who
have at least a high school diploma or
equivalent. In addition, prospective em-
ployers will look more favorably on can-
didates who have some familiarity with
word processing and data entry software
programs.
Many high schools offer business edu-
cation work-study programs in which par-
ticipants can earn a salary while learning
a job. Students are paired with local busi-
nesses and given an opportunity to experi-
ence real-life work.
General clerical skills can be enhanced
through classes in adult education, com-
munity college, or business school voca-
tional programs.
Outlook
The number of offce clerk positions is ex-
pected to grow about as fast as the average.
While the increased use of offce automa-
tion technology, specifcally computers,
in the workplace may result in some slow-
down, general offce clerks with proven
computer and offce machine skills should
be more adaptable to fuctuations in this
feld.
ForMoreInformation
Hone your keyboarding and computer
skills through part-time and summer em-
ployment in an offce setting. Oftentimes
this type of work situation can lead to a
full-time job.
1601 Broadway
New York, NY 10019-7434
212-586-8100
Professionals
PO Box 20404
816-891-6600
Fast Fact
Quick, accurate typing is a
must in any offce. Most offce
workers type between 50 and
70 words per minute. Barbara
Blackburn holds the record of
the worlds fastest typist. Her
top recorded speed was 212
words per minute!
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 59 7/16/09 1:03:28 PM
60
Oncologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Reading/writing
WhatOncologistsDo
Oncologists are physicians who specialize
in the study, diagnosis, and treatment of
cancerous tumors. Because cancer can af-
fect any organ in the body and individuals
of any age, there are many different kinds
of oncologists. Medical oncologists have
studied internal medicine and treat cancer
through chemotherapy. Pediatric oncologists
are pediatricians who specialize in cancers
that affect infants and children.
Gynecological oncologists are gynecolo-
gists who specialize in cancers that attack
the female reproductive organs. Radiologi-
cal oncologists treat tumors through radia-
tion therapy. Surgical oncologists are sur-
geons who specialize in performing surgery
to remove cancerous tissue to prevent its
growth.
A clinical oncologist conducts clinical
trials in order to identify the most success-
ful strategies for fghting cancer. Clinical
trials are studies using various treatments
that are conducted on consenting patients.
By comparing the results of two different
treatments on two groups of patients who
have similar symptoms, oncologists are
able to determine which methods are ef-
fective in eliminating the development of
cancer.
Because cancer can spread throughout
the organs of the body, oncologists often
work together in teams to identify the ap-
propriate strategy for helping a patient.
Many patients undergo a combination of
chemotherapy, radiation therapy, and sur-
gery to treat cancer, so it is extremely im-
portant for the physicians to coordinate
the treatment process.
Each day oncologists interact with
people who are very ill and frightened. To
do this, they must be able to maintain ob-
jectivity and composure under intensely
emotional circumstances. Because oncolo-
gists must explain complex information to
people who have little or no medical back-
ground, they should also be able to com-
municate clearly and directly. Excellent in-
terpersonal skills are necessary to work as
part of a medical team.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$149,852 to $269,720 to $408,355
OuTlOOk
Allergists
Anesthesiologists
Cardiologists
Pathologists
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 60 7/16/09 1:03:31 PM
61
Take biology, chemistry, and other college
preparatory courses in high school. Follow-
ing high school, students must earn a four-
year college degree before entering medical
school.
Oncologists must become licensed to
practice medicine. Following an internship
year, doctors complete a residency in a spe-
cialty. For example, someone interested in
gynecologic oncology completes a four-year
obstetrics and gynecology residency. Those
interested in medical oncology, on the other
hand, do residencies in internal medicine.
Following the residency, the doctor com-
pletes a fellowship (specialized study) in on-
cology, which can last two to four years.
Certifcation is not required for oncolo-
gists, but it is highly recommended. Oncol-
ogists are certifed by boards in their area of
specialty. For example, the American Board
of Internal Medicine administers the certi-
fcation for medical oncologists. The Amer-
ican Board of Obstetrics and Gynecology
administers certifcation for gynecologic
oncologists.
Outlook
Employment growth for all physicians is
expected to be about as fast as the average
for all occupations through 2016 due to
continued expansion of the health care in-
dustry. However, the specialty of oncology
should see stronger growth in response to
patient demand for access to specialty care.
Due to a growing and aging population,
new research, changing diagnostic tech-
niques, and new treatment possibilities,
oncologists will have many opportunities
for employment.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteering at a local hospital, clinic, or
nursing home is a great introduction to the
health care feld. Working in different de-
partments will give you an idea of the areas
of health care you may wish to explore.
AmericancancerSociety
800-ACS-2345
http://www.cancer.org
AmericanSocietyofclinicalOncology
2318 Mill Road, Suite 800
888-282-2552
http://www.asco.org
radiationTherapyOncologygroup
1818 Market Street, Suite 1600
800-227-5463, ext. 4189
http://www.rtog.org
An oncologist reassures a patient who has
undergone surgery to remove a cancerous
tumor. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 61 7/16/09 1:03:32 PM
62
Operating
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Self-management
WhatOperatingEngineersDo
Operating engineers operate large machines
used in digging, grading, moving, lifting,
and similar activities on construction proj-
ects. These machines include power shov-
els, bulldozers, cranes, tractors, pile drivers,
and concrete mixers.
Many operating engineers work for
companies that build highways, dams,
airports, and other large-scale projects.
Contractors employ others to help con-
struct residential or commercial buildings.
Utility companies, large manufacturing
companies, and other businesses that do
their own construction work, including
mines and steel mills, also need operating
engineers to run heavy equipment. States,
cities, and towns hire operating engi-
neers as part of construction and repair
crews in their highway and public works
departments.
Operating engineers run power shov-
els, cranes, derricks, hoists, pile drivers,
concrete mixers, paving machines, bull-
dozers, tractors, and pumps. In many in-
stances, operators do this sitting in a cab
compartment of the machine and using
pedals, levers, switches, and dials located
on a control panel.
Operating engineers are often known for
the type of machine they operate. Bulldozer
operators, for example, drive bulldozers and
raise and lower the blade to move rocks, trees,
earth, or other obstacles from a construc-
tion site. Crane operators rotate the crane on
its chassis or raise or lower the boom. They
must be able to use various attachments to
the boom, such as buckets, pile drivers, or
heavy wrecking balls. Hoist and winch opera-
tors lift and pull heavy loads using power-
operated equipment. Many operating engi-
neers are qualifed to operate more than one
type of machine, and they may operate and
maintain compressors, pumps, and other
power equipment at the work site.
A high school education or its equivalent is
valuable for the operating engineer and is
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$24,840 to $38,130 to $66,610
OuTlOOk
Road Crew Workers
Truck Drivers
X
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 62 7/16/09 1:03:32 PM
63
a requirement for apprenticeship training.
Mathematics, physics, and shop classes can
provide useful preparation for operating
construction equipment.
There are two ways to become an
operating engineer: through a union ap-
prentice program or on-the-job training.
Apprenticeship programs generally last
three years and include both classroom
instruction and on-the-job training on a
wide variety of machines. Operating en-
gineers can also get training through pri-
vate vocational schools and through their
employer.
Outlook
Employment growth for all operating en-
gineers is projected to be about as fast as
the average through 2016. Increasing pop-
ulation and business growth will mean
a greater demand for the construction of
residential property, schools, offces, and
other commercial buildings. There will also
be a rising need for improvements to high-
ways, bridges, and streets. Additionally, a
training program shortage is causing a de-
mand for skilled and appropriately trained
operating engineers.
ForMoreInformation
Go to construction sites in your area and
watch heavy machines in operation, pay-
ing close attention to the function of the
operators. Read such books as: Caterpil-
lar Chronicle: The History of the Worlds
Greatest Earth Movers by Eric Orlemann
(Motorbooks International, 2000); Colos-
sal Earthmovers by Keith Haddock (Mo-
torbooks International, 2000); Cranes
in Action by Larry Shapiro (Motorbooks
International, 2000); and Yellow Steel:
The Story of the Earthmoving Equipment
Industry by William R. Haycraft (Univer-
sity of Illinois Press, 2002).
703-548-3118
info@agc.org
http://www.agc.org
constructionSpecifcationsInstitute
800-689-2900
csi@csinet.org
http://www.csinet.org
InternationalunionofOperatingEngineers
1125 17th Street NW
202-429-9100
http://www.iuoe.org
Fast Fact
The states that employ the
greatest number of operating
engineers are West Virginia,
Alaska, Wyoming, Montana,
and North Dakota.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 63 7/16/09 1:03:33 PM
64
Ophthalmic
laboratory
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatOphthalmic
laboratoryTechniciansDo
Ophthalmic laboratory technicians make
prescription eyeglass lenses. Also known
as manufacturing opticians, optical goods
workers, or optical mechanics, they cut,
grind, edge, and fnish lenses according to
instructions provided by dispensing opti-
cians, optometrists, or ophthalmologists.
Though some lenses are still produced by
hand, technicians increasingly use com-
puterized technology to make lenses.
Ophthalmic laboratory technicians
specialize in one activity or perform several
functions in the laboratory.
Glass cutters examine glass stock for
defects, trace outlines onto glass using
templates, and grind rough edges from
lens blanks using a grindstone. Sizers set
up and operate machines that grind and
polish the edges and surfaces of lens
blanks. A curve is ground into lens blanks
by hand grinders, and then precision-lens
polishers polish the lenses. They mount
lenses into holders, apply abrasives, and
periodically rinse off the abrasive and
measure the lens to make sure it matches
the specifcations.
Eyeglass-lens cutters cut eyeglass lenses
to specifed sizes and shapes. Precision-lens
centerers and edgers operate grinders to
edge and bevel lenses. Layout technicians
draw reference lines and write specifca-
tions onto lens blanks to guide workers
who surface or fnish lenses. Lens mount-
ers place prescription lenses into metal
or plastic frames. They inspect lenses for
faws such as pits, chips, and scratches.
When possible, they remove the faws
using a grinding wheel and assemble the
eyeglass frame by attaching ornaments,
nose pads, and temple pieces.
Contact lens blockers and cutters and
contact lens lathe operators operate jewelers
lathes and hand tools to cut inside or out-
side curvature in contact lenses.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$17,590 to $26,550 to $42,970
OuTlOOk
Ophthalmologists
Optical Engineers
Optometrists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 64 7/16/09 1:03:36 PM
65
Ophthalmic laboratory technicians need a
high school diploma. Courses in physics,
algebra, geometry, and mechanical draw-
ing are recommended.
Technicians receive their training on
the job, in apprenticeship programs, or
in vocational or technical school. Techni-
cians who train on the job usually begin
by performing simple tasks, such as basic
lens-grinding operations. As they gain ex-
perience, they progress to more diffcult
operations, such as lens cutting or eyeglass
assembly. It may take up to six months to
gain experience in all areas and up to three
years to be considered fully skilled.
Formal apprenticeship programs in this
feld usually take about three to four years
to complete. Apprentices generally train to
be either ophthalmic surfacers, who focus
on lens grinding and related activities, or
ophthalmic fnishers, who concentrate on
eyeglass assembly and frame repair.
Vocational, technical, or community
college programs usually last from one to
two years. Graduates receive certifcates or
associates degrees.
Outlook
Employment of ophthalmic laboratory
fast as the average through 2016. The grow-
ing middle-aged and elderly population
will mean that more people will need cor-
rective lenses and vision care in the years
to come. Job opportunities will also arise
from the need to replace technicians who
transfer to other occupations or retire.
ForMoreInformation
Visit the shops and laboratories where oph-
thalmic laboratory technicians work. Take
up hobbies that teach the properties of glass
and the tools and techniques involved in
cutting and grinding glass, such as stained
glass work, mosaic, or glass blowing.
AmericanAcademyofOphthalmology
PO Box 7424
415-561-8500
http://www.aao.org
commissiononOpticianryAccreditation
PO Box 142
703-468-0566
jointcommissiononAlliedhealth
PersonnelinOphthalmology
2025 Woodlane Drive
St. Paul, MN 55125-2998
800-284-3937
jcahpo@jcahpo.org
Did You Know?
Eyeglasses have been in use since
the 14th century. These early glass-
es could correct only farsighted-
ness. Glasses that corrected near-
sightedness were invented in the
16th century.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 65 7/16/09 1:03:36 PM
66
Ophthalmic
Medical
Assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatOphthalmicMedical
AssistantsDo
Ophthalmic medical assistants assist oph-
thalmologists in examining and treating
patients with eye problems. While they
have no medical training, they do know
about eye disorders, vision technology, and
examination procedures.
Ophthalmic medical assistants perform
some of the preliminary tests on patients
before patients are seen by the ophthal-
mologists. These tests include diagnostic
exams such as asking the patients to read
eye charts, measuring the pressure within
the patients eyes, testing eye muscle func-
tion, and determining the strength of the
prescriptions in patients glasses or contact
lenses. After these tests are given, assistants
pass on the results to the ophthalmologists.
The assistants preliminary work helps oph-
thalmologists understand the patients eye
problems and speeds the diagnosis. Assis-
tants help ophthalmologists use their time
better and give the patients a chance to ask
questions.
Ophthalmic medical assistants are also
responsible for maintaining optical and sur-
gical equipment in the offce and may as-
sist ophthalmologists in surgery. Assistants
work closely with patients to prepare them
for examinations or surgery and relieve any
fears the patients may have. They may also
teach patients how to insert, remove, and
care for contact lenses and they may ap-
ply dressings to injured eyes or, under the
supervision of the ophthalmologists, they
may administer eye medications.
If you are considering a career as an oph-
thalmic medical assistant, you should take
courses that provide a strong general back-
ground and prepare you for further study
in technical felds, including mathematics,
science, technical reading and writing, and
shop.
Most ophthalmologists prefer to hire
ophthalmic medical assistants who have
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$19,850 to $27,430 to $38,490
OuTlOOk
Ophthalmologists
Optometrists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 66 7/16/09 1:03:39 PM
67
completed a training program at a junior
college, technical college, or college of op-
tometry. The program, which leads to an
associates degree, includes courses in vi-
sion care and treatment, vision disorders,
eye exercises, and examination proce-
dures. Training includes working with pa-
tients to gain hands-on experience. There
are no specifc licensing requirements for
ophthalmic medical assistants, but most
ophthalmologists prefer to hire assistants
who are certifed or who have passed a na-
tional exam. The Joint Commission on Al-
lied Health Personnel in Ophthalmology
awards credentials at three levels: certifed
ophthalmic assistant, technician, or medi-
cal technologist.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for ophthalmic
medical assistants are expected to grow
2016. As the average age of our popula-
tion increases, the need for eyeglasses and
other specialized eye care increases. Many
recent advances in eye care have led to
more and more people seeking specialized
eye treatments. In addition, more oph-
thalmologists are hiring trained assistants
to help them in handling this increase in
business.
ForMoreInformation
Interested students can visit an ophthal-
mologists offce and talk to an experienced
assistant. Part-time or summer work with a
vision-care business or in an ophthalmol-
ogists practice will also expose you to the
work environment and routines.
AssociationforTechnicalPersonnelin
Ophthalmology
2025 Woodlane Drive
St. Paul, MN 55125-2998
800-482-4858
http://www.atpo.org
jointcommissiononAlliedhealth
PersonnelinOphthalmology
2025 Woodlane Drive
St. Paul, MN 55125-2998
800-284-3937
jcahpo@jcahpo.org
202-223-8130
info@osa.org
http://www.osa.org
Did You Know?
The frst contact lenses were heavy
and made of glass and were un-
comfortable to wear for long peri-
ods of time. In the late 1930s light
plastic contact lenses that ft the
shape of the eye were invented.
Todays contact lenses cover only
the cornea.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 67 7/16/09 1:03:39 PM
68
Ophthalmologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhatOphthalmologistsDo
Ophthalmologists are physicians who spe-
cialize in the care of eyes and in the pre-
vention and treatment of eye disease and
injury. Ophthalmologists are different from
optometrists. Ophthalmologists have med-
ical degrees, while optometrists do not.
Most ophthalmologists treat patients of
all ages, from infants to elderly adults. They
test patients vision and prescribe glasses
or contact lenses to correct any problems.
They also screen for diseases using tools
such as an ophthalmoscope, which is an
instrument used to look at the inside of the
eye. When examining a patients eyes, the
ophthalmologist may discover signs of dis-
ease that affect other parts of the body, in-
cluding diabetes and hypertension. When
that happens, the ophthalmologist may
work with another physician in diagnosing
and managing the disease.
Most ophthalmologists perform eye
surgery. The most common surgery is to
remove cataracts, which is a clouding of
the lens of the eye that results in partial or
total blindness. Cataract surgery lasts just
30 minutes to an hour and usually helps
patients regain all or some of their vision.
Ophthalmologists also perform surgery to
correct crossed eyes and glaucoma.
The practice of ophthalmology in-
volves treating patients who have diseases
that may cause them to lose some or all
of their vision. That possibility can make
patients feel anxious and can create stress
for both patients and the doctor. Ophthal-
mologists should be able to show patients
compassion and understanding in offering
their medical expertise.
Certain visual and motor skills are
necessary to work as an ophthalmologist.
Without good motor skills, depth percep-
tion, and color vision, an ophthalmologist
may have trouble using instruments that
are part of the practice.
High school courses in biology, chemis-
try, English, psychology, and other college
preparatory classes are required. Students
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$185,474 to $264,134 to $366,018
OuTlOOk
Optometrists
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 68 7/16/09 1:03:42 PM
69
must earn a four-year college degree before
entering medical school.
After earning an M.D. degree and be-
coming licensed to practice medicine, oph-
thalmologists complete at least one year of
general clinical training and at least three
years in an eye residency program at a hos-
pital. They also usually work at least one
more year in a subspecialty fellowship.
of Ophthalmology is not required, but is
highly recommended. Most hospitals will
not let ophthalmologists practice if they
are not certifed. To receive the boards cer-
tifcation, a candidate needs to complete
the ophthalmology residency and written
and oral examinations given by the board.
Ophthalmologists must reapply for certif-
cation every 10 years.
Outlook
Employment growth for all physicians is
projected to be faster than the average for
all occupations through 2016. However,
the demand for specialty care may provide
more job opportunities for ophthalmolo-
gists and other specialists. The growing
number of elderly people will increase the
demand for vision care. Also, new technol-
ogy (such as a wider use of lasers to correct
vision problems) will allow doctors to treat
and detect vision disease and impairments
that were previously treatable only by eye-
wear or invasive surgery.
ForMoreInformation
The best way to get a glimpse of what this
feld is like is by scheduling a visit to see
an ophthalmologist. Experience an exam,
and ask questions about the different tests
and instruments the ophthalmologist uses.
You can also volunteer to help out in a lo-
cal hospital or doctors offce to experience
working in a health care setting and inter-
acting with patients.
AmericanAcademyofOphthalmology
PO Box 7424
415-561-8500
http://www.aao.org
AmericanBoardofOphthalmology
111 Presidential Boulevard, Suite 241
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004-1075
610-664-1175
info@abop.org
http://www.abop.org
800-621-8335
An ophthalmologist conducts an eye
examination using a slit-lamp microscope.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 69 7/16/09 1:03:43 PM
70
Optical
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatOpticalEngineersDo
Optics is the study of light and how it in-
teracts with matter. It is a branch of physics
and engineering. Optical engineers use their
knowledge of how light is produced, sent,
detected, and measured to design such
things as wireless communications, audio/
CD players, high-defnition television, la-
ser printers, atomic research, robotics, and
medical and scientifc methods and tools.
Optical engineers design optical sys-
tems for cameras, telescopes, or lens sys-
tems. They design and develop circuitry
and parts for devices that use optical tech-
nology. These engineers may also design
and test instruments that measure how
well optical systems are working.
To create a new product using optical
technology, optical engineers follow a pro-
cess that has many steps. They study the
proposed project to understand it thor-
oughly. Then they use their imagination
and training to come up with a design or
several designs for the product. They use a
computer to create a model, or they make
a physical sample. They test the model or
sample and change it as they fnd prob-
lems. They repeat this building and testing
until the product is complete. The design
is then sent to a manufacturer. Optical en-
gineers often work on a team of engineers,
industrial designers, technologists, and
technicians.
Some optical engineers specialize in la-
sers and fber optics. Fiber optics are thin,
hair-like strands of plastic-coated glass
fbers that transmit light and images. La-
sers are used to generate the light in these
fbers. They can be used in medical and
surgical procedures, manufacturing, robot-
ics, printing, and military systems, such as
navigation systems and weapons systems.
Fiber optics technology is used in sensors
that detect temperature, pressure, and
other physical features. This technology is
also used in communications systems such
as telephone systems, computer networks,
and fber optic imaging.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$47,630 to $85,260 to $126,180
OuTlOOk
Laser Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 70 7/16/09 1:03:44 PM
71
To become an optical engineer, you
need to have a strong foundation in math-
ematics and physics as well as an inquisi-
tive and analytical mind.
While in high school, take physical science,
physics, chemistry, geometry, algebra, trig-
onometry, calculus, social studies, English,
composition, and computer science class-
es. Courses in computer-aided design are
also helpful. Honors classes in science and
mathematics are recommended.
You must have a bachelor of science
degree in engineering to become an opti-
cal engineer. Only a very small number of
schools, though, offer degree programs in
optical engineering. Most colleges offer de-
grees in a related feld, such as electrical en-
gineering or physics, with a specialization
in optics. Most programs take four or fve
years to complete. Some colleges require
internships or cooperative work programs
during which you work at a related job for
one to three semesters. Many students ob-
tain masters degrees. Those who plan to
work in research usually earn a doctoral
degree.
Outlook
Employment of optical engineers is ex-
pected to grow more slowly than the aver-
number of positions becoming available
through growth in the feld and openings
due to engineers who move to other jobs
or retire is expected to be about equal to
the number of new graduates entering the
profession.
The use of fber optics in telecommuni-
cations is expanding, providing opportuni-
ties for engineers in the cable, broadcast-
ing, computer, and telephone industries.
New applications are being developed in
many other areas, such as the medical and
defense felds. The increasing use of auto-
mated equipment in manufacturing is also
providing opportunities for optical engi-
neers, particularly in applications involv-
ing robotics technology.
ForMoreInformation
For information on careers and advice on
networking, interviewing, and job search-
ing in the feld of optics, visit Work in Op-
tics, a Web site organized by the Optical
Society of America (http://www.workinop
tics.com).
IEEElasersandElectro-OpticsSociety
445 Hoes Lane
Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331
http://www.i-leos.org
2010 Massachusetts Avenue NW
202-223-8130
info@osa.org
http://www.osa.org
Fast Fact
The areas of the United States
with the most job opportuni-
ties for optical engineers are
along the East Coast from Bos-
ton to Washington, D.C., and in
large cities such as Dallas, Hous-
ton, Los Angeles, San Jose, and
Orlando.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 71 7/16/09 1:03:44 PM
72
Optometrists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Responsibility
WhatOptometristsDo
Optometrists diagnose and treat eye health
and vision problems. They prescribe glass-
es, contact lenses, vision therapy, and
medications. They use special tests and
instruments to identify and evaluate eye
problems. Optometrists use eye charts to
determine the distance that the patient
can see without glasses or contact lenses.
Other examinations can determine color
blindness, tunnel vision (where the pa-
tient can see only things that are straight
ahead), and the presence of some diseases
and infections. The optometrist is trained
to treat each of these problems as well as
eye injuries.
If a patients eye problem can be solved
with glasses, the optometrist prescribes
corrective glasses or contact lenses. After
the optometrist writes the prescription
and the glasses are made, an optician will
adjust them to ft the patient. Sometimes,
however, an eye problem may require
drug treatment, which may be handled by
the optometrist, or surgery. In the case of
surgery, the optometrist refers the patient
to another type of eye care professional,
called an ophthalmologist.
Besides examining eyes and prescrib-
ing treatment for vision problems, some
optometrists teach in schools or colleges of
optometry. Others conduct research in the
areas of eye diseases and treatments.
To be an optometrist, you must be able
to get along well with peoplesince growth
of an optometrists practice often depends
on customer referrals. You must also have
mechanical aptitude and good vision and
coordination. These characteristics are es-
sential to the training required to become
licensed.
Most optometrists hold bachelors degrees,
although three years of undergraduate
study may be enough to apply to a college
of optometry. Some of the courses required
are English, mathematics, physics, biol-
ogy, and chemistry. A doctor of optometry
must complete four years of study at a col-
lege offering the degree. Courses involve
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Physics
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$47,980 to $93,800 to $145,600+
OuTlOOk
Ophthalmologists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 72 7/16/09 1:03:47 PM
73
working in the laboratory and practicing
on patients.
Upon completion of study, graduates
receive the doctor of optometry (O.D.)
degree. With further college study, higher
degrees can be obtained that allow optom-
etrists to teach at the college level. Optom-
etrists can study for masters degrees and
doctorates. There is also a residency offered
for optometrists wishing to specialize in an
area of study such as geriatric optometry,
vision rehabilitation, or pediatric optom-
etry. All optometrists must pass the license
examination in the state in which they will
practice.
Outlook
Employment growth for optometrists is ex-
all occupations through 2016. The demand
for eye care services will become greater as
people continue to become more health
conscious. Also, people are more likely to
seek such services because they are better
able to pay for them as a result of higher
income levels, the growing availability of
employee vision care plans, and Medicare
coverage for optometry services. Increased
use of computers by people of all ages ap-
pears to lead to eyestrain and aggravated
vision problems, creating more need for vi-
sion assistance. In addition, a growing el-
derly population (the group most likely to
need eyeglasses) will keep demand strong.
ForMoreInformation
Visit an optometrists offce and talk to an
experienced optometrist about his or her
job. Part-time work with a vision care busi-
ness or in an optometrists practice will also
expose you to the work environment and
routines.
AmericanOptometricAssociation
243 North Lindbergh Boulevard
St. Louis, MO 63141-7021
800-365-2219
http://www.aoanet.org
AssociationofSchoolsandcollegesof
Optometry
6110 Executive Boulevard, Suite 420
301-231-5944
http://www.opted.org
canadianAssociationofOptometrists
234 Argyle Avenue
Ottawa, ON K2P 1B9 Canada
888-263-4676
info@opto.ca
http://www.opto.ca
OptometryAdmissionTestingProgram
211 East Chicago Avenue, 6th Floor
800-232-2159
Fast Fact
According to the Association of
Schools and Colleges of Optom-
etry, more than 50 percent of
optometrists entering practice
are women.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 73 7/16/09 1:03:47 PM
74
Oriental
Medicine
Practitioners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatOrientalMedicine
PractitionersDo
Oriental medicine practitioners, or OM prac-
titioners, are health care professionals who
practice a variety of therapies that are part
of the ancient healing system of Oriental
medicine. The main goal of Oriental medi-
cine is to balance a persons vital energy, or
ji (pronounced chee). They believe that
when your ji is in balance, you are well and
healthy; when your ji is out of balance, you
become ill.
Oriental medicine practitioners have
many ways to balance an individuals ji,
including acupuncture, Chinese herbol-
ogy, Oriental bodywork, exercise, and di-
etary therapy. In the United States, most
Oriental medicine practitioners specialize
in acupuncture or Oriental bodywork.
OM practitioners who specialize in acu-
puncture are called acupuncturists. They put
very thin needles into special acupuncture
points on the skin to stimulate the areas
and balance the circulation of vital energy.
Oriental bodywork is a type of mas-
sage that the Chinese have used for 2,000
years. OM practitioners who specialize in
this kind of massage are called Oriental
bodywork therapists. As with acupuncture,
practitioners use massage to help balance
a persons ji.
Both acupuncturists and Oriental
bodywork therapists may recommend oth-
er kinds of Oriental medicine to help bal-
ance a patients ji such as certain diet or
herbal supplements. Practitioners also may
recommend Oriental exercises like tai ji or
kung fu, which are thought to balance a
patients ji.
To become an Oriental medicine practitio-
ner, you need to understand the human
body, mind, and spirit. Science, psychology,
and philosophy classes can get you started.
Physical education and sports training will
help you prepare for Oriental exercise and
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Psychology
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$30,405 to $65,000 to $105,000+
OuTlOOk
Acupuncturists
Massage Therapists
Naturopaths
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 74 7/16/09 1:03:50 PM
75
massage. Good communication skills are
always important, so English and speech
will be helpful.
In the United States, there are present-
ly three defned career paths for Oriental
medicine practitioners: acupuncture, Ori-
ental medicine (acupuncture and Chinese
herbology), and Oriental bodywork.
More than 60 schools in the United
States have courses in Oriental medicine
and acupuncture. The duration of pro-
grams will vary, but most students choose
to attend a program at the masters level.
For admission to a masters level program,
almost every school requires at least two
years of undergraduate study. Others re-
quire a bachelors degree in a related feld,
such as science, nursing, or pre-med.
Outlook
The national emphasis on wellness and
natural health care is expected to keep
up the demand for Oriental bodywork
therapists, acupuncturists, and other OM
practitioners, so employment opportuni-
ties are expected to grow faster than the
average in coming years. Increases in insur-
ance, health maintenance organizations,
and other reimbursements should also add
to the growth of Oriental medicine.
ForMoreInformation
Study Oriental history and philosophy to
learn Oriental medicines approach to heal-
ing. Health food stores have books on acu-
puncture, Chinese herbology, and perhaps
Oriental bodywork. You may even want
to make an appointment to see an Orien-
tal medicine practitioner. By experiencing
acupuncture or massage therapy frsthand,
you can better determine if youd like to
practice it yourself.
AmericanAssociationofAcupunctureand
OrientalMedicine
PO Box 162340
Sacramento, CA 95816
866-455-7999
http://www.aaom.org
Oriental medicine practitioners sometimes
own shops from which they can provide
their patients the herbs and treatments
they recommend. (Tim Graham/Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 75 7/16/09 1:03:51 PM
76
Orientation
andMobility
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Speaking/listening
Social
WhatOrientationand
MobilitySpecialistsDo
Orientation and mobility specialists are so-
cial workers who help people with disabili-
ties stay actively involved in society. They
serve as a source of information, referring
clients to fnancial aid, benefts, and legal
advice. They also offer employment assis-
tance, counseling, advocacy, and other so-
cial services.
The best way to understand the duties
of orientation and mobility specialists is to
describe an individual case in which their
assistance improved the life of a disabled
person. Ken Smith is a newspaper journal-
ist with multiple sclerosis, a degenerative
disease that causes the loss of muscle con-
trol. Before the onset of multiple sclerosis,
he could drive himself to a crime scene,
take rapid notes during an interview, and
easily keep up with the frantic pace of the
newsroom. As a result of his condition, Ken
will have to make many adjustments to his
life. He will need someone to direct him to
basic services, benefts, and programs that
he never needed before.
An orientation and mobility special-
ist can help Ken with any diffculties he
has due to his medical condition, such as
helping him fnd the right wheelchair and
teaching him to use it, and suggesting nec-
essary modifcations to his home like add-
ing ramps, wider doorways, or handrails.
He also may need a specially equipped car,
a special computer keyboard, or an assis-
tant at work.
Orientation and mobility specialists
also counsel their clients in individual or
group therapy. They also counsel the fam-
ily of the client to help everyone adjust to
the disability.
Specialists must be sensitive to the cli-
ents situation and have a genuine interest
in involving that person in the community
and workplace. Communication skills are
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Health, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$27,280 to $43,040 to $64,070
OuTlOOk
Career Counselors
Guidance Counselors
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 76 7/16/09 1:03:54 PM
77
very important to talk and listen to clients
and counsel them effectively.
High school courses that provide a good
foundation for this type of training and
work include health, psychology, sociol-
ogy, biology, physics, and physical educa-
tion. Most jobs as an orientation and mo-
bility specialist require a bachelors degree.
Advanced jobs require a masters degree.
Masters programs are organized by felds of
practice such as mental health care, prob-
lem areas such as substance abuse, specifc
population groups such as the elderly, and
types of practice such as with individuals,
families, or groups.
Selected states require orientation and
mobility specialists to be certifed. The
Academy for Certifcation of Vision Reha-
bilitation and Education Professionals of-
fers certifcation for specialists who meet
educational and experience requirements.
Outlook
Experts predict that employment growth
for social workers who work with the visu-
ally and physically impaired is expected to
be faster than the average for all occupa-
tions. Assistance services will continue to
make their way into more public areas such
as libraries and new computer technology
will continue to cater to the special needs
of the disabled. Orientation and mobil-
ity specialists will be needed to help those
with disabilities use new technology to
their best advantage.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this work, you can ex-
plore Web sites concerning disabilities and
social work. You can also gain experience
by volunteering at a hospital or social ser-
vice agency to get a sense of the work envi-
ronment and responsibilities.
Academyforcertifcationofvision
rehabilitationandEducationProfessionals
333 North Campbell Avenue, Suite 2
Tucson, AZ 85719-2361
520-887-6816
http://www.acvrep.org
AmericanAssociationofPeoplewith
Disabilities
800-840-8844
http://www.aapd.com
Did You Know?
The Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990 prohibits discrimina-
tion based on disability in employ-
ment, housing, public transporta-
tion, and other services.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 77 7/16/09 1:03:54 PM
78
Orthodontists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatOrthodontistsDo
Orthodontists are dentists who have special
training in the diagnosis, prevention, and
treatment of dental and facial irregularities.
Orthodontists design and apply corrective
appliances, such as braces, that gradually
move patients teeth, lips, and jaws into
proper alignment. Extremely severe align-
ment problems may require surgery.
When orthodontists see patients for
the frst time, they take X rays and photo-
graphs of the areas of the patients mouths
and jaws that need to be realigned. Then
they make models of the patients teeth
and jaws to evaluate patients dental and
skeletal conditions and consider the proper
forms of treatment. If necessary, orthodon-
tists prescribe fxed or removable braces.
Patients return to their orthodontists peri-
odically throughout their treatment to have
their braces or other corrective appliances
adjusted. As patients progress through
treatment, orthodontists make sure that
their teeth are moving correctly and that
their jaws are developing properly. After
braces are removed, orthodontists make
sure that teeth stay in their new positions.
Although orthodontists treat people of
all ages, the majority of their patients are
teenagers. Many teenagers wear braces for
one to three years. Some adults also see or-
thodontists to reduce tooth loss from peri-
odontal disease, to treat symptoms of tem-
poromandibular joint dysfunction, and to
improve the appearance of their teeth.
Being an orthodontist is physically
challenging. Manual dexterity and strength
are necessary assets. Orthodontists must
work their fngers, hands, wrists, and arms
within a small space all day. There is little
room for error. Keen vision and perception
in three dimensions are needed to locate
tiny openings and parts of only a few mil-
limeters in size.
To prepare for a career as an orthodon-
tist, you should study biology, chemistry,
health, and mathematics in high school.
Courses that develop good communica-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$95,740 to $150,040 to $186,810
OuTlOOk
Cosmetic Surgeons
Dental Assistants
Dental Hygienists
Dentists
Endodontists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 78 7/16/09 1:03:57 PM
79
tion skills are also important, as orthodon-
tists spend much of their time working
directly with their patients. High grades
in high school and college are important
considerations for acceptance into dental
school.
To become an orthodontist, you need
to earn a college degree or have at least
three years of college-level pre-dental
education. Then you must complete four
years of dental school to earn a doctor of
dental surgery degree (D.D.S.) or a doc-
tor of dental medicine degree (D.D.M.).
This degree qualifes you to work as a
general dentist. To become an orthodon-
tist, however, you will be required to con-
tinue in your schooling. Then you must
complete a two- to three-year program
leading to a certifcate or a masters degree
in orthodontics.
Before new dentists are allowed to
practice, they must frst pass a licensing ex-
amination in the state in which they are
planning to practice. This test may include
working on a patient. In some states, ortho-
dontists must also pass a specialty licensing
examination. To maintain their licenses,
orthodontists, like all dentists, must take
continuing education courses.
Outlook
Although employment growth for general
dentists is expected to be slower than the
average, employment for orthodontists
should remain steady. Since our society
values physical attractiveness, the moti-
vation to receive orthodontic treatment
can be cosmetic in nature, and demand
for these services should continue to be
strong. But because orthodontics is largely
an optional procedure, a weak economy
can reduce the number of people who
can afford getting braces. Patients or their
families without steady income are not
likely to pursue or follow through with
orthodontic treatment.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your dentist, check the phone book, or
contact the American Association of Ortho-
dontists to see if there is an orthodontist in
your area who would be willing to speak
with you about his or her work. For some
hands-on experience, get a part-time job at
a dentists or an orthodontists offce.
AmericanAssociationofOrthodontists
401 North Lindbergh Boulevard
St. Louis, MO 63141-7816
314-993-1700
http://www.braces.org
312-440-2500
http://www.ada.org
Fast Fact
According to the American As-
sociation of Orthodontists, al-
most 5 million people in the
United States and Canada are
undergoing orthodontic treat-
ment at any given time; of that
number, approximately 20 per-
cent are over the age of 18.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 79 7/16/09 1:03:57 PM
80
Orthoticand
Prosthetic
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatOrthoticandProsthetic
TechniciansDo
Orthotic technicians and prosthetic technicians
make, repair, and maintain orthotic and
prosthetic devices according to the specif-
cations of orthotists and prosthetists. These
devices, also referred to as orthopedic ap-
pliances, are braces used to support weak
or ineffective joints or muscles or to correct
physical defects, such as spinal deformities.
Prosthetic devices are artifcial limbs and
plastic cosmetic devices. Some technicians
are trained to work with both orthotic and
prosthetic devices.
The work of these technicians is simi-
lar to that of the skilled crafts worker. They
usually spend most of their time working
on the device based on specifcations pre-
pared by orthotists and prosthetists.
Part of their work involves making
models of patients torsos, limbs, or am-
putated areas, using wax or plastic impres-
sions. They make a mold from the im-
pression and pour plaster into the mold
to make the cast. To make sure that it
matches the patients body part, techni-
cians may have to carve, grind, or build
up parts of the model. Most of the techni-
cians efforts, however, go into the actual
building of the devices. In building the
devices, technicians bend, weld, and cut
pieces of metal or plastic in order to shape
them into the structural components.
They then drill and tap holes into the
components for rivets and rivet the pieces
together. When the basic structure of the
device has been assembled, they cover and
pad the structure, using layers of rubber,
felt, plastic, and leather.
Both orthotic and prosthetic techni-
cians must test their devices for freedom of
movement, alignment of parts, and func-
tional stability. They must also repair and
maintain orthotic and prosthetic devices as
directed by the orthotist or prosthetist.
To be a successful orthotic or pros-
thetic technician, you will need to enjoy
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Technical/Shop
SAlAryrANgE
$18,574 to $24,840 to $47,710
OuTlOOk
Physical Therapists
_
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 80 7/16/09 1:03:58 PM
81
working with your hands and have excel-
lent eye-hand coordination. You must also
be patient and detail oriented, since this
work will involve using precise measure-
ments and working on a piece until it is
an exact ft.
While in high school, you should take as
many shop classes as possible. Courses in
metal shop, wood shop, and machine shop
should provide a good background for
working with materials and tools used in
this profession. Biology, health, or anato-
my classes will give you an understanding
of the structure of the human body.
Following high school, you have two
options. You may enroll in a two-year pro-
gram of supervised clinical experience and
training. Or you can enroll in a one- or two-
year program of formal instruction leading
to a certifcate or associates degree in or-
thotics-prosthetics technology. Supervised
clinical experience is also required.
Outlook
Employment for orthotic and prosthetic
fast as the average for all other occupations.
As the need for orthotic and prosthetic de-
vices and the variety of the devices them-
selves grow, so will the demand for skilled
technicians.
ForMoreInformation
Without the necessary educational and
work requirements, it will be very diffcult
for you to get a part-time or summer job
in the felds of prosthetics or orthotics, but
teachers and counselors may be able to ar-
range for you to visit a hospital, clinic, or
rehabilitation center so you can talk with
practitioners. In addition, you can visit de-
partments of prosthetics and orthotics in
colleges and universities.
AmericanAcademyofOrthotistsand
Prosthetists
1331 H Street, NW, Suite 501
202-380-3663
http://www.oandp.org
AmericanBoardforcertifcationin
Orthotics,ProstheticsandPedorthics
330 John Carlyle Street, Suite 210
703-836-7114
http://www.abcop.org
This prosthetic technician is preparing
artifcial limbs at his clinic. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 81 7/16/09 1:03:59 PM
82
orthotists and
Prosthetists
SkillS Spotlight
What they do
Communicate ideas
Skills they need
Problem solving
Self-management
Speaking/listening
What orthotists
and Prosthetists Do
Orthotists design and make braces, shoe
inserts, and other corrective devices to
support the spine or limbs of patients
weakened by illness or injury. Prosthetists
design, make, and ft artifcial limbs for
persons missing an arm, leg, or other body
part as a result of injury or illness.
Orthotists and prosthetists frst examine
their patients to determine what type of
device is needed. A prosthetist uses tapes
and rulers to measure limbs carefully. Or-
thotists also take detailed measurements
for braces. The device must ft the patient
well so that it will work properly with-
out causing irritation. Each device is spe-
cially designed to match an individuals
body. A process known as cineplasty is
sometimes used. In this process, a control
mechanism is attached to the patients
actual muscle, allowing for better control
in movement.
Orthotists and prosthetists work with
physicians and therapists to design and
make the corrective devices. They may
make the artifcial limbs and braces them-
selves, or they may turn over this job to as-
sistants. These devices require various ma-
terials such as wood, foam, fabric, leather,
metal, and plastic. Those who make them
use both hand tools and power tools to
shape the parts and assemble them.
Once the devices are made, prosthetists
and orthotists ft them to their patients.
They need to be inventive in designing
these devices and sympathetic in working
with patients. They often need to make al-
terations to the devices so that they com-
fortably ft the patients. After being ftted,
orthotists and prosthetists also help pa-
tients adjust and learn to function with the
artifcial limbs or braces.
To work as an orthotist or prosthetist,
you should have a desire to help people.
You will need the capacity to visualize and
invent. Finally, mechanical aptitude, man-
ual dexterity, and an eye for detail are im-
portant qualities for success in these jobs.
c
School SubjectS
Biology, Physics
MiniMuM eDucation level
Bachelors degree
Salary range
$31,670 to $60,520 to $100,310
outlook
Kinesiologists
Physical Therapists
83
If you are interested in becoming an or-
thotist or a prosthetist, take high school
courses that are college preparatory. Math-
ematics classes such as algebra and geom-
etry will be useful. Also of importance are
biology, physics, and chemistry classes.
These classes will familiarize you with ba-
sic anatomy and the properties of various
materials.
A bachelors degree is necessary to be-
come a prosthetist or an orthotist. In col-
lege, students interested in this feld should
concentrate in science and engineering.
However, they should study a wide range
of subjects, including biology, anatomy,
physics, kinesiology, and biomechanics.
Students will have the chance to practice
making and ftting devices in laboratories.
Outlook
Employment growth for orthotists and
prosthetists is expected to be about as fast
as the average for all occupations. Many
factors contribute to the growth of this
profession, including the increasing el-
derly population and the greater access to
medical and rehabilitation care brought
about by private and public insurance
companies.
ForMoreInformation
Teachers and counselors may be able to ar-
range for you to visit a hospital, clinic, or
rehabilitation center so you can talk with
people in this feld. You should also read
all you can about science, physics, robotics,
and engineering. Another way to explore
this career is by trying to invent machines
or tools of all kinds.
AmericanAcademyofOrthotists
andProsthetists
1331 H Street, NW, Suite 501
202-380-3603
http://www.oandp.org
703-836-7114
http://www.abcop.org
AmericanOrthoticandProsthetic
Association
571-431-0876
http://www.aopanet.org
This prosthetist, who wears a prosthetic
leg himself, is helping a double amputee
(l) learn to use his new artifcial limbs.
(AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 83 7/16/09 1:04:03 PM
84
Osteopaths
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatOsteopathsDo
Like medical doctors (M.D.s), osteopathic
physicians, or osteopaths, are fully trained
and licensed to perform all aspects of medi-
cal care, such as complex diagnosis, surgery,
and the prescription of drugs. However, os-
teopaths are different from traditional doc-
tors. They practice medicine with a special
emphasis on your musculoskeletal system,
which includes your bones, muscles, and
ligaments.
Osteopaths concentrate on the muscu-
loskeletal system because they believe that
disorders in this part of the body often can
cause, or worsen, problems in other parts
of the body. For example, misalignment of
muscles in your back and stomach might
put added strain on your stomach and in-
testines, causing digestive problems.
Osteopaths can be found in virtu-
ally all medical specialties. They work in
hospitals, clinics, private offces, nursing
homes, and other health care settings,
treating patients with many different kinds
of complaints. Many osteopaths specialize
in family practice, internal medicine, or
pediatrics.
Osteopathic physicians need excellent
communication skills to tell patients what
to expect and what is happening at any
one moment. If patients do not understand
what an osteopath is telling them, they
may not pursue treatment. For this reason,
good communication skills are crucial. Os-
teopaths also need to learn to work well
with others and to be perceptive listeners.
As with all doctors, it takes a long time and
hard work to become an osteopathic physi-
cian. After you graduate from a four-year
college or university, you must complete
a three- to four-year training program at
an approved osteopathic college. Required
classes include anatomy, biology, and
courses in massage and other specifc os-
teopathic techniques. When you complete
the program, you will receive a degree and
become a doctor of osteopathy (D.O.).
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$47,930 to $94,540 to $155,150
OuTlOOk
Chiropractors
Nurses
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 84 7/16/09 1:04:05 PM
85
The next step is to spend a year train-
ing as an intern at an osteopathic hospital.
If you want to specialize in a particular area
of osteopathic practice, another two to fve
years of training are necessary. Altogether,
after high school, you can expect to spend
at least eight and perhaps as many as 14
years in training and preparation to be-
come an osteopathic physician.
Like M.D.s, all D.O.s must be licensed
before treating patients. To be licensed, an
osteopath must complete all the required
education and training in an acceptable
manner and then pass a state medical
examination.
Outlook
The profession of osteopathic medicine is
age through 2016. Although osteopathic
medicine is not strictly an alternative
approach, the feld is benefting from the
current interest in these kinds of therapy.
Excellent job opportunities will continue
to become available for skilled osteopath-
ic physicians. In addition to specialized
practices in areas such as family medicine,
increasing interest in biomedical research
at osteopathic colleges also is expanding
opportunities for candidates interested in
careers in medical research.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about osteopathy, consider
visiting an osteopathic medical school.
Tours are often available and can give you
extra insight into necessary training and
the ways in which life at an osteopathic
medical school differs from a traditional
medical program. If you do not live close
enough to an osteopathic college to visit,
write for more information. You can also
check into after-school or summer jobs at
your local hospital or medical center. Any
job that exposes you to the care of patients
will be good experience.
OsteopathicMedicine
5550 Friendship Boulevard, Suite 310
301-968-4100
http://www.aacom.org
AmericancollegeforAdvancement
inMedicine
24411 Ridge Route, Suite 111
Laguna Hills, CA 92653-1691
949-309-3520
http://www.acam.org
AmericanOsteopathicAssociation
142 East Ontario Street
Chicago, IL 60611
800-621-1773
http://www.osteopathic.org
Nationalcenterforcomplementaryand
AlternativeMedicine
PO Box 7923
888-644-6226
Fast Fact
Great Britains Prince Charles
is a supporter of osteopathy
(and of alternative health care
in general). He has worked to
promote osteopathy as a legiti-
mate medical profession in his
country.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 85 7/16/09 1:04:06 PM
86
Packaging
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatPackagingDesignersDo
Packaging designers are graphic artists who
design product packaging and related mate-
rials. They work with packaging engineers,
product managers, and marketing and sales
personnel to design packages that protect
the product from damage, inhibit theft and
tampering, and also present the product in
an attractive and appealing way.
Packaging designers usually work in
plants of various industries or for a com-
pany that contracts for package design
services. They usually work with a team of
employees, including company presidents
and advertising workers.
Typically, the designer meets with the
product manager, the packaging engineer,
the copywriter, and the marketing man-
ager to determine the type of package to
be produced, safety and storage issues, and
the intended market. The designer has to
consider the fnal product weight and size,
packaging production methods, design
elements (such as logo, photographs, and
illustrations), instructions, labeling require-
ments (such as ingredients, warnings, and
nutrition specifcs), how the product will
be displayed, and the method of shipment
and storage.
The designer then prepares preliminary,
two-dimensional drawings of the package,
usually using a computer drawing program.
Next, the designer makes a prototype or
sample of the package, which is reviewed by
the product manager, marketing represen-
tatives, and engineers. When a packaging
design is adjusted and refned, the package
designer develops the fnal artwork with all
necessary printing, manufacturing, and as-
sembly specifcations, including type, color,
trim size, cuts, and folds.
If you are interested in this feld, you
should be highly creative and imaginative
and have mechanical aptitude, manual dex-
terity, and verbal and visual communication
skills. In addition, you will need analytical
and problem-solving skills and should en-
joy working in teams, since packaging de-
signers work with many others. You should
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$31,620 to $55,030 to $72,230
OuTlOOk
Art Directors
Graphic Designers
Packaging Engineers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 86 7/16/09 1:04:06 PM

87
be familiar with computers and their use in
the design and manufacturing felds and be
able to work well under pressure.
To prepare for a career in package design,
take classes in art and computers, includ-
ing computer-aided design and graphics.
Technical classes such as electrical shop,
machine shop, and mechanical drawing
will also be helpful for working in the man-
ufacturing industry.
Some design occupations require a
bachelors degree or a degree from a design
school. There are two- and three-year de-
sign schools that award certifcates or asso-
ciates degrees upon completion. Another
option is to earn a bachelors or masters de-
gree in fne arts and include course work in
computer-aided design, basic engineering,
computerized design, mechanical drawing,
psychology, sales, and marketing.
Outlook
Employment growth for all designers is
predicted to be about as fast as the average
through 2016. Opportunities will be good
for packaging designers, as businesses will
always need talented workers to develop
appealing packaging design concepts.
However, there is strong competition in
this feld. People with little or no formal
education and limited experience may
fnd it diffcult to fnd a job.
Packaging is one of the largest indus-
tries in the United States, and jobs can be
found across the country, in small towns
and large cities, in small companies or mul-
tiplant international corporations.
ForMoreInformation
To get a taste of what the job of packaging
designer is like, talk to your high school
guidance counselor about arranging an in-
terview with someone in the feld. While
in high school, take as many art classes
as you can, and get involved in outside
projects to further develop your skills.
See if you can get some design experience
through the theater department, designing
costumes, stage sets, or even playbills. Get-
ting involved in the arts is not only fun, it
can help you gain a sense of whether or not
you enjoy design work.
AIgAAmericanInstituteofgraphicArts
National Design Center
164 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10010
212-807-1990
http://www.aiga.org
IndustrialDesignersSocietyofAmerica
45195 Business Court, Suite 250
Dulles, VA 20166-6717
703-707-6000
http://www.idsa.org
NationalAssociationofSchoolsofArtand
Design
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
Fast Fact
The United States uses more
than 500 billion packages each
year; to reduce waste, packag-
ing designers try to envision
packaging that is less bulky, or
is recyclable.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 87 7/16/09 1:04:07 PM
88
Packaging
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatPackaging
EngineersDo
Nearly everything we use comes in a pack-
age of some sort, from a huge refrigerator
box to a tiny childproof medicine bottle,
and each package is developed and de-
signed by a packaging engineer. Consider
the packaging of apples. Designers work on
the wooden crates that hold the apples on
their way from the orchard to the process-
ing plant. They design the cardboard car-
tons in which apple juice is shipped from
the plant to the supermarket. They also de-
sign the juice boxes, including the straw,
that are on the supermarket shelf.
The frst thing packaging engineers do
when designing a container is study the
goods to be packaged. They must consider
whether the product is liquid or solid; light
or heavy; fragile or durable; or perishable
or long lasting. They then sketch plans for
the package and choose the best materials
with which to make it. Engineers want to
develop containers that protect the goods
inside them, appeal to buyers, do not cost
too much to manufacture, and, if possible,
use materials that can be recycled and pro-
duced without harming the environment.
Once the container has been approved,
packaging engineers help produce and test
it. They may work with other engineers
and packaging technicians to develop and
create machines that will package items
directly into containers. Some engineers
work for companies that make only con-
tainers. Others work for frms that need to
develop containers and machinery to pack-
age their own products.
Packaging engineers need a high school
diploma and at least a bachelors degree
from an approved four-year engineering
or packaging school. College students in
schools that do not have a major in pack-
aging can put together their own program,
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$47,140 to $77,170 to $116,320
OuTlOOk
Technicians
Packaging Designers
_
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 88 7/16/09 1:04:07 PM
89
combining science, engineering, design,
and marketing classes. Other useful courses
include business management, computer
science, sales, and advertising. People who
are interested in producing packages also
should study manufacturing and mechani-
cal, electrical, industrial, and chemical
engineering.
Packaging engineers must continue to
learn changing packaging technology. As a
result, many keep their skills up to date by
attending workshops and seminars. Many
companies require that their engineers be
licensed, which means that in addition to
graduating from an engineering school,
engineers must have four years of experi-
ence and pass a state examination.
Outlook
The packaging industry, which employs
more than a million people, offers a variety
of opportunities for packaging engineers.
Packaging engineers work in almost any
industry because virtually all manufac-
tured products need one or more kinds of
packaging. Some of the industries with the
fastest-growing packaging needs are food,
drugs, and cosmetics.
Employment opportunities for packag-
ing engineers are expected to grow more
slowly than the average through 2016, due
in part to slowing growth in manufacturing
industries. Job opportunities will become
available as new graduates are needed to
replace professionals transferring to other
positions such as management or leaving
the feld, and with the increased efforts be-
ing made to develop packaging that is easy
to open for the growing aging population
and persons with disabilities.
ForMoreInformation
To get frsthand experience in the packag-
ing industry, you can call local manufac-
turers to see how they handle and package
their products. Oftentimes, factories will
allow visitors to tour their manufacturing
and packaging facilities.
Another way to learn about packaging
is by observing the packages that you en-
counter every day, such as containers for
food, beverages, cosmetics, and household
goods. Visit stores to see how products are
packaged, stored, or displayed. Notice the
shape and labeling on the packaging, its
ease of use, durability for storage, conve-
nience of opening and closing, disposabil-
ity, and appearance.
InstituteofPackagingProfessionals
1601 North Bond Street, Suite 101
Naperville, IL 60563-0114
630-544-5050
info@iopp.org
http://www.iopp.org
PackagingMachineryManufacturers
Institute
Packaging Education Forum
703-243-8555
http://www.pmmi.org
Did You Know?
The metal can was developed in
the 19th century to carry food
supplies for armies.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 89 7/16/09 1:04:08 PM
90
Packaging
Machinery
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPackaging
MachineryTechniciansDo
Packaging machinery technicians work with
automated machinery that packages prod-
ucts into bottles, cans, bags, boxes, cartons,
and other containers. The systems and tech-
nologies that these technicians work with
are diverse. Depending on the job, packag-
ing machinery technicians may work with
electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, or pneu-
matic systems. They also may work with
computerized controllers, fber optic trans-
mitters, robotic units, and vision systems.
Packaging machinery technicians work
in packaging plants of various industries
or in the plants of packaging machinery
manufacturers. Their jobs involve building
machines, installing and setting up equip-
ment, training operators to use the equip-
ment, maintaining equipment, trouble-
shooting, and repairing machines. Many
of the machines today are computer con-
trolled and may include robotic or vision-
guided applications.
Machinery builders, also called assem-
blers, assist engineers in the development
and modifcation of new and existing ma-
chinery designs. Field service technicians or
feld representatives are employed by pack-
aging machinery manufacturers to install
new machinery at customers plants and
train operators and maintenance person-
nel. Packaging machine mechanics, also
called maintenance technicians, perform
scheduled preventive maintenance as well
as diagnose machinery problems and make
repairs.
If you are interested in this feld, you
should have mechanical and electrical ap-
titude, manual dexterity, and the ability to
work under time pressure.
Although a high school diploma is not re-
quired, it is preferred by most employers.
Take geometry and tech classes such as elec-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$27,650 to $42,350 to $64,030
OuTlOOk
Technicians
Packaging Designers
Packaging Engineers
_
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 90 7/16/09 1:04:08 PM
91
trical shop, machine shop, and mechanical
drawing. Computer classes, including com-
puter-aided design, are also useful.
Many employers prefer to hire techni-
cians who have completed a two-year tech-
nical training program. Training combines
extensive hands-on training with class-
room study. Students learn to use simple
hand tools, such as hacksaws, drill presses,
lathes, mills, and grinders. Other techni-
cal courses cover sheet metal and welding
work, power transmission, electrical and
mechanical systems, maintenance opera-
tions, industrial safety, and hazardous ma-
terials handling.
Outlook
Employment opportunities are expected to
grow more slowly than the average through
2016, but packaging machinery technicians
with broad skills will be in high demand
both by companies that manufacture pack-
aging machinery and by companies that
use the machinery.
ForMoreInformation
You can test your interest in this type of
work by engaging in activities that require
mechanical and electrical skills, such as
building a short-wave radio, taking appli-
ances apart, and working on cars, motorcy-
cles, and bicycles. Participating in science
clubs and contests can also provide op-
portunities for working with electrical and
mechanical equipment and building and
repairing things. You should also consider
visiting a plant or manufacturing compa-
ny to observe operations and see packag-
ing machinery technicians at work. Many
plants provide school tours, and you may
be able to arrange a visit through a school
counselor or teacher. Reading trade publi-
cations can also familiarize you with the
industry.
InstituteofPackagingProfessionals
1601 North Bond Street, Suite 101
Naperville, IL 60563-0114
630-544-5050
info@iopp.org
http://www.iopp.org
NationalInstituteforcertifcationin
EngineeringTechnologies
1420 King Street
888-476-4238
http://www.nicet.org
Fast Fact
Technicians need many talents
to succeed, including: mechani-
cal aptitude, problem-solving
skills, manual dexterity, electri-
cal aptitude, communication
skills, and analytical skills.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 91 7/16/09 1:04:08 PM
92
Paintersand
Paperhangers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPainters
andPaperhangersDo
Painters apply paint, stain, varnish, and
other fnishes to buildings and other struc-
tures. Paperhangers cover walls and ceilings
with decorative wall coverings made of pa-
per, vinyl, or fabric. Workers in the paint-
ing and paperhanging trades often perform
both functions.
Painters know how to handle brushes
and other painting tools and understand
the characteristics of various paints and
fnishes. When repainting old surfaces,
painters must remove old, loose paint and
fll nail holes, cracks, and joints with putty,
plaster, or other types of fller.
Once the surface is prepared, painters
select premixed paints or prepare paint.
They apply the paint with brushes, spray
guns, or rollers. Many painters specialize in
working on exterior surfaces, such as house
sidings and outside walls of large buildings.
When painting tall structures, painters
stand on ladders or use scaffolding, which
consists of supportive platforms that can
be raised or lowered with ropes.
Paperhangers also have to prepare sur-
faces. They smooth rough spots, fll holes
and cracks, and remove old paint and var-
nish. In some cases, old wallpaper must be
removed. They measure the area to be cov-
ered and cut the paper to size. They mix
paste and apply it to the back of the paper,
which they place on the wall or ceiling and
smooth into place with brushes or rollers.
In placing the paper on the wall, paper-
hangers make sure that they match any de-
sign patterns exactly.
Painters and paperhangers take safety
precautions to avoid breathing noxious
fumes and dust. There are also safety con-
cerns in using ladders or scaffolding. Paint-
ers and paperhangers have to stand for long
periods and do a lot of climbing, reaching,
and bending.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrANgE
$20,738 to $31,200 to $53,290
(painters)
$21,507 to $33,717 to $55,682
(paperhangers)
OuTlOOk
Carpenters
Drafters
/
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 92 7/16/09 1:04:09 PM
93
Most painting contractors like to hire
workers with a high school diploma. Shop
classes can help prepare you for the manual
work involved in painting and paperhang-
ing, while art classes will help you develop
an eye for color and design.
To become a skilled painter or paper-
hanger, you either must fnish an appren-
ticeship program or be trained on the job.
Apprenticeship programs take about three
years and include both work experience
and classroom study. While this kind of
instruction is very helpful, painters and
paperhangers can also enter the profession
by training on the job with experienced
workers.
Outlook
Employment growth for painters and pa-
perhangers is expected to be about as fast
as the average for all occupations. Most
job openings will result from workers retir-
ing, transferring, or otherwise leaving the
occupation. Turnover is very high in this
trade. Openings for paperhangers will be
fewer than those for painters because it is a
smaller specialized trade.
ForMoreInformation
To explore these careers further, offer your
help to family or neighbors who are re-
decorating their homes. You can also learn
about the job by watching instructional
videos or television programs about home
construction and renovation. These videos
and helpful books about the career may be
found at your local library. Finally, a part-
time or summer job as an assistant to a
skilled painter or paperhanger is probably
the best way to explore this work.
InternationalunionofPainters
andAlliedTrades
http://www.iupat.org
NationalAssociationofhomeBuilders
800-368-5242
http://www.nahb.com
PaintingandDecoratingcontractors
ofAmerica
1801 Park 270 Drive, Suite 220
St. Louis, MO 63146-4020
800-332-7322
http://www.pdca.org
This painter is touching up an exterior
windows frame. (Lisa F. Young/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 93 7/16/09 1:04:10 PM
94
Paleontologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Reasoning
Self-management
WhatPaleontologistsDo
Paleontologists study fossils, which are the
remains or traces of prehistoric plants and
animals that are preserved in rock. They
also study rock formations to learn more
about the history of life on earth, the place-
ment of land and water, and the location
of important substances, such as oil, gas,
and coal.
Fossils help paleontologists fgure out
the age of rocks and the origin of plants or
animals. Paleontologists determine when
these plants and animals lived and com-
pare them to similar species from other
time periods. This helps them trace the an-
imals or plants evolution to see how it has
changed or adapted from one time period
to the next.
Paleontologists spend a lot of time in
laboratories. They also travel throughout
the world, sometimes for months at a time,
to collect specimens to examine. Fieldwork
takes patience and dedication to gather and
interpret detailed information about the
earth. Paleontologists use dynamite and
jackhammers, masonry hammers, chis-
els, putty knives, trowels, sifters, and soft-
bristled paint brushes. They always carry
a notebook and pen or pencil to make de-
tailed notes of their fndings.
Paleontologists usually work on teams
with other scientists, so it is important to
learn communication skills. You should be
inquisitive, with a natural curiosity about
the world and its history. A desire to read
and study is also important, as you will be
spending many years in school. Its impor-
tant to have a respect for other cultures,
as you may be working closely with pro-
fessionals from other countries. Good or-
ganizational skills will help you in your
work with fossils and museum collections.
People skills are also very important, as you
will be relying on personal contacts in your
pursuit of work and funding.
Paleontology is a subspecialty in the feld
of geology. As a result, most students usu-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Doctoral degree
SAlAryrANgE
$38,440 to $69,290 to $84,740
OuTlOOk
Anthropologists
Archaeologists
Biologists
Ecologists
Geologists
Naturalists
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 94 7/16/09 1:04:10 PM
95
ally study geology in college, although a
few major in such felds as botany or zool-
ogy. After college, students go on to study
paleontology in graduate school.
Most paleontologists earn a doctoral
degree. Those with masters degrees may
be able to fnd work as technicians, either
as preparators, collections managers, or
lab supervisors. Those who wish to do re-
search, exploration, college-level teaching,
or museum work will need a doctorate.
Outlook
More paleontologists graduate each year
than there are available positions, and
consequently many paleontologists are un-
employed or underemployed. Educational
opportunities are also diminishing. With
decreasing enrollment in all the physical
sciences and increasing pressure to contain
costs, colleges and universities are elimi-
nating entire science departments.
Students will fnd it helpful to pur-
sue high academic standards. If possible,
students should conduct independent
research and contribute to publications
during their graduate school years. Train-
ing in a related feld, such as zoology or
botany, and planning a broad-based career
that combines knowledge, industry expe-
rience, teaching, and research should also
increase job opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Check with a local museum about geologi-
cal feld trips open to the public. Contact
your state geological society for informa-
tion about fossils in your area and fossil-
hunting opportunities.
4220 King Street
703-379-2480
geologicalSocietyofAmerica
PO Box 9140
303-357-1000
PaleontologicalresearchInstitution
1259 Trumansburg Road
Ithaca, NY 14850-1313
607-273-6623
http://www.museumoftheearth.org
ThePaleontologicalSociety
Department of Earth and Environment
Franklin and Marshall College
Lancaster, PA 17604-3003
roger.thomas@fandm.edu
http://www.paleosoc.org
TheSocietyofvertebratePaleontology
877-480-9095
svp@vertpaleo.org
http://www.vertpaleo.org
Paleontologist Andres Rinderknecht holds
the fossilized skull of a 4-million-year-old
rodent that was found in Uruguay. (AFP/
Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 95 7/16/09 1:04:11 PM
96
Papermaking
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPapermaking
WorkersDo
Making paper out of wood is a complicated
process involving many different paper-
making workers. Wood is brought to the
paper mill in the form of timber logs. Bark-
er operators control the machines that strip
the bark from the cut logs. Chippers operate
equipment that chops the logs into one-
inch-square chips. Then the wood chips
are put into a machine called a digester
and cooked into pulp, a soft, wet mass that
looks like oatmeal. Beater engineers man-
age the pulp as it is mixed with fllers and
dyes. Next, the pulp is cooked and mixed
until it becomes smooth and uniform. Pa-
per machine operators pour the pulp onto a
moving belt of wire mesh. After the water
drains out of the pulp, it is pressed and
dried. Backtenders inspect the dried and fn-
ished pulp that has fnally become paper.
They also operate the machines that wind
the paper onto large rolls.
In recent years, concern for the envi-
ronment has given rise to more plants that
recycle paper rather than make it out of
timber. The old paper is shredded, cooked,
and processed much like new wood.
Most plants employ pulp-and-paper lab
testers. These workers run chemical tests
on the pulp and paper at various stages to
make sure it meets quality standards. They
also test the strength of the fnished paper.
Because of the highly automated ma-
chinery, few production jobs in this feld
require great physical strength. However,
manual dexterity and a certain degree of
mechanical aptitude are necessary. Alert-
ness, attention to detail, and good vision
and hearing are also very important to work
the machines and check for paper quality.
Workers in paper plants are required to
have at least a high school diploma. High
school courses in chemistry, physics, and
mathematics are valuable.
Now that paper processing has be-
come more technologically advanced,
some companies require that their plant
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$19,900 to $32,050 to $48,480
OuTlOOk
Decline
Foresters
_
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 96 7/16/09 1:04:11 PM
97
workers have computer skills and college
degrees as well. To work in the plants
laboratory, you must have a degree from a
junior college or technical institute. Those
with bachelors degrees will have better
chances for both fnding jobs and advanc-
ing in their careers.
Outlook
Even though the demand for paper prod-
ucts is increasing, employment in the pulp
and paper industries is expected to decline
through 2016. As the industry has increas-
ingly used technology to run the pulp and
papermaking process, the need for workers
has decreased.
Fortunately, the foreign and domestic
markets for paper products are strong. The
sale of newspapers and books has contrib-
uted to this growth. Employment prospects
in this industry are better for college-edu-
cated individuals with scientifc or techni-
cal backgrounds. The growing demand for
recycled paper products is creating job op-
portunities in recycling collection and re-
cycled paper distribution.
ForMoreInformation
There are many books that explain the
paper processing industry in greater de-
tail than outlined here. Check your local
library to see what is available. Performing
a simple keyword search using an Internet
search engine may also yield interesting
information. Industry groups may also
have pamphlets or brochures about the
profession.
If you live in a state that has forested
areas, you might try to get a summer job
on a logging crew that works for a pa-
per company. Those who work for such
crews can often transfer their knowledge
and skills to jobs in the companys plant.
Summer jobs in plant maintenance and
as machine helpers are also sometimes
available.
AmericanForestandPaperAssociation
800-878-8878
http://www.afandpa.org
TechnicalAssociationofthePulpand
PaperIndustry
15 Technology Parkway South
Norcross, GA 30092-2928
800-332-8686
http://www.tappi.org
Did You Know?
Wood-based paper as we know
it today can be traced to China
around a.d. 100.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 97 7/16/09 1:04:12 PM
98
Paralegals
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatParalegalsDo
Paralegals, also called legal assistants, help
lawyers with many necessary duties, such
as researching laws, preparing documents,
and investigating facts, which frees up law-
yers to work on the more diffcult aspects
of providing legal services.
Although paralegals do not give clients
legal advice or represent them in court,
they need to have a general knowledge
of law because they are involved in many
other aspects of a case.
Paralegals work under the supervision
of a lawyer, or a team of lawyers. They re-
search laws and compile facts that assist
lawyers in preparing for a case. Much of
this research is done in law libraries and
working on a computer. Then they write
a report for the lawyer based on their re-
search. They also manage fles and cor-
respondence. Depending on the type of
lawyer for which the paralegal works,
other duties can include drafting con-
tracts, legal arguments, fnancial reports,
or mortgages.
Many paralegals work for private law
frms and agencies. Some paralegals special-
ize in a particular area of law, such as bank-
ruptcy, real estate, corporate law, criminal
law, or copyright law. Others are involved
in social or community work, helping spe-
cifc groups such as the poor, immigrants,
or the elderly.
Paralegals must have good writing and
research skills, and must know how to com-
municate clearly and present arguments
logically. They must also be able to think
logically and learn new laws and regula-
tions quickly.
If you are interested in becoming a parale-
gal, take a wide range of subjects, includ-
ing English, social studies, and foreign
languages. Becoming a member of a high
school debate team will help you develop
necessary communication and argumenta-
tive skills. A good working knowledge of
computers is also helpful.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
English, Government
SAlAryrANgE
$28,360 to $44,990 to $71,480
OuTlOOk
Accountants
Court Reporters
Elder Law Attorneys
Judges
Lawyers
Legal Secretaries
Secretaries
y
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 98 7/16/09 1:04:12 PM
99
Most employers prefer to hire para-
legals who have been trained in a formal
program. Training programs, which usually
last from one to three years, are offered by
colleges and universities, business schools,
and paralegal associations. Most require at
least a high school degree, and some re-
quire a bachelors degree. Some programs
require internships in which students work
in a law frm or government agency to gain
Although certifcation is not necessary,
some employers prefer that their paralegals
become licensed. The National Association
of Legal Assistants Certifying Board con-
ducts the two-day examination. Paralegals
who pass the test may use the title Certifed
Legal Assistant after their names.
Outlook
The employment outlook for paralegals
through 2016 is very good. One reason for
the expected rapid growth in the profes-
sion is the fnancial benefts of employing
paralegals. The growing need for cost-ef-
fective legal services among the general
population and the increased popularity of
prepaid legal plans is creating demand for
paralegals in private law frms. Paralegals
also work in banks, insurance companies,
real estate frms, corporate legal depart-
ments, government agencies, and consum-
er organizations.
ForMoreInformation
There are several ways you can explore the
career of a paralegal. Colleges, universities,
and technical schools that have paralegal
programs offer a wealth of information.
You may also want to look for summer or
part-time employment with a law frm. If
paid positions are not available, offer to
volunteer at a local law offce. You may also
try asking your guidance counselor to help
you set up a volunteer/internship agree-
ment with a lawyer.
AmericanAssociationforParalegal
Education
19 Mantua Road
Mt. Royal, NJ 08061-1006
856-423-2829
http://www.aafpe.org
312-988-5000
AssociationoflegalAdministrators
75 Tri-State International, Suite 222
Lincolnshire, IL 60069-4435
847-267-1252
http://www.alanet.org
NationalAssociationoflegalAssistants
1516 South Boston Avenue, Suite 200
Tulsa, OK 74119-4013
918-587-6828
http://www.nala.org
Growth Field
ber of paralegals is expected to
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 99 7/16/09 1:04:13 PM

100
Parkrangers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatParkrangersDo
Park rangers preserve forests, ponds, and
other natural resources in state and na-
tional parks. They teach visitors about the
park through lectures and tours. They also
enforce rules and regulations to maintain a
safe environment for visitors and wildlife.
One of the most important responsibil-
ities park rangers have is ensuring the safe-
ty of park visitors. Rangers often require
guests to register at park offces so they will
know when the visitors are expected to re-
turn from a hike or other activity. Rangers
are trained in frst aid and, in the case of an
accident, they may have to help those who
have been injured.
Rangers give lectures and provide guid-
ed tours of the park, explaining why cer-
tain plants and animals live there. They
talk about the rocks and soil in the area
and point out important historical sites.
Research and conservation efforts are
also a part of a park rangers responsibilities.
They study wildlife behavior by tagging and
following certain animals. They may inves-
tigate sources of pollution that come from
outside the park, then develop plans to help
reduce pollution to make the park a better
place for plants, animals, and visitors.
Rangers also do bookkeeping and other
paperwork. They issue permits to visitors
and keep track of how many people use the
park. They also plan recreational activities
and decide how to spend the money bud-
geted to the park.
To work as a park ranger, you must
know about protecting plants and animals
and enjoy working outdoors. You also need
a pleasant personality and the ability to
work with many different kinds of people.
You should be good at explaining the nat-
ural environment and be able to enforce
park rules and regulations.
To prepare for college, you should take
courses in earth science, mathematics,
English, and speech. Any classes or activi-
ties that deal with plant and animal life,
weather, geography, and communications
will be helpful.
Although park rangers do receive some
on-the-job training, they usually have
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$30,400 to $47,830 to $81,790
OuTlOOk
Ecologists
Naturalists
Tree Experts
y
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 100 7/16/09 1:04:13 PM
101
bachelors degrees in natural resource or
recreational resource management. A de-
gree in other felds, such as biology or ecol-
ogy, is also acceptable. Classes in forestry,
geology, outdoor management, history, ge-
ography, behavioral sciences, and botany
are recommended.
Outlook
Park ranger jobs are scarce, and competition
for openings can be strong. The National
Park Service has reported that the ratio of
applicants to available positions is some-
times as high as 100 to one. As a result, ap-
plicants should acquire the greatest number
and widest variety of applicable skills pos-
sible. Job seekers may wish to apply for out-
door work with agencies other than the Na-
tional Park Service, including other federal
land and resource management agencies
and similar state and local agencies. These
agencies usually have more openings.
ForMoreInformation
You may be able to volunteer at national,
state, or county parks for some experience.
In addition, universities and conservation
organizations often have volunteer groups
that work on research activities, studies,
and rehabilitation efforts.
FederaljobInformationcenter
Offce of Personnel Management
1900 E Street NW, Room E453
202-606-2440
usajobshelp@opm.gov
http://www.usajobs.opm.gov
NationalParkService
1849 C Street NW
202-208-6843
http://www.nps.gov
NationalParksconservationAssociation
800-628-7275
npca@npca.org
http://www.npca.org
NationalrecreationandParkAssociation
22377 Belmont Ridge Road
Ashburn, VA 20148-4501
703-858-0784
info@nrpa.org
http://www.nrpa.org
689 River Road
PO Box 550
603-543-1700
http://www.sca-inc.org
A park ranger leads a tour of the Great
Smoky Mountain forest for a group
of children. (Jeffrey Greenberg/Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 101 7/16/09 1:04:14 PM
102
ParoleOffcers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatParoleOffcersDo
Parole offcers supervise paroleespeople
who have been released from correctional
institutions after serving part of a sentence
as punishment for a crime after their re-
lease. Parole offcers frst meet parolees in
prison to explain the conditions of their re-
lease. Sometimes offcers also help prison-
ers prepare their case before a parole board
requesting their release.
Parolees are released from prison to
make a new start and overcome previous
problems. Parole offcers help them fnd a
place to live and a new job. They also give
advice and emotional support for readjust-
ing to life outside of prison.
Probation offcers are similar to parole
offcers. They supervise offenders who,
instead of going to prison, are required to
restrict their activities and check in regu-
larly with their offcers for a set amount of
time.
Parole offcers check frequently on
their parolees to make sure they obey the
conditions of their release. Offcers also talk
to parolees employers or teachers, fam-
ily, and friends. They keep records for the
courts, including information about parol-
ees health, fnances, family, and social ac-
tivities. Some parole offcers are assigned to
children or juveniles who have committed
crimes. These offcers investigate the con-
ditions of a childs home, talk with parents
and teachers, and work with other social
workers assigned to the child.
If a parolee commits further crimes or
does not obey the terms of release, a parole
offcer begins procedures to return the pa-
rolee to a correctional institution. Offcers
in some states arrest troublesome parolees.
Working with parolees can be dangerous.
Essential personal qualities to have as a
parole offcer include patience, good com-
munication skills, and the ability to work
well with and motivate other people.
To prepare for a career as a parole offcer,
concentrate on English and social science
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Government, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$24,820 to $36,970 to $62,240
OuTlOOk
Bailiffs
Corrections Offcers
Detectives
Judges
Lawyers
Paralegals
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 102 7/16/09 1:04:15 PM
103
classes. In high school, take classes in civ-
ics, government, and psychology. Learning
a foreign language will also be helpful.
Parole offcers must have a bachelors
degree in criminal justice, social work, psy-
chology, law, or another related feld. Gov-
ernment agencies require a masters degree
and experience in social work.
Outlook
The employment outlook for parole off-
cers is expected to increase about as fast as
the average through 2016. The number of
prisoners has increased dramatically dur-
ing the past decade, and many of these in-
dividuals will become eligible for parole.
Overcrowding of prisons across the Unit-
ed States, combined with increasing con-
cerns about the high cost of imprisoning
people who commit crimes, have prompt-
ed the early release of many convicts who
require supervision. New programs replac-
ing prison as a method of punishment
and rehabilitation are being instituted in
many states. These programs will require
additional parole offcers. However, pub-
lic outcry over perceived leniency toward
convicted criminals, particularly repeat
offenders, has created demand and even
legislation for stiffer penalties and the
withdrawal of the possibility of parole for
many crimes. This development may ul-
timately decrease the demand for parole
offcers, as more and more criminals serve
their full sentences.
ForMoreInformation
There may be a religious organization or
community group in your area that has
a program for helping rehabilitate parol-
ees. If so, contact it to see if there are vol-
unteer opportunities. Reading books can
also help you learn more about this ca-
reer. Here are some reading suggestions:
Crime and Punishment: Changing Attitudes
19002000 by Alison Brownlie (Raintree
Steck-Vaughn Publishers, 1999) and Mak-
ing Good: How Ex-Convicts Reform and Re-
build Their Lives by Shadd Maruma and
Hans Toch (American Psychological Asso-
ciation, 2000).
TheAmericancorrectionalAssociation
206 N. Washington Street, Suite 200
800-222-5646
http://www.aca.org
Thecorrectionsconnection
159 Burgin Parkway
Quincy, MA 02169-4213
617-471-4445
http://www.corrections.com/aca
councilonSocialWorkEducation
703-683-8099
info@cswc.org
http://www.cswe.org
Fast Fact
ment of Justice, about 95 per-
cent of offenders on parole had
been sentenced to incarcera-
tion of more than one year.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 103 7/16/09 1:04:15 PM
104
Pastrychefs
andcandy
Makers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Mathematics
Creative thinking
WhatPastrychefs
andcandyMakersDo
The feld of culinary arts offers food enthu-
siasts a unique opportunity to take a pas-
sion and shape it into a career. This indus-
try is varied and diverse, offering an array
of career paths including positions for pas-
try chefs and candy makers.
Pastry chefs enjoy a unique role as both
a creative dessert maker and artist. Not only
must they possess the knowledge to pro-
duce edible pastries and baked goods, pas-
try chefs need artistic skills to make their
products look as good as they taste.
Pastry chefs supervise and manage
the baking and pastry staff and order sup-
plies. They are responsible for maintaining
the bakerys inventory, costing out baked
goods, and ensuring quality and consisten-
cy with the foodstuffs produced.
Pastry chefs work with executive chefs
and executive sous chefs to determine
menu offerings and to keep the kitchen,
particularly the bakery, clean, safe, and
organized.
Candy is produced in wholesale manu-
facturing or smaller retail facilities. Most
of the candy made in the United States is
mass produced in wholesale operations.
Retail facilities, on the other hand, turn
out smaller, specialized quantities of candy
for sale at specialized stores.
In both types of operations, workers
must be skilled at measuring the ingredi-
ents, then mixing, cooking, cutting, rolling
and cooling the candy. Once cooled, work-
ers coat or dip the sweets and then wrap
and pack them.
Both pastry chefs and candy makers
must be thoroughly aware of state health
codes, standard sanitation procedures,
and regulations for storing and cooling
foods.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$21,560 to $37,160 to $64,550
(pastry chefs)
$15,760 to $22,590 to $36,340
(candy makers)
OuTlOOk
(pastry chefs)
Decline
(candy makers)
Caterers
Dieticians and Nutritionists
Personal Chefs
J
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 104 7/16/09 1:04:16 PM
105
A good start to a career in food preparation
is through home economics courses. These
courses provide a background for cooking,
budgeting, and for learning how to use
cooking equipment. Health and nutrition
courses are also recommended.
Both pastry chefs and candy makers
should be knowledgeable in the practical
and theoretical preparation of their food
specialty. Training in sanitation and safety
regulations is highly encouraged.
Pastry chefs and candy makers can ac-
quire the needed skills and training through
on-the-job programs, apprenticeships, or
classroom learning. Many culinary schools
offer certifcate and degree programs in bak-
ery and pastry, with aspects of the curricu-
lum focusing on confectionery and candy
making. Degrees are available at associates
and bachelors degree levels, with some
universities providing programs of study
for masters and doctorate degrees.
Candy makers should have training
in chocolate artistry, while pastry chefs
should possess highly creative and decora-
tive bakery art skills.
Outlook
Positions for chefs, including pastry chefs
and head cooks, are expected to grow about
as fast as the average due to the continued
growth in the food industry. With the gain
in the number of chefs possessing postsec-
ondary degrees, competition will be steep
for higher paying positions.
The outlook for food production cook-
ing machine operators, including those
tending candy-making equipment, how-
ever, is on the decline due to the increased
use of automated technology.
ForMoreInformation
Watch food preparation shows that focus
on bakery and confectionery foods. Pay
particular attention to the proper use of
the appliances and utensils shown.
AmericanAssociationofcandy
Technologists
175 Rock Road
Glen Rock, NJ 07452-1747
201-652-2655
aactinfo@gomc.com
http://www.aactcandy.org
AmericanculinaryFederation
180 Center Place Way
St. Augustine, FL 32095-8859
(800) 624-9458
http://www.acfchefs.org
NationalconfectionersAssociation
8320 Old Courthouse Road, Suite 300
Vienna, VA 22182-3831
703-790-5750
info@candyusa.com
http://www.candyusa.org
This pastry chef is flling miniature tart
crusts in his kitchen. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 105 7/16/09 1:04:17 PM
106
Pathologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatPathologistsDo
Pathologists are physicians who analyze tis-
sue specimens to identify abnormalities
and diseases. They provide information
that helps physicians care for patients. Be-
cause of this, the pathologist is sometimes
called the doctors doctor. When a pa-
tient has a tumor, an infection, or symp-
toms of a disease, a pathologist examines
tissues from the patient to determine the
nature of the patients condition. Because
many health conditions frst show up at
the cellular level, pathologists are often
able to identify conditions before they turn
into serious health problems.
Many people associate pathologists
only with the performing of autopsies.
While pathologists do perform autopsies,
much of their work involves living patients.
Those working in hospital laboratories ex-
amine the blood, urine, bone marrow,
stools, tissues, and tumors of patients. Us-
ing a variety of techniques, pathologists lo-
cate the causes of infections and determine
the nature of unusual growths. Patholo-
gists consult with a patients physician to
determine the best course of treatment.
They may also talk with the patient about
his or her condition. In a sense, the work of
a pathologist is much like detective work.
It is often through the efforts of patholo-
gists that health conditions are recognized
and properly treated.
Anatomic pathologists concentrate on
abnormal morphology (the form and struc-
ture of organisms). Clinical pathologists ob-
tain and interpret laboratory data as need-
ed for diagnosis and patient care. There are
many pathology subspecialties, such as car-
diovascular pathology (heart), dermatopa-
thology (skin), hematopathology (blood),
pediatric pathology (children), and renal
pathology (kidneys).
To work as a pathologist, you will need
an eye for detail. You will also need to be
able to concentrate intently, work well and
communicate effectively with others, and
accept a great deal of responsibility. In ad-
dition, you need to perform well under
pressure and be patient, thorough, and
confdent in decisions.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$229,989 to $241,598 to $275,006
OuTlOOk
Cardiologists
Dermatologists
Oncologists
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 106 7/16/09 1:04:20 PM
107
High school courses in biology, chemistry,
English, psychology, and college preparato-
ry classes are necessary for a career as a pa-
thologist. You must earn a four-year college
degree before entering medical school.
A pathologist must earn a medical de-
gree, become licensed to practice medicine,
and complete a four- or fve-year pathol-
ogy residency. Residents may specialize in
anatomic pathology, clinical pathology, or
both.
Outlook
Physicians careers are expected to grow
about as fast as average through 2016. The
outlook for careers in pathology is particu-
larly good. New medical tests are constant-
ly being developed and refned, making it
possible to detect an increasing number of
diseases in their early stages. The medical
community depends on pathologists to
analyze results from these tests.
ForMoreInformation
One of the best introductions to a career in
health care is to volunteer at a local hospi-
tal, clinic, or nursing home.
AmericanBoardofPathology
PO Box 25915
Tampa, FL 33622-5915
813-286-2444
http://www.abpath.org
800-621-8335
AmericanSocietyforInvestigative
Pathology
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7130
asip@asip.org
http://www.asip.org
AssociationofAmericanMedical
colleges
2450 N Street NW
202-828-0400
http://www.aamc.org
collegeofAmericanPathologists
325 Waukegan Road
Northfeld, IL 60093-2750
800-323-4040
http://www.cap.org
TheIntersocietycouncilforPathology
Information,Inc.
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7200
icpi@asip.org
http://www.pathologytraining.org
unitedStatesandcanadianAcademy
ofPathology
3643 Walton Way Extension
Augusta, GA 30909-4507
706-733-7550
http://www.uscap.org
A pathologist prepares cells on a slide
prior to examining them under a
microscope. (USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 107 7/16/09 1:04:21 PM
108
Pediatricians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPediatriciansDo
Pediatricians are physicians who provide
health care to infants, children, and adoles-
cents. Typically, a pediatrician meets a new
patient soon after birth and takes care of that
patient through his or her teenage years.
A signifcant part of a pediatricians job
is preventive medicine. This involves peri-
odically seeing a patient for routine health
checkups. During these checkups, the doc-
tor physically examines the child to make
sure he or she is growing at a normal rate
and to look for symptoms of illness. The
pediatrician also assesses the childs mental
and behavioral development. This is done
both by observing the patients behavior
and by asking the parents questions about
their childs abilities.
Immunizing children against certain
childhood diseases is another important
part of preventive medicine. Pediatricians
administer routine immunizations for such
diseases as rubella, polio, and smallpox.
Pediatricians also counsel parents on the
care and treatment of their children. They
provide information on such parental con-
cerns as safety, diet, and hygiene.
In addition to practicing preventive
medicine, pediatricians also treat sick in-
fants and children. When a sick or injured
patient is brought into the offce, the doc-
tor examines him or her, makes a diagno-
sis, and orders treatment.
Some pediatricians choose to pursue
pediatric subspecialties, such as the treat-
ment of children who have heart disorders,
kidney disorders, or cancer.
To be a successful pediatrician, you
should care for and enjoy interacting with
children and adolescents. You also need
to have patience, compassion, and a good
sense of humor, have a desire to help oth-
ers, and be able to withstand stress and
make sound decisions.
High school courses in biology, chemistry,
English and psychology and college prepara-
tory classes are necessary if you are interested
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$132,953 to $145,210 to $161,331
OuTlOOk
Dermatologists
Physicians
Psychiatrists
Sports Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 108 7/16/09 1:04:23 PM
109
in pursuing a career as a pediatrician. After
high school, you must earn a four-year col-
lege degree before entering medical school.
After earning a medical degree and be-
coming licensed to practice medicine, pe-
diatricians must complete a three-year resi-
dency program in a hospital. The pediatric
residency provides extensive experience in
ambulatory pediatrics, the care of infants
and children who are not bedridden. Resi-
dents also spend time working in various
specialized pediatric units, including neo-
natology (newborns), adolescent medicine,
child development, psychology, special
care, intensive care, and outpatients. Pe-
diatricians who choose to specialize are re-
quired to fulfll a longer residency period
than those who choose to go into general
pediatrics.
Outlook
Employment growth for all types of physi-
cians should be about as fast as the average
through 2016. The employment prospects
for pediatricians (along with other general
practitioners, such as family physicians)
are especially good. This is because of the
increasing use of managed-care plans that
stress preventive care.
ForMoreInformation
You can start exploring the medical feld
through research. Visit Web sites of pro-
fessional organizations for more career-re-
lated information. Ask your high school
guidance counselor or a science teacher to
arrange for a career day in which a doctor
from the local community can come in and
speak to your class about the work. You can
also talk with your family physician or pe-
diatrician to fnd out what medical school
and the work in general is like.
AcademicPediatricAssociation
6728 Old McLean Village Drive
McLean, VA 22101-3906
703-556-9222
http://www.ambpeds.org
AmericanAcademyofPediatrics
141 Northwest Point Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007-1098
847-434-4000
http://www.aap.org
800-621-8335
AmericanPediatricSociety
3400 Research Forest Drive, Suite B-7
The Woodlands, TX 77381-4259
281-419-0052
info@aps-spr.org
http://www.aps-spr.org
Pediatricians need to have a way with
children so that they stay calm while
they are being examined. (Zsolt Nyulaszi/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 109 7/16/09 1:04:24 PM
110
Pedorthists
SkillS Spotlight
What they do
Teach
Skills they need
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
What Pedorthists Do
Pedorthists design, manufacture, ft, and
modify shoes and other devices that lessen
pain or correct foot problems. These devices
include arch supports, ankle supports, lifts,
inserts, walking shoes, brace shoes, surgical
boots, and custom-made shoes.
Pedorthists review a doctors prescrip-
tion for a patient, discuss it with the pa-
tient, and examine the patients feet. They
make impressions of the patients feet to
get the exact measurements and contours
correct. Next, a plaster mold is created
from the impression to be used as a model
in choosing or creating the footwear or de-
vice. Usually, pedorthists place orders for
the manufacture of custom designs with
lab technicians. Sometimes foot problems
can be corrected with ready-made devices,
or a pedorthist can make minor adjust-
ments to a ready-made device to ft the
patients needs.
After the footwear or device has been
made or adjusted, pedorthists evaluate it
to make sure it fts well and corrects the
patients problem. If the ft is not correct,
changes must be made. Often, patients
must go through several trial fttings while
the pedorthist makes as many adjustments
as are necessary to be sure the footwear is
absolutely correct. Pedorthists also instruct
patients in how to properly use the new
footwear or device. They answer questions
about the device, referring certain questions
to other members of the medical team.
Pedorthists keep precise records of their
patients footwear needs and problems.
These fnal records are used to create a re-
port for the doctors to inform them of the
treatment applied.
Many pedorthists specialize in certain
areas, such as adult foot deformities, am-
putations, arthritis, congenital deformities,
diabetes, geriatrics, overuse injuries, pedi-
atrics, sports-related injuries, and trauma.
They create treatments that include pre-
ventive, corrective, and accommodative
measures.
Pedorthists should have good manual
dexterity. They should be good at solving
problems. They should also enjoy working
c
School SubjectS
Biology, Technical/Shop
Salary range
$18,574 to $24,840 to $47,710
outlook
Podiatrists
111
with people and have good communica-
tion skills.
Most employers require at least some col-
lege or university training. Appropriate
felds of study include courses in medi-
cine, engineering, biomechanics, anat-
omy, and physical therapy. The Ameri-
can Board for Certifcation in Orthotics,
Prosthetics and Pedorthics (ABC), which
certifes people in this feld, requires at
least a high school diploma or the equiv-
alent to start training in pedorthics. To
be accepted into the certifcation pro-
gram, you need an associates degree in
a health or science-related feld from an
accredited college or university, a bach-
elors degree or higher from an accredit-
ed college or university, or you can earn
points from the ABC by doing one or
more of the following: completing science
courses at an accredited college or univer-
sity, completing an internship in pedor-
thics working under a certifed pedorthist,
or completing ABC-approved courses and
seminars.
Outlook
Job opportunities for pedorthists are ex-
through 2016. The popularity of sports
and ftness creates a demand for pedor-
thic services because both amateur and
professional athletes may need special
braces, inserts, and devices to maintain a
high level of activity. Also, sports-related
injuries are increasingly common, requir-
ing the skill and expertise of pedorthists
trained in this area. In addition, the pop-
ulation of elderly people is increasing,
and advancing age brings many chronic
conditions, such as arthritis and bone dis-
ease, that can be eased with the help of
pedorthists.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work in a hospital or clinic
to get experience in a health care environ-
ment. Take art classes, or take up a hobby
that will teach you about making molds,
working with plaster and plastics, and us-
ing basic hand tools. You can also arrange
to speak to a certifed pedorthist or visit a
hospital, clinic, or shoe store to get an idea
of what the pedorthist does during a typi-
cal day.
703-836-7114
info@abcorp.org
http://www.cpeds.org
PedorthicFootwearAssociation
202-367-1145
800-673-8447
info@pedorthics.org
http://www.pedorthics.org
Fast Fact
There are 26 bones in each hu-
man foot.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 111 7/16/09 1:04:28 PM
112
Personal
chefs
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-management
Social
WhatPersonalchefsDo
Personal chefs prepare menus for individu-
als and their families, purchase the ingredi-
ents for the meals, then cook, package, and
store the meals in the clients own kitch-
ens. They usually charge a per-meal fee to
prepare enough meals to last a few days or
a few weeks.
Personal chefs frst meet with clients to
discuss special dietary needs and food pref-
erences. Some clients require vegetarian
and low-fat cooking; others have diabetes
or swallowing disorders that require special
consideration. From these specifcations,
personal chefs prepare a menu. Depend-
ing on the number of meals, personal chefs
spend anywhere from three to eight hours
in their clients kitchens.
Most personal chefs prepare the meals
in clients kitchens to avoid the require-
ments of licensing their own kitchens
for commercial use. However, some chefs
choose to operate commercial kitchens and
provide catering services as well as personal
chef services.
Personal chefs know about meals and
ingredients that can be easily frozen and re-
heated without affecting taste and appear-
ance. They have an understanding of nu-
trition, health, and sanitation. They spend
some time testing recipes, experimenting
with equipment, and looking for the most
cost-effective ways to purchase groceries.
Personal chefs also need good business
sense for keeping fnancial records, market-
ing their services, scheduling, and billing
clients.
Most personal chefs try to confne their
services to their local areas or neighbor-
hoods to keep travel from kitchen to kitch-
en at a minimum. They work for people
who are elderly or disabled, families with
working parents, people who need special
diets, and individuals who lack the time or
know-how to cook for themselves.
Home economics courses are a good begin-
ning to a career in food preparation. Youll
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$15,330 to $24,270 to $48,010
OuTlOOk
Caterers
Restaurant Managers
u
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 112 7/16/09 1:04:28 PM
113
learn about cooking, budgeting for grocer-
ies, and how to use cooking equipment and
appliances. Courses in health and nutrition
are recommended.
A formal education is not required of
personal chefs, but a good culinary school
can give you valuable cooking experience.
Culinary programs include courses in bak-
ing, soups and sauces, meats, vegetables
and fruits, vegetarian cooking, menu
design, and food safety and sanitation
along with courses such as economics and
math.
Outlook
The personal chef industry is expected to
grow about as fast as the average in the
next decade. The career has become rec-
ognized by culinary institutes, and some
schools are beginning to include personal
chef courses as part of their curriculums.
The national publications Entrepreneur,
Business Start-ups, US News & World Report,
and others have listed personal chef ser-
vices among the hottest new businesses.
As the career gains prominence, states may
institute more requirements for health in-
spections and permits. Some states may
also begin to require special food safety
and sanitation training.
ForMoreInformation
Spend time in the kitchen. Learn how to
use cooking appliances and utensils prop-
erly. Experiment with recipes. Search the
Web for sites that have recipes that are
good to freeze and store. Cook for friends
and family, and volunteer to work at school
or church banquets and dinners.
AmericanculinaryFederationInc.
180 Center Place Way
St. Augustine, FL 32095-8859
800-624-9458
acf@acfchefs.net
http://www.acfchefs.org
AmericanInstituteofBaking
1213 Bakers Way
PO Box 3999
Manhattan, KS 66505-3999
785-537-4750
800-633-5137
http://www.aibonline.org
AmericanPersonalandPrivatechef
Association
4572 Delaware Street
800-644-8389
info@personalchef.com
http://www.personalchef.com
unitedStatesPersonalchefAssociation
610 Quantum Road NE
Rio Rancho, NM 87124-4506
800-995-2138
http://www.uspca.com
Did You Know?
The United States Personal Chef
Association (USPCA) was found-
ed in 1991, and helps to establish
more than 400 businesses each
year.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 113 7/16/09 1:04:29 PM
114
Personal
Shoppers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
WhatPersonalShoppersDo
People who do not have the time or the
ability to go shopping for clothes, gifts,
groceries, and other items use the servic-
es of personal shoppers. Personal shoppers
shop at department stores, look at catalogs,
and surf the Internet for the best buys and
most appropriate items for their clients.
Personal shoppers help people who are
unable to shop or are uninterested in do-
ing their own shopping. For example, they
might do grocery shopping and run other
errands for senior citizens or people with
disabilities. Shoppers may also help pro-
fessionals create an appropriate, complete
wardrobe. Whatever the shopping assign-
ment, they rely on their knowledge of the
local marketplace in order to shop quickly
and effciently.
Some personal shoppers specialize in
a particular area. Someone with a back-
ground in real estate may serve as a house
shopper, working for a buyer rather than a
seller. House shoppers inspect houses and
do some of the clients bargaining. Personal
shoppers with a background in cosmetolo-
gy may work as image consultants, advising
clients on their hair, clothes, and makeup
and shopping for clothing and beauty
products. An interior decorator may shop for
furniture and art to decorate a home.
Personal shoppers who offer wardrobe
consultation visit their clients homes and
evaluate their clothes. Shoppers help de-
termine what additional clothes and ac-
cessories they need and offer advice on
what items to wear together. With their
clients, personal shoppers come up with a
budget and start shopping at stores or on
the Internet.
Personal shoppers also buy gifts for
clients who do not have the time to shop
themselves. Shoppers may get very specifc
instructions on what to purchase, or they
may have to think of gift ideas themselves
after interviewing the client and discussing
the recipients tastes. Some shoppers run
other errands, such as purchasing theater
tickets, making deliveries, dropping off
laundry, and going to the post offce.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$13,190 to $30,000 to $57,500
OuTlOOk
Personal Chefs
0
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 114 7/16/09 1:04:29 PM
115
To work in this feld, you should be
attentive to detail, have a good eye for
fashion, and have strong communication
skills.
Take classes in home economics to de-
velop budget and consumer skills as well
as learn about fashion and home design.
Math, business, and accounting courses
will prepare you for the administrative de-
tails of the job. Negotiation skills may be
useful.
Many people working as personal
shoppers have had experience in other ar-
eas of business. Theyve worked as man-
agers in corporations or as salespeople in
retail stores. But there is not any specifc
education or training required for this
career. A small business course at a local
community college, along with classes in
design, fashion, and consumer science,
can help you develop the skills you will
need for the job.
Outlook
Personal shopping is fairly new, so anyone
embarking on the career will be taking some
serious risks. Theres not a lot of research
available about the career, no national pro-
fessional organization specifcally serving
personal shoppers, and no real sense of
the careers future. The success of Internet
commerce will probably have a big effect
on the future of personal shopping. Some
personal shoppers who have Web sites of-
fer consultation via e-mail and help people
purchase products online.
ForMoreInformation
If you enjoy shopping, this career may
be good for you, but its not unlimited
spending with someone elses credit card.
Learn about budgeting, comparison pric-
ing, and negotiating. Consider working
at a retail store to learn more about retail
businesses.
ExecutiveWomenInternational
515 South 700 East, Suite 2A
Salt Lake City, UT 84102-2855
877-4EWI-NOW
801-355-2800
ewi@ewiconnect.com
http://www.ewiconnect.org
A fashion boutiques personal shopper
helps a young client choose accessories.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 115 7/16/09 1:04:30 PM
116
Personal
Trainers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-esteem
Speaking/listening
WhatPersonal
TrainersDo
Personal trainers, often known as ftness
trainers, assist health-conscious people
with exercise, weight training, weight loss,
diet and nutrition, and medical rehabilita-
tion. During one training session, or over
a period of several sessions, trainers teach
their clients how to achieve their health
and ftness goals. They train in the homes
of their clients, their own studio spaces, or
in health clubs.
Personal trainers work with groups or
one-on-one with clients. They train people
in using weight machines, jogging, stretch-
ing, stress management, and other areas of
physical ftness. They may help people im-
prove their general physical condition or
address specifc ailments.
Personal trainers meet frst with clients
to discuss their goals, physical problems,
and medical conditions. They create ftness
plans that target their clients needs. They
may meet with clients once a week or every
day.
Personal trainers may specialize in ar-
eas of ftness. They may work as an athletic
trainer, helping athletes prepare for sports
activities. They may specialize in helping
with the rehabilitation treatment of people
with injuries and other physical problems.
Yoga, dance, martial arts, indoor cycling,
boxing, and water ftness have all become
aspects of special training programs. Peo-
ple call upon personal trainers to help
them quit smoking, to assist with healthy
pregnancies, and to maintain mental and
emotional stability. Whatever the problem,
whether mental or physical, people are
turning to exercise and nutrition to help
them deal with it.
Many personal trainers have their own
studios or home gyms where they train
their clients; others go into the homes of
their clients. Many personal trainers also
work in offces and corporate ftness cen-
ters. Though most health clubs hire their
own trainers to assist with club members,
some hire freelance trainers as indepen-
dent contractors.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$14,880 to $25,910 to $56,750
OuTlOOk
Fitness Directors
Physical Therapists
L
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 116 7/16/09 1:04:30 PM
117
Take physical education classes and get in-
volved in sports activities. Its also impor-
tant to take courses in health, diet, nutri-
tion, biology, chemistry, physiology, and
business.
A college education is not required but
can be benefcial. Some relevant college
programs include health education, ex-
ercise and sports science, ftness program
management, and athletic training. An
associates degree or certifcation is also a
viable educational background for person-
al trainers. Regardless of the degree they
have, personal trainers take continuing ed-
ucation courses throughout their careers to
keep up with advances in the industry.
Some employers prefer to hire certifed
trainers. The American Council on Exercise
and the National Federation of Profession-
al Trainers are just two of the many groups
with certifcation programs.
Outlook
Fitness training will continue to enjoy
strong growth through 2016. More peo-
ple are relying on the services of personal
trainers. Baby boomers, in particular, have
long been interested in health and ft-
ness, and theyll carry this into their old
age. Knowledge of special weight training,
stretching exercises, and diets for seniors
will be necessary for personal trainers in
the years to come. Trainers will have more
opportunities by actively promoting their
services to senior centers and retirement
communities.
ForMoreInformation
Sign up for a weight training program or
any other extracurricular ftness program
in your high school. If your school does
not have a ftness program, seek one out at
a community center, or join a health club.
If you are old enough, take some sessions
with a personal trainer, or see if you can
speak with one at a local gym to learn more
about the work.
AmericancouncilonExercise
888-825-3636
IDEAhealthandFitnessAssociation
800-999-4332, Ext.7
contact@ideaft.com
NationalFederationofProfessional
Trainers
PO Box 4579
Lafayette, IN 47903-4579
800-729-6378
http://www.nfpt.com
A personal trainer instructs his client on
how to properly perform a biceps curl.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 117 7/16/09 1:04:31 PM
118
Personnel
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatPersonnel
SpecialistsDo
Personnel specialists, sometimes called hu-
man resources managers, interview and hire
people for jobs that are available in their
company. They also develop training pro-
grams for new hires and help them be-
come acquainted with their department
and other employees. They make sure that
workers get special benefts, such as pro-
motions, health insurance, and vacations.
One tough part of the personnel specialists
job is having to fre workers who may not
be working up to company standards or
having to lay off workers during periods of
downsizing.
When employers and employees begin
disagreeing over working conditions, per-
sonnel specialists step in. They act as refer-
ees, trying to convince both sides to sit down
and talk with each other. The specialists
may try to get employers to make changes
in the working conditions and convince the
employees to come back to work.
Some personnel specialists work for
employment agencies, which help people
to fnd jobs and assist employers in fnding
workers.
Personnel recruiters specialize in search-
ing for people to fll a job opening. They
may even travel to other cities and colleges
in their search. They interview people, give
them tests, and look at their job histories.
Then they talk with the employer and sug-
gest qualifed candidates to fll the open
position.
Employment consultants do many of the
same tasks. In addition, they may give ad-
vice to job seekers on writing resumes and
looking and sounding good in an inter-
view. Some employment consultants work
in special felds, such as accounting or law.
To work as a personnel specialist, you
must be able to communicate effectively
and clearly both in speech and in writ-
ing and deal comfortably and easily with
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$54,250 to $92,710 to $120,960
OuTlOOk
Career Counselors
Ergonomists
Psychologists
Temporary Workers
q
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 118 7/16/09 1:04:32 PM
119
people of different levels of education and
experience.
Most employers want workers to have a
bachelors degree. While in high school,
focus on classes that will help you under-
stand and communicate easily with peo-
ple. Psychology, English, speech, and for-
eign language classes are all good choices.
Business classes can help you understand
the fundamental workings of the business
world.
Some personnel specialists have col-
lege degrees in personnel administration;
others have degrees in business or liberal
arts. Many colleges and universities offer
programs leading to degrees in personnel
administration, business management, or
labor relations. Work in labor relations usu-
ally requires a graduate degree. A law de-
gree is also helpful.
Some organizations for human resourc-
es professionals offer voluntary certifca-
tion. Although not required, certifcation
is useful for advancement.
Outlook
There should be faster than average growth
through the next decade for personnel,
training, and labor relations specialists.
Competition for jobs will continue to be
strong, however, as there will be an abun-
dance of qualifed applicants. Businesses
are continuing to devote more resources to
increasing employee productivity, retrain-
ing, safety, and benefts. As jobs change
with new technology, more employers will
need personnel specialists to teach new
skills.
ForMoreInformation
While in high school, explore aspects of
this career by managing school sports
teams, planning banquets or picnics, or
working in the deans or counselors offce.
You might also contact and interview the
personnel director of a local business to
fnd out more about the day-to-day respon-
sibilities of this job. Part-time and summer
employment in frms that have a personnel
department are very good ways to explore
the personnel feld.
AmericanSocietyforhealthcarehuman
resourcesAdministration
One North Franklin Street
312-422-3720
ashhra@aha.org
http://www.ashhra.org
AmericanSocietyforTrainingand
Development
1640 King Street, Box 1443
703-683-8103
http://www.astd.org
WorldatWork
14040 Northsight Boulevard
Scottsdale, AZ 85260-3601
877-951-9191
customerrelations@worldatwork.org
http://www.worldatwork.org
Growth Field
ber of personnel specialists is ex-
pected to grow about 17 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 119 7/16/09 1:04:32 PM

120
Pestcontrol
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatPest
controlWorkersDo
Pest control workers use chemicals and me-
chanical traps to rid buildings of insects
and animal pests. They also inspect build-
ings and advise customers about ways to
keep pests from returning. Some pest con-
trol workers work for landscaping services
and use chemicals to rid lawns of pests.
Exterminators are among the most com-
mon kinds of pest control workers. They
visit private residences, restaurants, hotels,
food stores, and other places where pests
are likely to be found. They apply chemical
sprays to eliminate fies, roaches, and other
insects. Sometimes the workers set mechan-
ical traps for rats, mice, squirrels, and other
animals or birds. In other situations, exter-
minators may leave poisoned bait, mak-
ing sure that they leave it in places where
it cannot contaminate food supplies or be
reached by small children or pets.
Termite exterminators work to rid houses
and other buildings of termites, which usu-
ally live in underground colonies and eat
away at the wooden parts of the structure.
Termite exterminators lay down a chemi-
cal barrier between the colony and the
wood. This barrier usually is applied to the
soil around the buildings foundation. An-
other method of exterminating termites is
by fumigation. Fumigators cover and seal
the building with tarpaulins and then fll it
with poisonous gas.
Termite exterminators sometimes
make structural changes to a building that
has been infested. For example, to keep ter-
mites from returning, they might raise a
buildings foundation. They may also have
to replace termite-damaged wood. If the al-
teration work is extensive, they usually call
in a carpenter or building contractor.
To work as a pest control technician,
you should be able to use good judgment
and follow oral and written instructions
well. You should also be very conscien-
tious and responsible because any mis-
takes you make applying or handling
chemicals could result in serious injury
or even death for either yourself or your
clients.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$18,970 to $29,030 to $44,160
OuTlOOk
Carpenters
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 120 7/16/09 1:04:32 PM

121
You also need to be in good general
health and able to lift fairly heavy objects.
If you make service calls alone, you will
need a drivers license, a safe driving record,
and the ability to work well alone. Termite
exterminators will also fnd knowledge of
carpentry valuable.
Pest control workers usually receive most
of their training on the job. Even so,
most employers prefer to hire applicants
who are high school graduates. Students
should take chemistry and mathematics
in high school. Termite exterminators will
fnd that knowledge of carpentry is useful.
Certain colleges and universities offer cor-
respondence courses in pest control. For
some jobs with pest control companies, a
college degree with a major in biology is
required.
Pest control workers must be licensed
in all states because the pesticides they use
to kill insects and other pests can be harm-
ful to people and the environment. Some
of these states also require the applicant to
pass a written examination. Because many
pest control workers have access to resi-
dences and businesses, most exterminating
companies require that their employees be
bonded. This means an employee must be
at least 18 years of age and have no criminal
record.
Outlook
Employment growth for pest control work-
ers is expected to be about as fast as the
average through 2016. This growth will be
due to increased environmental and health
concerns, greater numbers of dual-income
households, and newer insulation mate-
rials that have made certain homes more
susceptible to pest infestation. The high
turnover rate among employees also pro-
vides a number of job openings.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in becoming a pest
control worker, you might want to talk to
someone already working in the feld to
get a good perspective on what the job is
like. Working part time in the landscaping
and lawn products business would provide
good experience.
DepartmentofEntomology,Purdue
university
901 West State Street
West Lafayette, IN 47907-2089
765-494-4554
http://www.entm.purdue.edu
NationalPestManagementAssociation
10460 North Street
703-352-6762
info@pestworld.org
http://www.pestworld.org
After receiving a call from the owner of
this offce building, a pest control worker
arrives to spray pesticides. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 121 7/16/09 1:04:34 PM
122
Petgroomers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Self-management
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPetgroomersDo
Pet groomers bathe, trim, shape, brush, and
comb animals coats to make them look
good and help them stay healthy. They
also clip nails, clean ears, and examine
animals for feas, ticks, and other health
problems. Most of a pet groomers business
comes from dogs with long hair or special
grooming styles, such as poodles, schnau-
zers, cocker spaniels, and terriers. More and
more cats, especially longhaired breeds, are
now being taken to pet groomers.
Pet groomers frst place the animal on a
grooming table and steady it with a nylon
collar. Some animals are extremely nervous
and uncooperative during grooming pro-
cedures. If the groomer is unable to calm
the animal and gain its trust, he or she may
muzzle it. Some pets even have to be tran-
quilized by a veterinarian for the grooming
procedure.
Groomers frst brush the animals to re-
move shedding hair and dead skin; this is
followed by cutting and shaping the hair
when necessary. The groomer then cleans
the animals ears and trims its nails. In the
case of dogs, the groomer then bathes the
animal.
Not surprisingly, you should have a
love of animals to work as a groomer. Ani-
mals can sense when someone does not like
them or is afraid of them. You need certain
skills in order to work with nervous, ag-
gressive, or fdgety animals. You must be
patient with the animals, be able to gain
their respect, and enjoy giving them a lot
of love and attention. Persistence and en-
durance are also helpful, as grooming one
animal can take several hours of strenuous
work. You should also enjoy working with
your hands and have good eyesight and
manual dexterity to accurately cut a clip-
ping pattern.
A high school diploma is not required to be-
come a pet groomer, but it can be a great asset
to people who would like to advance within
their present company or move to other ca-
reers in animal care that require more train-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Art, Business
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$14,520 to $18,890 to $31,600
OuTlOOk
Animal Handlers
Animal Trainers
Pet Shop Workers
Pet Sitters
J
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 122 7/16/09 1:04:34 PM
123
ing, such as veterinary technicians. Many
high school courses are useful to those inter-
ested in pet grooming, such as anatomy and
physiology, health, science, frst aid, busi-
ness math, English, and psychology.
There are three basic ways to become a
dog groomer. Many groomers teach them-
selves by reading books on the subject and
then practicing on their own and their
friends pets. They learn the more com-
plicated cuts and important safety precau-
tions while training with an experienced
groomer. Some groomers begin by working
in a veterinarians offce, a kennel, or a pet
shop and learn on the job. Other groomers
enroll in accredited pet grooming schools,
where they study bathing, brushing, clip-
ping, the care of the ears and nails, coat
and skin conditions, animal anatomy ter-
minology, and sanitation.
Outlook
The demand for skilled dog groomers has
grown at a faster-than-average rate, and
is expected to continue to grow at this
rate over the next decade. More people
are keeping dogs and cats as pets and are
spending more money to pamper their ani-
mals. In addition, a large percentage of pet
owners do not have the time or inclination
to groom their pets themselves. Also, as
nontraditional pets become more popular,
innovative groomers will need to take ad-
vantage of new techniques and facilities for
bringing animals other than dogs and cats
into the pet salon.
ForMoreInformation
To explore your interest and ability in
grooming, take care of your family pet. You
could also offer to help your friends and
neighbors take care of their pets. Youth
organizations such as the Boy Scouts, Girl
Scouts, and 4-H clubs often sponsor projects
that give you opportunities to raise and care
for animals. Another way to gain experience
working with animals is by volunteering at
an animal hospital, kennel, pet shop, ani-
mal shelter, nature center, or zoo.
Intergroom
76 Carol Drive
Dedham, MA 02026-6635
781-326-3376
http://www.intergroom.com
NationalDoggroomersAssociationof
AmericaInc.
PO Box 101
Clark, PA 16113-0101
724-962-2711
ndga@nationaldoggroomers.com
http://www.nationaldoggroomers.com
NewyorkSchoolofDoggrooming
455 Second Avenue
New York, NY 10010-2403
212-685-3776
http://www.nysdg.com
Pet groomers wash, trim, and style pets
coats. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 123 7/16/09 1:04:35 PM
124
Petroleum
Engineersand
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatPetroleumEngineers
andTechniciansDo
Almost all the energy used in the United
States comes from oil and natural gas bur-
ied deep underground. These fuels are
drawn up and processed to give us the
power we need to run our cars and light
our buildings. Petroleum engineers design
drilling techniques to get as much of the
oil or gas as possible from the earth. They
decide which drilling methods will extract
the most oil or gas from a site and then su-
pervise the drilling operations and devel-
opment of the feld.
Petroleum engineers begin work after
an exploration team fnds a possible oil or
gas feld. Engineers must consider such fac-
tors as what type of rock the oil or gas is bur-
ied in, how to drill through possible bod-
ies of water, and how to get the job done at
the least possible cost. They make sketches
of the drills and other equipment that will
be needed and then discuss the drilling op-
erations with geologists, soil scientists, and
other professionals on the drilling team. Be-
cause only about half the oil in an oil feld
is normally recovered, petroleum engineers
are constantly searching for new methods
to extract a larger percentage of the oil.
Petroleum technicians work in a wide va-
riety of specialties. Drilling technicians drill
for petroleum from the earth and beneath
the ocean. Loggers analyze rock cuttings
from drilling. Production technicians prepare
wells for production, collect petroleum from
producing wells, and control production.
Maintenance technicians keep machinery and
equipment running smoothly.
You will need sound mathematical skills
to be able to solve complicated drilling
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma (technicians)
SAlAryrANgE
$59,610 to $77,860 to $123,350
(engineers)
$22,600 to $47,480 to $60,200
(technicians)
OuTlOOk
Decline (engineers)
Little change (technicians)
Geologists
Mining Engineers
Oceanographers
Soil Scientists
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 124 7/16/09 1:04:36 PM
125
problems. Therefore, in high school, be
sure to take math classes such as geometry
and trigonometry. You should be able to
think creatively yet also be logical. Science
courses, such as physics and biology, will
also be useful.
Most petroleum technicians require a
minimum of a high school diploma. An
associates degree in petroleum technology
or a bachelors degree in geology or an-
other area may be required for some posi-
tions. Petroleum engineers must meet the
same educational requirements as other
engineers. They generally attend college
to enroll in engineering programs, which
include a number of classes specifcally in
drilling methods and rock identifcation.
Many petroleum engineers have a masters
degree or a doctorate in engineering.
After their schooling, beginning petro-
leum engineers work under the supervision
of experienced engineers for a number of
years. They are trained in all aspects of the
job, such as designing drilling methods
and learning how to get the most oil from
a feld.
Outlook
Employment for petroleum engineers is ex-
pected to decline through the next decade.
Despite this prediction, opportunities for
these engineers will exist because the num-
ber of degrees granted in petroleum engi-
neering is low, leaving more job openings
than there are qualifed candidates. Oppor-
tunities for petroleum technicians should
be slightly better, but little or no growth is
expected.
ForMoreInformation
One of the most satisfying ways to explore
this occupation is to participate in Junior
Engineering Technical Society (JETS) pro-
grams. JETS participants enter engineering
design and problem-solving contests and
learn team development skills, often with
an engineering mentor.
1220 L Street NW
202-682-8000
http://www.api.org
703-548-5387
jetsinfo@jets.org
http://www.jets.org
SocietyofPetroleumEngineers
PO Box 833836
Richardson, TX 75083-3836
972-952-9393
spedal@spe.org
http://www.spe.org
Fast Fact
In the United States, oil and
natural gas is produced in 32
states. The states with the high-
est oil and natural gas produc-
tion are Texas, Louisiana, Cali-
fornia, and Oklahoma.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 125 7/16/09 1:04:36 PM
126
Petroleum
refning
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatPetroleum
refningWorkersDo
Petroleum refning workers design, operate, or
maintain the machines used to refne crude
petroleum into gasoline and other petroleum
products. Petroleum is in many products we
use every day, including gasoline and other
fuels, greases, waxes, and asphalt. By heat-
ing and other treating processes, petroleum
refning workers separate and purify the pe-
troleum to make these products.
There are four types of petroleum refn-
ing workers: operations, maintenance, en-
gineering, and scientifc employees. Opera-
tions workers run the many machines used
in a petroleum refnery. Control-panel opera-
tors, furnace operators, treaters, and clay roast-
ers are workers in the operations category.
Maintenance workers make sure the ma-
chinery is running properly and safely, in-
spect tanks and pipes, and repair the refn-
erys electrical and mechanical equipment.
Maintenance workers include meter testers,
tankcar inspectors, mechanical inspectors, and
electrical repairers.
Petroleum scientists and petroleum engi-
neers may plan new ways to refne petro-
leum, design new equipment, or plan an
entire refning plant. Chemical engineers
and chemical engineering technicians run
tests on new petroleum products in labora-
tories and in engines.
Most work in refneries requires a high
degree of precision and accuracy, and many
positions require knowledge of intricate
machine operations. To do this work, you
will need to be alert, attentive, quick think-
ing, and able to work under pressure.
While in high school take science courses
such as chemistry, biology, and physics.
Other important courses are mathematics,
drafting, and English.
Because of the diversity of functions,
qualifcations differ greatly. Operations
workers may need only a high school
diploma, though some college or tech-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$22,350 to $45,400 to $64,990
OuTlOOk
Decline
Chemical Engineers
_
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 126 7/16/09 1:04:37 PM
127
nical school training is increasingly im-
portant. Maintenance workers may need
special training, depending on the types
of equipment they maintain. Apprentice-
ship programs, which last up to fve years,
train people for some maintenance jobs,
combining classroom study with on-the-
job work. Petroleum technicians must
have at least a two-year college degree,
and some are required to have a masters
degree or a doctorate. Refnery engineers
and scientists usually have at least a bach-
elors degree. Many have masters degrees
or doctorates.
Outlook
In the past, it was common for oil compa-
nies to be involved in all areas of the indus-
try (exploration, drilling and production,
transportation, refning, and distribution
and marketing) in both the domestic and
worldwide arena. Now companies are try-
ing to narrow their place in the market
based on their strengths instead of trying
to do it all.
Automation and computerization are
changing the face of the refnery employ-
ment population. Employers are more
attracted to applicants with computer,
chemistry, engineering, and mechanical
backgrounds than they are to unskilled
workers.
ForMoreInformation
Talking with someone who has worked in
a refnery would be a very helpful and in-
expensive way of exploring this feld. An-
other way to learn about petroleum refn-
ing occupations is by checking school or
public libraries for books on the petroleum
refning and petrochemical industries. In-
dustry unions, to which most operations
and maintenance refnery workers belong,
are also good sources of information about
this type of work. One of the largest such
unions is the United Steel, Paper and For-
estry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Al-
lied-Industrial and Service Workers Inter-
national Union, also known as the United
Steelworkers (USW).
1155 16th Street NW
800-227-5558
help@acs.org
http://www.acs.org
1220 L Street NW
202-682-8000
http://www.api.org
NWunitedSteel,PaperandForestry,
rubber,Manufacturing,Energy,
Allied-IndustrialandServiceWorkers
Internationalunion(unitedSteelworkers)
Five Gateway Center
Pittsburgh PA 15222-3247
412-562-2400
http://www.usw.org
Fast Fact
Oil does more than fuel vehicles
and heat houses. Here are just
a few things that are produced
using oil: antihistamines, cloth-
ing, garbage bags, life jackets,
and umbrellas.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 127 7/16/09 1:04:37 PM
128
Petrologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
What
PetrologistsDo
Petrologists are closely related to geologists.
Geologists study the overall formation of
the earth and the movements of the earths
crust. Petrologists focus on rocks and rock
formations. They study the origin, history,
and composition of rocks. They examine
a wide variety of substances ranging from
diamonds and gold to petroleum depos-
its that may be buried deep beneath the
earths surface.
Much of the science of petrology relates
to removing minerals, petroleum, gold, and
other natural resources from rock forma-
tions within the earth. Petrologists often
work for mining companies. They might
also work on a mining operation searching
for gold and help analyze rock samples to
see whether they contain any of this pre-
cious metal. Petrologists work alongside
hydrologists, who study the earths water
systems, and mineralogists, who examine
and classify minerals.
Petrologists spend time in the feld
gathering samples, and then they go back
to the laboratory to study the samples.
They may apply chemicals to break down
rocks and rock materials to uncover cer-
tain elements within the rocks. They use X
rays and other tools to look at and test the
samples so that they can draw conclusions
from their analysis.
Petrologists prepare written reports of
their fndings. These reports are usually
sent to managers at a drill site to determine
whether a mining operation should con-
tinue. Petrologists also may write reports
for the government and other research
purposes.
As with other scientifc disciplines,
teamwork is often an essential part of the
job. Petrologists must be able to under-
stand and relate to geologists, paleontolo-
gists, mineralogists, and other scientifc
experts; they must also be able to relate to
and communicate their fndings to super-
visory personnel who may lack a strong
technical background.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$70,790 to $105,740 to $131,380
OuTlOOk
Energy Conservation and Use Technicians
Geologists
Petroleum Engineers
Soil Scientists
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 128 7/16/09 1:04:37 PM
129
Petrologists must have a college education.
The best way to become a petrologist is to
earn a masters or doctoral degree. It is pos-
sible to fnd a position with a bachelors
degree, but an advanced degree is often
required to advance in the feld. Many stu-
dents begin by majoring in geology or pa-
leontology (the study of fossils) in college.
They begin training in petrology when
they enter graduate school.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for geologists,
petrologists, and geophysicists should
occupations through 2016. A worldwide
escalation in oil prices has spurred an in-
crease in oil drilling and exploration. As a
result, the number of new jobs in this feld
has increased, and the number of students
who graduate with degrees in petrology or
geology is on the rise. Additionally, envi-
ronmental regulations will create a need
for these scientists in environmental pro-
tection work.
ForMoreInformation
To explore your interest in this feld, join
your schools science club and any local
rock-hunting groups to become actively
involved in science. Your high school guid-
ance counselor may be able to help you
arrange an informational interview with a
working petrologist.
AmericanAssociationofPetroleum
geologists
PO Box 979
Tulsa, OK 74101-0979
800-364-2274
http://www.aapg.org
4220 King Street
703-379-2480
AssociationofEngineeringgeologists
PO Box 460518
Denver, CO 80246-0518
303-757-2926
http://www.aegweb.org
geologicalSocietyofAmerica
PO Box 9140
303-357-1000
Fast Fact
There are subfelds within pe-
trology. For example, igneous
petrologists, sedimentary pe-
trologists, and metamorphic
petrologists focus only on igne-
ous, sedimentary, or metamor-
phic rocks, respectively.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 129 7/16/09 1:04:38 PM
130
PetShop
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
WhatPetShopWorkersDo
Pet shop workers are involved in the daily
upkeep of a pet store. They sell pets and pet
supplies, including food, medicine, toys,
carriers, and educational books and videos.
They answer customers questions and of-
fer animal care advice. They keep the store,
aquariums, and animal cages clean and
look after the health of the pets for sale.
They also stock shelves, order products
from distributors, and maintain records on
the animals and products.
Pet shops employ the same kinds of
workers you fnd in any retail store, such
as cashiers, sales and marketing people,
merchandise displayers, managers, and
bookkeepers. Pet shop owners may also hire
pet groomers, animal caretakers, and animal
trainers. The top priorities for pet shop
workers are animal care and customer ser-
vice. The size of the pet shop determines
how many duties are assigned to each
worker
Once the animals are taken care of,
the pet shop workers see to the needs of
the customers. Customers rely on pet shop
workers for animal care advice and expect
them to be knowledgeable not only about
the pets for sale but about the food, medi-
cines, and other supplies as well. Some pet
shops offer a variety of services, includ-
ing pet grooming, dog training, and ani-
mal boarding. They may also offer animal
vaccinations.
To work at a pet store, you need more
than a love for animals. As with any retail
job, you must be prepared to serve people
on a daily basis. You should be friendly
and outgoing and prepared to answer
questions clearly and patiently. Though
most of your encounters with these fel-
low animal-lovers will likely be pleasant,
you must be prepared for the occasional
dissatisfed customer. Dealing with angry
customers requires you to remain calm
and to settle the dispute diplomatically.
Depending on your duties at the pet store,
you will need analytical skills to analyze
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$16,440 to $22,570 to $41,030
OuTlOOk
Animal Handlers
Animal Trainers
Pet Groomers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 130 7/16/09 1:04:38 PM

131
data when ordering new products, choos-
ing vendors, and examining sales fgures
and invoices. In whatever position you fll
at the pet store, it will be important for
you to manage your time well to deal with
customers while keeping the store orderly
and the shelves well stocked.
Math courses will teach you the skills you
need for fguring proper feed and medica-
tion amounts for the animals. A knowledge
of chemistry will come in handy when pre-
paring medications and chemicals for the
aquariums. Biology will introduce you to
the biological systems of various kinds of
animals.
You can easily get work at a pet store
without any college education or special
training. Pet shops often employ high
school students for part-time and summer
positions. Store owners usually hire people
with a love of animals and some knowledge
of animal care for entry-level positions such
as clerk, cashier, and salesperson. For man-
agement positions, a pet shop owner may
want someone with more education and
experience. Veterinary technician training
may increase your chances of employment
at a higher salary.
Outlook
The pet retail industry is expected to grow
along with the retail industry in general.
The larger pet stores, which can afford to
offer discount prices, inexpensive groom-
ing facilities, and free training programs,
are taking much of the business away from
the smaller, traditional pet shops. This
trend is likely to continue, but small stores
will survive as they promote a more per-
sonalized and knowledgeable assistance
not available from the larger stores.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at animal shelters, zoos, and
other animal care facilities to get experi-
ence working with animals. Agricultural
clubs and 4-H clubs can teach you about
animal care and responsibilities.
crueltytoAnimals
New York, NY 10128-6804
212-876-7700
AmericanveterinaryMedicalAssociation
1931 North Meacham Road, Suite 100
847-925-8070
avmainfo@avma.org
http://www.avma.org
NationalretailFederation
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
PetsForum
104 West Third Street
Sheffeld, AL 35660-2713
256-386-7685
http://petsforum.com
Did You Know?
Cats were frst domesticated by
the Egyptians around 1900 b.c.
Dogs as domesticated pets date
back even further.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 131 7/16/09 1:04:39 PM
132
PetSitters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Self-management
Responsibility
WhatPetSittersDo
Pet sitters go to the homes of pet owners
who are working or on vacation and visit
their animals. During short, daily visits, pet
sitters feed the animals, play with them,
clean up after them, give them medications
when needed, and let them in and out of
the house for exercise. Pet sitters may also
be available for overnight stays, looking
after the houses of clients as well as their
pets.
Most pet sitters prefer to work only with
cats and dogs, but pet sitters may also care
for birds, reptiles, gerbils, fsh, and other
animals. Usually, a pet sitter can provide
pet owners with a variety of personal pet
care servicesthey may take a pet to the
vet, offer grooming, sell pet-related prod-
ucts, and give advice. Some pet sitters take
dogs out into the country, to mountain
parks, or to lakes, for exercise in wide-open
spaces.
Pet sitting is not for those who just
want a nine-to-fve desk job. Your day will
be spent moving from house to house, tak-
ing animals into backyards, and walking
dogs around neighborhoods. Though you
may be able to develop a set schedule for
yourself, you will have to arrange your work
hours around the hours of your clients.
Some pet sitters start in the early morning
hours, while others only work afternoons
or evenings. To stay in business, a pet sitter
must be prepared to work weekends, holi-
days, and long hours in the summertime.
Pet sitters are usually self-employed so
classes in accounting, marketing, offce
skills, and using computers will help you
prepare for a career running your own busi-
ness. Biology, chemistry, and health cours-
es will give you some good background for
developing animal care skills. A love for
animals is also important.
The only special training you need to
be a pet sitter is experience working with
animals, but many pet sitters start their
own businesses after gaining experience
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Business, Family and consumer
science
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$14,520 to $18,890 to $31,600
OuTlOOk
Animal Handlers
Pet Groomers
Pet Shop Workers
Veterinarians
J
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 132 7/16/09 1:04:39 PM
133
in other areas of animal care such as work-
ing in a veterinarians offce or a pet shop.
Some pet shops or local chapters of the
ASPCA may offer seminars in various as-
pects of animal care.
Outlook
Pet sitting as a business is expected to grow
faster than average in the coming years, be-
cause many pet owners working long hours
or going on vacation prefer to leave their
pets at home rather than take them to un-
familiar locations like kennels. In the last
few years, pet sitting as a career has been
featured in the Wall Street Journal and other
national publications. Womans Day mag-
azine listed pet sitting as one of the top-
grossing businesses for women.
Starting a pet sitting business requires
little money, so many more people may
enter the business leading to more com-
petition; it could also hurt the reputation
of pet sitting if too many irresponsible and
unprepared people run bad businesses. But
if pet owners are careful when hiring pet
sitters, the unreliable workers will have
problems getting and keeping clients.
ForMoreInformation
To get some experience working with ani-
mals, if you know anyone in your neigh-
borhood or your family with pets, volun-
teer to care for the animals whenever the
owners go on vacation.
crueltytoAnimals
New York, NY 10128-6804
212-876-7700
NationalAssociationofProfessional
PetSitters
15000 Commerce Parkway, Suite C
Mt. Laurel, NJ 08054-2212
856-439-0324
napps@ahint.com
http://www.petsitters.org
PetSittersInternational
201 East King Street
King, NC 27021-9161
336-983-9222
http://www.petsit.com
This pet sitter is caring for dogs while
their owners are away on vacation. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 133 7/16/09 1:04:40 PM
134
Pharmaceutical
Industry
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPharmaceutical
IndustryWorkersDo
Pharmaceutical industry workers work in
manufacturing plants that produce medi-
cines and other products to be sold to drug
stores, hospitals, and physicians and den-
tists offces. They mix, grind, heat, and fl-
ter medication ingredients.
Granulator machinery operators weigh
and measure ingredients according to in-
structions and then load them into mixing
machines. The resulting mixture may un-
dergo further processing. If it needs to be
dried, drier operators use heated revolving
drums to turn wet materials into a caked or
powdered form. When a particular compo-
nent needs to be extracted from a mixture,
extractor operators operate equipment that
removes the desired material.
The fnal step in manufacturing a phar-
maceutical product is packaging. Machine
molders operate machines that compress
the product into pills. Capsule-flling-ma-
chine operators load empty gelatin capsules
and the medicinal material into machines
that fll and seal the capsules. Coaters op-
erate machines that cover pills and tablets
with coatings that favor, color, or preserve
the contents.
Some pharmaceutical products are de-
livered to physicians and hospitals in what
are called ampoules. Ampoules are small,
sealed glass tubes from which medicine can
be withdrawn with hypodermic needles for
giving injections. Workers involved with
this method of packaging include ampoule
fllers, who operate machines that fll the
ampoules with medicine, and ampoule seal-
ers, who seal the glass tubes by heating
them over a fame and then pressing the
melted ends together with tweezers. Vials
and syringes are becoming the preferred
mode for liquid drug production in the
United States.
Inspecting pharmaceutical products is
essential because lives depend on the prod-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Doctoral degree
SAlAryrANgE
$34,990 to $74,690 to $130,780
OuTlOOk
Biochemists
Chemists
Drug Developers
Pharmacologists
Physicians
Toxicologists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 134 7/16/09 1:04:43 PM
135
ucts. The inspections are done by tablet tes-
ters, packaging materials inspectors, and other
quality-control workers. They make sure that
the products have the correct weight and
combination of ingredients and that they
are packaged safely and cleanly.
Service and sales representatives supply
products to hospitals, independent medi-
cal practitioners, pharmacists, and drug
stores.
In school, you should take courses in
speech and English to prepare for a job in
sales or administration. To prepare for a job
in production work, take courses in math,
science, and shop. Graduation from high
school is required for most pharmaceuti-
cal industry jobs. Most production workers
learn the necessary skills on the job or in
company training courses. Those in sales
and administration often have college de-
grees in marketing or business.
Outlook
As the number of people in the United
States aged 65 and over increases, the phar-
maceutical industry is expected to grow to
accommodate the medical needs of this
group. The creation of new drugs for the
treatment of such widespread diseases as
AIDS and cancer will require knowledge-
able professionals. As a result, the overall
employment outlook for workers in the
pharmaceutical industry is expected to
2016.
ForMoreInformation
You should consider contacting trade or-
ganizations such as the American Foun-
dation for Pharmaceutical Education,
whose objective is to improve pharma-
ceutical education programs and student
performance.
To prepare for a sales career, you might
be able to fnd part-time work in a phar-
macy. Working for a pharmacy, you can
learn about the drug manufacturers, the
most-prescribed drugs, and other informa-
tion about the industry.
AmericanFoundationforPharmaceutical
Education
One Church Street, Suite 202
301-738-2160
info@afpenet.org
http://www.afpenet.org
AmericanPharmacistsAssociation
202-628-4410
http://www.aphanet.org
Pharmaceuticalresearchand
ManufacturersofAmerica
950 F Street NW
NW202-835-3400
http://www.phrma.org
Did You Know?
The oldest known written records
of pharmaceutical preparations
date back to 5,000 years ago in
Sumer, which is todays Iraq.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 135 7/16/09 1:04:43 PM
136
Pharmacists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPharmacistsDo
Pharmacists, sometimes called druggists, fll
the prescriptions that physicians, dentists,
and other health care professionals pre-
scribe, and then they sell the medications
to customers.
There are thousands of drugs available
from manufacturers, and pharmacists must
know what chemicals are in the medicines
and how each will affect different people.
Pharmacists must be able to explain the
medications to customers or patients and
answer questions about possible side ef-
fects. They must also know about non-
prescription health care products that
are available such as cough syrups, cold
medicines, vitamins, and products such as
thermometers.
Pharmacists who own or manage their
own stores or franchises perform many
of the same jobs as retail store managers.
They order products, supervise employees,
and pay attention to the fnancial side of
the business. In addition, they keep good
records of all drugs given out so the infor-
mation will be available if a patient has a
bad reaction to a certain medication.
Hospitals, clinics, and health mainte-
nance organizations have pharmacists on
their staffs. These druggists fll orders, edu-
cate patients, and review the health care
centers overall drug prescription program.
Some pharmacists teach at colleges
of pharmacy or in medical or nursing
schools. Others work for the pharmaceuti-
cal companies that manufacture drugs. In
these jobs, pharmacists might do research
on new drugs, supervise the preparation
of manufacturers capsules, ointments, or
other products, or test chemicals that go
into making drugs.
To work as a pharmacist, you will need
good people skills to deal with patients,
other pharmacy workers, and other health
care professionals. A good bedside manner
(a kind, comforting approach) will help
you in a hospital or nursing home setting,
particularly as pharmacists responsibilities
expand to include counseling and advis-
ing. You should also be very organized and
have an eye for detail.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Doctoral degree
SAlAryrANgE
$70,060 to $100,530 to $128,070
OuTlOOk
Biochemists
Chemists
Drug Developers
Pharmacologists
Physicians
Toxicologists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 136 7/16/09 1:04:46 PM
137
To become a pharmacist, you will need
to earn the degree Doctor of Pharmacy
(Pharm.D.) from a school accredited by the
Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Educa-
tion. The Pharm.D. degree generally takes
six years to complete.
In pharmacy school, you will take
courses such as pharmacology, biochemis-
try, pharmacy law and ethics, and pharma-
ceutical care. In addition, your education
should include an internship, sometimes
known as a clerkship, in which you work
under the supervision of a professional
pharmacist.
Practicing pharmacists in all 50 states,
the District of Columbia, and all U.S. ter-
ritories are required to be licensed. Appli-
cants for licensure must have graduated
from an accredited pharmacy program,
completed an internship under a licensed
pharmacist, and passed their states board
examination.
Outlook
Employment growth for pharmacists
should be faster than the average. Rea-
sons for this increase include the growing
middle-aged and senior population (gener-
ally the largest consumers of medications),
technical and scientifc advances that will
make more drugs available and affordable,
and greater public awareness of the benefts
of various prescription medications.
The role of the pharmacist is expected
to expand. Pharmacists will be more in-
volved in counseling people and in advis-
ing physicians on the drugs to prescribe.
Pharmacists will make house calls and see
patients in doctors offces.
ForMoreInformation
To explore this job, talk to a local phar-
macist about his or her work. Volunteer
at a hospital or clinic in your area to get
hands-on experience working in a medical
environment.
AccreditationcouncilforPharmacy
Education
20 North Clark Street, Suite 2500
312-664-3575
http://www.acpe-accredit.org
BoardofPharmaceuticalSpecialties
202-429-7591
http://www.bpsweb.org
Pharmacists fll prescriptions and discuss
with customers possible side effects and
possible drug interactions. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 137 7/16/09 1:04:47 PM
138
Pharmacologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatPharmacologistsDo
Pharmacologists are medical scientists who
study how drugs, chemicals, and other ma-
terials affect human beings and animals.
Some pharmacologists develop and test
new drugs for doctors to use in treating dis-
ease. Others test chemicals, pollutants, and
other materials found in homes, farms, and
factories to see how they affect animals and
humans. Using this information, pharma-
cologists can tell drug companies the best
way to manufacture the drug. They also ad-
vise physicians on when and how the drug
should be given to patients.
Some pharmacologists specialize in
testing chemicals, pollutants, and other
substances in the environment and in
food to look for possible harmful effects.
They do research on industrial materials,
pesticides, and food preservatives and col-
orings and even on common household
items such as paints, aerosol sprays, and
cleaning fuids to fnd out whether they
are safe to use.
Pharmacologists do most of their re-
search in laboratories using laboratory
animals, plants, and tissue samples from
animals and human donors. Clinical phar-
macologists test drugs on human subjects.
Some pharmacologists specialize in partic-
ular parts of the body. For example, neuro-
pharmacologists study drugs that affect the
nervous system. Cardiovascular pharmacolo-
gists study drugs for the heart, lungs, and
circulatory systems. Behavioral pharmacolo-
gists specialize in the effects of drugs on
mood and behavior.
You will need an undergraduate degree to
work as a pharmacologist. A few universi-
ties offer an undergraduate degree in phar-
macology. Because of the limited number
of schools offering this degree, however,
many students choose to get bachelors de-
grees in chemistry or a biological science.
After college, you need to complete
graduate-level work. To conduct research,
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Doctoral degree
SAlAryrANgE
$64,170 to $91,700 to $123,780
OuTlOOk
Biochemists
Chemists
Drug Developers
Pharmacists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 138 7/16/09 1:04:50 PM
139
teach at a medical school or school of phar-
macy, or advance to high-level administra-
tive positions, the minimum education
you need is a doctoral degree in pharmacol-
ogy. Many pharmacologists, however, have
more than one advanced degree. Some, for
example, have a doctorate in another sci-
ence, such as biochemistry, and a doctor-
ate in pharmacology. Others have medical
degrees and pharmacology doctorates.
Outlook
Employment growth for medical scientists
(including pharmacologists) is expected to
be faster than the average through 2016,
although competition for jobs will be ex-
tremely keen. This is because research work
is dependent on funding, typically from
government sources. So while the employ-
ment outlook overall is good, only those
with the most advanced and current educa-
tion will have the best prospects in future
expanding and specialized job markets.
Areas in which growth is expected in-
clude health care, education, and research.
Expanding health care needs and services
should result in employment opportuni-
ties for pharmacologists in drug compa-
nies, hospitals, and medical and phar-
macy schools. Pharmacological research
done by government agencies will also
continue. Teaching opportunities should
be plentiful, as schools, universities, and
medical centers will need qualifed phar-
macologists to train future students.
The growing elderly population will
require pharmacologists to conduct more
drug research and development. Pharma-
cology is also crucial in the development
of drugs to battle existing diseases and
medical conditions such as AIDS, muscular
dystrophy, and cancer, and to facilitate the
success of organ transplants.
ForMoreInformation
The best way to learn about pharmacology is
to interview professionals in the feld. Your
high school counselor or science teacher
may be able to arrange an interview with a
qualifed pharmacologist or even help plan
a tour of a pharmacological facility.
AmericanAssociationof
PharmaceuticalScientists
703-243-2800
http://www.aapspharmaceutica.com
AmericanBoardofclinicalPharmacology
PO Box 40278
San Antonio, TX 78229-1278
210-567-8505
http://www.abcp.net
AmericanSocietyforPharmacology
andExperimentalTherapeutics
9650 Rockville Pike
301-634-7060
info@aspet.org
http://www.aspet.org
Growth Field
ber of pharmacologists is expected
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 139 7/16/09 1:04:51 PM

140
Pharmacy
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPharmacy
TechniciansDo
Pharmacy technicians, also known as phar-
macy technologists or pharmacy assistants,
work under the direct supervision of phar-
macists. Technicians fnd work in chain or
independent drug stores, hospitals, com-
munity ambulatory care, home health care,
and nursing homes and in the pharmaceu-
tical industry.
The roles of both pharmacists and
pharmacy technicians have changed in
the last 10 years. Pharmacists increasingly
play a larger role in the consultation of cus-
tomers, leaving the actual dispensing and
assembling of prescriptions to the phar-
macy technician. Technicians perform a
wide variety of functions including count-
ing, labeling, and packaging prescription
items. They maintain records of pharma-
ceuticals dispensed, including the drug
name and dosage; take inventory of stan-
dard and controlled substances; and order
both pharmaceutical and over-the-counter
medications.
Technicians that work in hospitals
have even more duties and responsibilities.
They prepare standard and chemotherapy
IVs (intravenous solutions) for patients.
They prepare emergency orders and deliver
them. They also prepare special emergency
carts stocked with medications and resus-
citation equipment. In an emergency, they
bring the cart to the emergency area and
keep an offcial written record of all that
occurs. They may assist in the outpatient
pharmacy, instructing patients on the
proper usage of medications.
Pharmacy technicians with experience
may specialize in narcotics control, oper-
ating room medications, nuclear phar-
maceuticals, and home health care. They
also work as data entry technicians, lead
technicians, supervisors, and technician
managers.
Most pharmacy technicians today receive
their training through community col-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$17,710 to $25,100 to $36,470
OuTlOOk
Biochemists
Chemists
Pharmacists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 140 7/16/09 1:04:53 PM
141
leges, vocational/technical schools, hospi-
tal community pharmacies, and govern-
ment programs. Programs last between
six months and two years, leading to a
certifcate, diploma, or associates degree
in pharmacy technology. A high school
diploma is required for entry into one of
these programs. In addition to classroom
training, students will be required to gain
practical experience in both hospital and
retail pharmacies.
All 50 states have adopted a written,
standardized test for voluntary certifca-
tion of technicians. Some states, including
Texas and Louisiana, require certifcation
of pharmacy technicians.
Outlook
Experts project faster than average em-
ployment growth for pharmacy techni-
cians. As the role of the pharmacist shifts
to consultation, more technicians will be
needed to assemble and dispense medica-
tions. A strong demand is emerging for
technicians with specialized training to
work in specifc areas, such as emergency
room and nuclear pharmacy. An increasing
number of pharmacy technicians will be
needed as the number of older Americans
(who generally require more prescription
medication than younger generations)
continues to rise.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer work at a local hospital or nurs-
ing home is a good way to explore this
career. You can hone your communica-
tion skills and learn about medical set-
tings by interacting with both patients
and medical staff. Finally, look for a part-
time or summer job at a local retail phar-
macy. Although your duties may be lim-
ited to stocking shelves, working the cash
register, or making deliveries, you will still
gain valuable experience.
AmericanAssociationofPharmacy
Technicians
PO Box 1447
Greensboro, NC 27402-1447
877-368-4771
aapt@pharmacytechnician.com
http://www.pharmacytechnician.com
PharmacyTechniciancertifcationBoard
1100 15th Street, NW Suite 730
800-363-8012
http://www.ptcb.org
Growth Field
ber of pharmacy technicians is ex-
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 141 7/16/09 1:04:54 PM

142
Phlebotomy
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPhlebotomy
TechniciansDo
Phlebotomy technicians, sometimes called
phlebotomists, draw blood from patients or
donors in hospitals, blood banks, clinics,
physicians offces, or other facilities. They
assemble equipment, verify patient identi-
fcation numbers, and withdraw blood ei-
ther by puncturing a persons fnger or by
extracting it from a vein or artery with a
needle and syringe. They label, transport,
and store blood for analysis or for other
medical purposes.
Before they draw blood, phlebotomy
technicians take the patients medical his-
tory, temperature, and pulse. They check
the physicians order for the types of tests
to be run and the amount of blood to be
drawn. Once a suitable site on the patients
arm is located to draw blood, phlebotomy
technicians wrap a tourniquet high on the
patients upper arm. They check the site for
lesions, scar tissue, other needle marks, and
any skin disorders that might interfere with
the collection process. Then they clean the
site by swabbing with alcohol. Technicians
position the patients arm in order to make
a proper puncture. The needle is inserted
almost parallel to the vein and as close to
the skin as possible and blood is withdrawn.
When the required amount of blood is col-
lected, the technician releases the tourni-
quet, removes the needle, applies pressure
to the site, and bandages the site.
After collection, the phlebotomy tech-
nician labels the blood, coordinates its
number with the worksheet order, and
sends the blood to a storage facility or
laboratory for testing. The phlebotomy
technician also checks to make sure that
the patient is all right, notes any adverse
reactions, and administers frst aid or other
medical assistance when necessary.
Biology, health, and other science courses
are helpful if you wish to become a phle-
botomy technician after graduation. Com-
puter science, English, and speech classes
are also important.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$21,100 to $29,540 to $52,690
OuTlOOk
Medical Assistants
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 142 7/16/09 1:04:57 PM
143
Formal programs are offered through
independent training schools, community
colleges, or hospitals. Most programs last
from 10 weeks to one year. They include
both in-class study and supervised clinical
practice.
Certifcation and licensing for phle-
botomy technicians varies according to
state and employer. Several agencies grant
certifcation, including American Medical
Technologists and the Board of Registry of
the American Society of Clinical Patholo-
gists. Contact the organizations for more
information.
Outlook
The demand for phlebotomy technicians is
expected to grow about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016. Employment oppor-
tunities will be best in small hospitals. As
the percentage of people aged 65 or older
continues to rise, the demand for all kinds
of health care professionals will increase as
well. There is a demand for workers who
are qualifed to draw blood at the bedside
of patients.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a hospital or clinic to get ex-
perience in and exposure to patient care
techniques, medical procedures, and safety
precautions. Visit the AABBAmerican As-
sociation of Blood Banks Web site listed be-
low to learn facts about blood and blood
donation.
AABBAmericanAssociationof
BloodBanks
8101 Glenbrook Road
301-907-6977
aabb@aabb.org
http://www.aabb.org
AmericanMedicalTechnologists
10700 West Higgins, Suite 150
800-275-1268
http://www.amt1.com
AmericanSocietyforclinical
laboratoryScience
6701 Democracy Boulevard, Suite 300
301-657-2768
http://www.ascls.org
AmericanSocietyforclinicalPathology
312-541-4999
http://www.ascp.org
AmericanSocietyofPhlebotomy
Technicians
PO Box 1831
Hickory, NC 28603-1831
828-294-0078
offce@aspt.org
http://www.aspt.org
NationalAccreditingAgencyforclinical
laboratorySciences
5600 N. River Road, Suite 720
773-714-8880
info@naacls.org
http://www.naacls.org
Fast Fact
There are eight blood types in
the U.S. population. O-positive
blood is the most common: 38
percent of the population has
this blood type.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 143 7/16/09 1:04:57 PM
144
PhotoEditors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage people
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatPhotoEditorsDo
Photo editors are responsible for the fnal
look of photographs published in a book,
magazine, or newspaper, or photos posted
on Web sites. They make photo assign-
ments, select and adjust pictures to meet
assignment needs, and make sure all dead-
lines are met. They work for book, maga-
zine, and newspaper publishers, advertis-
ing agencies, photo stock agencies, greeting
card companies, and other employers that
rely on visual images to sell their products
or services. The trained eye and technical
know-how of a photo editor is now an es-
sential part of newsroom staffs and corpo-
rate offces everywhere.
Photo editors meet with their manag-
ers or clients to determine a projects pho-
to needs and brainstorm ideas for photos
that will meet the projects goals. After
picture ideas have been discussed, though
knowledgeable in photography, photo
editors generally assign staff or contract
photographers to take the pictures for
each project.
Once photos for a project are delivered,
the photo editor uses computer software
to enlarge or trim each photo to ft its as-
signed space on the page, alter the coloring
of images, or emphasize the photographers
use of shadows or light. Editors working for
a newspaper must be sure to print photos
that are true to life, while editors working
for a fne-arts publication may alter images
to create a more abstract effect. In addi-
tion to working with photos, editors take
on management duties, such as assigning
project deadlines, organizing the offce, or-
dering supplies, training employees, and
overseeing the work of others.
Classes in photography, illustration, and
art will help you develop an artistic eye and
become familiar with other forms of visual
aids that are used in different publications.
Math, English and communications class-
es also are useful. As a photo editor, you
will work with computers almost daily and
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$19,340 to $35,980 to $67,530
OuTlOOk
Book Editors
Copy Editors
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Photographers
Photojournalists
Photo Stylists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 144 7/16/09 1:04:59 PM
145
must be comfortable with art, layout, and
word processing programs so courses in
computers are important.
Most companies prefer to hire photo
editors with a college degree in photogra-
phy, visual art, or computer science, but
an associates degree in art or computer
science from a community college may be
another option. You also should be familiar
with the different photo editing software
programs available.
Outlook
Photo editing is a popular feld and em-
ployment opportunities are expected to
grow about as fast as the average in coming
years. Photo editors will always be needed
to help create a polished look to printed
publications, selecting just the right pho-
tos to deliver the right message to readers.
Many companies also now use the Internet
to sell products or services and depend on
photo editors to provide interesting photos
and other images for their Web sites.
Though computers have changed the
way photo editors workbringing their
work from paper to screenthey have also
caused some problems. Improved software
technology now makes it possible for virtu-
ally anyone to scan or download an image
and alter it to any specifcations. However,
most professional publications will still hire
photo editors with expertise and a trained
eye to do this work.
ForMoreInformation
To explore a career as a photo editor, you
may work on your schools newspaper or
yearbook staff, or consider a summer in-
ternship with a publication. You also may
want to try photography, taking pictures
of family vacations and of your friends at
school and club activities.
NationalPressPhotographersAssociation
3200 Croasdaile Drive, Suite 306
Durham, NC 27705-2588
919-383-7246
http://www.nppa.org
ProfessionalPhotographersofAmerica
800-786-6277
http://www.ppa.com
On strict deadline, this photo editor for a
book publisher reviews numerous photos
while discussing her choices over the
phone to her manager. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 145 7/16/09 1:05:00 PM
146
Photographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
What
PhotographersDo
Photographers take pictures to record events,
illustrate text, sell products, and capture
scenes and for many other purposes. They
are experts on cameras, lenses, flters, flm,
and lighting. To prepare to take pictures,
photographers choose the right flm for the
lighting conditions. They choose lenses,
such as a close-up lens or a wide-angle lens.
They adjust all the settings on the camera
so that the correct amount of light hits the
flm when the shutter button is pressed.
Photographers also know how to de-
velop flm and print pictures. They mix
chemicals with precise measurements and
soak the flm in a series of mixtures for
exact times. Once flm is developed and
dried, photographers place the flm in en-
largers, which magnify the flm. Lights in
the enlarger shine through the flm onto
light-sensitive photographic paper. The pa-
per is then soaked in a series of chemical
baths, rinsed, and dried.
Photographers often specialize in one
kind of photography. For example, por-
trait photographers take pictures of people
in their own studios, or at schools, homes,
weddings, and parties. Commercial photog-
raphers take pictures of products, fashions,
food, or machinery. Photojournalists take
pictures of events, people, places, or things
for newspapers, Internet sites, and maga-
zines. Aerial photographers take pictures
from airplanes for newspapers, businesses,
research companies, or the military. Scien-
tifc photographers take pictures for scientifc
magazines and books. Fine art photographers
take pictures for artistic expression.
To become a photographer, you should
possess manual dexterity, good eyesight
and color vision, and artistic ability. You
need an eye for form and line, an apprecia-
tion of light and shadow, and the ability
to use imaginative and creative approaches
to photographs or flm, especially in com-
mercial work. In addition, you should be
patient and accurate and enjoy working
with detail.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Art, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$15,770 to $24,430 to $54,470
OuTlOOk
Cinematographers
Photo Editors
Photojournalists
Photo Stylists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 146 7/16/09 1:05:02 PM
147
Classes in photography, chemistry, and art
will help prepare you for this career. If you
are interested in digital photography, study
computers, and learn how to use programs
that manipulate photos.
You do not have to earn a college de-
gree to become a photographer, but many
colleges offer a bachelors degree in pho-
tography. A college program will teach you
advanced techniques and help you build a
portfolio of your work.
Outlook
Employment growth for photographers
should be about as fast as the average for
for new images should remain strong in
education, communication, entertain-
ment, marketing, and research. As the
Internet grows and more newspapers and
magazines turn to electronic publishing,
demand will increase for photographers
to produce digital images. Additionally,
as the population grows, demand should
increase for photographers who specialize
in portraiture.
ForMoreInformation
Photography is a feld that you can begin
to explore now. Take photos of friends and
family, school events, current events in
your town, objects, landscapes, animals,
or buildings. Another way to learn more
about photography is by reading about it.
You will fnd many photography resources
in your library or bookstore and on the
Internet.
AmericanSocietyofMediaPhotographers
Philadelphia, PA 19106
215-451-2767
http://www.asmp.org
NationalPressPhotographersAssociation
Durham, NC 27705-2588
919-383-7246
info@nppa.org
http://www.nppa.org
PhotoDistrictNews
New York, NY 10003-9522
646-654-5780
http://www.pdn-pix.com
404-522-8600
http://www.ppa.com
SavannahcollegeofArtandDesign
PO Box 3146
800-869-7223
info@scad.edu
http://www.scad.edu
This photographer has been hired by a
catalog to shoot images of brides in their
wedding gowns. (Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 147 7/16/09 1:05:03 PM
148
Photography
Instructors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPhotography
InstructorsDo
Photography instructors teach students of all
ages how to shoot pictures, develop flm,
make prints, and evaluate fnished photos.
They work in high schools, teaching stu-
dents the basics of shooting and printing
black-and-white photography. They also
teach at the college level, leading more ad-
vanced classes in photography techniques,
color flm developing and printing, art his-
tory, and digital imaging.
Depending on the type and level of
the class, some instructors may limit their
classes to lectures within the classroom, and
students are expected to shoot and develop
pictures on their own time. Other instructors
teach in the classroom a small percentage of
the time, lecturing on techniques and edu-
cating students about other photographers
work, and spend the remainder of class time
in the darkroom, teaching students how to
develop and print their flm.
Instructors show students how to use
the chemicals used to develop pictures,
how to use printing machines, called en-
largers, and how to take an exposed im-
age (on a piece of photo paper) and put it
through the chemical washes so it can be
developed and fxed so that it is no lon-
ger sensitive to light.
Instructors teach students how to ex-
amine their own work to fnd out how to
make improvements or adjustments by us-
ing tricks to salvage a poorly shot photo,
such as dodging and burning, which either
lessens or adds to the pictures exposure
time to light and makes it appear lighter or
darker in certain areas.
Besides teaching shooting and printing
techniques, instructors also encourage stu-
dents to be creative and passionate about
their work, to study the work of earlier
photographers for inspiration and tech-
nique, and to keep practicing.
While in high school, take all the pho-
tography classes that are offered. If your
school does not have a darkroom, consider
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Art, Chemistry
SAlAryrANgE
$32,730 to $64,820 to $108,500
OuTlOOk
Photographers
Photojournalists
Photo Lab Workers
L
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 148 7/16/09 1:05:03 PM
149
taking classes at your local community col-
lege or recreational center. Other art classes
are also helpful. To be a successful teacher,
you should be able to communicate well
with your students, so focus on English
and speech classes as well.
The level of postsecondary training
required depends on where you teach. In-
structors working at a community center or
private high school may need only some
background in photography to instruct a
class. However, if you plan to teach at a
public high school, you will need teacher
certifcation. If you want to teach at the
college level, you will most probably need
a masters of fne arts degree. Art schools
accredited by the National Association of
Schools of Art and Design are looked upon
highly by employers and art profession-
als. Visit its Web site, http://nasad.arts-ac-
credit.org, for school listings and contact
information.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for all postsec-
ondary teachers are expected to grow much
faster than the average through 2016, due
in part to new positions opening as teach-
ers retire. Demand for instructors should
remain strong in larger high schools, com-
munity colleges, and universities. In small-
er schools and community centers, because
photography is an expensive art form, de-
mand for photo instructors will depend on
the institutions budget.
ForMoreInformation
You can explore photography by taking
classes or just by practicing shooting flm
on your own. If you can clearly explain to
someone the many steps it takes for a roll
of flm to become a fnished print, you are
demonstrating good teaching skills. Talk to
a photo teacher about his or her training
and tips for fnding a job.
andDesign
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
NationalcouncilforAccreditationof
TeacherEducation
2010 Massachusetts Avenue, NW, Suite 500
202-466-7496
http://www.ncate.org
800-786-6277
http://www.ppa.com
SocietyforPhotographicEducation
2530 Superior Avenue, #403
Cleveland, OH 44114
216-622-2733
speoffce@spenational.org
http://www.spenational.org
During a feld trip, a photography
instructor asks his students to shoot
images of architecture. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 149 7/16/09 1:05:04 PM
150
Photojournalists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPhotojournalistsDo
Photojournalists, or news photographers,
shoot photographs that capture news
events. Their job is to tell a story with pic-
tures. They may cover a war in central Af-
rica, the Olympics, a national election, or a
small towns Fourth of July parade. In ad-
dition to shooting pictures, they also write
captions or other supporting text. Photo-
journalists may also develop and print pho-
tographs or edit flm. More and more pho-
tojournalists are using digital photography,
particularly for foreign assignments, since
the electronic images can be sent back to
the offce instantly using computers. They
may work for a wire service, for a publisher,
or for an international, national, regional,
or local magazine or newspaper. Freelance
photojournalists may work on a contract
basis and be hired to photograph certain
events, projects, or geographic areas. Some
freelancers research and shoot their own
photos and then sell them to publications.
In addition to experience and an out-
standing portfolio, photojournalists need
people skills, an eye for art and photogra-
phy, and a working knowledge of camera
and developing equipment. They also must
be able to work fexible hours, handle pres-
sure, write well, and perform research.
Some colleges and universities offer photo-
journalism majors, while others offer a jour-
nalism major with the option of taking ad-
ditional photography courses. A four-year
degree is recommended, but sometimes an
associates degree with the right experience
is suffcient. Aspiring photojournalists will
beneft from print journalism courses. More
than 400 colleges offer programs in journal-
ism leading to a bachelors degree. In these
schools, around three-fourths of a students
time is devoted to a liberal arts education
and one-fourth to the professional study of
journalism, with required courses such as
introductory mass media, basic reporting,
copy editing, history of journalism, and
press law and ethics. Students are encour-
aged to select other journalism courses ac-
cording to their specifc interests.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Art, Journalism
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$18,790 to $32,630 to $69,090
OuTlOOk
Photographers
Photo Lab Workers
Photo Stylists
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 150 7/16/09 1:05:06 PM
151
Journalism courses and programs are
also offered by more than 350 community
and junior colleges. Credit earned in com-
munity and junior colleges may be trans-
ferable to four-year programs in journalism
at other colleges and universities. Journal-
ism training may also be obtained in the
armed forces.
Outlook
Photojournalism is a highly competitive
feld. The number of people seeking full-
time positions is much greater than the
number of job openings. However, em-
ployment of photographers is expected to
increase as fast as the average.
Digital photography will affect the
employment of all photographers in the
coming years. Digital technology allows in-
dividual consumers and businesses to pro-
duce, store, and access photographic imag-
es, often without the help of professional
photographers. Declines in the newspaper
industry will also hurt the employment
prospects of photojournalists.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in a career in pho-
tojournalism, you should subscribe to
photographic newsletters and magazines,
join camera clubs, and seek summer or
part-time employment in camera stores,
newspapers, or photo studios. Join your
schools newspaper, and gain experi-
ence in both writing stories and taking
photographs.
AmericanSocietyofMediaPhotographers
215-451-2767
http://www.asmp.org
803-798-0271
NewspaperAssociationofAmerica
571-366-1000
http://www.naa.org
PhotoDistrictNews
New York, NY 10003-9522
646-654-5780
800-786-6277
http://www.ppa.com
SavannahcollegeofArtandDesign
PO Box 3146
800-869-7223
http://www.scad.edu
Did You Know?
Photojournalism started in the
early 1920s with the development
of easily transportable camera
equipment.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 151 7/16/09 1:05:07 PM
152
Photolab
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPhotolabWorkersDo
When a person with a camera takes a roll
of pictures and sends it to be developed at
a photographic laboratory, photo lab work-
ers transform that flm into photographs or
slides. Besides developing black-and-white
and color flm, photo lab workers also make
prints and slides and do related tasks such
as enlarging and retouching photographs.
Some workers run machines that develop
and print the flm, while others perform
these tasks by hand.
Automatic print developers tend ma-
chines that automatically develop flm and
fx, wash, and dry prints. The developers
check prints coming out of the machine
and refer those of doubtful quality to qual-
ity control workers.
Darkroom technicians develop the flm
by placing it in a series of chemical baths
and washing and drying the negative
when the image is clear. Workers operate
color printer machines that print continu-
ous rolls of color pictures from the nega-
tives. Or they take flm images and mount
them as slides. Workers also inspect prints
and slides to make sure they are good
reproductions.
When photographs do not turn out
as planned, certain photo lab workers are
called in to improve the quality of the fn-
ished product. Photographic retouchers, for
example, alter negatives and prints so that
desired objects are shown in greater detail
and unnecessary elements are removed.
Airbrush artists make damaged and faded
photographs look like new.
Photo lab workers are employed by
photo processing laboratories and photo-
graphic studios. The work keeps them on
their feet a lot, but it does not require great
physical strength. Workers may have to ad-
just machinery or work with chemicals.
High school graduates are preferred for
photographic laboratory jobs. Besides pho-
tography, courses in chemistry and math-
ematics are also recommended.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$16,230 to $24,220 to $51,790
OuTlOOk
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 152 7/16/09 1:05:09 PM
153
Although many technical and voca-
tional schools offer courses in photo pro-
cessing, most lab workers learn their skills
on the job. Working under the supervision
of experienced lab workers, beginners learn
how to make prints and slides and do oth-
er tasks. Those who operate machines may
pick up the necessary skills in a matter of
weeks, while those who work by hand may
need six or seven months to become suf-
fciently trained.
Outlook
Overall employment for photographic
laboratory workers is expected to grow
slower than the average through 2016. A
decline in employment is anticipated for
photographic process workers as a result
of the growth in digital photography. Most
openings will occur as a result of the need
to replace workers, especially machine
operators.
Although digital photography is grow-
ing in popularity among amateurs and
professionals, it is likely to coexist rather
than compete with traditional flm pho-
tography. However, as digital cameras and
image manipulation software continue to
drop in price and gain in popularity, the
need for photographic lab workers will
decrease.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, explore
photography while in high school. Many
schools have photography clubs, which
can provide you with valuable experience
in photo-developing techniques. Evening
courses in photography are offered in
many technical schools and adult educa-
tion programs.
PhotoMarketingAssociationInternational
3000 Picture Place
Jackson, MI 49201-8853
517-788-8100
http://www.pmai.org
800-786-6277
http://www.ppa.com NE
SocietyofPhoto-Technologists
International
11112 S. Spotted Road
Cheney, WA 99004-9038
888-662-7678
cc5@earthlink.net
http://www.spt.info
Photo lab workers work diligently to
develop photographic images. (Associated
Press)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 153 7/16/09 1:05:10 PM
154
PhotoStylists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage people
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPhotoStylistsDo
Photo stylists work with photographers, art
directors, models, and clients to create a vi-
sual image. They use props, backgrounds,
accessories, food, linens, clothing, cos-
tumes, and other set elements to create
these images. Much of the work they do
is for catalogs and newspaper advertising.
Stylists also work on flms and television
commercials.
Photo stylists use their resourcefulness
and artistic skills to set up a shot that will
help sell a clients product. They gather
props, such as lamps or table decorations.
They rent chairs and couches and then use
them to decorate the set where the shoot
will take place. For an outdoor scene, they
might use a sled or skiing equipment. Pho-
to stylists hire models and they may work
with other photo stylists and assistants to
style the hair and makeup of the models.
Photo stylists usually have a bag of
tricks that will solve problems or create
certain visual effects. Sometimes photo styl-
ists build and design props from scratch.
They may have to coordinate the entire
production, from fnding the location to
arranging accommodations. The best pho-
to stylists are versatile and creative enough
to come up with ideas and solutions on the
spot. If they cannot create or locate some-
thing, they have many contacts who can
help them out.
Photo stylists must be organized, cre-
ative, tasteful, resourceful, and have good
instincts. You will be working with a variety
of people, such as clients, models, and prop
suppliers, and therefore you need to have a
calm and supportive personality. Schedules
can be hectic and work is not always done
during normal business hours, so you need
fexibility, the ability to work under pres-
sure, and patience. Finally, an eye for detail
is a must.
There are a number of classes you can take
in high school to prepare for this work. Art
classes can help train your eye for design
and composition. Experience with building
and constructing displays will be of great
help. Skill with fabric, such as pressing and
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Art, Business
SAlAryrANgE
$15,860 to $31,870 to $71,240
OuTlOOk
Photographers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 154 7/16/09 1:05:12 PM
155
steaming clothes, doing minor alterations,
and needlework, are important in fashion
photo styling. If you are interested in hair
and makeup styling, you should take cours-
es in cosmetology. Interior design courses
will help you arrange room settings. A gen-
eral knowledge of photography, flm, and
lighting will help you communicate with
photographers.
There is no specifc training route you
must take to enter this feld. Some photo
stylists have attended art schools, receiving
degrees in photography. Many enter the
feld as apprentices to established stylists.
Apprentices usually work for two years or
more before taking clients on their own.
Outlook
The value of a good photo stylist is be-
coming more and more apparent to pho-
tographers and advertising clients. How-
ever, the outlook for employment for
stylists depends a great deal on their per-
severance and reputation. Larger cities are
the best places to fnd work, but there are
photo studios in nearly every community.
The employment of stylists is linked to
the health of the advertising, flm, video,
and commercial photography industries.
Technological advances, especially in
the areas of digital photography and pho-
to enhancement, may transform, but not
eliminate, the role of the photo stylist in
the future. Ultimately, though, maintain-
ing quality work is the best way to ensure
employment.
ForMoreInformation
There are many ways to explore this ca-
reer. Team up with friends and classmates
who are interested in photography or flm.
Offer to work on setting up shots. A back-
yard photo shoot can be a good way to learn
the elements involved with this career. If
your school has a theater department, offer
to work on set design or props for the next
show. Finally, join a photography club, and
learn the basics of taking pictures. This will
help you visualize what the photographer
sees through the lens.
AssociationofStylistsandcoordinators
18 East 18th Street, #5E
New York, NY 10003-1910
info@stylistsasc.com
http://www.stylistsASC.com
PhotoDistrictNews
New York, NY 10003-9522
646-654-5780
Photo stylists scramble to prep a model for
a photo shoot. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 155 7/16/09 1:05:13 PM
156
Physical
Education
Teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPhysicalEducation
TeachersDo
Physical education (PE) teachers instruct stu-
dents in kindergarten through grade 12
about physical ftness and health. Physical
education programs not only develop the
physical abilities of students but also help
them to develop personal attributes such as
self-discipline, sportsmanship, judgment,
communication skills, teamwork, self-con-
fdence, self-esteem, and the ability to set
and meet goals.
Elementary school physical education
teachers use educational games, basic
dance, gymnastics, and other activities to
help their students develop important mo-
tor skills such as throwing, jumping, skip-
ping, hopping, kicking, and catching.
Middle school physical education teach-
ers use traditional sports (such as volleyball
and basketball), adventure activities (such
as rock climbing, rope climbing, and ski-
ing), and leisure activities (such as inline
skating and biking) to help students stay
ft.
While continuing to educate students
about traditional, adventure, and leisure
activities, high school physical education
teachers focus on helping students establish
positive habits and attitudes about exercise
and ftness.
Special physical education is a feder-
ally mandated part of special education
services. Adapted physical education teachers
modify, adapt, and/or change a physical
activity so that it can be done by students
who have physical or mental disabilities.
After each class, physical education
teachers store equipment that was used dur-
ing class. They order supplies and new equip-
ment. They might also write up notes on
how students performed during the class.
Many PE teachers work as athletic
coaches. High school PE teachers may be
required to teach health classes as part of
their duties.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$36,520 to $61,060 to $99,400
OuTlOOk
Athletic Directors
Athletic Trainers
Sports Coaches
L
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 156 7/16/09 1:05:14 PM
157
You will need a minimum of a bachelors
degree in health and physical education to
work as a physical education teacher. An ad-
vanced degree is usually required to teach
physical education at the college level.
Voluntary teacher certifcation in physi-
cal education is available from the National
Board for Professional Teaching Standards
(NBPTS). Visit its Web site, http://www.nb-
pts.org/standards/nbcert.cfm, for informa-
tion. The American Board for Certifcation
of Teacher Excellence also offers voluntary
certifcation, and The National Consortium
for Physical Education and Recreation for
Individuals with Disabilities offers a vol-
untary certifcation program for adapted
physical education instructors.
Public school teachers must be li-
censed under regulations established by
the department of education of the state in
which they teach. Not all states require li-
censure for teachers in private or parochial
schools.
Outlook
Faster than average growth in employment
is expected for all preschool, elementary,
middle, and secondary school teachers
through 2016.
ForMoreInformation
By attending PE class, youve already gained
a good sense of the daily work of a physical
education teacher. You may also look into
coaching an athletic team, counseling at a
summer camp, or working part-time at a
ftness center.
AdaptedPhysicalEducationNational
Standards
Park Center, Room E224
SUNY Cortland
Box 2000
Cortland, NY 13045
607-753-4969
http://www.cortland.edu/apens
AmericanAllianceforhealth,Physical
Education,recreationandDance
Reston, VA 20191-1598
800-213-7193
http://www.aahperd.org
AmericanBoardforcertifcationofTeacher
Excellence
877-669-2228
http://www.abcte.org
NationalBoardforProfessionalTeaching
Standards
1525 Wilson Blvd. Ste. 500
Arlington, VA 22209
1-800-22TEACH (1-800-228-3224)
http://www.nbpts.org/
A physical education teacher speaks with
his class about the rules of basketball
before beginning drills. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 157 7/16/09 1:05:15 PM
158
Physical
Therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPhysicalTherapistsDo
Physical therapists help people who have
been injured or ill recover and relearn daily
living skills, such as walking, eating, and
bathing. They work with elderly people
who have had accidents or strokes, chil-
dren who have birth defects or disabilities,
and athletes who have been injured.
Physical therapists frst evaluate new pa-
tients to decide what treatment would help
them. The therapist works as part of a health
care team that may include the patients
physician or surgeon, nurse, occupational
therapist, and psychologist. After setting
treatment goals for the patient, the physical
therapist decides which methods to use.
If a patient has muscle damage in a leg,
for example, the physical therapist may
move the muscle through different mo-
tions and watch how the patient walks to
decide whether braces or specifc exercises
are needed. Other treatments include hy-
drotherapy (treatment using movement
through water), infrared lamps, heating
pads, ice, ultrasound, and electrical cur-
rent. Physical therapists also teach patients
and their families how to continue treat-
ment at home.
Many physical therapists work in hos-
pitals. Others work in private offces, nurs-
ing homes, rehabilitation centers, schools,
homes, and sports medicine clinics.
To work as a physical therapist, you
will need to enjoy working with people
and helping others to feel better, both
physically and emotionally. You also must
be committed to lifelong learning because
new developments in technology and
medicine mean that therapists must con-
tinually update their knowledge. It is also
a plus to have a positive attitude and an
outgoing personality.
You should attend a college accredited by
the Commission on Accreditation in Physi-
cal Therapy Education (CAPTE) to receive
the most thorough education. The CAPTE
now accredits only schools offering mas-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Masters degree
SAlAryrANgE
$48,530 to $69,760 to $100,080
OuTlOOk
Massage Therapists
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 158 7/16/09 1:05:18 PM
159
ters and doctoral degrees, and you will
need one of these degrees to practice phys-
ical therapy. Course work should include
classes in the humanities as well as those
geared for the profession, such as anato-
my, human growth and development, and
therapeutic procedures. Programs include
clinical experience in hospitals, home care
agencies, and nursing homes.
Upon graduating from an accredited
physical therapy educational program, all
physical therapists must successfully com-
plete a national examination. Other licens-
ing requirements vary by state. You need
to check with the licensing board of the
state in which you plan to work for specifc
information.
Outlook
Physical therapy is expected to grow faster
than the average through 2016. The me-
dian age of the American population is
rising, and this older group develops a
higher number of medical conditions that
cause physical pain and disability. Also,
advances in medical technology are allow-
ing people to live longer and recover from
illnesses and injuries.
In addition, the publics growing in-
terest in physical ftness has resulted in an
increasing number of athletic injuries re-
quiring physical therapy. In industry and
ftness centers, a growing interest in pain
and injury prevention also has created new
opportunities for physical therapists.
If enrollment in accredited physical
therapy programs remains at the current
level, there will be more openings for phys-
ical therapists than qualifed individuals to
fll them.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, read
books on physical therapy and the follow-
ing related subjects: massage, occupation-
al therapy, arts therapy, and anatomy. You
could also arrange a visit to a local hospi-
tal to try to speak to a physical therapy
professional. If someone you know has
ever been to see a physical therapist for
an injury, ask him or her about it, what
procedures and treatment courses were
used, and, most importantly, if the ther-
apy worked.
AmericanPhysicalTherapyAssociation
1111 North Fairfax Street
800-999-2782
http://www.apta.org
commissiononAccreditationinPhysical
TherapyEducation
accreditation@apta.org
http://www.apta.org
This physical therapy patient rubs a ball
under his foot during rehabilitation. (AJ
Photo/Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 159 7/16/09 1:05:19 PM
160
Physical
Therapy
Assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPhysicalTherapy
AssistantsDo
Physical therapy assistants assist physical
therapists in a variety of techniques to help
restore physical function in people with
injury, birth defects, or disease. Physical
therapy helps conditions such as muscu-
lar pain, spasm, and weakness; joint pain
and stiffness; and neuromuscular incoor-
dination. These conditions may be caused
by fractures, burns, amputations, arthritis,
nerve or muscle injuries, trauma, birth de-
fects, strokes, multiple sclerosis, cerebral
palsy, and other disorders.
Physical therapy assistants always work
under the direction of a qualifed physical
therapist. They help perform tests to evalu-
ate disabilities and determine the most
suitable treatment for the patient. Then, as
the treatment progresses, they routinely re-
port the patients condition to the physical
therapist through oral and written reports.
Physical therapy assistants guide pa-
tients through exercises. Active motions
are performed by the patient alone to
strengthen and train muscles. Passive exer-
cises are not performed by the patient but
instead an assistant moves the body part
through the motion to improve mobility
of the joint but not to strengthen muscle.
Physical therapy assistants sometimes
ask patients to perform exercises while ly-
ing in bed. In hydrotherapy, patients are
immersed in warm water to ease stiffness or
paralysis, improve circulation, relax tense
muscles, correct posture, or aid in breath-
ing (for those with lung problems). Other
treatments that physical therapy assistants
may administer include massages, ultra-
sound, and ultraviolet light. They use heat
treatment for those with arthritis or cold
applications for patients with swelling,
pain, or hemorrhages.
Physical therapy assistants train pa-
tients to walk with canes or crutches or to
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$26,470 to $43,470 to $61,780
OuTlOOk
Massage Therapists
Physical Therapists
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 160 7/16/09 1:05:21 PM
161
maneuver a wheelchair. They also teach
patients how to apply, remove, care for,
and cope with splints, braces, and artifcial
body parts. Sometimes physical therapy
personnel work with patients families to
educate them on how to provide simple
physical treatments and psychological sup-
port at home.
In addition, physical therapy assistants
may perform offce duties such as schedul-
ing patients, keeping records, handling in-
ventory, and ordering supplies.
To do this work, you need an associates
degree from an accredited physical thera-
py assistant program. These programs are
offered at community and junior colleges
and typically last two years. Information
about these programs can be found on the
Commission on Accreditation in Physical
Therapy Education (CAPTE) Web site listed
at the end of this article.
More than 40 states require regulation
of physical therapy assistants in the form
of registration, certifcation, or licensure.
Typically, students need to graduate from a
CAPTE-accredited program and pass a writ-
ten exam to become licensed. Because re-
quirements vary by state, you will need to
check with your states licensure board for
specifc information.
Outlook
Employment prospects are very good
for physical therapy assistants. Demand
for rehabilitation services is expected to
continue to grow much faster than the
average for all occupations, and the rate
of turnover among workers is relatively
high. Many new positions for physical
therapy assistants are expected to open
up as hospital programs that aid the dis-
abled expand and as long-term facilities
seek to offer residents more adequate ser-
vices. Legislation that requires appropriate
public education for all disabled children
also may increase the demand for physical
therapy services.
ForMoreInformation
While still in high school, you can experi-
ence this work by getting summer or part-
time employment or by volunteering in
the physical therapy department of a hos-
pital or clinic. Also, many schools, both
public and private, have volunteer assis-
tance programs for work with disabled
students. You can also gain direct experi-
ence by working with disabled children in
a summer camp.
AmericanPhysicalTherapyAssociation
1111 North Fairfax Street
800-999-2782
http://www.apta.org
commissiononAccreditationinPhysical
TherapyEducation
accreditation@apta.org
http://www.apta.org
Growth Field
ber of physical therapy assistants
to 80,000, an increase of about 32
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 161 7/16/09 1:05:22 PM

162
Physician
Assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPhysician
AssistantsDo
A physician assistant, or PA, provides many
of the same medical services as a physician,
especially when the medical treatment
called for is relatively routine. PAs inter-
view patients, perform physical examina-
tions, order laboratory tests, and suggest
medical treatment. PAs always work under
the supervision of a medical doctor.
A physician assistant often works with a
physician in an offce or at a hospital. The
PA interviews patients to fnd out about
their medical problems, performs a com-
plete medical examination to determine
what, if anything, is causing the problem,
and then recommends appropriate treat-
ment. In many states, PAs have the author-
ity to prescribe medications for patients,
independently or under the supervision of
physician. If a problem is unusual or serious,
PAs consult their supervising physicians.
PAs do not see only sick people. They
also meet with individuals to give them
advice on how to stay well and recognize
signs of illness. PAs often give advice on di-
ets and exercise routines.
To work as a physician assistant, you
must be able to work well with many dif-
ferent kinds of people, from supervising
physicians to the many different patients
you will see every day. In addition to being
a caring individual, you should also have a
strong desire to continue learning to keep
up with the latest medical procedures and
recertifcation requirements.
High school courses in biology, health,
chemistry, physics, and computer science
are a good foundation for further studies to
become a physician assistant.
Most states require that PAs complete
training at an educational program that
is approved by the Commission on Ac-
creditation of Allied Health Education
Programs. Admission requirements vary,
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Associates degree
SAlAryrANgE
$44,960 to $74,160 to $96,350
OuTlOOk
Medical Assistants
Nurses
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 162 7/16/09 1:05:25 PM
163
but two years of college courses in science
or health, and some health care experi-
ence, are usually the minimum require-
ments. More than half of all students,
however, have their bachelors or masters
degrees. Training programs take at least
two years and include course work in hu-
man anatomy and patient treatment and
clinical work under the supervision of a
physician.
Currently, all states require that PAs be
certifed by the National Commission on
Certifcation of Physician Assistants (NC-
CPA). To become certifed, applicants must
be graduates of an accredited PA program
and pass the Physician Assistants National
Certifying Examination. Once certifed,
PAs are required to complete 100 hours of
continuing medical education courses ev-
ery two years, and in addition they must
pass a recertifcation examination every six
years. Besides NCCPA certifcation, most
states also require that PAs register with the
state medical board.
Outlook
Employment growth for physician assis-
tants is expected to be much faster than the
Opportunities will be best in rural areas
and inner-city clinics, settings that often
have trouble attracting the most qualifed
candidates.
The role of the PA in delivering health
care has also expanded over the past de-
cade. PAs have taken on new duties and
responsibilities, and they now work in a
variety of health care settings.
ForMoreInformation
Serving as a volunteer in a hospital, clinic,
or nursing home is a good way to get expo-
sure to the health care profession. While in
college, you may be able to obtain a sum-
mer job as a hospital orderly, nurse assis-
tant, or medical clerk. Such jobs can help
you assess your interest in and suitability
for work as a PA.
AmericanAcademyofPhysicianAssistants
703-836-2272
aapa@aapa.org
http://www.aapa.org
Nationalcommissiononcertifcationof
PhysicianAssistants
12000 Findley Road, Suite 200
Duluth, GA 30097-1409
678-417-8100
nccpa@nccpa.net
http://www.nccpa.net
Physician assistants are a growing part
of the health-care system. They often
provide basic care in areas where there is
a shortage of physicians. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 163 7/16/09 1:05:26 PM
164
Physicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPhysiciansDo
Physicians diagnose and treat diseases and
disorders of the human body. A physician
may also perform surgery and often spe-
cializes in one aspect of medical care and
treatment. Physicians hold either a doctor
of medicine (M.D.) or osteopathic medi-
cine (D.O.) degree.
Most physicians work in private prac-
tice. They see patients by appointment in
their offces and in hospitals. Many physi-
cians are general practitioners or family prac-
titioners who provide medical services to
families and individuals, regardless of age
or gender. They perform routine checkups,
treat patients when they are sick or in-
jured, and give advice about diet, exercise,
and other health-related matters. Family
practitioners can diagnose and treat most
ailments. Some family practitioners set
broken bones, deliver babies, or perform
minor surgery.
When the patients problem is severe
or unusual, the family practitioner sends
the patient to a physician who specializes
in that disorder. For example, cardiologists
take care of patients with heart disease.
Physicians who treat diseases and problems
of the skin, hair, and nails are called der-
matologists. Internists treat diseases and in-
juries of the internal organs, including the
lungs, stomach, and kidneys. Pediatricians
care for children from birth to approxi-
mately the teenage years. Gynecologists and
obstetricians are concerned with the health
of a womans reproductive system. They
treat diseases and also provide care before,
during, and after childbirth. Surgeons per-
form operations that repair injuries, help
prevent disease, and improve the health of
a patient.
You must study and train for many years be-
fore you can practice medicine. After high
school, you must attend college. Some col-
leges offer a premedical course, but a good
general education, with as many science
courses as possible and a major in biology
or chemistry, is considered adequate prepa-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Health
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$47,930 to $94,540 to $155,150+
OuTlOOk
Cardiologists
Dermatologists
Pediatricians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 164 7/16/09 1:05:29 PM
165
ration for the study of medicine. Courses
should include physics, biology, inorganic
and organic chemistry, English, mathemat-
ics, and the social sciences.
After college, you must go to medical
school. In the frst two years of medical
school, you will learn about human anat-
omy, physiology, human cells, and pre-
scription drugs. During the last two years,
you will spend your time in a hospital and
become part of a medical team. Beginning
with basic tasks, you learn medical skills by
practicing them under the close supervi-
sion of licensed physicians. You also learn
about medical specialties, such as pediat-
rics, psychiatry, obstetrics and gynecology,
surgery, and family practice.
Once you receive your medical de-
gree (M.D.), you must pass a test to be li-
censed to practice. Most states require all
new M.D.s to complete at least one year of
postgraduate training, and a few require an
internship plus a one-year residency. If you
decide to specialize, you will spend from
three to seven years in advanced residency
training plus another two or more years of
practice in the specialty. Then you must
pass a specialty board examination to be-
come a board-certifed M.D. The residency
years are stressful; residents often work 24-
hour shifts and put in 80 hours or more per
week.
Outlook
Employment growth for physicians is ex-
all other occupations. Population growth,
particularly among the elderly, is a factor
in the demand for physicians. Another fac-
tor contributing to the predicted increase
is the widespread availability of medical
insurance, through both private plans and
public programs.
ForMoreInformation
To explore the medical feld while in high
school, volunteer at a local hospital, clinic,
or nursing home. This is a good way to learn
what its like to work around health care pro-
fessionals and patients. You should also read
as much as possible about the profession,
including books on anatomy, medicine, dis-
eases, health and ftness, and nutrition.
AmericanAcademyofFamilyPhysicians
PO Box 11210
Shawnee Mission, KS 66207-1210
800-274-2237
http://www.aafp.org
800-621-8335
AssociationofAmericanMedicalcolleges
2450 N Street, NW
202-828-0400
amcas@aamc.org
http://www.aamc.org
Physicians talk with their patients during
their checkups to better understand how
a patients health might be affected by his
or her lifestyle. (Monkey Business Images/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 165 7/16/09 1:05:29 PM
166
Physicists
SkillS Spotlight
What they do
Communicate ideas
Skills they need
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
What Physicists Do
Physicists study the laws of nature and learn
how to use these laws in practical ways.
Some teach in high schools and colleges,
some work for the federal government,
and some work for industrial laboratories.
Wherever they work, physicists spend a
great deal of time doing research, perform-
ing experiments, and studying the results.
Physicists are concerned with the
special properties of matter (solids, liq-
uids, and gases) and energy. Theoretical
physicists try to understand how matter
and energy work. For example, they may
study electrical or nuclear energy, defne
the laws of each, and then write them up
in mathematical formulas. Experimental
physicists perform experiments that mea-
sure chemical and physical reactions of
various kinds of matter and energy. These
physicists then use their results to discov-
er new and practical ways to use matter
or energy. For example, they may work in
the communications industries, such as
television, telephone, or radio, to invent
technologies for better pictures or better
sound.
Physicists work in many areas. Some
study atoms to learn the secrets of nuclear
energy. Others work with engineers to fnd
the best ways to build bridges and dams.
Others conduct experiments for petroleum
companies to fnd better ways to obtain,
refne, and use crude oil. Physicists are im-
portant to the space program. They study
the properties of matter and energy in
space and even design and test spaceships.
They often work with other scientists, such
as chemists, biologists, and geologists. Bio-
physics and geophysics are two felds of
science that were created when these scien-
tists began to work together.
Physicists may specialize in mechanics,
heat, optics (light), acoustics (sound), elec-
tricity and magnetism, electronics, particle
physics (atoms and molecules), nuclear
physics, and physics of fuids. All physicists
must have keen powers of observation and
a strong curiosity about the world around
them. To be a physicist, you will need to be
detail oriented and precise. You must have
c
School SubjectS
Bachelors degree
Salary range
$51,730 to $97,020 to $132,240+
outlook
Astronomers
Geologists
Geophysicists
Mathematicians
Optical Engineers
n
167
patience and perseverance and be self-mo-
tivated. Because of the nature of the work,
you should be able to work alone or on a
research team.
With a bachelors degree, you may be able
to fnd a basic research job. If you have a
teaching certifcate, you can teach in sec-
ondary school. However, the more chal-
lenging and rewarding jobs go to physicists
who have masters degrees and doctorates.
Many of the most able physicists go on to
complete postdoctoral education.
If you plan to teach physics at the sec-
ondary school level, you will need to meet
the certifcation requirements for teaching
(established by the state department of edu-
cation in each state). Because different states
have different certifcation requirements,
you should research the requirements for
the state in which you hope to teach.
Outlook
Employment for physicists is expected
to grow more slowly than the average
through 2016. Federal funds, the primary
source of revenue for some research, may
be limited. Government research, particu-
larly in the Departments of Defense and
Energy, as well as in civilian physics-relat-
ed research will create more opportunities
for physicists. The need to replace retiring
workers will account for almost all new
job openings.
Opportunities in private industry are
expected to grow, in areas such as comput-
er technology, semiconductor technology,
and other applied sciences. Job candidates
with doctoral degrees have the best chanc-
es of fnding work.
ForMoreInformation
To explore this career, ask your science
teachers to assign some physics experi-
ments. You could also join a science club or
start one if your school does not have such
a group already. Enter projects in science
fairs. If your school does not have a science
fair, you may fnd fairs sponsored by your
school district, state, or a science society.
One Physics Ellipse
301-209-3100
http://www.aip.org
canadianAssociationofPhysicists
Suite 112, MacDonald Building
150 Louis Pasteur Avenue
University of Ottawa
Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5 Canada
613-562-5614
cap@uottawa.ca
http://www.cap.ca
FermiNationalAcceleratorlaboratory
PO Box 500
Batavia, IL 60510-5011
630-840-3000
http://www.fnal.gov
Fast Fact
Physicists Thomas Fink and
Yong Mao used analytical tech-
niques to determine that there
are 85 ways to tie a tie, but that
only 10 are truly effective. They
range from a simple four-move
knot to one that is a ten-move
nightmare.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 167 7/16/09 1:05:30 PM
168
Pilots
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatPilotsDo
Pilots operate aircraft, transporting pas-
sengers, freight, and mail and performing
other commercial duties. The best-known
pilots are commercial airline pilots, who fy
for large airlines. These individuals are in
command of their crew, the plane, and the
passengers during the time the plane is in
motion on the runway and in the air.
Pilots frst check the weather, fight
conditions, and the fight plan, which is
approved by the Federal Aviation Admin-
istration (FAA) and air traffc control per-
sonnel. On board, the pilot and copilot
(the pilots assistant) test the instruments,
controls, and electronic and mechanical
systems. The pilot then gets orders from a
dispatcher and positions the plane on the
proper runway for takeoff.
Much of the time the plane is in the air
it is fown by an electronic device called an
automatic pilot. The pilot and copilot con-
tinue to make radio reports to the ground,
checking altitude, speed, weather condi-
tions, and other details. Before landing, the
pilot rechecks landing gear and requests
landing clearance from air traffc control-
lers. When weather conditions are poor and
the crew cannot see the runway, the captain
may have to land the plane guided only by
the planes landing instruments.
There are many other kinds of pilots be-
sides those who fy commercial aircraft. Ag-
ricultural pilots spray crops with pesticides
to control insects and weeds. They also
circle felds to spray fertilizer to help plants
grow. Helicopter pilots transport passengers
from jet airports to city centers. Helicopters
are also used in rescue service, sightseeing,
conservation service, traffc reporting, and
aerial photography.
Sound physical and emotional health
is essential to have if you are interested in
becoming a pilot. Emotional stability is
necessary because the safety of other peo-
ple depends upon your ability to remain
calm and levelheaded, no matter how try-
ing the situation. You must have 20/20
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$56,540 to $85,340 to $148,810
OuTlOOk
About as fast as average
Astronauts
Flight Attendants
Military Workers
X
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 168 7/16/09 1:05:31 PM
169
vision with or without glasses, good hear-
ing, normal heart rate and blood pressure,
and no physical handicaps that could hin-
der performance.
All prospective pilots must complete high
school. A college preparatory curriculum is
recommended because most airlines prefer
college graduates. In college, study meteo-
rology, algebra, and geometry.
Pilots must meet strict training require-
ments, especially to work for commercial
airlines. After fight instruction, you must
pass a written exam and accumulate 250
hours of fying time. Then you can apply
for a commercial airline pilots license. To
receive this license, you must pass a physi-
cal exam and a written exam given by the
FAA. With this license, you can apply for a
copilots position with an airline. Airlines
have their own requirements, which often
include up to 1,500 hours of fight time.
Outlook
Experts predict that employment growth
for commercial pilots will be about as fast
2016. The entire airline industry has been
going through changes. More than 100,000
airline employees were laid off after the
2001 terrorist attacks. To keep from going
bankrupt, many airlines will undergo re-
structuring that will involve more layoffs
and hiring freezes.
Employment opportunities are expect-
ed to be better with regional and low-fare
airlines because they are growing faster
than the larger, well-known carriers.
ForMoreInformation
At 16 years of age, you may start taking fy-
ing lessons. One of the most valuable expe-
riences for high school students who want
to be pilots is to learn to be a ham radio
operator, which is one of the qualifcations
for commercial fying. For more informa-
tion on this, contact the American Radio
Relay League (http://www.arrl.org).
AirlinePilotsAssociation,Intl.
703-689-2270
http://www.alpa.org
AirTransportAssociationofAmerica
202-626-4000
ata@airlines.org
866-835-5322
http://www.faa.gov
Fast Fact
Chesley Sullenberger logged
more than 19,000 mostly un-
eventful hours in his pilot-
ing career before he made an
emergency landing of US Air-
ways Flight 1549 in the Hudson
River in 2009.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 169 7/16/09 1:05:31 PM
170
Pipeftters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Self-management
WhatPipefttersDo
Pipeftters are craftspeople who work in the
construction industry. Also called ftters,
they install and repair the pipes that carry
gas, oil, steam, or air into industrial build-
ings. They also install the pipelines that
carry gas into private homes. Water heating
systems, refrigeration systems, and air-con-
ditioning systems are all installed by pip-
eftters. Sprinkler ftters are specialists who
concentrate on pipes, pumps, valves, and
tanks associated with fre extinguishing.
Pipeftters work in many different
places. They may install piping systems in
power plants, petroleum refneries, or ships
and submarines. They may be called upon
to put an entirely new piping system in an
old building or to install the piping in a
new building that is under construction.
First, pipeftters measure the space
where a pipe is to be installed and then use
cutters to cut the right length of pipe. They
use pipe threaders to attach pipes together.
If a pipe needs to be bent, ftters use bend-
ing equipment to bend it to the proper
angle. Once the pipes are in place, ftters
test them to make sure they are all tightly
sealed and do not leak by forcing water, air,
or other gases into the piping system.
Pipeftting is hard physical labor. Fit-
ters often work in small, tight spaces and
may have to stand for long periods of
time. Because they must lift heavy piping
and other materials, they sometimes suffer
from strained muscles.
Pipeftters learn their trade through ap-
prenticeship programs or simply through
on-the-job experience. Most apprentice-
ships consist of four years of on-the-job
training with at least 144 hours of class-
room instruction each year. Classroom
subjects include drafting, blueprint read-
ing, mathematics, chemistry, physics, and
building regulations. After working as an
apprentice, ftters move up to the rank of
journeyworker.
To apply for an apprenticeship, you
must be a high school graduate in good
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrANgE
$21,990 to $27,520 to $41,350
OuTlOOk
Appliance Repairers
Plumbers
/
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 170 7/16/09 1:05:32 PM
171
health and at least 18 years old. High
school courses that provide a good back-
ground are shop, drafting, blueprint read-
ing, and chemistry.
Those who train informally while on
the job usually need fve years to learn all
the proper skills, such as how to cut pipes
and install boilers, hot water systems, heat-
ing and air-conditioning systems, and
power plant piping systems.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for pipeftters
are expected to grow at a rate about as fast
as the average for all jobs. Construction
projects are usually only short-term in na-
ture, and more pipeftters will fnd steady
work in renovation, repair, and mainte-
nance. Since pipework is becoming more
important in large industries, more workers
will be needed for installation and mainte-
nance work, especially where refrigeration
and air-conditioning equipment are used.
Although employment may fuctuate with
local economic conditions, job opportuni-
ties should be excellent because there are
not enough trained people to fll available
positions.
ForMoreInformation
Although opportunities for direct experi-
ence in this occupation are rare for those
in middle school or high school, there
are ways to explore the feld. Speaking to
an experienced plumber or pipeftter will
give you a clearer picture of day-to-day
work in this feld. Pursuing hobbies with
a mechanical aspect will help you deter-
mine how much you enjoy doing hands-
on work.
AmericanSubcontractorsAssociation
1004 Duke Street
703-684-3450
ASAoffce@asa-hq.com
http://www.asaonline.com
2300 Wilson Blvd., Suite 400
703-548-3118
info@acg.org
http://www.agc.org
Association
PO Box 6808
800-533-7694
naphcc@naphcc.org
unitedAssociationofjourneymen
andApprenticesofthePlumbingand
PipefttingIndustryoftheunitedStates
andcanada
United Association Building
Three Park Place
202-628-5823
http://www.ua.org
These pipeftters are laying pipes on
a construction site. (Kim D. French/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 171 7/16/09 1:05:33 PM
172
Plasterers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatPlasterersDo
Plasterers apply coats of plaster to the walls
and ceilings inside buildings. Plaster produc-
es a fre-resistant and somewhat soundproof
surface. Plasterers also work on the exteri-
ors of buildings, applying a type of plaster
known as stucco or a type of exterior insula-
tion made of acrylic, Styrofoam, and chemi-
cals. Some plasterers do ornamental forming
and casting work to create intricate build-
ing decorations out of plaster. Plasterers ap-
ply plaster directly to masonry, wire mesh,
wood, or lath (supportive reinforcement
made of wood, gypsum board, and metal).
First, plasterers apply a border of plas-
ter around the edges of a surface. When the
border has hardened, the rest of the surface
is flled in with two coats of plaster. Plas-
terers then smooth the surface and level it.
Finally, they apply a third coat of plaster.
They fnish this coat to a satin smoothness
so that it can be painted or covered with
wallpaper.
Sometimes, plasterers work with wall-
board, which are prefnished sheets of
plaster. Plasterers cut the wallboard to the
desired height and width and then attach
it to ceilings and interior walls. This is a
much faster method of plastering than ap-
plying wet plaster in coats.
Plasterers who work on exterior walls
may be called stucco masons. Stucco ma-
sons apply a decorative coat of plas-
ter that consists of white cement and
sand. This type of plaster is weather resis-
tant. It is mixed in many different colors
and textures and is often applied with a
spray gun.
Molding plasterers create decorated
plaster shapes. For example, a doorway
may have a frame around it that looks like
hand-carved wood but is actually made of
molded plaster.
To be a plasterer, you should be in good
physical condition and have a high degree
of manual dexterity.
Although a high school or trade school
education is not mandatory, it is highly
recommended. In high school or vocation-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$18,670 to $36,470 to $67,160
OuTlOOk
Chemical Engineers
Molders
Plastics Engineers
/
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 172 7/16/09 1:05:33 PM
173
al school, you should take art classes, me-
chanical drawing, drafting, woodwork, and
other shop courses. Classes in mathemat-
ics will sharpen your skills in the applied
mathematics of layout work.
Apprenticeships are a standard method
of training for this career. You must be at
least 17 years old to enter an apprenticeship
program. The program consists of three to
four years of carefully supervised on-the-
job experience and classroom instruction.
At the end of the apprenticeship program,
the apprentice becomes a journeyworker
plasterer.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for plasterers
are expected to increase at a rate about as
fast as the average. Employment prospects
for plasterers usually rise and fall with the
economy.
Recent improvements in both plaster-
ing materials and methods of application
are expected to increase the scope of the
craft and create more job opportunities.
More lightweight plasters are being used
because of their excellent soundproof-
ing, acoustical, and freproofng quali-
ties. Machine plastering, insulating, and
freproofng are becoming more wide-
spread, and the use of plaster veneer or
high-density plaster in creating a fnished
surface is being used increasingly in new
buildings.
ForMoreInformation
To observe plasterers at work, ask your
school counselor or teacher to arrange a
feld trip to a construction site. An excellent
frsthand experience in this trade would be
to obtain a part-time or summer job as a
plasterers helper or laborer.
AssociationoftheWallandceiling
Industry
513 West Broad Street, Suite 210
703-538-1600
http://www.awci.org
InternationalInstituteforlathandPlaster
Lath and Plaster Information Bureau
PO Box 1663
Lafayette, CA 94549-1663
925-283-5160
http://www.iilp.org
InternationalunionofBricklayersand
Alliedcraftworkers
620 F Street NW
888-880-8222
askbac@bacweb.org
http://www.bacweb.org
OperativePlasterersandcementMasons
InternationalAssociation
11720 Beltsville Drive, Suite 700
Beltsville, MD 20705-1618
301-623-1000
opcmiaintl@opcmia.org
http://www.opcmia.org
Fast Fact
plasterers working in the Unit-
ed States as of 2006, the lat-
est year for which statistics are
available.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 173 7/16/09 1:05:34 PM
174
Plastics
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPlasticsEngineersDo
Plastics engineers play a signifcant role in
the manufacturing, fabrication, and end-
use of existing plastics materials. They de-
velop new plastic materials, processes, and
equipment. Depending on the specifc pro-
cess involved, plastics engineers develop
everything from the initial part design to
the processes and automation required to
produce parts.
Plastics engineers apply their skills to a
variety of industries. They help those in the
medical feld develop the plastics materials
that are part of artifcial hearts, replace-
ment limbs, and even artifcial skin. Plas-
tics engineers may work in the construc-
tion industry to formulate less-expensive,
fre-resistant plastics for use in the building
of houses, offces, and factories. They also
may be hired to develop new types of bio-
degradable packaging substances that are
friendly to the environment, therefore re-
ducing pollution.
Plastics engineers perform a variety of
duties during their workday. They solve
internal production problems with mate-
rials or parts and handle design problems
that may occur due to design error or the
improper choice of materials. They over-
see manufacturing to ensure that accurate
and precise parts are created and that the
products are handled and packaged in the
most effcient and cost-effective manner
possible.
To be a successful plastics engineer, you
need to have good mechanical aptitude to
develop the plastics parts and the tooling
necessary to develop these parts. You must
have thorough knowledge of the properties
of plastic and of the processes that occur.
You also must be imaginative and creative
in order to be able to solve any problems
that might arise.
Because plastics engineering is a relatively
new feld, educational requirements vary
greatly depending on the company engi-
neers work for and the processes in which
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Chemistry, Computer science
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$56,280 to $85,460 to $135,560
OuTlOOk
Chemical Engineers
n
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 174 7/16/09 1:05:34 PM
175
they are involved. In the past, many plas-
tics engineers received their education
through on-the-job training, but increas-
ingly a college degree in plastics technol-
ogy or chemical or general engineering will
be necessary to gain employment at the
best companies.
Follow your high schools college prep
program by taking classes in English, gov-
ernment, foreign language, and history.
You should also take drafting and other
classes that involve you directly with de-
sign and manufacturing.
To pursue an associates or bachelors
degree in plastics engineering, you should
contact the Society of the Plastics Indus-
try or the Society of Plastics Engineers for
information about two- and four-year pro-
grams. Plastics programs are sometimes
listed under polymer science, polymer
engineering, materials science, and mate-
rials engineering. Certain branches of the
military also provide training in plastics
engineering.
Outlook
to grow more slowly than the average
through 2016. The best job opportunities
will be in professional, scientifc, and tech-
nical industries.
As more plastics products are substitut-
ed for glass, paper, and metal products and
parts, plastics engineers will be needed to
oversee design and production processes.
Plastics engineers will increasingly be re-
quired to develop environmentally friend-
ly products and processes and play a role
in developing easily recyclable products for
certain industries.
ForMoreInformation
If you are a high school student, you may
seek to join the Junior Engineering Tech-
nical Society (JETS), a program that pro-
vides organized engineering-related activi-
ties. JETS allows young people to practice
problem solving and scientifc reasoning
and gain actual real-life experience in the
world of engineering. Visit the JETS Web
site for more information (http://www.
jets.org).
SocietyofPlasticsEngineers
14 Fairfeld Drive
PO Box 403
Brookfeld, CT 06804-0403
203-775-0471
info@4spe.org
http://www.4spe.org
SocietyofthePlasticsIndustry
202-974-5200
http://www.socplas.org
Did You Know?
Tefon was developed in 1938 by
engineer Roy Plunkett. This mate-
rial is used in non-stick cookware,
communication cables, and com-
puter chips.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 175 7/16/09 1:05:35 PM
176
Plastics
Products
Manufacturing
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPlasticsProducts
Plastics are used in countless objects, in-
cluding dishes, toys, signs, insulation,
appliance parts, automobile parts, and
combs. Plastics products manufacturing work-
ers mold, cast, and assemble products made
of plastic.
The plastics industry employs workers
with many different skills. Blenders or color
mixers measure, heat, and mix materials to
produce or color plastic materials. Grinding
machine operators run machines that grind
particles of plastic into smaller pieces for
processing. Pilling-machine operators form
plastics powder into pellets for further pro-
cessing. Foam-machine operators spray ther-
moplastic resins onto conveyor belts to
make plastic foam. Plastics form makers and
plastics pattern makers make the molds and
patterns that determine the fnal shape of
fnished plastic objects.
Many workers operate molding ma-
chines that actually form plastic objects.
Injection molders run machines that frst
liquefy plastic powders or pellets. This liq-
uid plastic is then injected into a mold and
allowed to harden. The result is a molded
plastic object. Extruder operators set up and
operate machines that form plastics into
tubes, rods, and flm by drawing the liquid
plastic through dies. Blow-molding machine
operators run machines that mold such ob-
jects as bleach bottles by puffng air into
plastic to expand it.
Inspectors inspect and test manufactured
products for strength, size, and uniformity.
The most experienced workers act as manu-
facturing supervisors. The least experienced
often work as manufacturing laborers. They
help haul, clean, and assemble materials,
equipment, and products.
To work in this feld, you must have
mechanical aptitude and manual dexterity
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$21,370 to $32,550 to $48,050
OuTlOOk
Coremakers
Molders
Plastics Engineers
_
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 176 7/16/09 1:05:35 PM
177
to work well with tools and various materi-
als. Lifting equipment and materials takes
some strength, and workers who operate
machines stand much of the time.
Take courses in mathematics, chemistry,
physics, computer science, shop, drafting,
and mechanical drawing to prepare for a
career as a plastics products manufacturing
worker.
Although you need a high school diplo-
ma to enter the feld, you will learn most of
your skills on the job. Some colleges offer
associates or bachelors degrees in plastics
technology. Job seekers with these degrees
have a defnite competitive advantage and
may also advance more quickly.
Another training option is to partici-
pate in an apprenticeship. Programs in tool
and die making for plastics last four or fve
years and include both classroom instruc-
tion and on-the-job training.
Certifcation is not required of plastics
technicians, but the National Certifcation
in Plastics program is available through
the Society of the Plastics Industry. As in-
dustry equipment becomes more complex,
employers may prefer to hire only certifed
technicians.
Outlook
The overall employment growth for many
types of plastics products manufacturing
workers is expected to be slower than the
The slowing growth is due in part to the
use of labor-saving machines and improved
technology such as computer-controlled
machine tools and robots, which will re-
place manual machine operators with few-
er skills. Lower paid foreign competition is
also having an impact on jobs.
ForMoreInformation
Many high schools are beginning to offer
vocational programs and other apprentice-
ship opportunities. Some of these programs
have courses geared specifcally toward
preparation for the plastics industry.
Americanchemistrycouncil
1300 Wilson Boulevard
703-741-5000
http://www.plastics.org
NationalcertifcationinPlastics
202-974-5214
http://www.certifyme.org
202-974-5214
http://www.plasticsindustry.org
Fast Fact
Plastics are important to the
medical feld. For example,
doctors and nurses scrubs are
made of plastics that stop the
spread of germs.
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 177 7/16/09 1:05:36 PM
178
Plastics
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPlasticsTechniciansDo
Plastics technicians work with engineers, sci-
entists, and manufacturers in the plastics
industry. They help to develop, manufac-
ture, apply, and market plastics products.
Plastics technicians perform a variety
of jobs. The frst is research and develop-
ment. Technicians work in laboratories to
create new plastics materials or to improve
existing materials. Research and development
technicians study chemical reactions, test
new materials, evaluate test results, keep
detailed records of their work, and use
these records to write reports.
Plastics technicians also work as mold
and tool makers. Many plastics objects are
formed in molds. Technicians design these
molds according to manufacturing guide-
lines. Technicians also design tools and ma-
chines to aid the manufacturing process.
Technicians play an important role in
the manufacturing of plastics products.
Some technicians install molds, monitor
the molding process, maintain production
schedules, and test raw materials and fn-
ished products.
The plastics industry also employs
technicians as sales and service workers.
Some sell plastics materials to manufac-
turers. Others work for manufacturers of
the machinery used in plastics produc-
tion, and some work for molding, lami-
nating, and fabricating companies. They
sell the services of their companies to any-
one who needs molded, laminated, or fab-
ricated plastics products.
To be a successful plastics technician,
you should have good hand-eye coordina-
tion and manual dexterity to perform a va-
riety of tasks. You should also have good
communication skills, since you must in-
teract with a variety of coworkers including
various engineers, chemists, supervisors,
designers, estimators, and other techni-
cians. You must be able to follow both oral
and written instructions to be able to cre-
ate a product according to precise specifca-
tions and demands.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
SAlAryrANgE
$27,030 to $35,320 to $46,360
OuTlOOk
Chemical Engineers
Molders
Plastics Engineers
_
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 178 7/16/09 1:05:36 PM
179
educational requirement for a career as a
plastics technician, but this will qualify
you only for the most basic positions. Help-
ful courses include algebra, geometry, and
trigonometry. Laboratory sciences, includ-
ing organic chemistry and physics, also are
recommended, as are mechanical drawing
and shop courses.
Plastics programs are offered by com-
munity colleges, technical institutes, and
vocational schools. Some schools include
plastics courses as part of mechanical or
chemical technicians programs. Also, an
increasing number of colleges offer bache-
lors degrees in plastics technology.
Another training option is to partici-
pate in an apprenticeship program or an
in-plant training program. As part of the
learning experience, it is possible to par-
ticipate in cooperative education or work-
study programs. This is a joint venture
between the school and the industry in
which you can work a limited number of
hours per month and often receive college
credit.
Outlook
The plastics industry is currently suffering
from the effects of a slowing economy and
higher production costs. The U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor projects that employment
in the plastics industry will grow slower
than the average through 2016. Work-
ers with technical and advanced degrees
will have the best opportunities. Market-
ing and sales occupations are expected to
decline.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your high school counselor to arrange
visits to community colleges, vocational-
technical schools, and universities that
offer technical programs. Tours of labora-
tories, shops, and classrooms can provide
frsthand information on the nature of the
courses. Part-time or summer employment
at a plastics-production factory is also an
option.
PlasticsInstituteofAmericaInc.
600 Suffolk Street
CVIP, 2nd Floor South
Lowell, MA 01854-3917
978-934-3130
contactus@plasticsinstitute.org
http://www.plasticsinstitute.org
SocietyofPlasticsEngineers
14 Fairfeld Drive
PO Box 403
Brookfeld, CT 06804-0403
203-775-0471
info@4spe.org
http://www.4spe.org
202-974-5214
http://www.socplas.org
This plastics technician is making a socket
for a prosthetic limb. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 179 7/16/09 1:05:37 PM
180
Plumbers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPlumbersDo
Plumbers install and repair water, drainage,
waste, and ventilation systems in homes
and commercial buildings. They also install
fxtures such as sinks and toilets and appli-
ances such as washing machines. Plumbers
may fx broken or rusted pipes and repair
bathtubs, garbage disposals, water heaters,
and dishwashers. They sometimes install or
service septic tanks, cesspools, and sewers.
When a new building is under con-
struction, plumbers are part of the con-
struction team. They work from blue-
prints or drawings that show the planned
location of pipes, plumbing fxtures, and
appliances. They lay out the job to ft the
piping into the structure. They measure
and mark areas where pipes will be in-
stalled and connected. Before the walls are
completed, they install water pipes and
heating and air-conditioning units. They
also connect radiators, water heaters, and
plumbing fxtures.
Once plumbers know what size a pipe
has to be, they cut it and bend it to the
proper angle. They join pipe pieces by weld-
ing, caulking, or screwing them together.
To test for leaks, they fll the pipes with air
or water and look for problem spots.
Plumbers use a number of tools in their
work. These include wrenches, drills, ham-
mers, chisels, power machines for cutting
and bending metal, and torches and other
welding equipment.
To work as a plumber, you should enjoy
solving a variety of problems and should
not object to being called on during eve-
nings, weekends, or holidays to perform
emergency repairs. As in most service oc-
cupations, you should be able to get along
well with all kinds of people.
There are two ways to become a plumber.
One is to become an apprentice, and the
other is to train on the job. A high school
diploma is especially important for getting
into a good apprenticeship program. High
school preparation should include courses
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrANgE
$26,550 to $44,090 to $75,070
OuTlOOk
Carpenters
Cement Masons
Pipeftters
/
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 180 7/16/09 1:05:37 PM
181
in mathematics, chemistry, and physics as
well as some shop courses.
To be considered for the apprenticeship
program, individuals must pass an exami-
nation administered by the state employ-
ment agency and have their qualifcations
approved by the local joint labor-manage-
ment apprenticeship committee.
The apprenticeship program for plumb-
ers consists of four years of carefully planned
activity combining direct training with at
least 144 hours of formal classroom instruc-
tion each year. The program is designed to
give apprentices diversifed training by hav-
ing them work for several different plumb-
ing or pipeftting contractors.
On-the-job training, on the other
hand, usually consists of working for fve
or more years under the guidance of an
experienced craftworker. Trainees begin as
helpers until they acquire the necessary
skills and knowledge for more diffcult
jobs. Frequently, they supplement this by
taking trade (or correspondence) school
courses.
A license is required for plumbers in
many areas. To obtain this license, plumb-
ers must pass a special examination to dem-
onstrate their knowledge of local building
codes as well as their all-around knowledge
of the trade. To become a plumbing con-
tractor in most areas, a master plumbers
license must be obtained.
Outlook
Employment growth for plumbers is ex-
for all jobs through 2016. Employment op-
portunities fuctuate with local economic
conditions.
ForMoreInformation
Read Basic Plumbing by Stanley Books, ed.
(Meredith Books, 2002) and Code Check
Plumbing: A Field Guide to Plumbing Codes
by Redwood Kardon et al. (Taunton Press,
2000).
Association
PO Box 6808
800-533-7694
naphcc@naphcc.org
unitedAssociationofjourneymen
andApprenticesofthePlumbingand
PipefttingIndustryoftheunitedStates
andcanada
United Association Building
Three Park Place
202-628-5823
http://www.ua.org
Plumbers fx and install the fxtures and
pipes that carry water into and out of
buildings. Here, a plumber is fxing the
foat in a toilet tank. (Lisa F. Young/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 181 7/16/09 1:05:38 PM
182
Podiatrists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Integrity/honesty
Speaking/listening
WhatPodiatristsDo
Podiatrists are doctors who take care of peo-
ples feet and lower legs. They work in pri-
vate offces or on the staffs of hospitals or
clinics, or they teach at universities.
The most common problems they
treat are bunions, calluses, warts, and skin
diseases such as athletes foot. Podiatrists
may frst take an X ray or give a blood
test to diagnose the exact problem. Treat-
ment options include corrective shoes,
drugs and medication, physical therapy,
or surgery.
Some podiatrists specialize in such ar-
eas as orthopedics (bone, muscle, and joint
problems), podopediatrics (childrens foot
ailments), or podogeriatrics (foot disorders
of the elderly).
Podiatrists are trained to recognize and
treat problems that may not be specifc to
the foot. Because the feet are the farthest
point from the heart, they often show
signs of certain diseases not directly related
to the feet. Diabetes, heart disease, and ar-
thritis can show up frst as foot problems.
A reduced blood supply to the feet may be
an early symptom that appears.
The feet provide the ability to walk
and run. Athletic injuries and problems
are common. Early treatment can prevent
further injury and damage, and some po-
diatrists specialize in this area. Sometimes
podiatrists recommend using a special shoe
insert that evens the balance of weight be-
tween the feet, provides better arch sup-
port, or protects against twisting weak an-
kle muscles.
As a podiatrist, you must have a ca-
pacity to understand and apply scientifc
fndings, the skill to manipulate delicate
instruments, and, if you eventually have
your own practice, good business skills.
Most importantly, you should like all kinds
of people and have a sincere desire to help
those needing care and attention.
If you want to become a podiatrist, you
should take high school and college courses
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Chemistry
Medical degree
SAlAryrANgE
$49,990 to $78,440 to $115,010+
OuTlOOk
Acupuncturists
Chiropractors
Dentists
Physical Therapists
Physicians
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 182 7/16/09 1:05:41 PM
183
in anatomy, chemistry, biology, and math-
ematics. You must complete at least three
years of college. However, more than 90
percent of podiatric students have a bach-
elors degree.
The next step is to complete four years
of study at a college of podiatric medicine.
The frst two years in podiatry school are
spent in the classroom and the laboratory.
During the last two years, students receive
training in a hospital or clinic in addition
to course work. The degree awarded to po-
diatrists is Doctor of Podiatric Medicine
(D.P.M.). Most states require one to three
years of residency in a hospital.
Podiatrists must pass an exam to re-
ceive a license in the state where they will
practice. Some states allow the exams to
be taken during medical podiatric college,
from the National Board of Podiatric Medi-
cal Examiners, as a substitute for the state
boards. Podiatrists may gain certifcation
in one of three specialties: orthopedics, pri-
mary medicine, or surgery.
Outlook
Demand for podiatrists is increasing as foot
disorders become more widespread and em-
ployment opportunities are expected to in-
crease about as fast as the average through
2016. More people are involved in sports
and ftness programs, which can cause foot
problems or make existing foot problems
more apparent or unbearable. Also, a rap-
idly growing elderly population, many of
whom may have neglected their feet, will
seek podiatric care. The demand for podiat-
ric services is expected to grow even more
as health insurance coverage for such care
becomes widespread.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in podiatric medicine
you should arrange an interview with a
trained podiatrist. To gain experience, you
can obtain a summer job or volunteer your
time in a clinic specializing in podiatry.
PodiatricMedicine
15850 Crabbs Branch Way, Suite 320
800-922-9266
info@aacpm.org
http://www.aacpm.org
AmericanBoardofPodiatricSurgery
445 Fillmore Street
415-553-7800
info@abps.org
http://www.abps.org
AmericanPodiatricMedicalAssociation
9312 Old Georgetown Road
301-581-9200
http://www.apma.org
NationalBoardofPodiatricMedical
Examiners
PO Box 510
Bellefonte, PA 16823-0510
814-357-0487
NBPMEOfc@aol.com
http://www.nbpme.info
Fast Fact
The average person takes 8,000
to 10,000 steps per day. Over an
average lifespan this adds up to
about 115,000 miles!
5
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 183 7/16/09 1:05:42 PM
184
PoliceOffcers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatPoliceOffcersDo
Police offcers protect the lives and proper-
ty of citizens by upholding and enforcing
laws. Police offcers preserve the peace, pre-
vent criminal acts, and arrest people who
break the law.
Some offcers are assigned to traffc du-
ties. They direct traffc during busy times of
the day and ticket motorists who break traf-
fc laws. Other police offcers are assigned
to patrol duties. These offcers work in pub-
lic places, such as in parks or on the streets,
to make sure no one violates the law. They
may patrol on foot, in squad cars, on bi-
cycles, on motorcycles, or on horseback.
They also look out for stolen cars, missing
children, and persons wanted by law en-
forcement agencies.
Police offcers also help in emergency
situations. They administer frst aid to acci-
dent victims, see that sick or injured people
are rushed to hospitals, and help frefght-
ers by controlling crowds and rerouting
traffc. Police offcers also prevent or break
up violent disturbances.
Most police offcers are trained to use
frearms and carry guns. Police in special
divisions, such as chemical analysis and
handwriting and fngerprint identifcation,
have special training. Offcers often testify
in court regarding the cases they handle.
To be a police offcer, you should enjoy
working with people and be able to coop-
erate with others. Because of the stressful
nature of much police work, you must be
able to think clearly and logically during
emergency situations, have a strong de-
gree of emotional control, and be capa-
ble of detaching yourself from disturbing
incidents.
Most police departments require you to
have at least a high school education.
Classes in psychology, sociology, English,
law, mathematics, U.S. government and
history, chemistry, and physics will be
helpful. Because physical stamina is very
important in this work, sports and physi-
cal education are also valuable. Knowl-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Physical education, Psychology
High school diploma
SAlAryrANgE
$29,930 to $54,470 to $97,520
OuTlOOk
Bodyguards
Detectives
Parole Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 184 7/16/09 1:05:42 PM
185
edge of a foreign language is an advan-
tage, as bilingual offcers are often in great
demand. High school students interested
in specialized and advanced positions in
law enforcement should pursue studies
leading to college programs in criminol-
ogy, criminal law, criminal psychology, or
related areas.
Many police departments now require
a two- or four-year degree, especially for
more specialized areas of police work. Hun-
dreds of colleges and junior colleges now
offer programs in law enforcement, police
work, and police administration.
After you are accepted by a police force,
you begin special training. It will last from
three to six months or longer. Training usu-
ally includes classroom work in local, state,
and federal laws, physical ftness training,
frearm instruction, and legal procedures
for enforcing the law.
To become an offcer, you must be at
least 21 years of age (or older for some de-
partments), and some municipalities stipu-
late an age limit of not more than 35 years
old. You must have, in most cases, 20/20
uncorrected vision and good hearing and
meet locally prescribed weight and height
rules for your gender and age. Most regu-
lations require that applicants be U.S. citi-
zens, and many police departments have
residency requirements.
Outlook
Employment growth for police offcers
for all occupations through 2016. Federal
tough-on-crime legislation passed in the
mid-1990s has created new jobs at the fed-
eral, state, and local levels.
The opportunities that have become
available, however, may be affected by
technological, scientifc, and other changes
occurring today in police work. Automa-
tion in traffc control is limiting the num-
ber of offcers needed in this area, while
increasing reliance on computers is creat-
ing demands for new kinds of police work.
These trends indicate a future demand for
more educated, specialized personnel.
ForMoreInformation
Many police departments have programs
for children and young adults. Look for ed-
ucational events that teach you about street
safety, Internet safety, or self-defense.
AmericanPolicehallofFameandMuseum
6350 Horizon Drive
Titusville, FL 32780-8002
321-264-0911
policeinfo@aphf.org
http://www.aphf.org
NationalAssociationofPolice
Organizations
703-549-0775
info@napo.org
http://www.napo.org
This police offcer is handcuffng and
arresting a suspect. (Lisa F. Young/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 185 7/16/09 1:05:43 PM
186
Political
columnists
andWriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPolitical
columnistsandWritersDo
Political columnists write opinion pieces
about politics and government for publica-
tion in newspapers and magazines. Political
columnists often take news stories about
politics or government and enhance the
facts with personal opinions. Most politi-
cal columnists are free to select their own
story ideas. Columnists search through
newspapers, magazines, and the Internet,
watch television, and listen to the radio for
story ideas. Before writing a column they
research the topic so that they can back up
their arguments with facts.
Political writers express, edit, promote,
and interpret ideas and facts about politics
and government in written form for news-
papers, magazines, books, Web sites, and
radio and television broadcasts.
Staff writers who specialize in politi-
cal writing are employed by magazines
and newspapers to write news stories, fea-
ture articles, and columns about politics;
government; local, regional, or national
news; and other topics that may occasion-
ally fall under the political spectrum. Po-
litical editorial writers write about political
or government-related topics for news-
papers, magazines, and Web sites. Their
comments are intended to stimulate or
mold public opinion. Writers begin by
gathering as much information as possible
about the subject through library research,
interviews, the Internet, observation, and
other methods. They keep extensive notes
from which they will draw material for
their project.
Newswriters who specialize in political
writing work for radio and television news
departments and news-oriented Web sites.
They write politically focused news stories,
special features, and investigative reports
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
English, Government, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$18,790 to $32,630 to $69,090
(political columnists)
$33,000 to $47,550 to $92,150
(political writers)
OuTlOOk
(political columnists)
(political writers)
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Political Reporters
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 186 7/16/09 1:05:45 PM
187
by researching and fact-checking informa-
tion obtained from reporters, news wires,
press releases, research, and telephone and
e-mail interviews. Newswriters employed
in television broadcasting must be able to
match the words they write with the im-
ages that are broadcast to help illustrate the
story.
Political columnists and writers need
to be curious, have a genuine interest in
people, the ability to write clearly, and the
strength to work under deadline pressure.
Political columnists also require a certain
wit and wisdom, the compunction to ex-
press strong opinions, and the ability to
take apart an issue and debate it.
While in high school take as many writing
and English classes as you can. You should
also take classes in current events, political
science, history, and government. Taking
typing or keyboarding classes and courses
in computers is also a good idea.
As is the case for other journalists, at
least a bachelors degree in journalism is
usually required to become a political col-
umnist or writer, although some journalists
graduate with degrees in political science
or English.
Outlook
Employment growth for news analysts,
reporters, and correspondents, which in-
cludes political columnists, will be slower
than the average through 2016. The em-
ployment of writers, including political
writers, is expected to increase about as
fast as the average rate of all occupations
through 2016. Competition for newspaper
and magazine positions is great, and com-
petition for the positions of political col-
umnist and political writer is even stiffer
because these are prestigious jobs that are
limited in number.
ForMoreInformation
You can gain experience by writing for
your college or university newspaper and
through a summer internship at a newspa-
per or other publication.
AmericanSocietyofjournalistsand
Authors
New York, NY 10036-5505
212-997-0947
http://www.asja.org
803-798-0271
NationalconferenceofEditorialWriters
717-703-3015
ncew@pa-news.org
http://www.ncew.org
Arianna Huffngton, a former candidate
in the California gubernatorial race, now
runs the huffngton Post, a political blog.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 187 7/16/09 1:05:46 PM
188
Political
reporters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPoliticalreportersDo
Political reporters gather and analyze infor-
mation about current events in government
and politics and broadcast their reports on
radio and television stations. Political re-
porters also are employed by newspapers
and magazines.
Political reporters may receive story
assignments from an editor, producer, or
news director or as the result of a lead, or
news tip. Good political reporters are al-
ways on the lookout for story ideas.
To cover a story, political reporters
gather and verify facts by interviewing
people involved in or related to the event,
examining documents and public records,
observing events as they happen, and re-
searching relevant background informa-
tion. The political reporter then reviews
the material and determines which infor-
mation is most signifcant to the story. Of-
ten, television political reporters go live to
the scene and introduce the story during
the newscast. Political reporters who work
for radio stations must rely on audio and
their ability to paint a vivid picture of the
newsworthy events.
Political reporters in small radio or tele-
vision markets may be required to cover
other aspects of the news in their commu-
nities. They may also take photographs and
help with general offce work.
Many broadcast companies, large news-
papers, and magazines have one correspon-
dent who is responsible for covering all the
news for the foreign city or country where
they are based. These reporters are known
as foreign correspondents. They report the
news by satellite, prerecorded videotape,
telephone, fax, or computer.
To succeed as a political reporter, you
should be inquisitive, aggressive, persis-
tent, detail-oriented, and have a strong in-
terest in the political process and the com-
plexities of government. You also should
enjoy interaction with people of various
races, cultures, religions, economic levels,
and social statuses.
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Government, Journalism, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrANgE
$18,790 to $32,630 to $69,090
OuTlOOk
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 188 7/16/09 1:05:49 PM
189
High school courses that will provide you
with a frm foundation for a political re-
porting career include English, journalism,
political science, government, history, so-
cial studies, communications, typing, and
computer science. Most editors prefer ap-
plicants with degrees in broadcast journal-
ism because their studies include liberal
arts courses as well as professional training
in journalism. Some editors consider it suf-
fcient for a reporter to have a good general
education from a liberal arts college. Oth-
ers prefer applicants with an undergraduate
degree in liberal arts and a masters degree
in journalism.
Outlook
Employment for all types of reporters and
correspondents is expected to grow slow-
er than the average for all occupations
through 2016. Applicants will face strong
competition for reporting positions in
major broadcast markets. For beginning
reporters, stations in smaller markets will
provide the best opportunities.
The development of satellite technol-
ogy and portable video cameras have revo-
lutionized broadcast journalism over the
last 25 years, and new developments over
the next 25 years will likely have the same
powerful effects. As the Internet competes
for televisions viewers and radios listen-
ers, look for newsrooms to make better use
of the technology. Already, many radio sta-
tions are broadcasting over the Web, and
many television stations have Web pages
that feature up-to-the-minute local news
coverage.
ForMoreInformation
Working for your high school newspaper
or radio station will provide you with valu-
able experience interviewing, editing, and
writing. Also, become familiar with video
and recording equipment by working for
your high schools media department.
803-798-0271
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
Newspaperguild-communicationsWorkers
ofAmerica
501 Third Street, NW, 6th Floor
202-434-7177
guide@cwa-union.org
http://www.newsguild.org
During a senatorial race, a political
reporter discusses the voter turnout
during a primary. (Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 189 7/16/09 1:05:50 PM
190
Political
Scientists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatPoliticalScientistsDo
Political scientists study government and
politics. They teach, write, and do research
to solve problems and create new theories.
They act as advisers to politicians, political
groups, businesses, and industries.
Political scientists often specialize in
one aspect of government or politics. For in-
stance, they may concentrate on American
government or on international relations.
Or they may specialize in law, political par-
ties, or the history of political ideas. Fields
of political science also include citizenship,
comparative government (forms in various
countries), public administration, public
opinion, and constitutional law.
Political scientists work with histori-
ans, economists, policy analysts, and other
professionals to compile information. They
use the Internet and libraries to access gov-
ernment documents and read professional
journals, encyclopedias, law books, and
personal letters to add to their understand-
ing. Once political scientists gather infor-
mation, they analyze it and then write
theories about why and how events hap-
pened. These theories help current govern-
ment leaders make decisions and help busi-
nesses negotiate with each other.
Most political scientists work as college
or university professors. Their responsi-
bilities are divided between teaching and
research. Teachers lead seminars, assign
papers, and advise students majoring in
political science. Political scientists also
work for government and public agencies.
They may help form public policy, advise
on international relations, or hold other
administrative positions.
Because political scientists compile
information from a number of different
sources, they must be well organized. They
should also enjoy reading and possess a cu-
riosity about world politics.
While in high school, take courses in gov-
ernment, American history, and civics to
gain insight into politics. Math is also im-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Government, History
Doctoral degree
SAlAryrANgE
$36,180 to $76,020 to $117,480+
OuTlOOk
Congressional Aides
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
L
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 190 7/16/09 1:05:50 PM
191
portant because, as a political scientist, you
will be evaluating statistics, demograph-
ics, and other numerical data. English and
composition classes will help you develop
the writing and communication skills you
will need for teaching, publishing, and pre-
senting papers. Though you will be able to
fnd some government jobs with a bache-
lors degree in political science, you will not
be able to pursue work in major academic
institutions without a doctorate. An under-
graduate program requires general courses
in English, economics, statistics, and his-
tory as well as courses in American politics,
international politics, and political theory.
Look for a school with a good internship
program that can involve you with the U.S.
Congress or state legislature.
Outlook
Overall employment of social scientists is
age through 2016. The survival of political
science departments depends on continued
community and government support of
education. The funding of humanities and
social science programs is often affected by
budget cuts and hiring freezes. This makes
for heavy competition for the few graduate
assistantships and new faculty positions
available. More and more professors are us-
ing computers and the Internet, not just in
research but in conducting their classes.
ForMoreInformation
Write to college political science depart-
ments for information about their pro-
grams. Contact the offces of your states
senators or representatives in the U.S. Con-
gress about applying to work as a page.
Available to students at least 16 years old,
these highly sought-after page positions al-
low students to serve members of Congress,
running messages across Capitol Hill.
AmericanPoliticalScienceAssociation
1527 New Hampshire Avenue NW
202-483-2512
apsa@apsanet.org
http://www.apsanet.org
SenatePlacementOffce
Hart Senate Offce Building, Room SH-116
Washington DC 20510-0001
202-224-3121
http://www.senate.gov/employment
u.S.houseofrepresentatives
Offce of Human Resources
102 Ford House Offce Building
202-226-4504
http://www.house.gov/cao-hr
Did You Know?
Machiavelli, a 16th-century diplo-
mat, wrote about his political be-
liefs in the Prince. He believed that
politics and morality were two en-
tirely different spheres of human
activity and that they should have
different standards and laws to
govern them.
?
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 191 7/16/09 1:05:50 PM
192
Polygraph
Examiners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPolygraph
ExaminersDo
Polygraph examiners give and evaluate poly-
graph, or lie detector, tests. During a poly-
graph examination, an examiner asks the
test subject certain questions. As the indi-
vidual answers yes or no, any changes in
his or her breathing rate, blood pressure,
heartbeat, and skin condition are measured
by the polygraph device. After the test, the
examiner studies the results and compares
them with responses to questions whose
answers are known to be true. By care-
fully comparing the responses, the exam-
iner judges whether the test questions have
been answered truthfully.
Polygraph examiners work for local,
state, or federal courts to help determine
whether individuals accused of crimes are
telling the truth. They also work for the
FBI, the U.S. Secret Service, and for police
and sheriff departments. Some examiners
have their own agencies, and others teach
in lie-detection schools.
To work as a polygraph examiner, you
must show good moral character and must
not have a police record. You should speak
and write well, have self-confdence, be alert,
and be able to maintain objectivity and self-
control. You also must be comfortable work-
ing with strangers and relate well to all kinds
of people. It is crucial to show fairness; you
should not be infuenced by such factors as
economic status, race, or sex.
In addition, you must be willing to
work under pressure and under a variety
of conditions and should not be shocked
by distressing sights. You must understand
the importance of protecting your subjects
rights and maintaining confdentiality.
You should take courses in high school
that help you understand how the body
functions and how it is affected by stress.
Courses in psychology, physiology, and
biology will be especially useful. In gen-
c
SchOOlSuBjEcTS
Biology, Psychology
SAlAryrANgE
$19,480 to $34,260 to $63,630
OuTlOOk
Crime Analysts
Forensic Experts
Police Offcers
Psychologists
y
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 192 7/16/09 1:05:51 PM
193
eral, take courses that will prepare you for
college.
A college major in science or criminal
justice will prepare you for this career. In
addition, classes in English and writing
will help prepare you to write reports, and
classes in public speaking will help you
develop the self-confdence you will need
when testifying in court.
Candidates for lie-detection schools
usually need four-year college degrees, but
applicants with two years of college courses
in criminal investigation plus fve years of
investigative experience may be accepted.
Polygraph training in an approved school
usually takes six to eight weeks.
You must take polygraph tests upon en-
tering a lie-detection school to ensure that
you have the good moral character this feld
requires. During your training, you learn
how to operate the polygraph, how to devel-
op and ask questions, how to interpret test
results, the legal aspects of polygraph test-
ing, and about the physical responses the
polygraph measures. You observe polygraph
tests administered by others, administer the
tests yourself, and hear and see audiotapes
and videotapes of your own performances.
After you complete your study in lie detec-
tion, you go on to an internship of at least
six months before becoming fully qualifed
as a polygraph examiner. Although many
states license polygraph examiners, their re-
quirements vary.
Outlook
Because of recent restrictions, fewer posi-
tions for private polygraph examiners are
available than there were a decade ago.
However, there is an increasing need for
law enforcement examiners, especially in
the federal government.
The growing population and increasing
crime rate may create more openings for
polygraph examiners in the future. Courts
in at least 30 states allow the use of poly-
graph test results as evidence, and public
pressure to reduce court backlogs may in-
crease the use of polygraph tests.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in a career in this
feld, you may be able to visit lie-detection
schools and talk with staff members. You
also may be able to visit courts and tour
police facilities.
AmericanAssociationofPolice
Polygraphists
PO Box 657
Waynesville, OH 45068-0657
888-743-5479
http://www.wordnet.net/aapp
AmericanPolygraphAssociation
PO Box 8037
Chattanooga, TN 37414-0037
800-272-8037
http://www.polygraph.org
Polygraph examiners hook subjects up
to machines that monitor their vital
signs. Certain changes in these vital signs
indicate that a person may be lying. (Time
& Life Pictures/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 193 7/16/09 1:05:52 PM
194
Glossary
experience.
baccalaureate.
licensed.
college.
school.
a masters degree.
pany layoffs.
dustrial products.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 194 7/16/09 1:05:53 PM
195
insurance.
skilled trade.
college.
natural sciences.
Compare certifed.
sciences).
lors level.
sciences.
or she retires.
meeting.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 195 7/16/09 1:05:53 PM
196
sciences.
college.
colleges.
school.
and skills.
trade union.
school.
CDE 7e Vol 6 -3.indd 196 7/16/09 1:05:54 PM
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 1 7/16/09 1:20:17 PM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 2 7/16/09 1:20:17 PM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 7
Pop and Rock Musicians
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 3 7/16/09 1:20:19 PM
Ferguson
New York NY 10001
v. cm.
Includes index.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc22
2009003162
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 4 7/16/09 1:20:19 PM
VOLUNE 7
CAREER ARIlCLE5
Pop and Rock Musicians 2
Postal Clerks 4
Pottery and Porcelainware Industry
Workers 6
Power Plant Workers 8
Precision Machinists and
Metalworkers 10
Prepress Workers 12
Preschool Teachers 14
Press Secretaries 16
Printing Press Operators 18
Private Investigators 20
Process Servers 22
Production Assistants 24
Professional Athletes
Extreme Sports 26
Individual Sports 28
Team Sports 30
Property and Casualty Insurance
Agents and Brokers 32
Property and Real Estate
Managers 34
Protestant Ministers 36
Psychiatric Nurses 38
Psychiatric Technicians 40
Psychiatrists 42
Psychologists 44
Public Opinion Researchers 46
Public Relations Specialists 48
Public Transportation Operators 50
Purchasing Agents 52
Quality Assurance Testers 54
Technicians 56
Rabbis 58
Radio and Television Announcers 60
Radio and Television Program
Directors 62
Radio Producers 64
Railroad Conductors 66
Range Managers 68
Real Estate Agents and Brokers 70
Real Estate Assessors and
Appraisers 72
Real Estate Developers 74
Real-Time Captioners 76
Receptionists 78
Recreational Therapists 80
Recreation Workers 82
Recycling Coordinators 84
Refexologists 86
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 5 7/16/09 1:20:20 PM
Refuse Collectors 88
Rehabilitation Counselors 90
Religious Sisters and Brothers 92
Renewable Energy Workers 94
Reporters 96
Research Assistants 98
Reservation and Ticket Agents 100
Resort Workers 102
Respiratory Therapists 104
Restaurant Managers 106
Retail Business Owners 108
Retail Sales Workers 110
Retail Store Managers 112
Retirement Planners 114
Risk Managers 116
Road Crew Workers 118
Robotics Engineers and
Technicians 120
Roman Catholic Priests 122
Roofers 124
Roustabouts 126
Sales Representatives 128
School Administrators 130
Science and Medical Writers 132
Screenwriters 134
Secondary School Teachers 136
Secretaries 138
Secret Service Special Agents 140
Security Consultants and Guards 142
Semiconductor Technicians 144
Sheet Metal Workers 146
Sign Language Interpreters 148
Singers 150
Ski Resort Workers 152
Smokejumpers 154
Social Workers 156
Sociologists 158
Software Designers 160
Software Engineers 162
Soil Conservation Technicians 164
Soil Scientists 166
Solar Engineers 168
Songwriters 170
Special Education Teachers 172
Special Effects Technicians 174
Special Procedures Technologists 176
Speech-Language Pathologists 178
Speechwriters 180
Spies 182
Sporting Goods Production
Workers 184
Sports Agents 186
Sports Broadcasters and
Announcers 188
Sports Coaches 190
Sports Equipment Managers 192
Glossary 194
vii
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
and Administration
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Human Services
Security
Manufacturing
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 7 7/16/09 1:20:27 PM
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 8 7/16/09 1:20:27 PM

CArEErArTIClES
e
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 1 7/16/09 1:20:28 PM
2
Popandrock
Musicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-esteem
Social
WhatPopand
rockMusiciansDo
Pop and rock musicians perform in clubs, in
concert halls, on college campuses, and at
festivals and fairs. They often write origi-
nal music and perform it with other instru-
mentalists and vocalists. They may record
their music for sale.
After writing the music, musicians
spend many hours rehearsing new songs
with other band members. Many pop and
rock musicians record a demo (demon-
stration), which they send to club manag-
ers and music producers. When making a
demo tape or recording a CD for a record
company, they record in a studio and work
with recording professionals, such as audio
engineers, producers, and mixing engi-
neers. Musicians may also have to audition
live for a club manager in addition to pro-
viding a demo tape.
When a club books a band, the clubs
promotional staff may advertise the
upcoming performance. Many bands,
though, have to attract audiences on their
own. They distribute fyers, send press re-
leases to area newspapers, and send out
announcements. Advertising for successful
groups is usually handled by a record com-
pany or promoter.
Before a performance, musicians ar-
rive early to prepare the stage. They set
up instruments and sound systems, check
sound quality, and become familiar with
the stage and facility. The band reviews
the list of songs to be performed and may
make changes based on audience responses
to previous shows.
Very few pop and rock musicians be-
come successful on their recordings alone.
Most perform live and gain a following of
fans before they make their frst recording.
To be a pop and rock musician, you
need to be able to work closely with other
artists and to have patience with the re-
hearsal and recording process. Youll also
need persistence to proceed with your am-
bitions in the face of much rejection.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Music
MInIMUMEDUCATIOnlEvEl
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,210 to $39,750 to $110,850+
OUTlOOk
Musicians
Music Producers
Singers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 2 7/16/09 1:20:30 PM
3
It is important to start your music studies
as early as possible. While in high school,
learn about music theory, the different
types of music, how to play one or more
instruments, and how to play with other
musicians. English composition and cre-
ative writing courses will help develop your
song writing skills.
A college education is not necessary
for becoming a pop and rock musician, but
it can help you learn more about music
theory and history. You can pursue an edu-
cation in audio recording, writing, or mu-
sic at a community college, university, or
trade school. A number of seminars, con-
ferences, and workshops are available on
song writing, audio recording, and record
producing.
Outlook
There will always be thousands more rock
and pop musicians than record contracts.
But there will also always be opportunities
for new performers with record companies
and clubs. Record companies are always on
the lookout for original sounds and talents.
The music industry and the music-buying
public have fckle tastes, and often, rock
musicians are dropped by their labels when
record sales fail to meet expectations.
With recording studios becoming more
sophisticated, artists can more effectively
promote themselves with quality record-
ings. Record companies will pay close at-
tention to these independently produced
recordings when scouting new talent.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more about this career, become
involved in your schools various musical
groups. Try out for school plays and com-
munity theater to get experience perform-
ing in front of an audience.
You should also attend musical perfor-
mances whenever possible. They do not all
have to be pop and rock concerts. If you are
interested in writing pop and rock music,
read the lyrics of your favorite songs, and
try to fgure out why you like them. Try to
write lyrics and put them to music.
AmericanFederationofMusiciansofthe
UnitedStatesandCanada
New York, NY 10036-5501
212-869-1330
http://www.afm.org
AmericanSocietyofComposers,Authors
andPublishers
One Lincoln Plaza
New York, NY 10023-7129
212-621-6000
SongwritersGuildofAmerica
209 10th Avenue South, Suite 321
615-742-9945
corporate@songwritersguild.com
Pop music icon Madonna entertains
thousands during her Re-Invention World
Tour. (Landov)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 3 7/16/09 1:20:31 PM
4
PostalClerks
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatPostal
ClerksDo
Postal clerks are employees of the United
States Postal Service. The equivalent em-
ployees at package delivery companies
have different titles but perform many of
the same duties; at Federal Express they are
called service agents; at United Parcel Ser-
vice, they are referred to as administrative
assistants and account executives.
Postal clerks sort mail for delivery and
provide service to customers. They work at
local post offces or huge central facilities
that handle large quantities of mail.
Sorting mail requires identifying letters
by ZIP codes and picking out frst class, air-
mail, and special-delivery letters for quick
handling. At local post offces, mail that
has come from large central facilities is
sorted according to specifc neighborhoods
so that the correct mail carrier can deliver
it.
Many of the sorting tasks are now done
by machine. Clerks must run these ma-
chines and make sure that they operate
properly. Clerks also are needed to operate
the conveyor belts and loading machines
used to transport boxes and packages.
Clerks also handle customer requests.
They may sell stamps or provide other
services, such as flling out requests for
sending a letter by registered mail. These
window clerks stand for long periods of
time and must answer various customer
questions.
In large post offces, clerks may special-
ize in one task, but in the many small post
offces around the country, clerks are asked
to do a variety of tasks.
To be a postal clerk, you will need to
be able to read quickly and accurately and
should have a good memory to remem-
ber how to handle each type of letter and
package. You also should be able to do the
same tasks over and over for long periods
of time. Clerks must work closely with
other workers, and therefore you should
be able to cooperate with others. You also
must be able to follow instructions care-
fully and completely and have a pleasant
personality.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$38,980 to $47,890 to $49,750+
OUTlOOk
Decline
Cashiers
Clerks
Mail Carriers
Secretaries
X
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 4 7/16/09 1:20:31 PM
5
quirements for postal clerks, but certain
classes will be helpful in this position. In
high school, take courses in speech, Eng-
lish, computer science, geography, and
mathematics.
To apply for this job, you need to be a
U.S. citizen or a permanent resident alien
and be at least 18 years old or a high school
graduate. Applicants must pass a test that
measures skills such as the ability to check
names and addresses and the ability to
memorize how mail is processed. Appli-
cants are also given a physical examination
and may be asked to carry mailbags weigh-
ing about 70 pounds.
The majority of postal employees are
members of the American Postal Work-
ers Union, National Association of Letter
Carriers, National Postal Mail Handlers
Union, or National Rural Letter Carriers
Association.
Outlook
Employment for postal clerks should de-
cline through 2016 because of technologi-
cal developments, including automation
and electronic sorting and canceling de-
vices, which allow clerks to handle greater
volumes of mail. However, many positions
will open as workers retire or move to other
occupations.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in becoming a postal
clerk, you can explore this type of work
by seeking part-time work during vaca-
tions and summer periods, especially the
rush holiday periods when many more
jobs become available. Related jobs, such
as store or offce clerk, stock clerk, ship-
ping clerk, or others that require sorting
and distributing materials or dealing with
the public, might also be benefcial when
looking for a position in this area. Also
talk to your local post offce clerk to get
an insider viewpoint.
AmericanPostalWorkersUnion
1300 L Street NW
202-842-4200
http://www.apwu.org
nationalAssociationofletterCarriers
100 Indiana Avenue NW
202-393-4695
nalcinf@nalc.org
http://www.nalc.org
nationalPostalMailhandlersUnion
1101 Connecticut Avenue NW, Suite 500
202-833-9095
http://www.npmhu.org
U.S.PostalService
800-275-8777
http://www.usps.gov
Postal clerks work at the post offce
to help customers who need to mail
packages or do other mail tasks. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 5 7/16/09 1:20:32 PM
6
Potteryand
Porcelainware
Industry
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatPotteryand
PorcelainwareIndustry
WorkersDo
Pottery and porcelainware industry workers
make products from clay and other non-
metallic minerals. These products include
plates and dishes, building materials, bath-
room fxtures, dentures, and nose cones for
space vehicles. Ceramics is a term used to
describe all these products.
The frst step in making ceramic prod-
ucts is to crush, grind, clean, and mix clay
and other ingredients. The resulting soupy
mixture is strained, purifed, squeezed,
and pressed until it is about as thick as
putty. Next, pottery and porcelainware
industry workers form the mixture into
an object using one of three techniques.
Jiggering involves pressing a piece of clay
between two spinning molds. In the casting
technique, liquid clay called slip is poured
into molds made of plaster of paris. When
the clay is dry, the mold is taken apart, and
the molded object is removed. Pressing in-
volves frmly packing clay into a container
like a mold. Workers who operate pressing
machines are called ram press operators or
hot press operators.
After being shaped, objects are dried in
a drying room. Drying machine operators, or
dryer tenders, operate controls that adjust
the rooms temperature and humidity to
the proper level for drying of objects.
The fnal step is to put a glaze fnish
on the surface of the object. Workers called
dippers dip each article into the glaze, being
careful that the coating is even. Sometimes
the glaze is applied by spraying, brushing,
or pouring instead of dipping. The article
is put in a kiln and baked until the glaze
changes into a coating like glass.
The pottery and porcelainware indus-
try employs a wide range of workers. Ce-
ramic scientists study ceramic materials and
develop new techniques for making these
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Art, Chemistry, Technical/Shop
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$16,100 to $26,480 to $40,370
OUTlOOk
Artists
Ceramic Engineers
Coremakers
Molders
_
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 6 7/16/09 1:20:33 PM
7
materials. Ceramic engineers design, build,
and equip factories that make ceramic
products. Ceramic artists create shapes and
decorations for new products. Ceramic in-
spectors grade pieces and reject unaccept-
able items as they go through the produc-
tion process. Warehouse workers pack items
and mark them for shipment.
Pottery and porcelainware workers are usu-
ally trained on the job. However, for most
positions, employers prefer to hire people
who are high school graduates.
Some machine operators and other
skilled workers must complete an appren-
ticeship program that can last up to four
years. Apprenticeships are on-the-job train-
ing programs that teach workers many
of the skills needed in their jobs. They
combine classroom instruction with hands-
on experience in the workplace.
If you are interested in creating ceramic
art, it is common to attend a postsecondary
art program with a focus in ceramic art and
design. You can choose from specialized art
schools (the Art Institute of Chicago and
the Maine College of Art, for example) or
a number of general universities and col-
leges. Many students attend these schools
to obtain a bachelor of fne arts degree with
a major in ceramic art, which traditionally
takes four years to fnish.
Outlook
The demand for pottery and porcelainware
industry workers is expected to grow more
slowly than the average through 2016, due
in part to increasing factory effciency and
competition from foreign manufacturing
plants.
ForMoreInformation
Before exploring work opportunities in
pottery and porcelainware, explore clay it-
self, perhaps beginning with a high school
ceramics class. Many colleges, universities,
community schools, and art schools offer
art programs for high school students.
AmericanCeramicSociety
600 N. Cleveland Avenue, Suite 210
866-721-3322
customerservice@ceramics.org
http://www.ceramics.org
nationalCouncilonEducationforthe
CeramicArts
77 Erie Village Square, Suite 280
Erie, CO 80516-6996
866-266-2322
offce@nceca.net
http://www.nceca.net
Pottery workers can make their creations
by hand, with molds, or by using a potters
wheel. Here, a pottery worker works on a
bowl. (forestpath/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 7 7/16/09 1:20:34 PM
8
PowerPlant
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Responsibility
WhatPower
PlantWorkersDo
Power plant workers control the machin-
ery that generates electricity. Some plants
are fueled by coal or nuclear energy that
produces steam to drive turbines. Turbines
drive generators, which, in turn, produce
electric power. Other plants are fueled by
falling water; these are called hydroelectric
plants.
There are many different types of jobs
that power plant workers perform. Boiler
operators, also called frers, work in plants
that use steam pressure. These workers keep
the boilers going by monitoring the fuel,
air, and water supply and maintaining the
proper steam pressure. These workers must
be able to read and interpret the informa-
tion shown on control valves, meters, and
other instruments.
Turbine operators operate both genera-
tors and turbines. These workers record
the information from special instruments
that show how the turbine or generator
is operating and keep the machinery run-
ning smoothly. In a large power plant, the
turbine operator may have one or more
assistants.
Auxiliary equipment operators work
with a variety of machines. These include
pumps, fans, blowers, compressors, and
coal pulverizers. Auxiliary equipment op-
erators monitor this equipment and make
small repairs.
Switchboard operators control the fow
of electric power through the plant and
through the power lines that deliver elec-
tricity to the public. They give orders to
start and stop generators and connect and
disconnect generators to and from power
circuits. They often work in control rooms,
where they can watch instruments that
show what is happening throughout the
power plant.
If you are interested in a career as a power
plant worker, you will need a high school
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$45,980 to $58,580 to $72,860
OUTlOOk
Decline
Electricians
n
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 8 7/16/09 1:20:34 PM
9
diploma. Focus on obtaining a solid back-
ground in mathematics and science.
Workers on the job are given extensive
training that varies in length depending on
the job. Training to become an auxiliary
equipment operator usually lasts from one
to three years. Training to become a boiler,
turbine, or switchboard operator can take
from four to eight years. In nuclear power
plants, trainees for operator positions need
a strong background in science and math-
ematics and, preferably, a college degree.
Power plants that generate electricity
using nuclear reactors are regulated by the
Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).
Operators in nuclear plants must be li-
censed by the NRC because only NRC-li-
censed operators are authorized to control
any equipment in the plant that affects the
operation of the nuclear reactor. Nuclear
reactor operators are also required to un-
dertake regular drug testing.
Many workers in power plants are
members of either the International Broth-
erhood of Electrical Workers or the Utility
Workers Union of America. Union mem-
bers traditionally have been paid better
than nonunion members.
Outlook
Consumer demand for electric power is ex-
pected to increase in the next decade, but
power-generating plants will install more
automatic control systems and more eff-
cient equipment, which will result in de-
clining job opportunities through 2016.
Most job openings will develop when
experienced workers retire or leave to go
into other occupations. Those skilled in
computers and working with automated
equipment will have the best employment
prospects.
ForMoreInformation
There is little opportunity for part-time or
summer work experience in this feld. How-
ever, many power plants (both nuclear and
nonnuclear) have visitor centers where you
can observe some of the power plant opera-
tions and learn about the various processes
for converting energy into electricity. You
might also fnd information on this feld at
libraries, or on the Internet.
AmericanPublicPowerAssociation
202-467-2900
mrufe@appanet.org
http://www.appanet.org
InternationalbrotherhoodofElectrical
Workers
202-833-7000
http://www.ibew.org/contact.htm
http://www.ibew.org
UtilityWorkersUnionofAmerica
815 16th Street, NW
202-974-8200
http://www.uwua.net
A power plant worker monitors the
equipment and workings of the power
plant. (Philippe Psaila/Photo Researchers,
Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 9 7/16/09 1:20:35 PM
10
Precision
Machinists
and
Metalworkers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Reasoning
WhatPrecisionMachinists
andMetalworkersDo
Precision machinists and metalworkers use
machine tools to produce precision metal
parts. Machine tools can be used to cut,
drill, bore, turn, mill, plan, and grind.
After receiving a job assignment, pre-
cision machinists and metalworkers frst
read blueprints and written directions.
Next, they plan and select the proper tools
and materials and mark the metal for plac-
es to cut. Then they set up the machine
and its controls, position the metal piece,
and make the necessary cuts. The machine
tool is constantly monitored during oper-
ation, and when necessary, the precision
machinist or metalworker adds coolants or
lubricants to ensure that the machine runs
smoothly. After the shaping is completed,
machinists and metalworkers sometimes
fnish the metal piece by hand, using fles
and scrapers. Finally, the fnished parts are
assembled with hand tools.
In the past, machinists and metalwork-
ers have had direct control of their ma-
chines. However, the increased use of com-
puter-controlled machines has changed
the nature of the work. Now, machinists
and metalworkers often work with tool
programmers to set up their machines, or
they may learn how to program the ma-
chine tools themselves.
Most machinists and metalwork-
ers work in small machining shops or for
manufacturing companies that produce
goods, such as industrial machinery, cars,
trucks, and airplanes. Maintenance machin-
ists, however, work in any industry that
uses production machinery.
To be a successful precision machinist
and metalworker, you must have mathe-
matics skills and be able to understand and
visualize spatial relationships in order to
read and interpret engineering drawings.
You should also have excellent manual
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrAnGE
$23,350 to $32,550 to $46,800
OUTlOOk
Heat Treaters
Layout Workers
Sheet Metal Workers
_
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 10 7/16/09 1:20:35 PM
11
dexterity, good vision and hand-eye coor-
dination, and the concentration necessary
to do highly accurate work.
For trainee or apprentice jobs, most com-
panies prefer to hire high school or voca-
tional school graduates. Recommended
courses in high school include algebra,
geometry, mechanical drawing, blueprint
reading, machine shop, and computer sci-
ence. Classes in electronics and hydraulics
also are helpful.
To work as a machinist or metalworker,
you must complete either an apprentice-
ship or an on-the-job training program.
Apprenticeships, which most employers
prefer, generally consist of four to fve
years of carefully planned activities, in-
cluding shop training and related class-
room instruction.
You can also enter the feld directly
from high school or vocational school and
receive on-the-job training. In this case,
newly hired workers train with various
machines while being supervised by expe-
rienced machinists or metalworkers. Train-
ees usually begin as machine operators.
Then, as they show the necessary aptitude,
they are given additional training on the
machines they are operating.
Outlook
Employment growth for precision machin-
ists and metalworkers is expected to be
through 2016. Automation is contributing
to this slower growth rate. Even so, many
openings will arise from the need to replace
machinists who retire or transfer to other
jobs. In recent years, employers have re-
ported diffculty in attracting skilled work-
ers to machining occupations.
ForMoreInformation
To observe precision machinists and metal-
workers at work, ask a school counselor or
teacher to arrange a feld trip to a machine
shop.
InternationalAssociationofMachinistsand
AerospaceWorkers
301-967-4500
websteward@iamaw.org
http://www.iamaw.org
nationalTooling&MachiningAssociation
800-248-6862
info@ntma.org
http://www.ntma.org
PrecisionMachinedProductsAssociation
6700 West Snowville Road
440-526-0300
webmaster@pmpa.org
http://www.pmpa.org
Fast Fact
precision machinists working in
the United States as of 2006,
the latest year for which fgures
are available.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 11 7/16/09 1:20:36 PM
12
Prepress
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPrepressWorkersDo
Prepress workers arrange and prepare the
text and pictures that eventually become
newspapers, magazines, books, and other
printed materials. They work in commer-
cial printing, business printing, newspaper
printing, and printing trade service frms.
A variety of prepress careers are avail-
able. Some are skilled crafts that take years
to master, but most prepress work now is
computer based and requires a high degree
of computer literacy.
Compositors and typesetters set and ar-
range type for printing, either by hand or
electronically (such as phototypesetting).
Paste-up workers position illustrations and
lay out columns of type.
Manual prepress work is being elimi-
nated by desktop publishing specialists, who
typeset, layout, and design text and graph-
ics on a personal computer. Camera-ready
photos and art are scanned by the scanner
operator, converting them into electronic
images that can be integrated into a fle.
Electronic fles are reviewed by pre-fight
technicians to ensure that all the elements
are properly formatted and set up.
Once the fnal version of a page has
been assembled, a photographic negative
of the page is made. Most often, flm nega-
tives are now produced directly from the
computer. If not, or if camera-ready art is
involved, a camera operator photographs
the material and develops a negative.
It is the job of the flm stripper to make
any last-minute changes and assemble the
different pieces of flm into position. The
platemaker, often called a lithographer, then
makes the printing plate from the flm
negative. The plate is what goes into the
printing press.
Prepress work requires strong commu-
nication skills, attention to detail, and the
ability to perform well in a high-pressure,
deadline-driven environment. Physically,
you should have good manual dexterity,
good eyesight, and overall visual percep-
tion. Artistic skill is an advantage in nearly
any prepress job.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$17,050 to $33,570 to $58,450
OUTlOOk
Decline
Art Directors
Book Editors
Graphic Designers
Printing Press Operators
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 12 7/16/09 1:20:38 PM
13
Educational requirements for prepress
workers vary by duty, but most prepress
jobs require at least a high school diploma.
Recommended high school courses include
English, computer science, mathematics,
photography, chemistry, physics, drawing,
and art.
The more traditional jobs, such as cam-
era operator, flm stripper, lithographic art-
ist, and platemaker, require longer, more
specialized preparation. This might involve
an apprenticeship or a two-year associates
degree. But these jobs now are on the de-
cline, as they are being replaced by com-
puterized processes.
Postsecondary education is strongly en-
couraged for most prepress positions and is
a requirement for some jobs, including any
managerial role.
Outlook
Overall employment in the prepress por-
tion of the printing industry is expected to
decline through 2016. While it is anticipat-
ed that the demand for printed materials
will increase, the demand for prepress work
will not, mainly because of new technolo-
gies. Employment growth for desktop pub-
lishing specialists, however, is expected to
be much faster than the average. And spe-
cialized computer skills will increasingly be
needed to handle direct-to-plate and other
new technology.
ForMoreInformation
A summer job or internship doing basic
word processing or desktop publishing is
benefcial.
AssociationforSuppliersofPrinting,
PublishingandConvertingTechnologies
Education Committee
1899 Preston White Drive
Reston, VA 20191-4367
703-264-7200
npes@npes.org
http://www.npes.org/education/index.html
GraphicArtsInformationnetwork
Graphic Arts Technical Foundation/Printing
Industries of America
200 Deer Run Road
800-910-4283
gain@piagatf.org
http://www.gain.net
GraphicCommunicationsConferenceofthe
InternationalbrotherhoodofTeamsters
1900 L Street NW
202-462-1400
http://www.gciu.org/abouthed.shtml
nAPlnationalAssociationforPrinting
leadership
75 West Century Road, Suite 100
Paramus, NJ 07652-1408
800-642-6275
http://www.napl.org
Fast Fact
There are more than 47,000
printing plants in the United
States.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 13 7/16/09 1:20:38 PM
14
Preschool
Teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPreschoolTeachersDo
Preschool teachers teach children who are
between two and fve years old. They work
in child care centers, nursery schools, Head
Start programs, and other private and pub-
lic programs. They prepare children for
kindergarten and grade school by teaching
letters, numbers, colors, days of the week,
and how to tell time. Preschool teach-
ers also introduce children to books, edu-
cational games, and computer software.
These teachers show their young students
social skills through play and activities.
Their work differs from kindergarten teach-
ers, who focus more on numbers, words,
and writing skills.
In preschool classrooms, teachers plan
and lead activities such as storytelling,
arts and crafts projects, and singing, de-
pending on the abilities and interests of
the children. Teachers have to think about
which skills children should be learning
at a particular age. They encourage the
children to think creatively and to express
their feelings and ideas. They help them
develop social skills as they get used to
being in school with other children and
introduce them to the concepts of sharing
and playing in groups. Other social skills
might include manners, hygiene, and how
to clean up after themselves.
Preschool teachers also get to know
the childrens parents and regularly pro-
vide them with reports on progress and
behavior. They might also invite parents
along on feld trips and to the classroom
to observe.
Because young children look up to
adults and learn through example, it is es-
pecially important that a preschool teacher
be a good role model.
While in high school, you should take
child development, home economics, and
other classes that involve you with child
care. Youll also need a fundamental under-
standing of the general subjects you will be
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Art, English
SAlAryrAnGE
$16,490 to $25,300 to $45,770
OUTlOOk
Child Care Workers
Teacher Aides
L
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 14 7/16/09 1:20:39 PM
15
introducing to preschool students, so take
English, science, and math.
Large child care centers sometimes hire
high school graduates who have some child
care experience and give them on-the-job
training. For example, the American Mon-
tessori Society offers a career program that
requires a three-month training period fol-
lowed by a year of supervised on-the-job
training.
Some schools require preschool teach-
ers to have bachelors degrees. Many col-
leges and universities offer programs in
early childhood education and child care.
In some states, preschool teachers are
required to be licensed. The Child De-
velopment Associate credential qualifes
preschool teachers in some states. Unlike
preschool teachers, kindergarten teach-
ers must have education degrees and state
certifcation.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for preschool
teachers are expected to increase about
through 2016. Specifc job opportuni-
ties vary from state to state and depend
on demographic characteristics and level
of government funding. Jobs should be
available at private child care centers,
nursery schools, Head Start facilities, pub-
lic and private kindergartens, and labora-
tory schools connected with universities
and colleges.
ForMoreInformation
There are many volunteer opportunities for
working with young children. Check with
your library or local literacy program about
tutoring children and reading to preschool-
ers. Summer day camps or church schools
with preschool classes may offer assistant
or aide opportunities.
AmericanMontessoriSociety
281 Park Avenue South
New York, NY 10010-6102
212-358-1250
ams@amshq.org
http://www.amshq.org
nationalAssociationfortheEducation
ofyoungChildren
800-424-2460
webmaster@naeyc.org
http://www.naeyc.org
nationalAssociationofChildCare
Professionals
PO Box 90723
Austin, TX 78709-0723
800-537-1118
admin@naccp.org
http://www.naccp.org
Preschool teachers help their students
learn skills that they will need when
they enter elementary school. (Matka
Wariatka/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 15 7/16/09 1:20:40 PM
16
Press
Secretaries
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPressSecretariesDo
Press secretaries are media representatives
who help politicians promote themselves
and their issues to voters. Once elected to
offce, politicians need press secretaries to
answer the questions of journalists, prepare
speeches, and organize press conferences.
These media representatives also work for
corporations and for organizations and
nonproft groups advocating for legislative
issues.
Press secretaries serve on the congres-
sional staffs of senators and representa-
tives, or in the offce of the president. Press
secretaries write media releases and opin-
ion pieces to publicize the efforts of the
government offcials for whom they work.
They also schedule press conferences and
prepare their employers for interviews.
These workers are often called spin doc-
tors because of their ability to manipulate
the press, possibly putting a good spin on
a news story that best suits the purposes of
their clients. Using newspapers and radio
and TV broadcasts, press secretaries may
attempt to downplay public relations di-
sasters. During very sensitive times, such as
during scandals or foreign conficts, or af-
ter unpopular political decisions, press sec-
retaries must answer questions selectively
and carefully. They may be responsible for
bringing public attention to important is-
sues and may help develop support for
school funding, environmental concerns,
and other community needs.
To be a press secretary, you need to
be very organized and capable of juggling
many different tasks, from quickly writing
ads and press releases to developing bud-
gets and expense accounts. You need good
problem-solving skills and some imagina-
tion when putting a positive spin on nega-
tive issues.
In high school, English composition, drama,
and speech classes will help you develop
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Government, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$44,870 to $56,910 to $121,500
OUTlOOk
Ambassadors
Campaign Workers
Congressional Aides
Lobbyists
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 16 7/16/09 1:20:42 PM
17
good communication skills, while govern-
ment, history, and civics classes will teach
you about the structure of government.
Most press secretaries have bachelors
degrees, and some also hold masters de-
grees, doctorates, and law degrees. Enroll
in a four-year college, and pursue a well-
rounded education; press secretaries need
a good understanding of the history and
culture of the United States and foreign
countries. Some of the majors you should
consider as an undergraduate are journal-
ism, political science, English, marketing,
and economics. You might then choose
to pursue a graduate degree in journalism,
political science, public administration, or
international relations.
You should pursue an internship with a
local or state offcial or your congressional
member in the Senate or House of Repre-
sentatives. Another option is to pursue a
journalism internship with a local or na-
tional publication or the news department
of a radio or TV station.
Outlook
Employment growth for press secretaries
through 2016. Press secretaries will take on
additional duties as more news networks
and news magazines closely follow the deci-
sions and actions of government offcials.
The Pew Research Center, which sur-
veys public opinion on political issues, has
found that most Americans are concerned
about negative campaigning done by po-
litical consultants. In the future, negative
campaigning may be affected somewhat
by developing technology. Voters are now
able to access more information about can-
didates and issues via the Internet. Also,
the increase in the number of channels
available to cable TV watchers makes it
more diffcult for candidates to advertise to
a general audience.
ForMoreInformation
Get involved with your school government
as well as with committees and clubs that
have offcers and elections. You can also
become involved in local, state, and federal
elections by volunteering for campaigns.
AmericanAssociationofPolitical
Consultants
600 Pennsylvania Avenue, SE, Suite 330
202-544-9815
http://www.theaapc.org
ThePewresearchCenterforthePeople&
thePress
202-419-4350
http://www.people-press.org
Robert Gibbs, Barack Obamas press
secretary, handles questions from
reporters. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 17 7/16/09 1:20:43 PM
18
PrintingPress
Operators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPrinting
PressOperatorsDo
Todays printing presses are much faster than
they used to be, and most are controlled by
computers. Some presses can print nearly
150,000 newspapers an hour. Running these
fast, modern presses is the job of printing
press operators and their assistants.
These workers set up, operate, clean,
and maintain presses. The web press is
the most common press used for printing
newspapers, magazines, and books. With
a web press, the ink is on a revolving cyl-
inder that prints onto a continuous sheet
of paper (the web) coming off a giant roll.
The other type of press is a sheet-fed press,
which prints on single sheets of paper rath-
er than on a continuous roll.
Press operators frst prepare the press.
They inspect and oil the moving parts and
clean and adjust the ink rollers and ink
fountains. When they receive the printing
plates from the prepress area, they mount
them into place on the printing surface or
cylinder. They mix and match the ink, fll
the ink fountains, and adjust the ink fow
and dampening systems. They also load
the paper, adjust the press to the paper size,
feed the paper through the cylinders and,
on a web press, adjust the tension controls.
When this is done, a proof sheet is run off
for the customers review.
When the proof has been approved
and fnal adjustments have been made, the
press run begins. During the run, press op-
erators constantly check the quality of the
printed sheets and make any necessary ad-
justments. They make sure the print is clear
and properly positioned and that ink is not
blotting onto other sheets. If the job in-
volves color, they make sure that the colors
line up properly. Operators also monitor
the chemical properties of the ink and cor-
rect temperatures in the drying chamber,
if the press has one. On a web press, the
feeding and tension mechanisms must be
continually monitored. If the paper tears
or jams, it must be rethreaded. As a roll of
paper runs out, a new one must be spliced
onto the old one.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,750 to $37,880 to $59,990
OUTlOOk
Prepress Workers
_
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 18 7/16/09 1:20:43 PM
19
When the press run is fnished, the
press operators clean and check the press
so that it is ready for another printing job.
Strong communication skills, both ver-
bal and written, are a must for press opera-
tors and assistants. They also must be able
to work well as a team, both with each
other and with others in the printing com-
pany. Working well under pressure is an-
other requirement because most print jobs
run on tight deadlines.
A high school diploma is the minimum ed-
ucation required for a position as a printing
press operator. Classes in art, print shop,
mathematics, chemistry, physics, and com-
puter science are helpful. Computer train-
ing is essential for anyone entering the
feld. An apprenticeship or postsecondary
training in a vocational-technical or graph-
ic arts program is strongly recommended.
Outlook
Employment growth for press operators
is expected to be slower than the average
through 2016. The larger, more effcient
machines in use today are able to handle
the increased demand for printed materi-
als, such as advertising, direct mail pieces,
computer software packaging, books, and
magazines.
Newcomers to the feld are likely to en-
counter stiff competition from experienced
workers or workers who have completed
retraining programs to update their skills.
Opportunities are expected to be greatest
for people who have completed formal ap-
prenticeships or postsecondary training
programs.
ForMoreInformation
Some schools offer print shop classes,
which provide the most direct exposure to
this work. Work on your school newspaper
or yearbook to learn more about the print-
ing process.
AssociationforSuppliersofPrinting,
PublishingandConvertingTechnologies
Education Committee
1899 Preston White Drive
Reston, VA 20191-4367
703-264-7200
npes@npes.org
http://www.npes.org/education/index.html
GraphicArtsInformationnetwork
Graphic Arts Technical Foundation/Printing
Industries of America
200 Deer Run Road
800-910-4283
gain@piagatf.org
http://www.gain.net
nationalCouncilforSkillStandardsin
GraphicCommunication
800 Main Street, Building Q
Pewaukee, WI 53072-4601
262-695-6252
maspenson@piw.org
http://www.ncssgc.org
A printing press operator checks a page
for quality during the printing process.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 19 7/16/09 1:20:44 PM
20
Private
Investigators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Evaluate and manage ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPrivate
InvestigatorsDo
Private investigators, or private detectives, in-
vestigate crimes, help fnd missing persons,
serve as bodyguards to important people,
and collect information for trials and oth-
er legal proceedings. They spend much of
their time in library research, fact check-
ing, and interviews.
Private investigators do many of the
same things as police offcers. They gather
clues from accidents, observe suspects, and
check peoples personal histories to learn
more about their backgrounds. There are
two important differences between police
offcers and investigators: investigators do
not have to follow the same legal proce-
dures when they interview suspects and
collect evidence, and investigators cannot
make arrests. Private detectives sometimes
work with police offcers to solve crimes.
Private investigators usually work for
agencies. Clients come to these agencies
with specifc problems. For example, a
business owner might hire an investigator
to prevent shoplifting, vandalism, or an-
other type of business crime. Investigators
may be asked to look into insurance claims
to make sure that people who are claim-
ing property damage have actually had
property destroyed or stolen. They may be
hired to fnd a missing person, gather in-
formation on the background of persons
involved in divorce or child custody cases,
administer lie detection tests, debug offces
and telephones, or offer security services.
They use cameras, video equipment, tape
recorders, and lock picks in compliance
with legal restrictions to obtain necessary
information. They conduct interviews with
anyone who might be involved in a case,
including family, friends, neighbors, em-
ployers, and coworkers.
In all cases, investigators report to their
clients on the details of their case. These
reports are usually written and then ex-
plained orally.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Government, History
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,990 to $37,640 to $72,280
OUTlOOk
Crime Analysts
Detectives
FBI Agents
Forensic Experts
Police Offcers
Spies
y
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 20 7/16/09 1:20:45 PM
21
A private investigators work can lead to
the recovery of stolen valuables, the arrest
of a criminal, or the uncovering of a spy
operation. But for every success there are
many hours of searching for clues. Inves-
tigations can be dangerous. Investigators
may have to go into rough neighborhoods
late at night looking for witnesses, or they
may be threatened by suspects. Most of the
work, however, is safe.
Many people become investigators after
working as police offcers. There are sev-
eral detective training programs that show
you how to locate missing persons, inter-
view people, check public records, lift fn-
gerprints, pick locks, and operate cameras
and other surveillance equipment. These
programs usually are several months long.
You then receive on-the-job training at a
detective agency before you become an
investigator. Most programs accept only
high school graduates. There are also many
community colleges and universities that
have degree programs in criminal justice or
a related feld.
Most states require private investigators
to take a licensing test. Those who carry a
gun usually have to pass an examination to
show they know how to use a frearm.
Outlook
Employment growth for private investi-
gators is also predicted to be faster than
the average through 2016. It is important
to keep in mind that law enforcement or
comparable experience is often required for
employment. The use of private investiga-
tors by insurance frms, restaurants, hotels,
and other businesses is on the rise. An area
of particular growth is the investigation of
the various forms of computer fraud.
ForMoreInformation
Practice your detective skills by playing
board games and computer games that test
your mystery- and puzzle-solving skills. Ask
your librarian to help you fnd books, both
fction and nonfction, on detective work
and crime solving.
nationalAssociationofInvestigative
Specialists
PO Box 82148
Austin, TX 78708-2148
512-719-3595
http://www.pimall.com/nais
U.S.Departmentofjustice
Drug Enforcement Administration
Offce of Personnel
8701 Morrissette Drive
Springfeld, VA 22152-1080
800-332-4288
http://www.usdoj.gov/dea
Growth Field
ber of private detectives is expect-
ed to grow from 52,000 to 61,000,
an increase of about 18 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 21 7/16/09 1:20:45 PM

22
Process
Servers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatProcessServersDo
Process servers are licensed by the courts
to serve legal papers, such as summonses,
subpoenas, and court orders, to people in-
volved in legal disputes. People served may
include witnesses, defendants in lawsuits,
or the employers of workers whose wages
are being garnished by court order.
Process servers are responsible for noti-
fying people in a timely and legal fashion
that they are required to appear in court.
They work for attorneys, government
agencies (such as a states attorney generals
offce), or any person who fles a lawsuit,
seeks a divorce, or begins a legal action.
A process server is involved only in civil
matters. Criminal arrest warrants or papers
ordering the seizure of property are served
exclusively by sheriffs, constables, and oth-
er law enforcement offcials. Process servers
know the rules of civil procedure, such as
expiration dates of court documents. Sub-
poenas, eviction notices, notices of trustee
sales, writs of garnishment (order to bring
property to the court), summonses, and
court orders each must be served accord-
ing to complicated regulations. The process
server is responsible for making sure that
every service is valid by following these
rules and exceptions.
Much of a process servers time is spent
skip-tracingthat is, trying to locate a per-
son who has moved or who may be avoid-
ing service. Process servers sometimes have
to search for a last known address, a place
of business, or even a photograph of the
person. They question neighbors or co-
workers and use public information pro-
vided by government offces (such as the
assessors offce), voter registration, or the
court clerk to locate the person.
Because process serving is a face-to-face
job, people who excel in this feld are usu-
ally bold, confdent, and skilled at work-
ing with people. Gaining a reputation as
reliable and responsible will go a long way
with prospective clients who want someone
who will not give up on serving papers to
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Government
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$22,800 to $34,730 to $76,020
OUTlOOk
Bounty Hunters
Detectives
Lawyers
Legal Secretaries
Paralegals
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 22 7/16/09 1:20:46 PM
23
people. Because process servers often serve
papers to people who do not want them, a
certain element of danger is involved. Pro-
cess servers must be willing to take that risk
in some situations.
To prepare for a career as a process server,
take courses in English, political science,
communication, and any law or business-
related subjects. Training in a foreign lan-
guage can also be extremely helpful because
process servers may encounter non-English
speakers.
Although college is not required, ad-
vanced courses in psychology, communi-
cations, business, and legal studies are ben-
efcial to process servers. The Process Server
Institute holds training seminars focused
on process serving.
According to the National Association
of Investigation Specialists, any U.S. citi-
zen who is not personally involved in the
case, is over the age of 18, and who re-
sides in the state where the matter is to be
tried may be a process server for a specifc
legal matter. However, people who serve
papers on a regular basis usually must reg-
ister with their particular state. It is rec-
ommended that process servers obtain
private detective status with their partic-
ular state. You can get more information
from your local offce of the Clerk of the
Superior Court.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for process
servers will grow as the number of civil
lawsuits increases. A single legal case can
produce anywhere from one service to doz-
ens, when taking into account subpoenas,
supporting orders, writs of garnishment,
and other documents.
Some sheriffs departments are now
beginning to rely solely on private process
servers, since they cannot effectively com-
pete with the faster and more inexpensive
private process-serving companies.
ForMoreInformation
Since most court records are public, you
could look at actual fles of court cases to
become familiar with the types of papers
served and examine affdavits fled by pro-
cess servers.
nationalAssociationofProfessional
ProcessServers
PO Box 4547
Portland, OR 97208-4547
800-477-8211
administrator@napps.org
http://www.napps.com
ProcessServerInstitute
667 Folsom Street, 2nd Floor
415-495-3850
http://www.psinstitute.com
UnitedStatesProcessServersAssociation
PO Box 19767
St. Louis, MO 63144-0167
866-367-2841
http://www.usprocessservers.com
Fast Fact
The term process server was
coined in the 1930s to describe
an offcial who could serve le-
gal documents but who had no
other law enforcement powers.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 23 7/16/09 1:20:46 PM
24
Production
Assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatProduction
AssistantsDo
Production assistants (PAs) perform a vari-
ety of tasks for flm, television, and video
producers and other staff members. Pro-
duction assistants duties range from mak-
ing sure the star has coffee in the morning
to stopping street traffc so a director can
flm a scene. They photocopy the script
for actors, help set up equipment, and per-
form other tasks. The best PAs know where
to be at the right time to make themselves
useful.
Some production assistants are respon-
sible for keeping production fles in order.
These fles include contracts, budgets, page
changes (old pages from a script that have
been revised), and other records. The docu-
ments must be kept organized and acces-
sible for whenever the producer may need
them.
Production assistants may also have to
keep the producers production folder in
order and up to date. PAs make sure the
folder includes the shooting schedule, the
most recent version of the budget, cast and
crew lists with phone numbers, a phone
sheet detailing all production-related
phone calls the producer needs to make,
and the up-to-date shooting script. As new
versions of these forms are created, PAs up-
date the producers folder and fle the older
versions for reference.
PAs schedule an hour or so in a pro-
ducers schedule to watch the dailies (the
flm shot each day) and make related calls
to discuss them with other staff members.
PAs make travel reservations, arrange hotel
accommodations, and arrange for rehearsal
space. They run errands and communicate
messages for producers, directors, actors,
musicians, and other members of the tech-
nical crew.
PAs who work in television studios for
live shows, such as news programs and talk
shows, record news feeds, answer phones,
operate teleprompters, coordinate tapes,
and assist editors. They assist with booking
guests and arranging interviews.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Theater/Dance
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$17,840 to $30,800 to $51,040
OUTlOOk
Actors
Artists
Cinematographers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 24 7/16/09 1:20:48 PM
25
Take courses in photography, flm, broad-
cast journalism, and media to learn about
the flm and television industries.
ments for production assistants. Most peo-
ple in the industry consider the position
a stepping stone into other careers in the
industry. You learn much of what you will
need to know on the set of a flm, follow-
ing the instructions of crew members and
other assistants. Many flm students work
part time or on a contract basis as produc-
tion assistants to gain experience while
they are still in school.
Outlook
There will always be a need for assistants
in flm and television production. How-
ever, competition for jobs can be tough,
since it is such a good entry-level position
for someone who wants to make connec-
tions and learn about the industry. Typi-
cally, production assistants usually do
not stay in their jobs more than one or
two years, so turnover is fairly high. PAs
will fnd employment anywhere a motion
picture, television show, or video is be-
ing flmed, but more opportunities exist
in Los Angeles and New York City. There
may be opportunities at local television
stations or smaller production companies
that produce educational and corporate
videos.
ForMoreInformation
Join a flm club at your school or com-
munity center. Theater experience can be
helpful, and you may be able to fnd volun-
teer opportunities at a local theater or on
a low-budget flm project. Read about the
flm and television industries in such pub-
lications as Daily Variety (http://www.vari-
ety.com), Hollywood Reporter (http://www.
hollywoodreporter.com), and The Rundown
(http://www.tvrundown.com).
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
AmericanSocietyofCinematographers
PO Box 2230
800-448-0145
offce@theasc.com
http://www.theasc.com
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
Fast Fact
Production assistants should
pick up industry lingo while
on the job. A call sheet is a list
of the actors needed for each
scene to be flmed that day. A
hot set is a set on which flming
is currently taking place. Most
important, craft service is the
snack and food provider for a
production.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 25 7/16/09 1:20:49 PM
26
Professional
Athletes
ExtremeSports
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Decision making
Reasoning
WhatProfessionalAthletes
ExtremeSportsDo
Professional athletesextreme sports are char-
acterized as people who enjoy living life
on the edge. Their playing arena includes
many uncontrollable environmental forces
such as weather and terrain that impact the
outcome of their competitions.
The list of extreme sports has changed
during the past 20 years, as evidenced by the
events included in the current X Games, the
premier showcase for these sports. Among
the sports featured in the most recent X
Games are rallying (motor competition on
private or public roads) and snowskating
(a crossover sport for inline skaters on ski
slopes).
Like traditional professional athletes,
extreme players spend a great deal of time
honing their sport skills. And while the
challenges for traditional sports players are
very demanding, those for extreme ath-
letes are flled with even greater physical
and mental pressure. Extreme sports are ac-
centuated by high speeds, radical heights,
and unprecedented physical endurance
and exertion.
Most extreme sports involve special
gear and equipment for stunt performanc-
es. Many professional extreme athletes earn
money through product endorsements.
For example, a BMX rider, may wear a par-
ticular manufacturers helmet and, in ex-
change, the helmet manufacturer provides
a fnancial incentive to the athlete for dis-
playing the product during tournaments
and competitions.
In high school, concentrate on physical
education courses to sharpen your athletic
abilities. In addition, take biology to un-
derstand how your body works and health
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Health, Physical education
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,110 to $38,520 to $100,410+
OUTlOOk
Athletic Directors
Sports Agents
Sports Coaches
Sports Scouts
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 26 7/16/09 1:20:49 PM
27
and nutrition courses to understand how
to maintain and take care of it.
ments for extreme sports athletes. Becom-
ing a professional athlete is the result of
years of training and dedication to the
sport. Extreme athletes usually begin by
participating in noncompetitive events
and then, as they hone their skills, advance
to competitive tournaments.
Since many professional athleteses-
pecially extreme athletesretire at young
ages, those with college business, manage-
ment, and marketing degrees can position
themselves for sports-related careers long
after their performance days have passed.
Outlook
As with traditional professional athletes,
the outlook for those in the extreme
feld will vary by the popularity and the
number of athletes currently competing
in the sport. Overall, the extreme sports
feld is expected to grow about as fast as
the average. The popularity of extreme
sports, heightened by the marketing ef-
forts of the X Games sponsors and prod-
uct endorsements, does not appear to be
diminishing.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in pursuing a career in
professional sports as an extreme athlete,
you should start participating in that sport
as much and as early as possible. Be aware,
however, that many of these sports are not
recommended for young people because of
the dangers associated with them. When
participating in any sport, be sure to use
the appropriate gear and equipment and
practice correct safety measures.
AmateurAthleticUnion
1910 Hotel Plaza Boulevard
Lake Buena Vista, FL 32830-2409
407-934-7200
http://www.aausports.org
SportingGoodsManufacturersAssociation
Washington DC 20036-4603
202-775-1762
info@sgma.com
http://www.sgma.com
Extreme sports athletes, such as
snowboarders, receive sponsorships
from companies, which enable them to
make their sport a career. (Eric Limon/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 27 7/16/09 1:20:50 PM
28
Professional
Athletes
Individual
Sports
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-esteem
Self-management
IndividualSportsDo
In contrast with amateur athletes who play
or compete in amateur circles for titles or
trophies only, professional athletes partici-
pate in individual sports such as tennis,
fgure-skating, golf, running, or boxing,
competing against others to win prizes and
money.
Depending on the nature of the spe-
cifc sport, most athletes compete against
a feld of individual competitors that can
be as small as one person or as large as the
number of qualifed competitors, anywhere
from six to 30 or more. Within a profes-
sional sport there are usually different lev-
els of competition based on age, ability,
and gender.
In addition to stretching and exercis-
ing the specifc muscles used in any given
sport, athletes concentrate on developing
excellent eating and sleeping habits that
will help them remain in top condition
throughout the year. Although certain
sports have a particular season, most pro-
fessional athletes train all year on their own
or with a coach, friend, parent, or trainer.
Often, an athletes training focuses less on
the overall game or program in which the
athlete participates, than on specifc areas
or details of that game or program. Figure
skaters, for example, will not simply keep
going through their entire long programs
from start to fnish but instead will focus
on the jumps, turns, and hand movements
that refne the program. Similarly, sprinters
do not keep running only the sprint dis-
tances they race in during a meet; instead,
they vary their workouts to include some
distance work, some sprints, a lot of weight
training to build strength, and maybe some
mental exercises to build control and focus
while in the starters blocks. Tennis players
routinely spend hours just practicing their
forehand, down-the-line shots.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,110 to $38,520 to $100,410+
OUTlOOk
Athletic Directors
Sports Agents
Sports Coaches
Sports Scouts
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 28 7/16/09 1:20:51 PM
29
Athletes often watch videotapes or flms
of their previous practices or competitions
to see where they can improve their per-
formance. They also study what the other
competitors are doing to prepare strategies
for winning. Diligence, perseverance, hard
work, ambition, and courage are all essen-
tial qualities for someone who dreams of
making a career as a professional athlete.
A high school diploma will provide the ba-
sic skills that you will need in your long
climb to becoming a professional athlete.
Business and mathematics classes will teach
you how to manage money wisely. Speech
classes will help you become a better com-
municator. Physical education classes will
help you build your strength, agility, and
competitive spirit. You should also par-
ticipate in every organized sport that your
school offers and that interests you.
ments for sports, although certain compe-
titions and training opportunities are only
available to those enrolled in four-year
colleges and universities. Collegiate-level
competitions are where most athletes in
some sports like tennis and golf improve
their skills.
Outlook
The outlook for professional athletes will
vary depending on the sport, its popularity,
and the number of athletes currently com-
peting. Overall, employment opportunities
are expected to grow about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016. Some sports, however,
may experience an increase in popularity,
which will translate into greater opportu-
nities for higher salaries, prize monies, and
commercial endorsements.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in pursuing a career in
professional sports, you should start partici-
pating in that sport as much and as early as
possible. By playing the sport and by talk-
ing to coaches, trainers, and athletes in the
feld, you can decide whether you like the
sport enough to make it a career, determine
if you have enough talent, and gain new
insight into the feld. You can also contact
professional organizations and associations
for information on how to best prepare for
a career in their sport.
407-934-7200
Education,recreation,andDance
Reston, VA 20191-1598
800-213-7193
info@aahperd.org
United States speed skating champion and
gold medalist Bonnie Blair races on the
ice. (Vandystadt/Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 29 7/16/09 1:20:51 PM
30
Professional
Athletes
TeamSports
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Self-esteem
Speaking/listening
Social
TeamSportsDo
Professional athletic teams compete against
one another to win titles, championships,
and series; team members are paid salaries
and bonuses for their work, unlike amateur
athletes who play or compete in amateur
circles for titles or trophies only. Team
sports include football, basketball, hockey,
baseball, and soccer.
Competitions are organized by local,
regional, national, and international orga-
nizations and associations whose primary
functions are to promote the sport and
sponsor competitive events.
Professional teams train for most of
the year, but unlike athletes in individual
sports, athletes who are members of a team
usually have more of an off-season. The
training programs of professional athletes
differ according to the season. Follow-
ing an off-season, most team sports have
a training season, in which they begin
to focus their workouts after a period of
relative inactivity to develop or maintain
strength, cardiovascular ability, fexibility,
endurance, speed, and quickness, as well
as to focus on technique and control. Dur-
ing the season, the team coach, physician,
trainers, and physical therapists organize
specifc routines, programs, or exercises to
target game skills as well as individual ath-
letic weaknesses.
In addition to stretching and exercis-
ing the specifc muscles used in any given
sport, athletes concentrate on developing
excellent eating and sleeping habits that
will help them remain in top condition
throughout the year.
The coaching or training staff often
flms the games and practices so that the
team can beneft from watching their in-
dividual performances, as well as their
combined play. By watching their perfor-
mances, team members can learn how to
improve their techniques and strategies. It
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,110 to $38,520 to $100,410+
OUTlOOk
Athletic Directors
Sports Agents
Sports Coaches
Sports Scouts
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 30 7/16/09 1:20:52 PM
31
is common for professional teams to also
study other teams moves and strategies
to determine a method of coping with the
other teams plays during a game.
People who hope to become professional
athletes should take a full load of high
school courses, including four years of Eng-
lish, math, and science as well as health
and physical education. College is often
the next step in becoming a professional
athlete and a strong high school education
may help you in earning a college athletic
scholarship.
College is important for future profes-
sional athletes for several reasons. It pro-
vides the opportunity to gain skill and
strength in your sport before you try to
succeed in the pros, and it offers you the
chance of being observed by professional
scouts. A college education also provides
you with a valuable degree that you can
use if you do not earn a living as a profes-
sional athlete or after your performance ca-
reer ends.
Outlook
The employment outlook for professional
athletes will vary depending on the sport,
its popularity, and the number of posi-
tions open with professional teams. On the
whole, the outlook for the feld of profes-
sional sports is healthy and overall employ-
ment opportunities are expected to grow
ForMoreInformation
To determine if you really want to com-
mit to a career in your team sport, talk to
coaches, trainers, and athletes who are cur-
rently working in the profession. You can
also contact professional organizations and
associations for information on how to best
prepare for a career in their sport.
407-934-7200
Education,recreation,andDance
Reston, VA 20191-1598
800-213-7193
info@aahperd.org
LeBron James, current star of the
Cleveland Cavaliers, is a standout young
basketball player. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 31 7/16/09 1:20:53 PM
32
Property
andCasualty
Insurance
Agentsand
brokers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPropertyand
CasualtyInsuranceAgents
andbrokersDo
Insurance policies were frst written so that
others could share in the risk of sailing a
ship, for example, or of building a factory.
Today, property and casualty insurance agents
and brokers sell insurance policies that help
companies and individuals recover the
money they have lost due to accidents,
thefts, and many other emergencies.
There are three categories of property
and casualty insurance salespersons. Inde-
pendent agents work for themselves but rep-
resent an insurance company. Brokers repre-
sent the insurance buyer and order policies
either from agents or directly from an in-
surance company. Both agents and brokers
are self-employed, but special agents, called
direct writers, work for an insurance compa-
ny and are on that companys payroll.
All three types of salespersons work in
a similar way. Their main job is to sell poli-
cies, renew and change existing policies,
collect premiums, look over their custom-
ers coverage, and help clients report losses
and settle claims. Backed by the resources of
the companies that they represent, agents
may issue policies insuring against loss or
damage for everything from furs and auto-
mobiles to ocean liners and factories.
Agents attend corporate meetings,
keep appointments with individual cus-
tomers, and spend time in their offces
doing research, drafting policies, and han-
dling phone and written correspondence.
Agents often are required to work their
schedules around their clients availabil-
ity, which may mean working three or
four nights a week and one or two days on
the weekend. Most agents work 40 hours a
week, but some agents, particularly those
just beginning in the feld and those with
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
SAlAryrAnGE
$25,230 to $44,110 to $113,190
OUTlOOk
Risk Managers
s
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 32 7/16/09 1:20:54 PM
33
a large clientele, may work 60 hours a
week or more.
Property and casualty insurance brokers
and agents must have a high school diplo-
ma. Many also have college degrees, and
some college education is now necessary
to succeed in the feld. Many colleges and
universities offer courses in insurance, and
a number of schools offer a bachelors de-
gree in insurance. Courses in mathematics,
economics, business, accounting, and busi-
ness law are important.
All agents and brokers must have a li-
cense in each state in which they sell in-
surance. Many agents and brokers try to
become a Chartered Property Casualty Un-
derwriter (CPCU), which is the highest level
they can reach. To receive the CPCU, sales-
persons must have at least three years of ex-
perience and pass a series of examinations.
Outlook
The employment rate of all insurance
agents and brokers is expected to grow
through 2016. The overall demand for in-
surance should be strong as the general
population grows and the number of per-
sonal and corporate possessions increases.
Homeowners and business executives now
budget insurance as a necessary expense.
ForMoreInformation
Look for opportunities to participate in f-
nancial activities. Volunteer to be the trea-
surer for school clubs or community orga-
nizations you belong to. Read books about
general business practices, the history of
insurance, and the different kinds of insur-
ance available today.
AmericanInstituteforCharteredProperty
andCasualtyUnderwriters
800-644-2101
customerservice@cpcuiia.org
IndependentInsuranceAgents&brokers
ofAmerica
127 South Peyton Street
800-221-7917
info@iiaba.org
http://www.independentagent.com
InsuranceInstituteofAmerica
800-644-2101
customerservice@cpcuiia.org
A property and casualty insurance agent
explains a policy to his clients. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 33 7/16/09 1:20:55 PM
34
Propertyand
realEstate
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPropertyandreal
EstateManagersDo
For most people, real estate is a house or
apartment building they own, an apart-
ment or vacation home they rent, or a
business they own. For some people and
businesses, however, real estate is an in-
vestment, similar to stocks. Property and
real estate managers supervise and control
large real estate holdings, manage condo-
minium associations, and purchase and
sell real estate for their clients, who own
investment property but lack the time or
training to manage it.
On-site managers are based at the prop-
erties they manage and may even live on
the property. Most of them are responsible
for apartment buildings. They train, su-
pervise, and assign duties to maintenance
staffs; inspect the properties; schedule
routine service of heating and air-condi-
tioning systems; keep records of operat-
ing costs; and submit cost reports to the
property managers or owners. They rent
vacant space to new tenants and negoti-
ate leases and other rental agreements.
They collect rent and make mortgage
payments.
Housing project managers direct the op-
eration of housing projects provided for
such groups as military families, low-in-
come families, and welfare recipients. The
housing is usually subsidized by the gov-
ernment and may consist of single-fam-
ily homes, multi-unit dwellings, or house
trailers.
Some property and real estate managers
are hired by condominium associations to
manage the condominium property. These
managers may be responsible for maintain-
ing swimming pools, community centers,
golf courses, parking lots, and common
areas in the condominium associations
property.
When a business needs new property,
either to expand its operations or for in-
vestment purposes, it hires a property and
real estate manager to fnd, purchase, and
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,800 to $43,670 to $97,890
OUTlOOk
q
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 34 7/16/09 1:20:55 PM
35
develop that property. The property man-
ager must have good knowledge of proper-
ty values and current trends in real estate.
Most employers prefer to hire property and
real estate managers who have earned a
college degree. If you are interested in be-
coming a property and real estate manager,
take college-preparatory courses, includ-
ing English, business, mathematics, social
science, and computer science. In college,
you should earn a degree in business ad-
ministration, fnance, real estate, or public
administration. Those who enjoy working
with people and are patient will have an
advantage in this work, since managers
frequently are asked to solve problems for
residents and tenants.
Various certifcations in property man-
agement are available from the Institute of
Real Estate Management.
Outlook
Employment growth for property and real
estate managers is expected to be about as
fast as the average through 2016. The best
opportunities will be for college graduates
with degrees in real estate, business admin-
istration, and related felds.
In the next decade, many of the
economys new jobs are expected to be in
wholesale and retail trade, fnance, insur-
ance, real estate, and other service indus-
tries. Growth in these industries will bring
a need for more offce and retail properties
and for people to manage them.
New home developments are increas-
ingly organized with community or hom-
eowner associations that require managers.
In addition, more owners of commercial
and multi-unit residential properties are ex-
pected to use professional managers to help
make their properties more proftable.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in activities that help you devel-
op management skills, such as serving as
an offcer in an organization or working on
Junior Achievement projects. Volunteer to
handle customer service duties for school
and community events to get experience
with public contact.
buildingOwnersandManagersAssociation
International
202-408-2662
info@boma.org
http://www.boma.org
InstituteofrealEstateManagement
800-837-0706
custserv@irem.org
http://www.irem.org
Did You Know?
The frst property managers, in
the early 1900s, were real estate
agents who earned additional in-
come by collecting rent and nego-
tiating leases.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 35 7/16/09 1:20:56 PM
36
Protestant
Ministers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatProtestantMinistersDo
Protestant ministers provide for the spiritual,
educational, and social needs of Protestant
congregations. In most denominations,
both men and women serve as ministers.
Their primary responsibility is to lead their
congregations in worship services, which
usually include Bible readings, hymn sing-
ing, prayers, and a sermon written and de-
livered by the minister.
Protestant clergy also administer spe-
cifc church rites, such as baptism, Holy
Communion, christening, and confrma-
tion. They conduct weddings and advise
couples concerning the vows and respon-
sibilities of marriage. They may also act as
marriage counselors for couples who are
having marital diffculties. Ministers con-
duct funerals, comfort the bereaved, and
visit the sick and other congregation mem-
bers who are unable to come to church.
Protestant ministers play an important
part in the religious education of their
congregations. They supervise Sunday
school and teach confrmation and adult
education courses. The extent of their
involvement in religious education pro-
grams and other church activities often
is determined by the size of their con-
gregations. In small churches, ministers
may know most of the members person-
ally and take an active role in their day-
to-day lives. In larger churches, ministers
may have to devote more time to admin-
istrative duties and delegate some of their
other responsibilities to Sunday school
superintendents, deacons, elders, youth
pastors, music directors, librarians, secre-
taries, and others.
Ministers must be outgoing and friend-
ly and have a strong desire to help others.
They need patience, sympathy, and open-
mindedness to be able to listen to the prob-
lems of others while maintaining a discreet
and sincere respect.
Protestant ministers usually have a strong
feeling that God is calling them to the
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Religion, Speech
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,240 to $40,460 to $70,670
OUTlOOk
Grief Therapists
Guidance Counselors
Psychologists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 36 7/16/09 1:20:56 PM
37
service of others through religious ministry.
If you are interested in becoming a Protes-
tant minister, study history and religion in
school. English and speech classes will help
improve your communication and speak-
ing skills.
Most Protestant groups require their
ministers to have a bachelors degree plus
several years of specialized theological
training. Professional study in theological
schools generally lasts three years and leads
to the Master of Divinity degree.
Outlook
Demand for ministers varies depending on
the affliation, with nondenominational
churches needing the most ministers. Ag-
ing membership has caused church bud-
gets and membership to shrink, lessening
the demand for full-time ministers. Over-
all, the increased cost of church opera-
tions is expected to limit the demand for
ministers.
ForMoreInformation
Your own minister and church leaders can
tell you more about their work, help you
determine your own calling, and put you
in touch with other people and resourc-
es. Become involved with your church as
much as possible: teach Sunday school, at-
tend weekly services and Bible study, and
help at church events.
EvangelicallutheranChurchinAmerica
8765 West Higgins Road
Chicago, IL 60631
800-638-3522
info@elca.org
http://www.elca.org
lutheranChurchMissouriSynod
1333 South Kirkwood Road
St. Louis, MO 63122-7295
888-843-5267
http://www.lcms.org
PresbyterianChurch(USA)
100 Witherspoon Street
Louisville, KY 40202-1396
888-728-7228
http://www.pcusa.org
SouthernbaptistConvention
901 Commerce, Suite 400
615-244-2355
http://www.sbc.net
UnitedMethodistChurchGeneralboard
ofhigherEducationandMinistry
PO Box 340007
800-251-8140
http://www.umc.org
A Protestant minister leads a sermon
during church services. (U.S. Census
Bureau)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 37 7/16/09 1:20:57 PM
38
Psychiatric
nurses
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatPsychiatricnursesDo
Psychiatric nurses focus on mental health,
including the prevention of mental ill-
ness and the maintenance of good mental
health, as well as the diagnosis and treat-
ment of mental disorders. They care for
pediatric, teen, adult, and elderly patients
who may have a broad spectrum of mental-
ly and emotionally related medical needs.
Psychiatric nursing occurs at two lev-
elsbasic and advanced. Basic psychiatric
nurses are registered nurses who work pri-
marily with patients needing mental health
or psychiatric care.
Advanced practice psychiatric nurses are
also registered nurses but they have earned
certifcation as certifed nurse specialists
(CNSs) or have taken graduate courses to
become clinical specialists/nurse practitioners
(CNS/NPs), or psychiatric nurse practitioners
(PNPs). Some of these specialists may work
in supervisory or administrative positions
and may, depending on their states laws,
be able to provide psychotherapy services
and prescribe medications. Psychiatric
nurses in this more advanced group may
specialize in areas such as child-adolescent
mental health nursing, geropsychiatric
nursing, forensics, or substance abuse.
In addition to direct patient care, some
psychiatric nurses may use their training
in the community as community health
nurses or educators. They may also work for
insurance or managed-care companies, or
in health care institutions or government
facilities in an administrative, supervisory,
or research position. Other nurses may be
self-employed on a consulting or contract
basis. Nurses need to display patience, un-
derstanding, and composure to help pa-
tients during emotional times.
Psychiatric nurses must frst be registered
nurses. To prepare for this career, you
should take high school mathematics and
science courses, including biology, chemis-
try, and physics. Health courses will also be
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Chemistry
SAlAryrAnGE
$42,020 to $60,010 to $87,310
OUTlOOk
Nurses
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 38 7/16/09 1:21:00 PM
39
helpful. English and speech courses are im-
portant because you must be able to com-
municate well with patients.
There are three types of training pro-
grams available to become a registered nurse:
associates degree, diploma, and bachelors
degree. A bachelors degree in nursing is re-
quired for most supervisory or administra-
tive positions, for jobs in public health agen-
cies, and for admission to graduate nursing
programs. A masters degree is usually neces-
sary to prepare for a nursing specialty or to
teach. For some specialties, such as nursing
research, a Ph.D. is essential.
Usually, some nursing experience is
necessary before entering the psychiatric
nursing feld. Some institutions may re-
quire certifcation as a psychiatric nurse.
Psychiatric nurses who are advanced
practice nurses and have post-masters
degree supervised clinical practice can be-
come certifed as specialists in adult or in
child and adolescent psychiatric-mental
health nursing. Certifcation is available
through the American Nurses Credential-
ing Center.
All states and the District of Columbia
require a license to practice nursing. To ob-
tain a license, graduates of approved nurs-
ing schools must pass a national examina-
tion. In some states, continuing education
is a condition for license renewal.
Outlook
Mental illness is a leading cause of disabil-
ity in the United States and mental dis-
orders affect one in fve Americans. The
need for psychiatric nurses will be in great
demand in the future. The U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor projects that employment
for registered nurses will grow faster than
2016.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a local hospital or health care
clinic for experience working with patients.
Research drug and alcohol dependence, de-
pression, and other mental health topics.
AmericanAssociationofColleges
ofnursing
202-463-6930
AmericannursesCredentialingCenter
800-284-2378
http://www.nursingworld.org/ancc
AmericanPsychiatricnursesAssociation
Arlington, VA 22209
866-243-2443
http://www.apna.org
This psychiatric nurse comforts a patient.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 39 7/16/09 1:21:01 PM
40
Psychiatric
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Teach
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatPsychiatric
TechniciansDo
Psychiatric technicians work with people
who have mental or emotional problems
and people who have developmental dis-
abilities. They work at mental hospitals,
psychiatric clinics, community mental
health centers, and schools for the devel-
opmentally disabled. Technicians are also
employed by nursing homes, state or gen-
eral hospitals, child care centers, and social
service agencies. Other employers include
family service centers, public school coun-
seling services, and schools for the emo-
tionally disturbed.
Technicians work under the supervi-
sion of mental health professionals, includ-
ing psychiatrists, psychologists, and regis-
tered nurses. Technicians perform a variety
of tasks as they help plan and carry out
treatment plans for individual patients. In
a hospital setting, they admit, screen, eval-
uate, or discharge patients. They interview
patients and their relatives, keep records,
make referrals to community agencies, and
work for patients needs and rights. Tech-
nicians watch patients and report their
observations to other staff members. They
test patients, and they participate in indi-
vidual or group sessions designed to help
patients work out their problems.
After patients are released from a hos-
pital, technicians may visit them at home.
They help them adjust to life in their com-
munities. They may help them fnd a job
and a new place to live, if necessary. Above
all, technicians try to help each patient
function as well as he or she possibly can.
Technicians who work in hospitals may
also have nursing duties. They help admin-
ister medicines and physical treatments.
They can become involved in all parts of
their patients liveseating and sleeping
habits, personal health care, and develop-
ing social skills and a better self-image.
Some technicians specialize in one area
of mental health care. For example, some
work with mentally disturbed children.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
SAlAryrAnGE
$19,860 to $29,670 to $47,690
OUTlOOk
Medical Assistants
Psychiatrists
Psychologists
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 40 7/16/09 1:21:04 PM
41
Others specialize in working with people
who abuse drugs or alcohol. Still others
work in community mental health.
Technicians who work with the men-
tally ill must adjust to an environment that
is often chaotic and sometimes upsetting.
Most facilities require psychiatric techni-
cians to have completed a two-year training
program after high school. These programs
lead to an associate of arts or associate of
science degree. These programs include
courses on human development, personal-
ity structure, and the nature of mental ill-
ness. You also study ways to treat people
with mental and emotional problems.
In addition, you learn how to interview
people and how to observe and record pa-
tients behavior. Practical and feld learning
is an important part of your training. Some
states require psychiatric technicians to be
licensed. Voluntary certifcation is avail-
able through the American Association of
Psychiatric Technicians.
Outlook
Employment for psychiatric technicians is
through 2016. Demand for technicians,
though, is expected to continue in large
part because of a well-established trend
of returning hospitalized patients to their
communities after shorter periods of hos-
pitalization. This trend has encouraged
development of comprehensive commu-
nity mental health centers and has led to a
strong demand for psychiatric technicians
to staff these facilities.
Concerns over rising health care costs
should increase employment levels for
technicians because they and other para-
professionals can take over some functions
of higher-paid professionals.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer in a health care setting to get ex-
perience working with patients and medi-
cal professionals. You might also consider
volunteering at a local mental health as-
sociation or a local social welfare agency.
Offer to tutor students with disabilities in
your school or community.
AmericanAssociationofPsychiatric
Technicians
1220 S Street, Suite 100
800-391-7589
http://www.psychtechs.org
CaliforniaAssociationofPsychiatric
Technicians
1220 S Street, Suite 100
916-329-9140
http://www.psych-health.com
Did You Know?
The term bedlam comes from a
shortening of the name of a Lon-
don psychiatric hospital called St.
Mary Bethlehem that was once
notorious for its poor treatment
of its patients.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 41 7/16/09 1:21:04 PM
42
Psychiatrists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatPsychiatristsDo
Psychiatrists are physicians who treat and
prevent mental illness. They work with
clients who might have feelings of anger
or fear, or people who are so confused that
they have completely lost touch with real-
ity. Psychiatrists use a variety of methods
to treat patients. They might discuss prob-
lems, prescribe medicine, or combine dis-
cussions, medication, and other types of
therapy.
Mental illness has several possible
causes. A mental problem might be caused
by a physical disorder. It might be caused
by a persons inability to handle stress and
confict. Some disorders are only tempo-
rary, while others last a long time. People
with mental problems cannot do certain
things because of the way they think, feel,
or act. Whenever possible, psychiatrists
help these people overcome their problems
and lead happier lives.
To determine the cause of a mental ill-
ness, psychiatrists interview patients and
give them complete physical examinations.
To understand patients, a psychiatrist must
learn about important events in their lives
and any strong feelings or opinions they
have toward others. Many times a psychia-
trist can improve a patients condition by
helping him or her understand why a prob-
lem has occurred. Together, the psychiatrist
and patient then fnd other ways for the
patient to think and behave. This process
is called psychotherapy.
In cases where discussing a problem is
not enough, or when serious mental prob-
lems are caused by a brain disorder, a psy-
chiatrist may prescribe medication. Drugs
that psychiatrists prescribe include mood
stabilizers, anti-anxiety drugs, antidepres-
sants, and antipsychotic medications.
Some psychiatrists specialize in treat-
ing a particular age group or condition. For
example, there are child psychiatrists who
focus on the problems of youth and their
families. Geriatric psychiatrists specialize in
working with older people. Industrial psy-
chiatrists focus on problems that affect em-
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Psychology, Sociology
Medical degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$59,090 to $104,410 to $147,620
OUTlOOk
Guidance Counselors
Neurologists
Nurses
Physicians
Psychologists
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 42 7/16/09 1:21:07 PM
43
ployee performance, such as alcoholism or
absenteeism. Forensic psychiatrists evaluate
defendants involved in court trials and tes-
tify on their mental state.
You need many years of schooling and
experience to become a psychiatrist. After
you graduate from a four-year college, you
must enter a four-year program at a medi-
cal school that provides training in anato-
my, biology, medical practices, and other
subjects. After graduating from medical
school, you must pass exams to become a
medical doctor.
After you earn your M.D., you must
complete at least four additional years of
training in the treatment of the mentally
ill. You study medical practices, but mostly
you train on the job at a psychiatric hos-
pital. You are supervised closely by experi-
enced psychiatrists during this time. Before
you can begin to practice as a psychiatrist,
you must pass oral and written exams giv-
en by the American Board of Psychiatry
and Neurology.
Outlook
Employment growth for all physicians
should be about as fast as the average
through 2016. Opportunities for psychia-
trists in private practice and salaried posi-
tions are good. Demand is great for child
psychiatrists, and other specialties are also
in short supply, especially in rural areas
and public facilities.
ForMoreInformation
Use library and Internet resources to learn
all you can about the wide range of mental
and emotional conditions and how they
are treated. Volunteer to work in health
care settings, such as hospitals, clinics, or
nursing homes, to get experience working
with patients and medical professionals.
AmericanPsychiatricAssociation
888-357-7924
apa@psych.org
http://www.psych.org
nationalInstituteofMentalhealth
Public Information and Communications Branch
6001 Executive Boulevard
Room 8184, MSC 9663
301-443-4513
nimhinfo@nih.gov
http://www.nimh.nih.gov
MentalhealthAmerica
2000 North Beauregard Street, 6th Floor
703-684-7722
http://www.nmha.org
Fast Fact
The introduction in the 1950s
of medications that could treat
conditions such as depression
and anxiety greatly increased
the patient treatment options
for psychiatrists.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 43 7/16/09 1:21:08 PM
44
Psychologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatPsychologistsDo
Psychologists help people by trying to fnd
out why people act and think the way they
do. They examine individual and group
behavior through testing, experimenting,
and studying peoples pasts.
Clinical psychologists work with people
who have emotional and mental problems.
They evaluate and treat a range of diffcul-
ties, from family breakups to adolescent
rebellion to cases of severe depression and
schizophrenia. Clinical psychologists com-
prise the largest group of specialists. Many
clinical psychologists have private practic-
es, where people come to see them in an
offce. Others are on hospital staffs or col-
lege faculties.
Developmental psychologists study the
way people grow and change from birth
through old age. They describe, measure,
and explain age-related changes in behav-
ior, stages of emotional development, uni-
versal traits and individual differences, and
abnormal changes in development. Many
teach and research in colleges and univer-
sities, while others specialize in programs
for childrenin day care centers or pre-
schools, for exampleor in programs for
the elderly.
Social psychologists study how people
deal with each other and with the world
around them. They also study many kinds
of groupsreligious, political, educational,
family, and others. Social psychologists
may teach in universities or work for pri-
vate companies or in government.
Counseling psychologists work with peo-
ple who have problems they fnd diffcult
to face alone. These clients are not usually
mentally or emotionally ill, but they are
emotionally upset, anxious, or struggling
with some confict within themselves or
their environment.
School psychologists work with students
who have emotional and learning disabili-
ties. They work with those who are having
trouble reaching their potential in school,
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Psychology, Sociology
Masters degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$36,200 to $79,570 to $128,630
OUTlOOk
Grief Therapists
Guidance Counselors
Physicians
Psychiatric Nurses
Psychiatrists
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 44 7/16/09 1:21:11 PM
45
and they also deal with children whose be-
havior causes problems in the classroom.
Industrial-organizational psychologists
are concerned with the relation between
people and work. They deal with organi-
zational structure, worker productivity, job
satisfaction, consumer behavior, personnel
training and development, and the interac-
tion between humans and machines.
To prepare for a career as a psychologist,
concentrate on math, science, and English
courses. You should plan on spending from
six to 10 years in school after high school.
Undergraduate degrees in psychology
are designed to prepare you for graduate
school. Without a more advanced degree,
the kinds of jobs available are limited.
Most psychologists have a doctorate,
but some positions are available to those
with masters degrees. Clinical psycholo-
gists must usually complete one-year in-
ternships after receiving their doctorates.
Psychologists who wish to go into pri-
vate practice in the United States must have
a state-issued certifcate or license.
Outlook
Employment growth for psychologists
through 2016. The largest increase will be
in outpatient mental health and substance
abuse treatment clinics. The largest decrease
in employment will be in hospital jobs.
The outlook is very good for psychologists
who are in full-time independent practice.
Prospects look best for those who hold
doctorates in applied areas, such as clini-
cal, counseling, health, and industrial/or-
ganizational psychology. Competition for
jobs will be tougher for those with masters
or bachelors degrees. Most job candidates
with bachelors degrees will not be able to
fnd employment in the psychology feld
beyond assistant-level jobs.
ForMoreInformation
home to get experience working with pa-
tients and check out these associations:
AmericanPsychologicalAssociation
750 First Street, NE
800-374-2721
http://www.apa.org
nationalAssociationofSchool
Psychologists
4340 East-West Highway, Suite 402
866-331-6277
http://www.nasponline.org
This young girl is attending therapy
sessions with a psychologist due to anxiety.
(Lewis J. Merrim/Photo Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 45 7/16/09 1:21:11 PM
46
PublicOpinion
researchers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatPublicOpinion
researchersDo
Public opinion researchers interview people
on the street, in shopping centers, and at
other locations, call them on the telephone,
or send out questionnaires to fnd out their
preferences, such as what type of soap they
buy, what television programs they watch,
or how they feel about a particular political
issue. The method that researchers use de-
pends on the type of information desired.
Public opinion researchers are involved
in selecting the questions to be asked, the
people to be asked, asking the questions,
and interpreting the results. They conduct
these surveys to help business owners, poli-
ticians, and others determine how the pub-
lic feels about certain issues, or what they
like or dislike about selected products.
Planning is an important element of
developing a questionnaire or other survey
technique. Researchers decide what por-
tion of the population they will survey and
develop questions that do not force people
to answer a certain way.
Researchers who analyze the results
often group people together according to
age, geographic region, income, ethnicity,
education, and other categories. This type
of grouping is very popular because it al-
lows those who analyze a survey to suggest
how other people with the same character-
istics will feel about a topic. It also allows
advertisers, politicians, and others to target
their products, services, and messages to
specifc audiences.
Public opinion researchers who con-
duct interviews must be outgoing and enjoy
interacting with a wide variety of people.
Because much of the work involves getting
people to reveal their personal opinions
and beliefs, public opinion researchers are
good listeners and nonjudgmental.
Public opinion researchers who work
in data analysis must pay close attention to
detail and spend long hours analyzing com-
plex data. They may experience some pres-
sure when forced to collect data or solve a
problem within a specifed period of time.
Those who plan questionnaires need good
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Mathematics, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,400 to $43,910 to $78,940
OUTlOOk
Demographers
Sociologists
Telemarketers
c
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 46 7/16/09 1:21:12 PM

47
analytical skills and a strong command of
the English language.
Anyone who interviews people on a regular
basis must be friendly and enjoy working
with a wide variety of people. Public opin-
ion researchers also need problem solving,
data collection, and analysis skills. Cours-
es in English, speech arts, social studies,
mathematics (especially statistics), journal-
ism, and psychology are good preparation
for this career. Knowledge of a foreign lan-
guage is also helpful.
A college degree is not always neces-
sary for those who conduct interviews, but
researchers involved in developing ques-
tions and studying results should have
at least a bachelors degree in economics,
business administration, sociology, or psy-
chology. Those who study results need a
good background in statistics. Because of
the sophisticated techniques used by pub-
lic opinion researchers, a familiarity with
computers is expected, and a masters de-
gree in business administration, sociology,
educational psychology, or political sci-
ence is often required.
Outlook
Employment growth for market and sur-
vey research workers is expected to be
Job opportunities should be excellent for
people trained in public opinion research,
particularly those with graduate degrees.
People who specialize in marketing, math-
ematics, and statistics will have the best
opportunities. Marketing research frms,
fnancial services organizations, health
care institutions, advertising frms, and
insurance frms are potential employers.
ForMoreInformation
If you are involved in student government,
you may encounter issues that require a
public opinion poll. Your teacher-advisers
can help you write fair, unbiased survey
questions. Working on your school news-
paper also may give you opportunities to
interview students, faculty, and parents
about a variety of issues.
AmericanAssociationforPublicOpinion
research
PO Box 14263
Lenexa, KS 66285-4263
913-895-4601
info@aapor.org
http://www.aapor.org
AmericanMarketingAssociation
800-262-1150
MarketingresearchAssociation
110 National Drive, 2nd Floor
Glastonbury, CT 06033-1212
860-682-1000
http://www.mra-net.org
Fast Fact
Push polling is a telemar-
keting technique in which the
polling frm often does not dis-
close its true name, and typi-
cally asks only one or two often
leading questions. The goal of
push polling is to push voters
away from one candidate to-
ward another.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 47 7/16/09 1:21:12 PM
48
Public
relations
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatPublic
relationsSpecialistsDo
When a company or an organization wants
to present a good image to the public, it
turns to its public relations department
or to a public relations frm. Public rela-
tions specialists include executives, writers,
artists, and researchers. These specialists
work together to provide information to
the public about an organizations goals
and accomplishments and about its future
plans or projects.
Public relations specialists spend much
of their time writing. They write reports,
news releases, booklets, speeches, copy for
radio and television, and flm scripts. Pub-
lic relations specialists also edit employee
publications, newsletters, and reports to
shareholders. All of this writing and editing
has one goal: to offer the public positive in-
formation about a person or company.
Contact with the media is another im-
portant part of public relations specialists
jobs. They use radio, television, newspa-
pers, and magazines. They also use special
events to get their messages across. Press
parties, open houses, exhibits at conven-
tions, and speeches help to establish good
feelings and a positive image.
Some companies have their own public
relations departments and hire their own
workers. Other companies hire outside
frms whose workers provide public rela-
tions services to one or more companies. In
either case, public relations specialists work
closely with top executives to decide how
to keep or improve a companys good im-
age. Public relations workers sometimes do
research or conduct public opinion polls.
Then they develop a plan and put it into
action.
Some public relations workers special-
ize in one area of public relations. One type
of specialized public relations worker is the
lobbyist. Lobbyists try to persuade elected
offcials to pass laws that will beneft their
clients. For example, the dairy industry
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$29,580 to $49,800 to $94,620
OUTlOOk
Fund-Raisers
Lobbyists
Press Secretaries
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 48 7/16/09 1:21:13 PM

49
may hire lobbyists to persuade Congress
to write laws favorable to their industry.
Fund-raising directors develop and direct
programs designed to raise funds for so-
cial welfare agencies and other nonproft
organizations.
Most public relations specialists are col-
lege graduates, so it is important to take
college preparatory courses, especially
English, speech, humanities, and languag-
es. Writing is an important part of public
relations, so you should build your writ-
ing skills.
In college, pursue a degree in public
relations, English, or journalism. A gradu-
ate degree is often required for top mana-
gerial positions. Some companies have
training programs for newly hired public
relations specialists. In other companies,
new employees work closely under the su-
pervision of more experienced specialists.
They read and fle newspaper and maga-
zine articles, research, and learn to write
press releases.
Outlook
Employment growth for public relations
professionals is expected to be faster than
the average through 2016. Competition is
strong for beginning jobs in public rela-
tions, and people with both education and
experience will have an advantage.
ForMoreInformation
Almost any experience in working with
other people will help you develop strong
interpersonal skills, which are crucial in
public relations. Join your school newspa-
per or yearbook staff to work on your writ-
ing and reporting skills. Volunteering to
help with a political campaign can expose
you to how public relations specialists use
persuasive speaking and writing tactics and
how they deal with the media.
CanadianPublicrelationsSociety,Inc.
4195 Dundas Street West, Suite 346
Toronto, ON M8X 1Y4 Canada
416-239-7034
admin@cprs.ca
http://www.cprs.ca
InternationalAssociationofbusiness
Communicators
601 Montgomery Street, Suite 900
800-776-4222
service_centre@iabc.com
http://www.iabc.com
PublicrelationsSocietyofAmerica
New York, NY 10038-5150
212-460-1400
http://www.prsa.org
Paul McCartney (l) has his public relations
specialist at his side as he meets with
reporters in Tel Aviv, Israel. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 49 7/16/09 1:21:14 PM
50
Public
Transportation
Operators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Social
WhatPublicTransportation
OperatorsDo
Public transportation operators transport
passengers from one location to another
by bus, subway, and streetcar. Bus drivers
operate buses along a route and follow a
regular schedule. Intercity bus drivers take
passengers from one city to another, and
local transit bus drivers transport passengers
within a city. Others drive school buses,
airport buses, or tour buses.
Local transit bus drivers usually make
stops every block or two along their route.
They check passengers identifcation
cards, give information about schedules
and routes, and collect fares.
Intercity bus drivers also pick up and
drop off passengers, collect fares, and an-
swer questions. They may have to help col-
lect and load luggage as well. They check
safety equipment, such as a fre extinguish-
er and a frst-aid kit, as well as the vehicles
brakes, lights, steering, oil, gas, water, and
tires. Bus drivers prepare reports on each
trips mileage, fares, and time, and they
also complete reports on accidents or un-
usual delays. Most bus drivers have to drive
on weekends and holidays and at night.
School bus drivers run a predetermined
route in the mornings and in the after-
noons, transporting students to and from
school. Occasionally they drive students
and faculty to other events, such as sports
competitions or feld trips.
Subway drivers and other local railway
system drivers have many of the same du-
ties as bus drivers. They drive trains that
transport passengers throughout cities and
suburbs. They usually sit in special com-
partments at the front of the train where
they operate it, starting, slowing, and stop-
ping the train. Rail system drivers obey
the signals along their routes, which run
underground, at surface levels, or elevated
above ground.
Some drivers are assisted by agents,
who collect fares and transfers, open and
close doors, and announce stops. When
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$19,660 to $33,160 to $51,590
OUTlOOk
Clerks
Operating Engineers
Taxi Drivers
Truck Drivers
X
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 50 7/16/09 1:21:14 PM
51
trains malfunction or emergencies occur,
drivers contact dispatchers and may have
to evacuate passengers from the train cars.
To be a public transportation operator, you
need a high school diploma. You must be in
good health and have good eyesight, a good
driving record, and no criminal record.
Federal regulations require bus drivers
to have a commercial, or chauffeurs, li-
cense. The U.S. Department of Transporta-
tion requires that intercity bus drivers be
at least 21 years old and some bus compa-
nies hire only drivers that are at least 24
years old. Specifc requirements for local
bus drivers and rail system operators vary
by city.
Outlook
Employment growth for public transporta-
tion operators is expected to be as fast as
2016. As the population increases, local
and intercity travel increases. Future gov-
ernment efforts to reduce traffc and pol-
lution through greater funding of public
transportation could also greatly improve
job opportunities. Because many of these
positions offer relatively high wages and
attractive benefts, job seekers may face
heavy competition. Those who have good
driving records and are willing to work in
rapidly growing metropolitan areas will
have the best opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Get to know the public transportation sys-
tem in your city, including bus and train
routes. Talk to operators to fnd out what
they like and do not like about their jobs.
AmalgamatedTransitUnion
5025 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
202-537-1645
dispatch@atu.org
http://www.atu.org
AmericanPublicTransportationAssociation
202-496-4800
http://www.apta.com
TransportWorkersUnionofAmerica
1700 Broadway, 2nd Floor
New York, NY 10019-5905
212-259-4900
http://www.twu.com
Bus drivers make sure riders pay their fares
correctly and answer riders questions so
that they can get to where they want to
go. (Glenda M. Powers/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 51 7/16/09 1:21:15 PM
52
Purchasing
Agents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Reading/writing
WhatPurchasingAgentsDo
Purchasing agents buy the raw materials,
machinery, supplies, and services for their
employers. They usually work for compa-
nies that buy more than $100,000 worth of
goods each year.
Purchasing agents try to fnd the best
quality materials for the best price. They
consider the exact specifcations for the
required items, cost, quantity discounts,
freight handling or other transporta-
tion costs, and delivery time. In the past,
much of this information was obtained
by comparing listings in catalogs and
trade journals, interviewing suppliers
representatives, keeping up with current
market trends, examining sample goods,
and observing demonstrations of equip-
ment. Today, purchasing agents rely on
computer databases for their information.
Sometimes they visit plants of company
suppliers to get a frsthand look at prod-
ucts. After orders are placed, agents follow
up to make sure that goods meet the order
specifcations and that they are delivered
on time.
Many purchasing agents specialize in
a particular product or feld. Procurement
engineers buy aircraft equipment. They de-
cide on specifcations and requirements for
construction, performance, and testing of
equipment and are involved in the transac-
tions between buyers and suppliers.
Field contractors purchase fruits, veg-
etables, and other produce. They may
advise growers on methods and supplies
to use and help with locating farm labor.
Grain buyers manage grain elevators and
buy grain for milling. They are concerned
with the quality, price, shipping, and stor-
age of grain.
It is possible to become a purchasing agent
with only a high school diploma and some
related work experience. However, many
employers require agents to have a col-
lege degree. College work should include
courses in general economics, purchas-
ing, accounting, statistics, and business
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$32,580 to $52,460 to $86,860
OUTlOOk
Buyers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 52 7/16/09 1:21:16 PM

53
management. Some colleges and univer-
sities offer majors in purchasing, and de-
grees in business or engineering are also
good choices.
Purchasing agents with masters de-
grees in business administration, engi-
neering, technology, or fnance tend to
have the best jobs and highest salaries.
Companies that manufacture machinery
or chemicals may require a degree in en-
gineering or a related feld. A civil service
examination is required for employment
in government purchasing positions.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for purchas-
ing agents are likely to grow about as fast
as the average through 2016. Hospitals,
schools, state and local governments, and
other service-related organizations will
be good sources of employment. Demand
will be strongest for agents with a mas-
ters degree in business administration or
an undergraduate degree in purchasing.
Among frms that manufacture complex
machinery, chemicals, and other tech-
nical products, the demand will be for
graduates with a masters degree in engi-
neering, another feld of science, or busi-
ness administration. Graduates of two-
year programs in purchasing or materials
management should continue to fnd
good opportunities, especially in smaller
companies.
ForMoreInformation
Join a math club or investment club to
learn more about money management
and fnance. Volunteer to work on com-
mittees that are in charge of purchasing
supplies and services for special events at
your school or church/synagogue. Read
periodicals such as Purchasing magazine
(http://www.purchasing.com) to learn
more about the feld.
AmericanPurchasingSociety
PO Box 256
Aurora Place, IL 60506-0256
630-859-0250
http://www.american-purchasing.com
InstituteforSupplyManagement
PO Box 22160
Tempe, AZ 85285-2160
800-888-6276
http://www.ism.ws
nationalInstituteofGovernment
PurchasingInc.
151 Spring Street
800-367-6447
http://www.nigp.org
Did You Know?
The frst purchasing agent jobs
emerged during the Industrial
Revolution, when manufactur-
ing and business grew and led to
the specialization of management
jobs.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 53 7/16/09 1:21:16 PM
54
Quality
Assurance
Testers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatQuality
AssuranceTestersDo
Before computer manufacturers introduce
a game, program, or other product to con-
sumers, they frst run extensive tests to
make sure it works properly. Quality assur-
ance testers are the workers who test com-
puter products to ensure they operate at
the desired performance level. They also
check computer-automated quality assur-
ance programs to confrm that they func-
tion properly.
Some testers spend much of their time
working on software programs or playing
computer games. If it is a game, for exam-
ple, they play it over and over for hours,
trying to make moves quickly or slowly to
see if they can crash the program. A pro-
gram crashes if it completely stops func-
tioning due to, among other things, an
inability to process commands. As testers
work, they keep close track of the com-
binations they enter so that they can re-
peat them if the program does crash. They
also offer opinions on how user-friendly
the program is. Their goal is to make each
product more effcient, fun, and visually
exciting. Any problems they fnd are re-
ported to supervisors.
Quality assurance testers give instruc-
tions to the computer on which test to ad-
minister and to watch the screen for signs
of trouble, such as interruption codes and
breakdown signals. They also interpret test
results, check their accuracy by running
them through special programs, and write
reports on what they fnd.
Some quality assurance testers work di-
rectly with consumers who have problems
with their software. They listen to custom-
er complaints to determine the precise or-
der of keystrokes that led to the problem.
Then they repeat the procedure on their
own computers and run tests to determine
the cause. If the problem is not a result of
user-error, they inform programmers and
software engineers of the problem and of-
fer suggested solutions.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$37,180 to $73,750 to $122,180
OUTlOOk
Software Designers
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 54 7/16/09 1:21:17 PM
55
A high school diploma is required if you
want to work in quality assurance. Most
employers offer in-house training. Some
do not require postsecondary training, but
advanced education helps testers fnd the
best jobs and gain promotion. Some com-
panies require a bachelors degree in com-
puter science. As the feld becomes more
competitive, the requirements for fnding
a job are increasing. The Quality Assurance
Institute offers certifcation in certain areas
of quality assurance, including certifed
quality analyst and certifed software test
engineer.
Outlook
The number of positions in the feld of
quality assurance is expected to increase
faster than the average through 2016. Fierce
competition among software manufactur-
ers is forcing frms to focus their energies
on customer service and hire quality assur-
ance testers to make sure their software ap-
plications are perfected before they hit the
shelves.
ForMoreInformation
Learn about computer systems and pro-
grams of all kinds, including hardware
and software. Look for bugs in your soft-
ware at home and practice writing them
up. Join a computer group or society. Read
books on testing, and familiarize your-
self with methods, terms, and software
development.
IEEEComputerSociety
202-371-0101
QualityAssuranceInstitute
407-363-1111
http://www.qaiusa.com
Software&InformationIndustry
Association
1090 Vermont Avenue, NW, 6th Floor
202-289-7442
http://www.siia.net
SoftwareTestingInstitute
http://www.softwaretestinginstitute.com
Fast Fact
The greatest concentration of
quality assurance tester jobs
are in regions and cities that
have software companies, such
as the Silicon Valley in north-
ern California, Boston, Chicago,
and Atlanta.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 55 7/16/09 1:21:17 PM
56
Quality
Control
Engineersand
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatQualityControl
EngineersandTechniciansDo
Quality control engineers develop, imple-
ment, and direct processes and practices
that help ensure the quality of manufac-
tured parts. They set standards to measure
the quality of a part or product, analyze
factors that affect quality, and determine
the best practices to guarantee quality.
Quality control engineers are concerned
with effective manufacturing procedures,
productivity, and cost factors. They focus
on ensuring quality during production op-
erations, and they also get involved in prod-
uct design and evaluation. They work with
manufacturing engineers and industrial de-
signers during the design phase of a product,
and they work with sales and marketing pro-
fessionals to evaluate reports from consum-
ers on how well a product is performing.
Quality control engineers make sure
that all materials used in a fnished product
meet required standards and that all instru-
ments and automated equipment used to
test and monitor parts during production
perform properly. They supervise and di-
rect workers involved in assuring quality,
including quality control technicians, in-
spectors, and production personnel.
Quality control technicians work with
quality control engineers in designing, im-
plementing, and maintaining quality sys-
tems. They test and inspect materials and
products during all phases of production
to make sure they meet specifed levels of
quality. They test random samples of prod-
ucts or monitor production workers and
automated testing equipment that inspect
products during manufacturing. Using en-
gineering blueprints, drawings, and specif-
cations, they measure and inspect parts for
dimensions, performance, and mechanical,
electrical, and chemical properties. They es-
tablish tolerances, or acceptable deviations
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Associates degree (technicians)
SAlAryrAnGE
$47,630 to $85,260 to $126,180
(engineers)
$31,630 to $56,060 to $79,900
(technicians)
OUTlOOk
Papermaking Workers
_
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 56 7/16/09 1:21:18 PM
57
from engineering specifcations, and they
direct manufacturing personnel in identi-
fying rejects and items that need to be re-
worked. They monitor production processes
to be sure that machinery and equipment
are working properly and set to established
specifcations.
Quality control engineers must have a
bachelors degree in engineering. Many
quality control engineers receive degrees
in industrial or manufacturing engineer-
ing. Some receive degrees in metallurgical,
mechanical, electrical, or chemical engi-
neering, depending on where they plan to
work.
Education and training requirements
vary for quality control technicians in
different industries. In the food process-
ing industry, technicians may need only
good mathematics and reading skills. But
in many other industries, such as the drug
industry, more training is required. Many
community colleges and technical insti-
tutes offer two-year training programs that
teach sciences, mathematics, engineer-
ing, statistics, design and production, and
other subjects related to testing the qual-
ity of materials.
Outlook
Although many economists forecast low to
moderate growth in manufacturing opera-
tions through 2016, employment opportu-
nities for quality control personnel should
grow about as fast as the average as many
companies place increased emphasis on
quality control activities.
Many companies are making vigor-
ous efforts to make their manufacturing
processes more effcient, lower costs, and
improve productivity and quality. Oppor-
tunities for quality control engineers and
technicians should be good in the food and
beverage industries, pharmaceutical frms,
electronics companies, and chemical com-
panies. Employment should also be good
in the aerospace, biomedical, bioengineer-
ing, environmental controls, and transpor-
tation industries.
ForMoreInformation
Take industrial arts courses that introduce
you to different kinds of scientifc or tech-
nical equipment. Join a radio, computer,
or science club to get experience in team-
building and problem-solving activities.
AmericanSocietyforQuality
600 North Plankinton Avenue
800-248-1946
help@asq.org
http://www.asq.org
ASTMInternational
100 Barr Harbor Drive
PO Box C700
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
610-832-9500
http://www.astm.org
Quality control technician Frank Pantaleon
checks samples at his lab. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 57 7/16/09 1:21:18 PM
58
rabbis
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatrabbisDo
Rabbis are the spiritual leaders of Jewish
congregations. They interpret Jewish law
and tradition and conduct religious ser-
vices on the Sabbath and holy days. Rabbis
offciate at weddings, funerals, and other
rites of passage in the Jewish tradition,
counsel members of the congregation, visit
the sick, and take part in community and
interfaith affairs. Rabbis further serve their
congregations by supervising and teaching
religious education courses.
Within Judaism, the rabbi has an el-
evated status in spiritual matters, although
most Jewish synagogues and temples have
a relatively democratic form of decision
making in which many members partici-
pate. Rabbis of large congregations spend
much of their time working with their
staffs and various committees. They often
receive assistance from an associate or as-
sistant rabbi.
Smaller synagogues may have only
one rabbi, while larger synagogues may
have a chief rabbi and one or more assistant
rabbis. Most congregations also have a
cantor, or hazzan, who leads liturgies and
prayers. Cantors are trained in both music
and religious education. Both rabbis and
professional cantors are ordained clergy, and
both have the authority to conduct wed-
dings, funerals, visit sick synagogue mem-
bers, and teach adult education classes.
Many rabbis take on additional respon-
sibilities in the community at large. They
may become involved with such social
concerns as poverty, community relations,
or drug abuse, or they may take part in in-
terfaith activities with ministers of other
religions.
Some rabbis do not serve as congrega-
tional leaders but instead serve as educa-
tors at schools and seminaries, as writers
and scholars, or as chaplains at hospitals or
in the armed forces.
A primary consideration in choosing
a career in the clergy is a strong religious
faith coupled with the desire to help oth-
ers. Rabbis should be able to communicate
effectively and supervise others. They must
have self-confdence, initiative, and the
ability to deal with pressure. They need to
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Foreign language, Religion
Masters degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,240 to $40,460 to $70,670
OUTlOOk
Grief Therapists
Historians
Psychologists
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 58 7/16/09 1:21:19 PM
59
be impartial when listening to the troubles
and worries of congregants. They must be
tactful and compassionate in order to deal
with people of many backgrounds. They
must set a high moral and ethical standard
for the members of their congregations.
If you hope to become a rabbi, take all re-
ligious and Hebrew language courses avail-
able to you. You need to complete a bach-
elors degree before entering a seminary.
Degrees in Jewish studies, philosophy,
English, and history can fulfll seminary
entrance requirements. Completion of a
course of study in a seminary is a prerequi-
site for ordination as a rabbi.
Most seminary programs lead to the
Master of Arts in Hebrew Letters degree and
ordination as a rabbi. Most programs last
about fve years, and many of them include
a period of study in Jerusalem.
Outlook
Job opportunities for rabbis are good in all
the major branches of Judaism. Orthodox
rabbis should have good job prospects as
older rabbis retire and smaller communities
become large enough to hire their own rab-
bis. Conservative and Reform rabbis should
also have excellent employment opportu-
nities, especially because of retirement and
new Jewish communities. Reconstruction-
ist rabbis should fnd very good opportuni-
ties because this branch of Judaism is grow-
ing rapidly.
ForMoreInformation
Talk with your own rabbi and others in-
volved in the work of the synagogue or
temple to get a clearer idea of the rewards
and responsibilities of this profession. You
should be able to fnd volunteer opportuni-
ties at your synagogue as well. Most Jew-
ish seminaries are also eager to work with
young people to help them learn about the
rabbinate before making a frm decision
about it.
CentralConferenceofAmericanrabbis
(reform)
355 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017-0003
212-972-3636
info@ccarnet.org
http://ccarnet.org
jewishreconstructionistFederation
Beit Devora
101 Greenwood Ave. Suite 430
Jenkintown, PA 19046-2637
215-885-5601
http://www.jrf.org
rabbinicalAssembly(Conservative)
3080 Broadway
New York, NY 10027-4650
212-280-6000
info@rabbinicalassembly.org
http://www.rabbinicalassembly.org
rabbinicalCouncilofAmerica(Orthodox)
New York, NY 10001-6008
212-807-9000
offce@rabbis.org
http://rabbis.org
Fast Fact
If you are considering becom-
ing a cantor, visit the American
Conference of Cantors Web
site: http://www.accantors.org.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 59 7/16/09 1:21:19 PM
60
radioand
Television
Announcers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatradioand
TelevisionAnnouncersDo
Radio and television announcers are the people
who read the names and call letters of sta-
tions, announce station breaks, introduce
and close shows, and make public service
announcements. Radio announcers inter-
view guests or moderate panel discussions.
In some smaller stations, the announcer is
also responsible for keeping the station log,
running the transmitter, and writing news
and other scripts.
Announcers have many specialized
roles. For example, disc jockeys play music
interspersed with commercial messages and
talk. They sometimes read the news, weath-
er forecasts, and traffc reports. Except for
advertisements and news reports, most of
their talk is unscripted and conversational.
Sportscasters cover sports events for the
radio and television audience. These an-
nouncers have specialized knowledge of
the sporting events they cover and are able
to announce quickly and accurately what
is happening during the event. Fast-mov-
ing sports such as hockey and basketball
require a sportscaster who can describe
the important events rapidly and without
confusion.
Newscasters specialize in reporting the
news, including regional, national, and in-
ternational events. Some newscasters also
provide editorial commentary and per-
sonal opinions on news events and issues.
In some instances, newscasters write their
own scripts based on facts that are fur-
nished by international news bureaus. In
other instances, they read text exactly as it
comes in. They may make as few as one or
two reports each day if they work on a ma-
jor news program, or they may broadcast
news for fve minutes every hour or half-
hour. Newscasters may specialize in certain
aspects of the news, such as economics,
politics, health and medicine, or military
activity.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Speech
SAlAryrAnGE
$14,790 to $26,060 to $75,020
OUTlOOk
Decline
Broadcast Engineers
Disc Jockeys
Radio Producers
Sportswriters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 60 7/16/09 1:21:21 PM
61
News anchors are the primary announc-
ers for half-hour or hour-long news pro-
grams and special news coverage. They read
the main news events and then introduce
reporters who give more detailed coverage,
including interviews and flm clips.
Most large radio and television stations
prefer to hire announcers who have a bach-
elors degree. Some trade schools offer pro-
grams in radio and television announcing,
but you should investigate programs thor-
oughly before you enroll. Some of these
programs are expensive and may offer little
valuable training. You might talk to local
radio or television station managers to get
their opinions on which programs will be
helpful and which ones to avoid.
Outlook
Competition for entry-level employment
in announcing during the coming years is
expected to be strong, as the broadcasting
industry always attracts more applicants
than are needed. There is a better chance of
working in radio than in television because
there are more radio stations. Local televi-
sion stations usually carry a high percent-
age of network programs and need only a
very small staff to carry out local opera-
tions. The top television markets are New
York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia,
and San Francisco.
There is little new growth in the num-
ber of new radio and television stations so
most job openings will result from people
leaving the industry or the labor force.
Newscasters who specialize in such areas
as business, consumer, and health news
should have an advantage over other job
applicants.
ForMoreInformation
Practice your public speaking skills. Join a
speech, debate, or forensics club. Take tours
of local radio and television stations.
AssociationofPublicTelevisionStations
2100 Crystal Drive, Suite 700
202-654-4200
http://www.apts.org
nationalAssociationofbroadcast
EmployeesandTechnicians
202-434-1100
http://nabetcwa.org
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
These three radio announcers host a
morning show on local radio. (FEMA)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 61 7/16/09 1:21:22 PM
62
radioand
Television
Program
Directors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatradioandTelevision
ProgramDirectorsDo
Radio and television program directors plan
and schedule programs for radio and tele-
vision stations and networks. They work in
both commercial and public broadcasting
and work for individual radio or television
stations, regional or national networks, or
cable television systems.
Program directors work on entertain-
ment programs, public service programs,
newscasts, sportscasts, and commercial
announcements. Program directors de-
cide what material is broadcast and when
it is scheduled. They work with other
staff members to develop programs and
buy programs from independent produc-
ers. They are guided by such factors as the
budget available for program material, the
audience their station or network wants
to attract, their organizations policies on
content and other matters, and the kinds
of products advertised in the various com-
mercial announcements. It is important
for program directors to understand their
listeners, viewers, advertisers, and sponsors
and be able to adapt programming to their
needs and goals.
Program directors also set schedules
for the program staff, audition and hire
announcers and other on-the-air person-
nel, and assist the sales department in
negotiating contracts with sponsors of
commercial announcements. The duties
of individual program directors depend
on whether they work in radio or televi-
sion, the size of the organization, wheth-
er they work for one station or a network,
or whether it is a commercial or public
operation.
Some larger stations and networks
employ public service directors to plan and
schedule radio or television public service
programs and announcements in such
felds as education, religion, and civic and
government affairs. Broadcast operations
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$28,980 to $61,090 to $96,670
OUTlOOk
Broadcast Engineers
Disc Jockeys
Radio Producers
Reporters
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 62 7/16/09 1:21:24 PM
63
directors coordinate the activities of the
personnel who prepare network program
schedules, review program schedules, is-
sue daily corrections, and advise affliated
stations on their schedules. Other manag-
ers in radio and television broadcasting in-
clude production managers, operations direc-
tors, news directors, and sports directors.
English, debate, and speech classes are good
preparation for this career. Business courses
are also helpful.
A college degree is recommended for
this feld. Possible majors for those in-
terested in this work include radio and
television production and broadcasting,
communications, liberal arts, or business
administration. Technical training will help
you understand the engineering aspects of
broadcasting. Experience at a radio or tele-
vision station is important. Many program
directors move into their positions after
working for a number of years as a music
director, as a staff announcer, or in some
other capacity at a station.
Outlook
Generally, employment growth in radio
and television broadcasting is expected to
be about as fast as the average for all in-
dustries through 2016. The growth rate is
attributed to expanding cable and satellite
television operations, and the continued
growth of interactive media.
ForMoreInformation
Get any experience you can with radio or
television broadcasting, such as volunteer-
ing to help at small radio stations or local
cable stations. Take tours of large stations
in your area. Volunteer to work on school
committees in charge of planning and di-
recting special events.
AssociationofPublicTelevisionStations
202-654-4200
http://www.apts.org
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
nationalCable&Telecommunications
Association
202-222-2300
http://www.ncta.com
radio-TelevisionnewsDirectors
Association
Washington, DC 20004 -1412
202-659-6510
Fast Fact
In addition to ranking the num-
ber of viewers a television show
gets, Nielsen ranks the size of
television markets. The top fve
markets in the United States
are New York, Los Angeles,
Chicago, Philadelphia, and San
Francisco/Oakland/San Jose.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 63 7/16/09 1:21:25 PM
64
radio
Producers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatradioProducersDo
Radio producers plan, rehearse, and produce
live or recorded programs. They work with
on-air personnel, behind-the-scenes work-
ers, music, sound effects, and technology
to put together a radio show. In many situ-
ations, particularly with smaller radio sta-
tions, the disc jockey and the shows pro-
ducer are the same person.
Radio producers study the marketplace
by listening to other area radio stations
and determining whats needed and ap-
preciated in the community. They conduct
surveys and interviews to fnd out what the
public wants to hear. They decide which
age groups they want to pursue and devel-
op a format based on what appeals to these
listeners.
Based on listener feedback and on mar-
ket research, radio disc jockeys and pro-
ducers determine what music to play and
create music libraries that will help the
station develop a unique on-air identity.
Producers also keep track of current
events. They consult newspapers and ra-
dio programs to determine what subjects
to discuss on their shows.
Producers have to keep a show running
on time, which involves carefully weaving
many elements into a show, including mu-
sic, news reports, interviews, and commer-
cials. They write copy for and coordinate
on-air commercials, which are usually re-
corded in advance. They also devise con-
tests, from large public events to small, on-
air trivia competitions.
Though a majority of radio stations
have music formats, radio producers also
work for 24-hour news stations, public
broadcasting, and talk radio. Producing
news programs and radio documentaries
involves a great deal of research, booking
guests, writing scripts, and interviewing.
Writing skills are especially valuable if you
want to work in radio. Take English and so-
cial science courses that require essays and
term papers. Journalism classes will not
only help you develop your writing skills
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$28,980 to $61,090 to $96,670
OUTlOOk
Disc Jockeys
Radio Producers
q
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 64 7/16/09 1:21:25 PM
65
but also teach you about the nature and
history of media.
After high school, look for universities
with schools of journalism or communica-
tions that offer programs in broadcasting.
Business courses will help you prepare for a
career as a producer. Radio producers often
start their training in journalism schools
and receive hands-on instruction at campus
radio stations. News directors and program
managers of radio stations generally want
to hire people who have a well-rounded
education with knowledge of history, ge-
ography, political science, and literature.
Outlook
Employment growth in the radio industry
is expected to be about as fast as the av-
erage through 2016. Today, radio stations
are bought and sold at a rapid pace. Merg-
ers often result in radio stations having
to change formats as well as entire staffs.
Though some radio producers are able to
stay at a station over a period of several
years, people going into radio should be
prepared to change employers at some
point in their careers.
Another trend that is affecting radio
producing jobs is the increasing use of pro-
gramming created by services outside the
broadcasting industry. Satellite radio, in
which subscribers pay a monthly fee for ac-
cess to 100 or more radio stations, will be a
big threat to smaller, marginal stations.
Competition is stiff for all radio jobs.
Graduates of college broadcasting programs
are fnding a scarcity of work in media. Paid
internships will also be diffcult to fnd;
many students of radio will have to work
for free for a while to gain experience.
ForMoreInformation
Small radio stations may be willing to let
young, inexperienced people work behind
the scenes. Some high schools have on-
site radio stations that allow students to
get hands-on experience. You can develop
valuable skills by getting involved in man-
agement and planning for any clubs you
belong to.
broadcastEducationAssociation
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-3935
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
Did You Know?
The frst commercial radio station
in the United States was KDKA in
Pittsburgh, which came on the air
in 1920.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 65 7/16/09 1:21:26 PM
66
railroad
Conductors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whatrailroad
ConductorsDo
A railroad conductor is the person who yells
All aboard! in movies and on television,
but real-life conductors have much more
responsibility than that. Conductors are in
charge of the entire train, including other
train employees and all the train equip-
ment. On trains today, a conductor and the
locomotive engineer may be the only crew
members aboard the train.
Some railroad conductors, called road
conductors, supervise trains that carry pas-
sengers and freight. Yard conductors work
in rail yards, directing workers on switch-
ing crews that put together and take apart
trains.
Conductors who work on freight trains
keep track of each cars cargo. They make
sure cars are dropped off or picked up at
certain stops. They also inspect the cars to
be certain that they are in good condition
and properly sealed.
Conductors who work on passenger
trains attend to the comfort and safety of
passengers. They oversee the boarding of
passengers and collect tickets and fares.
At stops, they help passengers get off the
train safely and tell the engineer when to
pull away from the station. If there is an
accident, conductors take charge of the
situation.
On both passenger and freight trains,
conductors are in constant contact with
the locomotive engineer. Before departing,
they go over schedules and times with the
engineer. During the run, conductors may
receive information over the radio about
track conditions or special instructions.
They may also monitor information about
any problems with the trains operation
and pass that information along to the en-
gineer using a two-way radio.
When working in rail yards, conductors
make sure that trains are put together and
ready to go on time. They throw switches to
direct cars to certain tracks for unloading.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrAnGE
$37,490 to $58,650 to $92,550
OUTlOOk
Decline
Clerks
Flight Attendants
Merchant Mariners
X
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 66 7/16/09 1:21:26 PM
67
They tell switching crews which cars to put
together and which ones to take apart.
A high school education is required to enter
this feld. Machine shop and electrical shop
classes are good choices for future conduc-
tors. Computer science is also helpful.
A railroad conductor position is not an
entry-level job. Most conductors gain ex-
perience by working different jobs for the
railroad and after years of experience they
are promoted to conductors.
To be a conductor, you must pass an
entrance-to-service medical examination
and periodic physicals throughout your
career. You are also required to take tests
that screen for drug use. You must be able
to lift 80 pounds, as required when replac-
ing knucklesheavy metal couplings that
connect rail cars.
Outlook
Job opportunities for railroad conductors
are expected to decline. Rail passenger ser-
vices to many points have been discon-
tinued. Although the volume of railroad
freight business is expected to increase in
the coming years, the use of automation
and larger, faster trains is expected to cause
a continued decline in the employment of
rail transportation workers. Computers are
now used to keep track of empty freight
cars, match empty cars with the closest
load, and dispatch trains. Also, new work
rules that allow two- and three-person
crews instead of the traditional fve-person
crews are becoming more widely used, and
these factors combine to lessen the need
for conductors and other crew workers.
ForMoreInformation
A visit to a rail yard might give you some
insight into the work of a yard conductor
and into the operations of railroads in gen-
eral. Visit one of the many railroad muse-
ums around the country, and search the In-
ternet for sites related to railroads. There is
a large community of railroad enthusiasts,
so you might be able to fnd a club in your
area.
AmericanShortlineandregionalrailroad
Association
50 F Street, NW, Suite 7020
202-628-4500
aslrra@aslrra.org
http://www.aslrra.org
AssociationofAmericanrailroads
50 F Street, NW
202-639-2100
http://www.aar.org
FederalrailroadAdministration
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE
http://www.fra.dot.gov
Railroad conductors help to keep their
trains running on schedule. (Frances L.
Fruit/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 67 7/16/09 1:21:27 PM
68
range
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
Whatrange
ManagersDo
Range managers help protect the environ-
ment and improve and increase the food
supply on ranges, which cover more than
1 billion acres of land in the western Unit-
ed States and Alaska. Range managers also
may be called range scientists, range ecolo-
gists, and range conservationists.
Ranges are the source of food for both
livestock and wildlife, but overgrazing by
animals can leave the land bare. When
there is neither grass nor shrubs on open
land, soil erosion occurs. Range managers
are in charge of erosion-control programs,
such as irrigation and rotating grazing
lands.
Range managers study rangelands to
decide the number and kinds of cattle that
can best graze on these lands and the times
of year that are best for grazing. They also
study different varieties of plants to deter-
mine which ones will grow best and which
might actually be harmful to the land and
its wildlife.
Range managers try to conserve the
land for a variety of other uses, such as out-
door recreation, timber, and habitats for
many kinds of wildlife. They look for ways
to prevent damage by fre and rodents. If
a fre does occur, range managers try to re-
store the land. They make sure fences and
corrals are in good condition and water res-
ervoirs are well maintained.
Most range managers work in the west-
ern part of the United States or in Alaska,
where most of the nations rangelands are
located. Most range managers work for the
federal government in the Forest Service,
the Natural Resource Conservation Ser-
vice of the Department of Agriculture, the
Bureau of Indian Affairs, or the Bureau of
Land Management of the Department of
the Interior. Other employers include state
governments and oil and coal companies,
which need experts to help repair the land
damaged by mining and exploring for oil.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$34,620 to $58,000 to $100,800
OUTlOOk
Ecologists
Naturalists
Park Rangers
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 68 7/16/09 1:21:27 PM
69
To prepare for a career as a range manager,
take classes in biology, chemistry, phys-
ics, and mathematics. Business classes
also will be helpful for learning aspects of
management. Range managers must have
a bachelors degree in range science, soil
science, or natural resource management.
For many range manager positions you
need a graduate degree in one of these
felds. About 35 colleges and universities
have degree programs in range manage-
ment or range science or in another disci-
pline with a range management or range
science option.
The Society for Range Management of-
fers voluntary certifcation as a Certifed
Range Management Consultant or a Certi-
fed Professional in Rangeland Management.
Contact the society for more information.
Outlook
Job growth will be slower than the aver-
age through 2016 for conservation scien-
tists and foresters, a category that includes
range managers. Large ranches will contin-
ue to employ range managers to improve
range management practices and increase
output and proftability. Range specialists
may fnd more opportunities in private
industry to advise on the reclamation of
lands damaged by oil and coal exploration.
A small number of new jobs will result
from the need for range and soil conserva-
tionists to provide technical assistance to
owners of grazing land through the Natu-
ral Resource Conservation Service. An ad-
ditional demand for range managers could
be created by the conversion of rangelands
to other purposes, such as wildlife habitats
and recreation.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work with conservation orga-
nizations or with parks and land preserves
in your area. Look for a summer job on a
farm or range.
SocietyforrangeManagement
10030 West 27th Avenue
303-986-3309
srmweb@rangelands.org
http://www.rangelands.org
U.S.DepartmentofAgriculture
Forest Service
800-832-1355
http://www.fs.fed.us/
U.S.DepartmentoftheInterior
Bureau of Land Management
1849 C Street, Room 5665
202-208-3801
woinfo@blm.gov
http://www.blm.gov
Fast Fact
Rangelands cover more than
one billion acres in the United
States.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 69 7/16/09 1:21:28 PM
70
realEstate
Agentsand
brokers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatrealEstateAgents
andbrokersDo
Purchasing a home is an important deci-
sion, so people often seek the help of real
estate agents and brokers when they buy
or sell a house. Real estate agents and brokers
assist people in the process of buying and
selling property, and they act as interme-
diaries in the price negotiations between
buyer and seller. Because they understand
the legal steps necessary to complete a
sale and know how to get mortgage loans,
agents and brokers provide the expertise
that many people need when they buy or
sell a piece of property.
When a person decides to sell a house,
he or she usually contacts a licensed real
estate agent. The agent visits the prop-
erty to get a good idea of what the prop-
erty is worth and to identify some of the
most desirable features that will attract
prospective buyers. Frequently, the agent
or broker counsels the owner on what
price to ask for the home. The owner then
usually signs a contract agreeing to pay
the agent a standard percentage of the
selling price if the agent sells the property
within a specifed amount of time.
When a client is interested in buying
a home, the agent interviews the client to
understand what type of home he or she is
looking for. The agent then consults home
listings to see what is available and takes
the potential buyer to see homes that meet
his or her needs and income.
Although most people have common
questions concerning price and home con-
struction, each client is looking for differ-
ent qualities in a home, and agents must
adjust their recommendations based on
those needs.
In addition to spending a great deal of
time showing homes to prospective buyers,
agents spend a lot of time on the telephone
seeking new home listings and fnding the
answers to clients fnancial questions and
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,930 to $40,600 to $106,790
(agents)
$25,990 to $37,500 to $100,570
(brokers)
OUTlOOk
Financial Planners
Property and Real Estate Developers
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 70 7/16/09 1:21:28 PM
71
other concerns. Agents also use comput-
ers to provide up-to-date information on
changing neighborhoods, new mortgage
rates, and other related topics.
Although there are no specifc educational
requirements, most agents should have at
least some college training. Many colleges
and universities offer four-year degrees in
real estate, which may be helpful for enter-
ing a career in real estate.
All real estate agents and brokers must
pass a written examination covering real
estate principles and laws affecting the sale
of property before being licensed to prac-
tice. Most states require agents applying
for a license to complete at least 30 hours
of classroom instruction; those seeking a
brokers license must usually complete 90
hours of formal training.
Outlook
Employment growth for agents and brokers
through 2016. Turnover within the feld is
high; new job opportunities open as agents
retire or transfer to other types of work.
The feld of real estate is easily affected by
changes in the economy. Periods of pros-
perity bring a lot of business. Conversely, a
downturn leads to a lower number of real
estate transactions, resulting in fewer sales
and commissions for agents and brokers.
ForMoreInformation
Contact local real estate brokers and agents
for useful information on the feld. You
can also obtain information on licensing
requirements from local real estate boards
or from the real estate departments of each
state.
AssociationofrealEstatelicenselaw
Offcials
8361 Sangre De Cristo Road, Suite 250
303-979-6140
mailbox@arello.org
http://www.arello.org
nationalAssociationofrealtors
800-874-6500
http://www.realtor.org
SocietyofIndustrialandOffcerealtors
202-449-8200
admin@sior.com
http://www.sior.com
A real estate agent places a sign on
the front lawn of a home he just sold.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 71 7/16/09 1:21:29 PM
72
realEstate
Assessorsand
Appraisers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Mathematics
Integrity/honesty
WhatrealEstateAssessors
andAppraisersDo
Real estate assessors and appraisers estimate
the value of land, residences, commercial
buildings, and other real property. Their es-
timates are used to establish property tax-
es, confrm mortgage agreements, provide
sales prices, and for a variety of reasons.
Appraisers and assessors generate de-
tailed written descriptions of the proper-
ties they are valuing. Oftentimes they take
photographs of the property to document
the physical conditions described in their
reports. They may use standardized check-
lists to assist in the evaluation process.
In general, appraisers work for a single
company or as independent, self-employed
consultants, determining the value of one
property at a time. They may specialize in
one type of real estate such as homes, shop-
ping malls, or farmland.
Assessors usually work for a munici-
pal government to establish all the prop-
erty values in a locality for tax purposes.
They are responsible for issuing notices
regarding taxes. Assessors must be knowl-
edgeable on local and state tax codes and
procedures especially in instances where
property owners contest their assessments.
Usually the senior assessor is an elected
position.
High school courses in English and math-
ematics will prepare you for writing reports
and calculating values. Take courses to help
develop your keyboarding and computer
skills.
Until recently there were no formal ed-
ucation degree requirements for real estate
appraisers and assessors. Today, however,
both appraisers and assessors must have
at minimum a bachelors degree as part of
state licensure and/or certifcation require-
ments. Although there is no mandatory
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Computer science, English,
Mathematics
SAlAryrAnGE
$24,000 to $44,460 to $86,140
OUTlOOk
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 72 7/16/09 1:21:30 PM
73
degree area, a focus on economics, fnance,
or real estate is highly recommended.
The licensing and certifcation process
also includes on-the-job training, includ-
ing time as a trainee, and passing an ex-
amination. Additional requirements vary
by state.
Outlook
Growth opportunities for real estate ap-
praisers and assessors is expected be faster
than the average. Those licensed and expe-
rienced should be well positioned for the
best jobs.
With increased attention on foreclo-
sure activities, appraisers and assessors will
be needed to evaluate the rising number of
property transactions. Self-employed ap-
praisers will probably see the most demand
as fnancial institutions contract out work
for loan appraisals.
ForMoreInformation
Contact your local tax assessors offce for
useful information on the feld as well as
for state licensing requirements.
AmericanSocietyofAppraisers
800-272-8258
http://www.appraisers.org
AppraisalInstitute
550 West Van Buren Street, Suite 1000
312-335-4400
http://www.appraisalinstitute.org
InternationalAssociationofAssessing
Offcers
816-701-8100
http://www.iaao.org
Growth Field
ber of real estate assessors and ap-
praisers is expected to grow from
about 17 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 73 7/16/09 1:21:30 PM

74
realEstate
Developers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatreal
EstateDevelopersDo
Real estate developers plan and direct con-
struction or renovation of buildings for
commercial or private use. This process
involves negotiation with property own-
ers, real estate agents, investors, lending
institutions such as banks and insurance
companies, architects, lawyers, general
contractors, government offcials, and
other parties. Developers may work inde-
pendently as consultants or in partnership
with professionals involved in real estate
development.
A developer may be involved in pur-
chasing suburban acres and developing
condominiums, a park, a golf course, or a
shopping center. Or a developer may reno-
vate an existing structure such as a ware-
house, turning it into a restaurant or offce
space. The day-to-day duties of a developer
vary depending on the development en-
tity. A development entity consists of the
owner of the project (the person who will
proft or suffer losses from the develop-
ment), the investors who put up the initial
funding, and the developer.
At the beginning of a project the de-
veloper negotiates with a variety of people
to obtain funding for the project. Without
these funds, a developer will not get fnanc-
ing to fnish the project. Many times, the
government will help with fnancing if the
project benefts the community at large.
Such projects include the construction of
stadiums and improvement of infrastruc-
ture, such as the widening of streets.
Developers must complete a series of
steps and work with a variety of people to
complete their projects. They must com-
plete an impact study of how their project
will affect the community and the environ-
ment. They may meet with a zoning board
to ensure that all regulations are being met.
Developers hire architects to create build-
ing plans that they submit to the building
department for approval. While they wait
for approval, developers put the plans out
for bids from general contractors who, if
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,800 to $43,670 to $97,890
OUTlOOk
City Planners
/
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 74 7/16/09 1:21:31 PM
75
hired, select subcontractors, such as car-
penters, to work on the job. Before they
break ground, developers may have to sat-
isfy current government regulations.
Developers are ultimately responsible
for the success or failure of a project, and
they must be knowledgeable concerning
every step. They must know how to hire
those who can work as part of a team. De-
velopers careers and reputations are on the
line with each project, even if they are not
investors who stand to lose money if the
project does not go well.
There are no specifc educational require-
ments or certifcations for becoming a real
estate developer. Many developers have
bachelors or advanced degrees. Most devel-
opers enter this career after gaining success
in other related felds. Graduate degrees in
law, business, and architecture will be of
the most help to aspiring developers.
Outlook
The outlook for real estate developers is
subject to the fuctuations of the general
economy. In the beginning of the 21st cen-
tury there was slow growth in the real estate
industry, and that is expected to continue
through the near future, but economic con-
ditions are never fxed. In addition, the real
estate market can be quite strong in some
parts of the country and weak in others.
ForMoreInformation
Read the real estate section of the local
newspaper, and follow the building and de-
velopment activities in your community. A
local librarian should be able to refer you
to books and magazines about real estate
development.
You can gain good experience in cer-
tain aspects of real estate development by
doing public relations, publicity, or adver-
tising work and participating in fund-rais-
ing campaigns for school and community
organizations. Volunteering with a hous-
ing advocacy organization, such as Habitat
for Humanity, may provide opportunities
to learn about home construction, bank f-
nancing, and legal contracts.
nationalAssociationofIndustrial&Offce
Properties
2201 Cooperative Way, Suite 300
703-904-7100
http://www.naiop.org
nationalAssociationofrEAlTOrS
30700 Russell Ranch Road
Westlake Village, CA 91362-6399
805-557-2300
http://www.realtor.com
Fast Fact
Tishman Speyer Properties is
one of the largest real estate
development companies in the
world. Their 2006 sale of 666
5th Avenue in New York City
for $1.8 billion was the biggest
single-building transaction at
that time.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 75 7/16/09 1:21:31 PM
76
real-Time
Captioners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatreal-Time
CaptionersDo
Real-time captioners, often called real-time
reporters, create closed captions for live
television broadcasts. (Closed sim-
ply means that the captions may not be
seen without special equipment.) Real-
time captioners operate a computer-aided
transcription (CAT) stenotype system.
This is a modifed stenotype machine
connected to a computer. This computer
translates stenographic keystrokes into
words.
Captioners type into the steno ma-
chine while listening to a live broadcast,
transcribing the broadcast accurately while
inserting correct punctuation and other
symbols. The computer translates the steno
strokes into words that are sent electroni-
cally to the broadcast site. Within two to
three seconds, people across the country
can receive the captions on their television
screens.
Captioners produce captions for live
television programs, such as local and
network news broadcasts, talk shows, and
sporting events, for the beneft of citizens
who are deaf or hard of hearing. The mar-
ket for captions has expanded, however,
to include other groups, such as people
learning English as a second language and
those learning to read, especially students
with reading disabilities. Besides televi-
sion, captioners work in courtrooms, law-
yers offces, and classrooms.
It takes about one and a half to two
hours for a real-time captioner to prepare
for an average news broadcast, using prepa-
ration materials obtained from the broad-
caster and the captioners own research.
Captioners call this pre-show preparation
dictionary-building. They use a wide va-
riety of resources.
Real-time captioners go through resource
materials to fnd words that might come up
during a broadcast to develop steno codes
that they will use to write these words when
they occur during the broadcast.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Government
Associates degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$23,810 to $45,330 to $80,030
OUTlOOk
Clerks
Court Reporters
Secretaries
Stenographers
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 76 7/16/09 1:21:33 PM
77
Real-time captioners are extremely
profcient in machine shorthand skills
and have strong English grammar, spell-
ing, and comprehension skills. Vocabulary
skills also are critical to producing accu-
rate captions, particularly at the required
speeds of 190 to 250 words per minute.
Typing and computer courses will increase
your keyboard speed and accuracy and
help you understand word processing pro-
grams. Because you will be working with a
variety of news, sports, and entertainment
programs, you should keep up on current
events by taking journalism and govern-
ment courses.
After high school, you should complete
the training to become a court and confer-
ence reporter (stenographer), which takes
from two to four years. An associates or
bachelors degree in court and conference
reporting, or satisfactory completion of
other two-year equivalent programs, is usu-
ally required. After graduating from court
reporting school, captioners undergo three
to six months of on-the-job training.
Outlook
The National Court Reporters Association
reports a decline in enrollment in court
reporting schools. This may be because
of the development of voice and speech
systems such as the CAT system, which
are computer programs that automatically
convert speech to written text. However,
there are no current systems that can ac-
curately handle multiple speakers, and its
unlikely that such technology will exist in
the near future. Therefore, captioners and
court reporters will be in high demand for
years to come.
With basic real-time skills, captioners
will be able to fnd work in computer-inte-
grated courtrooms; taking real-time depo-
sitions for attorneys; providing accompa-
nying litigation support, such as key word
indexing; real-timing or captioning in the
classroom; or doing broadcast captioning.
Other opportunities for the real-time cap-
tioner include working with hospitals that
specialize in cochlear implants.
ForMoreInformation
You can practice transcribing skills by typ-
ing taped lectures. Build your vocabulary
skills. Learn a foreign language, and in-
crease your awareness of current events,
both national and international.
nationalCaptioningInstitute
1900 Gallows Road, Suite 3000
Vienna, VA 22182-3874
703-917-7600
http://www.ncicap.org
nationalCourtreportersAssociation
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Vienna, VA 22182-3808
800-272-6272
http://www.ncraonline.org
Fast Fact
Gary Robson, a leading caption-
ing professional, runs a Web
site that contains a wealth of
information about captioning.
You can check it out at http://
www.robson.org.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 77 7/16/09 1:21:34 PM
78
receptionists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatreceptionistsDo
Receptionists are usually the frst people to
greet clients, patients, or customers when
they visit a business. Consequently, the
receptionist is responsible for making sure
the frst impression the caller receives is a
good one.
Receptionists specifc responsibili-
ties vary according to where they work.
Most greet customers, clients, patients,
and salespeople; answer their questions;
and direct them to the people in the offce
they wish to see. Receptionists also answer
telephones, take messages for other em-
ployees, and receive and distribute mail. In
businesses where employees are frequently
out of the offce on assignments, reception-
ists may keep track of their whereabouts to
ensure they receive important phone calls
and messages.
Because they often must answer ques-
tions about their place of business, recep-
tionists must know as much as possible
about the businesss products, services,
policies, and practices, and they must be
familiar with the names and responsibili-
ties of all employees. Knowing this infor-
mation is such an important part of a re-
ceptionists job that some businesses call
their receptionists information clerks.
In some companies, receptionists keep
track of other employees attendance, main-
tain offce security by asking all visitors to
sign in and out, and perform clerical duties
such as typing, fling, sending and sorting
faxes, updating appointment calendars, and
simple bookkeeping. Workers in dentists
and physicians offces admit patients, es-
cort them to examining rooms, schedule ap-
pointments, prepare statements, collect bill
payments, and answer insurance questions.
Receptionists in hair salons arrange
appointments for clients and may escort
them to stylists stations. Workers in bus
or train companies answer inquiries about
departures, arrivals, and routes. Registrars,
park aides, and tourist-information assistants
may be employed as receptionists at pub-
lic or private facilities. Their duties may
include keeping a record of the visitors en-
tering and leaving the facility, as well as
providing information on services that the
facility provides. Information clerks, auto-
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, English
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$16,290 to $23,710 to $34,470
OUTlOOk
Clerks
Secretaries
Temporary Workers
q
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 78 7/16/09 1:21:34 PM
79
mobile club information clerks, and referral-
and-information aides provide answers to
questions by telephone or in person from
both clients and potential clients and keep
a record of all inquiries.
Wherever they work, receptionists
must enjoy meeting new people, have a
cheery personality, and genuinely want to
be helpful.
Employers generally prefer that their recep-
tionists have a high school education, and
some businesses prefer to hire workers who
have completed postsecondary courses in
offce administration or management at a
junior college or business school. Because
most receptionist positions are entry level,
however, business or offce experience is
usually not required.
Outlook
Employment growth for receptionists is ex-
pected to be faster than the average through
2016. Many openings will occur due to the
occupations high turnover rate. Opportu-
nities will be best for those with wide cleri-
cal skills and work experience.
Growth in jobs for receptionists is ex-
pected to be greater than for other clerical
positions because automation will have
little effect on the receptionists largely in-
terpersonal duties and because of an antici-
pated growth in the number of businesses
providing services. In addition, more and
more businesses are learning how valuable
a receptionist can be in furthering their
public relations efforts and helping them
convey a positive image.
Opportunities should be especially
good in rapid services industries, such as
physicians offces, law frms, temporary
help agencies, and consulting frms.
ForMoreInformation
Look for opportunities to interact with the
public, answer questions, and provide in-
formation, such as hosting special events
at school or working at an information
desk. Learn basic offce skills, such as typ-
ing and fling.
AmericanStaffngAssociation
703-253-2020
asa@americanstaffng.net
http://www.staffngtoday.net
Professionals
10502 NW Ambassador Drive
PO Box 20404
816-891-6600
service@iaap-hq.org
Offce&ProfessionalEmployees
InternationalUnion
New York, NY 10011-7103
800-346-7348
http://www.opeiu.org
Because receptionists greet visitors and
answer incoming calls, they are often
thought of as the face and voice of a
company. (Stephen Coburn/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 79 7/16/09 1:21:35 PM
80
recreational
Therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
Whatrecreational
TherapistsDo
Recreational therapists work with people
who have mental, physical, or emotional
disabilities. They use leisure activities as a
form of treatment, much as other health
practitioners use surgery, drugs, nutrition,
exercise, or psychotherapy.
Recreational therapists consult with
doctors, psychiatrists, social workers, phys-
ical therapists, and other professionals as
well as the patients families to plan and
monitor suitable treatment plans. The rec-
reational therapist needs to understand
a patients ailment, current physical and
mental capacities, emotional state, and
prospects for recovery and the patients in-
terests and hobbies.
Some therapists specialize in certain
areas. For example, dance/movement thera-
pists lead dance and body movement ex-
ercises to improve patients physical and
mental well-being. Art therapists use draw-
ing, painting, and ceramics as part of their
therapeutic and recovery programs. Some
therapists work with pets and other ani-
mals, such as horses. Music therapists con-
duct solo or group singing, instrumental
bands, and rhythm exercises and arrange
for patients to listen to live and recorded
music. Horticultural therapists use garden-
ing and fower arranging activities as
therapy.
Recreational therapists plan their pro-
grams to meet the needs and capabilities
of patients. They carefully monitor and re-
cord each patients progress and report it to
the other members of the medical team.
Responsibilities vary depending on the
setting in which the recreational therapist
works. In nursing homes, the therapist of-
ten groups residents according to common
or shared interests and ability levels and
then plans feld trips, parties, entertain-
ment, and other group activities. A thera-
pist in a community center might work
in a day care program for the elderly or
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$21,700 to $36,940 to $58,030
OUTlOOk
Kinesiologists
Physical Therapists
Recreation Workers
Sports Coaches
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 80 7/16/09 1:21:38 PM
81
in a program for mentally disabled adults.
Recreational therapists in community set-
tings may have to arrange transportation
and escort services for prospective partici-
pants. Developing therapeutic recreation
programs in community settings requires
a large measure of organizational ability,
fexibility, and ingenuity.
Recreational therapists must enjoy
and be enthusiastic about the activities in
which they involve their clients. They also
need patience and a positive attitude.
To be a recreational therapist, you need at
least a bachelors degree. Acceptable majors
are recreational therapy, therapeutic recre-
ation, and recreation with a concentration
in therapeutic recreation. You will also have
to complete a supervised internship or feld
placement lasting about three months. Ad-
vanced degrees are recommended for ther-
apists who want to advance to supervisory,
administrative, and teaching positions.
Licensing for recreational therapists is
required in some states, and professional
certifcation is required in others. Some
states and facilities regulate the use of the
title Recreational Therapist. Many hospitals
and other employers require certifcation.
Outlook
Employment growth for recreational
therapists will be slower than the average
through 2016. Employment will decline
slightly in hospitals and nursing homes,
but faster employment growth is expected
in assisted living, outpatient physical and
psychiatric rehabilitation, and services for
people with disabilities.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteering in a nursing home, hospital,
or care facility for adults with disabilities is
a good way to learn about the daily realities
of institutional living. Also check for vol-
unteer opportunities at community centers
that have recreational programs for people
with disabilities.
AmericanTherapeuticrecreation
Association
207 3rd Avenue
601-450-2872
http://www.atra-tr.org
nationalCouncilforTherapeuticrecreation
Certifcation
7 Elmwood Drive
New City, NY 10956-5136
845-639-1439
http://www.nctrc.org
nationalTherapeuticrecreationSociety/
nationalrecreationandParkAssociation
703-858-0784
http://www.nrpa.org
A recreational therapist (r) helps her
patient use a Wii baseball game as part of
his therapy. This type of game helps the
patient with his balance and coordination.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 81 7/16/09 1:21:39 PM
82
recreation
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatrecreationWorkersDo
Recreation workers help people make the
most of their free time by planning, or-
ganizing, and directing leisure activities.
They often work for local government and
volunteer agencies, planning programs at
community centers, neighborhood play-
grounds, prisons, and hospitals.
Recreation workers organize programs
that include arts and crafts, dramatics, mu-
sic and dancing, swimming, camping, and
nature study. Special events include pet
and hobby shows, contests, and festivals.
Workers may plan activities for people with
special needs, such as the elderly or people
with disabilities.
Recreation center directors run programs
at day camps, playgrounds, or recreation
buildings. They direct the staffs and make
sure the buildings and equipment are safe
and well maintained. Recreation leaders,
along with their assistants, work directly
with participants. Leaders help train volun-
teers. In industry, recreation leaders plan
social and athletic programs for employees
and their families. Bowling leagues, softball
teams, picnics, and dances are examples of
company-sponsored activities. In addition,
an increasing number of companies are
providing exercise and ftness programs for
their employees.
Camp counselors lead and teach both
children and adults such skills as swim-
ming, hiking, horseback riding, and other
outdoor sports and games as well as give
instruction in nature and folklore. Camp
counselors teach skills such as wood craft-
ing, leather working, and basket weaving.
Some camps offer specialized instruction in
subjects such as music, drama, gymnastics,
and computers.
Another type of recreation worker is the
social director, who plans and organizes ac-
tivities for guests in hotels and resorts or for
passengers on ships. Social directors greet
guests, explain the programs available, and
try to encourage people to participate in
activities such as card parties, games, con-
tests, dances, musicals, or feld trips. They
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$14,980 to $21,220 to $36,730
OUTlOOk
Cruise Ship Workers
Lifeguards and Swimming Instructors
Resort Workers
Ski Resort Workers
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 82 7/16/09 1:21:39 PM
83
may be required to set up equipment, ar-
range for transportation, or plan decora-
tions, refreshments, or entertainment.
Cruise directors plan daily activities and
entertainment for passengers. Ski resort
workers operate ski lifts, teach skiing les-
sons, patrol ski trails, and direct the opera-
tion of ski lodges.
For some recreation jobs a high school diplo-
ma is enough preparation, but for most full-
time jobs in parks and recreation or in social
work, you need a college degree. Acceptable
college majors include parks and recreation
management, leisure studies, ftness man-
agement, and related disciplines. For some
positions you need special training in a feld
such as art, music, drama, or sports.
Outlook
Job opportunities for recreation workers are
through 2016. Growth in the recreation
feld will result from a continuing interest
in ftness and health and a growing elderly
population in nursing homes and retire-
ment communities. There also is a demand
for recreation workers to conduct activity
programs for special-needs groups.
Two areas promising the most favor-
able opportunities for recreation workers
are the commercial recreation and social
service industries. Commercial recreation
establishments include amusement parks,
sports and entertainment centers, wilder-
ness and survival enterprises, tourist at-
tractions, vacation excursions, hotels and
other resorts, camps, health spas, athletic
clubs, and apartment complexes. Social
service agencies include senior centers,
halfway houses, childrens homes, and day
care programs for the mentally or develop-
mentally disabled.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work in recreation programs
at nursing homes, community centers, and
camps. Participate in a variety of recreation
activities, including sports, games, arts and
crafts, music, dance, and nature study.
Education,recreation&Dance
1900 Association Dr.
Reston, VA 20191-1598
800-213-7193, ext. 430
http://www.aahperd.org/aalr
AmericanCampingAssociation
5000 State Road 67 North
Martinsville, IN 46151-7902
765-342-8456
http://www.acacamps.org
nationalrecreationandParkAssociation
703-858-0784
info@nrpa.org
http://www.nrpa.org
Fast Fact
According to the U.S. Bureau of
Labor Statistics, people over 65
spend 7.3 hours per day partici-
pating in leisure activities; 35
to 44 year olds spend only 4.2
hours per day on leisure, the
least amount of time of any
age group.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 83 7/16/09 1:21:40 PM
84
recycling
Coordinators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Manage people
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatrecycling
CoordinatorsDo
Recycling coordinators manage a towns or
citys recycling program. They make sure
city workers or private contractors are col-
lecting, sorting, and processing recyclable
materials. They also may help fnd new
markets for recyclables, manage a staff, and
report to local authorities. Some coordina-
tors promote recycling programs in their
communities.
In the mid-1960s garbage was piling
up in a lot of major cities, and authorities
were not doing a good job of managing
the trash. In an effort to solve this prob-
lem, federal and state laws established
new requirements for handling municipal
solid waste (MSW). Today, most U.S. mu-
nicipalities want to keep as much MSW
out of landflls and incinerators as pos-
sible. Landflls are places where waste is
buried. They can leak hazardous substanc-
es into surrounding land and release toxic
emissions. Incinerators are used to burn
trash, and they, too, can release toxic
emissions. When more trash is recycled,
less has to be burned or buried.
Each recycling program differs accord-
ing to the community, location, popula-
tion, funding, and other factors. Source
reduction is part of many of these plans.
This means discouraging people from
throwing out a lot of trash in the frst
place. Some cities pick up just one bag of
trash per household per week and charge
a fee for more bags. Other communities
limit or ban disposal of certain wastes.
To collect recyclables, some communities
have drop-off points where residents can
bring paper, glass, aluminum, or other
materials. Others ask people to put recy-
clables in special bags and throw them
out with the rest of the trash. Paper, glass,
and aluminum are the materials most of-
ten recycled. Other materials that can be
recycled include animal waste, yard waste,
appliances, wood wastes (such as shipping
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Earth science
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$25,090 to $39,370 to $63,670
OUTlOOk
Ecologists
Refuse Collectors
and Technicians
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 84 7/16/09 1:21:42 PM
85
pallets and boxes), motor oil, scrap metal,
plastic drink bottles, and tires.
Recycling coordinators are in charge of
educating the public about the recycling
programs that are available in their com-
munities. They encourage people to recycle
by keeping them informed of what mate-
rials can be recycled, how they should be
packaged, and where and when to deposit
them.
To prepare for this career, it is recommend-
ed that you focus your studies on business,
economics, English, math, and science.
A bachelors degree in environmental
studies or a related area plus business ex-
perience and proven communication skills
is desirable. Some colleges and universities
are developing a minor in integrated waste
management. Classes include public poli-
cy, source reduction, transformation tech-
nology (composting/waste energy), and
landflls.
Outlook
Employment for municipal recycling coor-
dinators is expected to grow about as fast as
the average through 2016. As states try to
meet their waste-reduction and recycling
goals, people who can make it happen on
the local level are going to be in demand.
Nationwide, the waste management
and recycling industries will need more
people to run recovery facilities, design
new recycling technologies, come up with
new ways to use recyclables, and do related
work. Private businesses are also expected
to hire recycling coordinators to manage
in-house programs.
ForMoreInformation
Learn about the recycling issues in your
community and state. Volunteer to help
with fund drives and information cam-
paigns for a recycling organization.
EnvironmentalCareersOrganization
http://www.eco.org
nationalrecyclingCoalition
202-789-1430
info@nrc-recycle.org
http://www.nrc-recycle.org
A recycling coordinator leads a tour
through a recycling facility for a group
of elementary school students. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 85 7/16/09 1:21:42 PM
86
refexologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Social
What
refexologistsDo
Refexologists believe that the feet and
hands provide a kind of map to the rest of
the body. They believe that certain spots
on the feet and hands, called refexes, are
connected to certain spots on other parts
of the body. They apply pressure to these
refexes so that they can affect the parts of
the body that are connected to the refex-
es. A refexologist uses special methods to
work on all the parts of the feet or hands,
paying special attention to sore spots. A
sore spot means that there is a problem in
the part of the body that is connected to
that spot on the foot or hand. Refexolo-
gists believe that their special kind of mas-
sage can improve circulation, help people
heal more quickly when they are sick, and
help people relax.
Some refexologists work on hands, but
most work on feet. Every foot has more
than 7,000 nerve endings, and those nerve
endings are close to the surface of the foot.
That is why feet are so sensitive. Also, since
feet are larger than hands, it is easier to fnd
the refexes on feet.
Refexologists believe that their treat-
ments help keep the energy fowing
throughout the body. They also believe that
their treatments reduce the amount of lac-
tic acid in the feet. Lactic acid is a natural
waste product that the body generates, and
too much of it is unhealthy. Refexologists
also believe that their treatments break up
calcium crystals that have built up in the
nerve endings of the feet. It has never been
proved that refexology works in these
ways. Most scientists do not believe that
the theories that refexology is based on are
correct, but even some of those scientists
enjoy refexology treatments.
Some people try refexology because
they hope that it can solve a particular
health problem that they have, but many
people go for treatments simply because
refexology makes them feel good. Many
people try refexology when traditional
medicine has failed to solve their health
problems.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Health
SAlAryrAnGE
$32,530 to $65,890 to $97,880
OUTlOOk
Aromatherapists
Chiropractors
Kinesiologists
Massage Therapists
Myotherapists
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 86 7/16/09 1:21:45 PM
87
Anyone who wants to become a refexolo-
gist should know as much about medicine
and health as possible. Important school
subjects are biology, chemistry, and health.
Psychology may also be useful. Learn as
much as you can about alternative medi-
cine and bodywork.
The most important part of a refexolo-
gists training involves completing a com-
prehensive course of study and becoming
certifed by a reputable school. One of the
best courses is conducted by the Interna-
tional Institute of Refexology.
In most states, refexologists are subject
to the laws that govern massage therapists.
That may mean that you must complete a
state-certifed course in massage before be-
ing licensed to practice refexology.
Outlook
The feld of refexology is expanding much
more rapidly than the average for all felds.
Although science still views it with skepti-
cism, refexology has become popular in a
short period of time. It also has benefted
from the popular acceptance of alternative
medicine and therapies in recent years, par-
ticularly because it is a holistic practice that
aims to treat the whole person rather than
the symptoms of disease or discomfort. Be-
cause refexology treatments involve little
risk to the client in most cases, they pro-
vide a safe and convenient way to improve
health.
ForMoreInformation
Read as much as you can about refexology.
Many books are currently available, and
many more will be available in the near
future, since the feld is growing rapidly.
Learn as much as you can about other al-
ternative therapies, especially other forms
of massage such as shiatsu or myotherapy.
AmericanMassageTherapyAssociation
500 Davis Street, Suite 900
877-905-2700
info@amtamassage.org
http://www.amtamassage.org
AmericanrefexologyCertifcationboard
PO Box 5147
Gulfport, FL 33737-5147
303-933-6921
http://www.arcb.net
TheInternationalInstituteofrefexology
5650 First Avenue North
PO Box 12642
St. Petersburg, FL 33733-2642
727-343-4811
iir@refexology-usa.net
http://www.refexology-usa.net
Refexologists work with the pressure
points on the feet to bring about overall
health changes. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 87 7/16/09 1:21:46 PM
88
refuse
Collectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Whatrefuse
CollectorsDo
Refuse collectors pick up garbage and other
waste materials from homes, businesses,
and industries and transport it in trucks to
landflls or giant incinerators for disposal
or burning.
Depending on local requirements, the
refuse may be loose in containers, in pack-
aging such as plastic bags, in preapproved
containers that indicate recyclable mate-
rials, or, for newspapers and magazines,
tied in bundles. When the truck is full, the
workers drive with the load to the disposal
site and empty the truck. Workers also may
pick up cast-off furniture, old appliances,
or other large, bulky items.
An average day for refuse collectors of-
ten begins before dawn with an inspection
of the truck that includes checking lights
and tires, testing air and oil pressure gaug-
es, and making sure a spill kit is on board.
Refuse collectors who work on commercial
routes or pick up dumpsters stay in con-
tact with dispatchers via radio or cellular
phone to receive pick-up locations. Refuse
collectors gas up their trucks as needed and
recheck the trucks vital equipment at the
end of the day.
Sometimes work duties are divided
among the workers, with the driver doing
only the driving all day long. In other cas-
es, the workers alternate between driving
and loading and unloading throughout the
day. Some refuse collectors work alone, and
they are responsible for driving the truck
and loading the refuse.
Refuse workers must work outdoors in
all kinds of weather, including cold, snow,
rain, and heat, and they must handle dirty,
smelly objects. The work is often strenu-
ous, requiring the lifting of heavy refuse
containers, hopping on and off the truck
constantly, and operating hoists and other
equipment. Because there is a danger of in-
fection from raw garbage, they must wear
protective gloves and are sometimes pro-
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$17,070 to $29,420 to $50,320
OUTlOOk
Ecologists
and Technicians
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 88 7/16/09 1:21:47 PM
89
vided with uniforms. Most workers wear
heavy steel-toe boots to help avoid foot in-
juries from accidentally dropping contain-
ers or large objects.
Although it is not absolutely necessary,
many refuse collection companies prefer
that their employees be high school gradu-
ates. Most employers require workers to be
at least 18 years old. Auto mechanics and
other shop courses, English, and mathe-
matics are recommended. New employees
receive on-the-job training in addition to
instruction on safety precautions.
Workers who drive collection trucks
need a commercial drivers license (CDL).
In some areas where the workers alternate
jobs, a CDL is required even of those who
are generally loaders. A clean driving re-
cord is a necessity. Refuse collectors may
have to pass a civil service test to work for
a city or town.
Outlook
Employment growth for refuse collectors
through 2016, but job turnover is high in
this feld. Every year, many positions will
become available as workers transfer to
other jobs or leave the workforce.
Opportunities will be best in heavily
populated regions in and near big cities,
where the most waste is generated. In cit-
ies, increasing use of mechanized equip-
ment for lifting and emptying large refuse
containers may decrease the need for refuse
collectors. However, as communities en-
courage more recycling and more resource
recovery technologies, job availability may
stabilize.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work at community recycling
centers. Since physical strength is a require-
ment for this job, you might participate in
activities that increase your endurance,
such as weight lifting or body building.
EnvironmentalIndustryAssociation
202-244-4700
http://www.envasns.org
InternationalbrotherhoodofTeamsters
25 Louisiana Avenue NW
202-624-6800
http://www.teamster.org
nationalSolidWastesManagement
Association
202-244-4700
http://www.nswma.org
Refuse collectors make regular pickups
of garbage and recycling and are an
important part of keeping cities clean.
(Vadim Kozlovsky/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 89 7/16/09 1:21:48 PM
90
rehabilitation
Counselors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatrehabilitation
CounselorsDo
Rehabilitation counselors provide counsel-
ing and guidance services to people with
disabilities. The counselor helps them train
for and locate work that is suitable to their
physical and mental abilities, interests,
and aptitudes. The rehabilitation counsel-
or identifes the clients specifc diffculties
and develops a plan of action to remove or
reduce the barriers the client faces.
Clients are referred to rehabilitation
programs from physicians, hospitals, social
workers, employment agencies, schools, or
accident commissions. An employer may
also seek help for an individual. Sometimes
people seek help on their own, and some-
times their families bring them in.
The counselors frst step is to deter-
mine the nature and extent of the dis-
ability and evaluate how that disability
interferes with work and other life func-
tions. This determination is made from
medical and psychological reports as well
as from family history, educational back-
ground, work experience, and other infor-
mation. The next step is to determine a
vocational direction and plan of services
to overcome the handicaps to employ-
ment or independent living.
The rehabilitation counselor coordi-
nates a comprehensive evaluation of a
clients physical functioning abilities and
vocational interests, aptitudes, and skills.
This information is used to develop a vo-
cational or independent-living goal for
the client and to determine the services
or training necessary to reach that goal.
Services that the rehabilitation counselor
may coordinate or provide include physi-
cal and mental restoration, academic or
vocational training, vocational counseling,
job analysis, job modifcation or reason-
able accommodation, and job placement.
Limited fnancial assistance in the form of
maintenance or transportation assistance
may also be provided.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Masters degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$19,610 to $29,630 to $53,580
OUTlOOk
Guidance Counselors
HIV/AIDS Counselors and Case Workers
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 90 7/16/09 1:21:48 PM
91
If you are interested in a career as a reha-
bilitation counselor, take psychology, soci-
ology, English, biology, and college prepa-
ratory courses.
A masters degree in rehabilitation
counseling, counseling and guidance, or
counseling psychology is preferred for
those entering the feld. Some positions as
aides are available for people with bache-
lors degrees in rehabilitation counseling.
Preparation for a masters degree program
requires an undergraduate major in behav-
ioral sciences, social sciences, or a related
feld, or the completion of an undergradu-
ate degree program in rehabilitation coun-
seling. Certifcation, licensing, or registra-
tion is required for counselors in 46 states.
Outlook
The passage of the Americans with Disabili-
ties Act of 1990 has increased the demand
for rehabilitation counselors. Budget pres-
sures may serve to limit the number of new
rehabilitation counselors to be hired by
government agencies; however, the overall
outlook remains excellent.
Employment growth for all counsel-
ors is expected to be faster than the aver-
age through 2016. Some of this growth can
be attributed to the advances in medical
technology that are saving more lives. In
addition, more employers are offering em-
ployee assistance programs that provide
mental health and alcohol and drug abuse
services.
ForMoreInformation
Look for opportunities to volunteer at
nursing homes, childrens camps for dis-
abled youngsters, or rehabilitation agen-
cies. Other possibilities include reading for
the blind or tutoring young children who
have disabilities.
AmericanrehabilitationCounseling
Association
PO Box 791006
800-347-6647
http://www.arcaweb.org
nationalrehabilitationAssociation
703-836-0850
info@nationalrehab.org
http://www.nationalrehab.org
nationalrehabilitationCounseling
Association
PO Box 4480
Manassas, VA 20108-4480
703-361-2077
info@nrca-net.org
http://nrca-net.org
Growth Field
ber of rehabilitation counselors is
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 91 7/16/09 1:21:49 PM

92
religious
Sistersand
brothers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatreligiousSisters
andbrothersDo
In the Roman Catholic Church, the titles
sister and brother are given to members
of religious communities. Religious sisters and
brothers take vows of poverty, chastity, and
obedience and devote their lives to God. Sis-
ters and brothers generally view their way of
life not so much as a career but as a vocation
or calling. Active religious sisters and brothers
are distinct from contemplative religious sis-
ters and brothers.
Active religious sisters and brothers are
engaged in education, health care, social
work, and spreading the Catholic faith, ei-
ther as missionaries or through their daily
work. Sisters and brothers may work at the
elementary, high school, or college level,
usually in Catholic-funded schools. Others
serve as librarians, counselors, or princi-
pals. Some active sisters and brothers work
in hospitals or medical centers as nurses,
physicians, pharmacists, medical techni-
cians, administrators, or physical therapists.
In impoverished areas, such as mi-
grant worker camps and inner cities, ac-
tive religious sisters and brothers may live
among the people, teaching basic literacy
and life skills such as sanitary procedures
and job skills. Those involved in social
work may conduct programs to help the
poor or homeless or work in homes for
disadvantaged children. Sisters and broth-
ers who work as missionaries may work in
countries plagued by famine, disease, war
or civil strife, or places where the Catho-
lic faith has not yet been established. At
the heart of all this activity is the desire to
love and serve God.
Contemplative sisters and brothers de-
vote themselves entirely to private prayer
and the celebration of the mass and the Lit-
urgy of the Hours. Cloistered contempla-
tive religious sisters and brothers live apart
from the rest of the world in monasteries
and convents. Contemplative brothers are
often called monks, while contemplative
sisters are called nuns.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, History, Religion
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,420 to $26,660 to $54,120
OUTlOOk
College Professors
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 92 7/16/09 1:21:49 PM
93
Contemplative religious sisters and brothers
believe that they are called by God to dedi-
cate their lives to service of the church, and
their religious communities must feel certain
that aspiring members are called. All sisters
and brothers must take the traditional vows
of poverty, chastity, and obedience.
If you are interested in becoming a re-
ligious sister or brother, you should enroll,
if possible, in a Catholic high school. You
should take courses in religion, English,
and speech.
Many religious orders advise applicants
to attend college because they want pro-
spective members to have life experience
before becoming a sister or brother. Sisters
and brothers often are trained for their ser-
vice work by the order or congregation in
which they take their vows. Training pro-
grams commonly last several years.
Outlook
Opportunities for religious sisters and
brothers are practically unlimited, for two
major reasons. The frst is that the Catho-
lic Church wholeheartedly encourages
those who have been called to live a life
completely devoted to serving God. The
second reason for the great opportunities
in religious life is the decline in vocations
over the past few decades. A majority of
todays sisters and brothers are more than
50 years old.
ForMoreInformation
Get in touch with a religious commu-
nity that interests you, either directly or
through your priest. Some religious orders
offer special retreats or similar programs
to help potential sisters and brothers dis-
cern their vocation. Volunteer to work at
Catholic Church-sponsored hospitals, re-
ligious education classes, or social service
agencies. Attend mass and other services
frequently; read about church history, doc-
trine, and current events; take part in par-
ish activities.
DaughtersofSt.Paul
4403 Veterans Memorial Boulevard
Metairie, LA 70006-5321
504-887-7635
http://www.pauline.org
nationalreligiousvocationConference
5401 South Cornell Avenue, Suite 207
773-363-5454
http://www.nrvc.net
OrderofPreachers(Dominicans)
http://www.op.org
ProvinceofSt.MaryCapuchinFranciscans
30 Gedney Park Drive
White Plains, NY 10605-3534
914-761-3008
http://www.capuchin.net
SchoolSistersofnotreDame
13105 Watertown Plank Road
Elm Grove, WI 53122-2291
communications@ssnd.org
http://www.ssnd.org
Some nuns work as nurses in hospitals.
(photobank ch/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 93 7/16/09 1:21:50 PM
94
renewable
Energy
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Whatrenewable
EnergyWorkersDo
Renewable energy is power or fuel that
comes from wind, sunlight (solar), water
(hydro), organic matter (biomass), and the
Earths internal heat (geothermal).
Wind energy is generated by wind tur-
bines. Wind plants, or wind farms, have
many of these turbines, which can gen-
erate electricity for tens of thousands of
homes. Electrical, mechanical, and aeronauti-
cal engineers design and test the turbines as
well as the wind farms. Meteorologists help
identify prime locations for new project
sites and serve as consultants on projects.
Skilled construction workers build the farms;
windsmiths, sometimes called mechanical or
electrical technicians, operate and maintain
the turbines and other equipment.
The most common solar energy tech-
nology today uses photovoltaic (PV) cells,
which absorb sunlight and turn it into
electricity. Electrical, mechanical, and chemi-
cal engineers work in research and devel-
opment departments. Architects, many of
whom specialize in passive solar design and
construction, design solar-powered struc-
tures. Technicians, electricians, installers, and
construction workers build and maintain so-
lar projects.
Hydropower uses the energy of fowing
water to produce electricity. Electrical and
mechanical engineers and technicians de-
sign, construct, and maintain hydropower
projects. Biologists and other environmental
scientists assess the effects of hydropower
projects on wildlife and the environment.
Recreation managers and trail planners man-
age and preserve the land surrounding res-
ervoirs or dams.
Bioenergy is the energy stored in bio-
massorganic matter such as trees, straw,
or corn. Chemists, biochemists, biologists,
and agricultural scientists work together to
fnd faster and less costly ways to produce
bioenergy. Engineers, construction workers,
electricians, and technicians build and main-
tain bioenergy conversion plants. Farmers
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Physics
Varies according to position
SAlAryrAnGE
$25,360 to $40,690 to $67,590
OUTlOOk
Varies according to industry
Architects
Geophysicists
Meteorologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 94 7/16/09 1:21:51 PM
95
and foresters raise and harvest crops or oth-
er sources of biomass.
Geothermal heat comes from the
heat within the earth. Water heated from
geothermal energy is tapped from its un-
derground reservoirs and used to heat
buildings, grow crops, or melt snow, and
to generate electricity. The geothermal in-
dustry employs geologists, geochemists, and
geophysicists to research and locate new
reservoirs. Hydraulic engineers, reservoir en-
gineers, and drillers work together to reach
and maintain the reservoirs heat supply.
A strong background in science and math-
ematics is necessary for many jobs in the
renewable energy industry. Most technical
jobs require at least an associates or bach-
elors degree.
Outlook
The wind industry is the fastest-growing
sector of the renewable energy industry,
and rapid growth is expected in the next
decade, especially for windsmiths, engi-
neers, meteorologists, electricians, and
other technical workers.
Solar energy use is already well estab-
lished in high-value markets such as remote
power, satellites, and communications. The
manufacturing of PV cell systems will pres-
ent many employment opportunities.
Growth in the hydropower industry
will be limited by the fact that most po-
tential sites for hydropower projects have
already been tapped.
Bioenergy is experiencing steady
growth, with good employment opportu-
nities for chemists, engineers, and other
agricultural scientists. Employment oppor-
tunities in geothermal energy are greatest
in the West for the drilling of geothermal
energy, and in the Midwest for geothermal
heat pumps.
ForMoreInformation
Many professional associations have stu-
dent chapters or junior clubs.
EnergyEffciencyandrenewableEnergy
Clearinghouse
U.S. Department of Energy
Mail Stop EE-1
877-337-3463
http://www.eere.energy.gov
nationalrenewableEnergylaboratory
U.S. Department of Energy
1617 Cole Boulevard
Golden, CO 80401-3393
http://www.nrel.gov
Fast Fact
Renewable energy sources are
used to produce approximately
2 percent of all electricity in
the United States, according to
the National Energy Policy De-
velopment Group (NEPDG).
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 95 7/16/09 1:21:51 PM
96
reporters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatreportersDo
Reporters gather information and report
the news for radio, television, magazines,
newspapers, and the Internet. They cover
stories on local, national, or internation-
al events. News stories may be a one-day
item, such as a power failure or weather-
related piece. Or reporters may cover a
period of days or weeks on subjects such
as trials, investigations, major disasters,
and government issues. Correspondents
cover stories from a specifc area. For ex-
ample, each national network station has
a White House correspondent, a Congres-
sional correspondent, and a Pentagon
correspondent.
To gather information, reporters take
notes and record or videotape interviews
with news sources. Reporters also examine
documents related to the story. Before re-
porters start putting together their stories,
they discuss the importance of the subject
matter with a newspaper editor or a pro-
ducer. Editors and producers decide what
news will be covered each day.
Reporters then organize the informa-
tion and write a concise, informative sto-
ry. Reporters and correspondents who are
too far from their editorial offce to return
to fle their reports may phone, e-mail,
or fax.
Because of continual deadline pres-
sure, a reporters life is hectic. Stories for
nightly news broadcasts have to be in and
reviewed by the producer before airtime.
Newspaper articles must be fled long
before the frst edition is printed, which
is usually in the very early hours of the
morning. If a major news story takes place,
reporters may have to work 18 or 20 hours
without a break.
Some correspondents are assigned to
cover dangerous areas. War stories are fre-
quently fled from the country in which
the war is taking place. Reporters who cov-
er riots, foods, major disasters, and other
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$19,440 to $34,690 to $76,230
OUTlOOk
Magazine Editors
Music Journalists
Newspaper Editors
Photojournalists
Political Reporters
Sportswriters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 96 7/16/09 1:21:53 PM
97
stories must be able to work in diffcult,
dangerous, and upsetting situations.
You can begin to prepare for a career as a
reporter in school by taking courses in Eng-
lish, writing, history, typing, and computer
science.
After high school, you should go to col-
lege and earn a bachelors degree. Your de-
gree can be in journalism or liberal arts.
Journalism courses and programs are
also offered by many community and ju-
nior colleges, but graduates of these pro-
grams may have trouble competing with
people who have more education. Masters
degrees are becoming more important for
journalists, particularly for teachers and
specialists.
If you plan to specialize in a particular
subject, such as science writing, it is impor-
tant to take several courses in that subject.
Outlook
Employment growth for reporters and
correspondents through 2016 is expected
to be slower than the average. Newspaper
jobs are expected to decrease because of
mergers, consolidations, and closures in
the newspaper industry. Because of an
increase in the number of small com-
munity and suburban daily and weekly
newspapers, opportunities will be best for
journalism graduates who are willing to
relocate and accept relatively low starting
salaries.
A signifcant number of jobs will be
provided by magazines and in radio and
television broadcasting, but the major
news magazines and larger broadcasting
stations generally prefer experienced re-
porters. Some employment growth is ex-
pected for reporters in online newspapers
and magazines.
ForMoreInformation
Work on your school newspaper or on your
religious centers newsletter. You can offer
to be a reporter or writer, or you can help
with word processing and printing. Read
your local newspaper regularly. Follow the
work of one or two reporters who cover a
topic that interests you, such as politics,
science, or culture.
&MassCommunication
803-798-0271
newspaperAssociationofAmerica
571-366-1000
http://www.naa.org
radio-TelevisionnewsDirectors
Association
202-659-6510
Television reporters may flm their stories
out in the feld or inside the television
studio. (Joseph Dilag/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 97 7/16/09 1:21:54 PM
98
research
Assistants
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatresearchAssistantsDo
Research assistants help fnd facts, informa-
tion, and statistics. They work for scientists,
editors and writers, publishers, flmmakers,
attorneys, and advertising executives, among
others. Today, almost every feld imaginable
hires research assistants to help get jobs done
more thoroughly and quickly.
After they receive an assignment, re-
search assistants decide how to fnd infor-
mation. They may spend hours, days, or
even weeks of research in archives, librar-
ies, laboratories, museums, on the Internet,
or talking to experts. They write up notes
or a report of the information.
Research assistants who work for writ-
ers or editors help fnd statistics or other
information for a specifc article or book.
Some research assistants called fact check-
ers make sure that facts, such as dates, ages,
and numbers, are correct before they are
published. Research assistants who work
in radio, flm, and television might help
to fnd and verify historical information
or locate experts to be interviewed. Those
who work in the sciences, engineering, or
medicine help scientists fnd background
information for their experiments.
University professors hire research as-
sistants, often graduate students, to help
them in their research. For example, a his-
tory professor working on a paper about
the Italian military might send a research
assistant to the library to fnd facts about
the Italian military presence in Greece dur-
ing World War II.
Advertising agencies and marketing
departments hire research assistants to
help them decide how and when a prod-
uct should be sold. Law frms hire research
assistants to fnd out facts about past cases
and laws. Politicians hire research assis-
tants to help fnd out how a campaign is
succeeding or failing, to fnd statistics on
outcomes of past elections, and to deter-
mine the issues that are especially impor-
tant to the constituents.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, History
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$26,750 to $37,350 to $61,080
OUTlOOk
Congressional Aides
Demographers
Historians
Information Brokers
Reporters
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 98 7/16/09 1:21:56 PM
99
As a result of technological advance-
ments, a new career niche has developed
for information brokers, who compile infor-
mation from online databases and services.
History, English, mathematics, and foreign
language classes are good preparation for
this career. Pay special attention to your
writing and research skills. If you are inter-
ested in science and engineering research,
you should take all the laboratory courses
you can.
Education requirements vary, depend-
ing on the feld in which you work. Most
employers require an undergraduate de-
gree. Some felds, especially the sciences,
engineering, and law, may require you to
have an advanced degree or other special
training.
Outlook
The outlook for the research assistant career
generally depends on the feld in which the
researcher works. A researcher with a good
background in many felds will be in higher
demand, as will a researcher with special-
ized knowledge and research techniques
specifc to a feld.
Research assistants with good experi-
ence, excellent work ethics, and the drive
to succeed will rarely fnd themselves out
of work.
ForMoreInformation
School assignments provide opportunities
to experiment with different types of re-
search. Ask a resource librarian to teach you
about the many research tools available in
a library. Work as a reporter for your school
newspaper, or volunteer to write feature ar-
ticles for your yearbook.
nationalInstitutesofhealth
9000 Rockville Pike
Bethesda, Maryland 20892-0001
http://ohrm.cc.nih.gov
TheUniversityofPennsylvaniaCollegeof
ArtsandSciences
120 Claudia Cohen Hall
249 South 36th Street
215-898-6341
http://www.college.upenn.edu
U.S.Censusbureau
4600 Silver Hill Road
301-763-4748
recruiter@census.gov
http://www.census.gov
Fast Fact
The Internet can be a valuable
resource in starting a research
project, because it can help you
fgure out the direction your
research may take. Search en-
gines such as Google give you
an idea of what sources are
available, and a good encyclo-
pedia site like Britannica.com
can help you check facts.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 99 7/16/09 1:21:57 PM
100
reservation
andTicket
Agents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Whatreservation
andTicketAgentsDo
Reservation and ticket agents make and con-
frm travel arrangements for clients and
prepare and sell tickets to customers. They
help travelers plan their trips by answering
questions about trip prices. They suggest
what routes to take and when to begin and
end a journey.
Reservation agents usually work in
large offces answering telephone calls
from customers and booking reservations.
Most agents work for airlines, but the same
procedures are followed by agents who
work for bus, train, or other transportation
companies. After they fnd out when and
where the customer wants to go, reserva-
tion agents type instructions on a com-
puter keyboard and quickly obtain infor-
mation on fight, bus, or train schedules.
If a plane is full, the agents may suggest an
alternate fight or check to see if space is
available on another airline that fies to the
same location.
Ticket agents sell tickets to custom-
ers at airports, bus terminals, and railway
stations. They answer customer questions
and may check baggage, examine visas or
passports (if the passenger is traveling to
a foreign country), ensure passenger seat-
ing, and direct passengers to the proper
boarding areas. Ticket agents also keep re-
cords of the passengers departing on each
trip.
When fights or train or bus runs are de-
layed or canceled because of poor weather
or other conditions, reservation and ticket
agents must explain the situation to unhap-
py travelers and try to make other arrange-
ments for them. Because the transportation
industry operates 24 hours a day, reserva-
tion and ticket agents often work irregular
hours, including evenings and weekends.
Reservation and ticket agents should be
able to read and understand travel sched-
ules and have some computer skills. Agents
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, English
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$18,290 to $29,820 to $46,670
OUTlOOk
Clerks
Flight Attendants
Receptionists
Secretaries
Travel Agents
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 100 7/16/09 1:21:57 PM
101
who speak a foreign language are always in
great demand, as more and more interna-
tional travel occurs each year.
Although there are no specifc educational
requirements to become a reservation or
ticket agent, most employers prefer to hire
high school graduates with at least some
college training. As the feld becomes more
competitive, a college degree will become
increasingly important.
All agents receive some classroom in-
struction and on-the-job training, dur-
ing which they are taught how to read
schedules, calculate fares, and make travel
arrangements.
Outlook
Employment growth for reservation and
ticket agents is expected to be about as fast
2016. Ticketless travel, or automated reser-
vations ticketing, is reducing the need for
agents. In addition, many airports now have
computerized kiosks that allow passengers
to reserve and purchase tickets themselves.
Passengers can also access information
about fares and fight times on the Inter-
net, where they can also make reservations
and purchase tickets. However, for security
reasons, all of these services cannot be fully
automated, so the need for reservation and
transportation ticket agents will never be
completely eliminated.
Most openings will occur as experi-
enced agents transfer to other occupations
or retire. Competition for jobs is ferce due
to declining demand and low turnover, and
because of the glamour and attractive trav-
el benefts associated with the industry.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your parents to let you help plan your
next family vacation. You can help choose a
location that interests all members of your
family and assemble information about the
location you plan to visit. Check libraries
and Web sites. Send for brochures, maps,
and other information from a city, state,
or countrys tourism offce. Help fgure
out the best way to travel to your vacation
spot. Use the Internet or the telephone to
contact air, bus, and rail lines to fnd out
prices and schedules.
TourismCaresforTomorrow
275 Turnpike Street, Suite 307
Canton, MA 02021-2357
781-821-5990
http://www.ntfonline.org
TravelIndustryAssociationofAmerica
202-408-8422
http://www.tia.org
WorldTourismOrganization
Capitn Haya 42
28020 Madrid, Spain
+34 91 567 81 00
omt@unwto.org
http://www.unwto.org
Reservation and ticket agents should be
courteous and helpful to their customers.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 101 7/16/09 1:21:58 PM
102
resort
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatresortWorkersDo
Resort workers assist the public at spas,
luxury hotels, casinos, theme parks, and
lodges. Resort employment opportunities
range from entry-level housekeepers to ski
instructors. The following section describes
some of the types of jobs typically found in
the industry.
Business departments employ accoun-
tants, human resource specialists, managers,
departmental supervisors, and general manag-
ers, who handle administrative and organi-
zational tasks.
Food service workers include waiters,
who serve food to resort patrons in dining
rooms and restaurants. Bussers, or busper-
sons, help set and clear tables and help the
waitstaff serve food, especially when deal-
ing with large parties. Dishwashers clean
plates, glasses, utensils, and other cooking
or serving implements. Hosts and hostesses
show diners to their tables and may take
dinner reservations over the phone. Prep
cooks, sous chefs, and executive chefs prepare
all meals served at a resort.
Front desk workers include desk clerks
and reservation clerks, who assign guests to
their hotel room or guest quarters. They
also give guests their mail or packages, take
reservations over the phone, collect pay-
ment, and answer any questions regarding
the resort. PBX operators work the resort
switchboard, feld calls, and sometimes
take reservations.
Concierges assist resort guests with trav-
el arrangements and reservations or pro-
vide information. The bell staff, supervised
by the bell captain, bring guests luggage to
their rooms, run short errands, make de-
liveries, or drive resort vehicles. Doormen
open doors for guests and help with the
luggage.
The housekeeping and maintenance
department employs housekeepers and
cleaners to tidy guest rooms and common
areas such as the lobby, dining rooms, and
the pool and spa. Maintenance workers make
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,090 to $22,220 to $36,390
(plus tips)
OUTlOOk
Cruise Ship Workers
Gaming Workers
Recreation Workers
Ski Resort Workers
Tour Guides
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 102 7/16/09 1:21:58 PM
103
repairs throughout the resort ranging from
mending broken chairs to fxing electrical
circuits.
Security guards are employed to provide
safety and security for all guests. Security
personnel, especially if they are armed,
must receive some sort of formal training.
Retail clerks and retail managers work at
the shopping galleries and gift shops found
at many resorts, selling everything from
exclusive clothing and cosmetics to souve-
nirs to candy and snacks.
Specialty workers provide services ad-
vertised by the particular resort. Lifeguards
supervise beaches and swimming pools.
Ski instructors provide group or individual
lessons for alpine resort patrons. Many
beach resorts employ attendants to man-
age water activities such as water skiing,
snorkeling, scuba diving, sailing, and
deep-sea fshing. Dude ranches need wran-
glers, trail guides, and horse grooms. Spa at-
tendants provide various facial, body, and
water treatments.
A high school diploma is not required for
resort work, though many resorts prefer
high school graduates. If you are interested
in something other than an entry-level po-
sition or wish to make this feld a career,
then a college education will be helpful.
Many companies look for graduates with
backgrounds in hospitality, communica-
tions, or business management to fll high-
er-level management positions.
Outlook
Employment prospects in the resort indus-
try will continue to be good. Large resorts
in Las Vegas, the popularity of all-inclusive
vacation packages, and alternative vacation
destinations will supply endless employ-
ment opportunities for resort workers.
Management and hospitality gradu-
ates, entertainers, activity instructors, and
chefs carry more responsibility and earn
higher pay. Applicants with experience in
the travel and tourism industry, or those
who can speak a foreign language, will be
in high demand.
ForMoreInformation
You may be able to fnd a job working at a
nearby golf course, hotel, or restaurant. Pur-
sue your interests in swimming, skiing, horse-
back riding, surfng, or sailing. Excelling in a
particular activity is a good stepping-stone
for a career in the resort industry.
nationalSkiAreasAssociation
133 South Van Gordon Street, Suite 300
Lakewood, CO 80228-1706
303-987-1111
nsaa@nsaa.org
http://www.nsaa.org
resortjobs.com
180 State Road, Suite 2U
Sagamore Beach, MA 02562-2362
http://www.resortjobs.com
TravelIndustryAssociationofAmerica
202-408-8422
http://www.tia.org
Did You Know?
Club Med, the worlds largest re-
sort chain, introduced the idea of
all-inclusive vacations when they
began business in the 1940s.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 103 7/16/09 1:21:59 PM
104
respiratory
Therapists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatrespiratory
TherapistsDo
Respiratory therapists evaluate, treat, and
care for patients with breathing disor-
ders. These patients may be suffering from
chronic conditions such as asthma or em-
physema, or they may have been victims
of heart failure, stroke, near drowning, or
some other trauma. It is the respiratory
therapists job to try to restore the patients
full breathing capacity or monitor breath-
ing with special equipment.
To evaluate which treatment is appro-
priate, respiratory therapists may frst test
lung capacity by having the patient breathe
into a tube-shaped instrument that mea-
sures the amount and fow of air during
inhalation and exhalation. They take these
data and compare them to standardized
data according to the patients age, height,
weight, and sex. Then therapists determine
whether a lung defciency exists. Another
test is the blood gas test, which analyzes
the oxygen and carbon dioxide concen-
tration in blood. The respiratory therapist
draws an arterial blood sample, puts it in
a special analyzer, and then reports the re-
sults to a physician.
After recommending a respiratory treat-
ment, the therapist may administer oxygen
to patients who cannot breathe on their
own using a ventilator, which sends pres-
surized air into the lungs. Other treatments
include having patients inhale medicine in
aerosol form and performing chest physio-
therapy, a procedure in which the therapist
vibrates the patients rib cage to loosen and
drain mucus from the lungs.
Respiratory therapists see a variety of
patients, such as premature infants whose
lungs are not fully developed, elderly peo-
ple with diseased lungs, or emergency-care
patients who have suffered smoke inhala-
tion or head injuries.
Monitoring and assessing patients con-
ditions is an important part of respiratory
therapists duties. They regularly check pa-
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Health, Mathematics
Associates degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$36,650 to $50,070 to $66,680
OUTlOOk
X-ray Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 104 7/16/09 1:22:02 PM
105
tients, and if a patient develops a problem,
the therapist may recommend changes in
treatment to physicians. Other duties in-
clude maintenance of equipment, keeping
patient records up-to-date, tracking materi-
als used, and recording patient charges.
High school graduates must get formal
training to become respiratory thera-
pists. Educational programs, which can
be found at hospitals, medical schools,
colleges, and trade schools, usually are
two to four years in length. The Commit-
tee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care
accredits some advanced-level programs
that prepare you to be a Registered Respi-
ratory Therapist (RRT). Entry-level pro-
grams prepare you to be a certifed respira-
tory therapist (CRT). The CRT designation
qualifes you for respiratory therapy tech-
nician positions.
Outlook
Employment growth for respiratory thera-
pists is expected to be faster than the av-
erage through 2016, despite the fact that
efforts to control rising health care costs
have reduced the number of job opportu-
nities in hospitals.
The increasing demand for therapists
is the result of growth in neonatal care
and gerontology services. Also, there is a
greater incidence of cardiopulmonary and
AIDS-related diseases, coupled with more
advanced methods of diagnosing and treat-
ing them.
Employment opportunities should be
available in home health care and hospi-
tal-based home health programs and with
equipment rental companies and frms
that provide respiratory care on a contract
basis.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work in a hospital, nurs-
ing home, or community health clinic to
get experience working with patients and
medical professionals.
AmericanAssociationforrespiratoryCare
9425 North MacArthur Boulevard, Suite 100
Irving, TX 75063-4706
972-243-2272
info@aarc.org
http://www.aarc.org
CommitteeonAccreditationfor
respiratoryCare
1248 Harwood Road
817-283-2835
http://www.coarc.com
Respiratory therapists need to have
mechanical ability and manual dexterity
in order to be able to operate respiratory
equipment. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 105 7/16/09 1:22:03 PM
106
restaurant
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatrestaurant
ManagersDo
Restaurant managers are responsible for the
overall operation of restaurants and other
establishments that serve food. Managers
usually hire and train their employees.
Food service managers are responsible for
buying the food and equipment neces-
sary for the operation of the restaurant
or facility, and they may help with menu
planning. They inspect the premises peri-
odically to ensure compliance with health
and sanitation regulations. Restaurant
and food service managers perform many
clerical and fnancial duties, such as keep-
ing records, directing payroll operations,
handling large sums of money, and tak-
ing inventories. Restaurant managers also
usually supervise advertising and special
sales programs.
The work of restaurant managers usually
involves daily contact with customers. Man-
agers take suggestions, handle complaints,
and try to create a friendly atmosphere in
which diners can enjoy themselves.
Very large restaurants may employ as-
sistant managers, an executive chef, food and
beverage managers, and a wine steward in ad-
dition to restaurant managers. These work-
ers are trained to supervise the kitchen staff.
They also are responsible for all food and
drink preparation in the restaurant.
In some cases, the manager of a restau-
rant is also its owner. The owner-manager
of a restaurant is likely to be involved in
service functions, sometimes operating
the cash register, waiting on tables, and
performing a wide variety of tasks. Non-
owner-managers of large restaurants or in-
stitutional food service facilities are usually
employees who are paid a salary. They may
work in dining rooms and cafeterias of ho-
tels, department stores, factories, schools,
hospitals, ships, trains, and private clubs.
Restaurant managers need to have experi-
ence in all areas of restaurant work before
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Health
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$28,240 to $44,570 to $74,060
OUTlOOk
Bartenders
Business Managers
Caterers
Fast Food Workers
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 106 7/16/09 1:22:03 PM
107
they can advance to the level of manager.
They must be familiar with food prepara-
tion, food service, sanitary rules, and fnan-
cial operations. Managers also must have
good business skills in order to manage a
budget and a staff. They apply this business
knowledge as they buy machinery, equip-
ment, and food.
Programs in restaurant management are
offered by some colleges. These programs
combine classroom work with on-the-job
experience. Some graduates of technical or
vocational schools can quickly qualify for
management training.
Some managers learn their skills
through a special apprenticeship program
sponsored by the National Restaurant As-
sociation. Many restaurant managers start
as waiters or kitchen staff, and as they gain
on-the-job experience, they take on more
responsibility and eventually move into
management positions.
Outlook
Employment growth for well-qualifed res-
taurant and food service managers will be as
fast as the average through 2016, especially
for those with bachelors or associates de-
grees. New restaurants are always opening
to meet increasing demand.
Many job openings will arise from the
need to replace managers retiring from the
workforce. Also, population growth will
result in an increased demand for eating
establishments.
Economic downswings have a great ef-
fect on eating and drinking establishments.
During a recession, people have less money
to spend on luxuries such as dining out,
thus hurting the restaurant business. How-
ever, greater numbers of working parents
and their families are fnding it convenient
to eat out or purchase carryout food from
a restaurant.
ForMoreInformation
You can learn about food preparation and
food service by getting involved in plan-
ning and budgeting for family, church,
or community events that involve food.
Try to participate in every aspect of such
events, including cooking, assigning tasks
to others, buying ingredients and supplies,
organizing dining areas, and hosting.
1601 Broadway
New York, NY 10019-7434
877-566-9441
InternationalCouncilonhotel,restaurant,
804-346-4800
http://chrie.org
InternationalFoodServiceExecutives
Association
500 Ryland Street, Suite 200
Reno, NV 89502-1676
800-893-5499
hq@ifsea.com
http://www.ifsea.org
Did You Know?
The word restaurant comes from
the French restaurer, meaning to
restore. The term was used in its
present meaning for the frst time
in the 18th century.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 107 7/16/09 1:22:04 PM
108
retailbusiness
Owners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
Whatretail
businessOwnersDo
Retail business owners start or buy their own
businesses or franchise operations. They
are responsible for all aspects of a busi-
ness operation, from planning and order-
ing merchandise to overseeing day-to-day
operations. Retail business owners sell a
wide variety of products, from apples to
automobiles.
There are fve general job categories in
retail establishments: merchandising and
buying, store operations, sales promotion
and advertising, bookkeeping and account-
ing, and personnel supervision. Merchandis-
ing and buying workers determine the type
and amount of goods to be sold. Store op-
erations workers maintain the building and
manage the movement of goods and per-
sonnel within the building. Sales promotion
and advertising workers fnd ways to inform
customers and potential customers about
the goods and services that are available.
Bookkeeping and accounting workers keep re-
cords of payroll, taxes, and money spent
and received. Personnel workers hire and
train store staff.
Retail business owners must know
about all fve of these areas to make in-
formed business decisions. Specifc du-
ties of an owner depend on the size of the
store and the number of employees. In a
store with more than 10 employees, many
of the day-to-day operation, promotion,
and personnel activities are supervised by
managers, while the owner plans the over-
all purpose and function of the store. In a
smaller store, the owner may handle most
of the responsibilities, including sweeping
the foor, greeting customers, balancing
the accounting books, and placing ads in
newspapers.
In both large and small operations,
an owner has to keep up-to-date on prod-
uct information as well as economic and
technological conditions that may impact
a business. Owners read catalogs about
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$32,580 to $52,460 to $138,610
OUTlOOk
Buyers
Cashiers
Purchasing Agents
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 108 7/16/09 1:22:04 PM

109
products, check current inventories and
prices, and research any technological ad-
vances that may make the operation more
effcient.
Franchise owners obtain a license to sell
an existing companys goods or services.
The license agreement allows them to use
expert advice from the sponsoring compa-
ny about location, hiring and training of
employees, arrangement of merchandise,
advertising, and record keeping.
There are no specifc educational or experi-
ence requirements for this position. Cours-
es in mathematics, business management,
accounting, typing, and computer science
are helpful. Experience in the retail trade is
recommended.
If you hope to own your own business
someday, you are advised to earn a college
degree. Appropriate areas of study include
business communications, marketing, busi-
ness law, business management, and ac-
counting. You may want to earn a masters
in business administration (M.B.A.) or in
another related graduate degree. There are
also special business schools that offer one-
or two-year programs in business manage-
ment. Some correspondence schools also
offer courses on how to plan and run a
business.
Outlook
The retail feld is extremely competitive,
and many businesses fail each year. The
most common reason for failure is poor
management.
ForMoreInformation
Working part time as a sales clerk or stock
clerk in a store is a good way to learn
about the retail business. Read publica-
tions on self-employment, such as Entre-
preneur magazine (https://www.entrepre-
neur.com).
CenterforWomensbusinessresearch
1760 Old Meadow Road, Suite 500
McLean, VA 22102-4306
703-556-7162
info@womensbusinessresearch.org
http://www.womensbusinessresearch.org
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
U.S.SmallbusinessAdministration
409 3rd Street, SW
800-827-5722
answerdesk@sba.gov
http://www.sbaonline.sba.gov
Fast Fact
The top fve retailers (by annu-
al sales) in the United States are
Wal-Mart, Home Depot, Kroger,
Costco, and Target.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 109 7/16/09 1:22:04 PM
110
retailSales
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatretailSalesWorkersDo
Retail sales workers assist customers in retail
stores. They help customers decide what
to buy, show them different products and
how they work, take payment, record the
sale, and arrange for delivery of the prod-
uct, if necessary. Some other names for re-
tail sales workers are sales clerks, retail clerks,
sales associates, and salespeople.
A retail sales worker may have a wide
range of duties. In a small retail store, the
sales worker may take inventory, place
newspaper ads, order goods, price mer-
chandise, stock shelves, handle telephone
calls, open the store in the morning, and
lock it up at night. In a large department
store, retail sales workers usually work in
one department and have more limited
duties.
Assisting customers is the priority for
most retail sales workers. They help fnd
the specifc items customers want or sug-
gest alternate choices. They may demon-
strate products or give opinions on the
quality of merchandise. When they are
not waiting on customers, retail workers
put price tags on items, stock shelves and
racks, straighten and face product (place
product so that labels are facing the cus-
tomer), dust and clean products, and make
sure aisles are clear.
With good skills, retail sales workers
can move up to any of several positions.
Some become the senior salesperson or head
of their department. They manage the oth-
er employees in the department and may
be responsible for placing orders for new
merchandise. With experience, retail work-
ers can also become foor managers, branch
managers, and general managers. Some sales
workers move on to become buyers, who
decide what merchandise the store will
carry and meet with manufacturers and de-
signers to buy items for the store.
Some retail sales workers have a 40-
hour workweek. In many stores, however,
sales workers work 44 or 48 hours a week.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Mathematics, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$14,780 to $20,150 to $39,190
OUTlOOk
Buyers
Cashiers
Clerks
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 110 7/16/09 1:22:05 PM

111
Working on evenings and weekends is of-
ten required, as is working long hours of
overtime during the holiday seasons, when
stores are the busiest. Workers in many
stores have to stay past closing time to
clean up the sales foor after a busy day.
Employers generally hire retail workers
who are at least high school graduates,
although there are some part-time oppor-
tunities available to high school students.
Entry-level employees sometimes are asked
to work in the stores stockroom at frst so
that they can learn more about the stores
products and operations. They also may be
asked to help set up displays or assist in the
shipping department. After several months
they may be promoted to sales workers.
Many employers prefer to hire college
graduates, especially those with degrees in
merchandising, business, or liberal arts.
College graduates are more likely to be
put directly into the stores management
training program. Job applicants with pre-
vious retail sales experience also are con-
sidered good candidates for management
training.
Outlook
The employment growth for sales person-
nel should be about as fast as the average
for all occupations through 2016. Turnover
among sales workers is much higher than
average, creating a continual need to re-
place workers.
Several factors might reduce the long-
range demand for sales personnel. As drug,
variety, grocery, and other stores rapidly
convert to self-service operations, they will
need fewer sales workers. In contrast, many
other stores are trying to stay competitive
by offering better customer service and
more sales staff attention.
There should continue to be good op-
portunities for temporary and part-time
sales workers, especially during the holi-
days. Stores are particularly interested in
people who, by returning year after year,
develop good sales backgrounds and know
the stores merchandise.
ForMoreInformation
Look for opportunities to develop your
customer service skills. Volunteer to work
at an information booth or sales booth at
special events. Participate in fund-raising
activities, such as bake sales, candy sales,
and rummage sales.
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
A retail sales worker shows a customer a
piece of jewelry. (Rubberball Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 111 7/16/09 1:22:06 PM
112
retailStore
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatretail
StoreManagersDo
Supermarkets, department stores, gift shops,
and bakeries are just a few examples of re-
tail stores. Store managers are in charge of
everything that takes place in them, from
hiring new employees to ensuring that the
receipts add up at the end of the day. The
store manager is often the frst to arrive in
the morning and the last to leave at night.
The most important skill for a good
manager is knowing how to work with oth-
er people. Managers hire and train employ-
ees, assign their duties, and review salaries.
There are bound to be disagreements and
clashes from time to time, and managers
must be able to keep arguments from get-
ting out of control. Similarly, the stores
customers may have complaints, and man-
agers must be sensitive and understanding
in dealing with the public.
Retail store managers track the merchan-
dise in their stores. They keep accurate
records so they know when to order new
items, which items are the most popular,
and which items are not selling.
Some managers handle all advertising
and product promotions themselves, while
others meet with advertising agency repre-
sentatives and decide how best to advertise
their stores merchandise. Managers often
have the fnal say about which advertise-
ments are sent to newspapers, radio, and
television.
Other duties vary depending on the
size of the store and the type of merchan-
dise sold. In small stores, managers per-
form such duties as data processing, ship-
ping, accounting, and sales. In large stores,
managers may be responsible for a specifc
area, such as advertising or personnel.
Although some retail store managers do
not have a college education, many large
retail stores accept applications only from
college graduates. If you are interested in
this career, study English, advertising, ac-
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$21,760 to $34,470 to $60,550
OUTlOOk
Buyers
Cashiers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 112 7/16/09 1:22:06 PM

113
counting, business, and marketing. All
managers, regardless of their education,
must have good marketing, analytical, and
people skills.
Many large retail stores and national
chains offer formal training programs, in-
cluding classroom instruction, for their
new employees. The training period may
last a week or as long as a year. Training for
a department store manager, for example,
may include working as a salesperson in
several departments to learn more about
the stores business.
Part-time or summer jobs are good
ways to enter this feld. Often store man-
agers are looking for salespeople because
the turnover rate in these jobs is quite
high. A salesperson who stays with a com-
pany and takes increasing responsibility
is more likely to advance into a manage-
ment position.
Outlook
Employment growth for retail managers
for all occupations through the next de-
cade. Although retailers have reduced their
management staff to cut costs and make
operations more effcient, there still are
good opportunities in retailing. However,
competition for jobs probably will contin-
ue to increase, and computerized systems
for inventory control may reduce the need
for some types of managers. Applicants
with the best educational backgrounds and
work experience will have the best chances
of fnding jobs.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer to work at an information booth
or sales booth at special events. Participate
in fund-raising activities, such as bake sales,
candy sales, and rummage sales. Read pe-
riodicals that publish articles on the retail
industry, such as Stores online (http://www.
stores.org), published by the National Re-
tail Federation.
InternationalMassretailAssociation
1700 North Moore Street, Suite 2250
703-841-2300
http://www.retail-leaders.org
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
One of a retail store managers duties is to
make sure that the inventory is properly
stocked. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 113 7/16/09 1:22:07 PM
114
retirement
Planners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
Whatretirement
PlannersDo
Retirement planners are fnancial planners
who specialize in the fnancial needs and
concerns of people planning for retire-
ment. Some retirement planners work for
corporations of all sizes; many others are
self-employed. Retirement planners have
diverse backgrounds in felds such as bank-
ing, accounting, law, and life insurance.
To supplement the federal social se-
curity retirement income, people rely on
pension plans, retirement accounts, and
other forms of investments. Most workers
today are aware of the importance of sav-
ing and planning for retirement, and they
often turn to knowledgeable professionals
for fnancial advice and strategies. The feld
of retirement planning grew as a specialty
from traditional fnancial planning ser-
vices. Such planners and counselors are in
demand to create and administer fnancial
retirement plans.
Retirement planners advise clients
about important retirement issues such as
relocation, medical insurance needs, in-
come tax, wills, and estate planning. They
also help prepare clients for the possibility
of incapacity, disability, and the need for
chronic-illness care during retirement. Dis-
ability income insurance, long-term care
insurance, or a medical savings account
may be suggested as precautions for such
situations. Many companies, in an attempt
to restructure or downsize, offer their em-
ployees the option for early retirement,
complete with incentives. Retirement
planners are consulted about the benefts
or problems of early retirement.
Work as a retirement planner requires
you to be in constant contact with your cli-
ents. You will need excellent communica-
tion skills and must be comfortable dealing
with all kinds of people.
Take as many business and mathematics
courses in high school as possible. Speech
classes will help you develop oral commu-
nication skills, while English classes will
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$33,100 to $67,660 to $115,750
OUTlOOk
Accountants
Financial Analysts
Financial Planners
s
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 114 7/16/09 1:22:08 PM
115
give you the basics necessary to write re-
ports for your clients. Good computer skills
are also a must.
A bachelors degree is generally the ba-
sic requirement for a career in retirement
planning. Most retirement planners and
other fnancial advisers hold degrees in ac-
counting, business, mathematics, or eco-
nomics, as these directly relate to the type
of work that planners do. Courses in taxes,
estate planning, and risk management are
especially helpful, and classes in communi-
cation and public speaking are important
since interacting with clients is the corner-
stone of this business.
Retirement planners may opt to be-
come a chartered retirement plans spe-
cialist (CRPS) or a chartered retirement
planning counselor (CRPC). CRPSs advise
businesses on employee retirement plans,
while CRPCs work with individuals who
are retired or nearing retirement age. Cer-
tifcation requirements vary depending on
the specialty, though all programs demand
continuing education credits for yearly
recertifcation.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for retirement
planners are expected to increase faster
than the average through 2016. The U.S.
Census Bureau estimated that in 2000
there were 35 million people in the United
States who were age 65 or older and that
number is expected to increase to approxi-
mately 82 million people by the year 2050.
The governments social security program
often does not provide enough income to
meet the fnancial needs of seniors as they
continue to live longer and more produc-
tively. People are increasingly dependent
on pension plans, savings plans, and in-
vestments to help maintain a comfortable
standard of living through their retirement
years. Financial planners, especially those
who specialize in retirement plans, will be
in high demand for their advice and rec-
ommendations on the best way to build
and manage retirement funds.
ForMoreInformation
Check out the fnancial planning informa-
tion available on the Internet to familiarize
yourself with the industry.
CertifedFinancialPlannerboardof
Standards,Inc.
800-487-1497
http://www.cfp-board.org
CollegeforFinancialPlanning
8000 East Maplewood Avenue, Suite 800
Greenwood Village, CO 80111-4766
800-237-9990
http://www.cffp.edu
FinancialPlanningAssociation
4100 East Mississippi Avenue, Suite 400
Denver, CO 80246-3053
800-322-4237
http://www.fpanet.org
This retirement planner speaks with a
couple about their future. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 115 7/16/09 1:22:08 PM
116
risk
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatriskManagersDo
Sometimes a business can fail or lose mon-
ey over a problem that grows into a disaster
because no one takes the proper steps to
prevent it. Risk managers are the people re-
sponsible for trying to keep disasters from
happening and for helping a business re-
cover after a serious problem occurs. They
monitor risks to a business and plan pro-
grams that reduce the chance of losses and
damages.
Risk managers try to fnd all sources of
potential problems in a company. Some ex-
amples of risk areas include fraud or crimi-
nal acts, injuries or death to an employee or
someone outside of the company, property
damage to a company, and loss of money
because of the damage. A risk manager cal-
culates how much money would be lost if
any of these events were to happen.
Risk control is another important part
of the job. After all potential problem ar-
eas have been identifed, a risk manager
decides the best ways to prevent damage
from occurring. These may include provid-
ing safety training for employees, increas-
ing security to protect against crime, or
obtaining more insurance to cover lawsuits
against the company. Because insurance
costs have become more expensive, risk
managers try to fnd ways in addition to
purchasing insurance by which a company
can protect itself.
Risk managers must be well informed
about all aspects of a business to predict
problem areas. They regularly inspect
machinery and equipment for safety and
ensure that employees have a safe place
to work. They also make sure employees
follow safety procedures, such as wearing
hardhats or protective clothing.
Many risk managers are employed in
oil, drug, or communications companies.
However, all types of industries need people
to evaluate and prevent risks. In large frms,
a risk manager may be a vice president with
many people on his or her staff. Some com-
panies have risk management departments,
and the managers have assigned areas. For
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$42,280 to $70,400 to $137,210
OUTlOOk
Accountants
Cost Estimators
Credit Analysts
Financial Analysts
q
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 116 7/16/09 1:22:09 PM
117
instance, one manager may deal with fraud
and property damage. Another might be in
charge of employee injuries or insurance.
In smaller companies, managers also may
be in charge of safety training, employee
benefts, and other personnel tasks.
If risk management interests you, you
should plan to earn a bachelors degree in
business management, fnance, or account-
ing. Classes in mathematics, economics,
and accounting will be useful. Computer
skills also are an advantage. You need to
have a broad knowledge of many felds,
including chemistry, law, engineering, and
insurance. Some people who plan to be-
come risk managers prefer to obtain a de-
gree in one of these specialized subjects.
Many organizations require their risk
managers to earn the designation Associ-
ate in Risk Management (ARM) or Certifed
Risk Manager (CRM). The ARM program is
run jointly by the American Institute for
Chartered Property Casualty Underwrit-
ers and the Insurance Institute of America.
The Certifed Risk Managers International,
a member of the National Alliance for In-
surance Education & Research, offers the
CRM program.
Outlook
The need for risk management is expected
to grow about as fast as the average through
2016. Organizations now recognize risk
management as an important and effective
tool to manage costs. The profession will
continue to gain recognition in the next
decade, so salaries and career opportunities
are expected to continue to increase.
ForMoreInformation
Look for opportunities to participate in f-
nancial activities. Volunteer to be the trea-
surer for school clubs or community orga-
nizations you belong to. Read books about
general business practices, the history of
insurance, and the different kinds of insur-
ance available today.
AmericanriskandInsuranceAssociation
716 Providence Road
610-640-1997
aria@cpcuiia.org
http://www.aria.org
nationalAllianceforInsuranceEducation
&research
PO Box 27027
Austin, TX 78755-2027
800-633-2165
alliance@scic.com
http://www.scic.com
riskandInsuranceManagement
Society,Inc.
1065 Avenue of the Americas, 13th Floor
New York, NY 10018-1878
212-286-9292
http://www.rims.org
Fast Fact
The feld of risk management
has existed only since the 1950s.
The growth of technology led
to the expansion of the feld as
companies sought to prevent,
minimize, and fnance losses
associated with implementing
new technology and new busi-
ness models.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 117 7/16/09 1:22:09 PM
118
roadCrew
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatroadCrewWorkersDo
The heavy traffc of cars and trucks does
a lot of damage to streets and highways.
Harsh weather also causes damage, result-
ing in potholes and broken pavement.
Road crew workers help maintain and re-
pair the roadways, which include country
roads, freeways, bike paths, and runways.
They build new roads, repave old roads,
clear snow and ice, and cut the grass at the
sides of highways. Other tasks might in-
clude putting up signs, directing traffc, op-
erating trucks and tractors, and preparing
asphalt and concrete for spreading across
the roads surface.
Supervising road crew workers look at
blueprints, drawings, and surveys to de-
termine what materials, tools, and workers
will be required to complete the project.
They help determine how much time will
be needed for the project and if traffc will
have to be redirected onto other roadways.
Other workers set up barricades and lights
to warn drivers of construction, direct driv-
ers into alternate lanes, and post lower
speed limits. Those who direct traffc may
be required to stand in the street with signs
and to communicate with the other road
workers using walkie-talkies. Road crew
workers always wear refective vests and
follow other safety procedures.
In road construction or repair projects,
the frst step is to clear land or remove
old pavement. Road crew workers level
the ground and spread out crushed stone
and gravel. The crew may install steel and
wire to strengthen the base of the roadway.
Road crew workers drive the trucks and
operate the tractors for these operations.
Once the concrete or asphalt is prepared,
they pour and spread the material from
a cement mixer or spreader. With special
fnishing tools, they shape the curbs and
drains. They then prepare the surface by
rubbing it with stones and sealing it with
chemicals.
During winter months, road crew work-
ers operate snowplows and salt trucks. Dur-
ing warm weather, they clean brush from
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$17,410 to $27,310 to $51,750
OUTlOOk
Operating Engineers
Truck Drivers
X
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 118 7/16/09 1:22:10 PM
119
roadsides, mow grass, and clean up litter.
Road crew workers work outdoors in all
kinds of weather.
You may need a high school diploma for
some road maintenance work, but it is not
always required. Experience with a con-
struction crew, a summer road crew, or farm
work can help you learn about operating
and repairing heavy machinery and trucks.
You will defnitely need a high school di-
ploma and further training if you hope to
advance to better-paying positions. Most
community colleges offer courses in me-
chanics and heavy equipment.
Outlook
Employment growth for all operating en-
gineers is projected to be about as fast as
the average through 2016. Many road crew
workers are employed by local govern-
ments. These workers handle the construc-
tion and repair of highways, bridges, dams,
harbors, airports, subways, water and sew-
age systems, power plants, and transmission
lines. Construction of schools, offces and
other commercial buildings, and residen-
tial properties will also stimulate demand
for these workers. However, the construc-
tion industry is very sensitive to changes
in the overall economy, so the number of
openings may fuctuate from year to year.
ForMoreInformation
Visit the Web sites of your states depart-
ment of transportation for information
about road projects. For links go to http://
www.tdot.state.tn.us/links.htm. The U.S.
Department of Transportation Web site,
http://www.dot.gov, also offers informa-
tion and links to other related agencies.
AssociatedGeneralContractorsofAmerica
703-548-3118
info@agc.org
http://www.agc.org
InternationalUnionofOperatingEngineers
202-429-9100
http://www.iuoe.org
These road crew workers are working
alongside an asphalt paving machine,
smoothing a new stretch of road. (Dwight
Smith/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 119 7/16/09 1:22:11 PM
120
robotics
Engineersand
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatroboticsEngineers
andTechniciansDo
Robotics engineers use computer technology
to design, develop, build, and program ro-
botic devices. They understand manufac-
turing production requirements and how
robots can best be used in automated sys-
tems to achieve cost effciency, productiv-
ity, and quality. Robotics engineers analyze
and evaluate a manufacturers operating
system to determine whether robots can
be used effciently instead of humans and
other automated equipment.
Robotics technicians help engineers make
and operate robots. Robots are machines
that perform tasks ordinarily done by hu-
mans. Computers control the movement
and actions of robots. Many industries use
robots to do very precise or complicated
tasks that are often repetitive. Robots can
assemble delicate computer parts or tend
the machines that weave cloth. Many in-
dustrial robots do not look like human be-
ings; for example, an industrial robot may
simply be a mechanical arm.
Robotics technicians assist with ev-
ery phase of making robots. After robotics
engineers design a robot, the technicians
conduct tests to make sure the design will
work. Then they help build a model. If the
model works, the technicians help draw up
the blueprints that show how to manufac-
ture the design.
Some robotics technicians work on
assembling robots. They may obtain the
needed materials and parts, or they may
put together and install special mechani-
cal or electrical parts of a robot. They may
also work on testing the fnished robots to
make sure they perform correctly.
Other robotics technicians operate ro-
bots or teach other employees how to use
and maintain robots. Some technicians
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree (robotics engineers)
High school diploma (robotics
technicians)
SAlAryrAnGE
$46,340 to $71,430 to $104,490
(robotics engineers)
$31,130 to $47,490 to $79,020
(robotics technicians)
OUTlOOk
Hardware Engineers
Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 120 7/16/09 1:22:11 PM
121
travel to different factories to maintain and
repair their robots.
Robotics technicians who work on de-
sign and testing usually work in comfort-
able offces; those who assemble, operate,
or maintain robots may work in noisy
factories.
To prepare for a career in robotics, take as
many science, mathematics, and computer
classes as possible. Other useful classes are
blueprint reading, electronics, and ma-
chine shop.
A high school diploma is required for
a career as a robotics technician. Most em-
ployers prefer to hire people who have
completed a two-year program in robotics,
industrial technology, or manufacturing
engineering.
To become an engineer you must earn
a bachelor of science degree. Some colleges
and universities offer robotics engineer-
ing degrees, and others offer engineering
degrees with concentrations or options in
robotics and manufacturing engineering.
For some higher-level jobs, such as robot-
ics designer, a master of science or doctoral
degree is required.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for robotics en-
gineers and technicians are closely tied to
economic conditions in the United States
and in the global marketplace. The United
States is the worlds second-largest robotics
user next to Japan.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in school science clubs and fairs
and pursue hobbies that involve electron-
ics, mechanical equipment, and model
building. Complete robot kits are available
through a number of companies and range
from simple, inexpensive robots to highly
complex robots with advanced features
and accessories.
AssociationforUnmannedvehicle
SystemsInternational
2700 South Quincy Street, Suite 400
703-845-9671
info@auvsi.org
http://www.auvsi.org
roboticIndustriesAssociation
900 Victors Way, Suite 140
PO Box 3724
Ann Arbor, MI 48106-3724
734-994-6088
http://www.roboticsonline.com
roboticsandAutomationSociety
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
202-530-8347
http://www.ncsu.edu/IEEE-RAS
Robotics engineer Tobias Kaupp prepares
to launch a robotic submarine into the
water surrounding Australias Great
Barrier Reef. These robotic submarines
are used to collect data and perform
underwater research. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 121 7/16/09 1:22:12 PM
122
roman
Catholic
Priests
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatroman
CatholicPriestsDo
Roman Catholic priests serve as either dioc-
esan priests (sometimes called secular priests)
who lead individual parishes within a cer-
tain diocese, or as religious priests who live
and work with other members of their
religious order. In the Roman Catholic
Church, only men are called to the priest-
hood. A vow of celibacy is required, along
with vows of poverty and obedience. The
primary function of all priests is adminis-
tering the churchs seven sacraments: bap-
tism, confrmation, confession, Holy Com-
munion, marriage, holy orders, and last
rites.
Diocesan priests generally work in
parishes and are responsible for leading li-
turgical celebrations, especially the mass.
They also provide pastoral care for their
parishioners in times of sickness, death,
or personal crisis. Diocesan priests oversee
the religious education of everyone in their
congregation and take care of administra-
tive duties. Some work in parochial schools
attached to parish churches or in diocesan
high schools.
Religious priests, such as Dominicans,
Jesuits, or Franciscans, work as members of
a religious community, teaching, doing mis-
sionary work, or engaging in other special-
ized activities as assigned by their superiors.
Priests may serve in a wide range of
ministries, from counseling full time and
working in social services to being chap-
lains in the armed forces, prisons, or hospi-
tals. Like all clergy, priests prepare sermons
and follow current religious and secular
events.
In addition to having a strong desire to
help others, priests need to be able to com-
municate effectively and supervise others.
They must have common sense, initiative,
and self-confdence to oversee a parish or
mission. They also must have compassion,
humility, and integrity to set an example
for others.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Religion
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$20,240 to $40,460 to $70,670
OUTlOOk
Grief Therapists
Guidance Counselors
Rabbis
Religious Sisters and Brothers
Social Workers
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 122 7/16/09 1:22:13 PM
123
In preparing for the priesthood, you should
be conscientious about living the Catho-
lic faith as fully as you can. Attend mass
and other services frequently, read about
church history and doctrine, and take part
in parish activities. You need a strong reli-
gious faith and the belief that you have re-
ceived a special call from God to serve and
help others.
Some Catholic high schools offer prep-
aration for the priesthood similar to that
of a college preparatory high school. High
school seminary studies focus on English,
speech, literature, and social studies. Latin
may or may not be required; the study of
other foreign languages, especially Span-
ish, is encouraged.
Eight years of postsecondary study usu-
ally are required to become an ordained
priest. The last four years of preparation
for ordination are devoted to the study of
theology, including studies in ethics and
doctrine. In the third year of advanced
training, candidates undertake feldwork in
parishes and the wider community.
Outlook
There is a shortage of priests in the Roman
Catholic Church. In the last 30 years, the
number of priests has declined by about
25 percent because of retirement and those
leaving the profession for other reasons.
Opportunities for positions in the priest-
hood are increasing and will probably con-
tinue to do so for the foreseeable future.
Priests are needed in all areas of the coun-
try, but the greatest need is in metropolitan
areas that have large Catholic populations
and in communities near Catholic educa-
tional institutions.
As a result of the continuing shortage
of priests, the number of ordained deacons
has increased. Deacons are not authorized
to celebrate mass or administer the sacra-
ments of reconciliation and the anointing
of the sick. They can preach and perform
baptisms, marriages, and funerals; and pro-
vide service to the community.
ForMoreInformation
Talk with your parish priest and others in-
volved in the pastoral work of the church
to get a clearer idea of the responsibilities
of priesthood. Your priest or diocesan vo-
cations offce can put you in touch with a
religious order if that is where you would
like to serve.
nationalFederationofPriestsCouncils
888-271-6372
nfpc@nfpc.org
http://www.nfpc.org
nationalreligiousvocationConference
5401 Cornell Avenue, Suite 207
773-363-5454
http://www.nrvc.net
Roman Catholic priests perform regular
masses as well as services for weddings,
christenings, and funerals. (Richard
Welter/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 123 7/16/09 1:22:14 PM
124
roofers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatroofersDo
Roofers apply roofng materials, including
tile and slate shingles, to the roofs of build-
ings. They also waterproof and damp-proof
walls, swimming pools, and other build-
ing surfaces. Although roofers usually are
trained to apply most kinds of roofng,
they often specialize in either sheet mem-
brane roofng or prepared roofngs such as
asphalt shingles, slate, or tile.
The most common type of roofng is
composition roofng. In one type of com-
position roofng, called built-up roofng,
roofers place overlapping strips of asphalt
or tar-coated felt to the roof. Then they
spread a thin layer of hot asphalt or coal tar
pitch over the felt strips. The roofers con-
tinue alternating felt strips and hot asphalt
or pitch until they reach the desired thick-
ness. Finally, a topcoat of coal tar pitch and
gravel or a smooth coat of asphalt is ap-
plied. On some composition roofs, asphalt
shingles or rolls of roofng material are af-
fxed with nails or asphalt cement.
Another type of composition roofng
is single-ply roofng. Single-ply roofs differ
from built-up roofs in the way their seams
are sealed: contact adhesive cements, hot-
air welders, solvent welding, and propane
or butane torches are used. Many manu-
facturers of these systems require that roof-
ers take special courses and receive certif-
cation before they are allowed to use the
products.
Tile and slate shingles, which are more
expensive types of residential roofng, are
installed a little differently. First, roofng
felt is applied over the wood base. Next,
the roofers punch holes in the slate or tile
pieces so that nails can be inserted, or they
embed the tiles in mortar. Each row of
shingles overlaps the preceding row.
Metal roofng is applied by roofers or
by sheet metal workers. One type of metal
roof uses metal sections shaped like fat
pans, soldered together for weatherproof-
ing and attached by metal clips to the
wood below. Standing seam roofng has
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrAnGE
$21,290 to $33,240 to $56,680
OUTlOOk
Carpenters
Road Crew Workers
Sheet Metal Workers
/
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 124 7/16/09 1:22:14 PM
125
raised seams where the sections of sheet
metal interlock.
Roofers may waterproof and damp-
proof structures other than roofs. First, the
roofers smooth rough surfaces and slightly
roughen glazed surfaces. Then they ap-
ply waterproofng fabric to the surface, ei-
ther with a brush or by spraying. Damp-
proofng, which prevents moisture from
penetrating building surfaces, is done by
spraying a coat of tar or asphalt onto the
building surfaces.
Roofers work outdoors most of the
time. They work in the heat and cold, but
not in wet weather. The work is physically
strenuous, involving lifting heavy weights,
standing, climbing, bending, and squat-
ting. Roofers must work while standing on
surfaces that may be steep and quite high.
Employers prefer to hire applicants who are
at least 18 years old and who have earned a
high school diploma. Roofers must complete
an apprenticeship or on-the-job training
program. Apprenticeships usually last three
years, and on-the-job training lasts four or
fve years. All roofers should receive safety
training that is in compliance with Occu-
pational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) standards. Workers can get safety
training through their employer or through
OSHAs Outreach Training Program.
Outlook
Employment for roofers is expected to in-
crease about as fast as the average for all oc-
cupations through 2016. Roofers will con-
tinue to be in demand for the construction
of new buildings, and roofs tend to need
more maintenance and repair work.
ForMoreInformation
Check your library or bookstore for books
about roofng techniques, such as The Roof-
ing Handbook by Robert Scharff and Terry
Kennedy (McGraw-Hill Professional Pub-
lishing, 2000) or Structure, Roofng, and the
Exterior by Alan Carson and Robert Dunlop
(Stoddart Publishing, 2000). Watch how-to
videos on roofng and other construction
specialties.
nationalroofngContractorsAssociation
847-299-9070
http://www.nrca.net
UnitedUnionofroofers,Waterproofers
andAlliedWorkers
202-463-7663
roofers@unionroofers.com
http://www.unionroofers.com
Roofers learn to layer tiles on roofs in
ways that keep the inside of the house
warm and dry. (Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 125 7/16/09 1:22:15 PM
126
roustabouts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatroustaboutsDo
Roustabouts do most of the routine physi-
cal work in the oil and gas industry. They
help around the wells that produce oil and
natural gas, and they work on the pipelines
and barges that transport oil and gas.
Roustabouts work varies from place to
place and from job to job. They may clear
sites that have been selected for drilling and
build a solid base for drilling equipment.
They cut down trees to make way for roads
or to reduce fre hazards. They dig trenches
for foundations, fll excavated areas, mix up
batches of wet concrete, and pour concrete
into building forms. Other jobs include
loading and unloading pipe and other ma-
terials onto or from trucks and boats.
Roustabouts also dig drainage ditches
around wells, storage tanks, and other in-
stallations. They walk fow lines to locate
leaks and clean up spilled oil by bailing it
into barrels or other containers. They also
clean and repair oil feld machinery and
equipment.
Other duties that roustabouts perform
include driving and unloading trucks;
painting equipment such as storage tanks
and pumping units; assembling, operating,
and repairing machinery such as boilers,
pumps, and valves; and cleaning up work
sites. Basically, roustabouts do whatever
routine physical work and maintenance
their supervisor tells them to do.
The tools roustabouts use range from
simple hand tools like hammers and shov-
els to heavy equipment such as backhoes or
trackhoes. Roustabouts use heavy wrench-
es and other hand tools to help break out
and replace pipe, valves, and other compo-
nents for repairs or modifcations and truck
winches for moving or lifting heavy items.
Roustabouts also operate motorized lifts,
power tools, and electronic sensors and
testers. They also may operate tractors with
shredders, forklifts, or ditching machines.
Roustabouts who work for drilling con-
tractors usually travel from place to place as
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrAnGE
$19,090 to $28,510 to $46,220
OUTlOOk
Operating Engineers
Road Crew Workers
Stevedores
X
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 126 7/16/09 1:22:16 PM
127
they work on one job after another. Roust-
abouts who work on producing wells usu-
ally stay at one location for longer periods
of time. Those who work on offshore wells
may live on the rig for one to four weeks at
a time before coming to shore for an equal
amount of time off.
Although there are no formal requirements
for roustabouts, frms prefer to hire high
school graduates. Applicants with mechan-
ical skills and those who have taken tech-
nical courses have an edge in the job mar-
ket. Classes in mathematics and technical
training are helpful.
Most roustabouts receive informal on-
the-job training about safety, equipment
and machine maintenance, and oil and gas
feld operations. More and more applicants
are graduates of an associates degree pro-
gram in petroleum technology.
Outlook
The number of roustabout jobs is expected
2016 due to continuing advances in oil
feld automation, changes in production
methods, and recent diffculties in the oil
and gas industries.
Despite the problems in the industry,
oil and gas will continue to be primary
energy sources. While few new jobs for
roustabouts are expected to develop, they
always will be needed, and there will be
some openings as turnover is high among
roustabouts, especially in offshore drill-
ing. Workers who have experience or for-
mal training in the feld will have the best
chance of being hired.
ForMoreInformation
You can fnd links to energy-related Web
sites at http://www.industrylink.com. If
you live near an oil feld, you may be able
to arrange a tour by contacting the public
relations departments of oil companies or
drilling contractors.
1220 L Street, NW
202-682-8000
http://www.api.org
SocietyofPetroleumEngineers
PO Box 833836
Richardson, TX 75083-3836
800-456-6863
spedal@spe.org
http://www.spe.org
UniversityofTexasatAustin
Petroleum Extension Service
1 University Station, R8100
Austin, TX 78712-1100
800-687-4132
http://www.utexas.edu/cee/petex
These roustabouts are working on an oil
rig in Kern County, California. (Richard
Thornton/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 127 7/16/09 1:22:16 PM
128
Sales
representatives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSales
representativesDo
Sales representatives sell goods to retail stores,
other manufacturers and wholesalers, gov-
ernment agencies, and various institutions.
They usually cover a specifc geographic
area. Some representatives concentrate on
just a few products. An electrical appliance
salesperson, for example, may sell 10 to 30
items ranging from food freezers and air
conditioners to waffe irons and portable
heaters. Representatives of drug wholesal-
ers, however, may sell as many as 50,000
different items.
Sales representatives locate and contact
potential clients, keep up a regular corre-
spondence with existing customers, deter-
mine their clients needs, and inform cli-
ents about products and prices. They travel
to meet with clients, show them samples
or catalogs, take orders, arrange for deliv-
ery, and sometimes provide installation.
Sales representatives also handle customer
complaints, keep up-to-date on new prod-
ucts, and prepare reports. Many salespeople
attend trade conferences, where they learn
about products and make sales contacts.
The particular products sold by the
sales representative directly affect the na-
ture of the work. Salespeople who repre-
sent sporting goods manufacturers may
spend most of their time driving from
town to town calling on retail stores that
carry sporting equipment. They may visit
with coaches and athletic directors of high
schools and colleges. A representative in
this line may be a former athlete or coach
who knows intimately the concerns of his
or her customers.
Food manufacturers and wholesalers
employ large numbers of sales representa-
tives, who negotiate with retail merchants
to obtain the most advantageous store
and shelf position for displaying their
products.
Direct, or door-to-door, selling has been
an effective way of marketing various prod-
ucts, such as appliances and housewares,
cookware, china, tableware and linens,
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$26,490 to $50,750 to $103,910
OUTlOOk
Buyers
Purchasing Agents
Services Sales Representatives
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 128 7/16/09 1:22:17 PM

129
foods, drugs, cosmetics and toiletries, cos-
tume jewelry, clothing, and greeting cards.
Like other sales representatives, door-to-
door sales workers fnd prospective buyers,
explain and demonstrate their products,
and take orders. Door-to-door selling has
waned in popularity, and Internet selling
has taken over much of the door-to-door
market.
A high school diploma is required for most
sales positions, and an increasing number
of salespeople are graduates of two- or four-
year colleges. The more complex a product,
the greater the likelihood that it will be
sold by a college-trained person.
Some areas of sales work require spe-
cialized college work. Those in engineering
sales, for example, usually have a college
degree in an engineering feld. Other felds
that require salespeople to have specifc col-
lege degrees include chemical sales, offce
systems, and pharmaceuticals and drugs.
Outlook
Employment growth for sales representa-
tives is expected to be about as fast as the
average through 2016 due to continued
increases in the variety and amount of
products sold. Future opportunities will
vary greatly depending upon the specifc
product and industry. For example, as gi-
ant food chains replace independent gro-
cers, fewer salespeople will be needed to
sell groceries to individual stores. By con-
trast, greater opportunities will probably
exist in the air-conditioning feld, and ad-
vances in consumer electronics and com-
puter technology also may provide many
new opportunities.
ForMoreInformation
Junior Achievement (http://www.ja.org)
programs can introduce you to economic
concepts, including buying and selling
goods and services.
DirectMarketingAssociation
Educational Foundation
New York, NY 10036-6700
212-768-7277
http://www.the-dma.org
ManufacturersAgentsnational
Association
16 A Journey, Suite 200
877-626-2776
MANA@MANAonline.org
http://www.manaonline.org
Fast Fact
In the United States, about two
million people work as manu-
facturers and wholesale sales
representatives.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 129 7/16/09 1:22:17 PM
130
School
Administrators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSchool
AdministratorsDo
School administrators oversee the operation
of schools or entire school districts. They
work with either public or private schools.
Those who work as administrators in pri-
vate schools are often called headmasters,
headmistresses, or school directors. They
make sure students, teachers, and other
employees follow educational guidelines
and meet budget requirements.
There are two basic kinds of school ad-
ministrators in public schools: principals
and superintendents. School principals hire
and assign teachers and other staff, help
them improve their skills, make sure they
are using approved teaching methods, and
evaluate their performance. Principals plan
and evaluate the instructional programs
jointly with teachers. They visit classrooms
and examine learning materials. They also
supervise the schools counselors and other
staff members. They review the students
performance and decide how to handle stu-
dents with learning or behavior problems.
Principals resolve conficts that students
and teachers may have with one another,
with parents, or with school board policies.
In larger schools, they may be aided by as-
sistant principals, sometimes called deans of
students.
School superintendents manage the
affairs of an entire school district, which
may range in size from a small town with
a handful of schools to a city with a pop-
ulation of millions. Superintendents are
elected by the board of education to over-
see and coordinate the activities of all the
schools in the district in accordance with
board of education standards. They select
and employ staff and negotiate contracts.
They manage budgets, the acquisition and
maintenance of school buildings, and the
purchase and distribution of school sup-
plies and equipment.
Superintendents coordinate activities
with other school districts and agencies.
They speak before community and civic
groups and try to enlist their support. In
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, English
Masters degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$37,800 to $69,300 to $119,250
OUTlOOk
College Professors
Guidance Counselors
L
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 130 7/16/09 1:22:18 PM
131
addition, they collect statistics, prepare
reports, enforce compulsory attendance,
and oversee the operation of the school
transportation system and the provision of
health services.
Most principals and assistant principals
have had years of teaching experience and
hold masters degrees in educational ad-
ministration. Most states require school
principals to be licensed, but licensing re-
quirements vary from state to state. Private
schools are not subject to state certifcation
requirements, so some private school prin-
cipals and assistant principals may hold
only a bachelors degree. Most, however,
have masters degrees. A doctorate in edu-
cational administration is often required
for school superintendents.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for school ad-
ministrators are expected to increase faster
than the average through 2016. There is a
shortage of qualifed candidates to fll su-
perintendent positions in public schools,
and the number of school-age children is
expected to increase over the next decade
adding to the need for administrators. Job
prospects will be good for principals as
well.
ForMoreInformation
Talk to your teachers about their work, and
offer to assist them with some projects be-
fore or after school. You can gain experi-
ence in the education feld by teaching
Sunday school classes, getting a summer
job as a camp counselor or day care center
aide, working with a scouting group, vol-
unteering to coach a youth athletic team,
or tutoring younger students.
AmericanAssociationofSchool
Administrators
801 North Quincy Street, Suite 700
703-528-0700
info@aasa.org
http://www.aasa.org
nationalAssociationofElementarySchool
Principals
1615 Duke Street
703-684-3345
naesp@naesp.org
http://www.naesp.org
nationalAssociationofSecondarySchool
Principals
Reston, VA 20191-1537
703-860-0200
http://www.nassp.org
Growth Field
ber of administrators in preschool
and young child education is ex-
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 131 7/16/09 1:22:18 PM

132
Scienceand
Medical
Writers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatScienceand
MedicalWritersDo
Science and medical writers translate technical
medical and scientifc information so it can
be published and distributed to the general
public and professionals in the feld. They
write for books, magazines, newsletters, bro-
chures, academic journals, radio and televi-
sion broadcasts, and the Internet.
Science and medical writers research a
topic to gain a thorough understanding of
the subject matter. This may require hours
of research on the Internet or in libraries.
Writers may also interview professionals
such as doctors, pharmacists, scientists,
engineers, managers, and other experts on
the subject. They sometimes obtain graphs,
photos, illustrations, or historical facts to
help explain the story.
In addition to knowing the subject
matter, writers must know the audience
they are writing for and how to reach it.
For example, if reporting on a new heart
surgery procedure that will soon be avail-
able to the public, writers may need to
explain why and how the surgery is per-
formed. They may give a basic overview
and illustration of how a healthy heart
works, show a diseased heart in compari-
son, and report on how this surgery can
help the patient. The public will also want
to know how many people are affected by
this disease, what the symptoms are, how
many procedures have been done success-
fully, where they were performed, what
the recovery time is, and if there are any
complications. In addition, interviews
with doctors and patients add a personal
touch to the story.
Some science and medical writers spe-
cialize in a particular subject. For instance,
a medical writer may write only about car-
diology. Science writers may limit their
writing or research to environmental sci-
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$36,490 to $60,390 to $94,550
OUTlOOk
Book Editors
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Political Reporters
Reporters
Writers
n
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 132 7/16/09 1:22:19 PM
133
ence, or they may be even more specifc
and focus only on air pollution issues.
Some writers choose to be freelance
writers either on a full-time or part-time
basis. Freelance science and medical writ-
ers are self-employed writers.
There are two avenues to becoming a sci-
ence and medical writer. You may begin by
earning an undergraduate degree in Eng-
lish, journalism, or liberal arts and then
obtain a masters degree in a communica-
tions feld, such as medical or science writ-
ing. The second path is to earn a degree in
one of the sciences or a medicine-related
feld and then develop your writing skills.
In either case, a good liberal arts educa-
tion is important, since you are often re-
quired to write about many subject areas.
You may be able to fnd internship pro-
grams in the communications department
of a corporation, medical institution, or
research facility.
Outlook
There is a lot of competition for writing
and editing jobs. However, the demand
for writers and editors is expected to grow
about as fast as the average through 2016
due to the growing numbers of print and
online publications. As more advances oc-
cur in medicine, science, and technology,
there will continue to be a demand for
skilled writers to relay that information to
the public and other professionals.
ForMoreInformation
Work as a reporter or writer on school
newspapers, yearbooks, and literary maga-
zines. Attend writing workshops and take
writing classes to practice and sharpen
your skills. Part-time or volunteer work
at health care facilities, newspapers, pub-
lishing companies, or scientifc research
facilities can also provide experience and
insight regarding this career. Read science
and medical articles in major newspapers
such as the New York Times or the Wall
Street Journal.
AmericanMedicalWritersAssociation
30 West Gude Drive, Suite 525
301-294-5303
amwa@amwa.org
http://www.amwa.org
nationalAssociationofScienceWritersInc.
PO Box 7905
Berkeley, CA 94707-0905
510-647-9500
http://www.nasw.org
SocietyforTechnicalCommunication
703-522-4114
stc@stc.org
http://www.stc.org
Did You Know?
Grays Anatomy, an illustrated
anatomy textbook was originally
published in 1858. This book is still
in print and as of 2008 was in its
40th edition.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 133 7/16/09 1:22:19 PM
134
Screenwriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-esteem
WhatScreenwritersDo
Screenwriters write scripts for motion pic-
tures or television. The themes may be
their own ideas or stories assigned by a pro-
ducer or director. Often, screenwriters are
hired to turn popular plays or novels into
screenplays. Writers of original screenplays
create their own stories that are produced
for the motion picture industry or televi-
sion. Screenwriters may also write televi-
sion programs, such as comedies, dramas,
documentaries, variety shows, and enter-
tainment specials.
Screenwriters must not only be cre-
ative, but they must also have excellent
research skills. For projects such as histori-
cal movies, documentaries, and medical or
science programs, research is a very impor-
tant step. A screenwriter also must have a
creative imagination and the ability to tell
a story.
Screenwriters start with an outline, or a
treatment of the storys plot. When the di-
rector or producer approves the story out-
line, screenwriters then complete the story
for production. During the writing pro-
cess, screenwriters write many drafts of the
script. They frequently meet with directors
and producers to discuss script changes.
Some screenwriters work alone, and
others work on teams with other writers.
Many specialize in certain types of scripts,
such as dramas, comedies, documentaries,
motion pictures, or television. Motion pic-
ture screenwriters usually write alone and
exclusively for movies. Screenwriters for
television series work very long hours in
the studio. Many television shows have
limited runs, so much of the work for tele-
vision screenwriters is not continuous.
Scripts are written in a two-column for-
mat, one column for dialogue and sound,
the other for video instructions. One page
of script equals about one minute of run-
ning time, though it varies. Each page has
about 150 words and takes about 20 sec-
onds to read. Screenwriters send a query
letter outlining their idea before they sub-
mit a script to a production company. Then
they send a standard release form and wait
at least a month for a response. Studios buy
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$26,530 to $50,660 to $99,910
OUTlOOk
Actors
Cinematographers
Literary Agents
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 134 7/16/09 1:22:21 PM
135
many more scripts than are actually pro-
duced, and studios often will buy a script
only with provisions that the original writ-
er or another writer will rewrite it to their
specifcations.
In high school, you should develop your
writing skills in English, theater, speech,
and journalism classes. Social studies and
foreign language can also be helpful in cre-
ating intelligent scripts.
The best way to prepare for a career as
a screenwriter is to write and read every
day. A college degree is not required, but
a liberal arts education is helpful because
it exposes you to a wide range of subjects.
Schools with flm programs usually have
screenwriting courses. While in school, be-
come involved in theater to learn about all
of the elements required by a screenplay,
such as characters, plots, and themes. Book
clubs, creative writing classes, and flm
study are also good ways to learn the basic
elements of screenwriting.
Outlook
There is intense competition in the tele-
vision and motion picture industries. The
vast majority of writers for feature flms are
white males, so there are opportunities for
minorities and women, especially in inde-
pendent flms. Employment opportunities
for all writers are expected to increase about
as fast as the average through 2016.
As cable television expands and digital
technology allows for more programming,
new opportunities for screenwriters may
emerge. Television networks continue to
need new material and new episodes for
long-running series. Writers also will con-
tinue to fnd opportunities in advertising
agencies and educational and training vid-
eo production houses.
ForMoreInformation
One of the best ways to learn about screen-
writing is to read and study scripts. Read
flm-industry publications such as Daily
Variety, Hollywood Reporter, and The Hol-
lywood Scriptwriter.
WritersGuildofAmerica,East
New York, NY 10019-2925
212-767-7800
info@wgaeast.org
http://www.wgaeast.org
WritersGuildofAmerica,West
7000 West Third Street
800-548-4532
http://www.wga.org
Academy Award winning screenwriter
and director, Sofa Coppola, is escorted by
her brother, Roman Coppola, during an
awards ceremony. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 135 7/16/09 1:22:22 PM
136
Secondary
School
Teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSecondary
SchoolTeachersDo
Secondary school teachers instruct high school
students. They usually specialize in a cer-
tain subject, such as English, mathematics,
biology, or history, or they may teach sev-
eral subjects. Some secondary school teach-
ers teach specialized classes, such as infor-
mation technology, business, and theater.
They also inform students about colleges,
occupations, and such varied subjects as
the arts, health, and relationships.
In addition to classroom instruction,
secondary school teachers plan lessons
according to curriculum guidelines set by
the school district and state. They prepare
tests, grade papers, complete report cards,
meet with parents, and supervise other ac-
tivities. They often meet individually with
students to discuss homework assignments
or academic or personal problems.
Depending on the subject, teachers may
use lectures, flms, photographs, readings,
guest speakers, discussions, or demonstra-
tions, to name a few teaching techniques.
They interact with the students and ask
and answer questions to make sure every-
one understands the lessons. To reinforce
the material taught in class, they assign
homework, give tests, and assign projects
that help students develop an understand-
ing of the material.
Each subject has its own teaching re-
quirements. For example, science teach-
ers supervise laboratory projects in which
students work with microscopes and other
equipment, and shop teachers teach stu-
dents to use tools and building materials.
Art teachers teach students to use paints,
various sculpture media, or darkroom
equipment.
Some secondary school teachers are
specially trained to work with students who
have disabilities. Others teach advanced
lessons for students with high grades and
achievement scores.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$16,900 to $30,020 to $67,690
OUTlOOk
College Professors
Guidance Counselors
Music Teachers
L
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 136 7/16/09 1:22:23 PM
137
Secondary school teachers have many
responsibilities outside of the classroom as
well. In between classes, they oversee study
halls and supervise lunchroom activities.
They attend school meetings and attend
continuing education classes. Many sec-
ondary school teachers also serve as spon-
sors to student organizations in their feld.
For example, a French teacher may sponsor
the French club, and a journalism teacher
may advise the yearbook staff. Some sec-
ondary school teachers serve as athletic
coaches or drama coaches.
Secondary school teachers must have at least
a bachelors degree in an approved teacher
training program. You must take courses in
the subject area you want to teach, as well
as a number of education courses covering
teaching techniques and related subjects.
You must also spend several months as a
student teacher under the supervision of an
experienced teacher. Upon completion of
the program, you receive certifcation as a
secondary school teacher. Many teachers go
on to earn masters degrees in education.
All teachers must be certifed before
beginning work, and many school systems
require additional qualifcations. While
working, teachers must attend education
conferences and summer workshops to
maintain certifcation and further their
training. Not all states require teachers in
private or parochial schools to be licensed.
Outlook
Employment for secondary school teachers
is expected to increase through 2016 to re-
place the large number of retiring teachers.
Other challenges for the profession in-
volve attracting more men into teaching.
The percentage of male teachers at this lev-
el continues to decline.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer for a peer-tutoring program.
Other opportunities that will give you
teaching experience include coaching an
athletic team at the YMCA/YWCA, coun-
seling at a summer camp, teaching an art
course at a community center, or assisting
with a community theater production.
AmericanFederationofTeachers
202-879-4400
http://www.aft.org
nationalCouncilforAccreditationof
TeacherEducation
202-466-7496
http://www.ncate.org
nationalEducationAssociation
202-833-4000
http://www.nea.org
A secondary school teacher tutors a
student after school. (Blair Setz/Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 137 7/16/09 1:22:24 PM
138
Secretaries
5KlLL 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSecretariesDo
Secretaries perform a variety of administra-
tive and clerical duties. The goal of all their
activities, however, is to help their employ-
ers accomplish their tasks and to help their
companies conduct business in an effcient
and professional manner.
Secretaries work includes processing
and transmitting information to the of-
fce staff and to other organizations. They
operate offce machines and arrange for
their repair or servicing. These machines
include computers, typewriters, dictating
machines, photocopiers, switchboards,
and fax machines. Secretaries order offce
supplies and perform regular duties such as
answering phones, sorting mail, managing
fles, taking dictation, and writing and typ-
ing letters.
Some offces have word processing
centers that handle all of the frms typ-
ing. In these situations, administrative
secretaries take care of all secretarial du-
ties except for typing and dictation. This
arrangement leaves them free to respond
to correspondence, prepare reports, do
research and present the results to their
employers, and otherwise assist the pro-
fessional staff. Sometimes secretaries work
in groups of three or four so that they
can help each other if one secretary has a
heavier workload.
In many offces, secretaries make ap-
pointments for company executives and
keep track of the offce schedule. They
make travel arrangements for the profes-
sional staff or for clients, and occasionally
they are asked to travel with staff members
on business trips. Other secretaries might
manage the offce while their supervisors
are away on vacation or business trips.
Secretaries take minutes at meetings,
write up reports, and compose and type
letters. They often take on more responsi-
bilities as they learn the business. Some are
responsible for fnding speakers for confer-
ences, planning receptions, and arranging
public relations programs. Some write copy
for brochures or articles before making the
arrangements to have them printed and
distributed. They greet clients, guide them
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, English
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$17,920 to $28,220 to $42,350
OUTlOOk
Bookkeepers
Legal Secretaries
Receptionists
Stenographers
q
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 138 7/16/09 1:22:24 PM
139
to the proper offces, and perform other
customer service duties.
Secretaries need a high school education
and some advanced training as well. Some
students take business education classes,
which include typing, shorthand, and
business English. They then either look
for a job or go on to college. Employers
prefer hiring students who have had some
technical training after high school, espe-
cially in the use of computers. Still, most
clerical workers receive some on-the-job
training. You can gain job experience by
working part-time as a fle clerk, typist, or
receptionist.
Secretaries need good reading, spell-
ing, grammatical, and mathematical skills.
Many companies give exams to job appli-
cants that test these skills.
Outlook
Employment growth for all secretaries will
be slower than the average through 2016.
Industries such as computer and data pro-
cessing, engineering and management, and
personnel supply will create the most new
job opportunities.
Company downsizing and restruc-
turing, in some cases, have redistributed
traditional secretarial duties to other em-
ployees. More professionals are using per-
sonal computers to do their own corre-
spondence, but some administrative duties
will still need to be handled by secretaries.
Many employers complain of a shortage
of capable secretaries. Those with skills
and experience will have the best chances
for employment. Specialized secretaries
should attain certifcation in their feld to
stay competitive.
ForMoreInformation
Learn to type, and work on increasing
your speed and accuracy. Volunteer to
handle secretarial duties, such as typing,
fling, and answering the phone at a com-
munity center, church/temple, or non-
proft organization.
Professionals
PO Box 20404
10502 NW Ambassador Drive
816-891-6600
service@iaap-hq.org
Fast Fact
In the United States, about 4.2
million people work as secre-
taries.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 139 7/16/09 1:22:24 PM
140
SecretService
SpecialAgents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatSecretService
SpecialAgentsDo
Secret Service special agents protect U.S. lead-
ers or foreign leaders who are visiting the
United States. Special agents also investi-
gate the counterfeiting of U.S. currency.
Special agents can carry and use frearms,
execute warrants, and make arrests.
Today it is the Secret Services respon-
sibility to protect the following people:
the president and vice president (also
president-elect and vice president-elect)
and their immediate families; former pres-
idents and their spouses for 10 years af-
ter the president leaves offce; children of
former presidents until they are 16 years
old; visiting heads of foreign states or gov-
ernments and their spouses traveling with
them, along with other distinguished for-
eign visitors to the United States and their
spouses traveling with them; offcial rep-
resentatives of the United States who are
performing special missions abroad; major
presidential and vice-presidential candi-
dates and, within 120 days of the general
presidential election, their spouses.
Special agents plan the best ways to
guard the people they are assigned to
protect. For example, an advance team
of special agents surveys the places a pro-
tectee (the person who the Secret Service
is responsible for protecting) is scheduled
to visit. They identify hospitals and exit
routes and work closely with local police,
fre, and rescue units to develop a protec-
tion plan. They set up a command post as
the communication center for protective
activities. Before the protectee arrives, a
lead advance agent coordinates all law en-
forcement representatives participating in
the visit. He or she tells agents where they
will be posted and notifes them about any
special concerns. Just before the arrival of
the protectee, agents set up checkpoints
and limit access to the secure area. After
the visit, special agents analyze every step
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Foreign language, Physical
education
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$35,600 to $59,930 to $95,630
OUTlOOk
Bodyguards
Detectives
FBI Agents
Forensic Experts
Police Offcers
Spies
y
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 140 7/16/09 1:22:25 PM
141
of the operation, record unusual incidents,
and suggest improvements for the future.
When Secret Service special agents are
not working on a protective assignment,
they investigate threats against Secret Ser-
vice protectees. They also work to detect
and arrest people committing any offense
relating to coins, currency, stamps, gov-
ernment bonds, checks, credit card fraud,
computer fraud, false identifcation crimes,
and other obligations or securities of the
United States.
Special agents must be U.S. citizens; be at
least 21 at the time of appointment; have
uncorrected vision no worse than 20/60 in
each eye, correctable to 20/20 in each eye;
pass the Treasury Enforcement Agent exam;
and undergo a complete background in-
vestigation, including in-depth interviews,
drug screening, medical examination, and
polygraph examination.
After high school you can qualify for
entry into the Secret Service by earning a
four-year degree from a college or univer-
sity, working for at least three years in a
criminal investigative or law enforcement
feld, or acquiring a combination of educa-
tion and experience. All newly hired agents
go through nine weeks of training at the
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center
in Glynco, Georgia. This is followed by 11
weeks of specialized training at the Secret
Services Training Academy in Beltsville,
Maryland.
Outlook
Compared to other federal law enforce-
ment agencies, the Secret Service is small.
The agency focuses on its protective mis-
sions and is not interested in expanding its
responsibilities. As a result, the Secret Ser-
vice will likely not grow much, unless the
president and Congress decide to expand
the agencys duties.
In spite of the high-alert conditions
after the September 11, 2001, terrorist at-
tacks, the Secret Service still employs a
small number of people, and their new
hires each year are limited. Offcials antici-
pate that the job availability could increase
slightly over the next few years.
ForMoreInformation
The Secret Service offers the Stay-In-School
Program for high school students. The
program allows students who meet fnan-
cial eligibility guidelines to earn money by
working for the agency part time, usually
in a clerical position.
U.S.SecretService
245 Murray Drive, Building 410
202-406-5830
http://www.secretservice.gov
Secret Service agents accompany presidents
and their family members, presidential
candidates, and certain international
political fgures. Here, agents accompany
Barack Obama during his 2008 presidential
campaign. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 141 7/16/09 1:22:26 PM
142
Security
Consultants
andGuards
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSecurity
ConsultantsandGuardsDo
Security guards keep public and private
property safe from theft, vandalism, fre,
and illegal entry. Sports arenas, offce build-
ings, banks, schools, hospitals, and stores
are a few of the places that security guards
protect.
Other names for the various kinds of se-
curity guards are security offcers, patrollers,
bouncers, gate tenders, armored-car guards,
and airline security representatives.
Most security guards wear some type of
uniform. However, in situations where it is
important for guards to blend in with the
general public, they wear ordinary clothes.
They might be assigned to one spot, such
as at an entry to a building, where they an-
swer peoples questions, give directions, or
keep possible troublemakers away. Other
guards make rounds, or regular tours, of a
building or its surrounding land to make
sure the property is safe and secure.
Security guards may sign visitors in and
out of a building to keep track of who is
in the building at any given time, direct
traffc at a concert or some other type of
crowded event, enforce no-smoking rules,
or inspect peoples packages as they come
into a building. Those who are likely to en-
counter criminal activity in their work may
carry guns.
A security guard should be healthy,
alert, calm in emergencies, and able to fol-
low directions. Good eyesight and hearing
are important, too.
Security consultants do protective ser-
vice work of a different kind. They develop
security plans as a means of protection,
and they are involved in preventing theft,
vandalism, fraud, kidnapping, and other
crimes.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree (security consultants)
High school diploma (security guards)
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,880 to $22,570 to $37,850
OUTlOOk
Bodyguards
Corrections Offcers
Detectives
FBI Agents
Park Rangers
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 142 7/16/09 1:22:26 PM
143
Security consultants often work with
companies to help them protect their
equipment and records from unwanted in-
truders. They study the physical conditions
of a facility, observe how a company con-
ducts its operations, and then discuss op-
tions with company offcials. For example,
a large company that produces military
equipment may be advised to fence off its
property and place electronic surveillance
equipment at several points along the
fence. The company may also be advised
to install closed circuit television cameras
and hire several security guards to monitor
restricted areas. A smaller company may
need only to install burglar alarms around
specially restricted areas. Consultants ana-
lyze all the possibilities and then present
a written proposal to management for
approval.
Most employers prefer to hire guards who
have at least a high school education.
People who have had military or police
experience are often considered to be
good candidates for security guard jobs.
Some employers may ask applicants to
take sight, hearing, or aptitude tests. For
some security guard jobs, experience with
frearms is required. Applicants for certain
guard positions may have to pass a secu-
rity check, assuring that they have never
been guilty of a serious crime. Security
guards who work for the federal govern-
ment are required to have previous mili-
tary service.
Security consultants need a college de-
gree. An undergraduate or associates de-
gree in criminal justice, business adminis-
tration, or related feld is best.
Outlook
Employment growth for guards and oth-
er security personnel is expected to be
faster than the average through 2016, as
crime rates rise with the overall popula-
tion growth. Public concern about crime,
vandalism, and terrorism continues to
increase.
ForMoreInformation
Join a safety patrol at school. Volunteer to
serve as a crossing guard, hall monitor, or
fre monitor.
AmericanSocietyforIndustrialSecurity
1625 Prince Street
703-519-6200
asis@asisonline.org
http://www.asisonline.org
Security,Police,andFireProfessionals
ofAmerica
25510 Kelly Road
Roseville, MI 40866-4932
800-228-7492
http://www.spfpa.org
Growth Field
ber of security guards is expect-
ed to grow from 1,040,000 to
1,216,000, an increase of about 17
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 143 7/16/09 1:22:27 PM

144
Semiconductor
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatSemiconductor
TechniciansDo
Semiconductor technicians perform a vari-
ety of tasks in research laboratories to as-
sist engineers in developing new designs
for semiconductor chips. These tiny chips,
often smaller than a fngernail and also
called microchips, contain many miniature
electronic circuits and components and are
used in many kinds of modern machines.
The making of semiconductors usu-
ally begins with silicon. The silicon must
be extremely pure. It is heated in furnaces
and formed into cylindrical rods, which
are smoothed and polished until they are
perfectly round. Then they are sliced into
wafers, which are processed by etching,
polishing, and heat treating, to produce
the desired dimensions and surface fnish.
After the wafers are tested, measured, and
inspected, they are coated with a photo-
sensitive substance called a photoresist.
The engineering staff prepares designs
for the layout of the microchip. Techni-
cians usually use a computer-aided design
system in this work. The large computer-
generated design is miniaturized as a pho-
tomask as it is applied to the silicon wafer.
The photoresist then is developed in much
the same manner as flm in a camera, with
ultraviolet light. This allows the layout of a
specifc microchip to be reproduced many
times on the same wafer. This entire pro-
cess takes place in a specially equipped
clean room, free of any dust or any impu-
rities. The tiniest speck of dust will ruin
production. Next, the wafer is treated with
substances that give it conducting proper-
ties. Semiconductor technicians follow the
layout like a road map as they add these
substances.
When this process is complete, tech-
nicians use computerized equipment that
tests the many thousands of components
in a matter of seconds. Many of the in-
tegrated circuits on the wafer will not
function properly, and these are marked
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Associates degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$21,630 to $31,870 to $51,330
OUTlOOk
Decline
Hardware Engineers
_
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 144 7/16/09 1:22:27 PM
145
and discarded. After testing, the wafer
is cut up into its individual chips. The
chips are cased in plastic or ceramic, and
metal leads are attached so they can be
used in electronic circuitry. It is this fnal
package that people refer to as a chip or
semiconductor.
Semiconductor technicians are respon-
sible for making certain that each step of
the process precisely meets test specifca-
tions and also for identifying faws and
problems in the material and design. Some
technicians participate in designing and
building new test equipment, reporting
test data, and writing production instruc-
tions for large-scale manufacture. Techni-
cians may also be responsible for maintain-
ing the equipment and training operators
on its use.
Employers usually prefer to hire semicon-
ductor technicians who have at least an
associates degree. Educational programs in
electrical engineering technology or elec-
tronics technology are offered at junior
and community colleges, technical insti-
tutes, and universities. Companies provide
additional training on the specifc equip-
ment and software they use. The military
can also provide a strong background in
electronics.
Outlook
to decline through 2016 due to rising im-
ports of computer chips and the increased
automation of fabrication plants in the
United States. The increasing demand for
semiconductors and related devices in
most areas of industry, manufacturing,
and consumer services will help create a
need for personnel trained in their devel-
opment and processing.
ForMoreInformation
Join computer or electronics clubs to get
hands-on learning experience with elec-
tronic circuitry.
InternationalSocietyofCertifed
ElectronicsTechnicians
800-946-0201
info@iscet.org
SemiconductorEquipmentand
MaterialsInternational
202-289-0440
semidc@semi.org
http://www.semi.org
SemiconductorIndustryAssociation
181 Metro Drive, Suite 450
San Jose, CA 95110-1344
408-436-6600
mailbox@sia-online.org
http://www.sia-online.org/home.cfm
These semiconductor technicians are
working on chips that will be used in
electronics. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 145 7/16/09 1:22:28 PM
146
SheetMetal
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSheet
MetalWorkersDo
Sheet metal workers make, install, and repair
rain gutters, outdoor signs, and other arti-
cles of light sheet metal, including air-con-
ditioning, heating, and ventilation duct
systems. Workers cut, bend, shape, and
fasten the sheet metal to form the desired
object. Sheet metal workers often work on
homes and other types of construction
projects.
When making an object, sheet metal
workers frst determine the size and type
of sheet metal to use. Working from blue-
prints, drawings, or other instructions,
they determine the measurements and an-
gles of the object to be made. They then
lay out the sheet metal and mark the pat-
tern to be cut. In many shops, workers use
computerized measuring equipment to lay
out the pattern so that the least amount
of metal is wasted when the pattern is
cut. Workers without this equipment use
tapes, rulers, and other devices to make
the measurements.
Sheet metal workers do not make
ducts or other objects from one piece of
material. Rather, they measure and cut
a number of metal pieces and then join
them together to form larger sections of
the fnished product. Before the many
pieces are joined together, workers inspect
each piece to make sure it is made correct-
ly. They then drill or punch holes into the
metal and assemble the parts by welding
or fastening them together.
At the construction site, workers install
ducts, pipes, and other objects by joining
the various parts together and securing the
sections in the correct location. Workers
may use hammers, pliers, or other tools to
make adjustments to the objects or make
some parts by hand.
Many sheet metal workers are em-
ployed by building contracting frms that
construct or renovate residential, com-
mercial, and industrial buildings. Roofng
contractors, the federal government, and
businesses that do their own alteration and
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Apprenticeship
SAlAryrAnGE
$22,820 to $39,210 to $70,100
OUTlOOk
Layout Workers
Roofers
_
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 146 7/16/09 1:22:29 PM
147
construction work also employ sheet metal
workers. Other sheet metal workers are em-
ployed in the shipbuilding, railroad, and
aircraft industries or in shops that manu-
facture specialty products such as custom
kitchen equipment or electrical generating
and distributing machinery.
Most apprentices in the sheet metal trade
are high school graduates. Courses in alge-
bra, geometry, trigonometry, mechanical
drawing, and shop provide a good back-
ground for learning the trade.
The best way to become a sheet metal
worker is to complete a four- or fve-year
apprenticeship program, which includes
on-the-job training and classroom instruc-
tion. You can become a sheet metal worker
without going through an apprenticeship
program by working as a helper. However,
this type of training may not be as thor-
ough as that given to apprentices.
Outlook
Employment growth for sheet metal work-
ers is expected to be about as fast as the
average for all other occupations through
2016. Many new residential, commercial,
and industrial buildings will be construct-
ed, requiring the skills of sheet metal work-
ers, and many older buildings will need
to replace outdated heating, cooling, and
ventilating systems with new energy-ef-
fcient systems. Existing equipment will
need routine maintenance and repair. Dec-
orative sheet metal products are becoming
more popular for some uses, a trend that is
expected to provide an increasing amount
of employment for sheet metal workers.
ForMoreInformation
Take courses such as metal shop, blueprint
reading, and mechanical drawing. A sum-
mer or part-time job as a helper with a con-
tracting frm that does sheet metal work
could provide an excellent opportunity to
observe workers on the job.
InternationalTrainingInstituteforthe
SheetMetalandAirConditioningIndustry
703-739-7200
http://www.sheetmetal-iti.org
SheetMetalandAirConditioning
ContractorsnationalAssociation
4201 Lafayette Center Drive
703-803-2980
info@smacna.org
http://www.smacna.org
Fast Fact
Sheet metal workers hold
about 189,000 jobs in the Unit-
ed States. About 66 percent of
sheet metal workers work in
the construction industry.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 147 7/16/09 1:22:29 PM
148
Signlanguage
Interpreters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSign
languageInterpretersDo
Sign language interpreters help people who use
sign language to communicate with people
who can hear and speak English. They
translate a message from spoken words to
signs, and from signs to spoken words. They
are fuent in American Sign Language (ASL)
and/or sign systems based on English, such
as Seeing Essential English, Signing Exact
English, and Linguistics of Visual English.
Sign language interpreters work in
hospitals and other health care facilities,
for social and religious agencies, and in
geriatric social work. By law, schools and
businesses must make sign language inter-
preters available to deaf students and work-
ers. Interpreters also work in legal settings,
such as law offces and courtrooms. Others
may help deaf audiences enjoy theatrical
or televised performances.
Deaf interpreters translate spoken mate-
rial into a language that can be understood
by the deaf. This may be done in one of
two ways. Sign language interpreters trans-
late a speakers words into ASL using their
hands and fngers and then repeat aloud
the deaf persons signed response to the
speaker. Oral interpreters carefully mouth
words without voicing them aloud for deaf
people who can speech-read. Tactile inter-
preters work with deaf individuals who also
have a visual impairment and communi-
cate only through touch.
When interpreting, sign language in-
terpreters must remain very visible. Inter-
preters must also remember that their job
is to interpret only. They are not part of the
conversation. Any personal asides or addi-
tions add confusion to the exchange. This
professional distance is part of an estab-
lished code of ethics for interpreters. This
code requires confdentiality and impartial-
ity of the interpreter. An interpreter also is
responsible for educating the public about
deaf issues. Anyone who plans to work as
an interpreter should be aware of the code
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$21,500 to $37,490 to $67,070
OUTlOOk
Court Reporters
Linguists
Social Workers
Speech-Language Pathologists
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 148 7/16/09 1:22:29 PM
149
of ethics that has been established by the
Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf (RID).
Many universities offer sign language train-
ing. Some also offer courses in deaf culture
and have complete deaf studies programs.
A college degree is not required to become
a qualifed interpreter, but it is a good tool
to obtain better jobs and better pay.
There are two classifcations of inter-
preters: certifed and qualifed. Certifca-
tion by the RID is recommended, and it is
required in some instances, such as in legal
or courtroom situations. Qualifed inter-
preters, with proper skills and experience,
will also fnd a lot of work due to the short-
age of interpreters.
Outlook
Sign language interpreters will be in high
demand and employment opportunities
age through 2016. There is also a growing
need for relay interpreters (deaf individuals
who use visual and gestural means to help
other deaf people communicate). Many
more deaf people are enrolling in postsec-
ondary programs, and occupational oppor-
tunities have improved for highly educated
deaf people.
ForMoreInformation
To fnd publications on sign language and
interpreting, visit the local library, or write
to the RID for its list of publications. Begin
to learn ASL nowit takes many years to
become an accomplished interpreter, so it
pays to start your training early.
AlexanderGrahambellAssociationforthe
Deafandhardofhearing
3417 Volta Place, NW
202-337-5220 (voice)
202-337-5221 (TTY)
info@agbell.org
http://www.agbell.org
AmericanSpeech-language-hearing
Association
800-498-2071 (voice and TTY)
http://www.asha.org
registryofInterpretersfortheDeaf
333 Commerce Street
703-838-0030 (voice)
703-838-0459 (TTY)
http://www.rid.org
A sign language interpreter signs a speech
for hearing-impaired audience members
as actors perform a number during a
performance of the Broadway musical
hairspray. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 149 7/16/09 1:22:30 PM
150
Singers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-esteem
Speaking/listening
WhatSingersDo
Singers, or vocalists, are musicians who use
musical tone, phrasing, harmony, rhythm,
and melody to create vocal music.
Classical singers are usually categorized
according to the range and quality of their
voices, beginning with the highest sing-
ing voice, the soprano, and ending with
the lowest, the bass; voices in between in-
clude mezzo-soprano, contralto, tenor, and
baritone. Singers perform either alone or as
members of an ensemble, or group. They
may sing either with or without instru-
mental accompaniment; singing without
accompaniment is called a cappella. In op-
era singers perform the various roles, much
as actors, interpreting the drama with their
voices to the accompaniment of a sympho-
ny orchestra.
Other professional singers perform in a
certain chosen style of music, such as jazz,
rock, or blues, among many others. Many
singers pursue careers that will lead them
to perform for coveted recording contracts,
on concert tours, and for television and
motion pictures. Rock, pop, country, gos-
pel, or folk groups sing in concert halls,
nightclubs, and churches and at social
gatherings and for small studio recordings.
Folk singers generally perform songs
that express a certain cultural tradition.
Some folk singers specialize in their own
or another culture, and others sing songs
from a great variety of cultural and musical
traditions.
Gospel singers generally sing as part of
a choir, accompanied by an organ or other
musical instruments, but they may also
perform a cappella. Many popular singers
began their careers as singers in church
and gospel choirs before entering jazz, pop,
blues, or rock.
Pop/rock singers perform many different
styles of music, such as heavy metal, punk,
rap, rhythm and blues, rockabilly, techno,
and many others. Rock singers usually sing
as part of a band or with a backing band to
accompany them.
All singers practice and rehearse their
songs and music. Some singers read from
music scores while performing; others per-
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Music, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,210 to $39,750 to $110,850+
OUTlOOk
Musicians
Music Teachers
Pop/Rock Musicians
Songwriters
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 150 7/16/09 1:22:33 PM
151
form from memory. Yet all must gain an
intimate knowledge of their music, so that
they can best convey its meanings and
feelings to their audience. Singers must
also exercise their voices even when not
performing.
Most singers begin learning their skills at an
early age. Young children can sing in school
or church choirs. Students can join concert
choirs or take part in musical plays.
Most professional singers have singing
teachers and voice coaches. They practice
vocal exercises every day, such as scales
and intervals, breath control, and diction
exercises to increase the range, power, and
clarity of their voices. Some colleges and
universities offer music degrees with a con-
centration in voice.
Outlook
Competition is very strong in the music
industry. Employment growth for singers,
as for musicians in general, is expected to
be about as fast as the average through
2016. The entertainment industry is ex-
pected to grow during the next decade,
which will create jobs for singers and oth-
er performers.
ForMoreInformation
Join music clubs at school, and sing in
choirs or ensembles. Many singers get their
start singing in their churches at an early
age. Take part in school drama productions
that involve musical numbers. Audition for
roles in community musical productions.
There are many summer programs of-
fered for students interested in singing and
other performing arts. For example, Stan-
ford University offers a jazz workshop each
summer for students who are at least 12
years old. It offers activities in instrumen-
tal and vocal music as well as swimming
and other sports. For more information,
contact the university at P.O. Box 20454,
Stanford, CA 94309.
bostonUniversityTanglewoodInstitute
855 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215-1303
617-353-3350
http://www.bu.edu/cfa/music/tanglewood
nationalAssociationofSchoolsofMusic
Reston, VA 20190-5248
703-437-0700
http://www.arts-accredit.org
OperaAmerica
New York, NY 10001-5010
212-796-8620
http://www.operaamerica.org
Bono of U2 performs to a packed house
during the bands Vertigo world tour.
(Landov)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 151 7/16/09 1:22:33 PM
152
Skiresort
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatSki
resortWorkersDo
Ski resorts employ a range of workers from
entry level to highly skilled. All ski resort
workers are important for maintaining the
operation of the resort community. Some
workers spend most of their time outdoors,
while others work mostly indoors. Most ski
resort employees are required to work holi-
days and weekends.
One of the largest departments is the
ski lift operation. Ski lift operators are re-
sponsible for the skiers safe transport up
and down the slopes. Lift operators in-
spect the machinery, chairs, and loading
and unloading platforms to make sure all
are secure for the public. They also punch
and collect lift tickets, seat passengers that
need assistance, and answer any questions
regarding the course, directions, or the re-
sort in general. They must sometimes rep-
rimand unruly passengers.
The ski patrol are specially trained ski
experts who monitor the ski runs, the sur-
rounding areas, and activities of the ski-
ers. They are considered the police of the
mountains and are responsible for the
prevention of accidents and maintaining
the safety standards of the resort. Ski pa-
trol members help get injured skiers off the
slopes to proper frst-aid stations. They are
skilled in emergency medical techniques,
such as CPR and frst aid.
Certifed ski instructors teach basic ma-
neuvers to beginning skiers as well as more
advanced techniques to intermediate ski-
ers. They hold group classes and semi-pri-
vate or private lessons.
Ski technicians help outft skiers with
the necessary equipment, including the
proper sized boots, skis, and poles. They
answer questions regarding equipment and
how it works.
Most ski resorts have chalets or lodges
that offer food and entertainment. Some
entry-level lodge positions include waiters,
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$15,090 to $22,220 to $36,390
OUTlOOk
Cruise Ship Workers
Gaming Workers
Recreation Workers
Resort Workers
Tour Guides
u
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 152 7/16/09 1:22:34 PM
153
housekeeping staff, gift shop or ski shop clerks,
and baggage porters and bellhops.
Education requirements for ski resort
workers vary depending on the specifc
facility and the type of work involved.
Most resorts expect their employees to be
at least 18 years old and to have earned a
high school diploma. Many resorts prefer
to hire college students for their seasonal
staff. Management positions usually re-
quire a college degree. Some colleges and
universities offer a combined program of
a bachelors degree in business, econom-
ics, rehabilitation services, or general
studies with a certifcate concentration in
the skiing industry. All ski instructors need
to be certifed. Workers in entry-level posi-
tions receive the bulk of their training on
the job.
Outlook
Emphasis on physical health, interest
in sport-related vacations, and growing
household incomes point to a bright future
for ski resorts and their employees.
Today many resorts use snowmaking
devices to create a snow-covered run, ex-
tending the skiing season well into April.
However, the majority of jobs in this in-
dustry are seasonal. Many students supple-
ment their incomes by working at ski re-
sorts during school vacations. Some resorts
offer year-round employment by shifting
their employees to other jobs in the off-sea-
son. Workers who are interested in work-
ing in the management side of the business
should consider pursuing degrees in busi-
ness management, rehabilitation services,
or physical education.
ForMoreInformation
Spend as much time on the slopes as you
can. Participate in a variety of winter sports,
including skiing, skating, snowmobiling,
and snowboarding. Any kind of customer
service experience will be valuable if you
are interested in resort work.
nationalSkiAreasAssociation
Lakewood, CO 80228
303-987-1111
nsaa@nsaa.org
http://www.nsaa.org
ProfessionalSkiInstructorsofAmerica
Lakewood, CO 80228-1706
303-987-9390
http://www.psia.org
UniversityofMaineatFarmington
Ski Industries Certifcate Program
11 South Street
Farmington, ME 04938-6823
207-778-7050
http://www.umf.maine.edu/academics/ski-
industries.php?location=academics
Did You Know?
Skiing developed primarily as a
means to travel from one place to
another across the snow. Northern
Europeans were the frst people to
create skis, which they made out
of tree branches.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 153 7/16/09 1:22:34 PM
154
Smokejumpers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Decision making
WhatSmokejumpersDo
Smokejumpers are dedicated frefghters
who combat fres that threaten property
and federal lands and who maintain and
restore the countrys forest and grassland
resources. They are a special group of wild-
land frefghters who are dropped by para-
chute into remote, rugged terrain areas that
are far from roads and from which access is
diffcult and perilous.
The concept of smokejumping was de-
veloped to quench forest fres in hard-to-
reach regions. In addition to parachuting
into hot spots, smokejumpers are trans-
ported by helicopters, overland transport
vehicles, and by foot. Once they reach their
destination, they take steps to control and
put out the fre. They remain at the scene
until the fre is snuffed out.
Like other frefghters, smokejumpers
must be in top physical and mental shape.
Their work is dangerous and physically
demanding. They can often be on the fre
line for 12- to 16-hour shifts for days at a
time.
Although their frefghting work is sea-
sonal, usually June through October, their
efforts during this period can often be non-
stop. During the off-season smokejumpers
repair their gear, including the parachute
rigging, and engage in physical and fre-
fghting training activities. Smokejumpers
also spend time in the off-season on non-
fre activities such as trail management,
brush piling, construction and facility
maintenance projects.
At minimum, smokejumpers need a
high school diploma. Courses in chem-
istry, English, and physical education are
recommended.
Many local fre departments require
education beyond high school, usually an
associates degree from an accredited fre-
fghting program and training in fre-fght-
ing skills, removal of hazardous materials,
and fre prevention.
Smokejumper positions are not at the
entry level. They generally require a year of
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Chemistry, English, Physical education
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$18,290 to $31,420 to $61,270
OUTlOOk
Ecologists
Fire Control and Safety Inspectors
Firefghters
Fish and Game Wardens
Park Rangers
y
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 154 7/16/09 1:22:35 PM
155
specialized fre-fghting training or two to
four years of courses leading to a bachelors
degree in a discipline such as fre protec-
tion, wildland fre science, or range man-
agement. Parachuting experience is not a
prerequisite.
Many smokejumpers are also certi-
fed paramedics or emergency medical
technicians.
Outlook
Firefghting is expected to grow faster than
the average felds so competition will be
solid for openings. Smokejumper posi-
tions, in particular, will be hard to come by
because of the prestige and challenge asso-
ciated with this specialty area.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer with your local fre department.
You may not be old enough to work at put-
ting out fres, but there are plenty of other
ways the department can use your help.
Such an experience will give you a frst-
hand look at what a frefghter does.
AlaskaFireService
bureauoflandManagement
1513 Gaffney Road
Ft. Wainwright, AK 99703-1366
800-237-3658
http://www.alaskasmokejumpers.com
nationalSmokejumperAssociation
PO Box 1022
Lakeside, MT 59922-1022
406-844-0326
http://www.smokejumpers.com
U.S.ForestServiceFireand
AviationManagement
3833 South Development Avenue
Boise, ID 83705-5354
208-387-5092
http://www.fs.fed.us/fre/people/smokejumpers
Smokejumpers learn to parachute into
different types of terrain as they are
trained to fght forest fres. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 155 7/16/09 1:22:36 PM
156
Social
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatSocialWorkersDo
Social workers help people with personal
and community problems caused by pov-
erty, homelessness, unemployment, illness,
broken homes, family confict, or physical,
developmental, or emotional disabilities.
Most social workers meet face to face
with troubled individuals or families. They
work in schools to help students who have
behavioral problems. They work in hospi-
tals, helping sick people and their families
adjust to the special problems caused by
certain illnesses. They work in courts, police
departments, and prison systems, counsel-
ing convicts, helping juvenile offenders, or
assisting soon-to-be released prisoners re-
turn to life outside the jail. Social workers
are employed by adoption agencies, drug
and alcohol abuse programs, and agen-
cies that help families fnd solutions to f-
nancial, emotional, or medical problems.
They work in shelters for the homeless or
for abused women and children. They also
might work in nursing homes, planning
social and recreational activities for the
elderly.
Social workers also work with groups
and may be employed by community
centers, settlement houses, youth orga-
nizations, institutions for children or the
elderly, hospitals, prisons, or housing proj-
ects. They provide both rehabilitation and
recreational activities for groups of people
with similar handicaps or problems.
Social workers who work for commu-
nity organizations try to analyze the prob-
lems of an entire community and fnd
ways to solve these problems. Juvenile de-
linquency, high unemployment, and high
crime rates are other such problems that
might require total community coopera-
tion for a solution.
Social workers must be sensitive to peo-
ples problems and be able to handle them
with a concerned, caring attitude, even if the
problems make the worker sad or angry.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Health, Psychology
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$26,380 to $45,800 to $71,940
OUTlOOk
Guidance Counselors
0
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 156 7/16/09 1:22:36 PM
157
To prepare for social work, you should take
courses in high school that will improve
your communication skills, such as Eng-
lish, speech, and composition. History, so-
cial studies, and sociology courses are im-
portant in understanding the concerns and
issues of society.
A social worker must have a bachelors
degree in social work from an approved
four-year college or university. Most stu-
dents then complete at least 400 hours of
supervised social work practice. Jobs with
the most rewards and responsibilities go to
applicants with a masters degree in social
work (M.S.W.). A doctorate is required for
some teaching, research, and supervisory
jobs. All states require licensing, certifca-
tion, or registration of social workers.
Outlook
The feld of social work is expected to grow
2016. This growth largely will be due to
the increased number of older people who
are in need of social services. Social work-
ers who specialize in gerontology will fnd
many job opportunities in nursing homes,
hospitals, and home health care agencies.
Schools will also need more social
workers to deal with issues such as teenage
pregnancies, children from single-parent
households, and any adjustment problems
recent immigrants may have. The trend
to integrate students with disabilities into
the general school population will require
the expertise of social workers to make the
transition smoother.
Poverty is still a major issue addressed
by social workers. Families are fnding it
increasingly challenging to make ends
meet on wages that are just barely above
the minimum. Working with the poor is
often considered unattractive, leaving
many social work positions in this area
unflled.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer at a social service agency or com-
munity organization, or work as a counselor
in a camp or summer program for children
with disabilities. Your local YMCA/YWCA,
park district, or other recreational facility
may need volunteers for group recreation
programs. Volunteer a few afternoons a
week to read to people in retirement homes
or to the blind.
CouncilonSocialWorkEducation
703-683-8080
info@cswe.org
http://www.cswe.org
nationalAssociationofSocialWorkers
202-408-8600
info@naswdc.org
http://www.naswdc.org
Growth Field
ber of social workers is expected
to grow from 595,000 to 727,000,
an increase of about 22 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 157 7/16/09 1:22:37 PM

158
Sociologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSociologistsDo
Sociologists study the various groups that
people form. They study families, tribes,
communities, and other social and politi-
cal groups to understand how they devel-
op and operate. Sociologists observe these
groups and record what they fnd. Besides
observing groups themselves, sociologists
may use population counts, historical doc-
uments, and tests. To gather information,
sociologists interview people or distrib-
ute questionnaires. They conduct surveys
and set up experiments that place people
in certain kinds of interaction. They may
study how people of different races relate,
how people of opposite genders commu-
nicate, and how communities are affected
by different religious practices and belief
systems. Lawmakers, educators, and oth-
ers then use this information to help solve
social problems.
A sociologist can specialize in one
feld. Criminologists study causes of crime
and ways to prevent it. Penologists investi-
gate punishment for crime, management
of penal institutions, and rehabilitation of
criminal offenders. Social pathologists spe-
cialize in investigation of group behavior
that is considered detrimental to the prop-
er functioning of society. Urban sociologists
study cities and the ways people live with-
in them. Industrial sociologists specialize
in the relationships between employees
in companies. Clinical sociologists study
groups that do not work well or are poorly
organized, and they help fnd ways to im-
prove them. Social ecologists learn how the
environment affects where and how peo-
ple live. These are just a few of the many
areas in which sociologists may choose to
work.
Sociologists work closely with other so-
cial scientists and scientifc professionals,
such as statisticians, psychologists, cultural
anthropologists, economists, and political
scientists.
More than two-thirds of all sociologists
teach in colleges and universities. They
may work on sociology research projects
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$36,740 to $61,140 to $108,280
OUTlOOk
Anthropologists
Demographers
Economists
Historians
Parole Offcers
Psychologists
Social Workers
L
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 158 7/16/09 1:22:37 PM
159
at the same time. Other sociologists work
for government agencies that deal with
poverty, crime, community development,
and similar social problems. Sociologists
also work with medical groups and physi-
cians in the area of public health programs,
which owe their effectiveness in large part
to the research efforts of sociologists.
English, foreign languages, mathematics,
science, and social studies classes will pre-
pare you for a college sociology program.
You need at least a bachelors degree to be-
come a sociologist. With this education,
you may be able to fnd a job doing inter-
views or collecting data. With a teaching
certifcate, you can teach sociology in a
high school. With a masters degree, you
can fnd jobs with research institutes, in-
dustries, or government agencies. More
than half of all working sociologists have
doctoral degrees.
Outlook
Employment growth for sociologists is ex-
through 2016. Opportunities are best for
those with a doctorate and experience in
felds such as demography, criminology,
environmental sociology, and gerontology.
Competition will be strong in all areas,
however, as many sociology graduates con-
tinue to enter the job market.
As society grows older, more opportuni-
ties of study will develop for those working
with the elderly. Sociologists who specialize
in gerontology will have opportunities to
study the aging population in a variety of
environments. Sociologists will fnd more
opportunities in marketing as companies
conduct research on specifc populations,
such as the children of baby boomers. The
Internet is also opening up new areas of
sociological research; sociologists, demog-
raphers, market researchers, and other pro-
fessionals are studying online communities
and their impact.
ForMoreInformation
Working on your school newspaper, maga-
zine, or yearbook can help you to develop
important interview, research, and writing
skills as well as make you more aware of
your community. Also read psychology,
history, or English literature to learn about
groups and human interaction.
AmericanSociologicalAssociation
202-383-9005
http://www.asanet.org
Fast Fact
The International Sociological
Association conducted a survey
to fnd out what its members
deemed the most important
sociology works of the 20th
century. The top three were
Economy and Society (Max
Weber, 1922), the Sociological
imagination (Charles Wright
Mills, 1959), and Social theory
and Social Structure (Robert K.
Merton, 1949).
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 159 7/16/09 1:22:38 PM
160
Software
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problems solving
WhatSoftwareDesignersDo
Without software, computers would not be
able to work. Software is the set of codes
that tells a computer what to do. It comes
in the form of the familiar packaged soft-
ware that you fnd in a computer store,
such as games, word-processing programs,
spreadsheets, and desktop publishing pro-
grams. Software packages are also designed
for the specifc needs of a particular busi-
ness. Software designers create these software
programs, also called applications. Comput-
er programmers then create the software by
writing the code that gives the computer
instructions.
Software designers must imagine ev-
ery detail of what a software application
will do, how it will do it, and how it will
look on the screen. An example is how a
home accounting program is created. The
software designer frst decides what the
program should be able to do, such as bal-
ance a checkbook, keep track of incom-
ing and outgoing bills, and keep records
of expenses. For each of these tasks, the
software designer decides what menus and
icons to use, what each screen will look
like, and whether there will be help or dia-
log boxes to assist the user.
Some software companies build cus-
tom-designed software for the specifc
needs or problems of one business. Some
businesses are large enough that they em-
ploy in-house software designers who cre-
ate software applications for their computer
systems. These designers take into consid-
eration the existing computer system and
then work on the specifc design details
that are required.
Designers write a proposal outlining
the design and estimating time and cost.
Once approval is given, software design-
ers and the programmers work together to
write the software program. Typically, soft-
ware designers write the specifcations for
the program, and applications program-
mers write the programming codes. Soft-
ware designers also may be responsible for
writing a users manual or at least writing
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$39,500 to $68,080 to $109,720
OUTlOOk
Much Faster than the average
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 160 7/16/09 1:22:38 PM
161
a report detailing what should be included
in the users manual.
To be a software designer, you will need
a bachelors degree in computer science
plus at least one year of experience with
a programming language. You also need
knowledge of the feld that you will be
designing software for, such as educa-
tion, business, or science. For example,
someone with a bachelors degree in com-
puter science with a minor in business or
accounting has an excellent chance for
employment in creating business and ac-
counting software.
Outlook
Job growth in software design is expected
to be much faster than the average through
2016. Hardware designers and systems pro-
grammers are constantly developing faster,
more powerful, and more user-friendly
hardware and operating systems. As long as
these advancements continue, the industry
will need software designers to create soft-
ware to use these improvements.
Business may have less need to con-
tract for custom software as more prepack-
aged software arrives on the market that
allows users with minimal computer skills
to customize it according to their needs.
However, the growth in the retail software
market is expected to make up for this loss
in customized services.
ForMoreInformation
If you are interested in computer indus-
try careers in general, you should learn as
much as possible about computers. Keep
up with new technology by reading com-
puter magazines and by talking to other
computer users. Join computer clubs, and
research the Internet for information about
this feld. Advanced students can put their
design and programming knowledge to
work by designing and programming sim-
ple games and utility programs.
2 Penn Plaza, Suite 701
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
acmhelp@acm.org
http://www.acm.org
IEEEComputerSociety
202-371-0101
Association
202-289-7442
http://www.siia.net
Software designers work on a new program
in a software development laboratory.
(Scott Bauer/USDA ARS Photo Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 161 7/16/09 1:22:39 PM
162
Software
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatSoftwareEngineersDo
Businesses use computers to do complicated
work for them. In many cases, their needs
are so specialized that commercial software
programs cannot perform the desired tasks.
Software engineers change existing software
or create new software to solve problems
in many felds, including business, medi-
cine, law, communications, aerospace, and
science.
The projects software engineers work on
are all different, but their methods for solv-
ing a problem are similar. First, engineers
talk to clients to fnd out their needs and to
defne the problems they are having. Next,
the engineers look at the software already
used by the client to see whether it could
be changed or if an entirely new system is
needed. When they have all the facts, soft-
ware engineers use scientifc methods and
mathematical models to fgure out possible
solutions to the problems. Then they choose
the best solution and prepare a written pro-
posal for managers and other engineers.
Once a proposal is accepted, software
engineers and technicians check with hard-
ware engineers to make sure computers are
powerful enough to run the new programs.
The software engineers then outline pro-
gram details. Engineering technicians write
the initial version in computer languages.
Throughout the programming process,
engineers and technicians run diagnos-
tic tests on the program to make sure it is
working well at every stage. They also meet
regularly with the client to make sure they
are meeting the desired goals and to learn
about any changes the client wants.
When a software project is complete,
the engineer prepares a demonstration of
it for the client. Software engineers might
also install the program, train users, and
make arrangements to help with any prob-
lems that arise in the future.
Computer, math, and science courses
will teach you fundamental skills and
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$52,090 to $83,130 to $125,260
OUTlOOk
Software Designers
o
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 162 7/16/09 1:22:40 PM
163
analytical thinking. Classes that rely on
schematic drawing and fowcharts are
also very valuable.
It is strongly recommended that you
earn at least an associates degree in com-
puter engineering or programming. Many
technical and vocational schools offer a va-
riety of programs that prepare you for a job
as a software engineering technician.
software engineers. Demonstrated com-
puter profciency and work experience are
sometimes enough to obtain a good posi-
tion, but the majority of young computer
professionals entering the feld for the frst
time will be college educated. Software en-
gineers planning to work in specifc tech-
nical felds, such as medicine, law, or busi-
ness, should receive some formal training
in that particular discipline.
Outlook
The feld of software engineering is ex-
pected to be the fastest-growing occupa-
tion through 2016. Demands made on
computers increase every day and from all
industries.
While the need for software engineers
will remain high, computer languages will
probably change every few years, and soft-
ware engineers will need to attend semi-
nars and workshops to learn new computer
languages and software design. They also
should read trade magazines, surf the In-
ternet, and talk with colleagues about the
feld. These kinds of continuing education
techniques help ensure that software engi-
neers are best equipped to meet the needs
of the workplace.
ForMoreInformation
Try to learn as much as possible about com-
puters and computer software. Read about
new developments in trade magazines, and
talk to other computer users. You also can
join computer clubs and surf the Inter-
net for information about working in this
feld.
IEEEComputerSociety
202-371-0101
InstituteforCertifcationofComputing
Professionals
2400 Des Plaines Avenue, Suite 281
800-843-8227
http://www.iccp.org
Association
202-289-7442
http://www.siia.net
Growth Field
ber of software engineers is ex-
1,181,000, an increase of about 22
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 163 7/16/09 1:22:40 PM

164
Soil
Conservation
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatSoilConservation
TechniciansDo
Soil conservation technicians help land users
develop plans to use the soil wisely. They
show farmers how to rotate their crops
so that the nutrients in the soil are not
exhausted. They also help foresters plan
growth and harvesting cycles so that trees
are not cut down before they mature.
Soil conservation technicians work
mainly with farmers and agricultural con-
cerns. They also work with land developers
and local governments to prevent soil ero-
sion and preserve wetlands.
Soil conservation technicians survey
land, take soil samples, and help landown-
ers select, install, and maintain measures
that conserve and improve soil, plant,
water, marsh, wildlife, and recreational
resources. These measures might include
contour cultivation, grass waterways, ter-
racing, tree planting, feld windbreaks, ir-
rigation ditches, grass seeding, and farm
drains. Other practices for soil conserva-
tion are strip cropping, tillage practices,
fertilization, pesticide application, and
land leveling.
Soil technicians meet with landowners
to help them decide on new conservation
measures or modify existing ones. They
might discuss new techniques and equip-
ment or changes in soil fertility, pesticides,
and herbicides. When a soil conservation-
ist designs a new conservation plan for a
landowner, technicians inspect the differ-
ent phases of the project as it is construct-
ed. They might inspect ponds, structures,
dams, tile, outlet terraces, and animal waste
control facilities.
Range technicians help determine the
value of rangeland, its grazing capabilities,
erosion hazards, and livestock potential.
Physical science technicians gather data in
the feld, study the physical characteristics
of the soil, make routine chemical analy-
ses, and set up and operate test apparatus.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$32,750 to $56,150 to $82,080
OUTlOOk
Foresters
Geologists
Range Managers
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 164 7/16/09 1:22:40 PM
165
Cartographic survey technicians work with
cartographers (mapmakers) to map or
chart the earth, survey the public domain,
set boundaries, pinpoint land features, and
determine the most benefcial public use.
Engineering technicians conduct feld tests
and oversee some phases of construction
on dams and irrigation projects. They mea-
sure acreage, place property boundaries,
and defne drainage areas on maps. Sur-
veying technicians perform surveys for feld
measurement and mapping to lay out con-
struction, check the accuracy of dredging
operations, or provide reference points and
lines for related work. They gather data for
the design and construction of highways,
dams, topographic maps, and nautical or
aeronautical charts.
Some technical institutes and junior or com-
munity colleges offer associates degrees in
soil conservation. First-year courses in these
programs include basic soils, chemistry,
botany, zoology, and range management.
Second-year courses include surveying,
forestry, game management, fsh manage-
ment, and soil and water conservation.
Some soil conservation technicians
hold bachelors degrees in general agricul-
ture, range management, crop or soil sci-
ence, forestry, or agricultural engineering.
Outlook
Employment growth for conservation sci-
entists is expected to be slower than the
average through 2016. Most soil conserva-
tionists and technicians are employed by
the federal government, so employment
opportunities will depend in large part on
levels of government spending. More op-
portunities may be available with state and
local government agencies.
ForMoreInformation
To learn more, visit Web sites such as the
Field Museum Underground Adventure
(http://www.fmnh.org/ua) and the Soil
Science Education Home Page (http://soil.
gsfc.nasa.gov).
Madison, WI 53711
608-273-8080
naturalresourcesConservationService
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Attn: Public Affairs Division
PO Box 2890
http://www.nrcs.usda.gov
SoilandWaterConservationSociety
945 Ankeny Road, SW
Ankeny, IA 50023-9723
515-289-2331
http://www.swcs.org
Did You Know?
The Natural Resource Conserva-
tion Service of the U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture was estab-
lished in 1935 in response to the
Dust Bowl. The Dust Bowl was
caused when overplanted, nutri-
ent-deprived land in the Plains
experienced a severe drought,
and the dry dirt was whipped by
the winds into devastating dust
storms.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 165 7/16/09 1:22:41 PM
166
SoilScientists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Problem solving
WhatSoilScientistsDo
Soil is one of our most important natural re-
sources. It provides the nutrients necessary
to grow food for hundreds of millions of
people. To use soil wisely and keep it from
washing away or being damaged, experts
analyze it to fnd the best ways to manage
it. Soil scientists are these experts. They
collect soil samples and study the samples
chemical and physical characteristics.
Soil scientists do much of their work
outdoors. They go to felds to take soil sam-
ples. They spend many hours meeting with
farmers and discussing ways to avoid soil
damage. They may suggest that a farmer
grow crops on different parts of a farm ev-
ery few years so that the unused soil can re-
cover. Soil scientists may also recommend
that a farmer use fertilizers to put nutrients
back into the soil. They may suggest ways
to cover crops to keep the wind from blow-
ing the soil away.
Soil scientists work for agricultural re-
search laboratories, crop production com-
panies, and other organizations. They also
work with road departments to advise them
about the quality and condition of the soil
over which roads will be built.
All soil scientists spend time in labora-
tories as well as in the feld. They examine
soil samples under the microscope to deter-
mine bacterial and plant-food components.
They also write reports based on their feld
notes and analyses done within the lab.
Some soil scientists specialize in one
particular aspect of the work. For example,
they may work as soil mappers or soil sur-
veyors. These specialists study soil structure,
origin, and capabilities through feld ob-
servations, laboratory examinations, and
controlled experimentation. Their investi-
gations are aimed at determining the most
suitable uses for a particular soil. Soil fer-
tility experts develop practices that will in-
crease or maintain crop size. They consider
both the type of soil and the crop planted
in their analysis. Various soils react differ-
ently when exposed to fertilizers, soil ad-
ditives, crop rotation, and other farming
techniques.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$34,620 to $58,000 to $100,800
OUTlOOk
Farmers
Foresters
Range Managers
J
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 166 7/16/09 1:22:41 PM
167
The best way to become a soil scientist is to
go to college and earn a bachelors degree.
Then you should go on to earn a masters
degree in agricultural science. A degree in
biology, physics, or chemistry would also
qualify you for employment as a soil sci-
entist, but you should take some courses
in agriculture. With a bachelors degree in
agricultural science, you can get some non-
research jobs, but most research and teach-
ing positions require a doctorate.
Outlook
Employment growth in soil science is
expected to be slower than the average
through 2016. Growth in this feld is af-
fected by the governments involvement in
farming studiesif federal and state bud-
gets are cut, it will limit funding for this
type of job. However, private businesses
will continue to demand soil scientists for
research and sales positions. Companies
dealing with seed, fertilizers, or farm equip-
ment are examples of private industries
that hire soil scientists.
Technological advances in equipment
and methods of conservation will allow
scientists to better protect the environ-
ment as well as improve farm production.
Scientists ability to evaluate soils and
plants will improve with more precise re-
search methods.
ForMoreInformation
Contact your local branch of the National
FFA Organization (http://www.ffa.org) or
4-H club (http://www.fourhcouncil.edu)
or your countys soil conservation depart-
ment to learn about regional projects.
608-273-8080
nationalSocietyofConsultingSoil
Scientists
PO Box 1724
Sandpoint, ID 83864-0901
800-535-7148
info2008@nscss.org
http://www.nscss.org
SoilScienceSocietyofAmerica
608-273-8080
http://www.soils.org
Did You Know?
The U.S. Department of Agricul-
ture (USDA) was created in 1862
to give farmers information about
new crops and improved farming
techniques. Although this depart-
ment started small, today it is one
of the largest agencies of the fed-
eral government.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 167 7/16/09 1:22:42 PM
168
Solar
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Mathematics
Creative thinking
WhatSolar
EngineersDo
Effcient use of green technologies is a key
topic in any discussion about energy today.
Green technology, or clean technology, is
the concept of applying environmental sci-
ence to safeguard our planet by lessening
the negative effect of human activity. Such
green technologies as solar energy, bio fu-
els, and wind power serve as alternatives to
fossil fuelsnonrenewable energy forms
that harm Earth.
Solar energy employs photovoltaic,
commonly known as PV, systems to draw
nonpolluting energy from the sun. Solar
engineers apply principles of biology, chem-
istry, and mathematics to produce energy
for homes, businesses, and commercial
properties that use solar power for electric-
ity and heat. They design and develop sys-
tems that provide energy in a manner that
is economical as well as environmentally
safe.
Solar engineers study the impact of the
suns energy on the environment, in par-
ticular its effect on global warming and
ozone depletion. Some engineers are self-
employed, independent consultants who
provide information to clients about regu-
lations and new solar technology designs
and developments.
In addition to solar energy, todays en-
gineers use their knowledge of the many
different closely integrated green technol-
ogies to provide a suite of energy-saving
sources to produce zero-energy designs and
whole-building integration.
To prepare for a career in engineering, take
as many high school courses as you can
in the physical sciences and mathematics.
Computer courses, such as computer-aided
design and drafting, will provide you with
basic knowledge in engineering software
programs.
In general, entry-level engineering po-
sitions require a bachelors degree in an
engineering specialty; some research jobs
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$43,180 to $69,940 to $106,230
OUTlOOk
Civil Engineers and Civil Engineering
Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 168 7/16/09 1:22:42 PM
169
may require a masters degree. A few col-
leges offer degrees in solar energy engineer-
ing, but solar engineers may also pursue
environmental engineering as their area of
concentration.
Engineering degree programs focus
heavily on mathematics and the physical
and life sciences.
Most engineering positions require
practitioners to be licensed. Employers
favor those taking continuing education
courses as this ensures their workers are up-
to-date with the changing technology.
Outlook
Job opportunities for engineers are expect-
ed to grow about as the fast as the average,
but may vary by area of concentration.
While the current focus on sustainable
energy is producing more environmental
engineers, including solar engineers, the
market should not be saturated, as many
opportunities exist in this specialized feld.
Among them is the need for research of
new designs and their implementation.
ForMoreInformation
Visit the Junior Engineering and Techni-
cal Societys Web site (http://www.jets.org)
to learn more about opportunities in solar
engineering. In particular, read articles in
JETSs publication Pre-Engineering Times
about this specialty engineering area.
AbET,Inc.
410-347-7700
http://www.abet.org
AmericanSocietyforEngineering
Education
1818 N Street, NW, Suite 600
202-331-3500
http://www.asee.org
nationalSocietyofProfessionalEngineers
1420 King Street
703-684-2800
http://www.nspe.org
northAmericanboardofCertifedEnergy
Practitioners
10 Hermes Road, Suite 400
Malta, NY 12020-4483
800-654-0021
info@nabcep.org
http://www.nabcep.org
This solar engineer checks the solar
panels on the roof of the Field Museum
of Natural History in Chicago, Illinois.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 169 7/16/09 1:22:43 PM
170
Songwriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Self-esteem
Reading/writing
WhatSongwritersDo
Songwriters write the words and sometimes
the music for songs, including songs for
recordings, advertising jingles, and theat-
rical performances. They may also perform
these songs. Songwriters who write only
the words and not the music are called
lyricists.
Songwriters may choose to write
about emotions, such as love or sadness.
They put their ideas into a small number
of words, focusing on the sounds of the
words together. Many songwriters carry a
notebook and write about things that they
hear or see. They may write songs about
people, events, or experiences. They may
write about broad themes that will be un-
derstood by everyone, drawing ideas from
current events or social situations such as
poverty, racial issues, or war. Or they may
write about personal issues, based on their
own experiences or conversations with
others.
Songwriters usually have a musical
style in mind when they write lyrics. These
styles include pop, rock, hip-hop, rap,
country, blues, jazz, and classical.
Songwriters who work for advertising
agencies write about certain products for
radio and television commercials. Produc-
ers also hire songwriters to write lyrics for
operas, Broadway shows, or movies.
Many songwriters have a certain meth-
od for writing songs. Sometimes they write
the title frst because it allows them to cap-
ture a theme in just a few words. Many
songwriters fnd that there are about four
common characteristics found in a song:
an identifable, universal idea; a memora-
ble title; a strong beginning; and an appro-
priate form, including rhythm, verse, and
refrain.
The development of a song can be a
highly collaborative process between a lyri-
cist and a composer. The composer might
play a few measures on an instrument, and
the lyricist tries to write words that ft well
with the music. Or the lyricist suggests a
few words or lines and the composer tries
to write music that fts the words.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Music, Speech
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$16,110 to $40,150 to $111,490
OUTlOOk
Musicians
Music Producers
Music Teachers
Pop/Rock Musicians
Singers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 170 7/16/09 1:22:45 PM
171
Songwriters, composers, and other
musicians often use MIDI (musical instru-
ment digital interface) technology to pro-
duce sounds through synthesizers, drum
machines, and samplers. These sounds are
usually controlled by a computer, and the
composer or songwriter can mix, alter, and
refne the sounds using mixing boards and
computer software.
Songwriters must have a good understand-
ing of language and grammar. Courses in
English composition, poetry, music theo-
ry, and journalism will be helpful. Learn-
ing how to play a musical instrument is
a good idea, particularly the guitar or a
keyboard instrument, since these instru-
ments help you understand melody, har-
mony, and chord structures. Music theo-
ry, ear-training, and composition classes
will teach you to write accurate musical
notation.
There is really no formal training that a
songwriter must have to write songs. Song-
writing workshops sometimes are offered
by community colleges and music schools.
College music programs offer intensive
studies in music history, theory, and per-
formance, and they expose you to a variety
of musical styles.
Outlook
Most songwriters are unable to support
themselves from their songwriting alone
and must hold other part-time or full-time
jobs while writing songs in their spare time.
The competition in this industry is ex-
tremely intense, and there are many more
songwriters than paying projects. This situ-
ation is expected to continue into the next
decade.
ForMoreInformation
Learn to play a musical instrument, espe-
cially the piano or guitar. Start writing your
own songs, and experiment with melody
and lyrics. Most schools and communities
have orchestras, bands, and choruses that
offer opportunities to explore music.
AmericanSocietyofComposers,Authors,
andPublishers
One Lincoln Plaza
New York, NY 10023-7129
212-621-6000
nationalAssociationofComposers/USA
PO Box 49256, Barrington Station
818-247-6048
http://www.music-usa.org/nacusa
SongwritersGuildofAmerica
New York, NY 10036-1518
212-768-7902
ny@songwritersguild.com
Songwriter John Legend is working on his
album in a recording studio in Atlanta,
Georgia. (WireImage/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 171 7/16/09 1:22:46 PM
172
Special
Education
Teachers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSpecial
EducationTeachersDo
Special education teachers work with stu-
dents who need special attention, includ-
ing those who have physical, developmen-
tal, behavioral, or learning disabilities as
well as those who are gifted and talented.
They create individual programs for each
student, called an Individualized Educa-
tion Program (IEP). An IEP sets personal-
ized goals for a student, based upon his or
her learning style and ability, and it out-
lines specifc steps to prepare him or her
for employment or postsecondary school-
ing. Special education teachers work
closely with students to determine their
learning and skill levels, and they work
with school psychologists, social workers,
occupational and physical therapists, and
speech-language therapists.
Some students have learning disabilities
that prevent them from learning through
usual teaching methods. They may need
instruction at a slower pace or to work in
quiet, nondistracting settings. Teachers
may need to read assignments aloud to
them and help them focus their attention
on schoolwork.
Some students have emotional or behav-
ioral problems. Others are considered below
average in their mental abilities. Some stu-
dents are language impaired, which means
they have trouble communicating. Special
education teachers work with students who
are visually impaired, hard of hearing, or
deaf. They also help students with physical
handicaps such as muscle, nerve, or bone
disorders. When working with physically
handicapped students, teachers may use
special equipment, such as computers that
are operated by touching a screen or by
voice commands or books in Braille.
The current trend in education is to
integrate students with disabilities into
regular classrooms to the extent that it is
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$33,930 to $49,640 to $78,900
OUTlOOk
Preschool Teachers
Teacher Aides
L
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 172 7/16/09 1:22:47 PM
173
possible and benefcial to them. This is of-
ten called mainstreaming or inclusion.
Mainstreaming requires special education
teachers to work with general education
teachers in general education classrooms.
They help adapt curriculum materials and
teaching techniques to meet the needs of
students with disabilities and offer guid-
ance to teachers on dealing with students
emotional and behavioral problems.
Most special education teachers work
in public schools. Some, however, work in
local education agencies, colleges and uni-
versities, and private schools.
College preparatory courses in English, sci-
ence, math, and government will help you
prepare for this career. Speech courses will
develop good communication skills, and
psychology courses will help you under-
stand some of the learning problems your
students face.
The requirements for becoming a spe-
cial education teacher are similar to those
for becoming an elementary or secondary
school teacher, but meeting them may in-
volve a longer period of training. All states
require teachers to earn a bachelors degree
that includes specifc education courses.
Many states require an additional year or
two of graduate study, and some states re-
quire a masters degree in special education.
You also must be certifed by your state.
Outlook
The feld of special education is expected to
grow faster than the average through 2016.
This demand is caused partly by the growth
in the number of special education stu-
dents who need services. Medical advances
resulting in more survivors of illness and
accidents and the rise in birth defects due
to women bearing children in later years,
as well as general population growth, are
all signifcant factors leading to a demand
for these educators.
ForMoreInformation
Get to know special-needs students at your
school. Learn to use sign language or read
Braille. To learn more about disability issues,
visit this Web site with links to a variety
of resources: http://disabilitystudies.syr.edu/
resources/otherdisabilityresources.aspx. Also
visit Ragged Edge online, a magazine that
covers the disability experience in America:
http://www.ragged-edge-mag.com.
CouncilofAdministratorsofSpecial
Education
Osigian Offce Center
101 Katelyn Circle, Suite E
Warner Robbins, GA 31088-6484
478-333-6892
lpurcell@bellsouth.net
http://www.casecec.org
nationalEducationAssociation
202-833-4000
http://www.nea.org
Growth Field
ber of special education teachers
to 530,000, an increase of about
15 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 173 7/16/09 1:22:47 PM

174
SpecialEffects
Technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSpecialEffects
TechniciansDo
Special effects technicians make fantastic
things seem real in movies, theater, and
television. They can make a spaceship fy
to distant planets, perch a car on top of a
skyscraper, or bring dinosaurs to life on the
screen.
Special effects technicians read scripts
and meet with directors to decide on the
kinds of effects they will use. There are sev-
eral trades that make up special effects, and
special effects companies, known as shops,
may do business in one or several of these
trades. The services they may offer include
mechanical effects, computer animation,
makeup effects, and pyrotechnics.
Mechanical effects specialists build sets,
props, and backgrounds for flm, television,
and theater productions. They build, install,
and operate equipment mechanically or
electrically. They usually are skilled in car-
pentry, electricity, welding, and robotics.
Computer animation specialists use com-
puter programs to create effects that would
be impossible or too costly to build. These
effects make it possible for a human face to
change or morph into an animals face, or
for a realistic-looking bear to drink a popu-
lar soda. Computer technology is advanc-
ing rapidly. Most flms in the adventure
and horror categories make extensive use
of computer animation, but it is also used
today in every other type of flmmaking.
Makeup effects specialists create masks
and costumes. They build prosthetic de-
vices, such as human or animal heads or
limbs. They are skilled at modeling, sew-
ing, applying makeup, and mixing dyes.
Pyrotechnics effects specialists are experts
with frearms and explosives. They create
explosions for dramatic scenes. This work
can be very dangerous. Most states require
them to be licensed to handle and set off
explosives.
Many special effects technicians work
freelance, so there can be long periods of
no work (and no pay) between jobs.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Chemistry, Computer science
SAlAryrAnGE
$30,620 to $54,550 to $98,050
OUTlOOk
Cinematographers
Stunt Performers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 174 7/16/09 1:22:49 PM
175
To be a special effects technician, you need
to know about science and art. Take class-
es in art, art history, sculpture, chemistry,
physics, shop, and computers.
Some universities have flm and televi-
sion programs that offer courses in special
effects. Some special effects technicians
major in theater, art history, photography,
and related subjects. Some of the computer
animation technicians working today have
not had any special schooling or training
but have mastered graphics programs on
their own.
Most technicians in the industry say
that the best way into this career is through
experience working on a flm crew.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for artists and
related workers, including special effects
technicians, is expected to grow about as
fast as the average through 2016, but the
competition for jobs in flm special effects
houses is ferce. For more than 20 years
now, flms of all genres have incorporated
computer graphics and high-tech effects,
inspiring a whole generation of young peo-
ple with computers and imaginations.
Digital technology will continue to
rapidly change the industry. Experts pre-
dict that within the next decade, flm will
be eliminated and movies will be shot and
projected digitally, enhancing computer
effects. Filmmakers will edit their movies
over the Internet.
ForMoreInformation
Work on school drama productions as a
stagehand, sound technician, or makeup
artist. You will learn about set and prop de-
sign and how to use tools and mechanical
and electrical equipment. Explore comput-
er animation software programs that allow
you to create special effects.
323-856-7600
http://www.af.com
AnimationWorldnetwork
6525 Sunset Boulevard, Garden Suite 10
323-606-4200
info@awn.com
http://www.awn.com
visualEffectsSociety
5535 Balboa Boulevard, Suite 205
Encino, CA 91316-1544
818-981-7861
info@VisualEffectsSociety.com
http://www.visualeffectssociety.com
Fast Fact
Computer generated imagery
(CGI) in movies has taken huge
technological leaps from early
fare such as tron (1982). The lat-
est in CGI has appeared in flms
such as the lord of the rings
movies and the curious case of
Benjamin Button (2008).
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 175 7/16/09 1:22:50 PM
176
Special
Procedures
Technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSpecialProcedures
TechnologistsDo
Special procedures technologists operate med-
ical diagnostic imaging equipment such as
computed tomography (CT) and magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI) scanners. They
assist in imaging procedures such as angi-
ography and cardiac catheterization. They
work in various health care settings, such
as hospitals, clinics, and imaging centers.
Special procedures technologists assist
radiologic technologists with positioning
patients for examination, immobilizing
them, preparing the equipment, and moni-
toring the equipment and patients prog-
ress during procedures. An angiographer is
a special procedures technologist who as-
sists with a procedure called an angiogram,
which shows any changes that may have
occurred to the blood vessels of the pa-
tients circulatory system.
Some special procedures technologists
assist cardiologists with a procedure called
cardiac catheterization. They monitor and
document the patients vital signs, such as
blood pressure and respiration, and they
enter that information directly into a com-
puter that controls testing procedures.
Some special procedures technolo-
gists assist with CT scanning (also known
as CAT scanning), which combines X rays
with computer technology to create images
that provide more details than standard X
rays. The technologist observes and reas-
sures patients while testing procedures are
performed.
Another imaging procedure called mag-
netic resonance imaging (MRI) produces
the most detailed and fexible images of all
the various imaging techniques. A special
procedures technologist often assists with
this procedure by explaining the test to the
patient and making certain that the patient
is not carrying any metal objects that could
be hazardous to the patient during the test
and could also damage the equipment. The
MRI technologist enters necessary data into
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Chemistry
Associates degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$42,250 to $59,860 to $81,260
OUTlOOk
X-ray Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 176 7/16/09 1:22:52 PM
177
a computer, such as patient information,
the orientation of the scan, and the part
of the body to be scanned. The technolo-
gist might initiate the scan and observe the
patient through a window in the control
room and on a closed-circuit video display
while maintaining voice contact and reas-
suring the patient.
After receiving a high school diploma, you
must attend a two-year program and earn
an associates degree in radiology. These
degree programs are offered at community
colleges, vocational and technical training
schools, or in the military. Most radiol-
ogy technologists receive training through
a program accredited by the American
Medical Associations Committee on Allied
Health Education and Accreditation.
Outlook
Employment growth for radiologic tech-
nologists, including special procedures
technologists, will be faster than the aver-
age through 2016. As the population ages
and heart disease and cancer continue to be
among the primary health concerns in the
United States, there will continue to be a
high demand for skilled technologists who
can assist in the diagnosis, prevention, and
treatment of these and other conditions.
ForMoreInformation
Volunteer work at a hospital, nursing
home, or other medical facility can give
you experience working with patients
and medical professionals in a health care
environment.
Americanregistryofradiologic
Technologists
St. Paul, MN 55120-1155
651-687-0048
http://www.arrt.org
AmericanSocietyofradiologic
Technologists
800-444-2778
http://www.asrt.org
jointreviewCommitteeonEducationin
radiologicTechnology
312-704-5300
mail@jrcert.org
http://www.jrcert.org
Growth Field
ber of special procedures technol-
ogists is expected to grow about
15 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 177 7/16/09 1:22:53 PM

178
Speech-
language
Pathologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSpeech-language
PathologistsDo
Speech-language pathologists, or speech thera-
pists, use tests to identify speech disorders
in people and then try to help them over-
come speech diffculties.
Clients of speech-language pathologists
include people who cannot make speech
sounds or cannot make them clearly; peo-
ple who have speech rhythm and fuency
problems, such as stuttering; people with
voice quality problems, such as inappropri-
ate pitch or harsh voice; people who have
problems understanding and producing
language; and people with cognitive com-
munication impairments, such as atten-
tion, memory, and problem-solving dis-
orders. Speech-language pathologists may
also work with people who have oral motor
problems that cause eating and swallow-
ing diffculties. Clients problems may be
caused by hearing loss, brain injury or de-
terioration, cerebral palsy, stroke, cleft pal-
ate, voice pathology, mental retardation, or
emotional issues.
Speech-language pathologists con-
duct written and oral tests and use special
instruments to analyze and diagnose the
impairment. They develop an individual-
ized treatment plan, which may include
automated devices and sign language.
They teach clients how to make sounds,
improve their voices, or increase their
language skills to communicate more
effectively.
Most therapists work in schools, where
they test students regularly for speech dis-
orders. The students who have speech prob-
lems either receive therapy at the school
or go to a speech clinic for treatment. At
a clinic, they receive physical therapy
and help from psychologists. Sometimes,
speech pathologists teach patients to devel-
op entirely new speech skills using tongue
exercises and speech drills.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Biology, Speech
Masters degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$40,200 to $60,690 to $94,740
OUTlOOk
Linguists
Physicians
Psychologists
Social Workers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 178 7/16/09 1:22:56 PM
179
Speech therapy can be given either in-
dividually or in groups. Usually, patients
feel more comfortable when they work
alone with a therapist. However, some
people make more progress when they
are placed with people who have similar
speech problems.
To become a speech pathologist, you must
earn a college degree. Most states require
that pathologists have a masters degree in
speech-language pathology before they can
apply for a job. Undergraduate courses usu-
ally include the study of the body (anato-
my), psychology, biology, physiology, and
the study of speech and languages (linguis-
tics, semantics, and phonetics).
If you want to work as a speech thera-
pist in a public school, you must earn a
teachers certifcate and pass the state re-
quirements for working with children with
disabilities. Most states require some type
of licensing or registration for speech-lan-
guage pathologists, and 14 states require
all speech-language pathologists to be li-
censed, regardless of work setting.
Outlook
Employment growth for speech-language
pathologists will be about as fast as the
average through 2016. The job outlook de-
pends on economic factors, further budget
cutbacks by health care providers and in-
surance companies, and legal requirements
for services for people with disabilities.
Nearly half of the new jobs emerging
are expected to be in speech and hearing
clinics, physicians offces, and outpatient
care facilities. Substantial job growth will
continue to occur in elementary and sec-
ondary schools because of laws that guar-
antee special education and related services
to minors with disabilities.
Many new jobs will be created in hospi-
tals, nursing homes, rehabilitation centers,
and home health agencies; most of these
openings will probably be flled by private
practitioners employed on a contract basis.
ForMoreInformation
Begin to learn sign language. Volunteer to
work in clinics and hospitals or in speech,
language, and hearing centers. Participate
in a speech club to practice oral speaking
skills. Voice training, either speaking or
singing, will teach you about creating and
controlling vocal sounds.
AmericanAuditorySociety
352 Sundial Ridge Circle
Dammeron Valley, UT 84783-5196
435-574-0062
http://www.amauditorysoc.org
AmericanSpeech-language-hearing
Association
301-296-5700
http://www.asha.org
Fast Fact
Stuttering is the most common
speech defect. Speech therapy
can often help this problem. Ac-
cording to the Stuttering Foun-
dation of America, more than
three million Americans stutter.
5
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 179 7/16/09 1:22:56 PM
180
Speechwriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSpeechwritersDo
Speechwriters prepare speeches for politi-
cians in all branches of government, from
the local and state level to the national
level, including the president of the United
States, or they may write speeches for busi-
ness professionals.
Many politicians and business execu-
tives are extremely busy and do not have
time to write the speeches they need to
give. Others may not feel comfortable
writing their own speeches and require a
speechwriter to help them make sense of
what they want to say, and how they want
to convey that message in a speech. Still
others may have excellent ideas for their
speeches but need help communicating
their vision to others.
A speechwriter usually begins writing
a speech once a topic is selected. The top-
ic may be assigned to them, or they may
have to determine the topic themselves. To
do this, a speechwriter may meet with the
person they are writing for to receive his
or her suggestions. Next, the speechwriter
will research the topic to be discussed in
the speech, using the resources of libraries,
the Internet, or interviews with knowledge-
able authorities in the feld.
Once a speechwriter has gathered
enough initial information, they begin to
write the speech. Speechwriters need to
make sure the speech sounds like it was
written by the person who will deliver it.
They also need to keep in mind who will
be hearing the speech, making sure that
the speech is written in a way that it will
be understood by the intended audience,
and that it will be effective relating the in-
tended message. They also have to be sure
the speech does not exceed specifed time
limits.
After the speech is approved (which
can take several rounds of drafts and sug-
gestions), the speechwriter may be respon-
sible for producing the speech in its fnal
form, which varies depending on the situa-
tions. The speech may need to be typed on
note cards for someone speaking in a small
auditorium, or the speech might need to be
on a computer disk that can be input into a
TelePrompTer and displayed on a monitor
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Government, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$29,580 to $49,800 to $94,620
OUTlOOk
Copywriters
Political Reporters
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 180 7/16/09 1:22:58 PM
181
for the person to read at a large rally, meet-
ing, or televised event.
Successful speechwriters stay up-to-date
with current events and daily news. They
work under pressure to meet deadlines. Be-
cause speechwriters need to interact with
others, they have good people skills.
Since speechwriters need to be strong com-
municators, you should take as many Eng-
lish, speech, and communications courses as
you can. Take courses in civics, history, and
government as well. You also will need a
bachelors degree, preferably in a feld relat-
ed to communications. To become a speech-
writer for politicians, you will probably want
to pursue a degree in political science.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for writers of
all types, including speechwriters, are ex-
through 2016. Given the importance of ef-
fective communication in the world today,
it may be correct to assume that speech-
writers in all felds will have steady employ-
ment opportunities for the next decade.
ForMoreInformation
You can practice writing speeches on your
own, or you can participate with your
schools speech or debate teams. Read-
ing famous speeches will also help you to
understand the components of a success-
ful speech. You can also join nonproft or
political organizations and offer to assist
with public speaking events. This will give
you the opportunity to make contacts, ob-
serve their operations, and perhaps get an
opportunity to assist a speechwriter with
research.
AmericanAssociationofPolitical
Consultants
600 Pennsylvania Avenue, SE, Suite 330
202-544-9815
info@theaapc.org
http://www.theaapc.org
ToastmastersInternational
PO Box 9052
Mission Viejo, CA 92690-9052
949-858-8255
http://www.toastmasters.org
A speechwriter brainstorms ideas with
offcials. (Corbis)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 181 7/16/09 1:22:59 PM
182
Spies
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSpiesDo
Spies, also called intelligence offcers, work
for the U.S. government to gather infor-
mation about the governments of foreign
countries. This information, called intelli-
gence, is one of the tools the U.S. govern-
ment uses to help make decisions about
its own military, economic, and political
policies. Intelligence may include political,
economic, military, scientifc, technical,
geographic, and other types of informa-
tion, both public and secret.
There are two types of intelligence off-
cers, case offcers and analysts. Case offcers,
also called operators, are most often in-
volved in the colorful and dangerous sorts
of activities shown in the movies. They col-
lect intelligence, usually in foreign coun-
tries. Ways of gathering information can be
as open (overt) as reading a foreign news-
paper or as complicated and secret (covert)
as eavesdropping on a telephone conver-
sation. Sources of intelligence include for-
eign radio and television broadcasts, pub-
lic documents, interviews with tourists,
air surveillance, and camera-loaded satel-
lites. Aerial and space reconnaissance, elec-
tronic eavesdropping, and agent espionage
are considered covert sources.
Analysts are more likely to be stationed
in an offce in Washington, D.C., although
some also work abroad. They interpret and
analyze data they have received from case
offcers and other sources. Technical analysts
gather data from satellites. Cryptographic
technicians are experts at encoding, decod-
ing, and sending secret messages.
There are three categories of intelli-
gence operations: strategic, tactical, and
counter-intelligence. People working in
strategic intelligence keep track of world
events, watch foreign leaders very careful-
ly, and study a foreign countrys politics,
economy, people, military operations, and
any scientifc advances it may be making.
Intelligence can be hard or soft. Hard
intelligence is quantifable and verifable
for example, military and technological
information such as the number of active
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Government, History
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$35,600 to $59,930 to $95,630
OUTlOOk
Customs Offcials
FBI Agents
Police Offcers
y
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 182 7/16/09 1:23:00 PM
183
troops in Libya. An example of soft intelli-
gence would be attempting to predict who
will be the next leader of Bolivia.
Tactical intelligence gathering involves
collecting the same kind of information,
but in combat areas and risky political set-
tings abroad. Counter-intelligence offcers
protect U.S. secrets, institutions, and intel-
ligence activities. They identify and pre-
vent enemy operations that might hurt the
United States, its citizens, or its allies. Such
enemy plots include worldwide terrorism
and drug traffcking.
All of the federal intelligence services look
for people of high moral character, excel-
lent academic records, and sincere patriotic
commitment. Applicants must be U.S. citi-
zens and at least 21 years old. You must earn
a bachelors degree, and an advanced degree
is required for some positions. Specialized
skills, computer knowledge, and fuency in
foreign languages are also important.
Outlook
Intelligence operations are closely linked
to the world political situation. In gener-
al, people with specialized skills or back-
grounds in the languages and customs of
certain countries will continue to be in
high demand. The outlook on intelligence
jobs remains good, and new offcers will be
hired every year. The United States has be-
come focused on terrorist activity, particu-
larly from groups based in the Middle East,
and it remains concerned with the spread
of nuclear, chemical, and biological weap-
ons; the environment; and worldwide hu-
man health. Intelligence has become one of
the worlds largest industries; in the United
States alone, it is supported by a multibil-
lion-dollar annual budget.
ForMoreInformation
Ask your librarian to help you fnd books
about famous spies throughout American
history. Visit the CIA Kids Home Page at
https://www.cia.gov/kids-page/index.html
to learn more about the CIA and intelli-
gence gathering.
CentralIntelligenceAgency
Offce of Public Affairs
703-482-0623
http://www.odci.gov
DefenseIntelligenceAgency
200 MacDill Boulevard
Civilian Personnel Division (DAH-2)
202-231-8228
staffng@dia.mil
http://www.dia.mil
U.S.DepartmentofState
Public Communication Division
PA/PL, Room 2206
2201 C Street, NW
202-647-6575
http://www.state.gov
Did You Know?
The infamous spy Mata Hari (born
Margaretha Geertruida Zelle in
The Netherlands) was accused by
the French government of spying
for Germany during World War I.
She was put on trial, found guilty,
and was executed by fring squad
in 1917.
?
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 183 7/16/09 1:23:00 PM
184
Sporting
Goods
Production
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSportingGoods
ProductionWorkersDo
Team sports and personal physical ftness
have come to enjoy widespread popularity
in the last decade. Professional and college
sports teams dominate radio and television
and the sports pages of newspapers. At the
amateur level, health and racquet-sports
clubs have become common sources of
recreation for many people who live in the
United States.
This sports and ftness boom has in-
creased the demand for a wide variety of
sports equipment, ranging from tennis and
bowling balls to hockey and lacrosse sticks.
Sporting goods production workers operate the
machinery that makes this sports equip-
ment. In addition, many of these workers
hand-make equipment that cannot be pro-
duced by machines.
Many sporting goods production work-
ers are machine operators. The machines
they operate range from sewing machines
to large, complex automated equipment.
These machines heat, mold, stretch, cut,
pound, and trim the materials that are used
in the production of sporting equipment.
Assemblers are workers who put to-
gether the parts of products. These work-
ers clean, paint, polish, stitch, weave, lace,
glue, weld, or engrave objects. Floor assem-
blers work with power tools and large, auto-
mated machines. Bench assemblers do more
exacting work, putting together small parts
and testing fnished products. Precision as-
semblers perform tasks that require special
skills. These workers sometimes test new
designs and products.
Many sporting goods production work-
ers tasks are highly specialized. These
specialized workers include hand baseball
sewers, golf club assemblers, base fllers and
stuffers, baseball glove shapers, infated ball
molders, and bowling ball engravers.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$21,370 to $32,550 to $48,050
OUTlOOk
_
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 184 7/16/09 1:23:01 PM
185
Some sporting goods production work-
ers do custom work, meaning that they
produce equipment one piece at a time by
hand and with special smaller machines.
For instance, a worker may produce cus-
tom-made ice skates for professional hock-
ey players or Olympic fgure skaters.
Most team sports have strict rules and
regulations regarding the size and shape
of equipment as well as the materials used
in manufacturing it. Quality-control in-
spectors make sure that all manufactured
equipment conforms to these rules and
regulations.
For most manufacturing work, a high
school diploma is desired, although it is
not always necessary. New employees often
receive on-the-job training from the com-
pany that hires them. Depending on the
type of manufacturing operation involved,
this training may last from just a few days
up to several months. Some sporting goods
production workers frst work as apprentic-
es at a small sporting goods manufacturer.
Outlook
As sports and ftness become more popu-
lar among health-conscious Americans,
the market for sporting goods is expected
to continue to grow. Exports of American-
made goods may also increase in coming
years.
This does not mean, however, that the
number of jobs in sporting goods manufac-
turing will also increase. The manufacture
of many kinds of sports gear is very labor-
intensive, and to keep labor costs down,
manufacturers have moved some of their
operations to plants in other countries
where workers can be paid lower wages.
Advances in automation, robotics, and
computer-aided manufacturing also are al-
lowing companies to phase out certain pro-
duction jobs. In the future, the need will be
for employees who can program machines,
supervise production, and manage resourc-
es. Workers will also be needed to test prod-
uct safety and quality.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in as many sports as you can
throughout your school years. Become fa-
miliar with the equipment for each sport.
Research sports equipment regulations at
the high school, college, and professional
levels.
SportingGoodsManufacturersAssociation
202-775-1762
info@sgma.com
http://www.sgma.com
This worker is using a machine to make
hockey pucks. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 185 7/16/09 1:23:02 PM
186
SportsAgents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatSportsAgentsDo
Sports agents represent professional athletes
in many different types of negotiations.
They may represent only one athlete or
many. Their main duty is to negotiate con-
tracts, which requires great communication
skills. Agents need to clearly summarize
the athletes salary and beneft demands.
They have a clear idea of the athletes fu-
ture and how the contract might affect it.
Agents usually represent a client during the
clients entire career. Sometimes this means
fnding work for athletes once their athletic
careers are over.
Sports agents also negotiate endorse-
ment contracts, where the athlete spon-
sors a product or company in exchange for
money. Endorsements and public appear-
ances bring extra income for the athlete,
but they also can create good publicity.
Sports agents make sure media attention
is positive and benefts the athlete. The
athlete who wants to attract top endorse-
ments and public appearances must have
charisma and a good image in addition to
being a top athletic performer.
Agents keep up professional and social
contacts that might help clients. By devel-
oping friendly business relationships, the
agent is better able to negotiate product en-
dorsement deals. Networking is an impor-
tant part of the everyday routine of sports
agents.
Sports agents also give fnancial advice
to their clients or fnd reliable fnancial ad-
visers. Creating or fnding tax shelters, in-
vesting money, and preparing for the ath-
letes retirement are all duties that agents
routinely perform for their clients.
Other responsibilities include keeping
the client happy with his or her situation,
renegotiating contracts if necessary, and
scheduling public appearances and media
interviews.
Sports agents are in constant contact
with people. They have to be aggressive
and persistent in asserting the demands of
their clients. They must be as comfortable
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Business, Speech
Bachelors degree
SAlAryrAnGE
$30,780 to $66,440 to $103,440
OUTlOOk
Literary Agents
Sports Coaches
Sports Executives
Sports Scouts
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 186 7/16/09 1:23:04 PM
187
speaking with complete strangers as they
are talking to their best friends.
Business and mathematics courses will
teach you about management and num-
bers. English and speech classes will devel-
op your communication skills.
A bachelors degree in a feld such as
business administration, marketing, or
sports management is recommended for
this feld. Many people who eventually be-
come agents also have a graduate degree in
law or business. To earn a law degree, you
must complete a three-year law school pro-
gram after you complete at least three years
of college. Most law school graduates take
the bar exam, a written exam given by the
state in which you want to practice.
Many sports agents who are not lawyers
obtain a license or professional registration
to show their commitment and integrity.
Outlook
The outlook for sports agents, in general,
looks good and employment opportunities
are expected to grow faster than the average
through 2016. The sports industry is thriv-
ing, and there is nothing to suggest that the
publics interest in it will dwindle. In fact,
as cable television brings greater choices to
the viewer, it is possible that less-publicized
sports will gain in popularity through the
increased exposure.
ForMoreInformation
Participate in school and community
sports. You do not necessarily have to be an
athlete, although that would help you un-
derstand the needs of your future clients.
You can shag balls at tennis tournaments,
be a golf caddy, or apply for ball-and-bat-
assistant positions with major or minor
league baseball teams. Read biographies
of famous athletes to learn how they and
their agents have managed their careers.
IMGInternationalManagementGroup
IMG Center, Suite 100
1360 East Ninth Street
216-522-1200
http://www.imgworld.com
Sports agent Mark Steinberg (r) walks
with his client Tiger Woods during a golf
tournament. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 187 7/16/09 1:23:04 PM
188
Sports
broadcasters
andAnnouncers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Creative thinking
Social
WhatSportsbroadcasters
andAnnouncersDo
Sports broadcasters and announcers share
their love for sports with radio and televi-
sion audiences. They must be knowledge-
able of the rules, plays, and teams of the
sport they are covering.
Sports broadcasters, known also as
sportscasters, announce current athletic
information, including the highlights of
games, on radio or television during the
sports portion of a news program. They
research topics by reading sports-related
news items, phoning key contacts, and in-
terviewing athletes and coaches. In deliv-
ering their scripts, they may augment de-
scriptions of key plays by including actual
audio or video clips from the games. Sports
broadcasters may also present pre- or post-
game coverage during a crucial game or
tournament or provide commentary for
special sports features.
Sports announcers provide play-by-play
details during a game. In addition, they
make announcements before and during
the game and introduce the starting line-
ups. Often referred to as the offcial voice
of the team, these announcers must have
a good grasp of the detailed history of the
sport covered as well as insight about the
teams coaching, managing, and playing
ability. Announcers must have a com-
manding, articulate voice and be quick to
pick up on the action as it unfolds on the
playing feld.
Overall, sports broadcasters and an-
nouncers are very popular with their au-
diences and usually have charismatic and
engaging personalities. Many are commu-
nity celebrities and are called on to emcee
sports banquets, grand openings of and
special events at sporting goods stores, and
other public appearances.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
Communications, English, Physical
education
SAlAryrAnGE
$19,180 to $33,470 to $73,880
OUTlOOk
Decline
Broadcast Engineers
Sports Agents
Sports Coaches
Sports Photographers
Sports Publicists
Sports Scouts
Sportswriters
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 188 7/16/09 1:23:06 PM
189
In high school take courses in communi-
cations, drama, English, foreign language,
theater, and public speaking. Physical ed-
ucation courses will increase your knowl-
edge of the rules and plays for individual
sports.
Broadcasting schools offer apprentice-
ship training and provide excellent oppor-
tunities for making contacts in the feld.
In choosing any postsecondary school,
carefully research the institutions accredi-
tation status and reputation as well as its
track record in placing graduates.
An associates degree in communica-
tions, broadcasting, journalism, or physi-
cal education is recommended, while a
bachelors degree will allow you to stand
out among the competition.
Sports broadcasters and announcers
need training in voice and timing. They
must enunciate clearly and have a strong,
appealing voice. In addition, they must
have a good command of the language,
in particular sports jargon, practice proper
grammar, and have a keen sense of tim-
ing. Specialized courses are available at
the postsecondary level to hone these
Outlook
Job opportunities for sports broadcasters
and announcers are on the decline for a
number of reasons. Among them are ad-
vances in technology and the consolida-
tion of radio and television stations. Posi-
tions will open up due to retirements and
job transfers.
ForMoreInformation
Begin to develop your sports broadcasting
and announcing skills by volunteering to
announce game plays during your schools
athletic events and broadcasting highlights
of the activities on the schools radio or
television station.
AmericanSportscastersAssociation
New York, NY 10007-3001
212-227-8080
http://www.americansportscastersonline.com
1771 N Street, NW
202-429-5300
nab@nab.org
http://www.nab.org
SportsAnnouncing.com
701 Morningside Court
Heundon, VA 20170-4108
DJ@SportsAnnouncing.com
703-398-5343
Sports broadcaster Chris Meyers interviews
quarterback Matt Ryan of the Atlanta
Falcons. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 189 7/16/09 1:23:07 PM
190
Sports
Coaches
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSportsCoachesDo
There are organized sports teams at every
age level and level of competition. Chil-
dren as young as four can join baseball
and soccer leagues. These same children
can progress through pony leagues, Little
League sports, and elementary school, high
school, and college teams. As adults, some
may even become members of professional
sports teams or play on neighborhood or
work-related teams.
All of these teams need sports coaches.
There are two kinds of sports coaches: head
coaches and athlete coaches. Head coaches
lead teams of athletes. Athlete coaches work
with athletes in individual sports, such as
tennis, swimming, or golf. The primary re-
sponsibility of both types of coaches is to
teach and inspire players and to produce
winning teams and athletes.
Coaches must know all the rules and
strategies of their particular sport. They
must be able to analyze the performance of
their players and ft players into positions
where they contribute the most to their
teams. Sports coaches watch their players
while they practice to see what elements of
their game need improvement.
Safety is a primary concern for all
coaches and instructors. They make sure
athletes have the right equipment and
know its correct use. A major component
of safety is helping athletes feel comfort-
able and confdent with their abilities.
This entails teaching the proper stances,
techniques, and movements of a game, in-
structing them on basic rules, and answer-
ing any questions. Coaches use videos of
games to demonstrate the mistakes or de-
fciencies of individuals as well as well-ex-
ecuted plays. They also watch opponents
to see what their strengths and weakness-
es are so they can use this information in
their own strategies.
Coaches often work with assistant
coaches, who usually focus on one specifc
aspect of the sport. For example, baseball
teams usually have pitching coaches, hitting
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
English, Physical education
SAlAryrAnGE
$14,860 to $27,840 to $61,320
OUTlOOk
Recreation Workers
Sports Agents
Sports Scouts
L
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 190 7/16/09 1:23:08 PM
191
coaches, outfeld coaches, and frst- and third-
base coaches. Football teams have offensive
coaches, defensive coaches, linebacker coaches,
and quarterback coaches. All of these assis-
tant coaches work under the direction of
the head coach.
Many sports coaches have college degrees
and experience playing college-level sports.
It is possible, though, for someone with
knowledge and love of a sport, excellent
leadership qualities, and experience to be-
come a coach without earning a degree.
Coaches usually work their way up
through the coaching system. Some begin
as assistant coaches on Little League or el-
ementary school teams. They may eventu-
ally become head coaches on high school
or college teams. The very best of these
coaches go on to coach world-class athletes
and professional sports teams.
Outlook
Americas ftness boom has created strong
employment opportunities for many peo-
ple in sports-related occupations. This
occupation is expected to grow at a rate
Job opportunities will be greatest in urban
areas, where population is the most dense.
Coaching jobs at the high school or ama-
teur level will be plentiful. The creation
of new professional leagues, as well as the
expansion of current leagues, will open
some new employment opportunities for
professional coaches, but competition for
these jobs will be very intense. There is
very little job security in coaching, unless
a coach can consistently produce a win-
ning team.
ForMoreInformation
Get as much experience as you can in all
sports. Try out for school-sponsored team
and individual sports. Also consider com-
munity sports programs, such as baseball
leagues or track and feld meets spon-
sored by recreation commissions or park
districts.
Education,recreationandDance
Reston, VA 20191-1598
800-213-7193
AmericanbaseballCoachesAssociation
108 South University Avenue, Suite 3
Mount Pleasant, MI 48858-2327
989-775-3300
http://www.abca.org
nationalAssociationforSportandPhysical
Education
Reston, VA 20191-1598
800-213-7193
Sports coaches can be important
mentors to their players, offering them
encouragement, giving them leadership,
and teaching them about fair play.
(Suzanne Tucker/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 191 7/16/09 1:23:09 PM
192
Sports
Equipment
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Mathematics
Responsibility
WhatSportsEquipment
ManagersDo
Sports equipment managers are responsible
for maintaining, ordering, and inventory-
ing athletic equipment and apparel. They
deal with everything from ftting football
shoulder pads to sharpening hockey skates
to doing the teams laundry. Other duties
include purchasing, maintenance, admin-
istration and organization, management,
professional relations and education, and
keeping inventory of all the equipment.
The responsibilities of equipment man-
agers vary greatly, depending on whether
they work for high schools, colleges, uni-
versities, or professional teams. Duties are
also different from sport to sport, because
some sports have more participants or re-
quire more equipment than others.
Sports equipment managers are re-
sponsible for ordering all the equipment
(including uniforms) for their team or
schools sports programs. Once the equip-
ment arrives, they make sure that it prop-
erly fts each player. Poor ftting equipment
or uniforms can cause discomfort, a lack of
mobility, a reduction of vision and hear-
ing, and even injury. After use, equipment
managers keep the equipment in good
working order. They inspect and clean each
piece of equipment to ensure that it meets
safety standards. Equipment managers are
also responsible for equipment control,
which includes pre- and postseason inven-
tory, use, and storage.
Equipment managers need good com-
munication and personnel management
skills because they work with coaches, ath-
letic directors, and their staffs. They also
must be able to take criticism, be creative
and responsible, have basic computer skills,
and have plenty of patience.
High school courses that will be helpful in-
clude computer science, mathematics, and
business.
c
SChOOlSUbjECTS
High school diploma
SAlAryrAnGE
$23,430 to $38,360 to $60,180
OUTlOOk
Athletic Directors
Athletic Trainers
Sports Coaches
q
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 192 7/16/09 1:23:09 PM
193
To become a professional equipment
manager, the Athletic Equipment Man-
agers Association suggests one of the fol-
lowing paths: (1) high school/GED degree
and fve years of paid, nonstudent employ-
ment in athletic equipment management;
(2) four-year college degree and two years
paid, nonstudent employment in athletic
equipment management; or (3) four-year
college degree and 1,800 hours as a student
equipment manager.
The AEMA sponsors a professional cer-
tifcation program. To obtain this certifca-
tion, you must be 21 years of age and be a
member in good standing with the AEMA,
have completed one of the three listed edu-
cational requirements, and pass a certifca-
tion examination.
Outlook
Employment opportunities for sports equip-
ment managers are expected to grow faster
than the average through 2016. Opportuni-
ties will be best for college and university
equipment managers. Schools are being
encouraged to add more womens sports to
comply with Title IX guidelines, so there
is a shortage of qualifed womens equip-
ment managers. AEMA certifcation has also
brought about greater acceptance by ad-
ministrators for the need to have qualifed
individuals in these positions. The addition
of computerized inventory programs, uni-
versity-wide contracts with dealers, and the
big-business atmosphere of athletics in gen-
eral, has increased the demand for highly
knowledgeable equipment managers.
ForMoreInformation
Serving as the equipment manager of one
of your high school athletic teams or clubs
will give you a great introduction to work
in this feld. You also may volunteer to help
take care of the sports equipment for a lo-
cal parks and recreation department.
AthleticEquipmentManagersAssociation
460 Hunt Hill Road
Freeville, NY 13068-9643
607-539-6300
aema@frontiernet.net
http://www.aema1.com
nationalOperatingCommitteeon
StandardsforAthleticEquipment
913-888-1340
http://www.nocsae.org
Former NBA player Manute Bol (l) has a
hockey helmet adjusted by Indianapolis
Ice equipment manager Darrin Flinchem
before a charity game. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 193 7/16/09 1:23:11 PM
194
Glossary
experience.
baccalaureate.
licensed.
college.
school.
a masters degree.
pany layoffs.
dustrial products.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 194 7/16/09 1:23:12 PM
195
insurance.
skilled trade.
college.
natural sciences.
Compare certifed.
sciences).
lors level.
sciences.
or she retires.
meeting.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 195 7/16/09 1:23:12 PM
196
sciences.
college.
colleges.
school.
and skills.
trade union.
school.
CDE 7e Vol 7-4.indd 196 7/16/09 1:23:13 PM
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
Seventh Edition
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 1 7/16/09 1:37:39 PM
EDlIORlAL 5IAFF
EDlIORlAL DlRECIOR
Laurie Likoff
EDlIOR lN CHlEF
James Chambers
Maurene J. Hinds
NANU5CRlPI EDlIOR5
Rayna Bailey
Pamela Fehl
Angie Miccinello
PROOFREADlNG
Vanessa Leahey
lNDEXlNG
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 2 7/16/09 1:37:40 PM
Seventh Edition
VOLUNE 8
Sports Executives
Zoologists
Career Discovery
Encyclopedia
e
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 3 7/16/09 1:37:42 PM
Ferguson
New York NY 10001
v. cm.
Includes index.
HF5381.2.C37 2009
331.70203dc22
2009003162
(212) 967-8800 or (800) 322-8755.
Bang EJB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 4 7/16/09 1:37:42 PM
VOLUNE 8
CAREER ARIlCLE5
Sports Executives 2
Sports Facility Designers 4
Sports Facility Managers 6
Sports Photographers 8
Sports Physicians 10
Sports Psychologists 12
Sports Publicists 14
Sports Scouts 16
Sportswriters 18
Stadium Ushers and Vendors 20
Stage Production Workers 22
Stationary Engineers 24
Statisticians 26
Stenographers 28
Stevedores 30
Strength and Conditioning
Coaches 32
Stunt Performers 34
Supermarket Managers and
Workers 36
Surgeons 38
Surgical Technologists 40
Surveyors and Surveying and
Mapping Technicians 42
Swimming Pool Servicers 44
Systems Setup Specialists 46
Tailors and Dressmakers 48
Taxidermists 50
Taxi Drivers 52
Tax Preparers 54
Teacher Aides 56
Technical Support Specialists 58
Technical Writers and Editors 60
Telecommunications Technicians 62
Telemarketers 64
Telephone Installers and
Repairers 66
Telephone Operators 68
Temporary Workers 70
Textile Workers 72
Theater Ushers 74
Tire Technicians 76
Title Searchers and Examiners 78
Toll Collectors 80
Tour Guides 82
Toxicologists 84
Toy and Game Designers 86
Toy Industry Workers 88
Traffc Engineers 90
Transplant Coordinators 92
Travel Agents 94
Tree Experts 96
Truck Drivers 98
Contents
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 5 7/16/09 1:37:43 PM
Umpires and Referees 100

Veterinarians 102
Veterinary Technicians 104
Video Game Art Directors 106
Video Game Producers 108
Video Game Testers 110
Waiters 112
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Operators and Technicians 114
Watch and Clock Repairers 116
Webmasters 118
Wedding/Party Planners 120
Welders and Welding Technicians 122
Wildlife Photographers 124
Winemakers 126
Wireless Service Technicians 128
Wood Science and Technology
Workers 130
Woodworkers 132
Writers 134
X-Ray Technologists 136
Yoga and Pilates Instructors 138
Zoo and Aquarium Directors 140
Zookeepers 142
Zoologists 144
Glossary 146
vii
Natural Resources
Architecture
and Construction
Arts, Audio-Video
Technology, and
Communication
and Administration
Finance
Administration
Health Science
Human Services
Security
Manufacturing
Service
Engineering, and
Mathematics
Transportation,
J
/
q
L
s

u
0
o
y
_
n
X
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 7 7/16/09 1:37:51 PM
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 8 7/16/09 1:37:51 PM

carEErarticlES
e
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 1 7/16/09 1:37:51 PM
2
Sports
Executives
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSportsExecutivesDo
Sports executives, sometimes known as team
presidents, CEOs, and general managers,
manage professional, collegiate, and minor
league sports teams. They are responsible
for the teams fnances, as well as oversee-
ing the other departments within the or-
ganization, such as marketing, public rela-
tions, accounting, ticket sales, advertising,
sponsorship, and community relations.
Sports executives also work on establishing
long-term contacts and support within the
communities where the teams play.
Team presidents are the chief execu-
tive offcers of the club. They are respon-
sible for the overall fnancial success of the
team. Another one of the team presidents
responsibilities is encouraging community
relations by courting season ticket holders,
as well as those who purchase luxury box
seats, known as skyboxes. Usually, this in-
volves selling these seats to corporations.
General managers handle the daily
business activities of the teams, such as
hiring and fring, promotions, supervising
scouting, making trades, and negotiating
player contracts. All sports teams have gen-
eral managers, and usually the main func-
tions of the job are the same regardless of
the professional level of the team. Howev-
er, some general managers who work with
minor league teams might also deal with
additional job duties, including manag-
ing the souvenir booths or organizing the
ticket offces. The most important asset the
general manager brings to an organization
is knowledge of business practices. The
sport can be learned later.
Sports executives need to be dynamic
public speakers. They also need a keen
business sense and an intimate knowl-
edge of how to forge a good relationship
with their communities. In addition, they
should have excellent organizational skills,
be detail oriented, and be sound decision
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Business, Physical education
MiniMuMEDucationlEvEl
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$39,780 to $66,440 to $103,440
outlook
Business Managers
Sports Agents
Sports Coaches
q
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 2 7/16/09 1:37:52 PM
3
makers. Being a sports executive demands
both above-average business and leader-
ship skills, as well as a solid understanding
of the demands and intricacies of a profes-
sional sports team.
High school courses that will help you to
become a sports executive include busi-
ness, mathematics, and computer science.
English, speech, and physical education
courses will also be benefcial. You will also
need at least a bachelors degree. Although
this is a sport-related position, presidents
and general managers are expected to have
the same backgrounds as corporate execu-
tives. Most have masters degrees in sports
administration, and some have masters de-
grees in business administration (M.B.A.).
outlook
employment in amusement and recreation
services (a category that includes sports-re-
lated careers) will grow about as fast as the
Although there are more sports execu-
tive positions available due to league ex-
pansion and the creation of new leagues,
such as the Womens National Basketball
Association, there still remain only a lim-
ited number of positions, and the competi-
tion for these jobs is very ferce. Those who
obtain these jobs usually do so after many
years of hard work. For that same reason,
the rate of turnover in this feld is low.
ForMoreinformation
Managing a school club or other organiza-
tion will give you a general idea of the re-
sponsibilities and demands that this career
involves.
SportsadministrationSpecialization
coordinator
The University of North Carolina
Department of Exercise and Sport Science
209 Fetzer Gymnasium, CB#8700
Chapel Hill, NC 27599-8700
919-962-0018
http://www.unc.edu/depts/exercise
teamWorkonlinellc
22550 McCauley Road
Shaker Heights, OH 44122-2718
216-360-1790
info@teamworkonline.com
http://www.teamworkonline.com
Baltimore Orioles executive vice president
of baseball operations Jim Beattie answers
questions during a news conference.
(Landov)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 3 7/16/09 1:37:53 PM
4
SportsFacility
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Reading/writing
WhatSports
FacilityDesignersDo
Sports facility designers specialize in the plan-
ning, design, and construction of facilities
used for sporting and other public events.
They have two main responsibilities. The
frst is to design a building that will satisfy
both the client and the fans. The second is
to protect the publics health, safety, and
welfare.
The sports facility designers job be-
gins with learning what the client wants.
What is the purpose for the stadium or
arena being constructed? Will the facil-
ity house one team? What is the budget?
Once questions like these have been an-
swered, the designer considers issues such
as the climate, zoning laws, fre regula-
tions, and the soil on which the building
is to be constructed. The designer then
prepares a set of plans that will be devel-
oped into fnal design documents once it
is approved by the client.
The fnal design shows the exact di-
mensions of every portion of the building
as well as the location of such items as elec-
trical outlets, seating, and doors. The sports
facility designer works with consulting en-
gineers on the plumbing, air-condition-
ing, and electrical work to be done. Acous-
tical experts may be brought in to help
with sound systems, and lighting experts
are consulted to select and place lighting
fxtures.
The sports facility designer assists the
client in getting bids from general contrac-
tors, one of which will be selected to con-
struct the building to the specifcations.
The facility designer then makes sure that
the correct materials are used during the
buildings construction.
Throughout the process, the sports fa-
cility designer works closely with a design
or project team. This team is usually made
up of designers, who specialize in design de-
velopment, and a structural designer, who
designs the frame of the building accord-
ing to the plan of the sports facility design-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$40,250 to $67,620 to $112,990
outlook
Architects
Drafters
/
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 4 7/16/09 1:37:54 PM
5
er. The team is also made up of the project
manager or job superintendent, who sees
that the full detail drawings are completed.
The specifcation writer and estimator pre-
pare a project manual that describes in de-
tail such things as the materials to be used
in the building, their quality and method
of installation, and all details related to the
construction of the building.
If you are interested in becoming a sports fa-
cility designer, you should take college pre-
paratory classes, including English, math-
ematics, physics, social studies, and foreign
language in high school. Courses in busi-
ness, computer science, and art, especially
freehand drawing, will also be useful.
After high school, you will begin your
college education. Most schools of architec-
ture offer a fve-year program leading to a
bachelor of architecture degree or a six-year
master of architecture program. In the six-
year program, a preprofessional degree is
awarded after four years, and the graduate
degree follows after a two-year program.
All states and the District of Columbia
require that individuals be licensed before
calling themselves architects or contracting
to provide sports facility design services in
that particular state.
outlook
Employment opportunities for architects,
which includes those who design sports
facilities, are expected to grow about as
fast as the average through 2016. Most
sports facility designers work in architec-
tural frms. Others work in related felds,
such as construction, engineering, interior
design, landscape architecture, or real es-
tate development.
ForMoreinformation
Get involved in sports either as an athlete
or by helping out your schools teams. You
can also work with a local booster club
to sponsor events that promote athletics
within your school district.
americaninstituteofarchitects
800-242-3837
infocentral@aia.org
http://www.aia.org
associationofcollegiateSchoolsof
architecture
1735 New York Avenue, NW, 3rd Floor
202-785-2324
http://www.acsa-arch.org
nationalarchitecturalaccreditingboard
202-783-2007
info@naab.org
http://www.naab.org
Fast Fact
Todays sports stadiums and
arenas need to provide more
than just a playing feld and
seats. Modern sports facilities
typically include locker rooms
for home and visiting teams,
physical therapy areas, equip-
ment storage, cafeterias, food
vendor areas, and administra-
tive offces.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 5 7/16/09 1:37:54 PM
6
SportsFacility
Managers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatSports
FacilityManagersDo
Sports facility managers, sometimes called
stadium, arena, and facility managers; general
managers; or stadium operations executives,
are responsible for the day-to-day opera-
tions involved in running a sports facility.
Sports facility managers are involved in
sports facility planning, including the buy-
ing, selling, or leasing of facilities and facil-
ity redesign and construction. They super-
vise sports facilities, including the structures
and grounds as well as the custodial crews.
Managers sometimes spend months or even
years in the planning process. They might
have to consider prospective sites for the
new facility, analyses of neighborhood sup-
port for a facility, and zoning laws or other
federal, state, and local regulations concern-
ing the construction of new buildings.
Managers of sports facilities, stadiums,
or arenas who are not involved in the
construction of a new facility, or the re-
design of an existing one, spend most of
their time in an offce or somewhere in the
facility itself, supervising day-to-day opera-
tions. They usually determine the organiza-
tional structure of the facility and establish
the personnel staffng requirements. Some
facility managers hire a personnel director
to handle staffng issues. Usually, all poli-
cies and procedures having to do with the
morale, safety, service, appearance, and
performance of employees are determined
by the manager.
Sports facility managers assist with the
development and coordination of the facil-
itys annual operating calendar, including
activity schedules, dates and hours of oper-
ation, and projections for attendance and
revenue. Managers of large, multipurpose
stadiums usually have at least one person
devoted to event planning and the acquisi-
tion of activities.
Sports facility managers handle the ne-
gotiations, contracts, and agreements with
industry agents, suppliers, and vendors, al-
though some services, such as food service
and security, may be managed privately
by outside vendors and frms. It is the re-
sponsibility of the sports facility manager
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Business, English
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$34,870 to $55,950 to $90,220
outlook
Business Managers
q
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 6 7/16/09 1:37:55 PM
7
to hire such contractors and to monitor the
quality of their work.
Managers must make certain that the
facility, its workers, and the services it of-
fers are in accordance with federal, state,
and local regulations.
The type of sports stadium, arena, or
auditorium in which sports facility manag-
ers work varies from racetracks to natatori-
ums to large, multipurpose stadiums that
host football games and rock concerts. Job
responsibilities for sports facility managers
vary according to the type of sport played
and the level of the organization that em-
ploys the manager.
High school courses that will give you a
general background for work in sports fa-
cility management include business, math-
ematics, government, and computer sci-
ence. Speech and writing classes will help
you to hone your communication skills.
A bachelors degree is usually required
to enter the feld of sports facility manage-
ment. In many instances, a masters degree
in sports administration or sports facility
management is required of managers.
The International Facility Manage-
ment Association offers the Certifed Facil-
ity Manager designation. The International
Association of Assembly Managers also of-
fers certifcation.
outlook
In general, the future for sports facility
managers is good. This relatively young
feld is growing quickly and, especially in
the private sector, is not as likely to suf-
fer from cost-cutting pressures or govern-
ment cutbacks. Demand for jobs in sports
administration is great, and the newer feld
of sports facility management is quickly
catching up. Employment opportunities
are expected to increase about as fast as the
ForMoreinformation
Get involved with sports administration
and management by volunteering for posi-
tions with your own school teams. Any ex-
perience helps, beginning with organizing
and managing the equipment for a football
team, for example, to working as a team
statistician.
internationalassociationofassembly
Managers
972-906-7441
http://www.iaam.org
internationalFacilityManagement
association
One East Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100
713-623-4362
http://www.ifma.org
Fast Fact
The largest sports stadium in
the United States is Beaver Sta-
dium, in State College, Penn-
sylvania. This stadium is home
to the Penn State Nittany Lions
football team and can hold up
to 107,282 spectators.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 7 7/16/09 1:37:55 PM
8
Sports
Photographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSports
PhotographersDo
Sports photographers are specialists hired to
shoot pictures of sporting events and ath-
letes. They work for newspapers, magazines,
and photo stock agencies to bring photos of
events of all sizes (from a Little League game
to the Olympics) to the pages of magazines,
the Internet, or other publications.
Sports photographers are usually trained
as photographers but they also must have
thorough knowledge of the sports they are
assigned to shoot. Many sports photog-
raphers specialize in shooting one or two
sports, such as soccer and hockey.
To be able to capture quick movements
and subtle details on the athletes faces,
sports photographers must have good
equipment. They need cameras with fast
shutter-speed abilities, tripods to hold cam-
eras steady, and lenses of varying lengths
to achieve appropriate depth of feld for
the intended image.
Sports photographers also need to be at
the right place at the right time to get the
best shots. Location is key when shooting
sporting events. If photographers are too
close to the action, they might get injured
or, at the very least, interrupt play. If they
are too far from the action, they will inevi-
tably miss shots. They need to know where
to position themselves to be able to capture
the best moments of the game, such as a
game-winning goal or a perfect header in
soccer.
In addition to taking pictures, most
sports photographers also spend some time
developing flm and printing photos. Be-
cause even the smallest detail could ruin
or improve a photo, sports photographers
need to be thorough and patient when
shooting pictures. A roll of 36 pictures
might yield only one good photoif the
photographer is luckyso in addition to
having plenty of flm, the photographer
needs plenty of patience. However, many
sports photographers now use digital cam-
eras, which eliminate the need for separate
developing and printing time. These pho-
tographers shoot a sporting event and then
head back to their offce to download the
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, Physical education
SalaryrangE
$16,170 to $27,720 to $59,890
outlook
Food Photographers
Photographers
Photojournalists
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 8 7/16/09 1:37:57 PM
9
pictures onto a computer for printing or
manipulation.
In high school, take photography classes
and any other art classes. While study-
ing painting, for example, you will learn
about composition and balance, which are
both important when shooting pictures.
Physical education classes will introduce
you to the rules of various sports, which
will also come in handy when trying to
capture images.
While not required, most sports pho-
tographers pursue college or art school
degrees in photography to increase their
skills and knowledge, build a portfolio, and
make themselves stand out more to em-
ployers. In this line of work, experience is
more important than formal training. Only
the well-practiced photographer is skilled
enough to capture a soccer header or two
athletes in mid-air fghting for a rebound.
These shots require a lot of trial and error
before getting the timing down, not to
mention the right shutter speed, flm, and
aperture setting.
outlook
Employment opportunities for all photog-
raphers are expected to grow about as fast
as the average through 2016. Because com-
petition for getting photos in top-selling
newspapers and magazines can be tough,
sports photographers who have a varied
portfolio and are experienced with the lat-
est digital camera equipment will fnd the
most job opportunities.
ForMoreinformation
You may want to join a school or club
sports team to learn a sport in detail and
build your skills. This will later help your
career when sitting on the sidelines try-
ing to position yourself to capture the best
images.
Photography clubs provide good prac-
tice for shooting and developing flm. Join-
ing the school newspaper or yearbook staff
is also a great way to gain experience in
shooting sporting events. Most yearbooks
and newspapers cover their team sports in
detail, and photos are what make the sto-
ries stand out.
nationalPressPhotographersassociation
Durham, NC 27705-2588
919-383-7246
http://www.nppa.org
SportsShooter
PO Box 5124
Pleasanton, CA 94566-0624
http://www.sportsshooter.com
Sports photographers line up to get the
best shot during a soccer game. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 9 7/16/09 1:37:58 PM
10
Sports
Physicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatSportsPhysiciansDo
Sports physicians treat patients who have in-
juries that occur during the play or practice
of sports. Sports physicians also do physical
exams before athletes join a team or com-
pete in an event. Sports physicians work
for schools, universities, hospitals, private
offces, and professional sports teams.
Sports physicians are usually either
general practitioners or orthopedic sur-
geons. They treat the injuries and illnesses
of both amateur and professional athletes.
To fully understand sports injuries, sports
physicians study the athlete as well as the
sport. They consider the physical demands
that regularly cause certain injuries and
the risk factors that might make an athlete
more likely to be injured, such as previous
injuries.
Sports physicians examine athletes to
determine their ftness level before they
participate in the activity. During the ex-
ams, sports physicians note any physical
traits, defects, previous injuries, or weak-
nesses. The physician decides whether that
athlete is physically capable of playing his
or her sport and advises the coach on the
ftness level of the athlete.
Sports physicians may help trainers and
coaches develop conditioning and training
programs to develop strength, increase en-
durance, or improve fexibility. They also
give advice on losing or gaining weight
and on diet, nutrition, and sleep habits.
Sports physicians usually see their pa-
tients in clean, well-lighted offces. How-
ever, they are often needed wherever ath-
letes are playing, including muddy soccer
or football felds, a snow-covered ski run,
or a steamy boxing ring. If an injury oc-
curs during play, the physician must be
able to give emergency treatment on the
scene and make sure the athlete is taken
to the hospital, if necessary. Sports phy-
sicians follow an injured athlete through
various stages of treatment, surgery, and
rehabilitation.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Health
Medical degree
SalaryrangE
$47,930 to $94,540 to $155,150+
outlook
Athletic Trainers
Neurologists
Pediatricians
Physicians
Sports Coaches
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 10 7/16/09 1:38:01 PM
11
Knowledge of different sports and their
demands on an athletes body is important.
Like all medical doctors, sports physicians
need to be able to communicate clearly
to their patients with compassion and
understanding.
Take as many health and sports-related
classes as you can in high school. Biology,
chemistry, computers, and English are also
important. Good grades in high school are
important for anyone who wants to be-
come a doctor, since competition for ac-
ceptance into medical programs at colleges
and universities is always tough.
Sports physicians have either an M.D.
(medical doctor degree) or a D.O. (doctor
of osteopathy degree). To earn either de-
gree, you must complete four years of col-
lege, followed by a four-year internship at
a medical school. After you graduate from
medical school, you must complete one
to six years of on-the-job residency train-
ing in a medical specialty, such as surgery.
Most sports physicians train in orthopedics
or general practice. Many physicians also
complete a fellowship in sports medicine
during or after their residencies.
outlook
Within the world of professional sports,
the word is out that proper nutrition, con-
ditioning, and training prevent injuries to
athletes. Preventing injuries is key when
those athletes are making team owners
billions of dollars. A top sports physician,
then, is a worthwhile investment for any
professional team. Thus, the outlook for
sports physicians remains strong.
ForMoreinformation
If you are interested in becoming a sports
physician, look into the possibility of work-
ing with the physician, coach, or athletic
trainer for one of your schools teams. If
possible, spend time in a physicians offce,
in surgery, or observing the physician on
the sidelines at school games.
americancollegeofSportsMedicine
PO Box 1440
317-637-9200
http://www.acsm.org
americanorthopaedicSocietyfor
SportsMedicine
6300 North River Road, Suite 500
847-292-4900
http://www.sportsmed.org
This sports physician is checking a
quarterbacks shoulder as he gets ready
for a game. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 11 7/16/09 1:38:02 PM
12
Sports
Psychologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatSportsPsychologistsDo
Sports psychologists work with amateur and
professional athletes to improve their men-
tal and physical health, as well as athletic
performances, by using goal setting, im-
agery, attentional focus strategies, and re-
laxation techniques, among others. Sports
psychologists also strive to help athletes to
mentally prepare for competition.
Sports psychologists are divided into
three categories: clinical, educational, and
research. Clinical sports psychologists work
mainly with individuals who are experienc-
ing emotional problems that are usually, but
not always, somehow connected to their
sport. Educational sports psychologists have
two roles, one as a classroom instructor and
the other as a consultant. In the classroom,
they teach students methods and tech-
niques related to sports psychology. On the
feld, they usually function as members of
the coaching staff. Research sports psycholo-
gists conduct studies that provide the clini-
cal and educational sports psychologists
with scientifc facts and statistics.
Sports psychologists work with indi-
vidual athletes and entire teams. They may
concentrate on problems an athlete is hav-
ing with the sport or help the individual
athlete to overcome feelings of depression,
drug or substance abuse, and violence.
Athletes are also counseled when they are
traded to another team or released.
Besides working with elite athletes or
teams, sports psychologists work with col-
lege athletes or amateur athletes, and many
teach in academic settings or offer their
own, motivational lecture series. Some
sports psychologists have their own col-
umns in specialized sports magazines and
others work in athletic training facilities,
hired full time by the owners to work with
the athletes who come to train there.
Clinical sports psychologists should be
able to relate to others and have excellent
listening skills. Educational sports psychol-
ogists should have strong communication
skills to convey ideas and concepts to stu-
dents and clients. Research sports psychol-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Masters degree
SalaryrangE
$36,200 to $79,570 to $128,630
outlook
Athletic Trainers
Guidance Counselors
Psychologists
Sports Coaches
Sports Physicians
0
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 12 7/16/09 1:38:02 PM
13
ogists should be analytical, detail oriented,
and have strong writing and mathematics
skills.
In high school take a college preparatory
curriculum that concentrates on English,
mathematics, and sciences. You should also
take a foreign language, especially French
and German, because reading comprehen-
sion of these languages is one of the usual
requirements for obtaining a doctoral de-
gree. Participation in sports will give you the
background necessary to effectively under-
stand the athletes with whom you work.
A doctoral degree is generally required
for employment as a psychologist, but there
are two different degrees that psychologists
can seek at the doctorate level. One de-
gree is called the Ph.D., and psychologists
with this degree qualify for a wide range of
teaching, research, clinical, and counseling
positions in universities, elementary and
secondary schools, and private industry.
The other degree is called a Psy.D. (doctor
of psychology); psychologists with this de-
gree qualify mainly for clinical positions.
In clinical or counseling psychology,
the requirements for a doctoral degree usu-
ally include a year or more of internship or
supervised experience. Students who wish
to provide clinical services to athletes can
pursue a doctoral degree in American Psy-
chological Association accredited clinical
or counseling psychology programs, with a
concentration in sports psychology.
In addition to educational require-
ments, most states require that all practi-
tioners of psychology meet certifcation or
licensing requirements if they are in inde-
pendent practice or involved in offering
patient care of any kind, including clinical
and counseling.
outlook
While employment in the general feld of
psychology overall is expected to grow fast-
er than the average through 2016, it is hard
to know how this will affect the subspecial-
ty of sports psychology. While competition
is incredibly tough for positions with elite
athletes, other areas of sports psychology
will continue to offer a substantial number
of jobs to new graduates.
ForMoreinformation
You can gain experience in this feld by vol-
unteering to work for research programs at
area universities or by working in the offce
of a psychologist.
americanPsychologicalassociation
750 First Street, NE
800-374-2721
http://www.apa.org
associationforappliedSportPsychology
2810 Crossroads Drive, Suite 3800
608-443-2475
http://www.aaasponline.org
A college athlete meets with a sports
psychologist to discuss setting goals and
achieving them. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 13 7/16/09 1:38:03 PM
14
Sports
Publicists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatSportsPublicistsDo
There are two types of sports publicists: those
who work for professional and amateur
teams and those who work for individual
professional athletes. Sports team publicists
take care of the daily press operations for
the organization. They handle the media
relations, set up interviews with players, en-
sure that the correct information is distrib-
uted to the press, and write press releases.
Sports publicists who work for individual
players try to enhance their clients im-
age by casting them in a positive light via
newspaper, magazine, and television sto-
ries. Sports publicists are sometimes called
sports information directors, press agents, pub-
lic relations directors, marketing directors, or
directors of communication.
Sports publicists are responsible for all
of the teams publications, including me-
dia guides, programs for all home games,
schedule cards, mail order brochures, re-
cruiting kits, annual reports, and booster
club newsletters. They also handle all of
the teams publicity, which includes news
and feature releases, news conferences and
background information, photography,
media interviews, and media tours.
Publicity people also deal with game
management, which includes announcers,
scoreboard operations, telephone hook-
ups, scorers, offciating facilities, press box
seating and credentials, broadcast facilities,
video facilities, and travel and lodging. In
addition, they are in charge of generating
crowd participation by developing promo-
tions, giveaways, half-time exhibitions, and
music. Publicists also help design the teams
uniform insignia and team banners.
Sports information directors might
have other responsibilities, such as cre-
ating and placing advertising, attending
league meetings, conventions, and work-
shops, coordinating booster club activi-
ties, fund-raising, fan surveys, budgets,
equipment negotiations, licensing, and
merchandising.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$29,580 to $49,800 to $94,620
outlook
Sports Agents
Sports Scouts
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 14 7/16/09 1:38:05 PM
15
To be a successful sports publicist, you
should be able to work well under stress,
be outgoing and be able to get along with
many different types of people.
Take classes in English and journalism to
hone your writing skills, and take speech
classes to help you learn how to compose
your ideas and thoughts and convey them
to an audience. You should also take other
college preparatory classes, such as math,
science, and foreign language. Since you
will be dealing with the public, a general
knowledge of history, sociology, psychol-
ogy, and current events will be especially
important.
Most publicists working in the sports
industry are college graduates with de-
grees in public relations, marketing,
communications, journalism, or sports
administration.
The Public Relations Society of America
offers voluntary certifcation to public re-
lations specialists. While this certifcation
is not sports related, it will help show pro-
spective employers that you possess a high
level of knowledge and experience. Candi-
dates who pass a written and oral examina-
tion may use the designation accredited in
public relations.
outlook
The feld of sports publicity is very compet-
itive, and even though it is expanding as
more teams and leagues form, it is still dif-
fcult to land a job. Employment of public
relations specialists in general is expected
to increase much faster than the average
for all occupations through 2016, but the
number of applicants with degrees in the
communications felds (journalism, public
relations, and advertising) is expected to
exceed the number of job openings.
ForMoreinformation
Ask your teacher or counselor to set up
an informational interview with a publi-
cist. Volunteer to handle various public
relations-type duties for your high school
sports teams or clubs. It is also a good idea
to volunteer to assist your schools athletic
department; you may be able to help de-
velop a teams media guide or programs.
Cover sports for your college newspaper so
that you will have some clips to show fu-
ture employers.
PublicrelationsSocietyofamerica
New York, NY 10038-5150
212-460-1400
pr@prsa.org
http://www.prsa.org
Two sports publicists sit alongside a
baseball player at a press conference.
(Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 15 7/16/09 1:38:06 PM
16
SportsScouts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatSportsScoutsDo
Sports scouts watch athletic contests to
gather information that will help the team
that employs them. They attend games in
the hopes of recruiting a player, or they
accumulate information about an oppo-
nents players and strategies. Scouts are a
part of the coaching staff of a team, and in
many cases, assistant coaches have scout-
ing responsibilities.
Recruitment scouts attend high school
and college games to look for talented
young players. Coaches or general manag-
ers from professional teams inform scouts
about specifc personnel needs. A scout at-
tends numerous college games and then
returns to the coach with a list of players
who meet the needs. In most cases, the
list rates the players and includes some ad-
ditional information, such as the players
ages, heights, and weights. Notes or im-
pressions from any interview the scout con-
ducts with the players are also included. He
or she tries to distinguish between players
who have sound, fundamental skills and
an understanding of the game and players
who are natural athletes but have not yet
acquired the fner skills.
Recruitment scouts may attend a game
to see a particular athlete play but also make
notes on other players. A scout may see 10
or more games a week, so it is very impor-
tant to keep detailed notes. Scouts must be
comfortable with statistics, both compiling
them and understanding them. They exam-
ine statistics, such as earned run average,
yards per carry, and feld goal percentage,
to assist them when they evaluate players.
Scouts report their fndings to the coach or
general manager, and it is up to that person
to act on the scouts recommendations.
Assistant coaches and scouts often at-
tend opponents games to fnd out about
players abilities and team strategies. They
watch the game, diagram set plays, and
note the strengths and weaknesses of play-
ers. During practice the following week,
scouts share their fndings and, when
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Foreign language, Psychology
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$14,860 to $27,840 to $61,320
outlook
Sports Agents
Sports Coaches
Sports Executives
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 16 7/16/09 1:38:08 PM
17
possible, detail plans to help offset an op-
ponents strength.
A person who would like to become a
sports scout should have vast knowledge of
a particular sport. Sports scouts are detail
oriented, often methodical people who un-
derstand the rules, regulations, fundamen-
tals, strategies, and personality types that
are best suited to athletic competition.
Sports scouts need to have above av-
erage organizational and communication
skills. They should be able to write and
speak well. Recruitment scouts will be in
contact with younger players, so it would
be helpful for a sports scout to be able to
work well with and understand younger
people.
A general high school education will give
you the basic skills you need to succeed in
sports scouting. Speech and English cours-
es will help you communicate easily with
prospects as well as relay your fndings to
coaches, managers, and front-offce work-
ers. Learning Spanish or Japanese may help
you connect with foreign players who are
increasingly sought after by major league
teams. Take physical education classes and
join sports teams, especially the sport you
want to scout in. Most scouts are former
players or coaches in the particular sport
they work in.
outlook
Employment opportunities for sports
scouts are expected to grow about as fast as
the average through 2016. Baseball is the
sport that employs the greatest number of
scouts.
A relatively new concept in the in-
dustry is pool scouting, which involves a
group of scouts who collect data on a great
many players and provide that informa-
tion to several teams. The scouts are not
employed by any one team but by profes-
sional scouting organizations, such as the
Major League Scouting Bureau.
ForMoreinformation
Participate in sporting events at school and
in your community, either as a player or as
an assistant to players or coaches. Read a
variety of books by coaches and athletes to
learn sports fundamentals and strategies.
MajorleagueScoutingbureau
3500 Porsche Way, Suite 100
Ontario, CA 91764-3842
909-980-1881
http://www.mlb.com
nationalbasketballassociation
Olympic Tower
645 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10022-5910
212-407-8000
http://www.nba.com
nationalFootballleague
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017-1216
http://www.nf.com
Fast Fact
Many sports scouts travel an
average of three weeks out of
every month, and usually put in
twelve-plus hour days while on
the road.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 17 7/16/09 1:38:09 PM
18
Sportswriters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSportswritersDo
Sportswriters write stories about sports for
newspapers, magazines, and the Internet.
They follow breaking stories and research
their own story ideas. They contact coach-
es, athletes, team owners, and managers for
interviews. Sometimes sportswriters write
their own columns, in which they give
their opinions on current news or develop-
ments in sports. This type of sportswriter is
called a sports columnist.
The sportswriters main job is to report
on the sports events that occur each day. In
order to cover all the high school, college,
and professional sports events that hap-
pen every day, sportswriters use wire news
services to learn details about an event or
game. Wire news services gather news and
make it available to many publications.
Sportswriters might report on events that
happened anywhere from the day before
to events that took place within the week
or month. Newspaper sportswriters have
tighter deadlines because they have daily
schedules. They may have only a few hours
to conduct research and gather comments.
Magazine sportswriters often have any-
where from several weeks to several months
to research and write a story.
After sportswriters gather facts and
opinions, they write the story. Sportswrit-
ers for television and radio also must be
able to write articles quickly to adjust to
time requirements.
In addition, sportswriters must have a
solid understanding of the rules of many
different sports. If you want to specialize
in one particular sport, your knowledge of
that sport has to be equal to that of anyone
coaching or playing it at the professional
level.
Sportswriters would not have all the
sports news at their fngertips without the
help of other reporters and writers, known
in the world of reporting as stringers. A
stringer covers an event that, most likely,
would not be covered by the wire services,
events such as high school sports events,
as well as games in professional sports that
are occurring simultaneously with other
major sports events. The stringer attends
c
SchoolSubjEctS
English, Journalism, Physical education
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$19,440 to $34,690 to $76,230
outlook
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Reporters
Writers
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 18 7/16/09 1:38:11 PM
19
the sports event and phones in scores, or
he or she e-mails or faxes in a complete
report.
During middle school and high school,
take classes that allow you to practice your
writing skills, such as journalism, English,
and speech. Computer science courses will
also be helpful.
A bachelors degree is usually the mini-
mum education required of sportswriters.
Some go on to study journalism at the
graduate level. Most sportswriters con-
centrate on journalism while in college.
Competition for sportswriting jobs is stiff.
Those with the best education have the
best chances for jobs.
outlook
The turnover rate for top sportswriters
with major newspapers and magazines
is low, which means that most job open-
ings occur as sportswriters retire, die, are
fred, or move into other markets. While
the publishing industry may have room
for yet another magazine devoted to a
particular sports specialty, employment
opportunities for sportswriters are ex-
pected to grow slower than the average
through 2016.
ForMoreinformation
Work for your school paper as a reporter or
sportswriter. Any journalistic experience
will help you develop the basic skills use-
ful to any reporter, no matter what subject
you write about. Learn all you can about
different sports, including the history of
the game, the rules of play, the team mem-
bers and coaching staff, records, and sta-
tistics. To learn more about the newspaper
business, read the pamphlet Facts about
Newspapers, available from the Newspaper
Association of America.
americanSocietyofjournalistsand
authors
New York, NY 10036-5505
212-997-0947
http://www.asja.org
newspaperassociationofamerica
571-366-1000
http://www.naa.org
thenewspaperguild
501 Third Street NW, 6th Floor
202-434-7177
guild@cwa-union.org
http://www.newsguild.org
Fast Fact
Check out a few sports maga-
zines to get a feel for sports
journalism. ESPN the Magazine
and Sports illustrated cover
general sports news, and many
sports have a magazine devot-
ed to that game.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 19 7/16/09 1:38:11 PM
20
Stadium
ushersand
vendors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Social
WhatStadiumushersand
vendorsDo
Stadium ushers take tickets, show spectators
to their seats, and answer questions or give
directions when asked by spectators. Sta-
dium vendors sell food, drinks, and souve-
nirs either by walking around and calling
out the name of the food or product they
are selling, or by operating small booths.
Sometimes vendors are hired by the food
service franchise that is licensed to sell
food in a stadium or sports facility.
The main job of the usher is to seat
fans. Other duties for the usher include
fnding available seats for fans, locating
lost items, helping children fnd their par-
ents, and paging people over the intercom.
Ushers also check and record thermometer
readings, answer questions, give directions,
attempt to control people who are causing
problems, and settle arguments about seat
assignments. If fans become unreasonably
angry, it is the ushers responsibility to no-
tify security. Ushers watch exits and show
fans to restrooms and telephones. They
keep aisles clear of objects that might cause
someone to slip or fall.
A vendor sells food and other items
at a variety of sports events, although the
amounts might vary depending on the
event. The vendor may either be an inde-
pendent seller, licensed by the local govern-
ment to sell his or her goods, or a vendor
working as a freelance operator under li-
cense by the owner of the site. For example,
the manager of the sports facility allows
freelance operators to sell hot dogs, sodas,
ice cream, and all the other foods and ser-
vices enjoyed during a ball game. Or, a ven-
dor might be employed by the franchise li-
censed to sell T-shirts, caps, and other sports
paraphernalia at sporting events.
Food vendors are often responsible for
preparing the food for sale as well as han-
dling the sale, making change, and provid-
ing any additional items necessary to the
consumption of the food, such as napkins,
straws, and condiments.
Stadium ushers and vendors should
be friendly and helpful. They should be
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$13,360 to $16,340 to $24,390
outlook
Cashiers
q
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 20 7/16/09 1:38:12 PM
21
able to speak clearly to interact success-
fully with the public. Vendors need strong
mathematical skills because they deal with
the transfer of money. Both ushers and
vendors should be physically ft because
they must be on their feet during much of
their shift.
High school students fll many of the usher
and vendor positions in theaters and stadi-
ums, although there is an age requirement
for vendors who sell alcoholic beverages.
Employers strongly consider an applicants
school attendance record, so you should
make sure you regularly attend class and
get there on time.
Vendors and ushers are not required to
have a college degree. Most training is con-
ducted on the job for a brief time, and new
employees are used to fll the less respon-
sible jobs and quieter locations.
Although ushers and vendors are not
required to be certifed, those who sell al-
cohol or certain other items must have a
license.
outlook
Employment opportunities in this feld are
expected to increase faster than the aver-
age through 2016. Jobs will always exist
for ushers and vendors in sports facilities,
and these skills can be used at other venues
that use ushers and vendors, such as music
halls and theaters. Turnover in this work
is high.
ForMoreinformation
Labor unions represent many ushers in
stage production theaters, ballparks, and
sports arenas and usually welcome the op-
portunity to talk with young people about
working as an usher or vendor. Another
option is to call the ballpark or stadium
directly to fnd out more about being an
usher or vendor. When you learn of spe-
cial events coming to your town, contact
the coordinator and volunteer your ser-
vices to get a taste for the job. You can
also learn about this career by observing
these workers in action at sports events or
concerts.
internationalassociationofassembly
Managers
972-906-7441
http://www.iaam.org
800-673-4692
http://www.nrf.com
StadiumManagersassociation
525 S.W. Fifth Street, Suite A
Des Moines, IA 50309-4501
515-282-8192
sma@assoc-mgmt.com
http://www.stadiummanagers.org
Stadium vendors bring refreshments to
spectators at sporting events. (Lindsay
Dean/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 21 7/16/09 1:38:13 PM
22
Stage
Production
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatStageProduction
WorkersDo
Stage production workers, also known as stage
technicians and stage production technicians,
install lights, sound equipment, and scen-
ery for theater stages. They build the stages
for theatrical and musical events in parks,
stadiums, and other places. For small pro-
ductions, stage workers must be able to do a
variety of tasks. For larger productions, such
as those on Broadway, stage technicians
may be responsible for only one or two
tasks. Stage production technicians can be
carpenters, prop makers, lighting designers,
lighting-equipment operators, sound tech-
nicians, electricians, and riggers.
Stage technicians use diagrams of the
stage and written instructions from the
stage designer. They talk to the stage man-
ager to decide what kinds of sets, scenery,
props, lighting, and sound equipment are
required and collect or build the props or
scenery. Stage technicians position lights
and sound equipment on or around the
stage. They clamp light fxtures to supports
and connect electrical wiring from the fx-
tures to power sources and control panels.
During rehearsals and performances, stage
technicians pull ropes and cables that raise
and lower curtains and other equipment.
Sometimes they also operate the lighting
and sound equipment.
Other workers help to complete the
desired appearance of the performers.
Costume designers choose the costumes
necessary for a production, including
their style, fabric, color, and pattern. Hair-
stylists and makeup artists use cosmetics,
greasepaint, wigs, plastics, latex, and oth-
er materials to change the look of the hair
and skin of performers. Once costumes are
created for a show, wardrobe supervisors
keep them in good condition for each per-
formance by ironing, mending, and clean-
ing them and doing any necessary minor
alterations. Dressers help performers get
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Technical/Shop, Theater/Dance
SalaryrangE
$16,300 to $24,830 to $41,770
outlook
Carpenters
Costume Designers
Electricians
Makeup Artists
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 22 7/16/09 1:38:15 PM
23
dressed before a show and change quickly
between scenes.
Take classes in art, history, mathematics,
theater/dance, and technical/shop in high
school to prepare for a career in this feld.
Stage production workers must be
high school graduates. Many employers
prefer to hire stage technicians who are
graduates of two-year junior or commu-
nity colleges. If you are interested in stage
production work, you should take cours-
es in math, English, drama, and history.
Carpentry or electronics courses that in-
clude work with lighting and sound will
be helpful. Participate in the various parts
of school theatrical performances, from
acting to working on sets to helping with
promotion.
Union membership may be required to
get a job, although requirements vary in
different areas and even in different the-
aters in the same city.
outlook
There are few new theaters appearing that
can pay living wages for stage production
workers and technicians, but those that ex-
ist are healthy and surviving. Today, the-
aters tend to be located in large metropoli-
tan areas, so the number of job possibilities
is greatest there, but competition is also
greatest for those jobs. Many stage workers
start out with small theatrical groups. After
they develop skills and a local reputation,
they may be able to move to bigger, bet-
ter-paying markets. They may have to work
part time, do volunteer work in amateur
theater, or support themselves in unrelated
felds for extended periods while waiting
for better theater jobs.
ForMoreinformation
Participate in school theatrical performanc-
es. Volunteer to do behind-the-scenes work
for amateur community theater produc-
tions or special beneft events.
internationalallianceoftheatricalStage
Employees,MovingPicturetechnicians,
artistsandalliedcrafts
New York, NY 10018-3308
212-730-1770
theatrecommunicationsgroup
520 Eighth Avenue, 24th Floor
New York, NY 10018-4156
212-609-5900
tcg@tcg.org
http://www.tcg.org
Fast Fact
According to the Theatre Com-
munications Group (TCG) 31
million people attended a the-
atrical performance in 2007.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 23 7/16/09 1:38:15 PM
24
Stationary
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Reading/writing
WhatStationaryEngineersDo
Stationary engineers operate and maintain
boilers, engines, air compressors, genera-
tors, and other equipment that provides
heat, ventilation, light, and power to large
buildings and industrial plants. These
workers are known as stationary engineers
because of the fact that the equipment
they work with is similar to equipment on
ships and trains, except that it is stationary
rather than on a moving vehicle.
Stationary engineers monitor meters
and other instruments attached to the
equipment. They take regular instrument
readings and keep a log of the equipments
operation. When instrument readings show
that the equipment is not operating in the
proper ranges, stationary engineers must
regulate the operation of the equipment.
Stationary engineers can override auto-
matic controls on the equipment, switch
to backup systems, or shut the equipment
down.
From time to time, stationary engineers
inspect the equipment and look for any
parts that need adjustment, lubrication, or
repair. They may tighten loose fttings, re-
place flters, clean burners, or oil moving
parts. They keep records of all the routine
service and repair activities. Stationary en-
gineers try to prevent breakdowns before
they occur. If unexpected trouble develops
in the system, stationary engineers must
fnd and correct the problem as soon as
possible. They may have to make minor
repairs or completely overhaul the equip-
ment, depending on the situation.
In large plants, stationary engineers
may be responsible for keeping several
complex systems in operation. They may
be assisted by other workers, such as boiler
tenders, mechanics, or assistant stationary
engineers. In small buildings, one station-
ary engineer may be in charge of operating
and maintaining all of the equipment.
Engineers must be familiar with com-
puters and know how to operate comput-
er-controlled equipment. Stationary en-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Apprenticeship
SalaryrangE
$21,890 to $35,590 to $56,720
outlook
Little or no change
Power Plant Workers
and Technicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 24 7/16/09 1:38:16 PM
25
gineers should have mechanical aptitude
and should be in good physical condition.
They must be able to keep track of details
and understand the importance of follow-
ing schedules.
Stationary engineers work in a variety
of places, including factories, hospitals,
hotels, power plants, offce buildings, and
shopping malls.
You will need a high school diploma or its
equivalent to become an apprentice sta-
tionary engineer. High school courses in
computer science, mathematics, physics,
chemistry, machine shop, and mechani-
cal drawing are good introductions to the
feld.
Stationary engineers learn their trade
through either an apprenticeship or on-
the-job training. Apprenticeships usually
last four years and combine practical expe-
rience with class work. Workers who learn
their skills on the job work under the su-
pervision of experienced stationary engi-
neers for several years.
Most states and cities require that
stationary engineers be licensed. Appli-
cants must meet certain training and ex-
perience requirements and pass a written
examination.
outlook
Employment opportunities for stationary
engineers will be best for those who have
had apprenticeship training or taken voca-
tional school courses covering systems op-
erations using computerized controls and
instrumentation. Even with that training,
workers will face competition for job open-
ings. Employment opportunities are ex-
pected to show little or no growth through
2016. Turnover in this feld is low, due in
part to its high wages.
ForMoreinformation
Visit an industrial plant or another large
facility where utility equipment is run by a
stationary engineer. Talking with a station-
ary engineer or a union representative may
also prove helpful.
internationalunionofoperatingEngineers
202-429-9100
http://www.iuoe.org
nationalassociationofPowerEngineers
One Springfeld Street
Chicopee, MA 01013-2672
413-592-6273
nape@onecommail.com
http://www.powerengineers.com
Did You Know?
In 1896 a small group of stationary
engineers met in Chicago to form
the National Union of Steam En-
gineers of America to ensure bet-
ter working conditions for people
in the profession. This group later
changed its name to the Interna-
tional Union of Operating Engi-
neers (IUOE).
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 25 7/16/09 1:38:16 PM
26
Statisticians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Mathematics
Reading/writing
WhatStatisticiansDo
Statisticians use mathematics and statisti-
cal theory to collect and interpret informa-
tion in a particular feld. Statisticians work
in almost every kind of occupational feld,
but most statisticians work in one of three
kinds of jobs: they may teach and do re-
search at a university, they may work in a
governmental agency (such as the Bureau
of Census), or they may work in a business
or industry. Some statisticians work for
public opinion research companies. Their
studies help us understand what different
groups of people think about issues of the
day.
Statisticians usually specialize in one of
two areas. Mathematical statisticians think
of new statistical methods and theories
and create new ways to use these theories.
Applied statisticians apply existing formulas
to new questions. They may try to predict
population growth or economic condi-
tions, or estimate a crop yield.
In some cases, statisticians actually go
out and gather the statistics they need.
However, usually such facts are compiled
by people who are trained especially in
fact-gathering techniques. In the Bureau of
Census, for example, information is gath-
ered by thousands of census takers. Once
the census takers have gathered the in-
formation, it is given to statisticians. The
statisticians then organize and analyze the
information and make conclusions or rec-
ommendations about it.
Statisticians must have strong mathematics
and computer backgrounds. In high school,
you will need to take college preparatory
classes including English, science, foreign
language, and computer science. Also, take
as many mathematics courses as you can.
A bachelors degree is the minimum ed-
ucation you need to work as a statistician.
For many positions, though, you will need
a masters or doctoral degree. In college,
many students choose a major in statistics
or mathematics, or in the feld they hope
to work in, such as chemistry, agriculture,
or sociology.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$38,140 to $69,000 to $112,880
outlook
Actuaries
Demographers
Economists
Geographic Information Systems Specialists
Mathematicians
n
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 26 7/16/09 1:38:17 PM
27
outlook
Employment opportunities for statisticians
are expected to grow slower than the aver-
age through 2016. Trained statisticians with
advanced degrees or specialized training in
computer science, engineering, or fnance
will have good job opportunities. The fed-
eral government will continue to need stat-
isticians for various agencies, but competi-
tion for these positions will be high. Private
industry will continue to need statisticians,
especially in the pharmaceutical and auto-
mobile industries.
Opportunities for statisticians increase
with level of education. Graduates with a
bachelors degree in mathematics and com-
puter science are most likely to fnd jobs
in applied statistics in private industry or
government. With proper certifcation,
they may teach statistics in high schools.
In other cases, job seekers with bachelors
degrees may take entry-level jobs that do
not have the formal job title of statistician.
However, their work will involve much of
the same processes, such as analyzing and
interpreting data in economics, engineer-
ing, or biological science.
Statisticians with a masters degree and
knowledge of computer science should fnd
openings in private industry in statistical
computing and in research. These candi-
dates can also teach in junior colleges and
small four-year colleges. The employment
outlook is best for those with doctorates
in statistics. These individuals are eagerly
sought by large corporations as consul-
tants, and they are in demand by colleges
and universities.
ForMoreinformation
Ask your math teachers to show you a sta-
tistics textbook. They might be able to give
you some simple statistical problems relat-
ed to grades, for example. Or they might be
able to arrange a visit to a local insurance
agency, the local offce of the Internal Rev-
enue Service, or a nearby college to talk to
people who use statistical methods.
americanStatisticalassociation
888-231-3473
asainfo@amstat.org
http://www.amstat.org
Societyforindustrialandapplied
Mathematics
215-382-9800
http://www.siam.org
A statistician tallies surveys at the U.S.
Census Bureau in Washington, D.C. (U.S.
Census Bureau)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 27 7/16/09 1:38:17 PM
28
Stenographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatStenographersDo
Stenographers write down what people say
as they say it. This task is called taking
dictation. Because stenographers have to
work very quickly, they use shorthand,
which is a set of symbols that stand for
words and parts of words. Stenographers
may write shorthand or use a stenotype
machine that types shorthand symbols.
Then they transcribe their shorthand notes
and type them up into letters, reports, or
other documents.
General offce stenographers take dicta-
tion and perform other offce tasks such as
typing, fling, and answering telephones.
Experienced stenographers take more dif-
fcult dictations. For example, they may sit
in on staff meetings and later give word-
for-word records or summary reports of the
meetings. Experienced stenographers may
also supervise other stenographers and of-
fce clerical workers.
Some stenographers develop special
skills. Technical stenographers master the
terms of a specialized feld such as law,
medicine, or engineering. Some can take
dictation in foreign languages. For exam-
ple, a medical transcriptionist must be a
medical language expert and be familiar
with the processes of patient assessment,
therapeutic procedures, diagnoses, and
prognoses.
Shorthand reporters typically use steno-
type machines to create the offcial records
of government meetings. Shorthand report-
ers, or court reporters, may record a meeting
of the U.S. Congress or a state legislature
or other government agency. Experienced
and highly skilled shorthand reporters who
receive additional training may learn to
operate computer-aided transcription, or
CAT, systems.
Specialized computer software allows
the immediate translation of stenograph-
ic symbols into words. This technology is
most frequently used by real-time caption-
ers. This specialty requires more sophisti-
cated knowledge of computer systems and
English grammar along with enhanced
technical skills.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Business, English
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$23,810 to $45,330 to $80,030
outlook
Decline
Bookkeepers
Court Reporters
Receptionists
Secretaries
q
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 28 7/16/09 1:38:18 PM
29
Stenographers should have good read-
ing comprehension and spelling skills as
well as good fnger and hand dexterity.
To be a stenographer, you must have earned
a high school diploma before you will be
considered for a position. High school
courses in typing, shorthand, and business
English are necessary. Business schools and
vocational schools also teach stenographic
skills.
Although some students with a busi-
ness curriculum background are able to
obtain jobs immediately after graduation
from high school, better job opportuni-
ties and higher salaries may be more read-
ily available to those who have advanced
technical training, a college degree, or some
specialization. If you are considering the
more advanced career of court reporter or
real-time captioner, you will need at least
a two-year degree in court and conference
reporting, although a four-year degree that
includes courses in computers and English
is preferable.
Your ability to fnd jobs and advance
will depend on your speed and accuracy
with dictation and typing skills. The fed-
eral government requires stenographers to
take dictation at 80 words per minute and
to type 40 words per minute. Many short-
hand reporters such as court reporters must
be able to take dictation at the speed of 225
words per minute.
outlook
Job opportunities for unspecialized stenog-
raphers have been declining and should
continue to fall off sharply in the coming
years. Audio recording equipment and the
use of personal computers by managers and
other professionals have greatly reduced
the demand for these workers. The trend to
immediately provide captions for the deaf
and hearing-impaired and the growing use
of computer-aided transcription technol-
ogy in courtroom trials should strengthen
the demand for court reporters.
ForMoreinformation
To prepare for a career in this feld, type
reports or memos for school clubs and or-
ganizations. Observe a stenographer in ac-
tion in a courtroom or a meeting, and read
all you can about shorthand.
offceandProfessionalEmployees
internationalunion
New York, NY 10011-7103
800-346-7348
http://www.opeiu.org
Did You Know?
The stenotype, the frst machine
that printed shorthand characters,
was invented in 1910.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 29 7/16/09 1:38:18 PM
30
Stevedores
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatStevedoresDo
When a ship comes into a busy port, ste-
vedores, also known as longshore workers or
dockworkers, unload the cargo and deliver
it to trucks. When the ships cargo hold is
empty, stevedores reload it and inspect it
before the ship leaves the pier and heads
for another port. A ships cargo usually is
made up of very large items, such as cars,
crates, and steel beams. The stevedores load
or unload the cargo using huge mecha-
nized magnets or hooks.
Stevedores frst dock ships by tying
lines. Their work then breaks down into
several categories. Dockworkers handle car-
go on the pier, while hold workers go into
the ships hold (where the cargo is located).
Hold workers remove cargo from hooks and
stow it in place. Winch operators handle the
winches, which are machines that control
the booms that raise or lower cargo from
the ships deck. Drivers operate the fork-
lift trucks, cranes, and other equipment.
Gear workers maintain and repair the safety
nets that prevent cargo that is accidentally
dropped from the boom from falling into
the water.
Headers or gang bosses supervise ste-
vedores. They assign specifc duties and
explain how the cargo should be handled
and secured and how the hoisting equip-
ment should be set up. Stevedoring superin-
tendents are responsible for coordinating
and directing the loading and unloading
of cargo. Finally, pier superintendents are
in charge of the operations of the entire
pier. They study the layout of the ship so
they know where the cargo should go. Su-
perintendents know how many workers
they need for the number of ships arriv-
ing, and it is their responsibility to hire
those workers. They fgure out how much
the operation of their pier costs, and they
make sure the bills are both sent out and
collected.
Stevedores must be physically strong
and have plenty of energy. They may some-
times have to work long hours, including
holidays and evenings, because ships need
to go in and out of ports so quickly. The
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Mathematics, Physical education
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$15,420 to $21,900 to $35,870
outlook
Household Movers
Merchant Mariners
Military Workers
X
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 30 7/16/09 1:38:19 PM
31
work of stevedores is very demanding and
can sometimes be dangerous. Because of
this, workers must be constantly alert and
able to follow instructions and work as a
team.
To prepare for this career, take courses in
mathematics and physical education in
high school. Many stevedores learn what
they need to know on the job as they
work under the supervision of more expe-
rienced workers. A high school diploma
is the recommended minimum education
level.
Stevedores who work in a supervisory
capacity must have an understanding of
the entire operation of loading and un-
loading a ship. These workers often receive
their training from one of the U.S. mari-
time academies.
Many stevedoring jobs are open only
to union workers. Unions to which steve-
dores belong are the International Long-
shore and Warehouse Union and the Inter-
national Longshoremens Association.
outlook
A number of factors contribute to the
slower than average growth expected
through 2016 for longshore occupations,
including increased automation, contain-
erization, and the combining of jobs in
the industry. Of course, increasing retire-
ment among union members will assure
a certain number of new jobs each year.
Also, to remedy labor disagreement prob-
lems at smaller ports, union offcials have
devised a travel plan for longshore work-
ers in smaller ports who have decided to
work at bigger ports whenever positions
are available.
ForMoreinformation
To fnd out more about stevedoring occu-
pations, contact the offce of a longshore
workers union. Union representatives can
provide you with information about the
likely conditions and prospects for jobs
as well as provide an insiders view of the
feld.
internationallongshoreandWarehouse
union
1188 Franklin Street, 4th Floor
415-775-0533
info@ilwu.org
http://www.ilwu.org
internationallongshoremensassociation
17 Battery Place, Suite 930
New York, NY 10004-6800
212-425-1200
http://www.ilaunion.org
Fast Fact
Since the 1960s, cargo has in-
creasingly come in the form
of containers, which are large
sealed boxes of a standard size.
These containers are often de-
signed to ft as truck trailers so
that they can go straight from
the dock to the road.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 31 7/16/09 1:38:19 PM
32
Strengthand
conditioning
coaches
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Decision making
WhatStrengthand
conditioningcoachesDo
Strength and conditioning coaches work with
individual athletes, sports teams, and even
athletic departments to enhance perfor-
mance. These coaches work on the profes-
sional, collegiate, and high school level.
The feld of strength and condition-
ing coaching has been increasing steadily
across the country since the 1970s when
college and then high school athletic teams
began to recognize the importance of train-
ing plans. Such programs emphasize work-
outs, nutrition, and mental attitude to bol-
ster speed, endurance, and strength.
At the onset of the training program,
the strength and conditioning coach as-
sesses the athletes strengths and weak-
nesses. In addition, they discuss the
specifc goals that the athlete hopes to
achieve through the program. Based on
this knowledge, the coach develops and
monitors a strength and conditioning
protocol, a custom-designed training regi-
men designed to help the athlete achieve
optimum physical output. Critical to the
success of the training is not only the em-
phasis on increasing performance but on
preventing injuries as well.
One of the key steps in the training pro-
gram is building trust between the athlete
and the strength and conditioning coach.
It is important that the athlete understands
that his or her best interest is always at the
top of the coachs ftness plan.
High school courses in anatomy and physi-
ology, biology, chemistry, and physical ed-
ucation will provide a good foundation for
your postsecondary education. Communi-
cation and English courses will help you to
interact with and motivate others.
A bachelors degree in physical educa-
tion, kinesiology, exercise physiology, or
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Health, Physical education
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$23,430 to $38,360 to $60,180
outlook
Athletic Trainers
Fitness Directors
Kinesiologists
Personal Trainers
Physical Therapists
Physicians
Sports Coaches
L
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 32 7/16/09 1:38:20 PM
33
a related feld is required for strength and
conditioning coaches. These disciplines
provide knowledge of the bodys reaction
to weight training and physical stress and
techniques for treatment and prevention
of injuries as well as nutritional guidelines
for athletic performance.
Certifcation from the Collegiate
Strength & Conditioning Coaches as-
sociation or the National Strength and
Conditioning Association is highly rec-
ommended. Among the prerequisites for
certifcation from both organizations are
a bachelors degree, meeting work experi-
ence requirements, and passing a written
examination.
Training in frst-aid and CPR are highly
encouraged.
outlook
Job opportunities for strength and condi-
tioning coaches are expected to grow faster
than the average. Although the prospects
for job placement will be highly competi-
tive, strength and conditioning programs
are in use throughout the country at all
levelsprofessional, collegiate, and high
school. These programs have made athlet-
ics more popular with greater numbers of
people participating in sports.
ForMoreinformation
If your school has a strength and condi-
tioning program, discuss the plan with the
coach or director. If no program is available,
visit a local gym to discuss the work with a
personal trainer or ftness counselor.
americancouncilonExercise
888-825-3636
collegiateStrength&conditioning
coachesassociation
PO Box 7100
University Station
Provo, UT 84602-7100
801-375-9400
info@cscca.org
http://www.cscca.org
nationalStrengthandconditioning
association
1885 Bob Johnson Drive
800-815-6826
http://www.nsca-lift.org
A strength and conditioning coach helps
Antoine Walker of the Memphis Grizzlies
lift weights prior to a game. (NBAE/Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 33 7/16/09 1:38:21 PM
34
Stunt
Performers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhatStuntPerformersDo
Stunt performers work on flm scenes that
are risky and dangerous. They act out car
crashes and chases, fst and sword fghts,
and falls from cars, motorcycles, horses,
and buildings. They perform airplane and
helicopter gags, ride through river rapids,
and face wild animals. Some stunt perform-
ers specialize in one type of stunt.
There are two general types of stunt
roles: double and nondescript. The frst
requires a stunt performer to double, or
take the place of a star actor in a danger-
ous scene. As a double, the stunt performer
must portray the character in the same way
as the star actor does. In a nondescript role,
the stunt performer does not stand in for
another actor but plays an incidental char-
acter in a dangerous scene. An example of
a nondescript role is a driver in a freeway
chase scene.
The idea for a stunt usually begins
with the screenwriter. Once the stunts are
written into the script, it is the job of the
director to decide how they will appear
on the screen. Directors, especially those
who make large, action-flled movies, of-
ten seek the help of a stunt coordinator. A
stunt coordinator can quickly determine if a
stunt is possible and what is the best and
safest way to perform it. The stunt coordi-
nator plans the stunt, oversees the setup
and construction of special sets and ma-
terials, and hires or recommends the most
qualifed stunt performer.
Although a stunt may last only a few
seconds on flm, preparations for the stunt
can take several hours or even days. Stunt
performers work with props, makeup,
wardrobe, and set design departments.
They also work closely with the special ef-
fects team.
Stunt performers take great care to en-
sure their safety. They use air bags, body
pads, or cables in stunts involving falls or
crashes. If a stunt performer must enter a
burning building, he or she wears special
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$15,210 to $39,750 to $110,850+
outlook
Actors
Athletes
Choreographers
Circus Performers
Clowns
c
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 34 7/16/09 1:38:23 PM
35
freproof clothing and protective cream on
the skin.
Stunt work requires excellent athletic
ability. Many stunt performers were high
school and college athletes, and some
were Olympic or world champions. Quali-
ties developed through sports such as self-
discipline, coordination, common sense,
and coolness under stress are essential to
becoming a successful stunt performer. As
a stunt performer, you must exercise regu-
larly to stay in shape and maintain good
health.
Take physical education, dance, and other
courses that will involve you in exercise,
weight lifting, and coordination in high
school.
No standard training exists for stunt
performers. Stunt performers get a lot of
training on the job. Every new type of
stunt has its own problems. By working
closely with stunt coordinators, stunt per-
formers learn how to eliminate most of the
risks involved in stunts. Even so, injuries
are very common among stunt performers,
and there is even the possibility of death
in very dangerous stunts. There are a num-
ber of stunt schools, such as the United
Stuntmens Association International Stunt
School.
There is no certifcation available, but,
like all actors, stunt performers working
in flm and TV must belong to the Screen
Actors Guild. Many stunt performers also
belong to the American Federation of Tele-
vision and Radio Artists.
outlook
Employment opportunities for stunt per-
formers are expected to increase about as
fast as the average through 2016, but stunt
coordinators will continue to hire only
very experienced professionals, making it
diffcult to break into the business.
ForMoreinformation
To develop your physical strength and
coordination, play on community sports
teams and participate in school athletics.
Acting in school or church plays can teach
you about taking direction. Theme parks
and circuses use stunt performers. Some
of these places allow you to meet the per-
formers after shows.
Screenactorsguild
5757 Wilshire Boulevard, 7th Floor
323-954-1600
saginfo@sag.org
http://www.sag.com
unitedStuntmensassociation
internationalStuntSchool
10924 Mukilteo Speedway, PMB 272
Mukilteo, WA 98275-5022
425-290-9957
http://www.stuntschool.com
Fast Fact
Although stunt performing is
often thought of as a male-
dominated profession, many
women have made a name for
themselves in this feld. Zoe Bell
is a stunt performer who has
doubled for Uma Thurman in
Kill Bill and for Katherine Heigl
in 27 dresses.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 35 7/16/09 1:38:23 PM
36
Supermarket
Managersand
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSupermarketManagers
andWorkersDo
Supermarket managers help run the daily
operations of the grocery store. Some are
store managers or associate managers,
while others are in charge of a department
as a department manager. Departments in-
clude the dairy, deli, bakery or restaurant,
and others. Supermarket managers work
with employees and customers all day.
They are in charge of the business aspects
of the store, including budgets, schedul-
ing, and inventory. Each store may employ
250 or more people, so skill in interview-
ing, hiring, and managing workers is very
important.
Planning is an important part of the
supermarket managers job. Supermarket
managers plan promotions and budgets
while also setting up holiday promotions
and displays. Because some grocery stores
are open 24 hours a day, managers may
work different schedules each week. They
often work late hours, weekends, and
holidays.
There are many other types of super-
market workers. Cashiers greet customers,
scan merchandise, record coupons, take
payments, and help bag groceries. Each ca-
shier must balance his or her drawer at the
end of the shift and keep work areas neat.
Clerks help to bag groceries, and help
customers transport the grocery bags to
their vehicles. Courtesy clerks, sometimes
called baggers, collect carts from the park-
ing lots and help provide maintenance for
those carts.
Stock personnel play an important be-
hind-the-scenes role in supermarkets. They
help unload trucks, inspect merchandise,
stock shelves, and keep track of inventory.
The supermarket industry is very com-
petitive, so stores are adding more services
and conveniences to attract and keep cus-
tomers. Some of the specialized depart-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$21,760 to $34,470 to $60,550
outlook
Business Managers
Cashiers
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 36 7/16/09 1:38:24 PM

37
ments have historically been a part of
grocery stores, such as bakeries and meat
markets, while others, such as restaurants
and baby-sitting services, are new. Each
area requires workers with specialized
knowledge and training.
Many larger chain supermarkets include
a pharmacy. Pharmacists fll prescriptions
for customers as well as offer counseling
on both prescription and over-the-counter
medications. Pharmacy technicians assist the
pharmacist by flling prescriptions, taking
inventory, and handling the cash register.
There are also many specialized sup-
port positions in supermarkets. Store detec-
tives assist with security measures. Human
resource workers handle personnel issues,
such as recruiting and training, benefts
administration, labor relations, and salary
administration.
High school students and those with a high
school education are hired as supermarket
workers. In high school, you should take
English, business, speech, computer sci-
ence, and math classes to help you prepare
for supermarket work.
Supermarket managers need at least a
high school diploma to work in this feld.
Many people work through the ranks of a
grocery store to become a manager, but it
has recently become popular to hire man-
agers who have college degrees in business
or retail management.
outlook
Managers in the supermarket industry
should expect slower than the average
growth for all other occupations through
2016. While the number of stores is
decreasing, specialization and demand will
create demand for the best-trained and
most knowledgeable managers.
Employment for supermarket work-
ers will be good through the next decade.
The feld has a large turnover with work-
ers leaving to pursue other careers. Bakers,
food preparation workers, pharmacists, and
pharmacy technicians should enjoy faster-
than-average employment growth through
2016.
ForMoreinformation
The best way to fnd out about what its like
to be a supermarket worker is to become
one in high school.
FoodMarketinginstitute
202-452-8444
http://www.fmi.org
An employee stocks the shelves at a
supermarket. (David R. Frazier/Photo
Researchers, Inc.)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 37 7/16/09 1:38:25 PM
38
Surgeons
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhatSurgeonsDo
Surgeons are physicians who specialize in
performing operations. They operate on
patients to repair injuries and to remove
diseased parts of the body. Surgeons also
do operations to fx deformed parts of the
body.
Some surgeons, called general surgeons,
perform many different kinds of opera-
tions. Other surgeons specialize in certain
operations or parts of the body. Orthopedic
surgeons deal primarily with fractures of
the arms and legs, but they also deal with
bone tumors, diseased joints, and birth de-
fects, such as scoliosis. Neurosurgeons use
CT scans and magnetic resonance imag-
ing to diagnose and treat problems in the
brain and small blood vessels. Neurological
surgeons treat disorders and diseases of the
brain, the spinal cord, and the peripheral
nerves.
Cardiothoracic surgeons are experts in dis-
eases and injuries of the chest cavity, which
includes the esophagus, lungs, and heart.
Plastic surgeons, also known as cosmetic sur-
geons, deal with the exterior of the human
body, often engaging in reconstructive sur-
gery to correct birth deformities, injuries
such as fractures and burns, and degenera-
tive diseases. Other surgeons are specialists
in particular areas of the body.
Surgeons frst examine their patients
and study their medical histories and the
results of any physical tests. They work
with a patients physician and other medi-
cal professionals to decide if the patient
needs surgery. Surgeons decide what kind
of surgery will work the best, then they ex-
plain the operation to the patient.
During the operation, the surgeon is
the head of the medical team that works
on the patient. The team will include an
anesthesiologist (who gives the patients
medication so that they will either go to
sleep or not feel any pain during the opera-
tion), surgical assistants, and nurses. After
operations, surgeons continue to check on
their patients to see that they are recover-
ing properly.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Medical degree
SalaryrangE
$128,410 to $168,860 to $198,680
outlook
Anesthesiologists
Cardiologists
Cosmetic Surgeons
Nurses
Pediatricians
Physicians
Surgical Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 38 7/16/09 1:38:28 PM
39
Surgeons work in hospitals and clinics.
Surgeons may have to perform emergency
operations at night, on weekends, or on
their days off. Diffcult operations may in-
volve hours of standing and demand great
concentration, skill, and steadiness.
Becoming a surgeon takes many years of
hard work and can involve up to 14 years
of study and training. To prepare, take
courses in biology, chemistry, health,
mathematics, and English in high school.
Biology or chemistry are good college ma-
jors if you are planning to become a sur-
geon. While you are in college, you will
take the Medical College Admission Test.
Medical schools use these test scores to
decide which students to accept into their
graduate programs.
After graduating from college, you will
spend four years in medical school. For
two of these years, you will concentrate on
classroom and laboratory work. During the
last two years, you will start working with
patients in hospitals. After medical school
graduation, you must pass an examination
that is given by the state in which you wish
to practice.
After medical school, you will spend
three to fve years in a hospital residency
program. You will perform operations un-
der the supervision of the hospitals sur-
geons. Surgical specialties require addition-
al training of one to three years.
outlook
Physician jobs, including surgeons, are ex-
through 2016.
ForMoreinformation
home to become familiar with medical set-
tings and the professionals who work in
them.
americanboardofSurgery
1617 John F. Kennedy Boulevard, Suite 860
215-568-4000
http://www.absurgery.org
americanassociationofneurological
Surgeons
5550 Meadowbrook Drive
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008-1429
888-566-2267
http://www.aans.org
associationofWomenSurgeons
5204 Fairmount Avenue, Suite 208
Downers Grove, IL 60515-5058
630-655-0392
info@womensurgeons.org
http://www.womensurgeons.org
Surgeons work in teams as they perform
operations. (Brasiliao/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 39 7/16/09 1:38:29 PM
40
Surgical
technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSurgical
technologistsDo
Surgical technologists, also called surgical
technicians, work with a health care team
of surgeons, anesthesiologists, and nurses,
providing assistance in the operating room.
It is the technologists job to make sure
the operating room remains sterile (free
of harmful germs) and to provide surgical
instruments and supplies to the surgeon
quickly and effciently.
Before surgery, surgical technologists
prepare the operating room by readying
supplies such as drapes, sponges, sutures,
and surgical instruments. They assemble,
adjust, and check nonsterile equipment to
make sure it works properly. When patients
arrive at the surgical room, technologists
provide physical and emotional support,
check their charts, and observe their vital
signs. Technologists may prepare patients
for surgery by washing and shaving the
area of incision. They position the patient
on the operating table, connect any nec-
essary monitoring devices, and apply anti-
septic solution to the patient.
Technologists usually are the frst ones
to scrub for surgery, meaning to thor-
oughly cleanse their hands and forearms.
They then put on sterile gowns, gloves,
masks, and caps and help the other team
members scrub and dress. During surgery,
they handle such instruments as scalpels,
forceps, and sponges and are responsible
for effciently passing them to the sur-
geon. They may hold retractors (to hold
skin back), sponge the operation site, and
cut suture material (used to sew parts of
the body together), all under the surgeons
direction.
A circulator is a nonsterile surgical tech-
nologist whose role is to obtain additional
supplies or equipment, keep a written ac-
count of the surgical procedure, and assist
the scrub person in counting needles and
other instruments before, during, and after
surgery.
After surgery, surgical technologists
may help apply dressings (ointments and
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Health
SalaryrangE
$26,650 to $37,540 to $52,550
outlook
Medical Assistants
Nurses
Physicians
Surgeons
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 40 7/16/09 1:38:32 PM
41
gauzes) to the patient and prepare speci-
mens taken from the patient for laboratory
analysis. Technologists also help transfer
patients to the recovery room and clean
and restock the operating room to ready it
for the next scheduled surgery.
Technologists should have good man-
ual skill and physical stamina, as they
must stand for hours at a time during
long surgeries. Most surgical technolo-
gists work in hospital operating rooms, but
others work in delivery rooms and supply
departments.
While in high school, you should take math-
ematics, English, health, and biology cours-
es to prepare for this career. A high school
diploma is required for entry into surgical
technology programs. These technology
programs are offered by hospitals, commu-
nity colleges, and vocational and technical
schools. Programs range from nine to 12
months to earn a certifcate or diploma to
two years for an associates degree.
Increasing numbers of hospitals are
requiring certifcation as a condition of
employment. You may earn a professional
credential by passing a nationally admin-
istered certifying examination. If you pass
the exam and fulfll education and experi-
ence requirements, you are granted the des-
ignation, Certifed Surgical Technologist.
outlook
The feld of surgical technology is project-
2016. Population growth and improvement
in medical and surgical procedures have
contributed to a growing demand for surgi-
cal services and for surgical technologists.
Also, as surgical methods become increas-
ingly complex, more surgical technologists
will likely be needed.
An increasing number of surgical pro-
cedures are being performed in the offces
of physicians and ambulatory surgical cen-
ters, requiring the skills of surgical technol-
ogists. As a result, employment for technol-
ogists in these non-hospital settings should
grow much faster than the average.
ForMoreinformation
You or your teachers can arrange a visit to a
hospital, clinic, or other surgical setting in
order to learn about the work. In addition,
volunteering at a local hospital or nursing
home can give you insight into the health
care environment and help you evaluate
your aptitude to work in such a setting.
associationofSurgicaltechnologists
6 West Dry Creek Circle, Suite 200
800-637-7433
http://www.ast.org
nationalboardofSurgicaltechnologyand
Surgicalassisting
6 West Dry Creek Circle, Suite 100
800-707-0057
mail@nbstsa.org
http://www.lcc-st.org
Growth Field
ber of surgical technicians is ex-
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 41 7/16/09 1:38:32 PM

42
Surveyorsand
Surveying
andMapping
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSurveyorsDo
Surveyors use a variety of mechanical and
electronic tools to measure exact distances
and to locate positions on the earths sur-
face. These geographic measurements are
used in many ways. They determine prop-
erty boundaries and provide information
for mapmaking, construction, and engi-
neering projects.
Some surveyors work on proposed con-
struction projects such as highways, air-
strips, housing developments, and bridges
to provide the necessary measurements
before the engineers and construction
crews begin work. Some help mapmakers
chart unexplored areas. Others survey land
claims, bodies of water, and underground
mines. Surveyors measure areas of land,
sea, or space that are so large that their
measurements must take into account the
curvature of the earth. Some use special
photographic equipment installed in air-
planes or ground stations to chart areas
that are hard to reach in person.
Surveying technicians assist surveyors
by operating surveying instruments, gath-
ering information, and performing com-
puter-aided drafting projects. Mapping
technicians calculate the information used
to make maps based on notes taken in the
feld. They also draw topographical maps
to verify the accuracy of the information.
Whatever their area of specialization,
surveyors must enjoy working outdoors in
all kinds of weather. They must be com-
fortable with the mathematics necessary to
make exact measurements. They must be
able to work with a variety of mechanical
and electronic measuring devices and have
the leadership qualities to direct and super-
vise the work of people on their surveying
team.
It is important to concentrate on math
classes for a surveying career. In high school,
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Geography, Mathematics
SalaryrangE
$28,900 to $51,630 to $83,510
(surveyors)
$20,670 to $33,640 to $55,440
(technicians)
outlook
Cartographers
Geographers
n
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 42 7/16/09 1:38:33 PM
43
you should take courses in algebra, geom-
etry, physics, and mechanical drawing.
After high school, you will need some
postsecondary education. You will do well
in this feld if you earn a bachelors degree
in surveying or engineering. To advance
in some of the more technical specialties,
you may have to study beyond a bachelors
degree.
All 50 states require that land survey-
ors making property and boundary sur-
veys be licensed or registered. Those with
bachelors degrees may need only two to
four years of on-the-job experience, while
those with a lesser degree may need up
to 12 years of prior experience to obtain
a license. Information on specifc require-
ments can be obtained by contacting the
licensure department of the state in which
you plan to work.
outlook
It is predicted that the employment of
surveyors and surveying and mapping
technicians will grow faster than the aver-
age through 2016. The outlook is best for
surveyors who have college degrees and
advanced feld experience. Growth in ur-
ban and suburban areas will provide em-
ployment opportunities.
ForMoreinformation
While you are in school, begin to familiar-
ize yourself with terms, projects, and tools
used in this profession by reading books and
magazines on the topic. One magazine you
can take a look at online is Professional Sur-
veyor Magazine, http://www.profsurv.com.
americanassociationforgeodetic
Surveying
6 Montgomery Village Avenue, Suite 403
240-632-9716
http://www.acsm.net/aags
americancongressonSurveyingand
Mapping
240-632-9716
http://www.acsm.net
nationalSocietyofProfessional
Surveyors
240-632-9716
http://www.nspsmo.org
Surveyors use a device called a theodolite
to measure land areas. (VanHart/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 43 7/16/09 1:38:33 PM
44
Swimming
PoolServicers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatSwimming
PoolServicersDo
Swimming pool servicers clean, repair, and
maintain private and public swimming
pools. Servicers work with outdoor and in-
door pools in peoples backyards, in neigh-
borhood parks, and in health clubs and
YMCAs.
Cleaning is one of the regular duties of
swimming pool servicers. Using brushes,
hoses, and a special underwater vacuum
cleaner, servicers clean the sides, tiles, gut-
ters, and bottom of a pool. For outdoor
pools, they remove leaves and other debris
from the top of the water using long-han-
dled nets, usually on a daily basis.
When a swimming pool is flled with
water, servicers test the water to make sure
it is clean and germ-free. They add chemi-
cals to purify it, and they must be careful to
add the correct amount of each chemical.
If not enough solution is added, all of the
germs in the water may not be killed, but if
too much is added, it could be harmful to
the people who are using the pool.
In maintaining pools, servicers use
equipment to adjust and make minor re-
pairs to the pumping and heating equip-
ment. They must clean and repair the flter
system as well. After servicing a pool, ser-
vicers write a report of the work performed.
The servicer gives a copy of this report to
the pool owner and keeps another copy for
his or her fles.
In areas with cold winters, outdoor
swimming pools must be drained and
closed for the cold months. Swimming
pool servicers remove equipment such as
ladders and diving boards. Servicers then
put the pool equipment in storage. Then
the entire pool is usually covered with wa-
terproof canvas. If water is left in a pool
over the winter, it will freeze. Frozen water
expands the sides of the pool and can crack
or shatter the pools frame.
Opening a pool in the spring also in-
volves many tasks. Servicers frst take the
canvas cover off the pool. If the owner
wishes, servicers may paint the inside
of the pool. Then, they install the lad-
ders and other equipment. Servicers start
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$16,240 to $27,080 to $51,840
outlook
Plumbers
0
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 44 7/16/09 1:38:34 PM
45
the system and look for problems such
as leaks, making any necessary repairs.
They fll the pool with water and make
sure that the heating and circulation sys-
tem is working properly. Finally, servicers
add the necessary chemicals to the water.
Some of the hardest physical labor for a
swimming pool servicer occurs during the
setup time in the spring.
Some servicers are employed by small
companies, while others are self-employed.
Larger companies may build and install
pools throughout the country in addition
to servicing them.
If you want to work as a swimming pool
servicer, take science courses such as chem-
istry and biology in high school so you can
gain an understanding of the chemicals
you will be using. Shop courses with les-
sons in electrical wiring and motors will
also be helpful.
You will develop pool maintenance
skills on the job, where you will be trained
by experienced employees. However, if you
are considering running your own busi-
ness, prepare yourself further by enrolling
in college courses in sales, math, account-
ing, and small business management.
Certifcation is available from the Na-
tional Swimming Pool Foundation and by
service franchisers. Certifcation may help
workers fnd a job or earn more money in
their current position.
outlook
With the growing number of public and
private pools, the demand for profession-
als trained to maintain and repair them
will be strong. Employment opportunities
are expected to grow as fast as the average
through 2016. The establishment of pool
laws benefts servicers because they are of-
ten hired to help owners meet and keep up
with safety regulations.
ForMoreinformation
AQUA Magazine is a good source of tech-
nical information concerning pool service
(http://www.aquamagazine.com).
associationofPoolandSpaProfessionals
2111 Eisenhower Avenue, Suite 500
703-838-0083
memberservices@APSP.org
http://www.nspi.org
independentPoolandSpaService
association
PO Box 15828
Long Beach, CA 90815-0828
888-360-9595
http://www.ipssa.com
nationalSwimmingPoolFoundation
4775 Granby Circle
719-540-9119
http://www.nspf.com
Did You Know?
Swimming pools date back to
the bathhouses in ancient Greek
palaces.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 45 7/16/09 1:38:34 PM
46
Systems
Setup
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatSystemsSetup
SpecialistsDo
Systems setup specialists are responsible for
installing new computer systems and up-
grading existing ones to meet the specifca-
tions of the client. They install hardware,
such as memory, sound cards, fax/modems,
fans, microprocessors, and systems boards.
They also load software and confgure (set
up) the hard drive appropriately. Some
systems setup specialists install computer
systems at the clients location. Installa-
tion might include normal hard drive or
network server confgurations as well as
connecting peripherals such as printers,
phones, fax machines, modems, and nu-
merous terminals. They might be involved
with technical support in providing initial
training to users. Systems setup specialists
are employed by computer manufacturing
companies or computer service companies,
or they may be employed in a businesss
technical support department. Systems set-
up specialists are also called technical sup-
port technicians, desktop analysts/specialists,
and PC setup specialists.
Some specialists work in-house for
large computer manufacturers, retailers, or
service centers. Their clients are typically
individuals buying computers for home
use or small- to medium-sized businesses
with minimal computing needs. Other sys-
tems setup specialists work for companies
that sell mainly to medium- and large-sized
businesses. These specialists split their time
between the employers setup lab and the
clients location.
Depending on the size and complexity
of the system to be installed, systems setup
specialists might travel to the clients loca-
tion before installation in order to map out
the required wiring, communications lines,
and space. Once thorough preparations
have been made, setup specialists move the
equipment to the clients location to begin
installation. Large business installations
can take weeks to complete.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$25,950 to $42,400 to $69,300
outlook
Computer Trainers
Hardware Engineers
Software Engineers
o
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 46 7/16/09 1:38:35 PM
47
If this industry interests you, take high
school classes in computers, mechanics,
and electronics that focus on understand-
ing how complex machinery works.
A high school diploma is a minimum
educational requirement for systems setup
specialist positions. However, the competi-
tive nature of this industry is increasing
the importance of postsecondary educa-
tion, such as an associates degree. Com-
puter technology is advancing so rapidly
that without a solid understanding of the
basics, setup specialists cannot keep up
with the changes.
A number of companies, such as Mi-
crosoft and Cisco, offer training programs
in the use of their products that result in
certifcation. There are also independent
companies that provide training programs
leading to certifcation, which is generally
voluntary.
outlook
Industry experts predict that demand for
systems setup specialists will grow faster
than the average for all other occupations
through 2016.
Because of falling hardware and soft-
ware prices, it has become more affordable
for consumers to purchase home comput-
er setups. Although advances in software
technology have made program installa-
tion easy, computer companies will contin-
ue to offer installation services as a way to
win customers from competitors. As com-
puters become more sophisticated, highly
trained setup specialists will be needed to
install them correctly. It will therefore be
very important for setup specialists to stay
up-to-date with technological advances
through continuing education, seminars,
or work training.
ForMoreinformation
To keep up-to-date on technology develop-
ments and get ideas for customizing, read
computer magazines such as Computer-
world (http://www.computerworld.com),
PC Magazine (http://www.pcmag.com), and
Macworld (http://www.macworld.com). You
may also fnd it helpful to spend a day on
the job with a setup specialist and experi-
ence frsthand what the work entails.
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
acmhelp@acm.org
http://www.acm.org
associationofSupportProfessionals
122 Barnard Avenue
617-924-3944
iEEEcomputerSociety
202-371-0101
Growth Field
ber of systems setup specialists
is expected to grow about 18
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 47 7/16/09 1:38:35 PM

48
tailorsand
Dressmakers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whattailors
andDressmakersDo
Tailors and dressmakers cut, sew, mend,
and alter clothing. Most tailors work with
menswear, such as suits, jackets, and coats.
Dressmakers typically work with womens
clothing, such as dresses, suits, evening
wear, and wedding clothes. Tailors and
dressmakers may be employed in dressmak-
ing and custom tailor shops, department
stores, dry cleaners, and garment factories.
Many others are self-employed, running a
small shop or taking in jobs at home.
Some tailors and dressmakers special-
ize in custom clothing and make garments
from start to fnish. They help customers
choose the style and fabric, using their
knowledge of the various types of fabrics.
They take the customers measurements,
such as height, shoulder width, and arm
length. Tailors and dressmakers may use
ready-made paper patterns, though many
are trained to make their own. The patterns
are then placed on the fabric, and the fab-
ric pieces are carefully cut. If the pattern is
a diffcult one, or if there are special ftting
problems, the tailor or dressmaker may
cut the pattern from muslin and ft it to
the customer. Adjustments are made and
transferred to the paper pattern before it is
used to cut the actual fabric. The cut pieces
are basted together frst and then sewn by
hand or machine. Fittings are held to make
sure the garment fts the customer proper-
ly. Afterwards the garment is fnished with
hems, buttons, trim, and a fnal pressing.
Tailors and dressmakers employed at
larger shops may be trained to specialize
in a specifc task such as patternmaking,
cutting, ftting, or sewing. Bushelers work
in factories to repair faws and correct im-
perfect sewing in fnished garments. Shop
tailors have a detailed knowledge of special
tailoring tasks. They use shears or a knife
to trim and shape the edges of garments
before sewing, attach shoulder pads, and
sew lining in coats. Skilled tailors put fne
stitching on lapels and pockets, make but-
tonholes, and sew on trim.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$16,070 to $24,100 to $39,060
outlook
Decline
Costume Designers
Fashion Designers
Textile Workers
_
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 48 7/16/09 1:38:36 PM
49
Workers in this feld must obviously
have the ability to sew by hand and ma-
chine, follow directions, and measure accu-
rately. In addition, tailors and dressmakers
must have a good eye for color and style.
They need to know how to communicate
with and satisfy customers.
To prepare for a career in this feld, high
school home economics classes such as
sewing and tailoring will be helpful. There
are also many schools that offer on-site
or home study courses in sewing and
dressmaking.
Most tailors and dressmakers have at
least a high school education. However,
many employers prefer college graduates
with advanced training in sewing, tailor-
ing, draping, patternmaking, and design.
Many tailors and dressmakers receive
their training from apprenticeships of-
fered by custom tailor shops or garment
manufacturers. Many others get their start
from work in related jobs, such as an al-
terer in a custom tailoring shop or dry
cleaner store.
outlook
Employment prospects in this industry are
expected to decline through 2016. Factors
attributing to the decline include the low
cost and ready availability of factory-made
clothing and the invention of labor-saving
machinery such as computerized sewing
and cutting machines.
ForMoreinformation
Take sewing classes at school. You can also
create and sew your own designs or offer
your mending and alteration services to
your family and friends. Finally, visit de-
partment stores, clothing specialty stores,
and tailors shops to observe workers in-
volved in this feld.
americanapparelandFootwear
association
1601 North Kent Street, 12th Floor
Arlington, VA 22209
703-524-1864
http://www.apparelandfootwear.org
FashioninstituteofDesignand
Merchandising
919 South Grand Avenue
800-624-1200
http://www.fdm.com
Fashioninstituteoftechnology
New York, NY 10001-5992
212-217-7999
On the evening of a large gala, a
dressmaker puts the fnishing touches
on a couture gown for her client. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 49 7/16/09 1:38:37 PM
50
taxidermists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Self-management
WhattaxidermistsDo
Taxidermists preserve and prepare animal
skins and parts to create lifelike animal rep-
licas. Taxidermists use a variety of methods
to create their mounts. First, they remove
the skin from the carcass of the animals
using knives, scissors, and pliers. The skin
must be removed slowly and carefully to
keep the natural state of fur or feathers.
Once removed, the skin is preserved with a
special solution.
Some taxidermists still make the body
foundation, or skeleton, of the animal.
These foundations are made with a variety
of materials, including clay, plaster, burlap,
papier-mch, wire mesh, and glue. Metal
rods are often used to achieve the desired
mount of the animal.
The taxidermist uses special glues or
modeling clay to attach the skin to the
form. Artifcial eyes, teeth, and tongues are
then attached to the form. Special tech-
niques, such as airbrushing color, or sculpt-
ing eyelids, nose, or lips, are often done to
give the animal a natural look. Taxidermists
may also attach antlers, horns, or claws to
the specimen. The fnal step includes dress-
ing the fur or feathers with styling gel, if
necessary.
Taxidermists work with all sorts of
animals, from one-cell organisms to large
mammals such as elephants. Those em-
ployed by museums are trained to make
models of extinct animal species using in-
formation from drawings or paintings.
Successful taxidermy requires many skills.
You must have good manual dexterity, an
eye for detail, knowledge of animal anato-
my, and training in the taxidermy process-
es. High school classes in art, woodworking,
and metal shop can help hone these skills.
Biology is also important in understanding
the bodily workings of animals.
There are several schools in the United
States with programs or correspondence
courses in taxidermy. Courses are usu-
ally four to six weeks in length and cover
subjects such as laws, bird mounting, fsh
mounting, deer and small mammals, and
diorama making as well as painting and
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, Biology, Technical/Shop
SalaryrangE
$21,630 to $35,350 to $62,640
outlook
Artists
Exhibit Designers
Museum Curators
J
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 50 7/16/09 1:38:37 PM
51
form shaping. Taxidermists who desire mu-
seum work should obtain more specialized
training from museum classes.
Taxidermists must be licensed, though
specifcs vary from state to state. Many
taxidermists choose to belong to national
or local industry associations. The largest
of these is the National Taxidermists Asso-
ciation (NTA). The NTA offers the designa-
tion of Certifed Taxidermists in four cat-
egories: mammals, fsh, birds, and reptiles.
Certifcation is a measure of a taxidermists
skill and experience. Certifed taxidermists
are able to charge a higher fee.
outlook
The job outlook for taxidermists should be
good over the next decade. Although jobs
in museums may be scarce, the demand
for hunting and fshing trophies contin-
ues to provide work for taxidermists. It is
not unusual for qualifed taxidermists to
have a years worth of work backlogged.
In addition, many educational institu-
tions actively seek models of animal and
bird species that are nearing extinction.
Talented taxidermists who can take on a
variety of projects should be able to fnd
steady employment. Those with an eye for
unique poses and mounts, or unusual ex-
pressions, will be in high demand.
ForMoreinformation
You can learn more about this feld by or-
dering videotapes and beginning mount-
ing kits to experience the mounting pro-
cess. Other good learning opportunities
include speaking to a museum taxidermist
or writing to schools or associations that
offer courses in taxidermy. Check with
the National Taxidermists Association for
upcoming conventions and seminars that
are open to the public. Time spent at such
an event would provide you with a solid
learning experience as well as a chance to
meet and mingle with the pros.
nationaltaxidermistsassociation
108 Branch Drive
Slidell, LA 70461
866-662-9054
ntahq@aol.com
http://www.nationaltaxidermists.com
taxidermy.net
http://www.taxidermy.net
theunitedtaxidermistassociation
W. 7246 Perkinstown Avenue
Medford, WI 54451-3987
877-534-4882
safariroom@wildblue.net
http://www.unitedtaxidermist.com
Did You Know?
Carl Ethan Akeley was a museum
taxidermist in the early 20th cen-
tury who started to display his
specimens in habitat groups. His
work is still on display today at the
American Museum of Natural His-
tory in New York City.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 51 7/16/09 1:38:38 PM
52
taxiDrivers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Manage time
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Social
Speaking/listening
WhattaxiDriversDo
Taxi drivers, also known as cab drivers, oper-
ate automobiles and other motor vehicles
to take passengers from one place to an-
other for a fee. This fee is usually based on
distance traveled or time as recorded on a
taximeter.
Taxicabs are an important part of the
mass transportation system in many cit-
ies, so drivers need to be familiar with
as much of the local geographical area
as possible. But taxi drivers are often re-
quired to do more than simply drive peo-
ple from one place to another. They also
help people with their luggage. Sometimes
they pick up and deliver packages. Some
provide sightseeing tours for visitors to a
community.
Taxi drivers who are employed by, or
lease from, a cab service or garage report
to the garage before their shift begins and
are assigned a cab. They receive a trip sheet
and record their name, date of work, and
identifcation number. They also perform
a quick check of the interior and exterior
of the car to ensure it is in proper working
condition. They check fuel and oil levels,
brakes, lights, and windshield wipers and
report any problems to the dispatcher or
company mechanic.
Taxi drivers locate passengers in three
ways. Customers may call the cab compa-
ny with the time and place they wish to be
picked up. The dispatcher uses a two-way
radio system to notify the driver of this
pick-up information. Other drivers pick up
passengers at cab stands and taxi lines at
airports, theaters, hotels, and railroad sta-
tions. The third manner of pick up for taxi
drivers is by cruising busy streets to service
passengers who hail them.
When a destination is reached, the
taxi driver determines the fare and informs
the rider of the cost. Fares include a drop
charge (an automatic charge for use of the
cab) and a fee for the time and distance
traveled (measured by a machine called a
taximeter). Additional portions of the fare
may include charges for luggage handling
and additional occupants. In addition, a
passenger usually pays the taxi driver a tip,
which is based on the quality and effcien-
cy of the service.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$14,990 to $20,810 to $33,410
outlook
Mail Carriers
Truck Drivers
X
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 52 7/16/09 1:38:38 PM
53
Taxi drivers are required to keep ac-
curate records of their activities. They re-
cord the times and places where they pick
up and deliver passengers on a trip sheet.
They also keep records on the number and
amounts of fares they collect.
If you plan on becoming a taxi driver,
you should be in reasonably good health
and have a good driving record and no
criminal record. In general, you must be
21 years of age or older to drive a taxicab.
While driving is not physically strenuous,
you will occasionally be asked to lift heavy
packages or luggage. If you work in a big
city, you should have especially steady
nerves because you will spend considerable
time driving in heavy traffc. You must also
be courteous, patient, and able to get along
with many different kinds of people.
Taxi drivers do not usually need to meet
any particular educational requirements,
but a high school education will help you
handle the record-keeping part of the job.
You should also take courses in driver edu-
cation, business math, and English.
You must have a regular drivers li-
cense. In most large cities, taxi drivers also
must have a special taxicab operators li-
cense, commonly called a hackers license,
in addition to a chauffeurs license. Police
departments, safety departments, or public
utilities commissions generally issue these
special licenses. The operators license may
need to be renewed annually.
outlook
Job opportunities for taxi drivers are ex-
pected to grow faster than the average
through 2016. The high turnover rate in
this occupation means that many new job
openings occur when drivers leave their
jobs to go into another kind of work. As
the American population increases and
traffc becomes more congested, the need
for taxi drivers will increase, especially in
metropolitan areas. Many drivers work on
a part-time basis, and that situation is like-
ly to continue.
ForMoreinformation
Visit your local library to fnd books about
taxi drivers and other transportation ca-
reers. Ask your teacher or guidance coun-
selor to set up a talk with a taxi driver. Take
a ride in a taxi to experience the career
frsthand.
taxicab,limousineandParatransit
association
3200 Tower Oaks Boulevard, Suite 220
301-984-5700
info@tlpa.org
http://www.tlpa.org
A taxi driver gives change to a man as he
drops him off outside of Penn Station in
New York City. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 53 7/16/09 1:38:39 PM
54
taxPreparers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reasoning
Speaking/listening
WhattaxPreparersDo
Tax preparers fll out tax forms to help peo-
ple fgure out how much money they owe
to the government. They use their knowl-
edge of local, state, and national tax laws
to analyze tax documents and complete
tax returns for individuals and business
frms.
To fll out tax forms, preparers meet
with clients privately and look over all im-
portant tax documents. Preparers need to
see wage statements, records of other in-
come, and any property tax information.
Preparers often like to see a copy of the
previous years tax return. For most cli-
ents, especially business clients, it is also
important to have an accurate listing of all
business expenses. Preparers then talk to
the client to fnd out additional informa-
tion concerning the clients fnancial situ-
ation. They may ask questions about a cli-
ents investments or about how much the
client spent on a business trip. Preparers
also must be aware of any unusual profts
or losses in a particular year, such as large
medical expenses or a great increase in the
value of his or her stocks.
Once the fnancial information has
been collected, tax preparers fgure out
how much is owed and fll out the appro-
priate forms. If the tax return is simple, the
preparer will complete the return while the
client waits. For more diffcult returns, the
preparer will complete the forms at a later
time.
Tax preparers must be careful when
determining tax calculations. Preparers
use calculators and computers to check
their results, and tax forms are reviewed
by another tax preparer to make sure they
are accurate. Tax preparers must sign every
tax form they complete and give a copy of
the completed form to the client. Prepar-
ers always keep a record of all completed
forms.
Tax preparers who work for tax ser-
vice frms are often called tax interviewers.
Most of their clients come to them during
tax season, which is between January and
mid-April.
Preparers must be able to work under
deadline pressure and be able to work with
c
SchoolSubjEctS
SalaryrangE
$16,600 to $28,510 to $62,900
outlook
Decline slowly
Accountants
Bookkeepers
Financial Planners
s
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 54 7/16/09 1:38:40 PM
55
all types of clients, including those who are
nervous or upset about the taxes they may
owe. The process of flling out tax forms
can be stressful for some clients, and pre-
parers must be able to handle these situa-
tions calmly.
To prepare for a career in this feld, you
will need at least a high school diploma.
High school courses in business and math-
ematics will be the most useful. Many pre-
parers earn a college degree in business ad-
ministration with an emphasis on tax law.
A few universities offer masters degrees in
taxation.
Most tax services provide new work-
ers with on-the-job training, during which
time a new employee is carefully super-
vised. You may spend several weeks or
months reviewing the work of other pre-
parers before working on actual tax situ-
ations. Tax preparers must also continue
their professional education. Both federal
and state tax laws are revised every year,
and the tax preparer is obligated to under-
stand these new laws thoroughly by Janu-
ary 1 of each year.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
offers an examination for tax preparers.
Those who complete the test successfully
are called enrolled agents and are entitled
to legally represent any taxpayer in any
type of audit before the IRS or state tax
boards.
outlook
Employment opportunities for tax prepar-
ers are expected to decline slowly for all
other occupations through 2016. Accord-
ing to the IRS, more than 50 percent of
U.S. taxpayers prepare their own returns,
but because tax laws are constantly chang-
ing and growing more complex, demand
for tax professionals will remain constant.
Much of this demand, however, is expect-
ed to be met by the tax preparers already
working because computers are increas-
ingly speeding up the process of tabulating
and storing data.
ForMoreinformation
Try to familiarize yourself with the tax
preparation software available on the In-
ternet, and use Web sites to keep abreast of
changing laws, regulations, and develop-
ments in the industry.
internalrevenueService
Department of Treasury
http://www.irs.ustreas.gov
nationalassociationoftaxProfessionals
720 Association Drive, PO Box 8002
Appleton, WI 54914-8002
800-558-3402
natp@natptax.com
http://www.natptax.com
Did You Know?
The 16th Amendment to the Con-
stitution, adopted in 1913, estab-
lished the federal income tax.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 55 7/16/09 1:38:40 PM
56
teacheraides
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatteacheraidesDo
Teachers plan and teach lessons, grade pa-
pers, prepare exams, attend faculty meet-
ings, and perform a variety of other du-
ties in schools. Teacher aides assist them
in many of their responsibilities. Teacher
aides are sometimes called education para-
professionals or paraeducators.
Teacher aides help prepare instruction-
al materials for students, assist students
with their classroom work, and supervise
lunchrooms, playgrounds, hallways, and
other areas around the school. They also
do paperwork, grade students tests, and
operate audiovisual equipment. They take
attendance and hand out materials such as
books, photocopies, and writing supplies.
Teacher aides make sure students get
on the correct school bus after school ends,
and they stay with other students until
parents and carpool drivers arrive. They
help teachers with fling, word processing,
and photocopying. Aides write requests for
classroom supplies and help arrange class
trips.
Teacher aides do some teaching. They
give lectures, conduct group discussions,
and listen to elementary school children
read.
Teacher aides work in traditional
schools and classrooms, in special educa-
tion, bilingual education, and a variety of
other settings. They most often work in
elementary schools, but teacher aides also
work in high schools, often with students
who have learning disabilities or behavior-
al disorders.
To be a successful teacher aide, you
must enjoy working with children and be
able to handle their demands, problems,
and questions with patience and fairness.
You must be willing and able to follow
instructions, but you also should be able
to take the initiative in projects. Flexibil-
ity, creativity, and a cheerful outlook are
defnite assets for anyone working with
children.
To be a teacher aide, you need a well-
rounded education in math, English, social
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, English, History
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$14,650 to $21,580 to $33,050
outlook
Preschool Teachers
L
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 56 7/16/09 1:38:40 PM
57
studies, science, art, and physical educa-
tion. Courses in child development, home
economics, and psychology are valuable in
this career. Educational requirements for
teacher aides vary widely. Teacher aides
who handle clerical or supervisory duties
only need a high school diploma. If you
will be doing any teaching or classroom
work, however, some college work is usu-
ally required. It is important to remember
that an aide who is qualifed to work in
one state, or even one school, may not be
qualifed to work in another. Be sure to fnd
out the specifc job requirements from the
school, school district, or state department
of education in the area where you would
like to work.
Teacher aides often receive on-the-job
training, usually under the supervision of
a certifed teacher. Often community and
junior colleges have certifcate and associ-
ates programs that prepare teacher aides
for classroom work.
outlook
Employment growth in this feld is expect-
ed to be about as fast as the average through
2016. Because of increased responsibilities
for aides, state departments of education
will likely establish standards of training.
The feld of special education (working
with students with specifc learning, emo-
tional, or physical concerns or disabilities)
is expected to grow rapidly, and more aides
will be needed in these areas. The 1997 In-
dividuals with Disabilities Education Act
requires a more specialized training for
aides working with students with disabili-
ties. Teacher aides who want to work with
young children in day care or extended day
programs will have a relatively easy time
fnding work because more children are at-
tending these programs while their parents
are at work.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer to help with religious education
classes at your place of worship. Babysit-
ting will give you experience in working
with children and help you learn about the
different stages of child development.
americanFederationofteachers
http://www.aft.org
associationforchildhoodEducation
international
Olney, MD 20832-2277
800-423-3563
headquarters@acei.org
http://www.acei.org
nationalresourcecenterfor
Paraprofessionals
Utah State University
6526 Old Main Hill
Logan, UT 84322-6526
435-797-7272
http://www.nrcpara.org
Fast Fact
To learn more about becoming
a teacher aide, check out in-
clusion: An Essential Guide for
the Paraprofessional (Peggy A.
Hammeken, Sage Publications,
2003).
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 57 7/16/09 1:38:41 PM
58
technical
Support
Specialists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whattechnical
SupportSpecialistsDo
Technical support specialists investigate and
solve computer problems. They listen to
customer complaints, discuss possible solu-
tions, and write technical reports.
Technical support can be divided into
two areasuser support and technical sup-
port. User support specialists answer calls
from users who have problems with their
computers. They listen carefully as the user
explains the problem and the commands
entered that seemed to cause the problem.
They then try to work with the user to re-
solve the problem. If the problem is user
error, the support specialist explains the
mistake and teaches the correct procedure.
If the problem is in the hardware or soft-
ware, the specialist isolates the problem
and recommends a solution. The support
specialist may have to consult supervisors
or programmers.
Technical support specialists solve
problems with a computers operating
system, hardware, or software. They may
modify or reinstall software programs or
replace hardware parts. Technical support
specialists who work in large corporations
oversee the daily operations of the various
computer systems in the company, deter-
mine if upgrades are needed, and work
with other computer experts to modify
commercial software to the companys spe-
cifc needs. Technical support specialists
who work for hardware and software man-
ufacturers solve problems over the phone
or Internet, or they may visit a clients site.
They answer questions about installation,
operation, and customizing.
Technical support specialists should be
patient, enjoy challenges of problem solv-
ing, and think logically. They should work
well under stress and demonstrate effec-
tive communication skills. Working in a
feld that changes rapidly, they should be
naturally curious and enthusiastic about
c
SchoolSubjEctS
SalaryrangE
$25,950 to $42,400 to $69,300
outlook
Systems Set Up Specialists
o
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 58 7/16/09 1:38:41 PM
59
learning new technologies as they are
developed.
You will need a high school diploma to be-
come a technical support specialist. To pre-
pare for a career in this feld, take courses
in computer science, mathematics, techni-
cal/shop, and English in high school.
More advanced training is not a stan-
dard requirement for this job because tech-
nology changes too quickly to be taught in
a formal education program. An associates
degree in a computer-related subject can
show potential employers that you are
profcient in general computer technol-
ogy. Large corporations often prefer to hire
people with an associates degree and some
experience.
A number of organizations, including
the Computing Technology Industry As-
sociation, offer several different types of
certifcation. Although certifcation is not
always required, it may qualify you for
certain jobs and lead to new employment
opportunities.
outlook
It is predicted that the technical support
specialist position will be one of the fastest
growing of all occupations through 2016.
Every time a new computer product is re-
leased on the market or another system is
installed, there will be problems, wheth-
er from user error or technical diffculty.
Therefore, there will always be a need for
technical support specialists to solve the
problems.
ForMoreinformation
Start working and playing on computers
as much as possible. Surf the Internet,
read computer magazines, and join school
or community computer clubs. Look for
special computer classes and demonstra-
tions in your area. Learn as many soft-
ware programs as you can. Also, learn
about networks, hardware, and peripheral
equipment.
New York, NY 10121-0701
800-342-6626
acmhelp@acm.org
http://www.acm.org
computingtechnologyindustry
association(comptia)
1815 South Meyers Road, Suite 300
Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181-5228
630-678-8300
http://www.comptia.org
helpDeskinstitute(hDi)
102 South Tejon, Suite 1200
800-248-5667
support@thinkhdi.com
http://www.thinkhdi.com
iEEEcomputerSociety
202-371-0101
Growth Field
ber of technical support special-
ists is expected to grow about 18
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 59 7/16/09 1:38:42 PM

60
technical
Writersand
Editors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhattechnicalWriters
andEditorsDo
Technical writers put scientifc and technical
information into understandable language.
They write manuals, technical reports, sales
proposals, and scripts for audiovisual and
video programs. The manuals that they
prepare give instructions on how to install,
assemble, use, or repair a product or equip-
ment. These manuals can be as simple as
instructions on how to assemble a bicycle
or as complex as instructions on how to op-
erate a nuclear generator. Computer manu-
als are the most common types of manuals
prepared by technical writers.
Technical editors work with writers to
correct any errors in written material and
to make text fow more clearly. They also
may coordinate writing projects and ar-
range for graphic designers and technical
illustrators to produce artwork.
Before technical writers begin writing,
they gather as much information as possi-
ble about the subject. They read and review
all available materials, including engineer-
ing drawings, reports, and journal articles.
Technical writers interview people familiar
with the topic, such as engineers, scientists,
and computer programmers. Once they
have gathered the necessary information,
they write a frst draft.
The writer gives copies of the rough
draft to the technical editor and engineers
to review. The technical editor corrects
any errors in spelling, punctuation, and
grammar and checks that all parts of the
document are clear and understandable.
The writer revises the rough draft based on
comments from the engineers and the edi-
tor. The technical editor again checks the
fnal copy to make sure that all pictures
are properly placed, that captions match
the correct pictures, and that there are no
other errors.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Business, English
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$36,490 to $60,390 to $94,550
(Writers)
$27,360 to $48,320 to $91,390
(Editors)
outlook
Book Editors
Indexers
Magazine Editors
Newspaper Editors
Writers
o
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 60 7/16/09 1:38:42 PM
61
In addition to traditional books and
paper documents, technical writers and ed-
itors prepare materials for CD-ROMs, mul-
timedia programs, and the Web.
If you are interested in becoming a techni-
cal writer or editor, you should understand
complex, scientifc ideas and be able to ex-
plain them to others. In high school, take
as many English and science classes as you
can. Business, journalism, math, and com-
puter classes will also be helpful.
You will need to earn a bachelors de-
gree to get a job in this feld. Many techni-
cal writers earn degrees in engineering or
science and take technical writing classes.
Technical editors may earn degrees in Eng-
lish or journalism. Many technical writers
and editors earn advanced degrees, such as
masters degrees. Writers and editors need
to pursue learning throughout their careers
to fnd out about new technologies, such as
desktop publishing or creating multimedia
programs.
Many technical writers start their ca-
reers as scientists, engineers, or technicians
and move into writing after a few years.
Technical editors may start out as editorial
assistants or proofreaders and advance to
an editorial position once they have more
experience.
outlook
The writing and editing feld is general-
ly very competitive. Each year, there are
more people trying to enter this feld than
there are available openings. The feld of
technical writing and editing, though,
offers more opportunities than other ar-
eas of writing and editing, such as book
publishing or journalism. Employment
opportunities for technical writers and
editors are expected to grow about as fast
as the average through 2016. Demand is
growing for technical writers who can
produce well-written computer manuals.
In addition to the computer industry, the
pharmaceutical industry is showing an in-
creased need for technical writers. Rapid
growth in the high-technology and elec-
tronics industries and the Internet will
create a continuing demand for people to
write users guides, instruction manuals,
and training materials.
ForMoreinformation
You can gain experience in this feld by
working on a literary magazine, student
newspaper, or yearbook. Try to write in a
journal daily. Read all sorts of materials.
This will expose you to both good and bad
writing styles and techniques and help you
to identify why one approach works better
than another.
Societyfortechnicalcommunication
703-522-4114
stc@stc.org
http://www.stc.org
Fast Fact
There are about 47,000 techni-
cal writers working in the Unit-
ed States today.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 61 7/16/09 1:38:43 PM
62
telecom-
munications
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whattelecommunications
techniciansDo
Telecommunications technicians install,
maintain, and repair a wide variety of tele-
communications equipment, which is used
for transmitting voices and data across dis-
tances. Telecommunications systems typi-
cally are used to link telephones, but they
may also link computers, fax machines, or
Teletype machines. Most telecommunica-
tions technicians work in telephone com-
pany offces or wherever telephone custom-
ers need equipment installed or repaired.
Other kinds of equipment also are used
in telecommunications. Messages and sig-
nals can be sent using telegraph wires, laser
beams, microwave transmissions, satellites,
and fber optics cables. Often several kinds
of equipment are linked together in a com-
plicated system.
There are many technicians who work
in this complex industry. Central offce tech-
nicians and switching equipment technicians
work in telephone company central offces.
They install, test, repair, and maintain the
equipment that automatically connects
lines when customers dial a number.
PBX systems technicians work on private
branch exchanges (PBXs), which are direct
lines that businesses install to bypass tele-
phone company lines. PBX equipment can
provide specialized services such as elec-
tronic mail and automatic routing of calls
at the lowest possible cost.
Submarine cable equipment technicians
work with machines and equipment used
to send messages through underwater ca-
bles. Working in cable offces and stations,
they check on transmitters and printers
and replace faulty parts.
Automatic-equipment technicians work
for telegraph companies, maintaining and
adjusting telegraph equipment. Network
control technicians work with electronic
networks transmitting data that use sev-
eral different kinds of equipment, such as a
combination of telephone lines, satellites,
and computers. They electronically test the
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$31,520 to $54,070 to $69,110
outlook
Decline
Wireless Service Technicians
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 62 7/16/09 1:38:45 PM
63
various parts of the network and monitor
its performance.
Microwave technicians help design, test,
and install various parts of microwave com-
munications systems and radar equipment.
Most of these technicians are employed by
the army and defense industries.
While in high school, you should take al-
gebra, geometry, physics, and computer
courses if you are interested in becoming
a telecommunications technician. You also
should take shop courses that will intro-
duce you to many of the principles of elec-
tricity and electronics.
Telecommunications employers pre-
fer to hire technicians who have already
learned many of the necessary skills for
the job, which can be done either through
service in the military or through a post-
secondary training program, such as those
available at community and junior colleges
or vocational institutes. These schools offer
programs in telecommunications technol-
ogy, computer maintenance, electronics,
and other appropriate subjects.
Some employers may require an associ-
ates or bachelors degree in an area such as
engineering. Because of the rapid advance-
ments of telecommunications technology,
installers may be required to take continuing
education courses, either as part of in-house
training or through a college program.
outlook
Employment of central offce and PBX in-
stallers and repairers is expected to decline
signifcantly through 2016. The reasons for
this drop in employment include sweep-
ing technological changes that are making
it possible to install and maintain phone
systems with far fewer workers than in the
past. These effects may be offset, however,
by increased demand for a variety of servic-
es from phone and cable companies. The
wide use of the Internet and fax machines
has led to a number of homes with mul-
tiple lines. Because much business is now
conducted through telephone lines, repairs
during storms and other emergencies must
be done more quickly and effciently, re-
quiring the skills of experienced installers
and repairers.
ForMoreinformation
Building electronic kits and assembling
models will help develop your manual
dexterity and mechanical ability as well as
teach you to follow drawings and plans.
501 Third Street NW
202-434-1100
Did You Know?
Making calls used to be quite dif-
ferent than it is today. The letters
on a phone dial were once used
for dialing telephone exchang-
es, which were groups of service
subscribers that were assigned the
name of a town or an area within
a city. To dial, you would dial the
numbers that corresponded to the
frst two letters of the exchange
name, followed by the persons in-
dividual number.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 63 7/16/09 1:38:45 PM
64
telemarketers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Self-esteem
Social
Speaking/listening
WhattelemarketersDo
Telemarketers sell goods and services on
the telephone. They also take orders, han-
dle complaints, and conduct surveys with
people over the telephone. Their tele-
phone communication skills are of great
use to a wide variety of businesses and
organizations.
Many stores and manufacturers pro-
vide their customers with toll-free num-
bers and encourage them to call if they
have questions, complaints, or concerns.
Some stores sell all of their products
through catalogs (rather than having re-
tail outlets). Telemarketers for these busi-
nesses take customers calls as they come
in, and some stay open seven days a week,
24 hours a day.
Telemarketers are employed either by
frms selling goods or services or by agen-
cies that sell the services of its telemarketers
for limited periods of time. Some agencies
work in one particular feld. For example,
an agency might specialize in fund-rais-
ing or in book or magazine promotions.
Other agencies work in a wide variety of
industries.
Telemarketers make outgoing calls and
receive incoming calls. The outgoing calls
might be made to people who return reply
cards or who show interest in a product
or service. Sometimes telemarketers make
calls to potential customers selected at
random. These are called cold calls. When
telemarketers make any type of call, they
often read from a prepared script.
Inbound calls are typically from cus-
tomers ordering products. Others might
be for airplane reservations, tickets to con-
certs or sports events, or requests for vari-
ous kinds of information.
Many telemarketers work in offces,
usually at the company or agency head-
quarters. They might make their calls in an
offce with four or fve other workers or in a
room with several hundred. Some compa-
nies employ telemarketers who work out of
their own homes, usually during the eve-
ning hours.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Business, Speech
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$15,260 to $21,390 to $38,390
outlook
Decline
Collection Workers
Receptionists
Telephone Operators
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 64 7/16/09 1:38:46 PM

65
People who work as telemarketers
should have patience. A good attitude is
particularly important, since telemarketers
often have to deal with rude customers.
To prepare for the telemarketing feld, take
high school classes including speech, Eng-
lish, communications, broadcasting, and
business. Psychology and sociology are
also useful. Most telemarketing compa-
nies and agencies require that their work-
ers have earned high school diplomas,
and some frms prefer to hire only college
graduates.
Telemarketers usually receive a great
deal of on-the-job training. Companies
and agencies that hire telemarketers fre-
quently have instructors on staff to show
new employees how to use in-house equip-
ment and how to read the scripts. They
also review sales techniques with trainees
and help them to develop listening skills.
In addition, instructors explain the best
ways to calm angry customers and to han-
dle complaints.
outlook
Employment opportunities in the telemar-
keting industry are expected to decline
through 2016. One possible reason for the
decline is the governments adoption of
privacy and opt-out legislation that gives
consumers the opportunity to place their
names and phone numbers on lists prohib-
iting or limiting calls from telemarketers.
In addition, many telemarketing agencies
now use automatic call distribution sys-
tems that distribute calls evenly among
employees for the fastest customer service
possible.
ForMoreinformation
Many groups routinely need volunteer
telemarketers, including local political
campaigns, theaters and other arts groups,
churches, schools, and nonproft social or-
ganizations, such as crisis centers and in-
ner-city recreation programs. Getting vol-
unteer experience should help you decide
if telemarketing is the right career choice
for you.
americanMarketingassociation
800-262-1150
DirectMarketingassociation
New York, NY 10036-6700
212-768-7277
http://www.the-dma.org
Fast Fact
The National Do Not Call Reg-
istry opened on June 27, 2003.
This free service allows people
to remove their names from
telemarketers call lists. Tele-
marketers that call a number
on this list can be fned up to
$11,000 per call.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 65 7/16/09 1:38:46 PM
66
telephone
installersand
repairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Whattelephoneinstallers
andrepairersDo
Telephone installers and repairers put in,
take out, service, and repair telephones
in homes and offces. Sometimes the jobs
of the installer and the repairer are com-
bined, and the worker is called a telephone
installer-repairer.
Whenever customers request a new tele-
phone, add an extension, or replace an old
telephone, installers do all the work required
for the full operation of the new telephone.
They travel to the customers home or of-
fce in a truck that contains all the necessary
equipment. If the customer needs a new
connection to the central telephone offce,
installers climb a nearby telephone pole to
attach the incoming wire to the service line.
On some jobs, they drill through walls and
foors to install wiring. In addition to home
and business telephones, installers also put
in telephone booths and coin collectors.
Sometimes wear and tear of wires and
parts causes a telephone to work improp-
erly. When this happens, it is the job of the
telephone repairer to test the phone, locate
the trouble, and fx the problem.
Some stores, business offces, hotels,
and other buildings have a single tele-
phone number. However, to channel the
large number of incoming and outgoing
calls, businesses use a switchboard system.
This is like having a private telephone sys-
tem (called a private branch exchange, or
PBX) within the building. A PBX installer
sets up the wiring and switchboard equip-
ment to make the system function. Some
PBX installers also set up teletypewriters,
mobile radiophones, and equipment for
television and radio broadcasting. And,
like regular telephone repairers, PBX repair-
ers locate any trouble with a PBX system
and then repair it.
In high school, you should take math and
computer courses to prepare for the techni-
cal nature of the telephone installer and re-
pairer career. You should also take courses in
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$25,140 to $47,220 to $68,570
outlook
Decline
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 66 7/16/09 1:38:48 PM
67
shop, electronics, and other courses that will
involve you with hands-on experiments.
Telephone companies prefer to hire
inexperienced persons and train them for
telephone and PBX installation and re-
pair jobs. However, to be considered for
a telephone-training program, you must
be a high school or vocational school
graduate. Some employers may require an
associates or bachelors degree in an area
such as engineering. Because of the rap-
id advancements of telecommunications
technology, installers may be required to
take continuing education courses, either
as part of in-house training or through a
college program. You must enjoy working
with your hands and have a fair amount
of mechanical ability.
Once hired, new workers complete a
training program that combines on-the-job
work experience with classroom instruc-
tion. After workers have become quali-
fed telephone installers, additional train-
ing is necessary before they can become
telephone repairers, or PBX installers and
repairers.
outlook
Employment of central offce and PBX in-
stallers and repairers is expected to decline
signifcantly through 2016. The reasons for
this drop in employment include techno-
logical changes that are making it possible
to install and maintain phone systems with
far fewer workers than in the past.
Installers and repairers with additional
training may be able to fnd work with the
growing number of businesses that connect
offce computers and networks. Those with
degrees in engineering can assist in the de-
sign for the cabling of business complexes,
colleges, and other institutions requiring
up-to-date communication services.
ForMoreinformation
Building electronic kits and assembling
models will help you develop your manual
and mechanical skills. Ask your teacher to
arrange a visit to a telephone company fa-
cility to get an overall view of the compa-
nys operations.
501 Third Street NW
202-434-1100
Womenincableandtelecommunications
14555 Avion Parkway, Suite 250
703-234-9810
http://www.wict.org
Did You Know?
Shared service lines, or party
lines were once common in U.S.
households. A line of service was
shared by two or more homes,
with each home assigned a distinc-
tive ring. Only one household at a
time could use the service line, and
because the line was not private,
people could potentially listen in
on their neighbors calls!
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 67 7/16/09 1:38:49 PM
68
telephone
operators
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whattelephone
operatorsDo
Telephone operators provide customers with
a variety of services. They help customers
with collect calls, long-distance calls, and
other connections that require assistance.
In these instances, operators obtain the
information needed to place the call and
record the details for billing.
Directory assistance operators, also called
information operators, get telephone num-
bers for customers by using telephone
directories that have alphabetical and
geographic listings. Upon fnding the tele-
phone number, the directory assistance
operator reads the number to the customer
or activates a computerized recording that
provides the customer with the number.
Most people are familiar with the oper-
ators who work for telephone companies,
but there are also operators who work for
other types of companies. These opera-
tors, called PBX (private branch exchange)
operators, transfer incoming calls to the cor-
rect person, give information to callers, as-
sist employees in making calls, and record
charges for outgoing calls.
Telephone operators should be pleas-
ant and courteous and have nice speaking
voices. They also should not mind sitting
for long periods. Operators must be good
listeners and have good reading and spell-
ing skills and legible handwriting. Good
hand-eye coordination and an ability to
work under pressure are also important for
success in this job.
In high school, take speech, drama, and
other classes that will help you with oral
communication skills. Typing and com-
puter fundamentals courses will prepare
you for the demands of running a modern
switchboard.
quirements for the job of telephone op-
erator, but most employers prefer to hire
people who are high school graduates. New
operators are given one to three weeks of in-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Business, Speech
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$16,990 to $31,570 to $48,970
outlook
Decline
Receptionists
Telemarketers
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 68 7/16/09 1:38:51 PM
69
dividual training under the supervision of
an experienced operator. During this time,
they are taught how to handle the different
types of calls and any emergencies. Opera-
tors are then assigned to a regular position
at the switchboard. They continue to re-
ceive on-the-job training as more modern
equipment becomes available.
Though a company may have its own
training program leading to certifcation,
there is no national certifcation. Many op-
erators, however, do belong to local union
chapters of such organizations as Commu-
nications Workers of America (CWA). CWA
assists workers in obtaining fair wages, ben-
efts, and working conditions.
outlook
Employment of telephone operators is ex-
pected to decline through 2016, due to au-
tomation, which increases the productivity
of workers. Direct dialing and computerized
billing have eliminated the need for many
operators. Voice recognition technology,
which gives computers the capacity to un-
derstand speech and to respond to callers,
now offers directory assistance and helps
to place collect calls. Voice response equip-
ment, which allows callers to communicate
with computers through the use of touch-
tone signals, is used widely by a number of
large companies. Using a combination of
voice response equipment, voice mail and
messaging systems, and automated call dis-
tribution, incoming phone calls can be rout-
ed to their destination without the use of an
operator. People now use the Internet and
e-mail to communicate, neither of which
requires operators. Directory assistance ser-
vices are also available on the Internet that
provide not only phone numbers, but ad-
dresses, maps, and e-mail addresses.
Operators will fnd most job opportu-
nities outside telephone companies, with
customer service departments, telemarket-
ing frms, reservation ticket agencies, hotel
switchboards, and other services that feld
a number of calls. TDD, phone services for
the deaf, also requires operators, and the
Americans with Disabilities Act is allowing
people better access to such services.
ForMoreinformation
You can explore this career by arranging a
visit to a local or long-distance telephone
company to observe operators at work.
There you may also have the chance to
talk with operators about their jobs. Tak-
ing speech classes and joining the debate
team will help you build your communi-
cation skills.
uStelecomassociation
202-326-7300
http://www.usta.org
Did You Know?
Before 1910, telephone opera-
tors had to assist callers with con-
versations on long-distance calls.
The caller would tell the operator
what he or she wanted to say to
the other person and the operator
acted as a repeater, repeating
the message to the other person.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 69 7/16/09 1:38:51 PM
70
temporary
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whattemporary
WorkersDo
Employees who work on an assignment or
contractual basis are called temporary work-
ers. They usually sign up with agencies,
staffng offces, or placement centers that
place qualifed workers in jobs lasting from
one day to months according to their edu-
cational background, work experience, or
profession.
Almost half of all temporary workers
in the United States are administrative and
clerical workers. Reception, secretarial, and
administrative work are some assignments
in this category. Many administrative tem-
poraries are skilled in word processing, vari-
ous computer programs, and other offce
procedures.
Industrial workers are also employed
as temporaries. Assignments may include
inspecting, labeling, packaging, and re-
cord keeping in factories, warehouses, and
docks.
Managerial temporaries include retired
businesspeople, recent MBA graduates,
and freelance business consultants who
usually have degrees in business or related
subjects.
Computer programmers, systems ana-
lysts, and hardware and software engineers
are some of the information technology
(IT) specialists who work as temporaries.
Often referred to as techsperts, they are
contracted to help meet deadlines or work
on short-term projects. Web designers are
also in demand to design and create new
company Web sites or tweak existing ones.
Help-desk specialists are often enlisted
to provide support for a companys IT
department.
Accounting professionals are often
hired temporarily to compile fnancial re-
ports, perform audits, and prepare compa-
ny tax reports. Accounting temps must have
a degree in accounting, taxation, or busi-
ness administration.
Companies contract engineers or sci-
entists to work on special projects or new
research. Temporary workers in this feld
c
SchoolSubjEctS
English, Speech
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$10 to $25 to $50 an hour
outlook
Clerks
Internet Executives
Receptionists
Secretaries
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 70 7/16/09 1:38:53 PM
71
are highly specialized, and most have ad-
vanced degrees and work experience in
their specialties.
Law frms often contract lawyers on a
short-term basis to work with their exist-
ing legal team. Paralegals may also work on
temporary assignments to research cases,
prepare documents, or provide other legal
assistance.
Health professionals are enjoying great
growth in temporary services. Nurses and
nurse assistants are in especially high de-
mand for assignments ranging in length
from one day to months at a time. Hospi-
tals in rural towns or remote locations rely
heavily on health professionals to work
short-term contracts. Physical therapists,
radiological technicians, dialysis techni-
cians, medical assistants, and medical re-
cords clerks may also work on temporary
assignments.
Temporary work is not usually a career
goal. Most people pursue a career and fnd
along the way that temporary work suits
their personal lives, educational goals, or
professional ambitions better than a full-
time, long-term position.
For administrative and clerical work,
you need a background in business, word
processing, computers, math, and English.
To work as a temp in any professional ca-
pacity, such as nursing, accounting, law,
engineering, or information technology,
you must complete the educational re-
quirements for that profession and have
some work experience. Many clients re-
quire temporary workers to have college
degrees or solid training before offering
nonentry-level assignments such as mana-
gerial or technical projects.
outlook
Temporary employment is one of the fast-
est-growing industries in the United States.
The American Staffng Association expects
that temps in professional occupations, es-
pecially health care, law, and engineering,
will be in great demand.
ForMoreinformation
There are many Web sites devoted to
the world of temporary work. See Kelly
Services (http://www.kelleyservices.com) or
The Contract Employees Handbook (http://
www.cehandbook.com).
americanStaffngassociation
703-253-2020
asa@americanstaffng.net
http://www.americanstaffng.net
ManpowerWorldwide
100 Manpower Place
414-961-1000
http://www.manpower.com
nationalassociationofPersonnelServices
131 Prominence Lane, Suite 130
Dawsonville, GA 30534-8933
706-531-0060
http://www.recruitinglife.com
Did You Know?
In 1946 William Russell Kelly
founded Kelly Services Inc., one of
the frst staffng agencies in the
United States.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 71 7/16/09 1:38:54 PM
72
textile
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhattextileWorkersDo
Many of the products we use every day,
from the clothes we wear to the rugs we
walk on, are made from textiles (woven
fabrics). Textile workers are the people in-
volved with converting natural and manu-
factured fbers into these usable products.
Some workers operate machinery that
makes the fber and yarn used to produce
fabrics. Others are employed in the areas
of design, research, and marketing. Textile
workers specifc responsibilities depend
on the area in which they work.
The textile manufacturing process be-
gins with the preparation of fbers for spin-
ning. Operators oversee machines that break
up large quantities of fbers, remove some
of the damaged fbers, and blend the rest
of the fbers together into spools of yarn.
This yarn is then fastened onto other ma-
chines, where textile workers weave it into
large sheets. While the machines are in op-
eration, operators replace spools of yarn as
needed and watch for any problems, such
as breaking yarn or dull needles.
The woven material may be either plain
or patterned. Some textile workers set up
the looms, and others make sure the pat-
tern is developing correctly.
In other areas of the production pro-
cess, workers clean and wash the fabric af-
ter it has gone through the spinning ma-
chines, and many fabrics are dyed with
color or given special fnishes that make
them waterproof or wrinkle resistant.
Inspectors examine the fabrics to make
sure there are no faws. Other workers iron
the material and box the fnished product
for shipment.
The textile industry includes designers,
who create patterns and then choose the
colors and yarn to make those patterns.
It also includes production managers, who
supervise the making of the garments and
keep track of costs and other important
work records. Machine repair workers fx
any major problems and do maintenance
tasks such as greasing and oiling the
machines.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Computer science, Family and
consumer science, Technical/Shop
SalaryrangE
$15,950 to $23,880 to $41,110
outlook
More slowly than average
Fashion Designers
_
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 72 7/16/09 1:38:54 PM
73
If you are interested in a textile career, you
should take courses in physics, chemistry,
mathematics, and English in high school.
Computer science, technical/shop, and
family and consumer science classes will
also be helpful.
A high school diploma plus some tech-
nical training is expected of job applicants
in this industry. A two-year associates de-
gree in textile technology is required for
technicians, laboratory testers, and super-
visory personnel. Some companies even
require a four-year degree. Most textile
workers go through a period of on-the-job
training by experienced workers or repre-
sentatives of equipment manufacturers,
where they learn the procedures and sys-
tems of their particular company.
There are no national or state certifca-
tion requirements for textile technicians,
although some companies have their own
in-house testing procedures. About one-
ffth of all textile workers belong to labor
unions, but membership usually is not re-
quired for technicians.
outlook
grow slower than average through 2016,
even as the demand for textile products in-
creases. Changes in the textile industry will
account for much of this decline. Factories
are reorganizing production operations for
greater effciency and installing equipment
that relies on more highly automated and
computerized machines and processes.
Such technology as shuttleless and air-jet
looms and computer-controlled machinery
allows several machines to be operated by
one operator while still increasing speed
and productivity.
Another factor that will probably con-
tribute to a reduced demand for U.S. textile
workers is an increase in imports of textiles
from other countries. There is a continu-
ing trend toward freer world markets and
looser trade restrictions. Workers who have
good technical training and skills will have
the best job opportunities.
ForMoreinformation
Contact the following organizations for
more information on the textile industry:
instituteoftextiletechnology
North Carolina State University
College of Textiles
2401 Research Drive, Box 8301
919-513-7704
http://www.itt.edu
unitE(unionofneedletrades,industrial
andtextileEmployees)
275 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10001-6708
Tel: 212-265-7000
http://www.uniteunion.org
In a textile plant, a worker examines a
ream of fabric prior to shipping. (Getty
Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 73 7/16/09 1:38:55 PM
74
theater
ushers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
Social
Whattheater
ushersDo
Theater ushers assist patrons in many ways
to help them more fully enjoy performance
events. They greet people, answer ques-
tions, collect admission tickets, help in lo-
cating seats, give directions to rest rooms
and concession areas, and look for lost
items. They must be knowledgeable about
theater rules and policies as well as emer-
gency evacuations procedures.
Theater ushers should have friendly,
outgoing personalities and exhibit profes-
sionalism in the way they act and dress.
They need to have a good attitude and be
tactful in handling unruly patrons and ad-
dressing seating glitches such as duplicate
ticketing problems.
Ushering at theaters offers many
side benefts including meeting people
and getting paid to watch entertainment
shows.
High school courses in drama and the-
ater will prepare you for the many theater
genres as well as familiarize you with the
elements of the physical stage. Communi-
cation and English courses will help you
fne-tune your interpersonal skills.
Theater ushers are not required to have
a high school diploma. Many high school
students work as ushers during the summer
or on a part-time basis. In flling these posi-
tions, employers look for people with good
attitudes, pleasant personalities as well as
a history of reliable attendance and being
on time.
outlook
Job opportunities for theater ushers are ex-
pected to increase faster than the average.
The skills needed for these positions are
transferable to other venues such as sport-
ing events and amusement parks.
There is high turnover in this work
as many ushers are high school students
working part time. Openings occur when
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Communications, Drama, English,
Theater
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$13,360 to $16,340 to $24,390
outlook
Museum Attendants
Resort Workers
u
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 74 7/16/09 1:38:56 PM
75
they leave for college or seek higher paying
jobs.
ForMoreinformation
Consider volunteering at a community the-
ater to get experience dealing with patrons
and to become familiar with the different
types of theatrical performances.
internationalassociationof
assemblyManagers
972-906-7441
http://www.iaam.org
thejohnF.kennedycenterforthe
Performingarts
2700 F Street, NW
800-444-1324
http://www.kennedy-center.org
PittsburghPublictheater
621 Penn Avenue
412-316-1600
http://www.ppt.org
Fast Fact
There are many opportunities
to volunteer as a theater usher.
While you might not get paid
for your work, you will be sup-
porting the nonproft theater
community, and you will get to
see shows for free.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 75 7/16/09 1:38:56 PM
76
tire
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
WhattiretechniciansDo
Tire technicians work for tire companies,
testing tires to fnd out how strong they
are, how long they will last, and whether
there are any faws in their construction.
Sometimes tire technicians test experimen-
tal models of tires that are not yet ready
for manufacturing, and sometimes techni-
cians test samples of fnished tires as they
come out of the factory. Technicians who
are involved primarily with testing tires
from the factory are called quality-control
technicians.
To carry out testing procedures, tire
technicians infate the tires and mount
them on machines that re-create the stress-
es of actual road conditions, such as trav-
eling at high speeds, carrying heavy loads,
going over bumpy roads, and skidding in
wet weather. The technicians can adjust
the machines to change the speed or the
weight of the load or the bumpiness of the
road surface. Then, either while the tire
is on the machine or after it is taken off,
technicians use pressure gauges and other
devices that detect whether any parts of
the tire are damaged. They continue test-
ing the tire until it fails or until it has lasted
for either a specifed period or a specifed
distance.
Another kind of testing that tire tech-
nicians do involves cutting cross sections
from brand-new or road-tested tires. Tech-
nicians use power saws to cut up tires and
then inspect the pieces for the condition
of the plies (the rubbery sheets of material
inside the tire) and the tread (the part of
the tire that makes contact with the road).
Treads must be checked carefully to see
that the indentations, or cords, are good
enough for gripping the road.
Throughout the testing, tire techni-
cians keep careful records of all test results.
Later, they prepare reports that sometimes
include charts, tables, and graphs to help
explain the results of the tests.
To be a tire technician, you must
have good written and oral communica-
tion skills in order to relay results to other
technicians, engineers, managers, and su-
pervisors. You must also be familiar with
c
SchoolSubjEctS
SalaryrangE
$15,890 to $21,880 to $33,670
outlook
Rubber Goods
X
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 76 7/16/09 1:38:56 PM
77
computers and able to collect and record
data accurately and precisely.
While in high school, you should take
courses in science and mathematics, in-
cluding algebra and geometry, and Eng-
lish courses that improve your reading and
writing skills. You also should take shop or
laboratory science courses that introduce
you to measuring devices, electrical ma-
chinery, and electronic testing equipment.
Computer science courses will be useful as
well.
Tire technicians need to earn their high
school diploma before they will be hired.
For some jobs, employers prefer to hire ap-
plicants who have training in a feld related
to manufacturing or product testing. Some
companies require a two-year technical cer-
tifcate or an associates degree in electron-
ics. This kind of training may be received
at a vocational school or a community or
junior college.
outlook
Employment for inspectors, testers, and
graders, like many other jobs in manu-
facturing, will grow more slowly than av-
erage through 2016. One reason for this
may be the increased use of computer soft-
ware to run the machines that test tires.
However, recent problems in the tire in-
dustry are leading to changes in manu-
facturing processes and to tougher auto
safety laws, which may result in more jobs
for tire technicians.
ForMoreinformation
You can get a general overview of the tire
industry by reading the annual publication
from the Tire and Rim Association (TRA),
the TRA Yearbook, or the magazine Tire Re-
view (http://www.tirereview.com). A high
school science teacher or guidance coun-
selor may also be able to arrange a presen-
tation by an experienced tire technician.
americanSocietyfortestingandMaterials
100 Barr Harbor Drive
PO Box C700
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
610-832-9500
http://www.astm.org
rubberManufacturersassociation
202-682-4800
info@rma.org
http://www.rma.org
tireindustryassociation
1532 Pointer Ridge Place, Suite G
Bowie, MD 20716-1883
800-876-8372
info@tireindustry.org
http://www.tireindustry.org
Did You Know?
Robert Thomson patented the
frst pneumatic tire for carriages
in 1845.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 77 7/16/09 1:38:57 PM
78
title
Searchersand
Examiners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhattitleSearchersand
ExaminersDo
In the real estate business a title refers to
the legal right of ownership of property.
When selling a house or piece of land, the
seller transfers its title to the buyer. A title
search and examination usually takes place
before the right of ownership passes from
the seller to the buyer. Title searchers and
title examiners are the individuals respon-
sible for these tasks.
The purpose of a title search and exam-
ination is to make sure that the seller has
clear title to the property. Title searchers
read the search request and determine the
type of title evidence required. They note
the legal description of the property and
the names of the people involved. Then
they begin the actual title search.
The title searcher uses public records,
which list mortgages, deeds, and other
legal documents that can affect the title
to a property. Title searchers also compare
the legal description in the title request
with the one in the records. This helps
them to check the deed of ownership and
the description of the propertys bound-
aries. Title searchers also may request
drawings showing the boundaries of the
property.
Title searchers list transactions (busi-
ness dealings) related to the property. For
example, the owner may have hired a
worker to install a new patio. If the owner
did not pay the worker, the worker may
have fled a lien against the property. A
lien is a claim on property for an unpaid
debt. Liens must be removed (paid off) to
clear the title to a property. Title search-
ers also check tax records to make sure
the owner has paid suffcient taxes. The
seller must pay outstanding taxes before
clear title can pass to the new owner of
the property.
Title examiners review the informa-
tion collected by title searchers to decide
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$22,840 to $37,200 to $63,430
outlook
Little or no change
Lawyers
Librarians
Paralegals
Research Assistants
0
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 78 7/16/09 1:38:57 PM
79
whether the owner of a property has clear
title to it. In doing so, they study copies of
various records, including mortgages, liens,
and deeds. Examiners also check records of
legal matters that can affect title to a prop-
erty. These include births, marriages, and
divorces. If the owner does not have clear
title, examiners list what the owner needs
to do to clear the title. After they complete
a title examination, title examiners may
prepare a title insurance policy. Such a pol-
icy guarantees that the seller has legal title
to the property being sold.
It is important for both the buyer and
the seller to make sure that the sale of the
property is legal and that the new owner
has the title free of any problems.
If you are interested in a career as a title
searcher or examiner, you should take
courses in computer science and English in
high school.
Title searchers and examiners are em-
ployed by title insurance companies, gov-
ernment offces, and law frms, many of
which provide on-the-job training. Most
employers expect job seekers to have a
high school diploma, and they look for
people who can read quickly and have
clear handwriting. Title examiners usu-
ally must have completed some college
course work. Important courses for title
searchers and examiners include business
administration, offce management, real
estate law, and other types of law. In some
places, attorneys typically perform title
examinations.
A few states require title searchers and
examiners to be licensed or certifed. Title
frms may belong to the American Land
Title Association as well as to regional or
state title associations.
outlook
Employment of title searchers and examin-
ers is expected to change very little through
2016. The health of the title insurance
business is directly tied to the strength of
the real estate market. In prosperous times,
more people buy and sell real estate, re-
sulting in a greater need for title searches.
While the real estate business in America
continues to operate during periods of re-
cession, activity does slow. In general, title
searchers and examiners can fnd consis-
tent work in any area of the country with
an active real estate market.
ForMoreinformation
To learn more about this career, set up an
informational interview with a worker at a
title company, law frm, government offce,
or real estate brokerage.
americanlandtitleassociation
800-787-2582
www.alta.org
service@alta.org
http://www.alta.org
Fast Fact
Approximately 69,000 title
searchers and examiners work
in the United States.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 79 7/16/09 1:38:58 PM
80
tollcollectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Integrity/honesty
Mathematics
Speaking/listening
WhattollcollectorsDo
Toll collectors receive payments from mo-
torists and commercial drivers for the use
of highways, tunnels, bridges, or ferries.
The U.S. economy depends on the huge
web of roads, bridges, and tunnels that
spreads across the country. This transpor-
tation system allows people to travel from
state to state, workers to get to and from
work, and goods to get from farms to facto-
ries to stores. Because the cost of building
and maintaining the system is high, many
roads, bridges, tunnels, and ferryboats
charge a fee, or toll, to the people who use
them.
Toll collectors perform a wide range of
duties. They collect fees from vehicles pass-
ing through toll stations. The rates vary
according to the size or weight of the ve-
hicle. Collectors make change, count and
sort the money they receive, fll out bank
deposit slips, and keep written records on
the amount of traffc and kinds of vehicles
that pass their stations.
Toll collectors also give directions
to travelers, pass on messages received
through their radio equipment, and con-
tact state police, ambulances, or other
emergency services when necessary. They
are responsible for closing down a traffc
lane when necessary to allow emergency
vehicles to pass through without stopping.
Toll collectors monitor the automatic lanes
(the exact-change lanes where motorists
toss their toll money into a basket) and
electronic-pass lanes. They check for un-
safe or prohibited vehicles on the roadway
and make sure the equipment at their sta-
tion is working properly.
To be a toll collector, you must have
good eyesight and hearing to determine a
vehicles class (and applicable toll) as well
as to hear motorists requests or superviso-
ry instructions in the midst of heavy traffc
noise. Manual dexterity in handling and
organizing money and fare tickets, as well
as giving change, is also important. Lost or
confused motorists rely on the guidance
of toll collectors, who should maintain a
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$13,680 to $17,160 to $24,600
outlook
Cashiers
Clerks
Customs Offcials
X
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 80 7/16/09 1:38:58 PM
81
considerate and helpful attitude. You
should also be perceptive and have profes-
sional work habits. Honesty is imperative.
Toll collectors need at least a high school
education. Recommended high school
courses include mathematics, business,
speech, and English classes. Those who
want to be managers should have some
college experience as well. When hired,
they receive on-the-job training.
If you have worked as a cashier, you
may have an advantage over other appli-
cants, but no previous training is required.
Any experience in handling money and
making change is valuable. All collectors
must take an exam before being hired.
They are tested on their ability to deal with
the public, make change, handle other f-
nancial transactions, and keep records and
write reports. Once toll collectors are hired,
they receive on-the-job training.
outlook
Employment opportunities for toll col-
lectors are expected to grow about as fast
as the average through 2016. Electronic
toll collection (ETC) is beginning to have
an effect on the employment of toll col-
lectors. The technology includes systems
that identify and classify vehicles as well
as capture video images of license plates
that do not have a valid tag. Computer-
ized toll-collecting benefts truck driv-
ers and commuters who frequent the toll
roads, but states that have implemented
ETC have put a freeze on hiring additional
toll collectors or replacing toll collectors
who retire or move into other jobs. Still,
a small number of toll collectors will be
needed to collect tolls from drivers who do
not participate in ETC. Toll collectors may
be retrained to monitor and maintain this
emerging technology.
ForMoreinformation
If you are interested in toll collecting,
contact state and local departments of
transportation as well as state highway
departments. School counselors may have
additional information on such careers or
related agencies to contact about the na-
ture of the work and the applicable job
requirements.
americanassociationofStatehighway
andtransportationoffcials
444 North Capitol Street, NW, Suite 249
202-624-5800
info@aashto.org
http://www.transportation.org
internationalbridge,tunnelandturnpike
association
202-659-4620
http://www.ibtta.org
Toll collectors work along turnpikes
collecting the tolls that help pay for the
roads. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 81 7/16/09 1:38:59 PM
82
tourguides
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Responsibility
Social
Speaking/listening
WhattourguidesDo
Tour guides show visitors around differ-
ent museums, neighborhoods, cities, and
countries. Some tour guides act as travel
agents for the tour, booking airline fights,
car rentals, and cruises. They research area
hotels and other lodgings and plan sight-
seeing tours. Guides try to meet the needs
of the group by learning individual inter-
ests. If older members of a tour, for exam-
ple, cannot climb 50 steps to visit a cathe-
dral, the tour guide plans other activities
for them.
Many tour details, such as hotel res-
ervations, special exhibits, theater tickets,
and side trips, are arranged ahead of time.
There are always problems that arise dur-
ing trips, though, and guides must be able
to handle them quickly and calmly. Tour
guides must be resourceful to handle these
surprises, such as when points of interest
are closed or accommodations turn out
to be unacceptable. They must be familiar
with an areas resources so that they can
help with emergencies such as passenger
illness or lost personal items. Tour guides
often intercede on their travelers behalf
when any questions or problems arise re-
garding currency, restaurants, customs, or
necessary identifcation.
Guides make sure that food and lodg-
ing meet expected standards and that all
baggage and personal belongings are load-
ed on the plane, bus, or train. It is most im-
portant that tour guides keep track of the
people on their tours. They must see that
everyone returns home safely.
Tour guides must know all about the
areas they visit. Tour guides are outgoing,
friendly, and confdent. They are aware of
the typical travelers needs and the kinds
of questions and concerns travelers might
have. Tour guides are comfortable being in
charge of large groups of people and have
good time-management skills.
You do not need to earn a college degree to
be a tour guide, but it would be helpful, es-
pecially if you hope to lead tours in foreign
countries. Courses in history, geography,
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Foreign language, Speech
SalaryrangE
$14,820 to $22,110 to $37,230
outlook
Recreation Workers
Resort Workers
Ski Resort Workers
Travel Agents
u
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 82 7/16/09 1:39:00 PM
83
art, architecture, foreign languages, speech,
and communication are good preparation.
Some large cities have professional
schools that offer classes in guiding tours.
This training may take nine to 12 months.
Some two- and four-year colleges offer sim-
ilar training programs that last six to eight
weeks. Tour guide training can include
classes in geography, psychology, human
relations, and communications.
Travel agencies and tour companies
often provide their own training, which
prepares guides to lead the tours their com-
panies offer. The National Tour Association
offers certifcation to guides who complete
education and experience requirements.
outlook
Because of the many different travel op-
portunities for business, recreation, and
education, there will be a steady need for
tour guides through 2016. Tours for special
interests, such as to ecologically signifcant
areas and wilderness destinations, continue
to grow in popularity.
Another area of tourism that is on the
upswing is inbound tourism. Many foreign
travelers view the United States as a dream
destination and visit each year. The best op-
portunities in inbound tourism are in large
cities with international airports and in ar-
eas with a large amount of tourist traffc.
Opportunities will also be better for those
guides who speak foreign languages.
Aspiring tour guides should keep in
mind that this feld is highly competi-
tive. Tour guide jobs, because of the obvi-
ous benefts, are highly sought after, and
the beginning job seeker may fnd it dif-
fcult to break into the business. It is im-
portant to remember that the travel and
tourism industry is affected by the overall
economy. Recent terrorist attacks have also
adversely affected the travel and tourism
industry. If the public perceives that travel
is risky, they will travel less and, as a result,
tour guides may see reduced employment
opportunities.
ForMoreinformation
Take tours of museums and other spe-
cial attractions in your area. Join a public
speaking or debate club to work on your
americanSocietyoftravelagents
1101 King Street
703-739-8710
askasta@asta.org
http://www.astanet.org
nationaltourassociation
800-682-8886
http://www.ntaonline.com
Tour guides may lead tourists on exciting
excursions, such as a river-rafting trip.
(Ron Hilton/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 83 7/16/09 1:39:01 PM
84
toxicologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhattoxicologistsDo
Toxicologists conduct research on toxic (poi-
sonous) substances, such as certain chemi-
cals, drugs, and other items that pollute
rivers and lakes. They are concerned with
detecting poisons and discovering their
effects on humans, plants, and animals.
Toxicologists also try to fnd treatments for
poisonous conditions. Toxicology is a very
large feld of science, involving many dis-
ciplines including chemistry, biochemistry,
and pharmacology.
Toxicologists work in many different
situations. For instance, a medical toxicol-
ogist may be part of a research team in a
hospital or poison control center, where he
or she might work in emergencies to help
save victims of drug overdose or accidental
exposure to poisons. Medical toxicologists
might also try to solve long-term issues
such as fnding the exact amount of toxic
material in cigarettes.
Industrial toxicologists may work for
private companies, such as cosmetics
frms, testing new products to determine
whether certain ingredients are toxic.
Workers in industrial toxicology also may
be involved in identifying toxic substanc-
es in workplaces, such as harmful gases
that come from vents or various produc-
tion processes.
Environmental toxicologists often work
for government agencies concerned with
protecting consumers from accidental ex-
posure to poisons in food and drugs. For
example, they might study fsh to deter-
mine the level of mercury contained in
them. Their results could be used by city,
state, or federal offcials to limit the level
of mercury that manufacturing compa-
nies use in their production processes.
Another area of toxicology involves iden-
tifying and working with pesticides and
herbicides, which are substances designed
to harm or kill insects and plants.
Toxicologists must be hard workers and
be dedicated to their feld of study. To suc-
ceed in this work, they must be careful ob-
servers and have an eye for detail. Patience
is also necessary, since many research proj-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Doctoral degree
SalaryrangE
$42,670 to $79,270 to $135,910
outlook
Biochemists
Biologists
Chemists
Ecologists
Microbiologists
Pharmacologists
n
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 84 7/16/09 1:39:01 PM
85
ects can last months to years and show
few results. The ability to work both alone
and as part of a team is also needed for
research.
Toxicologists keep careful records of
all their research and then write reports
on their fndings. They may work with
legislators to write new, protective laws, or
they may appear at offcial hearings to dis-
cuss policy decisions. Since they deal with
poisonous substances, they must pay the
strictest attention to safety procedures.
To prepare for a career in toxicology, take
courses in biology, chemistry, physics,
computer science, and mathematics in
high school.
Many years of training are needed to
become a toxicologist. After high school,
you should earn a bachelors degree in a
scientifc feld such as pharmacology or
chemistry. The majority of toxicologists
go on to earn a masters or doctoral de-
gree. You may want to do some postdoc-
torate work in toxicology as well. Doctor-
ate programs generally take four to fve
years.
outlook
Employment opportunities for toxicologists
are expected to grow faster than the average
through 2016. The growing use of chemicals
and pharmaceuticals by society has created
demand for trained professionals to deter-
mine and limit the health risks associated
with potential toxins. In addition, new con-
cerns over bioterrorism and the potential
use of chemical weapons will create more
demand for toxicologists to help develop
new vaccines and other antibiotics.
ForMoreinformation
If you are interested in pursuing a career
as a toxicologist, consider joining a sci-
ence club in addition to taking biology and
chemistry courses to further develop your
laboratory skills. You may also fnd it help-
ful to arrange a discussion with a practicing
toxicologist to explore career options.
americanboardoftoxicology,inc.
PO Box 30054
919-841-5022
info@abtox.org
http://www.abtox.org
americancollegeofMedicaltoxicology
10645 North Tatum Boulevard, Suite 200-111
623-533-6340
http://www.acmt.net
Societyoftoxicology
1821 Michael Faraday Drive, Suite 300
Reston, VA 20190-5348
703-438-3115
sothq@toxicology.org
http://www.toxicology.org
Toxicologists are sometimes called upon to
give testimony at trials. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 85 7/16/09 1:39:03 PM
86
toyandgame
Designers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whattoyand
gameDesignersDo
Toy and game designers develop and create
a variety of entertainment products, from
stuffed animals and action fgures to video
games and virtual pets. They usually work
with a team of developers that includes
editors, illustrators, production managers,
and playtesters.
The frst step in developing any design
is to determine the needs of the client. De-
signers have to consider the physical prod-
uct, safety issues (especially for items in-
tended for children under the age of three),
cost, age appropriateness, and marketplace
competition.
Once designers have clearly defned
clients needs, they conduct research on
product use, materials, and production
methods needed to create an appealing
and competitive product. They also must
make sure that the item, or a similar one, is
not already in existence.
When all the research is completed, the
designer creates a mockup, sketch, com-
puter-aided control drawing, or plan drawn
to scale to present to the client. Drawings
are quite detailed so that clients can easily
understand how the fnished toy or game
will actually look and operate. Designers
may write the frst draft of game rules or
product instructions. After the general de-
sign has been approved, designers create a
prototype, or sample, of the product. They
may have to make adjustments to the de-
sign several times. Then they work with
other team members to develop the actual
product. In addition to graphic designers,
illustrators, and production personnel, de-
signers usually are involved with the ac-
tivities of developers, editors, playtesters,
marketing specialists, and engineers as a
toy or game goes through the various pro-
duction stages.
Some toy and game designers operate
more as inventors. They develop their own
ideas for new products and try to sell their
designs to toy manufacturers. They create a
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, English
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$25,090 to $41,280 to $72,230
outlook
Architects
Artists
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
Photographers
_
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 86 7/16/09 1:39:03 PM
87
business plan, fully develop product ideas,
and determine the most cost-effective ways
to manufacture, distribute, and market
their products. They also obtain patents or
trademarks for their ideas.
In addition to being creative and imag-
inative, toy and game designers also need
to be able to communicate ideas, both vi-
sually and verbally, and be able to work in-
dependently and as part of a development
team.
Such courses as art and design, animation,
creative writing, photography, flmmaking,
music, and theater can prepare you for a
design career.
Most toy and game designers must have
a bachelors degree, even for entry-level po-
sitions. Consider a major in industrial de-
sign or fne arts. Some colleges and univer-
sities provide specialized programs for toy
and game designers. The Fashion Institute
of Technology in New York, for example,
allows students to earn a bachelor of fne
arts degree in toy design.
outlook
Employment opportunities for all design-
ers are expected to grow about as fast as the
average through 2016. There is a demand
for high-quality toys and games that are
safe, easy to understand, and appropriate
for their intended audiences. High-tech
toys, CD-ROM versions of board games,
and interactive video games are extremely
popular. Designers will face intense compe-
tition for available job openings as many
talented designers are attracted to the toy
and game industry.
ForMoreinformation
Attend an industry show, such as the
American International Toy Fair, to keep
abreast of the latest products and to meet
toy and game developers, publishers, and
manufacturers.
Read publications such as Playthings
magazine (http://www.playthings.com),
which also publishes a special Buyers Guide
that contains material especially for design-
ers and inventors.
Fashioninstituteoftechnology
New York, NY 10001-5992
212-217-3760
internationalgameDevelopersassociation
19 Mantua Road
Mt. Royal, NJ 08061-1006
856-423-2990
contact@igda.org
http://www.igda.org
toyindustryassociation,inc.
New York, NY 10010-3466
212-675-1141
info@toyassociation.org
http://www.toyassociation.org
Did You Know?
Backgammon is one of the old-
est known board games. It dates
back around 5,000 years, when it
was played in areas around the
Mediterranean.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 87 7/16/09 1:39:03 PM
88
toyindustry
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whattoy
industryWorkersDo
Taking a toy from the idea stage to the
store shelf is a long and complex operation,
sometimes requiring a year or two or even
longer. Many different toy industry workers
aid in the steps of this process.
Ideas for new toys or games may come
from a variety of sources. In large compa-
nies, the marketing department and the
research and development department re-
view the types of toys that are currently
selling well, and they devise new toys to
meet the perceived demand. Companies
also get ideas from professional inventors,
freelance designers, and other people, in-
cluding children, who write to them de-
scribing new toys they would like to see
made.
Often manufacturers test new ideas to
determine their appeal to children. Mod-
el makers create prototypes of new toys.
Marketing researchers coordinate sessions
during which groups of children play with
the prototype toys.
Technical development engineers work on
toys that involve advanced mechanical or
acoustical technology. Plastics engineers
design tools and molds for making plastic
toy parts, and they determine the type of
molding process and plastic that are best
for the job.
To determine the best way to manufac-
ture a toy, manufacturing engineers study the
blueprints for the new product and iden-
tify necessary machinery. Throughout the
engineering process, it is important to fnd
ways to minimize production costs while
still maintaining quality.
Next, the engineers teach supervisors
and assembly workers how to operate the
machinery and assemble the new toy. They
inform shift supervisors of the rate of pro-
duction the company expects. Industrial en-
gineers also might be responsible for design-
ing the packaging process and shipping the
completed toys.
Toys are then tested for safety and
durability. Factory workers on assembly
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$21,370 to $32,550 to $48,050
outlook
Plastics Engineers
Sporting Goods
_
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 88 7/16/09 1:39:04 PM
89
lines mass-produce practically all toys and
games. Toy assemblers put together various
plastic, wood, metal, and fabric pieces to
complete toys.
Production workers need patience and
the ability to do repetitive work. Good
hand-eye coordination is required for
those doing detailed tasks, such as painting
designs on toys. The ability to be creative
and to understand the consumers wants
is especially important for toy designers.
Those operating machinery must be able
to complete their work quickly and accu-
rately. Many positions also require that the
worker have a good sense of color.
While in high school, be sure to take shop
classes that teach you how to use machin-
ery. Family and consumer science classes in
which you learn about sewing, using pat-
terns, and picking out materials may also
be helpful. Other classes to take include
art, basic mathematics, and English. You
should obtain your high school diploma
for any job in the toy industry.
If you are interested in production
work, you will probably not need formal
education beyond high school. Some posi-
tions, such as industrial engineer and soft-
ware programmer, however, require that
you complete postsecondary education.
Workers in supervisory, research, and de-
sign positions may hold bachelors or grad-
uate degrees in various felds, including art,
electronics, engineering, architecture, psy-
chology, business, and the sciences.
outlook
Overall, employment for production work-
ers in the U.S. toy industry will grow about
as fast as the average through 2016. Sales
of toys for infants and preschoolers have
increased over the past few years, perhaps
due in part to societys recognition of the
intellectual development that takes place
during this period, along with the increased
availability of educational toys. Additional-
ly, video games that are popular with older
children and even adults should make the
future bright for this segment of the indus-
try. On the other hand, some video games
or game parts are imported from outside
of the United States, which may limit the
number of new jobs to be found here.
ForMoreinformation
Spend time at a neighborhood day care cen-
ter or a childrens hospital ward or baby-sit
to learn more about what kids like to play
with and why. Read industry magazines to
learn more about trends in the business.
Playthings magazine (http://www.play
things.com) is one such publication.
toyindustryassociation,inc.
New York, NY 10010-3466
212-675-1141
info@toyassociation.org
http://www.toyassociation.org
Toy industry workers stitch together a
dress for a new doll. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 89 7/16/09 1:39:05 PM
90
traffc
Engineers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhattraffcEngineersDo
Traffc engineers work to increase road
safety and to improve the fow of traffc.
They study traffc conditions such as signal
timing, traffc fow, high-accident zones,
lighting, entrances, exits, and road capac-
ity (how much traffc the road can hold).
When they plan and create their designs,
engineers consider anything that might af-
fect traffc, such as nearby shopping malls,
railroads, airports, or factories. They use
standard mathematical formulas to com-
pute traffc signal duration and speed lim-
its. They prepare drawings showing the
location of new signals or other traffc
control devices. They may study changes
in traffc conditions and sometimes recom-
mend new traffc controls and regulations.
Traffc engineers address a variety of
problems in their daily work. They may
fgure out a way to reduce the number of
accidents on a particularly dangerous sec-
tion of highway. They might prepare traf-
fc impact studies for new residential or
industrial developments, to make sure the
roads are equipped to handle the increase
in traffc. Traffc engineers also have to be
aware of the effect their recommendations
will have on nearby pedestrian traffc and
environmental concerns, such as air qual-
ity, noise pollution, and the presence of
wetlands or other protected areas.
Traffc engineers who work in govern-
ment often design or oversee roads or en-
tire public transportation systems. They
might manage the design, planning, and
construction of new roads and highways or
monitor a system that controls the traffc
signals by the use of a computer.
Traffc technicians assist traffc engi-
neers. They collect data in the feld by in-
terviewing motorists at intersections where
traffc is often congested or where an un-
usual number of accidents have occurred.
They also use radar equipment or timing
devices to determine the speed of passing
vehicles at certain locations, and they use
stopwatches to time traffc signals and oth-
er delays to traffc.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Geography, Government, Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$46,420 to $71,710 to $109,100
outlook
City Planners
Civil Engineering Technicians
Civil Engineers
Technicians
Statisticians
X
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 90 7/16/09 1:39:05 PM
91
mathematics classes such as algebra and ge-
ometry in high school. Government, Eng-
lish, speech, and science classes (especially
geography) will also be helpful.
You must have a bachelors degree in
civil, electrical, mechanical, or chemical
engineering to become a traffc engineer.
Because the feld of transportation is so
large, many engineers have educational
backgrounds in science, urban planning,
computers, and environmental planning.
You will acquire some of your traffc
engineering skills through on-the-job ex-
perience and through training conferences
and mini-courses offered by employers, ed-
ucational facilities, and professional engi-
neering societies. The Institute of Transpor-
tation Engineers offers Professional Traffc
Operations Engineer certifcation.
outlook
Employment for civil engineers is expected
2016. More engineers will be needed to
work with Intelligent Transportation Sys-
tem technology such as electronic toll col-
lection, cameras for traffc incidents/detec-
tion, and fber optics for use in variable
message signs. As the population increases
and continues to move to suburban areas,
qualifed traffc engineers will be needed
to analyze, assess, and implement traffc
plans and designs to ensure safety and the
steady, continuous fow of traffc. In cities,
traffc engineers will continue to be needed
to staff advanced transportation manage-
ment centers that oversee vast stretches of
road using computers, sensors, cameras,
and other electrical devices.
ForMoreinformation
Study the traffc in your town or neighbor-
hood. Make a map that shows traffc pat-
terns, and mark traffc signals, stop signs,
and one-way streets. Note areas that have
the highest pedestrian traffc. What are
the times of the day or week when traffc
is heaviest? Which intersections or roads
have the highest accident rates?
americanassociationofStatehighway
andtransportationoffcials
444 North Capitol Street, NW, Suite 249
202-624-5800
info@aashto.org
http://www.transportation.org
americanPublictransportationassociation
202-496-4800
http://www.apta.com
instituteoftransportationEngineers
1099 14th Street, NW, Suite 300 West
202-289-0222
ite_staff@ite.org
http://www.ite.org
Did You Know?
President Thomas Jefferson autho-
rized the construction of the Na-
tional Road in 1806. Construction
began in Cumberland, Maryland,
in 1811, and ended 620 miles east
in Vandalia, Illinois, in 1839. The
road is now known as U.S. High-
way 40.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 91 7/16/09 1:39:06 PM
92
Transplant
Coordinators
SKILLS SPOTLIGHT
What they do
Work with a team
Skills they need
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Speaking/listening
What Transplant
Coordinators Do
Transplant coordinators are involved in prac-
tically every aspect of organ procurement
(getting the organ from the donor) and
transplantation. This may involve working
with medical records, scheduling surgeries,
educating potential organ recipients, and
counseling donor families.
There are two types of transplant co-
ordinators: procurement coordinators and
clinical coordinators. Procurement and
clinical coordinators are actively involved
in evaluating, planning, and maintaining
records as well as helping individuals and
families. Procurement coordinators help
the families of organ donors deal with the
death of their loved one and inform them
of the organ donation process. Clinical
coordinators educate organ recipients in
how to best prepare for organ transplant
and how to care for themselves after the
transplant.
Once the donor patient has been de-
clared brain dead and the patient is no
longer breathing on his or her own, the
procurement transplant coordinator
approaches the donors family about organ
donation. If the family gives its consent,
the coordinator then collects medical in-
formation and tissue samples for analysis.
The coordinator also calls the United Net-
work for Organ Sharing (UNOS), a member
organization that includes every transplant
program, organ procurement organization
(OPO), and tissue typing laboratory in the
United States. The UNOS tries to match or-
gans with recipients in the OPOs region. If
no local match can be made, the coordina-
tor must make arrangements for the organs
to be delivered to another state. In either
case, the procurement coordinator sched-
ules an operating room for the removal of
the organs and coordinates the surgery.
Once the organs have been removed
and transported, clinical transplant coordi-
nators take over. Clinical transplant coor-
dinators prepare recipients for new organs.
They educate patients and arrange for blood
c
SCHOOL SUBJECTS
MINIMUM EDUCATION LEVEL
Associates degree
SALARY RANGE
$21,830 to $40,550 to $86,400
OUTLOOK
OTHER ARTICLES TO READ
Nurse Practitioners
Nurses
Psychologists
Social Workers
93
tests and other tests to make sure patients
can withstand the rigors of surgery. They
help patients register on organ waiting lists
and make certain patients have a support
system of family, friends, and caregivers.
When an organ match is found, they admit
patients, contact surgeons, arrange for op-
erating rooms, and contact the anesthesiol-
ogy department and the blood bank. After
transplants, coordinators help patients by
explaining their medications, arranging for
routine doctor visits and lab tests, and in-
forming them about danger signs of organ
rejection.
To prepare for a career as a transplant co-
ordinator, science courses, such as biology
and chemistry, are important, as are cours-
es in psychology, sociology, math, and
health. Many coordinators, especially clin-
ical coordinators, are registered nurses, but
a nursing degree is not required to work as
a coordinator. Many transplant coordina-
tors have degrees in biology, physiology,
accounting, psychology, business adminis-
tration, or public health.
outlook
The number of people waiting for organ
donations is increasing, but there still is an
overwhelming need for donor organs. The
job of transplant coordinator has a high
stress level, and burnout happens quickly.
Procurement coordinators hours can be
long and irregular, so many procurement
coordinators move on to other positions
after only 18 months or less, creating con-
tinued job opportunities.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer in a hospital, clinic, or nursing
home. Your local Red Cross organization
may have opportunities for you to help
promote organ donor awareness.
americanboardfortransplantcertifcation
PO Box 15384
Lenexa, KS 66285-5384
913-895-4603
abtc-info@goamp.com
http://www.abtc.net
internationaltransplantnursesSociety
1739 East Carson Street, Box 351
412-343-4867
itns@msn.com
http://www.itns.org
northamericantransplantcoordinators
organization
PO Box 15384
Lenexa, KS 66285-5384
913-895-4612
natco-info@goAMP.com
http://www.natco1.org
Fast Fact
While a signed organ donor
card and a drivers license with
an organ donor designation
are legal documents, organ
and tissue donation is usually
discussed with the potential
donors family prior to dona-
tion. For this reason it is impor-
tant for people who wish to
be organ donors to make their
wishes clear to their families.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 93 7/16/09 1:39:09 PM
94
travelagents
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Social
Speaking/listening
WhattravelagentsDo
Travel agents help people plan vacations and
business trips. They provide information
about transportation, hotels or motels, and
sightseeing tours. Agents make tour reser-
vations, prepare tickets, and advise people
about passports and visas.
A travel agent is part salesperson, part
travel consultant, and part bookkeeper.
Agents frst talk to their customers about
where and when they want to travel, how
much money they can afford to spend, and
how long they can stay away. Then they
prepare a travel plan that meets the cus-
tomers needs.
Travel agents use many sources to fnd
arrival and departure times for planes,
boats, or trains. Then they research the most
reasonably priced transportation fares and
arrange hotel rooms or make other reser-
vations. Most agents use computers to fnd
out about fight schedules and the prices of
hotel and motel accommodations.
For inexperienced travelers, travel
agents may suggest what to bring on a trip
and what to expect once travelers reach
their destination. They describe weather
and recommend what clothes to pack.
They might also explain any customs the
traveler needs to be aware of in foreign
countries, such as proper greetings and
appropriate ways to dress.
To be a travel agent, you will need a well-
rounded education. Good communica-
tion skills, including the ability to write
and speak clearly, are important. You need
knowledge of a foreign language to com-
municate with travelers or make arrange-
ments in foreign countries. You will need
to know world geography, and you must
keep up-to-date on world news so you can
answer questions about upcoming events
and know which areas of the world to
avoid because of political conficts or other
dangers. Classes in geography, English, and
history, and business-related courses, such
as computer science and mathematics, are
helpful as well.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Geography
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$18,250 to $30,130 to $47,650
outlook
Decline
Hotel Concierges
Tour Guides
u
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 94 7/16/09 1:39:09 PM
95
Travel courses are available from cer-
tain colleges, private vocational schools,
and adult education programs in public
high schools. Some colleges and universi-
ties grant bachelors and masters degrees
in travel and tourism. Although college
training is not required for work as a travel
agent, it can be very helpful and is expect-
ed to become increasingly important.
To be able to sell passage on various
types of transportation, a travel agent must
be approved by the conferences of carriers
involved. These are the Airlines Reporting
Corporation, the International Air Trans-
port Association, and Cruise Lines Interna-
tional Association.
Currently, travel agents are not re-
quired to be federally licensed. The follow-
ing states require some form of registration
or licensing: California, Florida, Hawaii, Il-
linois, Iowa, Ohio, Oregon, Rhode Island,
and Washington. Travel agents may choose
to become certifed by the Travel Institute.
outlook
Future prospects in the travel feld will de-
pend to some degree on the state of the
economy and the perceived level of travel
safety in the wake of the terrorist attacks of
September 2001. Employment opportuni-
ties for travel agents are expected to decline
through 2016, although the travel industry
is expected to continue to expand as more
Americans travel for pleasure and business.
Certain factors may hinder growth for
travel agents. Most airlines and other travel
suppliers now offer consumers the option
of making their own travel arrangements
through online reservation services, read-
ily accessible through the Internet. With
this as an option, travelers are becoming
less dependent on agents to make travel ar-
rangements for them.
ForMoreinformation
Ask your parents to let you help plan your
next family vacation. You can put together
a notebook of information about the lo-
cation you plan to visit and send for bro-
chures, maps, and other information from
a city, state, or countrys tourism offce.
americanSocietyoftravelagents
1101 King Street
703-739-8710
askasta@asta.org
http://www.astanet.org
travelindustryassociationofamerica
202-408-8422
feedback@tia.org
http://www.tia.org
thetravelinstitute
148 Linden Street, Suite 305
Wellesley, MA 02482-7916
800-542-4282
info@thetravelinstitute.com
http://www.thetravelinstitute.com
A travel agent meets with a client
interested in traveling to the Caribbean
island of St. Lucia. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 95 7/16/09 1:39:10 PM
96
treeExperts
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Problem solving
Responsibility
WhattreeExpertsDo
Tree experts (sometimes called arborists)
practice arboriculture, which is the care of
trees and shrubs, especially those in urban
areas. Trees and shrubs need more than just
sunlight and water to survive. They also
need routine care, occasional diagnosis,
and treatment.
Tree experts prune trees, or cut off parts
of them, to control their shape. They trim
branches if they interfere with power lines,
cross property lines, or grow too close to
buildings. Tree experts use pruning shears
or hand and power saws to do the cutting.
If the branches are large or cumbersome,
tree experts may rope them together be-
fore they begin to saw. After they are cut,
the branches can be safely lowered to the
ground. Ladders, aerial lifts, and cranes
help tree experts reach extremely tall trees.
Sometimes, cables or braces are used on tree
limbs that have been weakened by disease
or old age or damaged by a storm.
When cities or towns plan a new devel-
opment, they consult with tree experts to
determine what types of trees to plant. Tree
experts suggest the best trees for a particu-
lar environment.
A large part of keeping a tree healthy is
the prevention of disease. A number of dis-
eases, insects, bacteria, fungi, viruses, and
other organisms can cause trees to die. Tree
experts are trained to diagnose the problem
and suggest the proper remedy.
Trees, especially young plantings, of-
ten need extra nourishment. Tree experts
are trained to apply fertilizers, both natural
and chemical, in a safe and environmen-
tally friendly manner. Tree experts are also
hired by golf courses and parks to install
lightning protection systems for trees.
Biology classes can provide a solid back-
ground for a career in arboriculture. You
will also want to take Earth science, chem-
istry, horticulture, and geography classes in
high school.
Entry-level positions such as assistants
or climbers do not require advanced educa-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Chemistry, Earth science
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$19,370 to $29,800 to $45,720
outlook
Botanists
Ecologists
Soil Scientists
J
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 96 7/16/09 1:39:11 PM
97
tion. Several colleges and universities offer
arboriculture and related programs, such
as landscape design, nursery stock produc-
tion, or grounds and turf maintenance.
On-the-job instruction lasting about
one to three months is available for some
positions. Trainees get their start by load-
ing and unloading the equipment, gather-
ing debris, and assisting other workers. In
time, trainees are allowed to operate small
pieces of equipment. After suffcient obser-
vation and experience, workers are allowed
to climb trees and operate larger pieces of
machinery.
Most arborists are certifed or licensed.
Licensure ensures an arborist meets the
states regulations for working with pesti-
cides and herbicides. Certifcation, given
by the International Society of Arboricul-
ture after completion of required training
and education, is considered by many as
a measure of an arborists skill and experi-
ence in the industry.
outlook
The publics growing interest in the plan-
ning and preservation of the environment
has increased demand for qualifed arbor-
ists. Employment opportunities are ex-
through 2016.
ForMoreinformation
Visiting a local nursery, memorizing tree
names and parts, and interviewing an ar-
borist are other ways to learn more about
this career.
internationalSocietyofarboriculture
PO 3129
Champaign, IL 61826-3129
217-355-9411
isa@isa-arbor.com
http://www.isa-arbor.com/home.aspx
SocietyofMunicipalarborists
PO Box 641
Watkinsville, GA 30677-0015
706-769-7412
http://www.urban-forestry.com
treecareindustryassociation
136 Harvey Road, Suite 101
Londonderry, NH 03053-7439
800-733-2622
http://www.TreeCareIndustry.org
These tree experts are taking a closer look
at a giant redwood tree, which are some
of the tallest trees in the world. (National
Geographic/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 97 7/16/09 1:39:12 PM
98
truckDrivers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Self-management
Speaking/listening
Whattruck
DriversDo
Truck drivers drive trucks and vans over
long and short distances and make deliv-
eries from producers to customers. Long
distance drivers, also known as over-the-road
drivers, transport goods in diesel-powered
tractor-trailers. They often drive from state
to state and might go cross-country, fre-
quently driving at night. Long distance
drivers must be able to maneuver their
huge trailers around loading docks, inspect
their trucks before and after long trips, and
keep a daily log.
Two types of employers hire truck driv-
ers: private and for-hire carriers. Private car-
riers include grocery store chains and large
manufacturing plants that pick up and
deliver their own goods. For-hire carriers
are trucking frms that make deliveries for
any company that hires them. Drivers who
work for hire may own their own trucks, or
they may lease them.
Delivery drivers, also known as route-
sales drivers, drive vehicles to deliver
merchandise within a limited area. These
local drivers often drive small trucks or
vans in specifed neighborhoods deliver-
ing goods such as bread, soft drinks, and
ice cream to stores. They often collect pay-
ments from the stores they deliver to, and
they may have to set up merchandise on
shelves. Some drivers also try to sell cus-
tomers new products or fnd new custom-
ers on their route.
Drivers sometimes load and unload
their own vehicles. Drivers of heavy trucks
(over three tons) generally have a helper
who assists with loading and unloading.
Drivers of moving vans usually have a
crew of helpers. Some heavy-truck drivers
operate special vehicles, including dump
trucks, oil trucks, and cement-mixing
trucks.
As a truck driver you may work with
little supervision, so you need to be mature
and responsible. For certain jobs you will
deal directly with company customers, so
it is important for you to be pleasant, cour-
teous, and able to communicate well with
people.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Business, Geography, Technical/Shop
Apprenticeship
SalaryrangE
$23,380 to $36,220 to $54,570
outlook
Toll Collectors
Traffc Engineers
X
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 98 7/16/09 1:39:12 PM
99
High school courses in driver training and
automobile mechanics are good prepara-
tion for this career. Bookkeeping and busi-
ness courses will teach you skills for keeping
accurate records of customer transactions.
To be a truck driver, you must have a
good driving record. Most employers of
delivery drivers provide on-the-job train-
ing, and most companies prefer to hire
drivers who are at least 21 years old. Be-
fore being hired, you must pass physical
exams that check vision, use of arms and
legs, and blood pressure. In some cases,
you must be able to lift heavy objects. All
drivers must obtain a state commercial
drivers license.
outlook
Employment of truck drivers is expected to
grow about as fast as the average rate for all
other occupations through 2016. Employ-
ment of heavy and tractor-trailer truck driv-
ers is expected to grow by 23.3 percent be-
tween 2000 and 2010. Employment of light
and delivery truck drivers is expected to
grow by 13.7 percent in the same period.
The need for trucking services is di-
rectly linked to the growth of the nations
economy. During economic downturns,
when the pace of business slows, some
drivers may receive fewer assignments and
thus have lower earnings, or they may be
laid off. Drivers employed in some vital in-
dustries, such as food distribution, are less
affected by an economic recession. On the
other hand, people who own and operate
their own trucks usually have the most
trouble fnding work during diffcult eco-
nomic times.
A large number of driver jobs become
available each year. Most openings develop
when experienced drivers transfer to other
felds or leave the workforce entirely.
ForMoreinformation
Two online magazinesLand Line Magazine
(http://www.landlinemag.com) and Over-
drive (http://www.overdriveonline.com)
provide a look at issues in the trucking in-
dustry and a list of answers to frequently
asked questions for people interested in
trucking careers.
americantruckingassociations
703-838-1700
http://www.truckline.com
ProfessionaltruckDriverinstitute
555 East Braddock Road
703-647-7015
http://www.ptdi.org
Fast Fact
There are approximately 3.4
million truck drivers working in
the United States.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 99 7/16/09 1:39:13 PM
100
umpiresand
referees
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatumpires
andrefereesDo
Umpires and referees enforce the rules and
regulations of a sport and make decisions
on disputes during sporting events. The
term umpire usually refers to offcials at
baseball games. Those who offciate at bas-
ketball, football, volleyball, soccer, and
other sports events are generally called ref-
erees or linesmen. Some umpires regulate
professional baseball games, but most work
for minor league and amateur teams.
Umpires and referees start work long
before a game begins. They inspect the
playing feld or court to make sure it is in
good condition. They check the balls and
other equipment to see that they are regu-
lation size and weight.
During the game, umpires carefully
watch the action. There are usually four
umpires at a professional baseball game,
but only one or two at amateur games. Each
umpire has specifc responsibilities. For ex-
ample, the home plate umpire calls balls and
strikes on the batter. When the ball is hit,
umpires watch it to see if it is foul or fair.
They must not make decisions too quickly
because an outfelder may drop a ball at the
last second or a felder may illegally block a
player from running around the bases.
Referees often stand in the middle of
the action to watch for illegal moves and
fouls. At the same time, they must be care-
ful not to interfere with the players. Lines-
men watch the boundaries of a game feld
carefully and signal when a ball or a player
goes out of bounds.
Sometimes offcials must make impor-
tant decisions that anger and upset players,
coaches, and fans. They may have argu-
ments with managers and players, but they
usually make their decisions without much
controversy.
To be a sports offcial, you need to un-
derstand the sport and all of its rules. You
also need good judgment and integrity.
There are no specifc educational require-
ments for umpires and referees. In high
school, focus on English grammar and
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Physical education, Speech
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$14,930 to $24,770 to $48,150
outlook
Recreation Workers
Sports Coaches
Sports Scouts
L
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 100 7/16/09 1:39:13 PM
101
also other languages if you are interested
in working in a sport played by athletes
who do not speak English as their primary
language.
Offcials at the amateur level often are
former players or coaches who understand
the game and know the rules. You may have
to attend a one-day clinic several times a
year to review rules and discuss techniques.
If you want to offciate on the professional
level, you should have several years of col-
lege or minor league experience.
outlook
Overall, employment opportunities for
umpires and referees are expected to grow
Umpires and referees are almost always
needed at the youth, high school, and am-
ateur levels, and people who are interested
in earning extra income this way should
fnd plenty of opportunities for work, espe-
cially part-time work.
The market is much tighter in profes-
sional sports. Umpires in major league
baseball rarely leave the job except to re-
tire. When an opening does occur, an um-
pire moves up from triple-A baseball (the
top level of minor league play), creating an
opening for an umpire from double-A, and
so on.
The outlook for women sports offcials
has improved in recent years with the cre-
ation of a womens professional basketball
league. In 1997, two women became the
frst female referees to offciate NBA bas-
ketball games, a frst for the all-male U.S.
major sports leagues. Perhaps in the fu-
ture, more openings for women offcials
will be created as the other leagues follow
suit.
ForMoreinformation
Offciate for a Little League team or at a
summer camp. Learn all the rules and hand
signals for the sports that interest you.
harryWendelstedtSchoolforumpires
88 South Saint Andrews Drive
Ormond Beach, FL 32174-3857
386-523-4619
admin@umpireschool.com
http://www.umpireschool.com
internationalassociationofapproved
basketballoffcials
PO Box 355
Carlisle, PA 17013-0355
717-713-8129
http://www.iaabo.org
jimEvansacademyofProfessional
umpiring
200 South Wilcox St., #508
Castle Rock, CO 80104-1913
303-290-7411
http://www.umpireacademy.com
nationalassociationofSportsoffcials
2017 Lathrop Avenue
Racine, WI 53405-3758
262-632-5448
naso@naso.org
http://www.naso.org
Umpires keep a close watch on their
baseball games and must be able to make
quick and accurate decisions about plays.
(Tomasz Szymanski/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 101 7/16/09 1:39:14 PM
102
veterinarians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatveterinariansDo
Veterinarians are doctors who treat sick and
injured animals and give advice on how to
care for and breed healthy animals. Veteri-
narians treat dogs, cats, and other pets, but
some also work with farm and zoo animals.
Most veterinarians work with small
animals that people keep as companions,
such as dogs, cats, and birds. They perform
surgery, treat minor illnesses, and board
both sick and healthy animals that need
a temporary place to stay. Sometimes they
make emergency house calls, but most
veterinarians try to keep normal business
hours. Some doctors may work as many as
60 hours a week when emergencies occur.
Other veterinarians work with larger
animals or may even work with both large
animals and small house pets. Some of
these doctors specialize in the treatment
and care of animals such as horses, cattle,
and sheep. Others specialize in treating fsh
or poultry, such as ducks and geese.
In small towns or in the country, veter-
inarians may travel long distances to treat
animals. Some large cattle ranches or horse
farms keep veterinarians on their staff. Most
zoos also employ a full-time veterinarian to
manage the health care, feeding, and treat-
ment of their entire animal population.
Many veterinarians work as inspectors
in the food industry, such as in meatpacking
and chicken-processing companies. They
examine the meat for signs of disease.
If you are interested in veterinary med-
icine, you should have an inquiring mind
and keen powers of observation. Aptitude
and interest in the biological sciences are
important. You will need a lifelong inter-
est in scientifc learning as well as a liking
and understanding of animals. An ability
to communicate with the animal owner is
as important as diagnostic skills.
To prepare for this career, take courses in
biology, chemistry, health, mathematics,
and speech in high school.
To set up private practice as a veterinar-
ian, you must have a doctor of veterinary
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Medical degree
SalaryrangE
$44,150 to $75,230 to $134,920
outlook
Aquarists
Zookeepers
Zoologists
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 102 7/16/09 1:39:17 PM
103
medicine (D.V.M.) degree. You must also
pass a state licensing board exam plus one
or more national exams. You need at least
six years of college after graduation from
high school to earn a D.V.M. degree. Most
accredited schools of veterinary medicine
in the United States offer four-year pro-
grams, and most require you to complete
at least two years of general college courses
before you enter the veterinarian program.
Many preveterinary students obtain
a bachelors degree from a four-year col-
lege before they apply for admission to
the D.V.M. degree program. Admission to
schools of veterinary medicine is very com-
petitive, and you typically must have grades
of B or better, especially in the sciences.
You must also take the Veterinary Aptitude
Test, the Medical College Admission Test,
or the Graduate Record Examination.
outlook
Employment of veterinarians is expected to
grow faster than the average through 2016.
The number of pets is expected to increase
slightly. Pet owners may be willing to pay
for more elective and intensive care than
in the past.
The outlook is good for veterinarians
with specialty training. Demand for spe-
cialists in toxicology, laboratory animal
medicine, and pathology is expected to
increase. Prospects for veterinarians who
concentrate on environmental and public
health issues, aquaculture, and food animal
practice are excellent because of perceived
increased need in these areas. The market
for positions in small animal specialties
will be competitive. Opportunities in large
animal specialties will be more common,
since most such positions are located in re-
mote, rural areas.
ForMoreinformation
You may be able to fnd volunteer work on
farms or in small-animal clinics, pet shops,
or animal shelters. Extracurricular activi-
ties, such as 4-H clubs, offer opportunities
to learn about the care of animals. You can
also fnd educational and career resources
at http://netvet.wustl.edu/vet.htm.
americanveterinaryMedicalassociation
847-925-8070
avmainfo@avma.org
http://www.avma.org
animalandPlanthealthinspectionService
U.S. Department of Agriculture
4700 River Road
Riverdale MD 20737-1228
301-734-5190
aphis.web@aphis.usda.gov
http://www.aphis.usda.gov
Veterinarians examine, prescribe medicine
for, and operate on a wide variety of
animals. (Creatista/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 103 7/16/09 1:39:18 PM
104
veterinary
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
Whatveterinary
techniciansDo
Veterinary technicians help veterinarians
care for animals. In clinics or private prac-
tices, veterinary technicians help with sur-
gical procedures. They prepare animals for
surgery, give animals medicine to put them
to sleep, organize the tools used for surgery,
and watch the animals vital signs.
During routine exams, veterinary tech-
nicians restrain animals, clean ears, and
clip nails. They take care of pharmaceutical
equipment and other supplies and make
sure they are in stock. Veterinary techni-
cians take and develop X rays, test for para-
sites, and examine samples taken from the
animals body, such as blood or stool. About
50 percent of a veterinary technicians du-
ties involve laboratory testing. They make
careful notes, write reports, and enter in-
formation on computers.
Veterinary technicians assist the vet-
erinarian with surgical procedures. This
generally means preparing the animal for
surgery by shaving the incision area (the
area that will be cut into) and applying an
antibacterial medicine to the skin. Surgical
anesthesia is administered and controlled
by veterinary technicians. Throughout the
surgery process, technicians keep track of
the surgical instruments and watch the
animals vital signs. If an animal is very ill
and has no chance for survival, veterinary
technicians may have to help in putting it
to sleep. Veterinary technicians may also
assist the veterinarian in trying to deter-
mine the cause of an animals death.
Most veterinary technicians work in
clinical or private settings. Some work in
research labs, zoos, or rural areas or in ani-
mal training. Jobs in zoos are the most de-
sired and the hardest to get, since there are
only a few zoos in each state.
Veterinary technicians must enjoy
working with animals. They must be able
to handle animals that are sick, frightened,
or violent. They must be able to talk to pet
owners, be sympathetic, and clearly ex-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Chemistry, Computer science
Associates degree
SalaryrangE
$18,840 to $27,970 to $40,550
outlook
Aquarists
Veterinarians
Zookeepers
Zoologists
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 104 7/16/09 1:39:20 PM
105
plain procedures, treatments, and care in-
structions. An important skill for a veteri-
nary technician is the ability to follow the
veterinarians instructions.
It will be important for you to take high
school courses in science, computers,
chemistry, math, and health. Get any ex-
perience with animals that you can.
After high school, you must graduate
from a two-year program that is accredited
by the American Veterinary Medical Asso-
ciation (AVMA). There are also some four-
year programs that lead to a bachelors
degree. These programs include courses in
chemistry, mathematics, communications,
ethics, computers, nutrition, medical ter-
minology, veterinary anatomy, and clinical
procedures, such as radiography. You also
receive practical training working with live
animals.
Most states offer registration or certi-
fcation, and the majority of these states
require that you graduate from an AVMA-
accredited program before taking the ex-
amination. Most colleges and universities
assist graduates with registration and certi-
fcation arrangements.
outlook
Employment for veterinary technicians
will grow much faster than the average
for all other occupations through 2016,
according to the U.S. Department of La-
bor. Veterinary medicine is a feld that is
not adversely affected by the economy, so
it does offer stability. The publics love for
pets coupled with higher disposable in-
comes will encourage continued demand
for workers in this occupation.
ForMoreinformation
You may be able to volunteer at kennels,
animal shelters, zoos, or training schools.
Volunteer work may not involve direct
contact with animals until you are older,
but it is a good opportunity to be in an ani-
mal-care environment.
americanveterinaryMedicalassociation
847-925-8070
avmainfo@avma.org
http://www.avma.org
nationalassociationofveterinary
techniciansinamerica
50 South Pickett Street, Suite 110
703-740-8737
http://www.navta.net
Laura Moore, a vet tech, puts Griz, a wire-
haired pointing Griffon, on a therapy ball
to place weight on his hips after surgery
at the Animal Surgery Clinic in Billings,
Montana. (AP Photo/Billings Gazette,
James Woodcock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 105 7/16/09 1:39:21 PM
106
videogame
artDirectors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Exercise leadership
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Speaking/listening
Mathematics
Decision making
Whatvideo
gameartDirectorsDo
Video game art directors supervise the art
quality of products developed by a com-
pany and the accompanying advertising
and marketing materials. They formulate
design concepts or enhance those present-
ed by clients, work with artists to sketch
out rough layouts or storyboards, and then
present them for review to a creative team.
The creative team brainstorms on
the games concept and discusses ideas to
evolve it into a fully completed design.
They detail all the steps involved in play-
ing the gameits layout, rules, interfaces,
mechanics, story content, and player skill
level. From here the art director is involved
in pitching the game to the client and se-
nior managers who either kill the idea or
decide to push it forward.
Approved concepts are channeled by
the video game art director to workers en-
gaged in actual production of the product.
The director oversees all the work involved
in a products development, interacting
with artists, designers, illustrators, and
computer software engineers.
The video game art director must have
a good eye for visuals and know a lot about
art including graphical effects, models, and
styles. He or she should have a good grasp
of 2D and 3D animation, graphic arts, and
digital composition software programs.
Since the video game art director is
usually more of a business manager than
an artist, he or she must also be knowl-
edgeable about contracts, schedules, and
budgets. The director must be able to com-
municate and collaborate with a variety of
groupsclients, producers, company off-
cers as well as programmers, designers, and
internal and external art teams. Leadership
skills and the ability to work under pres-
suring deadlines while maintaining artistic
standards and a professional bearing are
essential.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, Computer science, Drawing,
Graphic design, Illustration,
Mathematics
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$39,600 to $72,320 to $144,380
outlook
Art Directors
Graphic Designers
Illustrators
Software Designers
Video Game Testers
o
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 106 7/16/09 1:39:22 PM
107
In high school take as many art courses
as possible including drawing, graphic de-
sign, and illustration. Also take courses in
business and computer science. Biology
and anatomy and physiology courses will
teach you about physical movement and
positioning.
A bachelors degree in computer sci-
ence, computer engineering, or in an art
discipline is usually required by most
companies for a video game art director
positions. Some directors have a masters
degree.
Some traditional colleges as well as
online institutes offer degrees in game
software development. A few technical
schools specialize in digital games educa-
tion and offer professional certifcation at
various levels in digital game development.
Many of these programs stress individual
and team portfolio building, which pro-
vide an opportunity to get a head start on
participating in the conceptualizing, pre-
production, and production stages of game
development.
outlook
The number of video game art director
positions is expected to grow faster than
the average. Job opportunities should be
strong for applicants with demonstrated
business management skills coupled with
artistic experience in the development of
video games. Director positions are not
entry level and progression toward this
slot generally requires evidence of credit
as an artist or in a lead art role on pub-
lished games.
ForMoreinformation
You can learn a lot about the video game
industry by visiting Web sites, reading
blogs, participating in forums, and at-
tending trade shows. Offer to be a beta
tester to play a game before it even reach-
es the market. As a beta tester you will be
required to report your impressions and
experiences.
theartDirectorsclub
New York, NY 10001-5301
212-643-1440
info@adcglobal.org
http://www.adcglobal.org
EntertainmentSoftwareassociation
esa@theesa.com
19 Mantua Road
Mt. Royal, NJ 08061-1006
856-423-2990
contact@igda.org
http://www.igda.org
Fast Fact
The greatest number of vid-
eo game art director jobs are
found in northern California,
New York City, Seattle, and
Chicago.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 107 7/16/09 1:39:22 PM
108
videogame
Producers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatvideo
gameProducersDo
Video game producers are the liaison be-
tween the creative side of video game de-
velopment, and the business side of mar-
keting and selling the fnal product. They
oversee all steps and processes needed in
the creation of a video game, including the
hiring, training, and management of staff,
checking to see that progress on the games
development is proceeding according to
plan, making sure the project stays within
its budget, and fnally, shopping around
the fnal product to potential game distrib-
utors. While they do not generally handle
the technical aspects of projects, at some
companies the video game producer may
take on more technical duties, including
serving as the lead designer.
The highest-level producing job is the
executive producer, or senior producer. This
individual trains, mentors, and manages
other producers. The executive producer
resolves project conficts, and may have
extended contact with clients. In addition
to overseeing all other producers and work-
ers on a project, the executive producer is
responsible for obtaining funding, updat-
ing clients on the progress of projects, and
eventually submitting the fnal work to the
client for approval.
Directly under the executive producer
are lead producers. These professionals have
nontechnical duties, but still work closely
with the development team. Lead produc-
ers oversee tasks including voiceovers, mu-
sic, effects, and casting.
Associate producers main responsibili-
ties are overseeing research and product
testing. They gather information for the
development team, as well as oversee video
game testers. Associate producers also do
work such as making client deliveries and
taking meeting notes. Assistant producers,
also known as production assistants, serve as
aides to higher-level producers.
Communication and mediating skills
are a must, since producers are often forced
to solve problems among staff members
and make decisions based on varying opin-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, Business, Computer science
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$55,870 to $89,070 to $130,850
outlook
Graphic Designers
Software Designers
Video Game Testers
o
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 108 7/16/09 1:39:23 PM
109
ions and priorities, such as those of the de-
veloper and those of the client.
While an interest in playing video games
is obviously a requirement, as a producer
you will need to know a lot more about
the technical side of game development
and testing. For this reason, make sure you
create a good foundation by taking math
and computer science classes while in high
school. Art classes are also useful to stimu-
late and develop your creative sensibilities,
such as illustrationboth by hand and
with computer drawing tools.
Most larger game developers will re-
quire not only its producers, but also its
programmers, testers, and other entry-level
positions to have a college degree. Bache-
lors degrees in computer science with an
emphasis in programming or Web design
are preferred, though many enter the in-
dustry with business degrees that can come
in handy when dealing with clients, bal-
ancing the budget, and developing a strong
business plan.
outlook
Overall, employment opportunities for
video game producers are expected to
2016. Talented, artistic, business-minded
individuals will be drawn to the business
of making and selling computer and video
games, causing an infux of applicants for
limited numbers of jobs. Individuals with
more experience will fnd it the easiest to
fnd jobs.
ForMoreinformation
Many schools and communities host com-
puter science clubs that have special chap-
ters catering to avid gamers. If you cannot
fnd such a club, start one with your friends.
Schedule tournaments and discuss the best
and worst games youve discovered.
To learn more about the industry and
its employers, visit the website of E3, the
Electronic Entertainment Expo (http://
www.e3expo.com), an annual trade show
composed of computer and video game
manufacturers from around the world. You
also can read publications such as Game De-
veloper Magazine (http://www.gdmag.com).
gamejobs
64 Danbury Road, Suite 700
Wilton, CT 06897-4406
203-761-6183
http://www.gamejobs.com
getinthegame
http://www.gignews.com
19 Mantua Road
Mt. Royal, NJ 08061-1006
856-423-2990
contact@igda.org
http://www.igda.org
This video game producer tests out a new
racing game he has developed. (Landov)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 109 7/16/09 1:39:23 PM
110
videogame
testers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
Whatvideo
gametestersDo
Video game testers examine new or modi-
fed video game applications to evaluate
whether they perform at the desired level.
Testers also verify that different tasks and
levels within a game function properly and
progress in a consistent manner. Testers
keep very close track of the combinations
they enter as they test a game so that they
can duplicate the problem and fx it. Any
problems they fnd or suggestions they
have are reported in detail both verbally
and in writing to supervisors.
Testers work with all sorts of games,
including handheld electronic devices,
computer programs, and traditional video
games, which are played on the television
screen. As technology advances, testers are
responsible for games on more compact
electronic devices, such as mobile tele-
phones and palm-sized electronic organiz-
ers, as well as online games.
To test a game, testers play it over and
over again for hours, trying to make moves
quickly or slowly to crash it. A program
crashes if it completely stops functioning.
Testers spend the majority of their time
identifying small glitches in games, which
are known as bugs.
In addition, testers verify that video
games perform in accordance with design-
er specifcations and user requirements.
This includes checking not only the
games functionality (how it will work),
but also its network performance (how it
will work with other products), installa-
tion (how to put it in), and confguration
(how it is set up).
Once video game testers make sure that
the correct tests are run and the reports are
written, they send the game back to the
programmers for revisions and correction.
After evaluating a product, they might meet
with programmers to describe the prob-
lems they encountered and suggest ways
for solving glitches. Others report solely to
a game testing coordinator or supervisor.
Video game testers need strong verbal
and written communication skills. They
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$25,950 to $42,400 to $69,300
outlook
o
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 110 7/16/09 1:39:24 PM
111
also must show a profciency in critical and
analytical thinking. Video game testers
should have an eye for detail, be focused,
and have a lot of enthusiasm because some-
times the work is monotonous and repeti-
tive. Testers should enjoy the challenge of
breaking the system.
In high school take as many computer
classes as possible to become familiar with
how to effectively operate computer soft-
ware and hardware. Math and science
courses are very helpful for teaching neces-
sary analytical skills.
Many companies require a bachelors
degree in computer science for video game
testers, while others prefer people who
come from the business sector and have a
small amount of computer experience be-
cause they best match the technical level
of the softwares typical users.
Some game development companies
encourage testers to earn computer tech-
nician certifcates. Such certifcates can
be obtained at community colleges and
technical institutes, as well as four-year
colleges and universities. Also, the Qual-
ity Assurance Institute offers the certifed
software tester, certifed software qual-
ity analyst, and certifed software project
manager designations to applicants who
pass an examination and satisfy other
requirements.
outlook
The number of positions in the gaming
industry is expected to grow about as fast
as the average through 2016. The push to-
ward premarket perfection of games will
also help to keep the video game testing
profession strong.
ForMoreinformation
Students interested in video game testing
and other computer jobs should gain wide
exposure to many different computer sys-
tems and video games. Play as many video
and computer games as you can. Learn the
differences between games and become
familiar with all commands, tasks, and
shortcuts.
EntertainmentSoftwareassociation
esa@theesa.com
19 Mantua Road
Mt. Royal, NJ 08061-1006
856-423-2990
contact@igda.org
http://www.igda.org
Qualityassuranceinstitute
407-363-1111
http://www.qaiworldwide.org
A video game tester plays a new game
prototype prior to the products launch at
a company meeting. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 111 7/16/09 1:39:25 PM
112
Waiters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatWaitersDo
Waiters serve food and beverages to cus-
tomers in restaurants and other food es-
tablishments. (The term waiter refers to
both male and female servers.) Waiters also
take customers orders, make out bills, and
sometimes collect money from patrons.
Many waiters work in small, casual
food establishments such as diners, fast
food restaurants, grills, cafeterias, cafes, and
sandwich shops. In addition to their regu-
lar duties, they may be required to clean
tables and counters, sweep foors, and carry
out trash. Waiters may prepare salads and
beverages, dish out prepared foods such as
soups and stews, replenish supplies, and set
up tables for the next customer.
More formal restaurants may give wait-
ers specifc tasks. For example, there is of-
ten a headwaiter who greets arriving cus-
tomers, checks on their reservations, and
escorts them to their tables.
Waiters in formal dining establishments
often make suggestions to the diners about
which dishes are especially appetizing.
They may recite a list of special dishes that
the chef has prepared for that evening and
that do not appear on the regular menu.
Some waiters are specialists in suggest-
ing and dispensing wine. They are known
as wine stewards or sommeliers. They present
a list of available wines to the diners and
suggest which wine would be the most ap-
propriate with the food they have ordered.
The wine steward then brings the diners
selection to the table, opens the bottle, and
pours the wine.
The type of service waiters offer de-
pends on the kind of establishment in
which they work. Waiters in coffee shops
must provide quick, courteous service.
Waiters in fne dining establishments usu-
ally offer a more formal service to diners.
Since most formal dining is done for plea-
sure, for business, or for a special occasion,
waiters must know how to serve the meal
at a proper pace. If the courses and dish-
es are served too quickly, people will feel
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Mathematics
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$13,120 to $15,850 to $28,180
(plus tips)
outlook
Bartenders
Fast Food Workers
Flight Attendants
Restaurant Managers
u
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 112 7/16/09 1:39:25 PM
113
rushed and not enjoy themselves. If delays
occur between serving courses, diners may
become anxious or feel that they have been
forgotten.
Since waiters deal with the public, per-
sonal qualities are more important than
educational background. Waiters should
be well spoken, be clean and neat in ap-
pearance, and enjoy working with people.
They also need to have a good memory to
remember orders and should also be good
at basic math.
If you are interested in a career in this feld,
you should take courses in mathematics
and family and consumer science in high
school.
Although there are no formal educa-
tion requirements to become a waiter, a
high school diploma is helpful for those
who want to enter this profession. Most
restaurants train new workers on the job.
Since many restaurants do not require em-
ployees to be college educated or experi-
enced, they are often willing to hire high
school students. Waiters who serve alco-
hol on the job must be at least 21 years
of age.
outlook
The demand for restaurants and other eat-
eries continues to grow as our population
grows. The overall growth in food service
employment should be about as fast as the
Many job openings will come from the
need to replace workers who have left the
feld. Turnover is high in these jobs for a
number of reasons, including the low pay,
the long hours, and the large number of
students and others who do this work on a
temporary basis before moving on to other
occupations.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer opportunities that combine some
type of food service and interaction with
the public may be available in your area.
internationalcouncilonhotel,restaurant,
andinstitutionalEducation
804-346-4800
http://chrie.org
nationalrestaurantassociation
800-765-2122
info@restaurant.org
Wait staff must be quick, effcient, and
cordial to their customers. (Rubberball
Productions)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 113 7/16/09 1:39:26 PM
114
Wastewater
treatment
Plant
operatorsand
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatWastewatertreatment
Plantoperatorsand
techniciansDo
Wastewater treatment plant operators run the
plants that take harmful chemicals and
wastes out of water. They make sure the wa-
ter is safe to use again. They are also called
sewage plant operators. Wastewater treatment
plant technicians conduct tests and experi-
ments on water and wastewater to know
exactly how much of certain chemicals,
sewage, and other wastes are in the water.
Technicians are supervised by wastewater
treatment plant operators.
Water treatment plants receive wa-
ter that is pumped from wells, rivers, and
streams. Wastewater treatment plants re-
ceive the waste materials that are carried
by water through sewer pipes from all com-
munities. Water that fows to these plants
contains solid materials or microorganisms
that could spread disease. It also contains
industrial waste, which has poisonous
chemicals in it. At the treatment plant, this
wastewater, or sewage, goes through differ-
ent cleaning processes until all the danger-
ous materials are removed.
Plant operators and technicians control
the fow of water into the treatment plant.
As the sewage fows from one processing
pool to another, the plant operators and
technicians make sure all the equipment is
working properly.
Some technicians review plans and
specifcations for wastewater treatment
facilities. They check details and review a
units size, location, and capacities. Tech-
nicians also perform laboratory tests on
the waste and keep a record of plant op-
erations. Increasingly, operators and tech-
nicians are using computers to help them
monitor these procedures.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
SalaryrangE
$22,570 to $37,090 to $57,070
outlook
Refuse Collectors
n
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 114 7/16/09 1:39:27 PM
115
Because clean water is necessary for
any community, the federal government
requires that the water coming from treat-
ment plants meets high standards of clean-
liness. As government standards become
stricter, the process of treating wastewater
becomes more complicated. Plant opera-
tors and technicians must be able to un-
derstand different processes and operate
complicated machinery.
Wastewater treatment plants must
keep running night and day, so operators
and technicians work in shifts around the
clock. During emergencies, they may have
to work extra hours. Operators and tech-
nicians work both indoors and outdoors,
checking and repairing equipment.
A high school diploma is required for plant
operator and technician jobs. If youd like
to enter this profession, high school cours-
es in mathematics, chemistry, biology,
computer science, and machine shop will
be useful.
Beyond high school, there are two-
year programs in wastewater technology.
Some beginning sewage plant operators
and technicians learn their skills on the
job. They begin as trainees and work with
someone who has experience in the job.
Some plants may offer training programs.
State water pollution control agencies offer
courses to keep operators and technicians
up-to-date and to expand their knowledge
of water treatment processes.
In most states, an operator who super-
vises a plant must be certifed by passing an
examination given by the state.
outlook
Through 2016, employment in this feld is
for all occupations. The growth in demand
for wastewater treatment will be related to
the overall growth of the nations popula-
tion and economy.
ForMoreinformation
It may be possible to arrange to visit a
wastewater treatment plant to observe its
operations. Ask wastewater plant operators
or technicians in your city or town if you
can interview them about their job.
americanWaterWorksassociation
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235-3098
303-794-7711
http://www.awwa.org
nationalEnvironmental,Safetyandhealth
trainingassociation
PO Box 10321
602-956-6099
neshta@neshta.org
http://www.neshta.org
WaterEnvironmentFederation
601 Wythe Street
800-666-0206
http://www.wef.org
Growth Field
ber of wastewater treatment
plant operators and technicians is
percent.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 115 7/16/09 1:39:27 PM

116
Watch
andclock
repairers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Problem solving
Reading/writing
WhatWatchandclock
repairersDo
Watch and clock repairers fx, adjust, and
clean watches, clocks, and other kinds
of timepieces. Watch and clock repairers
may work in their own homes or in de-
partment stores, shopping centers, jew-
elry stores, watch or clock factories, or re-
pair shops.
Watches and clocks are complex ma-
chines with many small parts, and re-
pairing them requires accuracy and care-
fulness. The frst skill a watch and clock
repairer needs is the ability to determine
exactly what is wrong with the timepiece.
Asking the customer about the history of
the item and the current problems should
produce some important information. Vi-
sually observing and checking the wind-
ing stem may give other clues. The next
step is to open the watch or clock case and
remove the dial to examine the mecha-
nism by using a loupe, which is a small
magnifying glass.
Watch and clock repairers check for
such defects as broken parts, rusting
springs, and misplaced parts. They clean,
oil, repair, replace, and rebuild parts as
necessary before reassembling the piece
so that everything fts together properly.
They use a variety of tools to help them,
from simple pliers and tweezers to sophis-
ticated electronic timing devices, which
may be needed in the repair of electric or
electronic timepieces. Everything that re-
pairers do requires great patience and deli-
cate hand movements.
Some watch and clock repairers also
do jewelry repair work or sell items such as
watches, clocks, jewelry, china, and silver-
ware. This is especially true if they are self-
employed or work in a retail store. Repairers
who have their own shops often must or-
der parts and merchandise, keep accounts,
arrange for advertising, and perform other
tasks required to maintain an effcient and
successful business.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
SalaryrangE
$18,590 to $33,110 to $56,300
outlook
Jewelers
Locksmiths
n
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 116 7/16/09 1:39:28 PM
117
You will fnd that advancement and busi-
ness dealings may come more easily in this
feld if you have a high school diploma.
While in high school, take technical/shop
and electronics courses to learn about cir-
cuits and electrical test equipment.
The best way to become a watch or
clock repairer is to complete the training
offered by an established repair school.
This training takes one to three years to
complete, and the course of study includes
taking apart and putting together watches,
cleaning and oiling the working mecha-
nisms, and repairing and replacing parts in
various kinds of timepieces.
outlook
Employment of watch and clock repairers
is expected to grow more slowly than the
average through 2016; this is mostly due to
the small size of the industry. Since many
watches and clocks produced today cost
as much or more to repair as to replace,
owners tend to discard their old or broken
items. However, sales of high-grade watch-
es (such as Rolex) have made a comeback.
Although mechanical watches account for
only 10 percent of the market, they create
more than 50 percent of the revenue be-
cause of their high prices.
In addition, the American Watchmak-
ers-Clockmakers Institute reports that the
average age of a watch/clockmaker is over
60 years old. In the coming decade, many
openings will result from the need to re-
place these retiring workers. Watch and
clock repairers with precision skills should
fnd ample employment opportunities.
ForMoreinformation
The American Watchmakers-Clockmakers
Institute and your local library are good
sources of information about watch repair
history and the profession. Hobbies and
shop courses that require patience in us-
ing hand tools can provide another way of
exploring similar activities and developing
manual skills.
americanWatchmakers-clockmakers
institute
701 Enterprise Drive
Harrison, OH 45030-1696
866-367-2924
http://www.awi-net.org
horology:theindex
http://www.horology.com
nationalassociationofWatchandclock
collectors,inc.
514 Poplar Street
Columbia, PA 17512-2124
717-684-8261
http://www.nawcc.org
A watch repairer uses a jewelers loupe to
examine a wristwatch. (AFP/Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 117 7/16/09 1:39:29 PM
118
Webmasters
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatWebmastersDo
Webmasters create and manage Web sites
for large corporations, small businesses,
nonproft organizations, government agen-
cies, schools, special interest groups, and
individuals.
Some webmasters develop the content
for the pages they manage. They may write
the text or receive it from other writers
and editors. Webmasters insert codes into
the text in HyperText Markup Language
(HTML). HTML codes tell the computer
how to arrange and format the text.
Along with coding the text, the web-
master must lay out the elements of the
Web site in such a way that it is visually
pleasing, well organized, and easy to navi-
gate. He or she may use various colors,
background patterns, images, tables, or
charts. These graphic elements can come
from image fles already on the Web, soft-
ware clip art fles, or images scanned into
the computer with an electronic scanner.
In some cases, when an organization is us-
ing the Web site to promote its product or
service, the Webmaster may work with a
marketing specialist or department to de-
velop a page.
Web sites usually have links to other
pages or other Web sites. Webmasters check
the links and make sure visitors to the site
can connect easily to the information they
need.
Webmasters also keep track of activ-
ity on the site. They note how often peo-
ple visit their site. They answer questions
and comments from visitors, usually by
e-mail. Some webmasters are in charge of
processing customer orders for products or
services.
courses in computer science, English, and
mathematics in high school.
Many webmasters have bachelors de-
grees in liberal arts, engineering, or com-
puter science. Others have two-year degrees
from a technical or vocational school.
Most people who enter this feld have
a background of work experience in com-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
SalaryrangE
$39,500 to $68,080 to $109,720
outlook
Computer Trainers
o
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 118 7/16/09 1:39:29 PM
119
puter technology. When considering can-
didates for the position of webmaster, em-
ployers usually require at least two years
experience with various Web technologies,
including knowledge of HTML, JavaScript,
and SQL. It is quite common for someone
to move into the position of webmaster
from another computer-related job in the
same organization.
Webmaster certifcation programs are
available at many colleges, universities, and
technical schools throughout the United
States. Programs vary in length, anywhere
from three weeks to nine months or more.
outlook
The feld of computer and data processing
services is projected to be the fastest-grow-
ing industry for the next decade. As a re-
sult, the employment rate of webmasters
and other computer specialists is expected
cupations through 2016.
As more and more businesses, not-for-
proft organizations, educational institu-
tions, and government agencies choose
to go online, the total number of Web
sites will grow, as will the need for ex-
perts to design them. Companies are
starting to view Web sites not as tempo-
rary experiments, but rather as important
and necessary business and marketing
tools. Growth will be largest for Internet
content developers (webmasters respon-
sible for the information displayed on a
Web site).
ForMoreinformation
Spend time surfng the Web. Look at a va-
riety of Web sites to see how they look and
operate, and design your own personal
Web page. Many Internet providers offer
their users the option of designing and
maintaining a personal Web page for a very
low fee.
internationalWebmastersassociation
626-449-3709
WorldorganizationofWebmasters
PO Box 1743
Folsom, CA 95630-1743
916-989-2933
info@joinwow.org
http://www.joinwow.org
Growth Field
ber of webmasters is expected to
increase about 15 percent.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 119 7/16/09 1:39:29 PM

120
Wedding/
PartyPlanners
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatWedding/
PartyPlannersDo
Did you know you can have butterfies
released at your wedding? And goldfsh
in bowls on your reception tables? And
a horse-and-carriage ride after the cer-
emony? Wedding planners direct brides
and grooms to all the different services
available to them. Although planners do
not actually make all the decisions, they
do present their clients with options and
then make the necessary arrangements.
This makes the planning of the wedding
less stressful for the bride and groom.
Planners provide clients with costs, order
invitations, and help select music. They
take their clients to meet forists, musi-
cians, cake decorators, and dressmak-
ers. After the wedding is planned, plan-
ners continue to help the brides. On the
days of the rehearsals, ceremonies, and
receptions, they help with fowers, take
gifts from guests, and organize the cake
cutting and bouquet toss. Planners often
save brides a lot of money by negotiating
with photographers, forists, and other
vendors for discounted services.
Most planners work out of their home
offces and spend their weekdays taking
phone calls and working at their comput-
ers. Their weekends are faster paced, as
they see that the weddings run smoothly.
In addition to offering services, some plan-
ners sell candles, linens, invitations, party
favors, and other products. Some planners
even operate bridal shops and boutiques.
There are some planners who specialize in
destination weddings. These weddings
are usually in exotic locations like Hawaii
or the Bahamas. The planners then handle
all the details for the out-of-town brides.
Planners also arrange for special wedding
sites like historic homes, public gardens,
and resorts.
In addition to working for brides,
planners also work for people planning
large celebrations and parties. They hire
on with museums and other nonproft
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Theater/Dance
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$26,880 to $44,240 to $83,240
outlook
Bed and Breakfast Owners
Event Planners
Florists
Hotel Concierges
0
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 120 7/16/09 1:39:30 PM
121
organizations to plan fund-raising events.
They work for retail stores to plan sales
events, and they plan grand-opening
events for businesses.
You can learn about wedding traditions
and etiquette from bridal magazines and
books. In high school, you should take
courses in art, design, music, and home
economics. These courses will help you de-
velop a sense of style, which you will need
to advise brides on colors, fowers, and
decorations. You should also take courses
in business management and accounting
to help your clients budget their weddings.
In your training, you should develop your
creativity along with your communication
and people skills. Some professional asso-
ciations offer home-study programs and
special certifcation.
outlook
Wedding consulting is one of the few career
felds that will not likely be affected much
by technology. Employment opportunities
age through 2016.
ForMoreinformation
Subscribe to a bridal magazine to get a sense
of all the ins and outs of wedding consult-
ing. Visit the Web sites of professional as-
sociations. For hands-on experience, con-
tact the professional organizations for the
names of consultants in your area and
pay them a visit. Some consultants hire
assistants occasionally to help with large
weddings.
associationofbridalconsultants
56 Danbury Road, Suite 11
New Milford, CT 06776-3415
860-355-7000
http://www.bridalassn.com
associationofcertifedProfessional
Weddingconsultants
122 Destry Court
San Jose, CA 95136-3349
408-528-9000
http://www.acpwc.com
juneWeddinginc.
19375 Pine Glade
Guerneville, CA 95446
707-865-9894
http://www.junewedding.com
nationalbridalService
1004 North Thompson Street, Suite 205
804-342-0055
http://www.nationalbridal.com
Jim Beck, left, answers questions about
wedding cakes for a newly engaged
couple during Wedding Expo 2004, at
the St. Cloud Civic Center in St. Cloud,
Minnesota. (Associated Press)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 121 7/16/09 1:39:31 PM
122
Weldersand
Welding
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Mathematics
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatWeldersand
WeldingtechniciansDo
Welders join metal pieces together by apply-
ing heat, pressure, or both until the edges
of the metals meet and the pieces are per-
manently fused. This process is used in the
manufacturing and repair of thousands of
different products, from water faucets and
refrigerators to cars, airplanes, and missiles.
There are more than 80 different welding
processes.
Fusion welding joins the welded parts
by heat alone. The parts are heated until
they melt and fow together. Any space left
between the two parts is flled with metal
from a welding rod of the same composi-
tion as the metal being welded. In arc weld-
ing, one kind of fusion welding, the worker
strikes an arc, or creates an electric current,
by touching the metal with an electrode. An
electrode is a type of tool (usually made of
metal) that conducts electric current. The
welder guides the electrode along the metal
seams until the heat of the arc melts the
metal. Another type of fusion welding is gas
welding. Heat is supplied by gases burned in
a torch. The hot fame melts both the parts
to be welded and the welding rod.
Resistance welding and fash welding
are two types of plastic welding. Plastic
welding is done by heating the parts until
they soften and then joining them by pres-
sure. Resistance welding uses the electri-
cal resistance of the metal to heat it to the
plastic state. Resistance welding is used to
join thin sheets of metal. In fash welding,
the parts to be welded are brought together,
edge to edge, in a hydraulic press. An elec-
tric arc appears between the edges as they
are brought near each other. When the arc
has softened the metal, the two edges are
abruptly squeezed together.
Working conditions for welders are of-
ten considered potentially hazardous. They
wear protective clothing, goggles, hard
hats, and other gear to protect themselves
from falling objects and to avoid burns and
injuries. Also, because some metals give off
toxic gases as they are melted, the work
area must always be properly ventilated.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Apprenticeship
SalaryrangE
$21,680 to $32,270 to $49,010
outlook
Aircraft Mechanics
Ironworkers
Sheet Metal Workers
/
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 122 7/16/09 1:39:32 PM
123
mathematics, physics, and shop classes in
high school. For skilled welding jobs, em-
ployers prefer to hire welders with a high
school or vocational school diploma.
Many welders learn their skills in for-
mal training programs offered at com-
munity colleges and trade schools and in
the armed forces. Beginners can also learn
welding skills in on-the-job training pro-
grams. The length of training time varies
from several weeks for jobs requiring few
skills to between one and three years for
more skilled jobs.
Apprenticeship programs also of-
fer training. Apprenticeships that teach a
range of metalworking skills, including
the basics of welding, are offered by trade
unions, such as the International Associa-
tion of Machinists and Aerospace Workers.
outlook
Overall, employment in welding and re-
lated occupations is expected to grow
There should be plenty of opportunities
for skilled welders, since many employers
have diffculties in fnding qualifed ap-
plicants. Most job openings will develop
when experienced workers leave their jobs.
However, the outlook varies somewhat by
industry. In manufacturing industries, the
trend toward increasing automation, in-
cluding more use of welding robots, is ex-
pected to decrease the demand for manual
welders and increase the demand for weld-
ing machine operators. In construction,
wholesale trade, and repair services, more
skilled welders will be needed as the econ-
omy grows because the work tends to be
less routine in these industries, and auto-
mation is not likely to be a big factor.
ForMoreinformation
With the help of a teacher or a guidance
counselor, you may be able to arrange to
visit a workplace where you can observe
welders or welding machine operators on
the job. Ideally, such a visit can provide a
chance to see several welding processes and
various kinds of welding work and work-
ing conditions, as well as an opportunity to
talk with welders about their work.
americanWeldingSociety
550 NW LeJeune Road
Miami, FL 33126-5649
800-443-9353
http://www.aws.org
internationalassociationofMachinistsand
aerospaceWorkers
301-967-4500
http://www.goiam.org
Welders need to wear masks and
protective clothing as they perform their
work. (Glen Jones/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 123 7/16/09 1:39:33 PM
124
Wildlife
Photographers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Self-management
WhatWildlife
PhotographersDo
Wildlife photographers take photographs
and make flms of animals in their natural
environment. Wildlife photographers pro-
vide the photographs for science publica-
tions, research reports, textbooks, newspa-
pers, magazines, and many other printed
materials. Films are used in research and
for professional and public education.
Wildlife photographers often fnd
themselves in swamps, deserts, and jun-
gles, atop trees or in underground tunnels,
swimming in the ocean or hanging from
the side of a mountain. They may shoot
pictures of the tiniest insects or the largest
mammals.
Like other professional photographers,
wildlife photographers must know about
light, camera settings, lenses, flm, and fl-
ters. In addition, they must be able to take
pictures without disturbing the animals
or natural settings that they photograph.
To do this, they must research the animals
and plants they use as subjects before they
go into the wild.
Wildlife photographers do not nec-
essarily need to be zoologists, although a
background in biology or zoology is helpful
for this career. After many years of experi-
ence, wildlife photographers often become
experts in the behavior of the animals
they photograph. It is also possible for zo-
ologists who use photography in their re-
search to eventually become expert wildlife
photographers.
The technological advances in pho-
tographic equipment and the expertise of
wildlife photographers have contributed
much to scientifc knowledge about animal
behavior, new species, evolution, and ani-
mals roles in preserving or changing the
environment.
Wildlife photographers must not risk
the well-being of any animal to take a pic-
ture. They must show concern for the en-
vironment in their work. They must use
common sense and not anger or frighten
any animals while trying to take a picture.
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Art, Biology, Chemistry
SalaryrangE
$15,770 to $24,430 to $54,470
outlook
Cinematographers
Photographers
Photojournalists
Zoologists
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 124 7/16/09 1:39:35 PM
125
All types of photographers should possess
manual dexterity, good eyesight and color
vision, and artistic ability. You need an
eye for form and line, an appreciation of
light and shadow, and the ability to use
imaginative and creative approaches to
photographs or flm, especially in com-
mercial work.
If you are interested in wildlife photogra-
phy, you should take courses in photogra-
phy, media arts, biology, and Earth science.
Chemistry is useful for understanding
developing and printing processes. You
can learn about digital photography and
software used to alter photos in computer
classes, and business classes will help if you
are considering a freelance career.
Formal educational requirements for
becoming a wildlife photographer vary
depending on your specialty. For example,
photographic work in scientifc and engi-
neering research generally requires an en-
gineering background with a degree from
a recognized college or institute. A bach-
elor of arts in photography or flm with a
minor in biology would prepare you well
for a career as a wildlife photographer.
During your education, you should try to
gain practical experience and build a port-
folio of your work.
outlook
Employment of photographers will increase
tions through 2016. The demand for new
images should remain strong in education,
communication, entertainment, market-
ing, and research.
ForMoreinformation
Join photography clubs or enter contests
that encourage you to use camera equip-
ment. Learn how to use different types of
flm, lenses, and flters. Practice taking pic-
tures of birds and animals at parks, nature
centers, and zoos. Watch nature shows
and videos to learn more about both ani-
mal behavior and flming animals in the
wild.
ProfessionalPhotographersofamerica
800-786-6277
http://www.ppa.com
WildliferesearchPhotography
PO Box 3628
Mammoth Lakes, CA 93546-3628
760-924-8632
http://www.moosepeterson.com
WildlifeWatcher.com
http://www.wildlifewatcher.com
Wildlife photographers capture their love
of nature and share it with the world.
(Sasha Radosavljevich/Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 125 7/16/09 1:39:36 PM
126
Winemakers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Decision making
Speaking/listening
WhatWinemakersDo
The science of enology, better known as
winemaking, is more than 5,000 years old.
The ancient Egyptians, Greeks, Romans,
and Chinese all used wine for either medic-
inal or religious purposes or just to drink
with a meal. Grapes for winemaking have
been grown in the United States since the
late 1800s, and winemaking here is now
a major industry, especially in California,
where more than 80 percent of U.S. wines
are produced.
Winemakers are involved in all phas-
es of wine production and must have a
thorough understanding of the business.
As an expert in viticulture (the growing
of grapes), the enologist has many im-
portant decisions to make. Perhaps the
most important decision is which grapes
to grow. Winemakers study the different
European and American grapes and then
decide which varieties are best for the soil
and climate of their land. For example, a
winemaker in the Napa Valley of Califor-
nia needs to make sure the grapes planted
can withstand very hot summers, while in
upstate New York, grapes need to survive
extremely cold winters.
Winemakers must keep up-to-date on
all of the new technology that comes along
to help the winemaking process. For ex-
ample, winemakers might have to decide
whether to use highly mechanical grape
harvesters and crushers, which speed up
the entire winemaking process but might
distort the quality. The winemaker also
has to consult with staff members about
the testing and crushing of the grapes and
their cooling, fltering, and bottling.
As the winery business managers, wine-
makers must be organized and knowledge-
able in fnancial matters. For example, they
must have the ability to analyze proft-and-
loss statements and other parts of balance
sheets. Winemakers are also involved with
the marketing of the wines, including mak-
ing such crucial decisions as where the
wines will be sold and at what price. They
usually oversee all matters involving their
staffs, including hiring, fring, and setting
salaries. Winemakers are top-level manag-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Agriculture, Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$31,100 to $53,720 to $103,660
outlook
Brewers
Farmers
Food Technologists
J
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 126 7/16/09 1:39:36 PM
127
ers who have fnal responsibility for the
success of their wineries.
courses in biology, chemistry, and other
sciences in high school. Winemaking is
an increasingly competitive feld, and you
will likely need a college degree to obtain
an entry-level job. In college, you should
major in viticulture or horticulture. Some
wineries offer on-the-job training in the
form of an apprenticeship for high school
graduates. However, most entry-level posi-
tions go to college graduates, so a college
degree is recommended.
Advancement within the profession
depends on a combination of education,
experience, and skill. Winemakers at small
wineries may move on to become manag-
ers of large ones, and they in turn may be-
come directors of several wineries that are
part of a large corporation.
outlook
Job growth is tied to the size and quality of
grape harvests, the success of wine produc-
tion, and the demand for American wines
in the United States and in other countries.
Technological advances in wine produc-
tion may create more job opportunities.
Also, it is impossible to predict weather
and soil conditions from season to season,
and there is little security, especially for
smaller wine producers. There is stiff com-
petition in the wine business, and there
have been a number of consolidations and
mergers in the past few years. Still, new
brands continue to be introduced with
strong marketing campaigns, particularly
in the lower- and mid-priced categories.
Job opportunities will be best in Califor-
nia, where most of the U.S. wineries are
located.
ForMoreinformation
You can explore the opportunities in this
feld by setting up an informational inter-
view with someone who works in a winery.
You will also fnd it helpful to tour a winery
and watch winemakers in action.
americanSocietyforEnologyand
viticulture
PO Box 1855
Davis, CA 95617-1855
530-753-3142
http://www.asev.org
americanWineSociety
113 South Perry Street
Lawrenceville, GA 30045
678-377-7070
http://www.americanwinesociety.org
Winemakers keep a close watch on
their grapes to make sure that they are
healthy and free of pests. (Olga Vasilkova/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 127 7/16/09 1:39:38 PM
128
Wireless
Service
technicians
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatWirelessService
techniciansDo
Wireless service technicians are sometimes
called cell site technicians or cell site engi-
neers. They are responsible for taking care of
the equipment used to receive and transmit
wireless telephone calls. This equipment
typically includes a radio tower, which re-
ceives radio signals from wireless phone
users. The radio signals are then passed on
from the tower to computerized equipment
in a building next to the tower. The com-
puterized equipment reads the signal and
sends it on to a switching center, so that
it can be routed to the right destination.
Together, the radio tower and the com-
puterized equipment make up a cell site.
Each wireless service provider has dozens of
these cell sites, located all throughout the
wireless coverage area. A wireless service
technician usually has several cell sites to
maintain.
The wireless technician performs rou-
tine maintenance on his or her cell sites.
This may include visiting each site peri-
odically and testing to make sure that all
the equipment is functioning properly.
To run these tests, the technician may
hook up a laptop computer to the cell site
equipment and use specialized software
to check the equipment. He or she might
check any backup equipment at the site to
make sure it is operable, in case it should
be needed to replace original equipment
that has stopped working. The technician
also checks to make sure that everything
is working on the radio tower, including
the lights that are required by the Federal
Aviation Administration. Finally, he or
she may oversee the condition of the cell
site building and grounds and hire and
oversee groundskeepers or maintenance
workers.
In addition to performing routine
maintenance, wireless service technicians
take care of any problems that occur with
the cell site. Whatever the problem, the
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Computer science, Physics
Associates degree
SalaryrangE
$25,140 to $47,220 to $68,570
outlook
Appliance Repairers
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 128 7/16/09 1:39:40 PM
129
technician is responsible for repairing it.
He or she might actually travel to the site
to deal with a problem. In other cases,
technicians use the modems on their com-
puters to dial into the onsite equipment.
Using their computer software, they di-
agnose what is wrong with the system. If
the problem is one that they can repair,
they do so. If it is a larger problem, such as
something wrong with the local telephone
lines, the technician calls the appropriate
agency to make the repair.
If you are considering a career as a wireless
service technician, you should take classes
in high school such as physics, which ex-
plain the principles of electronics. Com-
puter science classes are also important. It
is also helpful to take any classes that might
help you succeed in your college classes,
such as math, English, and speech.
Most wireless service technicians have
at least an associates degree. Some have
degrees in electronics or electronic theo-
ry. Others may have degrees in computer
science or data/telecommunications man-
agement. Some technicians may have a
bachelors degree in engineering, com-
puter science, telecommunications, or an-
other related subject.
outlook
Overall, employment in the telecommuni-
cations industry is expected to grow more
slowly than the average through 2016.
However, job opportunities with wireless
service providers should be more plentiful.
Providers will need technicians and other
wireless workers to meet the growing de-
mand for wireless service.
ForMoreinformation
Many hobby shops or specialty science
stores have electronics kits and experiments
that will allow you to get some hands-on
experience with how electronic circuits
work. You might also contact a wireless
provider in your area and ask to talk with a
cell technician about his or her job.
canadianWirelesstelecommunications
association
130 Albert Street, Suite 1110
Ottawa, ON K1P 5G4 Canada
613-233-4888
info@cwta.ca
http://www.cwta.ca
ctiatheWirelessassociation
202-785-0081
http://www.ctia.org
Wirelessindustryassociation
9746 Tappenbeck Drive
800-624-6918
contact@wirelessindustry.com
http://wirelessdealers.com
Fast Fact
Cellular systems got their name
because the broadcast area for
the signals were divided into
units called cells. Each cell had
its own radio tower, which had
a range of about 2 miles. The
phone signal traveled from
cell to cell until it reached its
destination.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 129 7/16/09 1:39:40 PM
130
Wood
Scienceand
technology
Workers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatWoodScienceand
technologyWorkersDo
There are three major career areas in the
wood science and technology feld: wood
scientist, wood technologist, and wood prod-
ucts technician. Workers in all three careers
study and test wood and products made
out of wood.
Wood scientists try to fnd new ways
to preserve and make things out of wood.
They may develop new ways to dry wood,
or cure it, so that it will last longer. For ex-
ample, one way to dry wood planks is to
heat them in large ovens called kilns. Some
wood scientists study and improve this
heating process. They try to fnd ways to
keep the wood from splitting or bending as
it is drying. Other wood scientists develop
chemicals that will protect the wood from
insects or fre or from rotting. Wood scien-
tists also test different kinds of wood to see
how they can best be used.
Wood technologists, also called wood
products engineers, often work for lumber
or paper industries. They test wood-related
materials and equipment, such as kilns,
sawmill machinery, and pulp machines.
They test woods for strength and develop
ways to make it stronger by combining it
with other materials. Some wood technolo-
gists give advice to homebuilders about the
kinds of wood to use for doors, foors, or
decks.
Wood products technicians work for
companies that make wood products. They
oversee the operation of kilns, saws, wood
presses, and other equipment and make
sure all are in good working order. Other
technicians work in the laboratory, prepar-
ing wood samples for testing or helping
run the tests.
The ability to understand and use sci-
entifc theory is important in this career,
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Chemistry
Associates degree
SalaryrangE
$45,020 to $67,710 to $101,340
outlook
Chemists
Papermaking Workers
J
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 130 7/16/09 1:39:41 PM
131
as is curiosity and persistence in your work
habits. Finally, an interest in wood and
conservation issues is a plus.
If you are interested in a career in wood
science or technology, take mathematics,
business, and science courses such as phys-
ics, chemistry, and biology in high school.
Speech and English classes will also be help-
ful, as communication skills are essential
for wood science and technology workers.
Wood scientists and technologists
should have a bachelors degree with a ma-
jor in forest products or wood technology.
Many wood science and technology work-
ers, especially those in research, have ad-
vanced degrees such as a masters or a doc-
torate. Wood products technicians must
have at least a certifcate or an associates
degree from a two-year college.
outlook
Wood technology is a relatively new sci-
ence, with breakthroughs in products and
technology occurring frequently. It is also a
feld in which the supply of qualifed wood
scientists and technologists is smaller than
the demand. Therefore, the employment
outlook for the workers in this feld is ex-
pected to be very good.
The demand for wood products is in-
creasing rapidly. At the same time, the costs
of growing and harvesting timber and pro-
cessing wood products are rising rapidly.
ForMoreinformation
If you are interested in wood science and
technology careers, you may be able to
take a tour or a feld trip to a sawmill, pa-
per plant, or wood processing plant in your
area. You also can learn about wood and
how to work with it through a wood shop
or woodworking course in high school or
at a local vocational school or community
college.
ForestProductsSociety
2801 Marshall Court
608-231-1361
http://www.forestprod.org
nationalhardwoodlumberassociation
6830 Raleigh LaGrange Road
Memphis, TN 38134-7000
901-377-1818
http://www.natlhardwood.org
5400 Grosvenor Lane
301-897-8720
safweb@safnet.org
SocietyofWoodScienceandtechnology
One Gifford Pinchot Drive
608-231-9347
http://www.swst.org
Fast Fact
Today more than 5,000 differ-
ent products use wood as their
primary raw material.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 131 7/16/09 1:39:41 PM
132
Woodworkers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Creative thinking
Self-management
What
WoodworkersDo
The activities of todays woodworkers vary
greatly. Woodworkers are found in a vari-
ety of production processesfrom sawmill
and plywood operations through building
construction, furniture reproduction, and
even musical instrument manufacturing.
They may work individually as skilled craft-
ers creating or replicating ornate furniture
using basic hand tools, perform assembly-
line production by making a single part,
or use computerized machinery to operate
factory tools.
In all production processes, woodwork-
ers must be able to read blueprint or shop
drawings, follow instructions, and help de-
termine the best way to shape or create a
piece. They must exhibit good manual dex-
terity and precision in measuring, marking,
and cutting. Woodworkers must be able to
use hand tools such as hammers, planes,
saws, fles, and chisels as wells as power
tools such as lathes, drill presses, routers
and sanders. They need to know how to
connect and fasten and apply fnishes and
stains to pieces.
The woodworking industry has been
greatly affected by changing technology.
Some areas of the feld now demand more
computer than woodworking skills. Com-
puter-controlled machinery has increased
productivity while cutting down on the
number of workers once needed to perform
an operation.
In addition, woodworkers must prac-
tice safe working techniques and wear pro-
tective gear such as safety glasses/goggles,
hardhats, and steel-toed shoes. They must
perform periodic safety checks and be cer-
tain their work areas comply with state and
federal regulations.
High school courses in mathematics and
woodworking shop will help prepare you
for a career in this feld. Courses in ma-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Computer science, Geometry,
Mathematics, Woodworking
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$17,660 to $27,010 to $36,220
outlook
Carpenters
Furniture Designers
Ironworkers
Roofers
Sheet Metal Workers
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 132 7/16/09 1:39:43 PM
133
chine shop and computer science are also
encouraged. A degree from a vocational
or trade school will allow you to acquire
more woodworking skills during your high
school education.
Some colleges and universities sponsor
programs in furniture making, wood tech-
nology, and production management. Post-
secondary education prepares students for
supervisory and management positions.
Generally woodworkers receive on-
the-job training by observing and assist-
ing more experienced employees. While
they can acquire basic skills in just a few
months, the more refned woodworkers
have been at their craft for better than two
years. Those intent on pursuing a career
in this feld should explore apprenticeship
programs.
outlook
The woodworking industry is highly sus-
ceptible to economic swings with layoffs
expected during slow periods. The more
highly skilled crafts workers and those with
experience in computerized machinery will
have better chances for employment. In
addition, workers will be needed to replace
those retiring.
Global competition, increasing use
of automation, and the growing num-
ber of imports will play a huge role in the
number of domestic job opportunities for
woodworkers.
ForMoreinformation
Many big box home improvement stores
offer workshops throughout the year on
do-it-yourself house projects. Attending
these events will provide you with a basic
background in the processes, materials,
skills, and tools needed to tackle a specifc
problem.
associationofWoodworking&Furnishings
Suppliers
500 Citadel Drive, Suite 200
Commerce, CA 90040-1569
323.838.9440
http://www.awfs.org
certifedcustomWoodworkersassociation
404 North Main Street, Suite 103
Oshkosh, WI 54901
920-230-3302
dwalbrun@cic-ubc.org
http://www.woodindustry.org
WoodlinkSuSa
PO Box 445
Tuscola, IL 61953-0445
http://www.woodlinks.com/USA/home.html
WoodworkingMachineryindustry
association
3313 Paper Mill Road, Suite 202
Phoenix, MD 21131-1457
410-628-1970
info@wmia.org
http://www.wmia.org
Fast Fact
woodworkers working in the
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 133 7/16/09 1:39:43 PM
134
Writers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatWritersDo
Writers, also known as authors, express their
ideas in words for books, magazines, news-
papers, advertisements, radio, television,
and the Internet. Writers jobs are a combi-
nation of creativity and hard work.
Writers usually specialize in a particu-
lar type of writing. For example, those who
prepare scripts for motion pictures or tele-
vision are called screenwriters or scriptwriters.
Playwrights do similar writing for theater.
Those who write copy for advertisements
are called copywriters.
Newswriters prepare stories for newspa-
pers, magazines, radio, and TV. Columnists
specialize in writing about matters from
their personal viewpoints. Critics review
and comment upon the work of other au-
thors, musicians, artists, and performers.
Technical writers express technical and
scientifc ideas in easy-to-understand lan-
guage. In addition to all of these types of
writers, there are also creative writers, includ-
ing novelists, biographers, poets, essayists,
comedy writers, and short-story writers.
Creative writers usually do not work
on assignment but choose their own topics
and styles. Creative writers are somewhat
different in this regard from journalists,
copywriters, and others who are normally
assigned topics by editors or publishers.
Good writers gather as much infor-
mation as possible about a subject and
then carefully check the accuracy of their
sources. This can involve extensive library
research, interviews, and long hours of ob-
servation and personal experience. Writ-
ers keep notes from which they prepare
an outline or summary. They write a frst
draft and then rewrite sections of the mate-
rial, always searching for the best way to
express an idea or opinion. A manuscript
is reviewed, corrected, and revised many
times before a fnal copy is ready.
To prepare for a career as a writer, take
high school courses in English, journal-
ism, speech, foreign languages, general
c
SchoolSubjEctS
English, Journalism
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$26,530 to $50,660 to $99,910
outlook
About as fast the average
Book Editors
Reporters
Sportswriters
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 134 7/16/09 1:39:46 PM
135
science, social studies, computer science,
and typing.
A college education is usually necessary
if you want to become a writer. You should
also know how to use a computer for word
processing and be able to handle the pres-
sure of deadlines. Some employers prefer to
hire people who have a communications
or journalism degree. Others require ma-
jors in English, literature, history, philoso-
phy, or one of the social sciences. Technical
writers should have a background in engi-
neering, business, computers, or one of the
sciences.
Classes and writing groups can be
found almost anywhere, from community
colleges to libraries to the Web. In addi-
tion to formal course work, most employ-
ers look for practical writing experience,
such as work with school or community
newspapers.
outlook
The employment of writers is expected to
increase about as fast as the average rate for
for writers by newspapers, periodicals, book
publishers, and nonproft organizations is
expected to increase. The growth of online
publishing on company Web sites and oth-
er online services will also demand many
talented writers. Advertising and public
relations will provide job opportunities as
well.
People entering this feld should realize
that the competition for jobs is extremely
keen. Of the thousands who graduate each
year with degrees in English, journalism,
communications, and the liberal arts, in-
tending to establish a career as a writer,
many turn to other occupations when they
fnd that applicants far outnumber the job
openings available. College students would
do well to keep this in mind and prepare
for an unrelated alternate career in the
event they are unable to obtain a position
as a writer.
ForMoreinformation
Read all kinds of writing in books, newspa-
pers, and magazines. Write every day in a
journal, and remember that journal writing
does not need to be perfect. The important
thing is to express yourself freely. Work as
a reporter or writer on school newspapers,
yearbooks, and literary magazines.
nationalassociationofScienceWriters
PO Box 7905
Berkeley, CA 94707-0905
510-647-9500
http://www.nasw.org
nationalconferenceofEditorialWriters
717-703-3015
ncew@pa-news.org
http://www.ncew.org
Did You Know?
The frst known movable type
printing system was invented in
China around 1041. Not knowing
of this invention Johannes Guten-
berg created his movable type
printing press around 1439, which
revolutionized book-making in Eu-
rope, where until this time books
had been copied out by hand.
?
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 135 7/16/09 1:39:46 PM
136
X-ray
technologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Reading/writing
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatX-raytechnologistsDo
X-ray technologists, also called radiologic
technologists, operate equipment that cre-
ates images of the bodys tissues, organs,
and bones. Physicians known as radiologists
then consult these images to diagnose ill-
nesses, identify broken bones, and treat
diseases.
In regular photography, images are
made by exposing a specially treated pho-
tographic flm to ordinary light rays. In ra-
diography, or X-ray photography, images
are made by exposing the flms to special
short light rays, called X rays. Because all
forms of radiation are potentially harm-
ful, great care must be taken when using X
rays. Some X-ray technologists specialize in
diagnostic medicine, fguring out exactly
what disease a patient has and which part
of the body is affected. X-ray images can
be used to diagnose broken bones, identify
diseased tissues, or pinpoint cancerous tu-
mors and other growths.
Other X-ray technologists called ra-
diation therapists specialize in therapeutic
work. Radiation therapy uses radiation
to destroy diseased body tissue. Carefully
controlled and precisely directed doses of
radiation are used to treat some tumors.
Working under the direction of radiologists
and other physicians, X-ray technologists
expose patients to X rays directed at the
diseased body parts.
Some X-ray technologists practice both
diagnostic and therapeutic radiology. Oth-
ers may specialize in such areas as nuclear
medicine, where radioactive compounds
are injected into or swallowed by the pa-
tient to diagnose and treat certain condi-
tions, or sonography, where sound waves
instead of light waves are used to project
an image.
Whatever their specialty, X-ray tech-
nologists must be skilled in using potential-
ly dangerous instruments and substances,
and they must always be concerned with
limiting radiation exposure to patients.
X-ray technologists should be both
physically and emotionally healthy them-
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Health
SalaryrangE
$35,460 to $51,720 to $72,040
outlook
Special Procedures Technologists
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 136 7/16/09 1:39:49 PM
137
selves and have a desire to work with the
injured and ill.
If you are interested in X-ray technology,
you should take math and science classes
in high school. Biology, chemistry, and
physics classes will be particularly useful to
you. You will also want to take health, Eng-
lish, and computer classes.
To become an X-ray technologist, you
will need a high school education, and you
must complete a formal education pro-
gram in radiographic technology. These
programs last anywhere from two to four
years, depending on the number of radio-
logic procedures taught.
X-ray technologists can become cer-
tifed through the American Registry of
Radiologic Technologists after graduating
from an accredited program. In addition, an
increasing number of states have licensing
requirements. According to the American
Society of Radiologic Technologists, licens-
es are needed by radiologic technologists in
35 states and Puerto Rico. You will need to
check with the state in which you hope to
work about specifc requirements there.
outlook
Overall, employment for X-ray technolo-
gists is expected to grow faster than the
average through 2016. The demand for
qualifed technologists in some areas of the
country far exceeds the supply. This short-
age is particularly acute in rural areas and
small towns. X-ray technologists who are
trained to do more than one type of imag-
ing procedure will also fnd that they have
increased job opportunities. Finally, those
specializing in sonography are predicted to
have more opportunities than those work-
ing only with radiographs.
ForMoreinformation
It is possible to learn about the duties of
X-ray technologists by talking with them
and observing the facilities and equipment
they use.
americanregistryofradiologic
technologists
St. Paul, MN 55120-1155
651-687-0048
http://www.arrt.org
americanSocietyofradiologic
technologists
800-444-2778
http://www.asrt.org
SocietyofDiagnosticMedicalSonography
2745 Dallas Parkway, Suite 350
Plano, TX 75093-8730
800-229-9506
http://www.sdms.org
This X-ray technologist takes an X ray of a
mans injured wrist. (Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 137 7/16/09 1:39:50 PM
138
yogaand
Pilates
instructors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Teach
Skillstheyneed
Problem solving
Social
Speaking/listening
WhatyogaandPilates
instructorsDo
Yoga and Pilates instructors lead specialized
exercise, stretching, and meditation classes
for people of all ages.
With yoga, the instructors methods
vary greatly based on the type of yoga they
teach. Some instructors begin class seat-
ed or even lying down, encouraging class
members to relax their muscles and focus
on their breathing. After a few minutes of
breathing exercises, the instructor leads the
class into the various yoga poses. Depend-
ing on the yoga method, poses may be fuid,
with quicker movement from position to
position, or instructors may tell class mem-
bers to hold poses for as long as three or four
minutes, encouraging strength and control.
During the class, yoga instructors ver-
bally describe and demonstrate moves.
They also walk around and survey the
movements of class members, making
slight adjustments to members form to
prevent injury, encourage good practice,
and improve their skills.
Pilates is similar to yoga in that class
participants are led through different mo-
tions. However, unlike yoga poses that are
often held for minutes at a time, Pilates
encompasses more fuid movement of the
arms and legs using what is called core
strength. This strength comes from the
bodys torso, from the top of the rib cage to
the lower abdomen. The job of the Pilates
instructor is similar to that of a yoga teach-
er. Pilates teachers also demonstrate and
describe motions and check class members
form and technique.
Both yoga and Pilates instructors have
to prepare for their classes ahead of time to
choose the exercises and equipment to be
used or whether to focus on one method or
area of the body. Instructors should also be
open to class suggestions and comments to
make the class the best it can be.
You will need at least a high school diploma
to work as a yoga or Pilates instructor. In high
school, take anatomy, biology, psychology,
c
SchoolSubjEctS
High school diploma
SalaryrangE
$14,880 to $25,910 to $56,750
outlook
Athletic Trainers
Fitness Directors
Personal Trainers
L
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 138 7/16/09 1:39:50 PM
139
and physical education. In addition, get in-
volved in weight lifting, dance, sports, and
other activities that will help you to stay ft
and learn more about exercise.
Most qualifed yoga and Pilates instruc-
tors become certifed through a profession-
al association, such as the Yoga Alliance or
the Pilates Center. A certifcate is awarded
to those who complete a minimum of 96
hours of formal lecture and 750 hours of
apprentice work and pass several written
and practical tests.
There are no nationally recognized
standards for either yoga or Pilates instruc-
tion. Certifed training can be as short as
a weekend course or as long as a multiyear
program that is the equivalent of a college
degree. Be sure to investigate your yoga or
Pilates training program to ensure that it is
a quality program.
outlook
Employment opportunities for ftness in-
structors overall are expected to grow fast-
er than the average through 2016. As the
average age of the population increases,
yoga and Pilates instructors will fnd more
opportunities to work with the elderly in
retirement homes and assisted-living com-
munities. Large companies and corpora-
tions, realizing the stress reduction benefts
of these softer forms of exercise, also hire
yoga and Pilates instructors to hold classes
for their employees.
ForMoreinformation
The best way to explore these careers is
to experience a yoga or Pilates class frst-
hand. Attend several classes to learn the
basics of the practice and build your
skills. Ask to talk to the instructor after
class about his or her job and how to get
started. The instructor may recommend a
certifcation program or give you names
of other professionals to talk to about the
practice.
americanyogaassociation
PO Box 19986
Sarasota, FL 34276-2986
info@americanyogaassociation.org
http://www.americanyogaassociation.org
iDEa:thehealthandFitnessassociation
800-999-4332
contact@ideaft.com
PilatesMethodalliance
PO Box 37096
Miami, FL 33137-0906
866-573-4945
info@pilatesmethodalliance.org
http://www.pilatesmethodalliance.org
During a yoga class, an instructor helps
correct a students form during a pose.
(Getty Images)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 139 7/16/09 1:39:51 PM
140
Zooand
aquarium
Directors
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Exercise leadership
Skillstheyneed
Decision making
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatZooandaquarium
DirectorsDo
Zoo and aquarium directors jobs are like
those of company presidents or school
principals. They are responsible mainly
for the important business affairs of their
institutions. Directors are in charge of all
the institutions operations. They develop
long-range plans, start new programs, and
oversee the animal collection and facilities.
Directors of public zoos and aquariums usu-
ally report to a governing board, a group
of people who set policies and make rules
for the institution, such as how money is
spent. Directors make sure those policies
and rules are followed.
Directors plan budgets based on fund-
raising programs, government grants, and
private donations. They meet with cura-
tors to discuss animal acquisitions, edu-
cational programs, research projects, and
other activities. Directors of larger zoos
and aquariums may give speeches, appear
at fund-raising events, and represent their
organizations on television or radio. A ma-
jor part of the directors job is seeing that
the zoo or aquarium has enough fnancial
resources. Directors also spend a great deal
of time working with architects, engineers,
contractors, and artisans on renovation
and construction of facilities, exhibits, and
other projects.
Directors are responsible for inform-
ing the public about what is going on at
the zoo or aquarium. They hold interviews
with reporters, write annual reports, and
develop articles for newsletters, newspa-
pers, and magazines. Directors also may
work on committees for conservation orga-
nizations or with universities and scientists
to support conservation research.
You can prepare for a career in this feld
by taking classes in biology, chemistry,
English, and mathematics in high school.
Courses in sociology, speech, and debate
will improve your ability to speak to the
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Business, Speech
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$44,150 to $75,230 to $134,920
outlook
Biologists
Veterinarians
Zookeepers
Zoologists
q
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 140 7/16/09 1:39:52 PM
141
public and to reporters as well as com-
municate with governing boards and staff
members.
To become a zoo or aquarium director,
you need a well-rounded education. You
need at least a bachelors degree in busi-
ness management or administration. Most
directors have masters degrees, and many
in larger institutions hold doctoral de-
grees. A background in both science and
business will make you a desirable candi-
date for employment. Accounting, eco-
nomics, and general business courses in
college will be useful. Directors continue
their education throughout their careers
by taking classes as well as by reading and
learning on their own.
outlook
There are fewer than 200 professionally
operated zoos, aquariums, wildlife parks,
and oceanariums in North America. Each
of them employs only one director. There-
fore, competition for jobs as directors (as
well as for zoo and aquarium jobs in gen-
eral) is expected to remain very strong.
Generally, the employment outlook
for directors is not favorable. Because of
the slow growth in the number of new
zoos, job openings are not expected to
grow. The competition and low turnover
rates will continue to decrease the num-
ber of opportunities. The outlook for
aquariums is somewhat brighter due to
the planned construction of several new
facilities.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer at animal shelters, zoos, kennels,
pet stores, stables, veterinary facilities, or
anywhere you can get experience working
directly with animals. Visit your local zoos
and aquariums often. Attend events and
educational programs they offer.
associationofZoosandaquariums
301-562-0777
http://www.aza.org
Fast Fact
Zoos play a role in preserving
species that are threatened
with extinction through pro-
tection and breeding programs
and reintroduction into natural
habitats.
5
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 141 7/16/09 1:39:52 PM
142
Zookeepers
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Responsibility
Speaking/listening
WhatZookeepersDo
Zookeepers are the daily caretakers for zoo
animals. They prepare the animals diets,
clean and maintain cages, and watch ani-
mals behavior. They give vitamins and
medications to the animals, fll water con-
tainers in their cages, and safely move ani-
mals from one location to another. Zoo-
keepers provide enrichment devices for
the animals, such as ropes for monkeys to
swing on. They regulate environmental
factors, such as temperature and humidity,
and they bathe and groom animals.
Zookeepers work closely with other
zoo staff on research, conservation, and
animal reproduction. They also talk to zoo
visitors, giving information and answer-
ing questions about the animals they care
for. Sometimes zookeepers have to discour-
age visitors from teasing or feeding the
animals.
Zookeepers have many custodial and
maintenance tasks, which can be physi-
cally demanding and dirty. They must deal
with live food items and body wastes. They
must work both indoors and outdoors in
all kinds of weather. Zookeepers sometimes
face the risk of injury and disease.
Keepers often work with one particu-
lar group of animals such as primates or
birds, but in some zoos (usually smaller
ones) keepers may care for a wide range of
species. Zookeepers become experts on the
species and the individual animals in their
care. They observe and understand eating,
sleeping, mating, and social habits. They
notice even small changes in animals ap-
pearance and behavior so that any illness
or injury can be taken care of right away.
Zookeepers need excellent interperson-
al skills to work together and to interact
with visitors and volunteers. Strong oral
and written communication skills are also
required.
To prepare for a career as a zookeeper, take
courses in biology, chemistry, and phys-
ics in high school. Also take any other sci-
ence classes that your school offers, such
as botany or ecology. Mathematics and
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Speech
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$18,840 to $27,970 to $40,550
outlook
Animal Handlers
Zoologists
J
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 142 7/16/09 1:39:53 PM
143
computer science will be helpful, and Eng-
lish and speech courses will allow you to
develop your vocabulary and public speak-
ing skills.
For entry-level zookeeping positions
you will need a college degree. Degrees
in animal science, zoology, marine biol-
ogy, conservation biology, wildlife man-
agement, or animal behavior are the best
choices. A few colleges and junior colleges
offer a specialized curriculum for zookeep-
ers. Animal care experience, such as vol-
unteer work at a zoo, farm, or veterinary
hospital, is important.
Some major zoos offer formal zookeeper
training courses, as well as on-the-job train-
ing programs. These programs are available
to students who are studying areas related
to animal science and care. Participation in
these programs can lead to full-time posi-
tions as zookeepers.
outlook
Employment opportunities for animal care
workers overall are expected to grow faster
than the average through 2016. Zoos hire
more animal keepers than any other clas-
sifcation. But this is still a very small feld.
Each year, there are many more applicants
than positions available. Competition for
jobs is stiff in the more than 200 profes-
sionally operated zoological parks, aquari-
ums, and wildlife parks in North America.
As the preservation of animal species
becomes more complicated, there will be
a continuing need for zoo staff to work to
preserve endangered wildlife and educate
the public about conservation. The de-
mand will increase for well-educated per-
sonnel who will be responsible for much
more than simply feeding the animals and
cleaning their enclosures.
ForMoreinformation
Join an organization such as the Junior Zoo
Keepers Forum (http://www.aazk.org) to
learn more about careers in this feld. You
may also fnd volunteer opportunities at
animal shelters, boarding kennels, wildlife
rehabilitation centers, stables, or animal
hospitals.
americanassociationofZookeepersinc.
3601 SW 29th Street, Suite 133
Topeka, KS 66614-2054
785-273-9149
http://www.aazk.org
301-562-0777
http://www.aza.org
Zookeepers take care of a wide variety
of animals from all over the world. This
zookeeper is holding a South American
boa constrictor. (Alfred Wekelo/
Shutterstock)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 143 7/16/09 1:39:54 PM
144
Zoologists
5KlLL5 5POILlGHI
Whattheydo
Communicate ideas
Work with a team
Skillstheyneed
Creative thinking
Reading/writing
Speaking/listening
WhatZoologistsDo
Zoologists are biologists who study ani-
mals. They usually specialize in one animal
group. Entomologists are experts on insects.
Ornithologists study birds. Mammalogists fo-
cus on mammals. Herpetologists specialize
in reptiles. Ichthyologists study fsh. Some
zoologists specialize even more and focus
on a specifc part or aspect of an animal.
For example, a zoologist might study sin-
gle-celled organisms, a particular variety of
fsh, or the behavior of one group of ani-
mals, such as elephants or bees.
Some zoologists are primarily teach-
ers. Others spend most of their time do-
ing research. Nearly all zoologists spend
a major portion of their time at the com-
puter. Most zoologists spend very little
time outdoors (an average of two to eight
weeks per year). In fact, junior scientists
often spend more time in the feld than
senior scientists do. Senior scientists coor-
dinate research, supervise other workers,
and try to fnd funding. Raising money
is an extremely important activity for
zoologists who work for government
agencies or universities.
Basic research zoologists conduct exper-
iments on live or dead animals, in a labora-
tory or in natural surroundings. They make
discoveries that might help humans. Such
research in the past has led to discoveries
about nutrition, aging, food production,
and pest control. Some research zoologists
work in the feld with wild animals, such
as whales. They trace animals movements
with radio transmitters and observe their
eating habits, mating patterns, and other
behavior. Researchers use all kinds of labo-
ratory chemicals and equipment such as
dissecting tools, microscopes, slides, elec-
tron microscopes, and other sophisticated
machinery.
Zoologists in applied research use ba-
sic research to solve problems in medicine,
conservation, and aquarium and zoo work.
For example, applied researchers may devel-
op a new drug for people or animals, a new
pesticide, or a new type of pet food.
Many zoologists teach in colleges and
universities while they do their own re-
search. Some zoologists manage zoos and
c
SchoolSubjEctS
Biology, Chemistry
Bachelors degree
SalaryrangE
$34,500 to $55,100 to $89,690
outlook
Biologists
Marine Biologists
Zookeepers
n
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 144 7/16/09 1:39:54 PM
145
aquariums. Others work for government
agencies, private businesses, and research
organizations.
Science classes, especially biology and
chemistry, are important if you want to
become a zoologist. You should also study
English and speech to improve your com-
munication skills. Computer skills are also
essential, since most zoologists not only
use the computer for writing, communica-
tion, and research, but they also use vari-
ous software packages to perform statistical
analyses.
After high school, you must go to col-
lege to earn a bachelors degree. A masters
or doctoral degree is usually also required
if you are interested in doing research or
administrative work. You do not need to
specialize until you enter a masters degree
program.
outlook
Job growth in zoology (and other felds
of biology) has slowed, and employment
opportunities are expected to increase slow-
er than the average through 2016. There are
still jobs available, but competition for good
positionsespecially research positionsis
high. Top-level jobs are even more limited
because of government budget cuts.
Those with a bachelors or masters de-
gree will face less competition due to a larg-
er number of available positions. Growth
in the biological sciences should continue
to increase in the next decade, spurred
partly by the need to analyze and offset the
effects of pollution on the environment.
ForMoreinformation
Volunteer at your local zoo or aquarium.
Explore hobbies such as birdwatching, in-
sect collecting, or raising hamsters, rabbits,
and other pets. Offer to pet sit for your
neighbors. This will give you a chance to
observe and care for animals.
americanassociationofZookeepersinc.
3601 SW 29th Street, Suite 133
Topeka, KS 66614-2054
785-273-9149
http://www.aazk.org
americaninstituteofbiologicalSciences
202-628-1500
http://www.aibs.org
301-562-0777
http://www.aza.org
Societyforintegrativeandcomparative
biology
McLean, VA 22101-3926
800-955-1236
http://www.sicb.org
Zoologist Eric Hoberg examines a
specimen from the U.S. National Parasite
Collection. (Peggy Greb/USDA ARS Photo
Unit)
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 145 7/16/09 1:39:55 PM
146
Glossary
experience.
baccalaureate.
licensed.
college.
school.
a masters degree.
pany layoffs.
dustrial products.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 146 7/16/09 1:39:56 PM
147
insurance.
skilled trade.
college.
natural sciences.
Compare certifed.
sciences).
lors level.
sciences.
or she retires.
meeting.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 147 7/16/09 1:39:57 PM
148
sciences.
college.
colleges.
school.
and skills.
trade union.
school.
CDE 7e Vol 8-4.indd 148 7/16/09 1:39:57 PM

Career Discovery Encyclopedia

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Career Discovery Encyclopedia

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

How to go to your page

Alcohol and Drug Abuse

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 8 7/16/09 9:01:38 AM

of the job: what the work is like, what kind

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 74 7/16/09 9:02:24 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 91 7/16/09 9:02:37 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 99 7/16/09 9:02:46 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 100 7/16/09 9:02:47 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 102 7/16/09 9:02:48 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 123 7/16/09 9:03:01 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 127 7/16/09 9:03:03 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 146 7/16/09 9:03:21 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 169 7/16/09 9:03:46 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 185 7/16/09 9:03:57 AM

CDE 7e Vol 1-3.indd 186 7/16/09 9:03:57 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 8 7/16/09 9:42:27 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 13 7/16/09 9:42:36 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 49 7/16/09 9:43:07 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 76 7/16/09 9:43:27 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 85 7/16/09 9:43:39 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 93 7/16/09 9:43:47 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 94 7/16/09 9:43:48 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 117 7/16/09 9:44:06 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 135 7/16/09 9:44:27 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 158 7/16/09 9:44:50 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 163 7/16/09 9:44:52 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 175 7/16/09 9:44:59 AM

CDE 7e Vol 2-3.indd 190 7/16/09 9:45:13 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 8 7/16/09 10:04:29 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 13 7/16/09 10:04:42 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 16 7/16/09 10:04:45 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 25 7/16/09 10:04:53 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 43 7/16/09 10:05:11 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 46 7/16/09 10:05:13 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 51 7/16/09 10:05:20 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 139 7/16/09 10:06:51 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 143 7/16/09 10:06:52 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 145 7/16/09 10:06:56 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 151 7/16/09 10:07:01 AM

CDE 7e Vol 3-4.indd 189 7/16/09 10:07:40 AM

Grief Therapists 100

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 8 7/16/09 10:16:20 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 11 7/16/09 10:16:28 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 18 7/16/09 10:16:32 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 37 7/16/09 10:16:50 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 44 7/16/09 10:16:56 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 65 7/16/09 10:17:17 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 75 7/16/09 10:17:23 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 77 7/16/09 10:17:24 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 85 7/16/09 10:17:36 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 105 7/16/09 10:17:51 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 117 7/16/09 10:18:01 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 121 7/16/09 10:18:03 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 131 7/16/09 10:18:16 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 139 7/16/09 10:18:24 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 159 7/16/09 10:18:40 AM

CDE 7e Vol 4-4.indd 177 7/16/09 10:18:55 AM

Marble Setters, Tile Setters, and

CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 8 7/16/09 12:53:22 PM

CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 15 7/16/09 12:53:32 PM

CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 29 7/16/09 12:53:45 PM

CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 75 7/16/09 12:54:30 PM

CDE 7e Vol 5-3.indd 93 7/16/09 12:54:46 PM